LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART L—1895.

January 15, 1895. 5

nae Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in. December 1894 .... 1

Mr. Selater. “Remarks upon two Tapirs dendeted’s in the Society’s Gardens by the Hon. W. =

Rothschild) AW: 2.8:- Sec oS at Sto ceeds eet pee weaeen eee ane deen ee et ears dey

Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F:Z.S: Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tibia and other tones ;

of av extinct Bird of the Genus Aipyornis TPA eee oe Bick Lt a Wie u cae he SR NEE ad NES

Prof.G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, aa remarks upon, a Photograph of an Embryo of

Ornithorhynchus 2. ON Pt ig arn Tah nye. itt Vlpie 40 BA es soe DEO Ce he esp wee ees Ppa ke

Mr. R. Lydekker, F.Z.S.. Exhibition of a Life-size Drawing of a West-African Squirrel

Clolatir tis BENKETIY: FF hPa SEE Ee ORO ed Cs. PET w OL, s hee Degiele ails we met 2

Lord Lilford, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and femeris upon, a skin of a Duck believed to bea

Hybrid between the Mallard (Anas boschas) and the Teal (Greist greeca) «- et 3A

The Rey. T, R. R. Stebbing. Exhibition ofa specimen of a species of Peripatus from Antigua. 4°—

1. On some Foraminifera obtained by the Royal Indian Marine Survey’s 8.8, Investigator, ,

from the Arabian Sea, near the Laccadive Islands, By Frepewick Onapnay, F.R.M.S.

(Plate I. ) RIGS I 5 oS Rig lens ak othe Peon Sra oeen Recta ra are Sede Roslin dias Sot oh << RG 4

2. An Enumeration of the Hemiptera~-Homoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, W. I. By P.

R, Unter. (Communicated by Dr. D. Suare, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee

for investigating the Flora sid Fauna of the ‘West-Indian Islands) at rae, Oe pa

3. On the Occurrence of the Barbary Sheep in Bak: By P. L. Scuarer, M-A., Ph.D., F. R. 8. <a

Secretary to the Society .. 5-46 ++ey sees cares eect gene ees Rig eva cae «vg teeta 85

4. Note on the Breeding of the Surinam Water- Toad (Pipa surinamensis) in the Society's ne

Reptile-House. By P. L. Scrater, M.-A., Ph.))., PRS, its ap to the Society .... 86

Contents inne on page 3 of Wes

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

Err

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1895.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29, 1895.)

Str W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Se.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anverson, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Wirt1am Baruson, Esq., M.A.,

F.R.S.

Witriam T. Brayrorp, Esq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencer, Esq.,

F.RS.

Tur Rr. Hon. Georce Denman,

P.C.

Hersert Drvce, Esq., F.LS.

Cartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea-

surer.

Str Joseru Fayrer, Bt., K.C.S.1,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

F. DuCane Govan, Esq., F.R.S.

Lr.-Cor. H. H. Gopwry-A csren,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Dr. Abert Gtnruer, F.RB.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamttron, F.LS.,

Vice-President.

| Proressor Gxrorce B. Howes,

E.LS.

Lr.-Cot. Lzonarp H. Irpy.

Sire Hues Low, G.C.M.G.

Dr. Sr. Grorcr Mivart, F.R.S.

Oszert Savin, Esq., F.R.S.

Howarp Saunpers, Esq., F.L.S.

Pairre Lurtey Scrarer, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

JosEpH Travers Situ, Esq.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. J. Wittrams, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

AnpeErson, Joun, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

On a new Species of the Genus Hrinaceus from Somali-

Rie res a daa Acie ws Sho d+ Alpe Symi ae eis + ess 414

On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by

Colonel Yerbury at Aden and its Neighbourhood. (Plates

OMY Pea ee De VED ati arciw'n.e oivinnd sth va Sie ugh e ae'e acs) OOD

AsumuaD, Witiiam H.

Report on the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of

Grenada, comprising the Families Cynipide, Ichneumonidae,

Braconidae, and Proctotrypide@ .......0.0.cerscceeevens 742

Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-. See Gopwry-AuvstEn,

Lt.-Col. H. H.

Barrineton, R. M., LL.D.

Exhibition of a Hybrid Duck shot in Ireland .......... 401

Pag’

Bateson, Wii1i1aM, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s

College, Cambridge.

On the Colour-variations of a Beetle of the Family

Chrysomelide statistically examined. (Plate XLVII.).... 850

Note in Correction of a Paper on Colour-variation in

PP etESHOS sit ssa 2n ya's tet BN epee em cate ate eum eet pee aa 890

Barner, F. A., M.A.

On Uintacrinus: a Morphological Study. (Plates LIV.—

(Oh Pe Sey: Say Sa oan Se ey de, ee SS 974

BepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Visceral Anatomy and Brain of Dendrolaqus

GPEC 5 yi... eR RR IO OES kes Sick BEML RS 131

On the Bram of Guloties le ee sce ee eee oe 139

On-the*Brain inthe Memnms: 73... os oie nee ee ele ee 142

Preliminary Account of new Species of Earthworms

belonging to the Hamburg Museum .................. 210

On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta

feroz. , (Plate RX VAS s cctnei tees aids Stsigd ae oe 430

On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana.... 827

On the Diaphragm and on the Muscular Anatomy of

Xenopus, with Remarks on its Affinities -............. 841

Bepparp, Franx E., M.A., F.R.S., and Happon, A. C.,

M.A., F.Z.S., M.R.1LA.

Notice of a Memoir containing Descriptions of a number

of new Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusks collected in

the neighbourhood of Torres Straits .......-.....-0005 523

BepparD, Frank E., F.R.8., Prosector to the Society, and

Mircnett, P., CHatmers, M.A., F.ZS.

On the Structure of the Heart of the Alligator........ 343

Page

BepriaGa, Dr. J. pz, C.M.ZS.

On the Pyrenean Newt, Molge aspera, Dugés. (Plates

RNA east sane siecle +s = ws © Sed ae eae Ma age ae 150

BianForpD, W. T., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Capra

Mite A COVES DINMONT 3. Se a ics wd on bin'w'elg as oe o bine 691

BouLenceEr, GeorGce ArBert, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

On the Nursing-habits of two South-American Frogs.

opel TEP. 18) Set Saute 2 aihdiake Xl inal a A A pe eat eee eR 209

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of two

recently discovered Chameleons, from Usambara, German

Loan sat eh a leer ic Cai ee Ine ice ira hee a Oe 273

Remarks on some Cranial Characters of the Salmonoids. 299

A Synopsis of the Genera and Species of Apodal Batra-

chians, with Description of a new Genus and Species

(Bdellophis vittatus). (Plates XXIII. & XXIV.)........ 401

Abstract of a Report on a large Collection of Fishes

formed by Dr. C. Ternetz at various localities in Matto

Grosso and Paraguay, with descriptions of new species .. 523

An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by

Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Western Somali-land and the

Galla Country. (Plates XXIX. & XXX.) ............ 530

On the Type Specimen of Bouwlengerina stormsi, an

Elapoid Snake from Central Africa. (Plate XLVIII.) .. 865

Descriptions of a new Snake and a new Frog from

North Australia. (Plate XULLX.)).. 05.05.02. seeee eens 867

Brapy, Dr. G. Srewarpson, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Crustaceans of the Group

Myodocopa, obtained during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,

with Notes on other new or imperfectly known Species .. 827

Bramury, W. EH. JENNINGS-.

On Loder’s Gazelle in Egypt, and the Mode of its

Capture by the Arabs ..... Me epee eet ered. Sepia 863

Page

Briner, Prof. T. W., M.A.

On certain Features in the Skull of Osteoglossum for-

ynosum.- (Plate, AXE.) fies eis ec es nese Meme ee 302

BRuNNER vy. WATTENWYL, CARL.

On the Orthoptera of the Sandwich Islands .......... 891

Burter, Arruur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

On Collections of Lepidoptera from British Central

Africa and Lake Tanganyika. (Plates XV.& XVI.) .... 280

On a smal] Collection of Butterflies sent by Mr. Richard

Crawshay from the country west of Lake Nyasa. (Plate

ODO Yio calcd bigs ahsi es «se eseieteisis cegebeteraloya ana.) cee aaa 627

On a small Collection of Butterflies made by Consul

Alfred Sharpe at Zomba, British Central Africa ........ 720

On Lepidoptera recently collected in British East Africa

by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot. (Plates XLII. & XLIII.).... 722

Butier, Grrarp W., B.A., F.Z.S.

On the Complete or Partial Suppression of the Right

Lung in the Amphisbenide and of the Left Lung in Snakes

and Snake-like Lizards and Amphibians. (Plate XL.).... 691

CuapMan, Frepurick, F.R.M.S.

On some Foraminifera obtained by the Royal Indian

Marine Survey’s S.S. ‘ Investigator,’ from the Arabian Sea,

near the Laccadive Islands. (Plate I.) ................ 4

CoLtinecE, Water Epwarp, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason College, Birmingham.

On the Sensory Canal System of Fishes. Teleostei—

Suborder A. Physostomi. (Plates XVIII.-XXI.) ...... 274

On the Sensory and Ampullary Canals of Chimera.

(Bates LES DUT 0s aie: «Soe sade Sete ite es eae 878

vii

: Page

Cottiner, Water E., F.Z.S., and Gopwin-Avsten, Lt.-Col.

Hy, EL WES. ViP.ZS., &e.

On the Structure and Affinities of some new Species of

Molluses from Borneo. (Plates XI.-XIV.)............ 241

Dresser, H. E., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Notes on several rare Palearctic Birds .............. 311

Droucr, Haminton H., F.Z.8., F.E.S.

A Monograph of the Bornean Lycenide. (Plates XX XI.—

OM MONNO PGA Waeres <4 ic Div sawn heia Pid ev ds tase eS te 556

Exxior, G. F. Scorr, M.A.

Remarks on some of the principal Animals collected and

noticed during a recent Expedition to Mount Ruwenzori,

an ewitisn Cantal AG ris oo ate ts «, 01 Pagal Alalig ysis in ob tt 339

Gopwin-Avsten, Lt.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

List and Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the Anda-

man and Nicobar Islands, with Descriptions of some

BAHORCH HOW ISPCCUIGS ois ca dems oo 4 db.< ald Mega ps wks 438

Gopwin-Ausren, Lt.-Col. H. H., and Corzinen, Water E.,

F.ZS8., &e.

On the Structure and Affinities of some new Species of

Molluscs from Borneo. (Plates XI.—XIV.)............ 241

,Gortp1, Dr. Emit Aveust, Director of the Museum of

Natural History and Ethnography of Para.

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Breeding-habits

of some Tree-Frogs (Hylide) of the Serra dos Orgaos, Rio

RUE UMICIEED: CRPESAN A chy ait St hire wo-ope a bin'aco ncoMEmatmterer slate e «0 89

Gurvery, J. H., F.ZS.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of <Alcedo

beavant, obtained in Ceylon .... 2... 020. ccctwecencecee 339

Letter from, concerning the Skin of a Kingfisher, from

REC GLOTANS Wek oc tlaie Neha? lala Yu's "o'= Safa vty’ a! Aoakalg Tore NUR ey oN eto 8s 687

Vili

- Page

Happon, A. C., M.A., F.Z.S., M.R.1LA., and BEDDARD,

Franx E., M.A., F.R.S.

Notice of a Memoir containing Descriptions of a number

of new Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusks collected in the

neighbourhood of Torres Straits ....... Ge ie oe 523

Hatsny, W. (Hudson’s Bay Company).

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Martens’ Skins .. 161

Hampson, G. F., Natural History Museum.

On the Classification of the Schenobiine and Crambine,

two Subfamilies of Moths, of the Family Pyralide ...... 897

Ho.pine, R. E.

Exhibition of the Skull of a Three-horned Stag and other

objects ...... BC) ae Peas te Ee SAREE | 89

Howss, G. B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant Professor of Zoology,

Royal College of Science, London.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Photograph of an

Embryo of Ornithorhynchus ....... 000 cece cece ee eees 1

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Skull of a Rabbit

destitute of the second pair of upper incisors .......... 521

Husrecut, Dr. A. A. W., F.M.ZS.

Letter from, concerning a supposed new Mammal (7'ri-

chomanis hoevenii) from Sumatra............0.0-ee cece 522

Inpy, Col. L. H., F.Z.S.

Ex hibition of, and remarks upon, two specimens of the

Greater Bullfinch killed in Yorkshire.................. 691

JentTINK, Dr. F. A., F.M.Z.S.

Letter from, containing remarks upon Cercopithecus ater-

JenTinK, Dr. F. A., F.M.Z.S., and SHerzorn, CU, Daviess,

E.Z.S.

On the Dates of the Parts of Siebold’s ‘ Fauna Japonica’

and Giebel’s ‘ Allgemeine Zoologie’ (first edition)

se eeee

Kent, W. Savitts, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured sketch of

a Nudibranchiate Mollusk from Western Australia

Observations on the Frilled Lizard, Chlamydosaurus kingi.

EIAIG PU \arrrccc esa yee six ss aersisiene @ sles 000 aioe @aayn, ele

Kerr, J. Granam, Christ’s College, Cambridge.

On some Points in the Anatomy of Nautilus pompilius.

(Pintes KA XV IVT GAA BEX), 1. i steivin cutie die pietd elles

Litrorp, THomas Lyrrieron, Lord, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Duck

believed to be a Hybrid between the Mallard (Anas boschas)

and the Teal (Querquedula creced) ......ceecceeeeeeees

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the

American Wigeon (Mareca americana) ......+-42...45

LypDEKKER, RicHagp, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a life-size drawing of a West-African

Squirrel (/diurus zenkeri). 2 ess +a 2 oo eee eirek psie%

Note on the Structure and Habits of the Sea-Otter

are rTRORTE) Nia chsistalelatetele ayase say v's) ware wir aie bln hella 'e

On the Affinities of the so-called Extinct Giant Dormouse

OVMEN ESNet? Bhey Abe Ce he ate Cat CRANES ee MM meee 2o eS BS

Micuast, A. D., F.LS., F.Z.S., P.R.MS., &e.

A Study of the Internal Anatomy of Thyas petrophilus, an

unrecorded Hydrachnid found in Cornwall. (Plates VII.—

BON eeepc ote cs cde yesh ap th dees non ys- hc Suncdetatel amr Sen amelaeavel ote ahh os

Page

149

523

712

664

860

Page

Mitne-Epwarps, AtpHonse, F.M.Z.S.

Description of a new Species of Crab of the Genus

Pioneers che bia ed Fee WAS tel AED SLE, ER One oty 239

Mrrcenect, P. Coatmers, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tibia and other bones

of an extinct Bird of the Genus dpyornis.............. 1

On the Proventricular Crypts of Pseudotantalus ibis.

(batts XAVAIC) cup hee «+. 24a 505. 0s ise ala anda oh, eh 271

On the Anatomy of Chauna chavaria............204. 350

Mircuett, P. Coatmers, M.A., F.Z.S., and Bupparp, Frank

E., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Structure of the Heart of the Alligator........ 343

Mivart, St. Georen, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., &e.

On the Hyoid Bone of certain Parrots .............. 162

The Skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus compared with that

of Psittacus erithacus.—Part IT... 6. ee ee eee ees 312

The Skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus compared with that

of Psittacus erithacus.—Part Il. 1... .. eee eee eee 363

Renpvat1, Dr. Percy, F.Z.S.

Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the Transvaul........ 358

Sanyat, Ram Bramnua, C.M.ZS.

On the Moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise, with brief

Notes upon its Habits in Captivity...............0000. 541

Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition (on behalf of Mr. R. M. Barrington) of a

Hybrid Duck shot mTreland’. 2... 5.....,..0-ci.0 <etemntoan ol 401

Page

SciaTer, Puinie Luriry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

RET OE GERD ne goog Fad stale 306: 8S wml d win nn iw <del = 1

Remarks upon two Tapirs deposited in the Society’s

Gardens by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8. ........ 1

On the Occurrence of the Barbary Sheep in Egypt .... 85

Note on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa

surinamensis) in the Society’s Reptile-House ............ 86

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

OEE ARLES SUS SR gy SS oh SN a RoR 89

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

ODMR LOU tee «deste Tile. ihe Mice BEAL biel oot oe Pe 161

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

iarats TAH | ie eee. gains vest. Bnei tone tah 273

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

UIC HN END tag car a Min ce Ho nies iv 9 4S rae, Vin bet bs 337

Remarks on the Pacific Rat (Mus evulans)............ 338

Remarks upon the Zoological Institutions which he had

POCCHELY WIRY MEW tr sa. se. dens sine astm sees 400

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in

abe Lota Meer es Aa tthe ol shale ha u's a etd ein mops, us 520

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a Barbary

: Seba aI Sy tease icy cuter dass < sax © as xeon eee 2 6 521

: Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Humming- |

. bird (Anthocephala berlepschi) from Colombia............ 521

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the Skin and Skull of a

Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella loderi) from Egypt ............ 522

On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,

July, August, and September, 1895.................... 686

Remarks on the principal Animals noticed in the Jardin

d’Acclimatation and Jardin des Plantes, Paris, during a

EAN El a te a oa hal, ening ruth Ain wae lsiann » 8 688

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Zebra from the Henga

Country, British Central Africa). 5 00s «cclempies aye +e 688

xii

Page

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of Horns of a

male Livingstone’s Eland offered to the Society by Sir Henry

te. Jolmston,) 1. CiBabects sth ooc8 oereroant etmek vadeta eke 690

On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October

and Nevembers 1895 batlecase kss At ee eee 827

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of an Antelope

from, British Hast Africa: 2215. '. eo) OS ies eae 868

SuHarpr, R. Bowpter, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith during his recent Expedition in Western Somali-land.

(Plistes XV LE. i ROVE is cn Pets, 2 0is oe eee ee 457

Suersorn, C. Davies, F.Z.S., and Juntinx, F. A., F.M.ZS.

On the Dates of the Parts of Siebold’s ‘ Fauna Japonica’

and Giebel’s ‘ Allgemeine Zoologie’ (first edition)........ 149

Smiru, Dr. DonaLpson.

An Account of some of the Animals observed during his

recent Expedition to Lakes Rudolph and Stephanie ...... 868

SmituH, Encar AuBert, F.Z.8.

On a Collection of Land-Shells from Sarawak, British

North Borneo, Palawan, and other neighbouring Islands.

(Ripe EAT YV.)..'23'.,.2iegite Meieeiee shpat aie ee ane 97

Srmppine, Rev. THomas R. R., M.A.

Exhibition of a specimen of a species of Peripatus from

PTI TONISE fen ns 0. 9 aa fallen a aie eins ei ean 4

TuenTMerer, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a singular variety of

the Rook (Corvus frugilegus) «;aici i 02% cjshemsrnalamiclesdmte= 18 401

THomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.8., Natural History Museum.

On the Long-lost Putorius africanus, Desm., and its

Occurrences tt Minlair... serch fons ce ee reels eee ae ie ee 128

On Cenolestes, a still Existing Survivor of the Epanorthide

of Ameghino, and the Representative of a new Family of

recent: Marsupials. - (Plate L:).....0..0 0. cee cee ee eee 870

xiii

Page

Tuomas, OnpFieLD, F.Z.S., and Yersury, Lt.-Col. J. Wes

R.A., F.Z.S.

On the Mammals of Aden .........2.e-ssccerscees 542

Txomson, ArrHUR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1894 .........+-+--+5 137

Unter, P. R.

An Enumeration of the Hemiptera~Homoptera of the

Rslanidcot St. Winicent, We Loss wielssciiele pine ue ce ce eens 55

Vincent, Swartz, M.B. Lond.

Notice of a Memoir on the Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes

and their Relation to the so-called Head-kidney ........ 691

Warrenwyt, C. Brunner v. See BruNNER v. WATIENWYL,

Cart.

West, G. S., A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College,

Cambridge.

On the Buccal Glands and Teeth of certain Poisonous

Snakes. (Plates XLIV.—XLVI.) .........+--+e-0-s:- 812

Winv1iz, Bertram C. A., D.Sc., M.A., M.D., Professor of

Anatomy in Mason College, Birmingham.

On Double Malformations amongst Fishes. (Plate XXV.) 423

Yoursvry, Lt.-Col. J. W., R.A., F.Z.S., and THomas, OLDFIELD,

F.Z.S.

On the Mammals of Aden ........-+-0eeeeeeeceeee 542

D h. # he Perera tt] FF

at i Thart.

restite he Hh tess ee ea:

A eR,

- 8 ha PBEM ta oA tatu

<* Row as ;

te ase aihed S) if

Bist OF PLATES.

1895.

Plate Page

ve Foraminifera from the Arabian Sea ..........-+.005 4

ut Land-Shells from Borneo, Palawan, &c. ...........+ 97

V.l

VL.§ TLE) SE Os 1.1 RRSP RTE At Ga SY Bo 150

VIL.

EER UG OCI INTER cs as am a\n gia aie x de cay Sime gape 174

10.¢

2 Figs. 1-3. Hyla goeldit ; Figs. 4,5. Phyllobates trinitatis. 209

XII.

xr, ( New Land-Molluses from Borneo.........++..+0++5 241

XIV.

SVE: , te ; =

xvy_{ New Lepidoptera from British Central Africa ...... 250

XVII. Proventricular crypts of Pseudotantalus ibis ........ 271

OVE

- Sensory Canal System of Fishes ............++...- 274

XXI.-

XXII. Skull of Osteoglossum formosum .......-..00e- ee ee 302

XXIII. Fig. 1. Cecilia buckley? ; Fig. 2. Rhinatrema heater 3)

Fig. 3. Scolecomorphus kirkii... ++essseeevee [

XXIV. Fig. 1. Geotrypetes petersii; Fig. 2. Cryptopsophis > 401

multiplicatus ; Fig. 3. Siphonops hardy; Fig. 4. |

Bdellophis vittatus .. cc ccccccccceecnseccsaces 3

XXV. Malformations of Fishes.............2.---++eecess 423

XXXVI. Cryptoprocta feror ......0cccecece nes enenenencene 430

XXVII. Fig. 1. Serinus maculicollis ; Fig. 2. 8. donaldsont. . 457

MEXCVIL, Duracus dongldsont.. oj. eun as oe sem elie see eine ae z

XXIX. Fig. 1. Hemidactylus isolepis; Fig. 2. H. smithit;-

Fig. 3. Agama zonura; Fig. 4. Eran smithit. .

XXX. Fig. 1. Typhlops eis Fig. 2. Zamenis smithit; > 530

Fig. 3. Psammophis AHTES Fig. 4. poe

minutus; Fig. 5. Bufo dodsonit............+++:

xVl1

Plate Page

XXXI.

ie oats Bornean Lycenide............+..- Hateconuoodeus 556

XXXIV.

XXXV. New Butterflies from Nyasa-land ...........-...00- 627

XXXVI. Fig. 1. Hemidactylus yerburti; Fig. 2. Mabuia

tessellata; Fig. 3. Tarbophis guentheri ........ | 635

XXXVII. Fig. 1. Latastia neumanni; Fig. 2. Rana eye

phlyctis; Fig. 8. Bufo andersont .....++.....4.

aes Anatomy of Nautilus pompilius..ccccececevecccnves 664

ML. TunpsofvReptilians! 2/j.ani. stoic o1q (a /jetoroneietel ciel yeleasiene 691

Ml, “Chlamydosaurus inge. 6 Weise. +0026 osimeiiets Sdben ile;

a New Lepidoptera from British Hast Africa ........ 722

XLIV.

XLV. {Baca glands and teeth of poisonous Snakes........ 812

XLVI.

XLVII. Variations of Gontoctena variabilis .........0eecaee 850

MAGI. = Boulengerina’ stormst ceo... oc. ane es «Gane aaah oe 865

XLIX. Fig.1. Typhlops nigricauda ; Fig. 2. Chiroleptes dahlii 867

Ti. Canolestes obSCurus, . ...% ««dle cjeln pie es ope = alee ow 0isle ciel 870

LL.

LIL. Sensory and ampullary canals of Chimera .......... 878

LI.

TV. Uintacrinus*soctalts 0. Sec nec eons slae oe oe Ae Heke

LV. Restoration of Uintacrinus ......... etoile raneers 974

LVI. UOrintacrinus soctalis,.....cc0ccececees wate cebetae

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1895.

Page

Surinam Water-Toad, Upper view of, showing the traces of cells

GTUMOIIRCHS com ierauaree ae. oretts «:wieieyainfaanalere ale ai ua) al ssa: shemtslrs gx gun e)p 87

Hyjla faber, Portion of a pond showing nurseries of .......+.+++++ 90

Hyjla goeldi, with egg-mass on back ..... eee ee reece erence ees 95

Dendrolagus, Stomach of, with the interior displayed ............ 132

Halmaturus, Stomach of, with the interior displayed ..........-- 133

Dendrolagus, Liver of, abdominal surface .........+6es eee eeeee 134

Petrogale, Liver of, abdominal surface........+..eeeeee errr reese 135

Dendrolagus, Brain of, dorsal aspect and lateral view .......,-+-. 136

Gulo, Brain of, dorsal View ....--..0eese rece cece eee reneeeeees 140

Gulo, Brain of, Sid@ VIEW ...-.+.cwseesssce veneer cess senerees 141

Nycticebus tardigradus, Brain of ... 1.6.6.0. eee sees erence nees 144

Perodicticus potto, Brain of, dorsal and ventral aspect .........--- 145

Loris gracilis, Brain of ....... 0. cece eee e eee eee ee ee en renee 145

Galago crassicaudatus, Brain of, front and side view ......-.-.++++ 146

Cheirogaleus coquereli, Brain of. ...... 00sec eect e eee ee enees 147

Psittacus erithacus, Hyoid Of .......ce cece reece eter eee neers 164

Lorius domicella, Hyoid of... 1.6... .cee ee eee cece etree cteeees 166

Lorius flavopalliatus, Hyoid of ......26- eee cece cece e eee ees 168

Fina reticulata, Tyaid Of. 26... oes a5 a eieine 0 9 win ele wasieeiaines tienes 170

Trichoglossus ornatus, Hyoid of «1... 1. eee eee cence teres AWA

Stringops habroptilus, Hyoid of........ 26sec eee cence ene ences 173

Pseudotantalus ibis, Proventricular crypts of ........--. e050 eee 271

Stenodus mackenzii, Upper and side views of the skull of ........ 301

Lorius flavopalliatus, Atlas of ....... cece eee ee eee tener eeee 313

Psittacus erithacus, Atlas Of ........eeeee cece eee e eee teenies 313

Lorius flavopalliatus, Axis Of 11.1... eee eee eee eee n ene 314

Psittacus erythacus, AXi8 Of ....... 06sec e eect e een ene eens 315

Lorius flavopalliatus, Lateral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of .... 315

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of...... 316

Lorius flavopalliatus, Dorsal aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebrae of 317

Psittacus erithacus, Dorsal aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of ...... 318

Lorius fluvopalliatus, Ventral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of .... 320

Psittacus erithacus, Ventral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of....., 321

Lorius flavopalliatus, Dorsal aspect of thorax, pelvis, and tail Olas

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895. b

xviii

Page

Lorius flavopalliatus, Lateral aspect of thorax, pelvis, and tail of .. 324

Psittacus erithacus, Dorsal aspect of 15th to 19th vertebre of ...... 325

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of 13th to 19th vertebree of .... 326

Psittacus erithacus, Ventral aspect of 13th to 19th vertebrae of .... 326

Psittacus erithacus, Dorsal aspect of sacrum and pelvis of ........ 327

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of sacrum and pelvis of ........ 328

Lorius flavopalliatus, Ventral aspect of sacrum of ..............-- 329

Psittacus erithacus, Ventral aspect of sacrum of...............-.- 330

Lorius flavopailiatus, Ventral aspect of sternum of .............. 334

Psittacus erithacus, Ventral aspect of sternum of ................ 335

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of sternum of ................ 386

Alligator, Sections through the bulbus at different horizons in the

earn Of Whe ies yee ue ote oie 5 crease Sic ast. co alspe ci gua oe ene 344

Alligator, Heart of, opened to display the right ventricle and the

Onipin Omer Horta Nuss aie desley acters elon Rel See eee 346

Fowl, Heart of Common, opened to display the cavity of the right

Vcc AAS aT ASANO cic Srl MeN AAS oe a. 2 347

Alligator, Heart of, opened to show the left ventricle and origin of

ahevriolit aortay.tct ws wi./ = vers eieeeee so sess oe slams weap Steelers 349

Chaunachavarig, Intestine. of {cm scene eee eee st coe eh 351

Lorius flavopalliatus, Lateral aspect of skull of .................. 368

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of skull of.................... 364

Lorius flavopalliatus, Dorsal aspect of skull of .................. 367

Psittacus erithacus, Posterior aspect of prosopium of ............ 370

Lorius flavopalliatus, Posterior aspect of prosopium of ............ 370

Lorius flavopalliatus, Ventral aspect of skull of .................. 378

Psittacus ertthacus, Ventral aspect of skull of.................... 378

Lor ius flavopalliatus, Preaxial aspect of skull of........-......... 382

Psittacus erithacus, Anterior aspect of skull of .................. 383

Lorius flavopalliutus, Anterior aspect of skull of.................. 384

Lorius flavopalliatus, Postaxial aspect of skull of ................ 385

Psittacus erithacus, Lateral aspect of mandible of ................ 389

Lorius flavopalliatus, Lateral aspect of mandible of .............. 389

Lorius flavopalliatus, Ventral aspect of mandible of .............. 390

Lorius flavopalliatus, Postaxial aspect of mandible of ............ 392

Lortus flavopalliatus, Dorsal aspect of mandible of............... . 892

Psittacus erithacus, Dorsal aspect of mandible of...... ey cree 392

Lorius flavopalliatus, Preaxial aspect of mandible of .............. 393

Psittacus erithacus, Preaxial aspect of mandible of .......-...... 393

Pronucceus sctatert, (Skull’of } %.).55.s soe oes ef ee ee 416

Lrinaceus ethiopicus, Skull of 2)..5.3'. 0s wsinw oo Us Sete eee eee 416

SADE TULLE Se ss os Bo RE oe va Sy ees Coe ios VE ES bie 422

Cryptoprocta jeror, Tongue af 02'25 004 L202 2 Raa oes 431

Cryptoprocta ferox, Muscles of thigh of ............200ceeeeeees 431

Crypioprocia Ferdn, Aver Osa... one. et ee Pee 432

Cryptoprociarycr.oc, SrainiOly 2... ee et oe ae eee 434

Cryptoprocta ferox, Muscles of thigh of ..............cceceeenee 436

Sitala homfrayi

X1X

Page

SEMIN CP UPNSONL) -CONSITICUUS os w.tc le. os feito ase otitis as ncaa cts ess 451

2 ALTE TELE ioe, “enly urd OP ROL ARO he me SIT OR AE Ga oa ir Sai 453

LEG TOOL TET ETAT 10. 0 Ftp OSH EIS) TR IEEE AI OO OIC 454

Weariins, Samttal section through * ....i..ovees sec eet eee tees 666

Nautilus, Longitudinal section through ovary of a young ........ 667

Nautilus, Diagram of the testis, genital duct, and penis of the male . 672

Waurilus. Buccal NOTVOUS SYStOM Of 2.6... cele. . so ss sense ese n ese 675

Nautilus, Post-anal papilla with glands in the female ............ 676

Amphineura and Cephalopoda, Diagram showing the relationships of

the GlOMANG NEPhTIGiA Wh ose os cn oe eben es Weegee: Bec 684

Livingstone’s Eland, ¢, Skull and horns of ................44-- 690

Pears coed Weaecrseh er TR ETEELIN OM Tate el Pitts ares hoe eink ist ate)eleletsl © suelels sue 0! 715

Mined wt izardiatine shee see oa coe clei dem bie shea tle ve eaieccia ese « 717

Papilio pelodurus....... Pe Pe eer Renter ote orale cto isto: cases 721

Pipa surinamensis, General view of ababastud WISCGrs Of +... 22s. « 830

Pipa surinamensis, Dissection to display diaphragm of............ 851

Pipa surinamensis, Dissection to illustrate internal aperture of ovi-

CnGioime nermrrcdaeiays ea ote sts. s slain mmtatsisiniann’s s aietsdvaclies yee 832

Peas UNIO TINLSCLES OE! erst cicteta ciel ala lels se dd ehclalaticle oti. ties os cere ee 838

Pipa, Some’of the thigh-muscles of ....2. a... 52s. ce tee eee nee 839

Xenopus, Interior of abdominal cavity of ........... eee ee eee ee 842

Xenopus, Lung, esophagus, and related musculature in .......... 843

Xenopus, Thigh-muscles Of .........2.0csevecectceneccccecees 844

Pipa, Under surface of scapula of... 2.1.0... -2 cece eee e eee r cence 847

Xenopus, Under surface of scapula of .......-6 ee cece recente 847

Lethia, Xerus, and Myovus quercinus, Left upper cheek-teeth of.... 861

OOGILESERONEESY. 0 og, ELOAM (OM, me) farsi alc) vio cin' « nore aie cesta: aisles) 21680 me 869

Prognathogryllus alatus ...6.0. 0. cece eet cence eee ee eee eees 896

Prognathogryllus forficularis.... 2.0.01 cece cece cence teenies 897

Niphopyralis nivalis, S .....cc cece cece ene eee e escent nn taees 901

Gonothyris hyaloplaga, S ..cc cece cece ccc nce erent tenn nceees 902

Cacographis osteolalis, So... 1. cee cece cece teeta tte enenes 902

Midila quadrifenestrata, So ovis ese ee cee ee ete ectees 908

PACTOPENINAS AUFCUS. fo fn Wie ows e lhe @iea deine cin rit ne elariecis 904

SRO ATMA ET aL Ly (ole ROR Obs Ao DODO DADO Ge DOS SGU Hpi Gh Grndic 904

iniradepihnra Puri, (52a e ahaa sis. sa av sale etn ees oS mult uta 905

Obtuspals pardahs, Gv ccc ee cece cece estes trees 906

Cyclocausta trilineatd, Soo... cece eee cnet eee neee 906

Argyrostola ruficostalis, So... eee ett ee eteees 907

TLeucoides fuscicostalis, § 1.0... cece nec e cece nee tree ecenes 907

SR GERU TACT (ob Gb niD OeDnp DUBE CE <0 a apn BemGunace act 908

Compsophila tocosma, Gi... 0 6c ccc ccc cee nee r ect e nee aeees 909

Eurycraspeda burmanalis, So... 0. ccc cece cece tee tte eee 909

Brihaspa atrostigmella, S ... 6.12 se ce cee ect e eee ten ceeee 910

IPT SSRUACL ELIOT A htt A soelel riche ats overs’ s)sanvels airiverrte ns 2 alee © ©» 911

Styphlolepis squamosalis, S ... eevee cece eee net eee e eens 912

Scirpophaga excerptalis, So... eseecceevesceceeeeccnnes heieicbic 913

Scheenobius bipunctiferus, Q 1... ccc cece ee eee eee eee nees Oke

Page

DONACAULE NUCPONELIG, (Bi arp c0.c oo < 5. © « «ahs epee Nels oleh ae eet 917

Ua HOCRTABUA PUICHEUGIE, |S. Ss ona. = o.s « o'n 2 see «Oe et oke eae age oa 918

Pe CEMUNOTIUS SVUCUBS Cyt ajc srerelstein = sakes ave « in: 11°00) 940-1 ete 919

MAMET OUUSCUTYGLES, Gps aioe c)s.oraisteroye.cre elon wie sie. iaie ieee eke 923

CAT OYYUL OF YT ASIN PO foi aiologe) 20 = eiee 21S anoint Cee 923

PETOCROSTOMLITACHODIMECH Osa, cartes chois.+.- >/x,015 2 le eee eee ale 924

Cubladia admigratella,. Gia a, «lays oreo Te) \a 8.340) slajaas erokeleleiens x ae pets 924

Onder cm Dus Mela MPpernys NO Viascse) oskeieytiaioS\< = ia ehepe este eeie ee Ce 925

GULL COL ILTEP RC ae Cen eG HOOP Eo ro Soha rec 926

TS ty CHOP HON GEPULCN GN See: icici ote sie ooo anh chs cael ayat iar alicia 942

EELALY LOS THADELL ORCI GIES, eG ites 0: sho so Xlvis) 3/ortinieie Wis inde. e 2+ pee en 944

EPOMENCIOCEN CEH Gic Semis ae Hiks ale a as «fel sie ciekiG oe eee 949

NB QTUZIU CUS DUC (8 a. Feo a! «in laser ea n1aie,0 801 e (a a pescapegeual ekaee le aes 950

Stenochilo canicostalis, § ...... sis lose peislotne is eetate Ske eee 950

Wiagcrochtlo minogue, he 4... 'o.u,<iche goes Woe, <ase fous 2c <)susiatoheiaeeencsltiemaiens 951

SEAL INE CHULOTLES, Sy Seas -sei) ss retayoisioyo Pict epakeys, weak isis Phees ous Ge eeeieie caciiele 951

Dstt CORSUCCH APRS iS) 01 3: cola) esas eh aele ayes ir eae Mk eit 953

URE TLE T ATLOSEI ICIS AG Sais cielo 5 7S Gis Male, +1 Shale rE RON el ate ete iets care 954

CHD SUE he AR BO AR ODE DOS CaN GouAde! Do Soon tee S aca 955

CHG TTT TIUTTLED CMAP ICA RED e pes iC Ose OIG ao Bees ane boss 959

IDV fy CO Ce SER pe Sane hd) OP © 2 COME DOGMA AOR In Sao” 959

WRU ET GY TL PUN AUIS SS Sto clint pe savior! gale yat ot pel ojo1ajs) Yass (eyeies? eek eet 960

PERT ST OAD CRLD oY apes kano giddop ae ener eadan oda: 960

Doratoperas atrosparsellus, S ississ. leceaceonvecucewecsctans 961

Raphiptera minimella, 2... cee vee enn seee ME Cin WOR ice aa, ot: 962

HUNG UL RAAT NTL LDIBLUL gh Svcs) oohnfiy ete nie « Nedala aleiay se vcrajorstolm “faleiet Sp aera gel 962

PZT CONOP TED TEU UNS CF yy Brn) an 3, <tarouarei ets =) Aholche oe) oye Ps = ls niet eek 963

STEER GANUECLAUES SS vids Ss oe als ele en eee ye ee EEN 965

Ancylolomia chrysographella, So... cece secs ccers cece rte secee 966

DULLES OREDACUUG. Sh ca /o.b aig ena wiles. «oe Setete ie eet dad aiken eae 967

GUATIEONGICETUINELIA, SG. o)0'< sv 0:s-cbohets @ Ridtels Onis eo one ee 970

SCENOPLOCA EH GUM 5. enc.) cr ss 6 ee EOE eee eee 97

GAT DACET ONE ES Fo. b55 crate Paes SRR eee 972

Uintacrinus socialis, one of the co-types, from Niobrara Chalk,

Wi ASATIBAS rs 3.65 cals o « 0r3 eid anoke syays ee Reta odo ta Teenie ie ay ieee 975

UliniQCs AUS SOCTALIS. Ss 2.icvele ina ais We dae eee eee Eee 976

Uintacrinus westfalicus, type specimen from the Lower Senonian

ol ecklinghansens isco. cae-:. «tenet eee 977

Uintacrinus socialis, Brit. Mus. E 6328, y ............-.020 e000 981

Uintacrinus socialis, Brit. Mus. E6527, ¢.........06se--0eeeee 981

Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6527,6 .............. 982

Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6527,p ..........-5-- 982

Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6527, f...............- 983

Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6527,d .............. 985

Uintacrinus socialis, interdistichal areas of Brit. Mus. E 6527, k,

ATOS ENO Ao et! CO ee So tes. « = inten? Lo eee ee 985

Dadocrinus gracilis, portion of a specimen from Sacrau, near Gogolin

edit. Wud. Bx GO07O\s2 An... Ss. +. ten ee re 1001

List OF NEW

Page

Acanthopria (Hymenop.) .....- 804

Amblycratus (Rhynch.) ......... 64

Argyrostola (Lep.) ........-.+.++5 907

Bdellophis (Batr.) .............+ 412

Ceenolestes (Mamm.) ............ 870

Catonia (Rhynch.) ...........-++ 61

Cheiloceps (Rhynch.) .......-..+- 68

Cionoderus (Rhynch.)............ 66

Cotyleceps (Rhynch.) ...........- 63

Cubana (Rhynch.) ............-.. 62

Dicerataspis (Hymenop.) ...... 744

Doratoperas (Lep.) ...-....-..-+4+ 961

Gonothyris (Lep.) ............0+ 901

Heptamerocera (Hymenop.) ... 760

Leucargyra (Lep.) ....-----+-++- 959

Tuthrodes (Lep.) .....-..-..-.00+++ 576

Macrochilo (Lep.) ........-...++- 950

Metacrenis (Lep.) .....-......++- 259

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1895.

GENERIC TERMS.

1895.

Page

Neargyria (Lep.) .........-+00s-0+- 923

| Obtusipalpis (Lep.) ......-.++++- 906

Paramiomca (Hymenop.) ...... 751

Pentamerocera (Hymenop.) ... 774

| Poriskina (Lep.) ..........--....+. 570

/ Prognathogryllus (Orthop.) ... 896

Prosotropis (Rhynch.) ...... .. 70

| Pseudomyrina (Lep.) ........... 605

Pseudospiris (Lep.).............-. 267

Raphiptera (Lep.) .......++..-++ 962

Scarposa (Rhynch.)............... 72

Stenochilo (Lep.)...........-..006 950

Styphlolepis (Lep.) ...........-++» 912

Tangidia (Rhynch.) ............ 59

Tetramerocera (Hymenop.) ... 778

Uranothauma (Lep.) .........+++ 631

Vincentia (Rhynch.) ...........- 67

Virgarina (Lep.) ........... mere 606

5”

& MAY 1396

PROCEEDINGS

OF TILE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Dr. Sr. Gzoren Mivarr, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1894 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December was 55, of which 34 were by

presentation, 1 by exchange, 12 by purchase, and 8 received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 109.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the two Tapirs deposited in the

Gardens by the Hon. W. Rothschild, F.Z.8., the female on

July 12th, 1893, and the male on Sept. 2, 1893, both entered in

the Register as Tapirus americanus. On further examination

Mr. Sclater had come to the conclusion that these animals were

probably referable to Dow’s Tapir (Tapirus dowz), of Central

America, of which an excellent coloured figure had been given in

Godman and Salvin’s ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana,’ Mammals,

pl ix. p. 104.

Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S., exhibited and gave an

account of a tibia and other bones of an extinct bird of the genus

Alpyornis from Central Madagascar, which had been lent to him

for exhibition by Mr. Joseph H. Fenn. With these bones was

associated a skull of a species of Hippopotamus.

Professor G. B. Howes exhibited a photograph of an embryo

Proc. Zoou. Soc.-—1895, No. I. il

2 LORD LILFORD ON A HYBRID DUCK. [Jan. 15,

of a Platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus) received from his former

pupil Mr. J. P. Hill, Demonstrator of Biology in the University of

Sydney. It illustrated a paper receutly read by Messrs. Hill and

C. J. Martin before the Linnean Society of New South Wales’. The

embyro had been obtained from one of two eggs “just ready to be

laid,” which Messrs. Hill and Martin collected during a recent

holiday-expedition in Australia. The eggs measured each 18 mm. by

13-5 mm.,and were somewhat larger than those described by Caldwell.

Prof. Howes briefly recapitulated the circumstances of the Caldwell

and Semon Australian expeditions, and remarked that the same post

brought him the photograph exhibited and an author's copy of

Prof. Semon’s first monograph* on the development of the Mono-

tremata and Marsupialia, which he laid upon the table. He

eommented upon the high artistic merit of the photograph, and

briefly recapitulated the facts which Messrs. Hill and Martin had

already recorded from the study of the object itself. He pointed

out that the stage in development which the former depicted was

intermediate between those thus far described by Semon, and that

therefore the facts which it revealed were novel; and remarked

that he brought it forward in testimony to the assertion that our

countrymen at the Antipodes are doing their best, as opportunity

occurs, to protect us against the slur which is being cast upon us,

in connexion with the well-known circumstances to which he had

sufficiently alluded. Criticising the photograph, he drew attention

to the appearances presented by the myelomeres (somatic neuro-

meres) as compared with the encephalomeres (cephalic neuromeres),

regarded by M°Clure as homologous sets of structures. The

appearances which the myelomeres presented (unless indicative

of mere cell-differentiation and localization during development)

seemed to him to suggest that they might be compound struc-

tures, and that in each ‘myelomere’ we might be dealing with a

product of union of neuromeres of the encephalomeric order, and

to therefore raise a question of manifest interest, in its bearings

upon the metamerism of the vertebrate body, and upon the recent

conclusions of Orr, M°Clure*, and others concerning the segmental

value of the brain and head region.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. R. Lydekker, F.Z.S.,

a life-sized drawing of Idiurus zenkeri, a new and remarkably small

form of Flying Squirrel from West Africa, recently described by

Herr Matschie (Sitz.-B. Ges. nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1894, p. 197).

The Secretary, on behalf of Lord Lilford, F.Z.S., exhibited the

skin of a Duck, believed to be a hybrid between the Mallard (Anas

1 Cf. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W., Nov. 28, 1894, p. ii.

2 « Zool. Forschungsreisen in Austr. u. d. Malay. Archipel” (Denkschr. d.

Med. Naturwiss. Gesellsch. Jena, Bd. v. p. 3).

3 o- McClure, Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. xii. p. 485, and Journ. Morph. vol. iv.

p. 30.

1895. ] LORD LILFORD ON A HYBRID DUCK, 3

boschas) and the Teal (Querquedula crecea), that had been caught in

a decoy in Northamptonshire, and read the following remarks :—

“The skin sent up for exhibition was taken from a bird that

dropped on to our decoy-pool near Tichmarsh, Norths., with a

small bunch of Teal, at morning flight-time on December 21st,

1894, and was taken with six ot the last-named species and six

Mallard soon after daylight. I very much regret that the decoy-

man did not distinguish its difference from the other ‘fowl’ cap-

tured with it till after he had killed it. This specimen is without

doubt in my opinion a hybrid between Teal and Mallard, and

equally certainly belongs to the race to which Pennant gave the

name of ‘ Bimaculated Duck’ (British Zoology, vol. ti. 8vo ed.

1776, p. 602, pl. C). Professor A. Newton, to whom I wrote for

further information on the subject of this ‘ Bimaculated Duck,’

has most kindly and promptly supplied me with the following

details :—‘In his ‘Arctic Zoology’ (1735) Pennant remarks (ii.

p- 575), ‘My Bimaculated Duck (Br. Zool.) has been discovered

by Doctor Pallas along the Zena and about Lake Baikal, and a

description sent by him to the Royal Academy at Stockholm under

the title of Anas glocitans, or the Clucking Duck, from its singular

note.’ This erroneous identification was accepted, as you know, for

a long while; Keyserling and Blasius, in 1840, seem to have been

the first to perceive it (Wirbelth. Europ. p. Ixxxv). They accord-

ingly named Pennant’s bird A. bimaculata, without expressing any

suspicion of its being a hybrid, nor did such suspicion arise, so far

as I know, untila good many years after,—for I think I remember

Yarrell talking of it as an open question. However in 1856 he

had become convinced of the bird being a hybrid, and omitted it

from his 3rd edition published in that year, for by that time speci-

mens of the true A. glocitans had been received in England.’

“J find that in my first reference to Pennant I have omitted to

state that after his description of the bird, loc. supra cit., he writes :—

‘Taken in a decoy near in 1771; communicated to me by

Poore, Esq.’ Professor Newton tells me that the blanks are

in the original, and at the end of his notes to me adds :—‘ A. and

H. Matthews, in their List of the Birds of Oxfordshire (Zool.

p- 2539), say that they suppose the decoy at which the bird of

1771 was taken was that at Boarstall near Otmoor. Yarrell,

in the second edition of his ‘British Birds, 1845 (vol. iii.

p. 260), supplies the Christian name of Pennant’s correspondent

as ‘Edward,’ and after an allusion to Pallas says that no further

account has reached us of the specimen alluded to, nor has it been

ascertained whether it was preserved. Yarrell goes on to say, loc.

supra cit.:—‘* The specimens of both male and female, from which I

have taken the description, were sent up from a decoy near Maldon,

in Essex, to Leadenhall Market, in the winter of 1812-13. Here

they were observed by a respectable naturalist, Mr. George

Weighton, of Fountain Place, City-road, who immediately pur-

chased them and set them up. From his collection they have

subsequently passed into mine. There can be little doubt of the

4 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOMD (Jan. 15,

two birds being sexes of the same species.’ 1 may add that the

present specimen is the only one of this hybrid that I have ever

handled, or, to the best of my recollection, ever seen.”

The Rey. T. R. RB. Stebbing exhibited a specimen of a species

ot Pertpatus from Antigua.

The following papers were read :-—

1. On some Foraminifera obtained by the Royal Indian

Marine Survey’s S.S. ‘Investigator,’ from the Ara-

bian Sea, near the Laccadive Islands. By FRepERicK

Cuapman, F.R.M.S.

[Received November 7, 1894.]

(Plate I.)

On the 25th of July, 1893, 1 received some samples of deep-

sea soundings from Mr. T. H. Holland, F.G.8., Assistant-Super-

intendent of the Geological Survey of India, who, in conjunction

with Dr. Alcock, Surgeon-Naturalist in the Royal Indian Marine

Survey Department, has very kindly placed the material in my

hands for description.

The results of a somewhat exhaustive examination of the

soundings appear to be of sufficient interest for publication.

Moreover, the locality from whence these soundings were obtained

is sufficiently out of the path of former expeditions to make the list

useful. The soundings were obtained by the Royal Indian Marine

Survey’s steamship ‘ Investigator’ from a limited area near the

Lakadivh (Laccadive) Islands, viz., 15° 30' 4” to 8° 21' 3” N. lat.

and 75° 42’ 5” to 71° 09’ 3” E. long.

The depths at which the soundings were obtained have not

been recorded, but they did not exceed 1288 fathoms. This

absence of the record of depths is explained by the fact that the

material was originally sent to Mr. Holland for his opinion

regarding the supposed occurrence of submarine volcanoes in

that part of the Arabian Sea, the search for Foraminifera being

undertaken subsequently. Samples of the soundings were sent

to me after having been washed for the purpose just stated.

Mr. Holland has also kindly furnished me with the following

notes concerning the temperature of the area from whence the

material was taken.—‘‘ The lowest bottom temperature recorded

was 37°F., several times at about 1130 fathoms; the surface

temperature being about 78°-80° F.”

The material was sent in six bottles, each sample appearing to

represent a mixture of several distinct soundings. The samples

are labelled thus :—

PZ38.1895.Plate I.

F Chapman l :

EC Kra ght soe <i me WestNewman imp.

Foraminifera from the Arabian Sea.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 5

Sample No. 1.

Nos. 1-4, 6-9, 10, 14, 15-18, 19, 20, 22, 26, 49, 50-54, 58, 59.

““Globigerina ooze. Terrigenous deposit. Globigerina ooze.

Green mud. Globigerina ooze.”

Sample No. 2.

Nos. 11, 23, 55.

“Green mud. Broken coral. S. erl. (= (?) Sandy mud with

coral). Broken coral.”

Sample No. 3.

Nos. 23-25, 28-30, 62.

“Green ooze.”

Sample No. 4.

Nos. 27, 32, 34, 35, 38-44, 57, 60.

“ Grey ooze.”

Sample No. 5.

Nos. 31, 45-48.

* Brown ooze.”

Sample No. 6.

Nos. 47-53.

** Brown ooze. Globigerina ooze.”

The washed soundings, as received, consisted of, in each

case, a nearly pure assemblage of foraminiferal shells; with the

exception of Sample No. 2, which was composed mainly of coral

detritus with some Foraminifera.

The other organisms noticed in the material during the search

for Foraminifera were the following.—

Sample No. 1.

Ostracoda.—Pontocypris (?) subreniformis, G, S. Brady.

Macrocypris tenuicauda, G. 8. B.

Bairdia attenuata, G. 8. B.

hirsuta, G. S. B.

Cytherella polita, G. 8S. B.

Also Radiolaria of 3 species.

Sample No. 3.

Ostracoda.— Cythere dictyon, G. S. B.

Sample No. 4.

Some fish otoliths.

Pteropoda.—Clio (Styliola) subula (Quoy & Gaimard) and Cavo-

linia uncinata (Rang).

Ostracoda.— Bairdia hirsuta, G. 8. B.

Cythere dictyon, G. 8. B.

acanthoderma, G. S. B.

(?) serrulata, G.S. B.

Cytherella polita, G.S. B.

or)

MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [ Jan. 15,

Sample No. 5.

Ostracoda.—Pontocy pris fuba ? (Reuss).

Cythere (?) serratula, G. 8. B.

Krithe hyalina, G. 8. B.

Xestoleberis expansa, G. 8. B.

Pseudocythere caudata, G. O. Sars.

Also Radiolaria of 6 species.

Sample No. 6.

Ostracoda.—Pontocypris. faba ? (Reuss).

Macrocypris decora, G. 8. B.

Bairdia foveolata, G. 8. B.

minima, G.S. B.

hirsuta, G. S. B.

Oythere (?) serratula, G. 5. B.

Cythere dictyon, G. 8. B.

radula, G.S. B.

Krithe hyalina, G. 8. B.

producta, G.S. B.

Cytherella polita, G. 8. B.

A striking feature of the foraminiferal fauna of the Arabian

Sea is the presence therein of a number of forms which have

already been described by Dr. Conrad Schwager* from marine

clay-beds, of Jate Pliocene age, on the northern coast of Kar

Nicobar’.

Although many of the species recorded from those fossil beds

were subsequently found by Dr. Brady in the ‘Challenger’

soundings, yet there still remained at least five well-defined forms

recorded by Dr. Schwager from the above-mentioned Pliocene beds,

and these are noted here for the first time as recent Foraminifera.

There are altogether eight species new to the list of recent

Foraminifera, but which have formerly been recorded as fossils:

these are :—Textularia lythostrotum (Schwager), Cassidulina mur-

rhina (Schwager), Lagena capillosa (Schwager), Nodosaria (Den-

talina) adolphina (d’Orb.), Nodosaria ovulata, Sherb. & Chap.,

Nodosaria (D.) acicula, Lam., Polymorphina fusiformis (Romer),

and Calearina nicobarensis, Schwager.

Besides these there are two new species and three new varieties.

A list of Foraminifera obtained from the Bay of Bengal by

H.M:S. ‘ Investigator’ (from lat. 17° 34’ N., long. 87° 59’ E.) is

given by Dr. John Murray in the ‘Scottish Geographical Maga-

zine’ for August 1889. The material examined was a blue mud,

obtained at a depth of 1300 fathoms. Amongst the thirty-seven

species therein enumerated there are, however, no Tertiary species

such as were obtained from the Arabian-Sea deposits.

In concluding these preliminary remarks it only remains for

* “Fossile Foraminiferen von Kar-Nicobar.” Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. 1866, p. 187. 4to, Wien.

2 FB. von Hochstetter, op. cit. p. 88.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SHA. 7

me to express my deep obligations to Professor T. Rupert Jones,

F.R.S., for his kind help and advice during the writing of this

paper.

In the following detailed account of the species, references are

made chiefly to the monograph of Dr. H. B. Brady, since it is a

standard and easily accessible work,

FORAMINIFERA.

Novsecunarta, Defrance.

1. NupecuLaria Luctruea, Defrance.

Nubecularia lucifuga, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 134,

pl. i. figs. 9-16.

A single specimen of this species occurred in Sample No. 1.

Britocurrna, d’Orbigny.

2. BILocuULINA DEPRESSA, d’Orbigny.

Biloculina depressa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 145,

pl. ii. figs. 12, 15-17, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2.

This species attains a great size in these deposits, many of the

specimens being as large as 51, inch in diameter, measured across

the face. Common in Sample No. 1; frequent, No. 3; common,

No. 4; rare, No. 5; frequent, No. 6.

3. BILOCULINA Duprussa, d’Orb., var. MURRHYNA, Schwager.

Biloculina murrhyna, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. 11. p. 203, pl. iv. fig. 15 a-e.

B. depressa, var. murrhyna, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 146, pl. ii. figs. 10, 11; Schlumberger, 1885, Bull. Soc. Géol.

France, sér. 3, vol. xiii. p. 238, figs. 9, 10, p. 290, figs. 15, 16;

Schlumberger, 1891, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. iv. p. 552,

pl. ix. figs. 52-54.

This deep-water form has been recorded from the Atlantic and

Pacific Oceans from depths between 1180 and 1900 fathoms

(Brady). It was also found fossil in the Island of Kar Nicobar

(Schwager).

Frequent in Sample No. 1; frequent, No. 4; rare, No. 6.

4, BrnocuLina pEpressa, d’Orb., var. SERRATA, Brady.

Biloculina depressa, var. serrata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 146, pl. ii. fig. 3 a—c.

This, another deep-water form, is rare in these deposits in

Sample No. 1; very rare, No. 3; rare, No. 6.

5. Binocutina tuBuLosa, Costa. (Plate I. figs. 1, 7.)

Biloculina tubulosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 147,

pl. ui. fig. 6 a-c.

This species has before been found off Kandavu, Fiji Isiands, at

210 fathoms (Brady).

8 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

An abnormal variety of this species was found in Sample

No. 1 (see Pl. I. fig. 7), in which the last two chambers have

been twisted; and both possess characteristic tubular apertures,

so that the specimen has the appearance of two forms intergrown

at right angles to one another.

This species is frequent in Sample No. 1; rare, No. 3; common,

No. 4; very rare, No. 5; frequent, No. 6.

6. BILOCULINA RINGENS (Lamarck).

Biloculina ringens, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 142, pl. 1.

figs. 7, 8.

This form occurs very rarely in Sample No. 6.

7. BILocuLINA RINGENS (Lam.), var. strroLaTa, Brady.

Biloculina ringens, var. striolata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 143, pl. i. figs. 7, 8.

Previously found in the Pacific from depths of from 6 to 8

fathoms (Brady).

Very rare in Sample No. 3; very rare, No. 4; rare, No. 6.

8. Brnocunina comata, Brady.

Biloculina comata, Brady, 1884, Chall, Rep. vol. ix. p. 144,

pl. iii. fig. 9a, 6.

This species oceurs very rarely in Sample No. 6.

SprroLocutina, d’Orbigny.

9. SprroLocuLina RoBusTA, Brady.

Spiroloculina robusta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 150.

pl. 1x. figs. 7; 8.

This species was described by Dr. Brady from specimens found

off Culebra Island, West Indies, 390 fathoms.

Typical examples of S. robusta were frequent in Sample No. 1.

10. SPIROLOCULINA ANTILLARUM, d’Orbigny.

Spiroloculina antillarum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 155, pl. x. fig. 21 a, 6.

This species was found in Sample No. 1, rare.

11, Sprronocutina LimBata, d’Orbigny. ;

Spiroloculina limbata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 150,

pl. ix. figs. 15-17.

A specimen of the ordinary typical form was found in Sample

No, 1.

12. SprroLocuLina GRATA, Terquem.

Spiroloculina grata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 155,

pl. x. figs. 16, 17, 22, 23.

This species generally affects areas round coral-reefs, and is

1895. } FORAMINIFERA FROM 'THE ARABIAN SEA. i)

recorded from the shallow waters of the Red Sea, from shore-

sand on the E. coast of Madagascar, and in various parts of the

Pacific Ocean (Brady).

S. grata occurred in Sample No. 1, very rare ; No. 2, frequent.

13. SPIROLOCULINA ARENARIA, Brady.

Spiroloculina arenaria, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 153,

pl. viii. fig. 12.

This moderately-shallow-water form has been noted from the

Fiji Islands, Raine Island, and the Philippine Islands (Brady).

It occurred in Sample No. 4, rare.

14. SPIROLOCULINA aSPHRULA, Karrer.

Spiroloculina asperula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 152,

pl. viii. figs. 13, 14, and 11?

Found in Sample No. 4, rare.

Miriortina, Williamson.

15. MiInioLIna TRIGONULA (Lam.).

Miholina trigonula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 164,

pl. ii. figs. 14-16.

This form occurs in Sample No. 6, very rare.

16. Mrtronra insienis, Brady.

Miliolina insignis, Brady, 1884, Chall.’ Rep. vol. ix. p. 165,

pl. iv. figs. 8, 10.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare.

17. Mivionina TRICARINATA (d’Orb.).

Miliolina tricarinata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 165,

pl. iii. fig. 17 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 2, very rare; No. 5,

rare.

18. Minionra crrcunaris (Bornemann).

Miholina circularis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 169,

pl. iv. fig. 3 a-c, pl. v. figs. 13, 14?

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

19, Minionina aAvBERIANA (d’Orb.).

Miliolina auberiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 162,

pl. v. figs. 8, 9.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, rare; No. 5, very rare.

20. MILIoLINA CUVIERIANA (d’Orb.).

Miliolina cuvieriana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 162,

pl. v. fig. 12 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

10 MR, F, CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

21. Minton venvsra (Karrer).

Miliolina venusta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 162,

pl. v. figs. 5, 7.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

22. MILIOLINA GRACTILIS (d’Orb.).

Miliolina gracilis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 160,

pl. v. fig. 3 a—c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

23. MILIOLINA AMYGDALOIDES, Brady.

Miliolina amygdaloides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 163,

pl. vi. fig. 10 a, 6.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

24. Miniorina Bicornis (W. & J.).

Miliolina bicorms, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 171, pl. v.

figs. 9, 11, 12.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

25. MILIOLINA SCHREIBERSIANA (d’Orb.).

Triloculina schreibersiana, d’Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba,

p- 174, pl. ix. figs. 20-22.

This species was described by d’Orbigny from specimens obtained

out of the shore-sand from the Island of Cuba. It was not met

with in any of the soundings obtained by the ‘Challenger.’ As

might be expected, this species occurs in the shallow-water

deposits of Sample No. 2 from the Arabian Sea, and is very

rare.

26. Minio“ina unbosa (Karrer).

Maliolina undosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 176, pl. vi.

figs. 6-8.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent.

27. Mintorina tinnzana (d’Orb.).

Miliohina linnwana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 174,

pl. vi. figs. 15-20,

This shallow-water form has been before noted from the coral

islands of the Pacific, &c. (Brady). In the gatherings from the

Arabian Sea it occurs in Sample No. 1, and is very rare.

28. Minionina RETICULATA (d’Orb.).

Miliolina reticulata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 177,

pl. ix. figs. 2-4,

This species is essentially a shallow-water form, being found in

shore-sands and in the neighbourhood of coral-reefs.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent.

1895. | FORAMINIFDRA FROM TIE ARABLAN SBA, lit

29. MiILIoLIna PARKERI, Brady.

Miliolina parkert, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 177

pl. vii. fig. 14.

This form is also usually associated with coral-reefs.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

30. Minionina RupERTIANA, Brady.

Miholina rupertiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 178,

pl. vil. figs. 7-12.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

OpirHaLMipium, Kubler.

31. OPHTHALMIDIUM INCONSTANS, Brady.

Ophthalmadium inconstans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 189, pl. xii. figs. 5, 7, 8.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

SIGMOILINA, Schlumberger.

32. SIGMOILINA SIGMOIDEA (Brady).

Planispirina sigmoidea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 197,

pl. ii. figs. 1-3; woodcut fig. 5 ¢.

Sigmoilina (Planispivina) sigmoidea, Schlumberger, 1887, Bull.

Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii. p. 118, pl. vii. figs. 9-11; woodcuts,

figs. 1-5.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

33. SIGMOILINA CELATA (Costa).

Spiroloculina celata, Costa, 1855, Mem. Accad. N apoli, vol. ii.

p- 126, pl.i. fig. 14; 1856, Atti dell’ Accad. Pont. vol. vii. pl. xxvi.

fig. 5.

” Quingueloculina asperula et rugosa, Schwager, 1866, Novara-

Exped., geol. Theil, vol. ii. pp. 203, 266, pl. iv. fig. 16 a-c.

Planispirina celata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 197,

pl. viii. figs. 1-4.

Sigmoilina (Planispirina) celata, Schlumberger, 1887, Bull. Soc.

Zool. France, vol. xii. p. 481, pl. vii. figs. 12-14; woodcuts,

figs. 6, 7.

This is another of the forms found fossil in the Island of Kar

Nicobar by Dr. Schwager.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 3, rare; No. 4, rare;

No. 5, rare; No. 6, rare.

CornusPiea, Schultze.

34. CORNUSPIRA CARINATA (Costa).

Cornuspira carinata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 201

pl. xi. fig. 4 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

12 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [ Jan. 15,

Orsrrotires, Lamarck.

35. ORBITOLITES COMPLANATA, Lamarck.

Orbitolites complanata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 218,

pl. xvi. figs. 1-6.

Found in Sample No. 1, common.

36. ORBITOLITES MARGINALIS (Lam.).

Orbitolites marginalis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 214,

pl. xv. figs. 1-5.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

Anvrouina, d’Orbigny.

37. ALVEOLINA MELO (F. & M.).

Alveolina melo, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 223, pl. xvii.

figs. 13-15.

This species is usually found in coral-sands down to a depth of

40 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

38. ALvnoLina Bosc (Defr.).

Alveolina boscii, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 222, pl. xvii.

figs. 7-12.

This species also is associated with coral-sands.

Found in Sample No. 1, common ; No. 2, rare.

TECHNITELLA, Norman.

39. TECHNITELLA MELO, Norman.

Technitella melo, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 246,

pl. xxv. fig. 7 a, 6. :

This species is rare, and has been recorded off Ascension Island at

420 fathoms (Brady) ; and from the N. Atlantic, S. of the Rockall

Bank, at 1215 fathoms (Norman).

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare.

40. TECHNITELLA RAPHANUS, Brady.

Technitella raphanus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 247,

pl. xxv. figs. 13, 14.

T. raphanus has been recorded from Kandavu, Fiji Ids., 210

fathoms (Brady).

In the soundings from the Arabian Sea it was found in Sample

No. 4, frequent.

BatHysiPHoN, Sars.

41. BATHYSIPHON FILIFORMIS, Sars.

Bathysiphon filiformis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 248,

pl. xxvi. figs. 15-20.

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. ibs}

PsaMMOSPH ERA, Schulze.

42, PsaMMOsPH #RA FusCA, F. E. Schulze.

Psammosphera fusca, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 249,

pl. xviii. figs. 1-8.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

SaccamMina, M. Sars.

48. SaACCAMMINA SPH RICA, M. Sars.

Saccammina spherica, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 253,

pl. xxii. figs. 11-17.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

44, SaACCAMMINA SOCIALIS, Brady.

Saccammina socialis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 255,

pl. xviii. figs. 18, 19.

This species has been hitherto found in the North Atlantic and

Norta Pacifie Oceans (Brady).

It was found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

Hyperamnina, H. B. Brady.

45. HYyPERAMMINA ELONGATA, Brady.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 257,

pl. xxii. figs. 4, 7-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, common; No. 5, very

rare; No. 6, rare.

46. HYPERAMMINA RAMOSA, Brady.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 261,

pl. xxiii. tigs. 15-19.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 3, rare; No. 4, very

common; No. 6, rare.

47. HYPERAMMINA ARBORESCENS (Norman).

Hyperammina arborescens, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 262, pl. xxviii. figs. 12, 13.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, very rare.

Marsipeiia, Norman.

48. MARSIPELLA ELONGATA, Norman.

Marsipella elongata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 264,

pl. xxiv. figs. 10-19.

Found in Sample No. 4, rare.

14 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

Ruwaspammina, M. Sars.

49. RHABDAMMINA DIScRETA, Brady.

Rhabdammina discreta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 268,

pl. xxii. figs. 7-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, frequent; No. 6,

very rare.

Ruizammina, H. B. Brady.

50. RiizAMMINA INDIVIsA, Brady.

Rhizammina indivisa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 277,

pl. xxix. figs. 5-7.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, common; No. 5, very

rare.

Rnopuix, Montfort.

51. ReopHax DIFFLUGIFORMIS, Brady.

Reophax difflugiformis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 289,

pl. xxx. figs. 1-5.

The tests of these specimens from the Arabian Sea are com-

posed of tiny embryonic globigerine shells in all cases excepting

that from Sample No. 1, in which the specimen is composed of

sandy and spicular material.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 5,

very rare; No. 6, very rare.

52. RzeopHax scorPiurus (Montfort).

Reophax scorpiurus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 291,

pl. xxx. figs. 12-17.

It is possible that one of the specimens referred to the above

species, that from Sample No. 1, more properly belongs to R.

arctica, Brady, since it has the usual tapering shell but strongly

compressed. Ii differs, however, from the typical /?. arctica in being

quite as large as the well-known &. scorpiuwrus. The other speci-

mens met with are of the ordinary type form.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, frequent; No. 6,

frequent.

53. REOPHAX SPICULIFERA, Brady.

Reophax spiculifera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 295,

pl. xxxi. figs. 16, 17.

The usual form of this species has more or less cylindrical

chambers ; but some of the specimens from the Arabian Sea show :

a tendency to pass over into the form of 2. nodulosa, Brady, whilst

retaining the spicular test. It is therefore difficult to determine

to which of the two above-mentioned species some of the specimens

belong ; the cylindrical form of the segments is here taken as the

distinguishing character irrespective of the nature of the test.

1895. | FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 15

R. spiculifera has hitherto been found off Kandavu, Fiji Islands,

and Tahiti, Society Islands (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 6, very

rare.

54, Ruopuax pistans, Brady.

Reophaa distans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 296,

pl. xxxi. figs. 18-22.

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare.

55. Reorpuax nopunosa, Brady.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 294,

pl. xxxi. figs. 1-9.

As previously stated, I have included under this specific name

some specimens which have the test formed mainly,if not entirely,

of broken sponge-spicules but possessing oval or pyriform chambers.

Associated with these are many specimens which have an are-

naceous test, and which are therefore quite typical in character.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent ; No. 6, very rare.

56. REoPHAX DENTALINIFORMIS, Brady.

Reophax dentaliniformis, Brady, 1584, Chall. Rep. vol. 1x. p. 293,

pl. xxx. figs. 21, 22.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 3, very rare; No. 4, very

rare; No. d, very rare.

57, Ruopwax BACILLARIS, Brady.

Reophax bacillaris, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 293,

pl. xxx. figs. 23, 24.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

58. REOPHAX PILULIFERA, Brady.

Reophax pilulifera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 292,

pl. xxx. figs. 18-20.

Found in Sample No. 1, common.

HAPLOPHRAGMIUM, Reuss.

59. HaPLOPHRAGMIUM GLOMERATUM, Brady.

Haplophragmium glomeratum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 309, pl. xxxiv. figs. 15-18.

Found in Sample No. 6, rare.

60. HAPLOPHRAGMIUM LATIDORSATUM (Bornemann).

Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 307, pl. xxxiv. figs. 7-10, 14.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, common ; No. 6, rare.

16 MR, F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

61. HAPLOPHRAGMIUM GLOBIGERINIFORME (P, & J.).

Haplophragmium globigeriniforme, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol.

ix. p. 312,-pl. xxxv. figs. 10, 11.

This species has been recorded by Parker and Jones from the

Red Sea at 557 and 678 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, rare.

62. HapvLopHRAGMLUM CANARIENSE (d’Orb.).

Haplophraymium canariense, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 310, pl. xxxv. figs. 1-5.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 6,

very rare.

63. HaPLOPHRAGMIUM TURBINATUM, Brady.

Haplophragmium turbinatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 312, pl. xxxv. fig. 9 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, very rare ; No. 6,

very rare.

64, HAPLOPHRAGMIUM ROTULATUM, Brady.

Haplophragmium rotulatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 306, pl. xxxiv. figs. 5, 6.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 6,

very rare.

65. HaPLopHRAGMIUM sciTuLUM, Brady.

Haplophragmium scitulum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 308, pl. xxxiv. figs. 11-13.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, rare.

66. HapLopHRAGMIUM EMacraTUM, Brady.

Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 305, pl. xxxiil. figs. 26-28.

This species has been hitherto known only from the West Indies

(Brady).

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

67. HAPLOPHRAGMIUM AGGLUTINANS (d’Orb.).

Haplophragmium agglutinans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 301, pl. xxxii. figs. 19-26.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

68. HaPLOPHRAGMIUM TRUNCATULINIFORME, sp. nov. (Plate I.

fig. 2 a—c.)

Test Rotaliform. Slightly concave on the superior, and strongly

convex on the inferior face; the latter with a distinct umbilical

depression. Only the last convolution, which consists of twelve

chambers, can be seen on either face. Aperture strongly arched,

and confined almost entirely to the inferior face. Walls arenaceous,

1895.] - FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA, 17

of a yellow-brown colour, composed of fine material but with a few

included coarser grains of a dark colour. Edge of test rounded.

Diameter 3, inch (6 mm.).

This species supplies a link in the chain of isomorphs of the

hyaline and arenaceous groups of Foraminifera, since it bears the

same relation to a typical Truncatulina or a Rotalia as Haplophrag-

mium globigeriniforme does to Globigerina.

H. truneatuliniforme is represented in the Arabian-Sea soundings

by only one example, from Sample No. 6.

Pracopsinina, d’Orbigny.

69. PLACOPSILINA CENOMANA, d’Orbigny.

Placopsilina cenomana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 315,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

THURAMMINA, Brady.

70. THURAMMINA PAPILLATA, Brady.

Thurammina papillata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 321,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 7-18.

Found in Sample No. 4, rare.

Hormostna, Brady.

71. HorMosrna CaRPENTeERI, Brady.

Hormosina carpenteri, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 327,

pl. xxxix. figs. 14-18.

It is interesting to record this species from the Arabian Sea,

since it has previously been almost entirely confined to soundings

from the North Atlantic.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare: No. 4, common; No. 6,

frequent.

72. Hormosina ovicuta, Brady.

Hormosina ovicula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 327,

pl. xxxix. figs. 7-9.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

73. HORMOSINA GLOBULIFFRA, Brady.

Hormosina globulifera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 326,

pl. xxxix. figs. 1-6.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

Ammoniscus, Reuss.

74. AMMODISCUS INCERTUS (d’Orb.),

Ammodiscus incertus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 330,

pl. xxxviii. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, rare; No. 6, very rare.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. II.

18 MR, F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

75. AMMODISCUS TENUIS, Brady.

Ammodiscus tenuis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 332,

pl. xxxviii. figs. 4-6.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

76. AMMODISCUS CHAROIDES (J. & P.).

Ammodiscus charoides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 334,

pl. xxxvili. figs. 10-16.

This species is recorded by Parker and Jones from the Red Sea

amongst other localities.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

TROCHAMMINA, Parker & Jones.

77. TRocHAMMINA TRULISSATA, Brady.

Trochammina trulissata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 342,

pl. xl. figs. 13-16.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 4, frequent; No. 6,

rare.

Wespina, d’Orbigny.

78. WEBBINA CLAVATA, J. & P.

Webbina clavata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 349, pl. xli.

figs. 12-16. -

Found in Sample No. 4, frequent ; No. 6, very rare.

CycLaMMINA, Brady.

79, CYCLAMMINA PUSILLA, Brady.

Cyclammina pusilla, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 353,

pl. xxxvii. figs. 20-23.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No.3, very rare ; No. 4, frequent ;

No. 6, rare.

80. CYCLAMMINA CANCELLATA, Brady.

Cyclammina cancellata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 351,

pl, xxxvil. figs. 8-16.

Found in Sample No. 6, rare.

TExtTuLARIA, Defrance.

81, Texrunarta sagirruLa, Defrance.

Textularia sagittula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 361,

pl. xii. figs. 17, 18.

Found in Sample No. 4, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very

rare.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 19

82. TEXTULARIA SAGITTULA, var. FISTULOSA, Brady.

Textularia sagittula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 362,

pl. xlii. figs. 19-22.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

83. TEXTULARIA GRAMEN, d’Orb.

Textularia gramen, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 365,

pl. xlii. figs. 9, 10.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent.

$4. TEXTULARIA LyTHOsTROTUM (Schwager).

Tectularia lythostrotum, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 194, pl. iv. fig. 4 a-c.

This species is one of those which have not been recorded from

the ‘Challenger’ gatherings. 7’. lythostrotum was first described

from the Pliocene deposits of Kar Nicobar; it is a very striking

form, and is somewhat like 7’. gramen in contour, though with more

parallel sides, and the test altogether is very much flattened, the

margins being thin and sharp. The surface of the test is usually

very rough.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 2, very rare; No. 4,

rare; No. 6, common.

85. TEXTULARIA contca, d’Orb.

Textularia conica, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 365, pl. xliii.

figs. 13, 14, pl. exiii. fig. 1 a, 5.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

86. TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS, d’Orb.

Textularia ayylutinans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 363,

pi. xiii. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, common.

VERNEUILINA, d’Orbigny.

87. VERNEUILINA PYGM#A (Egger),

Verneuilina pygmea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 385,

pl. xlvii. figs. 4-7.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent ; No. 4, rare.

88. VERNEUILINA PROPINQUA, Brady.

Vernevilina propinqua, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 387,

pl. xlvii. figs. 8-14.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, rare. .

20 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

CuRYSALIDINA, d’Orbigny.

89. CHRYSALIDINA DIMORPHA, Brady.

Chrysalidina dimorpha, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 388,

pl. xlvi. figs. 20, 21.

This species is usually met with in shallow-water deposits, near

coral-islands, and also in shore-sands (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 2, rare; No. 5, very rare.

Gaupryina, d’Orbigny.

90. GAUDRYINA PUPOIDES, d’Orb.

Gaudryina pupoides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 378,

pl. xlvi. figs. 1-4.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 6, very

rare.

91. GAuUDRYINA RUGOSA, d’Orb.

Gaudryina rugosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 381,

pl. xlvi. figs. 14-16.

The specimens from the Arabian Sea gatherings are extremely

large (about 3 inch in length) and well developed.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent ; No. 3, rare; No. 4, common ;

No. 6, frequent.

92. GAUDRYINA SUBROTUNDATA, Schwager.

Gaudryina subrotundata, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 198, pl. iv. tig. 9a-c; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 380, pl. xlvi. fig. 13 a-c.

This form was first described by Schwager from the fossil

specimens of the Pliocene beds of Kar Nicobar. It has also been

found fossil in Miocene beds of Baden (G. prelonga, Karrer). As

a recent form it has been recorded from soundings off Culebra

Island at 390 fathoms, and off Raine Island at 155 fathoms

(Brady).

Found in Sample No, 1, common; No. 4, frequent; No. 6,

common.

93. GauDRYINA BAccATA, Schwager.

Gaudryina baccata, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. i. p. 200, pl. iv. fig. 12 a,b; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 379, pl. xlvi. figs. 8-11.

This species is one of those originally described by Dr. Schwager

from the Pliocene of Kar Nicobar. It has also been recorded by

Dr. Brady from various stations in the Atlantic and Pacific

Oceans.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SHA, 21

94. GAUDRYINA SIPHONELLA, Reuss.

Gaudryina siphonella, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 382,

pl. xlvi. figs. 17-19.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

Vatyutina, d’Orbigny.

95. VALVULINA ConIca, Parker & Jones.

Valvulina conica, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 392,

pl. xlix. figs. 15, 16.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, very rare.

Cravunina, d’Orbigny.

96. CLAVULINA communis, d’Orbigny.

Clavulina communis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 394,

pl. xlviii. figs. 1-13.

Many of the specimens of C. communis from the Arabian Sea

are greatly elongated, and frequently attain a length of § inch.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 3, frequent ; No. 4,

common; No. 5, rare; No. 6, rare.

97. CLAVULINA PARISIENSIS, d’Orbigny.

Clavulina parisiensis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 395,

pl. xlviii. figs. 14-18.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

98. CLAVULINA ANGULARIS, d’Orbigny.

Clavulina angularis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 396

pl. xlviii. figs. 22-24.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

Burra, d’Orbigny.

99. Bunrmia ovata, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina ovata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 400, pl. Ile

fig. 13 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 4, rare; No. 5, very

rare.

~ 100. Bunrmia pyruta, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina pyrula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 399, pl. 1.

figs. 7-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 3, rare; No. 5, very

rare.

~ 101. Bunimia ELonaata, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina elongata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 401, pl. li.

figs. 1, 2?

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

29 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

102. Burimrina Puporpes, #Orbigny.

Bulimina pupoides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 400, pl. 1.

fig. 15 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 3, very rare.

103. BunimMina AFFINIs, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina affinis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 400, pl. 1.

fig. 14 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

104. Bunimina BLecans, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina elegans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 398, pl. 1.

figs. 1-4.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

105. Buimina suBcyLinpRiIcaA, Brady.

Bulimina subcylindrica, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 404,

pl. 1. fig. 16 a, .

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

106. Butimina DEcLIVIS, Reuss.

Bulimina declivis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 404, pl. 1.

fig. 19 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

107. BuLImina ConTRARIA (Reuss). ©

Bulimina contraria, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 409,

pl. liv. fig. 18 a—c.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent: No. 4, rare; No. 5, very

rare; No. 6, frequent.

108. Bunimrya acuLEata, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina aculeata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 406,

pl. li. figs. 7-9.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 3, rare: No. 5,

frequent; No. 6, very rare.

109. Bunimina BucHiaNna, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina buchiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 407,

pl. li. figs. 18, 19.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, very rare; No. 5,

very rare.

110. Butimia nFriata, Seguenza.

Bulimina inflata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 406, pl. li.

figs. 10-13.

Besides occurring in other Tertiary deposits, Schwager records

this species from the Pliocene beds of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA, 23

111. Butrmrna supornara, Brady.

Bulimina subornata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 402,

pl. hi. fig. 6 a, b.

This rare species was found by Dr. Brady on the Hyalonema-

ground S. of Japan, at 345 fathoms, and off Aru Island, 800

fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare; No. 5, very rare.

112. Burrmina rosrrava, Brady.

Bulimina rostrata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 408, pl. li.

figs. 14, 15.

Found in Sample No. 5, rare.

Vireutina, d’Orbigny.

113. VIRGULINA SCHREIBERSIANA, Czjzek.

Virgulina schreibersiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 414,

pl. lii. figs. 1-8.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare ; No. 5, very rare.

114, VireuLina stBsguamosa, Egger.

Virgulina subsquamosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 415,

pl. li. figs. 7-11.

maand 3 in Sample No. 1, rare.

115. Vireunina suppEpressa, Brady.

Virgulina subdepressa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 416,

pl. lii. figs. 14-17.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

Borivina, d’Orbigny.

116. Boxtvina Puncrata, d’Orb.

Bolivina punctata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 417, pl. li.

figs. 18, 19.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

117. Botivriva TEXTILARIOIDES, Reuss.

Bolivina textilarioides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 419,

pl. lii. figs. 23-25.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

118, Borrviya trmpBata, Brady.

Bolivina limbata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 419, pl. li.

figs. 26-28.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, very rare.

24 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

119. Bonivina nosis, Hantken.

Bolivina nobilis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 424, pl. liii.

figs. 14, 15.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, rare.

120. Bonrvina BEYRICHI, Reuss.

Bolivina beyricht, Brady, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 422, pl. lin.

fig. 1.

121. Borrvrna opsorera, Eley.

Bolivina obsoleta, Eley, 1859, Geol. in the Garden, p. 195, pl. ii.

fig. 11, p. 202, pl. viii. fig. 11 ¢.

Textilaria quadrilatera, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 253, pl. vii. fig. 103.

Leaxtularia quadrilatera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 358,

pl. xlii. figs. 8-12.

Dr. Brady records this form (TZ. quadrilatera) from various

stations in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, at depths between 350

and 1350 fathoms. That author also suggests that the form

belongs rather to the genus Bolivina than to Tevtularia, on

account of the compression of the test, together with the shape of

the aperture. The species 7’. quadrilatera was originally described

as a fossil from the Pliocene of Kar Nicobar; but was previously

known from the Upper Chalk under the name of Bolivina obsoleta.

The characters of both the recent and fossil forms are so nearly

parallel as to satisfy the most critical student.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, very rare.

122. Bottvina rosusta, Brady.

Bolivina robusta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 421, pl. liii.

figs. 7-9.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

123. Botivina ARENOSA, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 3 a, b.)

* Test rhomboidal, compressed ; consisting of about 13 chambers.

Aboral end of test sharply angular. The earlier chambers are

linear, but rapidly increase in breadth. Peripheral edge of the

test somewhat sharp; and the outline on the lateral aspect

sinuous. Aperture an elongate slit. Test of a pale ochreous

brown colour, finely arenaceous, but with a few coarser particles

interspersed. Length ;; inch (1:08 mm.); breadth > inch

(‘926 mm.).

The above species is an exceptional one in the genus Bolivina,

species of that group usually possessing hyaline tests. The

vertical position and slit-like form of the aperture, however,

separate it from the genus Tewtularia,

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 25

PLEUROSTOMELLA, Reuss.

124, PLEUROSTOMELLA SUBNODOSA, Reuss.

Pleurostomella subnodosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 412,

pl. li. figs. 12, 13.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

125, PLEUROSTOMELLA ALTERNANS, Schwager.

Pleurostomella alternans, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 238, pl. vi. figs. 79, 80; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 412, pl. li. figs. 22, 23.

This species was originally described by Dr. Schwager from the

Pliocene beds of Kar Nicobar. It has been recorded by Dr. Brady

from the Ki Islands, S.W. of Papua, 129 fathoms; and S.W. of

the Low Archipelago, 2075 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 6, rare.

Subfamily CasSSIDULININA,

CassrpuLina, d’Orbigny.

126, CassIDULINA MURRHYNA (Schwager).

Spheroidina murrhyna, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 250, pl. vii. fig. 97.

This species has not been hitherto recorded from deep-sea

soundings. It was described by Schwager from the Pliocene beds

of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 3, very rare; No. 4, frequent; No. 5,

very rare; No. 6, frequent.

127. CassIDULINA CALABRA (Seguenza).

Cassidulina calabra, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 481,

pl. exiii. fig. 8 ac.

Recorded from Raine Island, 155 fathoms ; Kandavu, Fiji Ids.,

610 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 5, rare; No. 6, common.

128. CassipDULINA SUBGLOBOSA, Brady.

Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 480,

pl. liv. fig. 17 a-e.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

129. Cassmpunina BRADYI, Norman.

. Cassidulina bradyi, Brady, 1884, Chall, Rep. vol. ix. p. 431,

pl. liv. figs. 6-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

26° MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

130, CassIDULINA PARKERIANA, Brady.

Cassidulina parkeriana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 432,

pl. liv. figs. 11-16.

Hitherto this species has been recorded solely from soundings

taken around the islands off the west coast of Patagonia, at

depths of 145-175 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

131. CassipuLina Levieata, d’Orbigny.

Cassidulina levigata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 428,

pl. liv. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, very rare.

ERRENBERGINA, Reuss.

132, EHRENBERGINA SERRATA, Reuss.

Ehrenbergina serrata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 434,

pl. lv. figs. 2-7.

This species was pointed out by Dr. Brady to be not uncommon

in recent soundings; he records it off the Azores, 450 fathoms ;

off the Canaries, 620 fathoms ; from the 8S. Atlantic, 1025 to 2350

fathoms; from the N. Pacific, at 2340 fathoms; and from the

S. Pacific, from 150 to 2075 fathoms.

Reuss and Karrer record it from the Miocene beds in the

neighbourhood of Vienna.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 2, frequent; No. 5,

frequent.

CHILOSTOMELLA, Reuss.

133. CHILOSTOMELLA OVOIDEA, Reuss.

Chilostomella ovoidea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 486,

pl. lv. figs. 12-23.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 3, very rare.

ALLOMORPHINA, Reuss.

134. ALLOMORPHINA TRIGONA, Reuss.

Allomorphina trigona, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 438,

pl. lv. figs. 24-26.

This rare foraminifer has previously been recorded from the

Hyalonema-ground, south of Japan, at 345 fathoms; and off

Tahiti, Society Islands, at 620 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

Lacena, Walker and Boys.

135. Lacrna LzvIs (Montagu).

Lagena levis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 455, pl. lvi.

figs. 7-14, 30.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

und

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 27

136. Lacena GLoposa (Montagu).

Lagena globosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 452, pl. lvi.

figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

137. LAGENA APICULATA, Reuss.

Lagena apiculata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 453,

pl. lvi. figs. 4, 15-18.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

138. Laguna pistoma, Parker & Jones.

Lagena distoma, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 461,

pl. lviii. figs. 11-15.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

139. LAGENA HISPIDA, Reuss.

Lagena hispida, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 459, pl. lvii.

figs. 1-4, pl. lix. figs. 2, 5.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

140. Lagmna AsPERA, Reuss, var. SPINIFHRA, nov. (Plate I.

fig. 4.)

This variety of Reuss’s species has the aboral end beset with

moderately long spines. Length of the body of the test 5 inch

(1:136 mm.).

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare.

141. Lacena suncara (Walker & Jacob).

Lagena sulcata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 462, pl. lvii.

figs. 23, 26, 33, 34.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

142. Lacena Gracriis, Williamson.

Lagena gracilis, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. p. 206, pl. iv. fig. 21 a,b; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 464, pl. lviii. figs. 2, 3, 7-10, 19, 22-24.

This species was also recorded as a fossil from Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, very rare.

143. LacEna FEILDENIANA, Brady.

Lagena feildeniana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 469,

pl. lviii. figs. 38, 39.

Found in Sample No. 3, very rare.

144, Lacmna pesMopHora, O. Rymer Jones.

Lagena desmophora, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 468,

pl. lviii. figs. 42, 43.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 3, very rare; No. 5, very

rare.

28 MR, F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan, 15,

145. LagEna HExaGona, Williamson.

Lagena hexagona, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 472,

pl. lvin. figs. 32, 33.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

146. Lacuna marcinata (Walker & Jacob).

Lagena marginata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 476,

pl. lix. figs. 21-28.

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare; No. 5, rare; No. 6, very

rare.

147. Lagpya MARGINATA (Walker & Jacob), var. CATENULOSA,

nov. (Plate I. fig. 5 a, 6.)

This beautiful variety belongs to the. wide-flanged type of

L. marginata. On the lateral aspect the test is decorated with

two or more chain-like borders encircling the bulbous portion. A

remarkable feature about this variety is its apiculate base, encom-

passed, however, within the thin outer flange. The oral extremity

of the test is distinctly phialine or lipped, partially closed over with

redundant shell-growth, and showing a secondary tubular (true)

orifice within. The outer flange is mined by a microscopic boring

plant. Length of test =; mch (1:47 mm.).

One example found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

148. LAGENA SEMINIFORMIS, Schwager.

Lagena seminiformis, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 208, pl. v. fig. 21; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 478, pl. lix. figs. 28-30.

This species was recorded as a Pliocene fossil from Kar Nicobar

(Schwager).

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

149. LaGEena LAGENOIDES (Williamson).

Lagena lagenoides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 479,

pl. Ix. figs. 6, 7, 9, 12, 14.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

150. Lacena capitiosa (Schwager).

Fissurina capillosa, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. p. 210, pl. v. fig. 25.

This species is one of those which have not been met with

before in deep-sea soundings, and was described from the Pliocene

deposits of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

151. Lacena Fimpriata, Brady.

Lagena fimbriata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 486, pl. lx.

figs. 26-28.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

1895. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 29

152. LaGENA CASTRENSIS, Schwager.

Lagena castrensis, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. p. 208, pl. v. fig. 22; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 485, pl. lx. figs. 1, 2, 3?

This species occurred in the Pliocene deposits of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, rare.

153. LaGENa STAPHYLLEARIA (Schwager).

Fissurina staphyllearia, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 209, pl. v. fig. 24.

Lagena staphyllearia, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 474,

pl. lix. figs. 8-11.

This species occurred in the Pliocene beds of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

154, LAGENA ALVEOLATA, var. SUBSTRIATA, Brady.

Lagena alveolata, var. substriata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 488, pl. lx. fig. 34.

This variety was recorded from the Southern Ocean, from 1375

fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

155. LAGENA QUADRICOSTULATA, Reuss.

Lagena quadricostulata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 486,

pl. lix. figs. 15 and 7?

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

156. LacEna LEvIGATA (Reuss).

Lagena levigata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 475,

pl. exiv. fig. 8 a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

157. LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza).

Lagena orbignyana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 484,

pl. lix. figs. 1, 18, 20, 24-26.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, rare; No, 6, frequent.

158. Lacrna rormosa, Schwager.

Lagena formosa, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. p. 206, pl. iv. fig. 19 a-d; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 480, pl. lx. figs. 10, 18-20, 8?, 17?

This species was originally described from the Pliocene of Kar

Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, very rare.

159. LaGENA TRIGONO-ORNATA, Brady.

Lagena trigono-ornata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 4838,

pl. bx. fig. 14.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

30 Mi, F, CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

160. Lacena QuapRALAtA, Brady.

Lagena quadralata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 464,

pl. Ixi. fig. 3a, b.

This species has before been recorded from two localities south

of Australia at 2600 fathoms, and in the South Atlantic, mid-ocean,

2200 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Noposaria, Lamarck,

161. Noposaria (DENTALINA) CALOMORPHA, Reuss.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) calomerpha, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 497, pl. Ixi. figs. 23-27.

Found in Sample No. 5, rare.

162. Noposaria RADICULA (Linn.).

Nodosaria radicula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 495,

pl. lxi. figs. 28-31.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, rare.

163. Noposaria pyruna, d’Orbigny.

Nodosaria pyrula, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol. Theil,

vol. ii. p. 217, pl. v. fig. 38; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 497, pl. Ixii. figs. 10-12.

This species was also found fossil in the Pliocene deposit of Kar

Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, very rare.

164. Noposar1a (DENTALINA) FARCIMEN, Reuss (after Soldani).

Nodosaria (Dentalina) farcimen, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 498, pl. lxii. figs. 17, 18, woodcut fig. 13 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

165. Noposarta (DENTALINA) FILIFORMIS, d’Orbigny.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) filiformis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 500, pl. lxii. figs. 3-5.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

166. Noposaria (DENTALINA) ROEMERI (Neugeboren).

Nodosaria (Dentalina) roemeri, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 506, pl. lxiil. fig. 1.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 4, very rare.

167. Noposarra (DENTALINA) comMuNIS, d’Orbigny.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 504, pl. Ixii. figs. 19-22.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 3, very rare; No. 6,

rare; No. 6, rare.

1895. | FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 31

168. Noposarta (DENTALINA) CONSOBRINA (d’Orbigny).

Nodosaria (Dentalina) consobrina, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 501, pl. Ixii. figs. 28, 24.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 2, very rare.

169. Noposaria (DENTALINA) INFLEXA, Reuss.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) inflewa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 498, pl. Ixii. fig. 9

Found in Sampie No. 5, rare.

170. Noposarta ovubara, Sherborn & Chapman.

Nodosaria ovulata, Sherborn and Chapman, 1886, Journ. Roy.

Micr. Soe. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 747, pl. xiv. tig. 27.

This species was described for the first time from the London

Clay of Piccadilly. The specimens from the Arabian Sea agree

very closely with the fossil ones.

Found in Sample No. 5, rare.

171. Noposarra (DenraLina) soLuta, Reuss.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) soluta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 503, pl. xii. figs. 13-16.

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare; No. 6, rare.

172. Noposarta (DENTALINA) SOLUTA, var. SUBACULEATA, noy.

(Plate I. fig. 6.)

_ “Faintly striate specimen,”—See Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 503, pl. Ixiv. fig. 28.

This variety differs fepia the type form in having the basal half

of each chamber ornamented with numerous fine “prickles, which

fade off into faint strize towards the middle of the bulb. The

general contour of the test of this variety agrees with that of the

type; and the examples found are well-developed in point of size.

Length about + inch (5 mm.).

Dr. Brady has figured a specimen which is undoubtedly referable

to the above variety, though it is not so strongly ornamented as are

the specimens from the Arabian Sea. For this reason I venture to

separate them from the smooth typical forms by a varietal name.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 3, very rare; No. 4, rare ;

No. 5, very rare.

173. Noposaria (Denranina) actcuna (Lamarck).

Orthocera acicula, Lamarck, 1822, Hist. Anim. sans Vert.

vol. vil. p. 594, no. 5.

Dentalina acicula, Sherborn and Chapman, 1886, Journ. Roy.

Mier. Soe. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 751, woodcut fig. 154.

This species is well known as a Tertiary fossil, Lamarck having

found it in the Middle Eocene of the Paris Basin; and it is also

32 MR, F, CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

characteristic of the London Clay. It does not appear to have

been noticed before as a recent form.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

174. Noposaria scaLaRris (Batsch).

Nodosaria scalaris, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 510,

pl. Ixii. figs. 28-31,

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

175. NoposaRria scaLaRis (Batsch), var. SEPARANS, Brady.

Nodosaria scalaris, var. separans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 510, pl. Ixiv. figs. 16-19. ;

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

176. Noposaria (DENTALINA) OBLIQUA (Linn.).

Nodosaria (Dentalina) obliqua, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 513, pl. Ixiv. figs: 20-22.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

177. NoposaRia RAPHANUS (Linn.).

Nodosaria raphanus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 512,

pl. lxiv. figs. 6-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, rare.

178. Noposarta (DENTALINA) ADOLPHINA (d’Orb.).

Dentalina adolphina, d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien. p. 51,

pl. ii. figs. 18-20.

Nodosaria adolphina, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 235, pl. vi. fig. 72.

This is a well-known Tertiary species, having been recorded

from the London Clay, since d’Orbigny met with it in the Tertiary

strata in the neighbourhood of Vienna. It is interesting to note

that this species was also met with by Dr. Schwager in the Pliocene

deposits of Kar Nicobar. NV. adolphina does not appear to have

been previously recorded from any deep-sea soundings.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

179, Novosarta (DENTALINA) SUBCANALICULATA (Neugeboren).

Nodosaria (Dentalina) subcanaliculata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 512, pl. lxiv. figs. 23, 24.

Recorded by Dr. Brady off Tahiti, 420 fathoms. It was also

found fossil in the Miocene of Transylvania.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

180. Noposarta (DENTALINA) INTERCELLULARIS?, Brady.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) intercellularis?, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 515, pl. Ixv. figs. 1-4.

A fragmentary specimen, possibly of this species, was found in

Sample No. 5, very rare.

1895,] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 33

- Rueaspoconium, Reuss.

181. RuaspoGoNruM TRICARINATUM (d’Orb.).

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p. 525, pl. xvii. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

Marernvnina, d’Orbigny.

182, Marervnina enaBra, d’Orbigny.

Marginulina glabra, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 527,

pl. Ixy. figs. 5, 6

CrIsreLLARiA, Lamarck.

183, CRISTELLARIA RoTULATA (Lamarck).

Cristellaria rotulata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 547,

pl. lxix. fig. 13a, b.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare ; No. 2, very rare ; No. 6, very

rare.

184, CrisTELLARIA cutrRAtA (Montfort).

Cristellaria cultrata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 590,

pl. lxx. figs. 4-6.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 2, rare; No. 6, very

rare.

185. CRISTELLARIA ORBICULARIS (d’Orbigny ).

Cristellaria orbicularis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix, p, 549,

pl. Ixix. fig. 17.

Found in Sample No. 3, very rare.

186. CrisTHLLARIA RENIFORMIS, d’Orbigny.

Oristellaria reniformis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 539,

pl. lxx, fig. 3a, 6.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

187. CRISTELLARIA TENUIS (Bornemann).

Cristellaria tenuis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 538,

pl. Ixvi. figs. 21-23.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

188. CRISTELLARIA OBTUSATA, Reuss, var. SUBALAA, Brady.

Cristellaria obtusata, var. subalata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 536, pl. xvi. figs. 24, 26.

This variety was recorded by Dr. Brady from the N. Atlantic

at depths from 130 to 630 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, very rare.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1895, No. Kil. 3

34 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

189. OrisrELLARIA CREPIDULA (Fichtel & Moll).

Cristellaria crepidula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 542,

pl. lxvii. figs. 17, 19, 20, pl. lxviii. figs. 1, 2.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

Potymorruina, d’Orbigny.

190. PotyMorPHIna ancusta, Egger.

Polymorphina angusta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 563,

pl. Ixxii. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

191. Ponymorpuina ovara, d’Orbigny.

Polymorphina ovata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 564,

pl. Ixxii. figs. 7, 8.

This form was found by Dr. Brady off Culebra Island at 390

fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

192. PoLYMORPHINA FUSIFORMIS (Romer).

Globulina fusiformis, Romer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. f. Min.

p- 386, pl. ii. fig. 37.

Polymorphina fusiformis, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans.

Linn. Soe. Lond. vol. xxvii. p. 219, pl. xxxix. fig. 5a-c, and

woodcut ¢.

This species in its typical condition appears to have been hitherto

unknown from deep-sea soundings, being previously recorded as a

fossil form.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

193. PotyMorruina communis, d’Orbigny.

Polymorphina communis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 568,

pl. lxxu. fig. 19.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

194. PonymMorprurna sororiA, Reuss (Fistulose variety).

Polymorphina sororia, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 562,

pl. lxxiii. fig. 15.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Uvierrina, d’Orbigny.

195. Uvicnrina inrerrcpra, Brady.

Uvigerina interrupia, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep, vol. ix. p. 580,

pl. Ixxv. figs. 12-14.

Found iu Sample No. 1, very rare.

1895.) FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 30

196. UvignRINA TENUISTRIATA, Reuss.

Uvigerina tenuistriata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 574,

pl. lxxiv. figs. 4-7,

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 2, rare; No. 5, very

rare.

197. Uvienrina pyawma, d’Orbigny.

Ovigerina pygmea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 575,

pl. Ixxiv. figs. 11-14.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare ; No. 5, very rare.

198. Uvienurina acunnarta, d’Orbigny.

Uvigerina aculeata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep, vol. ix. p. 578,

pl. Ixxv. figs. 1, 2.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 6, frequent.

199. Uvierrrmna angunosa, Williamson.

Uvigerina angulosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 576,

pl. lxxiv, figs. 15-18.

Found in Sample No. 2, rare ; No, 5, rare.

200. Uvienrra aneunosa, Williamson, var, spryipus, Brady.

Uvigerina angulosa, var. spinipes, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 577, pl. lxxiv. figs. 19, 20.

This variety has been recorded by Dr. Brady from one locality

only—Nightingale Island, Tristan d’Acunha, 100-150 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare.

201. Uvienrina aspervua, Czjzek.

Uvigerina asperula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 578,

pl. Ixxv. figs. 6-8.

This form was figured by Dr. Schwager from the Pliocene

deposits of Kar Nicobar under the name of Uvigerina hispida.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare; No. 3, frequent; No. 4,

very rare; No. 5, rare; No. 6, frequent.

202. Uvicnrina aspEruna, Czjzek, var. AMPULLACHA, Brady.

Uvigerina asperula, var. ampullacea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix, p. 579, pl. Ixxv. figs. 10, 11.

Found in Sample No. 5, rare ; No. 6, very rare.

203. Uvigerina scowaceri, Brady.

Ovigerina schwageri, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 575,

pl. lxxiv. figs. 8-10.

This species was recorded by Dr. Brady from Kandayu, Fiji

Islands, 210 fathoms; Raine Island, Torres Strait, 155 fathoms;

and off the Philippine Islands, 95 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 2, frequent.

36 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

204. UvighRINA CANARIENSIS, d’Orbigny.

Uvigerina canariensis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 573,

pl. Ixxiv. figs. 1-3.

This species was obtained by Dr. Schwager from the Pliocene

beds of Kar Nicobar, and figured under the name of Uvigerina

proboscidea.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare ; No. 5, rare.

205. UvianrinA BRUNNENSIS, Karrer.

Uvigerina brunnensis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 577,

pl. Ixxv. figs. 4, 5.

This form has before occurred off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen

Island, 120 fathoms; and on the western shores of Patagonia,

245 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 4, very rare.

Sagrina (d’Orbigny), Parker & Jones.

206. SAGRINA COLUMBLLARIS, Brady.

Sagrina columellaris, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 581,

pl. lxxv. figs. 15-17.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Ramovrina, Rupert Jones.

(There is some probability of this organism belonging to a form

of Polymorphina.)

207. RaAMULINA GLOBULIFERA, Brady.

Ramulina globulifera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 587,

pl. Ixxvi. figs. 22-28.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

GLoBIGERINA, d’Orbigny.

208. GLOBIGERINA BULLOIDES, d’Orbigny.

Globigerina bulloides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 593,

pls. Ixxvii., Ixxix. figs. 3-7.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 2, common; No. 4,

frequent ; No. 5, rare; No. 6, common.

209. GLOBIGERINA BULLOIDES, d’Orb., var. TRILOBA, Reuss.

Globigerina bulloides, var. triloba, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol, ix.

p- 595, pl. Ixxix. figs. 1, 2, pl. Ixxxi. figs. 2, 3.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare; No. 3, rare; No. 5, very

rare ; No. 6, very rare.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 37

210. GLoBIcHRINA DUBIA, Egger.

Globigerina dubia, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 595,

pl. lxxix. fig. 17 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 3, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very

rare.

211. GLOBIGHRINA RUBRA, d’Orbigny.

Globigerina rubra, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 602,

pl. Ixxix. figs. 11-16.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 2, rare; No. 4, rare ;

No. 6, rare.

212. GLoBIGERINA cruTAcEA, d’Orbigny.

Globigerina eretacea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 596,

pl. Ixxxii. fig. 10 a—c.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 2,common ; No. 3, very

rare; No. 4, frequent ; No. 5, rare; No. 6, frequent.

213. GLOBIGERINA ConeLoBATA, Brady.

Globigerina conglobata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 603

pl. Ixxx. figs. 1-5, pl. lxxxii. fig. 5.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 2, common; No. 4,

common; No. 5, rare; No. 6, frequent.

214. GLOBIGERINA HQUILATERALIS, Brady.

Globigerina equilateralis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 605,

pl. lxxx. figs. 18-21.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 2, rare; No. 3,

very rare; No..4, common; No. 5, rare; No. 6, common.

215. GLOBIGERINA SACCULIFERA, Brady.

Globigerina sacculifera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 604,

pl. Ixxx. figs. 11-17, pl. lxxxii. fig. 4.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 2, rare; No. 3,

frequent; No. 4, common; No. 5, rare; No. 6, rare.

216. GuoBicERINa pierraTA, Brady.

Globigerina digitata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 599,

pl. Ixxx. figs. 6-10, pl. Ixxxii. figs. 6, 7.

Dr. Brady states that this species was found at three stations

in the South Atlantic and at six in the South Pacific, and also

near the Ki Islands in the Eastern Archipelago at 580 fathoms,

the latter place being the only one at which it was found in any

abundance.

It is therefore interesting to note the occurrence of G. digitata

in the Arabian Sea, where this fantastic species is common and in

some instances remarkably developed.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 4, very common ;

No. 5, frequent ; No. 6, very rare, ;

38 MR. F, CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

Orsuttna, d’Orbigny.

‘ 217; ORBULINA UNIVERSA, d’Orbigny.

Orbulina universa, Brady, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 608, pl. Ixxvii.,

pl. Ixxxi: figs. 8-26, pl. Ixxxii. figs. 1-3.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 3, rare; No. 4,

common; No. 5, common; No. 6, very common.

Hastrigzrina, Wyy. Thomson.

218. HastigpRINA PELAGICA (d’Orbigny).

Hastigerina pelagica, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 613,

pl. lxxxiii. figs. 1-8.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

PoutientaA, Parker & Jones.

219. PULLENIA OBLIQUILOCULATA, Parker & Jones.

Pullenia obliquiloculata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 618,

pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 16-20.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 2, frequent; No. 3,

rare; No. 4,common; No. 5, common; No. 6, frequent.

220. PULLENIA SPHEROIDES (d’Orbigny).

Pullenta spheroides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 615,

pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 12, 13.

‘ Found in Sample No. 5, rare; No. 6, rare.

221. PULLENIA QUINQUELOBA, Reuss.

Pullenia quinqueloba, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 617,

pl. lxxxiv. figs. 14, 15.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

SpH#RommINA, d’Orbigny.

222. SPH#ROIDINA BULLOIDES, d’Orbigny.

Spheroidina bulloides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 620,

pl. lxxxiy. figs. 1-7.

Found in Sample No.1, very rare; No. 3, very rare; No. 4,

rare; No. 6, rare.

223. SPHEROIDINA DEHISCENS, Parker & Jones.

Globiyerina seminulina, Schwager, 1866, Novara Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 256, pl. vii. fig. 112.

Spheroidina dehiscens, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 621,

pl. lxxxiy. figs. 8-11.

This species was recorded by Schwager from the Pliocene of

Kar Nicobar under the name of Globigerina seminulina.

. Found in Sample No. 1, common ; No.3, rare; No. 4, frequent ;

No. 6, rare.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 39

CanpDerna, d’Orbigny.

224, CANDEINA niTIDA, d’Orbigny.

Candeina nitida, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 622,

pl. lxxxii. figs. 13-20,

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare.

CyrmMBALopora, Hagenow.

225, CYMBALOPOoRA PoryI (d’Orbigny).

Cymbalopora poeyi, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 636, pl. cii.

fig. 13 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare ; No. 2, rare.

226, CyMBALOPoRA (TRETOMPHALUS) BULLOIDES (d’Orb.).

Cymbalopora (Tretomphalus) bulloides, Brady, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 638, pl. cii. figs. 7-12.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Discorsrya, Parker & Jones.

227. DiscorBINA VENTRICosA, Brady.

Discorbina ventricosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 654,

pl. xei. fig. 7 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

228. DIscoRBINA PARISIENSIS (d’Orbigny).

Discorbina parisiensis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 648,

pl. xe. figs. 5, 6, 9-12.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

229. DiscorBiIna Rosacea (d’Orbigny).

Discorbina rosacea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 644,

pl. lxxxvii. figs. 1, 4.

Found in Sample No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very rare.

230. Discorpina RuGosA (d’Orbigny).

Discorbina rugosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 652,

pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 3 a—c, pl. xci. fig. 4 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 6, rare.

PLANORBULINA, d’Orbigny.

231. PLANORBULINA ACERVALIS, Brady.

Planorbulina acervalis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 657,

pl. xcii. fig. 4.

Of this species Dr. Brady remarks, “not uncommon amongst

the Islands of the Pacific, in the Indian Ocean, and the Red Sea.”

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 2, very rare,

40 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

232. PLANORBULINA LARVATA, Parker & Jones.

Planorbulina larvata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 658,

pl. xcii. figs. 5, 6.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

TRUNCATULINA, d’Orbigny.

233. TRUNCATULINA LOBATULA (Walker & Jacob).

Truncatulina lobatula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 660,

pl. xcii. fig. 10, pl. xciii. figs. 1, 4, 5, pl. xev. figs. 4, 5.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, rare. :

234, TRUNCATULINA WUELLERSTORFI (Schwager).

Anomalina wuellerstorfi, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 258, pl. vii. figs. 105, 107.

Truncatulina wuellerstorfi, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 662, pl. xciii. figs. 8, 9.

This species was originally described from fossil specimens from

the Pliocene of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 3, common; No. 4,

common; No. 5, rare; No. 6, rare.

235. TRUNCATULINA PYGMmA, Hantken.

Truncatulina pygmea, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 666,

pl. xev. figs. 9, 10.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, rare.

236. TRUNCATULINA UNGERIANA (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina ungerrana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 664,

pl. xciv. fig. 9 a-e.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 2, rare; No. 3, rare;

No. 4, common ; No. 5, rare; No. 6, frequent.

237. TRUNCATULINA HAIDINGERIL (d’Orbigny).

Pruncatulina haidingerti, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 663,

pl. xev. fig. 7 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, rare; No. 6, very rare.

238. TRUNCATULINA ROBERTSONIANA, Brady.

Truncatulina robertsoniana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 664, pl. xev. fig. 4 a—c.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 6, very rare.

239. TRUNCATULINA DUTEMPLEI, d’Orbigny.

Truncatulina dutemplei, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p- 665,

pl. xev. fig. 5 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA, 41

240. TRUNCATULINA PRzcrNOTA (Karrer).

Truncatulina precineta, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 667,

pl. xev. figs. 1-3.

This species affects the neighbourhood of coral-reefs and tropical

areas ; and occurs, amongst other places, in the Red Sea at 30

fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 2, rare.

241, TRUNCATULINA AKNERIANA (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina akneriana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 663,

pl. xciv. fig. 8 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 3, very rare.

242. TRUNCATULINA TENERA, Brady.

Truncatulina tenera, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p- 665,

pl. xev. fig. 11 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 4, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, very

rare.

243. TRUNCATULINA CuLrER (Parker & Jones).

Truncatulina culter, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 668,

pl. xevi. fig. 3 a-c.

Anomalina bengalensis, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 259, pl. vii. fig. 111.

This species was recorded under the latter name by Dr. Schwager

from the Pliocene of Kar Nicobar.

Found in Sample No. 6, very rare.

ANoMALINA, d’Orbigny.

244, ANOMALINA GROSSERUGOSA (Giimbel).

Anomalina grosserugosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 673,

pl. xciv. figs. 4, 5.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare ; No. 6, frequent.

245, ANOMALINA POLYMORPHA, Costa.

Anomalina polymorpha, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 676,

pl. xevii. figs. 3-7.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare.

PULVINULINA, Parker & Jones.

246. PULVINULINA REPANDA (F. & M.), var. CONCAMERATA,

(Montagu).

Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep,

vol. ix. p. 685, pl. civ. fig. 19 a—-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

42 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

247, PULVINULINA BLEGANS (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina elegans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 699,

pl. ev. figs. 4-6.

One of the specimens found has a carinate edge similar to that

in fig. 6 in the ‘ Challenger’ Report.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 3, frequent; No. 4, very

common ; No. 5, very common; No. 6, common.

248. PunvinuLrINa PARTSCHIANA (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina partschiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 699,

pl. ev. fig. 3 a—c, woodcut fig. 21.

This form, which represents the deep-water variety of P. elegans,

is, as might be supposed, not well-represented in these soundings,

as regards well-defined specimens, though transitional forms are

frequent.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare: No. 4, rare; No. 5, rare; No. 6,

rare.

249, PULVINULINA MENARDII (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina menardii, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 690,

pl. ciii. figs. 1, 2.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common ; No. 2, common; No. 4,

common; No. 5, frequent; No. 6, common.

250. PULYINULINA MENARDII (d’Orb.), var. FIMBRIATA, Brady.

Pulvinulina menardii, var. fimbriata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 691, pl. ciii. fig. 3a, d.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 4, rare.

251, PULVINULINA CANARIENSIS (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina canariensis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 692,

pl. ciii. figs. 8-10.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6, rare.

252. Punvrnutina tumipA, Brady.

Pulvinulina tumida, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 692,

pl. ciii. figs. 4-6.

Found in Sample No.1, frequent ; No.4,rare; No. 6, frequent.

253. PULVINULINA MICHELINIANA (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina micheliniana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 694, pl. civ. figs. 1, 2.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No.3, common; No. 6, very rare.

254, PuLvinvLina PAUPHRATA, Parker & Jones.

Pulvinulina pauperata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 696,

pl. civ. figs. 3-11. ,

The specimens from the Arabian Sea are extremely fine and

characteristic.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 43

Found in Sample No.1, rare; No. 3, rare; No. 4, frequent ;

No. 6, rare.

255. PULVINULINA AURICULA (Fichtel & Moll).

Pulvinulina auricula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 688,

pl. evi. fig. 5 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 2, very rare.

256, PULVINULINA OBLONGA ( Williamson).

Pulvinulina oblonga, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 688,

pl. evi. fig. 4 a-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

257. PULVINULINA PUNCTULATA (d’Orbigny).

Pulvinulina punetulata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 685,

pl. civ. fig. 17 a—-c.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

258. PULVINULINA ExIGUA, Brady.

Pulvinulina exigua, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 696,

pl. cil. figs. 15, 14.

Found in Sample No. 2, very rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6,

very rare.

259. PULVINULINA KARSTENI (Reuss).

Pulvinulina karsteni, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 698,

pl. ev. figs. 8, 9.

Roratia, Lamarck.

260. RoTaLia ORBICULARIS, d’Orbigny.

Rotalia orbicularis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 706,

pl. evii. fig. 5, pl. exv. fig. 6.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, rare; No. 6, very

rare.

261. Rorania catcar (d’Orbigny).

Rotalia calcar, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 709, pl. cviii.

figs. 3, 4?

Found in Sample No. 1, common.

262. Roratra sotpantt, d’Orbigny.

Rotalia soldanii, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 706, pl. evii.

figs. 6, 7.

Found in Sample No. 1, common; No. 3, rare; No. 4, rare;

No, 5, rare; No. 6, frequent,

44 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

263. RoTALIA BROECKHIANA, Karrer.

Rotalia broeckhiana, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 705,

pl. evil. fig. 4 a—c. ;

This species has previously been recorded off the Ki Islands, at

a depth of 580 fathoms (Brady).

Found in Sample No. 3, very rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6,

common.

Catcarta, d’Orbigny.

264. CALCARINA HISPIDA, Brady.

Calcarina hispida, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 713,

pl. evili. figs. 8, 9.

Found in Sample No. 2, rare.

265. CALCARINA NICOBARENSIS, Schwager.

Calcarina nicobarensis, Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped., geol.

Theil, vol. ii. p. 261, pl. vii. fig. 114, and fig. 3 (shell-section).

This species was described by Dr. Schwager from the Pliocene

beds of Kar Nicobar, and is here recorded for the first time as a

recent form from the Arabian Sea.

Found in Sample No. 1, very common; No. 2, rare.

266. CALCARINA DEFRANCEI, d’Orbigny.

Calearina defrancet, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 714,

pl. eviil. fig. 6 ac.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Gypsina, Carter.

267. GYPSINA GLOBULUS (Reuss).

Gypsina globulus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 717,

pl. ci. fig. 8.

This species was found in the coral-sands of Sample No. 2,

very rare.

PotytrREMA, Risso.

268, PoLyrREMA MINIACEUM (Linné).

Polytrema miniaceum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 721,

pl. ¢. figs. 5-9, pl. ci. fig. 1.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare.

Nontonina, d’Orbigny.

269. NonioNnINA UMBILICATULA (Montagu).

Nonionina umbilicatula, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 726.

pl. cix. figs. 8, 9. .

Found in Sample No. 1, rare ; No, 5, frequent; No. 6, rare,

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA. 45

270. NoNIoNINA POMPILIOIDES (Fichtel & Moll).

Nonionina pompilioides, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 727,

pl. cix. figs. 10, 11.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 5, very rare; No. 6,

rare.

PotysromELia, Lamarck.

271. Ponystomptia crisPa (Linné).

Polystomella crispa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 736,

pl. cx. figs. 6, 7.

Found in Sample No. 1, rare; No. 2, very rare.

AmpuistuGcina, d’Orbigny.

272. AMPHISTHGINA LESSONII, d’Orbieny.

’ o

Amphistegina lessoniit, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 740,

pl. exi. figs. 1-7.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent; No. 2, common; No. 4,

rare.

273. AMPHISTEGINA RADIATA (Fichtel & Moll). (Plate LI.

figs. 8, 9, 10, 12.)

Nautilus radiatus, Fichtel & Moll, 1803, Test. Mier. p. 58

pl. viii. figs. a—d.

The above species was described by Fichtel and Moll from

specimens found in sea-sand from the interior of shells from the

Red Sea.

Profs. Parker and Jones remark’ on this form as follows :—

* This is a small, smooth, lenticular Nwmmulina, about 1 line in

diameter ; marked with twenty-four radiating, translucent, septal

lines, slightly sinuous, with an open sigmoid flexure, which

extends from the periphery to the umbonal centre, and as many

intermediate, short, parallel septal lines towards the peripherical

margin. These indicate altogether nearly fifty chambers in the

outer whorl, the lateral lobes of which, in passing towards the

umbonal centre, interfere with each other, leaving only indications

of half as many elongate, triangular, sinuous, umbilical lobes.”

Having this opportunity of examining the very fine specimens

referable to the above species, which were found in the above-

mentioned (no. 2) coral-deposits of the Laccadives, I prepared slices

of the tests, both median and transverse, in the hope of finding

additional evidence regarding the affinities of the species. This

was considered necessary, especially since the recent examples of

Nummulina appear to have been hitherto somewhat neglected.

In the first place, the specimens of Amphistegina radiata which

occur in the Laccadive Island deposits are inequilateral in transverse

+ “The Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, Part III.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 3, vol. v. [1860] pp. 105, 106.

46 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

section, the umbonal centre being more prominent on one side

than the other. This fact points to the tendency of this species

to increase in an oblique or turbinoid spiral, such as is shown in

all undoubted Amphistegine and not on the Nummuline plan. I

venture to suggest that the peripheral figure of this form, as

originally given by Fichtel and Moll’, is too symmetrically drawn,

and it is easy to conceive how such a slight degree of asymmetry

would be overlooked without the accompaniment of carefully

prepared sections of the test.

Another feature, moreover, brought out in the transverse

sections of the test, and which helps to strengthen the evidence in

favour of this form belonging to the genus Amphistegina, is the-

existence of the characteristic double cone-shaped non-tubulate

portions of the test which form its central axis in transverse

section (see Plate I. fig. 9).

Whilst examining the median sections of A. radiata, the presence

of true interseptal canals with many branchlets was detected

(see fig. 10). In his ‘ Introduction to the Study of the Forami-

nifera, Dr. Carpenter describes the various characters which

distinguish forms of the genus Amphistegina, and of which a

summary and comparison with the Rotaline type is given at

p. 246. Here it is remarked that the “singleness of the septal

lamelle is a most important additional link of affinity ” to the group

of the Rotualines. This statement, which may have been made

through the exainination of non-typical specimens, caused me some

doubt as to the validity of the claim of A. radiata to the Amphi-

stegine group. Upon preparing sections of typical specimens of

Amphistegina haverina from the Vienna Basin, which I possess

through the kindness of Professor T. Rupert Jones, I found the

same well-developed canal-system existing in the fossil forms (see

fig. 11), of the true position of which as Amphistegine there can be

no question, as were seen in the recent specimens of A. radiata.

Therefore that apparently serious objection was satisfactorily

removed, and, at the same time, additional facts were obtained,

which show that, as far as the shell-structure is concerned,

Amphistegina is as highly advanced in differential characters as is

the shell of Nummulina. The only difference therefore that

appears to exist between ordinary Amphistegine of the A. lesson

type (including A. hawerina) and the recent A. radiata is the

remarkable modification of the segments in the former type of the

outer layer on the inferior side of the test giving rise to the

“astral lobes.”

The transverse sections of the Amphistegine generally, if taken

accurately through the middle of the shell, exhibit the large

spherical primordial chamber with the succeeding more or less

ovoid one. I especially mention this fact since several examples of

the young tests of A. radiata have occurred in the peripheral whorls

of adult specimens of that species, and are seen in both median and

1 Op. cit. pl. viii. fig. d.

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 47

transverse sections of the tests (see fig. 12). In all cases those

observed consisted of two chambers, and they are exactly com-

parable in shape with the early chambers of the adult specimens,

which, by the way, belong to the megalospheric type of growth.

In a paper on “ L’ Amphistegina del calcare lenticolare di Par-

lascio”*, Dr. G. A. de Amicis described a form of Amphistegina

formerly named Nummmutites targionii by Professor Meneghini, but

which is shown by Dr. de Amicis to be a true Amphistegina.

It appears to approach very closely in its general characters to

A. radiata, which it especially resembles in the subdivision of

the peripheral margins of the successive layers seen in transverse

section °.

The specimens of dA. radiata tound in the Arabian Sea average

3 of an inch in diameter, and are thus somewhat larger than the

specimens originally described by Fichtel and Moll. The usual

number of principal septa appearing on the surface of full-grown

individuals is from eighteen to twenty, and these septa often show

a tendency to bifurcate towards the periphery. The surface of

the test is tolerably smooth, and the septal lines are marked out in

clear transparent shell-matter, while the rest of the test is of a

creamy-white colour.

Incidentally I may mention that although the form which has

been referred to as Nummulina eumingii by Drs. Carpenter and

Brady has not occurred in these deposits, I have no doubt that,

as Professor Rupert Jones has already suggested to me, that

species is more properly referable to the “ Nautilus venosus” of

Fichtel and Moll; and should perhaps stand as Nummulina venosa

(F. & M.). It is open to some question, however, whether it is

a truly Nummuline form, since some published drawings of the

species show a decidedly inequilateral growth, and in point of fact

a series of specimens may show all gradations into Operculina.

Amphistegina radiata was found only in Sample No. 2, in which

it was common.

Oprrcuiina, d’Orbigny.

274, OPERCULINA COMPLANATA (Defrance).

Lenticulites complanata, Defrance, 1822, Dict. Sci. Nat. vol. xxv.

. 453.

4 Operculina arabica, Carter, 1853, Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc.,

Bombay Branch, vol. iv. p. 437, pl. xviii.

Operculina complanata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 743,

pl. exii. figs. 3-5, 8.

The above species was described under the name of O. arabica

by H. J. Carter, who obtained his specimens off the south-east

coast of Arabia.

Found in Sample No. 1, frequent.

1 1885. Processi verbali della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali.

2 See also De Amicis, 1886, ‘‘ Il Calcare ad Amphistegina nella Provincia di

Pisa,” Atti Soc, Toscana Sci. Nat., Memorie, vol. vii. pl. xi. figs. 1, 3, 6, 7.

48 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME (Jan. 15,

275. OPERCULINA COMPLANATA (Defr.), var. GRANULOSA, Ley-

merie.

Operculina complanata, var. gr anulosa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep.

vol. ix. p. 743, pl. exii. figs. 6, 7, 9, 10.

Found in Sample No. 2, rare.

Harmrosrncina, d’Orbigny.

276. Hairnrosrngina DEPRESSA, d’Orbigny.

Heterostegina depressa, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 746,

pl. exii. figs. 14-20.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare; No. 2, frequent.

Cyciociyprus, Carpenter.

277. CYCLOCLYPEUS GUBMBELIANUS, Brady.

Cycloclypeus guembelianus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix.

p- 751, pl. exi. fig. 8 a, b.

This species has lean previously found off Kandavu, Fiji Islands,

at 210 fathoms.

Found in Sample No. 1, very rare.

Samples.

Species and Varieties. = =;

1] 2) 3) 41) 5.) 6

Family MILIOLID/A.

Subfamily Nusrcunarinx.

1. Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance ..........+. y.r.

Subfamily Minrorinin=.

2, Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny ............ Ce | ose | cen Ce | ere iene

3. - “A var. murrhyna, SCH: to sae) || comment Yr.

4 %» » | Var. serrata, Brady...| vr. | ... | v.r| ... |. | 3.

5. = tubulosa, COSTA ES Hoes eer Be | Some |) ee |) ceeseg| Veil eke

6. 33 ringens (Lam.) ek ee beeen 2 Sie ll tecel|) Seated | cts ail lees oo ave

7. Pe » Var. striolata, Brady...| ... | ... | v.v.| ver.) --- | Yr.

8. x comata, Brady...........cssseenes Sasol pews.) | rerun Wiese | deal RVR:

9. Spiroloculina robusta, Brady ScanauoaseaNen fe

10. a antillarum, d’ Ord. ............ Ts

11. +r limbata, d@’ ‘Orb. Bee calc nee atoie v.r.

12. 5 grata, Terquem ....cccccc00 Wie lel te

13. 7 arenaria, Brady..........0.+-- Sell iase! Wrowe iui

14. asperula, Karrer ....-.s..00 esl Pesta nee Ws

15. Miliolina trigonula (Lam) ....00csceeeeees Sevullieosecd| Mase ||) Sead totem avs

16. * ADSI STIS pena a yi see tae anes Aeo tas

17. + tricarinata (d’ Ord.) ........00e- ee | Nicci keel ea |e

| 18. “p circularis (Bornemann) aennoses- v.r.

19. Ff auberiana (d’Orb.)* .....eeeeseeves Te leon | eae’ ee) onl ecuares

20. »» Cuvieriana (@’ Orb.) .........00000 seas |iteemi|ycce: | folse | ManNte inva

21, = venustia (Karrer) ......csescceeenes r.

eee ee et Ee eee

1895.]

Species and Varieties.

2. Miliolina gracilis (d’Or0.) ......seeeeeeeeees

22,

23. a amygdaloides, Brady ............

24. Ff DIGOrIIE | Havel) a menteee denne

25. ee schreibersiana (d' Ord.)............

26. 49 mnd.osay CKGnre7)) sa cascennantanaes

27. 3 linnana (Ozb.) Asses. dcccecawes

28. 3 reticulata (d'Orb.).........s.ce0ece

29. ¥ parkeri, Brady .......ccesscesseeeek

30. + rupertiana, Brady........2..0:.+++-

Subfamily Haverinin.

31. Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady.........

32. Sigmoilina sigmoidea (Brady)..............-

33. fe Colata (Costa) .....:sccsecesevecee

Subfamily Peneropiivine.

34. Cornuspira carinata (Costa).............0600.

35. Orbitolites complanata, Lam. ...............

36. x) marginalis (Lam.) ............06.

Subfamily Atvnouininz,

37. Alveolina melo (F. § M.)..........ceceeeeeees

38. “e [volta (Wo Lirce bocere cece eer eerrree

Family ASTRORHIZID.

Subfamily Prnviininz,

39. Technitella melo, Norman ........20ce0ee00

40. raphanus, Brady ...........006+

41. Bathysiphon filiformis, M. Sars ...........-

Subfamily SaccamMIninz&,

42, Psammospheera fusca, Schulze..........00.+.

43. Saccammiua spherica, M. Sars ............

44, 5 socialis, Brady............+.+06+

Subfamily RuaBpAMMINIn&.

45, Hyperammina elongata, Brady ............

46. 53 ramosa, Brady.......s.0.000

47. arborescens (Norman)......

48. Marsipella elongata, Norman ......s...00.

49. Rhabdammina discreta, Brady ............

50. Rhizammina indivisa, Brady .............+.

Family LITUOLID.

Subfamily Lirvoti x,

. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady ............

- scorpiurus, Montfort ...............

* spiculifera, Brady ..........00000055

a Cistans) BACAY Pvc ccsdeevoonewacosts-

45 nodulosa, Brady ......00--06.000+

5 dentaliniformis, Brady............

a bacillaris, Brady ........c0eeeeeee-

fe pilulifera, Brady ...........s00080

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1895, No. IV.

FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SHA.

Samples.

1 peepee |) De) 06s

v.r.

Vv. 2.

v.r

v.r.

ver.

Cc. Poel se a a

v.r

Yr.

Ver

Cc.

v.Y.

v.r.

es Vv. 1

Yr. eed) NOx, al Vo Kas tise

fi Wares lines Yr.

Yr. Be yr

eee ie

v.r Pe | (Pate, SIVA

ver. ce. |v.r

v.r. v.r.|v.¥. |v. r.

v.r £3 fi

r. See (Wane v.r.

anh eeu ve 3

f. Ano W eo ececal NALS

2 v.r.|V.r.|V.r.

v.r.

50 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME [Jan. 15,

Species and Varieties.

1] 2); 3] 4.] 5] 6

59. Haplophragmium glomeratum, Brady ...| ... | «+. | se | 0. |e | oD

60. by latidorsatum (Borne-

HES Ui) eee ee OTERO Pe | see | vee | Co | one [VEEL

61 a globigeriniforme (P. &

POP e eee Yr. Yr.

62 a5 canariense (@ Orb.) VosTia.| Pineal Mae ||| Vis Vou} wee r.

68. PP turbinatum, Brady ...|V.1.| ... |... |Ver.] ... | v.r.

64. 5 rotulatum, Brady ...... Wik): aestiaees |) ote | comer

65. 4s scitulum, Brady......... Xe Sletten Mae's ||| (25 24)| Weibel anes

66. 5 emaciatum, Brady...... sisde| Eee seal eece oll Neaes

67. z agglutinans (d’Oré.) ...| V-¥.

68. - truncatuliniforme, sp.

HOY soc sigan coder eee v.r.

69. Placopsilina cenomana, d’Orb.............++ v.r

Subfamily Trocuamminine.

70. Thurammina papillata, Brady ............ vee | eee | cee | 2

71. Hormosina carpenteri, Brady ............... Ve Diy] ed Sepil msi pial|s Gptl caer ae

72. a Oyicullas B7Gdt/.erssn le ees v.r.

7a. 5 globulifera, Brady ............ bec [I aaleayllieees'ss lltreca al aS ea RS

74. Ammodiscus incertus (d’ Orb.) .........0006:. [oan eee coe ta a PASeee | (752

75. zs tenuis, Brady ..........se000++ sa | eclala balsas: p] he tieealy Che Neuere

76. 5 charoides (J. f& P.).......00055 v.r.

77. Trochammina trulissata, Brady ............ ‘icy cee | [once fons | ieee, ||

78. Webbina clavata, J. f° P........s0..;0sese0ee br dliste=pllimce. Mlncterr |. coal ewan)

Subfamily Lorrusinz.

79. Cyclammina pusilla, Brady..............000. Bea} pss wat heat | ae

80. 4 cancellata, Brady......... aaa =.cish | eet == olliceam | oem RES

Family TEXTULARIID®.

Subfamily Taxtunarune.

81. Textularia sagittula, Defrance............... cen Meadal seanl setae ners

82. as 24 var. fistulosa, Brady.| ry.

83. pe pramen, @’ Orb, ......ccccsce0ase- if

84. ni lythostrotum (Schwager) ...... fe levers |e eee || se alae

85. os Contra, (Orbos ne cacy weneeeee J pabsaloset irene tee

86. 5 agglutinans, d’Orb. ............ Bocinave|| See ehi dee) coam ees

87. Verneuilina pygmea (Egger) ....c....00000 Ves Pecrectal Wcces, | babes

88. ” propinqua, Brady .........0...- Wer coen| eect lary

89. Chrysalidina dimorpha, Brady ............ seus aleeeaell eet | hVeds

90. Gaudryina pupoides, @ Ord, 0.0... ....ccceeee Taye edes| rose EVeal ohacsolegess

91. 5 TUPLOSA, CiORbnan eee es teeta fel cow dees PGs. [Ss Rae

92, 5 subrotundata, Schwager ...... COMPETE cer T el (ak: len MBSE) 0c)

93. xs baceata, Schwager ........2.0.... ote |e

94, “3 siphonella, Rewss .............+- foe |t cae lite Moses. | Wee Rear

95. Valvulina conica, P. SJ. .....ccccccceeceeeees hae ences] tanto Meee eeseee |t\ hea

96. Clayulina communis, d’O7b........cc.00cc000 E Wecdey|beifen |.) eal

97. 3 parisiensis, 2’ Orb...........0.00e00+ v.Y.

98. - angularis, 7’ Orb. .........ceecec0es Yr.

Subfamily Bunnuninz.

99. Bulimina ovata, @’ Orb. .........cccsseseeeceeee f. ogee || Ss livers

100 s PYM ORD I. s,s eccesassneae f. Yr v.r,

SS EE ee ae eee

1895.] FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SEA, 51

Samples.

Species and Varieties.

1 aR 30) FR: a a

101. Bulimina elongata, @’Orb. ........s.cecee ee. v.r,

102. pupoides, d' Orb, ........cssseeeees v.r Vals

103. - AMINES, A OND cc. cseteibce terest: sees Te

104. 5: elegans, a Orb! . 5 siccetcwwcdeasttes Ven

105. a subcylindrica, Brady ............ rs

106. o Geclivis, Fewss ......césccssccevers ver.

107. * contraria (2e188) ........sss0se0ses r r. |v.T.| f.

108. < actleatay'@-Or0... vc.vcsccessawanaee WEWs| sarosec| i By Beier

109. - Baekianay @ On. ...<ccccdsadercaces lv.r. v.r.| V.¥.

110, ae inflata, Sequenza ....0-..-cesseeens Vad) onc en (eeneal irs

111. “ subornata, Brady ........ceceseeee sem live is v.r.

112, rostrata, Brady fr cos ueaeat rant anne 5 r.

113. Virgulina schreibersiana, Caj Zee aang swest de Wek v.r,

114. fy subsquamosa, Egger .....+...4.- ip

115. +: subdepressa, Brady .............. st v.0s

116. Bolivina punctata, d’ Orb,...........cceeceee ee v.r

117. re textilarioides, Reuss ...........0+6. a v.r.

118. us limbata, Brads) ..<c...0000stesicneve v.r v.t.

119, “- nobilis, Hanticen ......sessvessscavese v.r r.

120. Jgats DOYRIONT A etash. 2... ceeo wea ewevees Vr

121. ‘s ODSOLGHA LOY. osacecceassceedacdearec r. v.r

122. Ge tuy DODUGNAs PIII an ccaccsveasss cawades oe var

123. ALENOSA, SP. NOV.....0.ecesercerenree v.r.

124. Pleurostomella subnodosa, Rewss .......+. Yr.

125, alternans, Schwager ...... a Ys

Subfamily Cassmpuxininx.

126, Cassidulina murrhyna (Schwager) ......... sy Vato fe Vols tks

127. iy calabra (Seguenzd) ....s..0.00 Me sie ctmber es

128. 3 subglobosa, Brady «22.16.60... v.r.

129. - bradyi, Norman ..........4: ee ip

130. e parkeriana, Brady ...........- +e sae iver

131. as leevigata, @’ Orb. .......00.0000- r. v.r.

132. Ehrenbergina serrata, Rewss ...........60-- Pay ba f.

Family CHILOSTOMELLID.#.

133. Chilostomella ovoidea, Reuss .......00...00 ny ver

134, Allomorphina trigona, Rewss ..........0600 rn tn vet

Family LAGENID &.

Subfamily Lacuninz.

135. Lagena levis (Mont). s..2.c.0-02<c0wse.oeeeoe rs

136. Wome mlobosan(Mont.) eeaec xe s04- sapeNe- cee fee v.r.

Daveiv ers) <vapiculatal Veeuss ascie: esccoe estes ones its

Wags.) 5) edistomag Pa Gidi> siveswssnrnereeses Ves

139. aj) hispidaysheuse Wey 2.5 .sec eee nenanaen® v.r.

140. ,, aspera, Reuss, var. spinifera, nov..| ... meet | VeiKe

LAW P 58 rsUlcata (Wat Gti.) ica... 4-dearedee eens fr ore Soe eval

LAD, tse) MP TACILIs, SW alleeaeccsecss.sseuasteaee v.12 585 v.r

143. ,, feildeniana, Brady .............0000 gd v.r.

144,. =5; desmophora, 0. Ry: STONES .... 4000 Yr. y.r. v.r

145; 7350 eebexagdnalGWAalla)) se .sscsnese,esccesees Ts

146. ,, . marginata (W. Gd.):..0.0..00eoeneees az Vee Xe ver

147. a, is var. catenulosa, nov....| ... Teen vans

[Jan. 15,

52 MR. F. CHAPMAN ON SOME

Samples.

Species and Varieties.

te] 2251] Fennel

148. Lagena seminiformis, Schwager ............ a Var

149. ,, ~— lagenoides (Will.) ...........0cc00e00- ee v.r.

150. ,, — capillosa (Schwager) .........:0000200 eee te

151, (y, ~=sfimbriata, Brady <.::--ici22cs:e.ss:: v.r.

152. ,, ~— castrensis, Schwager...........00..0+- v.r. r,

IDSs 53 staphyllearia (Schwager) .........+.- Var

154. ,,_~—alveolata, var. substriata, Brady...| v. r.

155. ,, quadricostulata, Reuss ...........26+. v.r.

156. sy tlvevipata’(frewss) risecss2.s2tsece..5% Vv.

157. ,, ~~ orbignyana ( Seguenca)......:.....04- r re

158. 3, formosa, Schwager -...:..:.cise..00- tr. sae

159. ,, ~~‘ trigono-ornata, Brady.............+- a

160. quadralata, Brady «<<22.2.0.: 0.020050. ver,

161. Nodosaria (Dentalina) calomorpha, Fss. .| ... r.

| 162, 5 radicula, (lis), vsssterscntsecsoneees Yr. ses

163. 55 pynula, 2: Orbs: 222 :s222ssc0c22eeer v.r v.r

164. es (D.) farcimen, Reuss ............ v.r

165. 55 (D.) filiformis (7 Orb.) ......... v.r,

166. = (D.) roemeri (Neugeboren) ...... rea ye

167. A. (D. ) communis, d Orb. ......... CPOE see AION| 4s Say! EPS

168. (D.) eonsobrina (d’Orb.)........- Elven,

169. ue (D.) inflexa, Reuss ............... etal ieee woe af

170. 24 ovulata, Sherborn § Chapman .| ... ie tea

171. 5 (D?) soluta, Hewss Os.) seeeees-.e. Varel| Pesx

172. + (D.) ,, var. subaculeata,

HOG. oaceececene i. VeEsl te | Ver

173. 7 (D.) acicula (Lam.)..........2..4- aoe sane we

174. scalaris (Batsch) ..::....-:.-2c..-- ver

175. * » var. separans, Brady ...| v.1

176. + (D3) obliqnal@ii:) ess ss— eee y.T.

177. TAph anus (C7, )weots-eeee ses sane sees vr x Yr,

178. ‘A (D.) adolphina (@’ Orb.) ......... Ver x =

179. fe (D.) subeanaliculata (Neug.) ...| .. Be v.r

180. (D.) intercellularis (?), Brady « > 3 v.r,

181. Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Or0.)......| .- 5 v.r

182. Marginulina glabra, d’Or®. .................- Wats | ase, as v.r

183. Cristellaria rotulata (Lam.) .......2..2.00. VAL) ei 8a fee a

184. ¥ cultrata (Montf.) ..........0600. ali eal en

185. + orbicularis (d’Orb.) .......... 5 v.r,

186. Ps reniformis, d’Orb. ..............- fe i

187. 3 tenuis (Bormem.) ..........000- ver

188. . obtusata, Reuss, var. subalata,

Brady 52.222 e eee ceaee ere Ts

189. x crepidula (F. g ML) ......00.... al

Subfamily Potymorpsinine.

190. Polymorphina angusta, Egger ............0. v.r

191. +> ovata, 0 Orb se eee Bs lv.r

192, a fusiformis (Romer) ......... v4 -

193. ra communis, @Orbs im Ver

194. 7 sororia, Reuss (fistulose | v.r.

VEINS) iu Sseretesicceee sees sect

195. Uvigerina interrupta, Brady ............... v.r.

196. x: tenuistriata, Rewss ..........0.... Weds || ts v.r.

197. x pypmima, c:Onds |) icecsscesceee Yr. v.r.

1895. | FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SBA. 53

—

Samples.

Species and Varieties.

Pelee Sal a= os. 6

198. Uvigerina aculeata, d’Orb. (e aM az

199. Eg angulosa, Will. Peas r,

200. a i var. spinipes, Brady y: BN Bs

201. - asperula, Czjzek ......-2-----4s co iw elf. lyn x ie

202. % E var. ampullacea,

DBT GUY «docs copter eeu We ccom lake samlh ece\;| ay [as

203. - schwageri, Brady..........1..4.00 fe jute

204. 2 canariensis, d@’Orb. ........2...00e eaves | eseealtess. 1 ibe

205. + brunnensis, Karrer .............+. vee [vee | eee [We

206. Sagrina.columellaris, Brady.............00-65 War:

207. Ramulina globulifera, Brady ............... oe cee toa I raat | WaT

Family GLOBIGERINID ®.

208. Globigerina bulloides, d’ Orb. ...........2.4. Cua Godless) |e tauat Fs a

209. a M var. triloha, Reuss.) ... |V.r.| YT. | --- |V.r.| Fr.

210. “ CUR OF oc cant Pecan Pee eee if ce thar gers

211. 3 BUDE Os Oi Us.: a scexees sessed ye teriaitea Wares, || eee te coc. | ete

212. Z cretacea, d Orb.........-.00..0+0- Bal Cap li weme lh, tere weed es

213. iy conglobata, Brady Chale Os Veet eC | etsy eke

214. 4 zquilateralis, Brady ......... Vee. re: chive |e. | rs fine.

215. 3 sacculifera, Brady ..........+ Levee: |, evalleteee (Ce laa here

216. digitata, Brady...............00 lisyealioacls|nenah javen Coki tab wate

217. Orbulina ANIVOLSA, 2 ONS. occas. svecacunees Vx@lecos eer th Cou ptceoenlayane.

218. Hastigerina pelagica (GiOrE) ose: sessqssocesWie a Ber ty coe al lecces | Bere | et

219. Pullenia obliquiloculata, P.f J. ......... RAC) Ree ares |e tse

220. a spheroides (2 Orb.) ..........220+| ++ Pe en AA a le

221. 2A quinqueloba, Reuss ......2.22.00+- rage (ey ee SE ee ea

222. Spheeroidina bulloides, 7’ Ord. ............44- Ve Tralee Vata tue eed | ols

223. dehiscens, Tad Obs ee Gu laces [Eee Pete eset Ts

224. Candeina cet Ey ial Of se Se ee pas Be 2 BPP G|| coal accor | Pe a ED

Family ROTALIID.

Subfamily Rorauun2.

225. Cymbalopora poeyi (d’ Orb.)............+00008 Waits [eka

226. os (Lretomphalus) bulloides

(GOK) SI. v.r.

227. Discorbina ventricosa, Brady ..............- v.I.

228. & parisiensis (7 Orb.) ..........+. Seacoast | vedet bVaRs

229. rosacea (d’ Orb.) ......-..cessesee Pn lected tell teak ieee] Wales

230. muposa (Or: acessevsetecseeaae aa eliyetes, taseen taser [sce | eke

231. Planorbulina aceryalis, 5 Seay Shee AcBe v.r.|V.r.

232. larvata, P. § J... Reece bes del desu litates laeaay |) Veds

233. Truncatulina lobatula (W. GJ. ie peteadaweres sa | a el al ee Ve

234. “ wuellerstorfi une ai dy WAC et [eer pes, || La fet.

235. e pygmexa, Hantken .. Tile livezchi|h saath bees! (Ze

236. £6 ungeriana (d’Or6.).......2.++. a ri ete eel Lela t.

237. rc haidingerii (CAGidip) |, Bachan Tse | |heee | cee) coca ested ERs

238. oe robertsoniana, Brady ...... aes ecee tireaa || .ccet [pVeike

239. D dutemplei (d’ Orb.)............ ir

240. precincta (Karrer) ......... Poe |e

241. Truncatulina akneriana (BiOrb). se sseses00 scaiNiaca qed

242. B tenera, Brady.........:22c0.00+ ole ees antes, Wee. [Wells

243. 4 cultor (Padre) -sasscusecncews|) oe oon eee est lt doe, [VeiEs

244. Anomalina grosserugosa (Giimbel) ......... Wg |sesl adel cee |p-es. || ete

54 ON SOME FORAMINIFERA FROM THE ARABIAN SHA. [Jan. 15,

Samples.

Species and Varieties,

be ees

245. Anomalina polymorpha, Costa ............| ++ v.r

246, Pulvinulina repanda (Ff. & M.), var. con-

camerata (Mont.) ............ ver.

247. i; elegans (d’ Orb.) .........00000- ¢. f. |v.el vie] e

248. - partschiana (d’Orb.) ......... bas one |i eBeatl ges Oa

249. 5 menardii (d’ Orb.) .........65- V.¢.| Cy |... | © eee liare

250. ss yar. fimbriata,

Brady cei s0cas Werle ss ae

251. 55 canariensis (d’ Orb.) ........++- Biot | en won tit Weol\euke

252, 5 tumida, Brady............--++-- Peo Ge ry | bjt

2538, r micheliniana (d’ Orb.) ......... Bee ieee eset il eeaae |e

254. 5s pauperata, P. g- J. ......s60. Bap ecsey | at te r

255. 9 auricula, (Hig: IM.) 5.3.s20.on\e herve d

256. 3 oblonga (Will.) ...... Seca): Bs

257 _ punctulata (d’ Orb.) .........+.. Var:

258. _ expua, Brady. ir.s2sc555i60.08-| Jone ver v.¥.|v.r.

259. * karsteni (Reuss) .........ce0000] ++ Boies

260. Rotalia orbicularis, d@’ Orb. ............00002- Vers Yr. | vir.

261 195, Callen (GORDO Tee axieecten eves c.

262. 53 soldamit,.l ORO", s1scsecocse tet seed (a RE Yr. YT; [at

263, » broeckhiana, Karrer ..........0.0..| +s. ote tlwer v.r.| ¢

264, Calearina hispida, Brady........ .....ssec00.| «0 r.

265. rf nicobarensis, Schwager ......... v.¢c.| ©.

266. z defrancel, d Orbis. :ccxesaseceee: v.r.

Subfamily Trvoporina.

267. Gypsina globulus (Rewss) .........seeseeeceee| eee v.r

268. Polytrema miniaceum (Z.) ............0006+- re

Family NUMMULINID#.

Subfamily Potysrome iin.

269. Nonionina umbilicatula (Mont.) ............ ve ero eye pet

270. ss pompilioides (fF. & M.)......... Wakallsans v.r.| ¥

271. Polystomella crispa (L.) .........:0.eeeeeeee- Hel ease

Subfamily Nuwuuritin«.

272. Amphistegina lessonii, d’O7b. ............+5- fn e: r

273. 3 radiata (F. g M.)...........- eales

274. Operculina complanata, (Defr.) ..........+- a

275. 95 i var. granulosa,

BOyMs. -sssoatess woo PERS

276. Heterostegina depressa, d’Orb. .........4.- Vers |) fe

Subfamily CycrociyPrinz.

277. Cycloclypeus guembelianus, Brady......... v.t.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Biloculina tubulosa, Costa (p: 7) ; lateral aspect. x 16,

2. Haplophragmium truncatuliniforme, sp. noy. (p. 16): a, superior aspect ;

6, inferior aspect ; c, peripheral aspect.

3. Bolivina arenosa, sp. nov. (p. 24): a, lateral aspect; 4, oral aspect.

x 20.

4. Lagena aspera, Reuss, var. spinifera, nov. (p. 27). x 20.

1895,| HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST.VINCENT. 55

Fig. 5. Lagena marginata (Walker and Jacob), var. catenulosa, nov. (p. 28):

a, lateral aspect (at pp are shown parasitic-alga-borings in the shell-

flange); J, oral aspect. x 17.

. Nodosaria (Dentalina) soluta, Reuss, var. subaculeata, nov.(p.3). x 10.

Biloculina tubulosa, Costa (p. 7). An abnormal specimen with two

apertures. xX 16.

Amphistegina radiata (Fichtel and Moll) (p. 45): a, lateral aspect;

b, peripheral aspect. x 10.

. A. radiata (F.& M.) (p. 45). A transverse section showing the asymme-

trical habit of growth in the successive layers of whorls, the non-tubulate

umbonal centres, and the somewhat irregular overlapping of the

whorl-layers on both sides of the shorter axis. x 14.

10, A. radiata (F. & M.) (p.45). Small portion of a median horizontal section

of the test, showing at a@a@ two septa traversed by the canal-system ;

below this at 4 is the marginal cord of the preceding whorl with its

canal-system. X 135.

11. A. hauerina, @Orbigny (p. 46). Part of a septum, showing interseptal

: canals ata. This is taken from a typical fossil specimen of Amphi-

stegina from the Vienna Basin, for comparison with the recent form,

A, radiata (F.& M.). x 520.

12. A. radiata (F. & M.) (p. 45). One of the chambers of the peripheral

whorl in a median horizontal section, enclosing a young individual

consisting of two chambers. x 135,

ier)

ee el

2. An Enumeration of the Hemiptera~-Homoptera of the

Island of St. Vincent, W.I. ~ By P. R. Unter,

(Communicated by Dr. D. Snarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on

behalf of the Committee for investigating the Flora

and Fauna of the West-Indian Islands '.)

[Received November 16, 1894.]

The Homoptera of St. Vincent, collected by Herbert H. Smith,

constitute an assemblage of forms mostly small and neat, which offer

a striking contrast to the large and showy insects that inhabit the

regions of the South-American continent a few hundreds of miles

away. It is not, however, to this nearest part of the continent

that we must look for the source of distribution from whence this

assemblage was derived. The Mexican character of the fauna

seems unquestionable.

Fam. CicaDID &.

Genus Proarna, Stal.

PROARNA HILARIS, Germ. Silb. Rey. Ent. 11. p. 69, 34.

Numerous specimens were collected at various localities in the

island. The individuals are of different sizes, the males being

1 [The Hemiptera-Heteroptera of St. Vincent have been described by Prof.

Ubler in the P. Z. S. 1893, pp. 705-719, and 1894, pp. 146-160. The species of

Membracidze, described by Dr. Goding, and mentioned postea p. 57, form also

part of the collections transmitted by the Committee to N. America for

examination.—D.8.]

56 PROF. P, R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

much smaller than the females. The fully-coloured and well-

matured specimens are greenish, with the silvery pubescence and

white bloom coating the surface thickly. Immature and freshly-

excluded specimens have the costal margin and veins of the wing-

covers rufous or yellowish and most of the body testaceous.

The broad black stripe current from the head to base of pronotum

is absent, or nearly so, in the pale varieties, as are also black,

bands from the femora and tibie. There is scarcely a substantial

character now remaining to separate this species from P. albida,

Oliv. ; and now, as our collections are growing large, the species

of this genus are becoming more comprehensive and less distinctly

separable.

This small form inhabits also Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and

St. Thomas. The next size larger is found in Mexico and Central

America.

PROARNA SQUAMIGERA, Sp. Noy.

Luteous or pale green, more or less clothed with scale-like,

prostrate, silky pubescence, which readily rubs off. Head short,

blunt, the vertex deeply grooved on the middle line, closely hairy,

marked with a black band on the area of the ocelli, and sometimes

with a black tubercle each side; the front almost flat on top and

hairy, smooth, and yellow in the middle of this part, from each side

of which a curved black stripe converges towards the middle and

continues down to near the clypeus; the transverse grooves

almost straight, but not quite symmetrical; cheek between the

eye and front dark brown and coarsely wrinkled ; clypeus smooth,

pale, usually marked with a brown spot; the rostrum pale, tipped

with piceous, reaching between the posterior femora; first and

second joints of antenne piceous black, excepting the ends, the

following joints growing paler towards the tip. Pronotum

narrowing anteriorly, curving well over the base of the head,

having the sutures mostly black, and with an oblique black streak

each side of the middle of the dorsal wedge, and sometimes with a

double streak each side behind it; the lateral margin widely

reflexed, and carried as a wide lobe much below the line of the

eyes, the humeral angle broadly lobate and turned up ; mesonotum

smooth, very moderately convex, usually marked at base with four

obconical black stripes, of which the two inner ones are most

distinct and shorter; the space in front of the mesonotal cross

wide, deep, and often infuscated, the cross quite prominent, short,

and less deeply sinuated behind. Legs greenish, yellow when

faded, usually with a black spot near the base and tip of the

femora, and with the knees and end of tibie, more or less of the

tarsi, and the tip of the nails blackish piceous. Wing-covers

vitreous, tinged with green in the matured insect; the veins

greenish, interrupted with dark brown on the apical series, the

anastomosis at tip of costa marked with a black fork ; base of the

first forked vein back of this has a dark spot, and the next vein

inward from this has also a dark spot; veins of the base of the

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 57

costal areoles each with a dark cloud, excepting the middle and

inner ones ; transverse border vein of the apex of the apical areoles,

excepting the two outer ones, marked on the middle with a brown

spot; the first apical areole long and wide, a little shorter than

the third, and more than twice as long as the second, the second

expanded at tip; the basal areole long, black at tip, and with the

costal areole bordered above and below with black; apex of the

clavus blackish. Breast invested all over with white flocculent

matter accompanying the pubescence; the opercula are broad, in

contact on the middle line, a little angularly curved behind, and

the extero-posterior margin reflexed and almost sinuated. Venter

smooth, powdered with white, the basal segment of male composed

of two thick ribs, which are sinuous each side and triangularly

prolonged at base to fit into the emargination between the

opercula. Tergum pubescent, sometimes spotted with fuscous on

the sides, and banded with dark brown on the borders of the

incisures ; the basal segment of male often broadly white each side.

Length to tip of venter, ¢ 22-23, 9 26-28 mm.; to tip of

closed hemielytra 34-43 mm.; width of base of pronotum

9-11 mm.

This species was taken at two or three localities on the island.

Several specimens were secured which show marked differences in

the ground-colour and extent of dark marking. Much of this is,

however, due to degree of maturity and condition of the specimen

at the time of capture. These, together with P. chariclo, Walker,

and the allied green species with more dilated pronotum from

Cuba, San Domingo, and Colombia, form a chain of connection

between Odopea and Tympanoterpes, Stil. The obliquity or

curvature of the cross-vein of the second apical areole is too

gradative to furnish a substantial separative generic character.

This species, although closely related to P. chariclo, Walk.,

should not be confounded therewith. Besides the expansion of

the pronotum and its different marking in P. chariclo, it has the

dots of the apical series of areoles next the ends of the longitudinal

veins, and not on the cross-veins as in our species. In this new

species the basal areole is broader, the opercula close in contact,

and the basal segment of venter not single.

Fam. MEMBRACIDS&.

The specimens of this family have not been sent to me for

examination, and accordingly I can only judge of the value of the

species described by Dr. Goding from a study of specimens secured

in Grenada, Trinidad, and the Greater Antilles.

The following list includes all the species reported by Dr. Goding

from the island :—

ENCHOPHYLLUM RILEYI, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxvi. 1893, p. 56.

Five individuals are recorded as having been collected in St.

Vincent.

58 PROF. P. R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

ACUTALIS TRIFURCATA, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxvi. p. 53.

Cited as from St. Vincent. Coll. H. H. Smith.

ACUTALIS APICALIS, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxvi. p. 53.

Reported as from the same island by the writer quoted above.

SPONGOPHORUS ALBOFASCIATUS, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxv. p. 54.

Also cited as from St. Vincent.

SPONGOPHORUS VEXILLIFERUS, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxv. p. 53.

Likewise cited as from St. Vincent.

BorLgonora BISPINIFERA, Godg. Canad. Ent. xxv. p. 55.

Reported as belonging to the collection made in St. Vincent by

Mr. H. H. Smith.

Monosetts Fascratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 515. no. 33.

This is a very variable species which is widely distributed in the

Antilles. I have examined specimens from Cuba, Jamaica, San

Domingo, St. Vincent, and Grenada.

Fam. CERCOPIDZ

TOMASPIS PICTIPENNIS, Stal, Stettin. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 63

The more typical form of this species is common in Mexico in

the vicinity of Orizaba.

Only one specimen is in the collection from St. Vincent, but

several others are in that from the island of Grenada. It is more

variable and abnormally coloured in these Lesser Antilles than we

have seen it to be in Mexican specimens.

Fam. FULGORID A.

DIcTYOPHARA EMARGINATA, Sp. NOV.

Pale green, long oval, with the cephalic prolongation a little

curved upwards, scarcely twice as long as the pronotum, a little

curved on the sides, hardly wider at base than on the middle, with

the upper surface flat, carinated on the outer margins and on the

middle line, with the base of the middle carina forming a A, the

tip subconical with curving sides; base of head triangularly

emarginated ; front with thick carinate margins and a prominent

carina along its entire length; eyes a little angular, nearly bean-

shaped, brownish when dried; rostrum reaching to the posterior

cox. Pronotum short, triangularly produced into base of head,

the base emarginated almost as acutely as the head, with the

middle line interruptedly carinate. Mesonotum feebly convex,

very strongly tricarinate. The posterior tibize with three spines

exteriorly. Hemelytra almost opaque, with the costal margin

broadly curved; the veins few and straight, with five long areoles

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST, VINCENT. 59

including the wide costal one, and no transverse veins in the ulnar

series ; twelve long narrow areoles in the apical series, most of

which have three or four transverse veins towards the middle; the

apex more transparent than the corium.

Length of body 5 mm. ; width of pronotum 13 mm.; length to

tip of wing-cover 7-74 mm.

This species approaches nearest D. cultellator, Tweedie, but the

head of the former is much shorter and wider, and the venation

simple, not dense.

TANGIA ANGUSTATA, Sp. Nov.

Pale green, narrower than usual, the wing-covers slightly

curving towards the base, with the costa almost straight from

thence to the membrane. Head a little longer than wide, with the

tip rounded, but hardly narrowed, the margins prominently

reflexed, the middle line carimated, with its basal half triangularly

divaricating ; front long, the sides feebly sinuated and expanding

somewhat triangularly before the tip, the middle line with a thick

carina throughout; epistoma also carinate; rostrum reaching to

the middle coxe. Pronotum about half as long as the head, almost

of the form of a horse-shoe, the ends tapering posteriorly, the

middle line acutely carinate. Mesonotum long, distinctly carinate

on the middle line, the apex subovate, and the base triangularly

narrowed with the end truncate. Hemelytra with simple straight

veins, the inner discoidal vein only forking beyond the middle; no

transverse veins on the corium, the longitudinal veins all forked at

tip to form the boundary of the membrane, the membrane tapering

a little on the inner apical border; the veins and cross-veins

numerous and rather close-set, more or less dusky in ‘the matured

individuals. Posterior femora with three spines besides the pair

on the tip.

Length to end of venter 54 mm.; width of pronotum 13 mm. ;

length to tip of wing-covers 7 mm.

Two specimens were taken in St. Vincent, one of them on the

windward side. They are precisely like others which were secured

on the island of Grenada.

TANGIDIA, gen. nov.

Similar to Tangia, but with a broad shield-like head and less

symmetrical venation to the corium. Head with the eyes as broad

as the front of pronotum, the vertex a little longer than wide,

subsemicircular in front, with the lateral margins stoutly reflexed ;

the central carina A-shaped, with the tip touching the apex and

set in a sunken surface; front broad oval, nearly twice as long as

its width, with reflexed margins and a carinate middle line. Pro-

notum somewhat horseshoe-shaped, almost triangular in front, and

carried deep into the notch in the head, A-carinate in the middle,

the lateral prolongations tapering narrow posteriorly ; mesonotum

much longer than wide, with carinate sides and middle line, the

60 PROF, P. R, UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

posterior angles obliquely truncated. Hemelytra nearly three

times as long as the width, translucent, the posterior margin

straight ; discoidal veins long, the middle one simple, the inner one

forked behind the middle, the outer one twice forked next the

membrane, the veins continuing this line across are oblique, and

then straight in regular succession to the posterior margin ; cells

of membrane mostly quadrangular, longer than wide. Posterior

tibie with three spines behind the tip.

TANGIDIA ALTERNATA, Sp. nov.

Pale fulvous, polished, broad, moderately flat. Head lined

around the margins with white, and the triangle and oval reliefs

of the sides of vertex also white; front pale yellow, the upper

submargin black; eyes placed horizontally, long, oval, brown ;

rostrum extending to the middle coxe. Raised margins and

carinate line of both pro- and mesonotum whitish. Costal areole

long, wide, terminating in an acute pterostigma of dark brown

colour; veins pale testaceous, interrupted by dark brown, the

brown of the membrane most conspicuous on the apical margin and

cross-veins ; wings a little tinged with fulvous at base, the veins

darker at tip. Sides of thorax streaked with pale brown, and a

darker line runs back from behind the eye. Legs pale yellow;

knees a little infuscated, the tips of spines black, and a short dark

streak appears beneath the posterior knee. Venter greenish,

broadly bordered with red, segments of the tergum obscurely

banded with rufous and bordered with pale yellow.

Length to tip of abdomen 4 mm.; width between wing-covers

12? mm.; width of expanded wings 10 mm.

Only one specimen of this neat insect was secured.

BoTHRIOCERA SIGNORETI, Stal.

Seven or eight specimens of the variety of this species, with the

pale spot occupying most of the basal third of the corium, were

collected at various localities on the island.

BoTHRIOCERA BICORNIS, Fabr.

Seven specimens of this form were collected at different points

on the island. They differ in minor details of marking from

Brazilian and North-American specimens. This species is found

also in Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Maryland, and New Jersey.

In the last two States it is found in midsummer upon grass-like

plants in the cranberry marshes.

BoruRioceRA UNDATA, Fabr.

Ten specimens of several states of immature colouring are

present in the collection from St. Vincent. I find no structural

differences to separate these from the foregoing species ; and

several specimens are so immature as not to have developed a

pattern of marking.

1895.] HEMIPLERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 61

CATONTA, gen. nov.

Form of Plectoderes, and apparently related to that genus in

general structure. Long subovate, with the hemelytra opaque

throughout, almost straight, but feebly curved at base and apex,

with the veins coarse and prominent. Vertex about half as wide

as the pronotum, tapering a little towards the tip, a little longer

than the large subglobular eyes, scooped out lengthwise and

carinated, the tip more or less acutely curved and with the margin

reflexed, arched above, base triangularly excavated, and carinate on

the border ; front long, carinated, widening towards the epistoma,

and with curving reflexed sides, the reflexed border continued on

the epistoma. Rostrum reaching to the posterior coxe. Pronotum

constituting a very narrow collar, triangularly excavated behind

and prolonged into the triangular aperture of the head, the pleural

part expanded into a wide rounded flap below the eyes. Mesonotum

a little wider than long, sinuated each side in front, tricarinate,

triangularly narrowing posteriorly, with the scutellum depressed

and nearly equilateral triangular. Posterior tibie unarmed,

excepting at tip, where the middle spine is much longer than the

others. Veins of disk of corium simple and nearly straight, the

radial vein forked behind the middle of the corium and the second

ulnar also forked at nearly the same distance, the apical series of

areoles forming a nearly symmetrical curve around the are of the

apex of membrane, but arrested in the inner angle by a long and

wide, nearly straight areole ; costal space most opaque, long, acute

at tip, and bounded there by a small triangular cell. Antenne

composed of a large globular base, with a very fine bristle projecting

from it.

CaTONIA INTRICATA, sp. Noy.

Fuscous, somewhat shaded with paler colour. Face a little paler

than the body, minutely and closely speckled with fuscous, the

carinated margin interrupted with fuscous; front a little longer

than wide, slightly tapering at apex, prominently carinated on the

lateral margins, and there more distinctly marked with pale dots;

cheeks and pleural pieces marbled and speckled with fuscous and

testaceous. Pronotum testaceous, dotted with fuscous. Legs

smoke-brown, the anterior and middle tibie with a yellow band on

the middle, besides others at base and tip, and on posterior tarsi.

Mesonotum minutely dotted with testaceous. Hemelytra covered

with minute pale granules, the costal area varied with testaceous,

and sometimes tinged with rufous at tip, longitudinal veins

interruptedly testaceous; the membrane paler, margined with

fuscous, also with two arcuated brown clouds, the longitudinal

veins brown and white at intervals, white at tip, the transverse

yeins white. Venter dull fuscous, with patches of white on the

middle and sides.

Length to tip of abdomen 4 mm.; to end of hemelytra 54 mm.

One specimen was secured in the Petite Bordelle Valley, at an

62 PROF. P, R. UMLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

altitude of 1600 feet above the sea. It was taken from foliage in

a damp forest, October 6th. Other specimens were found at

various points on the island, which are not recorded in any list

accessible to me.

The generic name given above is derived from that of the great

tract of land belonging to the Caton family in Maryland, where

Flata (Catonia) nava, Say, occurs, and where another species,

Ciwius (Catonia) cinctifrons, Fitch, abounds in autumn upon the

white hickory and oak trees.

CUBANA, gen. nov.

Abdomen more prismatic above and less flat than in Catonia,

with the hemelytra opaque, and the membrane not bent inwards

as in that genus. Head a little longer than the eyes, with the

lateral keels highly arched above the surface of the vertex and

front ; the vertex. deeply sunken, almost regularly quadrangular,

with the middle keel more distinct in one species than in the

other ; front long and moderately wide, the side strongly carinate

and curving, becoming widest at the clypeus, and the curve

continued tapering to the tip, the middle carina exceptionally

high, as much elevated as the Jateral margins, complete to tip of

clypeus. Pronotum unusually short, expanding into saddle-flaps

each side inferiorly. Mesonotum with a tabular disk, which is

much longer than wide, tricarinate, the outer carine spreading

apart posteriorly, and behind this point the scutellum extends back

in a triangle. Wing-covers growing very gradually wider towards

the tip, bluntly rounded at tip; four long discoidal areoles

running out to the oblique cross-veins, which form the base of the

apical areoles; the costal area crossed by three oblique veins

before reaching the nodal mark, this latter followed by about four

curved veins before the apex is reached; areoles of apical series

long, the fork connected with the middle vein longer than the

others ; basal areole small and narrow; wings with three forked

veins and two transverse veins towards the tip. Posterior tibie

destitute of spines before the tip.

The generic name here given is derived from Cuba, on which

island these insects were first taken.

CUBANA TORTRIX, sp. nov.

Pale dull brown, moderately robust, with all the carinate lines

and borders and tip of scutellum pale testaceous. Grooves of

face blackish. Underside of body mostly pale testaceous. Legs

testaceous, with the spurs of tibie and tips of tarsi piceous.

Wing-covers shaded with pale brown, the veins mostly ivory-

yellow ; the cross-veins of costal area, an oval spot beyond the tip

of the costa, almost encircled by a slender are before and behind,

the slender apical margin, a bent line crossing the membrane

diagonally near its middle, a paler bent line across the middle of

the corium, and a short stripe at the apex connected with the

1895.] HEMIPTHRA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST.VINCENT. 63

margin posteriorly, brown, sometimes also a pale brown streak at

base of corium and two or three traces on the postero-apical

portion of the corium and membrane; wings smoky, with pale

brown veins.

Length to tip of abdomen 34-33 mm.; width between wing-

covers 1+ mm.; expanse of wing-covers 10-103 mm.

This beautiful little insect was found at Kingstown and at other

places on the island, and at altitudes from 1500 to 2500 feet above

sea-level.

A closely related species was sent to me many years ago from

the island of Cuba by Dr. John Gundlach.

CUBANA IRRORATA, sp. nov.

Pale fulvous, more or less farinose posteriorly, both above and

below. Head a little less oblique at the summit of the front than

in the preceding species. Carinate lines of the head and thorax a

little paler than the adjoining surface. The under surface paler

than the upper. The mesonotum dark brown and the scutellum

pale. Inferior margin of the thorax pale. Legs pale testaceous,

with the tip of the tarsi piceous. Wing-covers mostly whitish,

faintly tinged with brown towards the tip, the veins interrupted

with brown, near the apex more distinctly streaked with black,

and with a blackish dot near the inferior apical extremity ; clavus

with three dark oblique bands, the outer one of which is much

wider than the others; near the base of corium are several faint

streaks, followed on the middle by a bent band which touches a

stripe on the lower border; the base of membrane is bounded by a

wavy band which covers the white cross-veins; beyond this the

membrane has several angular streaks near the upper margin, a

diagonal band running back from the middle, and a curved stripe

behind the dot next the lower border. Wings a little smoke-

tinged, the veins brown.

Length to tip of abdomen 22 mm.; expanse of wing-covers

10 mm.

Four specimens, all in less mature condition, were collected by

Mr. Smith.

Cory LECEPS, gen. nov.

Form of Bothriocera, excepting in the shape of head. Vertex

shorter than the eyes, but projecting nearly the full length in

front of them, with the surface deeply sunken and the sides

correspondingly and acutely elevated, having the line of contact

with the front indented ; the front long, deeply scooped out, with

the sides foliaceous, expanded and then tapering to the tip of

the epistoma, the carina of the middle much lower than the sides,

point of junction between front and epistoma indented and

occupied by an ocellus, epistoma with a low and thick carina ;

cheeks broad, somewhat foliaceous, excavated above the eyes;

rostrum reaching to the posterior coxe. Pronotum very short,

64 PROF. P. R. UHLER—-ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

saddle-shaped, deep-seated, and upturned in the middle, regularly

wide on the sides extending downwards. Mesonotum with the

dorsal shield long and narrow, carinate in the middle, with the

lateral carinate margins spreading apart posteriorly, with the

scutellum large, triangular, depressed in the middle. Posterior

tibie with a stout spur below the middle, and the principal one at

tip thick and long. Wing-covers gradually and almost sym-

metrically widening towards the tip, the tip almost bluntly

rounded, with the inner arc a little narrower than the outer one;

veins of the middle of apex straight, bounding long and narrow

areoles, one on either side of the four middle ones forked, those of

the upper extremity curved outwards; middle longitudinal nerve

with two curved forks near its tip. Wings with the veins divided

into two short forks at the upper extremity and a longer fork next

inward of the former, and with two cross-veins forming a chevron

beyond the middle. The abdomen is somewhat prismatic, with the

central ridge prominent; the venter moderately wide and not

quite flat.

CoTYLECEPS DECORATA, sp. nov.

Dull fulvous brown, paler beneath. The cheeks, sides, and

summit of the front and middle of the vertex dark piceous. Eyes

dark brown. Antenne pale fulvo-testaceous, the basal joint longer

than wide. Pronotum and sides and shield of mesonotum fulvous,

darker on the sutures and across the base; the scutellum paler.

Rostrum and legs pale testaceous. Wing-covers whitish testaceous,

extensively marked with pale smoke-brown; border of the mem-

brane broadly smoke-brown, connected on the lower border with

a large interrupted spot which connects on its inner end with

broken spots continued across the disk, the apical veins being

white break the continuity of the apical border; field of both

corium and membrane sparsely flecked, the three transverse veins

of the costal area broadly marked, the inner one connected with a

ragged band which nearly crosses the corium; nodal spot long and

darker than the uneven series which forms a sort of loop behind

it; the membrane beyond this point has three united spots

anteriorly and a roundish one adjoining the posterior end of the

loop next the margin; wings smoky, with the veins darker.

Tergum paler at tip and along the lateral submargin.

Length to tip of abdomen 4 mm.; expanse of wing-covers

13 mm.

This delicate little insect bears some resemblance to some of the

more strongly marked Phryganidee of the genus Hydropsyche. A

few specimens were secured at Kingstown and at other points up to

an altitude of 500 feet above the sea.

AMBLYCRATUS, gen. noy.

Form robust, with depressed abdomen, which is fully one-half

wider than the breadth across vertex and eyes. Head broad, almost

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST.VINCENT, 65

truncated as viewed from above, the front of the vertex is, however,

a little angular at tip and obliquely carinated each side, with the

middle partly carinated, depressed ; front curved outwards before

the tip of vertex, long and wide, a very little wider than, and

curved at the origin of, the epistoma, with the middle line strongly

carinated and the lateral margins sharply reflexed, the epistoma

tapering and continuing the gentle curve of the sides with the

carina and reflexed margin; cheeks wide, long, excavated, with the

reflexed borders rising prominently above the eyes. Basal joint

of antennz subglobose as usual. Pronotum very short, the front

edge upturned, with the sides curved, but little wider, and ending

below in a slight enlargement. Mesonotum a little wider than the

length including the scutellum, the sides expanded triangularly,

but the medial shield narrow, almost square, carinated on the

middle, and bounded by a carina on each side, the scutellum

acutely triangular, a little reflexed like the wings of the preceding

segment. Wing-covers narrow, a little bent at tip, with the inner

apical corner angular, shorter than the upper which is curved ;

costal area long and narrow, expanded at tip in contact with the

ovate nodal cell, its middle a little acute where the anastomosis of

the first fork occurs, the first ulnar areole starting from a fork

beyond the middle of the costal area and extending in a slight

curve to the nodus, the second one starts in a fork near the base,

and continuing sends off a vein from a blunt fork on a line with

the nodus, at this point three oblique cross-veins form the base of

the middle anteapical areoles; the apical areoles longer, narrow,

seven in number, of which the anterior one is very short and tri-

angular, while the posterior one is very long and wide and ending

in an acute, somewhat curved angle. Posterior tibie destitute of

any apparent spine.

AMBLYCRATUS PALLIDUS, sp. nov.

The body relatively broader, but the wing-covers narrower, and

not obliquely expanding towards the tip as in the foregoing genera.

Colour pale fulvous, tinged with pale testaceous. Head almost

Square, as seen from above, with the blunt triangle of the tip of

vertex on a line with the front of eyes, powdered with white; the

eyes brown, somewhat bean-shaped ; antenne pale fulvous; sum-

mit of front and a faint band across its middle dusky; epistoma

also a little dusky. Rostrum reaching to behind the posterior

coxe. Wing-covers whitish yellow, or very pale fulvous, with the

costal vein mostly brown, the nodal spot whitish, and the apical

anterior margin of the membrane pink; veins of the ulnar areole,

an oblique streak at base, the posterior border and two lines on

the clavus, the posterior edge of the membrane and the coarse

vein next inwards, and a broad uneven spot across the apical half

of the membrane smoke brownish; the transverse veins of mem-

brane whitish. Underside and legs testaceous, with a tinge of

plumbeous ; tip of the venter dark brown. Disk of mesonotum and

surface of tergum dark brown.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. V. 5

66 PROF, P, R. VUHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

Length to end of abdomen 3} mm.; expanse of wing-covers

9 mm,

Six specimens of this peculiar insect were taken at Kingstown

and various other localities on the island,

CIONODERUS, gen. nov.

Long and narrow, with the wing-covers carried flat as in Plecto-

deres and Catonia. Vertex short and nearly square, a little wider

than long, with the apex bluntly angular, the margins recurved

all around, and the depressed middle carinated, the posterior margin

widely sinuated; eyes large, prominent, placed obliquely; front

wide, prominently curved above, separated from the vertex by an

impressed line; middle carinated, sides a little expanded in the

curve next the epistoma, the epistoma narrowing to the apex;

cheeks wide beneath the eyes, the curve carried above the eyes

short. Pronotum with the anterior lobe excavated, protracted

into the base of the head like a semicircular valve, with a small

tubercle at base, the sides carried down in narrow belts. Meso-

notum convex, a little longer than wide, with the tubular middle

narrowly oval, margined by carinate lines, and with a carina on

the middle; the scutellum triangular depressed in the middle,

acuminate. Wing-covers long, bent inwards at tip, opaque, the

clavus long, acutely narrowing towards the tip, with the fold near

the inner border narrow and nearly parallel with the border ;

costal area long, widening towards the base of the first forked vein,

and narrowed from thence by the curve of that vein; discoidal

members of the anteapical series of areoles very long, those near

the costal border strongly curved, the apical series shorter and

mostly curved. Ocellus placed, as in the preceding genus, at the

anterior angle of the eye and beneath it.

CIONODERUS LINEATUS, Sp. Noy.

Chiefly brown above, yellowish testaceous beneath. Head pale,

a little clouded across the middle of the front and upon the

epistoma; the lateral carinate edges, the front border and carina of

the vertex brown. Pronotum marked with brown at intervals.

Mesonotum brown, with two middle stripes, the sides, and the

borders of the scutellum pale yellowish. Legs mostly pale yellowish,

with the tip of tibize and outer surface of tarsi a little dusky.

Wing-covers darker brown on the basal two-thirds, including the

clavus, but with the veins mostly yellowish; the costal area, including

the nodus and the space at fork of radial vein, besides the apex of

the clavus and the transverse veins of the membrane, also yellowish.

Tergum dark brown.

Length to tip of wing-covers 53 mm.; width across middle of

mesonotum 13 mm.

Two fairly complete, and one mutilated, specimens were secured

on the island.

1895.] HEMIPTHRA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 67

VINCENTIA, gen. nov.

Form of Ciwius, Latr., and with clear wing-covers and wings.

Head but a very little longer than the eyes; the vertex very narrow,

with the carinate borders only a little higher than the eyes, bound-

ing a deeply sunken surface, and converging to an angle in front ;

the front rapidly expanding in a curve to the middle, with the

sides tapering to an acute point at apex of epistoma, the summit

of the middle carina a little expanded, the lateral margins foliate-

carinate. Pronotum very narrow in the middle, deeply triangularly

emarginate like the base of the head and entering so deeply as to

be almost concealed by the occiput and eyes; the marginal edge

fitting against the eyes carinated. Dorsal shield of mesonotum

about twice as long as wide, with straight carinate sides and trian-

cular ends, the middle incompletely carinate and with a short ridge

each side; the scutellum short, acute, set upon a broader semi-

circular flap which is protracted each side anteriorly out to the

base of the wings. | Wing-covers broad, of nearly equal width

throughout, transparent, with the veins eranulated as in Ciaius ;

the costal areole long and wide, of nearly equal width throughout,

followed by a narrow and very acute nodal areole, six anteapical

areoles, of which the upper and lower are longer than the others

and are bounded by a fork of the veins on the middle of the

corium ; the membrane terminating in a nearly regular curve, the

apical series of areoles almost symmetrical, the four following the

nodus placed obliquely. Wings with the areole next to the first

apical one large, bounded at base by a transverse vein, separated

at tip by a short triangular areole, the four following areoles tri-

angular at base. Posterior tibie with two: stout spurs before

the middle and another at tip, besides the crown of small teeth.

Abdomen broad, depressed, carinately elevated on the tergum.

VINCENTIA INTERRUPTA, Sp. nov.

Chestnut-brown, paler beneath, tulvous anteriorly. Front

tinged with dull fulvous; the carinate lines, sides, upper part of

cheeks, and the rostrum pale yellowish. Eyes brownish black,

large, suborbicular, bordered with pale yellow, deeply emarginated

below. Pronotum mostly pale yellow, darker on the sides, but

with all the margins yellowish. Mesonotum fulvous on the disk,

bordered with yellowish ; the discal carinate lines partly yellowish.

Mesosternum, including the flat cox, with a broad brown band

which corresponds with the brown area of the epistoma ; pleural

line marked by series of angular, scale-like, pale spots. Scutellum

pale at tip and on the sides. Legs clouded with smoke-brown,

pale on the knees, at the ends of the tibie, and on the ends of the

tarsal joints. Wing-covers with two coalescing brown spots at

pase, two similar ones on the middle, also a diagonal nodal spot;

the transverse veins, ends of the apical veins, costa, and two or

three streaks on the posterior marginal vein brown, remainder of

this vein, base of nodal spot, and veins around it pale yellowish.

68 PROF. P. R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

Veins of the wings mostly brown. Borders of segments of the

abdomen slenderly white, both above and below, exterior edge of

the connexivum also whitish. Tip of the venter densely loaded

with white flocculent matter.

Length to end of abdomen 5 mm.; expanse of wing-covers

123 mm. ,

Only a single specimen of this neat-looking species was secured

on this occasion.

This genus resembles Mnemosyne, Stal, in the shape of the vertex,

but differs in the type of pronotum as well as in the venation of

the wing-covers.

CHEILOCEPS, gen. nov.

General form of Jssus, with the wing-covers longer than wide, a

little tapering towards the tip, and the tip obliquely truncated.

Head narrower than the pronotum, the vertex subquadrangular, a

little longer than wide, scooped out, the prominent keeled margins

projecting a little beyond and above the eyes, the middle line with

a slight keel; the base of head triangularly emarginated. Eyes

very large, longer than wide. Front of medium width, growing

wider next the clypeus, with each side raised into a liguliform

relief which ends below in a button, middle of the front depressed,

oval, carinate on the middle line; clypeus placed diagonally,

convex on the middle, carinated, with the lateral margins curved

near the base, acutely tapering towards the tip ; the base prominent,

and a little excavated on the margin. Pronotum a little shorter

than the head, but wider than the diameter across the eyes, trian-

gular, let into the base of the head, slender behind the eyes, but

expanding beneath them. Mesonotal shield obtriangular, wider

than long, with a transverse carina at base, from which a short

carina runs back on either side ; the scutellum small, acute. Wing-

covers moderately narrow, the costal membrane at base wide but

not abruptly expanded, longitudinal veins carried through to the

tip and curving forward there; transverse veins few, mostly placed

on the apical third, the radial vein forked and curved at tip; the

costal areole crossed by numerous veins beyond the middle.

Wings long and wide, cleft, with few and mostly large areoles,

the accessory membrane a little longer than the abdomen without

the genitalia. Posterior tibie armed with two spines. Abdomen

broad, a little depressed, interruptedly carinate on the middle of

tergum.

CHEILOCEPS MUSCA, sp. Nov.

Fulvous, paler on the wing-covers. Middle of the vertex and

ground-colour of the front and clypeus pale smoke-brown ; lateral

margins of the vertex tinged with rufous, the other margins and

carina pale testaceous; the raised sides of the front yellowish

irregularly spotted with dark brown, and the underside of the

buttons especially brown ; a whitish band crosses the upper portion

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 69

of the front, and the middle carinate line is interruptedly brown

and yellow; the base of clypeus, including the carina, margins, and

oblique striz, also yellowish. Rostrum extending to the posterior

cox, pale testaceous banded with brown. Eyes dark brown,

with the reflexed socket pale yellow. Antenne pale fulvous,

placed on the rim of the socket next below the eyes. Pronotum

pale fulvo-testaceous, tinged with rufous in front and on the sides ;

the disk granulated each side on a large brown spot, the propleura

with a brown dot near the origin of the wing-cover. Mesonotum

darker on the shield, and this part is divided into areas by two

yellowish loops on the sides and a line along the middle; the

scutellar portion pale yellowish. Pleural segments pale yellow

above, mostly margined with black. The cox bright red, except-

ing the base of the posterior pair; legs dull yellowish, the anterior

femora faintly striped with brown, and the tarsi brown at tip.

Wing-covers translucent, with five brown dots, and.a few obscure

cloudy spots at base, near the posterior border, and next the tip.

Tergum a little dusky near base and at tip. Veins of wings

black.

Length to tip of venter 6 mm.; expanse of wing-covers 15 mm.

Only two specimens of this remarkable insect were secured.

PprsIs LINEATA, Fabr.

Specimens of this delicate little species were collected on both

sides of the island by Mr. H. H. Smith.

PAaTARA GUTTATA, Westw.

Three specimens were secured on this island.

PATARA ALBIDA, Westw.

Only a single specimen was taken. It was found on the wind-

ward side of the island.

CENCHREA DORSALIS, Westw.

Four specimens of this insect were collected. Three were

secured near Kingston at an altitude of 1500 feet, and the fourth

was found on the windward side of the island.

CENCHREA EXQUISITA, Sp. Nov.

More robust and with wider wing-covers than C. dorsalis;

yellowish white, darker on the upper surface of the body. Vertex

a little narrower in front, projecting slightly in front of and above

the eyes, the margins strongly elevated, curved and ribbed on the

inner side; front long, parallel-sided, white, but more or less

yellow above, deeply concave, the clypeus margined and terminated

with black; rostrum reaching nearly to the posterior coxe; the

inferior cheeks very wide, pale yellow. Pronotum a little project-

ing into the curve of the head, short, broadly excurved behind,

with the sides broadly expanded and concave ; mesonotum a little

70 PROF, P, R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

tawny, convex, carinate on the middle and impressed each side

thereof, the scutellum with an orange spot at the base, a large

reddish one next the inferior apical angle, a long white spot back

of the disk marked with four black dots, a faint streak on the

costa beyond the middle, a more distinct short band nearer the

apex, another, more oblique, next the apex, and a few traces on the

apex more or less black, the veins mostly white; in front of the

white spot one or two black specks are usually present. Wings

clear white. Legs ivory-white, the anterior tibie and tarsi a little

dusky. Underside and venter whitish, powdered; tergum dull

yellow, powdered with white.

Length to end of abdomen 3 mm.; expanse of wing-covers

9 mm. ‘

Six specimens of this brightly marked species were collected by

Mr. H. H. Smith, near Kingstown and in other parts of the

island.

PROSOTROPIS, gen. Dov.

Robust, in form of body similar to Cercopis. Head with the

eyes hardly one half as wide as the pronotum, the vertex a little

longer than wide, feebly carinated each side, the eyes large, round,

and closely enclosing the vertex; the front long and wide, the

sides broadly curving and distinctly carinated, the middle line also

carinated; clypeus broad at base, with thick margins there, then

acutely tapering to tip, the surface less prominent than the front ;

rostrum reaching to the middle coxe. Antenne stout, moderately

short. Pronotum transverse, a little shorter than the head, a

little arched, the base almost straight. Mesonotum large, convex,

much wider than long, with the scutellum triangular and almost

equally long, and the margins recurved. Wing-covers wide,

ebliquely narrowing towards base on the inferior side; veins few

and mostly wide apart; the costal area wide, long, and growing

wider towards the tip, which is bounded by a transverse oblique

vein and crossed farther inwards by two veins which are oblique

in the opposite direction ; the apical series of areoles begins beyond

the nodus with a large subtrapezoidal areole with a curved inner

vein, the next outwards smaller with the inner angle acutely

curved, the following one is triangular, shorter and smaller; the

middle areole is very long and narrow, after this is a triangular

areole, followed by a very long, curved, nearly wedge-shaped one,

and on the inferior margin the areole is curved triangular, with the

point directed against the tip of the clavus; the anteapical series

is designated by two cells with curved veins. Abdomen broad,

moderately convex, wider than thick.

PROSOTROPIS DECORATA, Sp. Nov.

General colour fulvous, marked with large areas of dark brown.

Head rather close set against the thorax, moderately convex, dull

fulyous, the base prominently reflexed, with two indented points

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST.VINCENT. 71

in front of the elevation; front dark brown, the clypeus and

rostrum pale piceous; eyes convex, dark brown; antennze wax-

yellow. Pronotum dull pale brown, placed almost erect; meso-

notum prominently convex, blackish brown, paler on the pleural

portion. Scutellum almost equilateral triangular, pale yellow,

depressed in the middle. Wing-covers transparent, with a tinge

of yellow behind the middle, milk-whitish on the apical third; the

veins pale brown, but interrupted with white on the apical division,

an irregular brown stripe runs out from the base to near the

middle, a double spot forms a bent band running diagonally back

from the costa, and a curved triangular spot of the same colour

runs inward from the apex, the nodal end of the band is bounded

inwardly by a white vein. Wings obscure hyaline, with brown

veins. Legs and posterior portion of the sternun yellowish.

Tergum fulvous at base, the post-dorsolum pale yellow, from thence

to behind the tip piceous; venter flat, bright red, marked with

series of dark brown callous spots, the margin also dark brown,

which colour extends upon the genital segment and its attachments.

Length to tip of venter 3mm. ; expanse of wing-covers 5} mm.

Three specimens, mostly in poor condition, were collected on

the island.

Fam. FLATIDS.

ORMENIS CONTAMINATA, sp. nov.

Obscure whitish yellow, or pale fulvous, covered with white

powder when mature. Vertex almost truncated, the middle

carina of front constituting a little angle at the summit, the

lunate pronotum capping the vertex almost to its front border;

front barely wider than long, subquadrate, depressed, with the

sides curved and the lower angles a little rounded ; clypeus long,

prominent, triangular, with a broad blunt carina on the middle

line, acute at tip; the rostrum reaching behind the posterior

coxe. Mesonotal shield covering nearly the whole upper surface

of the mesothorax, the anterior portion forming a long rounded

lobe, and the posterior division constituting a blunt triangle,

terminated by a very short scutellum ; the disk oval, bounded on

the sides by carinate lines, and having a carina on the middle.

Wing-covers nearly parallel-sided, the width across the tip only

a little more than across the middle of the clavus with the

corium ; the veins very numerous, those of the disk nearly all

forked, the apical ones mostly straight, parallel and simple, the

series on the border of the inferior apex diagonal, those of the

costal area numerous and straight ; the postcostal area is occupied

in great part by fine reticulated veins ; the clavus is covered with

coarse granules, another set occupies the basal angle of the costal

area, and the inner middle base of the corium is set with a patch

of finer granules ; wings either white or smoky, with darker veins.

Abdomen compressed,

72 PROF. P, R. UHLER—-ENUMERATION OF THE [Jan. 15,

Length to tip of abdomen 5-6 mm.; expanse of wing-covers

15-16 mm.

Ten specimens were collected at various localities on the island.

This is an exceedingly variable species as regards colour and

pattern of marking. One specimen is mostly white, with a band

of fuliginous on the apex of the wing-covers. Between this and

the variety with a large triangular dark spot on the apical half

of the pale tawny wing-covers there is a series of several degrees

of expanse of the dark colour. The wings vary from pure white

to dark lead-colour. I do not find any important differences to

separate this from a species which is quite common in northern

Mexico, Arizona, Texas, and California, and which approaches

O. mesochlorus, Walker, from Cuba; but this latter has broader

wing-coyers and a longer, more prominent vertex.

SCARPOSA, gen. nov.

Robust, wing-covers decumbent, nearly twice as long as wide,

broadly arcuate from base to behind the middle, then sinuated

and narrower to the apex. Head viewed from above wider than

long, the vertex with an excavation which widens anteriorly,

each side of this is an indentation bounded exteriorly by the

arched carinate margin; cheeks nearly flat, extended widely in

front of and below the eyes, grooved above next the reflexed

margin, callous next below; front subtrapezoidal, barely wider

than long, longitudinally tumid each side, impressed in the middle,

grooved against the raised lateral margins, a little sinuated above,

with a narrow callosity at the summit; clypeus long, acutely

tapering, the margins reflexed. Eyes small, globular, prominent,

Antenne short, bluntly rounded at base. Pronotum semicircular,

but little longer than the vertex, sinuated at base, with the lateral

flap triangularly produced against the eye. Mesonotum wide,

a little wider than long, almost flat, the anterior margin bluntly

triangular; the sides rectangularly triangular, and posteriorly

longer, more converging, and forming a triangle with the short

scutellum ; the middle line obsoletely carinate, and the margins of

the disk thick and set with two callous knobs. Basal margin of

clavus convexly inflated, with the submargin carinately crested,

and together with the inner margin forming an arch, the clavus

behind this tapering narrowly back to the base of the membrane,

the surface more or less granulated to near the tip; corium with

wide and long areas which are crossed by mostly indistinct

reticulations behind the middle, but with distinct oblique and

irregular veins beyond the middle of the postcostal area, veins of

the wide costal area numerous and moderately oblique, almost the

entire surface sprinkled with callous granules; veins of the sub-

quadrangular membrane curving in various directions and forming

crowded and irregular cells, the apical series composed of sub-

quadrangular areoles of larger size which are narrower above the

middle. Posterior tibie grooved, armed with two stout spines

below the middle, Abdomen blunt, subconical,

1895,.] HEMIPTEPRA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT, 73

SCARPOSA TUMIDA, sp. NOV.

General form of Ormenis, but tumid at the base of the wing-

covers, with the costal region expanded in a wide curve, greenish.

Head above with an obscure brown broad stripe which is carried

back upon the mesonotum, the lateral raised margins highly

polished, pale fulvous; front with a brown cloud above, pale

testaceous below and including the clypeus; rostrum reaching to

the posterior coxe. Pronotum greenish yellow on the sides;

mesonotum dull testaceous each side, with the two eallosities dark

brown. Beneath and legs tawny yellow. Wing-covers greenish,

the inner ridge and margin of the clavus, besides a streak near its

tip and the granules near the tip, blackish ; corium in the angle

behind base of costa, a spot at and broad stripe beyond on the

the inner area, a broad less distinct band across the middle

including the veins, a bent diagonal stripe running back from the

lower angle of the apex, the almost truncate margin of the apex,

one or two spots near the upper angle, and the granules of the

costal area black or dark brown. Outer border of the venter red.

Length to tip of abdomen 5-53 mm.; length to tip of wing-

covers 7-8 mm.

This genus comes next to Cyarda in its general features, but

the venation of the wing-covers is more open, varied, and simple,

and the narrowed apex is not much protracted.

Two specimens were secured on the island. One of these lacks

the broad band across the middle of the wing-covers. The acute

knob near the base of the radial area is more prominent in the

female than in the male.

ACANONIA SERVILLEI, Spin.

Three specimens, of somewhat smaller size than the average of

those from Florida and Cuba, were collected on the leeward side

of the island.

Fam. J AsSsSIDa.

XEROPHL@A VrrRivIs, Fabr.

Five specimens were taken on the island by Mr. H. H. Smith.

This and the following species were determined by Mr. W. H.

Ashmead. ’

XEROPHL@A GRISHA, Germar.

Four specimens of this insect were captured on the island.

These insects are so variable, and our knowledge of them is so

insufficient at present, that there is no settled standard by which

to gauge the species. I am in doubt as to this being the true

X. grisea as described by Germar, and figured by Burmeister in his

‘Genera Insect.’ The figure is that of a species with more acute

and longer head, and with an absence of most of the markings

present in the species from St. Vincent,

(2 ie PROF, P, R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE [Jan. 15,

GYPONA ALBOSIGNATA, sp. Noy.

Dark straw-yellow, remotely marked with small spots, streaks,

and flecks of brown ; form of G. irrorella, Spangb. Vertex short,

bluntly rounded ; ocelli placed a little before the middle and nearer

the eyes than to one another; the front margin reflexed, with

the submargin depressed, the surface minutely and obsoletely

wrinkled ; the occiput indented each side on a line with the ocelli ;

front longitudinally depressed. Eyes brown. Rostrum testaceous,

reaching behind the anterior coxe. Pronotum more than twice

as long as the vertex, transversely wrinkled, with an are of flecks

and short streaks behind the anterior margin, a cloudy stripe each

side of middle, and a darker oblique spot near each posterior angle

brown. Wing-coyvers pale testaceous, with orange veins, a tinge

on the base of the costa, a brown ragged spot beyond its middle,

a series of small flecks on the first ulnar areole, several larger

ones next the apex; the transverse veins, a bent line on the

inferior base of the membrane, and a spot at base and near the

apex of clayus, besides its posterior edge, also brown, the apex of

the principal areole and the tip of the clavus milk-white. Wings

smoky, with dark brown veins. Scutellum with a brown triangular

spot in each basal angle and some irregular streaks on the middle

(the spots and marks partly or entirely absent, or coalescing, in

some specimens). Body beneath and the legs pale testaceous,

more or less powdered with white, the bases of tibial spines

marked with a brown dot ; apex of tibize and sometimes the ends

of tarsal joints, and nails, brown. Tergum more or less brown,

occasionally black on the three or four posterior segments.

Length to end of abdomen, ¢ 6, 2 73 mm.; to tip of wing-

covers 73-83 mm. Width of pronotum 2-23 mm.

Three specimens were taken on the island. Two of these are

females and one is a male. The male is paler and much less

marked with brown than the others. This species inhabits the

coastal plain of the United States and is found as far north

as Cape Ann, Massachusetts. It is likewise variable in the

United States.

GYPONA ANGUSTATA, sp. DOV.

Narrower than usual, pale apple-green when fresh, pale yellow

when dried, The vertex narrowly, subacutely rounded at tip, and

moderately depressed, about two-thirds the length of the pro-

notum ; the ocelli rufous, placed before the middle and a little

farther apart than distant from the eyes; surface obsoletely

wrinkled. Pronotum transversely wrinkled, hexagonal, the

anterior margin bluntly semicircular and carried between the eyes.

Underside and legs whiter than the upper surface, with the

nails and apex of tarsi brownish. Wing-covers narrowing towards

the tip, the basal portion obsoletely punctate near the veins,

the basal areole sometimes with a minute black dot at base;

yeins mostly straight and simple, margin of costal areole whitish ;

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THD ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 75

the wings milk-white. Last ventral segment of the female much

longer than the preceding one, the tip rounded and slightly

sinuated each side; last ventral segment of the male about twice

as long as the penultimate one, subtruncate at tip, with the sides

cut a little diagonal; the inferior appendages not much longer

than the last segment, coarsely punctate, slightly grooved.

Length to tip of venter, g 44, 9 5} mm.; to tip of wing-

covers 6-7 mm.

Five fairly perfect specimens are in the collection made in

St. Vincent by Mr. H. H. Smith.

This species is smaller and narrower than the G. angulata,

Spangb., to which it bears much resemblance, besides the fact that

in this new species the head is longer and the ocelli are nearer

the anterior margin. It appears almost exactly like G. placida,

Uhler, but in that species the last two ventral segments of male

are long and of nearly equal size, and the upper genital attachments

are abruptly narrowed beyond the middle, become acute at the tip,

and are hairy, and not punctate.

TETTIGONIA (PROCONIA) RUBRICOSA, sp. Noy.

Form of Proconia circumducta, Signt. Carmine-red, the general

form tapering posteriorly. Head orbicularly tumid, polished,

varying from piceous through red to pale fulvous; front long,

tumidly convex, having a few indented points superiorly ; the

eyes large, brown, and prominent, the surface at their inner angle

indented ; the occiput carinated on the margin and depressed

before it; clypeus tumidly convex, distinctly separated from the

front by the impressed line at base. Pronotum large, polished,

wider than long, convex, strongly advanced in a broad curve upon

the head, the submargin depressed ; colour fulvous, paler in front,

sometimes rufous and clouded posteriorly ; sternum and pleural

segments pale yellow, sometimes tinged with brown, powdered

with white. Legs pale brownish yellow, with the spines, tip of

tibiz, and apex of tarsi, including the nails, brown. Scutellum

tawny or red, acuminate; the underlying dorsal segment dark,

bordered with testaceous. Wing-covers narrow, tapering, curving

to an acute tip, bright red, spread with blue, which omits the base,

borders, veins, and tip; cells of the membrane large, long, and

few ; wings smoke-colour, with the veins darker. Abdomen red,

slenderly tapering, with a pale blue band at apex of the last

tergal segment ; last ventral segment of female broadly sinuated,

with the outer corners acutely triangular; the same segment of

male truncated.

Length to end of abdomen 6-7 mm.; width of pronotum 2 mm.

Eight specimens of this brilliant species were taken near Kings-

town at altitudes ranging from 1300 to 2500 feet above the sea.

TETTIGONIA (PROCONTA) FASTIGIATA, Sp. Nov.

Head wide, more triangularly curved at tip than in the preceding

species; ground-colour black above, pale yellow beneath. Vertex

76 PROF, P, R, UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

highly polished, convex in the middle, transversely impressed at

base, black with a yellow tip and a broad yellow band across the

middle ; front yellow, oblique, convex, polished, separated from

the clypeus by a deep suture, the clypeus short, tumidly convex,

pale testaceous, the rostrum also testaceous, stout, reaching to the

middle coxze. Pronotum hardly longer than the head, transverse,

moderately convex, the lateral margins a little oblique, curved, the

anterior margin bluntly curved and carried nearly half the length

of the eyes into the base of the head; the colour black with a

broad lunate yellow band behind the anterior submargin, the

posterior margin feebly sinuated. Scutellum equilaterally trian-

cular, subacuminate, bordered with yellow. Legs pale testaceous ;

the spines, tip of tibie, and end of tarsi brown. Wing-covers

with three long yellow stripes, besides a cuneiform spot near the

tip, outside of which is a transverse curved large spot, and the

superior apex broadly and obliquely covered with yellow, which

spreads from the costal area; the costal margin reddish ; veins

slender, forming few and large areoles near the tip. Abdomen

strongly tapering ; tergum bright red, sometimes fulvous at tip ;

the last ventral segment hardly longer than the preceding one,

hardly sinuated; inferior genital valves uniting to form a long

cornute appendage, coarsely punctate, set with stiff bristles, and

curved down on the acute tip.

Length to end of abdomen 53-6 mm.; width of pronotum

mm.

Six specimens of this showy species were secured near Kings-

town and on both sides of the island. The specific name was

suggested by the rod-like pack of stripes on the wing-covers.

These organs are blunter than in the preceding species, and the

wings are smoky brownish, paler on the anterior margin, and the

veins are darker.

TErricoNiA (DIEDROCEPHALA) SAGITTIFERA, sp. nov.

Form of D. flaviceps, Riley, sage-green above, pale greenish

yellow beneath. Vertex with the sides a little rounded, the apex

triangular, with the immediate tip a very little blunt; colour pale

orange, with an irregular whitish spot around the black ocelli con-

nected with an oblique stripe running forward to meet its fellow

at the apex of the arrow-shaped black spot on the tip of vertex ;

base with a pair of small white spots on the middle, space near the

antero-lateral border with three small spots, and the supra-antennal

plate also white; front oblique and convex, dusky, dotted with

pale yellow, the very summit smooth whitish; clypeus small,

convex, pale testaceous ; the rostrum reaching to the middle coxe,

brown at tip. Pronotum shorter than wide, bean-shaped, a broad

lobate pale spot in front on each side, connected in the middle by

a band of the same colour, and carrying a line of dark brown dots

near the anterior border, the posterior border a little emarginate

in the middle; the surface closely rugulose. Scutellum yellow,

with a black spot at each basal angle. and sometimes two minute

1895.j HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST.VINCENT. 77

dots on the depressed middle. Wing-covers slightly tapering,

narrowly rounded at tip, with the veins and margins yellow, the

apex more broadly dull yellowish; wings smoke-brown, with the

veins darker. Tergum blue-black, pale at base, yellow on the

sides, at tip, and on the edges of some of the segments; venter

bright yellow posteriorly ; last ventral segment longer than the

preceding one, a little wider behind, truncated.

Length to end of venter, ¢ 33, 9 4mm.; width of pronotum

1-1} mm.

Numerous specimens of this insect were taken in various parts

of the island. This species varies in the size and form of the

black dot on the front of vertex and in the number of yellow marks

on the same. Occasionally the upper border of the front is also

slenderly yellow.

TETTIGONIA HERBIDA, Walk.

More than thirty specimens of this bright green species are in

the collection from St. Vincent. This species is equally common

in the islands of Cuba and Trinidad; but we have not yet seen

specimens of it from the mainland of South America.

SCAPHOIDEUS STIGMOSUS, sp. NOY.

Pale fulvous; form similar to S. scalaris, Van Duz., but with a

longer and wider head, and antennz nearly as long as the wing-

cover. Vertex a little longer than its width between the eyes,

almost flat, very pale fulvous, with a series of brown dots around

the anterior submargin and some less regular ones on the middle,

occasionally with two or three ivory-white dots before the middle;

front irregularly clouded with pale brown, bounded above by a

slender dark brown line. Clypeus broad, bluntly rounded, marked

with a brown subapical spot; the rostrum reaching to the middle

coxez. Eyes withadark brown band below. Antenne dark brown,

paler at base. Pronotum triangularly sublunate, well advanced

ito the deeply sinuated vertex, the surface minutely scabrous,

transversely wrinkled, polished, dotted with pale yellow anteriorly,

and minutely speckled with the same colour behind the middle;

the posterior angles subacute, a little produced, the posterior

margin slightly sinuated. Scutellum with a dark brown spot in the

basal angles; the disk a little marbled with brown. Wing-covers

marked with three brown spots on the inner margin of the clavus,

each of which has an acute white spot at the tip; veins white inter-

rupted with brown, margins pale ; the costal margin has a series

of broader white streaks adjoining it inwardly, four large apical

cells pale at base, bounded by brown veins, the apex alittle dusky;

wings smoky, with dark brown veins. Beneath and legs pale

yellow, the tibize somewhat marked with brown; the tarsal joints,

nails, and spots at origin of the tibial spines dark brown; the

spines pale brown. Last ventral segment of the female deeply

notched, the valves of ovipositor set with long, brown, stiff bristles;

tergum blackish, with pale edges to the segments and a pale tip.

78 PROF. P. R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

Length to end of venter 3; mm., to tip of wing-covers 5 mm. ;

width of pronotum 1 mm.

Five specimens, all females, were secured on the island. One

was taken at an altitude of 1500 feet above the sea, and two were

collected at Kingstown.

DELTOCEPHALUS VIRGULATUS, sp. Noy.

Form short, robust ; head bluntly subconical, black, striped with

green, polished; the wing-covers coriaceous throughout, wide at

tip and bluntly rounded. Head of about the same length as pro-

notum, the vertex hardly separated from the front, depressed at

base, where it is crossed by a pale green band; front convex, dull

black above, green across the end, and there forming a part of the

broad band which covers all but the tip of the clypeus and tip of

the wide cheeks ; rostrum orange, reaching to the middle coxe.

Pronotum transverse, convex, curved over the head to before the

middle of the eyes, minutely wrinkled, crossed by a green band

which covers most of the surface and sometimes includes the

posterior margin. Scutellum dull black, transversely incised, pale

at tip. Legs black, the posterior tibiw with pale spines, and the

tarsi more or less pale. Pleural segments more or less marked

with pale green, Wing-covers thick, coarsely scabrous, and obso-

letely punctate, so broadly marked with green as to give predomi-

nance to that colour, the black shows as a broad apical border ; a

wide angular spot curving apically from the costal border, a streak

near tip of inner areole, an oblique stripe at outer border of clavus,

a spot at base of corium, and a streak at base of clavus, all black ;

wings smoky. Venter black, the edges and outer border of

segments pale greenish ; last segment of male sinuated, genitalia

blunt.

Length to tip of wing-covers 3-33 mm.; width of pronotum

1 mm.

Eight specimens of this peculiar form were taken on the

island. It is quite variable in the proportion and distribution of

the green colour upon the upper surface, and especially on the

wing-covers. Specimens of one or other of its several varieties

have been sent to me from Cuba, Florida, Eastern North Carolina,

Central Illinois, and Para, Brazil. I have also found it myself on

plants in low grounds in Eastern Virginia, New Jersey, and on

both shores of Chesapeake Bay, Maryland, in July and August.

DELTOCEPHALUS RETRORSUS, sp. nov.

Fuscous or blackish, more parallel-sided than the preceding

species. Head short, obtusely triangular ; vertex depressed at base,

tumidly elevated at tip, pale brownish yellow, with a slender black

stripe on the middle at base: an indented black spot each side

behind next the eye, an interrupted band across the middle and

a narrower one next the tip also black, the middle and

interval between these bands and the very tip pale green; front

convex, black, minutely rough, with about three series of pale

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTHRA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 79

minute specks ; cheeks partly bordered each side with pale green ;

rostrum pale greenish, short, black at base. Legs pale yellowish,

the inside and tip of posterior tibiz and bands on the tarsal joints

brown. Wing-covers smoke-fuscous, pale on the centre of all but

the apical cells; costal border ivory-yellow, including two short

black stripes near its tip, following which the superior apical cell

is black, and the next below only a little less deep black, the inferior

one still paler, these three bounded on the sides by brown veins,

the other veins pale yellow; areoles of the clavus each with a dark

brown stripe on the inner border ; wings faintly smoky, with dark

veins. Pronotum short, broadly curved in front, polished,

minutely wrinkled, marked anteriorly with a transverse series of

yellow dots, sometimes provided with five incomplete pale stripes ;

the dorsolum bordered with a square yellow lineation, followed

directly behind by the triangular scutellum margined also with

yellow. Abdomen brownish or black, the segments generally

with pale edges, and the male usually darker than the female.

The superior genital pieces of the male nearly triangular, the

inferior ones uniting to form a longer subacuminate triangle

bordered with yellow; the valvular segment at base of these is

triangular and a little curved on the sides ; genital pieces all armed

with brownish long bristles.

Length to tip of wing-covers 23-3 mm.; width of pronotum

1-1; mm.

Five specimens of this odd little species were taken at various

places on the island. It is a common North-American

form which is distributed all the way from Florida, along the

coastal plain, to northern New Jersey. It varies much in depth

and extent of colour, and somewhat in the degree of bluntness of

the tip of vertex. In Maryland it rests upon the leaves of bushes

and occurs from August to October in sunny situations.

DurrocnPHaLus CUNHATUS, Sp. nov.

Robust, brownish or black, marked with pale green above.

Form similar to the preceding species. Vertex bluntly rounded,

a little longer than wide between the eyes, yellowish green, marked

anteriorly with two large black dots, and farther back with two

minute ones ; eyes large, not prominent, but extending far back to

complete the deep sinus of the occiput; front long, moderately

convex, with two broad stripes, which occupy most of the width

or are interrupted by oblique bands; clypeus with a black dot each

side ; the rostrum short, fulvous. Pronotum very short, lenticular,

pale green, with an anterior impressed blackish submargin.

Scutellum bluntly carinated on the middle, marked with black

before the middle, and twice indented there. Coxe mostly black ;

femora and tibie dull testaceous, obscurely striped with brown,

the tarsal joints more or less marked with brown. Pleural seg-

ments blackish, partly marked with green ; wing-covers a little

curved on the costal margin; the clavus pale green with a brown

edge on both margins, the costal area also green, this colour some-

80 PROF. P, R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE [Jan. 15,

times overlapping the adjoining areole, the interval between this

stripe and the clavus, including the subapical area, smoke-brown ;

the apex paler, with the veins darker. Wings almost transparent,

with the veins pale brown. Abdomen black, the segments edged and

bordered exteriorly with greenish white. Inferior genital segment

of the male triangular and swollen.

Length to tip of wing-covers 2-23 mm.; width of pronotum

1-1; mm.

Twelve specimens were taken at two or three places on the

island.

DELTOCEPHALUS ACUMINATUS, Sp. nov.

Pale greenish, moderately robust. Head short, subconical, with

the sides curved ; vertex a little longer than wide, marked with two

deltoid black spots next the tip, near the base are two very minute

black dots: eyes long and very oblique; front oblique, convex,

crossed by two series of slender, curved, brown lines, the lower

margin, a spot on the tylus, and some specks on the cheeks also

brown. Pronotum short, green, and a little rugose, yellowish in

front, the submargin with two black dots, each side of which are

some minute specks, the anterior margin moderately curved, the

posterior margin subtruncate, and the lateral margins broadly

oblique and curved. The scutellum a little scabrous, impressed in

the middle, pale greenish, with a slender point at the apex. Wing-

covers pale greenish yellow, translucent, narrow, moderately

curved; the veins prominent, mostly straight, with long areoles,

the costal areole and the adjoining one, besides the clavus, remotely

punctate. The legs pale dull yellowish, with the bases of the

tibial spines, tip of tibie, and bands upon the tarsi brown. Sternum

black, the pleural segments more or less margined and marked with

pale green. The venter broadly black at base, this colour narrower

and interrupted by green on the posterior segments; tergum

covered by black at base, with the segments very slenderly edged

with pale yellow, the apical half pale straw-yellow, dotted with

black on the middle and submarginal lines.

Length to tip of wing-covers 3-3} mm.; width of pronotum

1 mm.

A few specimens, females, were brought from the island by

Mr. Herbert H. Smith. The wings in this species are milk-white.

DELTOCEPHALUS COLONUS, sp. Noy.

Similar to the preceding species in form, but with a blunter

head, marked with two black dots placed far apart, and usually

with two minute dots on the tip. Colour smoky yellowish or dull

straw-yellow. Vertex hardly triangular, the sides bluntly curved :

front long, pale testaceous, marked with a dagger-shaped middle

line which extends from the tylus to the summit of the front, each

side of this is a series of about eight narrow black bands, of which

the upper is broader and arcuated ; the exterior margin, edge of

the middle line, and sutures also black, or brown; the cheeks

1895.] HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF 8T.VINCENT. 81

sometimes marked with a few brown specks. Pronotum short,

longer than the vertex, transversely rugose and impressed, bluntly

rounded in front, the posterior margin short and subtruncate.

Scutellum bluntly triangular, hardly acuminate, with a few im-

pressed dots scattered over the surface. Wing-covers almost

transparent, a little curved, the veins thick and pale yellow, the

general surface a little dusky, with a darker streak behind the pale

yellow costa, the veins long and regular. Wings a little smoky,

with brown veins. Legs pale dull yellow, with the tarsal joints

and nails brown. Sternum and venter dark, often black in the

male, with the sutures and margins pale ; genital segments of the

female pale yellowish; tergum mostly black, with a band of

yellow next the tip, and the edges of the segments pale; genital

valve triangular, subacute at tip, the two following pieces uniting

to form a long, subconical segment with a rounded tip, and armed

with stiff, brown bristles.

Length to tip of wing-covers 33-33 mm.; width of pronotum

1j mm.

“Numerous specimens of this species were collected on the island

by Mr. Smith. Both of the foregoing species belong to a little

group of forms which abound on the marshes and low meadows of

the Southern United States, and which deviate more or less in

venation and form of wing-covers from the types of Deltocephalus.

They can hardly be referred to Cicadula.

AGALLIA USTULATA, sp. nov.

Form of Agallia quadripunctata, Prov. Mostly brown above,

and black beneath. Vertex short and blunt, pale yellowish, with a

large black dot each side, a brown interrupted stripe near the eyes,

a line widening anteriorly on the middle, the anterior margin and

a line rnnning inward to the ocellus, also brown; front suboval,

convex, with a divided fulvous margin above, the lateral margins

and two short stripes near the clypeus also tawny ; the middle line

of cheeks, interruptedly, a triangular border at base of tylus, and

the rostrum pale testaceous. Pronotum moderately short, with

the sides very oblique and the anterior margin bluntly curved,

coarsely punctate; the colour yellowish with a brown transversely

oval line on the middle, this is divided by a dagger-shaped stripe

which has an oblique streak each side of it, each side of the oval

ring two oblique lines are protracted towards the outer margin, also

brown, the posterior margin is often black. Scutellum black, long

and acute, pale towards the tip, each basal angle with an ivory-

yellow dot. Sternum and pleural pieces black, the latter margined

with pale fulvous. Legs pale testaceous, striped with dark brown,

the tarsi banded with piceous. Wing-covers mostly brownish,

testaceous on the outer half of corium and entire membrane, the

veins dark brown; clavus margined on both sides with pale

testaceous, which is moreor less interrupted by the brown of the

areoles ; middle of corium partly crossed by a brown band which

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. VI. 6

82 PROF. P. R. UHLER—ENUMERATION OF THE (Jan. 15,

bends forwards exteriorly and admits an ivory-white short streak ;

near the base are several small pale spots and streaks, and on the

membrane a few whitish oblong spots, ends of the three veins

touching the claval margin broadly ivory-white. Abdomen black

or brown, with the edges of the segments, lateral margins, and

apical segments pale. Genital valve of male very short, bluntly

rounded at the corners, the following segments composing a ligulate

cover, rounded at the tip.

Length to tip of wing-covers 3-3; mm.; width of pronotum

? mm.

i This is a variable species, in which all the specimens at hand

differ from each other in amount and pattern of marking; the

paler specimens lack the brown ring on the vertex, and have that

colour broken up in various figures.

AGALLIA NIGRICANS, Sp. nov.

Black, polished, the tip of head a little more triangular than

in the preceding species. Vertex with a large black spot each

side, a line on the middle, two smaller dots below the upper ones,

the inner border against the eyes, and a band on the forward

margin also black; front suboval, black, marked with traces of

pale fulvous on the middle and sides, tip of clypeus also fulvous’;

cheeks moderately wide, bordered and striped with pale fulvous ;

rostrum piceous, paler at tip. Pronotum much longer than the

vertex, obsoletely and minutely scabrous, feebly impressed each

side, black, sometimes with two large fulvous spots at base, and

usually with two small diagonal ones on the middle. Scutellum

short, with a spot in each basal angle and the margin ivory-white.

Legs more or less black, the cox, knees, base and apex of femora,

and underside of posterior tibiz pale fulvous. Wing-covers black,

or brownish with the veins darker, the costal vein pale yellow ;

veins of the clavus and base of corium a little interrupted with

fulvous, origin of the corium and a short stripe a little farther

beyond ivory-white, the two middle apical cells longer than wide,

subquadrangular. Abdomen mostly black, robust and not taper-

ing in the male.

Length to tip of wing-covers 24-23 mm.; width of pronotum

3 mm.

‘ Eight specimens of this dull-coloured species were collected on

the island.

AGALLIA FASCIGERA, sp. nov.

Pale vellow, robust, with a wide head and somewhat wedge-

shaped form. Vertex short, wide and blunt, with a black dot each

side of the middle and sometimes a line in the centre ; the front

about one-half longer than its upper width, situated below the seat

of the antenne, scarcely separated from the vertex, pale soiled

yellow, stained brown above and on the margins ; superior margin

regularly curved, terminating each side in an angle above the

1895.] HEMIPTHRA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 83

antenne ; cheeks moderately broad, pale; apex of tylus brown;

rostrum long, pale testaceous, brown at tip. Pronotum transverse,

broadly curved on the sides posteriorly, the anterior margin very

broadly curved, the fine punctures almost effaced ; the posterior

submargin with a dark line which ends each side in a black oblique

spot, the anterior margin sometimes fuscous. Scutellum faintly

scabrous, a little clouded with brownish. Legs pale dull testaceous,

the tarsi piceous at tip. Wing-covers light yellow, occupied by

slender oblique black, usually complete, lines; the apical margin

dark brown, with the two middle areoles long and straight ; the

veins yellow; wings a little smoky, the veins dark brown.

Abdomen pale yellow, the tergum broadly black on the middle.

Male genital valve long, collar-like, the following pieces liguliform.

Length to tip of wing-covers 33-4 mm.; width of pronotum

13 mm.

“Three specimens were captured in St. Vincent. One was found

in the mountain forest in July at an altitude of 2000 feet, another

occurred at 3000 feet, and the third was secured in June.

AGALLIA CAPITATA, sp. nov.

Head wider than in the preceding species; colour yellow,

spread and striped with dull black. Vertex blunt, moderately short,

marked with two small black dots parallel to the ocelli, and the

ocelli placed on larger dots which are connected by a dark brown

band, a longitudinal streak crosses the band; front long, sinuated

each side below the curved summit, almost covered by a blackish

stripe which keeps on to the tip of the tylus; superior cheeks

yellow, inferior ones narrow, blackish ; rostrum fulvo-testaceous,

long and slender. Pronotum transverse, distinctly punctate,

yellow, crossed near the base by a black band between two large

spots; the middle line black, wrinkled ; the anterior margin broadly

curved, narrowly brown. Scutellum dull yellow, brown on the

middle and at base, the tip long acuminate. Legs pale testaceous,

with a black speck at the knees, and the tip of tarsi brown. Wing-

covers smoke-black, with a long subfusiform hyaline stripe occupying

nearly half the width of the corium from the costa inwards and

extending from near the base to next the tip and surrounded by a

black border including the costa, the remaining surface with long

narrow yellow lines, including the veins and sutures; wings

smoky; with the veins darker. Disks of the sternal and pleural

pieces blackish. Venter pale yellow; the tergum black, with the

base, tip, and edges of the segments yellow. Male genital valve

long, collar-like, with the attached pieces slender, long, cerciform.

Length to tip of wing-covers 33 mm.; width of pronotum 1 mm.

Only two specimens of this peculiar species were brought from

the island. It bears some resemblance to the preceding species,

but, apart from the broader form and peculiar markings, it may

be at once recognized by the slender process at the tip of its

scutellum.

84 HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. [Jan. 15,

AGALLIA ALBIDULA, sp. nov.

Pale fulvous, robust, with the head a little more convex than in

A, fascigera. Vertex of medium length, convex in front, either

pale fulvous, or yellow tinged with green, obsoletely marked with

testaceous spots, a brown dot on each side of the summit, on aline

with the paler brown ocelli; surface sericeous, not punctate, obso-

letely incised on the middle ; front narrow and scarcely one-half

longer than width of base, the summit distinctly triangular, the

lateral basal angles triangularly produced, emarginated beneath

this, middle with a pale spot near the summit, and a long oval pale

spot inferiorly; superior cheeks dusky, spotted with yellow below

the eyes, inferior cheeks yellow ; tylus yellow, with a brown stripe

on the middle; the rostrum long, slender, testaceous, piceous at

tip. Pronotum transverse, of medium length, moderately convex,

scarcely scabrous, faintly sericeous, pale testaceous, marked with

a triangular pale brown spot each side, two dots near the front

margin, a line on the middle, and sometimes two small spots near

the humeral angles ; the postero-lateral margins obliquely curved,

the anterior margin regularly curved, causing the outer angles to

be almost acute. Scutellum short, depressed and spoted on the

middle, testaceous, with the tip acuminate. Legs dull testaceous,

the apex of the tarsi, including the nails, piceous. Wing-covers

faintly dusky ; the veins, costal area, an angular mark on the tip of

the basal areole, and a large oblong spot extending to the middle

of the clavus yellowish white, the tip of this spot is bounded by a

curved brown mark, the apical portion of the clavus dusky hyaline ;

base of the corium, two faint spots beyond the basal areole, two

others on the middle, the apical margin, and the tip of the clavus

pale brown; wings dusky, with dark brown veins. Tergum

black on the disk and base; middle of venter brown. Genital

valve of male triangular, the following pieces wide at base, tapering

toward the end.

Length to tip of wing-covers 33-3} mm.; width of pronotum

1 mm.

More than a dozen specimens, including incomplete states of

coloration and texture of wing-covers, were taken at various

localities on the island.

Besides the foregoing species, the collection from St. Vincent

includes several small Jasside, related to Typhlocyba, Chlorita,

Alebra, and Zygina, which cannot be satisfactorily determined for

want of access to the types of the various authors who have de-

scribed these insects.

1895.] ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE BARBARY SHEEP IN EGYPT. 85

3. On the Occurrence of the Barbary Sheep in Egypt. By

P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

[Received January 11, 1895.]

Although Geoffroy St.-Hilaire is stated to have brought to Paris

a specimen of the Barbary Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), obtained near

the city of Cairo (Savigny, Description de l’Egypte, vol. i. p. 742

(1812), Mammif. pl. vii. fig. 2 (1809) ), I have always supposed

that some mistake had occurred as to this locality ’, as until recently

I knew of no modern authority for its being met with, except in

Morocco Algeria, and Tunis. As regards Tripoli I have no certain

information, but I have been informed that a Wild Sheep is found

in the interior of that country.

Last summer, therefore, | was rather surprised when I was told

by Major Talbot, R.E., of the Intelligence Department, who had

lately visited the frontier of Egypt at Wady Halfa, that several

specimens of a Wild Sheep had lately been obtained on the banks

of the Nile in that district. Major Talbot was kind enough to

refer me to Capt. J. G. Dunning, who had been for some time

stationed at Wady Halta, for further particulars, and Capt. Dun-

ning, at my request, supplied me with the following notes :—

“ During the summer of 1890 a herd of some 13 Sheep, according

to native accounts, were continually seen in the neighbourhood of

Semneh, some forty miles south of Wady Halfa on the Nile, and

on the east bank of that river. Several of these Sheep were shot

by natives and brought into Halfa, the head sent from Assouan

and the horns now at Mr. Rowland Ward’s belonging to two of

those shot.

“These Sheep had not been seen in that neighbourhood before,

and have not been seen since, and it is possible that the drought

which obtained in the Atbai very generally from the years 1886-91

forced these animals down to the Nile, as the water-holes and

pools became dried up.

“They are supposed to come from the neighbourhood of Gebel

Hisse (or Isse), some 60 miles to the 8.W. of the Elba mountains.

This mountain of Hisse or Isse is presumably the head of the

Wady Allaki, which falls into the Nile some 40 miles north of

Korosko.”

Capt. Dunning, moreover, informed me that he was expecting

to receive from Assouan a head of this Sheep, which would be at

my service for examination. This, I am sorry to say, has never

reached me, and, as Capt. Dunning has gone to Uganda, I have not

1 There seems to be no doubt that the Barbary Sheep is represented on some

of the ancient monuments of Egypt (see Ammotragus tragelaphus in Dr. R.

Hartmann’s article on the Animals figured by the Ancient Egyptians on their

sculptures, in Brugsch’s Zeitschr. f. Agyptische Sprache u. Alterthums, ii. p. 23),

but many non-Egyptian animals are figured in these drawings.

86 MR, P. L, SCLATER ON THE BREEDING {Jan. 15,

been able to communicate with him about it. But I have examined

a pair of horns at Mr. Rowland Ward's belonging to Major Lloyd,

of the South Staffordshire Regiment (alluded to by Capt. Dunning),

and have no doubt that they are those of a young male of Ovis trag-

elaphus. I think, therefore, we may assume it as proved that the

present range of the Barbary Sheep extends through the interior of

Tripoli into the southern mountains of Egypt.

But I have two pieces of evidence which tend to show that the

Barbary Sheep in bygone years existed also in the more northern

mountains of Eastern Egypt between the Nile and the Red Sea.

Mr. E. N. Buxton has shown me a large and well-preserved right

horn of the Barbary Sheep, which he picked up in Feb. 1893 on the

lower slopes of the mountains to the north of the Wadi Medisa,

during his journey from Keneh towards Jimsah’. In such a dry

climate it is impossible to say how long this horn may have lain

there, but it is evidently comparatively recent.

Again, as Mr. Buxton has kindly pointed out to me, Prof.

Schweinfurth, in an article ‘On the unknown Land of Egypt”

(of which I have only seen a translation), speaks of the Barbary

Sheep as being even now “frequent” in the Wadi Scietun, which

debouches on the Nile below the town of Achmim (or Echmim)

between Siout and Kenah. There is said to be a cistern in this

valley about 60 kilometres N.W. of Achmim, to which these animals

resort,

It is therefore by no means impossible that, as Geoffroy

St.-Hilaire has stated, an example of Ovis tragelaphus may have

been killed near Cairo at the beginning of the present century.

4. Note on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa

surinamensis) im the Society’s Reptile-House. By

P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

[Received January 14, 1895.]

When I visited the Gardens of the Royal Zoological Society of

Amsterdam in May last, as I have already mentioned on a former

occasion (see P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 456), I observed with great interest

seven living examples of the Surinam Toad in one of the hot-water

tanks, being the first individuals of this remarkable Batrachian

that I had ever seen alive. Noting the interest that 1 took in

these creatures, our excellent corresponding member Mr. F. E.

Blaauw, who was in my company on the occasion, most kindly

offered to endeavour to obtain for the Gardens of this Society some

* See Mr. Flower’s map, P. R. G. 8. n. 8, ix. p. 730 (1867).

1895.] OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD. 87

specimens of it from his family estates in Surinam, and shortly

afterwards sent out there a drawing of the Pipa, to assist in its

identification. The first specimens received by Mr. Blaauw in

answer to his requisition turned out to be examples of the large

S. American toad Bufo marinus sive agua (see Additions on the

19th of September, 1894, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 752).

Upper view of Surinam Water-Toad, showing the traces of cells on the back.

(From a photograph taken Jan. 3, 1895.)

On a second occasion Mr. Blaauw was more successful, and on

the 14th of November last handed over to me, as a present to the

Society, ten living specimens of the veritable Surinam Toad—

Pipa surinamensis.

The Pipe on arrival were placed in the large hot-water tank in

the right-hand corner of the Reptile-house, until recently occupied

by the African Mud-fish, where the water is kept at a temperature

of about 70° Fahr. I may here remark that this Batrachian, so

far as our experience goes, seems to be purely aquatic, and never

voluntarily emerges from the water. At the same time, when

caught and put upon the ground it is quite capable of hopping

about easily.

88 ON THE BREEDING OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD. [Jan. 15,

The Pipe were supplied first with bits of worms and subse-

quently with small fishes, and fed freely. They improved rapidly

in health and condition.

On December 1st two of them were observed by the keepers to

be in copula, one holding on round the middle of the body of the

other. They remained in this position about 24 hours. After

they had separated it was noticed that the back of one of them

had become covered with spawn. The ova were very regularly

arranged in shallow pits or cells over the whole of the back and

appeared to be 80 or 90 in number. After this the ova seemed to

drop out gradually, so far as we could see by looking into the tank

without capturing the animal, and by December 20th had mostly

disappeared, leaving only three of the cells occupied by apparently

living embryos. These were situated in a nearly straight line

across the middle of the back, and were of a yellow colour—no

doubt from the large yolk-sac under which they lay.

On January 3rd I thought it would be advisable to ascertain by

close examination the exact state of the matter. On that day

accordingly the Pipa was caught and placed in a small glass of warm

water, in the presence of the Superintendent and Head-keeper

and two of the Keepers at the Reptile-house. It was at once

apparent that only one cell now contained an embryo, of which

we could plainly see the heart beating. During the examination

the embryo fell out of the cell, and it being impossible to replace it

I had it placed in spirit, and now exhibit it.

I thought it best to take the opportunity of having the Pipa

photographed, which was very successfully done by Mr. Briggs.

I now exhibit copies of this photograph (see p. 87).

I propose to place the embryo of the Pipa in our Prosector’s

hands for further examination and description.

In conclusion I must record my best thanks to our Head-keeper,

Mr. Arthur Thomson, for his care of and attention to these Batra-

chians, and for the notes which he had supplied to me, and express

a hope that some of the other specimens will breed and furnish us

with more successful results.

1895.] ON SOME TREE-FROGS OF BRAZIL. 89

February 5, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to

the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1895.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of January was 39, of which 29

were by presentation, 1 by birth, 3 by purchase, and 6 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 110.

Mr. Holding exhibited and made remarks on the skull of a

Three-horned Stag, the head of a Four-horned Ram, and the

gnawed horn of a Red Deer.

The following papers were read :—

1. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Breeding-habits

of some Tree-Frogs (Hylide) of the Serra dos Orgios,

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. By Dr. Emin A. Goutnt1,

Director of the Museum of Natural History and

Ethnography of Para’.

[Received January 1, 1895,]

1. Hyna rabnr, Wied.

Hyla palmata, Burmeister ; H. maxima, Reinhardt et Liitken.

The “ Ferreiro” (“ Smith”) is of common occurrence in the Pro-

vince Rio de Janeiro, more frequently still in the mountain regions

of the Serra dos Orgios than in the hot lowland. At Colonia

Alpina, near Theresopolis, I could be sure to pick up three or

four individuals in less than an hour in the evening, guided to

their retreats by their singular voice. In fact this voice is one

of the most characteristic sounds to be heard in tropical South

America. Fancy the noise of a mallet, slowly and regularly

beaten upon a copper plate, and you will have a pretty good idea

of the concert, given generally by several individuals at the same

time and with slight variations in tone and intensity.

When you approach the spot where the Tree-Frog sits, the

sound ceases. But keep quiet, and it will be resumed after a few

moments. You will discover the frog on a grass-stem, on a leaf

of a low branch, or in the mud. Seize it quickly, for it is a most

1 Communicated by Mr. G. A. Boutznesr, F.R.S.

90 DR. EMIL A. GOELDI ON THE BREEDING-HABITS [Feb.5, —

wonderful jumper, and it will utter a loud and shrill, most

startling ‘cry, somewhat similar to that of a wounded cat.

With the assistance of my cousin, Andreas Goeldi, a good

observer and keen collector, I undertook, during numerous nights

in all seasons, a thorough investigation of the batrachian life at

Colonia Alpina, Theresopolis. As nothing is known of the habits

of this most familiar and striking Tree-Frog’, I think it will be

interesting to describe some of the more essential features of its

breeding-habits, as we had occasion to study them in 1893, and

again in the beginning of 1894.

The appended figure, from a photograph taken from a portion of

the pond in the middle of our large kitchen-garden, in February of

last year, will help to complete my efforts to give a clear idea of

the architectural skill of our frog. The nests are numbered in the

figure.

Portion of a pond showing nurseries of Hyla faber.

Hyla faber makes, in the shallow water of the borders of ponds.

and similar localities, very regular pools of a circular form,

? In 1886 Mr. Boulenger published, as a supplement to an article “On the

Oviposition in Phyllomedusa theringii’”’ (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xvii.

p- 463), a very useful synoptic table, containing the facts known at that time

respecting the mode in which tailless Batrachians deposit or protect their

offspring. Hyla faber is not mentioned,

1895.] OF SOME TREE-FROGS OF BRAZIL. 91

surrounded by a wall of mud—nurseries for the tadpoles. Nine of

these nests or pools may be seen on the figure, and I shall describe

how we witnessed their formation and subsequent use.

For the purpose of cleaning and deepening, the pond had been

nearly emptied the year before and was kept in this state till the

beginning of 1894, the water in the centre being no more than

from 3 to 4 feet deep. In the first days of February we noticed

some newly made walled pools every morning. We had to wait for

full moonlight to make our observations.

On the night of the 18th February, between 9 and 11 o’clock,

we approached the pond, occupied, as we could hear from a

distance, by at least a dozen of the large Tree-Frogs. The moon

was shining brightly, and much favoured our undertaking, but

even under these circumstances we had to accustom our sight to

discern the details in the marginal vegetation and the portions

somewhat hidden in the shadow. By and by we discovered the

“ ferreiros,” some at work, others drumming together on the walls

of some pool or in the middle of the pond, sitting upon some

floating object, such as water-plants. The vocalists, the mode-

rately inflated subgular vocal sacs of which we could distinguish,

were males.

We were posted on the side where the nests nos. 1 to 5 are to

be seen. From a distance not greater than 2 to 3 feet we could

survey, with all desirable distinctness, the rising of nest no. 3.

On that place we first saw some slight movement in the water,

produced by something stirring below the surface. We then soon

saw a mass of mud rising to the surface carried by a Tree-Frog,

of which no more than the two hands emerged. Diving again,

after a moment’s time, the frog brought up a second mass of mud,

near the first. This was repeated many times, the result being

the gradual erection of a circular wall. From time to time the

builder’s head and front part of body appeared suddenly with

a load of mud on some opposite point. But what astonished us

in the highest degree was the manner in which it used its hands

for smoothing the inside of the mud wall, as would a mason with

his trowel. And by examining the hands of Hyla faber it will

readily be understood that they must act as excellent trowels,

the terminal phalanges supporting very large expansions. This

careful smoothening could be better observed as the wall got

higher, until it reached about four inches, and the Tree-Frog was

then obliged to get out of the water. The parapet of the wall

receives the same careful smoothening, but the outside is neglected.

The levelling of the bottom is obtained by the action of the lower

surface (belly and throat principally) together with that of the

hands. We can well compare the aspect of the pool to the crater

of an extinct volcano or a large porringer filled with water,

measuring nearly a foot in diameter and generally of a very

regular circular form.

Now we have to record another observation, made with the

most positive certainty, viz., that the male frog is present during

92 DR. EMIL A. GOELDI ON THE BREEDING-HABITS [Feb. 5,

the erection of the nest or pool, in a perfectly passive manner

however, that is sitting on the back of the female. However, his

erotic ardour is by no means such a frantic one as I have often

witnessed in certain European frogs and toads, for, if frightened,

the male jumps off and dives down, though not very far. Some

time after you will see him emerge again at a few feet distance,

and, if all danger seems past, he will suddenly climb up the

wall of his home and resume his former position. The building

operations are performed in the most absolute silence. The

croakers around are all males clamouring for a mate.

These Tree-Frogs work exclusively during the night; in the

daytime no sign of Batrachian life can be detected about the

ools.

re Pool no. 3 was finished in two nights (18th and 19th February).

On the 20th, in the morning, it was filled with eggs. But on

other pools we observed that the eggs sometimes appear only 4 or

5 days after their completion. From 4 to 5 days is necessary for

the young tadpoles to leave the eggs; various circumstances,

especially the weather, cause sensible differences. Heavy rain-

fall may destroy the pools, rapidly reducing the height of the

walls and thus prematurely releasing part of the tadpoles. But

a good number of them will be left on the bottom, and will

abandon their nursery only in due time. The parents keep

during the day in the neighbourhood of their pools, but are very

difficult to discover ; sometimes we detected the female hidden at

the bottom of the pool.

Eggs and tadpoles were carefully studied, observed, and com-

pared, in order to get a positive and sure basis for an accurate

determination and to avoid any chance of confusion. My cousin

undertook to rear simultaneously tadpoles in unlimited freedom

and others kept in tubs, some specimens being put into alcohol

from time to time, carefully noting the results. Details about

dimensions, coloration, and changes with growth, I reserve for

a future note. I may, however, anticipate this by stating that

the tadpoles of Hyla faber, though rapidly attaining a large size,

as may be expected of one of the largest species of Tree-Frogs,

preserve for a long time the larval tail, which disappears only

when the young frog has reached nearly 3 cm. in length. A

young “ferreiro” of these dimensions, which had just lost its

tail, was sent by me some months ago to Mr. Boulenger for

the British Museum collection.

Having seen several hundreds of adult individuals alive, I may be

allowed to say a few words as to the external features of Hyla

faber. To define what is in fact to be considered as the normal

coloration is by no means an easy task, as all the Brazilian Tree-

Frogs I have yet observed modify their colours wonderfully

according to the surroundings and especially the different degrees

of light. Put one of these Hyla faber near the window, in a well-

illuminated place, it will rapidly turn pale; examine the same

individual at night, and the longitudinal median stripe of the

1895.] OF SOME TREE-FROGS OF BRAZIL. 93

back, as well as the transverse dark bars of the hind legs, are very

distinct.

In the literature at my disposal I can find only one figure of

Hyla faber—that given by Prince Maximilian’, underside and

lateral view. The figure is tolerable, and easily recognizable.

But concerning the underside I must remark that Hyla faber

exhibits a very beautiful orange tinge, and not the whitish colour

(due to spirit preservation) shown in the figure.

Hyla faber is easily kept alive for a considerable time, even

without special care; it is a tolerably hardy Tree-Frog, and could

be, I am convinced, transported quite well, alive, to England,

especially during the European summer.

I feel really happy to have succeeded in clearing up the natural

history of one of the most remarkable forms of tailless Batrachians

in South America, a Tree-Frog which will ever attract the

attention and curiosity of all lovers of nature. How many times

have I not been questioned as to the scientific name of this

“ ferreiro,” both by Brazilians and foreigners ; how often have they

not been alluded to in the books of travellers!

I find that Hensel observed in Rio Grande do Sul pools similar

to those above described, which he attributes to Cystignathus

ocellatus. The description makes me almost sure that the pools

seen by Hensel and by me had the same origin, and that the author

was wrong in his supposition. Hensel was a good naturalist,

but in this case [ maintain most positively that, though Cysti-

gnathus ocellatus is very often to be found together with Hyla

faber in the same locality and pond, the nursery-pools in the

Serra dos Orgdos are constructions due to Hyla fuber, I have all

the more reason to maintain this assertion against the authority

of the distinguished German naturalist, as I myself, prior to

1893, attributed the pools to Cystignathus. LHeally the error is

easy to understand, as during the day the most frequent Batra-

chian to be seen in these localities is the last-named big and well-

known frog, whilst Hyla faber works at the pools only during the

night, keeping hidden during the day. This mistake, as I think,

has been repeated by others on Hensel’s authority (see Mr.

Boulenger’s remarks in connection with Dr. von Ihering’s note on

the oviposition of Phyllomedusa, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser, 5, xvii.

p- 464).

2. Hyta potyrenia, Cope.

Hyla rubicundula, Ginther, nec Reinhardt et Liitken.

The charming little Tree-Frog, of which an excellent figure

was given by Dr. Ginther in 18687, is very frequent in the

Serra dos Orgaos. At Colonia Alpina half a dozen or more can

1 * Abbildungen zur Naturgeschichte Brasiliens,’ tab. 49.

2 « First Account of Species of Tailless Batrachians added to the Collection

of the British Museum,” P. Z.S. 1868, pl. xl. fig. 3.

94 DR. BMIL A. GORLDI ON THE BREEDING-HABITS [Feb. 5,

be collected on the same nocturnal excursion. The voice is an

acute “ gr-er-er....,” tolerably melodious, resembling somewhat

the chirping of certain small birds, the wren for instance.

I have likewise some observations on the life-history of this

Batrachian. But I shall be brief on this subject, limiting myself

to essential points. Hyla polytenia makes no nursery-pools for

its offspring. It deposits its eggs in free lumpy masses on water-

plants. I have a photograph taken by my cousin in the beginning

of this year, showing such masses attached to a branch of a

species of T’radescantia, taken from the margin of the same pond

as mentioned above. My cousin informs me that the tadpoles

have a remarkably slow development, and supposes that the larval

condition lasts a whole year.

3. Hyta cortpi, Boulenger.

At Colonia Alpina we discovered in the water which, as is well

known, is present in the central cup of certain Bromeliacee

(Bilbergia, &c.) another pretty Tree-Frog. I could not determine

it, even with the help of Mr. Boulenger’s ‘ Catalogue’ (published

in 1882), though it is a very distinct and characteristic species.

Alive it is of a greenish-grey colour, with a violin-shaped dark

figure on the anterior half of the dorsal median line and large

transverse bars on the hind legs.

The first specimen found was a female, carrying on her back a

lumpy mass of about 10 large, globular, whitish eggs. This fact

was sufficient to attract my attention, guessing that I was on the

track of a similar case as observed formerly by Bello, Gundlach,

and Bavay on the “ Coqui” (Hylodes martinicensis) of the West

Indies. The specimen was put in a large glass, fitted up rapidly

to a tolerably habitable vivarium. For a few days the egg-mass

remained attached to the mother’s back. But suddenly it fell away

and simultaneously I saw in the glass some small, nearly black-

coloured frogs, all provided with the anterior and posterior legs,

together with a larval tail of medium or rather small size. These

young exhibited, from the first moment, a quite unexpected agility

aud independence, jumping about perfectly well and showing

marked preference to stick to the glass walls and to the surfaces of

the stones rather than to remain in the water. Part of them I put

in a tube with alcohol, which I sent to Mr. Boulenger, together

with the mother, while a second, larger specimen, obtained some

days afterwards and found in a dry bamboo, very near the locality

of the mentioned Bromelia, went to London, vid Paris, in order to

enable my friend Dr. Trouessart to study im situ some psoric

Acarids (larve of a species of Trombidium), visible as crimson

points on the abdominal side. The discovery of this second

specimen was due to the strong sibilance* emitted every night just

1 In 1886 (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 5, xvii. p. 462) Dr. H. von Ihering wrote

about the yoice of Phyllomedusa iheringii:—“ Their moderately loud voice

resembles somewhat the sound produced by running the finger-nail along a

thick hair-comb.”

:1895.] OF SOMF TREE-FROGS OF BRAZIL. 95

‘below our bed-room ; the voice is much louder than that of Hyla

polytenia. I had hoped to succeed in bringing up the remaining

part of the young Tree-Frogs. But they died one after the other

in a few days, without my being able to assign any cause for this

mortality. Thus my study unfortunately soon came to an end.

The first author who, as I believe, noted that the Bromelia-

water often contains larvee of Brazilian Batrachians was Prince

Maximilian. Thus he writes about his Hyla luteola :—“ Er lebt

auf den Gestriuchen, besonders auf den stiefen Blittern der

Bromelien, wo er auch in dem daselbst zuriickbleibenden Regen-

wasser seine Brut anbringt.” But he tells us nothing about the

abridged direct development. This discovery is due, I find by

reference to what literature’ is accessible to me, to Dr. Bello in

Puertorico. Peters, of Berlin, states, in 18767, that Dr. Gundlach

re-discovered the fact, having made thorough observations on the

Antillean “‘ Coqui” (Hylodes martinicensis). Unfortunately I have

nothing to add to these statements, now already 20 years old, beyond

the circumstance that not only in the Antillean region, but also in

the South-American continent, there exist Batrachians which leave

Fig. 2.

Hyla goeldi, with egg-mass on back. (‘ Nature,’ xix. p. 463.)

the egg in a highly developed condition, provided with the

extremities and the other requisites for terrestrial life. I find,

moreover, I cannot lay claim to the first discovery of the breeding-

habits of the above mentioned Hyla. On looking through some

old papers left by Dr. Fritz Miiller, I recently came across some

notes and a photograph, which evidently refer to the same facts.

Mr. Boulenger, to whom I submitted these documents, informs

me that Dr. Fritz Miiller’s observations, communicated by him

to Darwin, were published in 1879 in the journal ‘ Nature’

1 See, on this subject especially, F. K. Knauer, ‘Naturgeschichte der

Lurche’ (Wien, 1878), p. 83 seg.; and Mr. Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H.

ser. 5, xvii. p. 464.

2 “Ueber eine von Krug und Gundlach auf der Insel Puertorico gemachte

Sammlung von Ampbibien, sowie iiber die Entwicklung eines Batrachiers,

Hylodes martinicensis.” Monatsb. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, November

1876. (Quoted from Knauer.)

96 ON SOME TREE-FROGS OF BRAZIL. [Feb. 5,

(vol. xix. p. 462), with a figure, which is now reproduced, by

kind permission of the proprietors, together with the original

note :—If I remember well I have already told you of the

curious fauna which is to be met with between the leaves of

our Bromelic. Lately I found in a large Bromela a little frog

(Hylodes?) bearing its eggs on the back. The eggs were very

large, so that nine of them covered the whole back, from the

shoulders to the hind end, as you will see in the photograph

(see p. 95) accompanying this letter (the little animal was so restless

that only after many fruitless trials a tolerable photograph could

be obtained). The tadpoles, on emerging from the eggs, were

already provided with hind-legs; and one of them lived with me

about a fortnight, when. the; fore-legs also had made their appear-

ance. During this time I saw no external branchiz, nor did I

find any opening which might lead to internal branchiz.”

Mr. Boulenger, to whom I am indebted for continued help and

advice in my attempts to work at Brazilian herpetology, took

great interest in the present Tree-Frog, which he has kindly

named after me, and described in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society

for 1894 (p. 645).

4, Hyna nepunosa, Spix.

Hyla luteola, Giinther et Burmeister.

In the sheaths of old and decaying leaves of banana-trees

(Musa) we have often found another Tree-Frog, so often that we

have designated it as the Banana-Frog. It is generally brownish

above, turning to yellowish in the daylight; below yellow, with

vertical bluish bars on the sides of the thighs. I identify it, not

without some hesitation, with H. nebulosa, Spix, as defined by

Mr. Boulenger, p. 397 of his ‘ Catalogue.’

I have a few words to say on this Tree-Frog, as it presents

a fourth mode of oviposition. It glues its lumps of eggs on the

edges and on the inside of withered banana-leaves, where, even

during the hot hours of the day, sufficient coolness and moisture

are preserved.

These lumps are enveloped in a frothy, whitish substance,

comparable to the scum formed by certain Cicadide, so frequently

met with in European meadows. Sometimes the tailed larve are

seen wriggling in this frothy mass. Jf they be put into fresh water

all will die ina few hours. We have many times repeated this

experiment, and are convinced that superabundance of water is

directly noxious to them. There can be no other explanation but

that a quantity of water, covering entirely the lump, intercepts

the respiration.

Herpetologists will find a striking resemblance between my

observations on this “* Banana-Frog” and those made by Dr. H. von

Ihering on the oviposition of Phyllomedusa theringi *, as described

1 T have found several specimens of a species, not yet identified with certitude,

of Phyllomedusa in the Serra dos Orgiios, but I have not been able to observe

the life-history of this interesting and magnificent Tree-Frog.

;

~ ‘

ped

‘

; j

‘

* Cy

+ , (

; bh euaal

: '

P. Zz. S) 16asc as

J. Green del et hth. Mintern Bros. imp

LAND SHELLS FROM BORNEO,PALAWAN,ETC.

‘ »

‘

. my

‘ial

a 5 4

al “

we AD

‘ ays

4 SEO Sap ‘

Meta vid

, d Pi

' b

Pay

e ‘\

- c oy

I {

F 2 ie

: a

a" b ,

7 I

“ ye ‘

f ( F

* yet > *

d ar

\ ”, ‘

e ‘

J. Green del.et lith. Mintern Bros-1

LAND SHELLS FROM BORNEO, PALAWAN,ETC.

J. Green del et lith.

LAND SHELLS FROM BORNEO,PALAWAN,ETC.

1895. | ON LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO, EXC. oF

in 1886. They agree very closely. The difference is that in the

case of Phyllomedusa the egg-masses are glued between leaves over-

hanging water, while in the case of Hyla nebulosa they are in the

sheaths of old banana-leaves; this is of course of secondary

importance.

But this agreement, together with my experiments above quoted,

makes me doubtful whether, even in the case of Phyllomedusa, the

egg-masses are suspended from leaves in order to facilitate direct

dropping of the larve into the water below. Naturally that is the

first idea which occurs to the observer. But how, then, to explain

the result of the experiment made with Hy/a nebulosa? Is it not

rather the coolness and moisture which the vicinity to water afford

that are needed by the egg-masses than actual resort of the larve

to water? Does not the pronounced dislike of the young Hyla

nebulosa to remain in that element speak in favour of my sup-

position ?

2. On a Collection of Land-Shells from Sarawak, British

North Borneo, Palawan, and other neighbouring

Islands. By Encar A. Samira.

[Received January 9, 1895.]

(Plates II.-IV.)

The species mentioned in this report form part of collections

received principally from Mr. A. Everett during the last two years.

As many as fifty out of the eighty-three enumerated appear to be

undescribed, and form a very interesting addition to the known

faune of their respective localities. The majority were collected

by Mr. Everett in various parts of Sarawak and British North

Borneo, the others being obtained in some of the small islands off

the coast and in the large island of Palawan.

Up to the present time nearly two hundred species of land-

shells have been described from Borneo, and forty additional

species are characterized in the present paper. They are nearly all

from different districts in Sarawak and the northern parts of the

island, only a few having been collected by Mr. Carl Bock in the

south-east. When the rest of the island is explored it is probable

that a very rich fauna will be discovered. The types of all the

new species have been presented to the British Museum by

Mr. Everett.

In the most recent list of the fauna of Palawan’ only thirty

different species were enumerated. In a subsequent paper by the

present writer* six additional species were quoted, and twelve

others are now added to the list, making a total of forty-eight

species known from the island. I believe that all the eighteen

species collected by Mr. Everett were from the southern part of

1 Rey. A. H. Cooke, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, pp. 462-463.

2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1893, vol. xi. pp. 347-353.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. VII. |

98 MR. BE, A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM | Feb. 5,

the island, and those quoted by Dohrn’ from the central portion

near Puerto Princesa. There still remain considerable unexplored

regions, so that the discovery of many new and interesting forms

will doubtless be made by future collectors.

To explain at a glance the distribution of the various species

which constitute the Palawan fauna, the following tabular list is

appended. Only those species marked with an asterisk have been

seen by the writer from Palawan, the others being quoted on the

authority of Dohrn. <A study of the new forms discovered by

Mr. Everett does not appear to affect Mr. Cooke’s comment upon

the relationship of this island-fauna, namely, that ‘“ Palawan

affords a link between the Philippines and the Indo- Malay

islands, without being very markedly allied with either group.”

Names of the Species. Other Localities.

Banguey Is.

Philippines.

Balabac or —

Palawan.

* | Borneo.

? | Labuan.

xHemiplecta densa, Ad. § Rve. ...

* a egeria, Smith ........- Scab

Hemitrichia plateni, Dohkru ...... so

Huplecta cebuensis, Mé/dff. ......| ...

i boholensis, Pfr. .........

*Macrochlamys pseustes, Smith ...

Lamprocystis goniogyra, MUidff..| ...

s succinea, P/7. ...... de

* he myops, Dohrn &

SCMUP eatesachewessiines- %

x + St. Johni, G.-Aust.| «

xSitala accepta, Smith ............06 %

* ,, infantilis, Smith ..........2.| «+

* ,, baritensis, Smith ..........+- *

Trochonanina conicoides, Méelfe..,) * | .

* paraguensis, Smith} ... | *

Trochomorpha loocensis, Hid. ...| ...

* - metcalfei, Pfr. ...| *

= splendens, Semp..| ...

*Helix (Hadra) trailli, Pfr. ...... Soe ll eee

» (4; ) monochroa, Sow..| ... | *

* ,, (Chloritis) euphrosyne,

IOs ecs tones escimaseaces vas

» (Hulotella)inquieta, Dohrn.) ...

i Js ) fodiens, Pfr....| ...

xAmphidromus entobaptus,Dohrn.| ...

xCochlostyla satyrus, Brod..........

Cyclophorus acutimarginatus,

x x

mw Xk OK OK OK Ok OX

x | Sulu Is.

Sulu Is.

KKK KKK OK KK HK OK HK

Busuanga.

my at

x eK KOK

Busuanga.

Seen eweeeeerene

Ow. 38

“4 plateni, Dohrn...... 533

- quadrasi, Hid. ...... ane

4 woodianus, Zea ....| ...

Leptopoma acuminatum, Sow. ...| ...

ay atricapillum, Sow....| ...

4 distinguendum,

DOr ceeeete case eees|\ ss Jeol Tae ee

OK OK OK OK OK

1 Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1889, pp. 53-63.

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 99

ay it

ad Pa |

-lo Ri & =

Names of the Species. g |S Fl e | a Other Localities.

|slsgia |

| A AR) A |

{

Leptopoma insigne, Sow. ......... | me * | *

- luteostoma, Sow....... gee * | «

is superbum, Dohrn .... ... |... | « |

* 55 vitreum, Lesson ...... * | * | « | * | Molucca and Sulu Is., &

palawanensis, Smith . {i raes. |) ae}

BE senthitus simile, Smith ......... oral ien lee

*Cyclotus euzonus, Dohrn ......... ares erg ee

“ sordidus, a ge BPP epee Re cellead he.. . | China and Cochin China, |

* ,, palawanicus, Smith ...| ... faa

5 pusillus, Sow. ............ 25%) hee ME ae

*Opisthoporas quadrasi, Hid....... ey ae eee

*Pupina hosei, G,-Avust. .........-+- | « | * | # |

*Diplommatina concolor, Quad. §

MUG st ecdnes Pos ere hee aN

7 rubicunda, Mrtns. * |... | * | ... | Natuna Is. |

| etiticun usukanensis, G.-Aust....; ... | # # Sulu Is., Mengalun, Usukan,

Mantanyak Is.

* 5 martensi, Jssel .......2.+++ * | Aer fe | Labuan, Sulu Is.

BALABAC.

Including the new species and others described or mentioned in

the following pages, the total number of Land- Shells occurring

in Balabac amounts to twenty-one, as follows :—

Names of the Species. Other Localities.

Lamprocystis goniogyra, MU/dff.......... Philippines.

a» myops, Dohra § Semp....| Banguey, Palawan, Philippines, Sulu,

aS suceinen, Pfr. a=. <ssssnns Philippines.

ca balabacensis, Smith.

Trochonanina labuanensis, De eee Borneo.

paraguensis, Smith.

Helix (Hadra) monochroa, Sowerby ...| Palawan, Busuanga.

Corasia zamboange, Hom. § Jac.

Cochlostyla satyrus, Brod. ..........++- Banguey, Palawan, Busuanga.

Amphidromus quadrasi, H7d. ............ Candaramanes or Caramandanes Is.

+ entobaptus, Dohrn ...... Palawan.

Cyclophorus triliratus, Pfr. ............ Borneo.

Opisthoporus quadrasi, Crossé........+... Palawan.

Leptopoma insigne, Sow, .....0.002-002 Mindoro.

35 maculatum, Lea ............ Luzon.

PP vitreum, Lesson ......+0004. Borneo, Palawan, Philippines,

Molucea, and Sulu Is., &

Lagochilus similis, Smith ..........0..0 Palawan.

= balabacensis, Smith.

Diplommatina balabacensis, Smith.

recta, Smith ..........+- Borneo.

Pupina ‘hosel, G.-Aust ee Reese eee a naaka st Borneo, Palawan.

100 MR. E, A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb: 5,

It will be seen from these tables that eight of the twenty-

one species also occur in Palawan to the north, whereas only five

extend into Borneo, and two of the five are likewise found in

Palawan.

The relationship of the fauna may, on the whole, be considered

to preponderate in favour of that of the Philippines rather than

of that of Borneo.

The genera Diplommatina and Pupina are now quoted for the

first time from Balabac. Both occur in Borneo and Palawan.

BaneGueEy ISLAND.

Cochlostyla satyrus, Broderip, and Hemiplecta obliquata, Reeve,

are, I believe, the only species yet recorded from this little island,

situated between Borneo and the island of Balabac.

Examples of the following eight species were collected by Mr.

Everett :—

1. Hverettia bangueyensis, Smith. Peculiar.

2. a subconsul, Smith. Also N. Borneo and Mengalun I.

3. Trochonanina alexis, Smith. Peculiar.

4, Heliw (Chloritis) tomentosa, var., Pfr. Also Borneo and

Karamon I.

5. Lagochilus banqueyensis, Smith. Peculiar.

6. Diplommatina baritensis, Smith. Also Borneo.

7. Georissa bangueyensis, Smith. Peculiar.

8. Helicina usukanensis, G.-Aust. Mengalun, Usukan, Man-

tangik, Palawan, Sibutu, and Bilaton Is.

Enumeration and Description of the Species.

1, Xusta THEMIS, (Plate II. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa anguste perforata, depresse conoidea, suborbicularis, fusca,

subpellucida, supra haud nitida, inferne nitens, ad peripheriam

angulata, lineis incrementi arcuatis sculpti; spira brevis, ad

apicem obtusa ; anfractus 5-6, leviter convexi, ultimus infra

angulum tenussime spriralter striatus; apertura obliqua,

angulato-lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad

insertionem paulo incrassato, brevissime eaxpanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 19 millim., min. 17, alt. 11.

Hab. Upper Padas, British North Borneo.

A narrowly perforated species, of a rich brown colour, a trifle

paler around the perforation, with a dull upper surface, and very

glossy below. It may possibly attain larger dimensions than those

given above.

2. XESTA PADASENSIS. (Plate IT. fig. 3.)

Testa angustissime perforata, subglobose conica, tenuissima,

pellucida, pallide virenti-cornea, polita ; spira breviter conica,

ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 5, converiusculi, infra suturam

anguste et concave marginati, ultimus subglobosus, in medio

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS, 101

rotundatus, haud descendens ; apertura oblique lunata ; peristoma

tenue, margine columellart superne breviter et anguste reflexo.

Diam. maj. 18 millim., min, 16, alt. 12.

Hab, Upper Padas, British North Borneo.

A transparent, glossy, narrowly perforated shell, without colour-

markings, and with only very faint lines of growth, and here and

there very feeble indications of spiral striation. A dark line,

occasioned by stains from the animal and which can be washed

away, frequently accompanies the suture.

3. XESTA THISBE. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

Testa subglobosa, conoidea, perforata, ad peripheriam subangulata,

rufo-cornea, zona angusta pallida, supra rufo-fusco marginata

circa medium cincta, polita ; spira conveae conica, ad apicem

mediocriter acuta ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, striis incrementi

tenuissimis sculpt, ultimus supra et infra medium subceequaliter

convexus, ad pertpheriam obtuse angulatus; apertura obliqua,

trregulariter lunata ; peristoma tenuissimum, margine columel-

lari supra umbilicum breviter dilatato, reflexo, purpureo.

Diam. maj. 26 millim., min. 23, alt. 18.

Hab. Mount Rabong, in the south-western part of Sarawak.

Differing from X. de crespignii in colour, the more angular body-

whorl, and more slowly increasing spire. The periphery is marked

by a pale yellow narrow zone, and the rich brown band, which is

contiguous with it above, revolves up the spire a short distance.

The surface is highly glossy, and, in addition to the delicate lines

of growth, faint indications of very fine spiral striation are here

and there traceable. In certain positions the incremental striz

beneath the suture appear more distinct than upon the rest of the

surface.

4, Hemrpiecra prensa (Adams & Reeve), var. EVERETTI. (Plate

II. fig. 8.)

In the ‘ Annals,’ 1893, vol. xi. pp. 349, 350, I mentioned the

occurrence at Palawan of a very acutely keeled variety of this

species. It most nearly resembles that form which is recognized

as var. schumacherrana. It is, however, a trifle larger and flatter

above, the peripheral keel in consequence appearing somewhat

more acute. Additional specimens brought by Mr. Everett appear

to make it advisable to designate it with a varietal name. I

would therefore suggest that it be known as var. everetti. The

largest example from the south-eastern part of the island is

58 millim. in diameter.

5. Hemrpuucta Prxcunta. (Plate IT. fig. 7.)

Testa anguste umbilicata, depresse conica, ad peripheriam acute

carinata, mediocriter tenuis, subpellucida, cornea, epidermide

pallide olivacea induta, infra suturam et peripheriam pallide vel

saturate rufo-ngro marginata ; spira breviter conica ; anfractus

5-6, celeriter accrescentes, superne vie convexiusculi, inferne

102 MR. B, A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

leviter concavi, striis obliquis irregularibus tenuibus lineisque

inerementi oblique curvatis sculpt, ultimus magnus, supra et

infra carinam compressus, infra mediocriter convexus, oblique,

concentrice, tenuiter sed corrugato-striatus ; apertura obliqua,

angulato-lunata ; peristoma mediocriter validum, intus anguste

incrassatum, ad insertionem supra umbilicum breviter expansum,

fuscescens.

Diam. maj. 48 millim., min. 39, alt. 25.

Hab. Meri, Sarawak (C. Hose).

A single specimen was collected at the above locality by

Mr. Hose, but a finer example, which may be regarded as the

type, was presented to the Museum a year or two ago by Dr. H.

Woodward. This fine species does not resemble any of the other

known Bornean forms, and is remarkable for the conical spire, the

acutely angled body-whorl, and the rapid increase of the volutions.

The fine oblique wrinkly striation is also a characteristic feature.

It is placed temporarily in Hemzplecta, for when the soft parts are

known it may prove to be a dextral form of Dyakia.

6. HemrpLecra EGERIA. (Plate II. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, carinata, anguste umbilicata, fusca,

concolor, supra haud nitida, infra nitens; spira depresse

conoidalis, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 6, subplani, lente

requlariter crescentes, lineis incrementi tenuibus striati, et

supra minutissime corrugati vel subgranulati, ultimus

subacute carinatus, infra carinam convexiusculus, nitidissimus,

lineis spiralibus microscopicis sculptus; apertura angulato-lunata,

obliqua ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari obliquissimo,

subarcuato, ad insertionem supra umbilicum breviter dilatato

et reflexo, sublivido.

Diam. maj. 35 millim., min. 81, alt. 16.

Hab. South-west Palawan.

The upper surface of this species is of a dull appearance,

resulting from the minute granulation or wrinkling. On the

contrary, the underside is very highly polished. It differs from

H. densa, var. everetti, not only in sculpture, but in the less rapid

increase of the whorls, the flatter spire, and narrower umbilicus.

The excessively fine concentric strie upon the lower surface are

particularly noticeable within the aperture, where the surface of the

whorl is dulled by a filmy deposit. It may be a dextral form of

Dyakia.

7. HEMIPLECTA RABONGENSIS. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Testa depresse conica, anguste perforata, tenuis, cornea, apicem

versus fuscescens, supra haud nitida, infra sericata, ad peri-

pheriam acute carinata; spira breviter conica, ad apicem

obtusa ; anfractus 7, vie convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, undique

minute granulati, lineisque incrementi obliquis sculpti, supra

suturam anguste marginati, ultimus infra medium convexius-

culus, minutissime corrugatus vel subgranulatus ; apertura

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 103

angulato-lunata, obliqua; peristoma tenuissimum, margine

columellari supra umbilicum breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 29 millim., min. 26°5, alt. 16.

Hab. Mount Rabong in the south-western part of Sarawak.

This species, which may possibly be a dextral Dyakia, is quite

distinct from H. densa or H. egeria. It has a more raised spire

than the latter, is more strongly sculptured both above and beneath,

and is less glossy upon the under surface. H. densa is more

widely umbilicated, is differently sculptured, and has much more

rapidly enlarging whorls, which also, in shells of the same dimen-

sions, are fewer in number.

8. Dyaxia Linpstepmi (Pfeiffer). (Plate II. fig. 10.)

Helix lindstedti, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 387; Mon. Hel.

vol. iv. p. 31.

Hab. Malacca (Pfr.) ; Penrisen Mountain, Sarawak, up to 3500

feet (A. Everett).

Two varieties were collected at the above locality by Mr. Everett.

Both are represented by dextral and sinistral specimens, the

latter appearing to be the more common form. The rate of

growth in all of these specimens is imperceptibly slower than in

the type of the species, so that the last whorl is very slightly

narrower. One of the varieties is of the same uniform pale

greenish horn colour as the type; the other (var. castanea) of a

rich brown tint, excepting the keel and suture, which are yellowish.

This may be Nanina janus (Chemn.), as identified by Dr. E.

von Martens (Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. vol. ii. p. 226, pl. xi.

fig. 4). The sculpture is precisely similar in all.

This species approaches very closely to D. regalis in form and

sculpture, but it does not exhibit the plications at the upper part

of the spire which are characteristic of that species. D. regalis,

however, which is variable in colour, is usually rather smaller;

the basal portion of the latter around the umbilicus is of an

Opaque creamy tint. A somewhat similar pale zone exists in the

type of D. lindstedti and is also faintly indicated in some of the

Penrisen shells. Probably the two species pass imperceptibly one

into the other.

The shell figured is the type specimen described by Pfeiffer from

ca.

9. DyakIa BUSANENSIS, Godwin-Austen, var.

Dyakia busanensis, G.-A. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 31, pl. ii.

fig. 1.

Hab. Batang Lupar district, Sarawak.

The specimens from this locality differ from the typical form in

being of a uniforn horny brown colour (var. concolor). The spire

may be a trifle less conical, but as regards the number of whorls

and the character of the sculpture they are practically identical.

The whorls are a trifle convex and distinctly impressed above the

104 MR. E. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

suture. Although not mentioned by Godwin-Austen, there are

microscopic spiral or concentric strize on the base, and, near the

keel, they are quite evident, even under an ordinary lens. Nanina

sarawakana, Dohrn, appears to be very near this species.

10. DyAKia SUBDEBILIS. (Plate II. fig. 11.)

Testa sinistrorsa, tenuis, anguste perforata, pallide fuscescens, ad

carinam medianam et suturam linea pallida cincta; spira

depresse conica, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 6, lente accres-

centes, planiusculi, supra suturam impressi, lineis imerementi

oblique arcuatis sculpti, minute granulati, granulis minutissimis

in seriebus spiralibus plus minus reqularibus dispositis ; anfr.

ultimus ad peripheriam acutissime carinatus (carina utrinque

compressa), infra convexiusculus, nitidior quam supra,

similariter insculptus ; apertura angusta, obliqua ; peristoma

tenuissimum, margine columellart ad insertionem paulum

reflexo.

Diam. maj. 23 millim., min. 20, alt. 11.

Hab, Sarawak (C. Hose).

The precise locality of the single specimen presented to the

British Museum by Mr. Hose is unknown, but it may possibly be

Baram. With the exception of D. moluensis of Godwin-Austen,

this species is smoother than any of the Bornean forms of Dyakia,

and on this account is not likely to be mistaken for the young of

some of the larger species. It is coloured like the “ first variety”

of the preceding species, but is a trifle paler; it is, however,

differently sculptured and the whorls enlarge less rapidly.

TROCHONANINA.

The present collection contains three forms of this genus which

cannot satisfactorily be referred to any of the known species

from Palawan, Balabac, Borneo, Labuan, Natuna, Sulu, and

Philippine Islands. They agree with 7. paraguensis, Smith, and

T. bongaoensis, Smith, in the thickened sinuous lower margin or lip

of the aperture, and the differences consist in size, colour, and

sculpture. Another species, the smallest of the whole series

having the thickened basal lip, was referred by the writer to

T. conicoides under the varietal name of parva. Having re-

examined these specimens, together with the fresh material

collected by Mr. Everett, I am now of opinion that it will be more

philosophic and satisfactory to designate, by separate names,

these forms, which, although bearing such a strong general resem-

blance to one another, are still recognizable by certain, although

perhaps only slight, differences. This is one of those cases which

occasionally present themselves, in which it is so difficult to come

to a decision. ‘Take the two extreme forms of the series and there

is no difficulty in at once regarding them as distinct species, and

it would be absurd not to do so, but when the various intermediate

forms present themselves we are puzzled how to proceed,

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 105

11. TROCHONANINA PARAGUENSIS, Smith.

Trochonanina paraguensis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1893,

vol. xi. p. 349, pl. xviii. figs. 7-9.

Hab. Balabac and Palawan.

The specimens from Balabac offer no variation from those

occurring at Palawan. A small variety, 13 millim. in diameter,

occurring at the latter island, has the same number of whorls, but

the spire a little more conical than the type.

12. TROCHONANINA ALEXIS. (Plate II. figs. 13, 14.)

Testa T. paraguensi affinis, sed plerumque paulo major, fusca,

labro incrassato roseo, anfractibus 8, supra peromnes partes

spiraliter tenuiter striatis, ultimo angustiore, infra vie concen-

trice striato.

Diam. maj. 214 millim., min, 20, alt. 8.

Diam. maj. 184 millim., min, 17, alt. 73.

Hab. Banguey Island.

This species is of a uniform brown tint above and below, and

the thickened lip is pale rose. The spiral sculpture on the upper

surface extends over the whorls and is finer than in 7. parayuen-

sis. The shell also is a little more compressed, and the body-whorl

is narrower, and with only feeble traces of spiral strize beneath.

13. TRocHONANINA HERACLEA. (Plate II. fig. 12.)

Testa T. bongaoensi affinis, sed spira magis conica, anfractibus

lentius accrescentibus, ultimo latiore, lineis spiralibus et incre-

menti validioribus.

Diam. 17 millim., alt. 8.

Hab. Mount Rabong, West Sarawak.

A trifle larger than 7’. bongaoensis (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1894,

vol. xiii. p. 52, pl. iv. figs. 2-26), but of the same brown colour and

general appearance. The lip is rosy white and tortuous as in

T. bongaoensis, but the spire is not convexly conoidal, but with

rectilinear sides, the increase and width of the whorls are different,

and the spiral sculpture is stronger.

14, TROCHONANINA KINA-BALUENSIS. (Plate II. figs. 15, 16.)

Testa imperforata, depressa, acute carinata, rufo-castanea, supra

fortiter spiraliter striata, infra linets inerementi modo striata ;

spira conica, parum elata; anfractus 7, supremi pallida, con-

veciusculi, ceteri planiusculi, supra suturam albo-marginatam

leviter impressi, increment lineis et striis spiralibus sculpti,

ultimus acutissime carinatus, infra convexiusculus, prope

carinam impressus; apertura angulatim lunaris, margine

basali conspicue incrassato et leviter reflexo, purpureo-rufo, ad

insertionem pallido, paulo dilatato, margine superiore tenu,

Diam. maj. 23°5 millim., min. 21, alt. 10.

Hab, Kina Balu, 3000-4000 feet (A. Everett).

106 MR. E. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

Var. PALLIDA. Testa typo minor, dilute fusco-cornea. Diam.

maj. 16 millim., min. 14, alt. 6.

The variety, which was collected at the same locality as the type,

consists of the same number of whorls, is similarly sculptured, and

has a similar aperture and peristome. With the exception of its

small size and paler colour, it agrees perfectly with the typical

form. The colour of the latter is a rich purplish red-chestnut

above and below. The extreme edge of the keel and the suture are

pale, and above and beneath the keel and above the suture a

narrow dark spiral line is observable. It differs from 7’. alewis in

colour, the greater width of the whorls, and the much stronger

spiral sculpture.

15. TRoCHONANINA WHITEHEADI. (Plate LI. figs. 17, 18.)

Testa parva, T. paraguensi similis, sed minor, carina acutiore,

labio magis sinuoso.

Diam. maj. 114 millim., alt. 5.

Hab. N. Borneo (J. Whitehead).

This is the smallest of the known Bornean forms. It has all

the general characters of 7. paraguensis, but may be separated on

account of certain slight differences, such as the sharper more

compressed keel, somewhat paler colour, and more sinuous basal

lip.

‘ Evererria, Godwin-Austen.

Nearly all of the species of this genus are exceedingly difficult

to distinguish by their shells, and it is quite impossible to determine

them from the published descriptions or even the figures. The

slightest inaccuracy in outline gives to a figure quite a different

appearance from the specimen delineated. It is only by comparison

of the type examples that we can determine the species with any

degree of certainty, and even under these favourable circumstances

it is a task of no mean difficulty. With the exception of E. hyalina

(Martens), the types of all the known species from Borneo are in

the British Museum, and consequently the determination of a

number of forms from that island, acquired within the last two or

three years, is to a great extent facilitated. 2. bocki, quoted by

Godwin-Austen’ as of Issel, is purely imaginary, and is not

described at the reference given.

16. EVERETTIA SUBIMPERFORATA. (Plate III. fig. 1.)

Testa E. consuli subsimilis, sed minus depressa, solidiuscula, vie

perforata, nitidissima, supra et infra tenussime spiraliter

striata, lineisque incrementi obliquis infra suturam confertim

plicatis sculpta ; anfractus 63, convexiuscult, lente et regulariter

accrescentes, ultimus rotundatus, infra im medio impressus ;

apertura oblique lunata, intus opalescens ; peristoma tenuissi-

mum, margine columellari leviter incrassato, ad insertionem

breviter reflewo umbilicum fere tegente.

Diam. maj. 26 millim., min. 23, alt. 17.

1 P.Z.8. 1891, p. 36,

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 107

Hab. Poch Mountain, Sarawak.

Less depressed and more solid than Z. consul and with scarcely

any umbilical perforation. The coloration is similar in both

species. The figures of Z. consul (Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch. vel. iii.

pl. Ixxiv. figs. 11, 12) give an admirable idea of the adult form of

the species. The type originally described was not quite full-

grown and consists of half a whorl less than the shell delineated.

17. EVvERETTIA constt (Pfeiffer).

Helix consul, Pfr. Novitates Conch. vol. iii. p. 306, pl. xxiv.

figs. 11, 12 (not 13, 14, as quoted by Martens, Godwin-Austen,

and Issel); Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 1395.

Hab. Sarawak (the type); Labuan (Pfr. /.¢.); Sarawak (A.

Everett).

The large specimen figured by Pfeiffer 1 regard as the adult

form, and not as a variety. With the exception of having com-

pleted an additional half-whorl, and thus added considerably to its

size, I can discover no difference between it and the type shell.

18. EveRErria suBcoNstL (Smith).

Nanina subconsul, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, vol. xx.

. 132.

2 Macrochlamys subconsul, Smith, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique,

vol. xxii. p. 217, pl. ix. figs. 4-6.

Hab. North Borneo (type); Banguey and Mengalun Islands,

also Kina Balu (£vereit).

The specimens obtained at Kina Balu exhibit a somewhat more

distinct angulation upon the body-whorl than the type. Two

examples from Mengalun Island are much more thickened than

the type, probably being older shells, and one of them is of a rich

brown colour, the other of an olivaceous yellow tint.

19. EvERETTIa sucUNDA (Pfeiffer).

Helix jucunda, Pfr. Novitat. Conch. vol. iii. p. 307, pl. Ixxiv.

figs. 138, 14 (not figs. 11, 12, as quoted by Martens, Issel, and

Godwin-Austen).

Hab. Labuan (type); Labuan and Tiga Island (Averett), Baram

in Sarawak (C. Hose).

’ The figure given by Martens (Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool.

Bd. ii. pl. xii. fig. 7) appears to represent this species, although

on close examination it is seen to consist of about one whorl less

than the type; but perfect accuracy in a matter of this kind is not

to be expected from the average artist.

20. EVERETTIA PLANIOR. (Plate ILI. fig. 2.)

Testa E. consuli similis, sed minor, spira minus elata, anfractibus

minus numerosis, ultimo latiore.

Diam. maj. 19°5 millim., min. 17, alt. 10.

Hab. Niah, Sarawak.

The above dimensions are those of the largest of the eight

108 MR. EB, A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

specimens in the Museum. On comparing them with examples

of E. consul of the same size, it is seen that they consist of half a

whorl less, which gives quite a different look to the spire. This

is distinctly less elevated, and the body-whorl, seen from above,

appears to be rather broader. The colour is about the same in

both species and the sculpture very similar, but the spiral striz

upon the base of the present species are a trifle more distinct than

in £. consul.

21. Evurerria aciasa (Pfeiffer).

Helix aglaja, Pfeiffer, Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 1396.

Nanina (Macrochlamys) aglaja, Martens, Preuss. Exp. Ost-

Asien, Zool. vol. ii. p. 242, pl. 12. fig. 13.

Hab. Sarawak (type); Barit Mountain (Averett).

Neither Reeve’s nor Martens’s figure gives a good idea of the type

of this species. The subplications at the suture are the principal

distinguishing feature.

22. EVERETTIA BARAMENSIS. (Plate III. fig. 3.)

Testa E. aglaje similis, sed virescens, supra minus polita, liners

incrementi ad suturam haud plicatulis, anfractibus minus

numerosis.

Diam. maj. 13 millim., min. 11, alt. 6°5.

Hab. Dulit Mountain and Apoh, Baram; varieties from Barit

Mountain.

The greenish tint of this species serves to separate it from

the other Bornean forms of this genus. It is of the same size,

presuming it to be full-grown, as Z. aglaja, but is quite distinct

on account of the difference of sculpture and the number of

whorls. There are only five volutions in the present species,

whereas in £. aglaja there are 54-6. The upper surface has a

somewhat dull silky appearance and is devoid of the conspicuous

plications below the suture which are so characteristic of E.

aglaja.

The specimens from Barit Mountain differ from the type and

belong to two varieties—the one differing only in having more

conspicuous lines of growth upon the upper surface, the other in

colour: instead of the greenish tint of the type, they are of a

brown colour excepting a yellowish central portion of the base.

This form has sculpture equally fine as the type.

23, EVERETTIA BANGUEYENSIS. (Plate ITI. fig. 4.)

Testa parva, depressa, orbicularis, anguste perforata, tenuis, fusco-

corned, subpellucida, nitens ; spira parum elata ; anfractus 54,

convert, lente accrescentes, sutura profunda sejuncti, ultimus

ad peripheriam rotundatus, infra paulo pallidior ; apertura

oblique lunata, angusta; perist. tenue, margine columellari

superne anguste reflexo.

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 8, alt. 43.

Hab, Banguey Island, north of Borneo,

1895. | BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 109

This species somewhat resembles E. aglaja, but is somewhat

smaller, has a flatter spire, a deeper suture, and, for its size, more

numerous whorls.

24, Evererria trHauia. (Plate III. fig. 5.)

Testa depresse conoidea, suborbicularis, sordide pellucida, epidermide

olivacea induta, imperforata ; spira brevis, convexe conoidea, ad

apicem obtusa ; anfractus 6-7, convextusculi, lente accrescentes,

superne fortissime arcuatim et oblique striati, haud nitidi,

ultimus ad peripheriam subangulatus (angulo aperturam versus

sensim evanescente), infra convewiusculus, aliquanto levigatus,

lineis incrementi tenuibus striatus, in medio paulo impressus ;

apertura oblique lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine colwmellari

superne leviter incrassato, reflewo, uppresso.

Diam. maj. 19 millim., min. 174, alt. 13.

Hab. Mount Rabong.

This species is at once distinguishable by the strong curved

oblique raised lines of growth upon the upper surface, and the

imperforate impressed base which is somewhat glossy, whereas the

spire is more or less dull. Aglaia, the name of one of the three

Graces and daughter of Jupiter and Antonoé, having been associated

by Pfeiffer with a species of this genus, it seemed suitable to make

use of her sister's name Thalia in connection with an allied form.

25. EvrerErtia curtieri (H. Adams),

Macrochlamys cutteri, H. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 794,

- pi. xiviii. fig. 21.

Hab. Busau (H. Adams & Everett),

The locality Busau is printed erroneously Busan by H. Adams

and Godwin-Austen, P. Z.S. 1889, pp. 334-355, 1891, pp. 37-46,

and therefore for busanensis, the term applied to several species,

busauensis should be substituted.

26, Lamprocystis Myops (Dohrn & Semper).

Lam. chlororhaphe, Smith, Ann. & Mag. 1893, vol. xi. p. 348,

pl. xviii. figs. 4-6.

Hab. Tiga Island, near Labuan.

This species appears to be widely distributed, having been

recorded from Mindanao, Sulu Islands, Palawan, and Balabac.

The specimens described from Palawan as Lamprocystis chloro-

rhaphe undoubtedly belong to this species.

27. LAMPROCYSTIS BALABACENSIS. (Plate III. fig. 6.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, anguste perforata, polita, cornea, sub-

pellucida ; spira vix prominula, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus

44, conveaiuscult, lente accrescentes, leves, infra suturam tenuiter

plicato-striati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus ; apertura

oblique lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellart superne

breviter dilatato, reflewo, et peculiariter sinuato, porca parva im

umbilico instructo.

110 MR, E. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

Diam. 7 millim., alt. 4.

Hab. Balabac.

The perforation is very small and partly hidden by the reflexed

columellar margin, which is peculiarly produced and sinuated at

this part. It is more depressed than ZL. myops, the whorls are

more convex and the suture deeper.

28. LAMPROCYSTIS ST. JoHNI (Godwin-Austen).

Microcystina st. johni, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891,

p. 38, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3a.

Hab. Busau Hills and Palawan.

The specimens from Palawan are a little darker in tint than the

type from Busau, but the intensity of the colour varies consider-

ably according to the ground-colour upon which the specimens

rest,

29, SITALA RUMBANGENSIS. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Testa vix perforata, conica, fusco-cornea, nitida, ad peripheriam

filo-carinata, lineis inerementi levibus striata, inferne striis

concentricis tenuissimis sculpta ; spira obtuse conordalis ; anfrac-

tus 6, convewi, lentea ecrescentes, sutura carina saturatiore margr-

nata sejuncti ; apertura parva, lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine

columellari fortiter incrassato, leviter reflewo.

Diam. maj. 4°5 millim., min. 4, alt. 4°5.

Hab. Rumbang, Sarawak, and Mount Rabong.

Var. Testa typo paulo angustior, anfractibus 64 striisque basalibus

minus conspicuis. Diam. maj. 3°3 millim., min. 3°2, alt. 4.

Hab. Mulu Mountain, N. Borneo.

The superior height in proportion to the diameter gives the

variety a more conoidal appearance than the type. In all other

respects they are practically similar.

It is distinguishable from S. angulata, Issel, by the absence of

spiral strize above, its more glossy surface, the more distinct

thread-like keel, and the more thickened columella.

30. Srraua pumissa. (Plate IIT. fig. 8.)

Testa tenuissima, pellucida, cornea, angustissime perforata, turbi-

nata ; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, spiraliter minute striati, lineisque

increment perobliquis tenuissimis sculpti, ultimus paulo inflatus,

ad peripheriam carina filiformi cinctus, supra et infra carinam

equaliter convecus ; apertura oblique lunata ; peristoma tenue 3

columella ad insertionem paulum incrassata et refleaa.

Diam. maj. 3°5 millim., alt. 3°5.

Hab. Mulu Mountain, N. Borneo; and Busau, West Sarawak.

The more inflated body-whorl distinguishes this from the other

Bornean species of Sitala. Both the upper and lower surfaces

are finely spirally striated, the strie on the base having a minutely

wavy appearance,

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 111

31. SrraLa BUSAUENSIS. (Plate ILI. fig. 9.)

Testa anguste perforata, conica, ad peripheriam carinata, dilute

Susco-cornea; anfractus 6, conveviusculi, liris obliquis tenuissimis

confertis arcuatis, sutura carinate sejuncti, ultimus infra

carinam paulum converus, nitidior, concentrice tenuiter striatus ;

apertura parva; columella rectiuscula, leviter incrassata et

reflexa.

Diam, maj. 3°5 millim., alt. 3°7.

Hab. Busau, Sarawak.

The distinguishing features of this species are the well-marked fine

oblique lirations upon the upper surface and the concentric striz

of the base. In form it is very like S. angulata, Issel.

32. Simana caRA, (Plate III. fig. 10.)

Testa trochoidea, anguste perforata, tenuis, cornea, subpellucida,

carinata ; spira conica, ad apicem obtusiuscula ; anfractus 6,

convex, lineis imerementi tenuissimis obliquis sculpti, lente

accrescentes, ultimus infra carinam leviter convexus, striis con-

centricis minutis ornatus ; apertura parva, lunata, vie obliqua ;

peristoma tenue, margine columellari declive paulo reflexo, haud

incrassato.

Diam. maj. 3°3 millim., alt, 3°2.

Hab. Gomanton, N.E. Borneo.

Very like S. angulata, Issel, but rather higher in proportion to

the width, and without spiral striz upon the spire.

33. Srraua puuers. (Plate ILI. fig. 11.)

Testa depresse turbinata, minute perforata, haud carinata, fusco-

corned, sericata, striis incrementi obliquis aliisque spiralibus con-

fertis microscopice cancellata ; spira brevis, convewa, obtusa ;

anfractus 43, perconveat, sutura profunda sejuncti, ultimus ad

peripheriam acute rotundatus vel vie subangulatus, inferne

concentrice striatus ; apertura lunata, vie obliqua ; peristoma

tenue, margine columellari arcuato, superne dilatato et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 2°5 millim., alt. vie 2.

Hab. Gomanton, N.E. Borneo.

In comparison with the other Bornean Sitale, the present

species is less conical. It is allied to S. orchis, Godwin-Austen,

but much more finely striated.

34, Srraua accerra, (Plate IIT. fig, 12.)

Testa angustissime perforata, rotunde conica, ad peripheriam

carinata, corned, subpellucida, lineis spiralibus microscopicis

incrementique tenuissimis decussata ; spira conveve conordea,

superne obtusa; anfractus 5-53, convewi, lente accrescentes,

sutura carinata profunda discreti, “ultimus infra carinam gracil-

lima paulo converus, concentrice striatus ; apertura parva, arreg u-

lariter lunata, vie obliqua ; peristoma tence, margine columellari

valde incrassato subrefleao, perpendiculari cum basali angulum

levem formante.

112 MR, EH. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [ Feb. 5,

Diam. maj. 2°5 millim., alt. 2°25.

Hab, Gomanton, N.E. Borneo, and Palawan.

The concentric strie on the base are visible under a simple lens,

but the spiral sculpture on the upper surface is discernible only

under a microscope.

35. SITALA BARITENSIS, Smith.

Sitala baritensis, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoo}. 1893, vol. xxiv.

p. 343, pl. xxv. fig. 3.

Hab. Barit Mountain, N. Borneo, and Palawan.

The genus Sttala has not previously been recorded from Palawan.

The specimens from this island are precisely similar to the Bornean

examples.

36. Srraua amussitatTa. (Plate III. fig. 13.)

Testa perforata, conica, saturate olivaceo-fusca, nitens ; spira elata,

convewe conoidea, ad apicem pallidior, obtusa ; anfractus 6, con-

veri, lente accrescentes, striis minutis paucis spiralbus hic ile

sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, infra medium

concentrice tenuissime striatus; apertura parva, lunata ; perist.

tenue, margine columellari leviter incrassato, pallido, reflexo ;

umbilicus angustissimus, pallidus.

Diam, maj. 4:25 millim., min. 4, alt. 34.

Hab. Busau, West Sarawak.

. ee olive-brown glossy species, with a high spire and convex

whorls.

37. SITALA INzQUISCULPTA. (Plate ILI. fig. 14.)

Testa conica, angustissime perforata, fusco-cornea, supra parum

nitida, infra polita; spira elata, conoidea, ad apicem paulo

obtusa ; anfractus 6, conveai, lente accrescentes, sutura profunda

sejuncti, liris tenuissimis spiralibus 4-5 et lineis inerementi

obliquis arcuatis elevatis cancellati, ultimus liris spiralibus sex

(infima ad peripheriam sita) cinctus, infra medium concentrice

tenuissime striatus, liners incrementi levibus sculptus ; apertura

parva, sublunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellart paulum

tincrassato, pallide livido.

Diam. maj. 34 millim., min, 3}, alt. 32.

Hab. Mount Rabong, West Sarawak.

The upper surface being cancellated and the lower smooth and

glossy, this species is readily distinguishable from the other

Bornean species of the genus Sttala,

The oblique curved lines of growth are elevated, but closer

together than the spiral threads.

38. SITALA INFANTILIS. (Plate III. fig. 15.)

Testa minuta, conico-subglobosa, angustissime perforata, cornea,

pellucida, polita ; spira conoidea, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus

5, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, infra suturam anguste mar-

ginati, leves, ultimus depresse globosus ; apertura oblique lunata ;

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 113

peristoma tenue, margine columellarit superne paulo incrassato,

anguste dilatato et reflewo.

Diam. 3 millim., alt. 24.

Hab. Palawan.

A very small, obtusely conical shell, with a very minute umbilical

perforation, with scarcely any trace of sculpture.

39. Hexrx (Catoritis) tomentosa, Pfeiffer.

Helix tomentosa, Pfr. Mon. Hel. vol. iv. p. 271; Reeve, Con. Icon.

f. 1403.

Var. major, Pfr. op. cit. vol. v. p. 353.

Banded var., Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 42.

Var. =H. (Fruticicola) everetti, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873,

p. 207, pl. xxiii. fig. 11.

Hab. Sarawak and Labuan (Pfr., Issel, Martens); Karamon

Island for banded var. (G.-A.); Busau for var. everetti (Zverett) ;

Banguey Island for var. major (Everett).

H, everetti differs only from the typical form of this species in

having a supra-peripheral reddish zone. It appears to have been

omitted by Kobelt, Issel, Godwin-Austen, and von Martens in

their lists of Bornean Pulmonata.

Specimens of the var. major in Cuming’s collection and a speci-

men from Banguey Island also have the colour-band just above the

middle of the body-whorl.

40, Henix (CHLoRITIS) KINA-BALUENSIS, Kobelt. (Plate ILI.

fig. 16.)

Helin (Chloritis ?) kinibalensis, Kobelt, in Martini u. Chemnitz,

Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 706, pl. eci. figs. 5, 6.

Testa anguste umbilicata, depressa, subglobosa, dilute rufescens,

supra peripheriam pallidam linea rufa cincta ; spira breviter

conoidahis, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 5, convex, sutura sub-

profunda sejuncti, oblique striati, ultimus in medio obsolete

angulatus, antice paulo descendens; apertura obliqua, late

lunata, intus lilacea ; peristoma albidum, tenue, anguste expaun-

sum, margine columellari reflexo.

Diam. maj. 25 millim., min. 21, alt. 17.

Hab. Kina Balu, British North Borneo.

In colour this species resembles the variety of H. tomentosa which

has a red peripheral line. It is, however, larger, has a more

elevated spire, the body-whorl has a tendency to subangulation,

and the peristome is more regularly curved at the base.

41. Hunrx (Cutorrris) supHRosyNE. (Plate ILI. fig. 17.)

Testa late umbilicata, suborbicularis, depresse conica, tenuis, dilute

fuscescens, prope sed supra peripheriam zona rufo-fusca cincta,

epidermide plus minus breviter pilosa haud mtida induta ; spira

brevis, conoidea, ad apicem mediocriter obtusa; anfractus 5,

convewiusculi, subceleriter accrescentes, lineis incrementi tenuibus

striati, undique minute granulati, ultimus in medio obtuse

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1895, No. VIII. 8

114 MR, B. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELIS FROM Feb. 5,

angulatus, antice paulo descendens; apertura late et oblique

lunata, intus livido-fuscescens ; peristoma tenue, pallide lilacewm,

undique expansum, marginibus remotis, callo tenuissimo nitente

junetis.

Diam. maj. 30 millim., min. 24, alt. 17.

Hab. Panalingoan, south-west of Palawan.

Much larger than H. tomentosa, more widely umbilicated and of

a different form.

42, Hutrx (Dorcasta) tncaura. (Plate ILI. fig. 18.)

Testa subglobosa, tenuis, anguste umbilicata, cornea vel pallide

rubescens, epidermide tenui olivacea induta, incrementi liners

striata ; spira brevis, conoidea, ad apicem subacuta ; anfractus

6, leviter convewiusculr, ultimus ad peripheriam obsolete angu-

latus, angulo linea subpellucida picto, antice haud descendens ;

apertura late lunata, obliqua; peristoma subincrassatum,

lilaceum, margine cdextro vie reflexo, columellari dilatato et

reflexo.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 14, alt. 14; apertura 8 longa,

7°5 lata.

Hab. Sarawak (Bartlett).

A single specimen was presented to the British Museum by

Mr. E. Bartlett in 1893. It somewhat resembles A. fodiens,

Pfeiffer, but is more finely striated and has a more pointed spire.

In addition to the fine lines of growth, faint traces of spiral

strie are also observable.

43, Heix (Papuina ?) RUFOFILOSA, Bock.

Helix (Geotrochus) rufofilosa, Bock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881,

p. 630, pl. lv. fig. 4.

Helix (Satsuma) rufofilosa, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. vii.

p. 84, pl. ili. fig. 55.

Hab. Meri, Sarawak (C. Hose) ; Paio, Sumatra (Bock).

The single example collected by Mr. Hose is exactly similar to

the types of this species presented to the Museum by Mr. Bock.

Is it probable that this species occurs both in Borneo and Sumatra?

I am rather inclined to think that Mr. Bock has made a mistake

with regard to his locality. This might easily have occurred, as he

collected in both islands.

44, Hix (PLECTOTROPIS) WINTHRIANA, Pfeiffer, var. (3.

Hab. Busau, West Sarawak.

The specimens from this locality agree with Pfeiffer’s var.

founded on Philippme examples. They are of the same small size,

have a more pronounced keel than typical Javan specimens, and

the under surface exhibits more distinct concentric striation than

the typical form. These strize are even more apparent in the

shells from Guimaras. Both Martens * and Moellendorff? question

1 Reise in Ost-Asien, ii. p. 265.

* Jahrbuch deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1887, p. 270.

1895.] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 1165

the identity of this variety with the present species, but until we

have more conclusive evidence to the contrary it seems to me

advisable to consider it as such.

45, AMPHIDROMUS PHERVERSUS, var. (Plate III. fig. 19.)

Hab. Sadong, West Sarawak.

The two dextral specimens belong to the variety named Bulimus

atricallosus by Gould, which was founded upon specimens collected

in Tavoy, Burmah.

B, eques, Pfeiffer, also belongs to this variety. The types appear

to have been bleached, either naturally or artificially.

Neither of the Sadong examples exhibit any periodic oblique

black stripes.

46. AmpHipromus Hosur. (Plate III. fig. 20.)

Testa parva, rimata, sinistrorsa, elongata, conica, sub epidermade

tenuissima pallide flava, linea angusta rufo-purpurea circa

anf. ultimi medium et supra suturam cincta, versus apicem fusco-

maculata ; anfractus 7, convexiuseuli, lineis incremente tenuissi-

mis et obliquis striati, lente regulariter crescentes, ultimus brevis,

circa rimam angustam nigro tinctus ; apertura muerse auri-

formis, pallide flavescens, linea rufo-purpurea mediana picta,

longit. totius 3 paulo superans ; peristoma album, breviter

expansum et reflecum, margine columellart imerassato breviter

dilatato.

Longit. 31 millim., diam. 14; apertwra 11 longa, intus 7 lata,

Hab. Meri, Sarawak (C. Hose).

A small species, rather like A. suspectus, Martens, from Timor

and Sumbawa. It is differently coloured, the increase of the

whorls is slower, and the body-whorl and aperture are smaller.

The apex is not black, and the fourth and fifth volutions exhibit

some pale brown spots or stripes. Only a single specimen ex-

amined,

47. CYATHOPOMA EVERETTI. (Plate III. figs. 21, 22.)

Testa minuta, aperte et perspective wmbilicata, breviter conordea,

cornea ; anfractus 43, primi duo leaves, convexi, magni, nucleum

obtusum formantes, penultimus tricarinatus, carina mediana

alvis magis conspicua, ultimus circa medium tricarinatus, circa

umbilicum carina tenui prominente et intus carinis duobus

minoribus instructus, inter carinas microscopice reticulatus ;

apertura subtriangularis, inferne acuminata, effusa ; peristoma

continuum, margine externo ad carinas triangulato, intus paulo

incrassato, columellart arcuato, tenwiore.

Diam. maj. 2 millim., alt 2.

Hab. Rumbang, Sarawak.

A minute species, well characterized by the strong carine, the

large apex, and triangular aperture. :

116 MR. EB, A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

48, PrerocycLos LATIUABRUM. (Plate ITI. figs. 23-25.)

Testa P. tenuilabiato similis, sed spira minus depressa, wmbilico

profundiore, paulum contractiore, superficie haud corrugata,

labro latius expanso, operculo nucleum versus arctius convoluto.

Hab. Gomanton Hill, N. Borneo.

The very broad, thin, light brown or lilac-brown lip is in itself

sufficient to distinguish this species. Most of the specimens are of

a pale yellowish-olive tint, varied above with radiating jagged and

zigzag red lines. Others, however, are of a deeper reddish-brown

colour. The epidermis is smoother and more silky than that of

P. tenuilabiatus, and the peculiar wrinkling of the surface of that

species is entirely absent in the present form.

ALYCRUS.

‘Ten species of this genus are now known trom Borneo, namely—

globosus, H. Ad., galbanus, Godwin-Austen, hosei, G.-A., everetta,

G.-A., specus, G.-A., spiracellum, Adams & Reeve, broti, Aldrich,

dohrni, Boettger (=hochstetteri, Martens non Pfeiffer), rimatus,

Bttgr., and fultont, Moellendorff.

Of these, A. everetti and A. broti may be synonymous’; and

A, fultoni has not yet been described, but the diagnosis (given on

p- 117) has been kindly furnished by Dr. von Moellendorff.

49. Atycmus etoposus, H. Adams.

Alycous ylobosus, H. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 794 ; Godwin-

Austen, op. cit. 1889, p. 346, pl. xxxvii. figs. 3, 3 a.

Hab. Busau and Bau, Sarawak (A. Lverett).

Var. MuLUANA. Like the typical form, but having the peristome

less produced into a tongue-like projection over the umbilicus.

Hab. Mulu Mountain (A. Hverett).

Var. RABONGENSIS. A trifle larger and more globose than type,

pale straw-colour or reddish; peristome as in var. muluana.

Diam. maj. 53 millim., alt. 52.

Hab. Mount Rabong, Sarawak (A. Everett).

Var. KINA-BALUANA. Not quite so globose as type;. spire

taller, aperture smaller; peristome with even less production over

the umbilicus than in the two preceding varieties: colour same as

var. rabongensis.

Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (A. Everett).

Var. pyvemazA. Like var. muluana in miniature, but more coarsely

and distantly lamellated, and with the peristome even less bent

back over umbilicus. Diam. maj. 33 millim,, alt. 34.

Hab. Mulu Mountain.

1 Since this was written, specimens of A. everetti, sent by Mr. Fulton, have

been compared by Mr. Aldrich with his A. droti, and he has written, saying

“they are the same ting.” The diam. 7 mm. was a mistake, and should be

“about 43 mm.”

1895. | BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 117

Although the differences between the extreme forms of this

species are considerable, still there is such a general resemblance

throughout the series, that it seems advisable to consider the

various forms as local races of one and the same species rather than

to describe them as distinct. The variation in the tongue-like

reflection of the peristome over the umbilicus is one of degree,

passing from the typical form, where it is obvious, to the var.

pygmea, where it is almost imperceptible.

50. Atycxus HosEI, Godwin-Austen.

Alyceus hosei, G.-A. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 347, pl. xxxvii. f. 2.

Hab. Busau and Rumbang Hills, Sarawak (Lverett).

In the description of this species the apex of the spire is said

to be “ pointed.” In both the figure, however, and the shells also,

it certainly is blunt. It is distinguished from A. dohrni thus:

“ apex distincte obtusior ; tubulus suturalis aperture magis approxi-

matus ; apertura subverticalis, non diagonalis; peristoma utrinque

distincte auriculatum, margine columellari cum basali angulum

efficiente perdistinctum ete.” (Dr. O. Boettger in litt.).

51, Atyoxus (ORTHALYCEUS) CoNGENER. (Plate III. fig. 26.)

Testa A. hosei similis, sed minor, spira elatiore, graciliore, anfractu

ultimo minus gibboso, peristomate expanso, duplice, margine

columellarit refleco, ad umbilicum sinuato, haud oblique recti-

lineare.

Diam. maj. 54 millim., alt. 6.

Hab. Mulu and Barit Mountains, Sarawak.

In colour and general appearance this species looks very like

A. hosei. It differs, however, in the above particulars. It also,

in some specimens, exhibits traces of spiral strie. In hosei the

inner peristome is somewhat porrected, in this form it is more

reflexed. The sinuation at the umbilicus is very peculiar.

52. AtycxuS (ORTHALYCEUS) SADONGENSIS. (Plate ITI. fig. 27.)

Testa A. fultoni similis, sed paulo minor, grisea, umbilico latiore,

anfractibus quinque, oblique costulato-striatis et spiraliter tenu-

issime striatis, ultimo minus gibboso, peristomate eapanso, tenut,

haud duplice.

Diam. ma. 54 millim., alt. 54,

Hab. Sadong, Sarawak (Everett).

Although not mentioned by Dr. Moellendorff in the following

description, excessively minute spiral strie exist in A. fulton ; they

are visible only under the microscope, and are less observable than

in the present species. The spire of the latter is slightly less

elevated and the whorls more rounded than in A. fultoni.

53. AtycaHus (OrtHALYczuUS) FuLToNI, Mlldff. (Plate III.

fig. 28.)

“7, perforata, elate turbinata, sat tenuis, subpellucida, confertim

- costulato-striata, lete citrina ; spira valde elevata, subrequlariter

118

MR, E. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

conica, apice glabrato, acutulo. Anfractus 6, perconvexi, sutura

valde profunda disjuncti, ultimus medio valde inflatus, gibber,

4-5 mm. pone aperturam profunde constrictus, tum paullum

ascendens, ad aperturam campanulatus, viv descendens. Apertura

sat obliqua, subcircularis, peristoma duplex, eaxternum late

expansum, haud reflecum, ad insertionem paullum dilatatum,

internum subporrectum.

“ Diam. maj. 7, alt. 6°75 mm.

“« Hab. prope Gomanton insule Borneo.

“This form was sent to me as A. hosei, G.-A., var., but it is

decidedly different from that species, which bas a more elevated

spire, the last whorl much less tumid, the outer peristome much

broader and almost auriculated at the insertion, the columella

deeply sinuate, paler colour, etc. In fact the nearest relation of

the new species is none of the Bornean <Alycai, but A. jagori,

v. Mart., of Java. It differs from the latter by greater size, half

to one whorl more, the deeper constriction, the last whorl hardly

deflected and therefore the less oblique aperture.” (Moellendorff.)

54, OpistHosroma oTostoMaA, Boettger.’ (Plate IV. fig. 19.)

Hab. Busan (Everett); Brunei (Boettger).

55. OPISTHOSTOMA COOKEI, Smith. (Plate IV. fig. 20.)

Hab. Sarawak.

56. OPISTHOSTOMA DEPAUPERATUM, Smith. (Plate IV. fig. 21.)

Hab. Barit Mountain.

57. OPISTHOSTOMA AUSTENI, Smith. (Plate IV. fig. 22.)

Hab. Rumbang, Sarawak.

58. OPIsTHOSTOMA PUMILIO, Smith. (Plate IV. fig. 23.)

Hab. Rumbang.

59. CYCLOPHORUS KINA-BALUENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)

Testa aperte umbilicata, suborbicularis vel depresse conica, in

medio carinata, rufa, lineis angustis pallidis sutura radiantibus

picta, epidermide tenui olivacea induta; anfractus 43, conveai-

usculi, celeriter crescentes, lineis imerementi tenwibus striisque

spiralibus conspicuis sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam primo

acute carinatus (carina versus aperturam minus acuta), infra

convexiusculus, lineis concentricis paucis nigro-rufis pictus ;

apertura obliqua, sordide albida ; peristoma incrassatum, palli-

dum vel rufum, margine superiore vie expanso, columellari

leviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 45, min. 33, alt. 27 millim. ; apertura intus 16 alta,

19 lata.

Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

1 For reference to this species and descriptions of the four following, see

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. pp. 271-273,

1895. | BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 119

Only two specimens of this species were collected. It is about

the same size as C. borneensis, but differs from that species in colour,

in the much stronger spiral strie, and more rapidly enlarged whorls.

In one example the extreme edge of the peristome, which is reddish,

is quite sharp, but it is soon thickened on the outside by a con-

spicuous ridge. In the second specimen the lip is dirty whitish

and rather more expanded.

60. CycLoPHORUS cocHRANEI, Godwin-Austen. (Plate LV.

fig. 2.)

Cyclophorus cochranei, G.-A., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 334.

Hab. Meri, Sarawak (C. Hose); Busau and Niah (A. Averett).

This species has the body-whorl on the left side above the

periphery more or less flattened, and has rather a humpy or

shouldered appearance near the suture. This species, C. talboti,

and C. borneensis probably pass one into the other, although the

representative forms are recognizable enough.

Two of the specimens from Meri are of a pale pinkish-brown

colour, with a darker broad infra-peripheral zone. The third

example is entirely white beneath an olive epidermis. The latter

form closely resembles the variety ochracea.

61. LepropoMA GEOTROCHIFORME. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)

Testa fere obtecte perforata, trochoidea, ad peripheriam acute

carinata, subtus planiuscula, alba; spira conica, acuta ; an fractus

6, celeriter crescentes, leviter conver, spiraliter tenuiter striati,

lineisque incrementi obliquis, fleauosis, tenuissimis scu Ipti, ultimus

supra et infra carinam concave compressus, antice haud descendens;

apertura subcircularis ; peristoma duplex, margine externo tenwi

expanso, ad angulum acuminato, latiore supra quam infra,

interno continuo, paulo incrassato.

Diam.maj. 22 millim., min. 17, alt. 20; apertura intus 9 longa,

93 lata. :

Hab. Mount Rabong, West Sarawak.

This species has a considerable resemblance to L. undatum,

Metcalfe, and ZL. niahense, Godwin-Austen’.

It is at once distinguished from the latter by the absence of the

constriction behind the labrum, the double peristome, the almost

concealed umbilicus, the more convex whorls, and slightly finer

sculpture. £. wndatum also has the body-whorl constricted behind

the lip, but the peripheral keel becomes obsolete a little from it, so

that there is hardly any acumination on the right of the aperture

as in the present species and L. niahense. L. wndatum is more

openly umbilicated and has not a double peristome.

62. LepropoMa SKERTCHLYI. (Plate IV. fig. 4.)

Testa L. undato similis, sed minor, carina pertpherali usque ad

labrum continua, anfractu ultimo pone aperturam haud constricto,

1 Erroneously described as a Helix of the section Geotrochus (Proc, Zool. Soc,

1891, p. 44).

120 MR. E. A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

lineis incrementi obliquis supra et infra validis, pliciformibus,

umbilico mediocri ut in L. undato ; apertura oblique ovata ; perist.

duplice, margine extern late capanso, acuto, haud reflexo, interno

continuo, leviter porrecto ; anfractibus supervoribus planiusculis,

liris paucis spiralibus tenuibus cinctis.

Longit. 163 millim., diam. maj. 173, min. 133; apertura intus

6 longa, 7 lata.

Hab. Summit of Mount Ambun, British North Borneo, at an

elevation of 3500 feet.

This species was collected by Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly, who observes

on a ticket accompanying the two specimens, kindly presented to

the British Museum by Mr. J. J. Walker, “‘ animal emerald-green,

so the shell looked green with white porcelain bands.”

Its small size and strong sculpture distinguish this species from

its allies, LZ. undatum, L. niahense, and L. geotrochiforme.

63. LAGocuitus BANGUEYENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 5.)

Testa depresse turbinata, anguste wmbilicata, tenuis, epidermide

dilute olivacea, setosa induta ; anfractus 6, celeriter accrescentes,

conveai, spiraliter lirati, superiores saturate rufescentes, cotert

strigis rufis radiantibus ornati, ultimus inferne haud strigatus,

infra peripheriam zona angusta rufa pictus, supra medium

liris circa 8-9 instructus, infra lineis impressis cirea 6 remotis

et subpunctatis sculptus ; apertura fere cireularis, mediocriter

magna ; peristoma duplex, tenue, margine externo via expanso,

interno continuo, pallido, leviter incrassato, ad suturam minute

sinuato.

Diam. maj. 13 millim., min. 10, alt. 11; apertura 6 lata.

Hab. Banguey Island, North Borneo.

This species is clothed with a very hairy epidermis; the hairs

are short, dark brown, situated upon the spiral lire and the

impressed lines on the base of the body-whorl, and at the same

time they form oblique series in the direction of the lines of

srowth. The epidermis is easily cleaned off, the shell then having

a very different look. The red radiating markings are curved and

somewhat wavy, but do not extend beyond the middle of the body-

whorl.

64, LAGocHILUS RABONGENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 6.)

Testa turbinata, umbilicata, sub epidermide tenui flavo et rufo

oblique strigata, spwraliter lirata ; anfractus 5—6, convexi, liris

tenuibus spiralibus (in anfr. penult. quatuor) cincti, ultimus

liris circiter 8-10 ornatus, antice vix descendens ; apertura

rotundata, mediocris ; peristoma duplex, margine externo tenui

plane reflewo, intus leviter incrassato, dilute lilaceo, continuo, ad

suturam minute sinuato.

Diam, maj. 9 millim., min. 73, alt. 8; apertura intus 33 lata.

Var. Testa minor, omnino lutescens vel strigis rufis radiantibus

ornata. Diam. maj. 7 millim., min. 6, alt. 7.

Hab, Mount Rabong, West Sarawak (A. Everett).

1895.] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 121

The typical form of this species is a little larger than L.

triliratus, Pfr. It differs also in the greater number of spiral

lire and the stronger and more widely reflected lip. The variety

is conspicuously smaller than the type and has a paler appearance.

One of the three specimens examined is of a uniform pale

olivaceous tint, the two others having a few more or less distant

radiating stripes or spots.

L. bellulus, Martens, has four lire upon the penultimate whorl,

but about 14 on the last, and the red stripes are flexuous and the

umbilicus broader.

65, LAGOCHILUS KINA-BALUENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)

Testa subaperte umbilicata, depresse turbinata, lutescens, rufo-nigro

radiatim et undulatim strigata, spiraliter tenuissime striata,

liris tenuibus (in anfr. ult. duo, ultimo quatuor) cincta, epi-

dermide setosa induta ; anfr. 6, convexi, superiores tres saturate

rufescentes, sequentes duo in medio carina vel lira cincti, inferne

ad suturam lira secunda ornati, ultimus carina vel lira suprema

paulo supra medium sita, infima circa medium basis, antice vie

descendens ; peristoma recte reflecum, margine externo tenue,

lutescente, interno continuo, leviter incrassato, sublilaceo, ad

suturam minute sinuato,

Diam. naj. 9 millim., min. 7, alt. 7; apertura intus 33 lata,

Hab. Kina Balu, 3000-4000 feet (A. Averett).

Very like Z. inornatus in form, but differing in the number of

the spiral lire, the spiral striw, and colour. The short brown

hairs of the epidermis arise from the spiral lire.

66. Lacocurnus conicus. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)

Testa anquste perforata, conica, lutescens, rufo radiatim strigata,

epidermide tenui setosa induta, spiraliter tenwissime lirata ;

anfractus 6, convewi, requlariter, haud celeriter accrescentes,

ultimus antice vix descendens ; peristoma tenue, duplex, margine

externo angustissime expanso, nigrescente, interno leviter incras-

sato, pallide livido, continuo, ad suturam minute sinuato.

Diam, maj. 8 millim., min. 7, alt. 84; apertura intus 33 lata.

Hab. Kina Balu, 3000-4000 feet (A. Everett).

The spiral lire are rather feeble, four on the penultimate, and

none below the periphery of the last.

67. LAGOCHILUS BALABACENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 9.)

Testa L. trilirato similis, sed anfr. ultimo in wmbilico liris tribus

ornato, epidermide decidua lutosa induta.

Diam. maj. 8 millim., min. 6%, alt. 7; apertura 4 lata.

Hab. Island of Balabac, between Palawan and Borneo (A.

Everett).

This species is of the same size and colour as L. triliratus, Pfr.,

from Labuan, and the latter has four lire encircling the body-

whorl, of which the lowermost is around the middle ot the base.

The present species has six lire, the upper three situated as in

122 MR, E. A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

L. triliratus. The fourth lira surrounds the umbilicus, and the two

others are within it. The epidermis seems somewhat different,

and the peristome is a trifle less thickened than in the Labuan

species. These appear to be small differences; still, they will

probably prove to be constant in specimens from the two localities.

68. LaAGocHILUS MUNDYANUS, Godwin-Austen.

Lagochilus mundyanus, G.-A. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 338,

pl. xxxix. figs. 6-6.

Lagochilus altus, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxiv.

p- 345, pl. xxv. fig. 9.

Hab. Busau Hills.

1 regret having overlooked Godwin-Austen’s L. mundyanus when

describing Z. altus. They are undoubtedly identical. A specimen

recently received differs from the typical form in being of a

uniform dark purplish-brown colour.

69. LacocuiLus QuapRicinerus. (Plate IV. fig. 10.)

Testa parva, anguste umbilicata, turbinata, tenuis, pellucido-albida,

ad apicem fuscescens ; anfractus 53, supremi 2-3 convewt, laves,

penultimus conveviusculus, bicarinatus, ultimus mediocriter

convexus, carinis quatuor cinctus ; apertura fere circularis ;

peristoma subduplex, tenue, late expansum et recurvum, margine

interno columellart ad suturam minute inciso.

Diam. maj. 83 millim., min. 6, alt. 8; apertura intus 33 longa et

lata.

Hab. Mulu, N. Sarawak.

This species is somewhat like Z. baritensis, Smith, but is much

smaller, without colour-markings, has larger nuclear whorls, and

is differently keeled. The peristome also is more widely expanded

and not so distinctly double.

70. DreLoMMATINA RUBICUNDA (Martens).

Paxillus vubicundus, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool.

vol. ii. p. 164, pl. 4. fig. 16.

Diplommatina rubra, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889,

p- 349, pl. xxxviii. fig. 7.

Diplommatina rubicunda, Smith, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1894,

vol. xiii. p. 463.

Hab. Bengkajang and Singkawang, W. Borneo (Martens); Niah

Hills (Godwin-Austen) ; Mt. Rabong, West Sarawak, Kina Balu,

and Gomanton, North Borneo, also Palawan (Hverett, in present

coll.); Natuna Islands (Smith).

The intensity of the reddish colour is variable, and the outer

peristome is more remote from the inner in some specimens (¢. g.

those from the Natuna Islands) than in others.

71. DietomMatTINA REOTA. (Plate IV. fig. 11.)

Testa dextrorsa, ovata, superne acuminata, cornea; anfractus 6.

. 2 2 . . . . ? . . ’

perconveai, lamellis tenwissimis obliquis numerosis ornati,

1895. } BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 123

ultimus penultimum subequans ; apertura irregulariter rotun-

data, verticalis ; peristoma incrassatum, expansum, duplex,

marginibus conniventibus, callo tenui junctis, columellari intus

dente acuto munito.

Longit. 3 millim., diam 13.

Hab. Kina Balu.

Var. Testa minor, paulo angustior, pallide rufescens.

Hab. Balabac.

The above differences seem hardly sufficient to distinguish this

variety from the typical form.

72. DIPLOMMATINA BALABACENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 12.)

Testa minima, elongata, ovato-fusiformis, sordide albida, dextrorsa,

imperforata ; anfractus 7-8, convewi, tenuiter lamellati, lamellis

supra anfractum penult. confertioribus quam supra; anfr.

ultimus penultimo minor, antice ascendens ; apertura verticalis,

rotundata ; peristoma incrassatum, triplee, marginibus callo

tenui junctis, columellari dente minuto intus munito.

Longit. 2 millim., diam. 3.

Hab. Balabac.

This is smaller than any of the Bornean species. There is a

marked difference in the proximity of the fine lamellz, or threads,

upon the penultimate whorl and that above it. The genus

Diplommatina has not previously been recorded from this island.

73. DIPLOMMATINA BARITENSIS, Smith.

Diplommatina baritensis, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv.

p. 350, pl. xxv. fig. 22.

Hab. Kina Balu, Busau, Rumbang, and Banguey Island.

None of the specimens from these localities agree exactly with

the type from Barit Mountain. In form they correspond very

closely, but none are so distinctly and distantly lamellated. Those

from Kina Balu, Busau, and Rumbang are of a dirty yellowish

tint, becoming reddish towards the apex of the spire, and the

peristomes are bright yellow. The specimens from Banguey

Island appear almost smooth at first sight, the fine costulation

being observable only under a powerful lens. They are pale and

subpellucid like the type, and the peristome also is likewise

whitish. Some of the yellow lips are rather more thickened than

in the typical form.

In the figure the spire above the penultimate whorl is not long

enough and too broad. Some specimens bear considerable

resemblance to D. concinna, H. Adams, but the penultimate whorl

is larger in proportion to the last.

74. DIpLoMMATINA CONCOLOR, Quadras & Moellendorff. (Plate

IV. fig. 13.)

Diplommatina (Sinica) concolor, Q. & M. Nachrichtsbl. deutsch.

mal. Gesell. 1893, p. 182.

Hab, Cagayan, Luzon (Q. § M.); Palawan (LZverett),

124 MR. E, A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM [Feb. 5,

The Palawan specimens have half a whorl less than those from

Luzon, the spire above the penultimate volution appearing in

consequence a trifle shorter. The sculpture, form of aperture,

and columellar denticle are the same '.

75. Puprya HosEr, Godwin-Austen.

Pupina hosei, G.-A. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 351, pl. xxxix.

figs. 1, La.

Hab. Busau (type); Mulu Mountain and Mount Rabong,

Sarawak ; also Balabac and Palawan (A. Everett).

This species is rather variable in size, even among specimens

from the same locality. Some examples are stouter than others,

and one from the cave-earth, in a semi-fossilized condition, has an

exceptionally tall spire. There is very little variation in the form

of the aperture, the peristome, and sinuses.

76. CycLorus PALAWANIcus. (Plate IV. fig. 14.)

Testa orbicularis, aperte umbilicata, dilute castanea, infra medium

paulo pallidior, linets incrementi tenuibus striata, subpolita ;

spira depressa, apice-obtuso, prominulo ; anfractus 5, convewi,

céleriter accrescentes, sutura profunda sejuncti, ultimus antice

leviter descendens ; apertura mediocris ; peristoma duplex,

margine externo superne lato, tenut, haud reflexo, prope suturam

concave dilatato, interno continuo, infra suturam leviter sinuato,

umbilicum versus cum externo conjuncto et incrassato ; oper-

culum utringue leviter concavum, ad marginem bicarinatum,

imter carinas acutas excavatum, sordide albidum, ex anfractibus

nonis oblique striatis constitum.

Diam. maj. 21 millim., min. 15, alt. 10; apertura intus 7 longa

et lata.

Var. PARVA. Testa minor, concolor, vel supra plus minus maculata ;

peristoma angustius expansum. Diam. maj. 153 millim.

Hab, Maranggas, 8.W. Palawan.

If very carefully examined, a very faint peripheral zone is

traceable.

77. CycLorus pusiiius (Sowerby).

Cyclostoma pusillum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. i. p. 94, pl. 23.

figs. 5, 5* ; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 59, pl. 7. figs, 16, 17.

Cyclotus pusillus, Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 39; Hidalgo, Journ. de

Con. 1888, p. 57.

Hab. Luzon and Negros, Philippines (Sowerby); Marinduque

and Cebu (Hidalgo); Palawan (Lverett).

Two specimens from Palawan, 9 millim. in diameter, are peculiar

in having the last half of the body-whorl disconnected with the

penultimate.

1 In my Report upon the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands, I named a

species belonging to this genus D. strubelli, I regret to find that that name

had already been used, and propose therefore to change it to D. brunonis,

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 125

78: CycLorus Linitus, Godwin-Austen.

Cyclotus linitus, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 345,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 3.

Hab. Mount Rabong, West Sarawak.

Some of the specimens from this locality are larger than the

types from Busau, being 10 millim. in their greater diameter.

With the exception of the apex, they are entirely coated with the

thick earthy deposit, which is possibly to some extent protective.

The body-whorl descends in front, and is slightly detached from

the penultimate at the aperture.

79, HeLicrna USUKANENSIS, Godwin-Austen.

Helicina usukanensis, G.-A. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1889, p. 352,

pl. xxxix. fig. 7.

Hab. Mengalun Island, Usukan Island, Banguey Island, Man-

tangak Island, and Palawan ; also Sibutu and Bilatan, Sulu Islands

(A. Everett).

The specimens from Sibutu and Bilatan were at one time

supposed to belong to H. contermina, Kobelt'. That species,

judging from the description, appears to be somewhat more globose,

and the keel is said to be thread-like (“carina filitormi”).

Perhaps a comparison of specimens, however, may yet show that

they really are the same as that species. Ihave no hesitation in

placing all the specimens from the above localities under ZH.

usukanensis, although there are slight differences in size and the

colour is variable. It may be uniformly yellowish or pinkish red,

but the keel is always whitish, and a narrow reddish zone beneath

the carina is more or less visible in most specimens.

80. Gxorissa EVERETTI. (Plate LV. fig. 15.)

Testa turbinata, imperforata, rufescens, Lineis obliquis minute

decussata ; anfractus 4, perconvewi, primus levis, globosus,

ultimus antice subdescendens ; apertura rotunde ovata ; peristoma

tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari pallido, reflexo.

Longit. 2 millim., diam. 13; apertura 1 longa, ¢ lata.

Hab. Rumbang, W. Sarawak.

Only a single specimen of this pretty species was collected by

Mr. Everett. It is distinguished from all the other Bornean

species by the decussation of the surface, formed by the minute

curved lines of growth being crossed by others obliquely sloping in

the opposite direction. Under a powerful lens the points of

intersection appear somewhat granulous.

81. GEORISSA BANGUBYENSIS. (Plate LV. fig. 16.)

Testa turbinata, rufescens, fere levis; anfractus 4, perconverr,

sutura profunda sejuncti, liners incrementi obliquis substriati,

primus subglobosus ; apertura oblique semicireularis ; peristoma

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiii. p. 59, pl. iv. figs. 6, 6 a.

126 MR, E, A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS FROM | Feb. 5,

vie incrassatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari supra

regionem umbilicalem fortiter refleco, callum crassum formante.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 13 ; apertura § longa, 3 lata.

Hab, Banguey Island.

The strong callus over the umbilical region is a characteristic

feature. There is very little surface-sculpture observable, merely

very faint lines of growth and a few minute spiral strie on the

body-whorl, visible only under the microscope.

82. GmoRISSA FLAVESCENS. (Plate IV. fig. 17.)

Testa globose turbinata, flavescens, spiraliter striata ; anfractus

tres, primus levis, globosus, secundus convexiusculus, superne

subhumerosus, ultimus magnus, subglobosus; apertura semi-

circularis, obliqua, longit. totius 4 adequans ; peristoma leviter

incrassatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari oblique

rectiusculo, refleco, supra wmbilicum callum crassiusculum

formante.

Longit. 13 millim., diam. 13; apertura 1} longa, 2 lata.

Hab. Gomanton, N.E. Borneo.

Although spirally sculptured somewhat similarly to G. hosez, this

species differs in colour and the less angular penultimate whorl.

83. GEORISSA BORNEENSIS. (Plate IV. fig. 18.)

Testa imperforata, turbinata, rufescens; anfractus quatuor,

convexi, sutura canaliculata sejuncti, oblique striati, primus

globosus, levis, ultimus antice paulo descendens, ad medium

obtuse subangulatus ; apertura parva; peristoma rufum, intus

limbatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari obliquo,

via arcuato, reflexo.

Longit. 23 millim., diam. fere 2; apertura 1 longa, § lata.

Hab. Gomanton, N.E. Borneo.

This species has no spiral sculpture, but exhibits merely fine

strie of growth. The outer lip is distinctly thickened within

and of a bright red colour.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats IL,

2. Xesta themis, p. 100.

3. —— padasensis, p. 100.

4, —— thisbe, p. 101.

6. Hemiplecta egeria, p. 102.

7. —— preculta, p. 101.

8. —— densa, var. everetti, p. 101.

rabongensis, p. 102.

10. Dyakia lindstedti, p. 103.

11. —— subdebilis, p. 104. =

12. Trochonanina heraclea, p. 105.

13,14. —— alezis, p. 105.

15, 16. —— kina-baluensis, p. 105.

17, 18, —— whiteheadi, p. 106.

1895. ] BORNEO AND NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS. 127

Puarte III.

Fig. 1. Everettia subimperforata, p. 106.

2. planior, p. 107.

3. —— baramensis, p. 108.

4, —— banqueyensis, p. 108.

5. —— thalia, p. 109.

6. Lamprocystis balabacensis, p. 109.

. Sitala rumbangensis, p. 110.

. —— demissa, p. 110.

. —— busauensis, p. 111.

10. —— cara, p. 111.

ll. dulcis, p. 111.

12, accepta, p. 111.

13. —— amussitata, p. 112.

14. inequisculpta, p. 112.

15. -—— infantilis, p. 112.

16. Helix (Chloritis) kina-baluensis, p. 113.

17. —— ( ) euphrosyne, p. 118.

18. —— (Dorcasia) incauta, p. 114.

19. Amphidromus perversus, var., p. 118.

20. —— hosei, p. 115.

21, 22. Cyathopoma everetti, p. 115.

23, 24, 25. Pterocyclos latilabrum, p. 116.

26. Alyceus congener, p. 117.

27. sadongensis, p. 117.

28. —— fultoni, p.117.

Puate IV.

Fig. 1. Cyclophorus kina-baluensis, p. 118.

cochranei, p. 119.

Leptopoma qeotrochiforme, p. 119.

skertchlyi, p. 119.

Lagochilus bangueyensis, p. 120.

rabongensis, p. 120.

—— kina-baluensis, p. 121.

conicus, p. 121.

— balabacensis, p. 121.

quadricinctus, p. 122.

11. Diplommatina recta, p. 122.

balabacensis, p. 123.

concolor, p. 123.

14. Cyclotus palawanicus, p, 124.

15. Georissa everetti, p. 125.

16. —— bangueyensis, p. 125.

17. —— flavescens, p. 126.

18. —— borneensis, p. 126,

19. Opisthostoma otostoma, p. 118.

20. —— cooket, p. 118.

21. —— depauperatum, p. 118,

22. austent, p. 118.

23. —— pumili, p. 118.

$0 COTS Ste Oo bo

128 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 5,

3. On the Long-lost Putorius africanus, Desm., and its

Occurrence in Malta. By Oxprietp Tuomas.

[Received January 15, 1895.]

In 1875 Mr. C. A. Wright, to whom ornithologists are indebted

for several additions to the fauna of Europe, due to his study of

the birds of Malta, read a paper before this Society* on the large

Weasel or “ Ballottra” of that island. This animal he compared

with various species which had been described from the Mediter-

ranean area, but owing to want of material he was unable

definitely to determine it. His specimen he was good enough to

present to the National Museum, where it has remained unique

until recently, when the same gentleman contributed to the

Collection a young male and an immature female, and the examin-

ation of these fresh examples has given rise to the present

remarks.

As stated by Mr. Wright in his paper, the adult male is as large

as a large Stoat, with an equally long tail, while it has the uni-

form coloration of the latter organ characteristic of the Weasel.

On looking up the British Museum material bearing on the

subject, happily considerably increased since the time of Mr.

Wright's paper, I find a couple of skins, male and female, from

Egypt *, presented and collected by Dr. John Anderson in 1892; —

and the same energetic collector has also placed at my disposal

a fine alcoholic male obtained at Cairo during his last season’s

explorations.

These Egyptian Weasels, so far as can be judged by external

proportions and coloration, appear to me to be clearly conspecific

with the Maltese form, and the question therefore arises as to what

name should be applied to them.

In the invaluable work * on the Mammals of Barbary published

in 1885 by M. Fernand Lataste, we find an important discussion

on the Weasels of N. Africa, continued and revised by him in his

‘Mammals of Tunis’ (1887), and supplemented in both places by

some notes by Dr. Trouessart, so that we have here the last

opinions pronounced on the subject by the two ablest and most

modern French students of the Mediterranean fauna.

Briefly epitomized, their opinions are :—(1) that there is only a

single form of Weasel in North Africa, closely allied to P. vulgaris

and P. boccamela ; (2) that if distinct from both of these, which is

doubtful, it should bear the name of P. subpalmatus, Hempr. &

Ehr. (syn. P. numidicus, Puch.); and (3) that Putorius africanus,

Desm., must have been based on a specimen not really from Africa

at all, and perhaps belonging to a Japanese species.

Not a word could be said against these conclusions as based on

? P.Z.8. 1875, p. 312.

* From the Pyramids of Ghizeh, and Abu-Roash, W. of Cairo.

* Act. Linn. Soc. Bord. xxxix. p. 129 et segg. (1885),

1895. ] LONG-LOST PUTORIUS AFRICANUS. 129

the then available material, especially as at that date, in regard to

mammalogy in general, we had far less knowledge of our ignorance

than I trust we have since gained. It therefore often seemed

legitimate to draw conclusions of a character we should not dare

to draw now. But, viewed in the light of recent accessions, they

clearly need modification, and, so far as I can venture to state at

present, it seems evident :—

1. That there are two distinct forms of Weasel in N. Africa,

bearing to each other the same relation in size, and, if they overlap

in distribution, no doubt in the struggle for existence, as the Euro-

pean Stoat and Weasel do.

2. That the larger of the two is the true P. africanus, Desm.,

practically lost to science since its description in 1818 ', and that

the smaller only is the species referred to by Lataste and Troues-

sart, and, probably, by other authors who have considered

“ P. africanus” near to or identical with P. boccamela.

Of the smaller species the British Museum possesses as yet no

authentic Egyptian examples, nor has Dr. Anderson met with it ;

but from some measurements of the specimens marked “ P. sub-

palmatus” in the Berlin Museum, kindly supplied me by Dr-

Matschie, it seems probable, as appears below, that the smaller

Weasel also occurs in Egypt, in company with the giant species so

excellently described by Desmarest three quarters of a century

ago and practically lost ever since.

It is to this latter that I would refer Mr. Wright’s Maltese

Weasel, and would congratulate him on his rediscovery of so

interesting an animal.

So far as the respective ranges of the two species are con-

cerned, P. africanus has apparently not yet been met with in

the western half of N. Africa, in Tunis, Algeria, or Morocco, the

region studied by Lataste, although it may of course any day turn

up there. If it is really absent, so that its only African locality

is Egypt, its occurrence in Malta is of still further interest, as will

be readily perceived on looking at the relative positions of the

localities concerned.

On the other hand, the eastern distribution of the smaller species

remains somewhat doubtful, for from Dr. Matschie’s measurements

of the four original specimens contained in Hemprich and Ehren-

berg’s collection it seems probable that the smaller, as well as the

larger, Weasel occurs in Egypt.

These measurements, which are given (see p. 130), are those, as

Dr. Matschie tells me, of two adult females and two young speci-

mens, all hitherto looked upon as co-types of P. subpalmatus.

Now as the description of that animal consists simply of the

statement that it is “ statura minor” as compared with P. vulgaris, it

is evident that the two larger specimens (A. 373 and 1004) cannot

have been included in this description, so that the two smaller ones

(Nos. 10038 and 1005) should alone be looked upon as the co-types of

1 N, Dict. d'H. N. (2) xix. p. 376.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. IX. 9

130 ON THE LONG-LOST PUTORIUS AFRICANUS. [Feb. 5,

Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s name. These two specimens are of just

about the size of the smaller N. African Weasel as given by Lataste,

and I would suggest that they have been wrongly looked upon as

young and that they are really adults of the smaller species, while

the two larger specimens might be small females of P. africanus.

This point, on which the nomenclature of the smaller species if

different from P. boccamela’ will depend, can only be settled by a

detailed examination of the Berlin types and their skulls, an

examination which I trust Dr. Matschie may himself be able to

undertake and give an account of.

That certain Egyptian Weasels are only of the size of P. bocca-

mela is also borne out by the characters and measurements given

by Hensel? of an original skull of P. subpalmatus belonging to a

skeleton preserved in the Anatomical part of the Berlin Museum *.

This skull is, however, unfortunately not sexed, and therefore the

comparison of measurements may be between female subpalmatus

and female boccamela. Still, Hensel does say distinctly that

P. subpalmatus is a species “die allerdings mit der Boccamela

identisch ist,” although whether his assertion was based on an

examination of external as well as cranial characters I have no

means of knowing. t

The following are some pertinent measurements of Mediterranean

Weasels :—

cee tigecee

“ Putorius boccamela.” mm. mm,

mm.

Sardinia (topotype). d(in spirit) .. 206 79 36°6

do. do. do. .. 145 51 26

Algeria (fide Lataste).Q do. .. 162 46 26 (with

claws).

“ Putorius subpalmatus” ( fide Matschie).

Egypt. No. 1003* (stuffed).... 170 44 26

do. 1005 * doe) wee ceeAO 42 26

do. 10049) Ado: “Geeweteae 90 33

do. M373 Gide. “se 5.cnetO 87 31

Putorius africanus.

Egypt. ¢ (im spirit) ............ 260 §=108 47

do, ee SkaIE) 3 cs a ia Ss ert ie ae 41

ae Se RMEE YS ia io ow ln teas Ac Ws 38

Maltay Go (simied). <0... 502 5 (¢.)300 105 43

In using the names boccamela and subpalmatus for present

purposes, I do not wish to be taken as expressing any opinion as to

1 Lataste states that boccame/a as a technical name dates only from 1835; but

Bechstein’s ‘ Naturgeschichte Deutschlands,’ in which it occurs (vol. i. p. 819),

was published in 1801, and I also notice that the species was binomially quoted

by Fischer (Syn. Mamm. p. 224) in 1829, so that in any case it is of earlier date

than subpalmatus.

2 « Craniologische Studien,” N. Act. Leop. xlii. pp. 177-179, Table 8, column 4

1881).

: 3 No. 5661. + The real co-types ; see above.

1895.] MR. F. HE. BEDDARD ON DENDROLAGUS BENNETTI, 131

the specific validity of the forms respectively so called, as the

positions of both need much further investigation.

Nor should I even like to say positively that P. africanus is

specifically distinct from the large South-Italian Weasels, of which

many more specimens will be needed before we can say whether

or no they grade into the Maltese representative of the group.

Indeed the only points that I can claim to have made out with any

certainty are (1) that P. africanus is a genuine African animal,

aan in Egypt, and (2) that a practically identical form occurs in

ta.

4. On the Visceral Anatomy and Brain of Dendrolagus ben-

nettt. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector

to the Society.

[Received January 14, 1895. ]

So far as I am aware the only published account of the visceral

anatomy of this genus is a paper by the late Sir Richard Owen,

which, moreover, deals with a different species. It seemed to me

therefore to be worth while to put on record such additional facts

as I have been able to observe concerning the structure of this

aberrant genus.

Before proceeding to describe the anatomy of the viscera, there

are two external characters to which I should like to call attention.

The first of these relates to the colour of the fur: the shorter

and deeper-lying hairs in many parts of the body are of a pink

colour, like that which colours the throat of Macropus rubens.

This pink hue does not appear until the fur is ruffled and the

deeper hair brought into view.

As to the second point, I must first refer to a paper by the late

Prof. Garrod * upon Dorcopsis luctuosa. In that paper he described

“four large and conspicuous glandular hair-follicles in the middle

line, arranged to form a square,” lying in the skin between the

jaws. These are figured *. I observed nothing in Dendrolagus of

so obvious an appearance as the structures figured by Garrod ; but,

when the skin was removed, two small black hair-follicles were

easily visible lying side by side. From the apex of each of these

proceeds a hair, which is not any longer than the other hairs upon

the throat. I examined a specimen of Petrogale penicillata, and

found that it exactly resembled Dendrolagus bennetti in this respect.

Whether these structures represent in a rudimentary form the

large and complicated sternal glands of Myrmecobius 4 and Didelphys

dimidiata’ I am unable to say.

* “Notes on the Anatomy of the Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus inustus, Gould),”

P. Z.S. 1852, p. 103.

* “ On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus by a’ Albertis, and its Affini-

ties,” P. Z.S. 1875, p. 48. 3 Loe. cit. pl. viii.

* “Note on a Point in the Structure of Myrmecobius,” P. Z. 8. 1887, p- 527.

° “Note on the Sternal Gland of Didelphys dimidiata,” P. Z. 8. 1888, p- 353

132 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL ANATOMY [Feb. 5,

When the animal was opened by a longitudinal incision through

the abdominal walls a little to the left of the middle line, consider-

able traces of the ventral mesentery were apparent. From the

bladder a fold of membrane arose, which was in parts at least an

inch deep: this fold passed along the ventral body-wall about half-

way to the ribs, and gradually died away. Close to the ribs it

was resuscitated for the space of about an inch; but this section

ot the ventral mesentery was not continuous with the posterior

section or with the falciform ligament in front. In all mammals

(that I have examined) the bladder is attached to the parietes by a

told of nembrane, which is, doubtless, so far the equivalent of the

primitive ventral mesentery. But in no mammal, except Orinitho-

rhynchus*, have I noticed this fold to extend so far forward as in

the Marsupial which forms the subject of the present paper. I

could not, however, discover the least trace of any blood-vessels in

any part of it. It was completely anangious.

§ The Stomach and Intestines.

The stomach in general appearance is very like that of the

Kangaroo, but the cardiac cul-de-sac is not bifureate, and the

present species agrees in this with D. inustus, with Dorcopsis, and

with Petrogale. In structure the stomach of the present species

appears hardly to differ from that of D. inustus; but I am able to

give a somewhat fuller account than that given by Sir R. Owen,

and I have thought it worth while to have a drawing (fig. 1) pre-

pared of the interior of the organ.

) W im f

(CA

TTA:

\ ies mA

1 uh) AKG

RAEI

Mort

Py sSc2))

ai)

Stomach of Dendrolagus, with the interior displayed.

0, esophageal orifice ; g/, glandular patches.

The stomach is sacculated by two principal bands, which run

laterally; but there are also others. At the cardiac extremity

' “On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of Ornithorhynchus,” P. Z.8.

1894, p. 715.

1895. | AND BRAIN OF DENDROLAGUS BENNETTI. 133

there is a single band on the side opposite to that at which the ceso-

phagus enters; it dies away entirely after a course of about five

inches. On the opposite side of the cardiac cul-de-sac, but a little

way from the actual extremity, two bands form a U-shaped junction.

Traced backwards, one of these two bands (that on side remote

from entrance of cesophagus) has a very short course, but it nearly

joins the strong lateral band of its side to which reference has

already been made as extending right along the stomach as far as

the pyloric end. The other loop of the U forms the strong band

on the opposite side of the stomach. The interior of the stomach

shows a very great contrast to that of Petrogale penicillata, with

which I compared it. In the latter the entire cardiac end of the

stomach is lined with a whitish epithelium continuous with that of

the cesophagus. In Dendrolagus it is not; but the middle tract

of the stomach leading from the cesophageal opening towards, but

not as far as, the pylorus is lined with this epithelium. Round

this, on both sides, there are patches of follicular glands of varving

size, the largest being about half an inch long. Sir Richard Owen

mentions these, and also two strong folds which start from either

side of the cesophageal opening and run parallel with each other

for a distance of about 3 inches towards the pylorus. The upper

of these is faintly represented in Petrogale. There are also (in

Dendrolagus bennetti) two folds which run downwards from the

cardiac side of the cesophageal orifice and diverge from each other

toforma\. They appear to form a kind of valve partly shutting

off the cardiac cul-de-sac. They are also, though faintly, repre-

sented in Petrogale penicillata. The stomach of Halmaturus (fig. 2)

is somewhat intermediate. It has the strong folds round the ceso-

phageal orifice, but no patches of glands.

Stomach of Halmaturus, with the interior displayed.

0, esophageal orifice.

The spleen is 62 inches in length; it is narrow, but dilated in a

134 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL ANATOMY [Feb. 5,

spoon-like fashion at one end. The organ is not T-shaped, as in

D. inustus and the Kangaroo.

The small intestine measures 95 inches; I could only count

6 Peyer’s patches in it. The conjoined bile and pancreatic ducts

open into it at a distance of five inches from the pylorus. The

large intestine neasured 38 inches ; it has, as has the cecum, plenty

of Peyer’s patches. Mr. Dobson, in recording’ the existence of

Peyer’s patches in certain Insectivora, Rodentia, Marsupialia, and

Lemurs, omitted to mention that Owen had discovered these

structures as existing in the colon of Dendrolagus inustus.

The cecum of the present species appears to be smaller than

that of D. inustus, in which animal the measurements given by

Owen are 5x5 inches. I found it to be 2 inches only in length

and about the same in diameter. The cecum is attached to the

small intestine by a sheet of membrane. From the opposite side

of the small intestine a fold comes over, which is attached to the

first-mentioned membrane. It is for the most part anangious.

The blood-vessel supplying the cecum comes across from the ileo-

colic mesentery on the opposite side, where there is no connecting

fold of membrane. The arrangement of the membranes supporting

the cecum is precisely the same in Petrogale penicillata and in

Halmaturus bennetti; but in the former, at any rate, the accessory

fold which joins the ileo-czcal fold bears a blood-vessel along its

free edge.

§ The Liver.

I have thought it worth while to have a drawing made of the

liver of Dendrolagus (fig. 3), which was not particularly described by

Fig. 3.

Liver of Dendrolagus; abdominal surface.

Sp., Spigelian lobe; Z.L., left lateral; Z.C., left central; #.C., right central ;

F.L., right lateral; Ca., caudate; G, gall-bladder,

1 J. Anat. Phys, 1884.

1895.] AND BRAIN OF DENDROLAGUS BENNETT, 135

Owen in D. inustus. In the species which forms the subject of the

present memoir, the liver formula may be represented on Garrod’s

plan thus :—

L.L. 2>L.0.=R.C. 2>R.L..3< Cau.

This formula differs markedly from that of Petrogale penicillata,

which is as follows :—

L.L. 4>L.C.=R.C.<R.L. 3<Cau.

I am not disposed to think that very much stress can always be

laid upon the relative sizes of the lobes of the liver. For example,

in two species of Halmaturus the formule are as follows :—

Hi, bennetti.i L.L<L.C.>R.C. 2>R.L. 3<Cau.

H. brachyurus, LL. 2>L.C.=R.C.=R.L. 2< Cau. (Garrod,

MS. sketch).

On the other hand, the liver of Dendyolagus shows two characters

by which it can be distinguished from that of all the above-mentioned

species and from Petrogale (fig. 4) and Macropus melanops :—

(1) The right lateral lobe is not separated by a complete fissure

from the caudate.

(2) The Spigelian lobe is distinctly bilobed.

Fig. 4.

Su)

Liver of Petrogale; abdominal surface.

Lettering as in fig. 3.

§ Heart and Vascular System.

The only point that I noticed in the structure of the heart as

compared with that of Petrogale is the presence of four separate

papillary muscles attached to the free flap of the right auriculo-

ventricular valve, instead of only three. The additional muscle was

attached to the free wall of the ventricle.

136 MR. F, BE, BEDDARD ON DENDROLAGUS BENNETTI. [Feb. 5,

The azygos vein shows considerable differences in different

Marsupials ; and I may take this opportunity of putting together

the results of some recent dissections. In Dendrolagus there

is nothing remarkable, the azygos is on the right side; but in

Halmaturus bennetti there are two posterior cardinal veins nearly

equally well developed, but longest on left side. In two specimens

of this species dissected by me there were differences ; in one the

left azygos was much longer than in the other. Petrogale penicil-

lata agreed with Dendrolagus; so too Macropus rufus. In Phalan-

gista vulpina the difference was that the azygos vein was developed

on the left side. In one specimen of the last-mentioned Marsupial

the azygos opened directly into the vena cava posterior opposite to

the entrance of the left kidney vein. The vena cava moreover was

very largely absent. This state of affairs did not exist in the other

individual. In Didelphys cancrivora and Dasyurus maugei the left

azygos vein was also developed and not the right. In Didelphys

azare the same was the case, only the vein opened posteriorly into

the vena cava opposite to renal vein; but the vena cava was not

absent in front of this point.

§ The Brain.

I have compared the brain of Dendrolagus with those of Petro-

gale penicillata and Halmaturus bennetti. It is about as large as

that of the latter and bigger than the brain of Petrogale. The

furrows are, however, less marked than in either of the types

Dorsal aspect. Lateral view.

Brain of Dendrolagus.

Sy., Sylvian fissure ; 6 anterior, @ posterior fissure.

1895.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 137

mentioned, even in the smaller Petrogale. Apart from a few

furrows to which I shall call attention immediately, the surface of

the brain of Dendrolagus is not exactly smooth. It is covered

with numerous meandering lines, the imprint of blood-vessels,

which 1 cannot compare with the furrows of the more richly

convoluted brain of the Kangaroo.

The Sylvian fissure is faintly marked. In the Kangaroo and the

Wallaby this fissure is encircled by an arch-like fissure as in the

Carnivorous brain. In Dendrolagus, as may be seen by an inspection

of the accompanying drawing (fig. 6, p. 136), this fissure appears to

be represented by a deep groove posterior to the Sylvian fissure

(a in the figure). The only other at all conspicuous suleus upon

the pallium of Dendrolagus is that indicated at 6 in the drawing

(fig. 5). This fissure lies, as will be seen, in the extreme frontal

region of the brain and is U-shaped. That this is an important

fissure in the Marsupial brain appears to be shown by its presence

also in Macropus, Halmaturus, Petrogale, and—a stronger argument

still—in the small and nearly smooth brain of Hypsiprymnus

ogilbyi.

February 19, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair,

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a

series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens

during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject:—

Tteport on the Insect-house for 1894.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Indian.

Attacus atlas. Altacus pernyi.

cynthia. Antherea myliita.

Tricine.

American.

* Attacus lebeaut. Telea polythemus.

Samia cecropia. promethea,

Actias luna. Hypochera io.

* Exhibited for the first time.

138 MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. 19,

African.

Bunea caffraria. Antherea menippe.

Gynanisa isis. Actias mimosee.

* Oyrtogone herilla. * Hudemonia argus.

*Jana strigina? Lasiocampa monteiri.

* Anthereea dione.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio podalirius. Vanessa polychlorus.

machaon. antiopa.

Thais cerisy?. Limenitis populi.

Melitea cinwia. Apatura iris.

American.

Papilio ajax. Papilio turnus.

cresphontes, Limenitis disippus.

asterias. Goniloba tityrus.

i alioneus.

African.

Papilio porthaon. * Papilio corinneus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Smerinthus popult. *Philampelus achemon.

tilice. *Ceratomia amyntor.

Sphinx ligustri. Saturnia pyre.

pmnastri. carpini.

carolina. Eacles imperialis.

Deilephila vespertilio. * Rupalia trimaculata.

euphorbie. * Eulimacodes scapha.

* lineata. *Parasa chloris.

Cherocampa elpenor. *Euglyphia hieroglyphica.

Darapsa myron.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the lepidopterous insects which I have the honour to place

before the Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for

the first time :—Papilio ilioneus, from North America; Papilio

corinneus, from South Africa; Antherwa dione, Cyrtogone herilla,

Jana strigina?, and Eudemonia argus, from Sierra Leone; Attacus

lebeaui, from Honduras; Deilephila lineata, Philampelus achemon,

Ceratomia amyntor, Eupalia trimaculata, Eulimacodes scapha,

Parasa chloris, from North America, and Euglyphia hieroglyphica,

from Jamaica.

The most interesting of these insects are the specimens of

Eudemonia argus, which have been reared from some living pup

brought from Sierra Leone, and presented to the Society by the

Hon. C. B. Mitford. These moths generally emerge in the early

morning, and are fully developed in about two hours. If they are

disturbed, they immediately drop down and feign death, and it

1895. ] MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN OF GULO. 139

will be easily understood that, with such long delicate tails, great

care is required in killing and setting them.

The specimens of Antherea dione, Cyrtogone herilla, and Jana

strigima emerged from a collection of pupxe (also from Sierra

Leone) deposited in the Insect-house by the Hon. Walter

Rothschild.

The specimens of Attacus lebeaui were all reared from cocoons

received in October to November 1894. The gentleman from

whom I obtained them had a pairing of these insects and suc-

ceeded in rearing some of the larve. Of these he sent me four,

in their fifth stage, and he informs me that the larve in the

first three stages are black with yellow tubercles, in the fourth

stage they are green, with the same stripes in the folds of the

segments as in the fifth stage, but not quite so well marked, and

have besides rows of dorsal and lateral tubercles of a reddish

colour. They ate oak, berberis, and privet; but after the first

stage fed entirely upon privet. Of these larve, I herewith exhibit

a sketch, made just before they spun their cocoons. These cocoons,

I may add, are much larger than those imported.

On the 30th of May, 1894, two Goliath Beetles (Goliathus

druryt) were presented to the Society by Capt. G. L. Mitchell.

They fed principally upon bananas. During life they were a

great attraction to visitors. One died on the 24th July and the

other on the 21st August, and both specimens were sent to the

British Museum.

Of Orthoptera, a very curious and rare locust, Vhliboscelus

camellifolia, was sent home by Mr. Leslie Jeyes, from Mandos

on the Amazons, where it is called the “Tanana.” It arrived

in the Gardens on the 21st of August, but, I am sorry to say, lived

only six days. It was very weak on arrival and would not feed,

although we got roses (its favourite food) for it. Of this species

there is only one specimen in the British Museum. In a wild

state Mr. Jeyes says “it sings or chirps through its wings.”

During life it was of a beautiful pale green colour, and this

together with its peculiar shape gave it the appearance of some

kind of green fruit. The sender says they are very difficult to

obtain dead or alive; it is therefore probable that they are, on

account of their shape and colour, not easy to see.

1. On the Brain of Gulo. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 21, 1895.]

One of the few important types of Carnivora the brain of which

was not examined by Prof. Mivart' is the Glutton. As I havea

well-preserved brain of this animal, it may be considered worth while

to attempt to fill up this lacuna in our knowledge. We are not,

i «On the Cerebral Conyolutions of the Carnivora,” Journ. Linn. Soc. xix.

p. 1.

140 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN OF GULO. [Feb. 19,

however, absolutely ignorant of the characters of the convolutions

of the cerebral hemispheres ; for a cast of the inside of the skull

has been described and figured by Gervais ', whose paper is duly

quoted by Mivart. It is, however, much more satisfactory to base

a description upon the actual brain, which I now propose to do.

I have compared the brain with actual specimens of the brains of

Nasua rufa, Meles tawus, Ictonyx zorilla, Galictis barbara, and

Mustela foina, which are among the Prosector’s stores, besides, of

course, with the descriptions and figures of Mivart and others.

Fig. 1.

\ i]

! \

Brain of Gulo (dorsal view).

¢, crucial sulcus.

The outline of the brain of Gulo is, as will be seen from the

accompanying drawing (fig. 1), remarkable. It is almost that of

a square surmounted by a triangle, the line of division being the

crucial sulcus. The cerebellum is largely hidden by the cerebral

hemispheres, as is the case with some other Arctoidea, notably

Letonyx. Mustela stands at the opposite extremity, the cerebellum

being in that animal but slightly overlapped.

The Sylvian fissure is long. As is generally the case with the

* “Mémoire sur les formes cérébrales propres aux Carnivores,” Nouy. Arch.

Mus. vi. p. 103.

1895. ] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN OF GULO. 141

Arctoidea, the anterior limb of the Sylvian gyrus is the longer.

This is particularly marked above and leads toward the condition

characteristic of Meles and Naswa, where the anterior limb of the

Sylvian gyrus has the appearance of being tucked away in its upper

part below the surface of the brain.

The parietal gyrus is connected by a bridging convolution with

the sagittal gyrus. This is perfectly symmetrical on each side of

the body and lies anteriorly on a level with the upper extremity of

the Sylvian gyrus. At its extreme anterior end this gyrus becomes

continuous with the Sylvian gyrus and, on one side, with the

sagittal gyrus again.

The sagittal gyrus, as is the rule with the Arctoidea, is wide

and complicated. That part of the gyrus which is at right angles

with the rest, and reaches the margin of the pallium, is divided by

a longitudinal furrow, of which there are only traces in Galictis

and Nasua and no traces in Meles.

Brain of Gu/o (side view).

Sy, Sylvian fissure; c, crucial suleus.

I now come to the crucial sulcus (c), which is so important in

the Carnivorous brain and especially in the Arctoid.

As in all Arctoidea, which are thus differentiated from the

Ailuroidea, the crucial sulcus is situated comparatively far

back. In Gulo the proportions of the lengths of the precrucial

and posterucial regions are 28: 40. In Meles and Taxus they are

more nearly equal, being 26:30. On the other hand, in Galictis

they are 14: 34. In Gulo, as in Galictis, the crucial sulci are

nearly at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the brain. They

do not reach the middle line, because in this region the hippo-

campal gyrus emerges from below on to the upper surface of the

brain, and becomes continuous anteriorly with the sagittal gyrus.

The margins of this eruptive portion of the hippocampal gyrus

form with the crucial fissure a Y-shaped furrow on each side, the

lines of the Y being widely divergent and forming with each other

a very obtuse angle. The median portion thus enclosed has been

142 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,

termed by Dr. Mivart the “ Ursine Lozenge.” Dr. Mivart has

justly laid stress upon the prevalence of this definite area in the

Arctoid brain. He defines the Arctoid brain by the presence of

the “‘Ursine Lozenge.” The “ Ursine Lozenge” of Gulo is most

like that of Galictis among the types which I have examined, thus —

confirming the justice of its placing by Dr. Mivart' and others.

The brains of these two animals are intermediate in character

between those of Nasua, Ictonyx, and Mustela on the one hand,

and those of Helictis, Meles, and Mellivora on the other. In the

former group the lozenge is absent owing to the absence of a

precrucial sulcus. I found traces of it in Vasua, which genus, it

will be remembered, approaches Galictis in the presence of a post-

crucial bridging convolution between the hippocampal and sagittal

Both Prof, Garrod * and Dr. Mivart were, in my opinion, wrong

in regarding the brain of Helictis, first described by the former, as

‘“‘exceptional.” In Meéles tarus we meet with precisely the same

appearance of the hippocampal gyrus upon the upper surface of

the brain. In these animals and, according to Mivart, in Mellivora

there is an ursine lozenge formed which is completely closed in

front. These therefore form the extreme term in a series which

commences with the simpler brain of Ictonyx.

2. On the Brain in the Lemurs. By

Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received February 11, 1895.]

During the last few years I have accumulated a number of well-

preserved Lemurs’ brains extracted from specimens that have died

in the Society’s Gardens. I have thought that it might be useful

to publish an illustrated account of some of these in order to

supplement the existing knowledge of the Lemurine brain. The

brains that I have examined myself are the following :—

Lemur mongoz, Galago crassicaudatus,

Lemur brunneus, Galago monteiri,

Lemur anjuanensis, Cheirogaleus coquereli,

Lemur coronatus, Loris gracilis,

Lemur albifrons, Nycticebus tardigradus,

Lemur rufipes, Perodicticus potto,

besides Hapalemur griseus, of whose brain I have recently published

a description *.

The literature referring to the Lemurine brain is not great.

“On the Anatomy, Classification, and Distribution of the Arctoidea,”

P. Z. S. 1885, p. 340.

2 “ Notes on the Anatomy of Helictis subaurantiaca,” P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 305.

* “ Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus,” P.Z.S. 1891, p. 456.

fia

1895.] BRAIN IN THE LEMURS. 143

Nycticebus has been described and figured by Sir William Flower!

and compared with Lemur nigrifrons. Burmeister’ has dealt with

the brain of Tarsius and given a figure thereof. Van der Hoeven

and van Camper ® have described but not figured the brain of the

Potto. Owen has given* an illustrated account of the brain of

Chiromys. Finally Milne-Edwards’ has published figures and

descriptions of the brain in Avahis laniger and other Indrisine ;

and Gervais* has written a more comprehensive paper than any of

these, but his drawings are all from intra-cranial casts.

§ The Brain of Lemur.

Having had so many different species of Lemur for examination,

I am able to say something as to the range of variation in the

convolutions of this genus. This range is not large, but the

bigger brains are on the whole more complex than the smaller.

Lemur anjuanensis has the simplest brain of all the species I have

examined. It is almost precisely like L. nigrifrons figured by

Flower. In Lemur albifrons the angular and infero-frontal sulci

very nearly join; on the lateral aspect of the brain two small sulci

are visible, which are represented by the merest traces in Lemur

anjuanensis ; the first of these is in front of the Sylvian fissure,

and runs obliquely upwards at right angles to the infero-frontal

sulcus. The other fissure is a commencing division of the medio-

temporal gyrus. :

In Lemur rufipes the angular and infero-frontal fissures do not

join; in the middle of the widest portion of what may perhaps be

termed the sagittal gyrus is a deep, but very short furrow on each

side. In this brain, as in those of all the species of the genus

Lemur, the angular fissure has the form of an elongated §. The

small perpendicular presylvian fissure has another in front of it.

There are the same indications as in Lemur albifrons of a division

of the medio-temporal lobe. Lemur brunneus hardly differs. On

one side of the brain, however, there was a very considerable

furrow half an inch long, dividing the upper part of the medio-

temporal lobe.

In the brain of Lemur mongoz the angular and infero-frontal

sulci are completely continuous. Otherwise there are no special

points to be noted. Of Lemur coronatus I have examined two

brains from two individuals, which, though of different sizes, were

both females. In neither were the angular and infero-frontal

sulci continuous. Both presylvian fissures were present, at least

in the larger brain.

“On the Brain of the Javan Loris,” Tr. Z. 8. vol. v. p. 103.

‘Beitrage zur naheren Kenntniss der Gattung Tarsius,’ 1846.

‘Ontleedkundig Onderzoek van den Potto van Bosman.’

+ “On the Aye-aye,” Tr. Z. 8. vol. v. p. 68. See also Oudemans, Nat. Verh.

Akad. Amsterdam, xxvii.

° Hist. Nat. de Madagascar, Mamm. p. 193.

® “Mémoire sur les formes cérébrales propres 4 l’ordre des Lémures,” J. Zool.

i. p. 1.

144 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,

§ The Brain of Nycticebus tardigradus. (Fig. 1.)

There appear to be more differences between the brain of this

animal and that of its congener Vycticebus javanicus than between

the different species of Lemur that I have examined.

To begin with, the brain is more rounded in front and the

cerebellum is more fully exposed than is indicated in Sir W,

Flower’s figure’ of V. javanicus. The angular fissure («) is short,

but instead of being straight it is crescentic in outline, the con-

cavities facing each other. The two fissures look like a pair of

brackets. The infero-frontal suture (7.f.) seems to be less conspi-

cuous than in the other species of the genus, and on one side of the

brain it ran back to join the curved (anteriorly convex) presylvian

fissure, the homologue (?) of which latter in WV. javanicus has a

totally different direction. The parieto-occipital (“ Simian”) (p.o.)

fissures are better developed than in NV. javanicus and reach the

intercerebral sulcus.

Fig. 1.

Brain of Nycticebus tardigradus.

a, angular fissure ; 7.f., infero-frontal; Sy., Sylvian fissure ;

a.t., antero-temporal ; p.o., parieto-occipital.

§ The Brain of Perodicticus potto. (Fig. 2, p. 145.)

This brain differs from that of Mycticebus. The angular fissure

(a) begins further back, well behind the extremities of the Sylvian

and antero-temporal fissures, which are curved outwards as in the

genus Lemur, but have not the peculiar S-shaped form that they

have in that genus. The infero-frontal sutures, if I am right in

so identifying those lettered 7.f. in the drawing (fig. 2), have not

the longitudinal direction that they have in other Lemurs. They

run almost at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the brain,

and are apparently very like those of Callithrix as figured by

Sir Wm. Flower *, The angular fissure is prevented from joining

the infero-frontal by a long straight presylvian fissure (p.s.), which

runs up between them. The antero-temporal and Sylvian fissures

1 Loc. cit. pl. 27. fig. 1.

2 Loe. cit. pl. 27. fig. 11.

1895. ] BRAIN IN THE LEMURS. 145

join or nearly join above. ‘There are faintly marked parieto-

occipital fissures.

Brain of Perodicticus potto.

A, dorsal, B, ventral aspect ; .s., presylyian fissure ;

other lettering as in fig. 1.

§ The Brain of Loris gracilis. (Fig. 3.)

The description of this little brain will not detain us long, as it

is, with the exception of Chetrogaleus, the simplest form of Lemur’s

brain known to me. It is very rounded in form, a character

which also distinguishes Cheirogaleus.

Fig. 3.

Brain of Loris gracilis.

Lettering as in fig. 1.

There are only three fissures plainly visible—the Sylvian, the

angular, and the antero-temporal: The angular fissure is of

moderate dimensions and is curved, the concavity being outwards.

The other fissures call for no particular comment. On one side of

the brain of one of the two specimens which I have is a very

short parieto-occipital fissure. I would point out, in criticism of

the use of intra-cranial casts, how totally my figure differs from

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. X. 10

146 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,

that of Gervais’, who represents the brain of this animal as

comparatively complicated. As I have examined two brains which

agree with each other, I think it may be fairly assumed that my

description is accurate.

§ The Brain of Galago crassicaudatus. (Fig. 4.)

The brain of this Lemur differs in several particulars from the

brains of other Lemurs which I have examined, though it is

constructed upon the same general plan. The general outline

of the brain is much as in the genus Lemur. The fissures are,

on the whole, few, when the size of the brain is taken into

consideration, but some of them are very deeply engraved. This

is the case with the Sylvian and angular fissures, which are really

the only well-marked ones.

Fig. 4.

Brain of Galago crassicaudatus. A, front, B, side view.

Lettering as in fig. 1.

The Sylvian fissure is not quite so long as it is in some other

Lemurs. The angular fissure is not more than a quarter of an

inch long, but it is very deep; it is slightly crescentic, the con-

cavity embracing the extremity of the Sylvian fissure. The infero-

frontal fissure on each side is represented by two detached

portions, which are very short but fairly deep. They are in the

same straight line, and the direction is obliquely inwards as in the

genus Lemur. There is a small dent in the brain-substance just

on a level with the hindermost extremity of the infero-frontal

sulcus, in the middle of the widest part of the sagittal gyrus,

which appears to correspond to a more strongly marked impression

that I have already referred to as existing in a similar position in

the genus Lemur. Below the infero-frontal sulci is a rather

faintly marked furrow, longitudinal in direction, which I compare

1 Loe. eit. fig. 2, pl. ii.

1895.] BRAIN IN THE LEMURS. 147

with the anterior of the two presylvian sulci found in many

Lemurs. A very curious thing about the brain of Galago is the

very faintly marked antero-temporal furrow. This is so charac-

teristic a fissure of the Lemurine brain, and is the only fissure

besides the Sylvian which is found in the otherwise smooth brain

of Tarsius according to Burmeister’s figures. We shall see,

however, that it is also absent in Cheirogaleus. The parieto-

occipital fissure is represented by two small grooves starting from

the middle line. The brain of G. monteiri is not very different,

but the dent lying in front of the angular sulcus is absent.

§ The Brain of Cheirogaleus coquereli. (Fig. 5.)

This brain, as already mentioned, has a rounded form com-

parable to that of Loris gracilis, but it is much flatter, in fact

markedly flat. On the upper surface, behind the Sylvian fissure,

is a curious hollowing of the brain-surface, which is unlike

anything that I have seen in any other Lemur. The cerebral

hemispheres diverge from each other very slightly behind, the

posterior margin of the hemispheres being almost straight.

Brain of Cheirogaleus coquereli.

Lettering as in fig. 1.

The brain is very slightly furrowed, not nearly so much even

as in Loris gracilis, which is, moreover, a smaller brain. The

only suleus which is really conspicuous is the Sylvian. There is,

as already mentioned, practically no trace of the antero-temporal.

The angular fissures are, however, feebly represented by two

short, shallow sulci, not more than 3th of an inch in length.

They are just in the middle of the brain.

§ Mutual Affinities of the Genera of Lemuroidea as indicated

by Brain-structure.

There is no doubt that the structure of the brain of the Aye-

aye, as figured by Owen, justifies the placing of that genus in a

10*

148 ON THE BRAIN IN THE LEMURS [Feb. 19,

family by itself. Its most marked characters are (1) the pro-

duction of a large semicircular sulcus by the fusion of the Sylvian

with the parieto-occipital fissures’: (2) the length of the angular

sulcus which blends in front with the infero-frontal and gives off

two branches, one running downwards parallel with the Sylvian

fissure, the other running inwards towards the middle line’.

The former character is the most distinctive; for the long angular

sulcus fused with the infero-frontal is met with in the Lemurine,

and there are in them and in other Lemurs traces of the two

branches in the presylvian fissure, and in the indentation to which

I have referred as lying in the widest part of the sagittal gyrus.

As to Tarsius, it has so smooth a brain that no inferences can be

drawn.

There remains the family Lemuride, of which four subfamilies

are commonly allowed, viz., Lemurine, Indrisine, Galaginine, and

Lorisine.

The first mentioned subfamily has a very uniform type of brain-

structure. The differences between Hapalemur and Lemur, which

I indicated some years since, are removed by the examination of a

larger series of brains of Lemur. Indeed the only difference

which I thought myself justified in pointing out was the contin-

uity in Hapalemur of the angular and infero-frontal fissures ; but,

as I have mentioned in the present paper, the continuity is more

marked in Lemur mongoz.

The Lorisine, on the other hand, do not form so natural an

assemblage as do the Lemurine. It seems as if we had in this

group the few remnants of a formerly much larger series—a

suggestion which is borne out by their wide and scattered distri-

bution. They all, however, agree to differ from the Lemurine in

the shortness or even rudimentary character of the angular and

infero-frontal fissures, which do not nearly meet, and in the

presence of the parieto-occipital fissure near the middle line of

the brain. These remarks, of course, hardly apply to the small

and smooth brain of Loris.

The Galaginine have as their most distinctive character the

absence or feeble development of the antero-temporal fissure.

They seem to be most like the Zorisine in other characters.

They resemble them in the shortness of the angular fissure, and

Galago has a further point of likeness to Perodicticus and Nycti-

cebus in the cross-like parieto-occipital structure.

Inall the Indrisine figured by Milne-Edwards this last mentioned

fissure is well marked. But as I have not examined the brains

of any of this group, I do not venture upon the expression of any

opinion as to their affinities.

1 They are separated according to Oudemans.

2 Or nearly ; see Oudemans, loc. cit. pl. iii. figs. 12, 14.

1895.] ‘FAUNA JAPONICA’ AND ‘ALLGEMEINE ZOOLOGIB.’ 149

3. On the Dates of the Parts of Siebold’s ‘Fauna Japonica’

and Giebel’s ‘ Allgemeine Zoologie’ (first edition). By

C. Davies Suersorn, F.Z.S., and F. A. Jentink,

F.M.Z.S.

[Received January 31, 1895.]

The following results of an examination into the dates of

publication of the separate portions of Siebold’s ‘ Fauna Japonica’

are offered for the assistance of zoologists. One of us has ex-

hausted the means of discovery in England, the other has been

able to examine the evidence at the place of publication; we feel,

therefore, that the result may be relied upon :—

Mammalia.

I., pp. 1-24. 1842. Wiegm. Arch, 1843 (ii.), p. 11.

IL, , 25-40 and

IIl., ,, 1-26(Mamm. 1844, Ps 1845 (ii.), p. 7.

marins),

IV., ,, 41-60. pls. 1845; text ?

Aves.

L, , 1-28.? 1844, 9 1845 (ii.), p. 47.

If. &11L.,. ,, 29-60. 1847. = 1847 (ii.), p. 7.

IV.-VIII., ,, 61-100. 1848, _ 1849 (ii.), p. 38.

IX.-XI., ,, 101-124. 1849, 7 1850 (1i.), p. 49.

XII, ,, 125-142. 1850. 3 1851 (ii.), p. 42.

Chelonia.

pp. 1-80. 1834, 53 1835 (ii.), p. 294,

and 1836 (ii.),

p- 259.

Ophidia.

pp. 81-96.

Sauria. s aren

pp. 97-104. 1838. Wiegm. Arch. 1839 (ii ), p. 386,

Fi (January.) and 1841 (ii.), p. 113; see

Batrachia. also p. 144, dated Jan. 1838,

pp. 105-144. and Preface dated May 1838;

and read ‘Isis,’ 1838, p.778.

Pisces.

I., pp. 1-20. 1842, Wiegm. Arch. 1843 (ii.), p. 103.

i eee a

VI, ,, 73-112. c a9 ii.), p. 190.

VII.-IX., ,, 113-172. 1845. ” 1846 (ii.), < 399.

X.-XIV., ,, 173-269. 1846. + 1847 (ii.), p. 346

and p. 364.

270-324. 1850. 5 1851 (ii.), p. 76.

’ All the plates were published by 1845, for they are quoted by H. Schinz,

Syst. Verz. Syn. Mamm. vol. II. ; but the first reference to pp. 41-60 of the text,

that we can find, is OC. G. Giebel, Allgem. Zool. 1853-55, first edition, of which

the following is the proper collation :—pt. L., pp. 1-96; IT., 192; IIL, 288;

IV., 384 (1853): V., 480; VI, 576; VII., 672; VIIL., 768 (1854) ; IX., 864;

X., 960; XI., 1108 (1855).

* Wiegmann says Pernis apivorus closed this part, but G. R. Gray, Genera,

i. p. 38, Sept. 1845, quotes p. 25, and therefore includes Signature G in part 1.

150 DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWD. [Feb. 19,

Crustacea.

L., pp. 1-24. 1833. |

II., ,, 25-64. 1835. Wiegm. Arch. 1842 (ii.),

WIE, ,, 65-72. 1837. p. 317, note, and 1835 (i.),

IV., ,, 73-108. 1839. p. 9.

V., ,, 109-164. 1841.

VI, ,, 165-196. 1849. } See signatures 7, 17, 19, 28,

VIL, ,, 197-244. 1849. 42 & 50, and Wiegm. Arch.

1851 (ii.), p. 393.

OCommentatio, pp. vii-xvi, April 1850; Przefatio, pp. lii_xxxi, 1849.

4. On the Pyrenean Newt, Molge aspera, Dugés.

By Dr. J. pe Bepriaca, C.M.Z.S.

(Received February 13, 1895.]

(Plates V. & V1.)

Synonymy.

Hemitriton asper, cinereus, rugosus, punctulatus, bibront, Dugés,

“Recherches Zoologiques sur les Urodéles de France,” Ann. des Se.

Nat. 3° série, Zool. t. xvii. 1852, p. 253, pl. 1B. figs. 1-3, 16-22.

Hemitriton asper,v. Bedriaga, “ Beitr. z. Kenntniss d. Amphibien

u. Reptilien d. Fauna v. Corsika,” Arch. f. Naturgesch. xlix. Jahrg.

1 Bd., 8. 124, Taf. iv. figs. 18-21, 23, 28, 31-37.

Triton pyrencus, rugosus, cinereus, repandus, bibront, puncticula-

tus, Duméril et Bibron, Erpétologie générale, t. ix. pp. 1389, 150-

154, Atlas, pl. 106. figs. 2, 3, pl. 102. fig. 4.

? Ewproctus rusconii, part., Duméril et Bibron, ibid. p. 158.

Calotriton punctulatus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 139.

Triton platycephalus, part., Strauch, “Revision d. Salamandriden-

Gattungen,” Mém. Acad. Imp. Sc. de St. Pétersbourg, 7° série,

t. xvi.; Schreiber, Herpetologia Europza, S. 54 (Braunschweig,

1875).

Euproctus pyreneus, Lataste, in Revue Internationale des

Sciences, 1878, pp. 495, 496.

Molge aspera, Boulenger, Catalogue of the Batrachia Gradientia

in the Collection of the British Museum, pp. 8, 24 (London 1882) ;

v. Bedriaga, “Synopsis d. europ. Molge,” Zoologischer Anzeiger,

1893, 8. 214.

External Characters.

This species is allied to Molge waltli, having like it a very much

developed cartilaginous internarial wall, a stout and clumsy body

covered with rugous tubercular skin, free toes, and a crestless

back. The head resembles that of the Italian WV. cristata var. platy-

cephala, but it is much more depressed ; it is longer than broad, its

greatest width at the posterior corners of the eyes. Snout rather

ape

“ ely

J. de Bedriaga pinxit. Mintern Bros. Chromo hth.

MOLGE ASPrERA

EZ. Segoe ve

J. de Bedriaga ad nat del. Mintern Bros. lith.

IMUOIEGIB, AVSIE Ia isy

teat

‘ } a

— =

1895. | DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. 151

elongate, slightly narrowed, rounded, blunt or distinctly truncate,

projecting beyond the mouth. Canthus rostralis more or less

distinct. Eyes lateral, moderately large, prominent on the upper

surf: ce of the head, which is flattened ; the distance between them

is rather less than between the nostrils and distinctly less than

the distance from the latter to the eyes. The diameter of the eye,

or rather the distance between anterior and posterior corner of

the eye, is less than that between the eye and the nostril. The

upper eyelid is narrower than the interpalpebral space. Nostrils

rather large, close to the border of the snout, lateral, pierced just

below the canthus rostralis, and therefore rather distant from the

lip, though nearer to it than the eyes. Labial lobes well developed

during the breeding-season, especially in males. Cleft of the

mouth extending beyond the posterior corner of the eye. Tongue

small, elliptical, slightly free along the sides. Palatine teeth in

two slightly curved series, commencing on a line with the choane

and in contact anteriorly, diverging gradually backwards and

forming almost a A-shaped figure. Gular fold distinct. No

parotoids.

Body stout, rounded or depressed (var. rugosa), longer in females

than in males; no dorsal crest ; longitudinal dorsal groove present

or absent. Limbs moderate, clumsy; hind limbs stronger in the

male, with a hardly visible fibulo-tarsal dilatation, when carried

forwards along the body reaching to the middle of the space

between hind and fore limbs or extending a little beyond; in

females the hind limbs are always shorter than the above-mentioned

length. Fore limbs, when brought forwards, reaching the anterior

corner of the eye or slightly beyond, the latter being especially the

case in females. Fingers and toes free, depressed and rather

short : the fingers are somewhat longer and thinner in the female.

Anal lips forming in the male a nearly semiglobulous promi-

nence like that of M. cristata, but with a longitudinal cleft not

extending so far anteriorly, but occupying only the posterior halt

of the anal prominence. After the breeding-season the anal

prominence sometimes assumes, especially in specimens from the

Lac de Gaube, the shape of an obtuse cone. In females the anal

prominence is pear-shaped or conical, with a short longitudinal

cleft turned quite backwards; this cleft does not extend over the

lower surface of the anal prominence. During the pairing and

oviposition the summit of the cone is slightly directed downwards,

but never to that extent which is the case in specimens preserved in

alcohol ; this cone has in living specimens never the length which

it acquires as soon as the newt is put into spirit of wine.

Tail thick and rounded at the base, then becoming gradually

compressed, ending in a more or less obtuse point, sharp-edged

or keeled above in its posterior part: beneath, a more or less sharp

edge is seen sometimes only at the very.end of the tail. The tail

is low and as long as head and body or longer in the female ; higher,

thicker, and shorter than head and body in the male. In the

former the length of the hind limb is generally contained thrice in

152 DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. ([Feb. 19,

the length of the tail; in the latter the hind limb measures a little

less.

Upper surface generally minutely granulate, with numerous

linear grooves and more or less distinct and more or less numerous

warts furnished with a dark granular, conical or spine-shaped

horny tubercle. These warts are mostly developed along the sides

of the body and head, along the limbs and on the tail; they are

also very frequent on the upper part of the head and on the back,

rather seldom and scarce on the abdomen and on the lower surface

of the limbs. In specimens from Lake Gaube, which I consider

to belong to var. rugosa, the skin is roughly tuberculous, especially

on the base of the tail; the warts are here decidedly conical with

spiny tubercles. Very seldom, and, as it seems, only in females

during the breeding-season, the skin appears nearly smooth. No

distinct carpal or tarsal tubercles.

Coloration. (Plate V. figs. 1, 2, 3, 5.)

The upper parts are greyish, brownish grey, or olive-grey, uniform

or with yellow or yellowish spots. The shade varies in the course

of the year and in different individuals at the same period: how-

ever, the colours get merely darker or lighter, and the predominant

one seems to be as a rule grey, varying from the lightest ash-grey

to blackish grey. The yellow-spotted individuals are less abundant

than the uniform ones, and the bright lemon-yellow spots are

seldom seen in adults; the yellow is generally very pale or inter-

mixed with grey. These spots are very variable in size, shape, and

disposition ; they are either small, round, indistinct and scattered

along the sides of the body, or larger, irregular, and disposed quite

asymmetrically on the back; very often they are more or less

confluent and form a broad vertebral band, which appears some-

times interrupted in different places. In cases when it is absent,

the median dorsal line is mostly marked, being generally of a light

brownish tint. The yellow spots on the tail are frequently much

more marked than those over the body; they are round or

rhomboidal, and placed along the upper portion of the tail, or

confluent with a yellow band or yellow line which extends over

the middle of the tail. This line is nearly always present even in

the uniformly blackish specimens, though it is rather seldom of a

light and bright colour, but brownish yellow. The dark granules

which crown the warts and the spine-shaped tubercles are more

distinct in lighter individuals, and especially on the sides of the

head, body, and tail, where they are surrounded by a yellowish circle

or even placed on yellowish or whitish warts. These light warts

may appear in great number on the sides of the body and on the

lower portion of the tail; the limbs also possess some. Towards

the lower part of the sides of the body, as well as on the sides of

the belly, the greyish ground is generally powdered with vellow

and spotted with small round or angular and irregularly shaped

dark spots: these spots seem never to be absent along the border

1895. ] DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. 153

of the dark area of the sides of the belly, and are partly placed on

the grey ground-colour and partly on the bright-coloured median

area of the belly. The latter varies in its width ; it is pale yellow,

yellow with or without traces of orange and pink, orange or red.

Generally the whole middle portion of this area is entirely imma-

culate ; sometimes with very few spots, and these distinct, wide

apart, scattered, and entirely dark round ones, just as if they had

been accidentally misplaced. The throat is immaculate or indis-

tinctly dotted with grey; its ground-colour is similar to that of

the belly, but it has never the same rich tint, sometimes so

beautiful; the lower edge of the tail on the contrary may

be even more brightly coloured than the belly. When collecting

these newts, I was quite struck by an orange or red line underneath

the tail which the animal seemed intentionally to exhibit, and

which looked just like the antenna of a boiled crawfish. The anal

prominence appears also uften orange or reddish, and these colours

can extend over the lower surface of the limbs. The inner fingers

and toes are always lighter than the outer ones and as a rule

yellowish; palms and soles are yellowish or partly yellow and

partly, on their external portion, grey. The transverse dark

stripes on the fingers and toes are more or less distinct. The tips

of the fingers and toes are generally dark.

Pupil oval, with a pale gold margin interrupted below in the

middle. Iris pale golden, strongly spotted with light and dark

brown.

Variation in Colour.

The ground-colour and the markings vary to a certain extent in

M. aspera, but these variations are mostly either merely individual

or due to sexual selection. In other cases light and bright

colours appear temporarily when the newt lives in water and dis-

appear as soon as it goes on land. Different combinations of

colours and shades as well as markings are also in so far tem-

porary as they vanish with the growth of the newt. As regards

the colours of the upper surfaces of the adult, both sexes are alike ;

the diverse modes of life affect them only to a certain extent, for

we know that this species is brightly coloured in summer and that

it gets a duller colouring in winter. The modifications of colours

of the lower surfaces are doubtless connected with the sexual

functions, and, strange to say, the greater brightness of colour is

shown by the females, whilst in all other species we find in the

female plain colours, whilst the males acquire a more intense

and brilliant coloration.

As a rule the colours of both sexes are alike in the young, but

the older the newts get the more the colouring of their lower

surfaces is differentiated. The young ones are generally light

grey and more or less spotted with yellow or striped; their belly

is pale orange. With the growth of the individual appears a

tendency to deeper and more intense colouring of its upper surfaces,

and the yellow markings very often disappear altogether or become

154 DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. [Feb. 19,

comparatively indistinct, whilst the lower surfaces generally turn

paler in the male and retain the primitive tint in the female, or

acquire in the latter more and more intensity.

The sexual difference in the colour of the belly, throat, and edge

of the tail is almost constant, although it is not so striking during

the terrestrial existence of this newt.

Var. rugosa.

My friend Mr. G. A. Boulenger refers Hemitriton vel Triton

cinereus, rugosus, bibroni, puncticulatus, Dugés, Duméril & Bibron,

Hemitriton asper, Dugés, Triton repandus and T’r. pyrenceus, Duméril

& Bibron, to the synonymy of Molge aspera, and in fact the descrip-

tions given by the French authors are so superficial and

unsatisfactory that they lead merely to confusion. Besides, the

above-named authors were neither well informed about the localities

in which their indifferently preserved specimens were captured, nor

did they take the trouble to discriminate the sexes. Mr. Boulenger

was therefore perfectly right in referring all those numerous species

to M. aspera, Dugés. Nevertheless one of them, the Hemitriton

or Triton rugosus, may be considered as a variety. At least I

believe that the specimens of M. aspera which I collected in the

Lac de Gaube and in the river Gave are different to a certain

extent from those I found in the Lac d’Oncet. Those lakes (and

the same may be said of the greater number of lakes in the Pyre-

nean mountains) are perfectly isolated one from the other, and it

is therefore hardly possible that the newts of one of the lakes ever

mix with those of the neighbourhood.

The principal characters of the rugous variety of MW. aspera are

as follows :—

The physiognomy and coloration resemble those of M. walth.

Total length 150 mm. This newt is therefore somewhat larger

than the type. Head large and much depressed; snout distinctly

truncate. Skin strongly tuberculate above, especially along the

sides of the head, body, and tail, where regular spines are to be

found. The upper surfaces are light or dirty grey with a more

or Jess pronounced brown tint, spotted with dark olive-brown or

blackish. These spots are (especially when small and round) very

distinct upon the lower parts of the sides of the body and

towards the belly. In individuals with yellow markings on the

back and tail these spots concentrate near the markings and

generally form their dark margins. The above-mentioned warts

are yellowish or dirty white, with dark horny granules or spines in

the middle. The tail seems to be always a little lighter than the

body, mostly greyish with small dark spots and a brownish-yellow

line along the upper caudal edge, which is very often interrupted

by dark brown or blackish specks. Sometimes more or less con-

fluent yellow spots appear on the upper part of the tail. Throat

and median region of belly yellowish, with rather numerous small

dark grey or blackish spots, especially towards the posterior part

1895. ] DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. 155

of the belly in the male, or orange without or with very few blackish

round spots. Lower edge of the tail yellowish in the male, orange

or reddish in the female.

Measurements (typical form).

millim. eee

Weta! Taneth la mala sx d-n> ote eorasaieslae 113 128

Leaath ot heads sai). si <b leais isintsin sis 18 16

IBRCAC Hy OF Nes os oisrsieuert'« cape dee oe, 6 tes Til

From end of snout to anus .......... 61 61

renal cba il IV ape te Re meen mea 52 67

Siar Bath aborts. wags, hs, cares ls cat vi 6

IROPOv IND Ucbytie ont achiresicm citel ite rarcista <3 18 172

TE Vigna laid aa Doves eet. aaah, Sid oa aatietlave 19 18

Sexual Characters.

Male.—Tail shorter than head and body. Cloacal lips grey,

strongly swollen and forming a subglobulous prominence; the

longitudinal cieft extending over its posterior part’. Belly with a

narrow yellow, rarely orange median zone, generally spotted with

black or dark grey, especially on the hinder portion.

Female.—Tail as long or longer than head and body. Anal

prominence orange, conical or pear-shaped, much produced,

directed backwards, with a short longitudinal or rather vertical

cleft on the summit of the cone, looking entirely backwards.

Belly with a wide orange or reddish median area, which is generally

immaculate.

Osteological Characters.

The two series of palatine teeth commence on a line with the

choane (Plate VI. fig. 3).

The fronto-temporal arch is bony (fig. 2).

The quadrate projects sidewards and looks at the same time

rather backwards than forwards.

The crista ossis vomero-palatini is hardly developed.

The septum nasi is formed by a single cartilaginous plate. [In

all European newts with the exception of Molge aspera and MM.

waltli there is an almost entirely osseous and double septum nasi

with but a small terminal cartilaginous portion, which separates it

from the cartilaginous ethmoidal plate. It is formed by the well-

developed ascending process of the premaxillary and the crests of the

vomero-palatines which rise vertically. The almost wholly unossified

septum nasi of MZ. aspera resembles that of M. walth. It is merely

a single, well-developed, thickish, cartilaginous wall, which extends

beyond the opening between the vomero-palatines for the duct of

the so-called ‘‘ intermaxillary gland” and keeps the nasal cavities

1 The anal prominence appears sometimes in the males of the rugous variety

“very obtusely conical in winter.

156 DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENHAN NEWT. [Feb. 19,

apart. Its posterior portion is grafted on the substance of the

lamina cribrosa, anteriorly it meets the short inner vertical portion

of the processus ascendentes of the premaxillary. The sectional

view of the anterior part of the skull (Plate VI. fig. 5) and the

upper view of the partly dissected skull (fig. 6) show the curious

structure of the nasal cavity of M. aspera. I append two other

views—fig. 4 and fig. 7—of the skull of MW. rusconii, for the

purpose of exhibiting the difference in the structure of the nasal

cavity. MV. rusconit possesses a strong double and ossified septum

nasi. |}

Larva. (Plate V. figs. 4 & 6.)

The head is rather large, longer than broad, and more or less

distinct from the neck; the upper surface is flat. The snout is

slightly depressed and rounded ; it is always longer, narrower, and

lower in females than in males. Nostrils very near the border of

the snout; the distance between the nostril and the lip some-

what less than one-fifth of the distance between the nostril and

the eye; the internarial space is a little broader than the interpal-

pebral breadth. Eye moderate, oval, lateral, moderately prominent ;

its distance from the nostril equalling (dg) or exceeding (92 ) the

interpalpebral width, and its distance from the lip is considerably

greater than the vertical diameter of the eye. The longitudinal

diameter of the eye is shorter than its distance from the nostril

and also shorter than the internarial width, the breadth of the

upper eyelid slightly exceeding the half of the interorbital space.

The pupil is round. The cleft of the mouth extends to the ver-

tical of the posterior angles of the eyes. Labial lobes moderately

developed. The space between the longest gills is considerably

longer than the upper part of the arm.

Body robust, rather short, and nearly round in males; more

slender, moderately elongate, with flattened lower surface, in

females. The distance between fore and hind limb is at least

twice as great as the width of the head. Caudal crest extending

but very slightly upon the back ; it occupies hardly one-third the

length of the body. Longitudinal groove along the sides very

indistinct ; eleven or thirteen costal grooves between axilla and

groin, ten transverse grooves upon the belly. Anal region in

young specimens hardly swollen. The limbs, especially the hind

ones, are short and thick in the male, a little thinner in the female ;

the fore limb when stretched forwards reaching the anterior corner

of the eye in the male, or slightly beyond in the female; the hind

limb being carried forwards equals the half of the length of the

distance between fore and hind limbs. Fingers and toes short,

rather thick, ending in a point; the third finger longer than the

second, which is longer than the fourth and first; the first is some-

what shorter than the fourth; the middle toe is the longest, the

fourth toe is longer than the second, which is in its turn much

longer than the first and fifth ; the latter is a little longer than the

first. The tips are blackish brown. Tail measuring about the

1895.] DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. 157

length of head and body, thicker at the base in the male, becoming

gradually compressed, furnished with a low crest, ending in an

obtuse point or rather broadly rounded at its end; its lower crest

is generally slightly deeper than the upper one; both crests with

nearly straight and parallel edges.

Upper parts grey, olive shaded, or brownish grey, powdered with

yellow. Back and sides of the body with or without more or less

distinct yellow or greyish-yellow spots ; similar spots are generally

scattered on the greyish or brownish muscular region of the tail

and followed by a series of dark spots; some specimens, however,

have an almost immaculate tail. Upper part of the muscular

region of the tail very often with a yellow margin, the lower edge

very often, and mostly in females, orange. The rather thickish

caudal crest is yellowish grey, or grey spotted and punctulated

with brown or greyish brown, but always less abundantly on the

lower and anterior portion. Throat nearly transparent, pale

yellow ; belly yellow in the middle, yellowish grey on the sides—

immaculate in females, dotted with brownish grey in males. The

branchiz are grey or brownish above, reddish beneath. Iris dark

brown, pupil with a golden margin.

In deep water the larva acquires a very dark colouring and is

almost immaculate.

3 2.

millim. millim

TORE Ot OTT: eid ws: dinte: n'a « o/s 'ehoie wale wise a» 582 56

ently OF HOA sco.< o.a.0 odie id wo 084.40 9 83

iresa tliat headin s.i5 a). « 2a octane std 63 5-6

From end of snout to anus .......... 283 28

PSD 6 2g ae fh thi ain! s'ayh «isin te Sn 94 * 81

PAPE copes isin mite ay PFs a ae elite 9 3

MSTA OL TaN: ire 5, aaah dad ania cichess esa 30 28

BERLE OE PAN sarin lanl ore A! emi ay« laid sie 64 53

Geographical Distribution.

M. aspera was first noticed as a Pyrenean species by Dugés,

Duméril and Bibron from Eaux-Bonnes, later on by Philippe from

the Lac Bleu (Triton glacialis, in Séance de Acad. de Mont-

pellier, 1847, p. 20), and more recently from the Lac d’Oncet, Pic

du Midi (F. Lataste, 7. ¢.), from Cauterets (Valery Mayet), and

from the Lac de Gaube (F. Miiller). This newt occurs also but

rather scarcely in the Lac d’Oo and near the Pont d’Espagne in the

river Gave. In North Spain it has been recorded from different

points, such as La Junquera, Cerdania, Panticosa (Bosca, in Bull.

Soe. Zool. de France, t. v. p. 247).

Habits.

The distribution of M. aspera in the Pyrenean region is not

as yet exactly ascertained. We only know that this species occurs

in lakes in the high mountains, and that it is common enough in

158 DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. ([Feb. 19,

several of the above-mentioned, whilst in others in their neigh-

bourhood which are not supplied during the whole summer by

fresh glacier water it is not found. The Lac d’Oncet, where it

is perhaps more abundant than elsewhere, lies at an elevation of

about 2300 metres; it is free from ice and snow only during a

couple of months in the year, and sometimes the summer life of

M. aspera is even limited to seven or eight weeks; nevertheless

those conditions of existence seem to suit that newt, as it is seldom

found in places of a low elevation or on Jevel country, and if by

chance this does occur, neverinnumbers. The specimens captured

at Pau and at Cauterets certainly did not intentionally immigrate

there, but were dragged there with the mountain-currents ; even

the individuals which I have collected higher up in the Gave were

doubtless also such forced travellers.

Amongst other conditions required for the well-being of this

newt, the quality of the ground of the lakes seems to be an impor-

tant one ; as it is found only in lakes with stony and rocky bottom.

It does not survive a prolonged immersion in water; and, as it

swims slowly, I presume that it lives only in places where the

water is not deep. Fishermen whom I questioned assured me that in

the Lac de Gaube their nets never brought M. aspera when thrown

deep down, but another much longer newt! ‘The localities pre-

ferred by M. aspera in the lakes which I have visited are the small

creeks near the influx and the outflow of the water, and often

enough I discovered half a dozen specimens sitting close together

in the most singular attitudes, under a large stone in the water.

As this newt moves only when in search of food, or when it feels

the want, of a breath of fresh air and has to swim towards the

surface of the water to get it, it is only now and then seen, the

rest of the time it hides itself. Large stones, even blocks, have

sometimes to be lifted in order to get at it, and even then prompt-

ness is required to seize it, so to say by surprise, as soon as it is

discovered, otherwise it makes use of the smallest rift to escape

and hide itself under the rubble-stones which form real labyrinths

in the Pyrenean lakes.

The motions of the adult M. aspera are so slow, the bright-coloured

stripe along the lower edge of the tail, and especially the yellow

spots some individuals show on their upper surfaces, are so striking

that the stony ground with its numerous lurking holes is a great,

pretection for this newt, though it seems that in some lakes, like:

the Lac d’Oncet for instance, their only enemies are the naturalists.

In the Lac Bleu and in the Lac de Gaube, where WM. aspera is far

from being abundant, quantities of trout are found, and it is more

than probable that the fish persecute and destroy the newt, and not.

vice versa as the natives presume. The few Pyrenean inhabitants

who know of the existence of M. aspera in their lakes spread

the worst reputation about this innocent creature, and I met with

athletic shepherds accustomed to deal with wolves, bears, and vipers

who trembled at the very sight of J. aspera, and of course they’

were not to be persuaded into helping me to collect them, especially

1895.] DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. 159

when, after having assured them that these animals neither “ sting ”

nor bite, I was bitten by one in their presence.

M. aspera bite not only when they are caught and squeezed

but also amongst themselves; a phlegmatic female will for

instance bite a male when she is annoyed by his courtship. The

male of VM. rusconii also bites, not in self-defence, but in order

to seize a female and prevent her from escaping when: pairing.

M. aspera, on the contrary, does not make use of its jaws during

the act of fecundation ; the male seizes the female merely with

the muscular tail, which he raises and twists round the hind

part of the female’s body. The attempts of the female to escape

are generally in vain; each of her movements forwards in order to

slip out of the noose formed by the tail of the male induces

the latter to press her tighter, and as soon as she is subdued

the male begins to give her other proofs of his amorous dis-

position by caressing her anal prominence with his toes. The

male lies during the sexual embrace under the female, their heads

are turned in the same direction and the anus of the male is just

under that of the female; the latter can therefore, as soon as she is

disposed to be fecundated, gather the spermatophore immediately

after the emission from the cloaca of the male and, so to say, suck

it in the cloaca without separating from the male.

Fecundation and oviposition very often take place at the same

time; the male probably exercises a pressure upon the oviducts,

forcing them to discharge their contents and thus acts as

a midwife. The attitude of the couple during their amorous

evolutions is shown in fig. 1 (Plate VI.) The amplexus

may last for hours and sometimes degenerates into a torture

for the female. The latter is a captive in the most awkward

position so long as it pleases the male; the latter rules all

the movements of the couple, and the female often is in agony

when she feels the want of a breath of air, and has to wait until

the male drags her to the surface of the water. Often the

male fails in his attempts to embrace the female, and instead of

twisting his tail round her abdomen he girds higher up round her

neck; the female then becomes suffocated after a short while.

M. aspera has been observed pairing towards the end of June.

Last year when I visited the Pyrenees the beginning of the summer

was winter-like, the ice melted in the lakes very late, in some of

them at the end of July; newts appeared about the 22nd of July,

and I found them pairing or depositing their eggs in the last days

of July. I caught at the same time several full-grown larve which

had of course hibernated in the lake. These larve were still more

difficult to get at than the adult specimens, as they are very quick

in their movements and very shy. The amorous evolutions of

M. aspera can be observed nearly at every season of the year in

captivity ; very often it is sufficient to put a well-fed couple under

the water-pipe and let the water run over the animals, and the male

seizes the female immediately with his tail.

Specimens of M, aspera are rather easily kept in captivity during

160 . DR.J.DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENEAN NEWT. [Feb. 19,

their sojourn in water, but as soon as they go on land great care is

needed to prevent their ailing and dying. Usually after they have

lived for some time in the terrarium they get dark spots, especially

on the sides of the body ; those spots enlarge, just as oil-spots would

do, until the skin perforates. Left to themselves, without care, the

sickly specimens are sure to die; properly treated, they recover

as a rule, even those whose ribs are piercing through the wound.

The treatment of this disease is very simple, and J shall mention

it, as it is very common especially amongst the high mountain

newts, such as M. montana and M. rusconii, and also amongst

M. walth; it consists merely in keeping the invalids in running

water ; cold water which is often changed will also do. The vessel

in which they are kept must be thoroughly clean and contain

nothing but water; the food should consist only of earth-worms,

and the remains of the meal must be taken out. WM. aspera feeds

upon earth- and meal-worms, flies and aquatic plants ; in captivity it

takes rough meat willingly, but it ought not to be fed exclusively on

meat.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare V.

Fig. 1. Molge aspera 2, typical form. Lower view.

Figs. 2, 3. MM. aspera 3, typical form. Upper and lower view.

Fig. 4. Larva of WM. aspera, full-grown specimen, natural size.

Fig. 5. A young male of M. aspera.

Fig. 6. Larva of M. aspera. Side view.

Prater VI.

Fig. 1. M. aspera, § and in copula.

Magnified figures.

Figs. 2 and 3. Skull of M. aspera. Upper and lower view.

Fig. 4. Longitudinal vertical section through the nasal cavity of M. rusconii.

Schematic. Cc. Cavum cranii. M. Maxilla. pm. Premaxilla. pa.

Processus ascendens of the premaxillary. v. Horizontal portion of the

vomero-palatine reaching the horizontal part of the premaxillary (pm)

and roofing the cavum nasi, C. Crista ossis vomero-palatini uniting

with the ascending process (pa) of the premaxillary (pm) and forming

the osseous internasal wall. S. Rudimentary, cartilaginous, terminal

septal portion.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal vertical section through the nasal cavity of M. aspera.

Schematic. Ce. Cavum cranii. J. Maxilla. pm. Premaxilla. pa.

Processus ascendens of the premaxillary. v. Horizontal portion of

the vomero-palatine reaching the horizontal portion of the premaxillary

(pm) and forming the nasal roof. 4S. Internasal cartilaginous septum

meeting in front the processus ascendens (pa) of the premaxillary

Fig. 6. Partly dissected skull of M. aspera. This figure shows the cavum nasi

and the anterior part of the cavity of the brain ; the nasals, prefrontals,

and frontals are cut away; the terminal part of the processus

ascendentes, which is seen in fig. 3 partly overlapping the suture

of the frontals, is also removed. A transverse cartilaginous plate

separates the cayum cranii from the nasal cavities. In front of

it a longitudinal median wall (septum cartilagineum) keeps the nasal

cavities apart. The processus ascendentes of te premaxillary are

ss» -comparatively. very short, the erested part of the vomero-palatines

raps hardly developed.

Ales Fig. 7. Partly dissected skull of If. rusconii. The nasals, prefrontals, and

: frontals are cutaway. A transverse cartilaginous ethmoidal plate

separates the cavum cranii from the nasal cavities, which are separated

e jeeeee longitudinally by a double ossified septum ; the septum nearly reaches

te +. the Iamina cribrosa. Here in M. rusconii there is only a small rudi-

mentary cartilaginous septal portion grafting itself upon the ethmoidal

plate.

‘

ConTENTS (continued).

= February 5, 1895.

; = Page

ba mee Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1895.....) 89

- st: Mr, Holding. Exhibition of the Skull of a Three-horned Stag and other objects vattiass an tias 89

1, Contribution to the Knowledge of the Breeding-habits of some Tree-Frogs (Hylide) of

_ the Serra dos Orgaos, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. By Dr. Hain A. Gorxpr, Director of the

~ Museum of Natural History and SADOB OEY Ol Onna da eka EE Ie 89

. 2. On a Collection of Land-Shells from Sarawak, British North Borneo, Palawan, and other

5 aie! Islands.” By Epear A. Suirn. (Plates ID-IV.) ....6.. cee ae es 97

Be On the Long-lost Putorius africanus, Desm., and its Occurrence in Malta. By Oxprreip

a Tuomas” SOs Leen crelr ays MRR BES OO eee Mate Ba NA ase ciavek a Reins ade eo TO 128

On the Visceral Anatomy and Brain of F Denidcobagh bennetti. By Frank E. Bepparp,

February 19, 1895.

ae Brain of Gulo. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society .. 139

tthe Brain in the Temurs, By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the —

“On: he - Dates of ae Davee of Siebold’s Pa nina: Japonica’ and. Giebel’s ‘ Allgemeine

eee Gust ae Bee C. Davis Suexpory, ce! Z8.,and B, A. Juyting, ¥.M.Z.S. 149

n the Byrenean Newt, Mog AER, Dugés. : Bp Dr. J. DE Brora, O. M.ZS.

_-1895.] DR. J. DE BEDRIAGA ON THE PYRENHAN NEWT. te.

ie M. <a eB ORs. brogector, bo phe Daaleby tise ht: wataigsea hy N eo STH Role wove «hea e ee Be Pirep 3 .

rthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-House for 1894.......0.... 0.20000 e ee eene 187

¢ Best: &, ees uigapene alge Noe he eee de neues ee ng ene Hou, OMS

_| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

| OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

PART II.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH anv APRIL.

sie - AUGUST 1st, 1895.

: “PRINTED. FOR THE SOCIETY,

“SOLD Ar ‘THEIR. HOUSE IN- HANOVER She

see LONDON: = = eae

; MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND C Oss:

2 - PATERNOSTER-ROW. : Sess

[ Price ; Twelve Shilinge)

LIST OF CONTENTS. 2

PART II.—1895.

~ March 5, 1895. aa

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1895 .... 161

The Assistant Secretary, on behalf of Mr. W. Halsey. Exhibition of, and wigs upon, two

Martens’ SKINS «+144 ..eecesnesereeeserecetne setter er ceetaneeenends eoeecree ce tO

1.-On the Hyoid Bone of certain Parrots. By Sr. Grorés Mivart, FBS. .......4-.25 0

2A A Sindy of the Internal Anatomy of Thyas ‘dintis an unrecorded Hydrachnid found =

~in Cornwall. By A. D. Micuazt, F.LS., P.R.MS., &. Seema ge Dov Gloss

3. On. the Nursing habits of two South-American Frogs. By G. A. Heciiece BRS. 4

(Plate X.) « tener oe an cee eee eee ee eee cena teeter eet en eens ests ence nate res o- :

March 19, 1895.

1. Broliinay Account of new Species of Sta Ce belonging to the Hamburg Masani

: By seas Sethe sea GStacesae cece ttt ee death ee ee cane ne enee nen

“= =, “<

2. Tecstip fea of a new Species of Orab of the Genus Hyastenus. By] Prof. ‘Auaueute Miraew

Epwarbs. (Comimnusiicated by Prof. F. Jerrrey Bet, M.A., Sec. R.MS., F.Z.8.) ....

Loy

“3. On the Structure aad Affinities of some new Species of Molluses from Borneo. =

Watrer E. Counce, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology ~ ‘

‘Comparative Anatomy, Mason rai Birmingham, and Lieut.-Col. H. Genwi

ge tacos: E.Z8., &c. (Plates XI.-XTYV.) Stee tt eee teeee sees es erecncnees

4, On Collections of Lepidoptera from British Central Africa and Lake Tangioyiba 4 E

Artuur G. Bururr, Ph.D., F.LS, F.ZS., &. (Plates XV.& XVL) «+ sesese sree

5. On the Proventricular Crp of Pseudotantalus ibis. By P. Gaistas Mircuenn, MA,

FZS. (Plate XVII.).. oe 2 eweae ipa sh Baek x planer Fa eager eh Th my

1895. ] ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 161

cavities apart. The processus ascendentes of the premaxillary are

comparatively very short, the crested part of the vomero-palatines

hardly developed.

Fig. 7. Partly dissected skull of M. rusconit. The nasals, prefrontals, and

frontals are cutaway. A transverse cartilaginous ethmoidal plate

separates the cavum cranii from the nasal cavities, which are separated

longitudinally by a double ossified septum ; the septum nearly reaches

the lamina cribrosa. Here in M. rusconii there is only a small rudi-

mentary cartilaginous septal portion grafting itself upon the ethmoidal

plate.

March 5, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Assistant Secretary read the following report on the addi-

tions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February

1895 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 36, of which 18 were by

presentation, 3 by birth, 7 by purchase, and 8 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period

by death and removals was 124.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to a fine female

Giraffe, which was received from South Africa. This is believed

to be the first example of the large dark-blotched race ever seen

in Europe, the Giraffes previously exhibited having belonged to

the smaller and paler form found in Northern Africa.

The Giraffe, which was purchased of Mr. C. Reiche for £500,

is said to be the survivor of six, captured on the Sabi River, in

Portuguese territory, and brought down to Pretoria. The remainder

were lost by death and disease. The present animal was conveyed

to Delagoa Bay, and shipped to Southampton in the 8.8. ‘ Greek.’

The Society has also purchased of Mr. Reiche a pair of Sable

Antelopes (Hippotragus niger) and a pair of Brindled Gnus

(Connochetes taurina), all in excellent condition.

The Assistant Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. W. Halsey,

of the Hudson’s Bay Company, two Marten’s skins which had been

received from districts widely apart. The peculiarity in these

skins consisted in the fact that one of the fore legs was deficient

in both of them.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XI. 11

162 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Mar. 5,

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Hyoid Bone of certain Parrots.

By Sr. Georce Mivart, F.R.S.

{Received March 4, 1895.]

Distinctive structural characters are so much needed for the

classification of birds, that I think the following descriptions and

illustrations of some skeletal structures, which, so far as I know,

are now described and figured for the first time, will not be un-

welcome to Ornithologists, if not to other naturalists also.

The structure of the hyoid in certain birds was described as

long ago as 1835 by G. L. Duvernoy (Mém. de la Société d’Hist.

nat. de Strasbourg, tome ii.), who figured those of Ara ararauna and

Coracopsis vasa. In 1858 C. Giebel (Zeitsch. gesammt. Naturwiss.

Band xi. pp. 42 & 43, Taf. v. & vi. figs. 35-41) gave repre-

sentations and descriptions of the hyoid of the following species

as named by him:—Psittacus rufirostris (fig. 35), P. erithacus

(fig. 36), P. ochrocephalus (fig. 37), P. leucocephalus (fig. 38),

P. menstruus (fig. 39), P. sinensis (fig. 40), and P. cristatus (fig. 41).

Dr. Gadow (1891) has also described and figured (Bronn’s Thier-

reich, Band vi. Abtheilung iv., Anatomischer Theil, pp. 298,

299, and 302, plate xxx. fig. 20) the hyoid of a species of Ara.

Having lately directed my attention to the skeleton of the

Lories, I was very desirous to examine the hyoid in species of

that family, in order to compare them with that of Psittacus

erithacus, taking the latter as my type of Parrot-structure.

Through the kindness of our Prosector, Professor Beddard,

F.R.S., I have received for examination the hyoid bones of Psit-

tacus erithacus, Lorius domicella, L. flavopalliatus, Eos reticulata,

E. indica, Trichoglossus ornatus, and Stringops habroptilus.

So far as I have been able to ascertain, the whole order Pstrract

is distinguished from every other order of birds by the shape of

its hyoid. The characters which, when taken together, seem

distinctive are :—

(1) Basihyal much broadened posteriorly.

(2) Basthyal developing on either side a forwardly and upwardly

directed process, which I propose to distinguish as a para-

hyal process.

(3) An os entoglossum in the form of a single broad bone

with a considerable central foramen or, much more com-

monly, in the form of two lateral parts, entoglossals,

medianly united in front by cartilage and leaving a vacant

space between this and their attachment behind to the

basihyal.

The real nature of these entoglossals (as I propose to call them)

is not evident to me. Owen writes' of the ceratohyal as being

1 Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. ii. p. 57.

1895. ] HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS, 163

“always short, usually extending forwards from its attachment as

well as backward,” adding that “the forward production often

unites with its fellow, so as to form the basal part of the direct

support of the tongue.”

Each entoglossal does project both more or less backwards as

well as forwards from its place of attachment to the basihyal, and

this may indicate that it includes a ceratohyal element, but it must

surely represent the glossohyal also. This question I will not,

however, now attempt to determine.

That the Parrots should have a tongue-bone of exceptional form

is, of course, only what was to be expected from the exceptional

form of their tongue as a whole.

I will now first describe the hyoid of Psittacus erithacus as a

type, then those of the three genera of Lories and that of the

genus Stringops.

Psrrracus ERIrHACcUS. (Fig. 1, p. 164.)

The basihyal is narrow for rather more than its anterior half,

expanding slightly both laterally and vertically towards its extreme

anterior end, where there is a saddle-shaped surface (for the ento-

glossum) convex transversely and concave vertically. Its ventral

lip projects forwards much more than does its dorsal lip. On

the dorsum of the basihyal at its anterior end is a slight, though

marked, concavity (c). The posterior part of the basihyal expands

into a subquadrate plate, the centre of which is traversed by a

strong antero-posterior ridge continuous with the transversely

convex upper surface of the narrow anterior portion of the bone.

From each antero-external angle of the quadrate plate of the basi-

hyal a marked parahyal process (p) extends forwards, upwards, and

slightly outwards, then narrowing to a bluntish point which in-

clines inwards as well as upwards, the whole parahyal process on

each side being more or less curved.

The ventral surface of the basihyal is also strongly convex from

side to side at its narrow portion and also along a ridge which

thence continues antero-posteriorly across its expanded part and on

into the wrohyal. On either side of this median ridge the under

surface of the expanded part is gently concave.

The hinder border of the basihyal, on either side of its continu-

ation into the urohyal, presents an elongated articular surface,

concave transversely, slightly convex dorso-ventrally, for junction

with the hypobranchial.

The wrohyal is one with the basihyal and continues on without

change of direction, tapering a little, to its somewhat blunt, slightly

enlarged termination, which is tipped with cartilage. Its dorsal

margin appears slightly concave antero-posteriorly, when the uro-

hyal is viewed in profile. Its length is three-quarters the length

of the basihyal.

The entoglosswm consists of two lateral parts (entoglossals), which

meet together to articulate with the saddle of the basihyal and so

form a little transverse isthmus of bone, whence each entoglossal

ils

164 DR. SP. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Mar. 5,

extends for a considerable distance forwards and for about half as

great a distance backwards, each pair of prolongations slightly

diverging as they proceed. The ends of the anterior prolongations

are united by cartilage, between which, the isthmus of bone before

mentioned, and the two anterior limbs of the entoglossals a vacant

space is included which is longer than broad. The dorsal surface

Hyoid of Psittacus erithacus, }.

A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect; OC. Lateral aspect.

Explanation of the lettering.

6, basihyal.

e, entoglossum.

¢, concavity or cup-like excavation.

p, parahyal process (see figs. 1 & 6).

parahyal arch (see figs. 2, 3, 4, & 5).

uw, urohyal.

hb, hypobranchial.

cb, ceratobranchial.

h, symphysis of crura of parahyal arch.

1895.] HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS. _ 165

of the bony isthmus lies, as it were, at the bottom of a bony

valley formed by the much inwardly inclined dorsal surfaces of

the rest of the two entoglossals.

Each entoglossal presents a dorsal surface which is slightly

concave from within outwards and looks upwards and inwards and

is much curved, convex dorsad, antero-posteriorly, especially at

and behind the bony isthmus, the part posterior to which has a

dorsal surface convex in both directions. The ventral surface of

each entoglossal is correspondingly inclined downwards and

outwards and is antero-posteriorly concave, while it is slightly

convex dorso-ventrally at its anterior portion, the hinder portion

being dorso-ventrally concave. Each entoglossal expands slightly

towards its anterior end, where it shows a tendency to bifurcate ;

the dorsal surface of this most anterior part is concave, while

ventrally it is flattened. Postaxially, its end is somewhat more

pointed, but does not bend much ventrad at its point. When seen

in profile the dorsal margin of each entoglossal is at first slightly

concave, antero-posteriorly, and then strongly convex. Its ventral

margin is nearly straight (with only a rudiment of a ventrad pro-

cess), till we come to the anterior part of the descending posterior

portion of the entoglossal, where it expands dorso-ventrally, bends

mesiad, and joins its fellow of the opposite side. It then rapidly

narrows to its hinder end, the expanded part being crossed by a

slight antero-posterior ridge concave ventrad. Anteriorly each

entoglossal hardly diminishes perceptibly in vertical extent and

appears truncated at its termination.

The posterior side of the bony isthmus, formed by the junction

of the entoglossals, presents an articular surface strongly concave

from side to side and convex dorso-ventrally.

The anterior margin of the bony isthmus is strongly concave

from side to side.

Each hypobranchial is twice as long as the basihyal. It is stout

and much laterally expanded towards its preaxial, articular end,

the articular surface of which corresponds with that of the basi-

hyal to which it is applied. At the postaxial end of its preaxial

third it contracts rather rapidly, and is slender thence till close to

its hinder end, where it expands and articulates with the cerato-

branchial.. The anterior part of the dorsum of each hypobranchial

is antero-posteriorly grooved.

Each ceratobranchial is in the form of a small flattened ossicle,

a little more than twice as long as broad, strongly bent concave

mesiad, not tapering towards its termination, which is tipped with

cartilage.

Lorivus pomicennia. (Fig. 2, p. 166.)

Compared with Psittacus erithacus, as regards the structure of

the hyoid, Lorius domicella has the basihyal more elongated and its

posterior part less expanded laterally and less quadrate in shape.

The dorsal lip of its anterior articular surface is more elevated (so

that its summit is visible when the hyoid is viewed in profile) and

EC DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Mar.5

has on its summit a cup-like excavation (c), which is an exagge-

ration of the slight depression which exists there in P. erithacus.

The median dorsal ridge is very marked where it traverses the

posterior, enlarged, part of the hyoid, and there is a marked con-

cavity on either side of it as each outer margin of the expanded

part of the basihyal is somewhat elevated. These raised margins

are continued on into a very long and very delicate ossicle on either

Fig. 2.

Hyoid of Lorius domicella, }.

A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect; C. Lateral aspect.

(Lettering as before, see p. 164.)

side, which seems to represent the parahyal process of P. erithacus.

If so, these very long and extremely delicate parahyal processes

pass forwards, curving gently mesiad till they meet in a symphysis

which is placed above and but little behind the dorsal cup before

mentioned. Thus these processes form a parahyal arch (p), which

has a singular resemblance to an “os furculum,” the symphysis

1895. | HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS. 167

calling to mind the “hypocleidium” (”). Each crus of the arch

has a slight sigmoid flexure as it advances from its base, the

first flexure convex dorsad and the more distal one convex ventrad.

The symphysis, as seen above, narrows somewhat towards its apex

(which is blunt) and is slightly convex transversely on its dorsal

side and flattened beneath or even slightly concave transversely.

The symphysis is about as broad as the two crura combined, and

each crus continues of nearly the same breadth till it closely

approaches the symphysis.

The urohyal is relatively as well as absolutely much shorter than

in P. erithacus and more laterally compressed. It also bends

decidedly ventrad towards its apex, which is more truncated.

The entoglossum has each of its lateral elements more laterally

compressed than in P. erithacus, so that when seen above it

appears much more slender, especially towards its antero-posterior

middle. Towards its anterior end it expands transversely to a

considerable extent, the expansion looking upwards and inwards

dorsally, and downwards and outwards ventrally. Each terminal

expansion develops three minute processes from its anterior

margin, whereof two very slightly marked ones are directed for-

wards and one inwards to nearly meet its fellow of the opposite

side, a small piece of cartilage completing their junction and that

of the anterior ends of the two entoglossals, but for which there

would be a conspicuous median notch at the front end of the

entoglossum. This whole anterior part constitutes a structure

very concave dorsad and convex ventrad. The hinder end of each

entoglossal also expands and meets its fellow of the opposite side,

the space thus enclosed by the two entoglossals being longer and

narrower relatively than in P. erithacus.

The posterior extension of each: entoglossal is slightly longer

relatively and more pointed than in P. erithacus. The dorsal

surface is slightly convex in both directions, though the two

entoglossals incline ventrad to their posterior junction, so that the

whole entoglossum is dorsally deeply concave transversely in front

of its junction with the basihyal.

When the entoglossum is viewed laterally, its anterior end is

seen to be vertically expanded and with a slightly rounded anterior

margin. Backwards from this vertically expanded anterior portion,

the entoglossal contracts dorso-ventrally rather suddenly and then

slightly expands postaxiad with a rather convex dorsal margin

and a strongly concave ventral one. This concavity is produced

by the projection ventrad of a strongly marked process which may

be distinguished as the anterior lateral process, of which there is but

a rudiment in P. erithacus. Behind this another, larger process,

which may be named the posterior lateral process, projects more

yentrad still, there being, of course, a strong concavity, or notch,

between these two processes. This posterior lateral process consists,

as in P. erithacus, of that ventral portion of the entoglossum which

goes to join its fellow of the opposite side and form the bony isthmus

in front of the articulation of the entoglossum with the saddle-

168 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE (Mar. 5

shaped surface of the basihyal. Behind this the posterior process

of each entoglossal projects backwards and somewhat downwards

towards its apex, its dorsal margin being slightly convex and its

ventral margin concave towards it hinder end. Its outer surface

is very concave.

The hypobranchial is much shorter, relatively, and also more

Fig. 3.

Hyoid of Lorius flavopalliatus. }.

A. Dorsal aspect ; B. Ventral aspect; C. Lateral aspect.

(Lettering as before, see p. 164.)

1895.] HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS. 169

slender than in P. erithacus. It is also more curved, concave

downwards, and presents a lateral sigmoid flexure, the anterior

curve whereof is convex outwards, while the more distal one is

convex mesiad. It also expands slightly more transversely at its

distal end.

The ceratobranchial is much like that of P. erithacus, but

slightly less expanded laterally and a little more curved, concave

mesiad.

Lorivs FLAVOPALLIATUS. (Fig. 3, p. 168.)

The hyoid of Lorius flavopalliatus agrees with that of Lorius

domicella except in the following few particulars.

The basihyal is more strongly and sharply bent dorsad towards

its preaxial end. The two lateral halves of its posterior margin

form a more decided angle with each other, open forwards. Each

postero-external margin of the basiliyal plate forms a much more

marked and smaller angle with the proximal part of the crus of

the parahyal arch. The crura of the arch are somewhat shorter,

its symphysis being much longer and more pointed. The sym-

physis curves, antero-posteriorly, more strongly concave down-

wards.

The entoglossum has its constituent halves diverging more preaxiad.

Seen laterally the anterior end of each entoglossal develops three

short, vertically superimposed marginal processes.

The urohyal is not so much bent ventrad towards its distal end.

The hypobranchial is relatively slightly shorter.

The ceratobranchial is less curved.

Hos rericunata. (Fig. 4, p. 170.)

Basihyal—This bone in Kos reticulata has its expanded posterior

part intermediate in form between those of Lorius domicella and

Lorius flavopalliatus. The angle formed by the two sides of its

posterior margin is more like that in the former, while the shape

of its external margins (behind the origins of the crura of the

parahyal arch) are more like those of LZ. flavopalliatus. The crura

are rather shorter than in either of these species, though the

symphysis of the arch is elongate, but not so much so as in the

last-named species. The dorsal cup-like excavation at the preaxial

end of the bone is as marked as in either of the before described

forms.

The wrohyal is very short and bent ventrad at its distal end as

in L. domicella.

The entoglossum has its two lateral parts not so much diverging

preaxiad as in L. flavopalliatus. The cartilage joining them

anteriorly is medianly notched in front and somewhat medianly

prolonged behind. Both the lateral processes of each entoglossal

are well developed.

The hypobranchials are relatively shorter and stouter than in

Lorius, but with a similar sigmoid flexure.

170 DR, ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE [ Mar. 5,

The ceratobranchial broadens more, laterally, antero-posteriorly

to its preaxial end.

Fig. 4.

Hyoid of os reticulata, 3.

A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect; C. Lateral aspect.

(Lettering as before, see p. 164.)

Eos rnpica +.

In every particular which has been given with respect to the

basihyal, urohyal, entoglossum, and hypo- and cerato-branchials of

1 T suspect that the specimen thus named may be really Eos reticulata,

Pa.

1895.] HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS. 171

Eos reticulata, E. indica entirely agrees, save that the cartilage

joining the anterior ends of the entoglossals having disappeared,

nothing can be said as to its shape.

TRICHOGLOSSUS ORNATUS. (Fig. 5.)

The basthyal of this species differs from those of Zorius and Eos

Fig. 5. B

<= =.LD

Hyoid of Trichoglossus ornatus, 2.

A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect; C. Lateral aspect.

(Lettering as before, see p. 164.)

172 DR. ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE [ Mar. 5,

in that the crura of its parahyal arch where they meet are not

prolonged into a symphysis. It is possible that a prolonged

symphysial portion may have been broken off, but I cannot detect

any trace of the fracture.

The wrohyal is very short, but slightly deflected ventrally towards

its truncated distal end.

The entoglossum is rather more prolonged compared with the

basihyal. It presents all the characters already noted in Lortus

and Eos. The ventral prominences of the preaxiad expansions of

the two entoglossals are in contact.

The hypobranchials were broken in the specimen examined, but

seem much like those of Lorius domicella, but perhaps a little

stouter.

STRINGOPS HABROPTILUS. (Fig. 6, p. 173.)

The hyoid of Stringops differs altogether from those of Lorius,

Eos, and Trichoglossus, and has a general resemblance to that of

Psittacus erithacus.

The basthyal has its anterior part much deeper and more later-

ally compressed than in P, erithacus, while its posterior, sub-

quadrate part is hardly so much expanded laterally. The superior

margin of the basihyal, when laterally viewed, is more concave

dorsally, while its inferior margin is more convex ventrally, the

bone being more bent concave upwards. There is hardly a

perceptible concavity on the dorsum of the saddle’s upper lip.

The two halves of the posterior margin of the basihyal are each

more concave and form a more marked angle with each other.

The parahyal processes are longer, stronger, and while proceeding

forwards and very slightly inwards, ascend much more sharply

dorsad and slightly expand at their extremities.

The urohyal is much as in P. ertthacus, only more inclined

ventrad towards its distal end.

The entoglossum has a narrower median vacuity than in P. eri-

thacus, while each anterior and posterior extremity projects more

outwards, especially the two anterior extremities, so that the

anterior half of each lateral margin is much more concave. The

dorsal surface of the entoglossum is also very much more flattened

than in P. erithacus. Thus the bony isthmus formed by the

median junction of the two inwardly projecting portions of the

two entoglossals (just in front of the basihyal saddle) is quite on

the dorsal surface of the entoglossum, instead of being sunk at

the bottom of a strongly marked concavity—as it is in Pséttacus,

Lorius, Eos, and Trichoglossus. The dorsum of each entoglossal

process projecting back behind the bony isthmus is also flattened,

though faintly grooved antero-posteriorly.

Seen ventrally, each entoglossal presents a wide shallow concavity

at its laterally expanded preaxial end. Behind this is the

prominence of the anterior lateral process, and behind this again is

the marked concavity (looking externad as well as ventrad) of the

hindermost part of each entoglossal.

1895.] HYOID BONE OF CERTAIN PARROTS. 173

Seen laterally, the entoglossal shows a sigmoid curvature,

its dorsal margin being concave above anteriorly and convex

posteriorly. Thus seen, the preaxial end does not show any

expansion, but there is a distinct anterior lateral process separated

Fig. 6.

Hyoid of Stringops habroptilus, +.

A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect; C. Lateral aspect.

(Lettering as before, see p. 164.)

by a notch from the posterior one ; the outer surface of the pos-

terior part of the entoglossal, which looks ventrad as well ag

externad, is very strongly concave dorso-yentrally.

tee 8

174 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

The hypobranchials are elongated and, save for their anterior

curvature, almost straight.

The ceratobranchials are slightly broader osseous palettes than

‘ in P. erithacus, and they are hardly as much curved.

It is interesting to find that this part of the anatomy of

Stringops would alone suffice to declare the essentially Psittacine

nature of the bird. It also proclaims it to be a peculiar Psittacine

form. With no affinities whatever for the Loriide (so far as I

have yet been able to examine that family), it is also very distinct

from Psittacus. I have not been able to find any representation

of a Psittacine hyoid to which that of Stringops shows any marked

resemblance.

In conclusion I think we have, in the existence of the parahyal

arch, a very distinctive character for at least three genera of

Loriide ; and, when we consider how closely allied other genera of

that family are to Lorius, Hos, and Trichoglossus, we may, I think,

expect to find that a general resemblance exists between the

hyoids of the entire group. In other skeletal characters there are

some interesting differences between Psittacus and Lorius, as I

hope to be permitted on some future occasion to point out.

2. A Study of the Internal Anatomy of Thyas petrophilus,

an unrecorded Hydrachnid found in Cornwall. By

A. D. Micuatt, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., &c.

[Received February 27, 1895.]

(Plates VIL.-IX.)

ConrENTS.

Page

General Observations and Habitat .............::..e0eeee 174

Description of the new Species ..........0cseeecseeeseeean ees 175

Phe Untepument ..52..2 ssc: tercwccwseesscucoessserccueesencees 178

MBhiew ermal Glarids.ae-.ces. cen adem aedeseanseceuarsesceeesse= 179

The Alimentary Canal and Excretory Organ ............ 180

Hila Salivanye GuaTOS <n cocci eags-eccs ec cduleline «ns pacaamemecien 188

The Male Genital Organs ...............scsseseececetereeeeee 192

The Female Genital Organs ...............eecececeeeeeereee 194

The (so-called) Genital Suckers...............seceeeeeseeenes 195

Glands of unknown Function...............cececeeeceeeneeees 197

The Palpal Organs ............1.-.0-cerressecoescecnenesoeevees 198

Mike NervoUs SyStelne Go syeres:-4seh~ss-<.n-0scaccasacasscacmes 199

The Respiratory Orgams............2-sssseecerseeceseeeeseneee 203

Pibliopraphyie seuss. messeeenssepeeees cases fscererko ese: cos. 205

Explanation of the Plates ............:-:ssseesseceenseseen ees 205

The beautiful Acarid which forms the subject of this paper was

discovered by my friend Mr. E. Bostock when we were collecting

together in the neighbourhood of the Land’s End, Cornwall; I

have since met with numerous specimens in the same locality, but

have not hitherto found it elsewhere. So far as I have been able

to ascertain it has not been previously observed, and is unrecorded.

THYAS PETROPHILUS

_ G Freytag & Berndt Vienna.

S.1895.Pt. VIL.

lily

THYAS PETROPHILUS.

G. Freytag & Berndt Vienna.

mau

mop

x Be

By 2D

4\ i

ves

THYAS PETROPHILUS,

G.Freytag & Berndt Vienna

‘ wid 2

e \

- .

‘

,) é

. j

! .

> ¥

‘ + bat

' 3 ; ie ee!

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 175,

The habitat of the creature is somewhat curious; it was found in

a very small stream of fresh water, just where it comes tumbling

over the granite cliffs and runs down the sands into the sea. The

part where the Mites were found was the bottom, not the top, of

the cliff; the stream there is distinctly fresh water, but is only

three or four feet above high-water mark at the high spring-tides ;

so that when the wind is on shore and the sea at all rough con-

siderable quantities of salt-water must be carried into the stream,

and even at ordinary times a good deal of salt spray must reach it.

I searched in vain for the Acarid higher up the same stream, and I

have not hitherto succeeded in finding it in any of the other streams

in the same district. Although a Water-Mite, it is not found swim-

ming ; like other members of the genus it is adapted for crawling

only ; but I have not ever seen it crawling on the bottom or on the

water-plants, although of course it must do so. I have invariably

found it either in small chinks and splits in the rock, where it can

only be discovered by carefully chiselling away the rock in likely

places, or clinging to the underside of large stones lying in deep

pools ; I thought from the latter position that the Acarids had been

carried down the stream, but, as before stated, I was not able to

find them higher up.

The Mite is very conspicuous when its hiding-place is discovered ;

it is of a beautiful scarlet colour shaded and varied with orange,

and the soft cuticle is diversified by a number of porous plates of

clear yellow chitin sunk a little below the general level of the skin,

so as to form shallow depressions. The legs are one of the most

striking features, as most joints are furnished with a radiating

whorl of large yellow spines tipped with scarlet, which give a very

brilliant appearance; the colours are difficult to preserve after

death.

The Acarus appears to belong to the genus Thyas, the principal

characters of which are as follows :—Hydrachnide with the eyes

placed at the side of the body (far apart), with two-jointed man-

dibles, without swimming-hairs on any of the legs, and with the

dorsal cuticle furnished with numerous separate chitinous plates.

It is by the last-named character that the genus is finally distin-

guished from Kramer’s genus Aturus.

_ I propose calling the new species Thyas petrophilus, from its

habits of life.

THYAS PEYROPHILUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs, 1, 2.)

minim, ea

Average length including rostrum about........ 1-00 1:35

33 » of rostrum only about.......... 10 =e

Brteatest Dreatil ADO... > sat cere eas de..s.9 *i6 65 “70

= thickness, dorso-ventrally, about ...... “40 50

Length of legs, 1st pair about ..............+- 38 50

A oe ee Sd Yate fe ORO STE 65

” si aes bo BRE SP 65 85

PORES oon Neat elas Se) oe = 85 1:10

176 MR. A. D., MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

Colour orange-scarlet, varying in different parts of the body in

shades from orange to scarlet. Chitinous plates on the dorsal and

ventral surfaces and the legs lemon-yellow ; spines on the legs

yellow tipped with scarlet.

Form oblong, corners rounded; compressed dorso-ventrally ;

dorsal surface flat, concave in young specimens.

Texture.—The whole cuticle of the body, where it is not chitinized,

is covered by conspicuous rounded papille, having an average

diameter of about ‘005 to*‘008mm. The dorsal and ventral surfaces

are, however, mostly occupied by numerous porous chitinized plates

sunk in the cuticle; the epimera, sternal plate, legs, palpi, and

maxillary lip are all chitinized and pierced by pores averaging

about 150 to the millimetre on the epimera and sternum, and

about 250 to the millimetre on the legs and palpi; while the

actual pores themselves have an average diameter of about -003 in

the former, and -001 in the latter situations.

Eyes crimson, placed at the antero-lateral angles of the body ;

the two eyes in each pair quite distinct. I cannot find any trace

of a fifth median eye.

Maxillary lip (fig. 4).—This, as usual, formsa deep trough,

slightly narrowed toward the anterior end, which is sharply

truncated and slightly bifid.

Palpi (fig. 5) have the second joint the thickest, the fourth much

the longest, the fifth a blunt claw. They are whatis known as the

Hydrophantes-palpus, 2. e. the dorsal part of the fourth joint pro-

jects considerably parallel to the fifth, so that the fourth and fifth

form a sort of chela.

Mandibles (figs. 3, 21) almost straight; the chitinous wall of

the dorsal half of the first jomt much longer than that of the

ventral. Thereis a membranous anterior projection (mdp.) over-

hanging the second joint, which joint is hook-hke, movable, and

serrated on its upper (concave) edge.

Dorsal surface (fig. 1).—This is mostly covered by chitinous

plates sunk in the cuticle, and which are usually at the bottom of

small depressions ; these depressions are formed partly by the drying

up and often entire rubbing off of the portion of the external layer

of the cuticle which overlies the plate, and partly by these plates

giving points of attachment for the powerful dorso-ventral and other

muscles, by which they are drawn downward (into the body) a little.

These plates are of two kinds: one consists of large, or compara-

tively large, plates thickly and irregularly pierced by areolations

of various sizes and shapes, but so large and numerous that the

holes cover a larger area than the chitin; a small portion of one

of these plates is shown at fig. 11. The second kind consists of

quite small plates, mostly having some approach to the round or

square form, and mostly with an almost circular opening in the

middle and the rest of the plate pierced by fine pores more regu-

larly placed than those on the larger plates. Each smaller plate

bears a small hollow colourless hair or spine close to the central

hole, if there be one, but the hair is always present ; such hairs do

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 1 YeiT

not occur on the larger plates. The larger plates are arranged in

three irregular longitudinal rows; the same plate rarely exactly

agrees in form or size in two individuals or on opposite sides of the

body, and seldom, in form, even on the two sides of the same plate ;

but the arrangement may be said to be approximately as follows :—

The central line consists of three unpaired plates, of which the

anterior is much the largest, and much larger than any other plate

on the body; it is heart-shaped. The central and posterior are

nearer to a square or oblong form. The lateral rows are each

composed of four plates of irregular forms ; the hindmost is nearly

triangular and approaches near to its fellow on the other side of

the body. I am not sure that in some specimens some of these

plates may not coalesce or be broken up into more than one.

The smaller plates generally form an irregular longitudinal line

of four on each side, starting from between the first large central

plate and the eyes and passing between the central and lateral

lines of large plates.

The edge of the body.—There are some of the small plates, and

one or two of the nature of the large plates, on the actual lateral

and posterior edge of the body.

The ventral surface (fig. 2).—The epimera are arranged in two

groups on each side of the body, those of the first and second leg

being anchylosed together ; and the same taking place with those of

the third and fourth, but a strip of soft cuticle intervening between

those of the second and third. Between the epimera of the first

pair of legs, but not attached to them, is a plate formed of the fused

sternal plate and maxillary lip; this plate does not extend as far

back as the epimera do.

The body forms a lateral, almost square, projection between the

epimera of the second and third legs.

There are, on the ventral surface, two pairs of irregular-shaped

plates near the posterior margin, of the nature of the larger dorsal

plates ; four or five pairs of the nature of the small dorsal plates ;

the anal plate (if that be its proper name); a small plate just

anterior to the anal and like it in form, bet turned in the reverse

direction ; and, finally, the plates surrounding the genital opening.

The anal plate (fig. 10) has a round central opening, which is the

exterior orifice of the excretory organ and is closed by two soit

labia. This opening is surrounded by a ring of chitin rather

dehser than the remainder of the plate, which ring is pierced by a

regular row of very fine pores. A little further out is a concentric

ring of rather larger pores, and the rest of the plate has pores

_ similar to those in the epimera &c.

The sclerites surrounding the genital aperture are similar in both

sexes, and consist of a small, anterior, median, almost triangular

plate of rough chitin with the point directed forward, and two

:paired lateral plates, the shape of which will be best gathered from

the drawing; these nearly touch posteriorly, but are further apart

anteriorly. Two pairs of the so-called genital suckers are situated

- between these lateral plates, and one pair of larger ones behind and

Proc. Zoo. Soc. —1895, No. XII. 12

178 MR. A. D., MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

outside their postero-lateral edges. The genital opening itself is a

longitudinal sht closed by soft labia in both sexes.

The epimera of the first pair of legs are fringed on the edges

nearest the median line of the body by a series of beautifully

feathered or pectinated hairs (fig. 6), which vary considerably ; three

or four at the anterior are curled over at their ends and plumose,

the remainder are some finely (fig. 8) others more coarsely (fig. 7)

pectinated ; most of them are terminated by along fine spine, which

is not pectinated. There are a few very small, curved, colourless

hairs on the epimera and the hind margin of the body.

Legs (figs. 12, 13).—The legs gradually increase in length from

before backward; they are entirely chitinized and entirely without

swimming-hairs ; they are terminated by strong didactyle claws ;

the tarsi, particularly the two hind pairs, are enlarged at their

distal ends and excavated so as to form deep cups. All the legs

are armed with a number of large orange-scarlet spines, or spines

tipped with that colour, which form the most striking feature of

the species ; they are mostly lanceolate or laurel-leaf shaped, but

some are straight; the largest are arranged in radiating whorls

round the distal ends of the third and fourth joints of the first pair

of legs and the third, fourth, and fifth of the other pairs: there are

also two large spines, one on the underside of the second joint

of each second leg, and several similar but smaller spines on the

upperside of the same joints in the first three pairs of legs

and the underside of the fourth; there is also a pair at the distal

end of the tarsus of the third and fourth legs, curving over and

protecting the claws. There are lines of somewhat similar, but

uncoloured, spines on the outer edges of the fourth coxe. There

are numerous other hairs on the legs, particularly on the outer side

of the fourth legs; these hairs are mostly strongly curved, colour-

less, soft, and diminishing to a point; there are smaller fine hairs

on the tarsi.

The Integument (Plate VII. fig.11; Plate IX. figs. 23, 24, 25).

This varies in thickness in different parts of the body; it may

be said to consist of three layers, or it might be considered two

layers, the outer being double. Treating it as three layers, the

outer, which may be called the “ epiostracum ” (fig. 24, ep.), consists

of a single row of epithelial cells, rounded or conical on the outer

side, fiat on the inner side; these cells form the papille with which

the soft parts of the body, particularly the dorsal surface, are

coated externally. They are loosely arranged and vary in form a

good deal in different parts of the creature; those towards the,

anterior end being, as a rule, the most papillose. The second layer,

which may be called the “ ectostracum ” (figs. 24, 25, ec.), consists

also of a single row of cells; but they are more cubical and form a

dense and thoroughly united tissue with a flat surface on both sides:

otherwise the cells are no doubt of the same nature as those of the

outer layers, the latter being more or less transformed or perishing.

The inner layer (figs. 24, 25, H.), which may be called the “ end-

1895.] HYDRAOHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL, 179

ostracum,” is the living layer or hypodewm. It is in the cells of this

layer that the chitin is deposited which forms the chitinous plates

of the cuticle. The cells in which the chitin is deposited occasionally

increase greatly in size, the swelling being inward ; so that at the

enlarged point the chitin projects further into the body than the

other portions of the cuticle (fig. 24, cp., the hind end of the first

plate), and the larger plates are so abundantly pierced by large irre-

gular holes or areolations that in section the chitin often looks like

detached rods, or lamine. The chitin is often thinner at the edge

of the plate than elsewhere, and in that case gradually diminishes

to an edge at the periphery, so as to present a knife-edge section.

The chitin here is pierced only by smaller pores, not by the large

areolations. The cells of the hypoderm generally send proto-

plasmic tongues into the areolations, often entirely fillmg them.

Above the chitinous plates the epiostracum often persists, as

observed by Schaub in Hydrodroma: when it does so it most

usually dries up and becomes a very thin layer of dead flattened

cells; but the compression or crumpling of the convex outer side

produces a greater thickness or opacity in the middle of the cell,

which gives the plates a somewhat spotted appearance over the

areolations. Most commonly, however, particularly on the dorsal

surface, the epiostracum not only dries up but rubs off and is

entirely lost; the ectostracum also, in the same cases, dries up

above the plate and becomes an extremely thin layer; so that the

two outer layers of the cuticle over the plate are not nearly so

thick as in other situations ; hence the plates of the dorsal surface

lie at the bottom of shallow depressions ; this applies to the larger

areolated plates only, not to the small hair-bearing plates.

The larger plates give attachment on their inner sides to the

dorso-ventral and other muscles. ;

’

The Dermal Glands (Plate IX. figs. 23, 24, 25, 26).

The general arrangement, comparative size, and position on the

dorsal surface of these glands, which are so well-known in the

Hydrachnide, is very similar to that described by Schaub in

Hydrodroma and by Haller’; the glands are not, however, so

strictly confined to the dorsal surface as they seem to be in

Hydrodroma; there are some on the edge of the ventral surface

near the anterior and posterior ends of the body. The glands

themselves differ considerably from those described by Schaub,

inasmuch as they are entirely without the chitinous external coating

and the chitinous network of strengthening ribs which that author

found; they are enveloped simply by a soft membranous tunic,

and are formed of large, delicate, very loose cells, in which a

nucleus is rarely to be detected: these cells stain but slightly, and

the greater number are usually found to have broken down, either

during the life of the specimen or during its preparation. There

1 “Die Arten. und Gattungen der Schweizer Hydrachnidenfauna,” Mittheil.

der Schweizer entom. Gesellsch. 1882, p. 18.

12*

180 MR, A. D. MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

is also occasionally an irregular central protoplasmic mass, and the

whole is joined by delicate threads. It seems not improbable that

the absence of chitinization from the exterior tunic of these glands

may be correlated with the much greater chitinization of the

external cuticle in Zhyas than in Hydrodroma, Schaub and Haller

appear to have found that the mouth of each of these glands was

surrounded by a thick ring of chitin, and was in connection with

a more or less triangular chitinous sclerite bearing a small spine,

which may be regarded as protecting the opening ; neither of these

conditions, however, is to be found exactly in Thyas petrophilus.

The dermal glands of this species discharge to the exterior either

through a largish central hole in one of the numerous smaller

chitinous plates in the cuticle (fig. 25, cs.), each of which plates

bears a small hollow spine (ps.), or else at the edge of a plate, usually

in the former manner; the sclerite is, however, distinctly a plate

with numerous pores, which bears both the hair and the mouth of

the gland; there is not one solid ring-like ridge surrounding the

mouth and another triangular ridge supporting the hair. I have

not been able to make certain of any really definite connection

between the dermal glands and these smaller dermal plates, as it

seems to me that the number of plates does not agree with the

number of glands, and that some of the plates have not the

central opening ; it is, however, extremely difficult to be absolutely

sure on this point.

In a few instances I have found near where the duct emerges

a minute and extremely delicate membranous sac within the gland,

which sac contains an almost globular structure formed of open

irregular network, which stains deeply (fig. 26).

The Alimentary Canal and Exeretory Organ (Plate VILLI. figs. 14, 15 ;

Plate IX. figs. 23, 27). /

I jom these two systems, because, in effect, it is impossible

properly to separate them in the Hydrachnide, and indeed in

some other families of the Acarina, e. y. the Gamaside.

The alimentary canal in Thyas petrophilus differs considerably

from everything which, to my knowledge, has been described in the

family, or indeed in the Acarina at all; although undoubtedly it is

a modification of the same general plan. :

At the entrance from the mouth to the pharynx I find organs

which I suppose are those described by Schaub as “ palpenartige

Gebilde”; Iam not, however, able to regard them as of the nature

of palpi; they seem to me, in my species at all events, to be small

masses destined either to fit together very closely, and indeed to

interlock, and thus form a valve closing the entrance to the

pharynx, or else to be separated at the will of the creature, thus

completing the pharynx in its office as a sucking apparatus.

The pharynx itself with its muscles (figs. 24, 27, ph.) has the

same lanceolate form shown by Schaub in Hydrodroma, and

has an average length of about -15 mm., by a breadth, in its

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 181

widest part, of about (03 mm.; when, however, we come to the

construction of the pharynx, and indeed to the question of what

really is the pharynx, I do not find that my species at all agrees

with Schaub’s description and drawings. Of course, as I have not

seen Schaub’s species, I cannot in any way deny that he is correct

as to that species ; but if he be, then it seems to me that his species

must be quite exceptional, differing entirely not only from what I

believe I see in Thyas &c., but also from what Croneberg has

described in Hylais, and Henkin in Trombidium. The appearance is

so similar in all these cases that the investigator is tempted to doubt

whether the difference may not be one of interpretation rather than

of actual construction ; it is, however, not merely a difference of

small detail but of principle. It we refer to Schaub’s Taf. i. fig. 1,

we shall find that he draws the pharynx (ph.)as a fusiform sac con-

tinuous in a straight line with the esophagus, and lying above and

upon what he calls a chitinous floor (‘* Chitin Boden”) (his ch. 2),

into the top of which floor the long, almost perpendicular, muscles

coming from above are inserted; this floor he makes joined at its

end to a lower chitinous floor (ch. 1), which forms the true floor of

the mouth ; so that the two together form a V with the point

directed backward and not allowing any food to pass between the

two limbs of the V, or at all events not to pass beyond the point

of union of these two limbs. If we now turn to Schaub’s Taf. iii.

fig. 6, which is a horizontal section through what he considers to

be the pharynx, we find that he considers that organ to be divided

into numerous compartments by what he calls disks (“ scheibenfor-

mige Querflichen”), each compartment containing a ring-muscle

which constricts an extremely fine tube passing longitudinally up

the middle of the pharynx; this tube he says is the true throat

(“Scblundrohr”), through which the food passes. There is not

anything to show how this throat expands again when the ring-

muscles are relaxed; it would seem to be probably too delicate

to do so from its proper elasticity. If we now refer to Henkin’s

figs. 5 and 7, we shall find that (in T’rombidiwm) he draws most of the

similar parts, but puts a totally different interpretation upon them.

Schaub’s upper chitinous floor (his ch. 2), to which the muscles are

attached, is Henkin’s “ upper wall of the throat’; Schanb’s lower

chitinous floor(ch. 1) is Henkin’s “under wall of the throat”; Schaub’s

disks are represented (in Henkin’s fig. 7) by the tendons which

attach the long perpendicular muscles (Henkin’s “ sucking muscles’’)

to the upper wall of the throat; the upper and under walls, when

at rest, still form the V shown by Schaub, but they are not joined

at the point, and when the sucking-muscles contract the upper

wall of the throat is raised, a sucking action is the result, and the

food rushes in between the two walls. The fine tube which Schaub

calls the throat has not any existence in Henkin’s descriptions or

figures, nor are any ring-muscles to be found, but the latter are

represented by transverse muscles (called by Henkin “ swallowing

muscles ”)in the following manner:—The upper and under walls of

the throat are not flat surfaces; they are half-tubes like the rain-

182 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

water gutters placed round the roofs of houses ; they both have the

convex surface downward and the upper rests upon and within the

under; the edges, not the ends, are joined in a slightly flexible

manner, and the whole upper wall is more or less flexible, elastic,

and movable, while the lower wall is stiffer and more fixed.

Thus, when the sucking-muscles (mlp.) contract and the upper wall

is raised, a crescent-shaped lumen is formed in the pharynx (or

throat). The pharynx is contracted again partly probably by its own

elasticity, but chiefly by the transverse muscles (Henkin’s swallow-

ing muscles) which run straight across from one edge of the half-

tubes to the other (his fig. 5, my figs. 23, 27, mop.), one band of

transverse muscle alternating with each band of perpendicular

muscle. Henkin was not the first to describe this arrangement ;

Croneberg drew and described it most exactly four years previously

- in Eylais; but I have above referred to Henkin rather than to

‘Croneberg because the former gives a sagittal as well as a transverse

section, which makes reference easier, and Croneberg shows the

pharynx and the cesophagus in the same transverse section, which

I do not quite understand; moreover, Croneberg’s paper is in

Russian. A similar construction was given by MacLeod in 1884

for Trombidiwm, Hydrachna, and Erythreus *.

Coming now to the present species, Thyas petrophilus, I find

the pharyngeal arrangement to agree entirely with Croneberg’s and

Henkin’s descriptions, and not at all with Schaub’s; I have ex-

amined it with great care by sections in every direction and by

dissections, and I cannot find a trace of Schaub’s thin tube, his

“true throat,” while the food certainly seems to pass between the

two chitinous floors as Henkin says (figs. 23, 27, ph.). The long

perpendicular muscles, which I will call the dilatores pharyngis

muscles (figs. 23, 27, mlp.), raise the roof of the pharnyx (Schaub’s

ch. 2), principally in the median line along which they are attached,

and the food rushes in between it and the chitinous floor; the

roof by the action of the muscles having been separated from the

floor and at its posterior end become continuous with the upper

wall (or roof) of the cesophagus, which seems above it when the

dilator muscles are not in action. The valve before described now

closes the anterior end of the pharynx; the contraction of the

transverse muscles (depressores tecti pharyngis or contractores

pharyngis) brings the roof and floor close together and drives the

food into the cesophagus, its return from which is prevented by a

valve. Such, at least, is my reading of the action of the parts;

at all events I do not think that there can be any doubt that the

passage for the food from the mouth to the esophagus in Thyas

petrophilus is below, not above, the chitinous plate, to which what 1

call the ‘‘dilatores pharyngis” are attached. I may say that I have

carefully examined similar parts in two or three species of T’rom-

bidiwm and other allied creatures, and in every instance have

found the construction the same. I have also examined them in

1 «Ta structure de lintestin antérieur des Arachnides,” Bull, Acad. R. de

Belgique, 1884, nos, 9, 10,

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 183

some Oribatide, e. g. Cepheus latus, which, as it eats partly solid food,

has a wider cesophagus and pharynx, and shows more plainly, and

there the principle is practically the same; although, to admit of

the larger extention, there are some muscles for depressing the

floor of the pharynx, and there are undoubtedly ring-muscles on the

cesophagus. In the Gamaside, although the principle is somewhat

similar, I have found considerable differences of detail, and even of

more than detail *.

The mode in which the dilatores pharyngis muscles are attached

to the roof of the pharynx in Thyas petrophilus is particularly

beautiful; I have not seen anything like it drawn or described in

other Acarina to my recollection; therefore I have figured it

(fig. 27). The muscles of the Acarina are attached to their point

of insertion either directly or, more commonly, by means of

tendons, which are often very long. Where several separate

muscles, or a fasciculus of muscles, are inserted together, their

separate tendons usually join some little distance from the point

of insertion and forma common tendon; in the present instance,

however, the dilatores pharyngis are mostly strap-like muscles

passing diagonally from where they arise to their insertion ; each

muscle appears quite separate, each may possibly be a band of

muscles attached by their edges; but it has not any appearance of

being so, nor does it differ from the appearance of other strap-like

muscles which are each attached by a single tendon. In the

present instance, however, each muscle widens out a little towards

its inserted end, and that end is attached to the point, or rather

line of insertion, by four or more separate tendons varying from

about ‘005 mm. to about 015 mm. in length and which diverge a

little, thus giving the muscle a grasp over a large surface of the

pharyngeal wall which it has to raise; a similar arrangement is

found in some of the other broad muscles of the present species,

but not so well developed. These dilatores pharyngis muscles are

innervated by a special azygous nerve (figs. 20, 23, 27, nph.) arising

from the supra-cesophageal portion of the brain (or central

ganglion) almost immediately above the cesophagus, and running

parallel to and above the esophagus, until the pharyngeal

muscles are reached, when it divides, sending off a twig to

each dilator muscle. The whole course of this nerve may be

beautifully seen in one or two of my preparations. I call it the

pharyngeal nerve. I do not find that Schaub says where his

phanyngeal muscles are innervated from, but Henkin (in Trom-

bidiwm) draws and mentions this nerve, but does not appear to

have traced it to its origin. Croneberg in his fig. 16, Hylais,

draws two paired nerves, which he letters “n,n”; they come, so

far as I can judge, from the supra-cesophageal portion of the brain;

each divides into two equal branches very near its origin. In the

explanation of his fig. 16, Croneberg says that “b, b” are the

nerves going to the pharynx and mandibles; but there is not any

1 “On the Variations in the Internal Anatomy of the Gamasine, &c.” Trans,

Linn. Soc., Zool. yol. v. pt. 9, p. 810, pl. 73.

184 MR. A. D., MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

“6, 6” on the plate, and I think it is a misprint for “n,n”; I am

not able to read Russian, but I fancy they are referred to in the

text as “n,n.” They appear to be the same nerves as Schaub

letters “ant.” and says go to the mandibles and palpi. In his

subsequent work on Zrombidium in 1879, Croneberg draws the

azygous nerve starting from the brain and passing above the

cesophagus, although he does not say where it goes to.

The csophagus (fig. 20, 23, w.) is a tube about -25 mm. long

and of about even dimensions throughout; it runs right through

the brain in the usual manner, and enters the lower part of the

ventriculus in the median line about ‘02 mm. behind the brain.

The ventriculus (figs. 14, 23, v.) presents very considerable

differences from any hitherto described; those figured by Schaub,

Henkin, Croneberg, &c., both for Hydrachnide and Trombidiide,

consist of a broad viscus, flattened dorso-ventrally, occupying

the greater part of the dorsal surface of the creature, and

furnished either with numerous shortish, cecal, mostly paired

diverticula which arise from the dorsal surface and edges of the

ventriculus, as shown by Croneberg for Zylais, or with a smaller

number of diverticula of somewhat larger dimensions, as found

by Schaub and Henkin in Hydrodroma and Trombidium. Of these

ceca the posterior median pair turn forward in Schaub’s species

and backward in the others ; Henkin figures and describes them as

having their hinder parts pressed together in the median line. In

Thyas petrophilus I find near the brain a short anterior tract of the

ventriculus, which is rather deeper than it is long; 7. e. it has

a horizontal antero-posterior measurement of about ‘1 mm. and a

perpendicular dorso-ventral measurement of about -11 mm. in

its deepest place, 7. e. where the cesophagus enters. There is an

unpaired median cecum (ce@.) about ‘15 mm. in length, which

projects forward and slightly upward; it has a somewhat clavate

distal extremity and lies immediately over and upon the quadrate

salivary glands, where they press against each other in the

median line. From the sides of this, which I consider the

ventriculus proper, two expansions, as wide as the ventriculus

proper, run laterally and form a shallow rounded lobe on each

side; they then run straight backward and continue up to about

‘] mm. from the posterior end of the creature, maintaining their

full width throughout; they have two shallow irregular lobes on

their outer edge and a tendency to a lobate projection of the

posterior corner; they then turn inward and jon without showing

any sign of demarcation. The result of this is that the whole

ventriculus forms what would be called a ring if it were round

instead of square. As it exists it is a hollow square with shallow

lobes at the angles, rather more strongly-marked lobes on the

outer sides, and a single azygous czcal diverticulum in the anterior

median line. The lobes vary somewhat in different specimens,

but the general plan is the same. The whole hollow-square

must be considered to be the ventriculus; the lumen is continuous

throughout.

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL, 185

The dorso-ventral muscles and the excretory organs pass

through the hollow of this square. It is not very difficult to

imagine how this state of things, exceptional as it is, arose; if we

turn to a different family of Acarina, the Gamaside, we shall find

usually a very small ventriculus, with a pair of small anterior and

one or two pairs of long posterior cecal diverticula: in the

Oribatide we have a larger ventriculus and a single pair of

posterior diverticula, often very long. If we suppose a creature

with the small ventriculus of the Gamaside and the single pair

of long ceca found in the Oribatide, and suppose these ceca

pressed together at their posterior ends, as in Henkin’s de-

scription of Zrombidiwn, we have only to suppose that these

two ceca coalesce at their point of contact, and that, the walls

becoming obliterated, a continuous lumen is formed, and we have

the ventriculus of Thyas petrophilus. It is true that we must

imagine the coalescence to be so perfect that not a trace of the

origin from two paired ceca is left.

The hind gut and excretory organs must be treated as one

question ; authors are not by any means agreed upon the con-

struction or homologies of these parts in the Hydrachnide and

Trombidiide. Croneberg describes the ventriculus as a viscus

closed posteriorly, and not haying any connection with anything

in the nature of an anus: he says, in fact, that in all the species

of both families which he investigated there is an entrance for

food into the ventriculus, but not any organ for the discharge of

feecal matter ; it must be confessed that at first sight this appears

improbable. Croneberg draws an opening on the ventral surface

of Eylais between the fourth pair of legs which has the appearance

of an anus, and which in his figures he letters “ an.,” although 1

am told that anus would not be quite a correct translation of the

Russian expression in his explanation of his plates. In his German

paper on Trombidium, however, he calls the opening anus

“ After”; but in both papers he says that it has not any con-

nection with the alimentary canal but only with the excretory

organs, and he draws and describes a single clavate sac over-

lying the ventriculus in the median line, but ending blindly in

front, and not having any entrance into the ventriculus, but

passing along the median line of its dorsal surface and bending

down behind it to the opening “an.” on the ventral surface ; this

organ he describes as being filled with the white matter so abun-

dantly found in the Malpighian vessels of many other Acarina,

e. g. the Gamaside. Croneberg’s view by no means agrees with

the previously expressed opinions of Pagenstecher, who considered

Croneberg’s excretory organ to be the rectum, and characterized

Dujardin’s earlier suggestion that an Acarus might be without an

anus as an excursion into the realms of fancy. Henkin found in

Trombidium an arrangement similar to that described by Crone-

berg, but although he could not find any connection between the

_ventriculus and Croneberg’s excretory organ he thought that there

must be one and that the latter must be regarded as the hind gut,

186 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

Henkin says that where this organ overlies and touches the

ventriculus, the investing membrane (or tunica propria) becomes

vague, and that he thinks that there must be communication

at this point, although he could not find it. After this came

Schaub’s paper on Hydrodroma: he described a very different

state of affairs ; he saw all that Croneberg and Henkin saw, and a

great amount more; he agrees with Croneberg that the excretory

organ which opens at the so-called anus does not communicate

with the ventriculus; but he says that this opening is not the

anus at all, but is simply the opening of the excretory organ, and

that, in Hydrodroma, the same chitinous plate on the ventral

surface which contains the so-called anus also contains a much

smaller opening, immediately anterior to the other, which is the

true anus; he draws and describes a well-developed hind gut

leading from the ventriculus to this true anus in addition to, and

quite separate from, the excretory organ. Schaub remarks

correctly that previous writers had not observed this smaller

opening, except Halder, who calls it a preanal opening ', and only

noticed it in Hydrodroma; he is inclined to object to former

authors having called the larger opening the anus, and he suggests

that it is scarcely probable that Hydrodroma is the only Hydrachnid

which possesses an anal opening—a reasonable observation enough.

A year later Schaub published a very interesting paper on

marine Hydrachnide, giving, inter alia, numerous anatomical

details relative to two species of Pontarachna; but, oddly enough, in

these he only draws a single opening which he calls anus, just as

previous writers had in other species, without saying whether it

was the point of discharge of the alimentary canal or of the

excretory organs or of both. ;

Coming now to Zhyas I find precisely the state of things

described by Croneberg. I find a single longitudinal slit-like

opening (figs. 10, 23, A.) closed by two labie and situated in a

small chitinous plate (fig. 10, ap.) in the median line of the body

about halfway between the epimera of the fourth legs and the

posterior margins of the body. I have most carefully examined

this plate and the surrounding parts in many specimens, and I

cannot find any trace of a second opening such as Schaub de-

scribes; to this single opening one organ and one only goes; this

organ is the excretory vessel described by all the authors, and its

whole inner surface is usually thickly clothed with the white

excretory matter before mentioned. There is not any second

viscus such as that figured by Schaub; the ventriculus ends blind!

(fig. 23, v.). The excretory organ overlies it in the central line,

and even hides almost all of its azygous anterior diverticulum

when looked at from the dorsal side; it then turns downward,

passing through the large opening left by the hollow-square form

of the ventriculus in this species, and goes to the opening before

described. This organ certainly ends blindly in front, and although

1 “Die Arten und Gattungen der Schweizer Hydrachnidenfauna,” Mittheil,

d. Schweizer entom, Gesellsch, 1882, p. 18,

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 187

it overlies and touches the ventriculus for a considerable distance,

yet I am utterly unable to find any sign of a communication

between the two. There is not any point where the outer coat of

the excretory organ becomes vague as in Henkin’s Trombidium. I

have carefully examined sections, cut in all directions, with high

powers, and the tunica propria appears continuous and most

distinct everywhere, and in some specimens the two organs do not

quite touch anywhere, there being a distinct space between with

connective tissue joining them. I know how difficult it is some-

times to detect communications, and therefore I will not absolutely

deny that anything of the kind exists: but I am decidedly of

opinion, however improbable it may seem, that it is true that the

mid-gut ends blindly, and that the excretory viscus which ends in

the anus-like opening (fig. 10, A.) has not any communication with

the mid-gut. The improbability is diminished when we consider

that these creatures do not swallow any solid food, but live entirely

by suction, feeding on the blood of other minute creatures which

they capture ; still, of course, a Spider or a Gamasid lives in the

same way, but has a distinct hind-gut and anus. In the present

instance, however, I have not ever seen food in the organ, as we

should expect te do if it were in direct communication with the

ventriculus ; I find the white excretory matter and that only.

With regard to the homologies of the organ, if it were not for

Schaub’s species, I should say that it appeared to me that the

anus-like opening was the true anus, and that the excretory organ

which leads to it was the homologue of the hind-gut; although in

consequence of the nature of the food, or for some other reason,

the hind-gut had become severed from the mid-gut and had lost its

function as a hind-gut, assuming that of the Malpighian vessels

found in Gamaside, &e. I have not ever seen Schaub’s species ;

but if we can rely, as we naturally suppose we may, upon his

investigations, which I believe were conducted in Professor Cohn’s

laboratory at Vienna, then the presence in so closely allied a

species of a second anal opening, and of a well-marked and

functional hind-gut, in addition to the excretory organ and

opening, would seem to prove beyond question that in other

species, such as the present one, the hind-gut and anus have

become obsolete, and that the excretory organ is of the nature of a

Malpighian vessel, or at all events of the organs which bear that

name, whether properly or not, in the Gamaside, &c, and in many

other Arachnida, e. g. Mygale, &c., although it discharges to the

exterior instead of into the hind-gut between the colon and the

rectum, which is the point of discharge in Gamaside, &c.

The form of the excretory organ (fig. 15, and figs. 14, 23, Z.) is

very much that shown by Schaub, viz. an elongated sac with a

rounded, cecal, anterior extremity, varying and irregular in its

diameter, but widening out so as to form a pyriform expansion

before it suddenly narrows to reach its point of discharge. This

widened part is generally compressed dorso-ventrally by folding

and compression, These folds are quite irregular and do not

188 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

always occur; when they do they are not usually bilaterally

symmetrical, or probably in any way permanent; they often are

found to a lesser degree in other parts of the sac, and evidently

provide for considerable extension and contraction of the lumen of

the organ. The folding sometimes is found in directions where it

would probably not result from dorso-ventral compression.

In regard to the homologies of the alimentary canal and

excretory organs, it may not be immaterial to remember that

Wagner’ has lately found that in the embryo Jawodes the so-called

Malpighian vessels are formed from the endoderm quite separately

from the proctodeum, and only become connected with that organ

in the latest stage of development. The histology of the alimen-

tary canal does: not present any features varying sufficiently from

what has been described by other authors to make it necessary

to notice them. The tunica propria is particularly clear and well

marked. The lumen of the ventriculus is large, its walls composed

of more closely-placed cells, forming a more even layer than is

usually found in the ventriculus of Acarina; the cells are large

but not so loose nor rounded as in most species, and the large

groups of rounded cells projecting into the lumen and gradually

becoming detached and dropping off into it, correctly figured by

Henkin in Trombidium, are far less abundant here. These

remarks apply specially to the male, in which, as far as I have

seen, the amount of food-material absorbed by, and contained

within, the cells of the ventriculus is less than in the case of the

female, where the cells are often greatly distended by it.

Salivary Glands (Plate VIII. fig. 16; Plate IX. fig. 23).

I use the expression “salivary glands” for the glands which I

am about to treat of because that expression is in general use for

them; I am not, however, satisfied that it quite correctly expresses

their function.

These glands are often largely developed in the Acarina, pro-

bably most so in the predatory kinds. It is already well known

that some species of Hydrachnide are amply provided with them ;

in the present species they assume considerable importance.

Croneberg found three pairs of glands, each pair having bilateral

symmetry, two pairs being more or less kidney-shaped, while the

third pair are more sausage-shaped. Croneberg only draws and

describes the portion of these later glands near to, and including,

the efferent end, apparently not having traced them further. In

his fig. 35 he draws the kidney-shaped glands as composed of

numerous, largish, closely-pressed secreting-cells with clear nuclei,

and the sausage-shaped glands as composed of a single layer of

squarish cells surrounding a small lumen; he shows the three

glands on each side of the body as communicating by small ducts

with a larger joint efferent-duct. Schaub also found three pairs

1 « Beitrige zur Phylogenie der Arachniden,” Jena. Zeitschr, f. Med. u,

Naturw, 29 Bd. (1894) Heft i. pp. 125-152,

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 189

of salivary glands very similar to Croneberg’s—two pairs which

he calls kidney-shaped, and one which, following Croneberg, he

properly calls pipe-shaped or tubular (schlauchformig); this gland

he says has its blind end fixed to a chitinous projecting piece or

band arising from the anterior edge of the body near the side of

the rostrum, and about the level of the top of the brain; the

gland then runs nearly straight backward until it reaches a point

about one-third of the length of the body (without rostrum) from

the anterior edge of the body; the gland then makes several twists

on itself, running across the body toward the median line, but not

reaching it; then runs forward again, soon loses its twisted

character, and approaches its point of origin, thus forming a

nearly complete loop, and ends in a long fine duct running toward

the mouth. Schaub was not able to trace this duct to its point of

discharge, nor was he able to determine with certainty whether

the two kidney-shaped glands and the tubular gland on each side

join in a common efferent duct, as Croneberg says, or not; but

he says that if they do, in his species, the juncture must be very

near the mouth, as he has traced the three separate ducts a long

way; he seems to me to doubt their joining at all. Croneberg

describes a tubular salivary gland in Zrombidium with a course

very similiar to that given by Schaub'; and Pagenstecher had

described it in 1860.

In the present species there is a very decided resemblance to

the condition described by Croneberg and Schaub; the general

scheme of the salivary organs is undoubtedly homologous, but the

whole thing is more elaborated and the differences in detail are

numerous and of some importance; on the whole, Croneberg’s

species and description come nearer to Thyas petrophilus than

Schaub’s do. In the species which I am describing there are at

least three pairs of salivary glands (I will explain later on why I

use the expression “‘at least”), two of these are clearly the homo-

logues of the kidney-shaped glands and one of the tubular gland.

If the creature be opened on the dorsal surface, and the dorsum

and fat-body and other surrounding organs be removed, it will be

found that just anterior to, and a little to the side of, the brain is

a gland which may fairly be described as reniform (fig. 16, sgr.); it

represents the “larger dorsal mouth-gland” of Schaub, which it

greatly resembles in general appearance; a very similar gland was

described as long ago as 1860 by Pagenstecher (in Trombidium),

although his details may not be quite correct, and in 1861 by

Gudden in reference to the Tyroglyphidw*. This gland in Thyas

petrophilus is formed of large secreting-cells radiating almost from

a centre: these cells have an exterior measurement of about

02 mm., and a length, measuring from the exterior toward the

centre, of about ‘08 mm.; they have large, very clearly-marked

1 “Ueber den Bau von Trombidiwm,”’ Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. de Moscou,

1879.

2 “Beitrag zur Lehre yon der Scabies,’ Wiirzburger medicinische Zeitsch.

1861, p. 301, and zweite vermehrte Auflage, Wiirzburg, 1863.

190 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON AN (Mar. 5,

nuclei of about -01 mm. diameter, usually placed very regularly,

which are best seen in sections. The size and shape of the whole

gland varies a good deal in different individuals, and probably at

different times, but the average size may be considered to be about

‘lmm. by about ‘07 mm. Although this is the larger of the

two kidney-shaped salivary glands in Schaub’s species it is not so

in the present instance, the representatives of the other of the

two being somewhat larger. This latter pair of glands (figs. 16,

23, sgq.) cannot be called kidney-shaped in the present species,

each is more square with advancing rounded corners; they are

not regular in shape, varying considerably in different individuals

&c., still they preserve their general form; they are flattened dorso-

ventrally, and lie rather further back than the kidney-shaped pair ;

they are pressed against one another in the median line ; and their

posterior portions overlie and hide the anterior part of the brain,

when seen from the dorsal side. The average size of each of these

elands is about+11 mm. square. Simply for the sake of clearness

I will speak of them in this paper as the “ quadrate salivary glands.”

In spite of this general agreement in the form and position of

these two pairs of glands with those described by Schaub and

Croneberg, there is one leading point in which there is a very

marked difference from them, and indeed from all similar glands

vet described in the Acarina; and that is, that all the authors

deseribe their glands, doubtless correctly, as discharging by a single

duct; in the present species each of the four glands discharges

most distinctly by two paired ducts (dq., d.): whether this indi-

cates the original derivation of each gland from two which have

coalesced, I am not prepared to say; they do not show any other

signs which I can detect of a double origin; but the two ducts are

clear and unmistakable. In the kidney-shaped glands the ducts

spring from opposite sides of the gland a considerable distance

apart; they are largest in diameter where they leave the gland

(about ‘01 mm.) and gradually diminish, their smallest part being

where they enter the main general duct (there they are about

004 mm.) (fig. 16, dr.). The two ducts from each quadrate

salivury gland (fig. 16, dq., fig. 21) spring from the underside of

the gland near its anterior edge; they arise some small distance

apart, but considerably nearer together than those trom the kidney-

shaped gland; they are also much finer and more transparent than

those from the last-named gland, and enter the main general duct

together, joining just before they enter. They often overlie one

another ; thus while it is perfectly easy to see the two ducts from

the kidney-shaped glands, it requires very careful dissection to

demonstrate those from the quadrate glands; one of these must

be dissected off, turned over to expose the under surface, and the

two ducts separated with a very fine hair: if this trouble be taken

then the two ducts are perfectly apparent, and their whole course

may be traced to their entrance into the main general duct. I now

come to the tubular salivary glands (fig. 16, sgt.); these, although

essentially “tubular glands” are very different from, and much more

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 191

complicated than, those described by Schaub and partially described

by Croneberg. In the first place, instead of their blind distal end

being attached near the mouth it is attached to the side of the

body about halfway back and opposite the genital organs: the

gland is not in any way bent into a loop; its direction is forward

for its whole length, but it is greatly and irregularly corrugated

and twisted for about two-thirds of its course; in this part it has

an average diameter of about ‘02 mm., is a fleshy organ composed

of largish secreting-cells, and has a very small lamen. The gland

suddenly narrows at the end of this portion, loses its twisted and

corrugated form, and becomes straight; it is still somewhat fleshy

in appearance, and has a diameter somewhat less than half the

diameter of the corrugated part; its largest diameter is in the

centre, and it narrows at both ends to about half the diameter of

the centre. This tract of the gland may be considered as the duct ;

it is usually filled with small round granules (secreted matter), very

similar to that spoken of by Schaub in the distal portion of his

tubular gland and by Croneberg in the same portion in 7’rombidium ;

except that, in consequence of the larger diameter of the organ

now being described, the granules do not follow each other in

single file as they do in Schaub’s drawing. After this portion the

duct suddenly expands again and becomes a large transparent

ovate bladder, with thin, apparently structureless walls (fig. 16, sb.).

The diameter of this bladder in its widest part is larger than that

of any other portion of the whole duct; at its anterior end it

narrows sharply, and there is a very short tubular part which

turns suddenly downward and backward to join the main general

duct. This description is not taken from a single specimen, all

the numerous specimens which I have dissected have been alike.

The only record at all resembling this bladder is Pagenstecher’s

respecting Trombidium.

It now remains to describe the precise manner in which the

various glands above described communicate with the common

duct (main general duct). There is one of these common ducts

(D.) on each side of the body, and all the three salivary glands on

that side communicate with it; it is of an almost uniform diameter

until near its posterior end, where it enlarges somewhat suddenly

both in a lateral and in a dorso-ventral direction; the small

anterior end or prolongation of the bladder of the tubular gland

enters the common duct in the middle line of the upperside of

this enlargement, and the two ducts from the reniform gland enter

the lateral edges of its upper part, one on each side. The two

ducts from the quadrate salivary gland enter the tubular part of

the common duct close together some distance nearer to the mouth

than the entrance of the ducts from the reniform glands. At the

posterior end of the lower part of the enlargement of the common

duct, another tube (du.), which at its starting point is of nearly as

large diameter as the tubular portion of the common duct but

rapidly diminishes and becomes very fine, runs at first backward

and then almost perpendicularly downward. I have not been able

192 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

to ascertain with certainty whether this tube ends blindly or is the

duct of a fourth salivary gland; my opinion is that the Jatter is

correct and that the tube is a fine duct coming from a small

roundish gland lying close to the reniform gland. It is for this

reason that I say above “at least three pairs of salivary glands,”

but as I have not been able to trace the communication with

certainty I have thought it best not to draw this gland. The

common duct runs to the upper surface of the chitinous bridge or

lamella which is joined at its edges to the inner sides of the maxillary

lip and forms a chitinous endo-skeleton in the rostrum upon which

the mandibles rest. The commom duct penetrates this chitinous

bridge, and runs forward for a short distance practically within its

substance; the duct terminates by a bell-shaped mouth (dd.) on

the underside of the chitinous bridge.

In addition to the paired glands above described, there is an

azygous sausage-shaped gland (fig. 23, asg.) practically in the

median line of the hind part of the rostrum. It is about ‘11 mm.

long, with a diameter of about ‘02 mm., is a fleshy organ with an

extremely small lumen, and lies between the paired fan-shaped

groups of muscles which run from the sigmoid piece to the

mandibles (see page 203). The duct from this gland is short and

fine, and runs straight forward towards the buccal chamber.

I have said above that I doubt whether there is sufficient

evidence to justify us in asserting positively that the function of

all these various glands is salivary only.

The Male Genital Organs (Plate VILLI. figs. 17, 18;

Plate IX. figs. 23, 28).

The male reproductive system differs in a remarkable degree

from anything which has, to my knowledge, been hitherto described

among the Hydrachnide, or, indeed, in any of the allied families.

Schaub, for instance, in his species found a group of five pyriform

testes on each side discharging by a common duct, which duct

joined with its fellow from the opposite side to form a short

unpaired duct leading into a long, much convoluted, duct, which

he calls the vas deferens: this terminated in a short penis

surrounded by muscles. Croneberg’s Zylais shows a complicated

network of testes entirely unlike anything found in the present

species. Probably the nearest described organs are those of the

species of Trombidium figured by Croneberg in his later work,

‘ Ueber den Bau von Zrombidiuwm’; but even these present most

material differences from the form I am about to describe.

In Thyas petrophilus there is, on each side of the body, what

appears to be a large testicular mass (figs. 17, 28, 23, 7.), which

_immediately underlies the lateral portion of the ventricular ring.

This testicular mass has an average length in fully-formed speci-

mens of about ‘3 mm., by a thickness in a dorso-ventral direction

of about ‘17 mm. in its thickest part. This mass is comparatively

flat on its under (ventral) surface, and comparatively, although

not quite, straight on its inner side; but it is formed into two

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 193

lobes by the swelling and rounding of its dorsal and lateral

surfaces both anteriorly and posteriorly, leaving a thinner and

narrower portion between, but without any breach of continuity

or line of demarcation ; the whole forms one piece. The mass

varies a good deal in form in different specimens, and even the

two sides of the same individual are seldom quite similar, but the

general shape always corresponds fairly well. The masses on the

two sides of the body are a short distance apart anteriorly, but

appreach each other closely posteriorly; almost at their hinder

ends they are joined by a short bridge (fig. 17) quite continuous

with both sides, so that the organ on both sides of the body forms

one unbroken whole. From the ventral surface of the narrower

part of the testicular mass on each side proceeds a vas deferens of

moderate length, which runs upward and forward. At its anterior

(distal) end, which is nearest to the dorsum, this vas deferens joins

its fellow from the opposite side of the body, and the two enter a

short widish ductus ejaculatorius (figs. 17, 18, 23, de.) with very

fleshy walls, which runs downward and a little forward. This

organ is inversely pyriform, being narrowed at its distal end so as

to discharge by quite a small opening into a very large penial canal

(figs. 18, 23, pc.), which again is inversely pyriform, its largest

part being near to where the ductus ejaculatorius enters; this

canal proceeds almost perpendicularly downward, On the outside

of the widest part of the canal is a chitinous bar (fig. 18, cb.), from

which a series of diagonal muscles (fig. 18, mc.) spread out; so

that those on the two sides of the body, acting simultaneously,

would form powerful compressors. Longitudinal muscles also run

from the ductus ejaculatorius to the inner side of the cuticle of the

body close to the genital opening; thus the penial canal can be

compressed longitudinally as well as transversely. The canal

itself is a large, membranous, tubular organ, considerably and

irregularly folded, so that the portion nearest to the ductus

ejaculatorius is apt to form a series of pouches, and the more

distal part a number of longitudinal folds converging to the genital

aperture. This last-named part is not much hidden by muscles

when the organ is dissected out, whereas the more bulbous proximal

portion is almost surrounded by them. I have not been able to

discover any chitinous penis such as Croneberg draws in Trom-

bidium. The penial canal, as [ have drawn and described it, is as

at rest under ordinary conditions. I have not been able to

examine it at the moment of coition, and therefore ] am not able

to say whether the membranous tube is evaginated—thus, in effect,

forming a penis, which seems very probable,—or whether the sperm

is simply deposited on the exterior of the female, or conveyed by

the feet as observed by Koenike in Curvipes fuscatus.

The testicular mass appears to be one solid block (subject to the

foregoing description of its shape), and there is not any line of

demarcation or any membrane or division between its various parts ;

but still it is not really so. The greater part of it has an external

coating of a single layer of large cells about ‘015 mm. in diameter,

Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1895, No. XIII. 13

194 MR, A. D. MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

having very distinct nuclei of about ‘004 mm. and nucleoli of about

002 mm. (fig. 28). On the outer and upper part of the anterior

region of the front lobe and the outer and upper part of the

posterior region of the hind lobe, on each side of the body, this

layer, although existing, is less distinct and regular ; the cells are

somewhat smaller and more broken ; but on their inner side in these

localities will be found two or three layers of much larger polygonal

cells (sm.), often as large as ‘04 mm., in which the nucleus cannot

any longer be detected : these cells are the true sperm-mother-cells,

and are usually crowded with spermatozoa in various stages of

maturity according to the age of the cell. The spermogenous cells

of the inner of these layers, when quite mature, burst and dis-

charge their contents into the interior of the organ, which, although

having the appearance of a solid mass, is seen when examined with

a sufficient amplification to be a hollow viscus closely packed with

sperm and secretion ; thus the whole organ forms a combination

of testis and vesicula seminalis. It is a sac, the walls of which

are formed of a single layer of large cells, which give birth to the

true spermogenous cells on their inner surface at certain parts of

the sac. These sperm-mother-cells discharge their contents into

the interior of the sac, which becomes so full that the lumen of

the sac is obliterated and the whole appears like one solid mass.

It is probable that the contents are mixed with other secretion,

but I do not detect special accessory glands. In the vasa

deferentia the cellulation of the walls becomes indistinct, and

there is a slight tendency to corrugation; but in the ductus

ejaculatorius we again find the wall composed of distinct fleshy

cells with clear nuclei, similar in character to those composing the

outer layer of the testicular sac but smaller. The penial canal is

a thin and almost structureless membrane.

The Female Genital Organs.

These organs so closely resemble what has been before described

by Schaub, Henkin, and others, that it is not necessary to say

much about them. The ovary forms a flattened ring with two

oviducts leading to an unpaired canal (the vagina) as in the

described species ; and, as in these descriptions, the eggs are formed

upon the upper surface of the ring: the only observations which it

seems desirable to make are, firstly, that the ova in Thyas petro-

philus are not quite so strictly confined to the upper surface as in

the other recorded species of Hydrachnide ; in the main part of

the ring they are so confined, but in the rear part and near the

insertion of the oviducts they are formed on the edges, and even

on the under surface as wellas the upper. Secondly, that although

in the nymphs and young adults the ring form of the ovary is

conspicuous, the ring being open and dorso-ventral muscles passing

through it, yet that in the adult, when the eggs are mature, they

are so numerous and crowded on the inner edge of the ring, that,

being matured in pedunculated oocysts, they fill up the whole

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL, 195

interior of the ring and cause it to look like a disks; although, of

course, it really remains a ring in structure, and the muscles con-

tinue to pass through the mass of eggs just as they did through

the ring. Thirdly, that there are a considerable number of fine

and short contorted tubes, apparently of a glandular nature,

surrounding the outer edges of the ovary, the exact course and

connections of which it is extremely difficult to make out, which

have not been mentioned by former investigators; they are

apparently outgrowths and plications of the peripheral parts of the

ring itself, and possibly function as accessory glands.

The (so-called) Genital Suckers (Plate VIII. fig. 19).

In some families of Acarina the external genital aperture is

accompanied by the organs which are known by the name of

“‘ genital suckers.” In the Oribatide and Tyroglyphide they lie

actually within the genital opening, and are only exerted when in

action or by means of pressure. They are, in these families, soft

extensible organs, usually either two or three pairs, and certainly

have the appearance of suckers. In the Oribatide they are of

somewhat complicated structure’, and are the only sucker-like

organs on the body. The mode of coition of the Oribatide is not

known ; but these organs have been considered to be genital, z. e.

copulative, suckers by Claparéde*, Nicolet *, and others. In the

Tyroglyphide they have been considered to fulfil a similar office by

Fumose and Robin *, and Nalepa’ ; but in these creatures the mode

of coition is known, and it takes place by a bursa copulatrix at the

anal end of the female. The male during coition is above, not

below, the female ; so that the supposed copulative suckers of the

female cannot possibly touch the male during coition ; and in most

species the male only, in addition to these so-called genital suckers,

is provided with a pair of what certainly are copulative suckers,

placed near his anal end. ‘These considerations, inter alia, led

Mégnin ° to deny entirely that these organs were suckers. He says

that he has watched them in action, and that it is at the moment of

the deposition of the egg by the female that they are exerted, and

that they then guide the egg. Mégnin admits that this does not

explain their presence in the male; he says that he has not ever seen

them inaction in that sex, but he suggests that they probably serve to

break the adherence of the male and female after the termination

of the coitus. The principal objection to Mégnin’s view as to the

1 «British Oribatid,’ by the present author. Ray Soc, 1883, vol. i. pl. F.

3 “Studien an Acariden,” Zeit. wiss. Zool. 1868, p. 511, taf. xxxvii. fig. 550.

3 « Histoire Naturelle des Acariens qui se trouvent aux environs de Paris”

Archiv. du Muséum, t. vii. p. 415.

4 “ Mémoire sur les Acariens des genres Cheyletus, Glyciphagus, et Tyro-

glyphus,” Journ. de Y Anat. et de la Physiol. (Robin’s), 1867, pp. 591-592.

® «Die Anatomie der Tyroglyphen,” Sitzb. k. k. Akad. Wien, 1885, p. 16.

_ ® “Mémoire sur les Hypopes,” Journ. de |’Anat. et de la Physiol. (Robin’s),

1874, pp. 2389-240. ee

196 j MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON AN [Mar. 5,

female would appear to be that in the Oribatide, which possess

precisely similar organs, there is a long extensible ovipositor through

which the egg passes; so that it could not possibly be touched or

guided by these “‘ genital suckers.”

Organs which must be homologized with and which greatly

resemble these so-called genital suckers exist in the Hydrachnide,

and are greatly developed in the genus Hydrodroma. They were

noticed by Neuman‘ and Haller’. The latter, although he calls

the organs suckers (Haftniipfe), generally puts the word between

quotation-marks, as if he did not wish to be responsible for the

name. He pointed out that in this genus these suckers, although

somewhat extensible, were externally convex chitinous knobs, and

he gives a rough drawing of the chitinous parts. Schaub, in the

work so often quoted (p. 46), describes two pairs of such organs,

which he terms the “ so-called suckers,” and one pair of chitinous

rings which he regards as true suckers. These last-named pair are

on the membranous folds or labia, which are situated between the

genital plates and border the genital opening; the two pairs of

convex chitinous knobs are at the anterior and posterior ends of

the genital plates themselves, not forming one piece with the

plate, but each knob is described as capable of protrusion, and as

being a hollow hemisphere with its convex side on the exterior of

the body, 2. e. downwards, and with a short thick bundle of striped

muscles inserted into its concave or inner side, and practically

filling the hemisphere. Schaub says that the position and

arrangement of these muscles leaves no doubt that the organs

subserve copulation.

In Thyas petrophilus I find three pairs of these so-called suckers—

two pairs in the labia between the genital plates, and one at the

posterior angles of the plates, all slightly, but only slightly, pro-

trusible; in each case the plates are excavated to allow these

organs to pass. The posterior pair are rather the largest, but in

other respects all three pairs are alike; there is not any ring-like

sucker as in Schaub’s species. Each so-called “‘ sucker ” (I use the

expression for want of a better one) is provided exteriorly with a

strong hemispherical cap of homogeneous chitin, with the convex

side to the exterior, as in Schaub’s species; the chitin covers the

whole exterior of the organ, is about ‘004 mm. thick and of a light

reddish colour (fig. 19, cm.). This chitinous cap is supported by

an irregular-shaped band of thicker chitin of a clear yellow colour

standing at right angles to the cap: this chitinous band is attached

to the soft cuticle of the ventral surface of the body, and forms

the margin of an opening in the cuticle which just allows the

narrowest part of the organ to pass through it, both the cap and

the inner part of the organ being larger than the opening. Thus

in the chitinous cap and the external appearance and position the

1 « Om Sveriges Hydrachnider,” Stockholm, 1880, Kongl. Svensk. Vetenskaps-

Akad. Handling., Band. 17, No. 3, p. 112.

2 “Die Hydrachniden der Schweiz,” Mittheil d. Bern. naturf. Gesellsch.

1881, Heft ii. p. 48 (1882).

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL, 197

organs in my species fairly correspond with those described by

Schaub; but here the resemblance suddenly ceases: instead of

the large simple bundle of striped muscles filling up the interior

of the cap and arising from the other genital organs, we have an

entire absence of muscles within the cap, although some small

muscles are attached round it. The inner side of the chitinous

cap rests upon the distal ends of a number of columnar radi-

ating cells forming an even layer about ‘016 mm. thick; these

cells take stain very deeply and rapidly, so much so that it is

difficult to prevent their staining too darkly if other parts are to

be stained at all. The proximal ends of these cells rest upon a

basal membrane (mb.) about ‘003 mm. thick, which does not stain

at all, and which is continuous with the external membrane of a

solid pyriform mass of large elongated cells. ach cell is largest

at its inner extremity and diminishes outward. All the cells con-

verge toward the smallest part of the organ, 7. ¢. the point where

it passes through the hole in the cuticle; they then spread out

again a trifle, and their distal ends abut on the inner side of the

basal membrane before mentioned ; the distal portion of each cell,

i. é. the part between the hole in the cuticle and the basal mem-

brane, stains darkly and rapidly ; the rest of the cell much more

slightly and slowly. ach cell near its larger (inner) end contains

a large clearly defined nucleus with a distinct nucleolus, those in

the respective cells being very regularly arranged.

The whole organ has a formation entirely different from what

would be expected in a sucker, and indeed has much more the

appearance of a sense-organ of some kind; ¢. g.it looks not unlike

the simple ocellus of an insect. I do not for a moment suggest

that such is its function; such a thing would be unlikely in the

extreme; and I do not detect any sufficient nerve-supply to justify

it if it were not; but I do suggest that, in this species at all

events, the organs are not suckers, and that it seems not impos-

sible that they may have some sensory function. It struck me at

first whether they could be glandular, but I do not find any point

of discharge, nor any signs of cells breaking down and emitting

their contents ; and it has to be remembered that they are present

equally developed in both sexes. Of course I at once admit that

the position of the organs is such as to render it most probable

that they perform some office in connection with the genital

organs.

Glands of unknown Function (Plate IX. fig. 28).

Lying immediately below the lateral portions of the hollow

square of the ventriculus, immediately above the genital organs in

both sexes, and about the middle (longitudinally) of the latter

organs, exist a pair of almost globular, or slightly elliptical, organs

of about -04 mm. diameter in the male and about -05 to ‘1 mm. in

the female. These organs (fig. 19, gu.) have every appearance

of being glands ; they are composed of distinctly-nucleated closely-

198 MR, A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

packed, elongated cells of about ‘01 mm. diameter, and in section

exhibit similar cellulation all through; they are quite solid without

lumen ; but I have not been able to trace any duct from them. 1

thought at one time that they probably discharged into the posterior

part of the tubular salivary glands; but after careful investigation

T am not, up to the present, able to state that this is the case,

although the two organs are in tolerably close juxtaposition ; and

the function of the glands therefore remains uncertain to me.

The Palpal Organs (Plate VIII. fig. 22).

These organs might probably be included in the last section as

glands of unknown function, but I do not wish to pledge myself

to the assertion that they are glands, although I incline to think

so. They are largish paired organs, one on each side of the body ;

the posterior portion is an elongated lobe with a rounded hinder

end; about a third of the length of this lobe (the posterior third)

lies under the brain, but is not in any way connected with it, there

is a separate nerve from brain to palpus. The lobe runs in an

almost direct course from below the brain to the palpus, but it

diminishes considerably in diameter before reaching that appendage,

and where it enters has less than one third of the diameter of

the thickest part of the lobe. Within the first joint of the

palpus the palpal organ swells out again and forms a second elon-

gated lobe, not nearly so thick as the first ; at its distal end this

bends slightly downward, and enters the second joint, where it

again diminishes in diameter, and then runs forward until nearly

the distal end of the palpus, keeping an almost uniform thickness

(the anterior part is not shown in the figure). The organ is com-

posed of large irregularly-placed cells, as far as can be judged

from the nuclei, which are few but very distinct and of considerable

size; but I have not been able to detect the lines of demarcation

between cell and cell in any of my preparations.

The organ is solid, 7.e. there is not any lumen, and I have not

been able to trace anything like a duct from it. I am not aware

of anything which has been described in the Acarina which can be

identified with it or considered the homologue of it; nor have I

ever seen such an organ in any other species that I have examined:

the structure most resembling it, that I am acquainted with, in

the Acarina is the spinning-gland partly in the palpus of Tetra-

nychus; but the present species is aquatic and there is not any

reason to suppose that it has any power of spinning; moreover

the palpi are not furnished with a spinneret, such as is found in

Tetranychus. The palpus is almost certainly a raptorial organ, it

assuredly is not tactile; but there is not any poison-fang or spine

that I can discover, and the mandibles are evidently the killing-

organs. For these reasons I think it best not to suggest a function

for these palpal structures and to leave the matter for future

investigation,

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL 199

The Nervous System (Plate VIII. fig. 20; Plate IX. figs. 23, 27).

I do not know that upon this part of the anatomy I have many

observations to describe relative to the present species which differ

in very important matters from what has been before observed by

other acarologists in various species ; but still I think that there

are some new points of considerable interest to be detailed; and

moreover, as former anatomists have not been altogether agreed as

to the distribution of the nerves, fresh investigations may be useful,

although made upon different species, or even families.

The great central nervous mass in all Acarina which have been

investigated is the so-called brain (6r.); which is penetrated by

the cesophagus, that organ passing right through it, generally in a

more or less oblique direction, and being accompanied by traches in

the present species. Although the whole of this brain is one mass,

yet its formation from a supra-cesophageal and a sub-cesophageal

ganglion is usually fairly apparent; the latter frequently extend-

ing considerably further backward than the former. In the present

species the distinction between the upper and lower ganglia

is practically lost; the whole forms one almost, but not quite,

globular mass (figs. 20, 23, br.) which, in the male, has a diameter

of about 13 mm. in a dorso-ventral, and of about *] mm. in an

antero-posterior direction ; it lies considerably nearer to the ventral

than the dorsal surface, indeed its lower edge nearly reaches

the ventral cuticle. This brain is situated about as far back as the

second pair of legs ; it lies below the salivary glands, and in front

of the genital aperture, and is invested by a most distinct neuri-

lemma, which is separated from the nervous substance by

endosmosis if the organ be soaked in water. The cesophagus

(figs. 20, 23, «@.) penetrates the brain in a slightly oblique direction,

running backward and a little upward.

From just above the csophagus there starts from the lower

part of the supra-cesophageal portion of the mass a fine, central,

azygous nerve (nph.), which runs almost parallel to, but a little

above, the cesophagus for the whole length of that organ; it

then splits up into a large number of separate twigs, one of which

runs to each muscle of the sucking-pharynx. About this nerve I

do not feel any doubt whatever; I have it in several preparations,

and in one fortunate sagittal section of the creature I have the

whole length of the nerve from the point where it issues from the

brain to its ultimate distribution to the pharyngeal muscles. A

precisely similar nerve has been figured by Henkin (op. cit. fig. 7)

as existing in Zrombidiuwm fuliginosum. Winkler’ has drawn a

similarly placed nerve in Gamasus, but I imagine that he considers

that it goes to the lingula, as he calls it the “ Zungennerv”; he how-

ever identifies it with Henkin’s.

Schaub does not mention any such median nerve as going to the

1 “ Anatomie der Gamasiden,” Arbeit. d. zool. Ins, Wien, vii. p. 336, taf. iii,

fig. 8 (1888).

200 MR, A. D, MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

pharynx, but he does mention a median nerve which he says goes

to a central unpaired eye which he seems to have found in Hydro-

droma. Croneberg says that the pharynx in Hylais is innervated

from the first pair of nerves from the supra-cesophageal ganglion,

which also supply the mandibles: this certainly is not the case in

Thyas petrophilus; although, as will be seen below, I think that

the mandibles are supplied much as Croneberg says.

It is very difficult to trace the finer nerves in the Acarina and

to be certain that one has traced all that start from the brain,

although the larger ones, such as the great nerves to the legs, are

easily followed ; but to the best of my judgment I have been able

to trace, in addition to the azygous nerves, 4 pairs which arise from

the supra-cesophageal portion of the mass, 1 pair which arise

exactly on the level of the cesophagus but considerably to the

side of it, so that I cannot say whether they are supra- or sub-

cesophageal, and 5 pairs of large nerves, from the sub-cesophageal

portion of the mass.

The first pair from the upper ganglion are a thin pair of nerves

(fig. 20, nm.) near to the median line, and they appear to me, in

the present species at all events, to supply the mandibles only—

not the mandible and pharynx, as Croneberg says they do in

Eylais. Schaub states that the mandibles in Hydrodroma are

innervated by the same nerves as the palpi; this does not seem to

me to be the case in Thyas petrophilus. As regards homologies in

other families of Acarina, Winkler, in the Gamaside, where the

mandibular nerves are conspicuous, found that the mandibles were

innervated by special nerves not identical with those serving the

palpi, and fairly corresponding with the pair I find in Zhyas,

although situated a little further back, which may probably be

accounted for by the great retractility of the mandibles in Gamasus.

Nalepa found the mandibles of the Tyroglyphidz to be innervated

by special nerves, different from those serving the palpi, and

agreeing in position with those Iam now describing. Henkin

also apparently found the same thing in Trombidium fuliginosum.

The second pair of nerves from the supra-cesophageal portion

of the brain arise somewhat from the dorsal suface of that organ;

they are an extremely thin pair (fig. 20, nv.) and innervate the

muscles which run from the dorso-vertex’ to the maxillary lip and

possibly other dorso-ventral muscles.

The third pair of supra-cesophageal nerves spring from nearer

to the anterior edge of that region of the brain and are the large

optic nerves (fig. 20, no.). These have been well described and

figured by Schaub; they are long and large nerves, each dividing

dichotomously near the distal end, and sending one branch to each

of the two eyes on that side of the body, which are pressed so

closely against each other as to appear like one double eye.

The only difference of any importance which I have found

‘ The dorsal exoskeleton of the posterior part of the cephalothorax.

1895. ] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 201

between Schaub’s description and Thyas petrophilus is that he shows

two fine branches as springing from the optic nerve some time

before the final division into two; I find three such branches quite

plainly visible in dissections. Schaub says that these branches go

to sense-organs in the dorsal shield; I have not been able to find

such sense-organs in my species, which has not the peculiar dorsal

plate of Hydrodroma in which they are situated, and I have not

been able to trace where the three fine branches in my species go

to: I have two or three dissections showing the whole course of the

optic nerve from the brain to the eye, and showing these branches

for some distance; but I have not been able to trace them to

their destinations and I cannot follow them in the sections.

The fourth pair of nerves from the upper ganglion is a pair of

very thin nerves from near the posterior edge of the brain (fig. 20,

nu.), and which lie above and between the nerves serving the

fourth pair of legs and the genital nerves: these nerves are

extremely fine and difficult to trace, but are certainly present; I

have not succeeded in ascertaining what organs they mnervate.

The pair of nerves which proceed from the level of the ceso-

phagus, so that it is hard to say whether they are supra- or sub-

cesophageal, are shown at fig. 20, np.; they are long and substantial

nerves and I have sections showing them well in their entire

length. Each nerve, shortly after leaving the brain, forms a

ganglionic swelling and then diminishes to its former size: about

halfway between the brain and its destination it sends a very

small branch downward; I have not been able to trace this to its

destination. Some distance from its termination the principal

nerve divides dichotomously, sending one branch (np.1) forward

and upward to the palpus, and the other (np. 2) forward and

downward to the maxillary lip; a short distance before reaching

which it forms a small ganglionic swelling.

This nerve is probably homologous with Schaub’s nerve “ ant,”

which he says serves the palpi and mandibles; of course this may

be so in his species, but as the palpi are maxillary palpi and the

maxillary lip in Acarina is formed of the fused maxillz, the distri-

bution to palpi and maxillary lip seems more what might be

expected than that to palpi and mandibles. Schaub considered

that the palpi were innervated from the supra-cesophageal ; Crone-

berg from the sub-cesophageal ganglion. Nalepa (in Tyroglyphus)

considered that the maxille were served by the sub-, and the max-

illary palpi by the supra-cesophageal ganglion. In the present

species it is, as before stated, impossible to say which ganglion the

nerve belongs to.

Of the nerves clearly proceeding from the sub-cesophageal part

of the brain-mass there are, firstly, the four pairs of great nerves

proceeding to the four pairs of legs (fig. 20, 71, n2, n3, 4); as

to the existence and position of which all writers are agreed ; but

all have hitherto described and figured them as unbranched

nerves, at least no one has described any branches, although their

202 MR. A. D, MICHAEL ON AN { Mar. 5,

existence might be anticipated ; it will be seen by fig. 20 that I find

more than one branch to each leg of the two hind pairs, in the

fourth leg in particular I find several branches.

Croneberg, Schaub, and Nalepa all found that each of the four

leg-nerves on each side of the body was accompanied by a much

smaller nerve running parallel to it, which they call the accessory

nerve; they all describe and figure it, doubtless correctly, as

springing from the brain itself. Im the present species the

arrangement is very different ; in the first two pairs of legs these

accessory nerves exist (fig. 20, na.), and may be plainly seen in

dissections although they are small and fine; but they do not spring

directly from the brain as in the cases observed by those authors:

they spring from the respective principal leg-nerves a short

distance from the brain, and are in fact the first branches of those

nerves; indeed the only ones which I have traced, although

probably others exist in the more distal parts of the principal

nerve. ‘The two hind pairs of legs are entirely without accessory

nerves, either springing from the brain or from the principal

nerves. It is true that branches a good deal like the accessory

nerves in character spring from the principal nerve much further

on its course (fig. 20, n 3, n 4), but they are so very much further

away from the brain than the branches of the nerves of the two

first pairs of legs, that they can hardly be considered the homologues

of the accessory nerves ; moreover these branches are paired, not

azygous as the accessory nerves are. No one has traced the

accessory nerves to their destination or offered any explanation

of what they are. It seems to me that the present species

probably affords the key to this problem: they are apparently

really branches of the principal nerves, which, in the species

described by Croneberg and others, and probably in the majority

of allied species, have for some reason gradually come to spring

more and more closely to the brain until at last they have ended

by springing from the brain itself and not from the principal nerve

at all.

The last pair of large nerves springing from the lower ganglion

are a pair quite at the rear and near the median line (fig. 20, ng.),

which innervate the genital organs; practically all authors are

agreed upon this point. In the present species I find that the

principal trunk of the nerve runs to the dorsal side of the genital

apparatus, and there gives off numerous fine branches to the

various parts ; and also sends a large branch to the vagina or ductus

ejaculatorius and penial canal, as the case may be, and the muscles

which surround it; and this branch divides, sending secondary

branches to the so-called genital suckers. The principal branch

forms a distinct ganglion, from which the fine nerves that are

distributed to the organs actually arise ; and there are at least one

or two small ganglia in connection with the larger trunk. The

existence of such ganglia has been already indicated by Schaub

and even by Pagenstecher in 1860, The branches from this

1895.] HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 203

genital nerve are very numerous, and I am not prepared to deny

that some of them may serve other organs not belonging to the

genital system.

Besides these paired nerves there is a fine azygous recurrent

nerve in the median line (figs. 20, 23, nv.) running below that

portion of the cesophagus which lies between the brain and the

ventriculus, and innervating the latter organ, or at all events the

ventral surface of it.

The histology of the great nerve-centre does not appear to me

to differ sufficiently from what has been described to need remark ;

the principal point which attracts attention is the great thickness

of the structureless neurilemma, below which is a single layer of

the usual small round cortical cells coating the fibrous material of

the brain, but much less conspicuous than is generally the case in

Acarina.

The Respiratory Organs (Plate VIII. fig. 21; Plate IX. fig. 23).

These do not' vary very greatly in the present species from

what has been before described; there are, however, some points

worth recording.

The system is strictly tracheate, and the trachee are very

numerous, very fine, and mostly unbranched or but little branched ;

it is bilateral. As is usual in the Hydrachnide hitherto examined,

what may be considered as the central air-chamber on each side

of the body is a somewhat S-shaped piece of chitin which I will

call the ‘sigmoid piece” (figs. 21, 23, sp.); it is not, however,

truly S-shaped in the present species, the lower half of the S

being much more developed and curved than the upper. This

piece of chitin is flattened laterally, and the two pieces are very

near each other and consequently very near the median line of the

body, one being on each side of the line, each is nearly at right

angles to the mandible on its own side; the chitinous tube of the

mandible is sharply cut away on its inner side about two-thirds of

its length from the anterior end, leaving an oval hollow at the

inner posterior third of the mandible into which muscles, tracheex,

&e. pass. The chitin of the mandible forms a concavity which

rests upon the head of the sigmoid piece, which thus forms a

fulerum upon which the mandible works. From the concave side

of the lower and hinder portion of the sigmoid piece arise five

broad fasciz of muscles (fig. 21, mlm.) arranged in a fan-shape ;

each fascia is attached to the sigmoid piece by numerous very

short tendons similar to those attaching the pharyngeal muscles to

the roof of the pharynx, but shorter. The five fascie converge

and are inserted into the inner edge of the hind (cut away) portion

of the mandible, each fascia being attached by more than one

tendon; these tendons are less numerous, but slightly longer,

than those at the sigmoid end. When these muscles contract they

depress the posterior end of the mandible, and consequently raise

its anterior end and claw, which, as will be noticed in figs. 21, 23,

204 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

is set with the point upward; they therefore form the levator

muscles of the mandible. The sigmoid piece is attached, by a

strong ligament (fig. 21, Z.) which rises from a projection near the

middle of its anterior edge, to the chitinous bridge or shelf

(fig. 21, B.) on which the mandibles rest; thus the action of the

fan-shaped muscles cannot pull the sigmoid piece out of position.

Forming a fulerum for the mandibles and a point of attachment

for their muscles is not the only office of the sigmoid pieces; each

is hollow and its interior is an air-chamber (ac.); it is lined by a

thin loose membrane, which is in fact a continuation of the main

tracheal trunk from the stigma; thus the air-chamber apparently

varies in shape according to the amount of air which it contains

for the moment: it, however, really occupies almost the whoie

interior of the sigmoid piece, and is broadest about the middle;

it does not, however, extend to the upper (anterior) end and

it diminishes to a very fine tube in the lower (posterior) curve of

the § and ends blindly some distance before the point of this

portion of the chitin.

There are two passages out of this air-chamber, one is situated

in the posterior edge of the sigmoid piece near to but not at its

upper (anterior) end; through this opening passes the principal

tracheal trunk (fig. 21, tra.) which runs to the stigma (S.). This

trunk is the only trachea in the body in which I have been able

to detect any ringing, but here it is very distinct; it at first

rises between the mandibles, but when it has reached their upper

edge it turns forward, and runs above and parallel to the mandible

on its own side for about one-fourth of the length of that organ ;

it then enlarges to a small bulb, pointed anteriorly, which contains

the stigma (S.).

The second passage (t7e.) out of the air-chamber is smaller and

is placed in the upper edge of the projection from the middle of

the anterior edge of the sigmoid piece to which, as before stated,

the ligament (Z.) is attached ; a small branch of the air-chamber

leads to this opening; out of which passes the efferent tracheal

trunk, which shortly divides dichotomously, sending one trunk

forward and one backward, which almost immediately breaks up

into a multitude of extremely fine and delicate trachee which

supply the body.

In addition to an arrangement practically almost similar to this

Schaub describes and figures (see his Taf. iii. fig. 8, ¢r.) a number of

very fine trachez passing direct into the air-chamber through the

chitin of the sigmoid piece, and not springing from any tracheal

trunk. I cannot say what there may be in Hydrodroma, but I

can say with some confidence that nothing of the kind exists in

Thyas petrophilus. I have several times obtained precisely the

appearance figured by Schaub; but this, in the species I am

describing, has certainly arisen from the fan of muscles being torn

or cut away, leaving the numerous tendons by which they were

attached behind them; these tendons part from the muscle much

more readily than from the sigmoid piece,

1895. } HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 205

Bibliography of the principal Treatises on the Internal Anatomy of

the Hydrachnide and some allied Families referred to in the

foregoing paper.

Cronpepere, A. “On the Anatomy of Hylais extendens (Miller).

With observations on allied forms.” In Russian, in ‘ Nach-

richten Gesellsch. der Freunde der Naturkunde.’ Moscow,

1878. A short summary in German, called ‘“‘ Ueber den Bau

der Hydrachniden,” in Zool. Anzeiger, 1878, Nr. 14, p. 316.

——. “Ueber den Bau von Zrombidium.” Bull. Soc. Nat. de

Moscou, 1879, part 2, p. 234.

Henkin, H. “ Beitriige zur Anatomie, Entwicklungsgeschichte

und Biologie von Trombidium fuliginosum, Herm.” Zeitschr.

fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvii. (1882) pp. 554-663.

Naugpa, A. “Die Anatomie der Tyroglyphen.” Sitzb. d. k. Akad.

d. Wissensch. Wien, Bd. xe. Abth. 1, p. 198 (1884); Bd. xcii.

Abth. 1, p. 116 (1885).

PagunstecHER, H. A. “ Beitrige zur Anatomie der Milben.”

Heft I. Leipzig, 1860.

Scuaus, R. von. “Ueber die Anatomie von Hydrodroma (C. L.

Koch). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Hydrachniden.”

Sitzb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Wien, Bd. xcvii. Abth. 1,

p- 98 (1888).

——. “Ueber marine Hydrachniden, nebst einigen Bemerkungen

uber Midea (Bruz.).” Ibid. Bd. xeviii. Abth. 1, p. 163 (1889).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

LETTERING.

A, Anus (so-called). It is really the orifice for the discharge of the excretory

organs only, not apparently of the alimentary canal.

ac. Air-chamber ; this is the hollow within the chitinous sigmoid piece.

' ap, Anal plate.

ar, Areolations in the larger chitinous plates.

B. Endoskeletal “chitinous bridge” forming the floor upon which the

mandibles run, and also forming a rigid base of attachment for

the outlet of the salivary ducts and for the ligament from the

sigmoid piece.

br. Brain.

C, Cuticle.

eb. Chitinous bar forming a base of attachment for muscles.

cc. Clear yellow chitin.

ce. Anterior (azygous) cecum of the ventriculus.

em. Ohitinous external tunic of genital sucker, convex exteriorly (meniscus-

shaped).

ep. Chitinous areolated plates in the cuticle (larger kind).

es. Chitinous plates in cuticle more finely and regularly perforated (smaller

kind with hair).

ct. Connective tissue.

D, Common duct of the three salivary glands (so-called) on one side of the

wedy, viz., the quadrate, the reniform, and the tubular salivary

ands.

db. Bell-shaped mouth of same.

de, Ductus ejaculatorius.

ps.

MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON AN [ Mar. 5,

Dermal glands.

. Ducts from the quadrate salivary gland.

. Ducts from the reniform salivary gland.

. Ducts believed to lead from a small fourth gland.

Excretory organ.

. Ketostracum.

. Epiostracum.

Excretory (urinary) white matter.

Fat-cells.

. Food-globules absorbed and lying within the cells of the ventriculus.

G. Ganglion.

. Genital aperture of ¢.

. Genital plates.

. Genital suckers (so-called).

. Supra-cesophageal ganglion (upper part of brain).

. Sub-cesophageal ganglion (under part of brain).

. Gland of unknown function.

Hypoderm (endostracum).

Ligament which attaches the sigmoid piece to the chitinous bridge (B.).

Muscles seen in transverse section.

. Lower distensor muscles of pharynx.

. Membrane (basal) of genital suckers.

. Constrictor muscles of penial canal.

. Mandibles.

. Membranous projection from dorsal edge of mandible.

. Retractor muscles of mandibles.

. Tendon of retractor muscles of mandible.

. Dorso-ventral muscles.

. Terminal claw-like joint of mandibles.

. Maxillary lip.

. Levator muscles of mandible.

. Levator muscles of the roof of the pharynx (dilatores pharyngis).

. Occlusor (constrictor) muscles of pharynx.

. Levator muscles of terminal joint (claw) of mandible.

Nuclei.

. Nerve to 1st leg.

. Nerve to 2nd leg.

. Nerve to drd leg.

. Nerve to 4th leg.

. The branch of the nerves serving the first and second legs, which is the

homologue of the accessory nerve of Croneberg, Schaub, Nalepa, &e.

. Genital nerve.

. Mandibular nerve.

. Optic nerve.

. Palpal nerve.

. Palpal branch of same.

. Branch of same to maxillary lip.

. Pharyngeal nerve.

. Recurrent nerve.

. Nerve of unknown function.

. Nerve to muscles running from the dorso-vertex to the maxillary lip.

. Bulb of the eye.

. Cornea of the eye.

. Gsophagus.

. Lens of the eye.

Pigmental lines (or rods) in the bulb.

Palpus.

. Penial canal.

. Pharynx.

. Roof of pharynx.

Protecting hair of the outlet of one of the dermal glands.

Stigma.

1895. ]

HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. 207

sa. Azygous Salivary gland.

sb. Salivary bladder.

sgq. Quadrate salivary gland.

sgr. Reniform salivary gland.

sgt. Tubular salivary gland.

sm. Sperm-mother-cells.

sp. Sigmoid chitinous piece containing air-chamber.

T. Testicular mass.

tr. Trachee.

tra. Principal tracheal trunk from stigma to air-chamber.

tre. Efferent tracheal trunk from air-chamber to body.

tv. True testicular portion of the testicular mass.

tus. Portion of testicular mass functioning as a vesicula seminalis.

v. Ventriculus,

vb. Hind bridge of ventriculus.

ud. Vasa deferentia.

All the figures are drawn with the anterior end nearest to the top of the page.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Prats VII.

External structure.

d- Dorsal surface, x 50, drawn from life.

¢. Ventral surface, x 43, drawn from a preparation.

The Q in both cases would be similar except as regards size.

Mandible of 9 from the side, x 175. «a, membranous portion ;

6 tendon of the extensor, ¢ of the retractor muscles of the second

joint.

Maxillary lip and right palpus; $ view from above and left side,

Xx 89.

Right palpus from the inner (left) side, x 170.

Inner edge of the first right epimeron, x 160, to show the hairs &c.

The lowest except one of these hairs, x 320.

One of the more finely pectinated hairs, x 320.

Genital aperture, surrounding sclerites, and so-called suckers of ¢,

x 85.

Fig. 10. Anal plate (see remarks pages 185, 186), x 160. 7m., retractor muscles

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

of the labia.

A small portion of one of the chitinous plates in the cuticle seen

from within, x 300. It was drawn from one of the lateral plates.

cu., soft cuticle,

Second right leg of ¢ from above, x 95.

Fourth right leg of ¢ from below and side, x 95.

Puate VIII.

Internal Organs.

Ventriculus and excretory organ seen from above, x 65. The

excretory organ partly overlies the anterior median excum of the

ventriculus and then turns downward, passing through the large

opening in the middle of the hollow-square-ventriculus.

The excretory organ alone seen from the side (# view), x 85. The

inner side of the so-called anal plate is seen, and muscles for distending

the anal aperture, which, however, only forms an exit for the excretory

organs, not apparently for the alimentary canal.

The salivary glands and ducts from one side of the body, x 175.

The quadrate salivary gland is turned over and separated from the

kidney-shaped gland so as to show the ducts; the two glands really

lie close together.

The male genital system seen from above, X 110. The small bulb

between the vasa deferentia (vd.) and the penial canal (pc.) is the

ductus ejaculatorius,

208

ON AN HYDRACHNID FOUND IN CORNWALL. (Mar. 5,

Fig. 18. The penial canal, ductus ejaculatorius, and vasa deferentia seen from

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig, 2:

the side, x 190.

Section through one of the so-called genital suckers and a portion of

the adjoining cuticle, x 580.

The great central nervous ganglion (the so-called brain), x 175,

showing the various nerves proceeding from it, and the esophagus

passing through it. The entire length of one of the optic and one of

the palpal nerves is shown, the other nerves are cut short.

. The respiratory organs on one side of the body, x 280, showing the

sigmoid piece (sp.) with the air-chamber inside, and the connection of

the sigmoid piece with the mandible. ‘The tracheal trunk proceeding

to the stigma (¢ra.) is shown, as is also a small portion of the efferent

tracheal trunk (ére.). The distal (anterior) portion of the common

duct from the salivary glands is seen behind the muscles, and one

band of muscle is partly cut away to show the two ducts from the

quadrate gland joining the common duct.

One of the palpal organs, X 175. The figure does not include quite

the whole of the anterior end of the organ, which extends nearly to

the distal end of the palpus. The first joint of the palpus and a

portion of the second are shown in section.

Puan IX.

Sections.

[All the figures in this Plate are drawn from preparations fixed with picro-

sulphuric acid and stained with hematoxylin. |

Fig. 23.

Fig. 24.

Sagittal median section of J, X 120. It isa thick section so as to

show organs which are not quite in the actual median plane if there

be not anything in that plane to hide them.

The chitinous plates m the cuticle (cp.) are left white, all those in

this section are the larger areolated kind of plate, none of the smaller

perforated hair-bearing plates come into the median section. Only

one dermal gland (dg.) is seen at the anterior end; the section just

catches the exterior tunic of this gland, so that it is not really a section

of the gland but an exterior view ; sections of these glands are seen in

figs. 24,25. The azygous salivary gland (sa.) and one of the quad-

rate salivary glands are seen, but neither the reniform nor the

tubular salivary glands come into the median section. The ceso-

phagus (@.) is seen passing through the brain (b7.). The anterior

median portion of the ventriculus (V.) and its anterior azygous ceecum

are seen, as is also the hind bridge (vd.) of the organ near the posterior

end, but the lateral portions which join the two and complete the

hollow square are not seen. The whole length of the excretory organ

(£.) is shown ; it contains excretory matter. The whole length of the

pharyngeal nerve (zph.) is shown, and just the commencement of the

recurrent nerve at the postericr edge of the sub-cesophageal portion

of the brain. A small part of the testicular mass (Z-) on one side of

the body is seen in consequence of its having, from its large size,

extended itself over the median line. The whole lengths of the penial

canal (P.) and ductus ejaculatorius (de.) are seen, but not the vasa

deferentia.

Longitudinal section through a portion of the dorsal cuticle, x 175.

The section cuts through some of tke larger (areolated) chitinous

plates (cp.) and shows that the epiostracum (ep.) is gone from above

them. ‘The chitin of the plates is left white except in the areolations,

which are mostly filled by living protoplasmic tongues from the cells

of the hypoderm (H.). Two dermal glands are seen in section, but

they have not been cut in the plane which contains the duct; this

does not fall into the same vertical plane as the areolated chitinous

plates.

Fig. 25. Section through one of the anterior dorsal dermal glands, x 175,

‘

nity, eh me

P.Z:S. 1895" Pig

J. Green del. et lith Mintern Bros. Chrome.

1-3,HYLA GOELDIL 4-5. PHYLLOBATES TRINITATIS.

1895.] ON THE NURSING-HABITS OF SOUTH-AMERICAN FROGS, 209

showing the duct and outlet in one of the small hair-bearing chitinous

plates (cs.) of the cuticle.

Fig. 26. Dark-staining net-like structure contained in a delicate sac near the

duct of some, at least, of the dermal glands, x 600.

Fig. 27. Median sagittal section through the anterior portion of the pharynx,

showing the mode in which the distensor muscles (m/p.) are attached

to the roof (pr.) of the pharynx by numerous tendons. The depressor

muscles (mop.) of the roof of the pharynx are cut across and appear

circular in transverse section. The anterior end of the pharyngeal

nerve (wph.) is seen, with its branches to the respective muscles.

Fig. 28. Sagittal section through the testicular mass on one side of the body of

the g, xX 200. The section is cut in the plane where the vas deferens

(vd.) emerges. The true testicular portions are composed of sperm-

mother-cells (sm.), some of which are discharging their contents into

the portion (¢vs.) which functions as a vesicula seminalis. One of the

walls of the latero-posterior portion of the ventriculus is seen to the

right, containing dark-staining food-droplets within its cells. Between

the ventriculus and the testicular mass is seen the gland of unknown

function (gw.).

3. On the Nursing-habits of two South-American Frogs.

By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.

[Received February 28, 1895.]

(Plate X.)

At a recent Meeting of this Society a most interesting commu-

nication was read from Dr. E. A. Géldi, in which an account was

given of the breeding-habits of Myla goeldii, Blgr., as observed by

himself and his cousin Mr. Andreas Gdéldi in the Serra dos

Orgaos, Prov. Rio de Janeiro’. I have since received from the

latter gentleman two specimens of this rare tree-frog, one of which

is a female with the eggs on her back. This specimen I have

brought for exhibition before the Society, and I wish to offer a few

remarks concerning it, together with a figure.

The frog was captured on the 5th of January of the present

year at Colonia Alpina, Santa Rita de Theresopolis, and measures

42 millim. from snout to vent. The whole surtace of the back is

occupied by one layer of 26 large pale yellow eggs, 4 millim. in

diameter, on which the embryos, coiled round the enormous vitel-

line mass, can be distinguished with the naked eye. The skin of

the back is expanded in a feebly reverted fold which borders and

supports the egg-mass on the sides, thus suggesting an incipient

stage of the dorsal pouch of the allied genus Nototrema.

The embryos are much elongate in shape, colourless, with a

large flat head, in which the eyes are distinguishable as two black

points; no traces of gills are to be seen. One of these eggs is

represented, enlarged, on the drawing (Plate X.), together with

the young in the condition it leaves the mother.

Since the publication, in 1886, of my synopsis of the various

modes by which tailless Batrachians protect their offspring, several

new types have come to my knowledge, among which that offered

' See above, pp. 94-96.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. — [ Mar. 19,

by Dendrobates, as observed by Wyman, Kappler, and H. 8. Smith,

is not the least remarkable’. This Batrachian was found to carry

its tadpoles on its back, fixed by their buccal suckers, with the

object, it is believed, of transporting them from pool to pool.

Precisely the same mode of parental care is shown by a frog of

the family Ranida, Phyllobates trinitatis, Garm., a native of

Trinidad and Venezuela. A specimen from Venezuela, recently

received at the Natural History Museum, is preserved in spirit

with the tadpoles sticking to the back in the manner described in

the case of Dendrobates.

The sex of the parent which transports the larve had not been

ascertained in the case of Dendrobates. It is therefore of importance

to state that in the present instance the feat is performed by the

male (as figured on Plate X.), which is distinguished by an internal

vocal sac. It was further desirable to ascertain whether any

buceal peculiarities existed in the larve in connection with their

habits, and as the specimens, six in number, are perfectly pre-

served, this examination offered no difficulty. But, as in the case

investigated by Wyman, no peculiarities could be detected: the

tadpoles are perfectly normal, of the Ranoid type. There are two

series of labial teeth above and three beneath the black horny beak,

the lower outer series rudimentary ; the inner upper series is widely

interrupted mesially, the inner lower very narrowly; the lip is

bordered by a series of papille which is widely interrupted in the

middle anteriorly. The spiraculum is sinistral and the anus

dextral. The tail is about twice as long as the body.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Figs. 1, 1a. Hyla goeldii, Blgr., female carrying the eggs.

. An egg from the above specimen, enlarged.

. Young, on leaving the mother.

4. Phyllobates trinitatis, Garm., male carrying the larvee.

5. Mouth of the larval Phyllobates trinitatis, enlarged.

co be

March 19, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Prelimimary Account of new Species of Earthworms

belonging to the Hamburg Museum. By Frank E.

Bepparp, F.R.S.

[Received February 11, 1895.]

The collection of “ Terricole” made by Dr. Michaelsen in South

America is in some ways richer than that of the “ Limicole”’.

1 Cf. Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, i. 1888, p. 454, & ii. 1888, p. 122.

* See Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xiii. p. 205: “‘ Preliminary Notice of South-

American Tuhificide collected by Dr. Michaelsen, including the Description of

a Branchiate Form. By Frank E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S.”

1895. | MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 211

The number of individuals is much greater; but the proportion of

new species is not so great. ‘The actual number of new species is,

however, much greater. Considering that a good many papers

have been written upon the terrestrial Oligocheta of this part of

the world by Michaelsen, Rosa, and by myself, I was unprepared

for the very large number of new species which Dr. Michaelsen has

got together and kindly entrusted to me for deseription. The

collection consisted exclusively of members of the four following

families: Lumbricide, Perichztide, Acanthodrilide, and Crypto-

drilide. The total absence of Eudrilide is not of course remarkable,

except perhaps as regards the genus Hudrilus itself. The entire

want of Geoscolicid is much more singular. Hitherto, however,

the only Geoscolicid which has been found south of the Rio Grande

do Sul is the Zitanus forguesi of Perrier. North of this point the

family is apparently one of the most abundant. The Perichetide

are represented only by a single individual, but this family is not one

which is common anywhere in the South-American continent.

Their headquarters, as regards the New World, are certain of

the West-Indian Islands. Lumbricide are tairly abundant in

Dr. Michaelsen’s collection; but then this cosmopolitan family is

abundant everywhere. I am convinced that here as elsewhere

the Lumbricide have been introduced. Dr. Michaelsen informs me

in a letter that he observed the proportion of Lumbricide in his

gatherings to diminish with the increased distance from the coast ;

in cultivated gardens near to the seaboard this family was the

most abundant. This fact (which Prof. Spencer has confirmed for

Australia) is an argument for regarding these worms as the result

of intercourse between Europe and the countries in question. A

fact which obviously points in the same direction is the invariable

identity of the exotic species with European or North-American

forms. The characteristic indigenous forms of the temperate

regions of South America are of the families Acanthodrilide and

Cryptodrilidz. Both of these families occur in Central and North

America as well; but they are not by any means relatively so

abundant in the south temperate region of the continent. More-

over, the genus dcanthodrilus (s.s.)is only found in this part of the

world, being represented in the tropical and north temperate parts

by Benhamia, Trigaster, and Diplocardia. An examination of this

collection, in fact, seems to confirm what previous researches upon

the earthworm faunaot America appeared to indicate—namely, that

it is possible to divide the Neotropical region into a tropical and

a temperate section. The former is characterized by Geoscoli-

cide, the latter by the genus Acanthodrilus. But in this last genus

we have a correspondence between temperate South America and

New Zealand. This correspondence is also emphasized by the great

prevalence of Mivroscolew in South America and its fairly common

occurrence in New Zealand. The Cryptodrilide collected by

Dr. Michaelsen belong exclusively to this genus; and they are

quite as abundant, though perhaps there are not so many species as

the Acanthodrilide. Microscolea, however, is not so restricted to

14*

212 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

the temperate part of South America as is the genus Acanthodrilus.

I cannot see any way out of referring Hisen’s recently constituted

genus Deltania to Microscolex, a point which I enter into later. It

seems, however, judging from the information at hand, that the

headquarters of Microscolea are the more southerly parts of South

America, and that it gradually dies out as we get north, finally

disappearing in North America. The very smal] number of genera

coupled with the large number of species is a remarkable feature

of the earthworm fauna of the temperate part of South America.

Up to the present we are only acquainted with four genera, viz.

Acanthodrilus, Kerria, Pericheta, and Microscolex (leaving aside the

Lumbricide as a foreign importation), from this part of the world.

Among temperate countries, New Zealand forms a contrast; it

possesses certainly six, if not more, distinct genera. I shall now

proceed to treat of the different families seriatim.

Fam. ACANTHODRILID#.

This family, as already remarked, is represented in the collection

by two genera only—Acanthodrilus and Kerria. The latter genus

is represented by three species, of which I regard two as new.

This genus, recently constituted by myself for a small aquatic

species from the Pileomayo and for Rosa’s Acanthodrilus spegazzinit,

has been increased by the addition of two new species from Cali-

fornia. It therefore ranges through the South-American and part

of the North-American continent. It appears to be rather a

tropical form; Buenos Ayres and Valparaiso seem, so far as our

present knowledge goes, to mark its southern limit. It is one of

those genera that are both aquatic and terrestrial in habit.

Acanthodrilus is represented by a large number of species in

South America. Altogether we are acquainted with the following,

of which the names of those collected by Dr. Michaelsen are

printed in italics :—

1. Acanthodrilus littoralis, Kind. 12. Acanthodrilus purpureus, nu. sp.

2. Acanthodrilus hilgeri, Mich. 13. Acanthodrilus magellanicus, n. sp.

3. Acanthodrilus pictus, Mich. 14. Acanthodrilus bicinctus, n. sp.

4. Acanthodrilus dalei, F. EB. B. 15, Acanthodrilus minutus, n. sp.

5. Acanthodrilus platyurus, Mich. 16. Acanthodrilus chilensis, n. sp.

6. Acanthodrilus georgianus, Mich. 17. Acanthodrilus cingulatus, n. sp.

7. Acanthodrilus falclandicus, F.E.B. | 18. Acanthodrilus putablensis, n. sp.

8. Acanthodrilus aquarum-dulcium, | 19. Acanthodrilus carneus, n. sp.

FE. B. 20. Acanthodrilus corralensis, n. sp.

9. Acanthodrilus bovei, Rosa. 21. Acanthodrilus simulans, n. sp.

10. Acanthodrilus decipiens, n. sp. 22. Acanthodrilus albus, n. sp.

11. Acanthodrilus occidentalis, n. sp.

This part of the world must be undoubtedly regarded as the

headquarters of this genus. New Zealand comes next in number

of species; but there are only seven referable to the genus as

atrictly defined.

The South-American <Acanthodrili do not form a definable

section of the genus. They allagree, however, in haying a clitellum

1895.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 213

which is rather limited in extent; in only one species does it

occupy more than segments xiu.—xvii.; in the New-Zealand species

the clitellum often extends back to the xixth segment. The

American species, too, are never of large size; a great many of them

are very darkly pigmented, a circumstance which is only met with

in Acanthodrilus smithii among New-Zealand Acanthodrili.

It is interesting that many of these species live equally well in

fresh water and on land. Acanthodrilus dalei, for instance, and

Acanthodrilus pictus occurred in Dr. Michaelsen’s collection from

freshwater gatherings as well as from those in forests. This

peculiarity of the genus is not, however, confined to the South-

American representatives. The New-Zealand <Acanthodrilus

paludosus and the Australian Acanthodrilus schmarde also were

collected from freshwater sources. I shall now commence the

enumeration of the species collected by Dr. Michaelsen. In the

description it will be understood that in all species the nephridia

are paired, the dorsal vessel single, the spermathece in viii., ix., and,

of course, the ovaries in xiii.

(1) Acanthodrilus decipiens, n. sp.

To a single specimen of <Acanthodrilus from near Estancilla,

Province of Valdivia, I give the name of * decipiens” on account of

its strong superficial likeness to a Microscolev. I had at first

passed it over as an example of that genus, which occurs in the

same region. ‘This species is one of the smallest of Acanthodrilus ;

the measurements were: length 35 mm., diameter 2-3 mm. The

number of segments of the worm were 110.

The colour (in alcohol) is of a rich brown above, the sete being

implanted within white circles.

The prostomium is continued over the buccal segment by parallel

furrows. ‘The sete are paired, but not so strictly as in Acantho-

drilus dale, for instance. The implantation of the sete is such as

to give to the posterior part of the body a quadrangular aspect.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvil.

Dorsal pores are present.

There appear to be small median genital papille upon segments

xvii. and xix., with a larger also median papilla upon xx.

As there was only a single specimen of the worm, I am

not able to give a complete account of the internal structure, which,

however, shows no specially interesting peculiarities.

The gizzard is very large and stout, relatively to the size of the

worm.

The spermathece have each a single good-sized diverticulum.

The spermiducal glands extend through two or three segments

only; the penial sete, of which I tound seven mature and

immature in a single bundle, are of a fair length, but are not

ornamented,

Hab. St. 41, Estaneilla, Valdivia.

A larger specimen from St. 47 measured 46 mm.

214 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. — [ Mar. 19,

(2) Acanthodrilus occidentalis, n. sp.

In point of size this is the most conspicuous of all South-

American species of Acanthodrilus; about a dozen specimens in

all were collected by Dr. Michaelsen, and the largest of these

slightly exceeds in bulk the largest example of Acanthodrilus pictus,

which is its only rival in size.

The present species, however, differs from Acanthodrilus pictus in

being entirely without intezumental pigment, a fact which gives to

it in the preserved condition a pale dirty brown colour. The

worms are very soft to the touch and the segments are very much

annulated. The general appearance, indeed, is like that of the New-

Zealand species Octochetus multiporus ; it is very different from

that of any South-American species of the genus which I have had

the opportunity of examining. The structure, however, does not

in any way resemble that of Octochwtus ; Acanthodrilus occidentalis

is a perfectly typical Acanthodrilus, though differing in detail from

any other species known.

The largest individual at my disposal measured 192 mm.; its

diameter was at the widest point 9 mm. The number of segments

of this specimen was 365. ‘The colour of the species after death

has been already referred to ; during life the colour was (according

to Michaelsen) “ blau grau ; Kopfende zart rosa.”

The clitellum during life was hardly visible; I could not detect

its limits in the preserved specimens. The obscurity of the

chitellum gave the worm a certain resemblance to many Geosco-

licids.

The soft feel of the body is due to the minuteness of the strictly

paired setz ; the setz are implanted upon the ventral side of the

body ; the ventral area within the sete is to the dorsal area as

7:11. On the anterior segments of the body I could not detect

the sete at all.

The prostomium is continued by grooves over the buccal segment.

The dorsal pores commence at the eleventh or twelfth segment.

The internal anatomy shows no characters of very great import-

ance

Some of the anterior septa are thickened ; this is the case with

the six which immediately follow the gizzard.

The gizzard, in spite of its large size, is entirely contained between

the septa which bound the sixth segment. There are no distinct

calciferous glands; but the cesophagus is red and vascular pos-

teriorly. The intestine begins in segment xvii.; it has a very

rudimentary typhlosole.

The last pair of hearts is in segment xiii.

The reproductive organs are like those of other species of the

genus.

There are two pairs of testes in x., xi.; these gonads are very

much frayed out and extend right across their segments, looking as

if they were attached to both walls.

The sperm-sacs are of fair size; they are racemose in form and

are attached to the front walls of segments xi., xii.

1895.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 215

The spermiducal glands are small and narrow ; they are confined

to their respective segments (the xviith and xixth), and lie trans-

versely to the long axis of the body. The penial sete with which

they are provided are slender and unornamented.

The spermathece are like those of many species of Perichwta in

the narrow tubular appendix, which is of the same length as the

pouch. The diverticulum ends in a small dilatation.

Hab. St. 7, Valparaiso, Salto ; St. 12, Valparaiso, Girten.

(3) Acanthodrilus magellanicus, n. sp.

There were several specimens of this species, of which the one

selected for measurement was 66 mm. long aud 3°5 mm. in diameter ;

it consisted of nearly 100 segments,

The colour after preservation was a yellowish grey, owing to the

absence of integumental pigment.

The sete are not strictly paired; the ventral sete are nearer

together than the lateral setee; but in the posterior part of the

body there was less difference in tbe distance between the sete.

The clitellnm occupies segments xiil.—xvil.

On segment xi. are a pair of large genital papille. On the

middle of segments xiv. and xv. is a narrow band of glandular

appearance ; finally, the pores of the spemiducal glands are situated

upon large oval papille united nearly or completely in the middle

line; they also bulge over the intervening segment so as to

nearly obliterate it.

Corresponding to the position of the ventral sete on segments

xvii. and xix. are the apertures of the spermiducal glands. When

this part of the body is mounted entire in glycerine and examined,

the summit of each of the four papille already referred to is seen

to be perforated by three orifices. One is the actual pore of the

gland; the two others each correspond to one of the two penial

sete which accompany the glands ; itis not commen for the sete

to open thus independently of the glands. The orifices are pre-

cisely similar in appearance and are of equal size.

This species has a well-marked gizzard in segment vi. The

septa separating segments vi./xil. are stout; the first septum lies

between segments y./vi. The last heart is in segment xii.

The funnels of the sperm-ducts lie in segments x., xi.; the

racemose sperm-sacs are in X1., Xil.

The two pairs of spermathece lie as usual in viii., ix.; the

pouch itself is oval, and it communicates with the exterior by a

long cylindrical duct, which is not very much narrower but is

rather longer. Just before the external orifice of the latter are

two ceca, which really open by a common pore; they lie one above

the other, and not laterally and symmetrically as in Acanthodrilus

bover. The two ceca are enveloped in a common sheath, but they

are divided by a constriction superficially, which marks a real

muscular septum which separates the two diverticula. ‘he lower

one is globular in form; the upper, which is larger, is more

elongate.

216 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

The spermiducal glands are tubular in form and of fair thick-

ness; there is a narrow terminal duct. The glands were bent

into an S-shape, and did not extend beyond their segment.

The penial sete are not particularly long. They are regularly

curved like a bow. There were four of them in each bundle that I

examined—two fully mature and two immature. The end of the

seta is abruptly truncated, looking very much as if it had been

broken off short. There can, however, be no question of such an

accident, as all the sete presented the same appearance. The free

end of the seta, perhaps one-third of its entire length, is orna-

mented by transverse ridges, which are apparent at the edges as

notches.

Hab. St. 99, Magellan Straits, Elizabeth Isl., under cow-dung.

(4) Acanthodrilus minutus, n. sp.

OF this species, again, I have only discovered a single specimen

in the collection. I have been obliged, therefore, to exercise some

care in my dissection of it.

It is of a pale brown colour in alcohol, being apparently without

any integumental pigment. On a superficial inspection it might

easily be mistaken for a small example of Acanthodrilus bover.

The worm measures 29 mm., its diameter is 3 mm.; the

number of segments 70. It is therefore, with the exception of the

Australian Acanthodrilus macleayt (27 mm.), the smallest Acantho-

drilus known.

The prostomium is continued by furrows over the buccal seg-

ment.

The setz are strictly paired. In smaller immature specimens,

but with more segments, the sete were seen to diverge from each

other posteriorly as in A. platyurus Xe.

The clitellum occupies segments Xill.—Xxvil.

The gizzard is large for so small an earthworm, being 2°5 mm.

long by 2 mm. broad. The intestine begins in segment xvii.

None of the septa appear to be specially thickened ; but those

in the neighbourhood of the generative organs are, as is the rule,

somewhat more obvious than the others.

The testes and sperm-ducts are, as is often the case with the

Acanthodrilus of America, single—that is, there are only one pair

of each.

The sperm-sacs, racemose and of large size, lie in segment xi.

The spermiducal glands are thick but not very long; they are

confined to their own segment. It is noteworthy that the pos-

_ terior pair are distinctly smaller than the anterior pair, and less

coiled. I have observed the same commencing disappearance (?)

of one of the two pairs of glands in Acanthodrilus schmarde. The

penial sete are long and recurved at the end in a crozier-like

fashion, which is so common in the genital sete of these earth-

worms. The extremity is expanded and thin, but not ornamented—

two in each bundle.

1895. | MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 217

The spermathece have a single rather large tubular to oval

diverticulum.

Hab. St. 30, Putabla, Valdivia.

(5) Acanthodrilus bicinctus, n. sp.

Of this species there were two examples from Pictou Island and

two from Juan Island. The two latter were rather larger than the

former and showed a slight difference in the penial sete, which

will be referred to in due course.

The length is 42 mm., diameter 3 mm.; number of segments 80.

The larger worm from Juan was 55 mm. in length.

The colour of the species is a dark purple, passing into an

orange-brown on the ventral surface. The colour was darker

than in most Acanthodrili. The prostomium is broad, narrower

posteriorly where it is continued over the buccal segment for

about two-thirds of its length. Posteriorly the prostomium bears

a dorsal groove which is continued to the end of the buccal seg-

ment, and is apt to produce the impression of the prostomium

entirely dividing the buccal segment.

The clitellum occupies segments xilil.—xvl.: in one specimen it

was divided by a median furrow into two halves, each consisting of

two segments ; this circumstance suggested the specific name.

There are median unpaired genital papille, extending between

the ventral sete on segments xx. and xxi. in one individual, and

in another on to the two following segments also.

The gizzard is well developed.

The reproductive organs are not very different from those of

some allied species; I fancy that the gonads are only one pair of

testes, and of course one pair of ovaries, but am not quite certain.

In any case there is but a single pair of large racemose sperm-sacs

in segment xi., as is so general.

The spermiducal glands are large and flattened, being coiled

several times in one plane; the two following glands of each side

of the body form an almost continuous mass occupying segments

xvi-xx. The narrow muscular duct of the gland arises from

about the middle of the coil. It is accompanied by a sac contain-

ing two penial sete which are fully mature, and two immature

ones. The former are of a particularly bright yellow colour.

One is bent like a bow in a regular curve and ends in a sharp

point; its distal third is beset with sharp downwardly directed

spinelets. The other seta is of quite a different form. To begin

with, it is at least quite half as long again as the first and is more

flexible; this appears to be shown by the whip-like curvature of

the distal extremity, which is disposed almost in coils. It termi-

nates in an obtusely pointed extremity. Less than the distal third

of this seta is beset with excessively fine spinelets, much finer than

in the other seta. There can be no question that both sete are

fully mature and they show a dimorphism. A similar dimorphism

has been indicated by myself to exist in Acanthodrilus georgianus,

It has also been met with elsewhere. In the specimen from Juan

218 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. — [ Mar. 19,

Island which I examined the dimorphism was not apparent. The

mature set were of the longer type with a flexible extremity ; the

end was slightly dilated and beset with very fine spinelets. If I

had had more specimens at my disposal it is possible that it might

have been found necessary to divide these examples from Juan

Island into a distinct variety.

The spermathece (as usual in viil., ix.) are oval sacs with a

moderately short duct ; with the latter communicates the diverti-

culum, which is longer than the pouch and has a crenate outline

above.

Hab. St. 174, Pictou Island; 58, Smyth Channel, Wide Bay,

Juan Island.

(6) Acanthodrilus purpureus, n. sp.

Of this species there was only a single specimen in the col-

lection. It was somewhat softened and therefore the measure-

ments are perhaps a little higher than one would be inclined to

allow as typical.

The length is 95 mm., the diameter 51m.; the number of

segments 98.

The colour (in alcohol) is a reddish purple above, passing into

an orange-brown below; the clitellum is distinctly without pig-

ment, being yellowish brown.

The prostomium does not extend at all over the buccal segment.

The sete are strictly paired.

The clitellum occupies segments xili—xvi. and is quite complete.

There seem to be no papille of any kind.

The gizzard lies in segment vii. The last heart is in xi.

The spermathece have each a longish tubular diverticulum

dilated at end.

The spermiducal glands are loosely and irregularly coiled,

extending through several segments; the penial sete with which

they are provided are curve-like and of moderate length only.

The extremity is pointed and the distal end of the seta is furnished

with numerous spinelets, which have a broad base of attachment

and the points of which are directed forwards. *

Hab. St. 81, Magellan Straits, Punta Arenas.

This species comes perhaps nearest to Acanthodrilus bicinctus.

It indeed only differs by its much greater size, by the shorter

penial sete, and by the form of the prostomium.

(7) Acanthodrilus chilensis, n. sp.

This species, again, is unfortunately represented by a single

specimen only, which had therefore to be discreetly dealt with.

It is 80 mm. long by 5 mm. in breadth; the number of seg-

ments 150.

The colour (in alcohol) is a dark purplish above, passing into an

orange colour below.

The prostomium is completely joined to the second segment by

furrows.

1895. ] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 219

The sete are strictly paired anteriorly ; posteriorly they diverge

slightly from each other, as is the case with Acanthodrilus platy-

urus; but the divergence is by no means so marked as in that

species.

The clitellum occupies segments xili.—xvi.

The dorsal pores are quite obvious, commencing at any rate on

Xil./xtil.

The gizzard occupies two segments, vi. and vii., the septum

being present.

The septa dividing segments vili./xii. are thickened, but not

much.

The last heart is in segment xii.

The sperm-sacs, as in so very many species, are in xi., and race-

mose.

The spermathece are longish and of a reddish colour; the

diverticulum is considerably shorter than the pouch.

The spermiducal glands are not very long or much coiled; they

are also reddish in colour. The penial sets are brown, a colour

which is, according to my experience, rare in Acanthodrilus. Their

form hardly differs from that of Acanthodrilus platyurus.

Hab. St. 39, Teja Island, Valdivia.

This species is clearly a close ally of Acanthodrilus platyurus.

The most ready way of distinguishing them is by the form of the

spermathece. If it were not for the different position of the last

heart I should have been inclined to regard the present species as

merely a variety of Acanthodrilus platyurus. Three specimens

from St. 48, Corral, appear to belong to the same species, but they

are very much paler in colour. The spermathecee have the same

red colour and its diverticulum is similar. Possibly a larger series

of specimens would allow of the separation of the two forms.

(8) Acanthodrilus cingulatus, n. sp.

Of this species five or six individuals were collected by Dr.

Michaelsen.

The largest of them—the only one that was fully mature—

measured 58 mm. in length by 4 mm. in diameter; the number of

segments 106,

The worm is darkly pigmented, but the colour is more brown

than purple.

The setz are strictly paired and do not show any signs of

divergence from each other at the tail end of the body.

The prostomium is continued by furrows over the buccal seg-

ment.

The clitellum is unusually far back for the American members

of this genus ; it extends from segment xiv.—xviii. inclusive.

Dorsal pores are obvious.

There is a large gizzard in segments vi., Vil.

The spermathece are oval pouches with a smallish diverticulum

not one-half of the length of the pouch.

220 MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

The testes and the funnels are in segment x.

The spermiducal glands are coiled a good deal; the first pair

are distinctly larger than the second pair; as this was found to be

the case in two specimens not selected in any way, it may, 1

imagine, be safely regarded as normal for the genus. I have

pointed out in the present paper that Acanthodrilus minutus

shows the same peculiarity, also seen in the Australian Acantho-

drilus schmarde. The penial sete are expanded and recurved

at the extremity, and are very similar to those of Acanthodrilus

platyurus.

Hab. St. 39, Island of Teja, Valdivia.

(9) Acanthodrilus putablensis, n. sp.

Of this species there were two examples, one of which was

larger than the other. I had at first passed by the worms on the

assumption that they were examples of Acanthodrilus platyurus.

The coloration, however (of the preserved worms), is a little

different from that of any of the examples of A. platyurus in

the collection; and a nearer inspection showed other external

differences which rendered their separation from <A. platyurus

even more obvious. The main external difference is in the

arrangement of the sete ; but in order to appreciate it properly,

for it is, after all, slight, it is requisite to compare individuals

of both species somewhat closely; it can then be made out that,

while there is the same divergence of the sete of each pair from

each other posteriorly, the distance which ultimately separates

the sete of each pair is distinctly greater in the species now

under consideration than in the allied A. platyurus.

The worms were of stout build, and evidently rather contracted

by the preservative reagent. The length is 82 mm. by 8 mm.;

number of segments 150.

The skin of one individual was invaded by numerous encysted

Gregarines. These formed a series of white warts upon the skin,

a situation where I have never before observed Gregarines; the

interior of the body was also full of the parasites.

The prostomium is quite completely developed, dividing the

buccal segment.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi.

The gizzard is stout and lies.in segment vi.; after the gizzard

are two thin septa; those separating segments vVill.xiv. are

strengthened. The last hearts are in segment xiii. It is the

reproductive organs which show the greatest differences from

A. platyurus. The testes, however, are, as in tbat species, one

pair in x.; the funnels in the same segment are highly vascular,

as are also the oviducts, which occupy the usual position. The

sperm-sacs are not like those of A. platywrus, in that one pair

exist in the xiiith segment ; there is another pair in ix. Although

the sperm-sacs are in xiii., I presume that the ovaries are there

also, for the oviducal funnel undoubtedly projects into that segment.

1895.] MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 221

The spermiducal glands are much like those of A. platyurus.

They are somewhat slender and confined to their segments; the

posterior pair was decidedly smaller than the anterior. The penial

sete are a facsimile of those of A. platyurus.

The spermathece have two symmetrically arranged short

diverticula.

Hab. St. 30, Putabla, Valdivia.

(10) Acanthodrilus carneus, n. sp.

A number of specimens of this species were collected at

Quilipue. They show when in alcohol a reddish-violet colour,

which, however, is due to their tissues having taken up the

colouring-matter from a Myriopod placed in the same bottle. The

real colour of the worm during lite is, according to Michaelsen,

“schmutzig fleischfarbe ; Giirtel weiss.”

The length of one of the largest specimens was 52 mm. by

3°5 mm. in diameter. The number of segments of this specimen

was about 100.

The prostomium is large and completely divides the buccal seg-

ment.

The sete are paired, but not very strictly; the ventral sete

of each pair are rather closer together than are the lateral sete.

The clitellum occupies segments xiil.—xvi. and is complete all

round.

As is so often the case, this species is provided with a certain

number of genital seta papille; as is also frequently the case

with the worms of this geuus, these papille are subject to some

variation.

In one specimen there was a single eye-like papilla on the

boundary line of segments x./xi. In another there were two

median papille, one upon x. and the other upon xi.; in two

others, and this appears to be the more typical arrangement, there

were the two papille already mentioned and in addition to them

paired papillz upon ix.

The dorsal pores are quite conspicuous and begin in front

of the clitellum.

The internal characters are not very different from those of

other species.

The gizzard is well developed and lies apparently in segment vi.

The last heart is in the xiith segment.

There appears to be only one pair of testes and of funnels in

segment x.

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix., xi.; those of the latter

segment are very coarsely racemose. The peunial set are unusually

delicate and slender; they taper towards the tree end, which is

not ornamented ; perhaps on account of their slenderness they are

not of the yellow colour so usual.

The spermathece in viii.,ix. are oval pouches with a wavy

tubular diverticulum nearly as long.

Hab. St. 3, Quilipue.

222 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. = [Mar. 19,

(11) Acanthodrilus corralensis, n. sp.

Of this species there was only a single individual.

It is tolerably large, measuring 103 mm. in length by 5 mm. in

diameter ; number of segments 145.

The colour is very much that of Acanthodrilus pictus; and it

also resembles that species in the fact that the prostomium only

extends over about one halt of the buccal segment.

On the other hand, Acanthodrilus corralensis differs from

A, pictus in that the sete are strictly paired from end to end of

the body, being only to a very slight extent separated at the

posterior end of the body. In this region the body has a roughly

quadrangular section, the setze being implanted at the angles. The

symmetry of the figure, however, is broken, owing to the two

ventral pairs being closer together than the two dorsal.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvil. and is complete.

The dorsal pores commence at any rate in the clitellar region.

None of the intersegmental septa are especially thick. Those

separating segments x./xili. are rather stouter than the others.

The gizzard lies anteriorly to the first pair of spermathece, but

I am not able to fix its segment with precision. In the xivth and

xvth segments, particularly in the latter, the cesophagus is enlarged

and highly vascular, its lining membrane being folded.

The Jast pair of hearts are in segment xii.

The testes and sperm-duct funnels are one pair only in seg-

ment x. The racemose sperm-sacs are in ix. and xi.

The spermiducal glands are like those of a few other species

of the genus in that the anterior pair are distinctly larger than the

posterior.

The penial sete, of which there were two in the bundle that I

examined (the posterior on the left side), are crooked at the end

like a crosier. The ends of the sete have numerous denticulate

ridges. The sete resemble, in fact, very closely the penial sete

of A. pictus.

The spermathece are not very large; each is an oval sac, to the

duct of which is fixed the very slender duct of the appendix,

widening out above into an oval sac. The diverticulum of the

spermatheca is about half the size of the pouch.

Hab. St. 47, Corral, *‘ Wald, unter Steinen.”

(12) Acanthodrilus simulans, n. sp.

This species was found in a large gathering of worms from

Corral in company with the last species and with a considerable

number of examples of Microscolex spatulifer. The external

characters of A. simulans are so like those of the last-named

species that they were at first passed over accidentally. It is the

colour which is so strikingly like. In the specimens of M, spatu-

lifer from this locality the colour of the dorsal surface was a

reddish brown instead of the more usual violet. Precisely the same

eslour was found in the Acanthodrilus. As this species is also

1895.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 223

characterized by a complete prostomium and strictly paired sete

the likeness is increased. The length of the largest specimen is

82 mm., diameter 4 mm.; number of segments 150.

The clitellum was not developed. There are dorsal pores.

The gizzard is well developed and lies in vi., vii.; the esophagus

in segments xiv. and xy. is extremely vascular, being a bright

red colour, which entirely disappears in the narrow section of

cesophagus lying in xvi. The intestine begins in xvii. The last

heart is in segment xii.

None of the septa are greatly thickened, nor are any of them

extended backwards in the cup-like fashion so prevalent among

earthworms. Septa ix./xil. are somewhat stouter. There appears

to be only a single pair of testes and sperm-duct funnels in x. The

sperm-sacs in ix. and xi are very large and coarsely racemose.

The spermiducal glands show the same inequality of size between

the anterior and posterior pairs that has been noted in other species.

They are both stout, but short and only slightly coiled. The penial

sete are not particularly long; they are spatulated at the free

extremity, and, when seen in profile, doubly curved in the usual

way. They are not, however, ornamented.

The spermathecze occupy the usual segments. The single

diverticulum is nearly as large as the pouch. It is chalky white

(owing to the presence of spermatozoa) and has a crenate outline.

The posterior pair of spermathece are larger than the anterior

pair, which is doubtless correlated with the difference in size of the

spermiducal glands.

Hab. St. 47, Corral, “ Wald, unter Steinen.”

(13) Acanthodrilus albus, n. sp.

This species again is represented by a single specimen, which I

at first passed over under the impression that it was A. bovei. It

has the same long and slender form and absence of integumental

pigment. A. bovei, however, has not been met with so far north

on the eastern side of the continent as the present species. which

may perhaps be looked upon as its representative there. Length

85 mm., diameter 2 mm.; number of segments 145.

The prostomium seems to be not continued across the buccal

lobe, but I am not certain as to this point.

The sete are paired; the ventral more strictly than the lateral.

The clitellum occupies segments xiiixvii.; there are dorsal

ores.

2 The gizzard is well developed, contrary to what we find in

A. bovei ; it occupies the vith segment.

The intestine commences as usual in segment xvii. None of

the septa are very much thickened ; those of ix./xiii. are most so.

The segments occupied by the sperm-sacs are somewhat unusual.

The sacs, which are racemose in character, occupy segments ix., xi.,

xii. As there were no sacs in segment x., I am inclined to believe

that the testes and funnels lie there, but have not seen them.

The spermiducal glands are slender and moderately coiled. The

224 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW BARTHWORMS. _ [ Mar. 19,

penial set# are long for the size of the worm and also slender.

They are curved in the usual way and terminate in a very pointed

extremity. The sete are not ornamented. The spermathece are

tubular in shape and have a tubular diverticulum of equal length.

Hab. St. 47, Corral, “ Wald, unter Steinen.”

Genus Kerria, Beddard.

The collection contained examples of at least three species of this

genus, of which I regard two as new. The species which is not

new is Rosa’s Acanthodrilus spegazzinii. I have before expressed

the opinion that this species is really a member of the genus Kerria.

I am now ina position to confirm that supposition. The genus

is at present chiefly known from an excellent paper by Eisen upon

new species which he discovered in California.

The existence of this paper renders it necessary for me to enter

into the minute anatomy of the species, to which I refer, or which

I describe, for the first time in the present paper. The genus

is, so far as we know at the present time, exclusively American.

It also appears to be a tropical genus, or at least to be a

native of the warmer parts of the American continent. The

original species of the genus, Rosa’s “* Acanthodrilus” spegazzinit,

was met with in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres; my species

Kerria halophila was brought back by Mr. Graham Kerr from the

upper reaches of the Pileomayo River. The new species which I

describe in the present paper were found at Buenos Ayres

and in Valdivia. Hisen’s species were found by him in Lower

California. The two northern species of the genus differ from

the southern species in having no gizzard and in having diverticula

of the spermathece.

(1) Kerria rosa, n. sp.

Hisen has used as a character for distinguishing the different

species of this genus the number of sete present upon the seg-

ments which bear the pores of the sperm-ducts and of the

spermiducal glands. This character is probably valuable, but it

must be used with cireumspection. In two examples of the

present species the setee upon the segments in question differed.

In one individual they were all present ; in another the inner of

the two ventral sete was alone present on segments Xvii.-xix.,

excepting on one side of one segment, where the outer seta alone

was present. There is no doubt that this difference has some

relation to the condition of the maturity of the worm, but the

same remark may possibly apply to other cases.

The species to which these observations apply is a longish, thin

worm, rather more than an inch in length and about 1 mm.

in breadth. A large number of specimens were collected under

stones on the banks of the river Baraccas do Sul near Buenos

Ayres. The species is described by Michaelsen as having been

‘* flesh-red ” during life; none had a clitellum.

1895. | MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 225

The alimentary canal has, as in Kerria halophila, a gizzard, but

it is rather more slightly developed. The muscular walls are only

about twice the thickness of the epithelial lining; the chitinous

cuticle secreted by the latter is not at all thick. As in all the

other species of Kerria, there are a pair of calciferous glands in the

ninth segment. The structure of these is, however, a little more

complicated than in Kerria zonalis or Kerria macdonaldi, in which

species it has been figured by Hisen.

The walls of the pouch are of considerable thickness and project

here and there as folds into its lumen. In the thickness of the

walls run numerous blood-vessels; but the tissue of which it

is composed is permeated by channels which are intra-cellular.

The tissue in fact looks like a closely welded mass of nephridial

tubules. The minute structure recalls that of the dorsal diverti-

culum of the alimentary canal in Bucholtzia, and it is—so to

speak—an exaggeration of the structure which I have described

in the distal part of the calciferous gland of Gorduodrilus. The

cesophagus is narrow and nowhere sacculated; its ciliation

commences at the orifice of the calciferous glands. The large

intestine begins in segment xii. Septal glands are present as

in other species. I did not find them further back than segment

Vil.

The anterior septa are thicker than those which follow. The

stoutest are those between segments vi./ix.; but the three which

come next are also moderately stout. The last heart is in

segment xi.

The spermathece lie in segments vili. and ix.; they are sessile

upon the body-wall, with no long stalk, nor have they any trace of

a diverticulum. The extreme end of each pouch is enveloped

in a thick muscular layer derived from the body-wall; this is

continuous over the pouch for but a short way from the pore.

The muscular sheath is so perfectly continuous with the two

muscular layers of the body-wall that it is really impossible to

say where the body-wall ends and where the sheath of the

spermatheca begins. The lining epithelium of the spermatheca is

folded and forms numerous narrow ridges.

The testes, sperm-sacs, ovaries, and oviducts are of the form, and

occupy the positions characteristic, of the genus. The spermiducal

glands are long and coiled; the muscular part of the organ is also

of considerable length.

Hab. St. 204, Buenos Ayres, Baraccas do Sul, “ Unter Steinen,

Ufer des Flusses.”

(2) Kerria saltensis, n. sp.

The general aspect of this apparently new species recalls that of

the species Kerria halophila. But it evidently differs from that

species, though not in very important points; indeed, all the

American species of the genus come near together. I leave out

in the following description the majority of the characters which

are, so far as our present knowledge goes, of generic value and

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1895, No. XV. 15

226 MR. FE. B, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

confine myself to those characters which appear more or less to

distinguish the species. It is a small species, about an inch in

length ; there is no pigmentation at all discernible. The clitellum

occupies segments xiv.-xx., and is incomplete ventrally on the

genital segments, 7. ¢. segments xvil.—xix. On those segments

only the inner of the two ventral sete are present.

There is a not very well developed gizzard in segment vii. The

calciferous glands, as usual, are in ix. They are rather thick-

walled, but are without any folds of the lining epithelium. The

walls are vascular, but whether there is the mass of tubules which

I have described in the last species I am unable to say. The

intestine appears to begin in segment xiii. At any rate in this

segment the lining epithelium undergoes a sudden change in

thickness, being from that segment onwards much thinner; at the

end of the twelfth segment the thick epithelium projects into the

lumen of the gut of the next segment and forms a kind of trap

which would allow of the passage of food backwards, but would

not allow of its passage in the opposite direction. The first

segment of the intestine, however, as I find it, is of less calibre

than the section which commences in the fourteenth segment ;

but it differs from the section which begins in that segment by

being rather folded.

The thick septa occupy segments v./ix., but the next two

are thicker than those which follow. The last heart is in xi.

The spermathec, without any diverticula, are in viii., ix.; they

consist of a thick-walled duct and of a thin-walled portion which is

stored with sperm. The length of the two regions of the

spermathece is about the same.

The epithelium which lines the thick-walled section of the

organ which may be regarded as the duct is thrown into folds;

there is no folding of the distal section. The testes are, as usual,

in segment x. This segment also contains the sperm-duct’s

funnels. There seems to be only a single pair of sperm-sacs,

which are in segment xi., and are not racemose in character. The

cavity of the tenth segment contained a mass of developing sperm ;

but this cannot be regarded as the equivalent of a sperm-sac, for it

was not surrounded by any membrane. The sperm-ducts were

not developed in the specimen which I examined by means of

transverse sections; on the other hand, the oviducts were fully

developed, and their openings on to the exterior in segment xiv.

were quite obvious. ‘The spermiducal glands reached back as far

as the twenty-fifth segment.

Hab. Valparaiso, Salto.

Fam. CRYPTODRILIDA.

The family Cryptodrilide is represented in the present collection

by the genus Microscolex only. Nor has any other genus belong-

ing to this family been recorded from the southern parts of the

American continent. Michaelsen’s Cryptodrilus spatulifer is the

only Cryptodrilid that we at present know from the temperate

1895.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW BARTHWORMS. 227

regions of South America. Michaelsen does not pretend to

definitely assign this species to the genus Cryptodrilus ; he only

placed it there (with a query) pending the revision of the Crypto-

drilide. The classification of that family is one of the most

difficult tasks for the systematist ; the differences are so slight

between species and species that the boundaries of genera are

extremely hard to draw. I believe, however, that it is possible to

define the genus Microscolex by the following characters :—

(1) Nephridia paired, beginning in the second to fourth

segment.

(2) Male pores upon segment xvii.

(3) Sphermiducal glands tubular, provided generally with

penial sete.

This definition is naturally somewhat wider than that adopted

by Rosa, the founder of the genus. But a number of new forms

which I shall describe immediately necessitate an expansion of the

genus. They do not present a sufficient number of salient differ-

ences to warrant the formation of a new genus. I have already

proposed to include my genus Rhododrilus in Microscolex, and I

do not see sufficient reasons for retaining the genus Deltania of

Eisen. Cryptodrilus spatulifer of Michaelsen must, I think, espe-

cially in view of the new species to be described here, be relegated

to Microscolex. The size is really the only bar to its inclusion. I

find a good many individuals of Microscolew dubius which are really

quite as large as many individuals of Wicroscolew spatulifer. The

distribution of this genus is interesting. It is the commonest

earthworm in point of number, and nearly so in point of species,

in the temperate parts of South America. I quite agree with

Rosa that it has probably been introduced into Italy and possibly

also into Australia; I described a species from Teneriffe and one

from Algeria which are very likely to be regarded in the same

way.

The remaining species occur in New Zealand (Microscolex minu-

tus and M. nove-zealandie) and in California (the genus Deltania

of Hisen).

Dr. Michaelsen’s collection contained examples of the following

species :—

. Microscolex spatulifer (Mich.).

. Microscolex dubius (Fletcher).

. Microscolex griseus, n. sp.

. Microscolex michaelseni, n. sp.

. Microscolex corralensis, n. sp.

Microscolex diversicolor, n. sp.

. Microscolex longiseta, n. sp.

. Microscolex robustus, n. sp.

. Microscolex modestus, Rosa.

10. Microscolex gracilis, n. sp.

11. Microscolex papillosus, n. sp.

COIR Or CoO

- It will be seen, therefore, that this collection contains a large

number of new species; evidently South America is the head-

quarters of this genus as it is of Acanthodrilus.

15*

228 MR, £, EB, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

Hisen allows three genera of worms where I only allow the

genus Microscolev. These genera are of course my Jhododrilus

and Hisen’s Deltania in addition to Microscoleax. Deltania is dis-

tinguished from both by the closer approximation of each pair of

ventral setz in the segments near to the xviith. Rhododrilus is

distinguished from both by the separate opening of sperm-ducts and

spermiducal glands. This latter character will hardly suffice as a

mark of distinction ; there are so many intermediate conditions in

the genus Microscolea (s.s.). In M. gracilis the two unite well

within the body-cavity ; in M. nove-zealandie just at the common

orifice ; in M. papillosus the external orifices are separate but still

close together, in IM. michaelsent at some little distance apart ;

finally in M. modestus, as I have an opportunity for stating here,

the pore of the sperm-duct is positively in the next segment to

that which contains the orifice of the spermiducal gland. Nor do

I admit that the approximation of the ventral sete in the genital

segments is a character of sufficient importance to imply generic

distinction. To begin with, M. diversicolor is somewhat inter-

mediate, the approximation being less marked. Then the species

of the genus are not all of them furnished with distant sete; in a

good many of the South-American species the sete are strictly

paired ; this difference isitself of greater importance, I think; and

the close pairing of the ventral set in the neighbourhood of the

male pores is an intermediate condition between the paired sete

and the distant sete. If itis thought necessary to divide what I

here call Microscolea into two genera, a more suitable line of division,

as it appears to me, would be to separate off those species in which

the testes and sperm-duct funnels are only one pair ; this division

would include all the new species described in the present paper

with the addition of Microscolex spatulifer, and would include all

the South-American forms, excepting only M. dubius and M. modes-

tus. I do not, however, propose even this division of the genus.

Most of the new species differ from Microscolex modestus and

M. dubius, the types of the genus, in having a prostomium which

entirely divides the buccal segment, and in that the sete are

strictly paired. As, however, these two characters are not always

correlated, I do not think it possible to create any new genera.

Another interesting feature about some of the new species of

Microscolex is that, like M. spatulifer and many of the Acantho-

drilus, they are very brightly coloured.

The internal structure does not present much of great interest.

Indeed, the uniformity of the Oryptodrilide as a whole is in striking

contrast to the greatly varied structure of the Eudrilide, with

es IT do not think that anybody now would venture to associate

them.

(1) Microscolex griseus, n. sp.

This species, like Microscolew spatulifer, is one to which the

generic name Microscolex is etymologically inapplicable. It is a

large species, nearly if not quite as large as Mécroscolea: spatulifer.

1895.] MR. F, B, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 229

A considerable number of specimens were collected in a garden

in Valparaiso. They vary greatly in size, some being mature and

others not so.

The biggest specimen is 84 mm. in length by 5 mm. in diameter.

The number of segments of this individual was 117.

The colour of the living worm is described by Michaelsen in the

following terms: “schmutzig grau ; vorne schmutzig fleischfarbe ;

Giirtel weiss bis briiunlich.” The preserved worms are of much

the same colour.

During life the worm was remarkable as “lebhaft schliingelnd

bei Beriihrung.”

The sete are strictly paired. Dorsal pores are present.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii—xviil. There is a median

genital papilla upon segment xvi.; the male pores are on xvii.

The prostomium, as in so many species of the genus, is completely

carried over the buccal segment by grooves. The first setigerous

segment has in most specimens a furrow on the dorsal surface

which extends right across that surface, but is not visible ventrally.

This gives a little the impression that the prostomium is an

incomplete one.

The gizzard is large; it lies in segment vi. It is immediately

followed by a thin and delicate septum, behind which are five septa,

moderately thick. The last heart is in the twelfth segment.

The sperm-sacs are in the ixth and xith segments; those of

the latter segment are so coarsely racemose that they appear to be

formed of a number of small separate sperm-sacs; this does not

apply to the anterior pair.

The spermiducal glands are different from those of any other

Mieroscolew which I examined in their regular tubular form and in

the complex coiling ; they look much more like the corresponding

glands of certain Acanthodrilidw. Moreover, the duct of the gland

is unusually conspicuous ; it is also long and is not more than one-

third of the diameter of the gland. It has 4 distinctly nacreous

glitter. In common with the spermiducal glands opens on each

side of the body a sac of penial set; there are two of these on

each side. They are very yellow in colour and have a bent bow-

like form. The extremity is only moderately pointed and a little

flattened and expanded. Fine spinelets ornament the extremity.

The spermathece in segment ix. are particularly large. The

racemose diverticulum is borne at the end of a long muscular

stalk.

Hab. St. 12, Valparaiso, in garden; St. 6, Quilipue; St. 22,

Coronil ; and St. 25, Valdivia, San José.

(2) Microscolex longiseta, n. sp.

This is a small, rather transparent species, with little or no trace

of integumental pigment.

? From each of the last two stations a single individual probably of this

species,

230 MR. F. EB. BEDDARD ON NEW BARTHWORMS. = [Mar. 19,

The length of a specimen selected for measurement was 40 mm.

by 3 mm. in diameter.

Number of segments 95.

The prostomium is complete. Dorsal pores are visible.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvii., and is not developed

all round the body.

There are no papille of any kind that I could discover.

The gizzard isin segment vi. The last heart isin xii. The sperm-

sacs in Xi.

The sacs of penial sete are, as in Microscolex papillosus, of

enormous length. They measure 6 mm. and extend through

fourteen segments. The spermiducal glands, on the other hand,

only extend through six segments. The penial sete have the same

form as in Microscolea papillosus.

The spermathece are also exactly as in that species.

Hab. St. 193, Tierra del Fuego, Puerto Pantalon ; St. 187, Tierra

del Fuego ; St. 140, Uschuia; St. 178, Navarin, Porto Toro.

(3) Microscolex papillosus, n. sp.

Of this rather remarkable new form three individuals were taken

in forest at Uschuia.

The largest specimen measures 87 mm.; its diameter is only

3 mm.; the number of segments 95. The worm is thus a slender

species.

Like so many of the American species of Microscolea, it is pig-

mented; but the pigmentation is not very great, the anterior end

of the worm dorsally being alone much coloured. The colour is

purplish. In one individual there was no pigment.

The setz are quite strictly paired. The prostomium is not

continued by furrows over the entire buccal segment; it extends

over about half of it. The clitellum occupies segments xili.—xvi. ;

it is complete. On the sixteenth segment in the middle line is

a deep hole, looking as if caused by the contraction of the stout

muscles connected with it and passing to the dorsal parietes.

This is very characteristic of the species, and was not confined

to the largest individual which was selected for dissection. It lies

in the clitellar region, but is lined by a strong tall epithelium,

which is not glandular like that of the clitellum.

There seem to be no dorsal pores.

The genital papille are very numerous, an unusual state of

affairs in this genus. There are at least six of them round

somewhat translucent areas, possibly rather sense-organs than

glandular papille, upon the middle of segments xii.—xii.; I am

inclined to think that others were to be distinguished upon the

clitellum. But I did not, with a view of preserving the specimen

intact, submit this part of the body to a microscopical examination.

In another specimen there was an additional papilla upon xii., a

smaller median papilla upon xv.,and a pair upon xvi., one on either

side of the median depression.

The male pores upon segment xvii. are very prominent ; each is

1895. ] MR. FE. E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 231

situated on a conspicuous papilla; the end of the spermiducal

gland appeared to be protruded, thus forming a second “ papilla”

of smaller size upon the first.

The two orifices are near together.

The internal characters of this Microscolex serve in great part to

differentiate it from its allies, among which Microscolea longiseta

is the nearest. The first septum divides segments iv.v.; septa

ix.-xii. are thickened. There is a moderately sized gizzard in

segment v. The intestine seems to begin in xvii., but in longi-

tudinal sections I cannot draw a line between it and the esophagus.

The latter is straight until the end of xi.; afterwards it is con-

stricted by the septa. The sperm-sacs are in segment Xi., as is so

generally the case with the worms of this genus. The testes and

funnels are in x. There isalso a pair of sperm-sacs in ix., attached

to the posterior wall of that segment and racemose, though con-

taining little or no sperm.

The single pair of spermathece are in segment ix. Each is

an oval pouch with a diverticulum as long as itself; the diverti-

culum is coiled in a spiral and ends in a swollen extremity. This

is lined with a much-folded epithelium, so that the lumen appears

to be divided by numerous radiating partitions.

The most remarkable feature in the internal organization of the

worm concerns the spermiducal glands. These are very long

and of the usual tubular form. The entire efferent apparatus

extends back to the xxviith segment, thus occupying ten segments.

It measured 8 mm. in length. The spermiducal gland, however,

did not reach so far back; but the muscular sac containing the

penial sete passed beyond theend of the spermiducal gland. The

latter is coiled slightly upon itself once or twice; it opens on

to the exterior by a moderately short and narrow muscular

duct. The sac containing the penial sete contained two of them,

which were of such different lengths that ohe might speak of a

dimorphism in the sete. One measured the full 8 mm., the other

was not half its length. They were alike, however, in their form

being without ornamentation at the free end. The sac contained

animmature seta of a pale colour contrasting with the bright

yellow of the mature seta, which was much longer than the smaller

of the mature sete. The base of implantation of these penial sete

was supplied with abundant blood-capillaries. The penial sete,

the single sperm-duct, and the spermiducal gland open separately

on to the exterior, though near together.

(4) Microscolex michaelseni, n. sp.

This is one of the most abundant species of Earthworms among

the worms collected by Dr. Michaelsen. I have great pleasure in

associating it with his name as a mark of my respect for the

valuable work which he has done in this department of natural

history.

The present species is a very well-marked form, and it is a

matter of surprise to me that it has never yet been described from

232 MR, F, H, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. _[ Mar. 19,

this part of the world. It appears to be a very southern

Patagonian form. It occurs in fresh water as well as upon dry

land, as is also the case with Acanthodrilus pictus and a few other

worms.

The species is long and slender, and is quite bleached by the

alcohol.

A typically sized specimen selected for measurement was 85 mm.

long by 3 mm. broad, and consisted of 92 segments.

The prostomium is continued for some way over the buccal

segment by grooves, but these do not reach the end of that

segment.

The sete are more paired ventrally than laterally, the distance

between any two lateral sete being about twice that between the

ventral sete. The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvi. and is

quite complete.

The nephridiopores open in front of seta 3.

The oviducal pores lie exactly in line with seta 1.

The most characteristic external feature in the organization of

this worm is afforded by the male pores. These pores in the

present genus are, as a rule, very conspicuous, but are more

or less rounded orifices confined to the xviith segment. In

Microscolea michaelseni the male apertures are represented by

crescentic slits, which commence upon about the middle of the

xviith segment and extend back to at least the posterior extremity

of that segment, and sometimes even encroach upon the xvilith

segment. This groove is wider in front than behind. An investi-

gation of it by means of transverse sections showed that the

spermiducal glands and the penial setae opened in common at the

anterior end of the groove where it is widest. The sperm-ducts

open at the posterior end. In this wide separation between the

external apertures of the sperm-ducts and the spermiducal glands,

the present species resembles Microscolew (Rhododrilus) minutus.

It will be observed also that the present species is almost an

Acanthodrilid in the relations between these organs. The only

actual difference between the Acanthodrilidz and the Cryptodrilidee

which is invariable, is that in the one (Acanthodrilide) the sperm-

ducts open a segment behind or in front of the spermiducal glands ;

in the Cryptodrilidz, on the other hand, if the two apertures are

separated, they are upon the same segment. In Muicroscolex

michaelseni, however, in some specimens at any rate, the apertures

must be at least only just not upon consecutive segments, and in

other specimens the groove extended well into segment xviii.

On segments xvii., xviii. are a pair of rounded papille which

lie just behind the furrows, separating these segments from the

one in front. Sometimes the anterior pair are closer together than

the posterior.

The alimentary canal is not provided with a well-developed

gizzard ; there is a rudimentary one only in segments vi., vii. The

cesophagus gradually passes into the intestine, which acquires its

full calibre in the xvith. The last pair of hearts are, as is usual

1895.] MR. F. EB, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 233

with the genus, in the mith segment. The testes are large

and bushy ; there are only a single pair of them lying in segment x.

Opposite the testes are the conspicuous funnels of the sperm-ducts.

I could find neither testes nor funnels in segment xi., where,

however, are a pair of large and racemose sperm-sacs.

The spermiducal glands are plainly separable into a glan-

dular and a non-glandular portion. The latter is rather less

than one-half of the length of the former and very much more

slender. The entire gland is straight and occupies about four

segments. It opens in common with an opaque thick-walled sac

containing penial sete. This sac is not so long as, but much

stouter than, the muscular end of the spermiducal gland. The sac

contained, in a specimen dissected by me, 8 penial setz on one side

of the body. Only two of these, however, appeared to be fully

mature. ‘These were to be distinguished from the rest by the fact

that the implanted end was curved. In the others this end was

broadened out. In the former sete the free end of the seta

tapering gradually to the end was unornamented; in another

specimen, however, these sete were faintly ornamented. I am

therefore disposed to think that the ornamentation upon the

immature sete is a mark of their immaturity, the spines being as

a rule worn off in the sete which happen to be in use. A curious

difference in the constitution of the two kinds of sete was shown

by treating them with a strong solution of potash: when this

reagent was applied, the presumably immature sete became almost

invisible, while the others did not exhibit any changes.

There is nothing worthy of comment concerning the ovaries

and their ducts. The spermathece are a single pair lying in

segment viii. They are oval pouches, each with two symmetrically

arranged diverticula, in which alone there appeared to be sperm.

The spermathece are precisely like those of Acanthodrilus bovei.

In the gatherings from Punta Arenas and Uschuia, I found

specimens coexisting with the normal form which were shorter

(50 mm., 95 segments), and had a single median papilla upon

segment xvii. instead of a pair. One specimen, however, had the

two pairs of papille characteristic of the typical variety ; hence I

do not separate them as species.

Hab. St. 75, Magellan Straits, Punta Arenas. St. 140,

Uschuia, forest. St. 65, Magellan Straits, fresh water. St. 179,

Navarin Isl., Porto Toro. St. 165, Puerto bridges.

The resemblance between this species and Acanthodrilus bovei,

coupled with their occurrence in the same locality, is interesting.

This resemblance extends to internal characters. The spermathecze

are similar in both, and in both the intestine begins unusually early,

the xviith being the more usual segment. I call attention in the

course of this paper to the likeness, more or less pronounced,

between other species of Microscolew and other species of Acantho-

drilus.

Apart from these particular likenesses, it is a curious and not

wholly intelligible fact that the bulk of the South-American

234 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. _‘[Mar. 19,

species of Microscolex and Acanthodrilus agree in that the sperm-

sacs are in Xi. or in ix. and xi.; this is not a usual position. With

this may be compared the fact that the Australian Cryptodrilids

frequently agree with the Australian Perichztas in that the sperm-

sacs are in segments ix., xil., also not a usual position.

(5) Microscolex gracilis, n. sp.

This species might easily be confounded with Microscolex

diversicolor, at least with the less strikingly-coloured examples of

that species. It has precisely the same dark purple colour dorsally,

the implantation of the sete being yellowish white ; the end of the

body, too, has the quadrangular aspect of the corresponding part of

the body in Microscolex diversicolor. It is, however, in spite’ of

this superficial likeness, quite a different species.

There were three examples, of which the largest measured

72 mm.; the diameter was 2 mm., except at the clitellum, where

it was 3 mm. This individual consisted of 88 segments. It

is therefore a long and slender worm; the clitellum is very

prominent.

It may be at once differentiated from Microscolew diversicolor by

the fact that the prostomium is not continued by furrows over the

whole of the buccal segment.

The sete are more or less distant, being divided by equal

distances at the posterior end of the body, where the middle line of

the segments is ridged. The sete are here particularly large.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvi. and is complete.

I could not see any dorsal pores.

The male pores are separated by moderately wide intervals from

each other; the oritice is wide and surrounded by a crenate

margin. '

The first septum separates segments iv./v. Septa ix./xi. are

thickened. ;

The gizzard is well developed; it lies in segment viii.

The nephridia begin in segment ii.; they end in a muscular sac.

The sperm-sacs are in xi., xii. Im a specimen investigated by

longitudinal sections they occupied segment xi. only. The testes

and sperm-duct funnels lie in x.

The spermiducal glands are stout and massive; they have a

slightly sinuous course and occupy three segments. The penial

sete are also stout and not particularly long. They are bent like

a bow, slightly expanded at the free end, but not ornamented.

The muscular duct, when traced back into the glandular part of

the spermiducal gland, is seen to stop abruptly ; its lining epithe-

lium suddenly ending and being replaced by the indistinct lining

epithelium of the glandular part of the organ. Followed in the

other direction, the duct winds about and receives the sperm-duct

a considerable distance in front of its external orifice; the latter

opens at the end of a papilla, which projects into the interior of the

gland-duct, which is at this point widened: it is suggestive of the

penis of the Tubificide, &e, Further down the duct receives the

1895.] MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS, 235

sac of penial sete. At the external orifice it widens out into a sac

of which the epithelium is more glandular on the ventral surface,

being here composed of tall non-staining cells; from this sac a

tube lined with a precisely similar epithelium leads to the exterior.

Hab. St. 140, Uschuia, forest.

The most singular feature in the internal organization of this

worm is the ovaries: these are positively of enormous size. They

are quite as large as the sperm-sacs of the same worm, and occupy

a considerable amount of the ccelomic cavity of their segment (the

xiiith). Not only are the ovaries themselves thus unusually large—

the ova share in the increased size, but although they are very

much larger than the ova of the common Earthworms of this

country, they do not approach in any way the ova of the aquatic

Oligocheta: that is to say, they have not got a great amount of

yolk deposited within them—no more, in fact, is present than in

other Earthworms. So large are the ova that they are not merely

visible to the unarmed eye—this is possible even in the common

Allolobophora—but they suggest parasitic Gregarines, with which I

was disposed to identify the ova until they were submitted to

microscopic examination.

The spermathece are in the ixth segment, as is almost invariably

the case with this genus. A stalked diverticulum opens in common

with an oval pouch; the diverticulum has a mulberry-shaped

outline, and appears, as in other worms, to be the only receptacle of

the sperm.

The minute structure of this diverticulum is also different from

that of the pouch: when sections are taken through the periphery

it presents the appearance of a compound tubular gland, the tubes

being separated from each other by interstitial tissue. The whole

diverticulum in fact consists of a much-folded epithelium.

(6) Microscolex corralensis, n. sp.

Of this apparently new form I only found a single species in a

copious gathering from Corral, Valdivia.

Its length is 40 mm., the diameter 4 mm.; the number of

segments a little over 70. In the preserved state this worm is a

pale greyish brown, the clitellum being pinky brown.

The prostomium is continued by furrows over the entire buccal

segment: these furrows converge posteriorly but do not meet.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvil., the posterior part of

xiil. and the anterior part of xvii. not being invaded by glandular

substance. On xii. and xiv. alone the clitellum is complete; on

the remaining segments it only reaches the ventral pair of sete.

The sete are strictly paired from end to end of the body. On

the segments immediately in front of and behind the xviith (which

bears the male pores) the ventral pairs diverge from each owing to

the tension caused by the rather lateral position of the male pores.

There are dorsal pores, but I am unable to fix the exact segment

in which they commence.

. Some of the segments in the neighbourhood of the spermathece

236 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. ([Mar.19,

and of the male pores bear genital papille. There are a pair on

each of segments x., Xv., xviii., xix. behind the ventral pairs of

sete, a single median papilla on x., and one transversely elongate

papilla on xx., xxl.

The male pores are very protuberant, and, as already mentioned,

are rather lateral in position. They are of course upon xvii.

With regard to internal structures, I have had to be careful so

as not to unduly injure the single specimen at my disposal. The

gizzard is large and conspicuous, and appears to lie in segments vi.

and vii. Behind this are seven septa, which are strengthened and

lie within each other like a series of cups. The last heart is in

segment xii.

The racemose sperm-sacs are insegment xi. I believe that there

are only a single pair of testes and sperm-duct funnels in segment

x., but am not quite sure.

The ovary (in xiii.) is remarkable for being a very perfectly flat

plate ending in a free tip as in Zumbricus, which projects beyond

any of the ripe ova.

The spermiducal glands are massive and somewhat coiled; they

end in a very short and narrow duct. There are penial sete

of considerable length (2°5 mm.), two in number in each bundle.

These end in a flattened expansion which has a membranous

appearance ; for some distance in front of this the seta is so regu-

larly marked and with such deep transverse striz, that it presents

quite the appearance of the flagellum of the antenna of a lobster.

It is simply an exaggeration of the strie generally to be found

upon the extremity of penial sete.

The spermathece are in ix. Each is a good-sized pouch

terminating in a duct, from which arises a single diverticulum of

much the same form as the pouch but smaller.

Hab. St. 47, Corral.

(7) Microscolex robustus, n. sp.

This new species of Microscolew is represented bya single specimen

from Teja Isl., and three from Valdivia, Putabla. This specimen

was unfortunately not fully mature, though the immaturity seemed

to concern the clitellum only.

It is a moderately large species, less than MW. griseus or M.

spatulifer and about the size of M. dubius. The coloration is on

the same plan as that of M. diversicolor; it is not, however, so

brilliant as in that species. The area upon which the lateral sete

are implanted is, as in the last-mentioned species, white, while the

dorsal surface of the worm is purplish. The length of this

individual is 57 mm., the diameter 6 mm. ; number of segments 95.

The prostomium is continued over the buccal segment by

grooves.

The sete are paired anteriorly but not strictly; the ventral

sete on segment xiii. are a little closer together than on the

preceding segments, this convergence continues until the xvith

segment ; they begin to diverge on the xviith segment, and by the

1895. ] MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. 237

xxth, which marks the limit of divergence, have got to be wider

apart than they are on the anterior segments of the body. They

continue to the end of the body without any further change.

I could see no dorsal pores.

The clitellum, as has been already mentioned, was not developed

in the type. Inan example from Putabla it occupies segments

Xiv.—xVil.

The gizzard lies in segment vii.

The specially thickened septa are few in number. As a general

rule in this and, indeed, in other genera, the thick septa begin with

the second septum; in the present species this is not the case ;

the thickened septa are only two, those separating segments x./xil.

The capacity of the xth segment is very limited. The septum

which divides it from the segment lying in front is closely applied

to septa x./xi. In the narrow room thus formed lie the testes

and the funnels of the sperm-ducts.

The racemose sperm-sacs lie in segment xi.

The single pair of spermathecz are small, perhaps on account of

the immaturity of the worm. The form is not particularly

remarkable ; the sac has a diverticulum not quite so long as itself

but narrower.

The spermiducal glands are not particularly large. They are

confined to their segment. In the single bundle of penial sete

which I examined, I found three penial sete of about the same

length and general appearance except as regards colour; one of

the three setee was a very pale colour, while the other two were

bright yellow. I presume that the first-mentioned seta was

immature. All of them end in a bluntish point and are quite

unornamented.

Hab. Teja Isl., Valdivia (St. 39). St. 30, Valdivia, Putabla.

From Estancilla (St. 41) was collected a larger individual, which

seems to be, though it is difficult to be quite certain, a sexually

mature specimen of the same species. This worm is 72 mm.

long by 7 mm. in diameter, and consists of 82 segments. The

clitellum occupies segments xiv.-xvii. There are a number of

genital papille ; a pair on each of segments ix., xv., xvi. and an

asymmetrical one on xiv.; on each of segments xvii. and xviii.

there are three papille. The spermiducal glands of the mature

worm have a warty appearance; the penial sete are very faintly

ornamented with transverse ridges.

(8) Microscolex diversicolor, n. sp.

A good many examples of this species were collected in Valdivia,

in Chile. It is a worm which has an exceedingly marked colora-

tion, and is therefore always conspicuous in any collection. The

colour of the dorsal surface is a bright purplish red, extending on

to the sides of the body beyond sete. The dorsal sete are im-

planted in areas which are equally conspicuous on account

of the fact that they have no pigment and appear white. In some

238 MR. F. EB. BEDDARD ON NEW EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 19,

individuals the colour was much more sombre and there was

hardly any indication of the white seta areas.

The largest individual which was measured had a length of 52mm.,

a diameter of 3°5 mm., number of segments 60. This was one

of the more darkly coloured individuals, which might perhaps be

regarded on account of this slight difference asa variety. A more

typical specimen (as regards colour) was 32 mm. by 3 mm., with 56

segments. But there is a considerable range in size.

The prostomium completely divides the bucca] segment.

The setz are not strictly paired, but the setz of the lateral

couples are farther away from each other than are those of the

ventral. The latter hardly come nearer to each other on the

segments in the neighbourhood of the xviith ; the approximation

is not marked, as in some species.

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xvi., half only of the first

and last.

The dorsal pores are present and appear to begin on the cli-

tellum.

The gizzard is large compared to the size of the worm; in the

smaller of the two individuals whose measurements are given

above it was in segments vi., vil. In a specimen sectioned longi-

tudinally the greater part of the gizzard was seen to liein vi. The

intestine begins in xvii. Behind the gizzard are a number of septa

which, though not greatly thickened, are stouter than those which

follow them. The last of these bounds segment xiv. anteriorly.

The last heart is, as usual, in segment xii. The nephridia

commence in segment v.

There is only a single pair of testes and funnels in segment x.

The sperm-sacs are large and racemose and lie in segment xi.

There is also a pair in ix. which are a good deal less obvious.

The spermiducal glands are stout and of the tubular character

invariably found in this genus. The muscular duct leading to the

exterior is moderately long. The penial sete (two in a sac) are

longish (2°56 mm.) and quite unornamented. The free extremity

gradually tapers to a point.. The sac of sete opens in common

with the spermiducal gland. The sperm-duct opens just separately

on to exterior.

The spermathece are in ix. The diverticulum is nearly as long

as the pouch, but has a mulberry-like appearance. In sections

the diverticulum shows much the same structure that I have

described above in M. gracilis.

The same locality also produced three specimens of a small

Microscolex which I was at first inclined to regard as a distinct

species. I consider, however, that it is merely a small variety

of Microscolex diversicolor. The total length of the largest indi-

vidual is 30 mm., the diameter 2 mm., number of segments 100.

It is evidently therefore a more slender worm than the type.

The sete appear to be a little more paired than in the type.

Hab. St. 41, Valdivia, Estancilla. St. 48, Corral. St. 38,

Valdivia. St. 36, Valdivia. St. 46, Corral.

1895. | PROF. A. MILNE-EDWARDS ON A NEW ORAB. 239

Fam. PrricH@TIpz&.

Of this family there was but a single specimen in the collection,

belonging to the genus Pericheta.

(1) Pericheta sancti-jacobi, n. sp.

As I have already pointed out, the genus Pericheta is far from

abundant in South America. Indeed only one species, viz. P. elon-

gata, is at all well-known, and that species is by no means exhaus-

tively described. As for P. dicystis and P. tricystis of Perrier, they

are only known by the number of spermathecz which they respec-

tively possess. The present species may or may not be identical

with one of these. In the meantime I giveita new name. The

single specimen measured 70 mm. by 5 mm. in breadth. The

number of segments is 75, The colour (in alcohol) a greenish brown.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi. and is complete. There

are sete (about 16) on the last segment of it.

I detected no genital papille. There are about ten set

between the male pores.

The gizzard, as usual, is in segments vill.,ix. The intestine

begins in xv.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are in segments X., Xi., Xil.

The spermathece are in vi., vil.; each is a pear-shaped sac with

a narrow tubular diverticulum ending in a swollen extremity.

The spermiducal glands are solid, though much lobulated. The

duct is short and straight, without any terminal sac, which is so

frequently present in the species of this genus. There are of

course no penial sete.

Hab. St. 1, Santiago, Quinta normal.

2. Description of a new Species of Crab of the Genus

Hyastenus. By Prof. AtpHonsr Muitnz-Epwarps.

(Communicated by Prof. F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A.,

Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S.")

[Received March 11, 1895.]

HYASTENUS CONSOBRINUS, sp. nov.

Cette espéce ressemble beaucoup a l’Hyastenus spinosus*; elle

b a eN x . °

nen différe que par des caractéres de faible importance et, quand

1 Being uncertain as to the exact position of this Crab, I submitted it to the

examination of the learned carcinologist who has lately investigated the

Crustacea of Cape Horn, and I have been favoured by him with the description

which I submit to the Society.

: 372) Milne-Edwards, Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, Mémoires, t. viii. p. 250

(1872).

240 PROF. A. MILNE-EDWARDS ON A NEW CRAB. [ Mar. 19,

on aura pu examiner un certain nombre d’exemplaires, peut-étre

reconnaitra-t-on que ces particularités ne sont pas constantes et

qu’elles varient suivant les individus.

La carapace est pyriforme et épaisse, renflée dans la région

gastrique, couverte, ainsi que les pattes, de poils en hamecons qui

accrochent et retiennent des Spongiaires et des Aleyons de maniére

a cacher complétement l’animal. Le rostre frontal est formé de

deux cornes divergentes, droites, pointues, dirigées en avant.

Leur longueur chez la femelle égale environ Ja moitié de celle de la

carapace. L’angle préorbitaire est peu saillant; le bord sus-orbi-

taire porte une profonde fissure. La région gastrique est surmontée

de deux épines médianes: l’antérieure est la plus longue, elle est

acérée et dirigée en haut et en avant; la posterieure est peu élevée

et tuberculiforme. Le sillon séparant cette région des régions

cardiaque et branchiale est large et superficiel Une corne

latérale existe sur chacun des lobes postbranchiaux. Le lobe

urocardiaque est armé d’un gros tubercule pointu qui ne dépasse

pas en arriére le bord de la carapace.

L/article basilaire des antennes externes est renflé 4 sa base et

se rétrécit beaucoup vers son extrémité; la tigelle mobile est

cachée sous la corne frontale.

Les pinces de la femelle sont faibles, leur extrémité atteint le

milieu des cornes rostrales. Les pattes de la 2™° paire sont

longues, celles de la 3"° paire se terminent au niveau de larticu-

lation de Ja jambe et du pied des pattes précédentes.

L’abdomen est large et bombé, les 3™°, 4"° et 5° articles sont

soudés.

Longueur totale de la carapace et du rostre.. 0°045

Longueur des cornes rostrales ............ 0-015

Largeur de la carapace en avant des cornes

lahero-posterietires® ... 0.07. Usee lea. 0-020

Longueur de la patte de la gme paire ........ 0-042

Longueur de la patte de la 3"° paire........ 0-030

Longueur de la patte de la 4"° paire........ 0:027

Longuetr de la patte de la 5™° paire........ 0-023

L’Hyastenus consobrinus ne difftre de lH. spinosus que par la

moindre divergence des cornes frontales et par le faible développe-

ment de l’épine urocardiaque.

Expédition du ‘Challenger, Station 3064 (prés du détroit de

Magellan).

‘4

P.Z.S .1895.P) am

ere.

PMH A tate S4Gop) @

H.H GA del adnat Figs 18 &l2- EP

Wed. Ge eae 9-1. VJ. Smit lith.

NEW LAND-MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO.

P, 2.$. 1895. Pl. x

19 x 368

B.H. G-A dsl ad nat.

NEW LAND-MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO.

P. Z..S. 1835. Pl ee

WE.C.del ad nat .J. Smit lith.

NEW LAND-MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO.

H H.G-Adel ad nat.J. Sumit lith.

NEW LAND-MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO.

1895. ] ON NEW MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO. 241

3. On the Structure and Affinities of some new Species of

Molluscs from Borneo. By Watrer E. Coxziner,

F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham,

and Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austrn, F.R.S., F.Z.S.,

&e.

[Received February 28, 1895.]

(Plates XI.—XIV.)

OonTEnts, Page

REN TROY U ONION atuerenpatcacaceccches-cacen teas acceatamameerienialeae 241

PT DAMAVAN TIA’ BMUTEE Ns Spe. cc. .ccecrsssecesacvadoneccsdsarscnssstes 242

, Wesexiptioni of Sell i... coc) «cesnermsaeectarcert awee-centetaes 242

Description of Animal 242

LTA RHONA Soccer agcnt ase latins ccs wos'ess seep pmMuncane danse tauess 243

Visceral Mass, &e. . tern wee 243

CROTENANLVONO MPAA uae eas cseedzceccs cons dacdteseteverssoratdes 243

DEATUIVNECS eek wakt ca dasdoa nd sctek Sudes caavash sevacsecaseosaevease 243

III, MicroparMARION POLLONERAL, Dl. SP. .......ccsecceeseeeeeeeeeeeres 244

Descour on) of Shell as care ccptin wae sennatcconquctasencesat atl 244

WescErpitor Ob ANIMA C5. cssa<s0sccesaxccmaccossandssatechom 245

TER ATUALOUY ta tuansadeeqdatsacssvdsaernusavansscqueceey sexaeheeeccesene 245

Wiscerali Massy Ges 052. 2i00h. sth ce ctepedccces wonatoteedencss 245

Generative Organs. ijss5ssse: dsc vdtuataveon decade ete cctaneaes 245

TV. MicRoPARMARION SIMROTHI, 1. SP. .........eesecneeceeseeseevecene 246

Weseription Of SHELL... ..c.<.seeiseateadeswaaes~<sp<asatasaes 246

Dedcription Ob ANMal!” \. cccveteadavsercrsscsiaenas suche ree 246

Me PANAQLOTY <a dosodecash¥es dp dacecn tea dadstds <asbedevecendnatendcesdeca 246

Viscotall Mags.) Sei. isd As ardeadaasevecntes oss ccaeseccnneees 246

Generative: OrpansysAn ids ssc cat ctocsddsosi-xsorscacane 247

De ATUMUIES ck sa vais doe sha Mes Poe adi aioe tense sindds vlgtiocdseass 247

Wa SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION, Gidadesas s0<<4seoscesdortorcoscetcosccses 248

ike Ws IBINGGRAPHY incr sus eiedteMesese-escsccstesdcccrssectwensoteesade ka 249

VII. Descrirtion or THE Fiaures (Plates XI-XIV.) ............ 249

I. Iyrropucrion.

The molluscs which form the subject of this paper were some

collected by Mr. A. H. Everett in Borneo and forwarded to

Mr. Edgar A. Smith of the British Museum, who very kindly

placed them in the hands of one of us (W. E. C.) for investi-

ation.

While fully describing the species, we have thought it necessary

and important to treat at some length of the affinities structurally

and externally, and to compare them with other genera and

species of the Indian and Malayan fauna, upon which one of us

(H. H. G.-A.) has worked for some considerable time.

The perfect specimens and the dissected parts have all been

placed in the collection of the British Museum, South Kensington.

It is sincerely to be hoped that further Bornean material will

be obtained, as there are probably not a few very interesting

forms in that region which bridge over the gaps that at present

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1895, No. XVI. 16

242 MESSRS, COLLINGE AND GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Mar.19,

exist between the slug-like molluscs and those possessing a more

perfect shell; further, an investigation of their anatomy is likely

to throw considerable light upon the relations and position of such

genera as Parmarion, Microparmarion, Damayantia, and Mariella

on the one hand, and Girasia, Austenia, Ibycus, and Macrochlamys,

&c. on the other.

Damayantta, Issel, 1874.

Il. DAMAYAN'TIA SMITHI, n. sp.

Shell (fig. 4) broadly oval, with a slight indication (a mere

impression) of the apical whorl, the whole of an equally membra-

naceous and thin texture, transparent, shiny ; when removed from

the animal in alcohol it becomes much contracted by wrinkling,

in the fresh state it would be convex in outline and of a pale

olivaceous colour.

Major diameter about 12 millim.

Animal (figs. 1-3).—Ground-colour pale ochre in alcohol,

tentacles black or very dark blue, a very dark blue or black

streak runs along the side of the foot posteriorly, crossing it

diagonally downwards to the mucous pore. The dorsal lobes are

streaked and mottled with jet-black on a yellowish-grey ground,

this being more conspicuous anteriorly. The black markings on

the shell-lobes are concentrically arranged as regards the edge of

the shell: in the specimens examined they are probably much

contracted, but in life would cover the greater portion of the

shell; they are probably very similar in size to those of Damayantia

dilecta, Issel (4. pl. iv. figs. 5, 6).

The mantle differs very much from that of the typical Girasva

(1); in this Bornean slug the left shell-lobe has been developed to

a greater extent than the right, and extends back behind the

respiratory orifice, even posterior to the apex of the shell, and it is

clearly defined by the white edging. On the left anterior margin

a cicatricial line marks very distinctly where the shell and dorsal

lobes meet. The left and right are continuous all round, the left

being the larger and concealing the head of the animal. The foot

posteriorly is long and narrow, sharply keeled, and terminates

abruptly. Foot-sole divided into three distinct planes, faintly

marked with transverse lines, colour yellowish brown. Foot-fringe

slightly darker than the foot-sole; two rows of elongated ruge

arranged in parallel rows lie above the foot-fringe. “Large Tinear

Mucous pore (fig. 6) not extending to the foot-solé. The pallial

margin is well marked, as is also the pallial line, which is deeply

crossed by grooves into oblong spaces.

The animal in alcohol measured 28 millim. in length, breadth of

foot-sole in the anterior region 43 millim.

Hab. Poeh Mountain (3500 ft.), Sarawak (A. H. Everett).

It gives us much pleasure to associate with this most interesting

molluse the name of Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., of the British

Museum.

. 1895.] NEW MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO, 243

1. Anatomy.

Visceral Mass, §c.—On removing the shell, the visceral mass

presents a single coil (fig. 5), the apical portion being distinct and

terminating bluntly.

The jaw (fig. 7) is straight and narrow, very slightly concave

on the cutting-edge, with a straight central portion less than

one-third of the whole breadth. The lingual ribbon (fig. 8)

is broad and square, having a great number of equal-sized

and similarly-shaped teeth in the row. The lingual ribbon was

incomplete in the specimen examined, but the following were

counted :—175—1—175. The central tooth is elongate with

three points close upon the same level, fleur-de-lis in form,

contracting below this and widening again at the base. The

succeeding lateral teeth are all uniform, curved, very elongate,

with two closely-set points, the outermost being rounded and the

innermost sharp and pointed.

Generative Organs (figs. 9-12).—From the somewhat large thick-

walled vagina the penis passes off; its first third is a thick mus-

cular-walled tube which dilates into a more sac-like portion, above

which it becomes suddenly constricted, and then dilates into a

bulbous head (figs. 10 & 11). Attached to the upper portion of

the penis, above the vas deferens, is a short but strong retractor

muscle (figs. 10 & 11, 7.m.). From the side of the bulbous head

of the penis the vas deferens passes off as a thick tube narrowing

gradually as it approaches the prostatic portion of the common

duct. The free oviduct commences immediately above the opening

of the receptaculum seminis, this latter organ opening into the

vagina; it is a small ovoid sessile body (fig. 9, 7.s.). The first

portion of the free oviduct (fig. 9, ov'.) is thrown into a series of

constrictions. The oviduct is a wide tube and densely folded, the

prostatic and ovidueal portions terminate in a bulbous head lying

immediately in front of the globular albumen-gland. The herma-

phrodite gland is almost circular and appeared flattened, showing

a slight fold or indentation inthe centre. The amatorial organ

is a large, wide, thick, muscular-walled tube, making a single coil

above the middle half, which would increase its elasticity and act

like a spiral spring; just below this is the calcareous dart. Its

basal portion is funnel-shaped, the dart itself being long and

pointed (fig. 12).

2. Affinities.

Damayantia smithi is in every way a most interesting species,

differing in many important particulars from Girasia and its

allies of the Indian Region, of which the following may be

mentioned :—

1. The spiral form of the visceral mass is very noticeable, and

we probably have here indicated a relationship with forms

having a more perfect spiral shell. In Girasia, when the

shell is removed, this is not apparent. Ly

: 1

244 MESSRS. COLLINGE AND GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [ Mar. 19,

The form of the mantle-lobes indicates a relationship to

some form in which the left shell-lobe has become largely

developed along the whole mantle-edge together with the

right, as displayed in Girasia and Macrochlamys, but in

which last-named the development of the shell-lobes has

been more equal and commenced at two distinct points.

. The position and form of the caudal mucous gland.

. The straight jaw.

. The broad lingual ribbon and great number of teeth of a very

different form.

OT He OO

While not inclined to attach any great importance to these two

last-mentioned characters, we consider them of sufficient value to

place this moliusc in the subfamily Durgelline.

On comparing Damayantia smithi with Tennentia philippinensis,

Semper (6), we find it differs in the presence of the coil in the

amatorial organ and in the form of the central tooth. The

separation between vagina and free-oviduct also differs. Tennentia_

is probably synonymous with Issel’s genus. It was founded by

Humbert on a species from Ceylon, viz. 7. thwaitesi, which is

only a synonym of Mariella dussumieri, Gray, said to be from

Mahé in the Seychelles... The genus Dekhania, Godwin-Austen,

type beddomei, G.-A., is also the same as Mariella and must be

suppressed.

Issel (4) in 1874 figured and described three species of slugs

from Sarawak, one of which, dilecta, is the type of a new genus

founded by him, viz. Damayantia (4. figs. 4 & 6), on external

characters only. This is shown to have exactly the same peculiar

concentric markings on the mantle as Damayantia smithi, and in

spite of the statement of Issel that there is no shell, we believe

them to belong to the same genus. These very thin membra-

naceous shells may easily escape notice; and, further, in all the

species from the Indian region, to which one of us (H. H. G.-A.)

has devoted special attention, a shell is always present, however

small and membranaceous in size and texture it may be reduced to.

The two other species recorded by Issel are D. dorie (pl. iv.

figs. 7 & 8) and D. beccarii (pl. iv. figs. 9,10, & 11). The latter has

a thin immature shell (fig. 10), but the jaw figured (fig. 11) has a

strong central projection. Issel has placed them in the genus

Parmarion.

MicRoPaARMARION, Simroth, 1893.

III. MicRoPARMARION POLLONERAI, 0. sp.

Shell (fig. 13) flat and expanded, auriculate, the apex white,

shelly, the rest olive-green, membranaceous yet solid; two whorls.

Major diameter 16 millim., minor diameter 10 millim.

The posterior side of the shell is very thin and diaphanous and

falls around the edge of the shell, covering the side ot the visceral

mass. In this respect it recalls the shell of the South Indian

Africarion palleus, “ Morel.,” G.-A.; but here the similarity ceases,

“a

1895. ] NEW MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO. 245

and the extremity of the foot and the hollow in which the body

rests are quite different.

Animal (figs. 14-16), in alcohol, of a bluish'-grey colour,

dorsum dark blue. The foot-sole is divided into a median and

two lateral planes, the former being yellow; the lateral planes

were probably much darker—a dark blue or sepia—when received

they had a dark green appearance, which has gradually faded as

fresh alcohol has been added. Foot-fringe deep and well marked,

lineoles chocolate-brown. The extremity of the foot is truncate.

Mucous pore a narrow vertical slit (fig. 15) not extending to

the sole of the foot. The mantle-lobes are yellowish brown in

colour and smaller than in Damayantia smithi, extending around

and over the margin of the shell, but leaving a large portion

visible. It is almost impossible to remove the shell without

tearing away the flat and more solid upper surface of the last

whorl, which really forms the first whorl, from the apex and the

thin membranaceous covering at the back, because the apical

portion, as will be seen from the figures (figs. 16 & 17), holds the

posterior end of the visceral sac, which forms a large and distinct

closely wound spiral.

Habitat. Paka Paka, Kina Balu (10,000 ft.), on leaves (A. H.

Everett).

We have named this species after Signor Carlo Pollonera, the

distinguished Italian malacologist of Turin.

Microparmarion pollonerai at first sight may appear to be not

unlike Damayantia smithi, but the shell is far better developed,

with a corresponding reduction of the shell-lobes, and the colour of

the posterior portion and foot-sole differs also.

1. Anatomy.

Visceral Mass, §c.—The salivary glands (fig. 21) lie one on

either side of the cesophagus. The jaw (fig. 18) is strong and

solid, well arched above, with a large central projection on the

cutting-edge, which is very slightly concave. The lingual ribbon

(figs. 19 & 20) has the formula

60—25—1—25—60

85—1—85.

The centre tooth has two cusps at the base of the centre point;

the median teeth are large and broad, with an outer basal cusp,

the succeeding laterals being much curved and more equally

bicuspid.

Generative Organs (figs. 22, 23, 24, 25).—There is a wide sac-

like vagina from which arises the receptaculum seminis, a somewhat

irregular-shaped sac. As in Damayantia smithi, there is no duct.

The penis is a thick elongated muscular sheath; the vas deferens

passes off as a narrow tube from the posterior end, in life it lies

1 Wherever a green colour was present in the alcoholic specimen, it is here

spoken of as blue,

246 MESSRS, COLLINGE AND GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [ Mar. 19;

along the inner side of the penis and on the side of the vagina

and free oviduct. The retractor muscle has its attachment some

little distance below this, close to the point where the thickened

flagellum (cale-sac) terminates (fig. 23). The interior lining of the

flagellum has a beautifully papillated surface (fig. 24), the raised

portions being renate in form and directed forwards, somewhat

like the teeth of a coarse file. The prostatic and oviducal canals,

forming the common duct, are thrown into a series of sharp folds,

which are not without some difficulty unwound. The albumen-

gland is large and somewhat pyriform in shape. The herma-

phrodite gland is a small oval-shaped body with a short thin tube

attached—the hermaphrodite duct. The amatorial organ (fig. 22)

has a sharp coil about midway in its length, with the large

swelling glandular mass above; immediately below the coil, where

the sheath narrows, is a calcareous dart (fig. 25) funnel-shaped at

the base.

IV. MicropaRMARION SIMROTHI, n. sp.

Shell (fig. 28) oval in form, solid, olivaceous amber-colour, the

lines of growth very strongly and regularly marked ; apex small,

white with a deep suture. There is an indication of its having

had two and a half whorls when very young, the last whorl being

covered again by the more mature and later formed shell of the

last whorl.

Major diameter 17 millim., minor diameter 10 millim.

Ammal (figs. 26 to 29). Colour variable, posterior portion

mottled with chocolate and brown; median region yellowish

brown; anterior and dorsal regions similar, with two very con-

spicuous black bands, one on either side of the head, separated

from a central black band, which passes between the tentacles over

the head, by pale lines running from the base of the tentacles.

The sides of the head and foot are mottled and spotted; mantle

also, but to a much greater extent. Shell-lobes closely papillated.

Foot-sole divided into three planes, of which the median one is

the largest, all marked with faint transverse lines; foot-fringe

marked with broad chocolate-brown lineoles. Immediately above

the foot-fringe is a distinct line or groove, which marks off the

whole of the upper portion of the animal from the foot-sole

(fig. 29).

Length in alcohol 31 millim., breadth of foot-sole in the anterior

region 5 millim.

Habitat. Paka Paka, Kina Balu (10,000 ft.), on leaves (A. H.

Everett).

With this species we have associated the name of Dr. Heinrich

Simroth, the distinguished malacologist of Leipzig, and founder of

the genus.

1. Anatomy.

Visceral Mass, §c.—The salivary glands are similar to those

described in Microparmarion pollonerai, as are also the jaw and

lod

1895. ] NEW MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO, 247

form of the teeth. The lingual ribbon was extracted in a very

perfect state, showing one hundred rows of teeth arranged thus

90—16—1—16—90

106—1—106.

Generative Organs (figs. 832-35).—The vagina is larger than in

M. pollonerai, as is also the sessile receptaculum seminis, which

is somewhat pyriform in shape. The penis opens into the ves-

tibule as a comparatively narrow tube, but as it approaches the

vas deferens it dilates into a large sac-like head, from which the

flagellum arises; the latter organ is looped back upon itself and

of the same diameter throughout, terminating blindly. In one

specimen it was somewhat produced, as shown in figure 34. The

vas deferens leaves the head of the penis as a wide tube, becoming

narrower in the middle and dilating again previous to entering

into the prostate. The common duct is similar to that in M, pollo-

nerai, only net so richly convoluted ; it differs also in being much

straighter and not coiled upon itself as in M. pollonerar. The

albumen-gland is small and ovoid. The hermaphrodite gland is

small and triangular in shape, with a thin conyoluted duct.

2, Affinities.

The nearest species as regards internal anatomy to either of

these two species of Microparmarion is Parmarion pupillaris,

Humb., from Java, notwithstanding the fact that the shell is very

rudimentary. It is figured by von Martens (5. pl. xii. fig. 3), who

localizes Parmarion to this part of the world. The generative

organs are figured by Semper (6), whose figure we have reproduced

for purposes of comparison. The form of the penis and recepta-

culum seminis and amatorial organ are very different from those

in either of the species here described. The dart is cut off like a

pen near the point (fig. 37). In the jaw and lingual ribbon there

is a complete analogy.

A comparison, however, of all the characters with those of

Girasia of India and Burma shows that these Malayan forms differ

sufficiently to constitute them a distinct race; and if we could

only obtain more material, in which other characters, such as the

spermatophore, might be examined, a still greater divergence would,

we think, be found associated with the small sessile receptaculum

seminis.

Simroth (7), in his latest paper on these slug-like land-molluses,

very rightly divides the genus into two, viz., Parmarion and a new

genus Microparmarion, distinguishing this latter by the sessile

receptaculum seminis and solid sagitta amatoria, It will be seen

that among the Javan forms figured by him on plates vii. and viii.,

Microparmarion strubelli agrees in some respects with M. simrotha,

particularly in the cale-sac of the male organ and in the hard

calcareous dart rising from the funnel-shaped base, and externally

by the black lines on the dorsum and region of the head, In

248 MESSRS. COLLINGE AND GODWIN-AUSTEN ON’ [Mar. 19,

M. pollonerai there is a tendency to change, as shown in the twisted

amatorial organ and the form of the calc-sac.

V. SumMaRyY AND CoNCLUSION.

The chief features on which we would base the specific dis-

tinctness of the afore-mentioned new species are as follows :—

1. DAMAYANTIA SMITHI.

D. dilecta, Issel, at present being known only from external

features, we would point out that it differs from our species

externally in the form and size of the mantle-lobes, the lesser

development of the left lobe, and presumably in having a smaller

and less solid shell than that possessed by D. smithi.

2. MICROPARMARION POLLONERAT.

The form, size, &c. of the penis and calc-sac are quite sufficient

to separate this species from any already described. The densely

convoluted common-duct and the sharp coil in the amatorial organ

are also characteristic of this species.

3. MICROPARMARION SIMROTHI.

M. strubelli, Simr., is undoubtedly the nearest ally to M. simrothi.

For purposes of comparison we have reproduced Simroth’s figure

(7. tab. vill. fig. 12) on fig. 39, and it will be seen that our new

species differs from the former in the following details :—

a. The larger and more perfect shell.

b. The different form of the penis, albumen-gland, and herma-

phrodite gland.

c. The almost straight common duct (prostate and oviduct).

d. The large amatorial organ.

e. Less important differences in the form of the flagellum,

vagina, and free oviduct.

There is, as one might expect, considerable similarity in these

Bornean slug-like forms. This is shown in so many important

organs, wherein they differ from the slugs of the Indian region,

notably in the form of the dart, short sessile receptaculum seminis,

and differently formed male organs, which would materially alter

the form of the spermatophore. But perhaps the most interesting

result of the examination of these slug-like molluscs is their

similitude internally to the similar parts of shell-bearing species

which inhabit the same island of Borneo. A reference to the

figures and description of the genera Hverettia and Dyakia (2) will

show that the calcareous dart peculiar to Microparmarion occurs in

both of these genera, while the odontophore of Damayantia smithi

agrees with that of Dyakia in a remarkable manner.

It seems to us that there can be little doubt but that the slug-

like forms of Borneo have the same close relationship to the shell-

bearing molluscs among which they are now found living, as the

1895. ] NEW MOLLUSCS FROM BORNEO. 249

Indian forms bear to Macrochlamys and allied shell-bearing genera,

and any true attempt at classification must be based on these lines,

and would place a wide gulf between Girasia and Austenia on the

one side, and Parmarion and Microparmarion on the other.

Further, we think that future research will clearly show that many

of the slugs cannot rightly be placed in families by themselves, but

will find their true position before or after the genera they have

descended from or developed into.

VI. BreniogRaPuy.

1. Gopwiy-Avstey, H. H.—‘*On the Land-Molluscan Genus

Girasia of Gray.” P. Z. 8. 1880, pp. 289-299, pls. xxiv.—

XXVii.

2. Gopwin-Avusten, H. H.—‘*On a Collection of Land-Shells

made in Borneo by Mr. Everett, with Descriptions of sup-

posed new Species.” P. Z. S. 1891, pp. 22-47, pls. ii—vi.

3. Humpnrr, A.—*‘ Etudes sur quelques mollusques terrestres

nouveaux ou peu connus.” Mémoires de la Soc. de Phys. de

Genéve, Bd. xvii. pp. 109-128.

4, Isseu.—‘ Mollusca Borneensis.” Annali d. Museo Civico

Genova, vol. vi. 1874, pp. 366-478, tay. iv.—vii.

5. Marrrens, voN.—Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien :

Landschneck., 1867.

6. Sempnr, C.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, 1870.

7. Stmroru, Hrinricu.—‘ Ueber einige Parmarion-Arten.” Zoolo-

gische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederliindisch Ost-Indien,

1893, Bd. iii. pp. 100-111, tab. vii. & viii.

VII. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES.

Puates XI.-XIY.

Fig. 1. Damayantia smithi, n. sp. View from right side. x 2°5.

2. Damayantia smithi, n. sp. View from left side. x 2:5.

3. Damayantia smithi, n. sp. View from above. X 2°5.

4, Dorsal view of shell. X 2°5.

5. Visceral mass, showing spiral fold, spf. x 2:5.

6. Caudal mucous pore. X 8

7. Jaw. X 12.

8. Portion of lingual ribbon. x 368.

9. Generative organs. x 2°25.

Lettering.

alb.gi. Albumen-gland. ov. Oviduct.

am. Amatorial organ. p. Penis.

d.s. Dart-sac. pr. Prostate.

f. Flagellum. 7m. Retractor muscle.

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. 7.s. Receptaculum seminis.

h.gl. Hermaphrodite gland, 7.s.l. Right shell-lobe.

1.d.l. Left dorsal lobe. v. Vestibule.

1.8.1, Left shell-lobe. v.d. Vas deferens.

ov'. Free oviduct, ug. Vagina.

Figs. 10 & 11. Upper portion of penis, from both sides. x 3.

Fig. 12. Dart-sac and dart in situ. x 8.

13. Microparmarion pollonerai, n. sp. Dorsal view. x 2°4,

250 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

Fig. 14, Microparmarion pollonerai, n. s View from right aide, shoving

right and left dorsal lobes of the mantle, 7.d.2. and /.dJ. x 2°4.

15. Caudal mucous pore. xX 46

16. Visceral sac, dorsal view : rs.l, right shell-lobe. x 8.

17. Visceral sac, lateral view. X 8

18. Jaw. x 12.

19. Portion of lingual ribbon. x 368.

20. Portion of lingual ribbon. xX 3868.

21. Portion of stomach and intestine, showing position of salivary gland,

s.gl., and its duct, d., opening into the buccal cavity, b.c.

22. Generative or gans. x 6. Lettering as before.

23. Penis and flagellum. x 8.

24, Interior portion of flagellum, showing the papillated surface. x 4.

25. Dart-sac and dart in situ.

26, Microparmarion simrothi, n. sp. View from the right side, showing

the position and extent of the right and left dorsal mantle- and shell-

lobes. X 4

27. ieeepanen simrothi, n. sp. Anterior portion from the left side.

28. Shell of the same. x 2.

29. Head and anterior portion of the same. x 4.

30. Jaw. xX 4.

31. Visceral mass, showing salivary gland, s.g/. x 4.

32. Generative organs. X 4, Lettering as before.

33. Upper portion of penis with flagellum, x 6.

34. The same, showing a variation in the form of the flagellum. x 6,

35. Dart-sac and dart in situ. X 12-5.

36. Generative organs of Parmarion pupillaris, Humb. (after Semper).

‘Lettering as before.

37. Dart of P. pupillaris, Humb. (after Semper).

38. Isolated teeth from lingual ribbon of P. pupillaris, Humb. (after

Semper).

39. Gendrilive. organs of Microparmarion strubelli, Simr. (after Simroth).

Lettering as before.

4. On Collections of Lepidoptera from British Central Africa

and Lake Tanganyika. By Arruur G. Burizr, Ph.D.,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Received March 12, 1895.]

(Plates XV. & XVI.)

In 1894 we received, through Mr. A. Whyte, F.Z.S., a small

collection of Lepidoptera made at Zomba by Mr. J. McClounie,

especially remarkable for the number of specimens of the genus

Charaxes which it contained. Among these were specimens of the

female of C. whytei (the male of which I had described and figured

in the Society’s Proceedings for 1893), of two previously unnamed

forms, possibly distinct species, and of two undoubtedly new

species, also examples of C. nyasana confounded by the late

Mr. Hewitson with his C. azota.

A second series has been selected from a large eonciatencel of

Lepidoptera collected at Fwambo, Lake Tanganyika, by Mr. Alex-

ander Carson. ‘This is especially interesting, not only as including

examples of rare species previously only received from Zomba

3 1895" Vel ae

Mintern Bros, Chromo.

REE VV Be ie Om TERA:

ib SVOIVE Bema IMESIRD (CIN MIRE yee chine Os a

FW Frohawk del.et lith.

FW Hrohawk del.cé Ith. Nantern Bros. Chromo

NEW LEPIDOPTERA

| FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA.

1895. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 251

and Lake Mweru, but several most startling novelties, the first of

which is Junonia pavonina, a lovely new species allied to J. artavia.

Another very interesting Butterfly in the collection is the female

of my Crenis crawshayi, clearly proving its distinctness from the

allied C’. concordia of Hopffer. Among the Moths of Mr. Carson’s

collection is one belonging to a beautiful new genus of Lithosiide

bearing a most striking resemblance, in the disposition of its colours

and somewhat complicated pattern, to the Agaristid genus Pais:

examples of the beautiful Noctuid moth Calliodes glaucescens, pre-

viously received from Zomba only, were also among those obtained.

The following is a list of the species of which specimens were

acquired :—

RHOPALOCERA.,

1. AMAURIS WHYTEI.

Amauris whytei, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 644.

2, Zomba.

2. MELANITIS LIBYA.

Melanitis libya, Distant, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x.

p- 405 (1882); Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 22, pl. iv. fig. 2.

3, Zomba.

3. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).

Zomba.

4, SAMANTA PERSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,

p. 104, pl.ifig. 3. «

Fwambo.

5. CHARAXES CASTOR, var. FLAVIFASCIATUS.

The Eastern and Central African race of C. castor; having the

upper-surface coloration of C. hansalii, with the general marking of

the type form, from which the width of the central band principally

distinguishes it; on the under surface, however, the dark markings

on the basal half are greenish grey, there is a black transverse

spot on the wider central white band,and the deep red band is

clearly broken up into spots by whitish nervular streaks. Expanse

of wings 4 inches to 4 inches 4 lines.

Zomba.

6. CHARAXES SATURNUS.

Charaxes saturnus, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 624, pl. 36. fig. 1;

Q, Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1869).

3, Zomba.

In the same collection is the female of a male insect which I have

considered since 1893 to be a variety of C. saturnus, but respecting

252 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

which I now have some doubt. We received the male from Sulim

bin Najimb, Konde, where it was obtained by Mr. R. Crawshay.

It differs from the typical form in the more falcate character of the

primaries (particularly in the female), the lighter, redder basal area

of the wings above, the clearer colouring of the postmedian tawny

band, and the smaller black spots which traverse it; the mar-

ginal markings on all the wings extended inwards so as to form

a broad band, divided into truncated ovoid tawny spots in the

primaries and in the secondaries barely separated by the black veins

into eight spots—the three first tawny, bell-shaped or obconical,

slightly tipped at the outer angles with white, the fourth white

with orange fold, the fifth and sixth similarly coloured but quad-

rate internally; the two last green varied with white and lavender,

connate in the female; all the tawny spots below larger and of a

more salmon tint, the grey-greenish markings on basal area with

more slender white margins. Expanse of wings, ¢ 3 inches 3 lines ;

3inches 11 lines.

I think that this may prove to beat least a distinct race, having a

restricted range in British Centra] Africa, and therefore I propose

to call it var. laticinctus. We received a third example in the

Salvin and Godman collection.

7. CHARAXES DRUCHANUS.

g. Charaxes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (Oct. 1869) ;

Lep. Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.

2, Zomba.

The female is slightly larger and has a broader tawny band than

the male.

8. CHARAXES POLLUX.

Papilio polluw, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxvii. figs. E, F (1776).

3, Zomba.

9. CHARAXES MACCLOUNI, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

g. Allied to C. lastt: primaries with less arched costa, less

sinuated outer margin, and shorter inner margin; secondaries

strongly produced at anal angle, with only two tails, the first of

which (at extremity of third median branch) is a mere denticle, the

second (at extremity of first median branch) barely half the length

of that in C. lasti ; colouring deeper throughout, with all the black

markings considerably heavier, the discal spots of primaries con-

tinued to below first median branch, those of secondaries forming

a2 continuous tapering submarginal band; under surface altogether

more ochreous than in C. lasti, the markings mostly ferruginous,

the black-bordered grey markings on interno-median area of pri-

maries reduced in size, the silver band of secondaries widened out

as in C. cynthia. Expanse of wings 80 millim.

Q. Extremely like Mr. Trimen’s figure of C. lasti Q (P. ZS.

1894, pl. v. fig. 6), but altogether deeper in colour, the black

markings heavier, the macular submarginal band much wider,

1895. | FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 253

reducing the marginal tawny border of the primaries to a series of

oval spots; the secondaries somewhat produced at anal angle, with

the inferior tail slightly incurved, but both tails well developed and

only slightly shorter than in C. lasti: below, the wings are much

paler than in the male, the silver band of secondaries being replaced

by a broad creamy stramineous belt in continuation of that on the

primaries. Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Two pairs, Zomba.

This species is intermediate in character between C. lasti and

C. cynthia,

10. CHARAXES BRUTUS.

Papilio brutus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexli. figs. E, F (1782).

3, Zomba.

The single specimen obtained is distinctly shot with dark bronze-

green on basal area and indigo-blue on external area; the white

band tapers more than usual on the primaries, the five upper spots

being smaller than in most examples. This species is, however,

known to vary in all these characters.

11. CHARAXES NYASANA,

Charaxes nyasana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, xv.

pp- 248-9.

Charaxes azota, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 181 (1878).

3, Zomba.

Hewitson’s description of his Nyasa example is insufficient to

enable anyone to distinguish it from the true male of C. azota

from Delagoa Bay: the latter is smaller than examples from

Nyasaland, and on the upper surface of the primaries the reddish-

tawny border divides above the second median branch, the inner

furca consisting of five and the outer of six spots; in the Nyasa

form the border divides above the third median branch, leaving

only two and a half spots of the inner furca free; the remaining

divisions of the border are also marked with black spots: on the

secondaries the outer red area occupies nearly half the wing in the

male from Delagoa Bay, but in C. nyasana only two-fifths, in

the former the inner edge of this border is nearly straight ; in the

latter it is zigzag. On the under surface the shiny glaucous lilacine

central band in C. nyasana is of double the width of that in

C. azota: expanse of wings in the former 95 millim., in the latter

87 millim.

C. calliclea, H. G. Smith, is an intermediate race.

12. CHARAXES LEONINUS, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Allied to C. nichetes, similar in form. Above deep orange, tawny

in the male, paler in the female ; a single or double black spot in

the cell of primaries just below the subcostal vein, a transverse

subcuneiform spot at end of cell, two quadrate spots beyond the

cell, and three smaller spots in the median interspaces; a black

zigzag discal band, diffused on both sides towards costa and bounding

254 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

a macular increasing band of the ground-colour, which commences

below the last subcostal branch with the first of four tawny spots ;

below the second median branch, however, this band is much

broader and unbroken; apical half of costa, apex, and external

border ferruginous: secondaries crossed beyond the middle by a

tapering, more or less sinuated black band continuous with the

discal band of primaries; a series of annular submarginal ocelloid

markings, the first six of which are nearly of equal size, the last

two smaller and dotted externally with black pupilled with bluish

white in the male, larger but confluent in the female: body

tawny, the thorax slightly blackish. Under surface ferruginous.

glaucous from the middle outwards, with dark brown markings as

in C. nichetes on the basal half, traversed beyond the middle by a

continuous, nearly straight, slate-black line, followed by an inter-

rupted deep ferruginous zigzag stripe, which becomes indistinct on

the primaries and is bounded externally towards the apex of the

latter wings by whitish scaling; external border without gloss:

secondaries traversed by a series of indistinct small ocelli, the last

four of which (between the third median branch and the anal angle)

are touched with black and pupilled with blue; immediately

beyond these ocelli is a lunulate ferruginous stripe partly confluent

with a diffused marginal stripe; in the female all these markings

are far less defined than in the male. LExpanse of wings, ¢ 75, 2

85 millim.

One pair, Zomba.

The allied C. nichetes appears to have been described by Dewitz

as C. hamatus, and C. ogovensis by Dr. Holland; I cannot discover

any characters by which to distinguish them.

13. CHARAXES CANDIOPE.

Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 352 (1823).

2, Zomba. ;,

The single imperfect example obtained is very peculiarly coloured

on the under surface, all the markings on the primaries being

much less defined than usual and the secondaries being pearly

dove-greyish with mere indications of the whitish markings, the

postmedian lunulated band obliterated, but all the veins as usual

bright green. This can, [ think, hardly be more than an accidental

variation, for the pattern of the upper surface is quite normal.

C. viridicostatus of Aurivillius appears to be the same as C. candiope.

14, CHARAXES GUDERIANA.

3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.

Halle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.

9. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 648; Trimen,

P. Z. 8. 1894, pl. v. fig. 8.

©, Fwambo.

One brightly coloured female was obtained; males were also in

the collection, but were not required for the Museum.

1895. | FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 255

15, CHARAXES ETHALION.

Q. Charaxes ethalion, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 593

(1847).

3, Zomba.

The male of this species, though probably often confounded with

those of C. hollandi and C. alladinis, is common in collections.

16. CHARAXES PH2XUS.

9 as g. Charaxes pheus, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. 1877,

vol. xiv. p. 82.

3. Charaves alladinis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 648.

Now that we have received the type of @. alladinis in the

Godman and Salvin series, I find that my former identification of

the male was incorrect; the latter is a West-African insect with

the basal area of the primaries bronze-greenish, marginal spots of

the same colour; secondaries with white submarginal spots and a

discal lunulate green streak: it appears to inhabit the Cameroons.

The male described by me in 1893 is undoubtedly that sex of

C. pheus.

3, Zomba.

It is a curious thing that not only did Hewitson describe and

Mrs. Monteiro figure two females as sexes of C. pheus', but Dewitz

did the same thing in his attempt to figure the sexes of C. alladinis.

I would propose the name of Charaaes rose for Hewitson’s sup-

posed female of C. pheus (which is well described by Mr. Trimen),

its male doubtless would nearly resemble that sex of C. etheocles.

It is extremely probable that Charawes alladinis 2 of Dewitz

(Nova Acta Leop.-Carol. Akad. Naturf. i. pl. xvii. fig. 9, 1887) is

only a slight variety of C. rose 2; but his Charawes alladinis g

(fig. 8) is a female allied to C. ethalion and may be called C. dewitzt,

it is perfectly distinct from C. alladinis. Charaxes ephyra, var.,

Dewitz (figs. 10-11), are probably the same’ as Mr. Trimen’s

recently described Charaxes manica, from which the female scarcely

differs excepting on the apical border of the primaries: at any

rate, without comparing specimens of both species, it would be

unsafe to pronounce them distinct.

17. CHARAXES wHYTEI. (Plate XV. fig. 3, 2.)

3. Charaaes whytei, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 649, pl. Ix. fig. 2.

Characxes selousi, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 45, pl. vi. fig. 10.

Q. Above purplish black, browner on basal area ; crossed beyond

the middle by a broad pure white belt, which, however, is repre-

sented above the median vein of primaries by three elongated

white spots; five other spots, sometimes lunate, in an angular

series between the same belt and the costa, commencing in the

second median interspace: secondaries with two spots immediately

beyond and almost touching the belt upon the subcostal and radial

1 Quriously enough Mr. Trimen has failed to discover this error, which he

has repeated in his * South-African Butterflies,’ vol. i. p. 344.

256 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

interspaces ; the inferior extremity of the belt abruptly narrowed ;

a submarginal series of white spots, or grey spots with white

centres, the last two bordered externally with lilac; still nearer

to the margin an interrupted blue-edged red stripe changing to

olive-green at anal angle. Below, rather more silvery than in the

male and crossed by a broad white belt as above, but the angular

series of spots on the primaries forming a continuous band, bound-

ing the outer edge of the belt to submedian vein and only divided

by the dark nervures ; markings beyond the belt on the secondaries

better defined than in the male. Expanse of wings 67—69 millim.

Two females, Zomba.

18. CHARAXES ACH HMENES.

Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Novy., Lep. iii. p. 446,

pl. 59. figs. 6, 7 (1867).

One much damaged example, Zomba.

It being generally decided that my name of C. jocaste has no

claim to recognition, I yield the point rather than show myself

eccentric ; so long as all are agreed, it matters little what name a

species is known by.

19. CHARAXES CITHZRON.

Charaxes citheron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 308,

pl. 8. figs. 2, 3 (1859).

3 2, Zomba.

20. CHARAXES BOHEMANI.

Charaxes bohemami, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iu. p. 321,

pl. 6. fig. 3 (1859).

3 3, Zomba.

One of the specimens obtained by Mr. McClounie at Zomba is

of interest, inasmuch as on the upper surface it is distinctly blue,

instead of green shading into blue; the outline of the basal blue

area on the primaries is also irregular, a large quadrate black patch,

bounded externally by three blue spots, filling the end of the cell;

underneath, the ground-colour is decidedly more rufous than usual.

These differences are clearly individual.

21. CHARAXES VARANES.

Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clx. figs. D, E (1779).

6 36, Zomba.

22, HURALIA WAHLBERGI.

Diadema wahlbergi, Wallengren, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.,

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 27 (1857).

Euralia anthedon, var. marginalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 395 (1875).

2, Zomba.

1895.} FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA,

23. EURALIA MIMA,

Diadema mima, Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 506 note,

pl. xliii. fig. 7 (1869).

Two females, Zomba.

Both sexes of this fine Huralia are in the Hypolimnas group of

the Godman and Salvin collection recently added to the Museum

series. The species is a good copy of Amauris whytei, the Nyasa

representative of A, albimaculata, which it doubtless mimics in

Natal, as Mr. Trimen observes.

24, JUNONIA ARTAXIA.

Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. fig. 6

(1864).

2, Zomba.

25. JUNONIA PAVONINA, sp. n. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-3.)

Allied to J. artawia. Primaries above having the same general

aspect, but brilliantly glossed all over with peacock-blue; the

broad black patch from costa only represented by a diffused dark

shade, with sinuous external edge, beyond end of discoidal cell ;

the subapical whitish bar of J. artavia represented by an angulated

blue band enclosing an oblique trifid snow-white streak near the

costa; and halfway between this band and the end of the cell

there are three or four transverse blue spots bounding the upper

portion of the dark shade previously noted; a slightly irregular,

but not sinuated black stripe separates the angular blue subapical

band froma diffused blue marginal band which tapers along the

edge of the black stripe at its upper extremity and along the margin

at its lower extremity ; fringe dull white, grey towards apex and

external angle and traversed throughout by a dusky line flecked

with black: secondaries brilliant peacock-blue in the male, and the

centre of the wing to beyond the middle blue in the female; ocelli

of nearly equal size, a little brighter in colouring than in J. artaxia ;

submarginal lines wider and blacker: body slightly darker. Under

surface very dissimilar, olive-brown; the pattern of the primaries

nearly as in J. nachtigahi, but only glossed with purple below the

cell; the four transverse stripes sharply defined and whity-brown,

slightly glossed with blue below the median vein ; an apical costal

cuneiform whitish patch, partly edged with diffused white spots

towards costal margin ; ocelli small, olivaceous grey, with yellowish

iris flecked internally with red ; submarginal line slender, blackish,

irregularly undulated: secondaries somewhat paler and greyer,

especially towards abdominal margin ; a sharply defined, blackish-

edged, central clear yellowish-white stripe from costa to anal angle ;

two other, less sharply defined stripes between the latter at the

base from costa to submedian vein, where they unite in a loop, the

inner stripe being straight and the outer obtusely elbowed ; ocelli

slightly larger than on the primaries, but similar in character, fol-

lowed by a nebulous sinuated streak; submarginal line steel-bluish,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XVII. ny:

258 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPLERA [Mar. 19,

diffused internally but defined externally by a whitish irregularly

undulated stripe; fringes with whitish basal and dark brown central

lines; palpi below whitish. Expanse of wings 73-75 millim.

Dry-season form 9. Smaller; the angle of primaries less

produced below apex; the secondaries with slightly larger and

brighter ocelli; a small ocellus indicated on the first median inter-

space of the primaries : wings below olive-brown, the bands across

the primaries lilac, but the apical patch whiter ; three sharply defined

ocelli coloured as on the upper surface—one small, on upper radial

interspace, a second large on lower median interspace, and the

third very small, below the second: secondaries with all the

whitish markings ill-defined, but both ocelli clearly defined.

Expanse of wings 66 millim.

Fwambo.

Four typical specimens and two females of the supposed dry-

season form were obtained. It is, without question, by far the

most beautiful Junonia hitherto discovered.

Whilst deprecating the positive way in which Lepidopterists

have, of late years, decided (without breeding in most instances)

respecting the seasonal forms of Butterflies, | do not for a moment

pretend to say that their conclusions are unlikely, in most instances,

to prove correct. In the present case the two forms of female,

though very different in aspect, are so evidently only modifications

of the same species that it is but reasonable to conjecture that the

smaller form with prominent ocelli is that of the dry-season.

26. JUNONIA NACHTIGALII.

Precis nachtigalii, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,

1879, p. 194, pl. i. fig. 16.

Fwambo.

One example of this rare species. Is it the dry-season form of

J. artaxia 2?

27. JUNONIA SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3

(1887).

Zomba.

28. JUNONIA ACTIA.

Precis actia, Distant, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 185, pl. xix. fig. 7.

One male, Zomba.

29. JUNONIA ARCHESIA.

Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ccxix. figs. D, E

(1782).

@, Zomba; ¢ ¢, Fwambo.

The whole of the specimens are very dark, larger than usual,

and with the red ocellated belt narrower and slightly darker than

in the majority of specimens; the under-surface colouring varies

individually to an enormous extent, two examples exactly represent

1895.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 259

the Precis staudingert of Dewitz, which is thus seen to be only

one of the sports of J. archesia.

30. JUNONIA CHAPUNGA.

Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jum. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3

(1864).

2, Zomba.

The pale ocelloid band strongly developed, nearly approaching

some specimens of J. pelasgis.

31. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. figs. 4, 5

(1864).

One damaged male, Zomba.

32. JUNONIA NATALIOA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).

One specimen, Zomba.

33. JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia béopis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.

Zomba.

34, JUNONIA OLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. figs. E, F (1779).

Zomba.

A specimen with narrow white fascia beyond the cell as in

J. epiclelia,

35. PYRAMBIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276. no. 1054 (1761).

3, Zomba.

METACRENIS, sp. n.

Harma (part), Hopffer in Peters’s Reise n. Mossambique, v.

p. 391. (Type, H. concordia, Hopf.)

H. concordia and its allies have hitherto been regarded as

belonging to the genus Crenis ; to which, however, they bear but

a slight resemblance: their more rounded primaries, pattern, and

robust habit are far more characteristic of Argynns or Atella;

but their nearest allies seem to be the species of the genera

Hamanumida and Diestogyna, from which, however, the stouter

and more erect palpi of the type species would at once separate it

if the very dissimilar character of these organs in the allied M. rosa

did not demonstrate the unreliability of such a distinction. It

may, however, be differentiated from Hamanumida as follows :—

Secondaries comparatively smaller and less produced at anal angle :

discoidal cell of primaries shorter, upper discocellular not oblique,

marched; second and third median branches eae nearer

17*

260 DR. AG. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar: 19,

together, but with slight variations in the different species ; lower

discocellular of secondaries better defined. All othér characters are

inconstant, such as the relative position and length of furca of the

subcostal branches of the primaries, the form of the precostal

veinlet of the secondaries, the stoutness of the antenne, the length

and uprightness of the palpi, and the robustness of the thorax ;

they serve only to distinguish the species.

From Orenis, apart from its totally different outline, broader

wings, and utterly dissimilar style of coloration, Metacrenis differs

in the longer and cylindrical club to the antenne, the less strongly

inarched discocellulars of the primaries, and the broader and less

produced discoidal cell of secondaries. The position of the pre-

costal veinlet differs greatly in M. crawshayi and M. rosa—bemg

emitted as in Hamanuwmida in the former, and as in Crenis

natalensis in the latter: in fact, if all the structural characters

were to be regarded as of generic value, these two evidently allied

species would have to be widely sundered, the first being placed

nearer to Hamanumida, the last to Crenis.

36. MpracRENIS CRAWSHAYI.

$. Orenis crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 654, pl. Lx. fig. 5.

Q. Approaches Hopffer’s figure of his M. concordia (Peters’s

Reise, Zool. v. p. 391, pl. 22. figs. 3, 4, 1862), but the ground-

colour above is bright rosy-lavender, with all the black spots much

more elongated; the primaries show two little diffused white

dashes instead of the oblique yellow bar of M. concordia and all

the other yellow shades are wanting, but the nervures between

the discal and submarginal series of spots have rufous-brownish

borders and the spots themselves are connected by blue-grey

streaks: below, the colouring is much brighter than in Hopffer’s

figure, the black. spots are elongated; the first four discal spots of

the primaries are connected by blue longitudinal streaks with the

submarginal spots ; there is no continuous blue border on any of

the wings, but only small marginal blue spots as in my figure of

the male. Expanse of wings 69 millim.

One female, Fwambo. ;

Hopffer’s figures of MW. concordia, if intended to represent this

species, are so bad that it is no marvel that (with the book on my

table) a cursory glance at the plate failed to save me from

committing what my friend Trimen assures me is a grievous

blunder. In the first place, Hopffer described his species as a

Harma and in Kirby’s ‘Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera’ it

remains in that genus under its emended title ; so that, in looking

up the known species of Crenis, I naturally did not have my

attention particularly called to it. When Mr. Trimen, with his

wide knowledge of African Butterflies, assured me that my species

was a synonym of Hopffer’s, I again looked at the figure and

concluded that he was correct ; but, with the female of MW. craw-

shayi before me, I feel certain, when we see IM, concordia, that we

1895.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 261

shall discover the illustration to be correct, and the butterfly differing

from mine, as above noted’; that is to say, in some respects, more

nearly related to M. rosa, which has the rounded black spots,

disconnected blue spots, but continuous blue border of M. concordia.

It is also most probable that the antenne and palpi, as well as

neuration, will be found intermediate between the two.

37. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS,

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775).

Zomba.

38. PSEUDARGYNNIS DUODECIMPUNOTATA.

Iaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,

pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

2, Zomba.

39. ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Fapilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxviii. figs. A, B,

iy. pl. ceexxxvii. figs. D, E (1782).

Zomba.

40, NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eeexxviii. figs. A, B

(1782).

Zomba.

41. ACRMA CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640;

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

Zomba.

42, ACR#A PXCELSIOR.

3. Acrea excelsior, EK. M. Sharpe, P. Z, 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.

fig. 3.

3 9, Fwambo.

43. AORHA VENTURA.

Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Mo, Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).

3 6, Fwambo.

44, ACR@A ACRITA, var.

Acrea acrita, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Acr. pl. 3. fig. 18

(1865).

3, Fwambo.

A most interesting specimen, exactly halfway between typical

1 Hopffer says, “Mit einer graublauen Randeinfassung,’ and, later on,

“eine Reihe schwarzer, rundlicher Fleckchen”; his locality is Querimba,

Mozambique,

262 DR. A, G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Mar. 19,

A, acrita and A. pudorina, Staud.: the latter therefore can only

be regarded as an imperfectly isolated race of A. acrita.

45, ACRAA, sp. inc.

A somewhat melanistic female specimen, having the primaries

very like A. acrita on both surfaces; but the pattern and color-

ation of the under surface of the secondaries curiously like

A, anacreon, with the central rosy band well developed. It would

be rash to describe it on this single example, without carefully

studying the whole of the species, as it may prove to be an

aberrant example of some described species; but, so far, I have

failed to identify it. At first I supposed it to be the female of

M. Oberthiir’s A. cheribula, but a careful comparison with the

male of that species proves clearly that it is distinct.

Fwambo.

46. ACRZA NATALICA.

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

3, Zomba. z

47. ACREA ARECA.

Acrea areca, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1888, p. clxix:

Noy. Lep. p. 100, pl. xiv. fig. 5 (1893).

3 6, Zomba.

48, ALENA AURANTIACA, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

Bright orange above; the cell of primaries black, leaving a

triangular subbasal spot and a quadrate subterminal spot of

orange; costal border black, with a fine basal orange streak ; base,

nervures, one or two spots near the base below origin of first

median branch and internal border black; external border rather

more broadly black, widest at apex, its inner edge sinuated between

the nervures ; base of the secondaries occupied by a broad irregular

black blotch ; a black spot on upper discocellular; veins partly

black, outer border broadly black: body black ; collar tufted at the

sides with orange ; abdomen orange at the sides. Under surface

with the black slightly more restricted than above, the costa of

primaries streaked with ochreous, the outer border interrupted by

two rows of cream-coloured spots, the inner row irregular,

abbreviated, consisting of five oval spots, the outer regular, of

seven: secondaries—the basal black patch interrupted by two rows

of creamy spots, the inner consisting of four, the outer of two

spots; external border enclosing two series of eight creamy-white

spots: body black, legs and sides of abdomen orange. Expanse of

wings 34 millim.

Two examples (one much damaged), Fwambo.

In the pattern of the upper surface this pretty little species is

nearest to A. amazoula, but the under surface more nearly

approaches A, interposita,

1895.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 263

49. AXIOCERCES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-Land,’ p. 351

(1881).

3, Fwambo.

50. MYLorHRis AGATHINA,

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvii. figs. D, E

(1782).

Two females, Zomba.

51. TERIAS CHALCOMIATA.

Terias chalcomieta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. iii. p. 190 (1879).

Two males, Zomba.

52, TERACOLUS EPIGONE.

Teracolus epigone, Felder, Reise der Noy. Lep. ii. p. 186.

3, Zomba.

53. CATOPSILIA PYRENE.

Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. 51 (1820-21).

3, Zomba.

54, BELENOIS MESENTINA.

Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eclxx. figs. A, B

(1782).

Two males of the var. lordaca, Zomba.

55. PaplILio CORINNEUS.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,

pl. 1. figs. 1-4.

Zomba.

56. Papinio nivinox. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.)

Papilio nivinox, Butler, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 667.

Two males, Fwambo.

This species differs from the allied P. taboranus of M. Oberthiir

in its superior size; the larger white spots on the subapical area

of the primaries; the larger postmedial spots, which form an

oblique band; in the white spots of secondaries forming a com-

plete broad belt over the basal two-thirds; in the small discal

spots on these wings ; in the inner discal series of under surface

consisting of three spots and bounded internally by ochreous

clay-colour, in the much larger spots of the outer series; in the

confluence of the crimson and yellow on the internal area and the

darker submarginal band,

264 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

57. PapILio OPHIDICEPHALUS.

Papilio ophidicephalus, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 13 (1878).

2, Zomba.

58. TAGIADES FLESUS.

Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).

3, Zomba.

One curious example, in which the hyaline spots on the primaries

have either disappeared or been greatly reduced in size.

59. SAPHA TRIMENI, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)

Abantis zambezina, Trimen (not Westwood), Smith, Afr. Butt. iii.

p. 344, footnote.

Neither the figure nor the description of Westwood’s insect

correspond with this species, nor is there the slightest reason for

Mr. Trimen’s supposition that the sides of the abdomen had

‘* probably become discoloured.” The following comparison will, |

think, show that this view of the case will not account for the

differences between the two types :—

Oxynetra zambesiaca, Westwood (not Abantis zambezina).

“The fore wings are chalybeous black.

“‘The head and body are black, the head with a large white

frontal spot, and two small ones between the eyes. The tippets

of the collar or prothorax are clothed with scarlet hairs, the tegule

or wing-scales, together with a pair of dots in front of them, and

a second pair behind them at the sides of the disc, as well as the

narrow hind margin of the scutellum, white: the latter is followed

by a curved band of scarlet, the extremity of the abdomen being

of the same colour: the four middle segments of the abdomen are

luteous, with a narrow dark longitudinal line down the centre.”

Sapea trimem, Butler (Abantis zambezina, Trimen).

The fore wings are peacock-green, black in the centre; the

hyaline spots rather smaller than in Westwood’s species, and there

is usually a small extra one on interno-median area.

The hind wings have the external area almost wholly metallic

Prussian blue (not chalybeous black).

The palpi are almost wholly snow-white, like the frontal patch ;

there is a central transverse white line on the vertex, as well as

the two dots at the base of the antenne; the pterygodes are

purplish black at base, with a large patch of white before the

terminal fringe, which is dull black; there is also a double white

spot at the base of the front wings.

As with Westwood’s species there are two convergent tufts of

carmine hairs, forming what he calls “a curved band of scarlet ” at

the back of the thorax, and the abdomen terminates in a tuft of

the same colour, but here the resemblance ceases; the upper

1895.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 265

surface is blue-black, with a broad quadrate snow-white patch

occupying three (not four) segments on each side and separated

by a broad black dorsal stripe ; looking at the insect in profile this

patch is seen to be united by a stripe of white to a narrower white

patch on the basal segment; the venter, again, is snow-white down

the centre, but purplish black at the sides; the front and middle

coxal joints are clothed with carmine hair and the sides of the

pectus with delicate long white hair; the tibial and tarsal joints

are white.

Three specimens, Fwambo.

It is hardly probable that staining would convert three central

and a basal snow-white segments of the abdomen into four central

fulvous segments, or peacock-green into chalybeous black; but

when it is noted that all the other white markings remain un-

changed in Westwood’s insect, the chance of change by staining

becomes next to impossible. The Zambezi insect is probably

nearer to S. paradisea than is S. trimeni: thus the fulvous seg-

ments are accounted for.

60. CycLhoprpEs Mipas. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z..S. 1893, p. 671.

3, Ewambo,

61. BAoRiIs INCONSPICUA.

Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bol. 1849, p. 15.

Fwambo.

One starved example, with unusually brightly-coloured under

surface.

62. CHRATRICHIA PUNCTULATA, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)

Above with the general aspect of C. stellata (Cycl. mineni,

Trimen), black-brown : primaries with two superposed white dots

in the cell, and a slightly irregular elbowed series of eight slightly

larger white spots beyond the cell; fringe greyer than the wings,

especially at the tips, and interrupted at its base by a series of

elongated whitish spots: secondaries with five indistinct whitish

dots in a zigzag series beyond the cell; fringe as in the primaries:

abdomen black, edges of segments white laterally; antenne with

white rings, the club only ringed below; palpi greyish. Primaries

below blackish, the costal border and apex yellowish olive-brown,

traversed by whitish veins; the white spots arranged as above

but larger, the elbowed series having an additional white point

between the seventh and eighth spots; fringe blackish, with

conspicuous elongated white spots and grey tips: secondaries

yellowish olive-brown, with whitish veins ; the white spots larger

than above and seven additional spots, two bounding the middle

third of the subcostal area, a small one in the cell behind the

upper discocellular, and the other four in pairs bounding the

middle third of interno-median area; an indistinct zigzag whitish

submarginal line, also feebly indicated on the primaries ; fringe as

266 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Mar. 19,

in primaries: legs brown, paler internally; venter whitish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

A pair, Fwambo.

I have failed to discover any published description of this species.

63. HzsPEria ?, sp.?

It is impossible to fix even the generic position of this species with

certainty, as it has lost its palpi; but it appears to be allied to

“ Proteides aychus,” Mabille, of which it may possibly be the male ;

the antennz are white above.

o, Fwambo.

HETEROCERA.

64, XANTHOSPILOPTERYX AFRICANA.

Eusemia africana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv.

p. 142 (1875).

Eusemia meretrix, Westwood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele Land,’ p. 355

(1881).

9, Zomba.

Two somewhat worn specimens were obtained.

65. ANOMAOTES NIGRIVENOSUS.

Q. Anometes nigrivenosus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 676, pl. Ix.

fig. 10.

g. Smaller than the female, creamy pale straw-yellow, with

blackish veins and edges to the wings; thorax blackish brown;

abdomen golden yellow, becoming tawny on the margins of the

segments; pectus and legs brown, venter pale yellow; clasps

ochraceous brown, shining. Expanse of wings 28 millim.

3 9, Fwambo.

Two males and one female, the latter slightly longer in wing

and with blacker thorax than the type; the front of the discoidal

cell of the secondaries also projects slightly more prominently

forward in this example; but slight variations of neuration may

be expected to occur in this group of Moths.

66, ARGINA LEONINA (=A. AMANDA, var., Boisd.).

Deiopeia leonina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 262 (1864).

do, Ewambo.

67, ARGINA OCELLINA.

Deiopeta ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571. n. 9 (1854).

3. Fwambo.

The single example of this form has the ground-colour of the

primaries white, thus bearing out the opinion which I have long

held—that in Africa there is only one species of this genus, of

which the synonymy would be as follows :-—

ARGINA AMANDA,

Euchelia amanda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 597 (1847).

- Deiopera cingulifera, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p. 569 (1854).

Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, 1. e. p. 571,

1895. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 267

Deiopeia leonina, Walker, 1. c. vol. xxxi. p. 262 (1864).

Deiopera albocincta, Rambur, Cat. Lep. Andal. ii. p. 228, note

(1866).

Deiopeia serrata, Mabille, Le Nat. i. (3) p. 5 (1879).

Africa generally and Madagascar.

In Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands the allied Indian

species A. cribraria also occurs; the latter varies considerably and

has received many names. Lomaspilis pantheraria, Felder, reterred

to Argina by Mr. Kirby, is most probably a Geometrid Moth.

PSEUDOSPIRIS, gen. nov.

General aspect of Spiris, but the male with simple antenne, and

the radial vein of the secondaries emitted from the middle of the

discocellulars ; subcostal vein of primaries 5-branched, the first

branch emitted long before the end of the cell, the second at the

end, the third, fourth, and fifth emitted from a long footstalk from

end of cell, the upper radial is also emitted from the inferior

margin of the same footstalk; in the secondaries the subcostal

branches are emitted from a short footstalk ; the frenum is very

long in both sexes; the palpi are short, the antenne thick and not

unlike those of the <Agaristide; a prominent black corneous

frontal process. Type, P. paidiformis.

68, PsSEUDOSPIRIS PAIDIFORMIS, sp.n. (Plate XV. figs. 8, 9.)

é. Curiously like Pais gordoni both in pattern and colouring :

primaries above pale buff, a black costal line running from the

base to the basal fourth, from which point it thickens and leaves

a narrow edging of the ground-colour to apex; a <-shaped

‘subbasal line, the lower furca of which runs along the submedian

vein, a dot near base of discoidal cell, a bisinuated undulated line

across basal fourth to submedian vein, two annular markings

forming an oblique %-shaped character, an annular sigmoidal

marking over end of cell, an oblique line, slightly zigzagged above

the middle, at external third, a series of longitudinal internervular

streaks to the outer margin, and the margin itself black; an

irregular interrupted ferruginous-red band across the basal area

between the two black lines; the inner border, excepting at base,

and a band, of the same form as and immediately beyond the

zigzagged discal black line, also ferruginous red, but the band

edged on both sides with metallic silver scales: secondaries

ferruginous red, with the apex, outer margin, and fringe blackish :

thorax black, varied with whitish ; abdomen ochreous, banded with

blackish. Under surface of wings pale tawny ferruginous, with

the costal borders yellower; a tapering external yellowish border

intersected by black stripes from costa, in the primaries extending

to external angle and bounded on the costa by a blackish spot, but

in the secondaries terminating at the extremity of the first median

branch, bounded internally by a dusky streak, which becomes paler

towards its inferior extremity ; a blackish bar on the discocellulars :

pectus blackish, clothed with ochreous hair; sides of frontal process

and palpi white ; tibie striped longitudinally and tarsi barred with

268 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [ Mar. 19,

white ; venter with whity-brown basal segment, otherwise ochra-

ceous barred with black-brown. Expanse of wings 49 millim.

@. Primaries of a clearer yellowish tint than in the male, and

with silvery scales sprinkled over the subbasal red markings and

within the black annular markings: secondaries ochreous ; a black

curved bar on the discocellulars ; outer border black, enclosing six

ochreous spots and suffused, near anal angle, with ferruginous.

Under surface ochreous, the external border bounded bya black stripe

throughout and divided into elongated spots by black nervures ;

primaries with three blackish nearly central patches, answering

to the annular markings of the upper surface ; secondaries with the

discocellular bar as above, and two small black spots in the cell:

body below black, spotted with cream-colour and ochreous.

Expanse of wings 53 millim.

Fwambo.

One male and two females were obtained. The male most

nearly resembles Pais gordont when the wings are open; the

female when they are closed, owing to the ochreous colouring of

its secondaries.

69. GNOPHRIA (?) FURCIFASOIATA, sp.n. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)

@. Primaries above silvery cream-white; the costal margin,

fringe of outer margin, an irregular stripe before the middle

elbowed just above the submedian vein, and a sigmoidal stripe

commencing near apex and terminating at outer third of inner

margin, with an inner subsigmoidal fork from median vein to outer

fifth of costal margin, jet-black: the secondaries clear bright

straw-yellow : body ochreous, the abdomen barred with blackish,

Primaries below smoky grey, the borders irregularly ochreous,

interrupted on the costa towards apex by two transverse bars of

the ground-colour, so as to leave a subapical quadrifid ochreous

patch: secondaries ochreous or straw-yellow, with a tapering

subapical bar from costa: body below ochreous; tarsi and venter

barred with black. Expanse of wings 51 millim.

Fwambo.

Of this very striking species we only received one imperfect

specimen wanting a head: doubtless it is not, strictly speaking, a

Gnophria, but an allied new genus, the lower radial of the primaries

being independently emitted from the inferior angle of the cell

instead of from the third median branch; but in the secondaries

the radial forms a very short furca with the extremity of the

third median branch, the footstalk occupying about three-fourths

of the distance between the cell and the margin; with only an

imperfect female, however, it would be premature to propose a new

genus for its reception.

70. ALPENUS ZQUALIS, var.

Alpenus equalis, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 686 (1855).

Fwambo.

Eastern examples differ from the Western type in having the

1895.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 269

annular markings on the primaries filled in with black and partly

confluent towards costa; in all probability a series collected right

across Africa from west to east would exhibit every grade from

one type to the other: it is also extremely probable that A. equalis

will prove to be quite inseparable from A. maculosus of Stoll, which

only differs in its finer maculation.

71. PLERETES THELWALLI.

Hypercompa thelwalli, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 779, pl. 61. fig. 1.

Zomba.

One female was obtained.

72. LECHRIOLEPIS VARIA.

Amydona varia, Walker, Lep. Het. vi. p. 1414 (1855).

Fwambo.

A most brilliantly coloured species when in good condition.

73. LEBEDA VENOSA, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 6.)

Primaries to beyond the middle greyish flesh-colour, beyond

which they are darker brownish flesh-colour ; the costa and all the

veins deep ochreous; two ill-defined whitish stripes, the first

transverse, straight, crossing the centre of the paler basal area, the

other oblique, bounding the basal area beyond the middle ; an ill-

defined pale spot in the upper angle of the cell and an irregular

discal series of whitish spots or lunules, with greyer external

borders; fringe cream-coloured: secondaries brownish flesh-

coloured, shading into ochraceous buff towards base and abdominal

margin; veins and fringe as on the primaries: thorax pinky

ochraceous, deeper at centre of collar and base of pterygodes ;

sides of collar greyish ; antennz greyish flesh-coloured, abdomen

ochraceous buff. Wings below greyish flesh-coloured, with the

veins, margins, and basal hairy clothing ochreous; body below

ochreous. Expanse of wings, ¢ 81 millim., 2 70 millim.

Fwambo.

I had an idea that I had seen an illustration of this species, but

finally discovered that Moeschler’s Philotherma jacchus was the

insect I was thinking of. The primaries of the latter are very

similar, both in general coloration and pattern, to LZ. venosa, but

the secondaries are entirely different both in form and coloration.

74. H1IspRILDES NORAX.

Hibrildes norax, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 675.

2, Fwambo.

One much-worn example was obtained.

75. TANOROPSIS FLAVINATA.

Dreata flavinata, Walker, Lep. Het, xxxii. p. 573 (1865).

2, Fwambo.

A slightly aberrant example, though apparently hardly referable

to a distinct species.

270 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Mar. 19,

76. ANTHERZA EMINI.

Q. Antherea emini, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 84.

dg. Above very like A. dione 3, but much larger and with

considerably larger ocelli, that on the secondaries uniting the two

transverse dusky bands as in the female, the outer band, as in that

sex, more parallel to the outer margin than in A. dione; colouring

below similar to that of A. dione 2, but with the whitish areas

better defined. Expanse of wings 144 millim.

3, Fwambo.

77. ANTHER EA ? ZADDACHIL.

Saturnia zaddachii, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. ili. p. 34,

pl. ii. fig. 6 (1879).

3 2, Fwambo.

I believe this and the preceding species would be more correctly

referred to Bunea.

78. BUNA NICTITANS.

Bunea nictitans, Maassen & Weym. Beitr. z. Schmetterlings-

kunde, fig. 53.

Fwambo.

One example only. The species is evidently allied to the

preceding and to Antherea belina.

79. CYLIGRAMMA LATONA.

Phalena (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. xiii.

fig. B (1779).

Zomba.

80. CALLIODES GLAUCESCENS.

Calliodes glaucescens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p, 680. n. 187.

Two females, Fwambo.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XV.

Fig. 1. Charaxes macclounii g, p. 252.

2. B leoninus ¢, p. B53,

3. AA whyte: 2, p. 255.

4, Alena aur hace 43 . 262.

5. Sapea trimeni, p. "36a.

6. Cyclopides midas, p. 265.

7. Ceratrichia punctulata, p. 265.

8, 9. Pseudospiris paidiformis, p. 267.

Puate XVI.

Figs. 1,2. Junonia egmns 3, p. 257.

Fig. 3. dry-season form.

th Papilio : nivinow, p. 263.

5. Gnophria furcifasciata, p. 268.

6. Lebeda venosa 9, p. 269.

__-

PZ581895.Plate XVII.

{ ad nat del

MP.Parker hth

Proventricular crypts of Pseudotantalus ibis.

— "

1895.] PROVENTRICULAR CRYPTS OF PSEUDOTANTALUS IBIS. 271

5. On the Proventricular Crypts of Pseudotantalus ibis.

By P. Cuatmers Mircue tt, M.A., F.Z.S.

‘Received March 19, 1895. ]

(Plate XVII.)

While dissecting a specimen of Pseudotantalus ibis, the African

Tantalus, kindly placed at my disposal by the Society’s Prosector,

I found a set of peculiar structures in the proventriculus which

were new to me and of which I could find no description. The

general shape of the stomach is similar to that of Leptoptilus

crumeniferus and L. argala and of Carphibis spinicollis. The

gizzard is capacious and thin-walled, although tendinous in certain

areas. The proventriculus is narrower than the gizzard. Upon

opening it one sees that the horny lining of the gizzard ends

abruptly in the proventriculus, the internal surface of the latter

being smooth. In the four birds mentioned, the proventricular

glands are not scattered all over the surface of the proventriculus,

but are arranged over two very well-defined and nearly circular

areas. The inner surface of these areas is studded with the large

Proventricular Crypts of Pseudotantalus ibis.

The upper figure represents the proventriculus and a small portion of the

| gizzard laid open. a is placed opposite the row of crypts, 5 opposite

: the glandular areas, c opposite the beginning of the gizzard, lined by the

corrugated secreted membrane. is an enlarged view of a single crypt.

272 PROVENTRICULAR CRYPTS OF PSEUDOTANTALUS IBIS, [Mar. 19,

and conspicuous apertures of the glands, and the two circular areas

form thick pads that may be seen and felt from the outside before

the stomach is opened. ‘The figure in the text (p. 271) represents

the proventriculus laid open, with the two circular areas conspi-

cuous opposite the reference letter 6. Above these, in the African

Tantalus, is a single irregular row of pits, of different sizes and

about twenty in number. In the figure the row is shown opposite

the reference letter a, and at d an enlarged view of one of them

is given. There is no trace of these pits or crypts in the other

birds with similar proventriculus that I have examined. Each

crypt is a shallow circular or oval pit, the margin of which is

slightly elevated. From the floor of the crypt rise a system of

crescentic folds of different sizes.

As the bird was tolerably fresh when I examined its intestine, I

prepared microscopic sections through one of the crypts. The

drawing (Plate XVII. fig. 1) represents one of these seen under a

low power. e, f, and g are placed opposite the ends of the cres-

centic folds, the letter g being placed within the cavity of the crypt.

The surface of these folds is set thickly with a number of small

villi, and these are continued over the raised margin of the wall

of the crypt. Fig. 2 represents some of these villi seen under

higher magnification.

The whole of the pit is lined by an epithelium continuous with

that lining the general surface of the proventriculus (fig. 1, ep,

fig. 2,ep, k & m). Over the general surface this is an ordinary

columnar epithelium, but here and there between the villi, as at

m, it becomes glandular. At fig. 2, k, two of these glandular

infoldings are seen in cross-section. Immediately under the

epithelium seen at a, in fig. 1, and forming the solid mass in fig. 2,

is a dense connective-tissue layer. This contains fibres and cells,

and here and there capillaries and absorbents. This layer forms

the greater part of the villi and lies next to the epithelium on the ©

summits of the crescentic folds. But further down, in the cavity

of the crypt, masses of lymphatic tissue (fig. 1, c) lie between the

connective tissue and the epithelium. Here and there bands of

connective tissue invade the masses of lymphatic cells and separate

islands of them from the main mass. This layer of lymphatic

tissue was the most conspicuous part of the sections, and as in some

of them the epithelium had been destroyed it closely resembled a

granular cuticular layer.

Under the connective-tissue layer was a thicker layer consisting

of a loose stroma containing fibres, connective-tissue cells, and

blood-vessels.

The deeper part of the section (fig. 1) passed through some of

tbe follicles of the proventricular glands. Each of these was

surrounded in the ordinary way by a capsule of connective tissue.

1 confess that I am unable to form any clear conception as to the

function of these crypts. It is possible that they may serve for the

absorption of water or of fluids. From the position of the stomach

in the body, these crypts must lie very little above the level of the

1895.] MR. BOULENGER ON CHAMELEONS FROM E.AFRICA, 273

pylorus, and when the pyloric valve is closed and the gizzard filled

with masses of food in process of digestion, any water swallowed

could easily be absorbed by the crypts. Moreover the unusually

large pyloric glands must require an abundant supply of water.

However, this suggestion is of the most vaguely theoretical kind.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Cross section through a single crypt (low power). ep. Epithelium.

a. Dense connective-tisue layer. 6. Connective-tissue stroma with

blood-vessels. c. Lymphatic tissue. d. Proventricular glands.

e, f, g. Crescentic folds of the crypt in cross-section.

Fig. 2. Enlarged view of part of surface of one of the crescentic folds in

section, ep. Hpithelium, becoming glandular at m. %, Glandular

infolding of the epithelium in cross-section. «@. Connective-tissue

layer.

April 2, 1895.

W. T. BuanrorD, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Acting Secretary read the following report on the additions

to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1895 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 83 in number. Of these 50 were acquired

by presentation, 20 by purchase, 4 were born in the Gardens, and

9 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 109.

Amongst these special attention was called to.a Brazilian Three-

banded Armadillo (Yolypeutes tricinctus), obtained by purchase

March 29.

The Acting Secretary, Mr. Howard Saunders, exhibited on behalf

of Lord Lilford a specimen of the American Wigeon (Mareca

americana), lately obtained by Sir Ralph Payne-Gallwey, Bart. The

bird, which proved on dissection to be a female, was found hanging

up in the shop of a Mr. Murray, game-dealer at Leeds, with a lot

of Common Wigeon, and had every appearance of having been

freshly killed. This was the only existing authenticated specimen

obtained in England since Mr. Bartlett purchased in the London

market, in the winter of 1837-38, the example now in the collecticn

of Mr. J. H. Gurney, of Keswick Hall, Norwich. Mr, Saunders

called attention to the fact that a specimen, shot at Crotoy, mouth

of the Somme, N. France, in April 1875, is or was in the collection

of M. Marmottan, of Paris.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited specimens of two recently discovered

Chameleons from Usambara, German East Africa, which had been

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1895, No. XVIII. 18

274 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

sent to the British Museum by Dr. F. Werner, viz. Chameleon

Jischeri, Reichenow, and Ch. spinosus, Matschie. Special interest

attached to these species from the fact that they appeared to be

more nearly related to the Madagascar species Ch. bifidus and

Ch. nasutus than to any of the numerous forms previously known

from Continental Africa.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Sensory Canal System of Fishes. Teleostei—

Suborder A. Physostomi. By Watter Epwarp

Cottinez, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator

in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College,

Birmingham.

[Received March 11, 1895.]

(Plates XVIII.—XX1.)

Contents.

Page Page

I, IntRopuctory 274 TV. HSOOMA ......ccsccecsctesves 287

TE? SiO BR) oi ses vete cco edee.s. cove 275 ESO WBCTUS ofan sa eee ee 287

1. Clarias niewhofii ...... 275 General Description ... 287

General Description ... 275 Course of the Canals

Course of the Canals and Branches ......... 287

and Branches ......... 276 Innervation ............ 289

Innervation. (Clarias V.. SAUMONIDA SSs.ccr.-seceneene 290

TMUJUM,) Seka teks sasdnes « 277 SGlMO SAIAT .......cceeseeeee 290

2. Amiurus catus ......6+ 278 General Description ... 290

General Description ... 278 Course of the Canals

Course of the Canals and Branches ......... 290

and Branches ......... 279 Variation) 9:2.--essseseee 291

Innervation ............ 280 VI. MuRaNIDE .........0c0c0ceee 292

3. Pimelodus maculatus ... 282 Conger Conger ......s..0..00s 292

General Description ... 282 General Description ... 292

Course of the Canals Course of the Canals

and Branches ......... 283 and Branches

Innervation ............ 284 Innervation

4. Callichthys littoralis ... 285 VIL Summary’ ..0.2552...0don. ee

General Description ... 285 | VIII. Bretiograpny ...............

SUV, (CYPRINED AS, « cpenncsctess=-ns0vs 286 Explanation of

Aa 286 Plates

Sete ete weeeeeee

Sere ester eeresssee

I. Inrropuctory.

The system of sensory canals in the Teleostean fishes exhibits

so many features of interest both as regards the morphology and

histology, and the relations of the cranial nerves to the canals,

that it will not be possible to here treat of more than a single sub-

order, viz. the Physostomi. The system has been carefully worked

out in a number of genera and the most interesting species

PZ.S.1895, Plate XVITI.

West, Newman imp.

Sensory Canal System of Fishes.

| a -, ohn ee

‘

* 7

* ;

« 2

a ~ =

, .

il PZ.5.1895 Plate XIX.

WEC 4c] ad nat FW.C.fig.7.

f \Parker chromo. West Newman imp.

Sensory Canal System of Fishes.

P.Z.8 1895. Plate XK.

West, Newman imp.

Sensory Canal System of Fishes.

Ling ;

r fe 2 a f ieeeal .

2 Parker chromo.

PZ.8.1895. Plate XX1.

Sensory Canal System of Fishes.

West, Newman imp.

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. 275

-are described in detail. In all, the system is described in four

families, viz. the Sihuide, Hsocide, Salmonide, and Murenide,

which include eight different species referable to seven genera.

To Professor T. W. Bridge, M.A., of Mason College, Birming-

ham, I wish to offer my sincere thanks for the specimens of

Clarias, Callichthys, and Pimelodus, and for the very generous and

continued assistance which he has given me; also to Professor

W. C. M‘Intosh, M.D., F.R.S., for his kindness in granting me

the use of a table at the St. Andrews Marine Zoological Labora-

‘tory, during the Long Vacation of 1893. My thanks are also due

to Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., who has identified for me the specimens

of Pimelodus and Labeo.

Il. SILURIDS.

The sensory canal system of certain genera of this family has

been previously described by Ramsay Wright (12) and Pollard (11).

The former has given a brief account of the canal system in

Amiurus catus and a more detailed account of the cranial nerves.

Pollard has described and figured the system and its innervation

in Clarias, Callichthys paleatus, Auchenaspis biscutatus, Trichomyc-

terus tenuis, and Cheetostomus guairensis. Except in Clarias, he

interpreted both the distribution of the sensory canal system and

cranial nerves from a series of young specimens cut into sections,

Although the cranial nerves of the Siluride are somewhat difficult

to follow, I have preferred dissection as a means of investigation,

and it will be noticed on comparing the figures of this author

with those here given that there are many points of difference.

The canal system has been worked out in Clarias nieuhofii,

Amiurus catus, Pimelodus maculatus, and Callichthys littoralis,

The cranial nerves in Clarias magur, Amiurus catus, and Pimelodus

maculatus.

1. CLARIAS NIEUHOFII’.

General Description.

The sensory canal system commences as an exceedingly fine

canal slightly in front of the base of the caudal fin. As it passes

forwards its diameter increases. There are a series of pores

opening into the canal, distributed at somewhat regular intervals.

The canal traverses the region of the post-temporal and into the

squamosal, from which point it may be regarded as the main canal

of the head. It gives off a short backwardly directed branch, and

immediately in front of this the operculo-mandibular branch arises

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, Op.Mn.). From the squamosal the main canal

continues along the dorsal border of the sphenotic, and divides into

-supra- and sub-orbital branches (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1): the former

passing through the frontal and lateral ethmoid (Parker) and

giving off in its course three smaller branches and a commissure in

1 The specimen upon which all measurements, &c., were made was 360 millim,

long.

18*

276 . MR, W. E, COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

the frontal region ; it continue’ through the nasal and terminates

in the premaxilla. The sub-orbital branch passes through the

anterior border of the sphenotic and into the post-orbital, in which

it gives off a short branch and passes into the sub-orbital, giving off

another branch and also opening by a pore. It continues forwards

in the pre-orbital, in which in the suture with the nasal there is

another pore; it then passes through the nasal bone and terminates

in a bifurcation in the maxilla.

Course of the Canals and Branches.

1. Tue Larprat Canat is an exceedingly fine dermal canal,

scarcely visible to the naked eye in the posterior portion of the

body. In the anterior region its diameter increases slightly; in

no portion, however, was it found in transverse diameter to

exceed *6 of a millimetre.

It commences at a small pore 5 millim. in front of the base of

the rays of the caudal fin. This terminal portion of the canal is

directed somewhat dorsally, and therefore shares in the upward

flexure of the terminal part of the vertebral column, as in the tail

of Polyodon. It continues forwards along the side of the body,

rising upon the post-temporal region. Distributed along its whole

length are a series of pores, which are largest and most plentiful

in the anterior region.

2. THE Main Canat of the head commences in the squamosal.

At its commencement it gives off a lateral and backwardly directed

branch (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) which ends blindly, a feature common

to very many of the Physostomi. In front of this branch the

operculo-mandibular branch arises. The main canal then continues

forwards, passing through the dorsal border of the sphenotic. Its

course is not perfectly straight, as in many fishes, but has a slight

lateral inclination. In the most anterior portion of the sphenotic

the canal divides into supra- and sub-orbital branches.

The Supra-orbital Branch.—Leaving the main canal on the

anterior border of the sphenotic this branch passes forwards and

inwards in the frontal. At its commencement it gives off on its

inner side a backwardly directed branch, which passes into the

squamosal and terminates at pore 15 (fig.1). In front of this

branch a much smaller one (pore 16) passes off and opens on the

dorsal surface of the head. Slightly in front of this, and about

the centre of the frontal bone, a branch (fig. 1, f.com.) is given off

which meets with its fellow of the opposite side, thus forming a

frontal commissure and connecting the supra-orbital branches of

either side. A similar commissure is present in Chetostomus.

From this commissure the canal continues through the frontal

and lateral ethmoid, in the latter giving off a lateral and back-

wardly directed branch terminating at pore 17 (fig. 1), and passes

into the nasal, here also branching laterally. The main branch

passes forwards into the premaxille, on the lateral border of which

it terminates at pore 19.

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES, 277

The Sub-orbital Branch passes down the anterior border of the

sphenotic and through the post-orbital. At the commencement

of its course in the post-orbital it gives off the backwardly directed

branch terminating at pore 9. Continuing forwards it gives off

another similar branch in the sub-orbital bone, which terminates

at pore 10. It passes then into the lachrymal, opening by a pore

on the suture, and then into the maxilla, where it bifurcates and

terminates by the two pores 13 and 14 (fig. 1).

The Operculo-mandibular Branch leaves the main canal of the

head in the anterior portion of the squamosal, from which it

passes into and through the pre- and inter-operculum; in the

former it branches, and opens in the latter by pore 2. Leaving

the inter-operculum it becomes connected with the mandible by a

fine dermal canal. It traverses the whole length of the mandible

and in the most anterior portion meets with its fellow of the

opposite side. In its course from the main canal of the head to

the symphysis of the mandible it opens by eight pores. In

Chetostomus, according to Pollard (11. p. 538 and p. 543), the

mandibular branch is absent.

3. THe CommissurE.—The only commissure present in Clarias

nieuhofii is that in the frontals, which establishes a connection

between the canals of either side of the head. Pollard (11. p.527)

states that this commissure “is distinctly rudimentary and gives

very strongly the impression that it formerly united with its fellow

of the opposite side.” Again, on p. 542 op. cit. he states “it is a

complete commissure, but one becoming somewhat rudimentary.”

He does not state what species he examined, but in neither of those

I have examined are there any signs of it becoming rudimentary.

I note further that he omits in his figure (11. pl. 35. fig. 1) any

sensory organs in this commissure, one being present in Clarias

magur on either side of the median lines and innervated by the

ramus ophthalmicus superficialis of the trigeminal nerve.

INNERVATION.

Clarias magur.

The nerves innervating the sensory canal system are the tri-

geminal, facial, glossopharyngeal, and vagus.

Of the trigeminal group the following branches innervate the

canals and sensory organs:—

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis.

2. The ramus buccalis.

3. The ramus oticus.

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis is the most dorsal branch

of the trigeminal and passes directly forwards. It gives off

branches to all the sense-organs lying between the pores 16 to 19

on the supra-orbital branch. Slightly posterior to the frontal

commissure a short branch passes off which innervates a sense-

organ on the lateral border of the commissure, In the anterior

278 . MR. W. B. COLLINGE ON THE [Apr’ 2,

region the nerve divides into two branches, each of these again

dividing into numerous fine twigs.

2. The ramus buccalis supplies all the sense-organs of the sub-

orbital branch. It branches from the Gasserian ganglion above

the ramus maxillo-mandibularis, to which it is connected by a fine

branch. It passes forwards, crossing the floor of the orbit, and

terminates in a series of fine branches. In its course forwards it

gives off a series of fine branches which supply the sense-organs

between the pores 10 to 15.

3. The ramus oticus innervates the greater portion of the main

canal and the backwardly directed branch of the supra-orbital

branch which terminates at pore number 9 (fig. 1). The ramus

oticus passes above the facial (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, r.0t.) and divides

into two branches ; the main branch passes backwards along the

main canal and the other makes a lateral curve forwards and

supplies the small branch which is given off from the supra-orbital

branch and terminates at pore 9.

The Facial Nerve.x—The only branch entering into connection

with the sensory canal system is the ramus mandibularis. This

nerve arises as a branch of the ramus hyomandibularis. The latter

nerve traverses a canal in the hyomandibular bone, some little

distance below which it divides into two; the ramus hyoideus —

passing ventrally and the ramus mandibularis forwards, giving off

numerous branches to the mandibular portion of the operculo-

mandibular branch of the sensory canal.

The Glossopharyngeal Nerve in C. magur does not run or arise in

conjunction with the vagus, as Pollard (11. t. 35. fig. 1) has

figured in Clarias, sp. In all the specimens examined I find it

arises slightly dorsal to, and quite distinct from, the vagus. Its

anterior branch passes dorsally, and the posterior one to the

posterior portion of the main canal of the head.

The Vagus.—The ramus lateralis vagi passes off from the vagus

as a lateral division. It sends off a short branch which passes to

the commencement of the main canal; it then proceeds outwards

and backwards, giving off a series of fine branches, which pass

between the muscles and supply the sense-organs in the anterior

region of the lateral canal.

2, AMIURUS CATUS,

General Description.

The sensory canal system of this fish has been briefly described

by Ramsay Wright (12) and is also referred to by Allis (1). Very

briefly I will give a summary of the observations of these two

writers in order that I may not have to point out at any length

the differences between our respective accounts.

The references made by Allis are very brief. Speaking of the

operculo-mandibular canal in Amia he says (p. 473): ‘The

mandibular and opercular portions of the canal develop as two

(listinet canals, uniting later with each other to form a continuous

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. 279

line, and then uniting with the main infra-orbital. These later

connections in Amia are not always found in other fishes... in

Amiurus catus although they unite to form a continuous line, they

do not unite with the main canal'.”

I shall endeavour to prove that in Amiurus catus the operculo-

mandibular branch does join with the main canal of the head.

In the account given by Ramsay Wright (12. pp. 262-265) it is

stated that the posterior portion of the lateral canal is detached

from the remaining portion, which is scarcely correct, and that

there is “no communication between the principal canal and that

which is lodged in the preoperculum.”

Whether or not Professor Ramsay Wright regards the man-

dibular portion as distinct from the preopercular portion I am

unable to gather from his account, On p. 265 he speaks of “ the

canal which is lodged in the preoperculum and mandible” as if it

were continuous; but on the same page he refers to the “ inde-

pendence of the mandibular branch,’—I take this to mean the

operculo-mandibular branch.

In Amiurus catus there is no true lateral canal. In the posterior

portion of the body are a series of short isolated dermal tubes,

The interruptions are more frequent and the tubes shorter in the

posterior region than in the anterior. Posterior to the operculum

there is a coalescence of these short tubes, and a distinct, but very

fine, canal is formed. At the point where the lateral canal enters

upon the head a short backwardly directed branch is given off

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 2, x), which passes over the supra-clavicle (McMur-

rich). Immediately after entering the skull an occipital commissure

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 2, Oc.com.) is given off, which communicates with the

main canal of the opposite side; a little further on a lateral branch

passes off—the operculo-mandibular branch. The main canal

passes forwards, giving off a short branch towards the median line,

and posterior to the orbit divides into supra- and sub-orbital

branches. The sub-orbital branch passes through a series of canal-

bones forming a.circumorbital series, from these it is continued

forwards into the antorbital bone. The supra-orbital branch runs

above the orbit, giving off at its junction with the main canal a

short backwardly directed branch, which runs towards the mid-

dorsal line; slightly in front of the orbit another similar branch is

given off. Passing to the anterior region the supra-orbital branch

traverses a small canal-bone (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2) and terminates at

the base of the maxillary barblet.

Course of the Canals and Branches.

1. Tos Latnrat Canat consists of a series of isolated dermal

tubes; in the posterior portion of the body they are exceedingly

small, but become slightly larger in the anterior region. Each

tube opens to the surface by one or more pores. Slightly

behind the operculum the tubes anastomose with one another and

form a fine canal, which gives off a backwardly directed branch

1 The italics are mine.—W. H. O,

280 MR. W. E, COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

which opens by a pore over the region of the supra-clavicle

(McMurrich) (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2, x).

2. Tur Marn Canat commences from the point where the

above-mentioned branch leaves the lateral canal. It passes

through the frontal opening by a pore, immediately in front of

which the occipital commissure is given off; some little distance in

front of this the main canal receives the operculo-mandibular

branch. Its course is now directed forwards and inwards, two

pores opening in front of the opérculo-mandibular branch. At

some little distance posterior to the orbit the canal divides into

the supra- and sub-orbital branches.

The Supra-orbital Branch—At the point of division a back-

wardly directed branch is given off, which passes towards the mid-

dorsal line (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2) opening by pore number 12, The

supra-orbital branch continues forwards above the orb*t, giving off

another branch, which also passes backwards and almost parallel to

the main branch ; a little distance in front of this a pore opens to

the surface, and the canal enters a small canal-bone, through

which its passes, giving off a lateral branch which meets with the

sub-orbital branch, thus establishing a connection between the two

in front of the orbit. After leaving this bone it makes a lateral

curve and terminates blindly at the side of the maxillary barblet.

The Sub-orbital Branch is formed by the lower division of the

main canal. It passes forwards and outwards fora short distance,

and then makes a curve beneath the orbit, passing through the

infra-orbital series of canal-bones, and in the anterior rezion enters

a small canal-bone—the antorbital of some authors; passing

through this it opens on the inner side and communicates with

the supra-orbital branch.

The Operculo-mandibular Branch.—I have already stated that

this branch is connected with the main canal; this connection is

established by four small drainpipe-like canal-bones which pass

from the region of the posterior border of the hyomandibular bone

to the lateral border of the frontal (Pl. XVIII. fig. 3, ¢.b.). Passing

from the main canal into this series of canal-bones, and through

the external portion of the hyomandibular bone, the canal enters the

preoperculum; from here it passes into the distal portion of the quad-

rate and then into the mandible, opening by four pores in its course.

3. THE CommissuRES.—Tue only commissure present is the

occipital commissure, which connects the main canal of the head

of either side with each other. There are two pores opening from

it, being situated one on either side of the iredian line. There is

no commissure in the anterior or frontal region.

Innervation.

The cranial nerves of Amiurus catus have been described by

Ramsay Wright (13), and I have little or nothing to add to his

account, excepting their relations to the sensory canal system *.

1 The absence of careful figures makes this otherwise excellent account very

difficult to follow, the figures on plates i. & iy. being very diagrammatic, r

1895. ] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES, 281

The whole of the sensory canal system of the head is innervated

by the trigeminal, facial, and glossopharyngeal ; the lateral canal

is innervated by the lateralis division of the vagus.

The trigeminal group may be divided into the following main

branches, viz. :—

. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis.

. The ramus ophthalmicus profundus.

. The ramus buccalis.

. The ramus maxillaris.

. The ramus mandibularis.

. The ramus oticus.

. The ramus lateralis.

“TIO Ore OD

Of these seven rami all but the rami ophthalmicus profundus,

maxillaris, and lateralis innervate some portion of the sensory

canals.

1. Theramus ophthalmicus superficialis is with the ramus lateralis,

the most dorsal branch of the group. It passes off from the

Gasserian ganglion immediately above the ramus ophthalmicus

profundus, but not, as mentioned by Ramsay Wright (13. p. 366),

through a large foramen. It traverses the dorsal border of the

orbit, and then along the upper surface of the skull, supplying a

series of cluster-pores in the region of the nasal capsule, and also

the sense-organs of the supra-orbital branch.

2. The ramus ophthalmicus profundus lies immediately below the

ramus ophthalmicus superficialis ; afuer passing through the orbit it

branches and enters into connection with the ramas ciliaris.

3. The ramus buccalis arises lateral to the ramus ophthalmicus

profundus and beneath the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis. It

passes forwards and divides into two branches ; the lateral branch

passes along the borders of the sub-orbital branch of the main

sensory canal, to which it gives off a number of fine branches; the

inner branch of the buccalis does not innervate any portion of the

sensory canal system.

4&5. The ramus maxillo-mandibularis——I cannot agree with

Professor Ramsay Wright’s diagram of these nerves’ (13. pl. iv. fig. 1).

In the final specimen I dissected, which measured 287 millim.

in length, I found the ramus maxillaris considerably larger than

the ramus mandibularis ; the buccalis lies just above it (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 2). A few small branches pass off to the integument, the

main branch passing to the maxillary region and innervating the

maxillary barblet, on which it divides in four branches, passing

between the divided tendon of the retractor muscle.

The ramus mandibularis.—In its upper region it is connected

with the ramus mazxillaris, dividing into external and internal

branches on the anterior edge of the mandibular adductor

muscle; the former—the ramus externus—passes along the

lower jaw, innervating the mandibular portion of the operculo-

1 Professor Ramsay Wright informs me that part of the work was done on

A. niger, which may possibly account for some of the differences,

282 MR, W. BE. COLLINGE ON THE - [Apr 2,

mandibular branch of the main sensory canal, it also communicates

with the facial. The ramus internus passes on the inner side

of the jaw to the mandibular barblets, &e. I failed to trace any

branches of the ramus mandibularis passing to the maxillary

barblet (cf. Ramsay Wright, 13. p. 368).

6. The ramus oticus is larger in Amiurus catus than in any of

the types previously mentioned. It arises in close conjunction

with the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis, passing from the brain

through a foramen in the sphenotic. The most dorsal branch

innervates the main canal; below this two other branches pass off,

while the fourth or main branch passes to the upper portion of the

sensory canal in the hyomandibular (Ramsay Wright says pre-

operculum). The innervation of this branch of the main canal by

the ramus oticus is of special interest, as in most other fishes it is

innervated by a branch of the facial nerve. Professor Ramsay

Wright (13. p. 366) was the first to describe the distribution of

this nerve in Amiurus.

The Facial Group.—No portion of the facial nerve, so far as I

have been able to trace, innervates any portion of the sensory

canal system. As previously pointed out, the descending branch

of the ramus oticus replaces the hyomandibular branch of the

facial in the upper portion of the operculo-mandibular canal,

while the lower portion is innervated by the ramus mandibularis of

the trigeminal, the mandibularis of the facial lying below it.

The Gilossopharyngeal.—l have not been able to trace any

connection between this nerve and the sensory canal system,

although it seems very probable that the most posterior portion of

the main canal of the head is innervated by it.

The Vagus.—The ramus lateralis vagi leaves the main branch

just below the ganglion and passes posteriorly over the supra-

clavicle (McMurrich); just behind the ascending process of the

supra-clavicle it gives off two branches, one passing above to the

occipital commissure and the other laterally to the branch «x

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 2, 7 & 7’).

3. PIMELODUS MACULATUS.

General Description.

The sensory canal system of Pimelodus has not hitherto been

investigated. Pollard (11) has described and figured that in

Auchenoglanis biscutatus, a species of an allied genus.

In Pimelodus the lateral canal commences at the base of the

caudal fin, and passes forwards as a direct line to the region of the

head. From its commencement to where the canal passes over

the transverse processes of the fourth and fifth vertebrae, which

are here developed to an unusual extent (cf. Bridge and Haddon,

2. pp. 119-25), there are from 85 to 95 pores, varying in number

according to the age of the fish. In the region of the fourth and

fifth vertebra, the canal gives off two branches, one on either side

of the canal, and from these a series of smaller branches and.

1895.) SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM -OF FISHES. 283

grooves arise, to which special mention will again be made. The

canal enters the head just above the angle of the operculum, in

which region a dendritic branching is plainly visible and indicates

the region of the occipital commissure. Continuing forwards the

operculo-mandibular branch passes in a bony canal through the

preoperculum and mandible. Slightly in front of this the main

canal divides into supra- and sub-orbital branches, the former

passing forwards and inwards, and anterior to the nasal capsule,

on the lateral border of which it terminates on the side of the

nasal barblet. The sub-orbital branch passes around the orbit

and forwards, bifurcating between the nares,

Course of the Canals and Branches.

1. Tue Lateran Canat commences at the base of the fin-rays

of the caudal fin, and passes as a fine dermal tube to the region of

the head. Opening into the canal at regular intervals are a series

of pores averaging from 85 to 95in number. Previous to entering

upon the region of the head a short branch is given off which

passes behind the occipital region (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1); a similar

branch is given off in front of this, which passes downwards and

backwards ; both are surrounded by a series of dendritic branches

and grooves (Pl. XVIII. fig.5). These grooves present, I think, a

stage in the formation of the branches. In the smallest specimens

examined they were simple isolated grooves. In later stages they

had sunk into the epidermis, and their sides were gradually

converging ; still later stages showed that the sides ultimately met

and formed a minute canal opening by a terminal pore. In the

last stage this minute canal becomes connected with the main

canal or one of its branches. In addition to these cluster-pores

there are, scattered in the immediate neighbourhood of the lateral

canal, a series of small papilla-like organs, to which reference will

be made later, it being sufficient to here remark that they are not

organs in connection with the sensory canal system.

2. Tu» Matn Canat enters upon the region of the head above

the angle of the operculum. On its inner side it gives off the

occipital commissure, and slightly anterior to this a lateral branch—

the operculo-mandibular : immediately in front of this the main

canal divides into the supra- and sub-orbital branches (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 4).

"The Supra-orbital Branch is formed by the inner division of the

main canal. Passing forwards and inwards in the frontals it gives

off a short backwardly-directed branch and numerous dendritic

branches terminating in cluster-pores. Slightly anterior to the

orbit three small branches directed towards the median line are

given off, and a short lateral branch between the nasal openings.

A number of fine dendritic branches and grooves similar to those

already mentioned (Pl. X VILL. fig. 5) are connected with all these.

Between the supra-orbital branches of either side of the head ar

a large number of very small primitive pores, ap

284 MR. W, E. COLLINGH ON THE [Apr. 2,

The Sub-orbital Branch is the lateral division of the main canal.

It is conducted around and below the orbit by three small canal-

bones. After leaving the most anterior of these the branch is

continued as a dermal canal around the lateral border of the nasal

capsule and terminates by bifurcating. The dendritic branching

is more easily distinguishable here than on the supra-orbital

branch; very many of the branches, however, persist as grooves.

The whole region of the main canal and its branches—excepting

that of the operculo-mandibular branch—is densely covered by

exceedingly minute primitive pores. In many cases they were not

visible to the naked eye, but could be clearly distinguished with

the aid of a low-power lens.

The Operculo-mandibular Branch leaves the main canal a little

way in front of the occipital commissure. It passes through the

preoperculum and continues along the mandible. At its com-

mencement it gives off numerous fine dermal branches terminating

in cluster-pores, the same feature being repeated where it joins

with the mandibular portion. There are four large pores on the

mandible and numerous small dermal branches and grooves. The

branches of the two sides of the head are not connected with each

other.

3. THE CoMMIssuRES.—The two commissures present in Pime-

lodus are an imperfect or rudimentary occipital one, whose presence

is easily detected by the series of fine dendritic branches passing

from it immediately above the angle of the operculum. The

second commissure is that in the frontals (Pl. X VILI. fig. 4, F.com.).

Like the occipital commissure, it gives off numerous fine dendritic

branches, It is not so distinct as the frontal commissure in

Clarvas.

Innervation.

The distribution of the cranial nerves in Pimelodus resembles

very closely the condition described and figured in Clarias magur.

The same four nerves are all that enter into relation with the

sensory canal system, viz. the trigeminal, facial, glossopharyngeal,

and vagus.

The branches of the trigeminal innervating sense-organs are :—

1, The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis.

2. The ramus buccalis.

3. The ramus oticus.

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis has a similar course to

this branch in Clarias. Fine branches pass off between the pores

25 to 81 to the sense-organs of the supra-orbital branch of the

main canal and also to the frontal commissure. In the most

anterior portion the nerve divides into two smaller branches, one

passing forwards and around the border of the anterior narial

opening, the remaining and smaller branch terminating at pore

number 31 (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4).

2. The ramus buccalis differs slightly from that found in Clarias

in being longer and in the number of its branches and commissures,

1895. ] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF .FISHES. 285

It crosses the ventral portion of the orbit, where a large branch

passes off which is connected by a fine commissure with the ramus

ophthalmicus profundus, and another with the main branch of the

buccalis. The buccalis innervates all the sense-organs lying in the

sub-orbital branch of the main sensory canal between the pores 18

to 24. The branches of the nerve lie dorsal to the ramus maxillo-

mandibularis.

3. The ramus oticus has exactly the same course and distribution

as in Clarias, innervating the anterior part of the main canal ; the

centre of the canal is supplied by the glossopharyngeal, and the

posterior portion by branches from the lateral division of the vagus

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 4).

The Facial, like as in Clarias, passes as a main branch through a

bony canal in the hyomandibular, and after running ventrally for

some short distance, divides into a ramus hyoideus and ramus

mandibularis, this latter branch innervating the mandibular portion

of the operculo-mandibular branch of the main sensory canal. It

would appear that the mandibular rami of the fifth and seventh

nerves are interchangeable as regards the innervation of the

mandibular portion of the operculo-mandibular branch of the main

sensory canal.

Dorsal to the ramus hyomandibularis two small branches arise

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 4, 7.d.), which do not innervate any portion of the

sensory canal system and probably correspond to the branches «

and y of Pollard and form the ramus dorsalis.

The Vagus has a similar distribution to that in Clarias. It lies

immediately behind the glossopharyngeal, but is distinctly inde-

pendent of it.

4, CALLICHTHYS LITTORALIS.

General Description.

The following notes have been made from an external exami-

nation of three perfect specimens and the body of a fourth. As

I have not been able to inject the canals of the head or to examine

the skull in detail, the specimens I examined being required for

other purposes, I cannot criticise the account given by Pollard

(11. p. 533). It should, however, be borne in mind, when com-

paring his figure (pl. 36. fig. 4) with that given on Pl. XTX. (fig. 6),

that the specimen he investigated was a young one only 3 em. in

length.

Tas Latsrat CANAL commences by a pore at the base of the

fin-rays of the caudal fin. It passes forwards as a dermal canal

until it reaches the fifth dorsal shield from the head, which it

enters and is conducted forwards through the fourth, third, and

second, passing into a small canal-bone instead of the first shield.

2. Ton Matn Canau may be regarded as commencing in the

aforementioned canal-bone, in which it opens by two pores.

Passing into the squamosal it gives off a lateral and backwardly-

directed branch running from pore number 4 to 5 (Pl. XIX. fig. 6).

286 MR. W. E, COLLINGE ON 1HE [Apr. 2,

It continues through the squamosal into the sphenotic and in the

region of pore number 7 divides into two branches, viz. the supra-

and sub-orbital.

The Supra-orbital Branch passes through the sphenotic into the

frontal and makes a sharp turn to the region of pore number 9

(Pl. XIX. fig. 6), and then in an outward curve passes around the

anterior nasal opening, where it terminates.

The Sub-orbital Branch passes posterior and ventral to the orbit

in the sub-orbital bones, opening in its course by three pores.

In the specimens I examined, the operculo-mandibular branch

differed from that figured and described by Pollard (11. p. 534) in

that there is a distinct mandibular portion. It is not connected

with the main canal of the head, but arises near the head of the

preoperculum, through which it passes ; opening by three pores it

passes into the mandible, in which portion there is a single pore,

number 4 (Pl. XIX. fig. 6).

The species examined by Pollard was C. paleatus. If the con-

dition figured by this author is correct for the adult stages of

C. paleatus and Trichomyterus tenuis—he examined only young

forms of both—they are very interesting, and offer perhaps the

simplest type of sensory canals in the Physostomi.

Ill. CYPRINIDS.

LABEO DUSSUMIERI,

I do not propose to describe the sensory canal system in Labeo,

but wish to draw attention to the presence in this family of a series

of sense-organs which, so far as I can learn, are peculiar to it.

Valenciennes * was the first, I believe, to make any mention of

them, and later Bleeker * pointed out their presence. Neither of

these authors described their structure, which was first detailed

and figured by Leydig (8) in the thorough and careful manner

characteristic of all this author’s work *. It is rather singular, but

I cannot find a single reference to this very important paper in

any of the writings of recent workers upon the subject.

In Labeo there are distributed over the anterior region of the

head and around the borders of the mouth a large series of pores

of different sizes with overlapping edges standing above the level

of the skin. These edges are quite smooth and unpigmented

(Pl. XIX. fig. 7).

Each pore leads into a flask-shaped cavity varying in size

according to the size of the pore (Pl. XIX. fig. 8). The latter

average from 1 to 3 millim. in diameter in Labeo dussumieri,

the cavity being from 3 to 10 millim. in depth. From the

1 Cuvier et Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, 1842, vol. xvi.

2 Bleeker, Atlas ichthyol. d. Indes-Orientales Néerlandaises, 1863, t. iii.

3 The species described by Leydig are Schismatorhynchus heterorhynchus,

Blkr., Lobocheilus falcifer, van Hass., and Rohita vittata, Val. Bleeker makes

mention of their presence in various species of the following genera :—

Crossocheilus, Labeo, Lobocheilus, Schismatorhynchus, Epalzeorhynchus, Rohita,

Diplocheilichthys, Morwius, and Danzila. : :

1895.) SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES, 287

sides of the walls of each cavity there arise a series of sensory

filaments (Pl. XIX. figs. 8 and 9) into which a fine branch of a nerve

passes, In Schismatorhynchus heterorhynchus, Leydig (8. p. 2)

describes the walls as showing folds as figured (Taf. i. fig. 5). In

Labeo these folds were scarcely discernible, probably owing to the

fact that the material had been for some time in alcohol.

These interesting organs seem to me to be aseries of specialized

cluster-pores which have become isolated from the sensory canal

system. There are a number of other “ sense-papill,” as Leydig

terms them, common to certain Cyprinide, which have also

probably originated as cluster-pores.

TV. Esocip2#.

Esox LUCIUS.

General Description.

The sensory canal system of Zsov has been previously investi-

gated or referred to by Leydig (7), M‘Donnell (9), Ramsay Wright

(12), Allis (1), and others.

The system is a simple one and shows none of the complications

previously met with in the Siluroids or Cyprinoids.

The lateral canal, like all the canals in Hsoxv, is a wide tube

passing from the posterior end of the body to the anterior, and

joins the main canal of the head by passing through the supra-

clavicle and a somewhat Y-shaped canal-bone; the lateral arm

connects the lateral canal of the trunk with the main canal of the

head, which passes through the lateral border of the pterotic, and

on the sphenotic divides into supra- and suborbital branches. The

former passes through the frontal to a point slightly anterior to

the lateral ethmoid, and then into a canal-bone lying on the lateral

border of the anterior portion of the frontal. It terminates

anterior to the nasal capsule some distance from the end of the

snout. The suborbital passes over the sphenotic in a small ovoid

canal-bone and is conducted around the orbit in a series of canal-

bones. In front of the orbit it makes an upward turn and ter-

minates at a pore lateral to the nasal capsule.

Passing through the preoperculum is a fairly large canal, which

has no connection with the main canal or with that in the

mandible. This last mentioned commences on the ventral surface

of the mandible a little anterior to the articular portion, and passes

to almost the end of the ramus. It is not connected with the

branch of the opposite side.

In addition to the above canals and branches there are in sox

a number of open grooves upon the surface of the head posterior

to the occipital region and in the nasal region.

Course of the Canals and Branches.

1. Tum Lateran Canat.—The presence of a canal on the lateral

trunk of the body seems to have escaped the notice of previous

288 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

observers ; thus M‘Donnell (9. p. 175) describes the lateral canal

as consisting of a series of isolated follicles each opening to the

surface by a pore. Even so careful an observer as Leydig (7. p. 33)

speaks of it as an interrupted canal, possibly being misled by the

series of interrupted scales. Ramsay Wright (12. p. 265) also

refers to it in like terms.

Notwithstanding these observations, there is a distinct and very

large lateral canal in Esow. It commences about 12 millim. from

the base of the caudal fin and passes as a wide tube as far as the

supraclavicle. Its greatest transverse diameter is 5 millim. and its

smallest 1 millim. It opens to the surface by a series of pores,

each lying in a little pit. The canal lies beneath the scales in the

dermis. The sensory organs lie slightly anterior to the pore.

In transverse section the canal exhibited the usual structure.

2. Toe Matn Canat of the Head.—This canal enters the skull

in the pterotic, through which it passes as a wide canal. M‘Donnell

(9. p. 175) states that the cephalic portion and the lateral line

proper are not connected with each other. Probably he overlooked

the portion traversing the supraclavicle and the Y-shaped canal-

bone. The main canal terminates at the anterior end of the

pterotic, giving rise to the supra- and sub-orbital branches.

The Supra-orbital Branch lies in the frontal bone. It is a simple

wide canal opening to the surface by four large pore-like openings.

From the frontal it passes into a canal-bone lying on the lateral

border of the frontal, and terminates some little distance in front

of the nasal capsule.

The Sub-orbital Branch first passes through a small oval-shaped

ossicle lying upon the sphenotic, and continues its course through

a series of canal-bones surrounding the orbit, in front of which it

makes an upward turn and terminates by opening to the surface

external to the nasal capsule.

The Opercular Branch.—Unlike the condition found in most

fishes, the opercular branch is quite distinct from either the main

canal of the head or the mandibular branch. Commencing at the

head of the preoperculum as a large pore, it passes through this

bone to its distal end, where it terminates by a similar pore. In

its course through the bone it gives off three small branches, each

of which opens to the surface by a pore. :

The Mandibular Branch passes through the greater portion of the

mandible as a closed canal opening to the surface by three pores,

as well as one at its commencement and termination. It terminates

about 13 millim. from the symphysis.

In Esow there are no true commissures connecting the canals of

one side of the head with the other, but a series of open grooves

upon certain regions of the head probably take their place.

Behind the occipital region these are most pronounced. They

commence on either side of the head from the pore on the inner

arm of the Y-shaped canal-bone previously mentioned. Some

portions of these grooves anastomose with each other in the

median line, thus forming a connection between the canals of each

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. 289

side of the head. A similar series of grooves are present in the

nasal region, these entering into connection with the terminal

pore of the supra-orbital branch of the main canal. There is no

anastomosis of the grooves of one side with the other.

Innervation.

In describing the cranial nerves of the Selachoid Ganoids (3)

attention was drawn to the great development of the facial nerve.

So far in the Physostomous Teleosts the trigeminal has been the

larger, and this is perhaps more evident in Hsoa Jucius than in any

type previously described.

The sensory canal system is innervated by the same four groups,

viz. the trigeminal, facial, glossopharangeal, and vagus.

The Trigeminal Group—The branches supplying the sensory

canal system are :—

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis,

2. The ramus buccalis.

3. The ramus oticus.

4. The ramus mandibularis.

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis is the most dorsal branch

of the trigeminal group (Pl. XX. fig.11). It passes forwards some

distance above the orbit and divides into two smaller branches,

which each terminate in a number of fine divisions some little

distance from the snout. The nerve lies beneath the supra-

orbital branch of the sensory canal, to which it gives off a series of

fine twigs.

2. The ramus buccalis——The main divisions of the trigeminal are

the ramus buccalis and the ramus maxillo-mandibularis; the former

is the anterior and more dorsal division and passes behind and

beneath the orbit, and then across the side of the face, where it

divides into two, each division further dividing into a number of

fine twigs which spread themselves over the terminal region of the

snout. From the main branch of the buccalis a fine branch passes

off to the sub-orbital branch of the main sensory canal, giving off a

series of fine twigs to the sensory organs (Pl. XX. figs. 10, 11).

3. The ramus oticus arises in close proximity to the ramus

ophthalmicus superficialis. It passes posteriorly and divides into

two, the dorsal branch innervating the main canal of the head

(fig. 10, r.ot.).

4, The ramus maxillo-mandibularis is the largest division of the

trigeminal group. It passes ventrally to the angle of the jaw,

where it divides into internal and external mandibular branches.

Some little distance above the internus the ramus maxillaris passes

off (Pl. XX. figs. 10, 11). The ramus mandibularis externus

inneryates the mandibular canal; it passes on the ventral portion

of the mandible and gives off two series of fine branches, one to

the canal and the other to the integument. The ramus internus

divides on the inner side of the mandible into numerous smaller

branches (Pl. XX. fig. 12).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XIX. 19

290 > MR, W. E, COLLINGH ON THE [Apr. 2,

The Facial Group——The only branch of the facial which I have

been able to satisfy myself actually innervates a portion of the

sensory canal system is the most posterior division of this group—

the ramus hyoideus—which runs in the ventral portion of the

preoperculum and innervates the canal which traverses that bone.

The ramus mandibularis (Pl. XX. figs. 10, 11, r.m.) lies below the

mandibular branch of the trigeminal and does not enter into

relation with the branch of the canal. A small branch (Pl. XX.

figs. 10, 11, w) in some cases was in very close relationship with

the sub-orbital branch of the main canal, but no fibres could be

traced to the sensory organs. There would seem to be no inner-

vation to the upper portion of the canal in the preoperculum, neither

the ramus oticus nor the glossopharyngeal entering that region.

The Vagus passes directly backwards, giving off a lateral branch

and other smaller branches. The lateralis vagi lies dorsally as far

back as the supraclavicle, passing beneath that bone, at a point

about at its upper third; it then makes a downward curve to the

region of the lateral canal, which it innervates.

V. SALMONID2.

SALMO SALAR.

General Description.

The lateral canal commences at the base of the caudal fin and

passes anteriorly as a dermal cana]. In its course forwards it

opens to the surface by a series of pores which pass between the

scales, those scales in the region of the lateral canal being slightly

modified. wy

It enters upon the head in the region of the pterotic bone, giving

off an occipital commissure and, anterior to this, the operculo-

mandibular branch. Posterior to the orbit it divides into supra-

and sub-orbital branches, the former passing some little distance

above the orbit and the latter through a series of canal-bones

forming the circumorbital ring.

A number of variations in the branching and distribution of the

main canal of the head and its branches were noted in the various

specimens dissected. I shall first describe what I consider to be

the typical form, and then make mention of some of the variations

met with.

Course of the Canals and Branches,

1. The Larmrat Canat is a dermal one like that in Hsow; it

commences at the base of the caudal fin, and in its course forwards

opens to the surface by a series of pores which, as described above,

pass between the scales, there being a slight modification in those

scales in the region of the lateral canal.

2. The Matn Canat of the head is a fine canal enclosed within

a series of small drainpipe-like canal-bones (Pl. XX. fig. 15),

not unlike those figured and described in Polyodon (8. pl. 39.

fig. 7,¢). It enters upon the region of.the head above the

pterotic and gives off an occipital commissure in the occipital

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES, 291

region, and some little distance in front of this a lateral branch

passes off—the operculo-mandibular branch. The canal then

makes a slight ventral curve, and posterior to the orbit divides into

supra- and sub-orbital branches.

The Supra-orbital Branch, like the main canal, is conducted

in its course by a series of small drainpipe-like canal-bones. It

passes forwards and inwards to a point directly above the orbit,

and then makes a curve towards the nasal capsule, dorsal and

anterior to which it terminates by a minute pore.

The Sub-orbital Branch passes from the main canal on the lateral

border of the frontal in a series of canal-bones forming the circum-

orbital series. These conduct the branch around the inferior and

posterior borders of the orbit, the branch terminating ventral and

slightly posterior to the nasal capsule.

The Operculo-mandibular Branch.—Leaving the main canal in

the inferior and posterior portion of the pterotic, the operculo-man-

dibular branch passes into a small tube of bone which traverses

the region between the pterotic and preoperculum, along the

superior and posterior borders of the hyomandibular bone. Parker

and Bettany regard this small tube-like bone as a supra-temporal.

It cannot, I think, be regarded as other than one of the drain-

pipe-like canal-bones which conduct the main canal and branches

over the greater part of the skull, and homologous with those

figured and described in Amiurus catus (see p. 280). Entering the

apex of the preoperculum, the canal traverses the anterior border,

passing through the whole length of the bone. In its course

it gives off fine branches, which are distributed over the inferior

border of the bone; a number of finer branches pass off over

the superior portion of the preoperculum. Leaving the preoper-

culum, a small dermal connection conducts the branch into the

articular portion of the mandible, entering it on its lateral border.

It passes downwards and forwards and into the dentary, traversing

the ventral portion of the same. In the anterior portion of the

dentary the branch divides in the substance of the bone, anasto-

mosing previous to opening at a terminal pore. There is no

connection between the two branches of either side.

3. The Occrprran ComMIssuRB leaves the main canal on the

inner border of the pterotic, and makes an anterior flexure over the

region of the supra-occipital, and meets with the main canal of the

opposite side.

I have not figured or described the innervation, as the distri-

bution of the cranial nerves is almost identical with that of Hsox

lucius.

Variation.

In the Salmon there seems to have once been a series of canals

passing through certain bones of the head which have been

replaced by the system borne by the series of drainpipe-like canal-

bones already deseribed.

In young examples a series of canals are easily traced in the

parietal, frontal, supraethmoid (Parker), and nasal bones. These

canals vary a little in different specimens, but, generally speaking,

19*

292 - MR. W. EB. COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

the actual distribution is the same; in fact they are a feeble fac-

simile of the more superficial complete canals.

I have already described how the occipital commissure passes off

from the point of junction of the lateral canal and the main canal

of the head. At this point a branch passes downwards into the

substance of the parietal and frontal bones (Pl. XX. fig. 14) and

in a lateral direction towards the border of the frontal bone, where

it divides into three branches—a backwardly directed one to the

region of the preoperculum, a forward and laterally directed one

(a sub-orbital branch), and a forward one, which passes inwards for

some distance, making an outward curve and passing through the

supraethmoid (Parker) and terminating blindly in the nasal.

Sometimes it passes only as far as the supraethmoid (Parker). In

some cases it was very difficult to decide whether the branch

leading to the preoperculum was present. In a very large speci-

men I thought there were indications of a small branch passing

between the head of the preoperculum and the supra-orbital bone.

Although connected with the more superficial system, none of

these canals are functional.

VI. MuUR#NID2.

CoNGER CONGER.

General Description.

The sensory canal system has not hitherto been worked out in

the Conger. Arsaky (1836) has investigated the central nervous

system, but I have been nnable to refer to his work.

The lateral canal commences about 18 millim. from the tip of

the tail and passes forwards in the integument. The pores distri-

buted over its surface and opening into the canal are numerous.

In the anterior region it passes slightly dorsally and enters upon

the region of the head, terminating by opening into a wide

saccular dilatation from which the occipital commissure arises, also

the main canal of the head and the operculo-mandibular branch.

The main canal passes through the frontal and divides into the

supra- and sub-orbital branches, the former passing along the orbit,

and terminating by a large pore in the most anterior portion of the

face ; the sub-orbital passes behind and beneath the orbit, terminating

beneath the opening of the supra-orbital branch. In its course

three large saccular dilatations are given off, the first of which

opens by a large pore. The operculo-mandibular branch commences

at the termination of the lateral canal. It gives off a saccular

dilatation at its commencement and again at the base of the

opercular portion, and a third slightly in front of this; it then

passes forwards along the mandible, opening in its course by four

pores, and meets with its fellow of the opposite side.

Course of the Canals and Branches.

1. The Larmrat Canat passes in the integument from the

posterior end of the body, 16 millim. from the end of the trunk,

exclusive of the caudal fin, to the region of the head. In the

1895. ] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. 293

anterior portion it makes a slight dorsal curve and terminates on

the region of the head by opening a wide saccular dilatation. The

pores distributed along the surface of the canal are numerous,

averaging in the posterior half of the body 7 to every 2 cm.

2. Tur Marn Canat of the Head.—As previously mentioned, at

the point where the lateral canal terminates there is a wide

saccular dilatation, out of which the main canal opens. Assoonas

this dilatation has been cut open the entrance to the main canal

appears as a definite circular opening. Its border is surrounded

by a ring of cartilage, and the rest of the canal by a series of

cartilages similar to that figured on Pl. XXI. figs.18,19. In very

large and old specimens this cartilage becomes partially ossified.

The canal passes inwards and downwards and through the frontal

bone, returning to the surface again slightly posterior to the orbit,

and divides into the supra- and sub-orbital branches. There

are no other branches passing off from the main canal, and no

pores opening to it from the surface of the head. The diameter of

the canal is very irregular ; in the posterior portion it is fairly wide,

but narrows considerably previous to passing into the frontals,

In the anterior portion, prior to its division into the two orbital

branches, it widens again.

The Supra-orbital Branch passes inwards and forwards after

leaving the main canal, and as an almost straight branch passes to

the tip of the snout, where it opens by a large pore posterior and

dorsal to the anterior nares (Pl. X XI. figs. 16, 17).

The Sub-orbital Branch passes behind the orbit and some distance

below it; before passing forwards beneath the orbit a large saccular

dilatation passes backwards and opens by a large pore (Pl. XXI,

figs. 16, 17). Passing forwards to a region above and slightly

in front of the angle of the mouth, another but shorter dilatation

passes off, and, like the former, opens by a pore; still further

anterior is a third, into which the finger can be readily inserted.

There is no pore opening from this. The branch now enters a

cartilage and passes upwards and then downwards and forwards,

and terminates by a large pore beneath the opening of the supra-

orbital branch.

The Operculo-mandibular Branch commences immediately at the

termination of the lateral canal. At its very commencement and

just below the wall of the lateral canal is a pore which leads into a

large saccular dilatation which passes backwards and slightly

ventrally, terminating blindly. Passing downwards, enclosed in a

series of cartilages, it again widens at its base into another much

larger dilatation, which opens to the surface by a pore; slightly in

front of this is another dilatation, somewhat smaller (Pl. X XI.

fig. 17). The branch continues forwards, and, passing inwards,

opens into the mandible, through which it passes, opening to the

surface by four pores and meeting with its fellow of the opposite

side. The connection is formed by a short canal in the cartilage.

The mandible is peculiarly modified for the reception of the

mandibular portion of the operculo-mandibular branch, a large

portion of the ramus being broken up into a bony network,

294 - MR. W. EB, COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

3. The Occrprrat ComMissuR® passes off as an inward branch

immediately in front of the lateral canal, and almost opposite to

the operculo-mandibular branch (Pl. XXI. figs. 16,17). Like all

the other branches, it is enclosed in a series of more or less

isolated cartilages. It traverses the occipital region of the head

and forms a connection between the main canals of either side of

the head.

The distribution and branching of the sensory canal system in

Conger conger resembles in a many ways that figured in Clarias.

The large saccular dilatations are perhaps the most peculiar feature

in connection with the form of the canal, etc., but branches occur

in Clarias in these several positions.

This form of canal has not previously been described in the

Physostomi, I believe, and it cannot be regarded as at all typical of

this suborder. Leydig'(6) was the first to draw attention to these

peculiar cartilages enclosing the canals of this form, and in 1850

he figured and described them in Lota vulgaris.

I shall have to refer to this account later when treating of the

suborder Anacanthini and to compare it with Hyrtl’s account and

some investigations of my own.

On Pl. XXI. figs. 18,19, I have figured the cartilage which

connects the occipital commissure with the large saccular dilatation,

from which the main canal of the head and the operculo-mandibular

branch pass off. ach cartilage forms a drainpipe-like structure,

averaging from 20 to 44 millim. in length, the walls of which

consist of a dense connective tissue, with numerous cartilage cells

scattered throughout. Towards one end and on one side of the

cartilage a series of white patches are present, which remind one

of the terminal cartilages on the bronchial tube of many vertebrates ;

these are denser patches of cartilage. On the dorsal surface and

towards the end not possessing these cartilaginous patches is a

small ossification. This was not found to be present on all the

cartilages. Each cartilage is connected with its fellow by a pro-

longation of the connective tissue, as shown in figure 18, these

overlapping the sides of the cartilage at the end, a, fig. 19.

The presence here of a dense connective tissue, isolated chon-

drifications, and an ossification afford an interesting example of the

manner in which canal-bones may have originated.

Innervation.

The specialization in the form of the sensory canals, as has been

described in Conger, is accompanied by a greater development of

the cranial nerves and an increase in the branching.

The nerves of the trigeminal group are all large branches, and,

excepting the ramus oticus, pass forwards. The branches which

innervate the canal system are :—

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis.

2, The ramus buccalis,

3. The ramus maxillaris.

4, The ramus oticus,

1895.] SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES, - 295

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis is the first branch pass-

ing from the Gasserian ganglion. It is covered for a part of its

course by the branches of the olfactory nerve. It arises from the

ventral side of the Gasserian ganglion and gives off a series of fine

branches, which innervate the supra-orbital branch of the main

sensory canal (Pl. X XI. figs. 16, 17).

2. The ramus buccalis innervates the anterior portion of the

sub-orbital branch of the main sensory canal. Its distribution is

somewhat different from that figured and described in Esow. It

divides posterior to the orbit into two branches, both of which pass

forwards to the region of the snout. In Hsow this division takes

place anterior to the orbit.

3. The ramus mavillaris together with the ramus mandibularis

forms the main branch of the trigeminal nerve. It passes forwards

and downward towards the orbit, on the border of which it divides,

sending a branch (Pl. X XI. figs. 16, 17 7.mw.") to the posterior and

inferior portions of the sub-orbital branch of the main sensory

canal ; this again divides, forming the branch 7.ma.? (fig. 17) which

innervates the saccular dilatation number 4. The ramus mandi-

bularis does not innervate any portion of the canal system.

4. The ramus oticus innervates the whole of the main canal of

the head. It consists of two main divisions, which further divide

into numerous fine twigs.

The Facial nerve imnervates the terminal portion of the lateral

canal and the operculo-mandibular branch of the main canal. The

chief division, represented in Hsow by the ramus hyomandibularis

(Pl. XX. figs. 10, 11, r.Ay.), is somewhat different in Conger

(Pl. XXI. figs. 16, 17, r.hy.). Below the lateral border of the

frontal bone, and upon the upper portion of the hyomandibular

bone, it divides into two main branches; the smaller (fig. 17, 7.op.)

passes posteriorly beneath the opercular portion of the sensory

canal, Its main branch is continued backwards for some little

distance and innervates a large sensory organ in the saccular

dilatation number 1, and the last sensory organ in the lateral canal.

The two smaller divisions do not innervate any portion of the

canal system.

The larger branch, the ramus hyomandibularis (fig. 20, 7.hy.rm.),

passes along the side of the operculo-mandibular branch of the

main sensory canal and divides into a mandibular and hyoidean

branch. Branches from the former pass to the lower part of the

opercular portion of the operculo-mandibular branch, to the sac-

cular dilatations numbered 2 and 3, and also to the mandibular

portion of the canal.

The Glossopharyngeal Nerve.—I have been unable to trace any

portion of this nerve to the main canal. It seems, however, to

replace the anterior and dorsal branches of the vagi lateralis and

innervates the two sensory organs in the occipital commissure.

The Vagus is very similar to that described in sow, excepting

that there are no anterior branches given off from the vagi

lateralis, '

296 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

VII, Summary.

The more important features set forth in the foregoing pages

may be summarized as follows :—

(a) The sensory canal system in the Physostomous Teleostei

is widely removed from that present in the Elasmobranchi, but

shows many affinities to that in the Ganoidei, e.g. the manner in

which the canals and branches are protected and the dermal

character of the lateral canal, in many forms.

(b) The species of the different families differ largely from one

another, and in some particulars either agree with more specialized

or generalized fishes ; e.g. in Salmo the main canal of the head and

the supra- and sub-orbital branches &c. are protected by a series

of small drainpipe-like canal-bones not unlike those described and

figured in Polyodon and Acipenser (3. p. 524), while in Conger and

partly in the Siluride the branching is not unlike that which

obtains in many Anacanthinous forms,

cases few in number, as are also the sensory organs in the canals

and branches.

(d) In the Siluroids the results obtained support the view that

the sensory canal system in this family is one which once was

much more complicated in its nature and has since degenerated.

The facts which favour such a view are :—

a. The fewness and smallness of the cluster-pores.

b. The exceedingly minute primitive pores.

c. The dimensions of the canals and branches.

d. The many indications, in various bones, of pre-existing

canals.

(e) Excepting in Callichthys and Esow all the branches on the

head pass off from the main canal.

(f) The presence of grooves in various stages of development

in Pimelodus affords an instance of the manner in which the canals

are formed and further how in their earlier condition they resemble

that common to the adults of more generalized fishes.

(g) The succession of canals in Salmo is exceedingly interesting,

showing as it does a series of functionless canals passing through

the substance of the bone and which once probably communicated

with the surface by a series of pores. By a later anastomosis of

these pores and a growth of small drainpipe-like ossifications a

second and more superficial series of canals arose, which gradually

replaced altogether those traversing the deeply-seated cranial

elements.

(h) Wherever the branching of the main canal and branches is

sreat, and the sensory organs in the same more numerous, there is

a corresponding increase in the branching of the trigeminal group

of nerves.

(i) The nerve-supply is fairly constant throughout the suborder,

but there is some slight interchangeability, which is set forth in the

following table :— ;

1895. | SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. 297

Trigeminal. — Lee

lt Spi eieirnae erficialis Fairly constant, supplying main canal and

poe, Aa % the supra- and sub-orbital branches,

In Amiurus the ramus oticus supplies the upper part of the opercular

portion of the operculo-mandibular branch.

In Amiurus the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis supplies the cluster-

pores. In Conger the ramus maxillaris may supply posterior part of

the sub-orbital branch.

Ramus mandibularis. May either supply mandibular portion of the operculo-

mandibular branch (Amiwrus) or no portion of the canal system (other

types).

Facial Septies the operculo-mandibular branch. In Conger also supplies

a sensory organ in lateral canal.

Glossopharyngeal. May either innervate a portion or the whole of the main

canal or the occipital commissure only, or it may not supply any portion

of the canal system (Amiwrus ?).

Vagus, May or may not by anterior branches supply the initial portion of

the main canal of the head.

It will be seen, from the above tabular view of the nerves, that

the innervation proceeds very largely from the trigeminal group of

nerves. I have pointed out in previous papers (3 and 4) that in

the Elasmobranchii the canal system was supplied solely by

the facial group; in the Ganoidei the same feature still obtained,

with the addition of a larger innervation from the ramus oticus,

and also a portion of the system in Polyodon was supplied by the

ramus mandibularis of the trigeminal.

In most of the species examined the glossopharyngeal nerve

innervated some portion of the main canal or the occipital com-

missure (excepting Amiurus?), replacing the branch of the vagus

lateralis marked I’ in Polyodon (cf. 3. pl. 40. fig. 11).

With the exception of Amia, in which Allis (1) states that the

glossopharyngeal nerve innervates a single sense-organ and a series

of what he terms “‘pit-organs ’—probably synonymous with what

I have called ‘primitive pores”—the Physostomi are the most

generalized class of fishes in which such a condition is found.

The innervation of any portion of the canal system by the

glossopharyngeal nerve is certainly a characteristic feature in

Teleostean fishes. -Amiais probably the only Ganoid in which

such a condition obtains,

VIII. BreriogRapny.

1, Aus, E. P.—“The Anatomy and Development of the

Lateral Line System in Amia calva.” Journ. Morphology,

1889, vol. ii. pp. 463-569, pls. xxx.—xlii.

2. BripeE, T. W., and Happon, A. C.—“ Contributions to the

Anatomy of Fishes.—II. The Air-Bladder and Weberian

Ossicles in the Siluroid Fishes.” Phil. Trans. 1893, pp. 65-

333, pls. 11-19.

3. Continen, Water E.—‘ The Sensory Canal System of

Fishes. Pt. I. Ganoidei.” Quart. Journ. Micros, Sci. 1894,

yol. xxxvi. pp. 499-537, pls. 39, 40,

298 ON THE SENSORY CANAL SYSTEM OF FISHES. [Apr. 2,

4, Corziner, Wauter E.—“ Some Researches upon the Sensory

Canal System of Ganoids.” Proc. Birmingham N., H. & Phil.

Soc. 1895, vol. ix. pp. 77-81.

5. Hyrrn, J.—“ Ueber den Seitencanal von Lota.” Sitzungsb. d.

k. Akad. d. W., Math.-naturw. Cl. 1866, Bd. i. pp. 551-557,

dy spl:

6. Eieenia: F.—*“ Ueber die Schleimkanile der Knochenfische.”

Arch. f. Anat. und Phys. 1850, pp. 170-181, Taf. iv.

7. Leypic, F.—‘‘ Neue Beitrige zur anatomischen Kenntniss der

Hautdecke und Hautsinnesorgane der Fische.” Festschrift d.

Naturf. Ges. zu Halle, 1879, pp. 1-58, Taf. vii.—x.

8. Leypic, F.—‘ Zur Kenntniss der Hautdecke und Mund-

schleimhaut indischer Cyprinoiden.’ Bonn, 1883, pp. 1-28,

T. 1-11.

9. M‘Donnett, R.—“ On the System of the Lateral Line in

Fishes.” Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 1862, vol. xxix. pp. 161-

187, pls. iv.-vi.

10. McMvrricu, J. P.—‘* The Osteology of Amiurus catus (L.),

Gill.” Proc. Canadian Inst. 1884, vol. ii. N. 8S. pp. 270-810,

“ke en H. B.—‘“ The Lateral Line System in Siluroids.”

Zool. Jahrb.’ 1892, pp. 525-550, pls. xxxv., xxxvi.

12. Wricut, R. Ramsay.— On the Skin and Cutaneous Sense-

organs of Amiurus.” Proc. Canadian Inst., 1884, vol. 11. N. 8.

pp- 251-269, part of pl. 1.

13. Wricut, R. Ramsay.— On the Nervous System and Sense-

organs of Amiurus.” Ibid. pp. 352-386, pls. i., iv.—vi.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVIII.-XXI.

Fig. 1. Diagrammatic view of the head of Clarias, illustrating the distribution

of the sensory canal system of the head and the nerves innervating their

sense-organs, ‘The canals and branches are coloured_yellow, the tri-

geminal nerve blue, and the facial red.

Lettering.

c.b, Canal-bone. r.hm. Ramus hyomandibularis,

f. Frontal. r.ky., Ramus hyoideus.

F.com. Frontal commissure. 7.m. Ramus maxillaris.

hyom, Hyomandibular. rmn, Ramus mandibularis (tri-

1. Vagi lateralis. geminal),

/', Anterior branch of vagi later- r.m', Ramus mandibularis (facial).

alis. r.o.p. Ramus ophthalmicus pro-

L.C. Lateral canal. fundus.

m, Mandible. r.0.s. Ramus ophthalmicus super-

M.C. Main canal. ficialis.

m.pt. Metapterygoid. r.ot. Ramus oticus.

Oc.com. Occipital commissure. s.op. Sub-operculum.

op. Operculum. S.or. Sub-orbital branch of main

Op.-Mn. Operculo-mandibular branch sensory canal.

of main sensory canal, Sp.o. Supra-orbital branch of

or. Orbit. " - qn sensory canal.

.op. Preoperculum, gl, Vagus lion,

pee Quadrate. Vg. Vagus, Ae

r.b, Ramus buccalis,

1895.] ON SOME CRANIAL CHARACTERS OF THE SALMONOIDS. 299

Fig. 2. Diagrammatic view of the sensory canal system in the head of Amiurus.

(Lettering as above.)

Fig. 3. Figure showing the series of canal-bones, ¢.},, in Amiurus, which connect

the main canal of the head with the operculo-mandibular branch.

From the series of canal-bones, ¢.b., the canal passes first into a portion

of the hyomandibular, hyom., then into the preoperculum, p.op., and

finally into the quadrate, gu.

Fig. 4. Diagrammatic view of the sensory canal system in the head of Pimelodus.

(Lettering as before.)

Fig. 5. Dendritic branches and grooves from the sub-orbital and operculo-

mandibular branch of the main sensory canal of Pimelodus,

Fig. 6. Lateral view of the head of Callichthys littoralis, showing the distribution

of the sensory canal system.

Fig. 7. Lateral view of the head of Labeo dussumieri, showing the distribution of

the sense-organs. X 1. (Drawn by Mr. F. W. Crispe.)

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section through one of the flask-shaped sense-organs in

Labeo dusswmieri, showing the pore, p., and the sensory filaments, s.fl.,

arising from the walls of the cavity. The nerve innervating the gense-

organ is shown at the base, n.f.

Fig. 9. Sensory filament, highly magnified ; the nerve fibre, 7./., passes up the

filament for nearly two-thirds of its length and then divides into

a number of very fine branches, which terminate around the disc, d.

Fig. 10. Diagrammatic view of the sensory canal system in the head of soa and

distribution of the trigeminal and facial nerves.

Fig. 11. Lateral diagrammatic view of the same.

Fig. 12. Diagram illustrating the distribution of the mandibular branches of

the trigeminal and facial nerves in Esoz.

Fig. 13, Lateral diagrammatic view of the sensory canal system in Salmo.

Fig. 14. Dorsal view of the same. The sensory canals are coloured yellow.

Those canals which are no longer functional and pass through the

cranial elements are indicated by a double black line.

Fig. 15. Canal-bones from the main canal of the head of Salmo.

Fig. 16. Dorsal diagrammatic view of the sensory canal system of Conger and

innervation of the same. ‘he figures 1 to 6 indicate the saccular

dilatations. .op., Ramus opercularis. Other lettering as above.

Fig. 17. Lateral diagrammatic view of the same.

Figs. 18,19. Cartilages from the occipital commissure of the sensory canal

system of Conger.

2. Remarks on some Cranial Characters of the Salmonoids.

By G. A. Boutznesr, F.R.S.

[Received March 27, 1895.]

Various attempts have been made to split up the Salmonoids

into families and subfamilies. In his classification of 1871},

Prof. Cope proposed to separate the Coregonide from the

Salmonide owing to their having the parietal bones united in

front of the supraoccipital, whilst they are separated by the latter

bone in the Salmonide proper. In a recent paper, Dr. T. Gill?

controverts Cope’s statement, remarking that “on examination of

a skull of Coregonus” he finds the same relation of the bones as in

Salmo, whilst the arrangement ascribed to Coregonus is character-

? Trans. Amer. Philos, Soc. (2) xiv. 1871, p. 454,

2-Proc, U,S. Nat. Mus, xvi. 1894, p- 117,

300 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON SOME CRANIAL [Apr. 2,

istic of Thymallus. For this reason Coregonus is retained in the

Salmonide and Thymallus is raised to family rank; the author

adding that the Thymallide are further distinguished from the

Salmonide by the presence of epipleurals and the greater deve-

lopment of the dorsal fin, many of the anterior rays of which are

unbranched. The last feature, by itself, is too trivial to be used

as a family character; and the first characteristic is unfounded,

Salmo and Coregonus haying well-developed epipleurals.

As to the condition of the parietal bones, it seems curious that

there should be divergence of opinion on a point so easy to

ascertain even in spirit-specimens. It is not stated to what

species of Coregonus the skull belongs on which Gill’s observation

is based, but all the examples I have examined in the British

Museum, skeletons and alcoholics, of European and American

species of that genus, show the parietals forming a more or less

extensive suture between the frontals and supraoccipital, as ascer-

tained by Cope. I am therefore at a loss to account for Gill’s

statement to the contrary.

I have also examined Brachymystax, which, from its very small

scales combined with a small mouth, holds a position intermediate

between Salmo and Coregonus; the supraoccipital separates the

parietals, as in Salmo.

In his paper quoted above, Gill founds a subfamily, Stenodon-

tine, in the family Salmonidx, for the curious genus Stenodus,

Rich. (Luciotrutta, Gthr.), without having been able, however, to

examine the skeleton. A large head of the “ Inconnu,” Stenodus

mackenzi, from the Mackenzie River, was presented by Mr. Walter

Gordon Cumming to the Museum a few weeks ago, and I have had

it prepared as a skull in order to supplement this gap in our

knowledge of Salmonoid osteology. This skull is here figured.

It will be seen that Gill’s statement, “lower jaw articulating

with the quadrates behind the eyes,” is not quite correct, the

articulation of the mandible falling below the posterior border of

the orbit, in this respect intermediate between Salmo and Coregonus.

The posterior process of the quadrate is very long and slender.

The supraorbital is very large and in contact with the postorbital.

But what is especially noteworthy is the condition of the supra-

occipital and parietals, the latter bones forming a very short

suture, separating the former from the frontals, a condition which

is, in fact, intermediate between the two types mentioned above.

On examining a smaller specimen of Stenodus mackenzii and a

specimen of the Russian S. leucichthys, I find no union whatever

between the parietals, and therefore the character to which Cope

and Gill have attached so great an importance falls to the ground.

It must be remarked, however, that, as I have ascertained by

removing the parietals in specimens of Coregonus williamsonti, the

supraoccipital joins the frontal. Therefore even in Coregonus and

Thymallus the relation is a widely different one from that obtained

in Cyprinoids and Characinoids, the apparent resemblance being

merely due to the fact that in the Salmonoids in question the

1895. ] CHARACTERS OF THE SALMONOIDS. 301

parietals extend over the supraoccipital, whilst in Salmo they are

the frontals which overlap the supraoccipital.

Bigs i

Upper and side views of the skull of Stenodus mackenzit. (4 nat. size.)

The result of the investigation that I have undertaken is that

there is no reason for separating Coregonus and Thymallus from

the Salmonide.

302 PROF. T, W. BRIDGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

I also wish to observe on this occasion that the Percopside,

which are not included in Cope’s synopsis and are placed in

“Suborder uncertain” by Gill, are most nearly allied to the

Salmonide. As in Salmo, the supraoccipital completely separates

the parietals. Prof. Stewart, who has kindly examined bones of

Percopsis guttatus and Columbia transmontana at my request,

informs me that he has been unable to find a trace of lacuna,

although these are present in the bones of Salmo, Coregonus,

Thymallus, Stenodus, Microstoma, and Argentina; he, however,

finds them likewise absent in Osmerus, Hypomesus, Retropinna,

Salanx, and Plecoglossus.

3. On certain Features in the Skull of Osteoglossum

formosum. By Prof. T. W. Brings, M.A."

[Received March 28, 1895.]

(Plate XXII.)

While recently examining a skeleton of a specimen of Osteoglossum

formosum, Mill. et Schl., in the Zoological Museum of Mason

College, I noticed one or two interesting features in connection

with the skull which, so far as I have been able to discover, have not

previously been described. The only reference to the skull with

which I am acquainted is by Hyrtl in his “ Beitrag zur Anatomie

von Heterotis ehrenbergii, C.V.” (Denkschr. d. Akad. Wiss. Wien,

Bd. viii. 1854, pp. 73-88). In this paper the author briefly

compares the skeleton of Osteoglossum with that of Heterotis ; but

although the comparison extends to certain features in the

structure of the skull in the two genera, Hyrtl makes no refer-

ence whatever to those structural modifications in the skull of

Osteoglossum to which I desire to direct attention.

On examining the base of the skull of Osteoglossum formosum

the parasphenoid (Pl. XXII. figs. 1 and 2, ps.) is seen occupying

its normal position, firmly attached to the ventral surface of the

basioccipital behind, and, from that point, extending forwards

beneath the cartilaginous interorbital region to its junction with

the dentigerous vomers anteriorly. As the parasphenoid passes

between and beneath the two prootic bones it forms the floor of

a median canal for the muscles of the eyeball, the roof of which is,

as usual, formed by the mesial union of the two prootics in the

floor of the cranial cavity. At this point the parasphenoid gives

off from its lateral margins two well-marked processes on each

side: first, an ascending process (ps./.) which passes obliquely

upwards, in contact with the anterior margin of the prootic of

its side, and finally terminates above by overlapping the outer

surfaces of the prootic (pr.o.), the sphenotic (sp.o.), and the

1 Communicated by Dr. Ginrunr, F.R.S.

B24. 3 169579 wa

V.Crispe del.ad nat. P. Smit lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM.

1895.] SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM. 303

alisphenoid (as.) bones at the point where the three are in

sutural connection with one another near the antero-superior

angle of the auditory capsule (fig. 1). This process is, undoubtedly,

the equivalent of the conspicuous ascending or lateral process

of the parasphenoid in certain Ganoids, which it also closely

resembles in its extensive relations to the anterior wall of the

auditory capsule, and, more particularly, in its extension so far

dorsally as to overlap the sphenotic region—an extension which,

so far as I am aware, has no parallel in any other Teleost,

although characteristic of such Ganoids as Acipenser, Polypterus,

and Amia. The second of the two processes (figs. 1 and 2, ps.a.)

is about 13 mm. in length and grows out on either side from the

lateral margin of the parasphenoid, immediately ventrad to the

root of the ascending process, and tapers to a free distal extremity.

The process is horizontally disposed, at right angles to the long

axis of the parasphenoid, or, at any rate, has but a very slight

upward inclination from its root outwards, and is furnished with

smooth rounded surfaces. This process may be termed the

articular process of the parasphenoid. Midway between the roots

of the two articular processes, and projecting downwards from the

ventral surface of the parasphenoid, there is a mesially situated

tubercle of bone (fig. 1, ps.t.) which supports a small cluster of

teeth. These are small but variable in size, conical in shape, with

pointed crowns, and so arranged that the two largest teeth occupy

the hinder margin of the cluster, while about six smaller teeth are

closely grouped together immediately in front of them.

The formation of special articular processes in connection with

the parasphenoid is correlated with certain modifications in the

mandibular arch, whereby the latter acquires a special articular

connection with the former. The metapterygoid (figs. 3 and 4,

mt.pg.) occupies its normal position as the proximal element of the

arch. Posteriorly, the bone overlaps the external surface of the

inferior half of the hyomandibular (Aym.) and the contiguous

outer surface of the symplectic (sym.); anteriorly, the meta-

pterygoid is, in turn, overlapped on its inner surface by the

mesopterygoid (m.pg.), while inferiorly it is firmly articulated to

the superior margin of the quadrate (q.). The mesopterygoid

(fig. 3, m.pg.) is the largest of the palato-pterygoid series, of

which it forms the upper two-thirds. It is somewhat triangular

in shape, the apex being directed anteriorly towards the palatine

region, while the wider posterior portion overlaps the inner

surfaces of the metapterygoid and quadrate bones. Inferiorly,

the bone is firmly united to the pterygoid (pg.) throughout its

entire length. The pterygoid (pg.) forms the inferior third of

the palato-pterygoid series of bones, overlapping the inner

surface of the quadrate behind, while externally, and for at least

the anterior half of its length, it is rigidly attached to the inner

surface of the dentigerous maxilla. A distinct palatine element is

either non-existent or entirely cartilaginous, at any rate no trace

of a palatine bone could be detected in the specimen examined,

304 PROF. I. W. BRIDGE ON THE [Apr. ?

As far as could be seen in the dried skull, the usual connection

between the anterior extremity of the palato-pterygoid bar and

the lateral ethmoid of its side must have been of a loose

ligamentous character. Between the metapterygoid and the

parasphenoid there is a singular articular connection. From the

antero-superior angle of the metapterygoid a process (fig. 3, mt.a.)

is bent inwards towards the base of the skull and lies in the

horizontal plane. The anterior and posterior margins of the

process are curved slightly upwards in such a way that the process

forms a somewhat shallow, demi-cylindrical, articular surface, the

concavity of which looks directly upwards. The mesopterygoid

(figs. 3 and 4, mp.g.’), which, as already mentioned, overlaps the

inner surface of the metapterygoid, is also bent horizontally

inwards, but at its postero-superior angle, and, moreover, partially

embraces the preceding process in such a way as to strengthen the

floor and, at the same time, deepen the sides of the demi-cylinder.

The hyomandibular also contributes to the formation of this

curious articular surface. A process* from the anterior margin of

the superior half of that bone (fig. 3, hym.*) is prolonged obliquely

downwards and forwards, and, after blending with the anterior lip

of the demi-cylinder, becomes applied to the adjacent upper

margin of the mesopterygoid (m.pg.). It will be seen, therefore,

that this process not only strengthens the anterior wall of the

demi-cylinder, but, in addition, furnishes the latter with an

incomplete roof. In the normal condition of these parts the

articular processes of the parasphenoid fit into the two demi-

cylindrical articular surfaces provided for them by the meta-

pterygoids, in such a way, that a lateral sliding motion of the latter

on the parasphenoid is possible.

In addition to the acutely-pointed teeth in the premaxille,

maxillz, and vomers, both the mesopterygoid and pterygoid bones

carry teeth of variable size over nearly the whole extent of their

inner or oral surfaces. The inferior border of the pterygoid

(fig. 3, pg.) carries a series of small pointed teeth arranged parallel

to the more externally situated and larger maxillary teeth (mw.).

The rest of the inner surface of the bone (fig. 4, pg.) exhibits a

granular appearance, from the presence of numerous, extremely

fine, closely-set teeth. For the same reason the greater part of

the oral surface of the mesopterygoid (m.pg.) has a very similar

appearance, but, within a short distance of the superior margin of

the bone, the fine denticles are replaced by a single longitudinally

disposed row of much larger, conical, pointed teeth (fig. 4). Of

these teeth the most posterior are the largest, and, moreover, are

situated exactly opposite the mesial cluster of teeth in the

parasphenoid; from this point forwards the teeth gradually but

rapidly diminish in size. The teeth are slightly curved, and hence

their pointed enamel-tipped crowns are directed obliquely inwards

and a little downwards towards the corresponding teeth of the

2 Tam inclined to think that this process is not an actual extension of the

hyomandibular, but, on the contrary, is really an ossified ligament.

1895. | SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM. 305

opposite side of the oral cavity, instead of being at right angies to

the surface of the mesopterygoid like the remaining teeth which

this bone supports.

From this description it is apparent :—

i. That the various bones which form the proximal half of the

mandibular arch and its palato-pterygoid bar are firmly rigidly

connected with one another, and also with the corresponding

elements of the hyoid arch—that is, with the hyomandibular and

symplectic bones.

ii. That, in consequence of the articular connection of the

hyomandibular with the periotic capsule, and the metapterygoids

with the articular processes of the parasphenoid, combined with

the looseness of the ethmo-palatine connection, the whole series of

bones on each side are capable of a more or less extensive inward

and outward movement, accompanied at the same time by the

lateral contraction or expansion of the oral cavity. It is also

clear that while the hyomandibular articulation with the skull and

the nature of the ethmo-palatine connection will give the necessary

mobility to the rigidly connected series of bones considered as a

whole, the sliding character of the joint between the meta-

pterygoids and the parasphenoid will give precision to such

movements by strictly limiting them to the alternate approximation

and separation of the bones of opposite sides of the head.

iii. That, as the result of such movements, the linear series of

obliquely set teeth in the two mesopterygoids become opposable

in the median line of the oral cavity, and, in conjunction with the

mesial teeth in the parasphenoid, form part of an additional oral

masticatory mechanism, distinct from the usual mechanism which

is furnished by the upper and lower jaws and their teeth.

I have no knowledge of the character of the food of Osteoglossum,

but, whatever may be its nature, it is evident that the food is

subject to some kind of mastication in the oral cavity by the two

parallel series of mesopterygoid teeth after its seizure in the first

instance by the ordinary jaws. From this point of view there

seems to be a fairly close analogy between Osteoglossum and the

Crayfish, inasmuch as the relative functions of the mandibles and

the gastric mill in the latter would seem to be performed by the

ordinary jaws, and by the mesopterygoid and parasphenoidal teeth

respectively in the former. In fact the analogy becomes even

more precise if we consider that the relative position and relations

of the mesopterygoid and parasphenoidal teeth in Osteoglossum are

essentially similar to those of the zygocardiac and urocardiac teeth

in the gastric mill of the Crustacean. It may be pointed out,

however, that the two series of mesopterygoid teeth can scarcely

come into actual contact in the median line of the oral cavity, but,

on the other hand, it is certain that they can be brought so close

together as readily to effect the crushing or more or less complete

mastication of food which has been taken into the mouth.

In discussing the functions of the oral masticatory mechanism

of Osteoglossum the singular dentigerous “tongue” of this fish,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XX. 20

306 PROF, T, W. BRIDGE ON THB (Apr. 2,

and its functional relations to other parts of the mechanism, must

not, however, be left out of consideration. This organ (fig. 5) is

an elongated band-like structure, somewhat broader behind than

in front, and consists of a continuous plate of tooth-bone confluent

below with the upper surfaces of the large basihyal and the two

most anterior of the basibranchial elements. The tooth-bone carries

over the whole extent of its upper or oral surface an extensive

series of closely-set teeth, the largest of which are arranged in

three parallel longitudinal rows—a lateral series (7.t.) along each

outer margin of the “tongue,” and a mesial row (m.t.) along. the

centre. The lateral teeth, although somewhat smaller, are very

similar in shape and disposition to the linear series in each

mesopterygoid, and, like the latter, diminish in size from behind

forwards ; the central teeth, on the contrary, are smaller in size,

obtusely conical in shape, and much less regularly arranged.

Between the three principal series of “lingual” teeth the surface

of the “tongue” has a granulated appearance from the presence

of a number of minute, conical, closely-set teeth. In its natural

position in the mouth the linear series of lateral teeth are

vertically opposable to the corresponding series of mesopterygoid

teeth, while the mesial series lie between and below the latter. It

is probable, therefore, that all three series of teeth (viz. the

mesopterygoid, the parasphenoidal, and the “ lingual”) co-operate

in effecting the mastication of the food—the mesopterygoid teeth

by means of their lateral motion in the horizontal plane, and the

lingual teeth through their vertical movements, or possibly, but

improbably, by a kind of rasping action.

The capacity for lateral movement on the part of certain of the

oral bones is by no means peculiar to Osteoglossum. In the Pike

(Esox), for example, and probably also in many other Teleosts,

there can be no doubt that the proximal elements of the hyoid

and mandibular arches and the various bones of the palato-

pterygoid series are capable of similar movements as a more or

less rigid whole, and that, in consequence, the jaw-system is

similarly capable of lateral expansion and contraction. The

capacity of the bones in question for lateral movement is no doubt

of great service in widening the gape and thereby adapting the

jaws for seizing relatively large prey, or it may be of considerable

advantage in enabling the fish to firmly retain its possibly

struggling prey in the oral cavity prior to the act of swallowing,

or even in effectually aiding deglutition itself; but, at the same

time, it is extremely doubtful if anything of the nature of oral

mastication can be effected by these means. On the other hand,

in none of the ordinary Teleosts is there any articulation between

the metapterygoid and the base of the skull, and whatever lateral

mobility the bones under discussion possess is entirely due to the

nature of the hyomandibular-pterotic and the ethmo-palatine

articulations. The special peculiarity of Osteoglossum lies in the

fact that, while the jaws are capable of the same kind of lateral

movement as in the Pike, there is, in addition, a secondary

1895. | SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM. 307

articulation of the metapterygoid with the skull, the result of

which is to give an altogether exceptional precision to such

movements in accordance with the requirements of the highly

specialized oral masticatory apparatus of this fish.

I am unable to say how far the possession of the mechanism is

peculiar to Osteoglossum formosum among the Osteoglosside. It

would certainly be interesting to ascertain whether it is restricted

to this species, or is shared by either, or both, of the two remaining

species of the genus, viz. O. bicirrhosum and O. leichardti ; and

also whether the mechanism is present in the sole remaining

genera of the family, Heterotis and Arapaima.

It has been remarked that the peculiar metapterygo-parasphe-

noidal articulation of Ostcoglossum formosum has no parallel in any

other Teleostean fish, but it is nevertheless interesting to remark

that an essentially similar mechanism is to be found in Lepidosteus

osseus. In this Ganoid the basicranial articular surface for the

metapterygoid is formed in part by a lateral outgrowth from the

parasphenoid, and partly also by a descending process from the

adjacent portion of the prootic, the former process forming the

inner, and the latter the outer half of a transversely-elongated

condyle provided with smooth, rounded, anterior and ventral

surfaces. In his valuable paper on the “‘ Development of the

Skull in Lepidosteus osseus” (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1882) the late

Professor Kitchen Parker refers to these condyles under the name

of “ basipterygoid processes,” and describes them as being ossified

by the alisphenoids. It is difficult, however, to see how this can

be the case, at any rate from an examination of the adult skull.

The processes in question certainly seem to be formed to an equal

extent by the parasphenoids and the prootics, and are widely

separated from the alisphenoids. The connection between the

proximal elements of the hyoid arch and the corresponding bones

of the mandibular arch is neither so intimate nor so rigid as in

Osteoglossum ; but, on the other hand, the metapterygoid, quadrate,

pterygoid, and mesopterygoid bones are very firmly and rigidly

united together by overlapping sutures. The metapterygoid (see

Parker, loc. cit. plate 37. fig. 4, mt.pg.) is inclined obliquely

downwards and forwards, so that the long axis of the bone makes

an acute angle with the anterior section of the skull. The upper

or cranial extremity of the bone is furnished with a transversely

disposed concave surface for articulation with the condyle provided

for it by the parasphenoid and prootic. The palato-pterygoid

series consists of a relatively small mesopterygoid, which overlaps

the dorsal borders of the pterygoid and quadrate bones; and an

exceptionally large pterygoid, firmly applied posteriorly to the

inner surfaces of both the metapterygoid and the quadrate, and

gradually tapering to a thin, flexible, splint-like anterior portion.

The latter part of the pterygoid (see Parker, /. c. plate 37. fig. 3,

pg-) forms part of the slender rostral portion of the skull, and is

situated between the parasphenoid (pu.s.) and vomers (v.) mesially,

the superficial palatine (pa.') and the segmented maxilla (mz.')

20*

308 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE [Apr. 2,

externally, and the frontal (f.) and ethmo-nasal (¢é.n.) bones

above. The bones forming the lateral portions of the rostrum or

snout—that is, the pterygoid, the superficial palatine, and the

divided maxilla—are firmly connected together, but their connection

with the mesial elements of the rostrum—the parasphenoid,

vomers, and ethmo-nasals—is loose and ligamentous. The usual

ethmo-palatine articulation is apparently altogether wanting in

Lepidosteus ; but the necessary lateral mobility of the palato-

pterygoid series in front is secured, (i.) by the flexibility of the

thin anterior portion of the pterygoid, and (ii.) by the loose liga-

mentous connection which has been described as existing between

the palato-pterygoid series, including the maxille, and the mesial

bones of the beak. The place of the normal ethmo-palatine joint

is apparently taken by a secondary articulation furnished by a

smooth oval surface on the inner side of a preorbital process of

the frontal and a similar facet on the superior border of the

pterygoid. It may be concluded, therefore, that, as in Osteoglossum,

the palato-pterygoid series of bones are capable of more or less

extensive lateral movement as a rigid whole on the metapterygo-

parasphenoidal and the pterygo-frontal articulations, and, further,

that such lateral movements are accompanied by the alternate

approximation and separation of the two pterygoid bones in the

mesial line of the oral cavity. '

As regards the character of the teeth supported by the oral

bones, Lepidosteus differs considerably from Osteoglossum. Apart

from the acutely pointed teeth in the mazxille, there is a series of

similar but much smaller teeth in the superficial palatines, and also

a number of closely-set denticles on the vomers and on a limited

area of the oral surface of each pterygoid. These teeth, however,

can ouly be of service in the vertical movements of the ordinary

jaws, and even in the case of the pterygoid teeth it is obvious,

from their position, size, and mode of implantation, that they can

have no functional significance in connection with the lateral

mobility of their supporting bones. It is possible that, as in Zsow,

the lateral mobility of the palato-pterygoid bones and the maxille

is simply to admit of the lateral expansion of the jaws when

seizing relatively large prey ; but although this may be one of the

advantages which the fish derives from this mechanism, the

probability that the partially swallowed prey may be subjected to

a process of crushing in the oral cavity by the lateral movements

of the pterygoids must, nevertheless, not be lost sight of. It may

also be remarked that the latter suggestion is strongly supported

by the fact that the superior or inner edges of the two pterygoid

bones are capable of being brought into actual contact in the

median line of the mouth-cavity for a considerable portion of

their length.

There is another interesting feature in which Lepidosteus

resembles Osteoglossum, and that is the structure of the “ tongue.”

In the Ganoid the floor of the mouth is elevated to form a well-

marked, elongated, and somewhat strap-shaped “ tongue,” which

1895.] SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM. 309

terminates anteriorly in a free extremity loosely attached by a

fibrous frenum (Plate XXII. fig. 6). The upper or oral surface of

the “ tongue” is invested by two parallel rows of small, somewhat

rectangular, bony plates. Over the greater part of the length of

the “tongue” the plates in each longitudinal row are firmly

connected together by interdigitating sutures, and also, in the

median line, with the plates of the other row; but, as the bony

plates become gradually smaller and less regular in shape towards

the free extremity of the “tongue,” the two rows become separated

by a median area of relatively soft skin. The oral surfaces of the

plates are extremely rugose, and as the sutural lines between the

various plates of each row form somewhat elevated ridges, it

follows that in addition to the general rugose character of the

oral surface of the “tongue” the latter is further complicated

by a double series of short transversely disposed bony ridges.

Inferiorly, the two series of bony plates are supported by an

exceptionally large, forwardly directed basihyal (see Parker, J. ¢.

plate 37). In its natural position in the mouth the “tongue ” is

situated in the median line between, but immediately below, the

two pterygoid bones, and at the point where these bones are

capable of the maximum extent of lateral movement, precisely

as is the case in Osteoglossum. The function of the tongue it is

difficult to ascertain with certainty. That it takes some part in

the process of mastication seems, from its structure and relations,

highly probable, but its precise mode of action is uncertain. If

the organ is capable of a rasping motion it may aid the mastication

of the food when the latter is firmly held by the mesial apposition

of the pterygoids, or, as has already been suggested in the case of

Osteoglossum, the ‘‘ tongue” may co-operate by its vertical move-

ments with the simultaneous lateral crushing movements of the

pterygoids in the process of mastication. In any case the close

resemblance in all important details between Lepidosteus and

Osteoglossum as regards the structure, position, and relations

of the “tongue” renders it very difficult to avoid the conclusion

that the organ has the same physiological value in each fish,

and the difficulty becomes greater if we bear in mind that the

resemblance extends also to the essential modifications and

relations of the various oral bones in the two genera.

In conclusion it may be said that Osteoglossum and Lepidosteus

agree in possessing an oral masticatory mechanism constructed on

an essentially similar plan, although it is evident from the

preceding description that certain relatively slight special modi-

fications exist in each case. Especially is the agreement shown by

a feature which is unique among fishes, and that is, the develop-

ment of a secondary movable articulation between the proximal

element (metapterygoid) of the mandibular arch and the skull,

which, in consequence, assumes a quasi-amphistylic condition.

Osteoglossum is, without doubt, a very generalized Teleost, and it

may be mentioned that there are several features in the skull

and in other portions of the skeleton which support this view;

310 ON THE SKULL OF OSTEOGLOSSUM FORMOSUM. ‘[Apr. 2,

but, at the same time, it is equally clear that there can be no

direct phylogenetic relation between the two genera. Hence the

independent development of an essentially similar mechanism in

two such widely distinct fishes can only be regarded as an in-

teresting and striking example of parallelism in evolution.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

[The figures are all of natural size. ]

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the hinder part of the skull of Osteoglossum formosum,

showing the lateral and articular processes of the parasphenoid and

the mesial cluster of parasphenoidal teeth.

Oo bo

. Ventral view of the same structures.

. Lateral view of the bones of the proximal portions of the mandibular

and hyoid arches, including also the proximal part of the lower jaw,

the hinder section of the maxilla, and the articular surface on the

metapterygoid. The dotted line indicates the extent to which the

mesopterygoid and pterygoid bones overlap the inner surfaces of the

metapterygoid and quadrate respectively. The process of the hyo-

mandibular (hym.1) has been partially removed.

—

. Ventral view of the same structures, showing the two upvonole series

of mesopterygoid teeth, the parasphenoida! teeth, an

the mode. of

articulation of the metapterygoid with the two lateral condyles

furnished by the parasphenoid.

5. The oral surface of the “tongue,” showing the three principal series of

teeth, the attachments of the first three pairs of hypobranchial bones,

and the second basibranchial element.

6. Similar view of the “tongue” of Lepidosteus osseus, showing the

arrangement of the two rows of rugose plates, the attachment of the

hypohyals, and the first basibranchial cartilage.

Reference Letters.

[The lettering is uniform throughout. ]

an. Angular,

ar, Articular,

as. Alisphenoid,

b.b.', 6.6.2. First and second basi-

branchials,

bo. Basioccipital.

d. Dentary.

eo. Exoccipital.

eo. Lateral plate of exoccipital.

f. Frontal.

hb, h.b.?, h.b.2 First, second, and

third hypobranchials.

h.hy. Hypohyal.

hym. Hyomandibular.

hym.’ Process of hyomandibular.

1.t. Lateral “lingual” teeth.

m.pg. Mesopterygoid.

m.pg.! Prolongation of mesoptery-

goid on the inner surface

of metapterygoid.

m.t. Mesial “lingual ” teeth.

mi.a. Articular surface of meta-

pterygoid.

mt.pg.

ML,

Metapterygoid.

Mazxill:

xa,

op. Operculum.

. Pterygoid.

. Preoperculum,

. Prootie.

. Parasphenoid.

. Articular process of para-

sphenoid.

. Lateral or ascending process

of parasphenoid.

. Parasphenoidal teeth,

. Pterotic.

. Quadrate.

. Supraoccipital.

. Sphenotic.

. Supra-temporal.

. Supra-temporal fossa.

. Symplectic.

. Vomer.

1895. ] ON SEVERAL RARB PALMARCTIC BIRDS. dll

4. Notes on several rare Palearctic Birds.

By H. E. Dressmr, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received April 2, 1895,]

Some time ago Professor Menzbier of Moscow forwarded to me

the type of his Gecinus flavirostris to compare with Mr. Hargitt’s

type of G. gorit. This, on comparison, Mr. Hargitt found to be

conspecific with his species, so that his name of gorii becomes a

synonym of G. flavirostris. He then told me that he was very

desirous to examine a specimen of Dr. Radde’s Picus minor, var.

quadrifasciatus (Orn. Canc. p. 315, pl. xix. fig. 5), which he thought

would probably prove to be a good species, and which he had

included in the Cat, B. Brit.xMus. (xviii. p. 256), as such, under

the name Dendrocopus quadrifasciatus (Radde). I therefore wrote

to my friend Dr. G. Radde, who at once most courteously forwarded

to me one of his type specimens, which I now exhibit. Directly I

received it I wrote to Mr. Hargitt to arrange a meeting so that we

could compare it together, and received a reply from Miss Hargitt

to say that her brother was ill and confined to his bed. From this,

unfortunately, he never again rose, and we all have to mourn the

loss of an excellent ornithologist and certainly our best authority

on the Woodpeckers.

Owing to Mr. Hargitt’s death I have had to compare the speci-

men in question myself, and, as will be seen, it has, as stated by

Dr. Radde, only four white transverse bands on the wing, instead

of five as is usually the case in P. minor ; but on the one wing the

fifth bar is present though only slightly developed. I have here

several specimens of P. minor from Northern Europe for comparison,

and two of these have, as will be seen, only four bars on one wing

and five on the other. Hence it would appear that P. quadrifasciatus

is only a variety of Picus minor, with which’it agrees closely in

every other respect except that it is somewhat smaller in size,

measuring culmen 0°61 inch, wing 3°5, tail 205, and tarsus 0°6. The.

underparts are also somewhat brown in tinge, but not browner

than in several other North-European specimens of P. minor.

Besides the specimen of P. quadrifasciatus, Dr. Radde sent his

type specimen of Lanius minor, var. obscurior (Orn. Cauc. p. 282,

pl. xviii. fig. 2), which I also exhibit, together with several specimens

of L. minor from Southern Europe. As will be seen, Dr. Radde’s

specimen differs only in being rather duller in tone of colour, and

is, as suggested also by Dr. Radde, merely an individual variety of

ZL. minor.

The Pied Flycatcher of the Caucasus, however, of which I have

received several specimens, two of which I now exhibit, is a good

species, differing both from Muscicapa atricapilla and M. collaris in

having a semicollar and in having much more white on the tail than

in either of those species. It was described and figured by Mr. E. F.

von Homeyer under the name of Muscicapa semitorquata (Zeitschr.

d. gesammt, Orn, 1885, p. 185, pl. x.). Mr, Homeyer had before

312 DR. 8T. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF ([ Apr. 2,

him six specimens from the Caucasus, all of which agreed closely

inter se in the characters given, in which this species differs from the

other two species of Pied Flycatchers. I have in my own collection

a fine adult male of M. semitorquata from Turkey, obtained many

years ago by the late Mr. Robson; and on examining the series in

the British Museum, I find that the specimens from Fao on the

Persian Gulf, Bushire, and Persia are referable to this species, and

not to M. atricapilla nor to M.collaris. It would therefore appear

that M. atricapilla does not range further east than Turkey nor

M. collaris than Asia Minor, being replaced east of those countries

by Muscicapa semitorquata.

In conclusion I may add that Dr. Radde has also sent me several

Long-tailed Titmice from Lenkoran and Tiflis, all of which are

undoubtedly referable to Acredula caucasica and not to A.caudata.

5. The Skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus compared with that

of Psittacus erithacus.—Part I. By St. Grorcr Mrvarrt,

F.R.S.

[Received March 25, 1895.]

In a former paper, read on March 5, 1895, I described the hyoid

bones of certain Parrots and, amongst them, compared those of

Lorius flavopalliatus with the same parts in Psittacus erithacus,

having taken the latter as my type and standard of comparison.

The admirable works of Professor Alphonse Milne-Edwards on

the Fossil Birds of France and on the Osteology of the Psittaci do

not contain figures or descriptions of any species of Loriide, and

the same must be said of Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich’ and (with a quite

insignificant exception) of Fiirbringer’s magnificent publication

in two folio volumes.

Such being the case, I have thought it worth while to describe

in some detail the axial skeleton of a species of that interesting

family which may possibly represent a more or less primitive form

of the whole Order.

I have selected for description the skeleton of Lorius flavo-

palliatus, the means so to do having been furnished me by this

Society through the courtesy of our Prosector, Mr. F. Beddard,

F.R.S. For the purpose of comparison with the skeleton of

Lorius, I have again chosen that of the type of the order Psittaci,

namely Psittacus erithacus ; and I have to thank the late President

of the Linnean Society, Mr. Charles Stewart, Hunterian Professor,

for the loan of a skeleton of that species, and also Mr. Beddard

for a spirit-specimen, the bones of which have been prepared for

me by Mr. Ockenden with his wonted skill.

Tun CERVICAL VERTEBRA.

The atlas in L. flavopalliatus (fig. 1) has its pseudocentrum dis-

tinetly and largely pertorated towards the dorsal part of its articular

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITLACUS ERITHACUS.

Fig. 1.

Atlas of Lorius flavopalliatus.

A. Anterior aspect. B. Dorsal aspect. CO. Lateral aspect.

D. Ventral aspect.

h. Hypapophysis. | t, Transverse process.

Fig. 2.

Atlas of Psittacus erithacus.

A. Anterior aspect. B. Dorsal aspect. (C. Lateral aspect.

D. Ventral aspect.

h, Hypapophysis, | +, Transverse process,

313

314 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF _ [ Apr. 2,

cup, with a slight median notch above the perforation, the two por-

tions bounding the latter dorsally not fusing together in the middle

line but leaving a suture there. In P. erithacus (fig. 2, p. 313)

the perforation is very much smaller and there is no suture above it.

There is but a mere trace of a transverse process to be detected

where the neural arch of the vertebra joins its lateral crura.

Such a process is distinct in L. flavopalliatus, and it extends not

only outwards but somewhat ventrad. The hypapophysis (h) is

also relatively larger, hastate in shape, and more pointed than

in P. erithacus, while its median ventral ridge is less strongly

developed.

Fig. 3.

Axis of Lorius flavopalliatus.

A. Anterior aspect. B. Dorsal aspect. OC. Lateral aspect.

D. Ventral aspect.

pl. Pleurapophysial lamella.

ptz. Postzygapophysis.

z. Transverse process.

h, Hypapophysis.

hp. Hyperapophysis.

n. Neural spine.

o. Odontoid process.

The awis in both (figs. 3 and 4) has a very small odontoid process

(0), but only in ZL. flavopalizatus a small perforated transverse pro-

cess (t), the delicate pleurapophysial lamella (pl) exhibiting a minute

postaxiad process on its hinder margin. The neural spine is rela-

tively, as well as absolutely, smaller, and the postzygapophyses,

with very prominent hyperapophyses’ upon them (hp), project

more outwards and less backwards, making the lateral margin of

the vertebra, seen dorsally, more concave. The hypapophysis (1)

projects rather more backwards and less downwards, and the

inferior margin of the vertebra, viewed laterally, is less strongly

concave than in P. erithacus.

The third vertebra (figs. 5-10), viewed laterally, has, in both

species, the outer margin of the longitudinal groove on the ventral

1 So named by me in P. Z, S. 1865, p. 574, and Trans. Z, §, vol. viii. p, 390.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 315

surface of the (p) parapophysis, or parapophysial lamella, more

sharply developed than in the axis; the neural spine is more

dorsad, the apices of the hyperapophyses (hp) even somewhat

preaxiad. The hinder margin of the pleurapophysial lamella (p/)

shows an inclination to develop two superimposed, postaxiad

prominences.

Fig. 4.

pe :

‘ga yee

Axis of Psittacus erithacus.

A. Anterior aspect. B. Dorsal aspect.

D. Ventral aspect.

h, Hypapophysis. |

C. Lateral aspect.

o. Odontoid process.

pl. Pleurapophysial lamella.

ptz. Postzygapophysis.

hp. Hyperapophysis.

n. Neural spine.

Fig. 5.

% ne

PENS

mR ct: i Oy Jt

A Ree oe eee

13 @BBRBABH Db

Cae ee Ne 2. == a i we oh % 1

fe dwelt iden My dgeAltauily 44) 2 ASothee dine Lobe

ee ae oe Eno NPN ag

Lateral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of Lorius flavopalliatus.

c. Catapophysis.

d. Diapopbysis. n

» Foramen. pl.

h, Hypapophysis. ptz

hp. Hyperapophysis. pz

iz. Interzygapophysial ridge. st,

. Metapophysis.

. Neural spine.

. Pleurapophysial lamella.

. Postzygapophysis.

. Prezygapophysis.

. Styliform process.

The fourth vertebra has, in both species, the prezygapophyses

(pz) extending much preaxiad. In LZ. flavopalliatus the neural

316 DR. ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [Apr. 2,

spine (n) is quadrate and directed almost exclusively dorsad, instead

of being obtusely pointed and directed postaxiad as in P. erithacus.

The postzygapophyses are almost entirely devoid of hyperapo-

physes. There are small and flattened ones as in P. erithacus.

The postaxial margin of the pleurapophysial lamella also shows

two superimposed postaxiad processes, the more ventral of which is

continuous with the ridge bounding externally the antero-posterior

groove on the ventral surface of the parapophysial lamella. The

prezygapophysis bears a small prominence on its outer surface,

which becomes noteworthy in the next vertebra.

Fig. 6.

n Be eT

piz Pz. Fhe a

a SH ne tn

£97 3) By 3 2a oD -

Me ee hh ae ee

Lateral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of Pstttacus erithacus.

c. Catapophysis. 2. Neural spine.

d. Diapophysis. pl. Pleurapophysial lamella.

f. Foramen. ptz. Postzygapophysis.

h, Hypapophysis. pz. Prezygapophysis.

hp. Hyperapophysis. st. Styliform process,

m. Metapophysis.

The fifth vertebra has the postaygapophyses much lengthened

in both species, but especially in L. flavopalliatus, in which also

the neural spine is smaller and more quadrate in outline. It

arises some distance behind the preaxial end of the neural arch.

In both species the hyperapophyses (ip) have the form of two

small ridges diverging postaxiad from the hinder end of the base

of the neural spine—more marked in ZL. flavopalliatus, in which

species the hypapophysis is small and extends preaxiad from just

behind and below the anterior central articular surface.

The ventral margin of the vertebra is much more antero-posteriorly

concave than in P. erithacus. The ventral antero-posterior groove

on the parapophysial lamella is almost obsolete, but the, here ex-

panded, outer surface of the pleurapophysial lamella shows, above

and preaxially, a rough prominent process (metapophysis) on the

outer surface of the prezygapophysis (there is a rudiment of the

metapophysis in the fourth vertebra), and, more ventrally, a very

small process near the antero-inferior angle of the lamella on

either side. These are catapophyses* (c). The ventral margin of

that lamella gives rise at its postaxial end to a short styliform

pleurapophysial process (st), which seems to answer to the lower

of the two superimposed processes of the third vertebra. The

higher of the two is much extended and joins the under surface of

1 See op. cit. p. 401,

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 317

the postzygapophysis, so bridging over and enclosing a foramen (f)

visible, on either side, when the vertebra is viewed dorsally. In

P. erithacus there is no such foramen, though there are two prolon-

gations from the postaxial margin of the pleurapophysial lamella,

the more ventral one on more posterior vertebra (s) becoming the

styliform pleurapophysial process.

Fig. 7.

Dorsal aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebrae of Lorius flavopalliatus.

ac, Arterial canal, m. Metapophysis.

d. Diapophysis. n. Neural spine.

Jf. Foramen, ptz. Postzygapophysis.

hp. Hyperapophysis, pz. Prezygapophysis.

iz, Interzygapophysial ridge.

318 DE. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELELON OF = [ Apr. 2,

The siath vertebra of L. flavopalliatus has the postzygapophyses

(ptz) not extending so far backwards as in the preceding bone.

The neural spine (7) has almost disappeared, but on either side of

it the hyperapophyses (hy) appear as marked processes which are

altogether anterior to the postzygapophyses. The prezygapo-

Fig. 8.

Dorsal aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of Psittacus erithacus.

d. Diapophysis.

f. Foramen.

hp. Hyperapophysis.

m. Metapophysis.

n. Neural spine.

ptz. Postzygapophysis.

st. Styliform process.

1895.] LOBIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 319

physes (pz) look dorsad, mesiad, and almost slightly postaxiad, and

so contrast strongly with those of the fitth vertebra. As they do

not extend so much forward, the anterior ends of the lateral arterial

canal (ac) are visible when the vertebra is viewed dorsally. ‘The

hypapophysis has disappeared, but the structure of the pleur-

apophysial lamella is otherwise much as in the fifth vertebra, save

that the foramen (f) formed by its superior postaxial process is

larger. In P. erithacus the conditions are similar, except that the

neural spine is not so obsolete. In this species the sixth vertebra

is the first and only one to have a lateral foramen (f) formed by

the process of the pleurapophysial lamella. The catapophyses (c)

are rather more marked than in the fifth vertebra. In both

species the metapophyses (m) are prominent.

The seventh vertebra of L. flavopalliatus is very like the sixth,

and the same may be said in the case of P. erithacus, except that

in the latter species there is no lateral foramen and the pleurapo-

physial processes (st) are longer. In both, the catapophyses (c)

are more developed than in the preceding vertebra and project

preaxiad as well as ventrad. In both, the metapophyses (m) are

as well developed as before.

The eighth vertebra has the catapophyses (c) again more pro-

minent and approximated, and they are at their maximum. In

L. flavopalliatus the hyperapophyses (hp) have almost disappeared,

and hardly less so in P. erithacus. In both they have again receded

and stand upon the postzygapophyses.

In the ninth vertebra the hypapophysis (4) suddenly reappears

and is of large size in both species. The neural spine also re-

appears of considerable size, and is quadrate in shape in P. erithacus,

but it is only represented by a very low and delicate ridge in L. flavo-

palliatus. In both species the postzygapophyses are shorter and

less diverging than in the eighth vertebra. In L. flavopalliatus

the lateral’ foramen (f) has become slightly smaller. In both

species the metapophyses (7m) are rather more developed and are

indeed at their maximum. In ZL. flavopalliatus there are still

hyperapophyses (hp) on the postzygapophyses.

In the tenth vertebra the lateral foramen disappears in L. flavopal-

liatus, and the postaxial margin of the pleurapophysial lamella (p/)

develops two processes projecting postaxiad and slightly ventrad.

The neural spine (7) for the first time reappears as a distinct, though

smaller pointed process. The postzygapophyses (ptz) are smaller

than in the preceding vertebra, only projecting about as much back-

wards as the prezygapophyses do forwards. The hypapophysis (1)

is much as in the ninth vertebra. In P. erithacus it is rather

smaller than in the preceding vertebra, slightly bifurcating at its

distal end, and the neural spine is certainly smaller. In both

species the metapophyses (m) are rather smaller.

The eleventh vertebra in L. flavopalliatus bears a distinct, quadrate

1 Not the canal enclosed by the pleurapophysial lamella as a whole (that

persists on into the eleventh vertebra in both), but only that enclosed by the

delicate upper postaxiad process of that lamella.

320 DR. SL. GEORGR MIVART ON THE SKELELON OF [Apr. 2,

neural spine (7) and a hypapophysis (h) developed much as in the

preceding vertebra. Both the pre- and postzygapophyses (ptz)

project slightly less than in the tenth vertebra, and an antero-

posterior external (interzygapophysial) ridge (iz) connects them—a

trace of which is also to be seen in the tenth vertebra. The neural

arch is the shortest, antero-posteriorly, since that of the atlas.

Fig. 9.

Ventral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebre of Lorius flavopalliatus,

c, Catapophysis. ptz. Postzygapophysis.

d. Diapophysis. pz. Prezygapophysis.

h, Hypapophysis. st. Styliform process.

pl. Pleurapophysial lamella.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS, 321

The most striking difference is the reduction in size of the pleur-

apophysial lamella (p/) antero-posteriorly. It has become a delicate

ridge of bone, narrower antero-posteriorly than dorso-ventrally.

It is antero-posteriorly grooved externally, the groove being

Fig. 10,

Kol

REZ mmc 1h :

Ventral aspect of 3rd to 12th vertebra of Psittacus erithacus.

ptz. Postzygapophysis.

pz. Prezygapophysis.

st. Styliform lamella.

c. Catapophysis.

d. Diapophysis.

h, Hypapophysis.

pl. Pleurapophysial lamella.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XXI. 21

322 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [Apr. 2,

bounded by two ridges, the postaxial end of each of which projects

beyond the postaxial margin of the lamella, and correspond with

the two similar directed, superimposed, postaxial processes of more

anterior cervical vertebre. In P. erithacus the conditions are similar

save that the neural spine (7) is not so well developed (though slightly

more so than in the tenth vertebra), while the pleurapophysial

lamella is quite as long antero-posteriorly as in that vertebra,

though the styliform, more ventral, process (st) projecting postaxiad

from its hinder margin is shorter than is that of the same ver-

tebra. The neural arch is not so preeminently shortened antero-

posteriorly as in the Lory. In both species the metapophyses are

smaller than in the preceding vertebra.

The twelfth vertebra of L. flavopalliatus (figs. 5, 7, & 9) has the

neural arch about as short antero-posteriorly as in the eleventh

vertebra, while the pre- and postzygapophyses do not project more,

and the interzygapophysial ridges (¢z) are similarly developed. But

the neural spine (n) is much more developed than in the eleventh

vertebra ; it is a high subquadrate process, highest preaxially. The

hypapophysis (7) is of about the same size as in the eleventh vertebra,

but the pleurapophysial lamella altogether makes default. There is

a strong transverse process (diapophysis) (d) which serially corre-

sponds with the ridge bounding dorsally the antero-posterior groove

outside the pleurapophysial lamella of the eleventh vertebra—much

enlarged. The ventral surface of the centrum is subquadrate in

shape, the hypapophysis (h) depending from the hinder half of its

antero-posterior middle. The ventral surface is bounded laterally

by two ridges, the anterior ends of which project preaxiad as two

processes one on either side of the preaxial central articular surface.

The same two processes exist in the same parts (though to a less

marked degree) in the tenth and eleventh vertebre.

In P. erithacus (figs. 6, 8, & 10) this vertebra is similar save

that (like the eleventh) it is not so much smaller than more

preaxial cervical vertebre. In both species the metapophyses

have here become obsolete.

The thirteenth vertebra, in both, is very similar to its serial

predecessor save that its neural spine (n) is more extended

antero-posteriorly, that its hypapophysis is more pointed, that its

zygapophyses are smaller, but with some reappearance of hyperapo-

physes (Ap), its diapophysis (¢@) more antero-posteriorly wide and

presenting a small concave articular surface on its ventral aspect,

towards its postero-external angle, for the tuberculum (tp) of the

first cervical rib, and another (cp) for its capitulum on the outer side

of the centrum, a little behind the process which projects forwards

outside the preaxial central articular surface. This process in

P. erithacus has here (figs. 13, 14, & 15, pp. 325 & 326) begun to

subdivide into two processes connected by a short ridge: one, more

dorsal (a), on one side of the middle of the central articular surface ;

the other, more ventral (¢), at the preaxial end of the ridge bounding

laterally the ventral surface of the centrum. These latter processes

may be regarded as catapophyses which here make their appearance

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS. 323

more. This subdivision accompanies a slight increase in the dorso-

ventral perforation of this vertebra compared with that of the

preceding one. In ZL. flavopalliatus this subdivision does not take

place. The hypapophysis is more quadrate in P. erithacus.

Fig. 11.

Dorsal aspect of thorax, pelvis, and tail of Loriws flavopalliatus.

a. Acromion. Uf. Tliac fossa.

at. Antitrochanteric process. és, Tlio-caudal spine,

co, Coracoid. n. Neural spine.

d. Diapophysis. of. Obturator foramen,

er. Sacral escutcheon. ptz. Postzygapophysis.

f. Furculum. pu. Pubis.

g- Glenoid surfaces. pz. Prezygapophysis.

ges. Groove beside sacral escutcheon. py. Pygostyle.

hp. Hyperapophysis. sc. Seapula.

ie. Lateral iliac ridge. st. Sacro-ischiatic ridge.

is. Ischium. t, Transverse process.

de. Orest of ilium. wp. Uncinate process.

The fourteenth vertebra in L. flavopalliatus is like its thirteenth

save that the neural spine (m) is more extended antero-posteriorly.

In P. erithacus the subdivision spoken of as haying taken place in

the thirteenth vertebra is here more decided, the solepoulyeee

324 DR. ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [Apr. 2,

appearing as processes projecting outwards and forwards from the

sides of the hypapophysis (#) not much above its ventral end.

The catapophyses (c), when the vertebra is viewed ventrally, appear

as the ends of two ridges diverging preaxiad from the postaxial

margin of the hypapophysis (2).

Fig. 12.

Lateral aspect of thorax, pelvis, and tail of Lorius flavopalliatus.

ac. Acetabulum. dc. Anterior crest of ilium.

at, Antitrochauteric process. Uf. Tliac fossa.

ce. Coracoid. Js. Tlio-caudal spine.

ca. Costal angle. m. Neural spine.

f. Furculum. of. Obturator foramen.

h (of tail). Hypapophysis. p. Angle of sternum.

h (of sternum). Muscular impres- pu. Pubis.

sion. pz. Prezygapophysis.

he. Lateral crest. py. Pygostyle.

i. Intermuscular ridge. sc. Scapula.

is. Ischium, sf. Sacro-sciatic foramen.

k (of sternum). Keel. up. Uncinate process.

Tur Dorsal VERTEBRA.

There are, in L. flavopalliatus and P. erithacus, four of these

vertebre distinct from the sacral mass.

The first dorsal vertebra in P. erithacus (figs. 13, 14, & 15) is very

like the last cervical, except that the postzygapophyses (ptz) are

slightly shorter and the transverse process (¢) slightly more extended

antero-posteriorly. The hypapophyses (Ap) have disappeared, but

the hinder end of the summit of the neural spine (n) slightly bifur-

cates and receives between its short processes the preaxial summit

of the neural spine behind it. The tubercular and capitular

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSILTACUS ERITHACUS. 325

articular surfaces are slightly further apart. The centrum is

more laterally compressed and more vertically and also antero-

posteriorly extended, the hypapophysis is longer and trifid at its

extremity, the two catapophyses having descended nearly to its

apex.

Fig. 13,

Dorsal aspect of 13th to 19th vertebre of Psittacus erithacus,

d. Diapophysis.

hp. Hyperapophysis.

nm. Neural spine.

ptz. Postzygapophysis,

pz. Prezygapophysis.

In L. flavopalliatus the conditions are similar save that the

hypapophysis is simple, and that the centrum is not so much more

vertically and antero-posteriorly extended than is the last cervical

vertebra.

In both species the centrum is extremely narrow transversely.

The hinder articular surface of the centrum is concave, but its

anterior ventral surface is slightly saddle-shaped in both species.

The second dorsal vertebra is very like the first, but the hypapo-

physis, in P. erithacus, ends distally in a hook-shaped pointed

process which curves forwards beneath the hinder part of the body

of the preceding vertebra.’ In ZL. flavopalliatus the conditions are

generally similar.

The central articular surfaces are convex anteriorly and concave

posteriorly.

The third dorsal vertebra is very like the second, but the post-

326 DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF ([Apr. 2

Fig. 14.

Lateral aspect of 13th to 19th vertebre of Psittacus erithacus,

c. Catapophysis. n. Neural spine. up. Uncinate process.

cp. Capitulum. pz. Prezygapophysis. or, Vertebral rib.

er. Cervical rib, sr. Sternal rib. zx. Dorsal part of subdivi-

h. Hypapophysis. | ¢p. Tuberculun. sion of catapophysis.

Fig. 15.

} ant ,

=e Pan

> ESS

a) if a

Z| ie we

Ventral aspect of 13th to 19th vertebre of Psittacus erithacus,

c. Catapophysis. d. Diapophysis. tp. Tuberculum,

ep. Oapitulum. h, Hypapophysis.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 327

zygapophyses (ptz) are again slightly smaller, the tubercular and

capitular perhaps rather farther apart. There isno hypapophysis.

The centrum is not quite so narrow transversely as it is in the first

and second dorsal yertebre. The articular surfaces of the centrum

are again slightly convex in front and decidedly concave behind in

both species.

The fourth dorsal vertebra is very like the third save that its

centrum is slightly shorter antero-posteriorly and not quite so

compressed laterally, and that the summit of the neural spine

ceases to bifurcate at its hinder end. The centrum is again convex

anteriorly and concave posteriorly.

The fifth dorsal vertebra has its centrum again somewhat shorter

and less laterally compressed, and the articular surfaces for the

Fig. 16.

Dorsal aspect of sacrum and pelvis of Psittacus erithacus.

at. Antitrochanteric process. Ze. Tliae crest.

er. Median part of sacral escutcheon. i. Iliac fossa.

es. Lateral part of the same. Is. Ilio-caudal spine.

tc. Lateral iliac ridge. of. Obturator foramen,

zs, Ischium. pu. Pubis,

328 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF _——[Apr. 2,

tuberculum and capitulum not quite so far apart. The posterior

articular surface of the centrum is concave.

Tun SacrkuM.

This mass of anchylosed vertebre (figs. 16, 17, 18, & 19)

apparently consists in both species of four lumbo-sacral vertebre,

an indeterminable number of sacral vertebre, and from five to six,

probably seven, wro-sacral vertebree.

Fig. 17.

Lateral aspect of sacrum and pelvis of Psittacus erithacus.

ac. Acetabulum. Js, Tlio-caudal spine.

at, Antitrochanteric process. of. Obturator foramen.

c. Lumbo-sacral vertebra. pu. Pubis,

he, Lateral crest of ilium. r. Sacral ribs.

de. Orest of ilium. se. Posterior part of ilium.

Uf. Tliac fossa. sf. Sacro-sciatic foramen.

Tur LUMBO-SACRAL VERTEBRE.

These four vertebre are anchylosed together with the ilium (72),

and, of course, with the solid mass of the true sacral vertebra.

The first lumbo-sacral vertebra seen preaxially exhibits its neural

arch, prezygapophyses, neural spine, and transverse processes, each

presenting a concave tubercular surface, while outside the base of

the neural arch just above the centrum is the capitular cup. The

preaxial surface of the centrum is concave,

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 329

The second lwmbo-sacral vertebra is indistinguishable save for its

parapophysial transverse process (pt) and thereto anchylosed long

ribs, between which and the transverse process of the preceding

vertebra a fossa appears. Thus, when the ventral surface of the

sacrum is looked at, a fossa appears on either side between the two

transverse processes of the preceding and those of the present

vertebra.

The third lwmbo-sacral vertebra in Lorius flavopalliatus bears no

rib but only a short parapophysial transverse process on either side

(pt), which anchyloses distally with the ilium and is slightly more

antero-posteriorly extended than that of the preceding vertebra.

Between these two transverse processes and those of the second

lumbo-sacral vertebra a fossa is to be seen (on the ventral aspect

of the sacrum) on either side, of about the same size as those

between the transverse processes of the first and second lumbo-

sacral vertebre. The transverse diameter of the centrum is

slightly wider than that of the preceding vertebra.

The fourth lumbo-sacral vertebra is quite similar to the preceding

one in L, flavopalliatus, but in P. erithacus its transverse process

Fig. 18.

Ventral aspect of sacrum of Lorius flavopalliatus.

en. Fused sacral vertebre. 7s. Tlio-caudal spine.

2. ium. pt. Parapophysial process,

Zf. Lateral fossa, pu. Pubis,

330 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [Apr. 2,

is more slender than its serial predecessor. The fossa between it

and that of the third lumbo-sacral vertebra is smaller than those

between the transverse processes of the preceding vertebre, but

the difference is not so great in L. flavopalliatus as in P. ertthacus.

The centrum is again slightly wider than that of its preceding

vertebra.

The ventral surface of the lumbo-sacral vertebre is somewhat

keeled, ridge-like, in Z. flavopalliatus, but not so in P. erithacus (cn).

Fig. 19.

Checks

Ventral aspect of sacrum of Pstttacus erithacus.

cn. Fused sacral vertebra. Is. Tlio-caudal spine.

a. Ilium. pt. Parapophysial process,

is. Ischium. pu. Pubis.

Uf. Lateral fossa,

1895,] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 331

THE SacRAL VERTEBRZ.

The solid mass formed by these vertebre (figs. 18 & 19) is longer

than broad and narrows gently backwards. Its ventral surface is

slightly grooved antero-posteriorly in its middle. It develops no

parapophysial transverse processes, and so a large long fossa (//)

lies on either side of it, roofed by the ilium and bounded in front

by the parapophysial transverse process of the last lumbo-sacral

vertebra and behind by the transverse process of the first uro-

sacral vertebra. Rudiments of diapophysial portions of trans-

verse processes appear to coalesce with the ventral surface of the

ilium of this region.

Tur URo-SACRAL VERTEBR2.

These vertebre (figs. 16, 18, & 19) continue on postaxially the

sacral mass, narrowing gradually as they proceed. It develops a

series of parapophysial transverse processes (pt), six at least on

each side, which extend outwards, backwards, and slightly upwards,

anchylosing with the ischium at their apices. They anchylose with it

also for more or less, or for the whole, of their extent in P. erithacus.

The diapophysial elements of the transverse processes are widely

extended antero-posteriorly, and unite so as to form the dorsal sacral

escutcheon (es), which is a continuous sheet of bone save for the

sacral foramina, which indicate the limits of the diapophysial trans-

verse processes—interposed between the hinder halves of the two

ilia and the two ischia. In LZ. flavopalliatus each of the transverse

processes on either side of the first uro-sacral vertebra is quite

separate from the ischium above it till close to the apex of the

transverse process, when it anchyloses therewith. Its dorsal

sacral escutcheon also is almost entirely postaxial to the acetabula

instead of extending in front of them as in P. erithacus, and

presents on either side a marked antero-posterior groove (ges),

widening backwards from its apex, which is placed in a line nearly

coincident with the hinder margin of the acetabulum. ‘These two

grooves are separated by a strongly-marked antero-posteriorly

extending ridge (narrowing postaxiad), which is only faintly

indicated in P. erithacus.

Tue CAUDAL VERTEBRE.

There are six caudal vertebre in LZ. flavopalliatus (fig. 12, p. 324),

with variously developed neural spines, zygapophyses, transverse

processes (¢), and hypapophyses.

The first three caudal vertebre have transverse processes (¢)

which are simple, flattened above and below, and slightly increase in

length from the first to the fourth caudal vertebra. Those of the

first are about as long as those of the last uro-sacral vertebra.

The prezygapophyses (pz) of the first of these vertebre extend

but very slightly forward, those of the other two extend preaxiad

more and more,

332 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF _ [ Apr. 2,

The first caudal vertebra has a small, quadrate, low, neural spine

(n) and two prezygapophyses which extend but very slightly

forwards, while the postzygapophyses are very small indeed. The

transverse processes are simple, flattened above and below, and

about as long as those of the last uro-sacral vertebra. The ventral

surface of the centrum presents at its ventral margin two blunt

hypapophysial processes, which abut against the postero-inferior

margin of the sacrum.

The second caudal vertebra is similar to the last except that the

neural spine is not so quadrate (being highest preaxially), the

prezygapophyses (pz) are slightly larger, the postzygapophyses

more developed, while small hyperapophyses reappear upon them.

The transverse processes (¢) are slightly longer, while the two

hypapophysial processes are clearly approximated and project

slightly more preaxiad.

The third caudal vertebra has again the same characters carried

slightly further, while the hypapophysis has become single and

projects slightly forward beneath, and applied to, the ventral

surface of the second caudal.

The fourth caudal vertebra has its neural spine and prezyga-

pophyses inclined strongly preaxiad, the hyperapophyses slightly

larger and the transverse processes slightly longer (both are here

at their maximum in the caudal region), while the hypapophysis is

a little more developed, ventrally grooved antero-posteriorly, and

tending to bifurcate at the apex, and developed, as before, from the

reaxial end of the centrum.

The fifth caudal vertebra has its transverse processes slightly

shorter, the neural spine less inclined preaxiad, and hyperapophyses

much smaller and more preaxially placed. The hypapophysis is

long, situated at the preaxial margin of the centrum, and bifurcates

distally.

The stxth caudal vertebra has all its parts and processes dimin-

ished save the hypapophysis (%), which is somewhat longer and

stouter, still less inclined preaxiad, but still distally bifurcating

into two lateral processes diverging slightly more than those of

the fifth caudal vertebra.

THE PYGOSTYLE.

The pygostyle in L. flavopalliatus ( py, fig. 12, p. 324) is a laterally

much compressed subquadrate plate of bone with anterior, superior,

and posterior margins, while inferiorly it carries on, as it were, the

series of caudal vertebre. At its preaxial end below are minute

transverse processes and prezygapophyses, which latter adjoin the

corresponding parts of the last caudal vertebra.

From its ventral surface a process depends which is in series

with the hypapophyses in front.

The preaxial margin of the plate is strongly concave, the post-

axial margin slightly so. The former margin is entirely thin, but

the posterior one is medianly thin but thickened, though flattened,

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 333

below and more so dorsally. The superior margin of the plate is

in the form of a thin crest convex medianly and bifurcating

laterally at its postaxial end (py), at the dorsal margin of the

upper flattened part of the hinder margin.

In P. erithacus the pygostyle is essentially similar, save that it is a

triangular rather than a quadrate plate. It would resemble that of

L. flavopalliatus if from the latter all was cut off preaxial to a line

passing from the superior extremity of its hinder margin obliquely

downwards and forwards to a point between the prezygapophyses.

Tue Ries.

There are eight or nine dorsal and five ventral ribs on each

side (figs. 12 & 14).

The Dorsal Ribs.

In both species there are two cervical ribs and six or seven

true thoracic ribs, whereof five are articulating with the sternum,

while one or two are floating ribs.

The Cervical Ribs.

The first cervical rib is, in both species, long, slender, styliform,

and devoid of any uncinate process. The tubercular and capitular

processes are of about equal length.

The second cervical rib is about one-third longer than the first

and generally bears an uncinate process (up). If so this is short

and does not expand dorso-ventrally at its distal end. The

capitular process is somewhat longer than the tubercular one.

The Thoracic Ribs.

The first thoracic rib is a little longer and stouter than the

second cervical, and its uncinate process (wp) expands distally into

a short ventrad and longer dorsad and postaxiad process, so it is

much longer dorso-ventrally than antero-posteriorly.

The second thoracic rib is again slightly longer, while its uncinate

process has a longer dorsal process and a shorter ventral margin.

The tuberculum is slightly more distant from the capitulum than

in the first true rib.

The third thoracic rib carries a little further the same modifica-

tions, save that the uncinate process in LZ. flavopalliatus loses

entirely the quadrate shape and is subtriangular with a truncated

apex. Its distance from the distal end of the rib is also greater.

It may still be subquadrate in form in P. erithacus.

The fourth thoracic rib has in the last-named species a much

smaller and simply shaped uncinate process, which is still further

removed from the rib’s apex.

L. flavopalliatus differs from P. erithacus in that all the ribs are

more slender (relatively as well as absolutely), while the uncinate

334 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF = [Apr. 2,

processes are relatively longer and more slender, notably that of

the fourth true rib.

The fifth thoracic rib is more slender, and is very slender in

L. flavopalliatus, in which it bears no uncinate process. It may

bear a small and simple one in P. erithacus.

The sixth thoracic or jirst floating rib is longer than the fifth

true rib, and still more slender, and is more or less anchylosed to

the sacrum.

No seventh thoracic or second floating rib is developed in

L. flavopalliatus, but may be present in P. erithacus, Then it is

long, very slender, and anchyloses with the sacrum.

The Sternal Ribs.

There are five sternal ribs (figs. 12 & 14, pp. 824, 326) on each side

which articulate dorsally with the respective apices of the thoracic

ribs and ventrally with the sternum. The last three are expanded

dorso-ventrally at their proximal ends. They are expanded trans-

versely at their distal ends; each presenting there a surface some-

Ventral aspect of sternum of Lorius flavopalliatus.

k. Keel.

m. Manubrium.

p. Lateral angle.

ca. Costal angle.

do. Defect of ossification.

h, Muscular impression.

i. Intermuscular ridge.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS. 335°

what hourglass-shaped, with two slight concavities to articulate

with corresponding slight convexities on the pleurosteon (plw)

of the sternum.

They increase rapidly in length from the first to the fifth; they

are also somewhat longer, relatively, in Z. flavopalliatus than in

P, erithacus, especially the first on either side.

In P. erithacus it is shorter than the distance from the apex of

the first thoracic rib to the ventral margin of the uncinate process.

In L, flavopalliatus it is longer than that distance, and the same is

the case as regards the three following sternal ribs in that species.

In P. erithacus the three following ones about equal the length of

their corresponding thoracic rib, from its apex to the ventral

margin of the uncinate process.

Fig. 21.

a) \

AI}

Ventral aspect of sternum of Pstttacus erithacus.

ca. Oostal angle. m. Manubrium.

do. Defect of ossification. p. Lateral angle.

h, Muscular impression. pn. Pleurosteon.

The sternal rib corresponding with the first floating thoracic

rib does not articulate with the sternum, but rather applies itself

to the postaxial surface of the fifth sternal rib near to its distal

end.

336 DR. 8T. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELEYON OF _—[ Apr. 2,

Fig. 22,

—=

——— —S—SSSS

= SS

Lateral aspect of sternum of Psttiacus erithacus.

ca, Costal angle. &. Keel.

do. Defect of ossification. m. Manubrium.

h. Muscular impression, pn. Pleurosteon.

z. Intermuscular ridge.

THe STERNUM.

The sternum (figs. 20, 21, & 22) has, in both species, the simple

form so common in the Parrots. The only differences I have

remarked are that in LZ. flavopalliatus the keel (%) projects preaxiad

decidedly in front of the manubrium (m); the intermuscular ridge

(z) on the side of the ventral surface of the sternum is slightly

nearer to the pleurosteon; the lateral margin behind the attachment

of the fifth sternal rib exceeds the length of the pleurosteon

measured from that point to the posterior margin of the attachment

of the first sternal rib. The surface of the sternum is also more

entire, the costal angle (ca) extends less dorsad relatively, while its

summit is antero-posteriorly broadened and the manubrium is

differently shaped. In P. erithacus it appears (m) rather pointed

towards its apex when viewed laterally. The anterior surface

presents a long vertical groove gradually tapering ventrad ; above

this, a hardly noticeable tendency to bifurcation may be detected.

Posteriorly it is transversely convex and not at all grooved longi-

tudinally. Its anterior margin, below the anterior groove, is

concave preaxiad, while its posterior margin is concave postaxiad.

The internal surface of the sternum presents at its preaxial end

two strongly marked transverse prominences just behind and

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 337

corresponding with the dorsal margins of the coracoid grooves.

From their median junction a less strongly marked ridge runs a

short distance postaxiad, a marked fossa existing on either side of

it and behind the transverse prominences.. Numerous small fora-

mina open round the margins of these fosse and thence back-

wards over a considerable part of the internal surface of the

sternum. In both species the pleurosteon has six excavations

~ divided by five septa, each of which bears two. superimposed

convexities for one of the sternal ribs.

In LZ, flavopalliatus the manubrium, when laterally viewed,

appears less elongated and less pointed towards its apex. Its

anterior surface presents a rounded cup, in the place of an elongated

groove, but. the tendency to lateral bifurcation is rather more

marked. The anterior margin, below the anterior cup, is convex

preaxiad.

The internal surface of the sternum has only faint lateral ridges

coinciding with the dorsal margins of the coracoid grooves, anid

there is no postaxiad median ridge, but in its place a large foramen

leading into the substance of the bone.

ConTENTS (continued).

April 2, 1895.

ay. Page

The Acting Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in March 1895.. 273

“The Acting Secretary, on behalf of Lord Lilford. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a

ee of the American Wigeon (Mareca americana)

Cn ee ey

ae: Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of two recently discovered

ae Camelot, from Usambara, German East Africa......... oe tet Ripka ad afecke eam f«

~ 1. 0n the Sensory Canal System of Fishes. Teleostet.—Suborder A. Physostomt. By

+e Water Epwarp Coxtines, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and

aaa Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham, (Plates XVIIL=XXI.) ......., 274

< 2: Remarks on some Cranial Characters of the Salmonoids. By G, A. Bouvenazr, E.R.S. 299

3, On certain Features in the Skull of Osteoglossum formosun, By Prof. T. W. See

eA, ot Plate NA ): Scissors ees ew onte no's oe

a “4, Eiotas on “Gevaiek rare Palearctic Birds. By H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.8.....+....... 811

5. The Skeleton of Lorius flavopailiatus compared with that of Psittacus erithacus.—Part I,

es Byrn, GHorGe Mivany, sl Wit. ds «caper an00 ckcPalwn 80 te hedsubasCesisyynetoe ve 312

Bass

ee wae Cage

ANIL Sian oF Oxon mos um

Bitar

_ GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

PART IIL.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

ee — MAY an JUNE. :

ie i

OCTOBER 1st, 1895.

“PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER sou anne

; LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

_ PATERNOSTER-ROW.

oe aa Twelve Shillings.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART III.—1895.

May.7, 1895.

Page

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1895... ............ 337

Mr, Selater. Remarks on the Pacifie Rat (Mus evulans) ........ 2000.2 -0 056s set harratg te 338

Dr. Jentink. Letter from, containing remarks upon Cercopithecus aterrimus .. 2.4. ese. 338

Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of Alcedo en

obtained in Ceylontics bis tine Boe ays eon e eis aie W lerTie il sois dite 8 re Laser wR bil age ail Oss 339

Mr. G. F. Scott, Eliot; M.A. Remarks on some of the principal Animals collected and

noticed during a recent Expedition to Mount Ruwenzori, in British Central Africa .... 339

1. On the Structure of the Heart of the Alligator. By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R:S, Prosector

to the Society, and P. Omatmens Mironpin, M.A., B.ZS. 0.0... eee ee cee ee ene 343

2: On the Anatomy of Chauna chavaria, By P. Cuaumurs Mitcnect, M.A., F.Z.8. ...... 850

3. Field- Notes on the Antelopes of the Transvaal. By Dr. Prrcy RuypAtt, F.Z.S8......... 358

4, The Skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus compared with that of Psittacus erithacus,—

Part I. By Si:.Grorem Mivart, BRS) oo. tee ove ae ae ee eee eeees 363

May 21, 1895.

Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon: the Zoological Institutions which he had recently visited in

NINE 2,8! aalas efeasoes pls Miatele wots” soso Sea As e's: ari ar pagyetO RE Ely echt eae w Pee Rime een eee

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.8. Exhibition (on behalf of Mr. R. M. See of a . Hybrid

Duck shot in Treland

Mr. Tegetmeier.. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a singular Fiiety of the Rook (Corvus

FIUG UU BY oct as ee ee AE Te SA ose ONS ne wat eD mE: NE at ew A tr BS eae BON 401

1. A Synopsis of the Genera and Species of Apodal Batrachians, with "Deacripbian of a new

Genus and Species (Ldellophis pees By G. A. Bou.encer, F.R.S. (Plates XXIII. &

XXIV.) é

2. On a new Species of the Genus Erinaceus from Somaliland. By Joun Anpurson, M.D.,

LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

3. Note on the Structure and Habits of the Sea-Otter (Latar lutris). By R. Lyprxxnr .... 421

4. On Double Malformations amongst Fishes. By Brrrram OC. A. Winn, D.Sc, M.D., ©

M.A., Professor of Anatomy in Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate XXV.) ........ 428

5. On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta ferox. she Franx E. Beas sik

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. (Plate XXVIJ.) .....

PRX "GME ate, 90 Fr

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

or THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,’ published in an octavo

form, and ‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,”’ to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

only holds good if the subscription is paid before the Ist of

December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller.

[ October, 1895. ]

Part

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 12 vols. and 11 Parts. pees pio ee

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates. (1833-35) .... £3 13 6. £4 18 O*

: is AMA cisco ih meine er gris. 5 6 Ge

epee gb VE: a3 NP ISIBUG e B dt 411 0*

page Ves iy le be LCLSb1-62 yaar - (Gn ee One Sii2maG

me ov. B7 im. tes ACIRGS-66) o> Bees tae 619. 0

a ef ee re 92; ye (SGG-GO\e es elo One 15 0 0

| ae Woes (169-79). ..5, 10, 4 Ong. loa

Sevill:, . =; 82 ,, (1872-74): ..... 9 - B-Series

patos te, 99 |, PSIB-77). sy 12? 1) 6 Seige

95 ,, 877279) \5... 10-0 Bc, eee

Index, Wale esas ea es (1833279) c..05,0 07° 6 ee RO RORZO

Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0

oa SIL, ryt) SUBSE 0) ss. 0 Boe ee RO

Sen, BES ae ae Se) an. 1891) 002, 0 16~ oe ee

pty. BED ARS: Gua CApral sol) r.c, Onloeaone ib) Ihe)

ti), Rabe Oat Cate es (Oct NOON), .. \0. 118s Opa seein)

enc PE Aukeet cag ws (Nir 1809), sO. 4. Gs oe A)

Peder MOUS OEE. “ss Ore res win (CBD LOS) octc cn dO) dikes apes 015 0

Sete eth O me ics dibs ote (A fivtateyd bet’) mca Ue tS): (0) 012 0

aes Pit ae ys Gow, cam CAUDySOS)Nel. OMS mOr 012 0

reise ee PEGS sth sy Gurls vee OCA prs S04) te, <0) 394 OMs 012 0

hers tilt Oye a Gai. (Och: Te aah Se ee Ont sie 015 0

ont lie Nal 27 a lO eae Dene (Hebel S95)... 0 =9 0% 012 0

days bs tie * 5, Me ee (OCU LSID) ne Oam on dey

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. §8vo. 2 vols.

I, 1830-31.

Part

”

II, 1832.

1 vol. 8vo.

”

nee

Price to

Fellows.

Price to the

Public.

6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index.

Price to Price to the

”

* No perfect copies in stock.

+t Out of print.

(First Series.)

Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public, Fellows, Public.

I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

a) LSS: is As. 6d. .. 6s. "5 X. 1842. - 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

» IIL. 1835. 3 4s. Gd. .. 6s. + XI. 1843. 4s. 6d. .. 68.7

3, LV.1836; 4 4s. 6d. .. 6s. e OS0P WeeEs x 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

i V. 1837. x 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » IIT. 1845. te 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

5 NALMIERS: -p Asi Gd... 165: » ALV. 1846. rf 4s. Gd. .. 6s.f

» WII. 1839. ES 4s, 6d. .. 68.4 XV. 1847. s As, 6d. .. 68.

», VIII. 1840. 4s. 6d. .. 63.7 Index 1830-1847, - 4s, Gd. .. 6s.

Sua. 13 vols. amd Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. ublie, Fellows. Publie.

XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. Gk sore orichts este (0) ist Lia (Gr

5 XVII, 1849. Ke 4s. 6d. (Che Ges Spoadthe 1S 0) ee! Lea) (Gr

» XVIII. 1850. i As. 6d. GB Ie ee ave dy ichoaile: 118 OF

“A XIX. 1851. * As. 6d. (hte BOS Eee O15 9 Leak OF

- XX. 1852. mp 4s. 6d. GENER yep cicieie: 015 9 lol HOF

=p XXII. 1853. 4 As. 6d. OSM eicks ware 018 0 Io TE OF

é XXII. 1854, - As. 6d. (oo 019 6 L6G. OF

Bo LE P80; oe 4s. Gd, (aS sae L 18 6) 3) SRS

» AXIV. 1856. he As. 6d. Ose malar shiuett is 1 *.0).8) .s) er

44 XXYV. 1857. a 4s. Gd. Gar mit wins arene 1-04, '8) 43g TG

» XXXVI. 1858. + As, 6d. OS Asdire clei 1 11. 6: conser

» XXVIII. 1859. 5s 4s. 6d. SE oe hcucleks JALIL aa) 2° 2° OF

» XXVIII. 1860. Me As. Gd. GB eis cae ed 36 2 2 OF

Index 1848-1860. As, 6d. 6s,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

With Plates uncoloured.

8vo. 30 vols.

Letterpress only.

and 3 Indices.

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Publie,

TSG) lle 4s. 6d). ..<0 Gs. ers: ePmeos oe SasOd ham. . ABs:

HSG2, 25 4s) .Gd. .:.. 6s. TA) Ma. see's OOS ee. ASS.

LisGi ee iy As) oe 9s. ope Soho, J dos Odse.t J « Ads:

1864 .. 4s. 6d...... 6s.* . Os. Bey Asal ctatie 0 SOS OM wc... 458,

eGbee. As; Gd... GR 2.2... 9s. Pare gal 2 he aa BO al © Ying cea 45s.

1866 .. 4s. Gd. .... 68% 9s. Ue see Goss Oa. 45s,

LOG 2 Gea a 9s. eee oon. 94: fs, 458

LOG) oR Ee A eR EL 9s, 125s eae yobs: Oda, 45s.

USth = LU Ss ee ee one 9s, Tae 33s. Od. . 45s.

UST Sis ES Ce eer eae ee 9s. ies: 308. 9d. .... 4538.

ridexs 1SG1=1870). ss. asi oad AR GE .°'s 456s

TSH.” ee yeaa en oat aoe 9s. 12s.*, BP ee 453,

RTL! 32 eae Toe Reel ae tae ain eh 9s. a 3a3. Od. . 45s.T

LIS ABS nel ai ye platens Dh Sees 9s. Lge ic cs Oe ee 45s,

LIS AL 0 AEs nn opie ar oe 9s. 123.+. 36s. . 48s.+

LST: CEA ne ee ne 9s. 125. . 36s. . 48s.

LISS. 5 See ane Reena 9s. 192s. 36s. . 48s.

NI EMM Eee a5 as 5-0 maayayes Seth anh ahh Se fad 9s. 125, 36s. . 48s.

TSS) creeping pata Pa ea a ae ad te 9s. 12s. 36s. . 48s.

ae ee ee eee 9s. 12s. 36s. . 483,

PSSM stile « Big ele J 9s. 12s. 36s. . 48s.

index S71=1880) | bios ence 4s. 6d. .... 63s.

SSE Mesa onchisy tes ora nde Se 9s. 12s, 36s. 483,

Licist EA See er ee ee 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s,

MeN: «io ss Se chs ob cu. 9s. 1 ee ae 36s. 48s.

TRIMS ee cite tet ordse deck 9s. Hai led 36s. 48s.

LSD ae reir pete aie Rea De Sa 9s, 12s. 36s. 48s.

LeU ool eg eye ie ee 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s,

Live! 2 25 APES BPS ie OO a ae a 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s,

ARS e a et At ob Skate Sf. 9s. rea: 36s. 48s,

Lah) 3) Ee gee ae 9s. 12s, 36s. 48s,

CSD US eo ae eee 9s. Wea ghee: 36s. 48s.

Index, 1881-1890 ............ As Gd, <4 (Ga 2

* No perfect copies in stock.

+ Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or rae GENERAL MEETINGS FoR SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tHe ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

TS S06 drnttaais nis? 2 bacieldoltiauisd 6 Work ld 9 sd. do OUEEES Loe te 48s,

Liss SRR oie WAS seh taper esa aT heed ata aa aga 48s,

MR ae Seis oe Faas Sa ATEN SOR we ates 48s,

ee ce Re a ks BST DON cS a 48s.

’ Meee are) (Jan, & Keb) Ss. ate es eee ek, yee ABI ae 19s.

Meee bart 2(March & April) 2.2... 6.0..2.55.00,0.... Oe 12s.

Seis, Parts (May & June), 2.00 6.0 cies eee oee cine. Osinsrines: 12s,

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Z

oological

Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo.

1862. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London, (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

Svo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

Svo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tuer ZootocicaL lxcorp.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two

volumes, Price £5 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frawx EK.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1883. Price10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the Twenty-ninth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Smarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1893. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1893; being Volume the Thirtieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1894. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orvice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller,

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY GF LONDON,

Tars Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Humeury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrrzs, and other eminent

individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

Patroness.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Gice-Patron.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anprrsoy, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Wituiam Bateson, Esa., M.A.,

F.R.S.

Wins T. Branrorp, Ese., ||

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. BovLEencer,

F.R.S.

Yur Rr. Hon. Georce Denuan,

P.C.

Hersert Drucs, Ksa., F.LS.

Ksa.,

Crartes DrumMonn,

Treasurer.

Sir JosrpH Farrer, K.C.S.L.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

F. DuCant Gopmay, Esa., F.R.S.

| Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-Avsten,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Dr. Atserr Ginrner, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice-

President.

Proressor Grorcr B. Howes.

Lr.-Cou. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Sir Hvuex Low, G.C.M.G.

Dr. Sr. Grorce Mivarrt, F.R.S.

OspErt Satvin, Esa., F.R.S.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa.

Puitie Luriey Scrater, Ese.,

M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secre-

tary.

Joserm TRAvEeRs Surry, Ese.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock 4.M.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Warernovss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

FrLtows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35,

Fetzows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Frttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on

each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the

Saturday Orders are not available if the Fetrow shall have used

his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same

day.

Fettows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult’s. hese Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Frttows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frrtow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence,

Fetiows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subseribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the

subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.

FEetLows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,

an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-

diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens

with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TransreraBLs Lvory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum, A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned. ~

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.RS.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

October, 1895,

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 337

corresponding with the dorsal margins of the coracoid grooves.

From their median junction a less strongly marked ridge runs a

short distance postaxiad, a marked fossa existing on either side

of it and behind the transverse prominences. Numerous small

foramina open round the margins of these fosse and thence

backwards over a considerable part of the internal surface of the

sternum. In both species the pleurosteon has six excavations

divided by five septa, each of which bears two superimposed

conyexities for one of the sternal ribs.

In ZL, flavopalliatus the manubrium, when laterally viewed,

appears less elongated and less pointed towards its apex. Its

anterior surface presents a rounded cup, in the place of an elongated

groove, but the tendency to lateral bifurcation is rather more

marked. The anterior margin, below the anterior cup, is convex

preaxiad.

The internal surface of the sternum has only faint lateral ridges

coinciding with the dorsal margins of the coracoid grooves, and

there is no postaxiad median ridge, but in its place a large foramen

leading into the substance of the bone.

May 7, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LU.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1895 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 73, of which 42 were by

presentation, 6 by birth, 4 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 20

on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 124.

Special attention may be called to the following acquisitions :—

1. Two specimens of the newly described Irish Stoat (Putorius

hibernicus) from Wicklow, presented by Viscount Powerscourt,

F.Z.S. It has been recently shown (see ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist.’ ser. 6, xv. p. 374 (1895), and ‘ Zoologist,’ 1895, p. 124)

that the Irish Stoat is a smaller form of the Stoat of Great

Britain and requires to be specifically isolated. I exhibit one of

the living specimens.

2. Two Mountain Hares (Lepus variabilis) from Norway,

presented by Mr. O. Gude, April 18th.

3. Three specimens of the peculiar Parrakeet of the Antipodes

Islands (Cyanorhamphus unicolor), one presented by Sir Walter E.

Buller, K.C.M.G., C.M.Z.8., one by W. E. Collins, Esq., and one

by the Countess of Glasgow. At the time of the completion of

Proc, Zoou. Soc,—1895, No, XXII, 22

338 DR. JENTINK ON CERCOPITHECUS ATERRIMUS. [May 7,

Count Salvadori’s Catalogue of Parrots (see ‘ Catalogue of Birds in

the British Museum,’ vol. xx. p. 581) there was but a single

Specimen of this Parrakeet in the British Museum. The recent

voyage of the Earl of Glasgow, Governor of New Zealand, in the

‘ Hinemoa,’ to the outlying islands of New Zealand, has resulted

in the acquisition of several specimens of this rare species.

I take this opportunity also of calling attention to the specimens

of the Pacific Rat (Mus exulans) obtained by the Governor

of New Zealand during his recent visit to Sunday Island, Kermadec

group, and received March 14, 1895, and presented by the Countess

of Glasgow. I exhibit a living pair of this interesting Rat, con-

cerning which Mr. O. Thomas has favoured me with the following

note :—

“ Pactric Rat (Mus ewulans).

“The Rats from Sunday Island, Kermadec group, apparently

belong to a species widely spread over the Pacific, the earliest

name of which seems to be Mus ewulans, Peale’, based on Fijian .

examples. It is possible that examples from the different groups

of islands may hereafter show certain differences from each other,

but, so far as we can see at present, all should be united under one

heading. Indeed the fine Maori Rat of New Zealand (Mus

maorium, Hutton”) seems to be very doubtfully separable from the

same form, which has probably travelled from island to island in

native canoes, or on floating logs &c., long before European ships

began to bring over the ubiquitous Grey and Black Rats, which

now threaten to exterminate the native species throughout the

world.”

The following extract from a letter addressed to the Secretary

by Dr. Jentink, dated Leiden, April 30th, 1895, was read :—

‘“‘ There is in the ‘ Zoologische Garten,’ 1890, pp. 266-269, a paper

written by Dr. Oudemans, concerning a living Monkey that

Dr. Oudemans described as a new species under the specific title

Cercopithecus aterrimus. In this paper Dr. Oudemans states that

‘ausgemacht wurde der Affe sei wirklich eine neue Art’ I feel

obliged to state that the story is not quite correctly told by

Dr. Oudemans, for, when he showed me his Monkey, and after

I had compared it with the large series in our Museum, I

informed him that if the animal was an adult specimen it might

belong to an undescribed species ; however, if it was a young one

I thought it would belong to Cercocebus albigena. We could not

make out whether all the molars were present or not, as the

animal would not ailow us to examine its dentition.

“Shortly afterwards it died, and I purchased the cadaver. It

1 Peale, U.S. Exploring Exped., Mamm. p. 47 (1848).

? Trans. N. Z. Inst. x. p. 288 (1878).

1895.] RECENT EXPEDITION TO BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 339

was then manifest that it was indeed a young specimen, having

the molars still undeveloped, and that it was really a young

Cercocebus albigena. And under that name I have registered it

in my ‘ Catalogue systématique des Mammiféres,’ 1892, p. 26.

“The reason why I write you the above is that I read (P. Z. S.

1894, p. 594) that you were unable to say whether a living

Monkey im your Gardens from British Central Africa should

be referred to C. albigena, to C. aterrimus, Oudemans, or to a

new species. I think that your specimen is either a new species

or (as C. albigena=C. aterrimus) perhaps a young C. albigena”'.

Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on an

example of Alcedo beavani obtained in Ceylon by Mr. A. L. Butler.

Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., gave an account

of some of the principal animals that he had collected and noticed

during his recent expedition to Mount Ruwenzori, in British

Central Africa. Mr. Scott Elliot’s remarks were as follows :—

The object of my expedition was almost wholly botanical, and

I must begin by stating frankly that I have no right whatever to

call myself either a zoologist or a sportsman. During my

whole expedition I was entirely alone, and I had neither sufficient °

alcohol nor traps to make extensive collections. Therefore I hope

that you will pardon the crudeness and insufficiency of what

I have to say.

The most important animal on Ruwenzori is, of course, the

Elephant (Hlephas africanus). On Ruwenzori itself the Elephant

is almost always to be seen between a spot called Chukarongo

on the eastern side and a few miles south of Kasagamas. On one

occasion I saw a hundred together, but usually they go about in small

herds of from three to seven or eight in number. They ascend the

Nyamwamba and Mubuka valley to about 5600 feet, but not higher,

more, I think, on account of the steepness of the mountain-sides

above this level than for any other reason. They also occur on

the Nyamgassu River, which enters the Albert Edward beyond

the Salt Lake, but not, so far as I could tell, on the west side of

Ruwenzori ; though they are said to be in great abundance on the

other side of the Semliki River—which is part of the rich ivory

country belonging to the Wanyuema which seems to extend down

to at least 5° S. lat.

A short time before my arrival a party of Wanyuema had

called at the Salt Lake to ask if they might settle and send their

ivory to the coast, wid Uganda. Unfortunately, no European was

there, and before any reply could be sent from Uganda the trader,

Mr. Stokes, with an enormous caravan, passed up the west bank

of the Semliki and probably carried off all theivory there. It will

1 [Our specimen of this rare Monkey is since dead, and the skin and skull

have been deposited in the British Museum. I agree with Dr. Jentink that it

is probably not different from C. alhigena.—P. L. 8.]

22*

340 MR. G. F. SCOTT ELLIOT’S RECENT May 7

be thus seen that there are two sources of supply about the Albert

Edward Nyanza, namely the Wanyuema country and that about

the east side of Ruwenzori. An organized transport to the

Victoria Nyanza and by boat across the lake would enable the

Government to obtain the ivory from both these districts.

It may perhaps interest you to hear what is the present distri-

bution of Elephants in East Central Africa.

I first came across their traces in the Mau Forest, where they

seemed to ascend to at least 6000 feet. I understand they still

exist within two days’ journey of Kikuyu to the North-west, and

probably from there to Kenia and by Elgon and the Somerset

Nile to the Albert Nyanza and Unyoro generally. There are

probably considerable numbers in Sotik to the east of my route.

They seem to be absent from Buddu and Uganda proper, though

in Chagwe, four days from Kampala, some are said to exist. They

are probably quite extinct in Ankole, Karagwe, and Mpororo,

though there are a few east of Albert Edward Nyanza. There are,

however, plenty in Kivari and on the east of Ruwenzori.

There are none along the eastern shore of Tanganyika, and I very

much doubt if any are left in the whole of the German sphere of

influence, except perhaps about Kilima-njaro.

There are still some herds about the Lake Moero and the

western border of British Central Africa, but I fancy they will

very soon be exterminated in the Elephant Marsh and Milanje

districts.

Hence when the accumulated stores of generations of native

chiefs haye been exhausted, the supply will enormously diminish.

The Hippopotamus (H. amphibius) seems to be rare on the Albert

Edward, though it undoubtedly does exist about Kuliafiris. I

have also seen the skull of one a long way up the Mubuku valley,

where it may have been carried. On the Kagera River their

abundance is almost incredible. IJ do not think I have ever seen

200 yards of the river without hearing or seeing one. The natives

call this animal ‘ ufufu,’ which exactly represents its sound. The

river flows through strips of papyrus, and the alluvial banks,

which are usually 30 feet higher than the level of the river, seem

to support plenty of a kind of Andropogon grass, of which they

are very fond.

The Rhinoceros (2hinoceros bicornis) is more abundant about the

marshy lakes of Karagwe than on any other part of my journey.

On one day I came across them five times, but, unfortunately,

failed to get one.

The Antelopes about Ruwenzori are not very numerous. There

are first the ubiquitous Hartebeest (Bubalis jacksoni?), two species

of Kobus, and at least two Gazelles, one of which appeared to be very

like Gazella thomsoni of the Masai plains. These Antelopes occur

on the wide grassy alluvial plains and low hills under 5000 feet

along the eastern side: they are, I think, very rare on the west.

They seem to shift their position constantly, owing to the con-

dition of the grass. In April I found quantities of all sorts near

1895. ] EXPEDITION TO BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 341

Butanuka, where the grass was about 4 or 5 inches long, and just

growing. Passing back over this country in June, when the grass

was two feet high and in a dry and withered condition, I saw

scarcely any except on places where there had been a fire and

young grass was springing up. Thev probably had gone off to the

immediate neighbourhood of the lake. I thonght this important,

ip view of the possibility of cattle-ranching at this point. The

Hartebeest, I fancy, is the same which I saw in Buddu and on

the Nandi range, probably Jackson’s. The Kob (Cobus koh), of

which I obtained horns, seems pretty common near the Albert

Edward. Another Waterbuck, which may have been the Sing

Sing (Cobus unctuosus), is not uncommon. It has the hair and

reddish colour of the Sing Sing, but seemed to me a larger animal

and with much larger and broader hoofs than the Sing Sing.

Unfortunately, I did not think it worth while to bring home a

skin.

In the forest on the Wimi valley, at about 8000 feet, I saw a

Bushbuck which I failed to get. This was not the Cephalophus

equatorialis (of which I brought the skin and skull from the

Victoria Nyanza), nor could it have been the Abyssinian species.

It was a very distinctly reddish or bright bay, very much like

Cephalophus natalensis according to the description.

There are several species of Monkey about Kuwenzori. One of

these is a Colobus, but I have not been able to identify it. It has

the long white and black fur of the Colobus guereza, but it is not

that species. It might be either C. caudatus of Kilima-njaro, or

C. angolensis, but it seems to me different from the figures of

both of them. It is most common in the Yeria and Msonje

valleys near Butanuka, but I could not get a specimen. It has a

very curious weird screaming cry, quite unlike that of any other

animal.

I brought home a specimen of Cercopithecus pluto or of the allied

form C. stuhlnanni. The Wakondja in the Nyamwamba valley,

East Ruwenzori, make a sort of pouch or pocket of its skin, which

they carry over the shoulder, so that the animal must be common.

This Monkey is extremely shy, and usually the only sign of its

presence is the noise of a tremendous crash amongst the branches

a long distance away. Once I saw very well a troop of another

monkey, probably a Cercopithecus also. I was alone, of course with-

out a gun, and sitting down very quietly on a fallen tree. Four or

five of the older males came quite close after some hesitation. They

had white marks on the face, simulating eyebrows, moustache and

imperial, and their expression was melancholy and unhappy.

There are also Baboons (Papio, sp. inc.) on the Wimi River,

where they greatly damage the native crops.

A kind of Lemur (probably a Galago), a nocturnal creature

living in hollow trees, was the only animal I heard of on the west

side of the mountain.

A. Squirrel (Sciurus rufo-brachiatus) of West-African affinity

is common in the Wini valley.

342 RECENT EXPEDITION TO BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [May 7,

I found amongst the smaller mammals an Arvicanthis, allied to

A. abyssinicus, Riipp., Georychus ochraceo-cinereus of Heuglin, a

Dendromys allied to D. mystacalis of Heuglin, a Mus allied to

AM. lateralis, Heuglin. I have to thank Mr. Oldfield Thomas for

naming these Rodents and for other kind assistance.

Leopards are very common and a terrible scourge in the eastern

valleys of Ruwenzori. In some cases the natives keep within

their bomas after 3 P.M. on account of them. One very dark

evening two of my men were very severely hurt by them. The

animal, after tasting the blood of one of them, leaped in amongst

the camp-fires and seized a second.

Lions are also common in the lower ground about Kasagamas.

They hide in the neighbourhood of the plantations and carry off

the women or solitary men when they come to work.

With regard to birds, I have only brought a few specimens. Of

these there are two species of Nectarinia. One of them (UW. kili-

mensis) is found amongst the bananas at from 5500 to 6600 feet in

the valleys along the mountain. It seems to feed entirely on the

flowers of the banana, and has a very beautiful reddish-bronze tint.

The other, which is much smaller and more gaily coloured, occurs

up to 11,000 feet, and seems to feed chiefly on a large Acanthaceous

flower which grows in enormous profusion at that height ; it also

feeds on other characteristic shrubs of that region, chiefly of the

same order. The Crowned Crane is extremely common all round

Ruwenzori, but particularly in the Semliki valley.

With regard to Reptiles and Amphibia, I understand from

Dr. Giinther that amongst my specimens there is a new Chameleon

represented.

Turning to the insects, a very curious Beetle (Heliocopus

colossus) of enormous size seems to be very common along the East

Ruwenzori in places where Elephants exist. It is found only in

their dung, in which it lays its eggs. I also found examples

of another species, H. hamadryas.

Perhaps I may be allowed to say that, taking the remarks

which I have obtained from those who have looked at my zoolo-

gical specimens, the general impression seems to be that there is

at Ruwenzori a meeting-point of two very distinct faunas, one

western and the other Abyssinian and Cape. This coincides very

closely with my own impressions of the flora. From the mountains

of Abyssinia along the east coast—keeping, 7. ¢., at an altitude of

4000 feet—down to Mashonaland there is a flora which becomes

gradually more and more like that of the Transvaal. The Shiré

Highlands’ plants are much nearer those of Mashonaland than one

would suppose. The West-African and Congo flora seems to have

mingled with this northern flora at Ruwenzori, where one of the

valleys, the Wimi, contains many western forms.

I think there is some reason to suppose that the Uganda

plateau, or, one might say, the range of Jackson’s Hartebeest, is a

minor offshoot of this Abyssinian-Cape atlinity, of which Somali-

land (with Swayne’s Hartebeest) represents another offshoot—

1895.] ON THE HEART OF THE ALLIGATOR. 343

Coke’s and Lichtenstein’s Hartebeests representing the transitional

stages to the purely Cape form Bubalis caama.

There is a very curious breed of cattle which is the common

form in Urundi, Karagwe, and Mpororo, and also occurs sporadi-

cally in Buddu. The most singular feature is the enormous horns,

sometimes three feet long and as far apart at the tips. The udder

is very small and the hump inconspicuous. They are brown all

over, not like the other breeds. They have a peculiar way of

walking ; the fore and hind feet seem to reach the same spot, so

that their paths constitute a series of transverse ridges separated

by furrows. It seems that they are closely related to the Galla

or Sanga Ox of Abyssinia, which were first discovered by Bruce.

The Wahima race, which are in a purer condition in this part of

Africa than anywhere else, probably brought these animals with

them from Abyssinia, and they have probably remained ever since

in this country, 7. ¢. about 5000-7000 feet in the Urundi hills and

also in Mpororo.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Structure of the Heart of the Alligator. By

Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,

and P. Cuatmers Mircuet., M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 6, 1894.]

We have recently had the opportunity of examining the heart

of a large Alligator (Alligator lucius), lately living in the Society’s

Reptile-house. As none of the existing figures of the heart of this

Crocodilian, particularly of the valves, appears to us adequate, it

seems to be worth while to enter into the matter again. The best

and most numerous illustrations of the heart are contained in a

work by Prof. Sabatier’. None of them, however, shows, clearly

the relative proportions of muscle and fibrous tissue in the

auriculo-ventricular valves, which is a matter of such importance

in comparing the hearts of the higher vertebrates. Gegenbaur’s

well-known paper upon the heart of the Crocodile and the

Monotreme® has no illustrations at all, while Prof. Lankester *

has, in our opinion, not given an absolutely accurate figure of the

right auriculo-ventricular valve, though the illustration is sufficient

to bring out the points with which he was concerned in the paper,

which did not profess to be a detailed description of the Cro-

codile’s heart. The heart of the Alligator, as has already been

noted, lies exceedingly far back in the abdominal cavity enclosed

1 “Tye Coeur et la Circulation des Vertébrés,” Inaug. Diss., Montpellier, 1873.

2 « Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Herzens,” Jen. Zeitschr. 1866.

3 “On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna, etc.,” P. Z. S. 1883, p. 8, pl. iv.

figs. 1, 2.

344° MUSSRS. F. BE. BEDDARD AND P. CHALMERS MITCHELL [May 7,

in a stout pericardium of an elastic nature. The pericardium

ensheathes the origins of the large vessels, and the point of the

ventricles is bound to the posterior end of the pericardium by

a stout gubernaculum, as in many Lizards but not in Birds.

Fig. 1.

R.A.

ww sshiniiniyt

Hearr or ALLIGATOR.

A,B, ©. Sections through the bulbus at different horizons.

C. In the region of the aortic valves the communication between the aorte is

shown. B. In the largest part of the bulb; A very narrow window

separates the aorte in one region. A. At the summit of the bulb, Pui.

Common pulmonary trunk on yentral side: P.R., P.L. Right and left

pulmonaries. L.A. Left aorta arising from right ventricle; R.A. Right

aorta. R.sub. Right subclavian: Zr.dn. Truncus anonymus.

E. Dorsal aspect of heart.

L.A. Left auricle. B.A. Right auricle. The letters Pul. are placed upon the

base of the arterial bulb: the ventricles, with the gubernaculum attached

to the apex, form the lower part of the figure. Pu/. Right pulmonary

vein ; 7.Pul. Left pulmonary vein, which is closely attached externally to

the left anterior vena cava, l.a.c. The right anterior vena cava opens

into the sinus opposite Z.a.c. The large median vessel is the post-caval.

The accompanying drawing (E) illustrates the dorsal aspect of

the heart with the sinus venosus overlying it; the sinus venosus

is a very small but distinct thin-walled cavity, in position and

1895. ] ON THE HEART OF THE ALLIGATOR. 345

arrangement markedly recalling that of the Frog. Anteriorly and

to the left side the large left anterior cava opens into it; the

much smaller right anterior cava opens opposite to the latter on

the right side. The postcaval vein enters the sinus in the middle

line posteriorly and is of enormously large size. A large coronary

vein leaves the line of junction between the ventricles and enters

the postcaval after a short free course.

_ ‘The two auricles are free from the surface of the ventricles, thus

differing from birds; they are attached to the dorsal side of the

heart, and their free ends are partially wrapped round but do not

meet on the ventral side. The right auricle is markedly longer

than the left and its free extremity is forked.

The line of junction between the ventricles is plainly marked

exteriorly ; and it passes down immediately to the right of the

gubernaculum, which is thus attached to the left ventricle only.

The great vessels which arise from the ventricles are closely

attached to each other and form an enormous bulging expansion

anterior to the heart, and showing externally no trace of a division

into the separate vessels. The accompanying drawings are illus-

trative of sections through this bulbus arteriosus at different

levels.

The pulmonary veins enter the dorsal side of the heart towards

the left hand; the right pulmonary vein being exactly in the

middle line, and the left entering at right angles to it and attached

by membrane to the left precayal.

Cavities of the Heart.—The small cavity of the sinus venosus leads

directly into the right auricle; the valve between them (atrio-

auricular) is bicuspid, being composed of two large thin muscular

flaps, each semicircular and like an eyelid in shape; the dorsal

valve is slightly overlapped by the ventral at the sides, and the two

do not join. The cavity of the right auricle is twice as large as

that of the left; the septum between the two is complete and lies

in the middle dorsal line of the heart. The interior of both

auricles is richly sculptured.

The most striking point, of course, about the interior of the ven-

tricles is the enormous thickness of the spongy walls and the very

small amount of free cavity. When the apex was cut off, a well-

marked line, concave towards the left ventricle, and situated in the

middle of the spongy tissue, showed the boundary of the inter-ven-

tricular septum. The spongy cavities ran closely up to this line, but

in no case was it actually penetrated by them. ‘There is in short

an absolute separation between the two ventricles.

The right auriculo-ventricular valve consists of two separate

valvular flaps equal in size; the septal, or inner flap is chiefly

muscular, but a triangular piece near the upper free extremity is

chiefly membranous, as is shown in the drawing (woodcut fig. 2, c).

The strand of muscle running along the valve arises by a column

with several roots from the septal wall of the heart posteriorly.

The right, or outer, valve is entirely muscular (fig. 2, d); its upper

surface is sculptured, chiefly in vertical lines, and bound to the

346 MESSRS. F. E. BEDDARD AND P. CHALMERS MITCHELL [ May 7,

i), dq)

Ors

YW AN

"= 7

——S

. =e \\e

SS AINA

AWS

/ aly [Srey AN AUS

Li Se Rs HrcltANss®

TM \N

Heart of Alligator, opened to display the right ventricle and the origin of

left aorta.

a & b. Two rows of rudimentary valves, the row opposite 4 being shorter and

having a deep pit under the lowest of three chief rudimentary valves.

c. Septal flap of right auriculo-ventricular valve; the membranous area is

dotted, and a strong muscular band ties down the lower end of the flap

to the septal wall.

d. Fleshy half of right auriculo-ventricular valve .

e. Muscular band tying down junction of two flaps, and corresponding to

bridge in bird’s heart.

1895.] ON THE HEART OF THE ALLIGATOR. 347

parietes by delicate muscular threads, which may be compared with

the papillary muscles of the valves of the mammalian heart.

In spite of the luminous investigations of Prof. Lankester upon

this matter, and of the previously expressed views of one of us’,

we cannot regard the morphological relationship of the different

parts of the valve of this animal and that of the bird as thoroughly

cleared up.

Heart of the Common Fowl, opened to display the cavity of the right

ventricle,

z, x. Cut surfaces.

6. Right part of the valve identified by us with right part of valve in Alligator

(fig. 2, 7). ¢. Septal part of valve identified by us with Alligator’s

septal flap (fig. 2,¢). a. Muscular bridge identified by us with structure

shown in fig. 2, ¢.

The view taken by Prof. Lankester, and generally accepted, is

that the entire fleshy valve of the right (4) ventricle of the Bird’s

heart corresponds to one half only of the complete valve of the

Crocodile * and of the Mammal; in the Bird it is held that the

septal half of the valve is quite absent and not even represented by

rudiment. Now, if we consider the Bird’s heart in a position exactly

corresponding to that of the Alligator as shown in our drawing

(fig. 3), this comparison seems to be inexact. The larger half of

the valve lies on the right side, and is of course entirely fleshy ;

in the Ostrich, which we have recently had an opportunity of

examining and which was typically avian in every respect, this half

of the valve was slightly sculptured on its right face near to the

origin from the walls of the heart. A comparison in this matter

with the corresponding face of the same valve in the Alligator will

1 FB. E. Beddard, “On the Heart of Apteryx,” P.Z.S. 1885, p. 188, and

“ Notes on the Anatomy of the Condor,” P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 142.

? “Bei Vogeln am rechten Ostium die mediale endocardiale Taschenklappe

der Krokodile vollstandig geschwunden,” Rése, Morph. Jahrb. 1890, p. 80. -

348 MUBSSRS. F. E, BEDDARD AND P. CHALMERS MITCHELL [May 7,

be obvious (see fig. 2). As will be seen by an inspection of the

accompanying drawing (fig. 3), which we are enabled to reproduce

here by the courtesy of Prof. Lankester, this half of the valve is

bound down anteriorly to the outer wall of the ventricle by a strong

muscular bridge. This muscular bridge is also connected with the

anterior edge of another valve which is much shorter than the one

just described, but which runs approximately in the same direction

as the last, i.e. nearly parallel to the longitudinal axis of the

heart. This has generally been accepted as part of the longer

valve and as not corresponding to the septal flap. We are,

however, unable to agree with this interpretation of the structure.

In its relations it corresponds exactly to the septal flap of the

valve of the Alligator; the upper end of the two valves in the

Alligator are in the same way bound down by a strong band of

muscle ; it is true that this muscle does not form a definite bridge,

but it stands out in relief, and as the spongy wall of the ventricle

is so much thicker, we cannot regard the obliteration of the space

beneath as of any morphological significance: in fact we identify

what has been called the inner part of the valve in the Bird’s heart

as the septal flap of the valve of the Alligator’s heart. It is

identical in relative position, in its mode of attachment; and in

some birds we have seen a slight development of tendon in its

substance. Furthermore, the direction of the muscular fibres is

not continuous round what has been regarded as the continuous

edge of the valve. As to its disproportion in size, we do not see

that the amount of development as compared with the nature of

the development is a point of much significance.

The left auriculo-ventricular valve, illustrated in the drawing

(fig. 4), consists of two separate vertical flaps, of which the septal

is considerably larger and overlaps the left flap; the septal valve

is thinner, and is composed of both muscles and tendon. The left

half of the valve has the free crescentic edge strongly ligamentous,

the remaining part being muscular.

The left aorta arises of course from the right ventricle ; its exit

is guarded by three watch-pocket valves, on the free edge of which

are cartilaginous hardenings; the exit is narrow, and the aorta

then dilates into a wide chamber in the bulbus. In this are two

rows of small sculpturings like rudimentary valves extending to

the top of the wide part of the aorta, each row being vertically

above the middle of one of the valves (fig. 2, a,6). The pulmonary

artery arises from the same ventricle; its exit is similarly guarded

by three valves and it similarly dilates into a wide expansion in the

bulbus; the pulmonary artery at the end of the dilatation divides

into two branches, which, however, leave the bulbus on its ventral

aspect and not, as figured in Wiedersheim, on the dorsal aspect.

The right aorta arises from the left ventricle ; its narrow exit is

guarded by two wide valves, behind the left of which arises the

coronary artery. Behind the right lies the very large communi-.

cation with the left aorta. The aorta then expands into a very

wide sac in the bulbus ; in a line with the communication between

1895.] ON THE HHART OF THE ALLIGATOR. 349

the two aorte, and nearly an inch and a half anterior to it, there is

a deep pit in the right aorta, shown in the drawing (fig.1,B). This

is separated by a transparent window from the space behind the

lowest of the three principal rudimentary valve-like structures

in the left aorta; however, there is no actua! communication,

Fig. 4,

—~.

SS NAW ON :

Dian

Heart of Alligator, opened to show the left ventricle and origin™of the

right aorta.

a, Aperture of coronary artery. }. Foramen Panizzi. c. Right aortic arch.

d. Outer or left flap of left auriculo-yentricular valve cut through to

show, underlying it, the septal flap of the same valve, which is larger in

size, and the membranous margin of which is indicated by the dotted

area in the drawing.

- SN Coy

Myip}) iD ) Vi Mpit he at

TrLMTN TNT TT Tep T PT

350 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 7,

2. On the Anatomy of Chauna chavaria.

By P. Caatmers Mircuett, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 6, 1895.]

Owing to the kindness of my friend, the Prosector of the Society,

Mr. F. E. Beddard, I have had the opportunity of examining the

anatomy of a female specimen of Chauna chavaria, the Crested

Screamer. Garrod (1) has given an account of the anatomy of

Chauna derbiana ; Mr. Beddard and I (2) have published the results

of our investigation of Palamedea cornuta; but less has been

written about Chauna chavaria, and I have thought it worth while

to examine carefully this third of the three known species of the

Palamedeide.

External Characters.

The skin was very emphysematous, even upon the tibia, thus

differing from C. derbiana, but, as in that and in Palinedea, there

was a triangular space on each shoulder undistended by air.

The number of rectrices was 12, as in C. derbiana, not 14 as in

Palamedea. The wing was aquintocubital as in C. derbiana and

in Palmedea’.

As Nitzsch states, there is a small aftershaft on some of the

feathers on the nape of the neck. This is absent in other regions.

The oil-gland is natiform, and is tufted and covered by feathers.

It has two large apertures separated from each other by a narrow

line of feathers.

Viscera of Abdomen.

I have little to add to Beddard’s description of the septa (8).

As in Palamedea, the lobes of the liver are not shut off from the

subomental space. The falciform septum is nearly median and

extends unusually far back, reaching to within half an inch of the

ends of the pubes. The horizontal septum was a stout brown

membrane attached te the pubes behind and forking over the

stomach. The oblique septa stretched from the pubes to the

pericardium, and contained numerous striz in their thick walls.

The lobes of the liver were more nearly equal in size than in

Palamedea. The gall-bladder was large, and the cystic, hepatic,

and single pancreatic ducts entered the summit of the ascending

loop of the duodenum exactly as we described in Palamedea (2), and

not at the position described by Garrod for C. derbiana (1).

The proventriculus (s) was very capacious, and, as Garrod de-

scribes in C. derbiana, the glandular area forms a narrow zone round

the anterior end and a Jong triangular patch stretching down on the

side. In this respect, certainly, the proventriculus is, as Garrod

1 Tn our paper on Palamedea (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 536), by an oversight, we stated

that the wing was quintocubital. We haye examined three specimens and

found the fifth feather absent in each,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA CHAVARIA. 351

pointed out, similar to that of the Ostrich; but in the Ostrich the

zone is not complete above, and the proventriculus is unsymme-

trical in shape. The small gizzard of Chawna chavaria exhibited

a strongly marked central tendinous area on each of the opposite

faces, very dissimilar from the double tendinous area found on each

of the similar areas in the Ostrich and Goose.

Intestine of Chauna chavaria.

s. Proventriculus with g the glandular patch.

d. Duodenum enclosing the pancreas (the duodenum has been turned for-

wards).

Zto 1. The large loop of the intestine, with y the yolk-sac diverticulum about

the middle of its length. This coil has also been raised up and turned

forwards. The remains of the yentral mesentery running from the

diverticulum are not shown, as they lie under the intestinal loop.

ec. The crea. 1.7. Large intestine.

r.v. Rectal mesenteric vein. This dips under the mesentery of the large loop,

where its course is shown by a dotted line. It there joins with the large

central vein of the large loop and with the veins from the duodenum and

ceca, and the blood passes forwards, its course being shown by a dotted

line, to the portal vein p.v.

In the accompanying figure I show the arrangement of the coils

352 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 7,

of the intestine disposed in a fashion which, from the examination of

a number of birds, I have found to be most instructive. The intes-

tines were removed bodily from the abdominal cavity after division

of the esophagus and of the rectum in front of the cloaca. They

were then placed on the table with the ventral side upwards, and

with as little disturbance as possible the overlying folds were turned

outwards. The duodeum (d) is a short loop enclosing the pancreas

in the usual fashion. Then follows a very long small intestine

(-1) suspended at the circumference of a nearly circular expansion

of the original straight mesentery running from the liver to the

rectum. ‘This loop of the intestine corresponds in position and

arrangement to the anterior of the two enormous loops which

compose the gut behind the duodenum in the Ostrich. It also

corresponds to the five or six more specialized loops found in the

intestine of Anatids, but remains in what appears to be a more

primitive condition. At the end of the first large loop the

intestine passes into the large intestine and the cca are attached

at the point of junction. The ceca in my specimen were different

from those of the C. chavaria described by Beddard (3), in that

they were nearly equal in size and much more sacculated than in

the figure given by Beddard. The right czecum was closely bound

to the distal part of the great loop of the intestine running forwards

along it. The left cecum was attached to the descending loop of

the duodenum, and in the figure is represented as turned forwards

along with that.

The rectum, as in C. derbiana and Palamedea, was very long and

wide, although not nearly so long relatively as in the Ostrich. I

do not give the measurements of the parts of the intestine, as from

my own observations, and still more from the extended observa-

tions of Garrod, Beddard, and others, it seems that the amount of

individual variation makes comparisons of little value.

Aitached to the free or primitive ventral side of the large loop

of the intestine, and nearly in the middle of its length, was a small

cecum (y), the remains of the original yolk-duct. From the point

of this a short ventral mesentery with a thickened edge ran forwards

towards the liver. Inthe Ostrich the remains of the yolk-sac lie in

the same relative position, and I have found in that the remnant of

a similar ventral mesentery.

A large number of radial veins leave the large loop of the intes-

tine and converge upon an elongated, much expanded, large tribu-

tary of the portal vein. This runs inwards in the middle of the

circular mesentery opposite the yolk-sac diverticulum. It is joined

by a branch from the right cecum and from the distal part of the

loop; next, by one from the left caecum, next by one from the

duodenum.

Another large vessel from the large intestine joins these vessels,

and from their meeting-point the large mesenteric vein joins with

a small splenic vein and runs forwards as the portal vein. I may

mention that the disposition of these vessels is similar in the

Ostrich,

1895.] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA CHAVARIA. 353

Windpipe.

T have little to add to Beddard’s description of this organ (8).

The two pairs of extrinsic muscles were as he found them. The

syrinx was notched only at the back, as in C. derbiana. None of

the bronchial semirings were ossified.

The Heart.

This organ was typically avian. The only peculiarity worth

noting was in the right auriculo-ventricular valve. In the smaller

part of the valve, which Beddard and I have identified with the

septal flap of the Alligator’s similar valve, I found a small tendinous

area. The edge of the flap was muscular, one strand of muscle

running to the bridge of muscle which binds the two flaps to the

wall of the ventricle. Another band of muscle passed from the

lower edge of the valve to the septal wall of the ventricle, exactly

as in the Ostrich and in the Alligator.

The Buccal Cavity.

The tongue was identical with that of C. derbiana, as described

by Garrod.

Between the rami of the mandible, anterior to the mylohyoid

anterior, lay a pair of large pear-shaped glands opening into the

floor of the mouth at the anterior end, just behind the lower beak,

by a number of small apertures on each side of the middle line.

Myonoey.

In my account of this I shall follow the description recently

given by Beddard and myself of the myology of Palamedea (2),

as in the main the two birds are very closely alike.

In the muscles of the neck and trunk the only point worth

noting is that the new muscle described by us as the costo-sternalis

externus was also present in Chauna chavaria. It arises by a flat

tendon from the third, fourth, and fifth ribs and is inserted to the

costal edge of the sternum, less than half an inch from the

posterior end. As in Palamedea it may be taken as replacing

physiologically, to a certain extent, the absent uncinate processes.

Head-Museles.

Dermo-temporalis and bivenier maxille as in Palamedea. Digastrie

or depressor mandibule, as in Palamedea, consists of two parts.

The external portion arises by a strong tendon from behind the

external auditory meatus ; it runs downwards and forwards, and is

inserted fleshy along the upper edge of the angulare. The inner

portion is almost entirely tendinous ; its origin is below that of

the outer portion and its insertion is to the ventral and median

side of the origin of the angular process.

Temporalis consists of four clearly separated portions. The

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1895, No. XXIII, 23

354 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 7,

most external portion is the largest. It arises fleshy from a

curved line over the ear from the posterior edge of the orbit to the

edge of the biventer mawille. Its fibres run downwards and for-

wards under the maxilla, to be inserted along the inner edge of the

mandible. The second portion is the most anterior. It is a com-

tively narrow band, strongly tendinous, passing from the posterior

inner wall of the orbit near the postorbital process : its fibres run

downwards and outwards, and, passing under the maxilla, are

inserted into the mandible internal to the first portion. The third

portion lies behind the second, and is shorter. It arises from the

under edge of the orbital process of the quadrate, and, passing

parallel to the second portion under the maxillary bar, is inserted

into the inner side of the mandible.

The fourth portion does not act as an elevator of the lower jaw.

It is a broad fleshy mass, deep within the orbit, passing from

behind the optic foramen to the upper and inner edge of the

orbital process of the quadrate.

Pterygoid. The first portion is muscular only at its origin from

the internal articular process of the lower jaw. It becomes a

strong superficial band of tendon, which in front spreads out in

the strong membrane covering the palate. The second portion is

a broad muscular mass arising from the internal articular process all

along its length. The fibres run forwards and are inserted to the

pterygoid and the ventral surface of the palatal bones. The third

portion is a broad mass external to the second; it arises from

the inner face of the lower jaw behind the second portion, and

running forwards and inwards is inserted to the outer and upper

surfaces of the palatal bone.

The Hyoid Group.

Mylohyoid anterior. The two divisions seen in Palamedea were not

marked :; the muscle, which was well marked, arises from the inner

side of the lower jaw anterior to the region of the basihyal. The

fibres run straight across the surface of the lower jaw and meet

their fellows of the other side in a median raphé. Some of the

posterior fibres spread out as a diffuse sheet.

Mylohoid posterior. The origin was as in Palamedea. The pos-

terior thinner portion was exactly as in Palamedea, where we

described it as a platysma myoides. The narrower anterior portion

was a stout ribbon of muscle running forwards and inwards

superficial to the ceratohyal, to be inserted to the inner surface of

the base of the cornu and to the outer surface of the urohyal, in

fact to the angle formed by the meeting of these two parts of the

hyoid apparatus.

Geniohyoid. As in Palamedea this muscle was wrapped round

the posterior portion of the cornu of the hyoid, and then passed

forward to be inserted to the inner surface of the lower jaw behind

the anterior mylohyoid.

Genioglossus absent, as in Palamedea,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA CHAVARIA. 355

Ceratoglossus. Only the second part present, and that was as in

Palamedea.

Ceratohyoid as in Palamedea.

Hypoglossals, There is a well-marked hypoglossus rectus arising

fleshy at each side from the entoglossum, and ending in a long

tendon running forward to the tip of the tongue. Undoubtedly

this muscle is what we described as the first part of ceratoglossus

in Palamedea.

Thyrohyoid. A well-marked muscle at each side arising from the

side of the basihyal and spreading out over the thyroid cartilage.

This we described in Palamedea as belonging to the system of the

sternohy oid.

Caudal Muscles.

The five muscles were exactly as in Palamedea, except that the

inner thinner portion of the ilio-coceygeus was absent.

Muscles of the Shoulder-girdle.

Rhomboideus externus and internus, serratus anticus, pectoralis

minor, sterno-coracoid, coracobrachialis longus, coracobrachialis anterior

and c. internus, deltoides minor, teres major, subscapularis, expansor

secundariorum, biceps, triceps, extensores metacarpi radials and

ulnaris, ectepicondylo-ulnaris and radials, extensor digitorum com-

munis, extensor indicis longus, pronator sublimis, brachialis inferior,

flexor digitorum sublimis, ulni-metacarpalis ventralis, abductor polli-

cis, flewor pollicis, abductor indicis, flewor digiti III., and interossei

dorsalis et palmaris were as we described them in Palamedea.

Serratus posticus. The origins were a rib further back than in

Palamedea. Pars metapatagialis arose from the sixth complete

rib. Part two came from the fourth, fifth, and sixth ribs.

Latissimus dorsi differed from that in Palamedea only by the

absence of a metapatagial slip from the tendon of insertion .of the

posterior part.

Pectoralis major arose partly from the posterior sternal rib.

Coracobrachialis brevis (subcoracoideus) was represented only by

a ligament.

Deltoides major was not divided into two portions, and the

upper region of its insertion was not tendinous.

Patagialis arose as in Palamedea, and the general disposition of

the tendons was as in Palamedea. But, as Fiirbringer has already

figured, the brevis ligament unites not only with the ewiensor meta-

carpi radialis, but passes over to the ulna. Asin Palamedca there

is no biceps patagialis.

Teres minor (supraspinatus) was not present.

Anconeus longus. This is as in Palamedea, but there were no

tendinous bars, uniting the tendons of the head and of the

accessory head.

Extensor longus pollicis. The ulnar head was very small and had

no tendon.

Pronator profundus was larger than pronator sublimis.

23*

356 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [May 7

Flexor digitorwm profundus reached nearly to the tip of the

second phalanx of digit IT.

Flexor carpi ulnaris. The sesamoid was not ossified.

Extensor brevis pollicis arose by two fleshy digitations from the

dorsal face of metacarpal I. It was inserted to the base of the

thumb.

The second abductor pollicis, described by us in Palamedea, was

not present.

Radio-metacarpalis ventralis absent.

Ulni-metacarpalis dorsalis, not found by us in Palamedea,

present. The origin is a strong tendon from the distal end of

ulna on its dorsal surface near the radius. It divides into a series

of digitations, the most radial of which is inserted by a tendon to

the base of metacarpals II. and III., the others fleshy to the

ulnar side of metacarpal III.

Muscles of the Thigh and Leq.

Sartorius, glutet anterior, medius, minimus, quartus, spectineus,

vastus externus, crurcus, vastus internus, biceps, obduratores externus

et internus, gemellus, ambiens, soleus, tibialis anticus, extensor com-

munis digitorum, flexor perforatus et perforans medii, flexor perfo-

ratus, flecor profundus, popliteus, flecor brevis hallucis, flecor brevis

hallucis secundus, flewor brevis indicis, extensor hallucis, extensor

hallucis secundus, abductor indicis, extensor medii, abductor annularis,

are all as in Palamedea.

Gluteus mavimus. The representative of the postacetabular part

of this muscle found by us in Palamedea is absent.

Femoro-caudal, There was only a tendon of origin: the insertion

in the tail was fleshy.

Accessory femoro-caudal. This muscle, absent in Palamedea, is

present in Chauna chavaria. Garrod states that it is present also

in C. derbiana.

Semitendinosus. The accessory is larger than in Palamedea.

The tendon from the two heads joins the inner head of the

gastrocnemius, not the middle as in Palamedea.

Semimembranosus. The tendon of this, after receiving a slip from

the tendon of the semitendinosus as in Palamedea, runs into the

tibia between the inner head of the gastrocnemius and the accessory

semitendinosus.

Adductors. There is not so great a difference in size between the

two adductors as in Palamedea. The origin of the deeper adductor

extends also to the end of the pubis. As in Palamedea, one set of

the fibres are inserted to the femur; the other set join, not the

middle head of the gastrocnemius, but the accessory semitendinosus.

Gastrocnemius. The outer head is as in Palamedea. The middle

head is slender, but is quite distinct from the accessory semitendi-

nosus; it arises tendinously from the intercondylar notch and it

joins the outer head of the gastrocnemius halfway down the leg.

The inner or tibial head arises from the internal condyle of the

femur in addition to the origin found in Palamedea,

1895.] ANATOMY OF CHAUNA CHAVARIA. 357

Peroneus longus. The fork to the ankle-cartilage consists of four

separate branches, becoming wider from above downwards.

Peroneus brevis. The tendon of insertion forks—part, as in Pala-

medea, being attached to a knob on the outer side of the tarso-

metatarsus, part going to the fascia covering the ankle-joint.

Flevor perforans et perforatus indicts has an additional origin

from the end of the tibia.

Flexor longus hallucis. The general arrangement is as in Palamedea,

and the slip to the toe from below the vinculum, which we found

in Palamedea, but which Garrod did not find in C. derbiana, is

present in C. chavaria. The vinculum consists of two slips.

Abductor annularis is as in Palamedea, but in our paper we

called two muscles the adductor annularis. The first of these is

the abductor.

SKELETON,

I add a few notes on the points of difference and resemblance

in the skeletons of Palamedea and the two Chaunas. In Palamedea

the whole skeleton is the slightest of the three, and its long bones

are the longest. C. derbiana has the heaviest skeleton and its

long bones are the shortest. C. chavaria is intermediate.

Sternum. C. chavaria has the posterior lateral processes shortest ;

Palamedea intermediate; C. derbiana longest and most anserine.

In the Chaunas the inner anterior surface of the sternum is pneu-

matic. It is not so in Palamedea.

Vertebre and Ribs. In Palamedea and C. chavaria there are

16 cervical vertebre without movable ribs; in C. derbiana 17.

Then follow two dorso-cervicals with free movable ribs, the 17th

and 18th in Palamedea and C. chavaria, the 19th in C. derbiana.

Then follow complete ribs articulating with sternal ribs; 7 on

vertebre 19 to 25 in Palamedea; 8 in C. chavaria, on vertebre

19 to 26; 8 in C. derbiana, on vertebre 20 to 27. Lastly, there

follows an incomplete rib, of which the articular surfaces are much

reduced, and which meets a sternal rib that is attached not to the

sternum, but by a fibrous connection to the side of the preceding

sternal rib. In Palamedea this is borne on the 26th vertebra; in

C. chavaria upon the 27th; in the skeletons of C. derbiana that I

have seen it was not present, but its attachments are so slight

that it might easily have been lost in maceration. In Palamedea

the rib on the 23rd vertebra is the most anterior covered by the

ileum; in the Chaunas it is the 25th. In Palamedea and

C. chavaria the thirty-first is the last vertebra with a transverse

process anterior to the acetabulum; in C. derbiana the corre-

sponding vertebra is the thirty-second.

In C. derbiana the penultimate sternal rib has a sharp back-

wardly directed process near the articulation with the costal rib;

this is absent in Palamedea and in C. chavaria.

Clavicle is V-shaped in Palamedea; U-shaped in the Chaunas.

Pelvis. The waist is broad in Palamedea, narrow in C. derbiana,

intermediate in C. chavaria.

358 DR. PERCY RENDALL ON THE [May 7,

The hinder part of the pelvis is bent downwards upon the fore

part in Palamedea ; it is nearly straight in C. derbiana ; the angle

of inclination is intermediate in C. chavaria.

In all three, the pubes do not extend far behind the ischia, and

the forwardly turned processes, which in so many Anatide nearly

meet in the middle line and recall the median ventral symphysis of

the Ostrich, are absent.

THE SKULL in its general proportions resembles that of Pala-

medea more than that of C, derbiana. It has most of the features

given in our table (2) as common to Palamedea and C. derbiana.

The foramen magnum is relatively smaller than in Palamedea, as

in C. derbiana. The outer long edge of the palatine is not sharply

angular, as in Palamedea and C. derbiana. The width of the

middle superior ramus of the premaxilla is nearly uniform, as in

Palamedea, not wider at its origin than posteriorly, as in C. der-

biana. The angular process of the lower jaw is not so straight as

in Palamedea, nor so sharply upturned as in C. derbiana and

Geese.

The hyoid. The basihyal is unlike that of Palamedea, being

short and roughly triangular, the apex being anterior. The uro-

hyal is long and cartilaginous at its extremity, as in Palamedea ;

but it is anchylosed to the basihyal, instead of being freely movable

upon that. The entoglossum consists of two completely separate

paired ossifications.

The ceratohyals are stouter than in Palamedea, but, as in that

bird, consist of two bony pieces with an intermediate cartilaginous

segment.

PAPERS QUOTED.

(1) Garrop. “ On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana.” P.Z.S.

1876, p. 189.

(2) Bepparp and Mironrrn. “On the Anatomy of Palamedea

cornuta.” P.Z.S8. 1894, p. 536.

(3) Bepparp. ‘On the Anatomy of Chauna chavaria.” P.Z.S8.

1886, p. 178.

3. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the Transvaal.

By Dr. Percy Renpatt, F.Z.S.*

[Received February 25, 1895.]

Tue REEDBUCK. Cervicapra arundinum.

Zulu: Imsigi or Umsagoko. Swazi: Ihlangu.

This animal is to be found in the damp and reedy places along

the banks of the Lompangwana River, but it is hard to get a clear

shot, in tall rank grass and reeds that are much higher than your

head, the stems of which are the thickness of a cedar pencil. Its

1 (Dr. Rendall has at my request kindly put together these notes, which he

made on the Antelopes met with in the Transvaal in 1893 and 1894.—P. L. 8.]

1895.] ANTELOPES OF THE TRANSVAAL, 359

flesh is coarse and rank, and I think none but natives would eat it

for choice.

Tue Lusser Reepguck. Cervicapra lalandic.

Swazi: Njala or Ihlangu matse.

This second name signifies the ‘“ Reedbuck of the Rocks.”

Nothing could better describe its haunts, which are always on the

hill-sides, and not in the creeks. The Colonial and Boer name

for this animal is always the Rooi Rhebok. It is common in the

De Kaap district, in pairs or small parties of some four or five

individuals. Always wary, and frequenting the bare mountain-

sides, it is hard to shoot. Its flesh is excellent, as I can testify.

THe Boususuck. Tragelaphus sylvaticus.

Zulu and Swazi: Inkonka 3, Imbabala 2. Shangaan :

Shomo.

This graceful antelope is to be found in many of the wooded

kloofs of the De Kaap district. The adult male are very dark in

colour compared with the chrome-yellow of the female. The white

spots appear to have a similar arrangement in both sexes.

The neck of the male is nearly devoid of hair. The buck, at bay

or wounded, is really dangerous, with its sharp, strong, straight

horns; a Swazi of ours had two large dogs killed in as many

minutes by an animal which they attacked together.

It is difficult, even with a systematic beat, to drive this antelope

from cover, as it doubles and dodges till the last moment. The

thickly wooded beds of streams are often chosen by them as a

habitat. At night I have frequently heard their sharp hoarse bark,

emitted, I believe, only by the males.

Tue Inyana. Tragelaphus angasi.

The Dutch call this animal the Bastard Koodoo. I got a good

series of horns of this rare animal from the River Iembé, which

runs into the south side of Delagoa Bay. I know of it from no

other locality.

Tue Pattan. Zpyceros melampus.

Shangaan : Jmpayca.

This beautiful antelope we found in great abundance between

the Sabi and Krokodil Rivers, often in herds numbering some

hundreds, in the belt of country infested by the tsetse fly. In

March the females and their half-grown young were in separate

herds from the males, which were always in troops distinct from

one another. Their skins at this period of the year were at their

best, the two shades of brown being very distinct.

They formed the principal food of the lions which were plentiful

in this district, and we were constantly coming across their

remains. Acting as scouts they often prevented our getting

shots at larger game which we were busy stalking. Most

360 DR. PERCY RENDALL ON THE [May 7,

commonly we found them in company with Blue Wildebeeste and

Burchell’s Zebra. Their flesh is excellent eating, and formed our

staple food:

They have a curious habit of stamping with their feet; the

peculiar meaning of this we were unable to settle: their alarm-

note, for want of a better term, may be described as a whistle. In

this part of the country you always get the smaller form, described

as a separate species by Mr. Oldfield Thomas—perhaps, as it is

wooded, “ thorn veldt ” country.

Sometimes we found white patches on the hocks, and in one

instance a black patch on the snowy-white chest between the

fore legs. When frightened by any sudden noise they made most

prodigious bounds into the air, like a Springbuck ; and when it was

not necessary to shoot them, I have derived great pleasure from

these exhibitions of saltatory agility.

Tue Ressuck. Pelea capreolus.

Zulu: Iza.

This antelope is extremely wary, and from the sentinels they

post it is especially hard to approach, as they frequent the very

highest ridges, which are destitute of cover. Their alarm-note is

a sort of harsh cough, upon which all take flight. They still linger

on the highest ridges of the Makongwa Range near Barberton.

Their flesh is so constantly affected by a species of warble that it

is practically uneatable.

Brive WILDEBEESTE. Connochetes taurinus.

Swazi: Inkonkone.

Between the Sabi and Krokodil Rivers this animal exists in

considerable numbers. It is. often found associating with the

Pallah, and also at times with Burchell’s Zebra.

It is very fond of making wallowing-places in soft and moist

ground, where it kneels and rolls. Trees, such as mimosas, are

selected as rubbing-posts, and its horns especially are often found

to be much worn down by this constant process.

An old bull we shot had actually exposed the core of his horns

in this manner. When charging past you they have a very

ferocious aspect, which their behaviour belies; they remind one of

a small American Bison, the great disparity of height at the withers

and the sloping quarters, together with the mane, are responsible

for this likeness. The flesh is uneatable. In a troop of this

species, one possessed a pure white tail: a lion which we were

following prevented us from shooting this interesting variety.

(The White-tailed Gnu, Connochetes gnu, is unknown in this part

of the Transvaal.) The old bulls of this species, C. taurinus, are

very often solitary, whereas the other adults of this species are

gregarious, generally in small herds of about eight to twelve

individuals. That curious odoriferous gland in the fore-foot of

the animal seems to be a sexual characteristic.

1895.] ANTELOPES OF THE TRANSVAAL. 361

Tue Srernpuck. Neotragus campestris.

Shangaan: Shipeni. Swazi: Njena.

This species is common in the open flats of the Barberton

’ district on the rolling grassy slopes, haunting the same spots.

Startled, it rushes off with rapid bounds at a great pace at first,

but at a distance of a hundred yards or more, if not shot at or

pursued, will often stand and have a good look at you. With

good dogs and a steady shooting horse they can be readily bagged

with a shot-gun loaded with 8.G. The white tail is very notice-

able as it retreats. Its flesh is very palatable.

A variety, which has the local name of the Grys Steinbuck, is

found near the Lebomo Mountains. It appears to have coarser

hair and shorter legs than the above-mentioned species.

Tur Gryspuck. Neotragus melanotis.

This little animal is found north of the Sabi River as far as the

Murchison range, sparingly over the intervening tract of country—

the eastern and north-eastern portion of the Transvaal.

Tue Orsi. Neotragus scoparius.

Zulu: Lula.

This small antelope is now rare in the De Kaap valley near

Barberton, and though sportsmen tell me it used to be found in

great numbers, yet now it only occurs in pairs, and frequents

favourite spots on the higher ridges apart from human habita-

tions or traversed paths. When startled it gives great leaps into

the air, and is easily knocked over with a 12-bore and large shot.

Its flesh is good, and very pleasant as a stew in particular.

Tue KiipsPRINGER. Orveotragus saltator.

Swazi: Lkoka.

This quaint little hill-climber is everywhere sparingly distri-

buted over the De Kaap district, wherever the ground is rocky

and suitable. On 23rd April, 1894, I had a curious proof of its

self-possession, for passing in the Pretoria and Delagoa Bay train,

through that wild and rocky defile known as Krokodil Poort, I saw

within 15 yards of the train, which was travelling at full speed,

two of these small antelopes, which were regarding us most uncon-

cernedly. When frightened, they go over the roughest ground

with unerring jumps.

A captive doe which I saw was dangerous to children. On 10th

June, 1893, I dissected a female that contained a ?-grown feetus.

When shot, a slight fall will bring its coarse and bristly hair out,

literally in handfuls—a fact that I have never seen satisfactorily

explained, caused, as it is, by a most trivial blow or friction in

falling.

362 ON THE ANTELOPES OF THE TRANSVAAL. [May 7,

Roan Anretorn. Hippotragus equinus.

Zulu: Takayezi.

There were a few of these fine animals on the Oliphants River

in the Transvaal. A Boer called one that he had shot a‘ Bastard ~

Gemsbok,” though they have a knack of styling it the “ Bastard

Eland ” also.

Tue Harreserste. Bubalis caama.

Zulu : Indhluzela.

There are a few of these antelopes on the banks of the Krokodil

River, opposite Hector’s Spruit, and also in the East Lydenburg

District of the Transvaal and in South Gazaland.

SaBLE ANTELOPE, Hippotragus niger.

Zulu: Jmpal-impala.

Some of these glorious antelopes still linger between the Sabi

and Krokodil Rivers, but, as far as we could ascertain, there was

only one small troop.

Tue Buursuck. Cephalophus monticola.

Zulu: Inpiti. Sangaan: Inhlingwaan.

The feet of this tiny antelope I obtained from a necklace that a

native was wearing in the Barberton district of the Transvaal ;

but I do not believe it is found nearer than Natal, where I got it

from the River Umsinkulu. A smaller form (C. natalensis ?),

which is red in colour, is found to the north of Delagoa Bay.

Tur Durker. Cephalophus grummi.

Zulu and Swazi: Impunzi.

This is by far the commonest and most widely distributed of all

the small antelopes in the eastern portion of the Transvaal which

abuts on Swaziland. Hills and plains, wooded slopes of dongas,

and elsewhere this is the first and last species you will see. Its

protective resemblance to its surroundings is perfect, and until it

moves it is invisible to the keenest sight. The vitality it possesses

is proverbial. The flesh is good eating.. One case I know of, all

four feet were shot away with a charge of buck-shot, and yet it

went a hundred yards, until a dog pulled it down. A Martini

bullet, unless in a vital spot, will not stop it.

It is easily tamed, and makes an attractive little pet; but the

males, when their horns grow, are fearless and even vindictive: a

tame buck raised by a friend of mine put his horns first through

his hand and then through his thigh, and had tobe shot. I know

of one instance in which, with both parents captive, a young one

was successfully reared. Their skins vary in every conceivable

tint of grey and brown in the same district, and are very

commonly used by the Swazis for making their “ mutyas,” or fur

girdles.

- 1895.] ON THE SKELETON OF LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS, ETC. 363

4, The Skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus compared with that

of Psittacus erithacus.—Part II. By Sr. Grorce

Mivart, F.R.S.

[Received May 1, 1895.]

In a preceding paper’ I described the postcranial part of the

axial skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus and Psittacus erithacus. I now

proceed to describe the characters presented by the skulls of those

two species.

THE SKULL.

General Description.

Fig. 1.

Eel

Lateral aspect of skull of Lorius flavopalliatus.

da, Prenasal surface (here not pp. Postaxial, or posterior pala

depressed). tine, process.

ep. Exoccipital prominence. psp. Postsquamosal prominence.

for. Foramen in palatine. pt. Pterygoid.

Jp. Jugal process. pur. Paroccipital process.

1. Lachrymal, constituting the g. Quadrate.

preorbital prominence. sj. Suprajugal process.

Zp. Lachrymal process of pro- sm. Suprameatal process.

sopium. sph. Sphenotic process.

wp. Nasal process of frontal. tf. Temporal fossa.

p. Inferior palatine ridge. z. Zygoma.

po. Postorbital process.

THE GHNERAL LATERAL ASPECT of the skull of Lorius flavopalliatus

(compared with that of P. erithacus) shows a cranium rather more

flattened, a relatively somewhat more slender and elongated bony

beak, a more nearly enclosed orbit, palatines which do not descend

beyond the level of the ventral margins of the quadrates, an

occiput which is less rounded and more sharply inclined preaxiad

1 See P. Z. S. 1895, p. 312.

364 DR. ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7, .

above the lambdoidal ridge but more rounded and projecting below

the latter, and paroccipital processes more sharply inclined back-

wards and also more distinct from the relatively smaller quadrates.

THE GENERAL DORSAL aspect of the skull (see fig. 3, p. 367)

shows, compared with that of P. erithacus, a relatively short bony

beak on account of the sharp vertical deflection of the latter towards

its apex. The skull behind the cranio-facial articulation is flatter

and the orbits somewhat more deeply incised, the deepest part

of the incision being more preaxially situated in the orbital margin.

The middle part of the hinder (occipital) margin presents a slight

median concavity instead of an evenly and very slightly curved

convexity. The dorsum of the skull is flatter antero-posteriorly

than in P. erithacus.

Lateral aspect of skull of Pstttacus erithacus,

da. Depressed area in front of nasal aperture.

(The other letters the same as in fig. 1.)

THE GENERAL VENTRAL AsPucT (see figs. 6 & 7, p. 378) of the

skull of LZ, flavopalliatus is very similar to that of the skull of the

Grey Parrot, but, as in the dorsal view, the bony beak forms a less

proportion of it, as does the space occupied by the palatines, while

the basis cranii is relatively more antero-posteriorly extended, the

quadrates more anterior in position, while the very elongated lachry-

mal processes extend beside the zygomata for much more, instead

of much less, than half the antero-posterior extent of the latter.

THE GENERAL ANTERIOR ASPECT of the skull (see fig. 8,p. 382) of

the Lory is very like that of P. ertthacus, but the apex of the beak

is more narrow and elongated, the nares looking more upwards and

less outwards, the postorbital processes project less laterally, while

the lachrymals are relatively broader, their processes more elongated,

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTAOUS BRITHACUS. 365

and the palatines also diverge slightly more ventrad. The man-

dible has its antero-dorsal margin more angular instead of rounded,

resembling a very obtuse pointed arch inverted (see figs. 18 & 19,

. 393).

: It differs also in not having lateral defects of ossification and in

the less relatively vertical extent of the most postaxial part of each

ramus.

THE GENERAL POSTERIOR AsPxct of the skull (see fig. 11, p. 385)

presents us with a dorsal margin more flattened than in P. erithacus.

Its surface is less concave medianly and less convex on either side of

such concavity. The palatines diverge slightly more ventrad, and

between them the bony beak shows a sudden narrowing between

the lateral tooth or notch of either side, and ventrad of this it is

narrower and more pointed. The quadrates jut out slightly less

instead of decidedly more than the postorbital processes, and the

middle of the occiput, just above the relatively somewhat wider

foramen magnum, presents a rounded more marked convexity from

side to side.

The apex of the mandible seems more prolonged, showing more

of the ventral surface of the relatively more extensive symphysial

portion.

Detailed Description.

I. Tun Bony Burak orn Prosorium’,

The prosopium, when VIEWED LATERALLY (see fig. 1), shows a

dorsal margin which descends preaxiad in front of the nares, less

sharply than in P. erithacus, though from just over the tooth on the

ventral, or tomial, margin it arches even more rapidly; so that the

apex of the prosopium descends rather more vertically, while it is

proportionally narrower antero-posteriorly, where it begins to pro-

ject ventrad of the line of the tomial margin, and is more pointed

towards and at its apex. From a little in front of the preaxial

margin of the nares back to the articulation of the prosopium with

the cranium, the dorsum thus viewed is almost straight.

The nares are each longer antero-posteriorly and seem narrower

dorso-ventrally because they look more upwards and less outwards

than in P. erithacus. Their preaxial margin rises as a somewhat

more marked ridge, while the surface of the prosopium in front of

and below each nostril presents no depressed fossa.

In P. erithacus, on the other hand, there is (see fig. 2) just in

front of and below each nostril a depressed area (da), the greatest

breadth of which is more than two-thirds the diameter of the

nostril, and is bounded below by a very marked groove which runs

postaxiad to the postaxial border of the nostril, which border may

be perforated by a series of small foramina, or these may be

replaced by notches as in L. flavopallhiatus.

1 By this term I intend to denote the whole ossified mass in front of the

cranio-facial articulation and the articulations of the zygomata and palatines.

It includes the premaxilla, the maxilla, maxillo-palatine processes, the nasals,

and the ethmoidal and turbinal ossifications of the beak.

366 DR. ST. GHORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

The lateral surface of the prosopium in front of a vertical line

descending yentrad from the preaxial margin of each nostril is in

P. erithacus slightly swollen and convex antero-posteriorly and

rather more so dorso-ventrally. It is slightly more convex in both

directions in L. flavopalliatus, in which also the more posterior

portion of the side of the beak is less flattened than in P. er-

thacus.

The ventral margin of the prosopium is, as already implied,

more sharply curved in front of the tooth. The tooth itself is

thus slightly more prominent, and the tomial margin behind it is

slightly more convex than in P. erithacus.

Postaxially the tomial margin ends in what may be called the

jugal process (jp). It is broader and more rounded from within

outwards, while above it the concavity which receives the preaxial

end of the zygoma into it is much more marked in ZL. flavopalliatus.

The jugal process itself extends relatively more postaxiad and

somewhat more ventrad than in P. erithacus, so that the tomial

margin presents a slight concavity towards its postaxial end,

though very much less than that formed by the tooth and the

parts in front of it. The upper boundary of this concave margin

(which is the dorsal margin of the fossa for the zygoma) forms a

suprajugalar (s/) process much like that of P. erithacus; but while

in the latter species the postaxial margin of the beak above

the suprajugalar process is postaxially concave and terminates

dorsally in a small but distinct lachrymal process (/p)—which is

received into the frontal beneath a slightly marked prominent

nasal process (np) of the latter bone—in JL. flavopalliatus the

postaxial margin above the suprajugalar process is nearly straight,

and ends in a very minute lachrymal process, which more abso-

lutely coincides with the dorsal line of the cranium in this external

view of the skull than in the other species.

In the latter, the lamina of bone which intervenes between the

apex of the lachrymal process and the nearest point in the post-

axial margin of the nostril is about as broad as two-thirds the

antero-posterior extent of the nostril, but in LZ. flavopalhatus it is

slightly less than half this extent.

The depth of the lamina of bone ventrad of the nostril to the

tomial border is one-fourth less than twice the diameter of the

nostril. In P. erithacus it is only one-fifth less.

THE DORSAL aspect of the prosopium has the outline of an

isosceles triangle, the apical angle whereof is of about 50° instead

of 40°, as in P. erithacus. Its base (the preaxial boundary of the

cranio-facial articulation) is straighter and does not so clearly

exhibit the curves (a very slight median concavity with two slight

conyvexities external to it, external to which, again, are two con-

cavities each bounded externally by one of the lachrymal processes)

which there exist in P. erithacus.

The lachrymal processes are relatively as well as absolutely

smaller, and instead of projecting strongly outwards as well as

backwards project backwards and but very slightly outwards,

——

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 367

The lateral margins of the triangle of the beak, thus viewed,

are very slightly convex in both species.

But a great difference exists with respect to the nares. These

are relatively larger, occupy a much larger portion of the dorsum

of the prosopium, and are much more closely approximated than in

P. erithacus. The distance from the cranio-facial articulation to a

line joining the most preaxial parts of the margins of the nares is

quite half the antero-posterior extent of the prosopium thus

viewed, instead of less than half; while the internasal lamella,

instead of about equalling the diameter of each nostril from within

outwards, is less than a third of it.

Dorsal aspect of skull of Lorius flavopalliatus.

7, Lachrymal, constituting the po. Postorbital process.

preorbital prominence.

A large foramen exists in the middle of the dorsal lamella,

separating each of the nares from the cranio-facial articulation, and

just behind the outer part of the hinder margin of each nostril.

These foramina I do not find in P. erithacus.

In the latter species, in the relatively broad lamella separating

the two nares, there is a depressed area in the form of two

grooves which run backwards—from a point in the middle of

a line joining transversely the antero-posterior middle points

of the dorsal margin of the nares—to the postaxial dorsal margin

of the prosopium. From between these two lateral grooves,

another groove runs forwards along the middle of the dorsum of

the beak, nearly to an imaginary line which would connect the

anterior margins of the two depressed areas in front of the two nares

or further forwards. The groove then bifurcates, its two branches

diverging at an angle of about 12°, and running forwards towards

the ventral margin of the beak, but stopping short of it by a

distance about equal to the diameter of each nostril, and each

ending in a foramen which leads into the substance of the bone,

368 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

In LZ. flavopalliatus there is none of all this, save that a groove

appears on the mid-dorsum at a point coinciding with the level of

the antero-posterior middle of the nares, and then similarly

bifurcates—its two branches running forwards and similarly ter-

minating in foramina on each side of the beak at some distance

from its apex.

THE VENTRAL ASPECT of the prosopium (see figs. 6 & 7, p. 378)

presents a palatal surface slightly more concave both antero-pos-

teriorly and transversely than in P. erithacus. In the latter species

this surface is crossed by a very slightly marked ridge the median

part of which is the most preaxial, the two lateral halves of the

ridge thence diverging backwards at an angle of about 140°; this

median point of divergence is rather nearer to the apex of the pro-

sopinmn than to the hinder margin of its palatal surface. From

immediately behind it, an antero-posteriorly directed groove runs

postaxiad and leads to a small foramen, beneath which the margins

of the groove medianly unite, and thence an antero-posterior

prominence may continue on in the same direction as the groove

and for about the same length, subsiding entirely before reaching

the hinder margin of the palate.

In L. flavopalliatus there is no transverse ridge but only a slight

smooth swelling of the palatal surface in about the position of the

middle of that transverse ridge in P. erithacus. In front of this is

a short median autero-posteriorly directed groove, while from

behind it a similarly directed prominence runs backwards almost

to the very postaxial margin of the palate. The middle of that

margin in P. erithacus projects postaxiad rather more than the

parts of the margin right and left of it, because the postaxial con-

cavities for the palatines begin almost at once on either side of it.

In ZL, flavopalliatus, on the contrary, the middle part of the

postaxial margin of the palate does not project postaxiad quite so

far as does the part of that margin on either side which is mesiad

to the concavity for the palatines. Nevertheless in that median

part there is a minute process bounded laterally by a very minute

notch, these notches together with the process they laterally bound

appear in the middle of the postaxial median marginal concavity of

the palate.

The free margin of that palate is relatively much more extensive

in this species, the part of it interposed between the two surfaces

for the palatines being fully equal to the extent of both those

surfaces, while in P. evithacus it is but about equal to one of them.

The postaxiad extensions of the prosopium on either side of the

palatines are short, yet a little longer, relatively, than in P. erithacus.

Thus the palatines do not advance so far forwards into the palatal

region of the prosopium in the last-named species.

These lateral prolongations are strongly convex antero-poste-

riorly in both species, but more so in P. erithacus, since in

L. flavopalliatus (as before said) the jugal process so projects as

to produce a concavity towards the postaxial end of the tomial

margin. Here also these lateral prolongations may be said to be

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS. 369

slightly grooved antero-posteriorly, especially in the anterior

portion of each. But in P. ertthacus these cannot be said to be

more than rather flattened.

The ventral surface of the prosopium, behind the palate, shows,

in both species, a median antero-posterior ridge with a wide

concavity on either side of it, in the hinder part of which is a

deepish fossa, beneath which the palatine passes forwards and

external to which is the fossa for the zygoma. The median ridge

projects backwards as a process from the postaxial margin of this

postpalatal part of the ventral surface of the prosopium, which

margin is otherwise slightly concave. The median ridge is less

marked in L. flavopalliatus and the surface on either side of it is

entire, while in P. erithacus it presents a bony network of diploé.

This surface is much longer relatively in Z. flavopulliatus.

THE ANTERIOR ASPECT of the prosopium (see fig. 8, p. 382) is very

similar in both species. Its outline approximates to that of an

isosceles triangle with the base dorsad—the basal line being very

slightly convex and the two lateral lines being convex towards the

base and concave (more strongly so in ZL, flavopalliatus) towards

the apex. In addition to the distinctive characters given in the

description of the general anterior aspect of the skull, the following

points may be mentioned :—The nares in L. flavopalliatus are more

medianly approximated and nearer the uppermost margin of the

prosopium than in P. erithacus, while the lamella of bone between

each nostril and the tomial margin is relatively wider. In the

latter the lachrymal process is more marked and projects more

outwards. In L. flavopalliatus it hardly projects at all outwards,

but only backwards. The most considerable difference is the greater

extension ventrad of the apex of the prosopium (relatively as well

as absolutely) in P. erithacus.

THE POSTERIOR ASPECT of the prosopium (which cannot of course

be well seen till this part is detached from the cranium) shows, in

P. erithacus, an irregular surface which rises, at a moderately obtuse

angle, from the hinder margin of the postpalatal ventral surface of

the prosopium. The median ridge just described as existing on that

surface is continued upwards (mr) in the middle of the posterior

surface with a marked concavity on either side of the vertical

grooves, which define, laterally, that ascending median ridge. Ex-

ternally to this median portion of bone (with its ascending ridge and

two lateral concavities) is on either side a large aperture, the two

forming the posterior prosopial nares (pn). Each is an oval aper-

ture, longer than broad and inclining outwards towards its ventral

boundary. These nares and the whole prosopium are bounded

dorsally by a transverse bar of bone (grooved posteriorly), the outer

end of which projects outwards and slightly upwards, forming the

lachrymal process (Ip). The outer boundary of the posterior nasal

opening is formed by a vertical bar of bone (one of the two external

nasal crura) which descends from the lachrymal process and outer

end of the dorsal horizontal bony bar, first narrowing downwards

and then expanding beneath its lower end in the pit for the zygoma.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1895, No. XXIV. 24

370 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

Above this is an oblique groove (og) running preaxiad and ventrad

to below the lateral concave surface before noticed. From the

inferior margin of the postaxial surface of the prosopium four

processes depend. Two of these (mp) may be called median

processes, and each is long and sharply pointed and projects

Fig. 4.

Posterior aspect of prosopium of Psittacus erithacus,

dp. Dorsal process. plf. Fossa for reception of pala-

lp. Lachrymal process. tine.

mp. Median processes, pn. Posterior prosopial nares.

mr. Median ridge. sp. Lateral processes.

og. Oblique groove.

Posterior aspect of prosopium of Lorius flavopalliatus.

Zp. Lachrymal process. pif. Fossa for reception of pala-

mp. Median processes. tine.

mr. Median ridge. pn. Posterior prosopial nares.

og. Oblique groove. sp. Lateral processes.

p. Dorsal process.

ventrad on each side of the median ascending ridge. The other

two, lateral or side processes (sp), are much shorter and

depend one from each of the two oblique grooves (og) before

described. The two inner margins of the two posterior prosopial

nares are formed by the lateral margins of the median osseous

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS, 371

piece which bears the ascending median ridge and the two concavities

on either side of it. Towards the dorsal end of each lateral

margin is a short but sharp dorsal process (dp), so that a notch is

formed on either side of the uppermost part of the median ossifi-

cation just before it merges into the horizontal osseous bar which

forms the dorsum of the hinder aspect of the prosopium.

In Lorius flavopalliatus the posterior surface of the prosopium is

relatively as well as actually much less dorso-ventrally extended ;

the posterior nares are more nearly horizontal and much less

inclined ventrad externally ; the lachrymal processes are shorter

and especially less produced dorsad, and the lateral processes are

larger (instead of smaller) than the median ones, and descend

ventrad much beyond (instead of much less than) the median ones.

Il. Tue Cranium.

THE LATERAL ASPECT of the cranium (see figs. 1 & 2) shows—in

addition to what has been said as to the lateral aspect of the skull

as a whole—the following characters. At the dorsal part of its pre-

axial margin the nasal process of the frontal (np) is less conspicuous.

in L. flavopalliatus than in P. erithacus. Of the margin of the inter-

orbital septum its dorsal part does not form so marked an angle with

the ventral part of it in front of the attachment of the palatines.

The preaxial end of the zygoma is less dorsc-ventrally expanded.

The preaxial margin of the palatine is slightly less, and its ventral

margin rather more, concave. The postero-inferior angle is larger

and more prominent, while instead of the more or less long post-

axial process (pp), which in P. erithacus projects dorsad and

postaxiad from the summit of the postaxial margin of the palatine,

there is an exceedingly small one which does not project as much

as does the ventral boundary of the postaxial concavity of the

bone. ‘he external surface of the palatine is also more concave

dorso-ventrally, especially in its hinder half.

Of the dorsal margin of the palatine the part joining the basis

cranti is about as long, relatively, as in P. erithacus, but the part of

that margin postaxial to that junction develops two processes

towards its postaxial termination.

The orbit is almost bounded infero-externally by bone, the

lachrymal extending postaxiad to within a short distance of the

sphenotie process (sph). Posteriorly, however, the orbit is less

encircled by bone at its outer margin, for the postorbital process

(po) is very much shorter, not projecting at all downwards, and

relatively not so much outwards as in P. erithacus.

The sphenotic process is also relatively somewhat shorter and

notably different in shape, and it does not descend, as in

P. erithacus, almost to the dorsal margin of the zygoma.

In the latter species it projects forwards and downwards and

also a little outwards. It is flattened dorsally and externally, and

is longitudinally channelled on its ventral surface, the inner margin

of that channel being prolonged into a short pointed process,

24*

372 DR, ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

while its outer margin continues on as the apex of the whole

sphenotic process (fig. 7, sph, p. 378).

The external margin of that whole process, in P. erithacus, is

even; no marked process projecting from it outwards and ventrad

in front of the ascending process of the quadrate.

In L. flavopalliatus the sphenotic process curves a little inwards

towards its apex, is flattened externally and dorsally, and ventrally

grooved antero-posteriorly. Both the groove and the process

from its internal margin are, however, relatively as well as abso-

lutely shorter than in P. erithacus—especially the process. A

marked difference between the two also exists at its outer border,

which, in L. flavopalliatus, sends outwards and downwards a

marked ecto-sphenotic process, so that the margin of the articular

concavity for the quadrate (which appears, in both species, at

the hinder end of the external border of the sphenotic process),

instead of being slightly marked with no definite anterior boundary,

as in P. ertthacus, appears very marked and is sharply limited ante-

riorly by the ecto-sphenotic projection (see, in fig. 1, the small

process projecting downwards just in front of the summit of the

ascending process of the quadrate).

In P. erithacus a shallow temporal fossa runs postaxiad and

slightly dorsad between the postorbital and sphenotic processes,

being bounded preaxially by a marked ridge which descends on

the cranial surface from the postorbital process to the inner side

of the root of the sphenotic process. The temporal fossa has its

dorsal margin defined by a slight ridge, very convex dorsad, which

runs postaxiad from the postorbital process. The fossa is limited

ventrally by another slightly marked ridge, nearly straight, or

only most slightly convex dorsad, which continues on postaxiad

the ventral margin of the sphenotic process. These two slightly

marked ridges meet at a point as much behind the hinder margin of

the auditory meatus as that meatus is broad, and at a little higher

level than the uppermost margin of the meatus. At the point

where these ridges meet there is a slight prominence which may

be distinguished as the postsquamosal prominence (psp).

The auditory opening in P. erithacus is limited in front only by

the ascending process of the quadrate. Its postaxial margin is

formed by the anterior edge of the broad postmeatal bony lamella,

which edge, or margin, is faintly concave preaxiad at its lower

part, but most strongly concave preaxiad at its more dorsal

portion.

The meatal opening is bounded above by a narrow bony lamina

which extends preaxiad and mesiad (ventrally to the outer margin

of the root of the sphenotic process) to bound posteriorly the cup

into which the outer articular surface of the head of the ascending

process of the quadrate fits. The inner anterior end of the

lamina hardly descends at all behind the process of the quadrate,

but a marked though short process projects outwards from its

middle just above the middle of the auditory opening, which

prominence may be distinguished as the suprameatal process (sm).

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 373

It juts outwards just beneath the ventral margin of the root of

the sphenotic process.

The lamella of bone behind the meatus presents a rather wide,

somewhat undulating surface, which is bounded dorsally and pre-

axially by the more postaxial part of the ridge bounding the

temporal fossa below, while, more postaxially, it is bounded by a

continuation of the same ridge running downwards and slightly

backwards (concave forwards) to a junction with the lateral (and

descending) part of the lambdoidal ridge, where a slight process

or prominence—which may be distinguished as the exoccipital

prominence (e¢p)—appears at their junction. From that point

the postaxial margin of the postmeatal lamella presents an outline

strongly concave backwards till it reaches the apex of the infero-

lateral part of the lamella, which apex projects outwards, back-

wards, and somewhat inwards as the paroceipital process (par).

In L, flavopalliatus the conditions are the same, save that the

temporal fossa is somewhat smaller relatively as well as absolutely,

and that a postsquamosal prominence at the junction of the very

slight ridges bounding the fossa dorsally and ventrally is rudi-

mentary. ‘he auditory opening also is limited in front for almost

its whole extent by a very delicate lamella of bone which descends

behind and close to the ascending process of the quadrate (see

fig.1). The postaxial margin of the aperture is deeply concave for

the upper two-thirds of its extent, while beneath this the margin

is no longer concave but slightly convex.

The undulating lamella of bone behind the meatus is of a dif-

ferent shape from that of P. erithacus, being relatively broader

(antero-posteriorly) dorsad and narrowing more rapidly ventrad.

The very faintly marked exoccipital prominence is at a slightly

higher level, and the postaxial margin of the lamella is nearly

straight, extending forwards (preaxiad) as it proceeds downwards

till it comes to the root of the paroccipital process (par), which is

bent more sharply backwards than it is in the last-named species.

The outer surface of the postauditory lamella is somewhat less

grooved and concave than in P. erithacus, but, as in that species, its

ventral part is convex both dorso-ventrally and antero-posteriorly.

Its anterior and posterior surfaces meet together as a sharper ridge

than in the Grey Parrot.

The quadrate (q), as seen in this lateral view of the cranium,

instead of having a nearly straight or only slightly convex margin

(more than two-thirds the length of its ascending process), as

in P. erithacus, has in L. flavopalliatus a dorsally, very convex

margin not half the length of the ascending process. In both,

however, it almost continues onwards postaxiad the dorsal margin

of the zygoma, that bone articulating with the outstanding (zygo-

matic) process of the quadrate, which projects to about the same

extent, relatively, in both species.

The postaxial margin of the quadrate is in both longer than the

dorsal one; but while in P. erithacus it is somewhat rounded yet

separable from the ventral margin by an obscurely-marked angle,

374 _DR. STs GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

in L, flavopalliatus both these margins run indistinguishably one

into the other in one continuous curve.

In both species the ventral margin of the quadrate is convex in

both directions, corresponding with the elongated articular groove

of the mandible.

A second articular surface’ for the mandible (one which articu-

lates with the inner surface of the articular process of the latter) is

situated on the hinder part of the external surface of the quadrate

behind and below the externally extending zygomatic process.

This surface is strongly concave from without inwards and slightly

convex in the opposite direction. The anterior margin of the

quadrate has a short, anteriorly concave outline where it joins the

pterygoid (pt), dorsad of which is a very sharp-pointed process

(the orbital process) extending forwards, inwards, and somewhat

downwards from just below and in front of the base of the ascending

process (see, in fig. 1, the process ascending above the hinder end

of the zygoma, and, in fig. 2, above that of the pterygoid).

The zygoma, though nearly straight in both species, is slightly

more bent concave dorsally for about its middle third in LZ. flavo-

palliatus. It is also, even relatively, somewhat more slender, and

does not expand dorso-ventrally where it jos the prosopium

nearly as much as in P. ertthacus. Apart from this expansion the

zygoma is throughout of nearly the same dorso-ventral and trans-

verse extent in each species. As before said, the sphenotic process

does not so nearly touch the zygoma in ZL. flavopalliatus ; yet though

it is thus relatively shorter, the lachrymal process approaches it

much more nearly, diverging very slightly therefrom as it arches

backwards, a little outwards, and subsequently upwards. The

distance between its apex and that of the sphenotic process is not

more than half the distance from the apex of the sphenotic process

to the quadrato-zygomatic articulation, while in P. erithacus it

nearly equals that distance.

The lachrymal narrows very gradually to its apex. This

narrowing is more gradual in L. flavopalliatus, which also has the

apex more truncated and the dorsal: margin of the whole process

more strongly concave upwards owing to its greater prolongation

postaxiad.

The outer surface of the cranium in the lachrymal region in front

of the orbit is smooth. The lachrymal is very convex dorso-ventrally

down to a point nearly opposite the supra-jugular process of the

prosopium. Then it becomes concave in that direction in both

species, but the concavity is very marked in ZL. flavopalliatus,

assuming the form of an antero-posteriorly directed groove, sharply

limited above and below. In P. erithacus the same groove exists,

but it is very much less marked. Beyond this groove the lachrymal

is very slightly convex dorso-ventrally in P. erithacus, while in

L. flavopaliiatus it presents a more decidedly flattened surface

which looks outwards and somewhat downwards.

The postero-superior margin of the palatine is, in both, connected.

with the basis cranii for rather less than half that margin’s extent,

1 See below, p. 391.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS, 375

and at its preaxial end sends forwards a sharply projecting

anterior palatine process (see p. 378, figs. 6 & 7, two processes

behind the end of the line running inwards from the letters sp).

Behind this attachment it descends backwards with a slightly

irregular margin in P. erithacus, which runs on into that of a

strongly-marked posterior palatine process (fig. 2, pp). In L. flavo-

pullatus this part of the postero-superior margin is still more

irregular, presenting two blunt processes, one behind the other, and

projecting dorsad and postaxiad almost at right angles to the general

trend of the palatine. There is, however, only a very minute pos-

terior palatine process (fig. 1, pp), which projects from behind the

base of the more posterior of the two marginal processes just

mentioned.

The antero-superior margin is, in both species, strongly concave,

with a foramen (for) opening a little behind its middle portion.

The antero-inferior margin of the palatine is elongated, slightly

concave, and somewhat thickened and rounded in P. erithacus. In

L, flavopalliatus it is relatively, as well as absolutely, shorter, much

more concave, and less thickened and rounded.

The postero-inferior margin of the bone is the shortest of all in

both species, and is strongly concave postaxiad; but in L. flavo-

palliatus this concavity is mainly produced by the prominence of

the rounded angle between antero-inferior and postero-inferior

margins of the bone, while in P. erithacus it is chiefly owing to

the great extension backwards of the long and pointed posterior

palatine process, which, as before said, is but a minute process in

L, flavopalliatus.

On the outer surface of the palatine two ridges run, in both

species, postaxiad and ventrad, diverging backwards from the base

of the anterior-palatine process, the inferior ridge (p) going to

that of the posterior palatine process.

Ventrad of the lower of these two ridges, the surface in Z. flavo-

palliatus is convex in both directions for most of its anterior half,

and concave (especially dorso-ventrally so) for slightly more than

its posterior half (fig. 1, p). In P. erithacus this convexity is

hardly to be traced, while the concavity just described is less

marked.

The most dorsal portion of each palatine is inflected mesiad, and

so is much hidden when the cranium is viewed laterally, and can

be best perceived when the ventral and inner surface is looked at

(figs. 6 & 7). The higher of the above-mentioned two diverging

ridges coincides with the line of inflection. The inner surface otf

the palatine will be noticed when the cranium as seen on its ventral

aspect is described.

The divergences, as regards the angles formed by the margins of

the palatine with each other, are given after the list of cranial

dimensions.

In both species the pterygoid (pz), thus laterally viewed, is a

slender bar of bone of equal breadth save that it expands slightly

at its articulation with the quadrate. It appears below the zygoma

in P. erithacus, diverging from it very slightly ventrad and post-

376 . DR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

axiad. In ZL, flavopalliatus it appears, for the most part, above the

zygoma.

The side wall of the skull seen laterally within the circle of the

parts hitherto described presents the following characters :—

The anterior portion of the inferior margin (preaxiad of the

junction with the palatines) does not ascend preaxiad so sharply

in L. flavopalliatus as in P. erithacus, the angle formed by it with

the inferior margin of the basis cranii being about 155° instead of

140°. The inferior margin behind the junction with the palatines

is rather more concave, and its general trend is nearly ina straight

line with the line of the palatine attachment, whereas in P. erithacus

these two lines form an angle of about 160°.

In both species a prominence—the septal process—is developed

at the anterior end of the antero-inferior margin of the cranium

(figs. 6, 7, 9, & 10, sp), but it is sharper and more prominent in

L. flavopalliatus than in P. erithacus. In both species the side

wall of the skull seen within the orbit consists of an antero-inferior

septal part (presenting an almost vertical, slightly undulating

surface, bounded above and behind by the olfactory and optic

foramina) and a postero-superior surface. The latter inclines out-

wards and upwards till it reaches the superior margii of the orbit,

and presents a smooth surface strongly concave antero-posteriorly

and slightly so transversely. It is bounded inferiorly by a trans-

verse ridge (figs. 9 & 10, tr, pp. 383, 384), which runs from a point

just external to the small foramina beside the optic foramen, out-

wards to the postorbital process. This ridge is much more marked

and distinct in LZ. flavopalliatus than in P. erithacus.

Near the postero-inferior angle of the septal part is a slightly-

marked concavity, which runs forwards from a small rather deep

fossa, which is bounded externally by a small process—lateral

eustachian process (figs. 6 & 7, le)—which extends forwards to a

very slight degree further than the median eustachian process (me),

which projects preaxiad beneath the eustachian aperture. This

fossa is more marked in L. flavopalliatus than in P. erithacus, but

the lateral eustachian process is less sharply prominent.

Above this concavity, between it and the optic foramen, is a

marked convexity which extends forwards to alittle in front of the

latter. This convexity is relatively, as well as absolutely, narrower

in ZL. flavopalliatus, and is indeed reduced to a mere rounded ridge

passing forwards and slightly upwards to just in front of and

beneath the optic foramen. In the superior portion of the septal

part there is a concavity just below the large olfactory opening,

which is much more marked in P. erithacus. In both species, in

front of the large aperture just named, a prominent ridge—the

crucial ridge—runs outwards and forwards from about the middle

of the front boundary of the olfactory aperture and bounds the

preorbital foramen below, ending at the inferior margin of the

lachrymal (figs. 9 & 10, er), and bounds postaxially the concavity

last mentioned. The large olfactory aperture at the antero-dorsal

part of the septum is subreniform and about twice as long as broad

in P. erithacus. In L. flavopalliatus it is more rounded.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS, 377

THE DORSAL Aspect of the cranium (see fig. 3, p. 367) shows, in

both species, a surface which is convex both antero-posteriorly and

transversely. It is, however, much flattened between the orbits.

In L. flavopalliatus there is a slight though marked depression

in the hinder part of the interorbital region, which is hardly to be

detected in P. erithacus, while in the latter species there may be

a median longitudinal depression in the parietal region which does

not exist in L. flavopalliatus. In both the dorsal surface of the

cranium may be said to be bounded by ten margins.

The first or preaxial margin is that which adjoins the pro-

sopium, and is on the whole very slightly concave.

The second and third margins (the two preorbital margins) each

proceed outwards and postaxiad from one outer end of the first

(prosopiad) margin to the preorbital prominence of the same side,

and each is about half as long as is the lateral margins of the pro-

sopium. The two preorbital margins diverge postaxiad at an angle

of about 95° in L. flavopalliatus and of about 80° in P. erithacus.

The fourth and fifth margins form the anterior part of each

orbital margin (each anterior orbital margin), while the sixth and

seventh margins of the dorsum of the cranium constitute the

posterior part of each orbital margin (each posterior orbital margin).

The anterior and posterior orbital margins meet at a marked angle of

about 120°, the apex of which is a little in front of the middle of

each orbit’s margin. In P. erithacus they run into each other in a

curve with only a faint indication of an angle of about 140°, and

this is at approximately the middle of each total orbital margin.

An axial groove, rather wide and shallow, runs along each side

of the dorsum of the cranium within the orbital margin, the two

grooves being separated by the moderate transverse convexity of

the interorbital region. There is a series of foramina in each

groove, which is more marked in P. erithacus than in L. flavo-

palliatus.

The eighth and ninth margins of the cranial dorsum (the two

temporal margins) extend from the postorbital prominence to the

outer end of the lambdoidal ridge of either side. Each presents a

sigmoid curvature, concave behind the postorbital prominence and

then convex in the squamosal region, external to which the supra-

meatal process, the posterior end of the zygomatic process of the

quadrate, and the hinder end of the zygoma may appear.

The tenth, or occipital, margin presents in both species a gentle

convex curvature with a small median concavity.

THE VENTRAL Aspect of the cranium exhibits, in both species, a

roughly quadrilateral outline, the smallest margin of which is pre-

axial and corresponds with the postaxial margin of the prosopium,

The lateral sides are the longest and coincide with the zygomata

(z) and quadrates (q), while the hinder margin is convex and

formed by the occiput. The palatines (p) extend forwards much

beyond its anterior margin, and each preorbital prominence projects

outwards beyond the preaxial third of the zygoma.

In the middle of the anterior part of the basis cranii is a rather

elongate space, bounded in front by the postaxial margin of the

378 DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

bts

Ventral aspect of skull of Lorius flavopalliatus.

bts. Basi-temporal shield. ‘par. Paroccipital process.

2. Lachrymal. pt. Pterygoid.

le, Lateral eustachian process. g. Quadrate.

me. Median eustachian process. sp. Septal process.

oc. Occipital condyle. sph. Sphenotic process.

p. Palatine. z. Zygoma.

Fig. 7.

ats

Ventral aspect of skull of Psitéacus erithacus.

(Lettering the same as in fig. 6.)

1895.] LORTIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 379

prosopium and laterally, and also postaxially, by the palatines.

The anterior and larger portion of the roof of this space 1s formed

by the postpalatal ventral surface of the prosopium ; behind the

hinder margin of this surface it is roofed by the basis crani.

This part of the ventral surface of the cranium shows in

L. flavopalliatus a median, triangular raised surface narrowing

backwards and traversed antero-posteriorly by a slightly marked

ridge. Externally this surface is a groove widening backwards,

with a perforation at its hinder end for the olfactory nerve. Post-

axially each of these fosse is limited by a transverse ridge—the

crucial ridge (figs. 9 & 10, er). Beneath the anterior part of the

fossa a sharp uncinate process projects inwards, and, at its apex,

somewhat backwards.

In LZ. flavopalliatus the dorsal portion of each palatine is bent

mesiad to meet the corresponding part of the other palatine much

more sharply than in P. erithacus, so that when the basis cranw

is looked at these bent-in portions of the two palatines present a

considerable extent of flattened surface almost equalling that of

the hinder margin of the bony palate between the two palatines.

Moreover, each bent-in part forms internally almost a right angle

with the vertical main portion of the bone, while externally (or dor-

sally) the angle is yet more marked. In P. erithacus each palatine

gently curves to meet its fellow, so that there is hardly any ventral

flattened surface, while internally the median part forms a very

obtuse angle with the vertical main portion of the bone, though

externally (or dorsally) the angle is very marked and the dorsal

surface is flattened and transversely concave. Thus the inner and

outer surfaces of the palatine correspond in neither species.

From the inner end of the anterior margin of each palatine an

anterior palatine process extends forwards beside its fellow of the

other palatine. These are less marked in P. erithacus, and they are

not side by side but diverge more forwards, so leaving a greater

gap between them. On the other hand, this species has (as before

mentioned) long posterior palatine processes which are wanting in

L. flavopalliatus. In the latter there are two postaxial processes,

one on side of the posterior end of the mid-junction of the palatines,

so that the postaxial margin of the two conjoined palatines presents

three concavities instead of only one as in P. erithacus, though a

delicate styliform process extends backwards from the ventral and

inner surface of each palatine to beyond its postaxial margin.

In both species the pterygoids (pt) diverge from the middle of

the hinder margin of the palatines and the rostrum of the basis

eranii, with which latter, however, they do not articulate.

The palatine, the pterygoid, and the zygoma of each side bound

a triangular space wherein is seen the roof of the orbit. The

great olfactory opening is hidden (in this view) by the palatines.

In the front of each of these triangular spaces is seen the junction

of the prosopium with the cranium and the part behind it (just

described), only the crucial ridge is almost entirely concealed by

1 See above, p. 375, the first three lines.

380 DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

the palatines. Into the posterior angle of this triangular space

the sphenotic process (sph) is seen to project in P. erithacus but

hardly in L. flavopalliatus.

The zygoma arches outwards most at a little behind its antero-

posterior middle in both species.

The preorbital prominence also projects outwards beyond the

anterior half of the zygoma, and between the latter and the outer

margin of that process the lachrymal is seen extending backwards

and slightly outwards to about the hinder end of the anterior

three-fourths of the zygoma in ZL. flavopalliatus, and to about

the hinder end of its first third in P. erithacus.

The quadrate (qg) in the last-named species presents, thus

viewed, a roughly triangular surface, with one margin mesiad

(postaxiad from the attachment of the pterygoid), another

externad and postaxiad, and the third (between the attachments

ot the zygoma and pterygoid) preaxiad and externad. The last is

strongly concave, the second very slightly so, while the first is

nearly straight and forms the inner margin of the elongated convex

articular surface for the long articular concavity of the mandible.

The quadrate of Z. flavopalliatus only differs in that the second

margin is relatively as well as absolutely shorter, the quadrate

(as before mentioned) extending so much less backwards behind

its attachment to the zygoma. The angle formed by the first and

second margins is also much more obtuse than in P. erithacus.

The hindmost boundary of the ventral aspect of the cranium is,

in both species, formed by the lambdoidal ridge. In front of this

is the occipital region, bounded anteriorly by the occipital condyle

and two lines proceeding thence to the two paroccipital processes.

Medianly there is visible a median prominence (which is one

running dorsad from the middle of the dorsal margin of the

foramen magnum) and a depression on either side of it. The

prominence is rather more marked in L. flavopalliatus than in

P. erithacus.

The deep cleft between the quadrate and the end of the par-

occipital process is absolutely as well as relatively greater in

L. flavopalliatus than in P. erithacus, while the quadrate does not

extend backwards so far, and is relatively much more distant from

the hinder end of the paroccipital process.

Just in front of the condyle is a small fossa which is very much

more marked in LZ. flavopalliatus. In front of this again, in the

same species, is a transverse zigzag ridge which bounds postaxially

the basi-temporal shield (dts). This ridge has the shape of the

letter M with extremely wide angles, the median angle being post-

axiad and forming the antero-inferior boundary of the small pre-

condyloid fossa just mentioned. ach lateral end of the ridge

bounds the jugular foramen anteriorly—the vagal foramen opening

just above it—and joins a ridge bounding laterally (on the same

side) the basi-temporal shield (dts).

In P. erithacus this transverse ridge is very indistinct and not

Mi-like, and presents four small postaxiad prominences on about

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS, 381

the same transverse line, while the two external ones probably

answer to the lateral ends of the M-like ridge of Z. flavopalliatus

because a vagal foramen opens just above each of them.

In this species there is on either side of the cranium a roughly

quadrilateral space bounded anteriorly by the outer end of the

posterior transverse basi-temporal ridge, internally by the lateral

margin of the foramen magnum, externally by the paroccipital

process, and posteriorly by a rounded prominence (exoccipital

prominence) running from the summit of the side margin of the

foramen magnum to the posterior surface of the paroccipital

process. In P. erithacus the conditions are similar save that the

exoccipital prominence is somewhat less pronounced and ridge-like.

In both species a foramen opens on the exoccipital prominence

about midway between the margin of the foramen magnum and

the base of this paroccipital prominence, but this foramen is larger

and very much more conspicuous in L, flavopalliatus.

The side of the paroccipital process bounding this quadrilateral

space (the inner aspect of the process) has in both species a

conspicuous foramen opening into it.

The infero-external aspect of this process is very different in

the two species. In ZL. flavopalliatus it is wide, strongly concave

transversely, and looks mainly downwards. In P. erithacus it is

but slightly concave transversely and looks more outwards.

The posterior end of the paroccipital process in L. flavopalliatus

is bent more sharply backwards than in P. erithacus and also some-

what inwards (see figs. 1 & 2 and 9 & 10).

The basi-temporal shield is limited laterally by two very sharply

raised ridges, which meet together just below the eustachian aper-

ture and end in a median sharp-pointed process projecting forwards

beyond and beneath it (fig. 6, me). Between its lateral and post-

axial ridges the shield is smooth and slightly concave, without

ridges or- foramina.

In P. erithacus its lateral ridges are much less well-defined and

are represented by two slightly elevated prominences each of

which is marked by a very narrow longitudinal groove, but the

shield also ends medianly in front in a pointed eustachian process

(me) projecting forwards beneath the eustachian opening. The

surface of the shield is slightly undulating, and a little behind the

eustachian process is a depression behind which there may be a

median ridge.

In L. flavopalliatus there is outside each lateral basi-temporal

ridge a wide transverse concave surface which becomes continuous

posteriorly with the ventral surface of the paroccipital process.

It is bounded superiorly and externally by a slight ridge running

forwards and inwards from just below the foramen ovale and

ending in a small preaxiad process—the lateral eustachian process

(fig. 6, Ze). In P. erithacus this concave surface is narrower and

does not approach so nearly the foramen ovale, while the ridge

bounding it superiorly and externally ends in a more marked lateral

eustachian process (fig. 7, le).

382 DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

In front of the eustachian foramen and just above it begins

the rostrum of the basis cranii, which gets sharper as it advances

forwards to its junction with the palatines. On each side of its

hinder part is a marked fossa which runs backwards to beneath

the lateral eustachian process, while three small foramina open

into it. In P. erithacus these two fosse are much less marked.

Fig. 8.

Preaxial aspect of skull of Lorius flavopalliatus,

2, Lachrymal. po. Postorbital process.

bts. Basi-temporal shield. pt. Pterygoid.

oc. Occipital condyle. g. Quadrate.

p. Palatine. sph. Sphenotic process.

par. Paroccipital process. z. Zygoma.

THE ANTERIOR ASPECT of the cranium is mainly hidden by the

prosopium. The frontal region is visible above it, the lachrymal

beside it, more externally the lower part of the hinder wall of the

orbit and the postorbital process (po).

Beneath the prosopium the palatines descend and diverge for a

space about equal to that which exists between the spot where

either one of them begins to be hidden by the prosopium and the

nearest point of the margin of the nares.

External to the palatines, the pterygoids are seen diverging, at

a much more open angle, to the quadrate, while from the external

process of each quadrate the zygoma is seen ascending to the side

of the prosopium.

Medianly and inferiorly the basi-temporal shield is visible

between the diverging palatines.

In P. erithacus the frontal region seems to rise above the pro-

sopium for a space about equal to that between the posterior margin

of the prosopium (thus seen) and the anterior margin of the bony

nostrils, while the breadth of each of the latter is about equalled by

that of the broadest part of the lachrymal. The palatines diverge

at an angle of about 25°, and the pterygoids at one of about 97°,

The paroccipital processes are visible just within each quadrate.

In LZ. flavopalliatus the frontal is rather less visible, but the

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 383

lachrymal is broader, especially at the dorsal margin of the ex-

ternal lachrymal groove. Its greater length causes it also to be

more visible alongside of the zygoma.

The paroccipital processes are much more visible than in P. ert-

thacus, and descend, very decidedly, below the quadrates. The

palatine and pterygoid angles are much as in P. ertthacus.

When the quadrate is removed we find, in both species, that the

glenoid fossa of the squamosal is visible at the root of the ventral

surface of the sphenotic process. Within this is a narrow rough

surface which separates the glenoid fossa from the smaller, more

internal, fossa of the pro-otic, which serves for the articulation of

the inner tubercle of the quadrate.

are oc bts

Anterior aspect (prosopium being removed) of Pstttacus erithacus.

bts, Basi-temporal shield. opf. Optic foramen.

er. Crucial ridge. par, Paroccipital process.

ipe. Inner precranial foramen. po. Postorbital process. ”

l. Lachrymal, forming the pre- sp. Septal process.

orbital prominence. sph. Sphenotic process.

oc, Occipital condyle. tg. Transverse groove.

ope. Outer precranial foramen, _ tr. Transverse ridge.

On the removal of the prosopium, the anterior aspect of the

cranium shows medianly, in P. erithacus (fig. 9), the prominence

of the base of the cranial septum, with the slightly marked septal

process (sp). On either side of this median keel are the large

olfactory apertures.

Dorsad is the surface of the frontal and beneath it the trans-

verse groove (tg) for the dorsum of the prosopium, the fosse at

the outer ends of which receive its lachrymal processes. Beneath

these two fossz is the swollen preaxial surface of the lachrymal (/)

with its depending process transversely grooved externally.

Within the lachrymal on each side, and just mesiad of the fossa for

384 DR. 8ST. GHORGH MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

the lachrymal process, is a foramen—the outer precranial foramen

(ope)—separated by a ridge from the fossa before described’ as

bounded postaxially by the crucial ridge, and beneath it the crucial

ridge (cr) is plainly to be seen passing outwards from the cranial

septum to the adjacent surface of the lachrymal. At the bottom

of this fossa is (¢pe) the inner precranial foramen.

External to the distal end of the lachrymal on either side is the

postorbital process (po), beneath which is the notch interposed

between it and the sphenotic process (sph). Passing inwards

from the postorbital process to the vicinity of the optic foramen

(opf), the transverse ridge before noticed’ (tr) is to be seen,

Finally between the paroccipital processes is the basi-temporal

shield (bts), beneath the middle of which is the prominence of the

occipital condyles (0c).

Fig. 10.

cr Ge

par oC bts

Anterior aspect (prosopium being removed) of Lorius flavopalliatus.

(Lettering the same as in fig. 9.)

In Lorius flavopalliatus, thus seen, the transverse groove is

shorter, the lachrymal is notably longer, and the paroccipital pro-

cesses are narrower, less blunt and rounded distally, and more

inclined mesiad ; the basi-temporal shield is also relatively as well

as actually narrower from side to side.

THE POSTHRIOR aspucr of the cranium presents, in P. erithacus,

a dorsal margin which is very convex on either side but slightly

concave in its middle. Laterally its outline is mainly straight and

vertical with certain projections : these are, above, the postorbital

margin ending in the postorbital process, beneath which is a small

sharply marked concavity limited below by the projection of the

suprameatal process. Just below this, again, is another con-

cavity (as sharp as, though shorter than, the preceding one) which

1 See above, p. 376.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 385

coincides with the uppermost (and most concave) part of the post-

axial margin of the external auditory meatus. Below this, again,

is the nearly straight lower part of this margin, which inclines

slightly inwards as it descends, and is bounded inferiorly by the

sudden out-jutting of the zygomatic process of the quadrate for

the zygoma together with the posterior end of the latter. Below

this is the lateral outline of the quadrate, which is nearly straight

and vertical to the rounded inferior end of that bone.

In ZL. flavopalliatus the median concavity of the dorsal margin

is less marked ; the lateral margin is generally similar to that of the

other species save for the much less, relative as well as absolute,

extent of the part formed by the quadrate below its zygomatic pro-

cess, and that the sphenotic process (sph) is seen projecting out-

wards beyond the posterior margin of the external auditory meatus.

The suprameatal process (sm) projects sharply outwards.

Fig. 11.

Postaxial aspect of skull of Lorius flavopailiatus.

lr, Lambdoidal ridge. q. Quadrate.

oc. Occipital foramen. sm. Suprameatal process.

par. Paroccipital process, sph. Sphenoidal process.

po. Postorbital process. z. Zygoma.

pt. Palatine.

The inferior margin of the cranium, thus seen, is, in P. erithacus,

formed externally by the two zygomatic processes of the quadrate.

Next within comes the inferior border of each quadrate, and then

that surrounding the deep and sudden notch which divides each

quadrate from the paroccipital process, which does not descend as

much as does the quadrate. The median part of the inferior

margin (apart from the palatines) presents a low arch medianly

interrupted by the projection downwards of its keystone—the

basi-occipital with its condyle.

This margin in ZL. flavopalliatus is similar save that the par-

occipital processes descend almost as much as do the quadrates. »

On this: view the palatines are seen descending and dere at

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XXV: 25

386 DR. 81, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

an angle of about 23° in P. erithacus, and at a slightly more open

angle in L. flavopalliatus.

In P. erithacus the lambdoidal ridge traverses the posterior sur-

face of the skull a little below its dorso-ventral middle. Above this

the occiput is rounded.

This lambdoidal ridge is met (as before noted) by the posterior

continuation of the ridge which bounds the temporal fossa infe-

riorly, and at the point of junction develops an obscurely marked

prominence we have called the squamosal prominence (see fig. 2,

psp). Thence a slightly marked ridge descends vertically to

another small prominence or exoccipital process. From this latter

another very slightly marked ridge—the occipital ridge—passes

inwards and upwards till it nearly joins the lambdoidal ridge, and

thus a triangular surface becomes defined. Then this slight occipital

ridge continues on inwards and downwards till it meets a promi-

nence running upwards from the middle of the dorsal margin of the

foramen magnum to the lambdoidal ridge, or may descend to the

margin of that foramen, and thus a second triangular surface

becomes defined. Beneath the occipital ridge there is, on each

side of the median occipital protuberance, a rather extensive but

shallow concavity.

In L. flavopathiatus the lambdoidal and occipital ridges are both

about equally, and only very slightly, prominent and so close

together that only a faint and narrow groove runs between them.

The squamosal prominence is very slight, and the exoccipital pro-

cess hardly to be detected. The median rounded occipital promi-

nence is much more marked, and so is the concavity on either side

of it, but the degree of concavity is more uniform over this concave

space than in P. erithacus and is most marked just below the

occipital ridge.

In P. erithacus each paroccipital process is somewhat pyramidal,

but may be said to present two surfaces limited by a ridge which

extends backwards from the hind end of the ridge bounding

laterally the basi-temporal shield to the apex of the process, and

thence upwards and slightly outwards, finally curving inwards to

the exoccipital process.

The outer surface of the paroccipital process is slightly convex

transversely and very slightly concave in the opposite direction.

The inner surface is very strongly convex transversely and medianly

concave dorso-ventrally. The process is bent much backwards

(but hardly inwards) towards its apex.

In L. flavopalliatus it presents more exclusively two surfaces, the

ridge which divides them from each other being sharper. It is so

bent that what corresponds to the outer surface of the process in

the other species here looks mainly downwards. It is also con-

cave both transversely and antero-posteriorly. The opposite

surface looks mainly upwards and is strongly convex transversely

at the root of the process, but concave in the opposite direction,

especially towards its apex.

The process is bent rather more inwards than in P. erithacus,

and very much more strongly and sharply backwards.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS. 387

The quadrate in P. erithacus has its columnar process long and

stout. At its apex is a large external and smaller internal articular

surface separated by a narrow groove.

Its orbital process is short, delicate, and pointed (see fig. 2,

p- 364), arching forwards and inwards just above the pterygoid.

A short but deep concavity separates it from the anterior end of

the inferior surface of the quadrate, which there projects forwards,

developing a small rounded condyle (separated slightly from the

anterior end of the long articular surface, or elongated condyle for

the mandible) which fits into cup of hinder end of pterygoid.

The zygomatic process presents ventrad an outer articular sur-

face in the form of an antero-posterior convexity and a slight

transverse concavity to articulate with the mandible dorso-laterally.

This is the part of the quadrate which articulates with the upper

articular surface of the mandible, while the elongated ventral

condyle of the quadrate articulates with the long concave inferior

articular surface of the mandible. The inferior articular surface

of the quadrate is elongated and nearly straight (slightly concave

mesiad), extending forwards and inwards on a line with the

pterygoid which is in front of it. Above it is the little condyle

for the cup of the pterygoid above-mentioned. In both species the

elongated condyle for the mandible is larger at its anterior end,

but more predominantly so in P. erithacus. Just above its anterior

end is the articular convex surface for the pterygoid, while in

tront of the apex of the zygomatic process is a small cup to receive

within it the end of the zygoma.

The extent of the body of the quadrate behind the zygomatic

process is longer than that in front of it to the front margin of

the base of the ascending orbital process, and the depth from the

zygomatic process about equals the length thence to the apex of

the orbital process. In both species the hinder margin of the

quadrate is continuous and does not develop any strongly projecting

process.

In L. flavopalliatus the ascending columnar process is relatively

longer and more slender. The extent of the quadrate behind the

zygomatic process is also shorter than that in front of it to the

front margin of the base of the orbital process, and its depth from

the apex of the zygomatic process is shorter than from that point

to the apex of the orbital process,—the inferior and still more the

hinder portion of the quadrate being, relatively as well as abso-

lutely, much smaller than in P. erithacus.

III. Toe Manoprerz,

The symphysial portion of the dentary part of the mandible

externally, is nearly straight antero-posteriorly (i.e. dorso-ventrally)

in L. flavopalliatus but gently convex in P. erithacus. In both it

is decidedly convex transversely, but it presents a broadened-out

gentle convexity in the latter species, while in the former (fig. 14,

p- 390) it is narrower and sharper and therefore more convex. In

25*

388 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

both the symphysial convexity passes smoothly into the relative

flatness of the adjacent external surfaces of the beak-bearing parts

of the lateral rami, without any dorso-ventral ridges dividing it

from the latter. The front, or external, surface of the symphysis

is beautifully marked with vascular grooves in P. erithacus and less

so in L. flavopalliatus. The apex of this surface is dentated or

somewhat irregularly serrated in both, but the transverse extent

of this serrated margin is less relatively as well as absolutely in

L. flavopalliatus. In P. erithacus there is a depressed transverse

area (7 mm. long x *12 broad) just below the serrated margin and

‘a number of small foramina open into this area (see fig. 19, p. 393).

In L. flavopalliatus there is no such depressed area, though there

-are small foramina close to the dorsal margin of the mandible.

At a short distance from the dorsal margin, two small foramina

open on either side of the symphysis, the two pairs being about as

distant from each other as from the dorsal margin of the mandible.

They are relatively much nearer the dorsal than the postero-ventral

margin of the mandible in L. flavopalliatus, because in that species

the symphysis is so much longer compared with the total antero-

posterior extent of the mandible. From each pair of foramina a

groove runs backwards and inwards till it meets its fellow of the

opposite side, from which point a single groove runs downwards

and backwards to the middle of the postero-inferior symphysial

margin. Thusa Y-shaped groove is formed. The twoupper arms

of the Y meet at a much more open angle in P. erithacus than

in L. flavopalliatus. Their point of junction also in the former

species is at about the dorso-ventral middle of the symphysis, while

in the latter it is distant from the postero-inferior margin only

one-third of the total dorso-ventral extent of the symphysis.

When the mandible is viewed laterally, its supero-anterior

margin presents, in P. erithacus, a strongly marked concavity

bounded in front by the apex of the mandible and postaxially by an

obscurely marked process I have called the dentary process (d).

The process is still less marked in L. flavopalliatus, while the con-

cavity between it and the mandibular apex is but slight and so

presents a great contrast to that part in the other species. In both,

a faintly marked more or less undulating ridge proceeds downwards

and backwards from the dentary process to the ventral margin of

the ramus, and this marks the limit of the postaxiad extension of

the bony beak.

The posterior margin of the symphysial portion of the mandible

is very different in the two species. In P. erithacus (fig. 17) it is

in the form of a pointed arch, neither acute nor obtuse, but in

L. flavopalliatus it is a very open elliptical arch and less strongly

concave (see figs. 16 & 14). Its middle point is relatively very

much nearer one between the anterior ends of the inferior articular

surfaces, because the symphysis is relatively so much longer in this

species.

The postero-superior surface of the symphysis is strongly concave

transversely, but only very slightly so antero-posteriorly in both

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 389

species, indeed in L. flavopalliatus it would be almost perfectly

straight but for the fossa for the geniohyoid and the transverse

prominence in front of it. A faintly marked curved line (convex

postaxiad in P. erithacus with a sigmoid flexure, concave postaxiad

above and convex postaxiad below in the other species) descends—

from the dentary process in P. erithacus, from behind the dentary

process in L. flavopalliatus—to the dorsal margin of the fossa for

the genioglossus (gg). This fossa is much more marked in L. flavo-

palliatus, and, on account of the length of the symphysis, relatively

nearer the postaxial margin of the bone. In P. erithacus it is twice

Lateral aspect of mandible of Psittacus erithacus.

a, Articular prominence. | pa. Postarticular process.

ag. Angular process. pe. Posteoronoid process.

ec, Coronoid process. | pp. Prearticular process.

d. Dentary process.

Lateral aspect of mandible of Lorius flavopalliatus.

(Lettering the same as in fig. 12.)

or more as distant from its anterior margin as from the posterior

one, and it is bounded supero-anteriorly by an arched ridge, concave

backwards, just beneath which are one or two vascular foramina.

The fossa is wider and more shallow than in L. flavopalliatus, and

bounded infero-posteriorly by a bony ridge which constitutes the

postero-inferior margin of the symphysis (see figs. 16 & aya Pog

L. flavopalliatus it is bounded supero-anteriorly by a very delicate

lamina of bone, in front of which is a rather wide transverse

prominence convex antero-posteriorly. Behind the fossa there isa

smooth portion of bone intervening between it and the postaxial

margin of the symphysis.

390 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

The ramus is deepest at the coronoid process (c) in both species,

thence it gradually narrows postaxiad in P. erithacus, but more

gradually still in LZ. flavopalliatus, the dorsal and ventral margins

of the ramus inclining towards each other at an angle of

about 16°, while in P. erithacus the angle is about 15°. The

dorsal margin behind the dentary process is nearly straight and

somewhat inflected in the last-named species, but decidedly though

slightly concave in JL. flavopalliatus and not inflected, and the

outer surface of the ramus is scarcely convex from above down-

wards, but is rather strongly so in P. erithacus (a little below the

dorsal margin at this part), and, to a less degree, from before back-

wards.

Ventral aspect of mandible of Lorius flavopadliatus.

pa, Rudiment of a postarticular

process.

a, Articular prominence.

ag. Angular process.

ia. Internal articular process.

The margin between the dentary and coronoid processes is

relatively much shorter in L. flavopalliatus and (when the man-

dibles rest on a horizontal surface)is more upwardly inclined post-

axiad. In both there is a small postcoronoid process (pe)—it may

be almost obsolete in P. erithacus,—but the margin between it and

the coronoid is relatively longer and less concave in L. flavo-

palliatus. The margin extending thence to the slightly marked

prearticular process (pp) is almost straight in both, but slightly

more concave as well as longer in P. erithacus. Between the pre-

articular process and the articular prominence (q) the margin is

slightly concave in both; very slightly more so in P. erithacus.

The articular prominence is about equally developed in both species,

but while in the last-named species there is a distinct though

very small postarticular process (pa), whence the postaxial margin

of the mandible inclines very steeply backwards to the angular

process, in L. flavopalliatus there is no postarticular process, or but

a trace of it, and the hinder margin slopes very gently to the angular

process (aq), forming an angle of about 40° with the posterior part

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 391

of the inferior margin of the ramus instead of one of about 60° as

in P. erithacus.

On the outer surface of the ramus there are in both species

some small foramina, and a rather conspicuous one in P. erithacus.

In that species also there is a considerable oval vacuity, or

defect of ossification, at about the middle of the ramus dorso-

ventrally, the middle of the vacuity being beneath the post-

coronoid process. In L. flavopalliatus, however, the ramus is here

entire but somewhat depressed or concave in this region. This

depression is limited behind by a ridge which runs obliquely down-

wards and forwards from the articular process to the ventral

margin of the ramus. This is only represented in P. erithacus by

a prominence which runs downwards and forwards from the

articular process for about half the breadth of the ramus. In

P. erithacus a small foramen opens beneath the prearticular

process at about one-fourth of the dorso-ventral diameter of the

ramus from its dorsal margin. In L. flavopalliatus it opens a

little behind that process and nearer the dorsal margin. Its

external surface towards the angular process is slightly concave in

both species, rather more so in L. flavopalliatus.

In L. flavopalliatus the inner surface of each ramus presents

two elongated concayities separated by a ridge. At its anterior

end this ridge curves sharply upwards, being also there most

prominent, and approaching near to the coronoid process. Just

behind its upwardly bent part a conspicuous foramen leads into the

substance of the mandible. At its posterior end this ridge joims

the outer margin of the larger articular surface for the quadrate,

at the same time bounding externally a small but deep fossa which

is situated outside the front part of that surface. In P. erithacus

the conditions are similar save that the ascending anterior part of

the ridge is the most conspicuous and ascends completely to the

coronoid process, and that the foramen behind it is less conspicuous,

opening on the front margin of the defect of ossification (which

interrupts the internal longitudinal ridge); when the defect of

ossification is smaller, the foramen opens beneath it. In both

species the small foramen beneath or near the prearticular process

opens into the superior longitudinal concavity of the inner surface

of the ramus,

In both species also the larger articular surface for the quadrate

is in the form of an antero-posterior, nearly straight groove. This

groove is broadest at its anterior end in P. erithacus, but hardly at

all broader there in LZ, flavopalliatus. On its inner side there is

a small surface of bone, broadening gradually backwards, at the

hinder end of which is a foramen. This is the innermost part of a

subquadrate bony process, the internal articular process (ia), which

projects nearly horizontally inwards and supports the outer part of

the longitudinal articular groove.

The smaller and superior articular surface for the quadrate (sa)

is on the inner side of the somewhat everted coronoid process.

It is nearly straight antero-posteriorly, but strongly convex dorso-

392: ~ DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

Postaxial aspect of mandible of Lorius flavopalliatus.

a. Articular prominence, gg. Fossa for genioglossus.

ag. Angular process. za, Internal articular process.

Fig. 16.

Dorsal aspect of mandible of Lorius flavopalliatu

za. Internal articular process.

pa. Postarticular process. (Quite

rudimentary in this species.)

a, Articular prominence.

ag. Angular process.

gg. Fossa for genioglossus.

Dorsal aspect of mandible of Psittacus erithacus.

(Lettering the same as in fig. 16.)

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS BRITHACUS. 393

ventrally. This is the surface which articulates with part of the

zygomatic process of the quadrate as before described *.

From beneath the hinder end of the internal angular process a

strong ridge runs backwards, downwards, and outwards to the

angular process (ag). The apex of this process is bent more

inwards in P. erithacus and is relatively shorter. It is longer and

its dorsal surface presents more of a concavity in L. flavopalliatus.

Preaxial aspect of mandible of Lorius flavopalliatus.

ag. Angular process. pp. Prearticular process.

a, Articular prominence. pa. Postarticular process.

ce. Coronoid process.

Preaxial aspect of mandible of Psittacus erithacus,

(Lettering the same as in fig. 18.)

The mandible viewed in front shows the antero-dorsal margin

in L. flavopalliatus in the form of an inverted pointed arch, an

angular process extending much ventrad, and an apparently very

slender transverse bony bar at the symphysis. In P. erithacus

this bar is much stouter, the angular process less extended ventrad,

and the antero-dorsal margin resembles an elliptical arch inverted ;

the defect of ossification in each ramus is also conspicuous.

1 See above, p. 374,

394 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

Dimensions of the Skull.

Lorius, | Psittacus.

Length of prosopium from its apex to the middle of the

joint which unites it with the cranium (measured

along its dorsal curvature) ..............ceeseeseeeeee 29 40

The same measured in a straight line .................. 2:5 34

Length of cranium from ecranio-facial joint to the mid-

dorsal margin of the foramen magnum (measured

along its dorsal curvature) .............0.:0scsseecees 51 6:0

The same measured in a straight line..................... 36 4:2

Length from apex of prosopium to middle of hinder

margin of bony palate a. .-..csscnteokncecntssovenes 1-4 18

From middle of one maxillo-palatine junction to

hinder end of lateral margin of prosopium of the

BANC BOG jvc co enes ove oe eens Siac ena teh sea vewsnet ess 7 7

Breadth of palate at line of maxilio-palatine junc-

TOUS: ceacetensaeansestes etree tock reckeee nesta tes cade eee 10 14

Breadth of cranio-facial hinge-joint on dorsum of

BLT Re eeo ste Canter ec caro Se rRRoR Aer ote Cag eee Peer 1:2 17

Length from apex of prosopium to its lateral notch

(measured along the curve) ..............s.ceseeeeeeee 8 1:2

The same measured in a straight line .................. if 10

Length from lateral notch to hinder end of lateral

Margin Of PYOSOPiUM .....-...--eeesessereeceeeseeees 12 14

Its greatest height of bony beak..............-.... se0005 11 1-4

From its ventral margin to nearest margin of nasal

opening vertically above it ..........ssseeceeeeseene 7 9

Height of its dorsum above the dorsal margin of the

MASA VAP CEUULES accesses Maedss se seas se aes) toh smal ss 05 05

Antero-posterior extent of nasal aperture ............... a) 6

Measurement at right angles to the above............... “48 6

Least interval between adjacent margins of nasal

APETEULES 22... ..eeseseseceesccseseeeseceecseseesseeteees AA 5

From posterior end of lateral margin of prosopium

touts lachrymal process, ....--.-«d-ons--n:cece ssss0c 10 12

Greatest height of frontal above lachrymal process... 14 2

Height of jugal at its junction with maxilla............ 15 3)

When ethiotizy POMA ces i5<cactgstaanoareneceste tec hees tee snee 2:3 31

Henethior pheryeoid. <2. ites cesesdak soseacseesteen. ceece 13 17

Greatest axial diameter of orbit ...............12ceeceeeees 15 Lr

From dorsal margin of orbit to ventral margin of

zygoma taken at right angles to cranial axis... 17 19

From apex of frontal nasal process to distal end of

lnchirymial Spree. css. vas....-scsemeseceneveowe.seepeaee=3 ot 1:9 17

From apex of lachymal to apex of sphenotic process . *25 8

From apex of lachrymal to that of postorbital pro-

OBS 2 seep onaaeeeemhon Seeileis dich wc 38 = ede bh acteee aac ees 8 12

From apex of postorbital Pose to that of sphenotic

PLOCESS po cace notes ener nest Ssioe «one Se poate ansedes “75 8

From apex of sphenotic process to postaxial margin

of the meatus auditorius externus ......... ..5-.00. Melt 1:3

From dorsum of quadrato-jugal articulation to apex

of suprameatal process «292-0005 0ce0- -ssesa2--cee+osens 55 oy f

From dorsum of quadrato-jugal articulation to the

greatest prominence beneath it of the ventral

articular surface of quadrate ............s.cceeceeees 5 7

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 395

Dimensions of the Skull (continued).

Length of the cranial articular process of quadrate...

From suprameatal process to apex of paroccipital

ILO CEES eee cesanc snceeh eaebeeet att acecit-aes semeneaanbontes

From quadrato-jugal articulation to apex of par-

OcCipital PLOCESS....0..ccceeaauedceeeasapaccdsinas east - ode

From apex of paroccipital process to exoccipital

PDROCCSA een ead: nevacuedeaiesatatmdenmnecosisws fue aesoeee es

Length from middle of cranio-facial articulation of

dorsum of skull to vertical plane of apex of pro-

SOME. apotine sueoceernenee or Dare nnee.0 -ccb ose us OceeeEneC

Length from the same point back to the vertical

plane of the greatest convexity of occiput .........

Least interorbital breadth ............scceccseseseneeeeeees

Greatest antorbital breadth.............::seseeseeeseeeeees

Greatest postorbital breadth ..............cssseeeeeceeeees

From greatest parietal prominence of one side to that

Omibhe Other” sec cdedeettetoneia seldauaacy eeduains toate

Length of orbit as seen on the skull’s dorsal aspect ...

Supero-anterior margin of palatine ............s+eseeee

Postero-inferior margin of palatine .............-....4+.

Postero-inferior margin of palatine (in straight line)

Postero-superior margin of palatine to base of pro-

(GIES cence senso. nOonteore pasieccapy MAeb Tce pnecebeec org ac

Length of postaxial process.............. ronetbéngsnce srcc0e

Length of interorbital septum in front of palatine ...

Length of palatine junction with cranium ...........

Length of basis cranti from postaxial end of junction

of palatine with cranium to eustachian aperture .

Length from preaxial margin of occipital condyle

to postaxial mid-junction of pterygoids ............

Length of opening in septum for exit of olfactory

TIGL V.G meee eden wale sceaeseeaien aeasscticenenciscusiesateticnes

Breadth of that aperture ...............sssessecessrecarerres

Length of obscure ridge extending from process

external to small orbital foramina to post-

orbitallprocess) .-.se1..ccocsesetten-0stae foeoseanec: cer

From apex of bony beak to middle of lambdoidal ridge

(in a straight line), ventral surface of skull being

ETE 6 G16 Lede rnpoegeie nc ED dosoecoboAnceMacbécococsabonnoooscr

From apex of bony beak to posterior end of palate...

From posterior end of middle of posterior margin of

palate to front base of occipital condyle ............

Extreme length of palatine from margin of palate to

end of palatine postaxial process...........2..2:.00:-

Breadth between the insides of the two quadrato-

pterygoid articulations .................0seseeeeeeeeeee,

Breadth between the insides of the two quadrato-

Ruapaleanrhicolahtonsversdessea tess eet os eeceacaesece

Breadth between the posterior apices of the two

Qundmatios) wencveus-cnesessucssc-secneses Jeobapdpbonndscees

Breadth between the posterior apices of the two par-

OCCIitall (PLO CESECSieeceer eee eee sce loses aces: scea-casee:

Breadth of foramen magnum...............s2ceeseeeeen ees

Antero-posterior extent of ditto ............s.:eseeeeeeeeee

Lorius.

1:0

toe oy

Rey heat reel odie: ait ae dee Me ages BO ee IES :

BH © OG AREA ARSAH AVdA @

—

Orr

—

Psittacus.

—

bo tO

ES Dri bbs, CoN ibm bo

wrows

Ow cont

2°65

396 DR, ST. GHORGH MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

Dimensions of the Skull (continued).

Lorius. | Psittacus.

Length from posterior margin of palate to preaxial

end of junction of palatines ............2..secceeeeeeee ibs 1:2

From apex of paroceipital process to middle point of

Jambdoidal ridge © .n37iih.oe2. sacsee. thee duteeesvalbtes 15 18

From exoccipital process to middle point of lamb-

doidal ridge}. <2.3.. aisescasuvettas shee ee sence tal 13

From mid-dorsal point of foramen magnum to middle

point of lambdoidal ridge .............seseceeeee sees 5 8

Length from apex of mandible to end of angular

process (measured along one ramus) ......0+0...+. 3°6 47

| Length of symphysis) _-fscs-tsees. tus. .22- sch ese. snceneee 8 1:2 1:2

| From apex of mandible to dentary process (measured

Mie sbraiehtline) ciissjsrarsancsancstazscedceyrdtaareotts 5 15

From dentary process to coronoid process ............ 2) 8

From coronoid process to post-coronoid process ...... 6 3)

From post-coronoid process to prearticmlar process.. 6 10

From prearticular process to anterior end of articular

SURLACB: sa08, dan deuscedsatseconaeet oem ante. ive cect donee: oat ‘65 8

From preaxial end of articular process to post-

articular PrOCess “siigess4sacaodsesaizsvastiheneadedolsee 9) 9

From post-articular process to angular process ...... DD 8

Antero-posterior extent of defect of ossification ...... none dD

Dorso-ventral extent of Citto ............sesecnesecesseaeee none 3

Breadth of fossa for genioglosst ....1.c.ccsececsenseeserees 2 4

Length of articular glenoid groove to quadrate ...... 6 8

Breadth of ithow cc... .crasses dos44. cate eated- tere Vos doece "22 3

Lorius Psittacus

domicella. | erithacus.

=e -:|

Total length of basi- and urohyals from apex of

rostrum to posterior end of urohyal ............... 16 1-9

Extreme length of basihyal..... ..........csssccssceseeeees 11 1-1

Its breadth at junction with ceratohyals ............... ‘20 “20

hen othyotgirohyall Weos. 120se¢s fos cba “easdacet gates teens meds 3 “70

Breadth of quadrate plate of basihyal at origin of

UNCINALS OUtBZLOWEHB ........ssscecescccuccacedacecencses 3 48

Its breadth at hinder end ...........-...sessecceseeceeeoes “4 ‘61

Length of entoglossum ...............4. «0 fbadeldecas ine 1:0 1:0

Bread theoneli ipo itesess s aas sk oba-cs <eusewsees Secs eesheeseeo- is "55

Length of basibranchial ...........-...c0.cssescossecseeenes 20 2:10

Breadth of its proximal end ............sssseeeeeeeeeae ees 2 “30

Length of cerato-branchial ..............:.ccseceeceneeeeees “4, 50

Tts greatest breadth ..25...:002 assccessunssacssocesscanvonses Als} 22

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 39

Angles of Skull.

L. flavo-

palliatus.

Angle of divergence sides of bony beak (seen

dorsally) (cs. s.cctssiacsboccte des cesaesseesnce: eaemencen sees

Angle between sides of cranium from outer end of

cranio-facial articulation to most prominent!

points of postorbital prominences ..............-+.-

Angle to which dorsal margin of orbit approxi-

mates when'seen from above ...........-s00..0eee00-

Angle formed by pterygoid with postero-superior

WHALEN Oly PAAWNG coserassasssos4s-qddccetecessz-teaisiee

Angle formed by the line of junction of palatine)

to cranium with the postero-superior margin of,

palatine behind that junction ...............---1...

Angle formed by line of junction of palatine with

basis cranii behind that junction .....................

Angle formed by inferior margin of the dasis cranii|

with the antero-inferior margin of interorbital

septum just in front of its junction with the)

palatines up to septal process ...............se0e00e-

Angle of divergence of palatines when skull is viewed

rom Denind er cs. cectecs «5.752 sJoecuasasnesect aoe

Angle of divergence of zygomata ...............seeeeeees

Angle of divergence of pterygoids .................s0.006-

Angle of divergence of palatines when skull is viewed

omits ventralsurfaeess. 5/2553. scicsecse-- 25 AGRE

Angle between the antero-superior and the antero-|

inferior margins of palatine ...................c0ee0e0

Angle between the antero-inferior and the postero-

inferior margin of palatine, postaxial process not.

being taken into account .......1..0..0..0.0cceseeesee

Angle a preaxiad divergence of zygoma and ptery-

MOM ieae caters dotteoe se dadeces waves vacsiasee estos sat ens

Angle formed by inner and postero-external surfaces)

VSG WEG Iie fs) Sasi enece ter eeeee ceed Chee Stoncere ORCRer Ae

Angle of divergence of mandibular rami .............. |

Angle of oblique line on mandible marking limit o

horny beak and ventral margin of the mandible. .

120

Psittiacus.

40°

Distinctive Cramal Characters of L. flavopalliatus from

P. erithacus.

In L. flavopalliatus :—

(1) Cranium more flattened.

(2) Prosopium more slender and elongated.

(3) Orbit more enclosed by bone.

(4) Palatines extend less ventrad compared with quadrates.

(5) Occiput less rounded and more inclined preaxiad above

lambdoidal ridge.

398 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF [May 7,

(6) Paroccipital processes more sharply inclined backwards.

(7) More distinct from relatively smaller quadrates.

(8) Orbits more deeply incised dorsally.

(9) Prosopium in front of nares at first less sloped, afterwards

more sharply so.

(10) Nostrils look more dorsad and are larger.

(11) No excavation in front of each.

(12) Internasal space narrower.

(13) Hindermost part of tomial margin concave.

(14) Margin above suprajugular process usually straight.

(15) Lachrymal process of prosopium minute and almost on a

line with dorsum of cranium.

(16) Prosopial angle 50°.

(17) Bony palate more concave.

(18) Its free median hinder margin as long as the two palatal

articulations conjoined.

(19) Lateral palatal processes ventrally grooved.

(20) Preaxial end of zygoma less dorso-ventrally expanded.

(21) Ventral margin of palatines more concave.

(22) Posterio-inferior angle more prominent.

(23) Posterior palatine process very much shorter.

(24) Lachrymal nearly reaches sphenotic.

(25) An ectosphenotic process.

(26) Meatus auditorius externus limited in front by a delicate

lamella behind quadrate column.

(27) Posterior margin of meatus auditorius externus concave at

upper two-thirds, slightly convex below this.

(28) Posterior part of body of quadrate smaller.

(29) Antero-posterior groove outside lachrymal very marked.

(30) Mesiad inflated part of palatine more considerable.

(31) Precondyloid fossa deep.

(32) Posterior margin of basipterygoid shield like a wide letter

(33) Infero-external surface of paroccipital process strongly

concave transversely.

(34) Quadrate column longer and more slender.

(35) Geniohyoid fossa more marked and relatively nearer to

the postaxial margin of symphysis.

(36) No ramal defect of ossification.

(37) Symphysis relatively much longer.

(38) Mandible less concave from apex to dentary process.

(39) Rami and symphysis form together a pointed arch.

(40) Ramus narrows more gradually backwards.

(41) Margin between prearticular and coronoid processes

shorter and steeper.

(42) Margin between coronoid and postcoronoid processes longer

and less concave.

(43) No postarticular process.

1895.] LORIUS FLAVOPALLIATUS AND PSITTACUS ERITHACUS. 399

Eos rubra appears to agree with Lorius flavopalliatus in all the

above points except—

1. Apex of prosopium not so much bent down though more so

than in P. erithacus.

. Prosopium longer and slenderer because its relative dorso-

ventral extent in front of nares is less.

. Anterior palatine foramen much larger.

. Mid-junction of palatines antero-posteriorly shorter.

. Posterior margin of palatines less concave.

. Postero-ventral angle more produced and much sharper

than in either L. flavopalliatus or P. erithacus.

. No marked prequadrate process of sphenotic process.

. No concavity at hinder end of tomial margin.

. Middle of postaxial margin of bony palate more prominent—

almost a process.

. Cranium, seen above, longer and narrower.

. Distinct antero-posteriorly extending transverse concavity in

parietal region.

12. Prosopium, seen above, much longer.

13. Interorbital extent of cranium narrower absolutely and

relatively.

14, Paroccipital processes rather less projecting postaxiad and

their apices mesiad.

15. Median ridge of ventral aspect of prosopium behind bony

palate much more marked.

16. Postaxial margin of prosopium between zygoma and lachry-

mal process rather more extensive and more concave.

17. Median supraoccipital prominence less marked.

18. Bony symphysis of mandible relatively as well as absolutely

shorter,

19. Projection mesiad of inner articular process of mandible

rather less.

20. Arch of symphysis (mandible being viewed from beneath)

more acute—much as in P. erithacus.

21. Apices of angular processes rather more inflected mesiad.

Tomial margin between apex of symphysis and dental process

slightly more concave.

o> Or 09 bo

aot) co OO NT

400 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON EGYPTIAN MENAGERIES. [May 21,

May 21, 1895.

Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwry-Avstmn, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater made some remarks on the Zoological Institutions

which he had recently visited in Cairo. ‘These were the new

Zoological Garden at Gizeh, the Zoological Collection in the

Medical School at Cairo, and the Ostrich Farm at Matariyeh.

Part of the former Palace-Garden at Gizeh had recently been

appropriated by the Egyptian Government as a Zoological Garden,

of which a young Englishman, Mr. Jennings Bramley, had been

appointed Manager. The Institution was at present quite in its

infancy, but had the great advantage of a beautiful garden of

20 acres, well stocked with fine trees and shrubs, and furnished

with an abundant water-supply. The small collection already

made consisted principally of well-known Egyptian animals, with

a certain number of Oriental species, obtained from ships passing

through the Suez Canal.

Amongst the Egyptian animals, besides the ordinary Gazella

dorcas, of which there were many specimens, Mr. Sclater had

examined individuals of both sexes of another Gazelle, said to have

been obtained in the Libyan Desert. This belonged to the group

with long straight horns, allied to G. cuviert and G. leptoceros

(cf. Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 543). Mr. Sclater was endeavouring

to obtain more information respecting it, but there could be no

doubt of the existence of a second species of Gazelle in Egypt.

Amongst the birds in the gardens, Mr. Sclater had noticed two

fine specimens of Riippell’s Griffon (Gyps rueppelli), said also to

have been obtained from the Western Desert. This species was

not recognized in Shelley’s ‘ Birds of Egypt;’ and it was rather

surprising to meet with it so far north. ,

The only zoological collection in Cairo was that of the Govern-

ment School of Medicine, under the care of Dr. Innes. It was at

present in an undeveloped condition, but contained a series of

Egyptian animals along with others from various parts of the

world, intended originally for educational purposes. It was hoped

with Dr. Anderson’s promised assistance, and aid from other

quarters, to make considerable additions to the Egyptian series.

There could be no doubt that the capital of Egypt ought to contain

a good exhibition of the native animals.

The Ostrich Farm at Matariyeh, near the Khedive’s palace at

Kubbeh, was, in Mr. Sclater’s opinion, one of the most interesting

sights in Cairo. It was said to have been commenced with some

twenty birds from two sources about fifteen years ago, and now

contained about 1400 Ostriches of different ages. The birds were

placed in small compartments enclosed by mud walls ten feet high,

and arranged according to age, both sexes being kept together.

After four or five years, when fully adult and showing signs of

PLZ Sle Ibe rae

os gee LUCTUS

at cideklidabbiebbbbbditbibhoiuvcii ct at i

PRA

Mintern Bros. imp.

2. RHINATREMA BICOLOR.

3. SCOLEBCOMORPHUS KIRK.

J. Green & R.EM. del et lith

LAC Al CI LTAS RB WwiCKE YL

1895. Pl... XXIV.

Pele

oe nnsG eee

a as

hteegenere”

Mintern Bros. imp.

2. CRYPTOPSOPHIS MULTI PEGA.

3.SIPHONOPS HARDYI 4.BDELLOPHIS VITTATUS.

een & RE M.del et lith.

J. Ge:

Em S 2b rk

RYE

WSO

‘RSI.

1895.] | MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. 401

wishing to breed, a pair was selected and put together in a separate

enclosure. Here the eggs were laid, and the birds, as Mr. Sclater

was assured, took turns in sitting; but many of the eggs were

hatched in incubators. In one compartment were contained 11

examples (6 males and 5 females) of the very distinct Somali

Ostrich, Struthio molybdophanes. The remainder were all of the

typical northern form, S. camelus, with red naked skin; and

amongst them were many very fine birds, quite as large as the

well-known specimen lately in the Zoological Society’s Gardens,

from Western Africa, deposited by the Queen.

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.8., exhibited, on behalf of Mr. R. M.

Barrington, a hybrid Duck shot in March last on the Moy Estuary,

in the West of Ireland. It was evidently a cross between the

Wigeon (Mareca penelope) and some other species; the other

parent being supposed to have been the Gadwall (Chaulelasmus

streperus) by some authorities, while others inclined to the Pintail

(Dafila acuta), and others again to the Teal (Querquedula crecea).

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited and made remarks on a specimen of

a Rook (Corvus frugilegus), one of a number produced in one

Rookery, in which every feather of the entire plumage was tipped

or spangled with white.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Synopsis of the Genera and Species of Apodal Batra-

chians, with Description of a new Genus and Species

(Bdellophis vittatus). By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(Plates XXIII. & XXIV.)

[Received April 19, 1895.]

Whilst describing a new Cecilian it has occurred to me that a

revised list of the 42 species of this order now known would prove

useful to the student of these interesting but still very imperfectly

known Batrachians. Since the publication of the last revision

(Cat. Batr. Grad. &c. 1882), in which 11 genera and 32 species

were defined, many new species have been described and numerous

additions and corrections have been made to the synonymy by

Cope, Boettger, Vaillant, Stejneger, and myself. These alterations

have all been worked into the list now offered for publication to

the Society. In order to facilitate identifications, synopses of the

genera and species have been inserted. The prefix of an asterisk

indicates that the species is represented in the British Museum,

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1895, No. XX VI. 26

402 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. [May 21,

I still think it desirable to retain the Apoda as an order

distinct from the Caudata, in spite of the views expressed by

Prof. Cope and the Drs. Sarasin. If the absence of limbs and

the reduction of the tail were the only characteristic of the group,

T should of course not hesitate to unite the Cecilians with the

Urodeles ; but, to say nothing of the scales, the Cecilian skull

presents features which are not shared by any of the tailed

Batrachians, and the order can be defined by the cranial characters

alone. The resemblance of the larval Ichthyophis to Amphiuma

is, after all, superficial ; and although, as I believe, the Apoda and

Caudata may have evolved from a common stock, Amphiuma is

certainly not the connecting form between the two, as Prof. Cope

would have it, for we cannot well assume the scales, lost in the

Urodeles, to have reappeared in the Cecilians.

I wish, furthermore, to justify the use of the name Apoda for

the order often designated as Pseudophidia, Batrachophidia, Gym-

nophiona, or Peromela. Unless obviously misleading, which is not

the case in the present instance, the first-proposed name should

supersede all others for higher groups as well as for genera and

species, and “ Apoda” has the benefit of the law of priority. In the

first subdivision of the Batrachians into two families by Duméril

in 1806 (Zool. Anal. pp. 90-94) these groups are termed “* Anoures”

and “ Urodéles” in French, Ecaudati and Caudati in Latin.

When Dumé¢ril’s pupil, Oppell, in 1811 (Ordn. Rept. p. 72),

added the Cecilians, he named the three groups Apoda, Ecaudata,

and Caudata. The Latin form being the only one entitled’ to

recognition in zoological nomenclature, it follows that the last

mentioned names should be adopted for the three orders into

which Batrachians are divided.

Order APODA.

No limbs. Tail vestigial or absent. Frontal bones distinct

from parietals; palatines fused with maxillaries. Male with an

intromittent copulatory organ.

Fam. CmcILimp”.

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Cycloid scales imbedded in the skin,

A, Byes distinct or concealed under the skin.

1. Two series of teeth in the lower jaw.

a. Squamosal and parietal bones in contact.

Tentacle conical, below and in front of the eye, usually

much nearer the latter than the nostril; circular folds

ane mlatolonMtihe ell Viera tecccastatecsscewsrrcrececcnsss 1, Icurnyopuis.

Tentacle globular, surrounded by a groove, in front of

TNE G) £3) Riagg beece nn opr pectin = C02 sade cOsc06 Coeca CCB REE Soae 2, DERMOPHIS.

Tentacle valvular, tentacular groove horseshoe-shaped,

posterior to the Nosbril vi, ..0......s.soessronesecnsessenases 3. HyPocroruis.

Tentacle valvular, tentacular groove horseshoe-shaped,

below the nostril .......... cae Pheer tps ip aed Sam Re ages 4, OxXCILIA,

1895.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS, 403

4, Squamosals separated from parietals.

Tentacle valvular, close to the eye ........:sseeeeeeeeereeeneeees 5. RHINATREMA.

Tentacle valvular, below and behind the nostril ............ 6. GEOTRYPETES.

Tentacle conical, below the nostril.............0seee-seeeeeeees 7. URxorTyrHivs,

2. A single series of teeth in the lower jaw; tentacle

globular, in front of the eye ........-...seeseeeeeeee 8. CrypToPsopHis.

B. Eyes below the cranial bones; squamosals in

contact with parietals ; tentacle globular.

Tentacle below and a little behind the nostril ............... 9, Herpete.

Tentacle nearer the commissure of the jaws than the _

IESE a ae errata icon ee-citetp sedancckaeervaesomedseteoaeas 10. Gymvopts.

II, No scales.

A. Eyes distinct or concealed under the skin.

1. Two series of teeth in the lower jaw.

Parietals and squamosals in contact ...............0.seeeeeeees 1]. TypHLonectes.

Parietals separated from squamosals.............--seeesee00005 12. CuTHONERPETON.

2. A single series of teeth in the lower jaw.

Parietals and squamosals in contact ............ .-secseseeeeee 13. SrpHonops.

Parietals separated from squamosals...............:ssesseeeees 14, Boe.uopais,

B. Eyes below the cranial bones.

Two series of teeth in the lower jaw; parietals and squa-

Brice At CON AG Lida doness= ohn ses dees s-slaalen*ibeeneskevavslovs eu 5. GEGENOPHIS.

A single series of teeth in the lower jaw; parietals

separated from squamosals ........ ane iaaseenPwasswatagnames- 16, Sconecomorrnvs

1. IcnTHyYopHis.

Ichthyophis, Fitzing, N. Class. Rept. p. 36 (1826); Peters, Mon.

Berl]. Ac. 1879, p. 931; Bouleng. Cat. p. 89 (1882).

. Epicrium, Wagl. Isis, 1828, p. 743, and Syst. Amph. p. 198

(1830); Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 285 (1841); A. Dum. Mém. Soe.

Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 319.

Synopsis of the Species.

Snout as long as the distance between the eyes; a yellow

Peibereld PAL fa enaedsce ae eduuenssaent sass dssacany dats 4eehott smc ease-o y= 1. glutinosus.

Snout shorter than the distance between the eyes; no lateral

aN oo ese eseeseeeeeeeeeeesscseetesenssereesseeseneestestsetesenaeessentes 2. monochrous.

*1, ICHTHYOPHIS GLUTINOSUS.

Cecilia glutinosa, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 19, pl. iv. fig. 1

(1754), and S. N.i. p. 393 (1766); Daud. Rept. vii. p. 418 (1803);

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1864, p. 303.

Cecilia viscosa, Latr. Rept. iv. p. 238 (1802)

Ichthyophis hasseltii, Fitzing. N. Class. p. 63 (1826).

Cecilia hypocyanea, Hasselt, Isis, 1827, p. 565; Miill. Zeitschr.

f. Physiol. iv. 1831, p. 195, and Arch. Anat. Phys. 1835, p. 391,

pl. vii. figs. 12-14; Schleg. Abbild. p. 119, pl. xxxix. fig. 1

(1844).

Epicrium hasseltvi, Wagl. Isis, 1828, p. 743.

Epicrium glutinosum, Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 286 (1841) ; A. Dum.

Mém. Soe. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 319 ; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 441

(1864).

26*

404 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. [May 21,

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Cantor, Cat. Mal. Rept. p. 138 (1847);

Gray, Cat. p. 60 (1850); Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 931,

pl. —. figs. 1 & 3; Bouleng. Cat. p. 89, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1882); Sarasin,

Nat. Forsch. Ceylon, ii. (1887-1890) ; Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova,

(2) v. 1887, p. 423, pl. iv. fig. 4, and Faun. Ind., Rept. p. 515

(1890).

Ichthyophis beddomi, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 932,

pl. —. fig. 4.

Southern India ; Ceylon; Eastern Himalayas ; Assam; Burma;

Indo-China; Malay Peninsula; Sumatra; Borneo; Java.

*2, IcHTHYOPHIS MONOCHROUS.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, var., Cantor, Cat. Mal. Rept. p. 137

(1847).

Epicrium monochroum, Bleek. Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. xvi.

1858, p. 188; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 443 (1864).

Ichthyophis monochrous, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 982 ;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1882), and Faun. Ind., Rept.

p. 517 (1890).

Western Ghats of India, from Bombay to Travancore’ ; Sikkim ;

Singapore; Sumatra; Borneo; Java.

2. DERMOPHIS.

Siphonops, part., Dum. & Bibr. vii. p. 281 (1841); A. Dum.

Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 317.

Dermophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937; Bouleng. Cat.

p- 97 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

I, Diameter of body 46 times in total length ; 170 folds ; ten-

tacle in front of, and scarcely below, the eye.............-. 1. albiceps.

II. Diameter of body 20 to 30 times in total length; 125-

170 folds.

Snout rounded, as long as the distance between the eyes......... 2. mexicanus.

Snout rounded, a little longer than the distance between the

OYCS ...ceeceesecsensccecscesccnscccessnsecsccasccecsereccsarsanscsenseeases 3. gregorit.

Snout acuminate; the distance between tentacle and nostril

four to five times that between tentacle and eye ............... 4. thomensis.

III. Diameter of body 19 times in total length ; 95 folds ... 5. crassus,

*]|. DERMOPHIS ALBICEPS.

Dermophis albiceps, Bouleng. Cat. p. 98, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1882).

Ecuador.

*2, DERMOPHIS MEXICANUS.

Siphonops mewvicanus, Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 284 (1841); Gray,

Cat. p. 59 (1850); A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 23,

1 A fine specimen from Maduvangaud, Travancore, presented by Mr. H. §,

Ferguson, measures 500 millim.

1895.] MRE. G.A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS, 405

pl. i. fig. 10; Brocchi, Miss. Sc. Mex., Batr. p. 120, pl. xxi. fig. 2

(1882).

Dermophis mexicanus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937,

pl. —. fig. 6; Bouleng. Cat. p. 98, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1882).

Mexico and Central America.

*3. DERMOPHIS GREGORII.

Dermophis gregorii, Bouleng. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 646, pl. xl. fig. 4

(1895).

Ngatana, East Africa.

#4, DERMOPHIS THOMENSIS.

Siphonops thomensis, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873, p. 224.

Siphonops brevirostris, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 617,

pl. i. fig. 2.

Dermophis brevirostris, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937.

Dermophis thomensis, Peters, l. c. p. 938, and 1880, p. 223;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 98 (1882); Greef, Sitzb. Ges. Marburg, 1884,

p. 15; Bedriaga, Amph. & Rept. I. Guin. p. 13 (1892).

S. Thomé, Gulf of Guinea.

5. DERMOPHIS CRASSUS.

Dermophis crassus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

p- 184.

Bolivia ; Eastern Peru.

The systematic position of the following species, provisionally

referred to Dermophis by Cope, is very doubtful :—

Siphonops syntremus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 129.

Typhlonectes ? syntremus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 941.

Dermophis syntremus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

jelly ale

Belize.

3. HypocGEOoPHIs.

Cecilia, part., Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 274 (1841); A. Dum. Mém.

Soe. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 311.

Hypogeophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 936; Bouleng.

Cat. p. 96 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

Tentacle much nearer the nostril than the eye; 100 folds ...... 1. guentheri,

Tentacle much nearer the nostril than the eye; 105-130 folds... 2. rostratus,

Tentacle not or but little nearer the nostril than the eye;

GROWS eres tees eo sen econs-acagesderac-casscasecassses=:adesacrupas:>-9n9 3. alternans.

*1, HYPoGEOPHIS GUENTHERI.

Hypogeophis quentheri, Bouleng. Cat. p. 96, pl. vil. fig. 1 (1882),

Zanzibar.

406 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. [May 21,

*2. HYPOGHOPHIS ROSTRATUS.

Cecilia rostrata, Cuv. R. A. 2nd ed. ii. p. 100 (1829); Dum. &

Bibr. viii. p. 279 (1841); Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 456.

Hypogeophis rostratus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 936, and

Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1880, p. 53; Bouleng. Cat. p. 96, pl. vii.

fig. 2 (1882); Stejneg. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 738.

Seychelles,

*3. HYPOGEOPHIS ALTERNANS.

Hypogeophis alternans, Stejneg. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894,

p- 739.

Seychelles.

4, CHCILIA.

Cecilia, part., Linn. 8. N. i. p. 229 (1766).

Cecilia, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 198 (1830); Dum. & Bibr. viii.

p- 274 (1841); A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 311;

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 934; Bouleng. Cat. p. 93 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Total length not 60 times greatest diameter of body.

135-150 cireular folds, last 40 to 50 not interrupted on the

OVal WING a cadences cateoe lode enews ocean saeceiese veces voumet aoe Meee 1. tentaculata.

115-140 circular folds, last 16 to 20 not interrupted on the

Gorsal une. epics on sesteoesons cameo races otc cee idon dbase eens 2. isthmica.

175 circular folds, all complete ..............cccescceceseeceececeecees 3. buckleyi.

II. Total length more than 60 times greatest diameter of body.

207-209 circular folds, nearly all complete ..... .........sseeeeeee 4. polyzona.

160-170 circular folds, interrupted on the dorsal and ventral

TADS) See sod sp S5HOh ae uor\gon0900 seria, ideo bogs ba Sope eR Sypbissda SSacoor 5. pachynema.

LATEST Saat ssc5°4 Sabon aabtacoosoose sae Sod poboonn Ss neipsoncdesnqenecane 155 6. gracilis.

*], CHCILIA TENTACULATA.

Cecila, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. p. 489, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1754).

Cecilia tentaculata, part., Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 19 (1754),

and S. N.1. p. 893 (1766).

Cecilia tentaculata, Shaw, Zool. iti. p. 599, pl. exxxvi. (1802);

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 934; Bouleng. Cat. p. 93 (1882).

Cecilia albiwentris, Daud. Rept. vil. p. 423, pl. xci. fig. 1

(1803); Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 277 (1841).

Guianas.

*2. CRCILIA ISTHMICA.

Cecilia rostrata (non Cuy.), Giinth. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 417.

Cecilia isthmica, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xvii. 1877, p. 91;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 94, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1882).

Cecilia quenthert, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 936.

Cecilia pachynema (non Gthr.), Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool.

France, 1880, p. 48.

Tsthmus of Darien; Ecuador.

1895.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. 407

*3. Cmomia BUCKLEYI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)

Cecelia buckleyt, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xiii. 1884,

p. 398.

Intac, Ecuador.

*4, CECILIA POLYZONA.

Cecilia polyzona, Fischer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937, and

Arch. f. Nat. 1880, p. 215, pl. viii. figs. 1-4; Bouleng. Cat. p. 94

(1882).

Colombia.

*5, CMOILIA PACHYNEMA.

Cecilia pachynema, Ginth. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 417; Peters, Mon,

Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 935; Bouleng. Cat. p. 95, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1882).

W. Ecuador.

*6, CECILIA GRACILIS.

Cecilia tentaculata, part., Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 19, pl. v.

fig. 2 (1754), and 8. N. i. p. 393 (1766).

Cecilia gracilis, Shaw, Zool. iii. p. 597 (1802); Gray, Cat. p. 57

(1850); Giinth. P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 417; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac.

1879, p. 937; Bouleng. Cat. p. 95 (1882).

Cecilia lumbricoidea, Daud. Rept. vii. p. 420, pl. xcii. fig. 2

(1803); Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 275 (1841); A. Dum. Mém. Soe.

Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 313.

Guianas, N. Brazil.

5. RHINATREMA.

Rhinatrema, Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 288 (1841); A. Dum. Mem.

Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 320; Vaill. C. R. Ac. Se. exx. 1895,

p. 460.

Epicrionops, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vi. 1883, p. 202.

Synopsis of the Spectres.

940 circular folds ou. cccccceccesectsl sires scccvescesetns 1. bivittatum.

DAH CILCIIAISEOIOS! sesccteetosorecccnveusscseaestamsmeeses 2. bicolor.

1. RHINATREMA BIVITTATUM.

Cecilia bivittata, Cuv. R. A. 2nd ed. ii. p. 100 (1829); Guer.

Icon. R. A., Rept. pl. xxv. fig. 2 (18— ?).

Rhinatrema bivittatum, Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 288, pl. Ixxxv.

fig. 4 (1841); Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 942, pl. —. fig. 2;

Vaill. C. R. Ac. Sc. exx. 1895, p. 461.

Cayenne.

*2. RHINATREMA BICOLOR. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)

Epicrionops bicolor, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xi. 1883,

p- 202.

Rhinatrema bicolor, Vaill. C. R. Ac. Sc. cxx. 1895, p. 461.

408 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. [May 21,

Intac, Ecuador.

Prof. Vaillant has recently pointed out that the late Prof.

Peters was mistaken in identifying the type specimen of C. bivit-

tata, which he had an opportunity of examining, with Ichthyophis

glutmosus, and that the genus Rhinatrema is in every respect

identical with Hpicrionops, established by me in 1883, at a time

when I had no reason to question the correctness of Peters’s iden-

tification. It is now to me even a matter of doubt whether the

two species mentioned above are really distinct, considering the

amount of variation in the number of folds in Ichthyophis.

6. GEOTRYPETES.

Geotrypetes, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1880, p. 55;

Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895, p. 329.

1*, GEOTRYPETES PETERSII. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

Hypogeophis seraphini (non A. Dum.), Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac.

1879, p. 937.

Geotrypetes seraphini, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1880, p. 55.

Geotrypetes petersti, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895,

p. 329,

West Africa (Lagos, Cameroon).

7. URMOLYPHLUS.

Cecilia, part., Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 274 (1841); A. Dum. Mém.

Soe. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 311.

Ureotyphlus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 933: Bouleng.

Cat. p. 91 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

Snout moderately prominent, as long as the distance between

Hhereyes!; I 20S 130 SOLAS Sse cece. caeachars «pe straccserascaeectbendces L. seraphini.

Snout moderately prominent, as long as the distance between

thejevess) 200 foldsn..-:cgnswaseswaestaectinnsens sheds sun doatrats os beesee 2. oxyurus.

Snout very prominent, longer than the distance between the

OVEN MAUS COOMOIOS. Maries len cdacdescextsccuathee ats cas aacasbeert som 3. malabaricus.

*1, UROTYPHLUS SERAPHINI.

Cecilia seraphini, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 222, and

Mem. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 314.

Ureotyphlus africanus, Bouleng. Cat. p. 92, pl. v. fig. 1 (1882).

Ureotyphlus seraphint, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xy.

1895, p. 328..

Gaboon.

*2. URXZOTYPHLUS OXYURUS.

Cecilia oxyura, Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 280 (1841); A. Dum.

Mem. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 22, pl. i. tig. 8; Giinth. Rept. Brit.

Ind. p. 443 (1864).

Ureotyphlus oxyurus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p- 933, and

1895.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS, 409

Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1881, p. 90; Bouleng. Cat. p. 92, pl. v.

fig. 2 (1882), and Faun. Ind., Rept. p. 517 (1890).

Malabar.

*3. UREOTYPHLUS MALABARICUS.

Cecilia malabarica, Beddome, Madr. Monthly Journ. Med. Sc.

1870, p. 176.

Ureotyphlus malabaricus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 933;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 92, pl. y. fig. 3 (1882), and Faun. Ind., Rept.

p- 518 (1890).

Malabar.

8. CRYPTOPSOPHIS.

Cryptopsophis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xii. 1883,

p. 166.

*1, CRYPTOPSOPHIS MULTIPLICATUS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

Cryptopsophis multiplicatus, Bouleng. 1. c.

Seychelles,

9, H»rPre.

Cecilia, part., Gray, Cat. p. 59 (1850); A. Dum. Mém. Soe.

Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 311.

Herpele, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939; Bouleng. Cat.

p- 100 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

£30—V50' circular folds. c...cec ccs sersanssdovees7 ose 1. sqgualostoma.

O20 Gi cineulantOldsvessrsscsssesecssts seer eee es: 2. ochrocephala.

*1. HeRPELE SQUALOSTOMA.

Cecilia squalostoma, Stutchbury, Trans. Linn. Soe. xvii, 1850,

p. 362; Gray, Cat. p. 59 (1850); A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859

p- 222, and Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 314.

Herpele squalostoma, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939, pl. —.

fig. 8; Bouleng. Cat. p. 101, pl. ix. fig. 1 (1882).

Gaboon.

*2, HERPELE OCHROCEPHALA.

Cecilia ochrocephala, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 132;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 94 (1882) ; Brocchi, Miss. Sc. Mex., Batr. p. 119,

pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1882).

Herpele ochrocephala, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

p- 171.

Panama.

10. GYMNOPIs.

Rhinatrema, part., A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 320.

Gymnopis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 216, and 1879,

p- 938; Bouleng. Cat. p. 99 (1882).

410 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHTANS. [May 21,

Synopsis of the Species.

Diameter of body 27 or 28 times in total length ; 228-250 folds. 1. multiplicata.

Diameter of body 23 times in total length ; 129 folds ......... 2. proxima.

Diameter of body 37 or 38 times in total length ; 180-190 folds. 3. unicolor.

Diameter of body 47 to 53 timesin total length ; 166-200 folds. 4. oligozona.

1. GYMNOPIS MULTIPLICATA,

Gymnopis multiplicata, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 616, pl. i.

fig. 1, and 1879, p. 939, pl. —. fig.7; Bouleng. Cat. p. 100 (1882).

Siphonops simus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xvii. 1877, p. 91.

Dermophis ? simus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 938;

Bouleng. /. ¢. p. 99.

Gymnopis sima, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885, p. 171.

Costa Rica; Veragua; Antioquia.

2. GYMNOPIS PROXIMA.

Siphonops proximus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xvii. 1877, p. 90.

Dermophis ? proximus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 938 ;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 99 (1882).

Gymnopis proxima, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

peed iis

Costa Rica.

*3. GYMNOPIS UNICOLOR.

Rhinatrema unicolor, A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 321,

pl. i. figs. 6, 7. d

Gymnopis unicolor, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939 ; Bouleng.

Cat. p. 100 (1882).

Cayenne.

*4, GYMNOPIS OLIGOZONA.

Siphonops oligozonus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xvii. 1877,

p- 91.

Gymnopis ? oligozona, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 100 (1882).

Gymnopis oligozona, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxii. 1885,

pais

Guatemala *.

11. TYPHLONECTES.

Cecilia, part., Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 274 (1841); A. Dum. Mém.

Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 311.

Typhlonectes, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940; Bouleng. Cat.

p- 102-(1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

135-167 circular folds, interrupted on the back ............ 1. compressicauda.

99 circular folds, all complete ................c:sesescesesceeeeeee 2. kaupii.

Circular folds indistinct .............csseceeeseseeseeeseeeecneceee 3. natans.

1 The origin of the type specimen is unknown. A specimen from Guatemala,

received from the Basle Museum, is in the British Museum.

1895.] MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. 411

*1, TYPHLONECTES COMPRESSICAUDA.

Cecilia compressicauda, Dum. & Bibr. vii. p. 278 (1841);

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 45, and 1875, p. 483, pl. —.

Typhlonectes compressicauda, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879,

p- 941, pl. —; Bouleng. Cat. p. 102 (1882).

Guianas; Venezuela; N. Brazil’.

2. TYPHLONECTES KAUPII.

Siphonops kaupii, Berthold, Gotting. Nachr. 1859, p. 181, and

1867, p. 361.

Cecilia dorsalis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 459, pl. —.

Typhlonectes dorsalis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 941;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 103 (1882).

Typhlonectes kaupii, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

p- 457.

Venezuela.

*3, TYPHLONECTES NATANS.

Cecilia natans, Fischer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 941, and Arch.

f. Nat. 1880, p. 217, pl. viii. figs. 5-7.

Typhlonectes natans, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 941;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 103, pl. ix. fig. 3 (1882).

Cacera, Colombia,

12, CHTHONERPETON.

Chthonerpeton, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940; Bouleng.

Cat. p. 104 (1882).

Synopsis of the Species.

Eyes distinct ; diameter of body 26 times in total length ;

70-100 circular fOlds...1.2.s.cccsteaseve es teteeteasetesesdadtexeston 1. indistinctum.

Eyes indistinct ; diameter of body 39 times in total length;

NAbrorrewlar oldsterses:dearscesoecncaeesestecas ccna cerosete toneaens 2. petersii.

*]1, CHTHONERPETON INDISTINCTUM.

Siphonops indistinetus, Reinh. & Liitk. Vid. Meddel. 1861, p. 203.

Chthonerpeton indistinctum, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 104 (1882).

S. Brazil; Buenos Ayres.

*2, CHTHONERPETON PETERSII.

Chthonerpeton peterstvi, Bouleng. Cat. p. 104, pl. ix. fig. 2 (1882).

Upper Amazon.

13. SIPHONOPS.

Siphonops, Wagl. Isis, 1828, p. 740, and Syst. Amph. p. 198

(1830); Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940; Bouleng. Cat.

p- 101 (1882).

Stphonops, part., Dum. & Bibr. vii. p. 282 (1841); A. Dum.

Mém. Soe. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 317.

? A fine specimen from Manaos is in the British Museum.

412 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. [May 21,

Synopsis of the Species.

Tentacle in front of and below the eye, which is perfectly

distinct ; diameter of body 20 to 25 times in total length ;

85-95 circular folds, all complete ............:ssceceeeeeererteneee 1. annulatus.

Tentacle in front of and below the eye, which is perfectly

distinct; diameter of body 32 times in total length ; 110-115

circular folds, all complete ...........-ss:sscsesseroeseserssceseaees 2. paulensis.

Tentacle in front of and below the eye, which is very indistinct ;

diameter of body 46 times in total length; 133 circular folds,

mostly interrupted on the dorsal and ventral lines ............ 3. brasiliensis,

Tentacle in front of and close to the eye, and very slightly

below it; eye more or less distinct; diameter of body 36 or

37 times in total length ; 100-104 circular folds, all complete. 4. hardy?.

*], SIPHONOPS ANNULATUS.

Cecilia annulata, Mikan, Delect. Flor. Faun. Bras. p. —, pl. —

(1820) ; Spix, Serp. Bras. p. 74, pl. xxvi. fig. 1 (1824).

Siphonops annulatus, Wagl. Isis, 1828, p. 740, pl. x. figs. 1, 2;

Dum. & Bibr. viii. p. 282, pl. Ixxxv. fig. 1 (1841); A. Dum. Mém.

Soc. Cherb. ix. 1863, p. 317 ; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 102, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1882).

Siphonops interrupta, Gray, Cat. p. 59 (1850).

Guianas ; Brazil; Ecuador; Peru.

*2. SIPHONOPS PAULENSIS.

Siphonops paulensis, Boettg. Kat. Batr. Senck. Ges. p. 62 (1892).

8. Paulo, Brazil.

3. SIPHONOPS BRASILIENSIS.

Siphonops brasiliensis, Liitk. Vid. Meddel. 1851, p. 54 (1852) ;

Reinh. & Liitk. Vid. Meddel. 1861, p. 202; Bouleng. Ann. & Mag.

N. H. (6) viii. 1891, p. 457.

Dermophis ? brasiliensis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 938 ;

Bouleng. Cat. p. 99 (1882),

Brazil.

*4, SIPHONOPS HARDYI. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)

Stphonops hardyi, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888,

p- 189, and viii. 1891, p. 457.

Porto Real, Prov. Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

14, BDELLOPHIS, g. n.

Squamosals separated from the parietals. A single series of

teeth in the lower jaw. Tentacle obtusely conical, exsertile, sur-

rounded by a circular groove, in front of and below the eye, twice

as distant from the nostril as from the eye. Body much flattened.

No scales.

*], BDELLOPHIS VITTATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)

Teeth very small. Snout depressed, rounded, strongly projecting ;

eye small, distinct, much lower down than the nostril. 125 circular

1895.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON APODAL BATRACHIANS. 413

folds, interrupted on the dorsal and ventral lines. Tail indistinct,

rounded. Bright yellow, with a broad black dorsal band.

Total length 160 millim. ; greatest diameter of body 6 millim.

A single specimen from Usambara, German East Africa;

received from Dr. F. Werner.

15. GEGENOPHIS.

Gegenes (non Hiibn.), Giinth. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 577.

Gegeneophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 932; Bouleng.

Cat. p. 101 (1882).

*1. GEGENOPHIS CARNOSUS.

Epicrium carnosum, Beddome, Madras Month. Journ. Med. Se.

1870, p. 176.

Gegenes carnosus, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 577.

Gegenophis carnosus, Bouleng. Cat. p. 101, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1882),

and Faun. Ind., Rept. p. 518 (1890).

Wynaad ; Travancore’.

16, ScoLECOMORPHUS.

Scolecomorphus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xi. 1883, p. 48,

*], SCOLECOMORPHUS KIRKI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)

Scolecomorphus kirkii, Bouleng. 1. c.; Giinth. P. Z. 8, 1892,

p. 555.

Nyassaland.

Table showing Geographical Distribution.

[ West Hast

-. | ‘Trop.

afetent) \ Ate: Seychelles. |S.E. Asia

‘| America,

Ichthyophis ............... Eee are Bod | |

a Snowndrricogsnee esa i eal ae ans, |

Hypogeophis ............ ae 1

CraciliaiGo..cs.cn¢-0tesceeee Ln Wed ot feces 1 AG

Rhinatrema, ............... 2

Geotrypetes ...............

Urzotyphlus...

Cryptopsophis

ee:

Typhlonectes......

Chthonerpeton ...

Siphonops... .. oa| 2 Meco a

Bdellophis......... aa) ~ hose 1

Gegenophis ......... cri| bles! be a 1

Scolecomorphus ......... Sc a ia! |

how Re

Motels seesessteress 4 4 3 5 26

1 A specimen from Kallar, Travancore, received from Mr. H. 8S. Ferguson,

measures 280 millim. ; diameter of body 9 millim.; 110 folds; uniform dark

brown, somewhat paler beneath,

_ 414 DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW [May 21,

BXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXIII.

Fig. 1. Cecilia buckleyi, Blgr., p. 407.

aie Pn Side view of head, x3.

2. Rhinatrema bicolor, Blgr., p. 407.

Ya, Ke 5, Side view of head, x2.

26. ¥ ,, Lower view of anterior end.

2e. é ie - posterior end.

3. Scolecomorphus kirkii, Blgr., p. 413. Upper view of anterior end.

3a. * ., Side view of head, x2.

3d. ‘ ,. Lower view of anterior end.

3c. ke + #% posterior end.

Puate XXIV.

Fig. 1. Geotrypetes petersii, Blgr., p. 408. Upper view of anterior end.

la. “ RA Side view of head, x2.

1d. uy », Lower view of posterior end.

2. Cryptopsophis multiplicatus, Blgr., p. 409. Upper view of anterior

end.

2a. % %5 Side view of head, x2.

26. Lower view of posterior end.

3. Siphonops hardyi, Blgr., p. 412.

3a. - », Side view of head, x3.

4. Bdellophis vittatus, Blgr., p. 412.

4a. s sy Side view of head, x2.

2, On a new Species of the Genus Erinaceus from Somali-

land. By Joun Anperson, M.D., LL.D., F.RS.,

F.Z.S., &e.

[Received May 20, 1895.]

The Hedgehog, the subject of this description, is an adult female.

It was living when presented to this Society on the 24th April,

1893, by Mr. H. W. Seton-Karr, F.Z.S., but died soon afterwards.

When it was received at the Gardens it was regarded as an ex-

ample of Z. albiventris, Wagner‘, a species which is distinguished

from all other members of the genus by having only four digits on

the hind foot. The Somali Hedgehog, however, has five well-

developed toes.

Mr. Sclater, being aware that I was interested in this genus, in

connection with my Egyptian researches, was so good as to entrust

the specimen to me for description, now some time ago.

I may mention that I have examined all the Hedgehogs preserved

in the Museums of Paris, Frankfort on the Main, Munich, Berlin,

and London®, and, owing the kindness of Mr. Ludwig Lorenz, have

1 Cf. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 435.

2 I embrace this opportunity to express my indebtedness to Professor

R. Hertwig, Munich ; Professor Dr. Boettger, Frankfort on the Main; Pro-

fessor Mobius and Mr. Paul Matschie, Berlin ; Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, Paris ;

and to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, for the facilities they have afforded me to study

the specimens under their respective charges,

1895.] HEDGEHOG FROM SOMALILAND. 415

had the opportunity of examining, in London, some of the speci-

mens described by Fitazinger, preserved in the Vienna Museum.

After a careful consideration of all the materials which have

come under my observation, I have arrived at the conclusion that

this Hedgehog from Somaliland belongs to a species new to

science. J have found, in the British Museum, the skin of the

body (spines only) of a Hedgehog from Taf, in Central Somaliland,

which seems to be identical with it. The registered number of

this specimen is 85.12.10.2.

I propose to designate the new species Z. sclateri.

It belongs to that section of the genus in which the pterygoid

fossze are well-developed, and in which the pterygoids do not

contribute to the enlargement of the auditory chamber of the

macerated skull. The following species, besides #. sclateri, fall

under this division, viz., HL. ewropeus, Linn., EF. concolor, Martin,

E. algirus, Duy. & Lereboullet, #. frontalis, Smith, Z. awritus, Pallas,

and those which are doubtfully distinct from the last, e.9., Z. gray,

Bennett, HL. megalotis, Blyth, and F. allulus, Stoliczka ; and, finally,

E, albwentris, Wagner, in which the hallux is absent, is also a

member of this group. In the second section of the genus the

pterygoid fosse almost disappear, the pterygoids being enlarged

and bullate, the cavity contributing to the enlargement of the

auditory chamber of the prepared skull. The Hedgehogs which

present this type of cranial structure are #. micropus, Blyth,

E. pictus, Stoliczka, E. ethiopicus, Ehrenberg, and 2. macracanthus,

Blanford.

The Hedgehogs of the first section are referable to two sub-

divisions, depending on the nature of the post-glenoid process of

the squamous. In one that process is solid and much smaller than

the mastoid, whereas in the other it is as large as the mastoid

process, and concave internally, but not bullate.

The following species, viz., E. europeus, E. concolor, E. algirus,

E. frontalis, E. sclateri, and £. albiventris, fall under the first of

these subdivisions, and /. awritus and its allies already mentioned

under the second.

All Hedgehogs belonging to the first subdivision, and of which

E. curopeus may be regarded as the representative, have an area

from the forehead to the nape devoid of spines. Their spines are

perfectly smooth, that is they have no longitudinal ridges, and are

circular in transverse section. They present, however, a finely

striated appearance externally, due to the cells of their cuticular

covering. In the Hedgehogs of the second subdivision there is no

bare area on the mesial line of the head, and the spines are covered

with longitudinal ridges bearing minute nodosities.

In the second great section of the genus with dilated pterygoids

the post-glenoid process of the squamous becomes greatly enlarged

antero-posteriorly, and hollowed out into a large bullate cavity

continuous with the auditory chamber of the macerated skull. The

Hedgehogs belonging to this type of skull, and of which £. ethi-

opicus may be regarded as the highest expression, have a bare area

416 DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW [May 21,

on the mesial line of the head and strongly ridged and nodose

spines *.

E. selateri, And. E. ethiopicus, Ehr.

It has been stated by Dobson, and repeated by others, that the

spines of all the known species are marked by longitudinal ridges ;

but if the spines of £. ewropeus and its allies be subjected to

microscopical examination in cross section, it will be found that

they have a perfectly circular outline without any trace of longi-

tudinal ridges, whereas if a spine of E. ethiopicus be treated in

the same way the cross section is seen to be thrown into alternate

risings and depressions, due to the presence of longitudinal ridges.

The cavity of a spine of either of these groups in cross section

consists of a number of inwardly projected septa enclosing

chambers. In spines with ridges and furrows, the septa always

correspond to the latter, i.¢. they originate from the inner walls,

whereas the ridges are outward bulgings of the chambers defined

by the septa. The position of the latter (septa) is generally

indicated externally by a dark longitudinal line, due to the greater

thickness of the periphery of the spine opposite to a septum. It

is the presence of these dark longitudinal lines that has doubtless

given rise to the erroneous impression that they are ridges. The

1 T give an enlarged view of the skull of EZ. sc/ateri and alongside of it one

of E. ethiopicus, to bring out the cranial features of the two groups.

1895.] HEDGEHOG FROM SOMALILAND. 417

number of septa in the spines of a species is subject to considerable

variation—in EL. sclateri the lowest number being 21 and the highest

26, but, among spines of 88 specimens of the genus, I have found

the variation to be even greater than this.

The fur of this species has the coarse texture of EZ. ewropeus,

and distinctive of all the smooth-spined Hedgehogs, whereas in the

ridged-spined forms the hair is soft and silky.

In £. sclateri, as in all the existing species of the genus, with

the exception of £. ewropeus and LE. pictus, the third upper incisor

has two roots. In the former it has always one, but in the latter

the condition of the teeth varies, as in three out of four skulls the

third upper incisor has only one root; but this is probably due to

the union of two roots, or to incipient division, as the root in

these teeth is marked by a longitudinal furrow on each side. In

the fourth skull the tooth has two distinct roots.

This species (Z. sclateri) has a double-rooted canine, which is

the general character of this tooth throughout the genus. In

E. europaeus, however, the canine has usually only one root; but

there are exceptions, as in five out of fifteen individuals observed

by me it has two roots, while in the widely different Z. pictus one

out of four specimens examined has the tooth with only one root.

The instability of the rooting of this tooth is further evinced by a

skull of £. ewropeus in which the canine has a single root on one,

and two roots on the opposite side. In Z. concolor, which is very

closely allied to #. europaeus, the canine has two roots, as in

E. algwus.

In £, sclateri the first upper premolar, as in Z. algirus, E. fron-

talis, E. albiventris, E. ethiopicus, and E. macracanthus, has two

roots; whereas in E. europeus, E. concolor, EL. pictus, and E. micro-

pus it has usually one root. On the other hand, in the forms that

can be grouped with F. auritus, such as E. megalotis and E. graji,

the first upper premolar may have either one or two roots.

The second upper premolar of Z. sclateri has three roots, which

is the general character of this tooth throughout the genus, with

the exception of those species in which it is very feebly developed

and occasionally shed even before the other teeth become worn, and

in which it has only a single root. These species are Z. micropus,

E. pictus, and also £. ethiopicus; but in the last I have met with

an example with a double-rooted second upper premolar. Among

the species in which it generally has three reots exceptions also

occur, as Dr. Scully has recorded an instance (Z. megalotis) in

which only two roots are present, and I have observed three similar

cases in H. grayi, a species which with Z. megalotis may. possibly,

be ultimately regarded as only varieties or local races of EZ. awritus—

an opinion which has already been expressed by Dobson.

The following are the external characters of this species :—

Snout short ; ears broadly rounded, but not so high as the inter-

aural spines. Feet well developed; pollex twice as large as the

hallux. Two large pads below the wrist, placed side by side, the

external pad the larger. The fifth toe twice as large as the hallux ;

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. XX VII. 27

418 DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW [May 21,

a large lingulate pad on the middle of the plantar surface, which

is sparsely covered with hair from the heel to the pad. Claws

moderately long. Tail short, about half the length of the hind

feet. Spines finely striated, the longest about 18 millim. in

length and 1 millim. in diameter. The inter-aural spines are not

quite so long as the longest body-spines.

The apices of the spines are generally yellowish white, passing

into a narrow orange-yellow band, which merges into a brown band

followed by a broad yellowish or white band, the basal ends of the

spines being dusky.

The face anterior to the eyes, and the chin, are nearly nude, the

skin of these parts having a livid hue and sparsely covered with

minute dusky hairs, those along the margin of lips being whitish.

The ears also are nearly nude, of a livid hue, and are only sparsely

clad with short hairs. The fore and hind limbs are thinly clothed

with brownish and yellowish hairs. The Tower part of the belly

and the area behind it are covered with brownish fur. The head

behind the livid snout and chin, the sides of the body below the

spines, the throat, chest, and upper part of the abdomen are all

yellowish white.

millim.

SNOW bOMVETIG Geyereih ne acct cle spole @e vice 122-0

Vent bo typ OF Gadly 1 oo. eile acts oe 14:5

External meatus to snout............ 41:0

SHOUb DOSY racic ss Geter ofs US eee es 21°5

Peirht GF ear) crcke os. c\- «2 aimless) em 24-0

Theneth of Tore f00b ... hse. ss cinele « 18-0

pipaimames Ci SR ETE: ps Bo) 0) epee dace ee Ana oe 28°5

an, MOL MON ie te a Serre pe ne'vnatel aha, Siete 2:5

ae gig TUNA NEUK: rates conece te hicks oft) ease pr? 16

The skull of Z. sclateri is much smaller than that of E. frontalis,

Smith, the only species, next to Z#. algirus, with which it can be

compared, but it is more closely allied to the former than to the

latter. The difference in size between the skull of the British

Museum specimen of £. frontalis, Smith (#. diadematus, Dobson,

but not of Fitzinger), which is a male, and that of Z. sclateri,

which is a female, is greater than mere sexual dissimilarity would

account for. It should be viewed in connection with the differ-

ences that exist between the two animals when their external

characters are studied, and which are such that I have had no

course leff me but to regard them as specifically distinct.

In £. frontalis the spines between the ears instead of being

rather shorter than the body-spines, as in £. sclateri, are decidedly

longer and form an eminence between the ears. It has only a

single large pad below the wrist, whilst in £. sclateri there are

two placed side by side. The hind foot of #. frontalis has an

acutely pointed, well-developed, nipple-like tubercle, opposite to

the hallux, whereas in Z&. sclateri there is a broadish flat lingulate

pad in a similar position. The ears also of HZ. frontals are

1895. ] HEDGEHOG FROM SOMALILAND. 419

not so rounded as those of H. sclateri. The longer spines of

E. frontalis have exceedingly narrow yellowish tips, with a very

broad dark brown band below them, so that the animal has a dark

colour, almost like £. collars of India; whereas in £. sclateri the

spines are broadly tipped with white succeeded by a brown band,

but not so broad or dark as in Z. frontalis, so that the coloration

of this Hedgehog is nearly white, but with an orange-brown tint.

In £. frontalis the face from behind the angle of the mouth,

through the eye, and between the eyes to the nose is russet-

brown. The shoulder, fore limbs, a band across the chest, the

body, and hind limbs are dark russet-brown; the remaining parts,

viz., the forehead, the front of the ears, the side of the neck, and

the chest behind the brown pectoral band, are white. By these

differences in coloration the two species are at once distinguished

from one another, while their specific distinctness is established by

the other structural dissimilarities already enumerated.

This species is only known from Somaliland.

This genus is represented in Africa by six species, viz., Z. algirus,

Duv. & Lereboullet, Z. frontalis, A. Smith, E. sclateri, E. albiventris,

Wagner, 4. ethiopicus, Ehr., and £. auritus, Gmelin; and the

following is their synonymy and distribution :—

1. Ermaceus aterrus, Duy. & Lereb.

Erinaceus algirus, Dav. & Lereboullet, Mém. de la Soc. du Mus.

d’Hist. Nat. de Strasbourg, ii. (1840) pp. 4-5; Dobson, Monogr.

Insect. pt. i, Jan. 1882, p. 12 (external characters only);

Lataste (F.), Act. Soc. Bordeaux, xxxix. (1885) p. 200; Explor.

Se. de la Tunisie, Cat. Crit. des Mammif. 1887, p. 5, et Suppl.

pp- 39-41.

Erinaceus krugi, Peters, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1877, p. 78 ;

Dobson, op. eit. pp. 11, 12.

Erinaceus fallax, Dobson, op. cit. pp. 9, 10.

Erinaceus deserti, Dobson, op. cit. pp. 12, 13 (cranium),

Distribution. Tripoli, Tunisia, Algeria, and Marocco (‘Tetuan).

2. ERINACEUS FRONTALIS, A. Smith.

Erinaceus capensis, Andrew Smith, Phil. Mag. & Annals of Phil.

vol. ix. Jan._June 1831, pp. 61, 62 (nomen nudum).

Erinaceus frontalis, Andrew Smith, South Afr. Quart. Journ.

vol. i. (1830) no. 5, Oct. 1831, p.10; ibid. vol. ii. Dec. 1833, p. 61 ;

Ill. of South African Zoology, 1849, plate ni. (2); Bennett,

Proc. Zool. Soc. ii. (1832) p. 193; Wagner, Siiugeth. Suppl. vol. ii.

(1841) p. 21; Fitzinger, SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. 1867, p. 854.

Erinaceus capensis, Smith, T. Smuts, Diss. Zool. Enum. Mamm.

Cap. 1832, p. 8.

Erinaceus diadematus, Dobson, op. cit. p. 10 (nec E. diadematus,

Wirttemb., Fitz.).

Distribution. South-western Africa, Benguella to the Cape of

Good Hope.

420 ON A NEW HEDGEHOG FROM SOMALILAND. [May 21,

3. ERINACEUS SCLATERI, 0. Sp.

Distribution. Somaliland.

4, ERINACEUS ALBIVENTRIS, Wagner.

Erinaceus albiventris, Wagner, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1841,

p- 22; Dobson, op. cit. p. 11.

Erinaceus pruneri, Wagner, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1841, p. 23.

Peroéchinus pruneri, Fitz, SB. Ak. Wien, t. lvi. 1867, p. 856.

Peroechinus albiventris, Fitz. SB. Ak. Wien, t. Ivi. 1867,

. 857.

. Erinaceus heterodactylus, Sundevall, Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.

(1841), Stockholm, 1842, p. 227.

Erinaceus diadematus, Prinz Paul, Riippell, Mus. Senck. t. iii.

(1845) p. 159 (nomen nudum); Fitz. SB. Ak. Wien, t. lvi. 1867,

9. 853.

Erinaceus adansoni, de Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, (7)

t. vii. 1883, p. 7.

Distribution. Senegambia across Central Africa, southwards to

Ukamba and northwards to Somaliland.

This species has been obtained in the following localities :—

Senegal; Saint Louis; Cape Verd; Joal; MacCarthy’s Island,

River Gambia; Accra, Fantee; Porto Seguro, Togo; Gaboon ;

Kitui, Ukamba; Tabora; Kasé; Kilima Njaro; Wakilomi,

District of Maka; Central Somaliland; Sennaar; Kordofan ;

and region of Upper Nile.

5. Erinacreus £rutoricus, Ehrenberg.

Erinaceus ethiopicus, Ehr. Symbole Phys. Decas ii. 1832.

Erinaceus auritus, Riippell (non S. G. Gmelin), Neue Wirbelth.

1835, p. 40, in part; Tristram, Survey of West Palestine, 1884,

. 24.

Erinaceus senaarensis, Hedg. Isis, 1839, p. 5.

Erinaceus brachydactylus, Wagner, Saiugeth. Suppl. u. 1841,

. 24,

: Hemiechinus pallidus, Fitzinger, SB. Ak. Wien, 1867, p. 866.

Erinaceus platyotis, Dobson (nec Sundevall), op. cit. p. 12.

Erinaceus deserti, Loche, Cat. Mammif., &c., de Algérie, 1858,

p- 20; Dobson, op. cit. pp. 12, 13 (nee cranium); Lataste, Act.

Soe. Bordeaux, xxxix. 1885, p. 202; Explor. Sc. de la Tunisie, Cat.

Crit. des Mammif. 1887, p. 5, et Suppl. pp. 39-41.

Erinaceus algirus, Dobson, op. cit. p. 12 (cranium).

Distribution. Upper Nile Valley, Sennaar to Abyssinia, the Red

Sea littoral (Suakin), and northwards to Nubia (Dongola).

6. Exrnacevs auritus, 8. G. Gmelin.

Erinaceus auritus, 8S. G. Gmelin, Nov. Comment. Petrop. xiv..

1770, p. 519, tab. xvi.; Pallas, ibid. p. 573, tab. xxi. fig. 4;

Geoffroy St.-Hilaire & Audouin, Descr. de l’Egypte, Hist. Nat. i1.

(1827) pp. 737-739, pl. 5. fig. 3; Audouin, ibid. pp. 745, 746,

Suppl. pl. i. (skull and teeth); Dobson, Monogr. p. 16,

1895.] ON THE STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF THE SEA-OTTER, 421

Erinaceus libycus, Hempr. & Ebr. Symb. Phys. Decas ii. 1832 ;

Dobson, Monogr. p. 16 (nec syn.).

Erinaceus hypomelas, Brandt’, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. 1836, p. 32.

Erinaceus platyotis, Sundevall*, Vet.-Ak. Handl. Stockholm,

(1841) 1842, p. 232.

Erinaceus egyptius, Geoffroy °, Riippell, Mus. Senck. ii. 1845,

p- 159.

Erinaceus frontalis, Dobson (nec £. frontalis, A. Smith), Monogr.

p- 18.

Erinaceus brachydactylus, Tristram (not Wagner), Survey of

Western Palestine, 1884, p. 25; Hart, Fauna & Flora of Sinai

Petra, &c. 1891, p. 238, pl. i. fig. 2.

Distribution. Lower Egypt; Sinaitic Peninsula; Palestine ;

Cyprus ; Turkey in Asia to Kirghis Steppes.

In Africa it is confined to Lower Egypt.

3. Note on the Structure and Habits of the Sea-Otter

(Lataz lutris). By R. Lypexxer.

[Received April 9, 1895.]

Through the kindness of Mr. J. Cole Hartland, of Yokohama, I

have received the following notes on the structure and habits of

the Sea-Otter made by Mr. H. J. Snow, who for the last twenty

years has been engaged in hunting these animals and fur-seals in

the Kurile Islands. As they somewhat revolutionize the current

ideas as to the position of the hind limbs, I think they are decidedly

worth laying before the Society.

Commenting on a reproduction of Wood’s well-known figure

given on page 98 of the second volume of ‘The Royal Natural

History,’ Mr, Hartland writes me that “The fore limbs are much

shorter than represented, and when on shore the chest, as far as

the end of the breast-bone, has the appearance of almost touching

the ground. The abdomen is raised considerably from the ground

and the hind flippers are doubled back, the Sea-Otter being

incapable of placing its hind flippers in the position represented in

the drawing. It occurred to Mr. Snow that the illustration may

have been taken from a specimen shot by himself and set up by

Ward of Rochester, New York, photos of which I enclose. The

attitude of this specimen is quite misleading, and not at all that

assumed by the animal when on shore. Mr. Snow has had several

opportunities of getting good observations of these animals when on

shore—on one occasion he saw some 20 or more on a rocky point

1 Prof. Biichner has been so good as to inform me that the spines on the

head of the type are not divided into two lateral groups by an area destitute of

spines, and that the spines are distributed quite as in LZ. awritus.

2 T am indebted to Prof. F. A Smith, of Stockholm, for the information that

in the type there is no bare area on the mesial line of the head, and also for

the opportunity to examine some of the spines of Sundevall’s specimen.

3 This name is taken from the unpublished Catalogue of Mammals in the

Paris Museum, by (Etienne) Geoffroy St.-Hilaire.

422 ON THE STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF THE SEA-OTTER. [May 21,

of one of the Kurile Islands, and succeeded in killing 9 of them.

Their mode of locomotion is by a series of short springs from the

hind flipper—he never saw them walk in ordinary acceptance of

the term, 7. ¢. by moving the limbs alternately. With regard to

the tail—it is not cylindrical but flattish, being more than twice as

broad as it is thick. It only tapers to a very slight extent, except

at the extreme end, where it runs off sharply to a bluntish point.

MELA hy

Latax lutris.

Dead Sea-Otter lying on deck; it exhibits the short tail, and the hind paws

turned backwards, in the manner said to be natural to the animal when

walking.

The whiskers are not so bushy and thick as represented in the

drawing. They resemble the whiskers of the Cat, but are coarser.

The cry of the Sea-Otter resembles the ‘meaow’ of a Cat; that

of the young is almost identical, but in the adult it is somewhat

deeper.

“ Habitat. The southern limits of the animal extend as far as

Southern California and Mexico. On the Asiatic side, it occurs

at the Komandorski Islands, Kamschatka, and the Kurile Islands.

“ Breeding. As a rule but one is produced at birth, but occasion-

ally two. Mr. Snow has seen two small pups with their mother,

P. ZS. 1B 25 Pian

J. Smit Tith.

MALFORMATIONS OF FISHES.

1895. } ON DOUBLE MALFORMATIONS AMONGST FISHES. 423

and has taken two from the inside of an Otter he killed. It is

not absolutely known at what age the Otter arrives at maturity ;

Mr. Snow believes that they do so in the third year.

“ Habits. Crabs and sea-urchins are the usual contents of the

stomach, but occasionally small fish and spawn are also found.

The crabs are crushed by the strong molar teeth; it being impos-

sible that the crushing is produced by the striking of two shells

together in the manner described by Elliot, as the form of the

fore feet will not allow of anything being grasped. The Otter

dives for its food and returns to the surface with the prey held

between its two fore paws, in which it continues to hold it while

eating it. On many occasions Mr. Snow has seen schools of from

10 to 50 or more Otters together some 10 or 15 miles from any

land, but not of late years.

“* Hunting. The mode adopted by Europeans is to ‘run’ the

Sea-Otter with three boats, each manned by 4 or 5 men, a hunter

being in the bow armed with a rifle. When an Otter is ‘raised’

(as it is called) the boats proceed to surround it, lying some 500 to 600

yards apart in the form of atriangle. The boats are so manceuvred

that the otter is kept between them. Every time the animal

makes its appearance above water, it is shot at, until it is secured.

When the Sea-Otter is netted, as described on page 101 of the

volume cited, it becomes entangled in the meshes and drowned.

The long white hairs of the fur, which are not removed in dressing,

form its chief beauty.”

Apart from the interesting account of the creature’s habits, the

especial importance of these notes is in regard to the doubling

back of the hind feet, and the jumping motion in walking; in both

of which respects the Sea-Otter appears to resemble the true Seals.

I regret my correspondent has not sent me a photograph of the

living animal ; but the accompanying reproduction of a photograph

of a recently killed specimen, as it lay on deck (p. 422), gives a

good idea of the form of the hind feet and tail.

4. On Double Malformations amongst Fishes. By Berrram

C. A. Winptz, D.Sce., M.D., M.A., Professor of Anatomy

in Mason College, Birmingham.

[Received May 10, 1895.]

(Plate XXV.)

I. Introduction.

The following observations are based upon the examination of

about fifty trout-embryos presenting some grade, more or less

advanced, of double monstrosity, and upon the descriptions of

similar or allied forms to be met with in the literature of the

subject, which I have endeavoured to examine as exhaustively as

possible. As I shall have to allude to most of these papers in a

later part of this communication, J shall here content myself with

424 DR, B. ©. A. WINDLE ON DOUBLE [May 21,

making mention of a few of the earlier notices on the point, to

which I shall not again have occasion to revert. As far as I know

the earliest description of a double fish is that given by Aldro-

vandus (1) :—“ captus fuit,” he says, “in Nilo Agypti fluvio, non

procul ab oppido Latislana cognominato. Hie piscis magnitudinem

fere Crocodili adequabat, coloris erat leucophzi albicantibus maculis

insigniti. Habebat quidem duo capita etc.” This description,

which seems to be original to Aldrovandus, since I have been unable

to find it in any of the other similar works which I have searched,

must have been based upon the description of some double fish,

perbaps a Shark, like that in the R.C.S. Museum. It must also

have been enormously exaggerated, since there is no other de-

scription of a fish having lived to attain any but a small size.

According to von Baer (2), Jussieu, in 1754 (3), exhibited to the

French Academy two small fishes united by their bellies. In

1765, Jacobi (4) gave the first account of any importance of the

double forms which he had observed in a fish-hatching establish-

ment :—‘ En faisant éclore des truites,” he says, ‘ j’ai quelquefois

remarqué quantité d’avortons ou de monstres, certaines années plus,

d'autres moins. Quelques-uns avaient deux tétes et le corps bien

formé; d’autres avaient le ventre commun et du reste étaient deux

poissons bien distincts comme seraient deux poissons ordinaires

que l’on coucherait sur une table bien serrés l’un contre l’autre par

le ventre.” According to von Baer, Rudolphi (5), Heusner (6), and

Rathke (7) have mentioned similar forms, but I have been unable

to refer to the original papers.

Il. Observed forms of Duplicity.

1. Three eyes of same size (Plate XXV. fig. 1). I have three

specimens in which the head is somewhat broader than usual, and

is provided with a third, median eye, which appears from external

examination to be of the same size as those to each side of it. I

have not found this condition, which seems to be the least

manifestation of duplicity, mentioned in any of the papers to

which I have referred.

2. Three eyes, the median being larger than either of the lateral.

T have one specimen of this class. I have not examined the median

eye by sectional method, but from its external appearance it appears

to be composed of two eyes fused together.

3. Four equal-sized eyes. I have one specimen of this condition

myself (fig. 2), and it has also been described by Knoch (8) and by

Klaussner (9). In the instance given by the last-mentioned writer,

the fish had two distinct heads, one of which was provided with

two, the other with four eyes, the condition thus being one of

triplicity. Knoch states that there may be two mouths in cases

of the kind included in this class. Such is not the case in my

specimen.

4. Two heads, the duplicity extending as far back as the otic

region. None of my specimens fall into this class, instances of

1895.] MALFORMATIONS AMONGST FISHES. 425

which have been described by Knoch, von Baer, Klaussner, St.-

Hilaire (10), and Lereboullet (11).

5. Duplicity extending to the region of the pectoral fins (fig. 3).

I have several instances of this condition, which has also been

described by von Baer and Rauber (12). In these cases, as can be

seen when the yolk-sac is still present in the specimen, the division

extends as far back as the anterior border of that appendage. I

may here mention, as some stress has been laid upon that point by

de Quatrefages (13), that, although I have carefully looked for it,

I have never found any sign of a notch or fissure at the anterior

border of the yolk-sac in these or any other of my specimens, such

as he saw in some of his and believed to be an indication of the

union of two originally distinct sacs.

6. Duplicity extends to the posterior border of the yolk-sac, the

caudal extremity of the fishes being quite single (fig. 4).

7. Duplicity extends a short distance behind the posterior border

of the yolk-sac, so that there is a triangular gap between the sac

and the adjacent sides of the two bodies. The caudal extremity is,

however, quite single. I have several specimens of each of the

conditions described in this and the preceding class.

8. Duplicity extends to the posterior border of the yolk-sac.

Behind this there are two caudal extremities overlapping one the

other and firmly united by their contiguous aspects. Each is pro-

vided with a distinct and independent caudal fin, a point easily

overlooked in a cursory examination, since one overlies the other

(fig. 5). In these cases there are two vertebral columns; and from

the relation of the caudal ends to one another, it would appear

that at some period of development they had been separate, and

had subsequently fused in part with one another. I have several

specimens belonging to this class, and the condition has also been

described and figured by Rauber.

9. Union by the caudal extremities alone. I have not seen this

condition, which has been noted by Klaussner, Lereboullet, and

Rauber.

10. Union is by the ventral aspects at the site of attachment of

the yolk-sac (anakatadidymus). I have specimens of this class,

which has also been described by de Quatrefages and Valentin (14).

In the above-mentioned cases the two portions, greater or

smaller, of which the double monster consisted are of approxi-

mately the same size. As a matter of fact, the occurrence of two

united fishes, each being of exactly the same size, must be an

occurrence of some rarity. I find it in none of my specimens, and

in by far the greater number of recorded cases the inferiority in

size of one member is especially mentioned. There is, however, no

such marked difference in size as is met with in another group,

which should now be considered, that, namely, of

11. Parasites, as they may be called, adopting a term familiar to

teratologists. In these cases one member is reduced to the con-

dition of a mere appendage to the larger and more perfect half.

A few instances of this condition may be briefly described from

426 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON DOUBLE [May 21,

amongst those in my collection (a, fig. 6), On the left side of the

right fish, which is itself well-formed and normal in every way, and

.at about the site of the pectoral fins, there is a pointed projection,

representing a second embryo. This projection is unprovided

with branchia and has no mouth, but on its under surface there is

a single median round patch of pigment, which, from its identity

of appearance with certain other conditions yet to be mentioned, I

take to be an ill-developed eye. (6) In this case the second fish,

though much smaller than its normal fellow, is recognizable as a

fish. It possesses a mouth and a normally formed right eye, that

of the left side being represented by a circular patch of pigment

like that alluded to in the first case. (c) In this case the head of the

parasite has a mouth and is of a shape approximating to the normal,

but possesses no eyes nor even pigment patches to represent them.

Lereboullet mentions an interesting case (series ii. no. 19), in

which he was able to observe two stages in the development of a

parasite. He says, “Je mis 4 part un ceuf (de brochet) agé de

cing jours, offrant une large bandelette embryonnaire normale avee

son sillon; mais sur le coté droit de cette bandelette et tout prés

de sa base, on voyait se détacher du bourrelet blastodermique un

trés-petit tubercule, de forme triangulaire. La présence de ce

germe accessoire partant du bourrelet blastodermique m’annongait

la production. d’un embryon double, ou plutét en raison de la

petitesse du tubercule, un embryon muni d’une languette analogue

a celles que j’avais vues précédemment. Cependant je ne revis cet

ceuf que huit jours plus tard. Le Poisson agé de treize jours était

éclos et trés-agile. I] paraissait simple et réguli¢rement conformé ;

mais en l’examinant avec attention, je vis qu'il existait, au niveau

de la nageoire pectorale du cété droit, un tubercule 4 peine sen-

sible.” From this observation it would appear that minor evidences

of duplicity may be of more frequent occurrence than would be

supposed, but so slight in their nature as to be easily overlooked.

Before leaving the subject of the various classes into which

these double forms can be divided it may be well to note two

points. In the first place, it should be observed that as yet no

such form as that known to teratologists as katadidymus—a form,

that is, in which two bodies are connected with a single cephalic

extremity—has ever been described : a somewhat remarkable fact.

And, lastly, mention should be made of a singular and most

anomalous form described by Klaussner, in which two embryos

quite divided from one another lay upon the same yolk-sac side by

side, but with the cephalic end of one by the caudal end of the

other. I have not seen or found in any of the papers to which I

have referred any parallel to this case, which is difficult to account

for by any of the theories of duplicity now holding the field.

Til. General Observations.

1. Relative positions of the two members. The commonest

position, as has been pointed out by Knoch, is side by side, but

1895.] MALFORMATIONS AMONGST FISHES. 427

this is because it is more common for the point of union to lie in

front of the anterior limit of the yolk-sac than behind that ap-

pendage. When the separation between the two fishes extends

further back, some form or another of torsion occurs, due to the

gradual shrinkage of the sac, by which the relations between the

two fishes are altered. Thus, if the separation extends to the

posterior border of the sac only, the caudal end of the monster

being single, that part will lie with its dorsal and ventral surfaces

upwards and downwards, whilst the anterior parts will lie on their

sides with their ventral aspects drawn towards one another by the

contraction of the yolk-sac (see fig. 4). If, again, the separation

is complete between the two fishes, the condition being that of

anakatadidymus, both fishes will finally lie venter to venter in

their entire length. Finally, where the separation of the caudal

ends has been only temporary, as in the forms included in class 8,

the cephalic ends, which are separate from one another, will lie with

their ventral surfaces opposed, whilst the caudal ends are thrown

one over the other and united in that position. From an examin-

ation of the numerous cases figured and described at all ages, it

would appear that the embryos always at their earliest period of

development lie side by side and that the subsequent changes in

position of a part or the whole extent of their bodies are due to

the influence of the contraction of the yolk-sac as it gradually

becomes emptied of its contents.

2. Imperfections in one or both members of the double mon-

strosity. It has been already mentioned that in cases of parasitism

the appendage is often very imperfectly developed, especially in

connection with its mouth and eyes, and the same is true even in

those instances in which there is no very remarkable difference in

size between the two members. The following table of instances -

examined by myself will show this point quite clearly so far as

regards the eyes :—

Larger fish. Smaller fish.

Right. Left. Right. Left.

1. Normal. Normal. | Normal. Absent.

2 Po ae Choroidal fiss. Very small.

unclosed.

Sie ae i> Absent. Absent.

2 53 A pigment spot 3

only,

5. 33 2 aah Normal.

Geer 5 sa. fal A bEeNs: Absent.

ff 93 § Normal. Lens with slight

ring of pigment

around it.

Si es es A pigment spot Absent.

; : ; only.

Ubi ts ” Normal, A pigment spot

only.

10. i a Absent. Absent,

In several instances also there is a considerable degree of mal-

428 DR. B, 0. A. WINDLE ON DOUBLE [May 21,

formation of the jaws, as in the following cases :—(a) In this case

the smaller head was unprovided with eyes and the lower jaw was

very short and tapered rapidly to a sharp point. (6) In this case

the upper jaw was much shorter than the lower, which projected

a long way in front of it: there was, in fact, an almost

complete failure to develop of that portion of the head which is

placed in front of the eyes. (c) In this case the condition was

carried still further, for so extensive was the arrest of the develop-

ment of the anterior part of the skull that the two eyes were

placed quite close to one another, with scarcely any separation

between them. ‘These two last forms approximate to the condition

known as cyclopia.

3. Frequency of occurrence. Jacobi, as has already been men-

tioned, stated that double monstrosities occurred more frequently

in some years than in others ; and [remember the late Mr. Burgess,

the founder of the fish-hatching establishment at Malvern, making

exactly the same remark to me, though he was unable to assign

any cause for the variation. They have been met with amongst

Sharks, Mackerel (15), Salmon, Trout, Perch, and Pike. I do not

know whether any statistics have been drawn up at any of the fish-

hatching establishments as to the percentage of double monsters to

normal forms, but the following figures have been obtained from

data in some of the papers to which I have referred :—

Observer. Fish. No, Examined. No. of Double monsters.

Rauber. Trout. 1000 2,

Pike. 325 1

Coste (16). Various. 400,000 Over 100

Lereboullet. Pike. 203,962 222

From the last figures, which are the most complete, it would

appear that the percentage of occurrence in the pike is rather less

than *1, or about one per thousand.

With regard to the frequency of occurrence of the various classes

into which I have divided these forms above, the distribution in

the cases which I have examined myself is as follows :—

Teeter eves; all onme;size ssi ss een vs we ee we ie we 3

2. x median being larger than others........ il

Se ABODE MENs ssl. Bo ee aa's's 50 AU amieeele se alod teri dves aha i

AUT SUC HGE Pa eags ct y jas «coe ORR -A ete a eate a ale oO iy eee 0

5. Fission extending to the pectoral region .......... 11

6. ,, extending to posterior border of yolk-sac.... 7

7. ,, extending beyond posterior border of yolk-sac 10

roped Wilts oa idl) 01.008 ee Oe rr mini rer boar 9

OU riomh Oty ayes oie ars Nos ois so vc a ow ols elian de ade ae 0

10 sAtaa eaten ie yet ee nies tages: shtiacias 0 6 ass aime wed gletene 2

LA PARASITIC. 5.6 ca Sia oto tal ss obs amloaes «ae dere 2

1895. | MALFORMATIONS AMONGST FISHES, 429

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. AnprRovanpus.—Monstrorum Historia (1642), p. 428.

. v. Bazrr.—* Ueb. doppelleibigen Missgeburten.” Mém. de

YAcad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Pétersbourg, sér. 6, t. iv.

pt. 2, 1845, p. 79.

. Jusstnu.—Hist. de l’Acad. R. des Sci. 1754, p. 30.

. JacoB1.—Hannoversch. Mag. 1765, pt. 62.

. RuporpH1.—(As quoted by v. Baur.)

. Hnusner.—Descr. Monstr. Avium, Amphib. Piscium. Diss.

In. Berolini, 1824.

. Ratuxe.—Abh. z. Bild. u. Entw. d. Mensch. u. Thiere,

Bd. ii. p. 61.

. Knocu.—* Ueb. Missbild. betr. d. Emb. des Salmonen u.

Coregonus Geschlechtes.” Bull. de la Soc. Imp. des Nat. de

Moscou, t. xlvi. 1873, p. 173.

9. Kiaussner.—Mehrfachbildungen bei Wirbelthieren. Miin-

chen, 1890.

10. Sx.-Hinarre.—Anomalies de l’Organisation, vol. ii. p. 202.

11. Leresounter.—< Recherches sur les Monstruosités du

Brochet.” Ann. des Sci. Nat., Zool. sér. 4, t. xx. p. 177.

12. Ravser.— Die Theorien des excessiven Monstra.” Vir-

chow’s Archiv, t. Ixxi. p. 183, & t. Ixii. p. 551.

13. De Quarreracus.—* Mém. sur la Monst. double chez les

Poissons.” Mém. de la Soc. Philomath. 1888.

14. Vatentin.— Ein Beitr. z. Entw. d. Doppelmissgeb.” Arch.

f. Phys. Heilk. 1851.

15. Surron.—Evolution and Disease, p. 121.

16. Costn.— Origine de la Monstruosité double chez les Pois-

sons osseux.” Comptes Rendus, xl. pp. 868 & 931.

o =F OoPrw

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXyV.

Fig. 1. Head of trout-embryo, showing third median eye.

2. Head of trout-embryo, showing additional, median, pair of eyes.

3. Fission to region of pectoral fins. The left eye of the right fish is absent.

4, Fission to beyond posterior border of yolk-sac. The cephalic ends are

twisted so as to lie yenter to venter.

5. Fission with subsequent union of the caudal ends, which overlap one

another. ‘The tail-fins are double.

6. Parasitism. The specimen is seen from the ventral aspect and the

parasite projects from the left side of the autosite as a pointed process.

a, remains of yolk-sac; 6, circular patch of pigment representing an

eye,

430 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON THE [May 21,

5. On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta

ferox. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector

to the Society.

[Received May 21, 1895.]

(Plate XXVI.)

So far as I am aware there is no account of the anatomy of the

*« soft parts” of Cryptoprocta ferox in zoological literature, excepting

only the brain, which was described by Dr. Mivart' from a drawing

supplied to him by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. Prof. Milne-

Edwards himself, in conjunction with M. Grandidier, gave some

years ago” a detailed account of the osteology of the animal ; its

external characters are of course well known *. Since some interest

attaches to this animal as an aberrant Viverrine, I have thought it

worth while to bring before the Society a few notes upon the

anatomy of its viscera and muscular system. The individual which

I dissected was a young male; the coloured drawing which [ exhibit

(Plate XX VI.) is not of that individual put of the fine adult now

alive in the Society’s Gardens. I am acquainted with only two

coloured illustrations of the animal. The original drawing is con-

tained in the first volume of our ‘ Transactions,’ * and illustrates

a paper by Mr. Bennett. The second figure is in the work upon

Madagascar by Pollen and Van Dam’. Neither of these figures

appears to me to be so satisfactory as the water-colour drawing

by Mr. J. T. Nettleship, which I now place before the Society.

§ Alimentary Canal.

The palate has 8 ridges, of which the last three are more or less

interrupted in the middle line; they here end in conical papille, of

which there are plenty scattered between the ridges, and from a

fusion between which the latter seem to have arisen.

The tongue (see woodcut, fig. 1) has two cireumvallate papille on

each side, of which the innermost is double. There is no median

papilla. Contrary to what is said by Prof. Mivart, I have found

them in Genetta (pardina). There is, as in the Cat, a strongly

marked patch of spiny papille anteriorly.

The stomach is not unlike that of Prionodon, as figured by

Dr. Mivart*®, though deeper. The interior of the cardiac portion

is distinguished by numerous longitudinally running folds. These

cease absolutely at the constriction which marks the commencement

1 “Notes on the Cerebral Convolutions of the Carnivora,” J. Linn. Soe.

vol. xix.

2 “ Observations anatomiques sur quelques Mammiféres, &c.,” Ann. Sci. Nat.

(5) vii. p. 314.

3 See Bennett, Tr. Z. 8. vol. i. p. 137; Pollen and Van Dam, “ Recherches sur

la Faune de Madagascar,” 2° partie, vol. viii.

4 Pp). xxvi. 5 Loc. cit,

8 PZ. S. 1882, p. 506.

XOUAT VLOOUdMOLdAYD

‘dun so.zg, usequiyyy UAT 79 ep qu

“IAXX Id S681 SZ

1895. ] ANATOMY OF CRYPTOPROCTA FEROX. 431

of the upward bend of the pylorie region of the stomach. The

pyloric valve is not very strongly marked.

The spleen measures from end to end just over two inches. It

is considerably wider at one end than the other. At the wide end

are indistinct traces of bifurcation as in the Cat.

Fig. 1.—Tongue of Cryptoprocta ferox, dorsal surface.

Fig. 2.—Muscles of thigh of Cryptoprocta ferox.

G.L., gluteus maximus; 4g. caud., agitator caude,

The small intestine measures 55 inches, the large intestine only

63 inches in length. There is a very long Peyer’s patch, 43 inches

432 MR. F. EB, BEDDARD ON THE [May 21,

in length, in the small intestine, which ends just at the origin of

the cecum. '

The czecum measures 10 mm. from the apex to the inner side of

its junction with the intestine in a straight line. A median anan-

gious sheet of mesentery connects it with the intestine and extends

about halfway up it. A blood-vessel crosses the intestine on each

side to supply the cecum, but is not borne upon a mesentery.

The cecum is regularly conical in form, and slightly curved towards

the small intestine.

The Liver.—The abdominal surface of the liver is shown in the

accompanying drawing (fig. 3). All the 6 lobes are perfectly

separate from each other. The Spigelian lobe is small and pointed.

Fig. 3.

iS ‘ CS AWN

\ Lif ew

“Hh Ric 7]

WH ] 3

|) \ Wi) .

Liver of Cryptoprocta ferox.

R.C., right central lobe; Z.C., left central lobe; Z.Z., left lateral lobe; R.L.,

right lateral lobe; Ca., caudal lobe; Sp., Spigelian lobe; G., gall-bladder.

Ne LE Z

<= =

The right central lobe is nearly completely divided into two unequal

halves by the furrow which lodges the gall-bladder. The relative

sizes of the different lobes may be expressed by means of the

following formula :—

LL 2>LC 2< RC 3>RL 2>Ca 3>Sp.

For a comparison of the liver of this animal with that of other

Ailuroidea I have referred to Dr. Mivart’s paper upon the anatomy

1895. | ANATOMY OF CRYPTOPROCTA FEROX. 433

of the group’. The liver of Cryptoprocta agrees very closely with

that of Herpestes, which is figured in the paper referred to. But

no salient differences appear to distinguish the Viverrine from the

Feline liver.

§ Organs of Respiration and Circulation.

The lungs are divided into four lobes on the right side and three

ou the left. The air-tube supplying the anterior of the right-hand

lobes leaves the trachea just before its bifurcation; the middle lobe

is served by a branch which springs from the bronchus just after

the bifurcation. The bronchus itself supplies the two lower lobes.

On the left side the two anterior lobes are supplied by a branch

which arises from the left bronchus just at the bronchial bifurca-

tion.

The aortic arch gives off an innominate vein and then the left

subclavian separately. This appears to be the general arrangement

in the Ailuroidea *.

§ The Brain.

The brain after hardening in spirit measured 51 mm. in length

by 35 mm. in diameter. The height is 26 mm.

It is well convoluted and characteristically carnivorous. I have

paid careful attention to the convolutions, which, as is well known,

are important in determining the affinities of carnivorous animals.

The brain of this animal has, however, already been described by

Dr. Mivart in a memoir® dealing with the carnivorous brain

generally. But, as his memoir contains no figures of the brain of

Cryptoprocta, 1 have thought it worth while to have the accom-

panying drawings (figs. 4,5) prepared. The brain agrees with those

of other Carnivora (except the majority of the Cynoidea) in having

three gyri—the Sylvian, parietal, and sagittal—arranged round the

Sylvian fissure in the order mentioned. As in Herpestes, Viverricula,

Paradowurus, and Cynictis (but not Genetta), the posterior limb of

the Sylvian gyrus is partially divided by a vertical fissure. As

Dr. Mivart correctly surmised from the sketch lent to him by

Prof. Miine-Edwards, the Sylvian fissure is prolonged back to join

this latter fissure. This has happened, however, in my specimen

only on the right side. In Viverricula and Cynictis it occurs on

both sides. Though the parietal and sagittal gyri communicate

posteriorly, as in Paradowurus, there are faint indications of a

separation, as I have shown in the drawing (fig. 4, p. 434). In

Pavadoxurus there are no such indications. There is, however, a

resemblance to Paradoxurus in the commencing division of the

1 «Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the Ailuroidea,” P. Z. S. 1882,

p- 510.

2 See Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 515.

3 “Notes on the Cerebral Conyolutions of the Carnivora,” J. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xix. p. 1.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. XXVIII. 28

434 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 21,

anterior part of the sagittal gyrus lying behind the crucial sulcus

by a deep but short fissure into two parts. There are fair traces

of this in Paradoxurus; fainter traces in Genetta and Viverricula ;

none at all in Herpestes and Cynictis.

When the olfactory bulbs are gently pulled down from the

anterior edge of the brain, they are seen to have covered a vertical

furrow on each side, which are present in Herpestes and Cynictis.

In Paradoxurus, Genetta, and Viverricula this fold is more laterally

placed, so that it is not concealed by the olfactory bulbs. It will

be seen from the brain of Cryptoprocta that there are indications of

this furrow, which seems to show that it is not the homologue of the

anterior one of Herpestes. Dr. Mivart has hinted that the Sylvian

fissure may possibly not be that which I have identified with it in

the present paper. In this case the brain will come to resemble

that of the dog in having four gyri, and one of the two small fissures

marked 6 in the drawing (woodcut, fig. 5) will be the Sylvian

fissure.

Brain of Cryptoprocta ferox.

Fig. 4.— Dorsal view.

Sa, sagittal gyrus; Pa, parietal gyrus; Sy, Sylvian gyrus.

Fig. 5.—Lateral view.

8, Sylvian fissure; 6, post-Sylvian fissure.

It will be noticed that the anterior of the two fissures arises from

the summit of the angle formed by the pallial fissure, which is in

favour of its identification with the Sylvian fissure. On the right

1895.] ANATOMY OF CRYPTOPROCTA FEROX, 435

side of the brain, however, this fissure is only just indicated, the

second of the two referred to being much the most prominent.

In Cynictis the fissure in question is present and looks very like a

Sylvian fissure; so also in Viverricula. No doubt this is some

reason for placing the three genera near to each other. The brain

of Herpestes pulverulentus also offers some support to the veiw that

the fissure 6 is the Sylvian fissure; for in this species (and in other

species, according to Mivart) the anterior limb of the Sylvian fissure

is divided as in the Cats. There is therefore no antecedent

improbability in this being the case with Cryptoprocta.

§ Muscles of the Limbs.

In studying the muscular anatomy of Cryptoprocta, I have used

for comparison Genetia pardina, besides the work by Dr. Mivart

upon the Cat and his memoir upon the Ailuroidea. Where the

Cryptoprocta diverges in the characters of its muscular system from

Felis it approaches, or is identical with, the Viverride, as will be

gathered trom the following notes upon the principal muscles of the

limbs.

Of the muscles of the fore limb I only noticed that two were

different from those of Genetta pardina. In the latter the latis-

simus dorsi is peculiar, in that it gives off a thin branch from near

where its origin encroaches upon that of pectoralis major, which

is inserted on to the head of the humerus close to the origin of the

biceps. Just before the origin of the dorso-epitrochlear a wide

slip is given off to pectoralis major. This latter seems to corre-

spond to the blending “ with adjacent fibres of the fourth part of

the pectoralis ” described by Dr. Mivart in the Cat.

These additional slips are not present in Cryptoprocta, which, like

the Civets, has but one dorso-epitrocblear.

The other difference concerns the eatensor minimi digiti. I found

that this muscle in the Cryptoprocta supplied digits iii.,iv.,and v., the

slip to v. being for a long way up a separate muscle. In Genetta

pardina it only supplied iv. and vy. But the distribution of the

tendons of this muscle is evidently variable ; for while Dr. Mivart

found that in the specimen of Genetta tigrina dissected by himself

the muscle gave off tendons to all three digits, he quotes Cuvier to

the effect that in “the Genet” only iv. and v. receive tendons.

The liceps has but one head, as is the rule with these Carnivora.

The teres major is inserted distinctly in common with the

latissimus.

The triceps appeared to me to be rather four-headed, as in

Viverra civetta, than five-headed, as in the Genet.

The flewor sublimis gives off a tendon to the flexor profundus.

It supplies the three middle digits only.

The flewor profundus has tour rather than five bellies; five if

the connection with the flexor sublimis be counted.

The extensor secundi internodii pollicis supplies digits i. and ii.

28*

436 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [May 21,

Both in the fore limb and in the hind limb the muscles of the

Cryptoprocta were easy to dissect, owing to the absence of strong

fascie ; this is perhaps related to the youth of the individual.

Fig. 6.

Muscles of thigh of Cryptoprocta.

Bi., biceps; Sem., semimembranosus ; TJen., tenuissimus; S¢., semitendinosus,

One of the most interesting muscles of the hind limb is the’

semimembranosus (see fig. 6). In the Cat it is partly divided into

1895.] ANATOMY OF CRYPTOPROCTA FEROX. 437

two parts; in the Genet the “two parts are more separate.”

Finally, in Cryptoprocta the two parts are absolutely separate, save

for an extremely minute tract at their origin. The two parts of

the muscle are equi-sized. The part which arises from the tube-

rosity of the ischium is tendinous at origin and is inserted on to

the tibia.

The semitendinosus has the same double head of origin that

characterizes the Genet and Civet, as is shown in the accompanying

drawing, where the muscle is cut and reflected. The two parts join

nearly halfway down femur, and there is, as Prof. Mivart remarks

of the Genet, a slight connection with the tenutssimus.

The biceps arises from the ischial tuberosity just below the

semitendinosus ; the tenuissimus arises a little way in front of it.

The two join as is shown in the illustration (woodcut, fig. 6).

The gracilis is like that of the Cat.

The sartorius was not double; it is very wide at insertion.

In the quadriceps femoris complex all four parts were well

developed and distinct; the origin of the crurcus goes right up to

the neck of the femur.

An agitator caude (see fig. 2, p. 431) is present in Cryptoprocta,

as in the Genet but not in the Cat. It is inserted into the femur

by a longish attachment in common with a slender slip which is

detached trom the second. part of the gluteus maximus (that part

which is inserted on to the outer condyle of the femur).

The gastrocnemius is only two-headed, the two heads arising, of

course, from the two condyles of.the femur; from external condyle

in common with outer head arises the plantaris. The soleus arises

from the head of the fibula only.

There are no special remarks to offer upon the flexors of the foot,

except to state that the accessorius is as in the Civet, and thus the

flexor brevis digitorum is in one mass.

The tbialis is not double, except just in the tendon for a short

distance.

The extensor communis digitorum goes to four digits; the

tendons arise from the muscle in order of notation, but they all

pass through the ligamentous loop at the ankle-joint together.

The ewtensor longus hallucis is close to the tibialis; its muscle,

however, extends below the muscle of the tibialis; it supplies

the hallux only.

All three peroneals are present with attachment as in the Cat.

438 LT.-COL. H, H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

6. List and Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the

Andaman and Nicobar Islands, with Descriptions of

some supposed new Species. By Lieut.-Col. H. H.

Gopwin-AustENn, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Received May 21, 1895.]

I. Introductory Remarks, p. 438.

II. Table of Distribution, p. 441.

III. Notes and Descriptions of new Species, p. 446.

I. Introductory Remarks.

The molluscan fauna of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands has

received, since their occupation, a considerable amount of attention

at the hands of many good naturalists and collectors. The first

collection was made in 1846 by the staff attached to the Danish

frigate ‘Galathea,’ commanded by M.S. Bille, at the time

Denmark was in possession of the Nicobar Group: this was

described by Professor A. C. L. Mérch, of Copenhagen. This

expedition, sent by King Christian VIII., was very well organized :

there were three zoologists, Professors Behn of Kiel, J. Reinhardt

of Copenhagen, and Kjellerup, two botanists, Drs. Didrichsen and

Kampioner, and a geologist, Dr. Rink; the Prussian botanist

Th. Philippi also became attached to the expedition.

Of the above, Prof. Reinhardt paid most attention to the

Mollusca.

In 1858 the Austrian frigate ‘ Novara’ visited the Nicobars,

but no material addition was made to what had been already

obtained there.

After the formation of our great penal colony at Port Blair,

many other naturalists from time to time visited the Andamans,

and received every possible assistance from the Chief Commis-

sioners in charge. Among those who thus helped to swell the

list of the Land-Shells we can record the names of Colonel

Haughton, Ferdinand Stoliczka, V. Ball, J. Wood-Mason, Major

Wilmer, &c.; and Benson described a good many species.

Through the kindness of nearly all these collectors I have been

able to secure specimens. My brother, Harold Godwin-Austen,

was for several years an Assistant-Commissioner at Port Blair,

and visited many parts of the islands before unexplored; he

collected for me and sent home a number of species preserved in

spirit, which have proved of great value.

Lastly, I have had the very large collection formed by another

Assistant at Port Blair, Mr. F. A. De Réepstorff, placed in my

hands by his widow.

This officer was the son of the Jast Danish Governor of the

Nicobars, subsequently ceded to Great Britain. He was an inde-

1895.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 439

fatigable collector, and he added many new species to the list.

As Mérch states quite truly, Copenhagen was, one may say, at this

time the capital of the science of conchology, it being sufficient to

mention the names of Miiller, Chemnitz, Spengler, Fabricius, and

Regenfuss.

With this previous work and material I am enabled to give a

very full list of what has been obtained there ; it does not profess

to be exhaustive, as I am aware that collections are constantly

arriving in this country, but I trust the list will be useful for

others to add to. For instance, I know of no Land-Shells having

been found on either of the small volcanic islands, and it would be

of great interest if any should occur, having reference to the

means whereby such forms can be transported.

The difficulty of landing on many of these rocky islets, and of

getting back to the ship, is so great that very few opportunities

occur, and then the time on shore is very limited, so that a good

deal has yet to be done. It is remarkable how very few species

range beyond the islands on which they have been found; thus

there are only 8 species common to the Andamans and Nicobars,

while only 7 range on the south to Sumatra and Java, and only

5 north to Burmah. However, there is a distinct and close

relationship in the past shown with Burmah and Arakan by so

many closely allied species, and equally marked is the paucity of

forms having an alliance with those of Peninsular India. Marked

diversity of form and restricted range is displayed among the

Operculates, in Cyclophorus especially, by the turbinate shells

of U. leai, C. foliaceus, &c., while Alyceus and Diplommatina are

very limited in species. No species of Clausilia has yet been

recorded from the Andamans, and only three from the Nicobars,

and they are very close allies.

The genus Microcystina is represented by several species; although

M. eryptomphala trom Lower Bengal was placed in it by me, yet,

as its anatomy is not known, this extension of the range is not

certain. Five species occur in Borneo, but the animal has yet to

be examined.

The genus Plectopylis, so common in Burmah and N.E. India,

is absent. It is interesting to note the occurrence of Omphalo-

tropis, a genus represented by numerous species in the Mauritius,

and here represented by 7 species; but it does not occur in India

or on the mainland beyond the Andaman Sea. Hyalimax is

another genus with a similar range. The physical features of this

group otf islands have been treated of by many authors, and their

position, as regards the whole voleanie line of action, is now defined

as one lying outside and to the west of it, and having its extension

to the south-eastward in the Nias Islands off Sumatra. :

Blanford and Medlicott, in the ‘Manual of Geology of India,’

vol. ii. p. 732, may be consulted; an interesting account by Mr.

A. O. Hume and the other members of an expedition to the islands

is given in ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. ii. (1874). Still later Dr. Prain,

in the ‘ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ April 1892,

440 LT.-COL, H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

and in the ‘Journal’ of the same Society, 1893, has given an

account of his collections principally of the flora of Narcondam

and Barren Island ; although he mentions the presence of land-

crabs, spiders, scorpions, and ants on Narcondam, no Mollusca are

recorded.

All the above-mentioned air-breathers, it is quite possible, might

reach this island on trees floated off from the Andamans during

the monsoon which blows so long from that direction, and they

would all have a better chance of survival in sea-water than Land-

Mollusca, and might be carried for long distances inside the joints

of the bamboos and large grasses.

Dr. Prain publishes two good maps of the Andaman Group,

and the lines of soundings ranging from 100 to 2000 fathoms are

shown. These point out very clearly, as he shows, that the Anda-

man Sea, as a physical feature, is distinct from the great oceanic

depression outside, which he terms the sea of Bengal, down to

about 5° north.

These contour-lines of soundings also show how the western

face of the Andaman-Nicobar line of elevation suddenly descends

into the deep water of about 10,500 feet in a distance of from 60

to 70 miles, and this is proportional nearly to the elevation of the

Arakan range above the sea, on latitude 22°, near the head of the

Bay of Bengal and to its distance from the present sea.

The parallel contour-lines of soundings down to the 1000-fathom

line extend north up the coast of Arakan, and south close to the

islands off the coast of Sumatra, Nias, &c., indicating a former

extension of land upon this line.

It is said that the Andamans present evidence of recent sub-

sidence’, and these charts of Dr. Prain’s show that an elevation of

600 feet in this single group would unite them to Pegu and Arakan,

leaving an extremely narrow channel of only 50 fathoms deep

south of Preparis. The Nicobars are more isolated, and deep wide

channels separate them from the Andamans on one side and

Sumatra on the other, which accords with the paucity of Land-Shells

common to both, and the presence of a few found in Sumatra.

That these islands have been cut off for a considerable period from

the adjacent continents and islands is shown not only in the

specific variation of the molluscan fauna, but equally in the birds

by a great number of distinct and peculiar forms.

A great deal yet remains to be done: the highest parts of the

Nicobars have never been collected on; here we may yet find

species identical with those of the Andamans, for many obtained

there come from the higher elevations, while most of those from the

Nicobars have been taken near the sea-coast; and a few hundred

feet of elevation would bring in quite a different set of forms.

1 §. Kurz, ‘Report on the Vegetation of the Andaman Islands,’

MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 441

1895.]

i+++

+++

see

See ny Pee reese eee n were e rene

see

eee

tee eeee ee eeeee seen eeeee eeee

SW cane ‘P-® “eapromyedqns me

Gor “ou ie

#SY-pUnyT sya ‘gg, ou

#2 DUDE SqTnanr “$y “ou :

SW ON “PH ‘sisnejaltuey

aiateleateie (clara ‘ W “aany {parca ee

RS a a “

"JST “aagr “eqeyeauoaqns

“OW ‘aayy ‘Sunteyduons “e

“SW ‘1090797 ‘pieyaenes IJ

Yuwony “iyparequra. =

‘SA aN “FD ‘sisteaTemiegy3q a4

youoyy “tyx0ysdao.t sf

Wg ‘TOULUL "IVA ne

“SW “AaNT we 5 ‘sisdojnepnesd as

ee [tween eter eter remo erereeenee ‘ST ‘sisdojne oc

‘STU “0aKT “P= “wuerpaoy

W ‘ayy “TOINTIOY “Ava “ejsouOY ce

‘SH “hayy “vurruoseupoom G

‘aay ‘enordsuooutsed sf

“OTT “QANT “way esis ‘Iva “«

ST SSE OLD ee

"* pyngoay fF “[nxe a

fe)

Ww) UVAOOIN

NVAVONY

‘upnsutuag werpuy |

"BARE PUR BIYLUING

*(RISUTEPRIT

pue ueyriy

‘oy GRaing

*[BLIUALD) SIVQOIINT

“[npuoy

“ABQOITN FBALH) | aj |

“TLQOIIN OPT

*£IM0dTL NT

‘TeyoyVy

"Yq LOUIE

“BSSOI0 J,

“IOTC]YL 999"

“AVQODIN' TBO

‘uURMRpUY 91997

*sdotJOrg

“(arerg: 940g)

uruiepuy qynog

“UVUIe PUY -pIpy

“UBUBpUY YON

*s0009)

‘siaedatg

‘uoKvaruvxe surtmbea soroads OC

‘qoqyne &q paururexa you satoads ©

‘sotoods parpje-Ayosojo Aton & JO WOsuayxe —

“pepaoves AyITeooy +

‘soroodg pur snus)

SAW eany ‘stsuoj}10umvo stysXoox01yy, *

yoLopy ‘unaq ¢ a

YOLOPT “IHUIT sanedoororyy

2S SIT sq ‘xcavqokayeg 4 eXurypyoouoryy

uyag ‘TUOssvul V[NIOYZ

uosuag ‘snydays shurepyoorv yy

Bis aang eee

hom!

HAGA SK ASS Aaid His

“SPUnpsSy MMgorIAT pun UpuDpUFr ate fo posn2OMr Pung. ayy fo wou ngniaeug 2uE & furnoys Qn], “TI

—

—<—__e []N09 0} YON

[May 21,

LT.-COL. H. H, GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND-

442

+ Hie. scal Wace Miboaritl | aren eal oot lapel hee ar (IBe ab i eenty Bot }] wee’ | wmetie ame [peel semi ||feee | imple |leeinnb costae * suapunpy *a ‘snjnuods saploqdtoutoqooary, 7

+ eee Cero eee eee wee ‘ST *@.148B0 vTpAAlg aT

+ . . see | wee | wee | wee see | wee . ‘ds “U ‘Koya ULtAn “ F

+ . - - -- . eee ee eeeee ‘SIT ey ae ‘e

r + |° a ‘SH, "aan ABIGsGp ape

+ - wee wee cee [tee e ew eee w meee Oe reeeeeneesee "ST ‘erpeqoo.cy “ 'G

-+- . ees wee re ‘SH “aan * “IVA “BuLIqye “ “ce

ate . cee | coe | see SAT a ant IBA ‘@) eloseyLun 6c “

ae |e san [eeeeeeceecensenseaeseecereseres 87 ‘yi dorutey vardstury J mT

ay ihe slg uoyysney="uf/q “B}.lazuoo (vqyosky yp) IPH ‘T

*(sajou 998) 2 VISBALD

(@\ars “OWT “aaNy ‘sno.uvorepue a 'E

aL ie ve or | Mose eS sv selein eNOS ean eo ‘Qoayy, ‘BUBISIIY VIpPRmME *T

dLife auoppag “wpjoytasyuqns EG

} + “LBA 8 2

+ po | ioc sexo | ares ce Coos OGY FS sft |peec + Balehllveocel || satay |p mer) ogg c [hee etl | ested |(iee | aetpt)| ean Marae alomie laters y eee ps s/Alvininie ale shee enenee - **** TOTOOTG «“ ay)

. a walepl|| orsiell| teeta) |\iantwrag| || eern| ate. Sew [rose | ae, |i eiste |) soc |<? ee cuicecleseerescevececeeoeson youopy ‘xuXavyqdor “ 9

-- . +4. + + 4+ wae | coe] coe | eee eee . en Senet ene e wees Yount ‘BUBIT[IG “c G

+ ee wee wae wee eee wee occ] cee | coe |meeeese eccoces YOK “gyvouT[ I} “IVA “ee “ec

te ale ale . ae a [teen eee e eee e eee eeneretenereeaees Yount ‘godtorns “ >

-+- . “ne BBY ite “SI ‘dayy “Bowteturpue — “ ac

ll aigiee.s visisie bie'e sees so AT (aN ‘stuusopnosd “ 4

Bis hee tes an aay | eters rae Spocnadcposcnbiad siodinod. ‘sey ‘SUtes SNOSICT “T

++ . . seen SAT “2anr ‘ Vv: oP "IRA “ec 'G

= Sy eee ri wee eens SW ‘aan ‘ Vs v9) ‘eyeartiqqns “ so

ate woe | cee [ttt eeeeeeceeeer-eessreee ‘ds 1 “yy 9) {Av apULOY “cc e

a (EC eee wee + wee ee wee ee nee + + fan eee cae [Sete ewww went eeeraeesee we eeeee ate 9) ‘Tploreq, “ee Fes

ae | cle oo cee [eee |cee | cee | coef cee | eee lf eee Pere | op cee | coe | coe [reeeecceceene ee teeseseoes eereeseses eeee 04 ‘e18044R RLY ‘T

“NOISNU DX ‘dNOUD UVAOOIN dnowy NVNVANY

elel ele) eb) 2(e/e/E/ 2/8] elele/el Selig 2/2) 8/2

5|& a 3, a g = 2 3 E & 5 Y if a 4 S SF e | 2 = ‘sawedg pure snuan

Slelel legla) (elFial iF] (Elelel* eelelal |”

as g 5), 2 o/s >| 8 || & rete} te

| a || Re ® alec S/ Ag Be =|

2) 4 a ies S|) 2 HE 3 E

i > ced 4) i) : .

ar es i By |e

‘(ponuryuos) uoyng.ysygy f0 219%

443

MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS.

1895.]

+++

ova “af “votueyfoo vautoong ‘T

+ woe | see | cee | coe [eee ce ccccccecccceassessecee ‘ds ‘u ‘snoyuesis anyaurde, T

Hofer fote [ere | ote lt ge-punger sgnaayr'e de G3 -

wee wee wae wee wee le a2 ULI YT *BUUIFTING OL “ “cc ts

oe see con | ve ose | vos jeoe dada ‘ndn.iqsueays “ “ G

eee jase wee wee eee woe see wee wee eas “eyecouleul (eytorpioug) TaNIpryOUO T

os oe coe | eee . ari ‘ds * a b

wee | eee wee nee eee see wee an wee Pace RE SOR yp “qparvytioa “ “ a

ob wee nee eee see O68T $1740.90)

‘sngernqound “ea s us uf oA

+ see | wee | woe | wee Ba 7) ‘eorweutepue (BARR p) XVULTBAPT ‘T

+ pen | beer] geal coe [tO 0eatbaseaves ‘dg “a ‘snjotjstoo (wuostdn g) udng oy

see || wee | eee | wee au. ee ee ee ee Yount ‘oupmund “ITA “

| Si ial one oe ‘ coo le eee Yosoyt *‘TOULUT “IVA “ce “ec

Reet eee e eee e een eeee CW §0Q9)9Z “rtoqpioyd. “c

coe | coe |] woe | coe | weet oo + ree |seetee ee eset eeeseeeeeers verse sip “p.toymeyq “

.. wee | wee coe | tee a see leet eee ewe renee ereeneeeeenes ST ‘snorueurepue axeqdenig

tee | wwe | eee eee Bova earn econ nee “aa! INSTAL “daoy ap ‘ RUBITPO.A90 tH “e

[yobs ieee ele] Pate || Sete aeR carehY |e) oR ae ee Cee wont ‘1OTOOIq (Byfou0440F7) souniy

eee Fev ol (Satual atawehitean| Mare (6% “none ‘UR {TAaU

wae ee ee eee eee see see eee pO es hype *BUL01g.L09 “ec “ce

ee ape hee hal ne] eco leh gece ‘WAloystoy[ NM (BsNpavyg) BITISNLTO,

reef] eve [awe [ove] eve [ace] ove [eee | sow [eseeeenens sear sagan

‘BOlNqooIm “TBA a uh

Pt coe | cee oo coe’ | cos “+ ane [vecccccesecsses adwoyy, ‘ snolutmepur snuorprydiay

| + nae eee wee eee nee LPR e eee ee eee ee eee ee "IVA yeas “as “

|} es tee | tee | aoe e “UVA Tosaey ‘xode — “

| + pee | ess ae ote: |e viewn einen eee ene eee eeeeenscceces UWosuag ‘Koy [VM “ce

a eA ate a “ULONT Aourernl SRA Se bu

. ‘ “Yq “seovuryryor = **

coe | cee + eee | cee | woe | cee [ttre reer erevereereneeesesees eee wonwmedT ‘St[towasd “ce

Ma Scale lie) SAG SN OA RSL 2003/40) 4 1 ‘eoraeqootu “ava ‘uossnopy ‘xoile suedo

oS Iie * “OAT "AaNT “ ds ot

wee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee wee [stew ew eeenee Youoyy ‘saqnypor 73 “

wee wee wee | cee +e eee wee see | cee [ee eeeeeee Youo py ‘wxoqsdeos “ “

| S| OLE RO ST SE A SS Fo Dua Coe hut acl) (svedozozq) vaddousys

see || wee | owe | coe | wee | wee | vee | coe | vee |rscceeereeee SW "AON ‘sliqupoqe

wee eee wee ee wee wae eee eee wee leew ‘SW “WONT ‘RV BULTBOQNs

- eee eee wae cee wee ae eee eee de NA ee TUT “QaNT “eyetosuyo ity

youoyy ‘soleur vortpurpsoqns e ff

eee eee eee eee eee eee es Youoyy ‘LOUTUT “ “

see e eee teens eneee Yyosoyny “ernjuopea “cc “

vee |] fo [see free | vee | wee | eee salt ee . “ gaIqaLtwa & SII puL itl ‘opouopod BaATUBE “It

AAAs

sacs

naa eg aa

“ “

[May 21,

LT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND-

- ~ — ree wae a ai th i i. t

} | | + wee wee eee eee wee re Cs SW QaNT ‘gISU9ATRUIO}40q 77 %

+ ‘ Bie | ete foam | cag (snail rn Cal ie div cil Maraleit|| 00 0 Te a's) ‘olaBqoort varyeurmodrcy 1

+ | * Bis GOP ACD ic Pg seerds ‘tu ‘camtoreyeu vorodoyyndy *T

O . . ones ‘SH ‘AaNT ‘we plogqia “ ‘ce

a. . ae oe | wee . +o | wee + . coe | coe | vee loons eececee eeeeree ‘SU aN ‘eorurutepur “c '-

+ oe eee . . . wee wee «| eee see eeeeweee “AON ‘euerytojsdoor “ ve

+ . . eee one eee eee eee wee lew wee eee eee ee weweee cay pe WAL RAR fi G

+ eee | woe | coe | tee |eeene eeeee ee eereesene ‘ds ‘u “ey [t]Jour i) ‘T

+ ceo |'eee || wee | Ses |itevnnas Pe eeeeeeneeee wees uosuag ‘Snieusly a)

+ eee wee eee eee wee ee ee eee leew "SW "aon pola "IVA “cc “ ay

+ sine | 00 ove | coe eee vee | see | eee | eos levee peeeres Yost ‘euroufjod ‘“ 9

+ eov | cece | eve | ee |ccevesewen baie eee “AaNT ‘SNULIPLOJOUIEM “ec Gg

+) } ‘sy ‘aaqr ‘ststm90000 “eA a a a

| stains os ap [cee | cee | cee wun veto e leech {iterate Mowe] ‘enw ||<aie'n | stareisinletsieinie\s[e 9eleineihaiee pine youn ‘qyt0qsdooa “ e

+ . . + wee oe eee oe wee eee eee eee eee ee leew erent eee 099)97 ‘SnUvIOjs1oT[ A “ 16

if it

wee lee weneee BP sc ‘1OULOL "IRA se “

sg: Wasinevesesnrilspnnes te youopy ‘ceaqyeyed enjreyooseT

wil ea) | eee aioe esis presen "aaQT “epronyrodqns

‘9

+ eee | wee | wee | tee [ewe ween eee . mines "IVA “ G

+ + eee eee eee wee SA NG “epiqye "IBA sc “cc ‘fp

+. coe.| veg | cou] cen lessens couwvrveduesuns “aay ‘cinueyp1oyedoox “ Pe)

+ + eee eee eae wee wee eee eee wee - ee aoe eee eee wee leer wee eee mete eee eee ‘SHV “nog ‘SITTa Bay “ V6

die . eere|| ane =e aus ||e0e|| aus] tea Ae ah oon | coe | cos || see | coe | won | cee | cee | soe | se |sevcecvcceoesce cvcce "uay) ‘Tanzenovuruit vurodoydory ‘T

+ < sami oes ate |fcow me) pres sin} mig mnt siere ceiay | am || ea n Ueeisad| et SIR + | scunr saa coy ‘wueyjoytlaos “18 ‘xipaod ‘“ )

++ + wee | wee stein coe | wee | woe | tee ewe eeeeee ‘oW *daoyy ap ‘snUBIYy 190 UL “ "9

4. + eee wee see eee see wee eee eee eee eee see eee woe | wee low eeee Uyag ‘snolteqoo1u “ iad G

+ wee wee see wee eee eee wee eee wee wee lew eweee - may ‘oqany

‘TL = ‘usog ‘snyvoor0 as ¥ a

|= wee | wee | woe | wee ait. ‘ath | aeen||teine le ties| | bee iter, eee ces |\"wee |\eee | wep [ccnvcwecs "way ‘snaovlpoy “ “ g

| + eee eee + ee eee “OW AONT

“ds ‘a ‘snoedofoy.toq “ x %

=f we | cee |ereeeenee eeoese UohaT, Te] Galeqor4o) secouHoTeg 7

‘NOISNOLXG “do

444

“RUSUIteg UBIPUyT

OW AVAOOIN dnow NVAVONY

el ele|_ 2] 2i/e/2/e| 2/e/elelelole/e|2islzlely

SIPS SiS S/BISISISISIBIS/S/5I Sl eipei aisles

Ble e|/3 /e F| a/Ele/el|Slola| sr o| Elo! £12/8 , .

a 4 s 3 a A be g soioedg pus snuo.

BISE/ FISSURE l ala si F ls Plea se altel Bib) |e pene? D

elgs| |Ps2| |8|3\s Breve; (aes el |"

)28| (FRE) [Ele s/EIE| (Belele

i] oO : . =}

Cy | be rd fats i=}

a |Pe z E ecole

}

“SpUn)sT MQODIAT PUD UDULDPUP —"¥ CIUONAOTIAL)

MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 445

1895.]

+ i++

i++

++ i+:

+ +4+4+4+4+4+4+4+4+4+4

“SW Gay “eyeje-corm0o—

“| SUi daar Seyeuoze4Ry] seaqus mS H

wegen ee ne AAT *“LOULUL “IVA “ ce

‘SM aayy‘kopTOouoo-qns =“ i

‘SHV ‘aayy “eyeuoziun =“ sf a

On aay eyeuoz-oaynyt = oe

. SW aay ERT “ “ “

8" OT “aaKT “BOINT *AVAQNS i

Stee teen e ee tees eenenneas wosUag ‘urnjndnitas “ce 9

‘SW “ayy ‘vutgia ss

1" “QUA “aan ByTequa—“ e .

“vO “QaKy ‘B80.100.18 ss E My

SH “ONT ‘nuozodAy “ “ e

teeta eeeeenee uosuag ‘voravorepus “ .

“OT “aan ‘SISUGATRUME}ZRq “MUA i

‘s

YT meceiee £ ‘>

“on ‘aay “euozoddéy “eA "

en mins ne Bees res PCO IC CT. VOLLBQOOLU 7) g

seen weeeee Yount ‘orpiuind “IRA “cc “a

ee IS OI? p ‘eueruyoq “ iz

teen ewenee Yyouoyy ey BOUT] II} "IBA “ec sé

seen e ewer eens

sereees! Yogaay ‘TayUNp BULONIOHL *

Sain “AaNT “eptpueo "IVA ee

ea eas CV ‘eyuysooroued ava 4

paciscsieiap Slee See a ‘LOULUL "IVA “c ee

svg tvs) saceuyrhc=s ecu Beer pes RI [9yvoUN.AT, ‘T

sreteeesssaany Tptoysdeod ‘awa “sq ‘sixdd wss1.1004)

“sypshayo avou ‘Weunoeds Sunod ‘snpneydey

weet ene eeeees POC ORDO 1 "QONT “a)Bq10Ad “

** BUIQ[@ “IBA

Peete eereeenes YL ‘goravqooiu euldng

“On uyag “eptp.os

SER entree eewenereee serenrdg ‘1 ‘S1A0.1q “ec

See ei fr ‘L wl “eyessnoep “ec

tenet ee tee eee eeee AT ‘L ‘At ‘epryed 6“

een eccecvccccce YI WL ‘mM ‘UOsieapue ss

SUTGROC C0 BOUGLE NOOO a seuronteyere 5S

BASES Seni Ne ee Plafuannig * wOplLouod sidoagoyeydug

- SS OE OS GQ OBEROI 1-495) at “

seen wees YoLo py ‘LOUTUL "IVA “

Meh ea tg SNdAVqoo1lu = yI10 Hy ‘Qpavyured fe 'S

tetesereene eeeeeeeessseesuasuagy OIUBMILPUL SBOATY *]

Che rire se

Midian tissr iad +

446 LT.-COL, H, H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

III. Notes and Descriptions of new Species.

Genus MacrocHLaMys. —

1. MacrocHiaMys ? stepHus, Bs. (p. 441).

This species has a small left shell-lobe, shaped as in Cycloplax

(see fig. 4, pl. xxxi., Land and Freshwater Moll. Ind.). Jaw with

prominent central projection.

It therefore does not, so far as the mantle is concerned, agree

with typical Macrochlamys. Better spirit-specimens are required

for examination.

4. MACROCHLAMYS CHOINIX, var. GIGANTEA (p. 441).

In a MS. copy of Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list’ M. gigantea is catalogued

as a variety of choimw—? a distinct species. Collected by

F. A. de Roepstorff, Esq. Diam. 19°25; alt. 10°25 mm.” I

have not seen an example of this species.

6. MacrocutaMys woopMason1ana, Nevill MS. (p. 441).

This species is no. 33 of Neyvill’s *‘ Hand-list’ (p. 23). The type

is in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, obtained by Mr. J. Wood-

Mason.

7. MAcrocHLAMYS HONESTA, var. TENUIOR (p. 441).

This species is recorded in Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list’ (p. 24) as the

Moulmein variety; and this is the typical locality, and collected

there by Stoliczka and Theobald. It is also recorded from Preparis

Island, the most northerly of the Andaman Group, from the

collection of Ferd. Stoliezka. I have in my own collection three

specimens given me by Stoliczka, undoubtedly a variety of honesta,

but the locality marked on the label is “‘ Nicobar?”; so I refrain

from describing it at present.

8. MacrocuiaMys Forpiana, G.-A. (p. 441).

This species is no. 39 of Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list’; it was unnamed

when the catalogue was published. In his MS. catalogue Nevill

has entered it as fordiana in ink, and microsculptain pencil. Four

specimens collected by Colonel Ford are the types in the Indian

Museum; six specimens are recorded from Mr. de Roepstorff. I

adopted the title fordiana, though I find microseulpta on labels in

de Roepstorff’s shells that have come to me. This species was

described by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

(ser. 6, ii. p. 57, 1888).

9. MacrocHLAMYS AULOPSIS (p. 441).

Nanina aulopsis, Bs.

Thalassia in Nomencel.

Thisis a true Macrochlamys, Therightshell-lobe is well developed,

the left was not well made out. The odontophore is similar to that

of the above genus, the formula bemg 20-——-8—-1—8—20 about.

1895.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 447

Generative organs—The male organ is long, and the amatorial

organ is present.

The margin of the branchial sac from anal orifice is conspicuously

mottled with black and white showing through the shell. It has a

peculiar capreolus, or spermatophore, like MW. jainiana, G.-A., from

Parisnath, Land & Freshw. Moll. India, pl. xxviii. figs. 26, 2¢.

10. MacrocutaMys PsrupAULopsIs, G.-A., Nevill MS. (p. 441).

This is No. 108 of Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list’ (p. 32) and described by

me (/.c.). This name occurs on labels in Mr. de Roepstorff's

collection in Nevill’s handwriting.

The jaw in this species is very much curved with strong central

projection. It possesses the amatorial organ.

Genus Roruna.

1. Roruna massoni, Behn (p. 441).

Helix massoni, Behn, Pfr. Mon. Hel. iv. p. 344 (1859).

Rotula massoni, Semper, Reise, p. 40, pl. iti. f. 28, pl. vil. f. 17.

Nanina (Rotularia) massoni, Morch, Journ. de Conch. sér. 3, xii.

p- 308 (1872), et xvi. p. 354 (1876).

This shell was described from a single example.

The animal has a small right shell-lobe and one smal] left shell-

lobe as in Macrochlamys. It is very pale in colour with black

tentacles.

The odontophore is also as in Macrochlamys.

Jaw with a central projection.

20 to 25—12—1—12—20 to 25.

Semper on plate vii. gives the form of the teeth exactly; his

specimen was from the Museum at Kiel, ex coll. ‘Galathea.’ The

generative organs are also figured by Semper; it has no amatorial

organ, and in this respect it coincides with celatura and rufa, both

from Bourbon, the home of detecta, which Albers took as the type

of bis genus Rotula.

~ J am inclined to think that R. roepstorffi is only a synonym, the

transverse sculpture on the apical whorls would disappear in old

shells.

Genus Microcystrina.

3. MicrocystINa WARNEFORDI, Nevill MS., G.-A. (p. 441).

This genus and species are described by me in the ‘ Land and

Freshwater Mollusca of India’ (p. 13, pl. iii. f. 8).

Jaw very curved, central projection well developed.

Genus Microcystis.

1. Microcystis caMorrensis, Nevill MS. (p. 441).

A specimen of this species is in the Calcutta Museum, collected

448 LT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

by de Roepstorff. Ihave not seen it; it is recorded in Nevill’s

MS. copy of the ‘ Hand-list.’

Genus SITALA.

2. Srrara HAROLDI, G.-A. Moll. Ind. p. 33, pl. x. figs. 7, 7a

(p. 442).

This species is no. 200 of Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list’ (p. 41); his

Microcystis stewartiana, MS., but never described. Nevill gives

its locality as Little Brother Andaman and Katchal, from de

Roepstorff. No. 208 in the ‘ Hand-list’ from Batte Malve, Nevill

thinks is the same species.

3. SITALA HOMFRAYI, n. sp. (p. 442).

Locality. South Andaman (de Roepstorff).

Shell dextral, pyramidal, turreted, flat on base, imperforate ;

sculpture coarse transverse striation, with two ribs on the periphery

and fine spiral close ribbing on the apical whorls; colour horny

grey; spire conic; apex blunt and papillate; suture shallow ;

whorls 44, sides angulate, a strong raised rib on the periphery of

the last whorl, and another similar rib above it at the angulation

of the whorl, above the vertical portion ; aperture ovately quadrate,

very oblique; peristome thin, slightly thickened; columellar

margin vertical.

Fig. A.

Sitala homfrayi. X12.

Size: maj. diam. 1°4; alt. axis 1-4 mm.

This is a form allied to Sitala subbiliratu and S. tricarinata, and

is of the same minute size as the latter, but it differs from it in

the pyramidal form and smaller narrower aperture.

It occurred among a lot of small shells. I name it after

Mr. Homfray, whose name is so well known as a first worker

among the aboriginal inhabitants of these islands.

Genus Discus.

1. Discus sanis (p. 442).

Nevill, in a MS. note, says “animal throughout of a jet-black

colour.”

3. Discus ANDAMANICA (p. 442),

Nevill describes this species as follows :—“ The animal is quite

different from that of 7. sanis, being throughout whitish with grey

tentacles. Shell more deeply solariformly umbilicate, bordered by

an acute keel; spire more raised; whorls more closely wound ; of

lighter colour.”

1895.] MODLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 449

Genus DURGELLA.

2. Dure@Enta anpamanicus, Nevill MS. (p. 442).

I have not seen this species. It is entered in the ‘ Hand-list.’

10 in the Calcutta Museum (10 in spirit), type Andamans from

de Roepstorff, ‘has been taken for the young of Duryella christi-

ane,” which is not unlikely to be the case.

Genus GIRASIA,

GIRASIA, sp. inc. (p. 442).

My brother described having found, when he made the ascent

of Saddle Peak on North Andaman with Col. Hobday of the G.T.

Survey, a large slug-like form resembling this genus. It was done

up in leaves, but was accidentally lost before they got into camp.

This genus may therefore be sought for by future collectors.

Genus PLANISPIRA.

4, PLANISPIRA WIMBERLEYI, n. sp. (p. 442).

Locality. Nicobars (de Roepstorff).

Shell depressedly orbiculate, narrowly umbilicated, very finely

hirsute ; sculpture, when this is abraded the surface is covered

with minute regular papillation, which is much coarser than that

of H. helferi ; colour horny grey; spire rounded ; apex rounded ;

suture impressed; whorls 4, not fully developed, slightly convex ;

aperture and peristome probably slightly expanded and reflected.

Size: maj. diam. 10-2, min, 8°9; alt. axis 5°7 mm.

This species is nearest to H. helferi, but may be distinguished by

its narrower umbilicus and the great difference in sculpture, and

the whorls above are not so flat. This is probably no. 102 of

Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list ’ (p. 76), collected by Ferd. Stoliezka.

Planispira helferi, Benson, has only hitherto been found in the

Andamans ; the young shell of four whorls and banded I found in

Mr. de Roepstorff’s collection from the Nicobars ; but it might have

got among them accidentally, and therefore this new habitat has

to be confirmed.

Genus SIVELLA.

1. StveLna castRA, Blandf.

A variety is recorded by Nevill, ‘ Hand-list,’ p. 56, from the

Seam and a single specimen is in my collection from Mr, Wood-

ason.

The umbilicus is wider than in castra and the apex far flatter,

Sculpture quite smooth below, with transverse strize; whereas

castra from typical locality, of same size, has close spiral striation

most distinct. There is also a remarkable difference in the suture,

the Andaman shell has a fine beading running into it, produced by

the sharply defined carinate edge of the shell. I believe this to

be only an immature Discus sanis.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1895, No. XXIX. 29

450 LT.-COL, H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21.

I have lately, in a paper read at the Malacological Society,

referred to the distinctness of this genus Sivella, constituted by

W. T. Blanford for the Indian species castra, which he made the

type. It differs in every respect from Discus, represented by

bicolor, sulcipes, &c. ; the anatomy of the latter I have been able to

examine in specimens sent me by my brother from the Nicobars.

Genus TROCHOMORPHOIDES.

1, '’ROCHOMORPHOIDES ConuLUS, Martens (p. 442).

Katchall (de Roepstorff).

Size: maj. diam. 11:2, min. 10-2; alt. axis 11:0 mm.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS.

2. AMPHIDROMUS ANDAMANICUS, var. NICOBARICA, Nev. MBS.,

Hand-list, p. 127 (p. 448).

Of this species I have one specimen from Katchall. It is

somewhat larger than Andaman shells, and in colour is far paler

and with few markings, and those pale. These differences might

not hold good in a large series.

Genus ENNBA.

2. Enna (Hurronetia) Moproutans, De Roepstorff MS.

Nevill, Hand-list MS. (p. 443).

This species comes nearest to HL. stenopylis of the N.E. frontier.

Genus STREPTAXIS.

1. STREPTAXIS ANDAMANICUS, var. (p. 443).

This species comes near S. blanfordi, Theobald.

From Arakan and Pegu.

Genus Pupa.

1. Pupa (PUPISOMA) CONSTRICTUS, n. sp. (p. 443).

Locality. South Andaman (de Roepstorff’).

Shell turbinate, perforate ; sculpture minutely costulate above,

from the swollen portion forwards the surface is smoother ;

colour, pale ochraceous; spire conic; sides flat; apex pointed ;

suture impressed ; whorls 5, convex, at the distance of half a turn

in the spiral behind the aperture there is a sharp swelling of the

whorl, marking apparently the position of the previous aperture,

but this is not seen in any of the whorls above; aperture ovate,

oblique; peristome much thickened and reflected, united by a

thin callus on the body-whorl; sinuate below and on outer

margin.

Size: maj. diam. 271; alt. axis 2‘2 mm.

Animal not yet seen, and it is difficult to say where this species

should find generic position. I sorted out from a tube full of

1895.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 4o1

minute shells eight specimens of this very curious and interesting

species.

Fig. B.

Pupa (Pupisoma) constrictus. X12.

Its sculpture is like that of Pupisoma lignicola, Stol., from

Moulmein, and I think it better to place it near this than to

create a new genus for it, which I at first intended ; I think it is

best, however, to wait until some one else can examine the

animal.

Genus VAGINULUS.

1. VAGINULUS GIGANTEUS, n. sp. (p. 443).

Locality. Andaman Islands (Harold Godwin- Austen),

Animal elongate in form. Total length 68:0 mm.; total

breadth 23:0; breadth of foot 9:0; female orifice 28°5 from the

extremity of the foot, 6:0 from the middle line of the foot, 1°5

from the pedal groove. The colour in the spirit-specimen is above

grey, with dark mottlings, paler near the head, and a narrow pale

line down the centre of the back; below dull ochre. Upper

surface smooth to the eye, under the lens closely pitted. The

sole of the foot narrow, slightly wider than the adjacent under

surface. The foot is crossed by rather close, very regular folds,

which form distinct grooves across it, very even in width; there

are 22 such folds in 10 mm. of length, and each transverse fold is

divided by a very fine secondary groove. ‘The tentacles, although

contracted, are large.

This is a remarkably large species, 13 mm. larger than anything

described by Semper from the Indian region ; the largest mentioned

and figured by him is V. voigtii, described from a specimen in the

Copenhagen Museum. Locality unknown. It differs from Semper’s

drawing of this species in being narrower as compared with its

length, and in the sole of the foot. Semper’s drawing is life-size,

and could not fail to show the transverse ridges. As I have

never yet dissected any species of this genus, I hesitate to begin

upon a single valuable specimen until I have had some practice

on well-known forms.

Genus CycLoPpHoRUs.

5. CYCLOPHORUS (CYCLOHELIX) NICOBARICUS, Behn (p. 444),

This species is distinct from C. crocatus or turbo, and is at once

distinguished by the very sinuate and oblique form of the

29*

452 LY.-COL, H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

columellar side of the aperture, which has almost a tooth on it.

Nevill records it from Koudul and Galathea Bay (Stoliczka).

6. CYCLOPHORUS MOERCHIANUS, de Roepstorff MS. (p. 444).

Car Nicobar, June 1881.

This shell was in Mr. de Roepstorff’s collection, with a label

written by Nevill, saying, “This is my no. 64, p. 275 of Hand-

list.” I now consider it separable from C. charpentiert, and call

it C. moerchianus, de R. MS. No. 64 of the ‘ Hand-list’ is also

found on Batte Malve (F. Stoliczka).

7. CycLoPHORUS PERDIX, Broderip and Sowerby (p. 444).

No. 7. Cyclophorus perdix, var. roepstorffiana, Nevill MS., Hand-

list.

“ Alt. 15°5, diam. 2155 mm. Distinguished from C. zollingeri,

Mousson, by the less dilated last whorl and smaller aperture, keei

more developed, and coloration of base different. Great Nicobar

(type var. coll. F. A. de Roepstorff).”

To C. perdiz Von Martens (Moll. Ost-Asien, p. 136) joins

C. zollingert (Sunda Strait and Banka) and C. porphyreticus,

Benson, from Penang. I find one young shell of this species

among Mr. de Roepstorff’s shells, and I have three others, also

immature, sent to me by my brother from the Nicobars.

Genus LEPTOPOMA.

1. LepropoMa rmmacuLatTuM, Chemn. (p. 444).

Nevill, in his MS. Hand-list, writes: ‘* The Z. vitrewm, Lesson,

is scarcely separable from L. immaculatum, especially var. latilabre,

Mart. (Ceram), of the former, which Pfeiffer indeed considered a

form of the latter. Mérch has correctly identified the type of

Chemnitz’s species as the Nicobar form. The Philippine form is

certainly distinct; it must take the name of ZL. leve, as it is

undoubtedly the form so-called by Wood and Reeve.”

3. LEPTOPOMA ROEPSTORFFIANUM (Nev.) (p. 444).

This species is described in Nevill’s ‘Hand-list’ Var. gigantea,

from the Andamans, and var. albida are given in his MS. copy.

1. LAGOCHEILUS WULLERSTORFIANUS, Pfeiffer and Zelebor (p. 444).

The operculum in this species is very thin, horny, slightly

concave, and multispiral, flat in front.

In young specimens the surface is very rough, the spiral rib on

the periphery finely hirsute, and the fine transverse striation in

high relief ; in this state the flame-like bands of colour are not

visible, they are only seen in the weathered shells.

3. LAGOCHEILUS ROEPSTORFFI, Mérch (p. 444).

Under this head Nevill, in his MS. Catalogue, gives var.

cocoensis, from the Great Coco Island, collected by Ferd. Stoliczka.

1895.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 453

The type is in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, so 1 have not seen

it. Nevill gives polynema, Mérch, from Teressa, collected by

de Roepstorff, which is no. 10 of the ‘ Hand-list, and no. 13

from Batte Malve, collected by Stoliczka, as a variety of polynema.

Genus LAGocHEILUS.

8. LAGOCHEILUS TIGNARIUS, Bs. (Cyathopoma?, Benson) (p. 444).

The operculum in this species is slightly concave in front, multi-

spiral; the spiral defined by a narrow rib in relief. The oper-

culum of LZ. tomotrema, of the Khasi Hill ranges, is horny, quite

smooth in front, the spiral formation being but scarcely apparent.

ACMELLA.

Under this genus Nevill records A. andamanica as being in the

Calcutta Museum, and says: “compared with A. hyalina (Theob.

and Stolicz. from Moulmein), of which it is probably a large

variety.”

1, ACMELLA MELLILLA (p. 444).

Locality. South Andaman (de Roepstor ff).

Shell dextral, ovately turreted; sculpture oblique, fine, close

costulation; colour pale umber; spire depressedly conic; apex

very blunt, suture impressed ; whorls 5, sides flat ; aperture oval,

nae peristome double, with a strong callus on the body-

whorl.

Fig. C.

Acmella mellilla.

Size: maj. diam. 1°25 ; alt. axis 1°75 mm.

Only one specimen in the collection.

5. ACMELLA GIBBOIDEA, Nevill MS. (p. 444).

The two typical examples of this species are in the Indian

Museum, collected by de Roepstorff in the Andamans.

Genus CyATHOPOMA.

1. CYATHOPOMA NATALICIUM, n. sp. (p. 444).

Locality. Camorta.

This is no. 50 of Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list,’ which is not named. There

are four specimens in the Indian Museum,

454 LT.-COL, H, H, GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE LAND- [May 21,

Shell dextral, depressedly turbinate; openly umbilicated, flat

below, angulate at the umbilicus; sculpture smooth above, with

very fine regular transverse costulation on the last whorl, with

a strong lirate rib on the periphery; colour pale ochraceous ;

spire low; apex blunt; suture well marked ; whorls 43, convex ;

aperture arcuately circular, subvertical, sinuate on outer margin,

somewhat angular below at the peripheral ribs ; peristome double-

continuous.

Fig. D.

Cyathopoma natalicium. X12.

Size: maj. diam. 2°25; alt. axis 1:2 mm.

Operculum multispiral, elongate, with a deep central depression.

This appears, from the number of specimens in the tube, to be an

abundant species. It is a very pretty distinct form.

Genus DIPLOMMATINA.

1. Drptommatina nicoparica, G.-A. Land and Freshwater

Moll. Ind. p. 185, pl. xlvi. figs. 7, 7 a (p. 444).

This species is no. 13 of Mr, G. Nevill’s Hand-list (p. 284)=

roepstorfiana, Nevill MS., from Katchall (de £.).

This species in Mr. de Roepstorff’s collection bears the name of

D. carneola, Stol. = battimalyensis, Nevill. In the amended ‘ Hand-

list’ I find the title roepstorffiana entered and the typical locality

Katchall, with 3 specimens from Camorta and 20 from Batte

Malve, collected by F. Stoliczka. It is somewhat similar to D,

carneola from Moulmein, but it is more elongate and the costulation

far closer and finer.

2, DIPLOMMATINA NICOBARICA,' var, BATTEMALVENSIS, 0. Sp.,

Nevill MS. (p. 444).

I have discovered among some shells put up by Mr. G. Nevill

two specimens in a tube, labelled as above, from the island of

Batte Malve; they agree in all characters with the last species,

but are much larger and more tumid, the antepenultimate whorl

being much larger than in nicobarica,

Size: maj. diam. 1:3; alt. axis 3:0; body-whorl 0-9 mm,

1895.] | MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. 4595

Genus ALYCUS.

2. ALYCEHUS REINHARDTI, Morch (p. 445).

The type of this species is from Great Nicobar Island and is

larger than the species from Camorta, named by Moérch var.

minor, only averaging 4mm. in diameter. The latter differs also in

the form of the aperture, which is more circular and simple, the

ee peristome not being expanded and inflected, particularly

elow.

The form from Katchall is nearly as large and like that from

the Great Nicobar.

3. ALYCxUS BuUSBYI, G.-A. (p. 445).

This species was described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for

1893, p. 595.

Genus OMPHALOTROPIS.

6. OMPHALOTROPIS (REALIA) BREVIS, n. sp. (p. 445).

Locality. Camorta, Nicobars (de Roepstorff).

Shell dextral, elongately turbinate, rimate; sculpture smooth,

covered with a fine epidermis, having a few indistinct lines of

growth ; colour pale yellowish horny; spire conical, sides flat ;

apex sharp; suture impressed ; whorls 6, the last slightly carinate

with a hair-like keel, which is seen in the whorl above ; below a hair-

like keel round the umbilical region ; aperture ovate ; peristome

thin, not complete in specimen.

Size: maj. diam. 1:8 ; alt. axis 2°8 mm.

Animal. One specimen was in a tube with a label by Nevill:

‘‘beats me, please send others.” Camorta. In sorting out tubes

full of mixed species I found two others inside two examples of

Microcystina.

It is so much smaller than any species of this genus from these

islands, although not quite adult, that I have no hesitation in

naming it.

Genus PUPINA.

1. Puprna NICOBARICA (p. 445).

Under this name Nevill gives two varieties in his MS.

Catalogue: var. nana, long. 4:6, alt. 2-5 mm., Great Nicobar, and

var. evertata, from de Roepstorff, from the same island.

As I have pointed out in the ‘Land and Freshwater Mollusca

of India,’ p. 45 (1882), the genus Sagdinewa of Morch will not

stand ; his S. didrichsenti turns out. to be an operculated form.

There are some 20 specimens in Mr. de Roepstorff’s collection, in

seven of which I detected the operculum. This is multispiral, of

about 4 whorls, and very thin ; further examination showed that the

shells were young Pupine; the operculum also corresponded. In

some shells of Pupina nicobarica and in the white variety albina

456 MOLLUSCA OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS. [May 21,

distinct transverse fine ribbing is seen, and on breaking a mature

shell back to the same number of whorls as in so-called Sagdinella

a precisely similar form of shell was presented. Moreover, this

Pupina, at the commencement of the fifth whorl, contracts very

considerably and the shell is perforate at this stage. On turning

to the original description I see that Professor Morch described it

from asingle example, and I can quite understand his being misled

by this peculiar young form, so very unlike the typical mature

shell in Pupina. I note that in this white very thin variety every

gradation can be seen from shells quite glassy to others most dis-

tinctly ribbed. The drawing of Sagdinella didrichsent given on

plate ix. figs. 1, 1 a, in my ‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India,’

was made from the type specimen sent to me from the Copenhagen

Museum.

HELICINA.

Nevill gives many varieties and subvarieties of the species of

this genus, particularly of H. andamanica and H. serupulum; he

records that the animal of H. andamanica from Mount Harriet,

Port Blair, ‘‘is of a mottled dark grey colour, sparsely dotted with

sand-like specks, base of the tentacles yellow.”

Last of Genera and number of Species.

HELICACEA.

Genus. Common. | Andaman. | Nicobar. Total.

| Macrochlamys ............... Dit 10

ota 25) ctvete.ctiecke the ie ac

Macrochlamys? ............ & 2

Microcystina...............++. 1 2

WNOCYAUIS iescevaricesees en treet

Microcystis .........0....s00-

CROs oO:

—

Re PRR CNWWNNT PR RTE NPOMme PO

i=]

> Oe Woe:

Trochomorphoides .........

| Janira and 6 varieties ......

| Stenogyra—Prosopeas......

| Ps —Opeas .........

Amphidromus .............+.

Olausiliaie ests. veces wesc. waa

BINNS: secspceccoweas corwese ss 1

Streptaxis ...... srewceliislate toe

PUPISOMA 20.6. .cicecrcseceeees

Dry elimax! sccdsscses\date<Jeianas

Onchidium .............0.006

Vacinuliis ss spa<->enasaewrn steer nhs ina

Succines. s..6.sveccescncvs fone hes see 1

D eho tobee bo: :

Meher:

1s)

io 2)

ie.2)

Po Zo. 1895) Poa

J.GKeulemans del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

L..SERINUS MACULICOLLES-

oye DONALDSON1.

”

“=

IBIS

P ZS. 188eR

Mintern Bros. mp

J.G Keulemams del.et hth.

TURACUS DONALDSONI

1895. ] ON BIRDS FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 457

CYCLOPHORID £.

Genus. Common. | Andaman.| Nicobar. | Total.

Cyclophorus (Cyclohelix) 2 3) 7

WeplapOmst . <c-cecssecd ois 4 2 6

Wagocheilus .:...2.2.s.-0260- 3 5 8

Momella .4.062..55diccsc0escsis- 3 2 | 5

Cyathopoma...............+00. ae 1 | 1

Diplommatina ............... aes 2 2

PAV GRO dasa'encinsso5c<s20ee 3 1 2 3

+ 3 i

“a 1 I

1 1

re | 1

4 | 6

] | 1

29 | 49

Be UE 418

72 | 137

7. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith during his recent Expedition in Western Somali-

land. By R. Bownier Saarre, LL.D., F.L.S., &e.

[Received June 24, 1895.]

(Plates XXVIII. & XXVIII.)

The collection made by Dr. Donaldson Smith has proved to be

of great importance, and some of his discoveries have been ex-

tremely interesting. The country through which he passed after

leaving the Shebeli River has never been explored by a naturalist,

and-the result of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s expedition has been to

make us acquainted with quite a number of new species. The

route taken has been described by the explorer in the ‘ Geogra-

phical Journal’ for February of the present year (pp. 124-127),

where a map of the country is given.

Starting from the Shebeli River, Dr. Smith marched in a north-

westerly direction over gradually rising ground, till he reached an

elevation of more than 5000 feet, and at Gineh, where he stayed

for some time, the height is 6920 feet. In this neighbourhood

and on the Darro Mountains (8000 feet) he obtained several of

his most interesting birds, as also in the vicinity of Sheik Husein

and Sheik Mahomed.

This exploration of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s enables us to make a

comparison of the avifauna of Western Somali-land with that of

Abyssinia and Shoa and with that of the more southern regions

of the Lake Country, and also of East Africa. I have therefore

458 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

given references to Von Heuglin’s work on the birds of North-

eastern Africa, as well as to the following papers on the birds of

Somali-land :—

G. E. Suerrny.—* On Mr. E. Lort Phillips’s collection of Birds

from Somali Land.” Ibis, 1885, pp. 389-418, pls. x.—xii.

E. Ovsrarer.— Catalogue des Oiseaux rapportés par M. G.

Révoil de son deuxiéme Voyage aux pays des Comalis

(Afrique Orientale).” Bibl. de ’Ecole des Hautes Etudes,

xxxi. art. no. 10, pp. 1-14 (1886).

T. Sanvapor1.—* Uccelli del Somali raccolti da D. Eugenio dei

Principe Ruspoli.” Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

pp. 547-564.

I have also referred to the excellent papers by Count Salvadori

on the birds of Shoa, and to the recently published ‘ Vogel

Deutsch-Ost-A frika’s ’ of Dr. Reichenow.

For the sake of convenience, I have followed the order adopted

in my papers on the collections made by Mr. F. J. Jackson (Ibis,

1891, pp. 233-260, 587-602; 1892, pp. 152-164, 229-322, 534—

555), so as to render a comparison possible between the avifaunse

of the two districts. The present collection being the largest that

has ever been made in Somali-land, I have taken the opportunity

of giving in full the distribution of the species as stated by

Heuglin, Salvadori, and Reichenow, so that we can now draw

some conclusions as to the relations of the avifauna of Somali-

land with that of the surrounding countries, which it has not been

possible to do before.

The localities of the specimens are mostly to be found in

Dr. Smith’s map ; but for the identification of those not mentioned

there I have been indebted to the kindness of Mr. F. Gillett, who

accompanied Dr. Smith on his expedition, but who had to return

to England from the Shebeli on receipt of the news of his father’s

death. He brought the collections made up to the date of the

return of the expedition to the Webi-Shebeli safely to the coast,

and he has given me the names of the different camping-places.

Order PASSERES.

Fam. Corvipz.

1. CORVULTUR CRASSIROSTRIS.

Archicorax crassirostris (Riipp.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 507.

Corvultur crassirostris (Riipp.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iti. p. 25 (1877);

Salvad. Ann. Genoy. (2) i. p. 205 (1884), vi. p. 302 (1886).

a,b. 6 Gad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 22, 1894.

This large Raven is said by Heuglin to be an inhabitant of the

mountains of Abyssinia, above 4000 feet, northwards to Hamasien,

and eastwards to Qalabat and Takah, south to Shoa and the

Somali plateaux, and thence, in the elevated districts, westwards

from the Upper White Nile. Antinori found the species common

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 459

in the mountains of Ankober in Shoa. In East Africa it is re-

placed by C. albicollis (cf. Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 166).

Fam. SrurNID#.

2, DILOPHUS CARUNCULATUS.

Dilophus carunculatus (Gm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 529 ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoyv. (2) i. p. 197 (1884), vi. p. 297 (1888) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. xiii. p. 61 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 243; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 560 (1894); Reichen. Vig.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 171 (1894).

a. 2. Hargeisa, July 16, 1894. Iris brown; bare skin

lemon-yellow.

Heuglin was not certain whether this Starling is sedentary in N.E.

Africa or not. It was rare, and found during the rainy season in

Abyssinia, on the Blue and White Niles, and in Kordofan. In

Shoa, however, Antinori found it in flocks throughout the year in

the valley of Daimbi, breeding in May. Ragazzi records it from

the Falls of Gherbé. Mr. Jackson met with the species in Kitosh,

and says that it was very common all round Naivasha and north to

Kisidong in large flocks. It is also distributed widely in German

East Africa, Dr. Reichenow giving the following localities for the

species :—Igénda, Ugalla, Irangi, Wembaere Steppes, Simiu River,

Ampeke, Ikuni Island.

Family Evnaserip”.

3. LAMPROTORNIS PORPHYROPTERUS.

Lamprotornis purpuroptera, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 64, 75,

Taf, xxv. (1845); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 198 (1884).

Lamprotornis porphyroptera (Cab.), Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

p. 511; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 156 (1890); id. Ibis,

1891, p. 240; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 173 (1894).

a. go. Sheik Husein, Oct. 1, 1894. Iris cream-colour.

_ According to Henglin a tolerably common bird in the mountains

of Northern Abyssinia up to 6000 feet and the western “ Quola ”

district, in Senar, Kordofan, Takah, and along the White Nile and

its tributaries. It is sedentary, breeding in July and August. In

Shoa, Antinori says it is plentiful in the “ Kolla ” districts, but was

rare near Daimbi. Mr. Jackson found the species plentiful in

small flocks in Turquel; and, according to Dr. Reichenow, it is

found on the Pangani and Ugalla Rivers, and his other localities

are Bukomé Itéle, Kagéyi, and the Simiu River, while it has like-

wise been found at Witu, Lamo, and in Wapokomoland, and at

Nassa on the Victoria Nyanza.

4, CoSMOPSARUS REGIUS.

Cosmopsarus regius, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 411; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 160 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 241 Salvad,

460 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894: Webbe River,

Webbe Schebeli, Hento Valley, Banan); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 173 (1894).

a. g ad. Milmil, July 26, 1894.

b. g ad. Hargeisa, July 21,1894. Iris white.

ce. dg ad. Jadid-hurrieh, Jan. 7, 1895. Iris white.

Somali-land seems to be the metropolis of this beautiful species ;

but it has been found to the south at Pare by Dr. Fischer, and in

the “ wilderness” near the River Tsavo (not “ Tskro,” as printed

in my paper!) by Mr. Jackson. Here it was plentiful.

5. GALEOPSAR SALVADORII.

Galeopsar salvadorit, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 241, pl. iv.

a,b. $ Q. Stonybrook, Ehrer River, August 18, 1894.

There appears to be no difference in the colouring of the sexes.

This species was discovered by Mr. F. J. Jackson in Turquel,

and Dr. Smith found it in the mountainous country on the Ehrer

River, near its junction with the Shebeli. I have also received a

specimen from Mr. Neumann obtained between Mt. Kenia and

Lake Rudolph.

6, AMYDRUS MORIO.

Amydrus morio (L.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 161

(1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 242; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr.

p- 172 (1894).

Amydrus rueppelli, Verr.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 524;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 201 (1884), vi. p. 299 (1888).

a. 9. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 13, 1894. Iris bright red ; bill

and feet black.

In N.E. Africa, Heuglin considered this species not to be seden-

tary. He found it in rocky valleys with high trees in Abyssinia,

northwards to Barka, in Fazogl, and Southern Kordofan, but

only during the rainy season. In Shoa, Antinori states that the

speciesis common on the elevated “ Kolla” at a moderate height,

Mr. Jackson met with it on Mount Elgon, at Turquel, and also in

the Ulu country in Ukambani. Dr. Reichenow records the species

from Ugégo, Nguru, Kilima-njaro, Lake Tanganyika, and Bussisi.

7. LAMPROCOLIUS CHALYBEUS.

Lamprocolius chalybeus (Ebr.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 514;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 199 (1884), vi. p. 297 (1888) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 176 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891,

p- 242; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894:

Hento Valley).

a. &. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894. Iris orange.

b. 2. Goura, Sept. 14, 1894. Iris golden yellow.

One of the commonest and most widely distributed birds in

N.E. Africa. In the Nile district and the Bischarin Steppes it

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 461

extends northwards to 20° N. lat. It reaches also the coast of

Samhar, and is found over the whole of Abyssinia up to 8000 or

9000 feet, in the Gala countries, in Senaar and Kordofan, as well

as in the district of the Lower Nile. In Shoa, Antinori found the

species breeding. Mr. Jackson met with it near Lake Naiwascha,

but in East Africa generally its place seems to be taken by

L. sycobius, Peters (cf. Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 172).

8. HmrEROPSAR ALBICAPILLUS.

Notauges albicapillus (Blyth); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 520

(1871); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 413; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes,

xxxi. art. 10, p. 11 (1886).

Heteropsar albicapillus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxxi. p. 186

(1890) ; Salvad. t. c. p. 559 (1894: Warandab).

a. Ad. Lessabane, 3150 feet. Breeding.

9. SPREO SHELLEY.

Spreo shelleyi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 190 (1890).

a. &d. Hargeisa, July 21,1894. Iris orange.

b. 2. Darar, Sept. 15, 1894, Iris orange next the pupil,

merging into lemon-yellow.

10. SPREO SUPERBUS.

Notauges superbus (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 517

(1871); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 412; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes

Etudes, xxxi. art. 10, p. 11 (1886); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2)

i. p. 199 (1884), vi. p. 298 (1888); id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2)

xliv. p. 560 (1894: Warandab and Mandera).

Spreo superbus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 189 (1890) ;

id. Ibis, 1891, p. 243; Reichen, Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 171

(1894).

a. g ad. Dunarn, Jan. 4, 1895. Iris cream-colour.

Heuglin states that this Starling is found on the Somali

plateaux, on the highlands of Shoa, on the Bahr-el-Abiad, and the

upper Djur. On the White Nile it never extends north of 7° or

8° N. lat. Brehm’s statement that the species is found up to 10°

N. lat. is wrong, according to Heuglin, who says that it is met

with first to the south of the swamp-region. Ragazzi met with it

in Shoa at Cialalaka, and Antinori says that it is very common in

the spacious valley of Daimbi, where it is resident. Mr. Jackson

met with it at Machako’s in Ukambani, and Dr. Reichenow gives

many localities in German LEast-Africa, from Dar-es-Salaam

through Masai-land.

Fam. BUPHAGID 2.

11. BUPHAGA ERYTHRORHYNCHA.

p. 716 (1891); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 410; Salvad. Ann. Mus.

462 - DE. RB. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Genov. (2) i. p. 196 (1884), vi. p. 297 (1888); Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 196 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 243; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894: Warandab);

Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 170 (1894).

a,b. Q. Widdarwiddo, Dec. 4, 1894. Iris orange; bill ver-

milion ; eyelids bright yellow.

In North-eastern Africa, according to Heuglin, this species is

commoner than B. africana. It is found in the coast-districts of

Abyssinia down to Somali-land, in the low-lying hot districts of

Abyssinia up to 6000 feet, further west on the Upper Blue and

White Niles, and apparently also in the mountains to the south of

Kordofan. In Shoa it is common, according to Antinori, and

Ragazzi also records it as very plentiful. Dr. Reichenow gives a

very general distribution for the species in East Africa—Useguha,

Ugogo, Aruscha, Sigirari, Ugilla, Kakoma, Kawendi. Mr. Jackson

also procured it in Ukambani, and again in Kitosh.

Fam. DicrRURID2.

12. BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS.

Dicrourus divaricatus (Licht.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 422

(1871).

Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.

p- 247 (1877): Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 410; Salvad. Mem. RB.

Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 555 (1894).

Dicrurus afer (Licht.); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 166

(1894).

Musicus assimilis, Salvad. Orn. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 113 (1884),

vi. p. 239 (1888).

a. Q ad. Sibbe, Aug. 3, 1894. Iris red.

This species is found commonly, both singly and in pairs, in

North-eastern Africa, but only south of the line of rainfall (20°

N. lat.), the hot coast-lands of Abyssinia to the districts of the

Danakil and Somali people, up to the heights of the Abyssinian

mountains, in Senar, Takah, Southern Nubia, Kordofan, and the

White Nile districts, according to Heuglin. It has a wide distri-

bution throughout Kastern Africa. In Shoa, Antinori says it is a

common species in the mimosa bushes, in the low “ Kolla,” and on

the plains, as well as along the rivers and marsh-lands.

Fam. ORIOLIDz.

13. ORIOLUS LARVATUS.

Oriolus larvatus, Licht. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 403 (1869) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 217 (1877); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 243.

Oriolus rolleti, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 168 (1894).

a. ¢ ad. Darar, Sept. 15,1894. Bill light brown ; feet grey ;

iris carmine.

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 463

In Shoa the place of this species is taken by Oriolus monachus.

O. rolleti is a small race, which does not seem to me to be specifi-

cally distinct from O.larvatus ; but it is this form which occurs in

Somali-land, and is recorded by Dr. Reichenow from numerous

localities throughout Eastern Africa. Mr. Jackson met with the

species at Turquel in the Suk country and on Mount Elgon.

O. rolleti is said by Heuglin to be found on the Upper White

Nile. On the Belenia Mountains it is not rare, but does not

extend north of 8° N. lat.

Fam. Phocrerp”.

14, VIDUA PRINCIPALIS.

Vidua principalis, Heugl., Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 585 (1871);

Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. 10, p. 10 (1886);

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 203 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891,

p. 244.

Vidua erythrorhyncha (Sw.); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i.

p. 181 (1884), vi. p. 285 (1888).

Vidua serena (L.); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 193

(1894).

a. do hiem. Sheik Husein, Oct. 30, 1894. Iris dark brown;

bill vermilion.

Heuglin was not certain whether this little Weaver-bird was

resident in North-eastern Africa. Its northern limit seems to be

between 16° and 17° N. lat., and from here it occurs southwards

on the coast and in the interior of Abyssinia, but not beyond

6000-7000 feet in Takah, Senar, Kordofan, and the region of the

White Nile. In Shoa, Antinori says that the species arrives in

May and remains till September. Dr. Ragazzi met with indi-

viduals in March, May, and June. Mr. Jackson only obtained

the species at Nzoni in February, but it is very widely spread over

East Africa, from the coast up to the Victoria Nyanza.

15. LINURA FISCHERI.

Innura fischeri, Reichen. ; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) vi. p. 104

(1888) ; id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 557 (1894: 8. of

desert of Ogaden); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 192 (1894) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 210 (1890). ;

Vidua (Linura) fischeri, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi.

art. 10 (1886).

a. d. Goura, Sept. 14, 1894. Iris dark brown; feet salmon-

colour; bill dull vermilion.

b. g. Bussarler, Noy. 28, 1894. Iris brown; bill and feet

salmon-colour.

Somali-land must be one of the northern limits of the range of

this species. It was procured by Dr. Ragazzi at Soddé in Shoa

in August. Dr. Reichenow records it from Usegtha and the

plains south of Kilima-njaro.

464 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

16. STEGANURA PARADISEA.

Vidua paradisea orientalis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 583

(1869).

Vidua verreau«i, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. iv. p. exxxiv (1874);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 286 (1888).

Steganura paradisea (L.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 211

(1890); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 192 (1894).

Vidua paradisea, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art.

10, p. 10 (1886).

a,b. ¢ ad. Smith River, Sept. 11, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Breeding.

ce. fg ad.; d. g juv. Darro Mountains, Nov. 20, 1894. Iris

and feet brown.

Heuglin doubts whether this is a resident species in North-east

Africa, as he only observed it between the months of May and

December. It does not extend beyond 17° N. lat., but reaches

a height of 6000-7000 feet in Abyssinia. It is common in Bogos,

Abyssinia, Senar, Kordofan, and the whole district of the White

Nile. In Shoa it seems to be rare, as Antinori did not procure

specimens, and Dr. Ragazzi only got one at Ambokarra in May.

Dr. Reichenow gives its distribution in German East Africa as

extending from Dar-es-Salaam up to the Victoria Nyanza, his list

of localities being too large to quote.

17. PYROMELANA FRANCISCANA.

Euplectes franciscanus (Isert); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 571

(1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) i. p. 184, vi. p. 288 (1888).

Pyromelana franciscana, Shelley, thie 1885, p.409 ; Oust. Bibl.

Ecoles Hautes Etudes, xxxi, art. 10, p. 10 (1886); Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 233 (1890) ; id. This, 1891, p. 248.

A migrant in North-eastern Africa, according to Heuglin,

arriving “from the interior in June and J uly. It is especially

common in the lowlands of Abyssinia, extending to 1000 feet;

as well as in Takah, Senar, Kordofan, and Nubia. Its sigs

northern limit on the Nile is 29° N. lat. In Shoa, Antinori states

that it arrives in May, and he procured specimens from May to

September. Dr. Ragazzi also met with the species in Shoa from

the end of April to August. Mr. Jackson procured a male at

Elgeyo in July, but it is not included in Dr. Reichenow’s list of

the birds of German East Africa.

18. PYyROMELANA XANTHOMELZENA.

Euplectes capensis, var. minor, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 573

(1871).

Pyromelana xanthomelena (Ripp.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xiii. p. 239 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 248,

Euplectes xanthomelas, Salvad. ‘Ann. Mus, Genov. (2) i. p. 186

(1884), vi. p. 109 (1888).

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 465

Orynx xanthomelas, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 190

(1894).

a. ¢ imm. Budda, Noy. 4, 1894. Feet and iris brown.

Found by Riippel] in the provinces of Tembién and Semién in

Abyssinia. Heuglin met with this species in the highlands of

Wogara, up to 8000 to 10,000 feet. Antinori says that he found it

in the country of the Kidj Negroes on the Upper White Nile,

where Heuglin never observed it. From May to October Antinori

found this Weaver-bird in Shoa, where it was common in the

“ Kolla ” districts, and Ragazzi procured specimens from Antoto

in December. Mr. Jackson met with it on Mount Elgon in

December, and at Elgeyo in July; while Dr. Reichenow gives

several places where the species has been procured in German

East Africa.

19. PHILETERUS CABANISI.

Phileterus cabanisi (F. & R.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii.

p- 251 (1890).

Nigrita cabanisi, Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr, p. 184 (1894).

a,b,c. g ad.; d. 9 ad. Dabulla, July 16. Bill silvery white;

feet brownish flesh-colour ; iris orange.

This is a considerable extension of the northward range of

this Weaver-bird, which was only known before from the Masai

country.

20. QUELEA £ZTHIOPICA.

Hyphantica ethiopica (Sund.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 543

1871).

Quelea ethiopica, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) i. p. 193 (1884),

vi. p. 293 (1888) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 259 (1890) ;

id. Ibis, 1891, p. 250. i

Ploceus sanguinirostris, var. ethiopicus, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes

Etudes, xxxi. art. 10, p. 10 (1886).

a. 36; 6. 9. Shebeli River, Aug. 28, 1894. Iris reddish

brown; bill red; feet dark flesh-colour; eyelids raw-

sienna. In the female the iris was brown.

ce 9 ad. Sillul, Aug. 6,1874. Bill pale carmine; feet flesh-

colour; iris light brown ; eyelid yellow-ochre.

d. 9 ad. Sillul, Aug. 6, 1894. Bill and eyelids pale yellow ;

feet flesh-colour ; iris light brown.

The way in which the black varies in extent on the lores in

this series makes me very doubtful of the validity of Q. in-

termedia,

According to Heuglin, this species is a migrant in Kordofan,

Senar, Southern Nubia, and Takah with the first summer rains.

1t inhabits the mountains, up to 6000 feet, as far east as Bogos-

land. It goes southwards in September and October, and he met

with numbers of this bird in the White Nile district in January.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1895, No. XXX. 30

466 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

In November and April, Antinori saw the species in Shoa, at

Diambi and Lake Cialalaka, and Dr. Ragazzi procured it at Soddé in

August. Mr. Jackson appears to have shot specimens only in the

Teita district, and Dr. Reichenow gives the following localities for

Q. intermedia :—Pangani, Usegiha, Ugogo, Paré Mountains,

Nguruman, Kageije, Igonda.

21. AMADINA FASCIATA.

Sporothlastes fasciatus (Gm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 596

(1871).

Amadina fasciata (Gm.); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) i. p. 179

(1884), vi. p. 283 (1888); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 289

(1890); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 183 (1894).

a. 6 ad. Lammo, Aug. 12, 1894. Breeding.

b,c. ¢ 2 ad. Goura, Sept. 14, 1894. Bill grey; feet flesh-

colour; iris reddish brown.

_ Inhabits the Abyssinian coast-lands northwards to 17° N. lat.,

Kordofan, and many localities in the White Nile district; and

Heuglin observed it during and after the rainy season up to

December. Antinori found the species in the country of the Req

Negroes. The last-named naturalist also met with it in Shoa

in May, and again in November and December, and Dr. Ragazzi

found it near Tofan in August, in great flocks. It extends also

into German East Africa, as Dr. Keichenow records it from

Usegiha, Nguruman, and the Wembaere Steppes.

22, AEDEMOSYNE CANTANS.

Uroloncha cantans (Gm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 594

(1871).

Munia cantms, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 284 (1888).

Aidemosyne cantans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 371

(1890).

a,b. ¢ 2 ad. Sillul, Aug. 6, 1894. Bill dark slate-colour ; feet

light slate-colour ; iris dark brown.

ce ¢ ad. Sillul, Aug. 10.

Heuglin says that this species occurs in pairs or in small flocks,

which are scattered, during the rainy season, from Dongola,

southwards to Kordofan, Senar, Abyssinia, on the Lower White

Nile, and on the coast of Somali-land. It breeds from August to

October, and Vierthaler found a nest in January. Dr. Ragazzi

once obtained it in Shoa at Soddé in August.

923. EsTRELDA RHODOPYGA.

Habropyga frenata (Licht. MSS.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

p- 605 (1871).

Estrelda rhodopyga, Sund.; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) vi.

p- 282 (1888); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 396 (1890);

Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 187 (1894).

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 467

a. 2 ad. Webbe Shebeli, Aug. 28, 1894. Iris light brown.

6b. Imm. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29, 1894. Iris dark brown ; feet

dark grey.

Heuglin says that he obtained a pair of this species near Keren

in Bogos-land during the rainy season. Dr. Ragazzi met with it

ghee in Shoa in August, and Dr. Raiherion records it from

ussisi.

24, EsTRELDA NIGRIMENTUM.

Estrelda nigrimentum, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoyv. (2) vi. p. 281

(1888); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 399 (1890).

a. Ad. Bussarler, Nov. 28, 1894. Iris reddish brown; bill grey.

This beautiful little Waxbill was discovered by Dr. Ragazzi at

Farré in Shoa, in February 1886.

25, EstRELDA PH@NICOTIS.

Ureginthus phenicotis (Sw.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 619

(1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 177 (1884), vi. p. 279

(1888).

Estrelda phoenicotis (Swains.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p- 400 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 251.

a. 9 ad. Luku, Sept. 17, 1894. Iris light brown; feet hght

brown ; bill dark pink at the base, black at apex.

b,c. g ad. Sheik Husein, Oct. 13, 15,1894. Iris red; bill

dark pink, black at tip; feet light brown. Caught on nest

no. 12.

Heuglin states that this species is found in Abyssinia up to

7000 feet in Takah, Senar, on the White Nile, and in Kordofan,

nowhere plentifully and never in flocks, but generally singly or in

pairs. Itisa resident and breeds. In Shoa it is also common

-and stationary, according to Antinori, but here it is found in little

flocks. His dates are between April and November, and Dr. Ragazzi

procured the species in February and March. Mr. Jackson did

not meet with it, nor is it recorded by Dr. Reichenow from German

East Africa.

26. GRANATINA IANTHOGASTRA.

Ureginthus ianthinogaster, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 408; Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) vi. p. 279 (1888).

Granatina ianthogastra (Reichen.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xii. p. 404 (1890) ; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 186 (1894).

a. g ad. Milmil, July 26,1894. Iris and eyelid red.

b. S juv. Okoto, Sept. 7, 1894. Iris and eyelid light brown;

bill pink; legs grey.

c. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24, 1894. Iris scarlet ; bill ver-

milion.

d,e. gad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29, 1894. Iris ais red ;

bill and eyelids vermilion ; legs grey.

30*

468 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

This is a Somali species, which extends its range southwards into

East Africa, as Dr. Reichenow records it from the Konga River,

Aruscha, Masai-land, and Ugogo. Dr. Ragazzi has also obtained

it in Shoa at the Falls of Farré, near Dinghai Mesghia, in March.

27. HerERHYPHANTES EMINI.

Sycobrotus emini, Hart]. Orn. Centralbl. 1882, p. 92.

Heterhyphantes emini, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 420

(1890).

a. Imm. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 7, 1894. Bill black; iris

white; feet light brown.

It is interesting to find this Equatorial African species in

Western Somali-land.

28. HYyPpHANTORNIS GALBULA.

Hyphantornis galbula (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 557,

tab. xviii. fig. D (1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 191

(1884), vi. p. 291 (1888) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 442

(1890).

a,b. g ad.; ¢,d. Q ad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894.

Heuglin says that the range of this Weaver-bird is from 19° N.

lat. southwards to the district of the Eisa Somalis; it is most

plentiful in Sambar and Bogos-land, from the sea-shore up to

6000 feet. In the interior of Abyssinia, the eastern districts of

Tigrié, it appears much less frequently, as in the Nile region. On

the Bischarin Mountains it extends to the neighbourhood of

Suakin. In Shoa, Antinori procured specimens from March to

August, and Dr. Ragazzi records the species as common and

breeding near the Farre Falls.

29. HYPHANTORNIS VITELLINA.

Hy phantornis vitellina (Licht.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr.i. p. 555,

tab. xviii. fig. C (1871); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 462

(1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 254.

a,b. g ad. Darro Mountains, Sept. 15,1894. Iris orange;

feet light brown.

This Weaver-bird, according to Heuglin, appears at the end of

May and June in the region of the Lower Blue and White Niles,

and on the Nile itself north to Berber. It appears not to occur

in Shoa, but was found by Mr. Jackson at Kamassia.

30. CINNAMOPTERYX RUBIGINOSA.

Hyphantornis rubiginosa (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. 1.

p. 560 (1871).

Cinnamopteryx rubiginosa (Riipp.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xiii. p. 473 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 254.

Ploceus rubiginosus, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 180

(1895).

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 469

a. S ad. Darar, Sept. 15, 1894. Iris reddish brown; feet

and toes grey.

Found by Riippell in the warmer valleys in Abyssinia, but

appears to be local, and apparently migratory. Heuglin himself

never met with the species, but Mr. Jackson procured it near

Lake Baringo, and Dr. Reichenow records it from Ugogo and

Igonda.

31. DINEMELLIA DINEMELLI.

Textor dinemelli (Riipp. ex Horsf. MSS.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-

Afr. i. p. 534 (1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 194

(1884) ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 410.

Dinemellia dinemelli (Riipp.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p- 506 (1890); id. Ibis, 1891, p. 255; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.

Torino, xliy. p. 558 (1894: Banan); Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-

Afr, p. 178 (1894).

a. 2 ad. Dullaat, July 13, 1894.

6. g ad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894.

ce. g ad. Hargeisa, July 18, 1894.

Met with by Heuglin on the Upper White Nile.in winter and

spring, especially in the country of the Kidj Negroes, from Olibo

and Belinian. Antinori procured specimens in August in Shoa.

Mr. Jackson found the species as far south as Teita, and it has

been promured in the Oseri River in the Kilima-njaro district.

Fam. FRINGILLID®.

32. PASSER SWAINSONI.

Passer swainsoni (Riipp.) ; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2)i. p. 176

(1884); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 634 (1871); Oust. t. c. p. 9

(1886) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 334 (1888); id. Ibis,

1891, p. 257.

a. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 1894. Iris dark brown; angle of

mouth yellow; eyes brown.

b. g. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 1894. Bill black ; legs brown ;

iris rich brown.

Heuglin says that this Sparrow lives in pairs in Kordofan, on

the White and Blue Niles, in Uniamuezi, Abyssinia, Bogos-land,

and Takah, and is everywhere resident. It is also the resident

Sparrow of Shoa, according to Antinori, and occurs as far south as

Ukambani, where it was found by Mr. Jackson. In German

Hast Africa its place is taken by P. diffusus, according io

Dr. Reichenow.

33. PETRONIA PYRGITA,

Xanthodina pyrgita, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 627, pl. xxi.

fig. 2.

arene pyrgta, Heugl. t. c. App. p. exl; Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p- 408.

470 DR, R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Petronia pyrgita, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 296 (1888) ;

Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 195 (1894).

a. dad. Shebeli, Aug. 25, 1894. Iris light brown.

b,c. ¢ Q ad. Okoto, Sept. 7, 1894. Iris dark brown; bill

light horn-colour ; legs grey.

d. 2 ad. Furza, Sept. 12, 1894. Iris brown; bill and feet

grey.

Mr. Lort Phillips only observed these Sparrows on one occasion

near the centre of the plateau. Heuglin only met with the species

in the wooded region on the western slope of the Bogos Mountains

towards the lowlands of Barka. According to Dr. Reichenow, it is

found as far south as Teita.

34, Surinus ponaLpsoni. (Plate XXVILI. fig. 2.)

Serinus donaldsont, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. p. xli (1895).

S. major. Similis 8. capistratee 2, sed subtus concolor, gutture

minime maculato : hypochondriis nigro striolatis : fronte viridi,

pileo concolore, anguste niyro striolato: supercilio lato flavo :

notewo viridi, plumis nigro medialiter striatis ; uropygio lete

flavo distinguendus. Long. tot. 6'2 poll., culm. 0-55, ale 3°3,

caudee 2°55, tarsi 0°65.

a. g ad. Smith River, Sept.10, 1894. Bill flesh-colour; iris

dark brown. Mr. Gillett also obtained a specimen in the

same district.

This large species of Seed-eater is of the size of Serinus sul-

phuratus, but has the colouring of some of the smaller kinds, such

as S. flaviventris. The characters given above, however, will

distinguish the species. It comes into the second section of the

genus Serinus, as given by me in the 12th volume of the * Catalogue

of Birds,’ p. 349, with the flanks streaked with dusky blackish, no

yellow frontal patch, but the eyebrow yellow. This would make

it an ally of S. capistratus, but it is enormously larger and has no

streaks or spots on the throat, the whole under surface being

bright yellow. It may also be considered a large edition of

S. unberbis, but its streaked flanks and the white margins of the

inner secondaries distinguish it.

35. SERINUS MACULICOLLIS. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1.)

Serinus maculicollis, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv. p. xi

(1895).

3.8. hypochondriis distinete nigro striolatis: fascia frontali

angusta, supercilus, macula auriculart, gutture et pectore totes

leete flavis: abdomine toto albo, distinguendus. Long. tot. 4:4

poll., culm. 0°35, ale 2°7, caude 1:7, tarsi 0°6.

Q mari similis, sed yula albida, torque gutturali nigro distin-

guenda. Long. tot. 4°3 poll., ale 2°6.

This is a curious little Serin Finch, which is apparently un-

named. The yellow colour of the bird is everywhere brighter than

in the Canary (Serinus canarius), which appears to be its nearest

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 471

ally, and the white belly is also a conspicuous feature, while the

collar of black spots on the fore-neck of the female is quite

remarkable. The male has a greyish band across the lower throat.

36. EMBERIZA POLIOPLEURA.

Fringillaria poliopleura, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genoy. (2)

vi. p. 269 (1888).

a. g. Sibbe, Aug. 4,1894. Mr. Gillett obtained a male on

the Shebeli.

6b. gd. Ehrer, Aug. 16, 1894.

c. Juv. Sheik Husein, Oct. 1, 1894. Iris dark brown; feet

light brown.

This species was discovered by Dr. Ragazzi at Soddé in Shoa,

where it was pronounced by him to be rare. Count Salvadori

(1. c.) has given some excellent notes on the Buntings of this

group, and considers Emberiza affinis (Heugl.) to be a distinct

species.

Fam. ALAUDID#.

37. TEPHROCORYS RUFICEPS.

Calandritis anderssoni (nec Tristr.), Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

pt. 2, p. 699 (1871).

Tephrocorys ruficeps (Riipp.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p. 563 (1890).

Calandrius ruficeps, Heugl. t. c. p. 698; Salvad. Ann. Mus.

Genov. (2) i. p. 170 (1884).

Calandrella ruficeps, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 268.

a,b. g ad. Sheik Mahomed, Noy. 13, 1894. Iris and legs

brown.

Heuglin says that this species represents our Skylark in the

high mountains of Abyssinia, where it is found between 6000 and

11,000 feet. He found it to the north in Hamasien, southwards

to the Woho-Gala Mountains, and not to the westward beyond the

Tana Lake. In Shoa, Antinori found it in June and November,

and Dr. Ragazzi at Fallé, in the Mulo Galla country, in December

and January.

38. SPIZOCORYS PERSONATA, N. Sp.

a. 6 ad. Sassabana, Aug. 3, 1894.

As this specimen is moulting, it is extremely difficult to deter-

mine the exact genus it should be placed in; but it has a very

diminutive first primary, and I think that it will prove to bea

second species of Spizocorys. From S. curvirostris it is easily

distinguished by its vinous breast and abdomen, grey ear-coverts,

sides of neck and fore-neck, forming a band across the latter and

separating the white throat from the vinous breast. It is also

remarkable for the black lores and region of the eyes, the black

descending obliquely across the throat and joining a black streak

along the anterior malar region.

472 . DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

39. ALAUDULA SOMALICA, n. sp.

A. similis A. minori, sed major et rostro conspicue longiore, abdo-

mine albo, subalaribus arenariis et fascia nigra conspicua

rictali distinguenda. Long. tot. 5:7 poll., culm, 0°55, ale 3:5,

caude 1°95, tarsi 0°85.

a. 6. The Haud, July 23, 1894.

Owing to the specimens being in moult, I have had the utmost

difficulty in determining the Larks in Dr. Smith’s collection, and

I am not certain whether the species above described is an

Alaudula or a Calandrella. If of the latter genus, it has no near

ally, as it has distinct black spots on the throat. In the genus

Alaudula it will find its nearest ally in A. minor ; but it is a larger

bird, with a much longer bill and rufescent under wing-coverts ;

above all, it is distinguished by the black band which runs from

the gape to below the hinder part of the eye.

40. Mrrarra GILLETTI.

Mirafra gilletti, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. p. xxix.

a. Ad. Sibbe, Aug. 4, 1894.

This seems to be quite a distinct species, distinguished by its

ashy-brown rump and upper tail-coverts.

41, GALERITA CRISTATA.

Galerita cristata (Linn.); Heugl. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 680 (1871);

Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. 10, p. 8 (1886);

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 626 (1890).

a. Berbera, July 4, 1894.

Belongs to the rufous-tailed race of the Crested Lark (G. sene-

galensis).

42, AMMOMANES DESERTI.

Ammomanes deserti (Licht.); Heugl. Orn. N. O.-Afr. i. p. 684

(1871) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 646 (1890).

a,b. g ad. Ardeh, July 14, 1894.

This record appears to extend the range of the Desert Lark

somewhat further to the southward, as Heuglin only regarded it

as a possible inhabitant of the coast district of Somali-land,

though he recorded its southern range as 15° N. lat. in Nubia

and on the Abyssinian coast-lands, but not occurring in Abyssinia

proper.

43. PyRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN.

Coraphites melanauchen, Cab. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 67

(1871).

Pyrrhulauda melanauchen, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 655

(1890).

a. gd. Berbera, July 3, 1894.

1895.] ° FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 473

Heuglin gives the range of this little species as along the

African coast of the Red Sea and on the Dahlak Islands. Without

doubt, he says, it will be found to occur on the coast of Hedjas,

and near Berbera in Somali-land. Thus Heuglin’s prophecy as

to its occurrence at Berbera has been fulfilled by Dr. Donaldson

Smith.

Fam. Moracin.ip 2.

44, Moractnna VIDUA.

Motacilla vidua, Sund.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 317 (1869) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 488 (1885); Reichen. Vog.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 200 (1894).

a,b. Imm. Shebeli, Aug. 28, 1894. Iris brown.

Resident in North-eastern Africa, according to Heuglin, but

very local. Found in pairs in Southern Egypt and Nubia, south-

wards to Assouan, only along the Nile. It is also found on the

White Nile, on the Atbara, the Azrag, and according to Riippell

in Abyssinia. Dr. Reichenow gives many localities, ranging from

the Pangani River and Ugogo to the Victoria Nyanza.

45. Movacinna FLAVA.

Motacilla flava, Linn. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 320 (1869) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 516, pl. vi. figs. 3-5 (1885).

Budytes flevas, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 166 (1884);

Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 200 (1894).

a. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19,1894. Iris and feet dark

brown; bill black, the base of the under mandible yellow-

ochre.

Heuglin found Yellow Wagtails in Egypt, Arabia, Nubia, on

the White Nile and Gazelle Rivers, in Abyssinia and Bogos-land,

and on the Somali coast.

In Shoa, Antinori met with it in November, and again on the

1st of May at Mahal-Uonz. Dr. Reichenow gives a long list of

localities in East Africa from which he has seen specimens.

46. ANTHUS TRIVIALIS.

Anthus arboreus (Gm.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 324 (1869).

Anthus trivialis (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 543

(1885) ; id. Ibis, 1891, p. 588; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr.

p- 199 (1894).

a. g¢ ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29,1894. Iris dark brown; legs

and under mandible very light grey.

A somewhat scarce winter visitant in Egypt, according to

Heuglin. Hemprich and Ehrenberg met with it in Nubia and

Arabia, and Lefebvre in September at Schirié in East Abyssinia.

Mr. Jackson procured it on Mt. Elgon at 8000 feet in February,

and Dr. Reichenow records it from Kakoma.

474 DR. R, B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

47, TMETOTHYLACUS TENELLUS.

Anthus tenellus (Cab.); Sharpe Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 618.

Macronyx tenellus, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi.

art. 10, p.8 (1886); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 200 (1894).

Tmetothylacus tencllus, Salyad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)

xliv. p. 557 (1894: Lido Mountains).

a. @ imm. Darar, Sept. 15, 1894. Iris dark brown; bill

dark grey, the under mandible lighter ; feet light brown.

Has been found in the Paré Mountains by Dr. Fischer.

Fam. NECTARINIID®.

48. CINNYRIS OSIRIS.

Nectarinia osiris, Finsch, Tr. Zool. Soc. vii. p. 230 (1870).

Cinnyris osiris (Finsch) ; Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p. 215, pl. 64.

fig. 1; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 140 (1884), vi. p. 245

(1888); Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 593.

a. gad. Milmil, July 26, 1894.

b,c. ¢ ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25, 1894.

Found by Antinori on the elevated “ Kolla” lands of Shoa,

where it seems to be common. Mr. Jackson procured it as far

south as Machako’s, and Mr. Lort Phillips has lately met with the

species on the Goolis Mountains.

49, CINNYRIS ALBIVENTRIS.

Nectarinia albiventris, Strickl.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 234

1869).

aie albiveniris, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. pl. 73 (1876);

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 556 (1894: Mandera,

Goolis Mts.).

a. g ad. The Haud, July 22, 1894.

b,c. g ad. Gardubbla, Aug. 15, 1894.

d. g ad. Shebeli, Sept. 6, 1894. Iris dark brown: breeding.

This species was only known to Heuglin from the Somali

plateau.

50, CINNYRIS HABESSINICA.

Nectarinia habessinica, H. & E.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 229

1871).

: inp habessinica, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. pl. 63 (1878);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 139 (1884); Shelley, Ibis,

1885, p. 406; Salvad. t. c. p. 556 (1894: Goolis Mts.).

a. g ad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894.

b,c. gad.; d. Q ad. Selon, Aug. 7, 1894. [ris black.

Breeding.

e. gd ad. Turfa, Aug. 21, 1894.

f. 2 ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris dark brown.

g- g ad. Dada, Nov. 21, 1894. Iris brown.

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 475

' According to Heuglin, this Sun-bird is found in the country

bordering the Red Sea, extending to the mountains near Suakin,

and to those south of the Somali coast. It is found from the sea-

coast up to 3000 and 4000 feet, but was not seen in the interior of

Abyssinia; it is not rare in Takah. WHeuglin thinks that Harris’s

specimens, said to have been procured in Shoa, must really have

been obtained on the Adail coast ; but Antinori states that it is

common during the whole year in the low as well as the high

“ Kolla.”

51. CHALCOMITRA HUNTERL.

Chalcomitra huntert, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1889, p. 365, pl. xli. fig. 2

(Oseri River); Salvad. t. c. p. 556 (1894: Goolis Mts.).

Cinnyris hunteri, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 592; Reichen. Vig.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 210 (1894).

a. Ad. Sillul, Aug. 5, 1894.

This Sun-bird was discovered by Mr. Hunter on the Oseri River

in the Kilima-njaro district. Mr. Jackson met with it on the Voi

River in Teita in December.

Count Salvadori has recently recorded the species from the

Goolis Mountains, where, however, Mr. Lort Phillips has not yet

found it.

52, ANTHOTHREPTES ORIENTALIS.

Anthreptes ories salis, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 213.

Anthreptes longuemarti (Less.); Shelley, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 39.

Anthothreptes longuemarii, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 594.

Antrotreptes longuemarvi, Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 209

(1894).

a. 9 ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris dark brown.

b. g ad. Smith’s River, Sept. 10, 1894.

c. Ad. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894.

These specimens agree with others from Equatorial Africa

collected by Emin Pasha. A. orientalis seems to me always to be

‘distinguishable by the bright metallic-green band across the lower

back, this band being absent in A. longuemarit.

The species obtained by Heuglin on the Wa River in April

was doubtless A. orientalis, and he also met with it in winter

plumage in January. Antinori procured the same bird in the

Djur and Dor districts. It is certainly the species procured by

Mr. Jackson from the Teita district, and I have little doubt that

it is also the form recorded from so many places in Eastern Africa

by Dr. Reichenow.

Fam. ZOSTEROPID#.

53. ZOSTERUPS FLAVILATERALIS.

Zosterops flavilateralis, Reichen. J. f. O. 1892, p. 192; id. Vég.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 208 (1894),

476 . DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS’ [May 21,

Zosterops tenella, Hartl.; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi-

art. 10, p. 8 (1886).

a. dg ad. Sillul, Aug. 7, 1894. Iris light brown. Feet dark

grey.

I believe that I have correctly identified this species, which is

recorded by Dr. Reichenow from Masai-land on the Maeru Moun-

tains, Aruscha, and Kilima-njaro.

Fam. Parip#&.

54, PARUS THRUPPI.

Parus thruppi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406, pl. xi. fig. 2.

a. g ad. Milmil, July 27, 1894.

Discovered by Mr. Lort Phillips near the centre of the Somali

plateau.

55. ALGITHALUS MUSCULTS.

Aigithalus musculus, Hartl.; Shelley, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 29.

a,b. g ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris dark brown; legs

bluish grey.

This is an Equatorial species, which has not hitherto been re-

corded from Somali-land or East Africa.

Fam. Lanip”.

56. LANIUS ISABELLINUS.

Lanius isabcllinus, H. & E.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii, p. 475

(1871); Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 277 (1883); Reichen.

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 158 (1894).

a, g ad. Bunker Dagabourh, Dec. 22, 1894, Iris brown.

Not plentiful in North-eastern Africa, south of 15° N. lat. in

Kordofan; on the White Nile, in Senar, and in Abyssinia; ob-

tained by Ehrenberg near Quofuda, on the Arabian coast (Heuglin).

It is a winter visitor to East Africa, according to Dr. Reichenow,

and has been obtained at Bagamoyo, on the Pangani River, the

Wembaere Steppes, Tavéta, and Bukoba.

57. LANIUS HUMERALIS.

Lanius humeralis, Stanl. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 486 (1871) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 130 (1884), vi. p. 240 (1888) ;

Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 597; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr,

p- 157 (1894).

a. g ad. Tuago, Oct. 27, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Heuglin says that this isa very common bird in Abyssinia,

apparently a resident, but not found above 8000-10,000 feet.

He collected it northwards to the Province of Takah, and to the

southward to Fazogl, more rarely in Southern Kordofan, and on

the White Nile.

In Shoa the present species was met with by Antinori at Mahal-

1895. } FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. AT7

Uonz from March to August, breeding in June. Dr. Ragazzi also

records it from various localities in Shoa between November and

June. Mr. Jackson procured it in Elgeyo (July), in Kikuyu

(August), and on Mount Elgon (February); and, according to

Dr. Reichenow, it extends south to Igénda, Kilima-njaro, Aruscha,

and Bukoba.

58. LANIUS ANTINORII.

Lanius antinorii, Salvad. ; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 255

(1883).

a. g ad. Labarouk, July 12, 1894.

6. 9 ad. The Haud, July 24, 1894.

These specimens are undoubtedly Z. antimorii, but Mr. Gillett

obtained a specimen near Gelaydee which is the true Z. dorsalis,

Cab., as also is Mr. Lort Phillips’s example recorded by Capt.Shelley

from Somali-land (‘ Ibis,’ 1885, p. 401). Mr. Jackson’s specimen

from Turquel (‘ Ibis,’ 1891, p. 295) is also true LZ. dorsalis, with

black inner secondaries. I should not be surprised, notwith-

standing that Dr. Smith’s specimens are determined as male and

female, to learn that L. antinorii and ZL. dorsalis are sexes of the

same species. Cf. Salvadori, Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

p- 555 (1894).

59. LANIARIUS CRUENTUS.

Dryoscopus cruentus (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 462

(1871). y

Laniarius cruentus (H. & E.); Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii.

p- 152 (1883); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 402.

Rhodophoneus cruentus, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

p. 555 (1894).

a. 9 ad. The Haud, July 25, 1894.

b. Q ad. Dacheto, Aug. 10, 1894. Iris light brown; legs

grey.

c. g ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23, 1894. Iris dark brown ; legs

light grey.

According to Heuglin, the range of this species is decidedly

restricted to certain districts. He found it only along the African

coast of the Red Sea from Suakin south to Adél-land, and he con-

siders it to be a bird of the lowlands rather than of the mountains,

which it seldom visits.

60. LANIARIUS POLIOCEPHALUS.

Meristes olivaceus (nec V.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 466

(1871).

Laniarius poliocephalus (Licht.); Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii.

p. 156 (1883)

a. Ad. Bainhou, Jan. 10, 1895. Iris golden yellow; legs

grey.

Antinori considered this species to extend no further than 8° or

478 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

9° N. lat., and to be migratory between the 20th of February and

the 10th of March on the Upper Nile. Heuglin, on the other

hand, believed the species to be resident, as he met with it in

November and December, and again in March, on the plains of

Hamedo in the Abyssinian lowlands, in April in the “ Quola” of

Western Abyssinia, in Kordofan in July, and in Bongo between

August and November.

In Shoa Antinori met with the allied species L. hypopyrrhus.

61. DRyYOscoPUS ZTHIOPICUS.

Dryoscopus ethiopicus (Gm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. 1. p. 458

(1871) ; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 139 (1883); Reichen.

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 163 (1894).

Laniarius ethiopicus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 132

(1884), vi. p. 240 (1888).

a. 9 ad. Mount Kuldush, Dec. 18,1894. Iris reddish brown ;

legs grey.

Found in pairs, according to Heuglin, in Abyssinia and Takah,

northwards to 17° N. lat. on the Upper White Nile, less commonly

in Senar and Kordofan. It extends up the mountains higher than

D. gambensis, but not beyond 8000 feet.

Antinori found the species in Shoa, but rather sparsely, near

Let-Marafia. Dr. Ragazzi, however, mentions it as common in

Shoa. Dr. Reichenow records it from Aruscha, Kilima-njaro, and

Karéma.

62. DRYOSCOPUS GAMBENSIS.

Dryoscopus gambensis, Licht. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 456

(1871); Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 146 (1883); Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 241 (1888).

a. 2 ad. Walenso, Oct. 26,1894. Iris red; bill, under man-

dible grey, upper mandible black ; legs grey.

A resident in North-eastern Africa, according to Heuglin, by

whom it was obtained to the eastward as far as the Anseba River,

in Senar, Kordofan, and the region of the Nile. On the moun-

tains of Abyssinia it ascends to 6000 feet. He describes a female

bird from the Schir Negroes country on the Upper White Nile.

Dr. Ragazzi procured the species in Shoa in the forests of Fekeric-

Ghem, Sciotalit, and the Gherba Falls.

63. DRyoscoPUS FUNEBRIS.

Dryoscopus funebris, Hartl.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 461

(1871); Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 133 (1883); Sharpe,

Ibis, 1891, p. 598; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 162

(1894).

Laniarius funebris, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 183

(1884), vi. p. 241 (1888).

a,b. d Q ad. Sillul, Aug. 7, 1894. Iris dark brown.

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 479

First obtained by Speke at Meninga in Equatorial Africa. Two

specimens, which Count Salvadori believes to be of this species,

were obtained by Antinori at Ambo-Karra, in Shoa, in July and

August. Dr. Ragazzi obtained a female at Muca in May, but it

was not common. It extends south as far as the Teita district,

where it was procured by Mr. Jackson at Nzoni, and is widely

spread over East Africa down to Ugogo.

64. DRYoscoPUS RUFINUCHALIS, 0. sp.

Similis D. ruficipiti, sed fronte et vertice nigris, occipite nuchaque

rufis distinguendus. Long. tot. 7-1 poll., culm. 0°75, ala@ 3,

caude 3°15, tars? 1:05.

a. g ad. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894. Legs grey; iris dark brown.

b. g ad. Tooloo Duroo, Nov. 25, 1894.

c. Ad. ?, Dec. 1, 1894.

All Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimens differ from the type in

the Lort Phillips collection in having the fore part of the crown

black, as well as the forehead. In the typical specimen the fore-

head only is black, so that there is not half the amount of black

on the crown of the head. This may only be sexual. A specimen

got by Mr. Gillett is also stated to be a male, like two of those

procured by Dr. Smith. On the other hand, it is so remarkable that

four specimens obtained on the present expedition should all agree

together and all differ from the type in such a marked way, that

I have come to the coy clusion that the differences are specific.

65. TELEPHONUS JAMESI.

Telephonus jamesi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 403, pl. fig’ 2;

Oust. t.c. p. 5 (1886).

a. Bussarler, Nov. 28, 1894. Legs grey; iris brown, with

light spots.

66. TELEPHONUS BLANFORDI.

Telephonus erythropterus, pt., Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 468

(1871).

Telephonus blanfordi, Sharpe; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii.

p. 127, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1883); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i.

p- 119 (1884), vi. p. 242 (1888's?>Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 600.

a. g ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25, 1894. Iris purple, with small

white spots; legs bluish grey.

This Bush-Shrike breeds in Shoa, where Antinori met with it at

Daimbi in the Adda Galla country and at Let-Marafia, Algaber,

Mahal-Uonz, and Denz. Mr. Jackson obtained a specimen at

Kitosh in March,

67. NILAUS MINOR, subsp. n.

Nilaus brubru (Lath.); Salvad. t. c. p. 555 (1894).

N. similis N. capensi, sed conspicue minor. Long. tot. 5:1 poll.,

culm. 0°65, ale 3, caude 1:9, tarsi 0°75.

480 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

3g ad. Milmil, July 2, 1894.

g ad. Sibbe, July 3, 1894.

Q ad. The Haud, July 24, 1894.

d. g ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris dark brown; legs dark

grey.

It is very interesting to find a race of the South-African

N. capensis in Somali-land, as the N.E.-African NV. afer or

Reichenow’s NV. nigritemporalis might have been expected. I

can find no difference between the Somali and Cape examples

beyond the conspicuously smaller size of the former and a certain

degree of more white at the tips of the inner primaries. The

same small race occurs in the Teita district, where a specimen was

procured by Sir Robert Harvey.

Sos

68. PRIONOPS CRISTATUS.

Prionops poliocephalus (nec Stanl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 403 ;

id. P. ZS.

Prionops cristatus, Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 601.

a. 6 ad. The Haud, July 24, 1894. Iris and eyelid straw-

yellow ; legs coral-red.

69. EvUROCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI.

Eurocephalus rueppelli, Bp.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 487;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 280 (1877); Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p- 403 ; Oust. t. c. p. 5 (1886) ; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi.

p- 243 (1888); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 160 (1894).

a. gad. Milmil, July 28, 1894.

b. Juv. Milmil, July 28, 1894.

c. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29, 1894. Iris dark brown; eye-

lids fleshy, black in colour.

The young bird from Milmil has the crown of the head brown,

the hinder crown and nape creamy white, the back has obscure

pale edges to the feathers, and the wing-coverts are distinctly

margined with sandy buff, as also are the inner secondaries. The

ear-coverts also are white, with the fore part of the face black, and

some black mottlings on the side of the neck.

Riippell met with this specig; in Shoa, and Heuglin obtained

several examples from the Uppe: White Nile, south of 9° N. lat.,

in February and March. Dr. Ragazzi also found it at Assakalel

in Shoa, and Antinori noticed the species near Jerarudda in the

Somali-Isa district. According to Dr. Reichenow, this species is

widely distributed in East Africa, and he gives the names of many

localities between Ugogo and Speke Gulf on the Victoria Nyanza.

70. BRADYORNIS PUMILUS, ND. sp.

B. similis B. murino, sed conspicue minor, et secundartis late fulvo

marginatis. Long. tot. 5°9 poll., culm. 0°6, ale 3:2, caude

2-45, tarsi 0°85.

a. 6 ad. Hargeisa, July 17, 1894.

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 48]

b. Ad. Hargeisa, July 18, 1894.

ce. Ad. The Haud, July 23, 1894.

d. 2 ad.;e. gd imm. Schebeli, Sept. 9, 1894. Iris dark

brown.

This bird is a small race of B. murinus. It is so much greyer

than B. pallidus that it cannot be confounded with it, when once

the two species are compared. There are some evidences of dusky

streaks on the head, which give to the bird, at first sight, a

resemblance to Muscicapa grisola.

71. MBLEZNORNIS SCHISTACEA, n. sp.

M. similis M. atre, sed ubique schistacea, et remigibus intus albo

marginatis distinguenda. Long. tot. 8 poll., culm. 0°55, ale 4,

caude 4, tarsi 0°9.

a. Ad. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19, 1894.

The grey colour of this species easily distinguishes it from

M. atra, but, in addition to that, the white quill-lining is very con-

spicuous.

Fam. SYLVIID-2,

72. PHYLLOSCOPUS TROGHILUS.

Phyllopseuste trochilus (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 298

(1869).

Phylloscopus trochilus, Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 56 (1881) ;

Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 153; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 232

(1894).

a. Ad. Sheik Mahomet, Nov. 9, 1894.

Heuglin states that our Willow-Wren is a plentiful visitor to

North-eastern Africa in winter, and he procured specimens at

Khartoum and Berber at the end of August and the beginning of

September. It goes south to Abyssinia, Kordofan, and the White

Nile districts. Mr. Jackson shot one in Ukambani in March, and

Dr. Reichenow records it from the Ronga River and Paré in

winter.

73. EREMOMELA FLAVICRISSALIS. 0. sp.

Similis E. flaviventri, sed supra sordide schistacea, minime olwas-

cens: subtus alba, hypochondriis imis, crisso et subcaudalibus

pallide sulphureis distinguenda. Long. tot. 3°5 poll., culm. 0°35,

ale 1:95, caude 0°95, tarsi 0°65,

a. Ad. Shebeli, Sept. 6, 1894. Iris yellow-ochre.

This little species is very similar to Z. flaviventris and E. griseo-

flava, but is easily distinguished by the small amount of yellow on

the underparts, which does not reach above the line of the thighs.

The upper surface is of a darker slate-colour, very perceptibly so on

comparison of specimens, and the tail-feathers have narrow white

fringes, not ashy olive as in £. flaviventris.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. XX XI. 31

482 DR. R, B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

74, CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX.

Erythropygia simplex (Cab.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 74

1883).

: Thamnobia simplex, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 251

(1888).

Calomonastes simplex, Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 154; Reichen. Vog.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 225 (1894).

a. g ad. Milmil, July 30, 1894.

b. o ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris reddish brown; legs

purple-brown.

c. Ad. Sheik Husein, Oct. 2, 1894. Iris and legs light brown.

Mr. Lort Phillips has recently procured this species on the

Goolis Mountains. Dr. Ragazzi obtained it at Sodde, i in Shoa, in

August. Mr. Jackson met with it at Turquel in January and at

the River Voi, in Teita, in December. Dr. Reichenow also gives

the Paré Mountains, Nguruman, and the Pangani River as localities

for the species.

75. SYLVIELLA MICRURA.

Oligocercus rufescens (nec V.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 236

(1869).

Sylviella micrura (Riipp.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 154

(1883).

Sylvietta micrura, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2)i. p. 145 (1888),

vi. p. 251 (1888).

a. Q ad. Fehja, Noy. 23, 1894. Iris red ; legs light brown.

According to Heuglin, this species is found singly or in pairs in

North-eastern Africa, below 16° or 17° N. lat. On the African

coast of the Red Sea it extends from Takah to Adel-land, and is

found in Bogos-land and the warmer parts of Abyssinia, as well

as in Southern Nubia, Kordofan, Senar, and on the Nile and its

tributaries. Antinori procured it at Ambo-Karra in August and

on the “ Kolla” of Aigaber in Shoa in October, and Dr. Ragazzi at

Cialalaka in June.

76. DRYODROMAS SMITHI.

Dryodromas smithi, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. iv. p. xxix.

a. 6 ad. Shebeli, Sept. 4, 1894. Iris yellow-ochre; legs

flesh-colour.

b,c. d imm. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27, 1894. Iris light brown ;

eyelids yellow-ochre ; legs light brown.

Differs in the greater amount of white on the outer tail-feathers,

which have the outer web entirely white. The type-specimen has

also distinct white edges to the wing-coverts and inner secondaries,

but these are are not so plain in the two specimens from Sheik

Husein, which are like D. rujifrons, but show much more white on

the outer tail-feathers.

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 483

77. CISTICOLA DODSONI.

_ Cisticola dodsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. p. xxix.

a. 9 ad. The Haud, July 25, 1894.

78. CISTICOLA MARGINALIS.

Cisticola marginata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 248 (1869) ;

Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 223 (1894).

Cisticola marginalis (Heugl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii.

p- 258 (1883). :

a. g ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 4, 1894. Iris and legs light

brown.

Heuglin obtained this species only on the Upper White Nile,

the Gazelle River, and on the Lower Bahr-el-Djebel. Said by

Dr. Reichenow to have been obtained at Tabéra in East Africa.

79. CISTICOLA SOMALICA, sp. n.

Similis C. hesitate, sed major et uropygio cinerascente concolore

distinguenda. Long. tot. 4°6 poll., culm. 0°6, ale 2°16, caude

1:9, tarsz 0°8.

a. 2 ad. Milmil, July 26, 1894.

b. g ad. Ehrer, Aug. 16y 1894.

Although very similar to C. hesitata of Socotra, this species is

so much larger that it is impossible to believe that they can be

identical. The rump also is uniform ashy, whereas it is distinctly

mottled with darker centres in C. hesitata. Another African

species with which it seems to be related is C. lugubris, which it

resembles in size, but is easily recognizable by its strongly streaked

head and neck, the dark streaks being equally distinct on the sides

of the face. It is also of a paler grey, and is further distinguished

by the absence of rufous on the wing.

This species is evidently closely allied to C. citnereola of Salvadori

(Ann. Mus. Genov. 2, vi. p. 254) from Farré in Shoa, but is

apparently distinguished by the strong shade of buff on the under-

parts and by the colour of the feet, which are dark yellowish

brown, and could not be called pale horn-colour.

Fam. Turpip2.

80. ERYTHROPYGIA LEUCOPTERA.

Aédon leucoptera (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. 1. p. 279

(1869); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 152 (1884).

Erythropygia leucoptera, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 79

(1883); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov.

(2) vi. p. 255 (1888).

a. g ad. Dullaat, July 13, 1894.

b. 2 ad. Hargeisa, July 21, 1894. ,

c. Ad. Shebeli, Sept. 6, 1894. Iris dark brown; base of

under mandible yellow-ochre. :

31*

484 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

d. g ad. Okoto, Sept. 7, 1894. Iris dark brown; base of

under mandible yellow-ochre ; legs light horn-colour.

e. dad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24,1894. Iris dark brown ; base

of under mandible yellow-ochre ; legs light grev.

This is a Shoan species, and was not known to Heuglin from

any other locality. It is rare in that country, according to

Antinori, but Dr. Ragazzi appears to have met with it more

plentifully near Ambokarra in May, and at the Farré Falls in

March and July.

81. CossyPHA DONALDSONI.

Cossypha donaldsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. p. xxviii

(March, 1895).

a. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28, 1893. Iris dark brown.

This new species is closely allied to Cossypha subrufescens of

Bocage, but the back is dark grey, as also are the wings, the quills

not showing the light grey margins which are seen in C. subrufescens,

This species is further distinguished by its uniform outer tail-

feathers, which do not show the dusky edgings seen in the last-

named species and in C. heuglini also.

82. CICHLADUSA GUTTATA,.

Cichladusa guttata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 374 (1869);

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 70 (1883); Oust. Bibl. Ecole

Hautes Etudes, xxxi. p. 6 (1886); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 160;

Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 227 (1894).

a. ¢ ad. Moodenner, Nov. 26, 1894. Iris reddish brown.

This species was found by Heuglin only at Aniob, in the Kidj

Negro district, and on the banks of the Bahr-el-Djebel. Mr. Jackson

met with it at Njemps, on Lake Barengo, in July, and it occurs at

different places from Lake Naivascha to the coast-region of Baza-

moyo, and the Pangani River.

83. GEOCICHLA SIMENSIS.

Turdus simensis (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 380

(1869).

Geocichla simensis, Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. y. p. 183 (1881).

Psophocichla simensis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 158

(1884), vi. p. 258 (1888).

a. 2 ad. Sheik Mahomed, Noyv.1, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Heuglin states that this is one of the commonest species in the

Abyssinian highlands, from the Pass of Taranta and Mensa to

Western Amhara, south to the Gala country, but never found

below 5000 feet.

Common in Shoa, at Licce and Fecherié-Ghem, from October

to February, according to Antinori. It was also found to be very

common at Fallé in January by Dr. Pagazzi.

1895. | FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 485

-84. TURDUS ABYSSINICUS.

Turdus olivacinus, Bp.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 382

(1869).

Turdus abyssinicus, Gm.; Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 228

(1881); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 159 (1884), vi.

p- 258 (1888).

a. Q juv. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 4, 1894. Iris dark brown ;

legs orange ; bill yellowish brown.

b. 2 ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 7, 1894. Iris dark brown;

eyelids yellow-ochre; bill orange; legs bright yellow.

Distributed over the whole of Abyssinia, according to Heuglin,

but only met with at an elevation of from 7000 to 11,000 feet

above the sea. In Wolo-land he met with it up to 12,000 feet.

Autinori states that the species is not rare in Shoa, in

Arramba and Ankober, nesting in February in the forests of this

portion of the “ Kolla.” Dr. Ragazzi also found it to be very

common in Shoa,

85. Monvricona SAXATILIS.

Monticola saxatilis (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 370

(1869); Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 313 (1881); Salvad. Ann.

Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 160 (1884); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 161;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 556 (1894).

a. 9 ad. Webe Shebeli, Dec. 16, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Heuglin records the Rock-Thrush as a spring and autumn

migrant in N.E. Africa, not rare in Egypt, Nubia, and Arabia.

Some remain during the winter, others going south. He met

with this species on the Gazelle River (7°-8° N. lat.) in Novem-

ber, near Aden in December and January, and also on the higher

mountains of Abyssinia. It was procured by Antinori in Shoa, at

Mahal-Uonz in March, and at Algaber in October. Mr. Jackson

found it as far south as Ukambani, and, according to Dr. Reichenow,

it has been procured at Bagamoyo, Igénda, and Kagéyi in German

East Africa.

86. SAXICOLA ISABBLLINA.

Saxicola isabellina, Riipp.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 344

(1869); Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 599 (1881); Shelley, Ibis,

1885, p. 405; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 164 (1884), vi.

p- 36 (1888); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 162; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 236 (1894).

a. g ad. Ummayer, Dec. 3, 1894. Iris brown.

This is a very large specimen (wing 4:15), with a reddish-

brown crown, and the rufous-brown on the rump strongly marked.

I notice, however, a tendency in many individuals in our large

series in the Museum to vary in these particulars, and I have

therefore come to the conclusion that Dr. Smith’s specimen is only

a particularly fine one.

The Isabelline Wheatear, according to Heuglin, is a resident

486 DR, R, B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

bird in Abyssinia, and breeds in Semien up to 10,000 feet. It ‘is

found singly, in autumn, winter, and spring, in Beypt, Arabia, and

on the islands and coast of the Red Sea, as well as in Somali-

land, Nubia, and Kordofan. Antinori procured a specimen at

Daimbi, in Shoa, in November. Mr. Jackson found this Wheatear

very plentiful in January in Turquel, at the foot of Mount Elgon,

and it has been procured by Dr. Fischer on Lake Naiwascha, and

near Kipini in Formosa Bay.

87. SAXICOLA @NANTHE,

Saxicola enanthe (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 347 (1869) ;

Seeb. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vy. p. 391 (1881); Oust. t.c. p. 7 (1886) ;

Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 162.

a. 2 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Our European Wheatear is said by Heuglin to be a winter

visitant to North-eastern Africa and Arabia, south as far as the lake

districts of the Upper Nile. Mr. Jackson procured a specimen at

Kitina, in January, and Dr. Reichenow records the species as a

winter visitant to Igénda, Ugdlla, Ussdre, and Kagéyi in German

Kast Africa.

88. SAXICOLA PHILLIPSI.

Saxicola phillipsi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404, pl. xii.; Salvad,

t.c. p. 556 (1894).

a. gad. Hargeisa, July 16, 1894.

89. SaXICOLA SOMALICA, n. sp.

S. semilis 8. morioni, cauda eodem modo notata, sed gula alba

distinguenda. Long. tot. 6°4 poll., culm. 0°5, ale 3°7, caude

2°45, tarsi 1°85.

a. g imm.[?]. Doda, Noy. 21, 1894. Iris brown.

After a careful comparison of examples of all the species of

Saxicola in the British Museum, I have been unable to refer this

specimen to any one of them. The bird is in winter plumage, and

is in most respects like the winter plumage of S. morio. The black

on the ear-coverts and on the sides of the neck is developing

plainly, but the throat, which in the parallel plumage of S. morio

is also black, is white in S. somalica; nor can I trace any sign of

underlying black plumage, which is aiways observable in S. morio.

I am therefore under the impression’ that the Teh s is quite

distinct from the last-mentioned bird.

90. MyrMmcocicHLA MELANURA.

Saaicola melanura (Temm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 361

(1869).

Myrmecocichla melanura (Temm.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

ve ‘ee 361 (1881); Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. 10,

7 (1886).

ars b. Ad. Daragoody, July 11, 1894.

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 487

These specimens agree with the series in the British Museum

from Aden and Abyssinia; but these all differ from the form found

in Palestine, which seems to me to be quite distinct, and which I

have named M. yerburyi (Bull. B. O. C. iv. p. xxxvi).

Heuglin says that this species is found, mostly in pairs, from

Arabia Petrea south to Aden, and in the mountain valleys

between Berber and Suakin, in Central and Southern Nubia, and

in the rocky districts near Massowa, on most of the islands of the

Danakil coast, near Tedjura, and in the country of the Eisa

Somalis.

91. PRATINCOLA ALBIFASCIATA,

Pratincola semitorquata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 342 (1869),

Pratincola albifasciata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 198

(1879); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 166 (1884), vi. p. 262

(1888).

a. 6 ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 7, 1894. Iris dark brown.

This species was found by Riippell in the mountains of Semien

in Abyssinia. Mr. Blanford procure /it near Adigrat and again on

Lake Ashangi, Antinori and Ragazzi in Shoa from September to

January, and the latter naturalist at Kundi in June. Antinori

says that it inhabits the high districts of 2000 or 3000 metres, but

is also found in the * Kolla” of Mahal-Uonz, Ascaelna, and Let-

Maratra.

Fam. TIMELIID®,

92. CRATEROPUS SMITHI.

Cruteropus smithi, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. p. xli (1895).

C. similis C. hartlaubi et uropyyio albo, sed loris et regione peri-

ophthalmica albis, regione parotica clare cinerea, nec brunnea,

et gutturis pectorisque plumis cinereis, nec brunneis, albido squa-

mulatim marginatis. Long. tot. 10°2 poll., culm. 0°8, ale 4:15,

caude 4:5, tarsi 1-3. :

a. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 30, 1894. Iris bright red; legs

rey.

b. Jah Darro Mountains, Nov. 18, 1894. Iris greyish

brown; legs brown.

This species belongs to the white-rumped section of the genus

Crateropus, and is allied to*C. hurtlaubi, but is very distinct from

that species. The white lores and hoary face distinguish it at a

glance, and the grey feathers of the throat and breast, with their

white margins, are also a conspicuous feature. The flanks are

strongly fulvescent, and the general aspect of the upper surface is

darker than in C. hartlaubi, the tail especially being almost black.

93. ARGYA RUBIGINOSA.

Argya rubiginosa (Riipp.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr, i. p. 390

(1869); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 391.

488 . DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Argya heuglini, Sharpe ; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi.

art. 10, p. 5 (1856).

a. g ad. Shebeli, Aug. 27, 1894. Iris straw-yellow.

This I take to be the true A. rubiginosa of Riippell. The

bird usually called A. rubiginosa by African authorities is that

which I have called A. heuglint (Cat. B. vii. p. 391), as the

name of rufescens proposed for it had been preoccupied by Blyth.

I had not noticed that Heuglin himself had discovered his mistake

and in his ‘Appendix’ to the ‘ Ornithologie Nordost-Afrika’s’

(iv. p. eeexii) renamed the species 4. rufula, which name has been

adopted by Dr. Reichenow (Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 219), who

unearthed Heuglin’s identification. On looking over our series,

however, I find that there are three species of these rufous-

coloured Argya, which may be characterized as follows :—

a. Lores grey or dusky.

a', Larger; dark brown above; forehead dark grey,

extending to beyond the line of the eyes; hind-

neck and mantle also dark brown with dark shaft-

lines quite distinct: wing 3°8 inches ............... rubiginosa, (Shoa

and Somali.)

o'. Smaller ; light brown above ; a narrow frontal line

of grey; hind-neck light brown, but the dark

shaft-lines not distinct, except on the forehead :

WANE SSO NCHS: = 2 cr cecnecenstue<esssa0sssecavpeersee rufula. (Equatorial

Africa.)

b. Lores vinaceous rufous, like the sides of the face and

the under surface of the body ...........-.2.22:seseeeees saturata. (H. Africa.)

Hence arises a curious confusion of synonymy. Heuglin duly

noticed the difference between A. rubiginosa and A. rufescens, but

as the latter name was preoccupied, I proposed to call it A. heuglinz,

but at the same time I described the bird from Zanzibar, which

now proves to be distinct from A. rufula (i. e., A. rufescens, Heugl.,

nec Blyth).

The name of the Zanzibar bird will therefore be

ARGYA SATURATA, 0. Sp.

Argya rufula, auct., ec Africa Orientali (nec Heuglin).

Arqya heuglini, Sharpe, Cat. vil. p. 391 (pt. deser. nec syn.).

We have now several specimens of A. rufula, Heugl., and of

A. saturata in the Museum collection, and the rufous lores and

sides of face in the latter species are very pronounced.

Fam. PYcNoNOoTID#,

94, PycNoNOTUS DODSONI, n. sp.

P. similis P. layardi, sed multo minor, nigredine capitis gutturisque

valde definita, et rectricibus albo terminatis, pectore et abdomine

pure albis, prepectore albo, plumis medialiter suturate brunneo

notatis, quasi squamatis, et dorsi plumis medialiter nigricanti-

brunneis squamulatim notatis distmguendus. Long. tot. 6°5 poll.,

culm. 0°6, ale 3°25, caude 2:6, tarsi 0°75,

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 489

a. Ad. Sillul, Aug. 8, 1894. Iris black.

b. ¢ ad. Lammo, Aug. 12, 1894.

ce. 2 ad. Dada, Nov. 21,1894. Iris brown.

Dr. Reichenow (Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 207) says that

Pycnonotus minor, Heugl., has been procured at Itale in German

East Africa, and [ expected to find that the small Bulbul collected

by Dr. Donaldson Smith would prove to be Heuglin’s species,

which is said to differ from P. layardi in having the head and

throat blackish brown instead of black, and not sharply defined

from the colour of the back and chest. The under surface of the

body is also whiter.

The last-named character is the only one which is found in the

Somali Bulbul. The black of the head and throat is as well defined

as in P. layardi, and coutrasts with the brown of the neck and lower

throat. The feathers of the upper surface have blackish-brown

centres, which give a mottled appearance to the back; and the

fore-neck is white, with blackish centres to the feathers, giving a

scaly appearance which is very strongly marked. The ends of the

tail-feathers are also very conspicuously white.

95. PHYLLOSTROPHUS PAUPER, N. sp.

Similis P. strepitanti, Reichen., sed brunneus, minime olivascens :

uropygio rufescente et cauda saturate brunnea distingquendus.

Long. tot. 7°2 poll., culm, 0°65, ale 3:0, caude 3:15, tarsi 0°85,

a. 2 ad. Shebeli, Aug. 28, 1894. Iris red.

The brown tail and the absolute want of any olive shade in the

plumage seems to distinguish this species from P. strepitans, of

which the Museum possesses specimens from Nyassa-land, iden-

tified by Dr. Reichenow.

Fam. MUscIcaPIp®.

96. PACHYPRORA PUELLA,

Batis puella, Reichen. JB. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. x. p. 18. (1893);

id. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 150.

a. g ad. Hargeisa, July 21, 1894.

b. g. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris yellow; ring next to the

pupil thin, reddish brown.

The difficulty of preserving these little Flycatchers renders it by

no means easy to determine the extent of the white eyebrow

encircling the head. It is very seldom that good skins of the

small Pachyprore are obtainable; and although the pair sent by

Dr. Donaldson Smith are in good condition, I cannot definitely trace

acomplete band of white round the crown. In every other respect

they seem to be true P. orientalis; but I think that the want of a

definite eyebrow is a character of importance, and so I have re-

ferred them to P. puella of Reichenow, though the median throat-

mark in the female is not so clearly defined as in Dr. Reichenow’s

figure (op. cit. fig. 69).

490 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

97. MUSCICAPA GRISOLA.

Muscicapa grisola, L.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 439 (1871) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 151 (1879).

a. g ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28, 1894. Iris dark brown.

The Common Flycatcher visits Egypt in August and September,

and is said by Heuglin to extend southwards to Nubia, Senar, and

Abyssinia. In October he found it not rare on the Adel and

Somali coasts, and at Aden in December. Neither Antinori nor

Ragazzi appear to have met with the species in Shoa, nor did

Mr. Jackson meet with it on his journey to Uganda; but in German

East Africa the species has been detected in all kinds of localities

from the coast to the Victoria Nyanza, so that there is not the

slightest doubt that the species migrates throughout the whole

country between the lakes and the coast-region.

98. PARISOMA BOEHMI.

Parisoma boehmit, Reichen. J. f. O. 1882, p. 200; id. Vog.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 215 (1894).

a. fg ad. Hargeisa, July 16, 1894, Iris straw-colour.

This interesting species, which Dr. Reichenow considers to be a

Tit, but which I think to be a Flycatcher, has not yet been found

in British East Africa or in Shoa, but is recorded by Dr. Reichenow

from Ugégo, Wembaere, Mpwapwa, Paré Mountuins, and Masai-

land. Its presence in Somali-land was therefore unexpected, but

it doubtless occurs in the intervening region.

99, TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.

Terpsiphone melanogastra (Swains.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

p. 441 (1871).

Terpsiphone cristata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 354 (1879) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 124 (1884); Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p- 400; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) p. 234 (1888) ; Sharpe, Ibis,

1892, p. 504.

a. go ad.; 6. gd imm. Shebeli, Aug. 26, 1894. Iris brown;

eyelids bright blue; legs and bill bluish grey.

c. ¢ juv. Sheik Husein, Sept.19,1894. Iris brown ; legs grey.

d. g imm. Darro Mountains, Noy. 18, 1894. Iris brown;

bill, eyelids, and legs bright grey.

e o ad. ?, Jan. 10, 1895. Iris brown; bill and legs

bluish grey.

Heuglin says that the home of this Paradise Flycatcher extends

from the Abyssinian coast-land in lat. 16°-17° south to the

upper districts of the White Nile and its tributaries. In the

wooded portions of Abyssinia it ascends to 8000 feet, and is

plentiful in that country, as also in Senar and in Southern Kor-

dofan, on the Sobat, Djur, and Gazelle Rivers, as well as on the

Bahr-el-Djebel. Antinori considered the species to be resident,

but Heuglin believes that it may be partly migratory, moving at

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 491

certain seasons to the neighbourhood of the waters. Antinori

collected a series of specimens in Shoa, from March to December ;

and as Dr. Ragazzi procured the species in February, it may be

taken as a resident in Shoa throughout the year. Mr. Jackson

met with it at Turquel in December, and also in the Teita district ;

but, curiously enough, the species is not included by Dr. Reichenow

in his list of the birds of German East Africa, where Terpsiphone

emini is recorded from Bukoba, and the South-African 7’, perspi-

cillata is the predominant species.

Fam. HrrunpDiNIp&.

100. Hirtnpo ZTHIOPICA.

Hirundo albigularis (nec Strickl.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr.

i. p. 153 (1869). } }

Hirundo ethiopica, Blanf.; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi.

p- 5(1886); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 146 (1885); Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 230 (1888); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 146 (1894). '

a. g ad. Hargeisa, July 20,1894. /

b. Q ad.; ¢. g juv. Luku, Sept. 17, 1894. Iris dark brown.

Occurs, according to Heuglin, all along the Nile below 20°-21°

N. lat., and in Abyssinia up to 10,000 feet. On the Red Sea it

is less common, but in Bogos-land it is migratory, arriving with

the first summer rain and remaining till September. Antinori

records it from the same country as arriving in May and leaving in

August. Antinori appears never to have met with the species

in Shoa, but Dr. Ragazzi procured a young bird at Gascia Mulu in

July. It has not occurred in Mr. Jackson's collections, but is

recorded by Dr. Reichenow from Bagamoyo.

Order PICIFORMES.

Fam. Pica,

101. THRIPIAS SCHOENSIs.

Picus schoensis, Riipp.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 809 (1871).

Thripias schoensis, Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 308

(1890).

a. g ad. Dada, Noy. 21, 1894. Iris dark red.

This species was discovered by Riippell in Shoa, and was obtained

by Heuglin in the woods on the Bongoand Wau Rivers. Antinori

and the Italian naturalists who succeeded that great explorer in

Shoa never met with the species. In Teita, Mr. Jackson obtained

the southern form, 7’. namaquus (Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 308), and

it is this species which Dr. Reichenow records from Usegtha, Nguru,

Aruscha, Ugégo, and Kakoma (Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 121),

102. DENDROPICUS HEMPRICHI.

Picus hemprichi, H. & E.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 804 (1871)

Dendropicus hemprichii, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393; Hargitt,

492 DR. R, B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 299 (1890); Salvad. t. ec. p. 552 (1894:

Webbe, Valley of Habir).

Ipoctonus hemprichii, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 211

(1888).

a. g ad. Hargeisa, July 20, 1894.

b, 2 ad. Tooloo. Nov. 24, 1894. Iris red; bill and legs

grey.

Not rare, according to Heuglin, on the Abyssinian and Adel

coasts, to Senar and Kordofan and on the Lower White Nile. In

Central Abyssinia and Gala-land he found it up to 10,000 and

11,000 feet. Dr. Ragazzi met with the species at Cialalaka in

Shoa in June, but it does not extend to the south, as it is wanting

in Mr. Jackson’s collections, and is not recorded from German

East Africa by Dr. Reichenow.

103. CAMPOTHERA NUBICA.

Picus nubicus, Gm.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 811 (1871).

Campothera nubica, Shelley, lbis, 1885, p. 393 ; Hargitt, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 93 (1890); Salvad. t. c. p. 552 (1894:

Mandera); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 307; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 121 (1894).

Stictopicus nubicus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 88 (1884),

vi, p. 211 (1888).

a. 9 imm. Hargeisa, July 18, 1894.

b. g ad. Sassabanna, July 31, 1894. Iris red.

c. Ad. Shebeli, Aug. 26, 1894. Iris dirty grey; legs grey.

d. Ad. Shebeli, Aug. 29, 1894. Iris crimson ; legs pale sage-

green.

According to Heuglin, this Woodpecker is pretty common in

Takah, South Nubia, Kordofan, Senar, Abyssinia, and in the

Samhar district. It is resident. Antinori says that he never found

the species in the highlands of Shoa; in the base of the “ Kolla” it

is rare, but is met with there, and in similar localities in Somali-

land it is common. Dr. Ragazzi collected specimens at Dinghai-

Meseghia in March, at Ambo-Karra in May, and at Daimbi in June;

Mr. Jackson found the species on Mount Elgon, at 6000 feet, in

February ; and Dr. Reichenow records it from the Pangani River,

Usardmo, Irangi, the eastern slope of Kilima-njaro, and Mpwapwa.

Order SCANSORES.

Fam. InpIcATORID®.

104. INDICATOR INDICATOR.

Indicator sparmannii, Stephens ; Heug]. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 767

(1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 90 (1884).

Indicator indicator (Gm.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 5

(1891); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 308; Reichen. Voég. Deutsch-Ost-

Afr. p. 112 (1894).

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 493

a. 2 imm. Sassabanna, July 31, 1894.

b. g ad. Stonybrook, Aug. 19, 1894. Iris light brown.

c. Q ad. Shebeli, Aug. 29, 1894.

Found by Heuglin in the Abyssinian lowlands and the Bogos

district. Antinori procured the species at Ambo-Karra in Shoa

in March, Mr. Jackson in the Ukanbani country in February, and

Dr. Reichenow records it from the Pangani River, Kakoma,

Igénda, Ussure, Irangi, and Ugalla.

Fam. CAPrronip®.

105. TRACHYPHONUS SHELLEYI.

Trachyphonus erythrocephalus (nec Cab.), Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p- 394 (Somali plateau); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

p- 551 (1894).

a. Q ad. Milmil, July 26, 1894.

6. g ad. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19, }_94. Iris brown; bill

pale reddish brown. ;

Compared with the type this bird is much larger. It measures

total length 8-2 inches, culmen 1:0, wing 3°5, tail 3-1. In 7. shelleyi

the culmen is 0°85, wing 3°1, tail 2°8.

The female appears to differ from the female of 7. erythrocepha-

lus in having the base of the forehead sulphur-yellow continued

into a broad eyebrow, and in having more sulphur-yellow on the

fore part of the cheeks and throat.

106. TRACHYPHONUS UROPYGIALIS.

Trachyphonus uropygialis, Salvad. Mem. Accad. Tor. (2) xliv.

p- 551 (1894).

a. 9 ad. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894. Iris dark brown; cere

black ; bill greyish horn-colour; legs grey.

Count Salvadori has separated this species on account cf the

lateral upper tail-coverts being crimson; but all our six specimens

ot 7. boehmi in the British Museum show this peculiarity, and I

very much doubt if 7. uropygialis is distinct. The Somali bird has,

however, the rump sulphur-yellow, with minute spots of black, which

are not seen in 7’. bochmi, but are apparent in 7. arnaudi.

107. TRIicHOLEMA STIGMATOTHORAX.

Tricholema stigmatothorax, Cab. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 394; id.

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 29, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1821); Sharpe, Ibis,

1892, p. 509; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 116 (1894).

a. Ad. Sillul, Aug. 6, 1894. Iris black; legs dark slate-

colour.

This species was not known to Heuglin or the Italian explorers

of Shoa, but was found by Mr. Jackson in the Teita country, and

is recorded by Dr. Reichenow from the Pangani and Ronga Rivers,

Nguruman, Aruscha, and the eastern slope of Kilima-njaro.

494 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Order PSITTACIFORMES.

Fam.. Psrrracip 2.

~ 108. PawocEPHALUS RUFIVENTRIS.

Pionias rufiventris (Ripp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. pt. 2,

w bel.

Peocephalus rufiventris, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2)i. p. 78

(1884), vi. p. 207 (1888); id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 372

(1891); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393 (Somali tableland) ; Sharpe,

Ibis, 1891, p. 311; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p.551

(1894: S. of Mt. Goolis); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr, p. 99

(1894). ;

a. 6. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894.

b,c. 6 Q. Hargeisa, July 17, 1894.

According to Heuglin, this Parrot lives in flocks in the warmer

parts of Shoa, for instance on the Hifat, as well as on the Somali

plateau southwards from 6° S, lat. It apparently comes to the

Upper White Nile. It is not a highland species, and scarcely

extends beyond 4000 to 6000 feet.

In Shoa, Antinori says that it is a bird of the plains and scarcely

visits the elevated “ Kolla.”” Mr. Jackson procured the species in

the Teita district, and Dr. Reichenow records it from the Pangani

and Ronga Rivers, at Paré and in Masai-land.

Order COCCYGES.

Fam. CucuLip2.

109. CuctLus cANORUS.

Ouculus canorus, L.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 779 (1871);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 93 (1884); Shelley, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xix. p. 245 (1891); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr.

p- 110 (1894).

a. Juv. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 7, 1894. Iris brown; eyelids,

legs, and corners of mouth yellow; bill black, shading

through green to yellow at the corners of the mouth.

Heuglin records the Common Cuckoo as a plentiful migrant

throughout N.E. Africa, passing in spring and autumn. From

March to the early part of May it comes to Egypt from the

south, and in August is on its way back again, and he obtained a

specimen in Bogos-land at the end of July. The species is not,

however, often met with during its migrations, and Antinori only

obtained a single young bird in Shoa in September, and Dr.

Fischer in Aruscha. It has not been procured by Mr. Jackson.

110. CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Centropus superciliosus, H. & E.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

p- 797 (1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 96 (1884), vi.

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 495

p- 215 (1888); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 400; id. Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xix. p. 363 (1891) ; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. i. p. 107,

fig. 40 (1894).

a. g ad. Tooloo, Nov. 25, 1894. Iris crimson; legs grey;

bill black.

b. Q ad. Gelaydee, Jan. 13, 1895.

A resident species in N.E. Africa, according to Heuglin, living

in pairs in Southern Arabia and the Abyssinian coast-lands to the

Anseba Valley, on the Takazié River and on the Blue Nile, in

Southern Nubia to the province of Dongola, andin Kordofan. It

is common in the “ Kolla” country of Shoa, according to Antinori,

and Dr. Reichenow records the species from numerous localities

from the Pangani River to Bukoba.

Fam. MvusopHaGip&.

111. ScuizoRHIs LEUCOGASTER.

Schizorhis leucogaster (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 707

(1871); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 400; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov.

(2) i. p. 90 (1884), vi. p. 216 (1888); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xix. p. 452 (1891); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 314; Salvad. Mem. R.

Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552 (1894: Odeuin, Webbe R.);

Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 102 (1894).

a. g ad. Milmil, July 27, 1894.

b. 2 ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894. Iris dark brown; bill yel-

lowish green, base of ridge yellow-ochre.

c. Ad. Lookoo, Sept. 18, 1894.

d. g ad. Hanouttoo, Nov. 20, 1894. Iris brown; bill and

legs black.

The “ Ahia,” writes Heuglin, lives in small families in the warmer

valleys of Southern Shoa, where high trees are scattered about,

on the Hawasch River, and on the plateau of Somali-land. It is

undoubtedly resident. Antinori says that it was common in the

woods of Ambo-Karra in Shoa. Mr. Jackson met with it at

Turquel and also in the Teita district, and Dr. Reichenow records

it from Ussagara, Ugogo, Kakoma, Lake Jipi, Mpwapwa, Aruscha,

and Masai-land.

112. Turacus ponaLpsonI. (Plate XXVIII.)

Turacus donaldsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. iv. p. xxxii (1895).

a. gd ad. Meo, Oct. 25, 1894.

b. 2 ad. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19, 1894. Iris brown ; eye-

wattle and bill vermilion.

This species bears considerable similarity to Turacus leucotis, in

the possession of a white spot in front of the eye and another on

the side of the neck ; the colouring of the rest of the body is also

the same, but that of the crest is quite different, and, according to

Captain Shelley’s arrangement of the genus Turacus (Cat. B. xix.

496 DR, R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

p- 436), 7. donaldsoni would come near the red-tipped species,

T. meriani and T. fischeri. Both of these species, however, have

a band of white below the eye, which is absent in 7’. donaldsoni,

while the white spot on the sides of the neck, the leaden-blue colour

of the back, and the patch of light crimson which forms the crest

are characteristics of the new species.

Order CORACIIFORMES.

Fam. CoRactip2&.

113. CoRACIAS LORTI.

Coracias lorti, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 399; Salvad. Ann. Mus.

Gen. (2) vi. p. 224 (1888); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 20

(1892); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 554 (1894:

Webbe and Juba Rivers).

a. 6 ad. Hargeisa, July 21, 1894.

b. 2 ad. Stonybrook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19, 1894.

ce. 6 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19, 1894. Iris brown; legs

yellow-ochre.

d. 9 ad. Dada, Nov. 21, 1894.

114. Coracias NEVIUS.

Coracias pilosa, Lath.; Heugl. Orn. N.O-Afr. i. p. 172 (1869).

Coracias nevius, Daud.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 399; Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 115, vi. p. 223 (1888); Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 24 (1892); id. Ibis, 1892, p. 316; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 554 (1894: Aduma); Reichen.

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 124 (1894).

a. g ad. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894. Iris brown ; eyelid yellowish

brown ; legs dirty yellow-ochre.

Found, according to Heuglin, on the coast-lands of Abyssinia,

in Kordofan, and on the White Nile. From January to August

Antinori met with it at Let-Marafia in Shoa, and he says that

isolated individuals are met with in the low and middle “ Kolla,”

but it is a bird which loves open country. Mr. Jackson procured

the species at Machako’s, and Dr. Reichenow gives two localities, °

Assandaui and Igonda.

Fam. ALCEDINID#.

115. CERYLE RUDIS.

Ceryle rudis (Linn.); Heug]. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 184 (1869);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 112 (1884), vi. p. 222 (1888) ;

Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. no. 10, p. 3 (1886) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 109 (1892); Reichen. Vog.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 130 (1894).

a. 6 ad. Bainhou, Jan. 10,1894. Iris brown.

Heuglin states that the Pied Kingfisher is found from the

1895. | FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 497

Mediterranean coast of Egypt, throughout the whole of the Nile

region and onits tributaries, the Kosanga and the Djar Rivers, but

becomes rarer on the Upper White Nile thanin Egypt and Nubia.

It is also found along the Red Sea. In Shoa, Antinori notes the

species from the lower and middle “ Kolla” country ; and according

to Dr. Reichenow it has been met with at Usegtha, Bagamoyo,

Ugalla, Kakoma, Pangani, Kagéhi, and the Simiu River, in German

East Africa.

116. Isprpina PIOCTA.

Alcedo picta (Bodd.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 183 (1869) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 113 (1884), vi. p. 223 (1888).

Ispidina picta, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 191 (1892) ;

id. Ibis, 1892, p. 316; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 133

(1894).

a. 2 ad. Mount Kuldush, Dec. 18, 1894. Bill and legs orange-

red ; iris brown.

Nowhere common in N.E. Africa, according to Heuglin’s notes ;

mostly seen in the wood-region up to 7000 feet. He found it in

Bogos-land, in Central Abyssinia, and in the steppes of East Senar,

Fazogl, &e.

It is not common in Shoa; Mr. Jackson only met with it once,

at Kasamoja, and Dr. Reichenow has only four localities for the

species— Dar-es-Salaam, Usegiha, Nguruman, and the Simiu River.

117. Hatcyon sEMICERULEUS.

Dacelo semicerulea (Forsk.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 190

(1869).

Haleyon semicerulea, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 118

(1884), vi. p. 223 (1858) ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 395; Oust. t. c.

p. 4; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 232 (1892); id. Ibis,

1892, p. 317: Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 553

(1894: Webbe River); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 132

(1894).

a. dg ad.; b. Ad. Gelaydee, Jan. 13, 1895. Bill vermilion;

legs dark red ; iris brown.

This Kingfisher extends all over the warmer parts of N.E.

Africa, and Heuglin gives its northern limit as 16° N. lat. In

October he met with it on the Adail and Somali coast, in Abys-

sinia to 8000 feet, north to Bogos-land and Takah, on the Blue

and White Niles, westward to the Djur district. In Shoa it is

said by Antinori to be common in all the woods along the streams

of the “ Kolla”; Mr. Jackson procured it in the Siik country, and

Dr. Reichenow gives many localities from Bagamoyo to Bussissi.

118. Hatoyon CHELICUTENSIS,

Dacelo tschelicutensis (Stanl.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 192

(1869). ;

Halcyon chelicutensis, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XXXII, 32

498 . DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

art. no. 10, p. 3 (1886); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 239

(1892).

Halcyon chelicuti, Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 131 (1894).

a. 6 ad. Milmil, July 26, 1894.

Found along the Abyssinian coast-region, and through Abys-

sinia excepting on the high mountains, and Heuglin also says that

he met with the species in Takah, Galabat, and Senar. It has not

been met with in Shoa by the Italian travellers, nor by Mr. Jackson

in any of his expeditions to Uganda; and Dr. Reichenow only

records the species from Kakoma, Ussandani, and Wembere.

Fam. Bucrrorip2.

119. LoOPHOCEROS HEMPRICHI.

Buceros hemprichii, Ehr.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 721

(1869).

Lophoceros hemprichit, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 218

(1888) ; Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 405 (1892).

Tockus hemprichit, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 103

(1884).

a. g ad. Darro Mountains, Noy. 17, 1894. Iris yellowish

brown ; bill brownish crimson, the under mandible brighter.

In Abyssinia Heuglin states that this species is found in the

Dega region from 5000 to 11,000 feet, and says that, if his

recollection is correct, he has also received it from the Upper

White Nile and from Southern Kordofan. He also records it

from Tigré and Ambara, eastwards to the Taranta Pass and

Mensa. In Shoa, Antinori says the species is rare in Ambo-Karra,

common on the Waina Dega and the Dega. Dr. Ragazzi found

it plentiful in the parts of Shoa he visited, but it does not occur in

German East Africa.

120. LoPHOCEROS MEDIANUS, N. sp.

Lophoceros erythrorhynchus?, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 553.

a. Dabulli, Sept. 16, 1894. Iris dark brown; orbits white,

shaded with pinkish grey ; bill red, the base white, merging

into black on the lower mandible.

I have compared this species with L. damarensis, Shelley, and

it is so very much smaller than that bird that it cannot be con-

sidered identical with it. It has the face white and the broad

eyebrow as in L. damarensis, but the grey of the crown comes

down almost to the base of the bill, so that the forehead is not so

pure white as in LZ. damarensis. This character, however, may be

variable, but the small size of the Dabulli bird seems to deserve

recognition. There isa little shade of grey on the ear-coverts,

showing an approach to L. erythrorhynchus ; and it is evidently the

same species as that procured by Prince Ruspoli on his expedition,

on which Count Salvadori has made some apposite remarks.

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 499

The measurements are as follows :—

Totallength. Culmen. Wing. ‘Tail. Tarsus

L. damarensis (type) .. 19:0 3°45 (pi 8:0 1eF

eh \ egal) oi: 31 eS Mt age 16

GEMEUUanUs 2, se 15°5 2°6 69 75 15

121. LoPHOCEROS FLAVIROSTRIS.

Buceros flavirostris, Rupp.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 725

(1871).

Tockus flavirostris, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy, (2) i. p. 104

(1884), vi. p. 219 (1888).

Lophoceros flavirostris, Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p- 412 (1892); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 554

(1894: Webbe Valley); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 128

(1894).

a. 3 ad. Smith River, Sept. 11, 1894. Irides yellow; orbits

black ; throat light Indian-red, bluish at the corner of the

under mandible; bill bright yellow-ochre, darker at base.

This specimen is true ZL. flavirostris, and not L. somaliensis of

Reichenow (cf. Salvadori, 7. ¢.).

According to Heuglin, this Hornbill lives in pairs and families

in the hot valleys of Schoholand, frequenting high trees and the

Nabag-bushes, which are found in the Bay of Adulis and Samhar,

as well as near Moiet Schahadi below Mekulu, but not in the

coast-districts proper. It is apparently to be found along the

mountain fringes of the Danakil and Adel coasts to Somali-land.

Antinori states that it is common on the plains and on the

lower “ Kolla” of Shoa, but does not ascend to any height. It has

occurred at Ndi in the Teita district, to the east of Kilima-njaro,

but was not in Mr. Jackson’s collections.

122, LOPHOCEROS SIBBENSIS.

Lophoceros sibbensis, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. iv. p. xxxii (1895).

a. 2 ad. Sibbe, Aug. 3, 1894. Iris brown: feet black, the

soles yellowish white ; bare skin of neck light blue, Indian-

red next the bill.

123, BucoRAX ABYSSINICUS.

Tmetoceros habessinicus (Bodd.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 731

(1871: pt.).

Bucorvus abyssinicus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 101

(1884), vi. p. 217 (1888).

Bucorax abyssinicus, Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p- 349 (1892); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 317.

a. Ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 5, 1894. Iris dark brown;

neck-pouch and orbits bluish grey; patch on base of bill

dull red.

Heuglin gives a wide distribution for this species in North-

32*

500 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

eastern Africa. He did not find it in Samhar, but in the neigh-

bouring mountains of Bogos and Habab, as well as in Takah,

throughout the whole of Abyssinia south to Shoa, in Fazogl, Senar,

Kordofan, and in the district of the White Nile westwards to the

Kosanga River. Antinori collected a number of specimens in

Shoa, and Mr. Jackson met with the species on the Turquel River ;

but in East Africa, according to Dr. Reichenow, it is replaced by

B. cafer.

Fam. UPupip2.

124, UpupA SOMALENSIS.

Upupa epops senegalensis (nec Sw.) ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Upupa somalensis, Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 13, pl. i.

(1892).

a. @ ad. Hargeisa, July 21, 1894.

125. IRRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Irrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i.

p. 214 (1869); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 107 (1884), vi.

p- 220 (1888); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 895; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xvi. p. 19 (1892); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 138

(1894).

a. ¢ ad. Shebeli, Aug. 26, 1894. Iris brown; legs coral-

red.

c. Ad. Sheik Mahomed, Oct. 28, 1894.

b. 9 ad. Shebeli, Sept. 3, 1894. Iris brown; legs bright

coral-red ; base of lower mandible red.

An inhabitant of the wooded country of N.E. Africa, and met

with by Heuglin in Takah, Abyssinia, Senar, Kordofan, and in

the White Nile districts, westwards to the Kosanga, as well as on

the Abyssinian coast-land, ascending the mountains to 1000 feet.

Antinori says that the species was common but local at Daimbi in

Shoa. It has not occurred to Mr. Jackson in the interior, but

Dr. Reichenow gives a number of localities for it in German East

Africa—Dar-es-Salaam, Pangani River, Ugogo, Mpwapwa, &c.

126. RHINOPOMASTUS MINOR.

Trrisor minor (Riipp.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 218 (1869) ;

Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Rhinopomastus minor, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 263

(1884), vi. p. 220 (1888); Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 26

(1892); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 553 (1894:

River Adadle and Mt. Goolis).

a. g ad. The Haud, July 22, 1894.

b. g ad. Milmil, July 30, 1894. Bill orange.

There seems to be some mistake in the ‘Key’ to the genus

Rhinopomastus given in the ‘ Catalogue’ (p. 24), as BR. minor is

placed with 2. cyanomelas in the section with sub-terminal white

spots on the tail. As a matter of fact A. minor has the tail

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 501

uniform like R. cabanisi, which, however, is easily recognized by

the absence of the white band on the quills.

Riippell discovered this Wood-Hoopoe in Shoa, and Antinori

met with the species in the country of the Adda Galas, but not in

Shoa proper. It has, however, been obtained at Soddé by

Dr. Ragazzi. To the south its place appears to be taken by

R. cabanisi.

Fam. MEropipa,

127. MmRops APIASTER.

Merops apiaster, Linn. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 196 (1869) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 107 (1884); Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 63 (1892); id. Ibis, 1892, p. 319; Reichen.

Voég. Deutsch-Ostatr. p. 135 (1894).

a. 6 ad. Luku, Sept. 18, 1894. Ivris reddish brown.

A migrant throughout N.E, Africa, according to Heuglin, from

the end of March to the early part of May, and from August to

October, mostly in companies. In Arabia Petra and in Central

Egypt he believes that it breeds in May. Antinori met with it in

Shoa, passing south in August, and also obtained one specimen in

October. It was found by Mr. Jackson in Ukambani and also in

Sotik. Dr. Reichenow records it from Dar-es-Salaam, Kakoma,

Wualaba, Ugalla, and Igonda.

128. MerRops NUBIOCUS.

Merops nubicus, Gm.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 199 (1869) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 108, (1884); Shelley, Ibis,

1885, p. 397 ; Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi, no. 10, p. 4

(1886); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 85 (1892); Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552 (1894); Reichen. Vég.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 135 (1894).

a,b. 2 ad. Tooloo, Jan. 13, 1895. Iris dark red.

Heuglin says that this species is found in the warmer parts of

Abyssinia, ascending to 6000 or 7000 feet He found it common

in Takah, Senar, Kordofan, and along the White Nile, sometimes

occurring in flocks of thousands. It breeds at the commencement

of the summer rainy season, in the Negro-lands of the Upper

Nile in March and April, and in the Eastern Sudan between June

and August. Antinori says that in Shoa it is a migrant, passing

in small flocks: he obtained it from September to January.

Dr. Reichenow records the species from the Pangani River.

129. MuELITrOPHAGUS CYANOSTICTUS.

Melittophagus pusillus cyanostictus, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 398.

Merops cyanostictus (Cab.); Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes,

xxxi. art. 10, p. 4 (1886).

Melittophagus cyanostictus, Salvad. Anu. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 110

(1884), vi. p. 221 (1888) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 319; id. Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 48, pl. i. fig. 3 (1892) ; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-

502 . DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Ost-Afr. p. 136 (1894); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

(1894: Hento Valley, Webbe River).

a. 9 ad. Near Berbera, July 12, 1894.

b. g ad.; c. Ad. Shebeli, Sept. 5, 1894. Iris bright red.

In Shoa, Antinori states, this species is common throughout the

year in the lower “ Kolla,” but does not ascend to any height.

Mr. Jackson procured it on Mt. Elgon, and Dr. Reichenow gives

a number of localities for the species in German East Africa.

130. MELITTOPHAGUS REVOILII.

Merops (Melittophagus) revoilit, Oust. in Revoil’s Faun, et Flor.

Comalis, Ois. p. 5, pl. i. (1882); id. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes,

xxxi. art. 10, p. 4 (1886).

Melittophagus revoilii, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 898 ; Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 54 (1892),

a. g ad. Hargeisa, July 15, 1894.

6b. Ad. The Haud, July 25, 1894.

This species is apparently peculiar to Somali-land.

Fam. Conimp”.

131. CoLius LEUCOTIS.

Colius leucotis, Riipp. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 710 (1871) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 100 (1884), vi. p. 217 (1888) ;

Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. no. 10, p- 3 (1886);

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 341, pl. xii. ‘fig. 1 (1892);

Salvad. t. c. p. 552 (1894: Habir Valley).

a. d ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23, 1894. Iris bluish grey ; orbits

grey ; legs coral-red.

b. Ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27, 1894. Iris bluish grey; legs

coral-red.

A resident species, according to Heuglin, in the countries of the

Beni-Amer, Bogos-land, and the whole of Abyssinia and the Gala

countries ; less common in Southern Senar, Fazogl, on the Sobat

and Upper White Nile to the Gazelle River. Antinori found it in

Shoa in small companies ascending to the higher elevations and

breeding ; but it is not in Mr. Jackson’s collections, nor mentioned

in Dr. Reichenow’s work.

132. CoLiIUs MACRURUS.

Colius macrourus (Linn.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 712

(1871).

Colius macrurus, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art. 10,

p- 3 (1886); Sharpe, Cat. B.. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 345 (1892) :

eee Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 105 (1894).

a,b. d Q ad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894. Iris and cere

crimson.

This Coly is found, according to Heuglin, in Southern Nubia

and Takah, from about 17° N. lat. southwards. It occurs in Bogos-

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 503

land, the lowlands of Abyssinia, extending up to 7000 feet, Senar

and Kordofan, but does not go far south along the White Nile. It

has not been recorded from Shoa, but Dr. Reichenow gives the

Pangani River as a single locality for the species in Hast Africa.

Fam. CarrRimMvuneips.

133. CAPRIMULGUS INORNATUS.

Caprimulgus inornatus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p- 129 (1869) ;

Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 556 (1892) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892,

p. 322; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 139 (1894).

a gd ad. Zeila, June 30, 1894.

Heuglin found this Goatsucker not uncommon during the rainy

season in Bogos-land, where also Messrs. Blanford and Jesse

collected it. Heuglin also procured a specimen near Tedjura on

the Adail coast. Mr. Jackson met with the species at Makarunga,

and Dr. Reichenow records it from Kigonge in Usaramo.

134. CAPRIMULGUS DONALDSONTI.

Caprimulgus donaldsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iv. ps, XIX

(1895).

a. Ad. Hargeisa, July 18, 1894.

This fine species of Goatsucker with its long rictal bristles, its

red collar round the hind-neck, mottled with golden-buff spots,

with a similar collar across the fore-neck, is very distinct from all

other African Goatsuckers, and Mr. Hartert pronounces it un-

questionably a new species.

Fam. Cypsenipm.

135. TAcHORNIS PARVA,

Cypselus parvus, Licht.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 144 (1869).

Tachornis parva (Licht.); Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi.

p- 463.

a. 9 ad. Shebeli, Aug. 28, 1894.

Heuglin says that this Swift is resident in Southern Egypt, in

Nubia, and along the White and Blue Niles, becoming rarer in the

Gazelle River district. He believes that he saw it also on the

Arabian coast and the Dahlak Islands, but not in the Abyssinian

Mountains.

Order STRIGES.

Fam. Busponip#.

136. Buso LAcrnus.

Bubo lacteus (T.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 112 (1869) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p- 33 (1875); Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p. 392 (Ogadayn); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 206

(1888); Oust. t. c. p. 31 (1886) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p- 34 ; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550 (1894: Warandab) ;

Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Atr. p. 96 (1894).

504 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

a,b. do 2. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 1, 1894. Iris dark brown.

According to Heuglin, this large Owl is widely distributed

throughout the wooded regions of North-eastern Africa. It is

pretty common on the Abyssinian coast-lands, in Takah, on the

White and Blue Niles, and ascends high up the Abyssinian

mountains. It is not common in Shoa, according to Dr. Ragazzi,

but was met with in Turquel by Mr. Jackson, and is recorded by

Dr. Reichenow from Tabora, Tanga, the Sigi River, and the

southern shores of the Victoria Nyanza.

137. CARINE SPILOGASTRA.

Athene spilogaster, Heug]l. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 119, tab. iv.

(1869).

Carine spilogastra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 138 (1875);

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p.551 (Durei Katabel ed

Habir).

Carine glaux (nec Savign.), Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391.

a,b. 6 Q ad. Ahdeh, July 14, 1894.

This species was discovered by Heuglin in the Abyssinian coast-

land, between Umkulu and Harkiko, in July. Though Dr. Smith’s

specimens are rather darker than the figure given by Heuglin, and

the rufous streaks on the underparts are broader, I believe that

they really belong to Heuglin’s species. This is the opinion of

Count Salvadori; and I have re-examined Mr. Lort Phillips’s

specimen, which Capt. Shelley referred to Carine glaux, and it is

undoubtedly C. spiloc astra, as suspected by the Count.

138. GLAUCIDIUM PERLATUM.

Noctua perlata (V.); Heugl. t. c. p. 120 (1869).

Glaucidium perlatum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 209 (1875) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 77 (1884); Reichen. Vég.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 97 (1894).

a. 9 ad. Darro Mountains, Nov. 20,1894. Iris light yellow;

bill greenish yellow.

According to Heuglin this Pigmy Owlet is resident in Abyssinia,

Senar, Kordofan, and the White Nile district, its northern limit

being the district of the Beni-Amer and Bogos-land. It is found

usually singly in the wooded regions, up to 8000 feet. Antinori

procured a specimen at Ambo-Karra in Shoa in July, and it is

apparently widely distributed in East Africa, as Dr. Reichenow

records it from the Pangani and Ronga rivers, Aruscha, Paré,

Nguruman, Taiveta, Ugogo, and Mpwapwa.

Order ACCIPITRES.

Fam. FALconip»,

139. PoLYBOROIDES TYPICUS.

Polyboroides radiatus, Heug]. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 76 (1869).

Polyboroides typicus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 48 (1875) ;

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 505

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 75 (1884), vi. p. 204 (1888);

Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 85 (1894).

a. Qad. Sheik Mahomed, Oct. 28, 1894. Iris dark brown ;

face cream-colour mottled with orange; base of bill white ;

legs pale yellow.

Heuglin found the present species resident in Shoa, Fazogl,

Senar, Kordofan, and in the country of the White Nile and its

tributaries. It is everywhere rare, and was only observed singly,

in June on the Blue Nile, in September and October in Kordofan

and on the Lower White Nile, in May in the Dinka and Djur

countries in the Gazelle River district. Brehm met with it in

August and September on the Blue Nile; Riippell obtained an

example in Shoa, and specimens were also procured there both by

Antinori and Ragazzi. Mr. Jackson does not appear to have met

with the species on any of his journeys, but [I have seen a very

black immature specimen obtained by Mr. Scott Elliot on Ruwen-

zori. According to Dr. Reichenow, it has been found on Kilima-

njaro, and in Usaramo and Walla, and at Kakoma.

140. Crrcus MACRURUS.

Circus swainsont, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 105 (1869);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 76 (1884), vi. p. 225 (1888).

Cireus macrurus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 67 (1874); id.

Ibis, 1892, p. 535; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 86 (1894).

a. Juv. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 5, 1894. Iris dark brown;

feet and base of bill yellow ; cere grey.

b. Qad. Budda, Nov. 11,1894. Iris yellowish brown; feet

light yellow ; base of bill yellow.

Common in spring and autumn, according to Heuglin, in Senar,

Abyssinia, and Kordofan. Antinori met with the species at

Daimbi in Shoa in November and December, and Dr. Ragazzi at

Dembi in February. Mr. Jackson procured specimens in Turquel

in January, and at Machako’s in March; and Dr. Reichenow records

the species from Igonda.

141, AsTUR SPHENURUS.

Nisus badius (nec Gm.), Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 70 (1869).

Astur sphenurus (Ripp.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 113

(1874).

Scelospizias sphenurus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 72

(1884).

a. 6 ad. Ehbrer River, Aug. 18,1894. Iris red; cere, feet, and

eyelids bright yellow.

This species is recorded from the Dahlak Islands by Riippell,

and by Hemprich and Ehrenberg from Arabia. Heuglin collected

it on the coast-land of Abyssinia, in Bogos-land, on the Mareb and

near Adowa in Tigrié, in the “ Quola” of Western Abyssinia, on the

Blue Nile near Senar and Khartoum, and along the whole of the

White Nile and Gazelle River, westwards to Kosanga in Equatorial

506 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Africa. It was noticed by Antinori at Daimbi in Shoa in January,

but not by Dr. Ragazzi. In the Turquel country Mr. Jackson

obtained the Southern race, Astus polyzonoides, which is also the

form prevalent in East Africa (cf. Reichen. t. ¢. p. 88).

142, MerLierax POLIOPTERUS.

Melierax poliopterus, Cab.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 88 ;

Salvad, Mem. R. Acead. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550 (1894); Reichen.

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 86 (1894). ;

, Melieraa polyzonus (nec Riipp.), Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes

Ktudes, xxxi. art. no. 10, p. 2.

a. gad. Doda, Nov. 21, 1894.

b,c. Ad. Doda, Nov. 22, 1894. Iris brown; base of bill deep

yellow ; legs salmon-colour.

This species is not known from Shoa, nor has Mr. Jackson met

With it in the interior of East Africa, but Dr. Reichenow records

it from Speke Gulf and Irangi.

143. MELIBRAX GABAR.

Nisus gabar, Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. i. p. 73 (1869).

Meliecrax gabar (Daud.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 89

(1874); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 535;

Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 87 (1894).

Micronisus gabar, Salyad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 72 (1884),

vi. p. 203 (1888).

a. 2 juv. Berbera, July 4, 1894.

b. gad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894. Iris reddish brown.

Heuglin states that the “Gabar” is the commonest Hawk in

the cultivated lands and on the islands of the Nile in Nubia and

Senar ; also on the coast of Abyssinia, on the Mareb, in Takah and

Kordofan, but is rare on the Upper White Nile. It was not seen

in wooded country or on the Abyssinian highlands. His most

northern point for the species was between Wadi-Halfa and Dir ;

but according to Schlegel the species has been obtained near Suez.

Antinori procured specimens at Daimbi in Shoa in November, and

Dr. Ragazzi met with it in the same country in March, June, and

August. Mr. Jackson obtained it at Machako’s in March and

April, and Dr. Reichenow records it from Useguha and Ukamba.

144, MELIERAX NIGER.

Nisus niger, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 74 (1869).

Melierax niger, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 91 (1874) ; id.

Ibis, 1892, p. 535 ; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 87 (1894).

Micronisus niger, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 73 (1884).

a. 9 ad. Boholgarshan, July 15, 1894. Iris orange.

Heuglin says that this species is often found in localities where

M. gabar does not occur, as in Bogos-land, high Central Abyssinia,

and on the Upper White Nile, but it was not noticed by him in

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 507

Dongola, where M. gabar is the commonest bird of prey. The

northern range of MZ. niger is the Bajuda Steppes ; it is resident in

Bogos-land and Abyssinia, but was most plentiful in the ‘* Quola ”

of West Abyssinia, especially in the provinces of Sarago and

Qalabat. Antinori met with it at Daimbi in Shoa in May,

Mr. Jackson at Turquel in January, and Dr. Reichenow records it

from Ukamba.

145. Burzo augur.

Buteo augur, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 92 (1869); Sharpe,

Cat. B. i. p. 175; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391 (30 miles from

Berbera); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 536; Reichen, Vig. Deutsch-

Ost-Atr. p. 93 (1894).

Pterolestes augur, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genovy. (2) i. p. 51 (1884),

vi. p. 196 (1888).

a. 2 ad, Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 5, 1894. Iris golden brown ;

base of bill and corners of mouth dark greenish yellow ;

legs light dull yellow.

b. Qad. Budda, Nov. 11, 1894. Izis rich brown; legs and

base of bill yellow.

Heuglin says that the Augur Buzzard was found by him from

the Taranta Pass, Mensa, and the Tsad-Amba southwards through

the whole of Tigrié and Amhara; it is likewise common in Galla-

land, very rare on the Blue Nile, in Fazogl and East Senar. On

the Tana it was not observed. It is resident, and breeds between

5,060 and 12,000 feet. A very large series of specimens was

obtained in Shoa by the Italian naturalists, in nearly every month

of the year; Mr. Jackson met with the species in Masai-land in

August, in February in Ukambani, and again in the same month

on Mount Elgon. Dr. Reichenow records it in East Africa, from

Igonda, Ussukuma, Karagwe, and Kagehi.

146. AQUILA RAPAX.

Aquila rapax (Temm.); Heugl. t.c. p. 45 (1869); Sharpe, Cat.

B. i. p. 242 (1874); id. Ibis, 1892, p. 537; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 92 (1894).

Aquila albicans, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 38 (1884),

vi. p. 195 (1888).

a. Ad. Sheik Mahomed, Noy. 1, 1894. Iris golden brown;

base of bill, upper and under mandible yellow; cere

yellowish ; feet light yellow.

b. Q ad. Darro Mountains, Nov. 20, 1894. Iris rich brown,

mottled whitish; base of bill, corners of mouth, and feet

yellow.

According to Heuglin, the Tawny Eagle is spread over the

greater part of N.E. Africa. In Egypt and Northern Nubia it is

rare and only found in winter. It is common in Southern and

Eastern Senar, in Takah, Bogos-land, and throughout the whole of

Abyssinia, up to 12,000 feet elevation, as well as on the hot

508 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Samhar coast, as, for instance, in the valleys of Ailat and Azuz.

The light form of this Eagle, known as A. albicans, was obtained

in Shoa by Antinori, who collected many specimens. Mr. Jackson

has found the species in Turquel, and Dr. Reichenow records it

from Aruscha.

147. HeLOTARSUS ECAUDATUS.

Helotarsus ecaudatus (Daud.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 80

(1869); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 46 (1884); Reichen.

Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 91 (1894).

a. g ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25. Irides rich brown: sides of

face and eyebrows orange, with small vermilion blotches ; bill

bright yellow-ochre at the base, shading abruptly into black

towards the apex; feet yellow, varying irregularly from

straw- to pale salmon-colour.

Heuglin says that he found the Bateleur Eagle from the Bajuda

desert and Takah southwards throughout the whole of Abyssinia,

on the Danakil and Somali coasts, in ‘Senar, Kordofan, and the

district of the Blue Nile ; also on the White Nile and Gazelle River.

Antinori records it from the country of the Eisa and Adal Somalis,

as well as from Shoa and the Gala country. Mr. Jackson has not

yet obtained it, but Dr. Reichenow notes it from Ugalla, Masai-

land, Wembere, Ussegiha, Kagehi, and the Simiu River.

148. EvroLMA£ETUS SPILOGASTER.

Spizaétus spilogaster, Du Bus; Heugi. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 57

(1869).

Nisaétus spilogaster, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, i. p. 252 (1874);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 44 (1884).

a. gd ad. Nov. 22,1894. Billlight grey ; feet greenish yellow ;

iris yellow-ochre.

A male bird in fine adult plumage.

Heuglin says that this species was observed by him in North-

eastern Africa in the months of April, May, September, and

November, but not during the true winter season. He states that

it was nowhere common, but he observed it on the upper Mareb

near Gundet, in Hamedo in the province of Tigrié, on the western

slope of the Abyssinian highlands near Wohni, and in Qalabat,

in East Senar near Doka, and finally on the Blue Nile northwest-

wards to the neighbourhood of Khartoum. It is not rare at Denz

in Shoa, according to Antinori, bnt it has not yet been recorded

from East Africa.

149. HaALIaA&TUS VOCIFER.

Haliaétus vocifer (Daud.); Heugl. t. c. p. 53 (1869) ; Sharpe,

t. c. p. 310 (1874); Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes, xxxi. art.

10, p. 1 (1886); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 45 (1884), vi.

p- 196 (1888) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 538 ; Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 90 (1894).

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 509

a, Ad. Jan. 13, 1895. Iris brown; cere light yellow ; bill grey ;

feet dirty white.

Heuglin found this fine Sea-Eagle in the Upper Nile districts.

From Southern Nubia it is seen along the White and Blue Niles,

on the Atbara and on Lake Tana. Antinori procured it on Lake

Cialalaka, and says that it is not rare along the Duleccia River.

Mr. Jackson found it plentiful in Turquel, and Dr. Reichenow

says that it is distributed ali over Hast Africa.

150. Minvus ©GYPrivs.

Milvus forskali, Strickl.; Heugl. t. c. p. 98 (1869).

Miluus eqyptius (Gm.) ; Sharpe, t. c. p. 320 ge Oust. t. ¢.

p- 2 (1886); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 58 (1884), vi.

p- 196 (1888); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. e ‘89 (1894).

a. g ad. Furza, Sept. 12, 1894. Iris dark brown; bill, cere,

and legs lemon- yellow.

b. g ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 1894. Iris rich brown;

whole of bill dull pale yellow ; legs and corners of mouth

bright yellow.

ce. dg imm. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 1894. Iris rich brown;

bill dark horn-colour, base dull yellow; corners of mouth

and legs bright yellow.

The Egyptian Kite is, according to Dr. Heuglin, distributed

over the whole of North-eastern Africa, aud was found by him on

the Arabian coast of the Red Sea, on the Dahlak Islands, in Adel-land

and the Somali country, and in Abyssinia up to 12,000 feet. It is

resident in Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, but scarcer on the Upper

Nile. It is very common in Shoa, according to Dr. Ragazzi, and is

said by Dr. Reichenow to be universal throughout Eastern Africa.

151. ELANUS CHRULEUS.

Elanus melanopterus (Daud.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 100

1869).

Elanus coeruleus (Desf.); Sharpe, t. c. p. 336 (1874); Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 60 (1884), vi. p. 191 (1888); Sharpe,

Ibis, 1892, p. 539; Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 89 (1894).

a. 2 imm. Budda, Noy. 11, 1894. Base of bill, corners of

mouth, and feet yellow ; iris red.

According to Heuglin, this Black-winged Kite is one of the

commonest birds of prey in Central and Lower Egypt, rarer at

Assouan and in Northern Nubia. In autumn and winter it

appears, apparently singly, in the southern portions of Nubia, near

Khartoum, in Abyssinia and Takah, Bogos-land, in Kordofan, and

on the Blue and White Niles. Heuglin considers it to be less

plentiful in Egypt during the winter. Antinori met with it at

Daimbi in Shoa in May and November, and Dr. Ragazzi at Soddé

inJune. In January Mr. Jackson procured a specimen in Turquel ;

and Dr. Reichenow states that it has been found in German East

Africa at Tanga, Karema, and Kagehi.

510 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

152. PoLIoHIERAX SEMITORQUATUS.

Falco semitorquatus, Smith; Heugl. t. c. p. 38 (1869) ; Reichen.

Voég. Deutsch-Ost-Atr. p. 95 (1894).

Poliohierax semitorquatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 370

(1874); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 64 (1884), vi. p. 199

(1888); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391 (Somali plateau); Sharpe, Ibis,

1894, p. 549; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550

(1894: Warandab).

a. ¢ 2 ad. Moodenner, Nov. 26, 1894. Eyelids, cere, base of

bill, and corner of mouth vermilion ; feet light red.

b. g ad. Goulf, Nov. 29,1894. Bill grey; iris brown.

ce. g ad. Dunarn, Jan. 4, 1895. Iris brown: feet vermilion.

Heuglin met with this species in the neighbourhood of Gondokoro,

and Knoblecher collected it in the Bari-N egro country. A speci-

men from Shoa is in the British Museum, obtained by Sir W. C.

Harris. In the latter country it was met with it at Ambo-Karra in

July and August, and Mr. Jackson procured it in Turquel in

January. Dr. Reichenow records it from Uniamweési,

153. CERCHNEIS TINNUNOULUS.

Cerchneis tinnunculus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 425

(1894); id. Ibis, 1892, p. 540.

Tinnunculus tinnunculus (L.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 392.

Tinnunculus neglectus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 65

(1884), vi. p. 200 (1888).

Faleo tinnunculus, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 93 (1894).

a. ¢ ad. Darro Mountains, Aug. 18, 1894.

6. 2 ad. Sheik Mahomed, Noy. 1, 1894.

These specimens belong to the small dark resident race of

Kestrel found in North-east Africa, and not to the ordinary migra-

tory form of Europe. Count Salvadori considers the Kestrel of

Shoa to be distinct and calls it 7. neglectus of Schlegel, but I think

it is impossible to separate these dark forms of resident mountain

Kestrels specifically. Dr. Reichenow records the Kestrel from

the Pangani River, Igonda, and Kakoma.

Order ANSERIFORMES.

154. CHENALOPEX HGYPTIACA.

Chenalopex egyptiacus (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1285

(1873); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 241 (1884), vi. p. 319

(1888) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 541; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino,

e" xliv. p. 564 (1894: Gurat); Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr.

. 28 (1894).

peg (Chenalopex) egyptiacus, Oust. Bibl. Ecole Hautes Etudes,

xxx1. art. 10, p. 12 (1886).

a. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20, 1894. Iris orange; bill dull

crimson, black at and round the edge ; legs fleshy pink.

This species appears to be universally spread over Hast Africa.

1895. | FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 511

155. ANAS UNDATA.

Anas xanthorhyncha, Forst.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1316

(1873); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 243 (1884), vi. p. 320

(1888); Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 26 (1894).

Pecilonetta erythrorhyncha (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 415;

Salvad. t. c. p. 564 (1894: Gurat).

Querquedula erythrorhyncha, Oust. t. c. p. 12 (1886); Sharpe,

Ibis, 1892, p. 541.

a,b. § Q ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 3, 1894. Iris light brown ;

bill bright yellow-ochre and black ; legs brown.

Antinori states that this Duck was frequent on the waters of

the Woddeccia in Shoa in May, and in the marshes of the higher

plateaux, but was not seen low down in the “ Kolla.”_ Dr. Ragazzi

met with it on Lake Addo in February and June, and in the Jatter

month on Lake Cialalaki. Mr. Jackson procured it at Machako’s

in February, and Dr. Reichenow records it from the Victoria

Nyanza.

Order PELARGIFORMES.

Fam. ARDEID#.

156. BuBuLcus IBIs.

Ardea ibis (L.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1069 (1873).

Bubulcus bubuleus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 228

(1884).

Bubuleus lucidus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genovy. (2) vi. p. 314 (1888).

Bubulcus ibis, Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 64 (1894).

a. g ad. Shebeli, Aug. 27, 1894. Iris white round the pupil,

merging into red; bill yellow-ochre at tip, merging into

red; cere round the eye grey, red at base of bill; legs

yellow-ochre, feet darker.

b. @ ad. Merconfu, Jan. 11,1895. Bill and legs yellow-ochre ;

iris straw-yellow.

c,d. 8 Q ad. Merconfu, Jan. 11, 1895. Ins straw-yellow;

bill yellow-ochre ; legs black.

Heuglin says that this Egret is resident in Egypt, and also

southwards in North-eastern Africa between 18° and 14° N. lat.,

breeding, but disappearing during the dry and hot season (January

to May). In the swamps of the Western Nile region it is also

met with, and is not rare on the Abyssinian lowlands to the

Dembea plains. He also saw it once in Arabia Petrea. In Shoa

it occurs everywhere in large flocks, according to Antinori; and

Dr. Reichenow records the species from a number of places

between Bagamoyo and the Victoria Nyanza.

Fam. Scorrp#.

157. ScoPpUS UMBRETTA.

Scopus umbretta (Gm.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1091

512 DR. R, B, SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

(1873); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 229 (1884), vi. p. 315

(1888) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 542; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-

Afr. p. 61, fig. 32 (1894).

a. 2 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25, 1894. Iris dark brown ; eye-

lids, bill, and feet black.

Heuglin records this species as occurring along the coast of the

Red Sea up to 18° N. lat., throughout the whole of Abyssinia

south from the Adel Mountains to Shoa. In the interior of

Abyssinia it reaches an elevation of 10,000 feet, and is even more

plentiful on the western slope of the Ethiopian highlands, towards

Barka, on the Setit and the other tributaries of the Atbara, near

Qalabat, the sources of the Dender and Rahad in Fazogl, Southern

Kordofan, and on the torrents which flow into the Sobat, Kir,

Gazelle, Djur, and Kosanga rivers. In September Antinori pro-

cured a specimen in Shoa, and Dr. Ragazzi did the same in October

aud February. Mr. Jackson met with the species at Machako’s in

March ; and Dr. Reichenow gives the following localities in German

East Africa:—Pangani River, Usambara, Bagamoyo, Ugalla, on

the Victoria Nyanza (breeding in December), Tabora, Aruscha,

Ukamba, Mgéra, Ugogo.

Suborder PLATALES.

158. IBIS HTHIOPICA.

Ibis ethiopica (Lath.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. pt. 1, p. 1135

(1873: C. & 8. Nubia; Taka); Oust. t. c. p. 11 (1886); Salvad.

Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 230 (1884), vi. p. 316 (1888) ; Reichen,

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 56, fig. 27 (1894); Sharpe, Cat. B

Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 4.

a,b. 6 Q ad. Bainhou, Jan. 10, 1894. Iris brown.

Heuglin states that the Sacred Ibis is a migrant in Central and

Southern Nubia, Takah, Senar, and Kordofan, returning during

the summer rainy season. He noticed it in Southern Senar in

May, near Khartoum at the beginning of July, near Berber, and

in Dongola a little later. In January and February he found

large flocks on the Tana Lake and near the mouth of the Sobat.

In August and September it was in pairs in the Dahlak Archi-

pelego. The Italian traveller Antinori met with the species in

Shoa at Lake Cialalaka in April, and Dr. Ragazzi in the same

place in February, as well as at Antoto in December. Mr. Jack-

son does not seem to bave come across the species, but, according

to Dr. Reichenow, it has been found at the following places in

German East Africa :—Bagamoyo, Wualaba, Ussambara, on the

Méru Mountains, at Sigirari, and on the Victoria Nyanza.

159. HAGEDASHIA HAGEDASH.

Ibis hagedash (Lath.) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1141 (1878) ;

Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 415; Oust. t. c. p. 11 (1886); Sharpe, Ibis,

1892, p. 542.

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 513

Theristicus leucocephalus, Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 55

(1894).

a. g ad. Bainhou, Jan. 10,1894. Iris white; ridge at base

of upper mandible crimson; cere black.

Heuglin considers this species to be a resident in the southern

portions of North-eastern Africa. It was tolerably common on the

White and Blue Niles, as well as on the Sobat, and according to

Riippell it is found on Lake Tana in Abyssinia. It does not

apparently reach to Khartoum, but Heuglin once saw the species

near Abu Haraz and on the Schiluk Islands.

The species was not met with in Shoa by the Italian travellers,

but Mr. Jackson has obtained it on the Victoria N yanza, and

Dr. Reichenow further records it from Ussambara, Ugalla,

Aruscha, and Teita.

Order CHARADRITFORMES.

160. GEpICNEMUS AFFINIS.

Edwnemus affinis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 990 (1873) ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 17 (1895).

a,b. 2 ad. Sibbe, Aug. 3, 1894. Base of bill and feet yellow ;

tarsi and toes mottled with brown down the front.

A resident species, according to Heuglin, from the Samhar coast

to the Somali country. In September and October he met with

it in Eastern Kordofan, at the foot of the Arashkol Mountains,

and between the months of November and Jauuary in the country

of the Upper Kir and Gazelle Rivers. Mr. Blanford procured the

species in the Anseba Valley in Bogos-land.

161. RHINOPTILUS HARTINGI.

Rhinoptilus gracilis (nee Cab.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p- 416.

Rhinoptilus hartingi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 46

(1895).

a. 2 ad. Ahdeh, July 14, 1894.

b. gS juv. Sibbe, Sept.3,1894. Legs greyish white, overlapped

edge of each scale grey, merging into a bright white on the

overlapping edge.

This is the Somali-land form of R. bisignatus.

162. RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS.

Cursorius cinctus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 972 (1873);

Reichen. Vég. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 32 (1894).

Rhinoptilus cinctus, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 416 ; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 46, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1895).

a. 2 ad. Selon, Aug. 8, 1894. Iris black; legs dirty white.

6b. g ad. Lammo, Aug. 12, 1894. Iris brown; base of bill

yellow.

This species was discovered by Heuglin in the country of the

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. XX XIII. 33

514 » DR.R, B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Bari Negroes on the Upper Kir River in 5° N. lat. Dr. Reichenow

records it from the Victoria Nyanza, Mkaramo, and Masai-land.

It has also been obtained by Mr. Hunter near the Useri River.

163. HopLoprnrvus SPINOSUS.

Hoplopter Us eats (Linn.); Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1004

(1873); Oust. t.c. p. 12 (1886); Salvad. Ann, Mus. Genoy. (2)

i. p. 219 (1880), vi. p. 300 (1888) ; id. Mem. R, Accad. Torino, (2)

xhy. p. 563 (1894: Gurat); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p. 157 (1895).

Vanellus spinosus, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 36 (1894).

. od ad. Lubba-gait, Jan. 8, 1895. Inis red.

The Spur-winged Plover occurs throughout N outhiecsiatened

Africa from Egypt to Nubia, and, according to Heuglin, on the

Atbara, the Lower White and Blue Niles, and in the swamps of

Eastern Kordofan. In Abyssinia and along the coast of the Red

Sea it is only met with on the streams of the hot valleys. He also

saw a pair of this Plover on the Djur River. Antinori procured

several specimens at Lake Cialalaki in Shoa in April and May,

and Dr. Ragazzi in the same locality in February. and June.

Dr. Reichenow records it from Masai-land and the Victoria

Nyanza.

164. STEPHANIBYX CORONATA.

Stephanibyx coronatus (Bodd.), Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i.

p- 220 (1884) ; id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 564 (1894 :

Plains of the Warandab); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 178 (1895).

Chettusia coronata, Oust. t. c. p. 12 (1886).

Vanellus coronatus, Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 35

(1894).

a. 9 ad. Bordwain, Jan.1, 1895. Ivrides golden yellow ; base

of bill vermilion ; feet vermilion.

Though not eure by Heuglin in his great work, the species

was once obtained in Shoa by Antinori, at Daimbi in May. In

the Steppe-land of East Africa Dr. Reichenow says it is not rare,

and he records it from numerous localities from Masai-land to

Bukome.

165. OXYECHUS TRICOLLARIS.

Charadrius tricollaris, Vieill.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1027

(1873) ; Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 34 (1894).

Agialitis tricollaris, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) 1. p. 218

(1884), vi. p. 309 (1888); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 417; Rat oa

Ibis, 1892, p. 544.

Oxey yechus tricollaris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 247

(1895).

a. d ad. Lafarok, July 12, 1894.

Heuglin states that this little Plover is not rare alate the brooks

1895. ] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 515

which discharge themselves along the coast of Samhar, in Tigrié

and Amhara westwards to Qalabat; it is found between 1000

and 8000 feet, occurring on Lake Tana. It does not seem to be

very plentiful in Shoa, but was obtained there by the Italian

naturalists. Mr. Jackson met with it in Ukambani; and Dr.

Reichenow records it from Ussagara, the Ugalla River, Lake

Tanganyika, and Irangi, in German East Africa.

166. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS,

Tringoides hypoleucus (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1172

(1873) ; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 222 (1884).

Totanus hypoleucus, Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 42 (1894).

a. d ad. Dullaat, July 13, 1894.

Found throughout North-eastern Africa, according to Heuglin,

both on the sea-coast and on the inland waters, and receiving

accessions of numbers in spring, autumn, and winter. It goes

south to East Kordofan, to the White and Blue Niles, to Abys-

sinia and the Gulf of Aden. Antinori procured several specimens

at Lake Cialalaki in Shoa in November, and Dr. Reichenow

records it from the Pangani and Ugalla rivers and Lake Tan-

ganyika.

Order PODICIPEDIDIFORMES.

167. TACHYBAPTHS CAPENSIS.

Podiceps minor, L.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1363 (1873).

Podiceps fluviatilis capensis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 415.

Podiceps capensis, Licht.; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov.(2)i. p. 253

(1884) ; id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 564 (1894).

Tachybaptes capensis, Salvad. Aun. Mus. Genoy. (2) vi. p. 326

(1888).

Colymbus fluviatilis (nec Tunst.), Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-

Afr. p. 17 (1894).

a. Ad. Sheik Mahomed, Noy. 3, 1894. Iris brown; legs grey,

mottled lighter; corners of mouth and base of under man-

dible greenish white.

I described the African bird last year, under the impression

that the name P. capensis was a nomen nudum. I find, however,

that Count Salvadori had given a diagnosis of the species in 1834,

and it stands, therefore, as Tachybaptes capensis (Salvad.).

Heuglin does not distinguish between the African and European

Little Grebes. He procured the species once in the Abyssinian

highlands in summer plumage, and this was doubtless 7’, capensis.

The bird which he speaks of as occurring in Egypt in winter is

2s minor, and this may be the species of Kordofan and the Blue

ile.

Antinori met with the Little Grebe in Shoa in March and April.

Dr. Reichenow notices it from Igonda, the Pangani River, Lake

Jipi, where it breeds, as well as in Masai-land.

30%

516 DE. R, B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

Order RALLIFORMES.

168, FULICA CRISTATA.

Fulica cristata, Gm. ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 1222 (1873);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 225 (1884), vi. p. 313 (1888) ;

id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p.564 (1894 : Gurat) ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 215 (1894); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 50 (1894).

a. 2 ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 3, 1894. Legs and bill grey;

shield greyish white, with two chocolate-coloured bulbs at

the posterior end ; iris red.

Found by Heuglin in large flocks on Lake Tana at the end of

April and the beginning of May, by Lefebvre in Enderta in

May, and by Mr. Blanford also common on Lake Ashangi. It

appears to be migratory, as Heuglin states that he never saw any

on Lake Tana in the winter months (February and March).

Antinori procured several specimens on Lake Cialalaka in Shoa,

in April and May, and Dr. Ragazzi also met with the species there

in February ; Dr. Reichenow records it from the Masai Steppes

and Victoria Nyanza.

Order COLUMBIFORMES.

169. VINAGO WAALTA.

Treron waalia, Gm.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 817 (1871);

Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 205

(1884), vi. p. 302 (1888).

Vinago waalia, Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 15 (1893); id.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894: Mandera and

Goolis Mts.).

a. ¢ ad. Near Selon, Aug. 9, 1894. Iris vermilion, with a

ring of blue; billgrey ; nostrils dark red ; feet light yellow-

ochre,

A resident species in North-eastern Africa, as it was observed

by Heuglin in every month except June and July. From the

mountains of Abyssinia south-west over the whole country to

Fazogl and the district of the White Nile to the Djur and Kosanga

rivers. Its northern limit is the Anseba Valley and Ain. The

Italian travellers met with it in Shoa in March, April, and May.

170, CoLUMBA ALBITORQUES.

Columba albitorques, Riipp.; Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. i. p. 826

(1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 206 (1884), vi. p. 303

(1888); id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 265 (1893).

a. g ad.; b,c 2 ad. Ginnier, Nov. 17, 1894. Iris dark

brown; legs crimson.

Found in Eastern and Central Abyssinia, where, says Heuglin,

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 517

it isa mountain species, occurring between 6000 and 10,000 feet.

Riippell found it breeding on the Taranta Mountains. South of

Begemeder and west of the Tana Lake it was not noticed by

Heuglin, who states that it is also absent in Bogos-land, but is

common in Hamasién, Akulo-Qusai, on the Adoa, and in Wogara

and Semién. Antinori found the species breeding at Licce on the

high plateaux of Shoa in November, and Ragazzi procured it in

December and July.

171. CoLUMBA GUINEA.

Columba guineensis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 822 (1871).

Columba guinea, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 206 (1884) ;

id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 266 (1893); Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 70 (1894).

a. gd ad.; 6, Ad. Milmil, July 30, 1894,

In North-eastern Africa this Pigeon is said by Heuglin to be

found in many different localities, both in the plains and in the

mountains up to 10,000 feet, and it occurs from Eastern Abyssinia,

Bogos-land, and Takah, from 16°-17° N. lat., to the White and

Blue Niles and their tributaries. Antinori found it common in

Shoa; and Dr. Reichenow gives the names of many localities

for it between Ugogo and the Victoria Nyanza.

172. TuRTUR SENEGALENSIS.

Turtur senegalensis (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 841

(1871); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) i. p. 208 (1884), vi. p. 304

(1888); Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 547; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxi. p. 448 (1893); Reichen. Vg. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 68 (1894).

a. g ad. Miulmil, July 28, 1894.

Heuglin calls this one of the commonest of the resident birds of

North-eastern Africa. In Abyssinia it does not go higher than

7000 or 8000 feet. In the district of the Upper White Nile it is

rarer than in Nubia, Egypt, Arabia, and the Abyssinian coast.

Antinori procured the species in Shoa at Mahal-Uonz in November,

and in the Adda Gala country in May; it was also met with in

Shoa by Dr. Ragazzi in June, July, November, and December.

Mr. Jackson obtained it in Turquel, and also in the Teita district ;

and it is recorded by Dr. Reichenow from many localities in Hast

Africa from Ugogo to Kagehi.

173. TURTUR LUGENS.

Turtur lugens (Riipp.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 838 (1871) ;

Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxi. p. 408 (1893).

a. 9 ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 1894. Iris bright yellow-

ochre; cere, eyelids, corners of mouth, and legs dull crim-

son; bill and nostrils very dark grey.

According to Heuglin, this Turtle Dove is found in the high

lands of Abyssinia between 6000 and 10,000 feet, from Hamasién

518 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [May 21,

and the Taranta Pass as far as Sémien, W ogara, and Begemeder,

but was not observed by him in Gala-land or to the westward of

the Tana Lake.

174. TuRTUR DAMARENSIS.

Turtur damarensis, F. & H.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 838

(1871) ; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 426 (1893); Reichen.

Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 69 (1894).

Turtur capicola (nec Sund.), Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 546.

a. gad. Lafarok, July 12, 1894.

Apparently not found in N.E. Africa, but it extends from

Damara-land and the Transvaal throughout the whole of East

Africa, and was found by Mr. Jackson in Kitosh. Dr. Reichenow

gives a number of places for the species, from the Pangani River

to Bussissi in the south of the Victoria Nyanza.

175. CENA CAPENSIS.

Gna capensis (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 848 (1871);

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) i. p. 209 (1884), vi. p. 305 (1888) ;

Oust. t.c. p. 11 (1886); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi, p. 501

(1898); id. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894) ;

Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 71 (1894).

a. g juv. Berbera, July 3, 1894.

b. g ad. Sassabané, July 31, 1894.

Occurs’ in the Nile regions and on the Red Sea coasts, as far as

23° N. lat. South of this it is said by Heuglin to be common in

the coast-lands of Abyssinia south to the Gulf of Aden, and in

the warmer portions of Abyssinia it ascends to 7000 feet. Near

Khartoum he found it breeding. It is common in Shoa, according

to Antinori and Ragazzi, and is shown by Dr. Reichenow to be

widely distributed in East Africa, from Bagamoyo to Masai-land

and the Victoria Nyanza.

176. CHALCOPELIA AFRA.

Chalcopelia afra (L.); Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 845 (1871) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) vi. p. 304 (1888); Sharpe, Ibis,

1892, p. 547; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 506 (1893) ; id.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894); Reichen. Vig.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 71 (1894).

a. oad. Ehrer, Aug. 18, 1894.

b. @ ad. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27, 1894. Iris dark brown; legs

dull crimson ; cere dark grey.

ce. 9 ad. Mt. Kuldush, Dec. 18, 1894.

Heuglin gives the northern limit of this species in N.E. Africa,

as 17° or 18° N. lat. in Berber and Takah. It appears both on

the coast-lands and in the mountains of Abyssinia, in the latter up

to 8000 feet, also in Senar, Kordofan, and in the country of the

White Nile and its tributaries, as well as in Danakil and Somali«

1895.] FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 519

land, and is a resident species. Antinori did not meet with this

Pigeon in Shoa, but Dr. Ragazzi found it common near the streams

of Fallé in March. Mr. Jackson procured a specimen on Mt.

Elgon in February, and it is recorded by Dr. Reichenow from a

number of localities between Dar-es-Salaam and the Victoria

Nyanza.

Order PTEROCLETES.

177. PreROCLURUS EXUSTUS.

Prerocles exustus, Temm.; Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 855

(1878); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 306 (1888); Reichen.

Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 55 (1894).

Pteroclurus exustus, Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p, 12

(1893); Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 561 (1894: Hento Valley: Lido Mts.).

a,b. 3S; ¢,d. Q ad. Milmil, July 30, 1894.

This Sand-Grouse is common in Egypt, and reaches. along the

Nile to Northern Nubia. Heuglin met with it in Arabia Petrea

and on the Red Sea south to Massowa. Dr. Ragazzi procured

it once at Cialalaka in Shoa, in February. Dr. Reichenow states

that it has occurred in Aruscha, on the Masai Steppes, and in

the Kilima-njaro district.

178. PreROCLES DECORATUS.

Pterocles decoratus, Cab.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 870

(1873); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 549; Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xxii. p. 21 (1893); Salvad. t.c. p. 561 (1894: Habir Valley) ;

Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 54 (1894).

a. g ad. Okoto, Sept. 8, 1894.

Found, according to Dr. Reichenow, at Mkaramo, the Masai

Steppes, the Kilima-njaro district, Lake Jipi, the Ronga River,

and the Wambere Steppes. Mr. Jackson procured it on the Tsauro

River.

Order GALLIFORMES.

179. ACRYLLIUM VULTURINUM.

Numida vulturina, Hardw.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414.

Acryllium vulturinum (Hardw.); Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 554;

Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii, p. 385 (1893); Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 562 (1894); Reichen. Vog.

Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 74, fig. 36 (1894).

a. g ad. Ducheto, Aug. 10,1894. Iris scarlet; bare head and

neck grey ; bill grey, lighter at point.

b. 2 ad. Shebeli, Sept. 8, 1894.

This East-African species is found in the Teita district, on the

Pangani, in Uzaramo, Aruscha, the Ronga River, and the Masai

Steppes, .

520 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIB. [June 18,

180. FRANCOLINUS CASTANEICOLLIS.

Francolinus castaneicollis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. xxvi. p. 542

(1888); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 153 (1893).

a. g ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 2, 1894. Iris dark brown ;

feet brownish orange ; bill vermilion.

b. Q ad. Sheik Mahomed, Nov. 8, 1894. Iris brown; feet

salmon-colour; bill brown, lower mandible reddish.

Discovered in Shoa at Lake Ciar-Ciar.

181. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI.

Francolinus granti, Hartl.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 891

(1873); Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 551; Ogilvie-Grant, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xxii. p. 148 (1893) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

p- 562 (1894: Odeuin Plains); Reichen. Vig. Deutsch-Ost-Afr.

p. 78 (1894).

a. 9 ad. Sassabane, July 31, 1894. Iris brown; feet light

red.

Mr. Jackson procured examples of this species at Machako’s

and again on the Victoria Nyanza. Between the lake and the

coast Dr. Reichenow gives many localities where it has occurred.

June 18, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to

the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May were 130 in number. Of these 67 were acquired

by presentation, 24 by purchase, 3 by exchange, 15 were born in

the Gardens, and 21 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 90.

Among these, special attention may be called to the following :—

1. A Black-billed Sheathbill (Chionis minor), captured at sea,

in about 52° §., 55° W., and presented by Mr. John Gunn, of the

German Barque ‘ Prof. Koch,’ May Ist.

We have now specimens of both species of the Sheathbills

(Chionis alba and C. minor) living in the Society’s Gardens.

2. A female Grysbok (Neotragus melanotis), presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., of Port Elizabeth, South Africa, and received

May 26.

This is one of the smaller Cape Antelopes rarely seen in captivity ;

we have received no specimen of it for the last twenty years.

3. A young male Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi) from Southern

China, presented by Julius Neumann, Hsq., C.M.Z.S., and received

May 29, 1895,

So for as I know, the only specimen of this beautiful Deer

1895.] PROF. G. B, HOWES ON THE SKULL OF A RABBIT. 521

previously received by the Society was the female presented by

Mr. A. Grote in 1867, which was figured in the Society’s Trans-

actions (vol. vii. pls. xxxvii—xxxvill.); see also P. ZS. 1867,

. 821.

4 I also take this opportunity of mentioning that the animal pre-

sented to the Society on the 28th March, 1894, by Mr. A. Murray,

and entered as a Kinkajou (as it was called by the donor), appears

to be a specimen of the rare American Carnivore Bassaricyon alleni,

Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 397, pl. xxxviii., with the apical portion

of the tail removed. Mr. Murray informs us that this specimen

was captured in the woods at Bastrica on the Essequibo River,

British Guiana.

Referring to his note on the occurrence of the Barbary Sheep

(Ovis tragelaphus) in Egypt, read on January 15th last (see

P. Z.S. 1895, p. 85), Mr. Sclater exhibited the head of this sheep,

obtained by Captain J. G. Dunning near Wady Halfa, which, at

the time of reading his note, Mr. Sclater had spoken of as “ not

having been received,” but which had arrived since.

Mr. Sclater said there could be no doubt as to the specimen in

question belonging to the Barbary Sheep, Ovis tragelaphus. Captain

Dunning, having unfortunately lost his life in Uganda, Mr. Sclater

stated that he proposed to deposit the present specimen in the

British Museum.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of a Humming-bird (Anthocephala

berlepschi, Salvin, Ibis, 1894, p. 120), which he had received in a

letter addressed to him by Mr. Robert B. White, C.M.Z.S., from

Palencia, a department of Cauca, Republic of Colombia, April 15th,

1895. Mr. White observed that this species until recently was

supposed to be unknown in Colombia ; he had lately found it, but

only in one locality, in the extreme south of the Magdalena Valley,

where it was by no means easy to obtain it.

Prof. G. B. Howes exhibited the skull of a Rabbit destitute of

the second pair of upper incisors, which he owed to the acumen of

his Laboratory Attendant, J. E. Redsull.

The animal from which this specimen had been obtained was

an old ‘“ Hare-coloured” or “ Belgian” Rabbit, purchased in the

market, and was in no other respect observed to be abnormal.

Prof. Howes had met with specimens showing the absence of one

of the smaller incisors on the right and on the left side, and one

in which the left tooth was wanting, that of the right being

greatly hypertrophied, its alveolus being almost as large in area

as that of the first incisor’. As the skull exhibited was the first,

among some thousands which had passed through his hands, in

* Specimens of these were exhibited,

522 MR. P. L, SOLATER ON GAZELLA LODERI. [June 18,

which both the second incisors were wanting, and as von Nathusius,

in his lengthy experience of the Leporines, had recorded * but two

similar cases, the variation would appear to be very exceptional.

In the specimen exhibited the single pair of incisors in both upper

and lower jaw were longer and more curved than is usual where

the smaller upper incisors are present. This was most marked in

the lower jaw, the cutting-edges of the incisors, instead of termi-

nating posteriorly on a level with the upper surface of the sym-

physial end of the mandible, standing 3 millim. above it. In

this greater elongation of the incisors the specimen approximated

the more closely towards the simplicidentate type.

Nathusius had remarked of one of the two examples which fell

into his hands that not only were there no traces of the teeth in

question, but that there were no indications of their having been

developed and subsequently lost. In the specimen which Prof.

Howes exhibited the premaxille bore a couple of excessively

minute perforations, which might possibly be the reduced vestiges

of the alveoli of the missing teeth. That of the left side, however,

led off into an outwardly directed groove, and from the characters

of these passages, in consideration of the recent careful investigation

of Aschenbrandt ”, he was disposed to regard them as those of transit

of palatal branches of the naso-palatine nerve.

The cheek-teeth of the specimen showed no features that were

exceptional.

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Dr. A. A. W.

Hubrecht, F.M.Z.S., calling attention to the account of a supposed

new Mammal from Sumatra by him, published in the ‘ Notes from

the Leyden Museum’ (vol. xiii. p. 241), under the belief that it

would turn out to be an unknown species of Edentate, and which he

had proposed to call Trichomanis hoeventi. Further inquiries and

information received from Mr. Pruys Van der Hoeven (after

whom the supposed new animal had been named) had convinced

Dr. Hubrecht that it was an Arctonywx (A. collaris), and that no

further hopes could be entertained of the existence of an unknown

Edentate in the forests of Sumatra.

In reference to his remarks made at the last meeting (see above,

p- 400) on the existence of a second Gazelle in Egypt, besides

Gazella doreas, Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin and skull of the

male Gazelle of this second species which he had seen alive at

Cairo. These had been kindly sent to him by Mr, Jennings Bramley.

Mr. Sclater had ascertained, by comparison with one of the typical

specimens in the British Museum, that they were referable to

Mr. Thomas’s lately described species G'azella loderi (P. ZS. 1894,

p. 470, pl. xxxii.), the extension of which into Egypt was a novel

fact of great interest.

1 Der zoolog. Garten, Jhg. xx. p. 134.

? Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch, Wiirzburg, n.F, Bd, xx. No. 2 (p. 11),

1895.] | ON FISHES FROM MATTO GROSSO AND PARAGUAY. 523

This Gazelle was said to be known to the Arabs of the Libyan

or Western Desert of Egypt as the “ Ghazal abiad,” or White

Gazelle ; but was certainly not nearly so common as Gazella dorcas,

which occurred in both the Eastern and Western Deserts.

Mr. W. Saville Kent, F.Z.S., exhibited a coloured sketch of a

species of Nudibranchiate Mollusk, which he had met with in

Western Australia, remarkable for its large size and colouring, and

probably referable to Doris or an allied genus.

A communication was read from Messrs. F. E. Beddard, M.A.,

F.R.S., and A. C. Haddon, M.A., M.R.I.A., containing descrip-

tions of a number of new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusks,

examples of which had been collected by the latter author during

his recent stay in the neighbourhood of Torres Straits.

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac-

tions.’

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., gave an account of a large collec-

tion of Fishes formed by Dr. C. Ternetz at various localities in

Matto Grosso and Paraguay. So few Fishes had been collected in

the Paraguay system since the time of Natterer, that it seemed

desirable that a full list of all the species represented in the

present collection should be given. This was accordingly done,

the specimens being referred to 97 species, of which the following

were described as new :—

1, PLAGIOSCION TERNETZI, sp. n.

Outer, upper, and inner lower teeth considerably enlarged.

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 3 to 33

times ; snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 5 to 53

times in length of head; interorbital width equal to length of

snout, 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below

posterior border of eye; przopercular border rounded, finely

denticulated behind, with wide-apart small serre at the angle and

below. 15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch, the longest

as long as or a little shorter than longest gill-filaments. Lower

pharyngeal teeth villiform. Dorsal X, I 33-35: third and fourth

or fourth and fifth spines longest, 3 to 2 length of head. Pectoral

nearly ? length of head. Anal II 6; second spine very strong,

3 length of head. Caudal pointed, densely scaled. The distance

between base of anal and base of caudal 23 depth of caudal

peduncle, Scales nearly all ctenoid, 95-100 5—"; lat. 1. 48-50.

Uniform silvery.

Total length 450 millim.

Two specimens, from Remanso, Rio Grande, Paraguay.

This species-is allied to Sciena surinamensis, Blkr.

524 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON FISHES [June 18,

2. GEOPHAGUS DUODECIMSPINOSUS, sp. 0.

Depth of body 14 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye

nearer gill-opening than end of snout, its diameter 33 times in

length of head and a little less than interorbital width ; pre-

orbital 14 diameter of eye; scales on cheek small, in 7 series.

Dorsal XII 14; spines increasing in length to the fourth, which

is 3 length of head; soft portion scaly at the base, longest rays

nearly as long as head. Pectoral a little longer than head. Ven-

tral shorter, reaching anal. Anal III 9; third spine longest, as

long as third dorsal. Caudal truncate. Scales 30 4; lat. 1. -

Yellowish, with a dark vertical streak below the eye, and a dark

round spot on the side below the lateral line; vertical fins

brownish, with some small, round, white spots on the soft dorsal

and anal; pectorals white, ventrals blackish.

Total length 90 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

3. EUANEMUS NIGRIPINNIS, sp. 0.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 43 to 5 times in total

length ; width of head equal to length without snout; groove

extending from end of snout to occipital bone; eye as long as

snout, 32 times in length of head, half interorbital width ; maxillary

barbel extending nearly to end of pectoral spine, mandibular

barbels to a little beyond base of pectoral spine. Humeral process

covered with skin, 3 length of pectoral spine. Dorsal I 6; spine

serrated behind, as long as head. Pectoral spine a little shorter

than head. Ventral as long as pectoral, reaching a little beyond

origin of anal. Anal 36-37. Caudal deeply notched. Upper

surface of head, back, and a lateral stripe dark grey, rest white ;

pectorals and ventrals deep black, white at the base ; caudal black

at the base.

Total length 190 millim.

Four specimens from Paraguay.

4, OXYDORAS EIGENMANNI, sp. n.

Both jaws with small teeth. Depth of body equal to length of

head, 4 times in total length. Posterior nostril nearer the eye

than to the anterior nostril ; diameter of eye 4 times in length of

head, 13 in interorbital width, 1? in length of snout; bases of

the six barbels united by the fold of the lower jaw; maxillary

barbels with smaller tentacles at the base, extending a little

beyond base of pectoral spine, twice as long as mandibulars. Gill-

cleft extending to below posterior border of eye. Humeral

process striated, half as long as pectoral spine. Pectoral spine a

little longer than the head. Dorsal I 6; spine a little shorter

than the head, very strongly serrated in front, very feebly behind.

Adipose fin a little shorter than base of anal. No shields between

the dorsal fins. Lateral shields moderate, third vertical diameter

equal to the eye, serrated behind, 26 or 27, Caudal bifurcate,

1895.} FROM MATTO GROSSO AND PARAGUAY. 525

Brown above, whitish beneath ; fins uniform or with small blackish

spots.

P Total length 80 millim.

Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

This species is named after Prof. C. Eigenmann, the author of

the excellent Synopsis of South American Siluroid Fishes. It

conhects the sections Oaydoras and Rhinodoras as defined by that

author, agreeing with the former in the serrature of the dorsal

spine, with the latter in all other respects.

5. CALLICHTHYS PECTORALIS, sp. n.

Depth of body 34 to 35 times in total length. Head depressed,

broader than deep, 34 times in total length, without bristles on

the sides; diameter of eye 6 times in length of head, 4 times in

interorbital width ; suborbital bone narrow ; occipital bone pointed

in front, not reaching frontal fontanelle ; inner barbels half total

length. Pectoral spine % length of head, covered with fine

bristles, serrated on the inner side. Dorsal I 7 ; spine nearly 4

length of head. Anal I5. A pair of large pectoral plates, in

contact anteriorly, or narrowly separated, their inner borders

diverging behind. Shields on body reaching to base of dorsal fins,

23 above and 22 below lateral line; 3 or 4 pairs and 5 to7

azygos shields between the two dorsal fins. Caudal rounded.

Dark brown, with small blackish spots.

Total length 85 millim.

Several specimens from Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco.

This species is nearest allied to CO. thoracatus, C. & V., and

C. longifis, C. & V., but differs in the larger pectoral plates, the

wide separation between the frontal fontanelle and the occipital

bone, and in the smaller number of anal rays.

6. PLECOSTOMUS TERNETZI, sp. n.

Head as long as broad, 3 times in total length; three very

obtuse keels; snout rounded, entirely granulated ; diameter of

eye 7 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, 24 times

in interorbital width; barbel as long as diameter of eye; 44 teeth

on each side in the upper jaw, and about as many in the lower

jaw ; interopercle with very small spines. Sides of throat, thorax,

and middle of belly covered with small shields. Dorsal I 7 ; first

ray as long as head, reaching adipose fin. Pectoral spine as long

as head, strong, with small curved spines. Ventrals I 5, first ray

a little shorter than head. Anal I 4. Lower caudal rays very

long, as long as head, twice as long as upper. Depth of caudal

peduncle 23 in distance between anal and caudal fins. Post-

humeral keel very obtuse and short, not extending beyond base of

ventral. Scutes on body rough and spinulose but not keeled;

lat. 1. 25; 14 scutes between the anal and caudal fins. Uniform

olive above, white beneath.

Total length 240 millim.

526 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES: [June 18,

A single specimen from Paraguay.

This species appears to be nearest allied to P. francisci, Liitk.,

which is only known to me from the description.

7. CHETOSTOMUS GIGAS, sp. n.

15 upper and 19 lower teeth on each side. Depth of body 43

times in total length, length of head 23 times. Head a little

longer than broad, entirely rough with small spines ; snout broadly

rounded; diameter of eye 11 times in length of head, 45 times in

interorbital width, 6 times in length of snout; anterior border of

orbit with enlarged spinules; no postorbital groove; erectile

preopercular spines very strong, the longest 23 diameter of orbit ;

barbel a little longer than diameter of orbit. Throat and belly

studded with small rough shields. Dorsal I 10; all the rays rough

with spinules, the first measuring $length of head. Pectoral] spine

as long as head, covered with small spines, the longest of which

are hooked and nearly equal diameter of orbit. Ventral I 5,

as long as first dorsal ray. Anal 15. Caudal obliquely truncate,

lower ray longest. Shields on body rough with ridges of strong

spinules, 25 in a longitudinal series. Brown, densely covered all

over with round black spots.

Total length 530 millim.

A single specimen from Paraguay.

This fish, the largest known of the genus, is possibly the adult

of C. aculeatus, Perugia, in which, howeyer, the ventral region is

entirely naked.

8. HyporroPoMA GUENTHERI, sp. n.

Head not narrowed behind the eyes, its width equal to length

of posterior border of orbit, its length 22 to 3 times in total;

diameter of orbit 5 to 53 times in length of head, 23 to 22 times

in length of snout, 3 to 3} times in interorbital width ; barbel

very small; head-shields as in H. thoracatum. Dorsal I 6, first

ray as long as head to upper angle of gill-cleft. Pectoral as long

as first dorsal ray, extending as far as ventrals, not reaching

anal. Caudal deeply notched, middle rays half as long as outer.

Two pairs of large, transverse pectoral shields, preceded by a

transverse series of four small shields, the outer of which are in

contact with the suborbital shields; three or four large ventral

shields on each side, the anterior of which are usually separated

by an azygos shield. Shields on body spinulose but not keeled,

20 to 22 on each side; 3 shields between the occipital and the

dorsal, 12 between the dorsal and the caudal. Olive; dorsal and

caudal fins with black spots, which may form two curved bands

on the lower lobe of the caudal.

Total length 65 millim.

Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

The fish described and figured by Steindachner as H. thoracatum,

Gthr., belongs to a distinct species, for which I propose the name

H, steindachneri. His H, bilobatum is distinct from Cope’s, which

1895.] FROM MATTO GROSSO AND PARAGUAY. 527

I regard as identical with H. thoracatum, and is the same as that

for which I propose the name H. quenthert. In fact 3 species are

confounded under H. thoracatum in Dr. & Mrs. Higenmann’s

Synopsis ; they are distinguishable as follows :—

I. Throat entirely naked in front of the two pairs

of pectoral shields; 6 to 8 pairs of ventral

shields separated by a series of azygos shields ;

spine of adipose fin present; caudal deeply

emarginate, middle rays half aslong as outer. JH. thoracatus, Gthr.

II. A transverse series of four shields in front of

the pectoral shields; 3 to 7 pairs of ventral

shields and a single azygos shield in front ;

posterior dorsal spine usually absent.

Pectoral spine not reaching origin of anal; caudal

deeply emarginate, middle rays half as long as

OUiehbeeravers seacoast cavcrestepecdes er coteset came A. gquentherz, Bigr.

Pectoral spine reaching origin of anal; caudal less

deeply emarginate, middle rays much more than

halts dlong/as: Outer, sis. cccseras-dhstvcnccecteveuretees H. steindachneri, Blgr.

9. LORICARIA PARVA, sp. n.

Teeth small, well developed in both jaws. Head 13 as long

as broad, 43 to 5 times in total length; snout obtusely pointed,

feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields with longitudinal,

spinulose striz, without keels; diameter of orbit 54 to 6 times

in length of head, 23 to 23 times in length of snout, 14 to 12 in

interorbital width; a broad postorbital notch; lower labial fold

moderately large, papillose, feebly notched, with a fringe of obtuse

papilla. Dorsal [ 7; first ray 1} to 13 as long as head, just

above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6, as long as head or a little

shorter, reaching beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5, as long

as pectoral, reaching beyond origin of anal. Anal I 5. Outer

caudal rays much produced, filiform, upper longest. Lateral

scutes 26-28, with two spinose ridges approximating on the 13th

or 14th; nuchal shields without keels; 16 or 17 scutes between

dorsal and caudal, 14 or 15 between anal and caudal. Breast and

belly shielded; pectoral shields numerous, polygonal, irregular ;

ventrals 7 to 9 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series

of small ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose and

striated. Olive above, with ill-defined dark cross-bars; a dark

streak on each side of the snout, from the tip to the eye; fins

with dark spots.

Total length 110 millim.

Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

This species is most nearly related to L. filamentosa, Stdr.

10. LoRIcaRIA LABIALIS, sp. n.

Teeth minute, rudimentary, in both jaws. Head 12 as long as

broad, 43 to 4? times in total length; snout obtusely pointed,

feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields rough with villose

spinules, except on the edge of the end of the snout, without

528 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES [June 18,

keels; diameter of orbit 6 to 64 times in length of head, 3 times

in length of snout, 14 in interorbital width ; a broad postorbital

notch ; lower labial fold moderately large in females, very large

and extending to the pectoral shields in males, without notch and

without fringe. Dorsal I 7; first ray nearly as long as head,

just above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6, as long as head to

posterior border of orbit, not reaching base of ventral. Ventral

I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal I 5.

Upper caudal ray produced in a short filament. Lateral shields

30, with two spinose ridges approximating on the 21st or 22nd ;

‘nuchal shields without keels; 18 shields between dorsal and

caudal, 16 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly shielded ;

pectoral shields numerous, polygonal, irregular; ventrals 4 to 6

transversely enlarged ones on each side, and one or two series of

smaller ones in the middle. All the shields finely granulate and

spinulose. Olive above; dorsal and caudal with small dark spots

along the rays; pectorals and ventrals blackish.

Total length 220 millim.

Three specimens from Paraguay.

This species is allied to ZL, nudirostris, Kner, and L, spiavi, Stdr.

11. Lor1caARIA APELTOGASTER, sp. n.

A few slender teeth in both jaws. Head slightly longer than

broad, 5 times in total length; snout acutely pointed, feebly pro-

jecting beyond the lip; head-shields strongly spinulose; occipital

shield with two closely approximated, parallel keels ; diameter of

orbit 74 to 8 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, 14

to 14 in interorbital width ; no postorbital notch ; lower labial fold

rather large, with long fringes; barbel long. Dorsal I 7; first

ray a little longer than the head, just above base of ventral.

Pectoral I 6; first ray more or less produced, at least as long as

the head, reaching much beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5;

first ray produced, but shorter than pectoral, reaching much

beyond origin of anal. Anal 15. Upper caudal ray produced in

a very long filament. Lateral shields 31 or 32, with two spinose

ridges uniting on the 17th to 20th; nuchal shields bicarinate ; 21

or 22 shields between dorsal and caudal, 19 or 20 between anal

and caudal. Breast and belly naked, or with small stellate shields ;

a series of 6 to 8 small transverse shields may be present on each

side of the belly. All the shields finely granulate and spinulose.

Pale brown above, with three or four darker cross-bars on the

body and two on the head ; fins partially blackish.

Total length 210 millim.

Four specimens from Paraguay.

This fish is allied to L. nudiventris, C. & V., L. evansii, Blgr.,

and especially to Z. macrodon, Kner.

12, TETRAGONOPTERUS THRNETZI, sp. n.

Depth of body 13 to 14 in total length ; length of head 33 to 33

times. Diameter of eye 2} to 24 times in length of head, twice

1895.] ¥ROM MATTO GROSSO AND PARAGUAY. 529

length of snout, equal to interorbital width; maxillary toothless,

extending to below anterior border of eye. Dorsal 11, originating

behind vertical of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal

40-42, deepest anteriorly, longest rays a little shorter than head.

Caudal bifurcate. Scales 30-33 53; lateral line complete. Pale

brownish, upper surface of head, dorsal, anal, and lower part of

caudal region of body blackish; two blackish vertical bands on

upper half of body, the first behind the head, the second below the

origin of the dorsal fin.

Total length 45 millim.

Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso,

13. TETRAGONOPTERUS ULREYI, sp. 0.

Depth of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 31 to 32

times. Diameter of eye half length of head, twice length ot

snout, equal to interorbital width; maxillary toothless, extending

to below anterior third of eye. Dorsal 10, originating behind base

of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal 23-25, anterior

rays elongate, a little shorter than the head. Caudal bifurcate.

Seales 32-33 é ; lateral line reduced to 8 or 9 scales. Yellowish,

with a small black humeral spot, a black line along the middle of

the side, and a black line along the base of the anal fin; dorsal

blackish at the end.

Total length 35 millim.

Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso.

The species is named after Prof. A. B. Ulrey, the author of a

very useful key to the determination of the species of this genus.

14, ANACYRTUS PROGNATHUS, sp. 0.

Depth of body 24 in total length, length of head 4 times.

Snout strongly projecting beyond the mouth, squarely truncate,

with two strong tooth-like spines pointing outwards and forwards ;

several smaller teeth on each side of the upper jaw and two on each

side of the lower; diameter of eye + length of head, 13 in length of

snout, 14 in interorbital width; maxillary extending to below

anterior third of eye; upper profile of head very concave. Dorsal

11, equally distant from eye and base of caudal, longest rays

a little shorter than head. Anal 52. Caudal deeply forked.

Yellowish, with a silvery lateral stripe ; end of snout and a small

spot at base of caudal blackish.

Total length 125 millim.

A single specimen.

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac-

tions,’ with illustrations of the new species.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1895, No. XXXIV. 34

530 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

The following papers were read :—

1. An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by

Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Western Somali-land and

the Galla Country. By G. A. Boutrenerr, F.R.S.

[Received June 11, 1895.]

(Plates XXIX. & XXX.)

In the following pages I haye given a list of all the species of

Reptiles and Batrachians represented in the rich series entrusted

to me for identification. Types of the new species will be pre-

sented to the British Museum by Dr. Donaldson Smith.

For an account of the route traversed by Dr. Donaldson Smith,

the reader is referred to his papers and maps in the ‘ Geographical

Journal,’ iv. 1894, p. 528, and vy. 1895, p. 124: also to the

following papers for previous contributions dealing with the

Reptiles of the region :—

1, Variiant, L.—Reptiles et Batraciens in G. R&évott, ‘ Faune

et Flore du Pays Comalis.’ (Paris, 1882.) 28 pp., 3 pls.

2. Mocaguarp, F.—“Sur une Collection de Reptiles et de

Batraciens rapportés du Pays Comalis et de Zanzibar par

M. G. Révyoil.”. Mém. Cent. Soc. Philom. 1888, pp. 109-

134, pls. xi. & xii.

3. Boutencmr, G. A.—‘“ On some Reptiles collected by Signor

L. Brichetti Robecchi in Somaliland.” Ann. Mus. Genova,

(2) xii. 1891, pp. 5-15, pl. i.

. Borrrerr, O.—** Uebersicht der von Prof. C. Keller anliiss-

lich der Ruspoli’schen Expedition nach den Somalilindern

gesammelten Reptilien und Batrachier.” Zool. Anz. 1893,

pp- 113-119, 129-132, & 193.

. Boutencer, G. A.—“Esplorazione del Giuba e dei suoi

Affluenti compinta del Cap. V. Bottego durante gli anni

1892-93 sotto gli auspici della Societa Geographica

Italiana.—Risultati Zoologici. IL. Rettili e Batraci.” Ann.

Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895, pp. 9-18, pls. i.-iv.

6. Boutunerr, G. A.— “On the Reptiles and Batrachians

obtained by Mr. E. Lort-Phillips in Somaliland.” Ann. &

Mag. N. H., Aug. 1895.

I have not in every case been able to give the locality of the

specimens, as the labels are occasionally missing or only bear the

date. The collection formed prior to September is from Somali-

land proper, the rest from Galla, or Western Somali-land, of which

district a map is given on p. 125 of the ‘Geographical Journal,’

vol. vy. The localities are entered in conformity with those given

by Dr. Bowdler Sharpe in his paper on the Birds (see above,

p- 457).

P25 1895 Plaine

RMintern & J.G.del.et ith. mae Mintern Bros. ump.

LHEMIDACTYLUS ISOLEFIS. 2.HEMIDACTYLUS SMITHII.

3.AGAMA ZONURA. 4.EREMIAS SMITHII.

IEEE Sts Si, fell, LOGS,

R.Mintern & J. G. del.et lith. Minter Bros. imp

1.TYPHLOPS SOMALICUS . 2. ZAMENIS SMITHI1. 3.PSAMMOPHIS PULCHER.

4. ARTHROLEPTIS MINUTUS. 5.BUFO DODSONIL.

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND, 531

REPTILES.

CHELONIANS.

1. PELomepusa GALEATA, Schoepff.

A single young specimen (Mount Kuldush, 18.12.94). On the

left side, the pectoral shield reaches the median line, whilst on the

right the humeral and abdominal shields are narrowly in contact.

The specimen is therefore intermediate between the typical form

and P. gcehafice, Riipp.

LIzARDS.

2. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS, Riipp.

Milmil, 27.7.94.

3. PRISTURUS CRUCIFHR, Val.

Between Hargeisa and Milmil, 22.7.94.

4, H®MIDACTYLUS ISOLEPIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1.)

Head scarcely depressed, twice as long as broad; snout longer

than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening ; forehead

with a very slight concavity ; ear-opening very small, roundish.

Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderately dilated, free, with

rather short distal joints; 5 lamelle under the thumb, 6 or

7 under the fourth finger, and the same number under the

toes. Head covered with convex granules, largest on the snout;

rostral subquadrangular, not twice as broad as deep, with median

cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral and four scales,

the upper of which is largest and in contact with its fellow behind

the rostral; 8 upper and 7 lower labials; symphysial large,

pentagonal, twice as long as the adjacent labials; four chin-

shields, median pair largest and forming a suture behind the

symphysial. Body covered with equal, rounded, imbricate,

smooth scales, about 65 round the middle of the body. Male with

an angular series of six preanal pores. Tail cylindrical, tapering,

covered with uniform scales similar to but a little larger than

those on the body. Pale brown above, with dark brown irregular

spots and scattered white dots; a dark brown streak on each side

of the head and neck, passing through the eye.

millim. millim.

Total length...... 78 Bore Tim. s..%+:0,s00 Loy

12 16ers eter 12 ian ima recast is 16

Width of head.... 6 Deets i.e ogee wie ee 38

BODY, risa engem a0 28

A single male specimen. Turfa, 13.8.94.

This species is closely allied to H. homeolepis, Blanf., from Socotra

(P.Z.S.1881, p.464), which differs in the much smaller dorsal scales,

and to which specimeus from Somali-land have been referred by

Boettger. H. tropidolepis, Mocq., from Somali-land, appears, from

34*

532 _ MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

the description, to approach Bunocnemis modesta, Gthr., discovered

by Dr. Gregory at Ngatana, but differs in the keeled dorsal scales.

5. HeMIDACTYLUS SMITHI, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.)

Head much depressed, once and three fifths as long as broad;

snout rounded, longer than the distance between the eye and the

ear-opening, once and one third the diameter of the orbit: fore-

head concave; ear-opening small, oval, oblique. Body and limbs

moderate. Digits moderate, inner well-developed ; 6 or 7 lamellx

under the inner digits, 9 or 10 under the third and fourth. Head

covered with granules of unequal size; rostral four-sided, nearly

twice as broad as deep, with median cleft above; nostril pierced

between the rostral, the first labial, and three small scales; 13 or

14 upper and 10 lower labials; symphysial triangular, broader

than long, but little longer than the adjacent labials, followed by

two rows of small chin-shields, two in the anterior, three in the

millim. millim,

Total length...... 86 Fore limb ...... £7,

ECAR 0 os. Ses oe 14 Hard Himba ye ne 21

Width of head.... 85 Opa Soak eae parte ee 39

Bed ierss ic ae Se 33

A single, half-grown specimen. Shebeli, 5.9.94.

Intermediate between H. frenatus, D. & B., and H. jubensis,

Blgr.

6. Hemipactyius srvaitts, Bler.

I refer two specimens (Boholgarshan, 4.7.94) to this species, as

defined by Dr. Anderson (below, p. 639), although a series of

enlarged subcaudals is present. The first labial is excluded from

the nostril by a small shield. 5 lamelle under the inner toe, 9

under the fourth. 6 preanal pores. The dorsal tubercles quite

as large as in the typical H. twrecicus.

7. HemMIDAcTYLUS BROOKII, Gray.

Sheikh Mahomed. a:

This common West African Gecko was found’at’ Wadelai by the

late Emin Pasha, and in the Kibibi Basin by Dr. Gregory. It

probably extends right across the Soudan.

8. AGAMA VAILLANTI, Blgr.

Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection contains three specimens: of

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 533

this well-marked species, recently discovered in Somali-land by

Capt. Bottego. They agree well with the type in their markings,

but the ground-colour of the upper parts is a pale reddish brown

and the vertebral streak grey. 28 to 30 scales on the vertebral

line between the origin of the fore limbs and the origin of the

hind limbs, and 60 to 63 round the middle of the body.

Sassabana, 2.8.94; Shebeli, 30.12.94.

9. AcaMa DORIA, Bler.

Sheikh Husein, 22.9.94.

10. AGAMA CYANOGASTER, Riipp.

11, Agama ANNECTENS, Blanf.

Beearso, 19.12.94; Sunerdarler, 28.12.94.

12, AGAMA ZONURA, sp.n. (Plate XXIX, fig. 3.)

Head much depressed, triangular. Nostril lateral, not tubular,

below the canthus rostralis. “Head-scales very unequal in size,

smooth or obtusely keeled ; occipital not enlarged; a few enlarged,

conical scales below and behind the ear; 11 or 12 upper and 10

or 11 lower labials; tympanum entirely exposed, larger than the

eye-opening. No gular pouch. Body much depressed; above

with small irregular scales intermixed with irregularly scattered,

enlarged, obtusely keeled ones; no crest; ventral scales small,

smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches the ear; tibia shorter

than the skull; fourth finger slightly longer than third; fourth

toe very slightly longer than third, fifth extending beyond first.

Tail a little longer than head and body, much depressed at the

base; scales large, edged with spinules and with a small median

spine, arranged in rings two of which form a well-marked segment

except in the posterior third of the tail, where each segment

comprises three transverse series above and two below. Male

with three transverse series of anal ‘pores.’ Dark olive above,

with some lighter dots and black marblings; blue beneath, throat

and breast with a rather indistinct blackish network ; anal ‘ pores’

yellow.

millim. millim

Total length...... 160 Hore limb). .<0. 2. 35

S77 es a ara 19 Pind Timbsn; . J... 48

Width of head.... 19 WP aa ASCE sola 85

Oey es cle ake ote 56

A single male specimen. Wardergubberner, 13.11.94.

This species is a true ‘ Stellio’ and connects that section of the

genus Agama with the one of which the following species is the

type.

13. AGAMA BATILLIFERA, Vaill.

A single female specimen, from Sassabana, measuring 76 millim,

534 “MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

to the vent, tail 15 (imperfect). One of the types, a male,

collected by M. Révoil, is now in the British Museum.

This very curious Lizard was originally described as a Uro-

mastix allied to U. princeps, O’Sh., which is the type of my genus

Aporoscelis. In all respects, except the shape of the tail, it is,

however, a true Agama and is well distinguished by its dentition

from Uromastiv and Aporoscelis, as was first pointed out to me by

my friend Dr. Anderson.

I cannot consider the shape of the tail, in this instance, as

warranting generic separation, and following the precedent laid

down in dealing with the Iguanoid genera Ctenosaura and Cachrys

(Proce. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 241), and the Scincoid Egerma (Cat. Liz.

ili, p. 134), I have no hesitation in placing Uromastia batilliferus

in the genus Agama. But it may be regarded as the type of a

distinct section or subgenus, for which I propose the name Xen-

agama, characterized by the extreme flattening and abbreviation

of the tail.

14, VaRANUS OCELLATUS, Riipp.

Goulf, 29.11.94.

15. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA, Reuss.

Goulf, 29.11.94.

Two specimens, male and female. 60 or 61 scales across the

middle of the body. The male has 7 femoral pores on each side,

the female 6.

16. HRemias sexrenrata, Stejneger.

The exclusion of the subocular from the lip and the absence

of a light vertebral streak distinguish this Lizard from EZ. spekiz,

Gthr.

17. EremiAs mucronata, Blanf.

18, EREMIAS SMITHI, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4.)

Head much depressed; snout pointed, shorter than in £. bren-

nert and mucronata. Upper head-shields rugose; nasals feebly

swollen, lower divided, the nostril pierced between four shields;

frontonasal as long as broad, separated from the rostral; two

prefrontals ; frontal strongly grooved; three large supraoculars,

second and third forming together an oval dise surrounded with

granules; a small interparietal in contact with a small occipital ;

an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietals ; temporal

scales granular, smooth; no auricular denticulation; lower eyelid

scaly ; subocular not reaching the lip, resting on the sixth and

seventh labials ; the two first labials in contact with the nasals ;

the two anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar curved,

perfectly free, with 7 plates. Scales finely granular, juxtaposed,

smooth, slightly larger on the sides, 75 across the middle of the

body. 8 straight longitudinal series of ventral plates, with an

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM WESLIERN SOMALI-LAND, 535

outer series of smaller, imperfectly developed plates; 30 straight

transverse series. Przanal region covered with small shields.

The hind limb reaches the posterior border of the orbit; toes

strongly compressed; foot as long as the distance between the

arm and the end of the snout; one series of large and one of

small subtibial scales; upper crural scales much larger than

dorsals, rhomboidal, subimbricate, keeled. 19 femoral pores on

each side. Back brick-red, with numerous small round white

spots edged with grey, and four pale reddish-brown longitudinal

streaks, the outer of which extend to the eyes; head pale reddish

brown above, white on the sides; limbs brown with round pale

spots ; lower parts white.

millim, millim,

Total length...... 126 From end of snout

iHead?ijhs soma te 11 tovenk...sa<00° 46

Width of head .. 7 Kore limba, ac nee 16

From end of snout Hind: limb 3: eas. 32

to fore limb .... 17 Tail (reproduced) . 80

A single male specimen. Milmil, 27.7.94.

In the number of rows of ventral plates this Hremias agrees

with £. erythrosticta, Blgr., from which it is easily distinguished

by the shorter head with rugose shields.

19, Manura MEGALURA, Peters.

Several specimens. Sheikh Husein and Sheikh Mahomed,

Sept. 94. Scales in 24 or 26 rows. Four black lines along the

back (Z. massaianus, Fischer).

20. Maxpura vaRia, Peters.

Sheikh Husein.

21. Magura striata, Peters,

Milmil, 27.7.94.

22. LyGosoMA MODESTUM, Gthr.

Sheikh Husein, 4.10.94.

23. LYGOSOMA SUNDEVALLII, Smith.

Two specimens, with 26 scales round the body. Sheikh Husein,

4.10.94.

24, CHALCIDES OCELLATUS, Forsk.

Berbera, A single specimen of the typical form, with 28 scales

round the body.

25. CHAMZLEON GRActLIs, Hallow.

Sibbe, 4.8.94; Smith River, 11.9.94; Sheikh Mahomed.

26, CHAMELEON AFFINIS, Gray.

Rokar, 11.10.94; Sheikh Mahomed, 28.10,94,

536 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

SNAKES.

27. TYPHLOPS SOMALICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

Snout very prominent, obtusely pointed, with sharp cutting-edge _

and inferior nostrils. Head-shields granulated ; rostral very large,

its upper portion a little longer than broad, its lower portion as

broad as long; nasal completely divided, the cleft proceeding from

the second labial; praocular present ', nearly as large as the

ocular, in contact ‘with the second and third labials; ocular in

contact with the third and fourth labials; eyes not distinguish-

able ; prefrontal and supraoculars transversely enlarged. Dia-

meter of body 90 times in total length; tail a little broader than

long, ending in a small spine. 24 scales round the body. Pale

olive, head yellowish.

Total length 450 millim.

A single specimen, Beearso, 19.12.94.

Most nearly allied to 7. crossi, Blgr., from the siatek Niger.

28. Boopoy tingatus, D. & B.

Three specimens. Sheikh Husein, 25.9. 94; between Fehja and

Tooloo, 24.11.94.

The largest, a male, has two preoculars on the left side and one

on the right, and 27 scales across the body. The two others,

young, have a single preocular and 29 and 31 scales respectively.

29. LYCOPHIDIUM ABYSSINICUM, Bler.

Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.

A single specimen, 185 millim. long. Ventrals 203; sub-

caudals 31.

30. ZAMENIs SMITHI, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)

Snout obtuse, feebly projecting. Rostral once and a half as

broad as deep, the portion visible from above measuring one

fourth its distance from the frontal; internasals as long us the

prefrontal; frontal broader than the supraocular, once and two

fifths as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of

the snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal longer than deep;

one preocular, in contact with the frontal, with one or two sub-

oculars below it; two postoculars; temporals 2+2,; nine (excep-

tionally ten) upper labials, fifth and sixth (or sixth and seventh)

entering the eye; four or five lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields ; posterior chin-shields as long as or longer

than the anterior and separated from each other by two series of

scales. Scales smooth, in 21 rows. Ventrals very obtusely

angulate laterally, 180-185; anal divided; subcaudals 100. Uni-

form pale buff above, pinkish on the sides; a greyish blotch below

the eye and another across the temple; white beneath.

Total length 560 millim.; tail 170.

Two specimens, male (V. 180; C. 100) and female (V. 185;

C.?). Shebeli, 23.8.94; 16.1.95,

1 Absent on the left side, by anomalous concn

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 537

Intermediate between Z. florulentus, Geoffr. (Sc. 21; V. 201-

228; ©. 82-100), and Z. brevis, Blgr. (Sc. 19; V. 159; ©. 76).

31. AMPLORHINUS NoToT#NIA, Gthr.

A single specimen, in bad condition.

32. HEMIRHAGERRHIS KELLERI, Bttgr.

A single female specimen. Sunerdarler, 28.12.94.

Se.17> V. 1555 A. 2 ©. 73,

33. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS, L.

Two specimens. Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.

Like the typical form from Egypt, but without longitudinal

lines on the body ; head with the yellowish, black-edged markings

well-defined ; each upper labial with a brown spot; lower third of

outer row of scales white. V. 161, 168; C. 106, ?.

34. PsamMmorpuis punctuLatus, D. & B.

Turfa, 21.8.94.

A single male specimen, agreeing with the one recently figured

in Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. pl. iv.

Head reddish above. 8 upper labials on the right side (fourth

and fifth entering the eye), 9 on the left. V. 180; C. 156.

35. PSAMMOPHIS BISERIATUS, Ptrs.

Four specimens. Shebeyli, 5.9.94; Turfa, 24.12.94.

Ventrals 147-164 ; anal divided ; subcaudals 100-103.

36. PSAMMOPHIS PULCHER, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

Snout once and two thirds as long as the eye. Rostral broader

than deep, visible from above; nostril between two shields ; inter-

nasals much shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal twice and a half

as long as broad, a little narrower than the supraocular, longer

than its distance from the end of the snout, nearly as long as the

parietals ; loreal once and two thirds as long as deep; two pre-

oculars, upper not reaching the frontal; two postoculars; tem-

porals 142; eight upper labials, third deeper than fourth, fourth

and fifth entering the eye, fifth as long as the eye; four lower

labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are a little

shorter than the posterior. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 144;

anal divided; subcaudals 108. Pale brownish above, with an

orange black-edged vertebral stripe and a black lateral streak,

running along the second row of scales and extending to the end

of the snout after passing through the eye; upper lip, outer row

of scales, and outer ends of ventrals white ; ventrals yellow in the

middle, with an orange line on each side.

Total length 435 millim. ; tail 160.

A single female specimen. Webi Shebeli, 24.12.94.

This species fills up the gap between P. biseriatus, Ptrs., and

P. angolensis, Bocage. It is therefore a highly interesting addition

538 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

to our knowledge of this genus. I am now able to define 17

species, for the determination of which the following synopsis has

been prepared :—

Synopsis of the Species of Psammophis.

I. Scales in 17 rows, exceptionally 19.

A, Rostral a little broader than deep, well

visible from above.

1. Anal entire; eight upper labials, fourth

and fifth entering the eye.

One preocular ; five lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin-shields; ventrals 170-185;

subcaudals 92-97. isa-.ssveceocenusecactessvsuxvorsoees

Two preoculars; four lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields; ventrals 157-

171; subcaudals 81-104...............ccccenecseceees

2. Anal divided.

a. Five or six lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin-shields ; usually nine

upper labials, fifth and sixth entering

the eye; preocular in contact with

the frontal; ventrals 162-197.

Sixth upper labial shorter than the eye, which is

more than half the length of the snout; sub-

Caudal sd —149 vie cadeccsercesccueresssteesesecestaeee

Sixth (exceptionally fifth) upper labial as long as

the eye, which is more than half the length of

the snout; subcaudals 180-158 ...............e00008

Sixth upper labial as long as the eye, which is half

the length of the snout; subcaudals 132.........

6, Four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields; eight or nine

upper labials ; ventrals 151-168; sub-

caudals 100-108 ...............ccescceeeees

B. Rostral as deep as broad, well visible from

above.

1, Nine upper labials, three entering the eye;

ventrals 161-173; subcaudals 109-127...

2. Eight upper labials, exceptionally seven or

nine, two entering the eye.

a. Frontal, in the middle, narrower than

the supraocular; ventrals 157-198;

subcaudals 90-116.

Preocular narrowly in contact with or separated

from the frontal, which is as long as or longer

than its distance from the end of the snout......

Przocular extensively in contact with the frontal ;

snout short, forehead strongly grooved............

Prxocular separated from the frontal, which is

considerably shorter than its distance from the

end! of the janOut (2 edespewes te pepeaesecricenacpe>oeoe ss

b. Frontal, in the middle, nearly as broad

as the supraocular; preocular not

reaching the frontal,

Snout nearly twice as long as the eye; ventrals

156-182; subcaudals 75-90 ..........00 Reserescyee

leithii, Gthr.

notostictus, Ptrs.

. lachrymans, Reuss.

punctulatus, D. & B.

trigrammus, Gthr.

. subteniatus, Ptrs.

. bocagit, sp. n. (Angola).

sibilans, L.

9. furcatus, Ptrs.

10.

tae

longifrons, Blegr.

condanarus, Merr, -

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. 539

Snout once and a half to once and two thirds as

long as the eye; ventrals 153-163; subcaudals

GAO eres ee Ae licasde tatetaenocrasccsasceaessss 12. brevirostris, Ptrs.

C. Rostral a little broader than deep, scarcely

visible from above; snout twice to twice

and a half as long as the eye; nine upper

labials, fifth and sixth entering the eye;

ventrals 179-202; subcaudals 144-161...... 13. elegans, Shaw.

II. Seales in 15 rows.

Nine or ten upper labials (rarely eight); ventvals

142-164; subcaudals 100-131 ................ 200s 14. biseriatus, Ptrs.

Eight upper labials (rarely seven) ; ventrals 136-

155; subcaudals 62-81 ...............2.cccceseeeseee 15. crucifer, Daud.

TII. Scales in 13 rows; ventrals 144; subcaudals

NOS setae aco. Seeics cae nas sna tess gs 34 <ndo cayenne 16. pulcher, sp. un.

TV. Scales in 11 rows; ventrals 141-155; sub-

GAMOMIB TO leeese sea lersettscaceecseseasscocencane 17. angolensis, Bocage.

37. RHAMPHIOPHIS OXYRHYNCHUS, Reinh.

Two specimens. Booree, 27.11.94.

V. £71, 170; ©; 75109.

38. Causus RHOoMBEATUS, Licht.

Two specimens. Sheikh Husein, 16,9.94; Durro, 2.12.94.

Se. 20; V. 158, 166; C. 27, 25.

39. ATRACTASPIS MICROLEPIDOTA, Gthr.

A single female specimen. Tooroo, 5.1.95.

Sc. 81; V. 252; A.1; C. 28, single.

BATRACHIANS.

1. Rana petatannil, D. & B.

Tuago, 27.10.94; Webi Shebeli, 24.12.94; Sheikh Husein,

25.9.94.

2. RANA MASCARENIENSIS, D. & B.

Tooroo, 5.1.95; 16.1.95.

3. ARTHROLEPTIS MINUTUS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)

Tongue with a free papilla in the middle. Head moderate, as

long as broad; snout rounded, a little shorter than the diameter

of the orbit; canthus rostralis rounded; tympanum hidden.

Fingers and toes blunt; first finger shorter than second; toes

webbed at the base, the web extending as a fringe to the tip; a

tarsal tubercle; a small, oval inner metatarsal tubercle; sub-

articular tubercles strong. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the posterior border of the eye. Skin smooth. Blackish brown

above, whitish beneath; a fine whitish vertebral line. Male with

a subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 16 millim.

A single male specimen. Durro, 2.12.94,

540 ON REPTILES ETC, FROM WESTERN SOMALI-LAND. [June 18;

4, CHIROMANTIS PETERSII, Blgr.

A fine female specimen, measuring 80 millim. from snout to

yent. Darar, 15.9.94.

5. CAssINA OBSCURA, Bler.

A single specimen from the Budda Plateau.

The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Toes

one-third webbed. Skin nearly smooth above. Olive-green above,

with dark liver-brown spots.

6, CACOSTERNUM NANUM, Bler.

A single specimen. Durro, 2.12.94.

The occurrence so far north of this species, originally described

from Caffraria (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [5] xx. 1887, p. 61), is sur-

prising. Yet I have little doubt the determination is correct.

7. Buro REGULARIS, Reuss.

Numerous ; collected all along the route.

8. Buro Dopsoni, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, two

thirds the diameter of the eye. First finger considerably longer

than second; toes one-third webbed, with single subarticular

tubercles ; two moderate metatarsal tubercles; a tarsal fold. The

tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye.

Upper parts with numerous flat, distinctly porous warts ; parotoids

oval, flat, as long as their distance from the anterior border of the

orbit. Pale olive above, with small darker spots; a dark canthal

streak and a dark vertical bar below the eye; lower parts white.

Male with an internal subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 53 millim.

A single male specimen. Rassa Alla, 6.10.94.

This species, which is allied to B. viridis, Laur., is named after

Mr. E. Dodson, who accompanied Dr. Donaldson Smith as taxi-

dermist.

9. XENOPUS MUELLERI, Ptrs.

Murgen (Salro), 12.11.94.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXIX.

. Hemidactylus isolepis, p. 531, 1a, Chin-shields, x 3.

. Hemidactylus smithi, p. 532. 2a. Chin-shields, x 3.

. Agama zonura, p. 533.

. Eremias smithi, p. 534.

Fig.

Poh

Piatt XXX.

Typhlops somalicus, p. 536. Upper and side views of head, x 3

Zamenis smithi, p. 536. 2a. Side view of head.

. Psammophis pulcher, p. 537. 38a. Side view of head,

. Arthroleptis minutus, p. 539,

Bufo dodsonii, p. 540.

Fig.

CUE oo bor

1895.] ON THE MOULLING OF THE GREAT BIRD OF PARADISE, 541

2. On the Moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise, with brief

Notes upon its Habits in Captivity. By Ram Bramua

SAnyAu, C.M.Z.S.

Received May 27, 1895.

In his remarks on the moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise

(Paradisea apoda), recorded in the P. Z. 8. of April 1887 (p. 392),

Mr. Bartlett questions the statement of Dr. Guillemard, made upon

the authority of the inhabitants of the Aru Islands, that the Great

Bird of Paradise “does not wear its adult plumage all the year,

and that its beautiful plumes remain developed for not longer than

two or three months.”

I have had opportunities of observing the habits of two adult

males of the Great Bird of Paradise for a suflicient length of time

to justify me in stating that, although it is difficult to make the

phenomenon fit in with our previous notion of the law of moulting in

birds, it is nevertheless the fact that my observations regarding the

moulting of this bird, extending over a period of four years, go to

show that there is some truth in Dr. Guillemard’s statement.

In January 1891, the Zoological Garden, Calcutta, was fortunate

in having presented to it a male Paradisea apoda, from the Aru

Islands. It was then in perfect adult plumage. By the middle

of February following I noticed that the bird was every now and

then pecking at the feathers of its lower back, which was much

dishevelled. Suspecting something wrong, I consulted Mr. William

Rutledge, an experienced dealer in live stock at Calcutta, who had

owned the bird for about two years previous to its acquisition by

the Garden. He assured me that there was nothing wrong, but

that the bird was beginning to moult. It went on throwing off

its feathers slowly at first, but rapidly as the period of moult

advanced, so that by the middle of May it had cast off all its

beautiful side-plumes and tuail-feathers, except the two central

wire-like ones, which fell off later on. The short, close, velvety

feathers of the head, neck, and throat were the last to fall off by

the end of July, and the first to reappear a few days later. The

bird did not, however, assume its perfect plumage until about the

middle of October. With slight variations as to time, it has, every

year since its arrival in 1891, been observed to remain more or less

in undress, as it were, during the unusually prolonged period of

moulting. During the current year it began throwing off its

feathers early in February, and now (May 7th) not one of the

long beautiful plumes is left. The two long wire-like central tail-

feathers have not fallen, but are broken off at the middle.

In January 1892, another male bird of the same species, but

said to have been from the southern part of New Guinea (and

possibly, therefore, referable to P. papuensis), was acquired by

purchase. It was slightly smaller and a little brighter in colour

than the Aru-Island bird. During the two years that it remained

alive its moulting-habits were carefully observed and found to vary

542 COL, YERBURY AND MR. 0. THOMAS ON [June 18,

somewhat from the other bird. Briefly speaking, it did not begin

throwing off its feathers until the summer was somewhat advanced,

and took less time to complete its moult than the Aru-Island bird.

Habits in captivity.—Besides being active and vigorous, as stated

by Wallace, the Great Bird of Paradise is amusing and demon-

strative, possessing many of the characteristics of a Magpie and

Bhimraj (Dissemurus paradiseus), but is liable to be stupid and

helpless when the economy of its ordinary mode of life is in any

way disturbed. At least such has been observed to be the case

with the Aru-Island bird. It behaved in a very strangely stupid

manner when let out in a large and lofty aviary a few days

after its arrival. Perhaps the vastness of the place bewildered

and frightened it. It, however, recovered its equanimity shortly ~

after being placed in its old and accustomed cage. It is very

fond of dancing, but want of company evidently acts as a check

upon this passion. It has a loud and deep note, which it constantly

utters with infinite variation and modulation. It maintains

excellent health upon diet consisting of a teacupful of bread and

milk in the morning, half a papya-fruit in the forenoon, and a

few grasshoppers or cockroaches the last thing in the afternoon.

Its low subdued chuckles and grunts while taking the insects from

off the fingers of the keeper clearly show its great insectivorous

propensity. It very much enjoys a shower-bath, administered by

a garden syringe, twice a week during summer. The smaller bird

(said to have been from the southern part of New Guinea) was less

demonstrative ; but this might have been its individual peculiarity.

3. On the Mammals of Aden.

By Col. J. W. Yersury and Oxtprietp THomas.

[Received May 29, 1895.]

The present paper is based on the collections made by Yerbury

at and near Aden in February and March of this year, and, as there

has been remarkably little recorded about the mammals of this

southern point of Arabia, we have added to the list two species

not represented in the collection, but mentioned by other authors,

and have thus made the paper contain a complete list of the

mammals as yet known to occur in the district of Aden.

The only two papers that we know of mentioning Aden mam-

mals are :—

(1) Monzicuni1, F..S. “Note Chirotterologiche.”' (1887.)

[Description of Vespertilio dogalensis, and record from Aden

of Hipposiderus tridens, Nycteris thebaica, Rhinopoma nucro-

hyllum, and Xantharpyia straminea.| ~

(2) Marscuin, P. “ Ueber einige von Herrn Oscar Neumann bei

Aden gesammelte und beobachtete Siugethiere.”* (1893.)

[Notice of Papio hamadryas, Xantharpyia straminea, Scoto-

philus schlieffeni, and Hystriax “ africe-australis.” |

1 Ann, Mus, Genov. (2) v.p. 517. ? SB. Ges. nat, Freund. 1893, p. 24.

1895.) THE MAMMALS OF ADEN. 543

Examples of all the above-mentioned animals were collected by

Yerbury, with the exception of the Baboon and Monticelli’s new

Bat, Vespertilio dogalensis; and he also obtained or observed

examples of 29 additional species, bringing up the total to 36, a

number which is more than could have been expected from so

barren a place.

Of these additional species four are Gerbilles, all of which, to our

surprise, prove to be quite distinct from any species found elsewhere,

and have therefore had to be described as new.

On the whole, judging by the numbers of specimens of each sort

brought home. we think it probable that there are not many more

terrestrial species to be obtained at Aden, however many Bats or

marine mammals may hereafter be found to occur there. At the

same time, Yerbury believes that a second Fox and a second

Hare are to be found in the district, while, as will be seen below,

several animals, of the existence of which he has certain personal

knowledge, escaped capture during his last visit.

The following account of the localities is contributed by Yer-

bury :—

The peninsula of Aden is situated in lat. 12° 47' N. and long. 44°

59 E., and is, roughly speaking, five miles in its greatest length and

three miles in breadth. The centre of the peninsula is formed by the

Shum Shum Range, the highest peak of which rises to 1760 feet.

From this range spurs run down to the sea, with deep ravines

between them ending at the sea in sandy beaches. On the north

side an elevated plateau lies between this range and the canton-

ment of Aden (the Crater); this plateau being deeply cut by

watercourses, the greater number of which form the feeding-

channels supplying the tanks. The peninsula is united to the

mainland by a low, sandy, barren isthmus, about two miles long by

three-quarters of a mile broad.

Near Shaik Othman, five miles from the Barrier Gate, the aspect

of the country alters slightly, the plain being covered with salsola

bushes, while round Shaik Othman itself a considerable amount of

cultivation has sprung up in the last few years. Onwards inland

the plain continues with some stunted salsola, baubal, and caper

bushes—in a few places the baubals having grown into good-sized

trees ; and so with a few rolling sand-hills here and there the plain

runs on until the outskirts of cultivation round Al Hautah (Lahej)

are reached, about sixteen miles from the Barrier Gate. About three

miles beyond this point the town of Al Hautah is arrived at, while

eight miles beyond Al Hautah is Haithalhim, with the remains of

an old garden; close by the river bifurcates, and it is between

the branches of this fork that the bulk of the cultivation lies.

This oasis is very fertile and produces jowari, Indian corn, telli,

and other crops; there are, too, a few gardens with almond, cocoa-

nut, and other trees, and several groves of date-palms. From

near Haithalhim to Zaidah (six miles) the river runs in a single bed ;

there is always water in this part of the river (though in dry seasons

the water loses itself in both branches close to Haithalhim). There

O44 COL, YERBURY AND MR. 0. THOMAS ON (June 18,

is a good deal of cultivation in the bed, but the greater part of it is

choked up with a growth of gigantic reeds. Away from the bed

of the river the country on both sides is an absolute desert. About

eight miles beyond Zaidah the outlying spurs of the mountains are

reached. The rise of the land between the Barrier Gate and

Zaidah is probably under 100 feet; the cliffs at Haithalhim and other

places are quite 40 feet high, showing that the river has cut itself a

bed to this depth in the soft soil.

The places collected at were Aden, Shaik Othman, Lahej, and

Haithalhim, and all these places may be considered of the same

altitude. Aden itself, 7.c. the peninsula, is entirely composed of

volcanic rock. The mammals are Monkeys, Foxes, an occasional

Jackal, two species of Rat, a spiny Mouse, two species of Shrew,

several species of Bat, and probably the Common Mouse, the

Musk-Rat, and a species of Bandicoot. The greater part of the

maritime plain inland has been at some period under the sea, but

round Lahej a great amount of detritus brought down by the river

has been deposited. The Arabic names of the various mammals

met with are as follows :—

Monkey: rubba.

Fruit Bats: sir, or, perhaps nearer, the “ Zumerset ” zurr.

Nycteris thebaica: choef, probably applied to all small Bats.

Fox: darain; occasionally taleb.

Hare: drnub.

Hyena: dhéb.

Porcupine: gendebah.

Gazelle: dobbi.

Ibex: weal.

One other place may be worthy of notice, and that is the island

in Ras Fakoum Bay beyond Little Aden. On this island is a large

cavern, large enough to admit a ship’s gig, which swarms with Bats.

Three species were obtained there—Coleura afra in small colonies by

themselves, and Hipposideros tridens and Tricwnops persicus mixed up

together. As the cave is lofty, all specimens have to be shot, and

the walls of the cave rising straight out of the sea the specimens

when shot fall into the water; this of course does not improve them

as such.

One word as to the names of places visited: the name of the Arab

town inland from Aden is Al Hautah, while the name Lahej appears

applicable to the whole of the territory of the Abdali Tribe; but as

it is always customary to talk of the town as Lahej, we have done

so here.

All the specimens mentioned in this paper have been presented

to the British Museum.

The determination of Arabian mammals presents in some ways

unusual difficulty, owing to the fact that the Indian and African

faunas meet here, and that species described from each, without

reference to the other, often prove to be unexpectedly similar.

Arabian animals may therefore often be apparently with equal

1895. ] THE MAMMALS OF ADEN... o45

reason assigned to one or other of two forms usually supposed to

be quite distinct.

This very difficulty, however, renders the present collection all

the more valuable as an aid to future workers on the subject.

It may be noted that only two terrestrial non-volant species can

be said to be distinctly African, namely, Papio hamadryas and

Arvicanthis variegatus, while the same number (Hystria leucura and,

if correctly determined, Gazella bennetti) are Indian. The Bats

are nearly wholly African.

1. Papio HaMApRYAs (L.).

The Aden Monkey is recorded under this head by Matschie.

No specimen was brought home by Yerbury, but one was seen at

Haithalhim in March. In Aden itself the Lascars at the signal-

station on the Shum Shum Range stated that a flock of 12 or 18

individuals frequented the crest of the ridge. Monkeys were

heard near the last locality but not seen.

2. XANTHARPYIA STRAMINEA, Geoitr.

a—e. & specimens. Lahe}.

These Bats were plentiful in the Sultan’s garden at Lahej on the

occasion of the first visit on March 5: they frequent the tops of

the tallest palm-trees, where they collect in large ball-like clusters,

but are by no means easy to see; in fact, were it not for the

characteristic Flying Fox chattering that they keep up incessantly

they would probably be overlooked altogether. After being shot

at on the above-mentioned date the bulk disappeared and only one

or two stray specimens were seen up to date of departure from

Lahej at the end of the month.

3. XANTHARPYIA ZGYPTIACA, Geofir.

a-t. 9 specimens. Lahej. 21-29. III. 95.

In great numbers in a cave on the banks of the Wady Jughur

near Lahej. A female, killed onthe 29th, had a single young one

at her breast, and other gravid females had single foetuses only.

We use the name egyptiaca provisionally, as there does not

seem to be any tangible difference between these specimens and

examples from Egypt; but the proper relationships cf and differ-

ences between X. egyptiaca, X. amplewicauduta, and X. collaris much

need investigation with larger material.

4, TR1L£NOPS PERSICUS (Dobson).

a—e. Cave on island in Ras Fakoum Bay (Little Aden).

6. IV. 95.

In great numbers at this locality on the above date. There were

a few foxy-red specimens (one of which was obtained) to be seen

among the others.

As to the cause of the foxy colour observable in certain individuals

we are quite unable to make any suggestion. All the specimens

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1895, No. XXXV. 35

546 COL. YERBURY AND MR, 0. THOMAS ON [June 18,

are males, and the one red individual does not appear to differ from

the others in age or in the development either of its facial glands

or reproductive organs’.

5. HIPPOsIDERUS TRIDENS, Geoftr.

a, 6. Lahej. 3and 27. III. 95.

c-l. Island in Ras Fakoum Bay, in cave. 6. IV. 95.

Although only two specimens of this Bat were obtained at Lahej

it does not appear to be uncommon there. At the second locality

it was very plentiful. Each gravid female contained a single

foetus.

6. NYCrERIS THPBAICA, Geoftr.

a-f. Lahej. 3. III. 95.

g- Lahej. 6. IL. 95.

h-k. Lahe}. 18. ITI. 95.

This Bat was very plentiful in the bungalow at Lahej, and could

always be caught during the small hours of the night in the bath-

room with a butterfly-net. They fed on various species of ortho-

ptera, a great number of wings of locusts and grasshoppers being

littered about the floor below where they had been hanging to the

rafters of the bath-room. This is an early flying Bat and follows

(at Lahej) H. tridens soon after dusk. As usual, the gravid females

had each only a single foetus.

7. SCOTOPHILUS SCHLIEFFENI, Peters.

a, b. Lahej. 12. IIT. 95.

Three of these Bats came into the bungalow at Lahej about 8 P.M.

on the above date, two of which were caught in the butterfly-net.

This was the only occasion the species was met with.

In using the word Scotophilus we provisionaly accept the opinion

of Dr. Harrison Allen as to the distinctness from each other of the

American and Old World members of the group, to which if united

the name Nyecticejus would apply.

8. VESPHRTILIO (LEUCONO#) DOGALENSIS, Monticelli.

No specimens of this Bat were met with, nor in fact any repre-

sentatives of the great genera Vesperugo or Vespertilio, in both of

which the whole Arabian region seems to be singularly poor.

9. CotEURA AFR (Peters).

a, 6, Cave in island Ras Fakoum Bay (Little Aden). 6. IV. 95.

cj. Cave at Aden. 13, IV. 95.

A few of these Bats were found in the first of these localities—

a lofty cave with direct communication with the sea, and with deep

water everywhere. Although a great number of Zricnops persicus

and Hipposiderus tridens were also found in the same cave, this

} Compare J. A. Allen, Bull, Am. Mus. N. H, vi. p. 248 (1892), where a

parallel variation in Chilonycteris davyi is shown to be “ independent of sex, age,

or season.

1895.] THE MAMMALS OF ADEN, 047

Bat kept itself entirely separate from them. The second locality

was also a cave near sea-level, but, although communicating with

the sea, its general level was above high-water mark; here C. afrau

was in considerable numbers, and was apparently the only species

present. Each gravid female had, as usual, only a single foetus.

10. TapnHozous PERFORATUS, Geoffr.

a. Lahej. 22. ILI. 95,

b. 2. Lahej. 29. IIL. 95.

These two specimens were obtained in the same cave as Xanth-

arpyia egyptiaca. Only these two species were seen in this cave,

or, rather, tunnel, where a stream from the cultivated lands above

to the bed of the Wady below had first cut and then burrowed

its way underground.

Specimen + contained a single fcetus. -

11. RetyorpoMA MICROPHYLLUM, Geoffr.

a. 9? Aden. 9. 1V.95. In small cave alone.

This was the only specimen met with, although four or five

Bats had been reported to have been seen in the cave (up among

the rocks) a day or two previous.

12, CrocrpuRA RUSSULA (Herm.).

a. Aden. 1885,

This Shrew, collected and presented to the Museum by Yerbury

in 1885, was examined and identified as “ Crocidwra aranea ”

by Dr. Dobson—an identification which we provisionally accept,

although not without some doubts on the subject.

We apply to this species the name russula instead of aranea, for

the reasons set forth by Thomas in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1895".

13. Crocrpura (PacHYURA) ETRUSCA, Savi.

a, Aden. 1884.

b. Lahej. 17. III. 95.

This determination, like the last, is that of Dr. Dobson, in whose

writing the 1884 specimen is labelled.

14, ERINACEUS, sp. inc.

A Hedgehog is sometimes to be seen for sale in Aden, but the

inhabitants of the neighbourhood of Lahej do not seem to know

the animal; it appears probable, therefore, that these specimens

have been brought either from the Somali coast or from the

neighbourhood of Makullah to the N.E. of Aden.

15. Faris Mantcunara, Riipp.

a. 6. Domesticated. Aden. 18. II. 95. (

b. Neighbourhood of Daraimia, shot by Mr. C. Chevallier,

Eastern Telegraph Co.

' Pp. 62. ont

548 COL, YERBURY AND MR. 0. THOMAS ON [June 18,

This is probably the Cat occasionally seen near the edge of the

desert. When Yerbury was shooting Sand-Grouse in the neigh-

bourhood of Shulaif, in company with Mr. Chevallier, the latter

said that he had fired at a large Cat, but had not bagged it.

16. Fenis caracan, Giild.

Two specimens of this Lynx are known to be have been obtained

in the neighbourhood of Aden: one is in the possession of

Mr. Chevallier, and was shot by him near Haithalhim in -the year

1884 or 1885; the other was obtained later on by another

employé ot the Telegraph Company, but exactly when and where

was not recorded.

17. Hurpusres, sp. inc. (probably H. albicauda, Cuv.).

A Mungoose was seen at Haithalhim. The white-tailed species

has been recorded by Thomas from Muscat, and no doubt occurs

at Aden. }

18. Hyana nymna, Linn.

A. Striped Hyena was brought into Aden from the neigh-

bourhood of Bir Ahmed, and was seen by Mr. C. Chevallier.

Hyznas are reported to have been seen in the neighbourhood of

Camp Aden ; but this is the only authenticated record of its existence

that is forthcoming.

19. Canis aurnus, Linn. (or anthus, Geoftr.).

A Jackal is without doubt to be found in the neighbourhood :

one was seen near the Municipal bungalow at Shaik Othman, and

another in Aden itself near the Isthmus position.

20. VuLPEs niLo1ica, Geoffr. (?)

a,b. 6 2. Shaik Othman. 5. IV. 95.

The form obtained appears to be the common one in Aden itself

and round the isthmus, that seen in the desert being altogether a

brighter coloured animal.

In the present somewhat chaotic state of our knowledge of

Foxes we do not venture to assign these specimens positively to

V. nilotica or any other species; but there seems to be so little

difference between them and Egyptian examples, that we propose

to use this name for the present. We may note that some at

least of the specimens from Muscat, determined by Thomas’ as

V. leucopus, Bly., are really the same as the present comparatively

large animal; while others, again, agree very closely with Rajputana

examples of Blyth’s species, as Blanford has pointed out”.

Yerbury saw at Daraimia an individual of what he believed to

be a second species of Fox, but was unable to procure a specimen.

Perhaps this will prove to be the true V. leucopus.

1 P.Z.S. 1894, p. 450.

2 Mamm, Brit. Ind. p. 152 (1888).

1895. | THE MAMMALS OF ADEN. 549

21. GERBILLUS (DIPODILLUS) PEHCILOPS, sp. n.

a-c. Lahej. 20-29. ITI. 95.

d-g. Shaik Othman. 2-3. IV. 95.

Size medium among Gerbilles in general ; trunk larger than in

G. campestris; but ears, feet, and tail shorter, the feet especially

bearing to the size of the head and body the proportion found in

Mus rather than Gerbillus. Fur short, soft, and sleek. General

colour rich fawn, rather greyer on the back, brighter on the sides.

Face with the usual supraorbital and post-auricular white patches

very prominent; white of the lips and chin ascending on the

cheeks nearly to the lower eyelid. On the top of the nose a

distinct black patch. Ears very small and narrow, laid forwards

in a spirit-specimen they only just reach to the posterior canthus

of the eye; the anterior half of their outer surfaces thinly haired,

fawn, the remainder naked; a large naked patch on the sides of

the head behind and below their outer bases. Under surface,

whole of fore limbs, front of hind limbs, and top of feet pure

white. Palms as usual in the subgenus. Soles wholly naked,

granulated distally, with six pads, as in typical Dipodillus, but the

two proximal pads exceedingly small. ‘Tail short, little, if at all,

longer than the head and body; the hairs of its upper surface

brown or black, not or scarcely elongated terminally, of its sides

and lower surface white.

Skull strongly built, with heavy overhanging supraorbital ridges,

somewhat like those of many Meriones, and forming rudimentary

postorbital processes. Bulle rather large, about as in average

specimens of “ Hendecapleura.” Molars small and delicate.

Dimensions of an adult male, preserved in spirit :—

Head and body 107 millim.; tail 109; hind foot 23°5; ear 11 x 7-7.

Skull (of the type): basal length 26-2 ; greatest length in middle

line 30°5; zygomatic breadth (c.) 17-2; nasals 11°5 x 3:4; inter-

orbital breadth 5:9; tip to tip of postorbital processes 10:3;

interparietal 3°3 x 6-8; palate length from henselion 14; diastema

8-5 ; palatal foramina 4°5; upper molar series 3°6; greatest oblique

diameter of bull 11.

Type. Skin ¢. B. M. No. 95.6.1.64.

This species differs so widely from all others known to us that

we are unable to say what is its nearest ally. Its unusual pro-

portions, its short ears, feet, and tail, compared with its heavy head

and body, render it quite unlike the ordinary graceful Gerbilles. It

will be seen from the measurements that the hind foot is actually

shorter than the basal length of the skull, while in all other

Gerbilles known to us it is longer.

With regard to its subgenus, we think that the characters of

this and the next species render the distinction of Hendecaplewra

from Dipodillus exceedingly doubtful, as both present, with six

posterior pads, the larger bulle characteristic of Hendecapleura.

While doubtful about this point, however, we should like to say a

_word of appreciation of Lataste’s remarkable, and, we believe,

550 COL, YERBURY AND MR. 0. THOMAS ON (June 18,

thoroughly sound, revision of the group, in which he evolved

something like order out of chaos.

This pretty species seemed to be common, both at Lahej and

Shaik Othman.

22, GrrBiiius (DIPoDILLUS) LIXA, sp. n.

a. Skin. Shaik Othman. 24. II. 95.

b, c. Skins; d. In spirit. Lahej. 26-29. III. 95.

Size, proportions of trunk and tail, and general colour and

appearance very much as in Mus bactrianus; that is to say, the pallid

desert form of Mus musculus. Colour above greyish fawn, the

slaty basis to the hairs showing through. Face-markings as in

G. pecilops, although much less prominent; supraorbital and

postauricular white, and dark nasal spots present. Ears small,

laid forwards in a spirit-specimen they just reach to the posterior

canthus of the eye. Under surface and fore and hind limbs pure

white throughout; hind feet very thick and lumpy ; palms and soles

as in G. pecilops—i. ¢., naked with five anterior and six posterior

pads, the proximal plantar ones very small. Tail short, scarcely

longer than the head and body, brown above, white below, its

terminal inch very inconspicuously tufted.

Skull, compared with that of G. nanus or G. simoni, broader and

heavier, with a much broader muzzle. Bulle larger than in

G. simoni, smaller than in G. nanus. Lamine of molars directly

transverse.

Dimensions of the type, a slightly immature female, measured

in the flesh by collector :—

Head and body 65 millim.; tail 75; ear 8°5.

Skull: basal length 19°2x24; zygomatic breadth 13°7 x 8-4;

nasals 2-4 x 4:7; interparietal 3:1 x 66; diastema 65 x 3:5;

greatest diameter of bulla 8-9.

An adult male in spirit measures: head and body 70; tail 74;

hind foot 21; ear 9 x 6°5.

Type. Skin a, B. M. No. 95.6.1.67.

This little Gerbille most nearly resembles G‘. nanus, Blanf., and its

allies, but differs from any of them by its heavy lumpy feet and short

and little crested tail. G. botte, Lat., of the distinction of which

from G. nanus we are at present unable to satisfy ourselves, was

founded on a specimen with a mutilated tail; but Sundevall’s

“ Gerbillus gerbillus, Oliv.,” likewise from Sennaar, had a tail

115 millim. long, and probably represents Lataste’s species,

although the latter author assigns it to his G. quadrimaculatus.

The last-named and G. dasyuwrus, Wagn., are both long-tailed forms.

One short-tailed Gerbille, G. stmoni, Lat., has been described from

Algeria; but, as is shown by a co-type in the British Museum,

it differs from G. liva by its much brighter coloration, its even

shorter tail, and its smaller bulle.

Specimens 6, c, and d were caught in the cook-house of the

bungalow at Lahej, and were brought to Yerbury as “ mice,” the

habits as well as colour of which they therefore seem to imitate,

1895. ] THE MAMMALS OF ADEN. 551

It was said to be not unusual for this animal to occur in the

houses of the natives.

Specimen a was dug out of the sand.

23. GERBILLUS (“ HENDECAPLEURA”) FAMULUS, sp. n.

a. 9. Lahej. 10, III. 95.

Size about as in G. campestris. General colour, so far as can be

seen in an imperfect spirit-specimen, similar to other small fawn-

coloured’ Gerbilles, the usual whitish marks on cheeks, in front of

and behind eyes, and at bases of ears apparently present ; middle

line of face, however, greyer, especially on the nose. Ears large,

the anterior half of their outer surface thinly clothed with blackish

hairs. Whole of under surface and backs of hands and feet pure

white. Palms with two carpal pads as usual. Soles wholly

naked, granulated distally, with four small pads only. Tail of type

imperfect, but on the three inches of it present the hairs above are

white with blacks tips, below wholly white.

Skull long and narrow, in size and general form not unlike,

though larger than, that of G. gerbillus, widely separated as the

two species really are. Muzzle remarkably long and slender, the

nasals overhanging the incisors anteriorly to a quite unusual extent.

Supraorbital edges well-rimmed, the rims thickened. Inter-

parietal broad transversely, short antero-posteriorly. Bull rather

large, approaching those of G. gerbillus, far larger than those of

G. campestris ; front wall of meatus slightly swollen. Inner cusp

of middle lamina of ™.' slightly anterior to outer cusp.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female skin, preserved in

spirit ':—Head and body (c.) 90 millim.; tail imperfect, 70x .. .;

hind foot 27°7; ear 16x10.

Skull: basal length 25°8 ; extreme length in middle line 31-4;

greatest breadth 16; nasals 12°7 x 3-2; interorbital breadth 5°8,

interparietal 3°4 x 8 ; palate length from henselion 13 ; diastema 7:9;

palatal foramina 5; length of upper molar series 4:1; greatest

oblique diameter of bulle 11-2.

Type. B.M. No. 94.6.1.28.

This pretty little Gerbille is a typical member of the group to

which Lataste applied the name of Hendecapleura, a group from

which Gerbhillus (sens. strictiss.) differs in its hairy feet and single

carpal pad, and Dipodillus in its six plantar pads and smaller bull,

although, as already noted, the latter seems to be connected with it

by intermediate species.

The nearest ally of G. famulus is perhaps the Algerian G. (#.)

garamantis, Lat., from which it differs by its decidedly greater size.

G. dasyurus, botte, quadrimaculatus, and manus are also all much

smaller, while G. persicus, Blanf., which has the same foot-

structure, is enormously larger.

The single specimen of this Gerbille was trapped at the mouth of

the burrow of Meriones rew.

1 The specimen was intended for a skin, but the hairs commencing to fall it

was put into spirit, never having been allowed to dry. The ear and feet

measurements are therefore exact, while that of the body is merely approximate,

552 COL. YERBURY AND MR, 0. THOMAS ON [June 18,

24. MERIONES REX, sp. 0.

a-g. Seven specimens, ¢ 9. Lahej. 6-10. ITI. 95.

Most closely allied to M. shawi, Duv. & Ler., which ranges from

Algeria through*Tunis and Egypt as far as the Sinaitic Peninsula.

Size larger, form stouter and heavier. Fur short, poor and rather

harsh, very different to the beautiful fur of M. shawi. General

colour dirty fulvous brown above, and this colour, at least in the

old specimens, extends all over the underside as well; in younger

specimens, however, the underside is whitish as usual. Ears much

as in M. shawi, but rather more thinly haired, and the whitish

spot behind their outer bases less sharply defined. Hands as in

M. shawi, the usual two large wrist-pads present. Feet very large

and heavy ; upper surface of metatarsals with a slight but distinct

blackish suffusion ; digits dull whitish; soles almost or wholly

naked, the few minute hairs not hiding in any way the usual

Meriones-structure of the skin and pads. ‘Tail long, thick,

cylindrical, uniform grizzled fawn above and below throughout,

except that the hairs on the top of the terminal two inches are

lengthened to form a crest, which varies in colour from black to

brown.

Skull-differences are in this genus very difficult of description,

owing to the great variation that takes place with age, so that it is

always difficult to find specimens which may be properly com-

pared with each other, without disturbance by the factor of age.

However, among 16 skulls in the Museum collection referred with

more or less certainty to W. shawi, there are none so large as that

of the type of J. rev, none have such long and narrow inter-

parietals, or have their auditory meatus so little swollen anteriorly.

The bulle are, if anything, slightly smaller in the new form than

in M,. shawi, and show therefore no approach to the huge bulle of

the erythrurus group.

Dimensions of the type, an old male in spirit :—

Head and body 183 millim. ; tail 200; hind foot 41°5; ear 19-5.

Skull: basal length 41:2; greatest length in middle line 48;

greatest breadth 27:5; nasals 19°65; interorbital breadth 8-5;

tip to tip of postorbital processes 16; interparietal 5-6 x 8-7;

palate, length from henselion 21-7 ; diastema 12-6 ; anterior pala-

tine foramina 8:6; distance from hinder angle of zygoma to

nearest point of wall of meatus 2-1.

Type. In spirit. B.M. No. 94.6.1.30.

This fine species, nearly or quite the largest of the genus,

differs from every known Meriones in its practically naked soles,

its dirty-coloured belly, and its darkened metatarsi. The only

species for which it could be mistaken is WM. shaw, but, besides the

differences just mentioned, it is larger than that animal, and has a

decidedly longer tail.

Of other Arabian species known, it may be mentioned

that MW. crassys, Sund., from Sinai, quite clearly belongs to the

erythrurus group, with large bulle, while 1. melanurus, Riipp., as

1895.] "THE MAMMALS OF ADEN, 553

shown by two co-types in the Museum collection, is simply the

eastern representative of the Algerian M. shawi.

The large burrows found among the bushes of Salvadora persica

on the borderland between the desert and the cultivated ground

appear to be the work of this species, although several other

animals also inhabit them. Thus at the mouth of one burrow

there were obtained examples of VW. rev, Gerbillus famulus, Acomys

dimidiatus, and a Lizard.

M. rex appears to be on the move in the early hours of the

morning until about 8 a.m., and the specimens brought home were

with one exception shot at the mouths of the burrows. Owing,

apparently, to these animals feeding on the green shoots of the

Salvadora, which fermented and distended the stomachs, it was

exceedingly difficult to get the specimens back to camp in fit

condition for skinning, so rapidly did they spoil.

25, ARVICANTHIS'’ VARIEGATUS, Licht.

a-f. Skins; g—n. In spirit. Lahej. III. 95.

This is the common Field-Rat of the neighbourhood of Lahej,

and is to be found plentifully in the ditches separating the fields—

in fact anywhere where the tall rank grass grows; it does not

appear to venture into the desert, nor into the rank high reeds

which cover the river-bed between Haithalhim and Zaidah.

The present is, so far as we are aware, the first recorded instance

of the occurrence of this genus, hitherto known as “ Jsomys,” off

African soil. Although with slightly larger feet and tails than in

examples from Egypt, these specimens do not appear to be speci-

fically separable from the common form.

26. Mus pecumanus, Pallas.

a. Aden. II. 95.

Probably common, but no doubt introduced by sea.

27. Mus rarrus ryricus, L.

a. 2. Onespecimen. Aden. 19, IV. 95.

No doubt also introduced from some European ship. The marked

difference between this and the indigenous M. r. alewandrinus is

noteworthy.

28. Mus RATTUS ALEXANDRINUS.

a-r, Aden, Shaik Othman and Lahej. 17 specimens.

Very common and generally distributed; appears to be the

common Rat of the neighbourhood. All the specimens are grey

above and none have the reddish coloration of W. 7. rufescens, Gr.

* Less. N. Tabl. R. A. p. 147 (1842). Type “Lemmus niloticus, Geoffr.”

(= A. variegatus). Syn. Isomys,Sund. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1842, p. 219 (1848).

Type “ Mus variegatus.” Thomas’s attention was drawn to this unfortunate but

necessary change by Mr. T. 8. Palmer, of the U.S. Department of Agriculture,

who has been devoting much labour to the subject of Mammal nomenclature,

504 COL, YERBURY AND MR. 0. THOMAS ON [June 18,

29, Mus Bacrrianus, Blyth.

a. 9? Lahej. 18. ITI. 95.

A pair were found nesting in a tree in the Sultan’s garden at Lahej

on the above date: the female was secured, but the male escaped.

This was the only occasion on which the species was met with.

The nest was in a hollow tree and was made of fine twigs and

leaves of the Behr tree (Zizyphus, sp.).

This is the ordinary oriental representative of Mus musculus, of

which it no doubt merely constitutes a subspecies. The typical

M. musculus probably occurs in Aden itself, introduced from the

shipping. Indeed “ mice” were said to be common in the Hotel

d’Europe, although Yerbury failed to capture any of them.

30. ACOMYS DIMIDIATUS, Riipp.

a o- Aden. 21. II. 95.

b. 2. Aden. 24, IT. 95.

ce. Lahej. 10. III. 95.

d. go. Lahej. 13, ITI. 95.

e. Haithalhim. 25. III. 95.

The first two specimens are clearly A. dimidiatus, but the last

three are more doubtful, and will need re-examination when

further material is available.

Probably common. The Aden specimens were trapped round the

house ; the others at the earths of Mertones rex.

31. Hysrrrx Leucura, Sykes.

a. 3. Haithalhim. 23, IIT. 95.

The capture of this specimen is of much interest, as it was quite

unknown what species of Porcupine occurred at Aden. The skull

proves to be very similar to that of Indian examples of H. leucura,

and wholly different to the inflated skulls of the African Porcupines

H. cristata, H. galeata, and H. africe australis. This resemblance to

H. leucwra confirms the reference of H. hirsutirostris, Wagn., which

was based on a Palestine specimen, to the Indian species.

Dr. Matschie was perhaps rather venturesome in referring the

Aden Porcupine to the South-African species, as he only had

spines for examination, and these vary so much in different parts

of the body as to be exceedingly difficult to make much of when

loose and of uncertain origin.

Porcupines are very common (judging from the number of tracks)

round Lahej and Haithalhim, but beg nocturnal are seldom, if

ever, seen. They are also very shy and cautious animals and will

not, as a rule, enter a trap, therefore the way the above specimen was

circumvented may be of interest. On arrival at Haithalhim tracks

of Porcupines were found in every direction, and an attempt was

made to shoot one by watching during the night, but without

success ; it was noticed, however, that the animals followed a path

leading up from the bed of the Wady Kubeen to the cultivated

grounds above, and an examination of the path in the morning

1895.] THE MAMMALS OF ADEN. 555

showed a place where the path for a couple of yards or so had cut

itself deep into the soft soil and formed a trench about 18 inches

wide and two feet deep.

A Brailsford dog-trap was set in this trench, and a watch kept

as before in the nullah. In the small hours of the morning

Poreupines were to be heard about, making a sort of grunting

noise, and it was decided to try and drive one of them up the

path. This manceuvre was successful, and the sound of the doors

falling told the hunters that the Porcupine had been more afraid of

them than of the strange metal case in front, and in attempting to

tush through had got caught.

32. Lupus arabicus, Hempr. & Ehr.

a,b. Heads. Lahej. 7. II. 95.

ce $. Lahej. 17. III. 95.

These three specimens are probably conspecific, but whether

or not two species exist at Aden is a moot point. Yerbury is

inclined to believe that there are two Hares in the district, differing

considerably in size. The smaller one may perhaps be Thomas’s

L. omanensis, described from Muscat.

33. GAZELLA BENNEITI, Sykes ?

a. Frontlet ¢, without date, &c.

We are somewhat doubtful about our reference of this Gazelle to

G. bennetti, but not only does this frontlet correspond very closely

with Indian examples, but a specimen from Aden, now alive at the

Zoological Gardens, has been referred by Mr. Sclater to the same

species.

Gazelles are common inland round Aden, and possibly two or

more species are to be met with in the neighbourhood.

34. Capra srnarrica, Hempr. & Ehr.

An Ibex appears to be not uncommon in the mountains inland,

though the British officers who have been there after them on

shikar expeditions do not appear to have been very successful.

Horns are occasionally to be bought in Aden.

35. Haxicorn pucone, Ill.

Dugong are to be found at Little Aden. One was on view

during March 1895 at Steamer Point, and another was thrown

up on the beach in front of the European Infantry lines about the

same time and caused the municipal authorities some trouble before

the carcase was disposed of.

36. BALENOPTERA, sp.

The skull of a large Finner, perhaps B. edeni, is to be seen near

the Hed Ghur, Camp Aden. The animal was said to have been cast

ashore some 30 miles to the north-east, and the skull was brought

to Aden because it was supposed that it might be useful for making

knife-handles, &c.

556 MR. H. H., DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. [June 18,

4. A Monograph of the Bornean Lycenide.

By Hamizton H. Druce, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

[Received June 14, 1895.]

(Plates XXXI.-XXXIV.)

Since my father, Mr. Herbert Druce, published, in the Pro-

ceedings of this Society for 1873, a list of Bornean butterflies

obtained by Mr. (now Sir Hugh) Low in the neighbourhood of

Labuan, very little has been written on the subject at all and scarcely

any additions have been made to our knowledge of the Lycenide.

Messrs. Distant and Pryer have described a few, obtained at Sanda-

kan by Mr. Pryer, in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

(ser. 5) vol. xix. 1887, as also has Mr. Grose Smith in vol. ii.

(ser. 6), 1889, of the same periodical; whilst Mr. de Nicéville has

mentioned some species as occurring in Borneo in his work on the

Butterflies of India, Burmah, and Ceylon, and has described one

or two in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society,

1891. Inthe Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. lx.

1891, Mr. W. Doherty has recorded a few species, and described

a new one of the genus Nacaduba, and Dr. Butler, in an account

of a collection of Lepidoptera obtained by Mr. W. B. Pryer at

Sandakan published in the Proceedings of this Society (P. Z. 8.

1892, p. 121), has described a single species of the genus Arhopala,

These papers, with the addition of one or two solitary descriptions,

are all that I can discover as referring to the Lycenide of the

region dealt with here.

The large amount of material which I have worked upon for this

paper is partly contained in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection,

and my thanks are due to those gentlemen for kindly allowing me

free use of their fine series, and also to Dr. Staudinger, to whom I

am also much indebted for the opportunity of examining the whole

of the specimens collected on Kina Balu by Waterstradt and at

Labuan by Wahnes. This collection from Kina Balu, containing as

it does examples of a large number of new species, I have found of

the greatest importance ; and to those interested in the geographical

and other features of this great mountain I would recommend a

perusal of Mr. J. Whitehead’s book, ‘The Exploration of Kina

Balu, N. Borneo.’ Besides these collections, we have in our own

possession a considerable number of specimens from Kina Balu,

Elopura, Sarawak, and Sandakan.

Dr. Staudinger informs me that the species labelled “ Labuan,”

captured by Waterstradt and Wahnes, are not from the small

island on the N.W. coast but from the mainland opposite.

Mr. Herbert Druce recorded 71 species of the family in his list,

and this number I am now able to increase to about 220, inclusive

of about a dozen species of the genus Arhopala which are either

undetermined or unnamed. Mr. de Nicéville enumerates 402

species in ‘The Butterflies of India etc.,’ so that we have already

PZS1895.Plate XXX

WPurkiss lith.

Bornean Lycenide.

PZ.S1895. Plate. XXXII.

West, Newman imp.

W-Purkiss lth.

Bornean Lycemde:

W-Porkiss hth West Newman imp

Bornean Lycznide.

West. Newman imp.

W Purkiss lith

Bornean Lycenide.

1895.] ME. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID#. 557

from Borneo, in which island but two or three localities have been

anything like worked, more than half as many species as have

been found in the extensive region of which his book treats. In

* Rhopalocera Malayana’ Mr. Distant has recorded 133 species of

the family, so that with these facts one may conclude that the

Lycenide are very well represented in Borneo. Mr. H. J. Elwes

has expressed his opinion that when the higher mountain-ranges

of Java, Sumatra, Borneo, &c. come to be explored there will

be found to be a considerable resemblance between the butterflies

inhabiting them and those of the Himalayas; and so far as the

Lycenide are concerned I think a perusal of the following pages

will confirm this.

Besides the number of types of Bornean species which are con-

tained in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, Dr. Staudinger

has kindly sent me the whole of his types of Palawan species de-

scribed in Iris,’ vol. ii, which I have found very useful and in

some cases absolutely necessary for correct identification.

The arrangement here followed is that of Mr. de Nicéville’s

admirable work, ‘The Butterflies of India, Burmah, and Ceylon.’

The following is a list of the species noted in this paper—those

marked with an * being new species described from adjacent

localities :—

Gerydus gigas, sp. n., p. 559. Poritia phama, sp. n., p. 568.

a symethus, Cr., p. 559. » Pphalena, Hew. J, p. 568.

N petronius, Distant § Pryer, », solyma, de Nicéy. 9, p. 568.

. 559. » pheretia, Hew., p. 569.

ms innocens, sp. n., p. 560. . phalia, Hew., p. 569.

ue biggsii, Distant, p. 560. », philura, sp. n., p. 569.

ee philippus, Staud., p. 561. Simiskina pharyge, Hew., p. 569.

» Vineula, sp. n., p. 561. *Poriskina phakos, sp. n., p. 570,

Paragerydus horsfieldi, Moore, p.561. | Pithecops hylax, Mab., p. 570.

s waterstradti, sp. n., Neopithecops zalmora, Butler, p. 570.

p. 562. Spalgis epius, Westw., p. 570.

“ pyxus, de Nicév., p. 562. » nubilus, Moore, p. 571.

: moorei, sp. n., p. 562. Taraka hamada, Druce, p. 571.

“- taras, Doherty, p. 563. Megisba malaya, Horsf., p. 571.

= caudatus, Grose Smith, | Cyaniris dilectissima, sp. n., p. 571.

p. 563. a5 puspa, Horsf, p. 572.

~ fabius, Dist. § Pryer, » placidula, sp. n., p. 572.

p. 563. », lugra, sp. n., p. 573.

B: aphocha, Khei/, p. 563. » ‘*phuste, sp. n., p. 573.

Allotinus subviolaceus, Fv/d., p. 563. » selma, sp. n., p. 573.

» audax, sp. n., p. 564. », strophis, sp. n., p. 573.

% nivalis, Druce, p. 564. - plauta, sp. n., p. 574.

i unicolor, Feld., p. 564. » ripte, ap n., p. 574.

Logania regina, Druce, p. 564. Lyczenopsis haraldus, Fab., p. 575,

» obseura, Dist. & Pryer,p.565, | Zizera otis, Fab., p. 575.

» Staudingeri, sp. n., p. 565. Lycenesthes emolus, Godt., p. 575.

Cyaniriodes libna, Hew., p. 565. Pe lyexnina, Feld., p. 575.

Poritia sumatre, Feld., p. 566. Niphanda reter, sp. n., p. 576.

»» phormedon, sp. n., p. 566. Luthrodes (noy.) mindora, Fe/d.,p. 576.

» pellonia, Dist. § Pryer, p. 566. | Everes argiades, Pallas, 577.

»» _phaluke, ae Dey Pe pode i Nacaduba pavana, Horsf, p. 577.

» philota, Hew., p. 567. ' 4, lugine, sp. n., p. 577.

» *phare, sp. n., p. 567. A angusta, Druce, p. 577.

»» plateni, Staud., p. 567. | 5 atratus, Horsf., 578.

558

Nacaduba beroé, Feld., p. 578.

5 bhutea, de Nicév., p. 578.

- ardates, Moore, p. 578.

“ aluta, Druce, p. 578.

ancyra, Feld., p. 579.

Una ‘asta, Distant, p. 579.

Jamides bochus, Cr., p. 580.

Lampides elpis, Godt., p. 580.

i limes, sp. n., p. 581.

e virgulatus, sp. n., p. 581.

cerulea, Druce, p. 582.

abdul, Distant, p. 582.

a osias, Rober, p. 582.

» *emetallicus, sp. n., p. 582.

vA celeno, Cr. 583.

e optimus, Baber, p. 583.

4: cleodus, Feld., p. 583.

a zebra, sp. 0, p. 583,

r lividus, sp. n., p. 584.

i aratus, Cr., p. 584.

adana, Druce, p. 584.

Thysonotis schaeffera, Essch., p. 585.

Catochrysops strabo, Fab, , p. 585.

55 cnejus, Fab., p- 585.

_ pandava, Horsf. =) p. 585.

Tarucus waterstradti, sp. n., p. 585.

a plinius, Fab., p: 586.

Castalius rosimon, Fad., p. 586.

As ethion, Doub., Hew., p. 586.

* elna, Hew., p. 586.

;; -Yroxus, Godt., p. 587.

Polyommatus beeticus, ’ Linn., p. 587.

Amblypodia narada, Horsf., p. 587.

anita, Hew., p: Be7.

Traota ‘rochana, Horsf, p. 587.

» nila, Distant, p. 588.

Surendra palowna, ‘Staud., p- 588.

Arhopala centaurus, Fab., p. 589.

agnis, Held., p. 589.

‘ amphea, Feld., p. 589.

atosia, Hew.?, p. 589.

5 aroa, Hew. p. 590.

% pryeri, Buil., p- 590.

5 allata, Stauwd., p. 590.

4 achelous, Hew., p. 590.

> anunda, Hew., p. 590.

35 elopura, H. H. Druce, p.590.

- apidanus, Cr., p. 590.

“a olinda, Druce, p. 591.

» exca, Hew., p. 591.

7 aurea, Hew., p- 591.

35 farquhari, Dit, p- 591.

. horsfieldi, Pagenst., p- 591.

5 anniella, Hew., p. 592.

& agesias, Hew., p. 592.

3 agesias, var. kinabala, Sé.,

MS., p. 592.

is similis, sp. n., p. 592.

ia myrtale, Stgr., p. 592.

~ amphimuta, Feld., p. 592.

3 antimuta, Feld., p. 593.

MR, H. H, DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCANIDA,

[June 18,

Arhopala ‘alaconia, Hew., p. 598.

- epimuta, Moore, p . 598.

*Mahathala gone, sp. n., p. 703.

Curetis tagalica, Fe/d., p. 594.

» _ nesophila, Feld., p. 594.

» minima, Dist. 5 Bryer 594,

» wsopus, Fab., 94,

» _malayica, Feld., . 595.

Tlerda kiana, Grose Smit p. 595.

Dacalana vidura, Horsf., p. 595.

Arrhenothrix lowii, sp. n., p. 596.

Pratapa lucidus, sp. n., p. £96.

» Sannio, sp. n., p. 596.

x devana, sp. n., p. 597.

» calculis, sp. n., p. 598.

Aphnzeus syama, Horsf, p- 598.

Pf lohita, Horsf., p. 599.

» Vixinga, Hew., p. 599.

Tajuria jalindra, Hor sf, ») p. 599.

» maculatus, Hew., p. 599.

» longinus, Fab., p. 599.

» dominus, sp. n., p. 600.

» mantra, "Feld., p. 600,

» cyrus, sp. n., p. 600.

» tussis, sp. n., p. 601.

» iseeus, Hew., p. 601.

» cato, sp. n., p. 601.

» travana, Hew., p. 602.

donatana, de Nicév,, p- 602.

Purlisa giganteus, Dist., p. 602.

Suasa liris, Staud., p. 603.

Thamala marciana, Hew., p. 603.

Hypolycena erylus, Godt., p: 608.

» thecloides, Feld., p- 693.

skapane, sp. n., p. 604.

phemis, sp. n., p. 604.

Chliaria mimima, sp. n., p. ‘605.

Zeltus etolus, Fab. » p- 605.

Pseudomyrina martina, Hew.. p. 606.

Virgarina scopula, Druce, p- jr.

Neocheritra amrita, Feld., p. 608.

- ») var. theodora,

H. H. Druce, p. 608.

+ teunga, Grose Smith, p. 608,

Jacoona jusana, sp. n., p. 609.

» mMetasuja, sp. , p. 609.

Cheritra freja, var. ochracea, nov.,

- pallida, Dr uce, p. 610.

Ritra aurea, Druce, p. 610.

Horaga corniculum, sp. n., p. 611,

» affinis, sp. n., p. GiL.

» Menala, Hew., p. 611.

Catapecilma elegans, es . 612.

Semanga superba, Druce, p. 612.

Biduanda thesmia, Hew., p. 613.

an » ower, unicolor, Staud.,

p- 613.

3 estella, ae p. 614.

* theenia, sp. n., p. 614.

cinesia, Hew., p. 614,

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS. 559

Biduanda cineas, Grose Smith, p.615. | Rapala deliochus, Hew., p. 621.

nF hewitsonii, sp 0., p. Bip. » sphinx, Fad., p. bon. -

; staudingeri, sp. n.. p. 615. », schistacea, Moore, 622

3 similis, sp. n., p. é16. » scintilla, de Nicév., p. 62 22,

imitata, s 617. | » varuna, Horsf., p. 622.

Marmessus moorei, Distant, adler | »» orseis, Hew., p. 622

surindra, sp. n., p. 617. | ,» Olivia, sp. n., p. 622

~— y var. albula, nov., » chozeba, Hew., p. 623.

p. 617. » pheretima, Hew., p- 628.

Eooxylides tharis, Hiibn., p. 618. » xenophon, Fuab., p. 623.

3 etias, Dist. § Pryer, p. 618. » barthema, Dist., P. - 23.

Loxura atymnus, Cr., p. i. » laima, sp. n., p. 624

Drina ninoda, sp. n., p. 619. » drasmos, sp. n., p- 624.

» maneia, Hew., p. 619. domitia, Hew., p. 624.

Araotes lapithis, Moore, p- 619. Bindahara phocas, Sted, p- 625

Sithon micea, Hew:., p. 620. Sinthusa nasaka, Horsf., p "625,

" nedymond, Cr., p- 620. f amba, Kirby, 625.

Deudorix epijarbas, Moore, p--620. 2 amata, Dist., p. 625.

7‘ staudingeri, sp. n., p.621. | Liphyra bragsclis, Westw., p. 626

Gerypus, Boisd.

GERYDUS GIGAS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3 3.)

Miletus gigas, Staud. MS.

3 2. Allied to G@. giyantes, de Nicéy., in size and form, but

differing from that species by the basal area of the fore wing being

greyish black, extending to the median nervules, and in the female

reaching nearly across the white area to the apical black margin,

and by the hind wings being uniform greyish black. The under-

side differs from G‘. gigantes by the male only possessing rather

larger white patches on the fore wing.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud., Mus. Druce.

This fine species can be at once distinguished from G. gigantes

from N.E. Sumatra by the black basal area of the fore wing and

by the black hind wings. The male of G. gigantes has “a small

portion of the base of the third median nervule prominently

swollen ;” in G. gigas this swollen portion is nearly } inch long.

This is allied to G. ancon, Doherty, but the description, how-

ever, does not quite fit it, notably as regards the “‘ marginal dark

line” on the underside, which is absent in G. gigas. The figure

given by Mr. Doherty of the male is much like gigas 9.

GERYDUS SYMETHUS.

Papilio symethus, Cr. Pap. Ex. ii. pl. exlix. figs. B, C (1777).

Labuan (Wahnes and Low); Sandakan (Pryer).

The female from Sandakan has the white on the hind wing

reduced to a discal streak and is very pale on the underside, but

the markings appear to be the same as in the typical form.

GERYDUS PETRONIUS.

Gerydus petronius, Distant & Pryer, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist

ser. 5, xix. p. 266 (1887).

Elopura.

560° MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS. [June 18,

I have not seen this species, the female only of which is de-

scribed. We possess specimens from Nias I. which are referred to

G. symethus, but which possibly are G. petronius if this should

prove to be a distinct species.

GeERYDUS INNOCENS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4 ¢.)

Miletus innocens, Staud. MS.

3. Upperside: fore wing white, the apical half and outer margin

to anal angle black, greyish along the costa to about the middle of

the cell: hind wing white, slightly tinged with greyish; costal

margin broadly black; anal and outer margins narrowly dusted

with blackish brown, darkest at the tips of the nervules. Underside:

eround-colour pale grey, with dark chocolate markings and spots

arranged much as in G. symethus, but the short band near the

apex of the fore wing straighter and broader and the basal streak

below the cell ending abruptly where it meets the white, just

beyond the base of the lower median nervule, not running along

the nervules as in G. symethus.

Q. Upperside differs only from male by the white area of the

fore wing being slightly more extensive, by the purer white of the

hind wing, which has the outer margin dentated rather more

strongly than G. symethus 3 , the cilia only being fuscous. Under-

side as male, but with the white discal area slightly larger.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2? 13 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Types Mus. Staud.

G. innocens is much like G. gigantes on the upperside, but is

very different below, and the dentated outer margin of the hind

wing of the female also distinguishes it. The swollen base to the

third median of the fore wing in the male, which is present, so far

as I know, in all other species of the genus, is entirely wanting, in

G. innocens. The coloration of the underside is quite different

from G. symethus. Dr. Staudinger bas sent me a pair of this

interesting butterfly.

GERYDUS BIGGSIL.

Gerydus biggsti, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 206, pl. xxii. fig. 12, 2

1884).

: lee gopara, de Nicév. Butt. India ete. iii. p. 25 (1890).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low and

Wahnes).

This is a somewhat puzzling species, as it appears to vary con-

siderably in the width of the white band on the fore wing: in

males from Sandakan and Kina Balu it is shortest and narrowest,

and in one specimen in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is

practically reduced to a median patch, being almost all below the

third median nervule ; in a male from Labuan in Dr. Staudinger’s

collection it is broad and long and the basal area is much paler

than usual. The females before me from Kina Balu are much like

the male noted above from Labuan and present a very different

appearance from Mr. Distant’s figure.

1895. ] MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID&. 561

GERYDUS PHILIPPUS.

Miletus philippus, Staud. Lep. Palaw. p. 92, pl. i. fig. 2 (1839).

Gerydus irroratus', Semper (nec Druce), Schmett. Phil. Insel.

p. 162, pl. xxxi. figs. 10, 11, 12 (1889).

Labuan (Low and Wahnes).

Both sexes of this species from Borneo agree exactly with Herr

Semper’s figures. Dr. Staudinger has kindly sent me his types

for examination, and I quite agree with Herr Semper (vide Supp.

Schmett. Phil. Insel.) that they are conspecific; but as ¢rroratus,

Druce, falls before boisduval, Moore, Dr. Staudinger’s name must

stand.

Dr. Staudinger possesses a female from S.E. Borneo, near Banjar-

masin, taken by Wahnes, which may possibly represent another

species, as the band on the upperside is very narrow and obscured

and the underside is of a reddish-brown hue; but without seeing a

male I do not care to describe it.

The specimen referred to M, zinkenii, Feld., by Mr. Herbert

Druce (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348), is an example of G. philippus.

GERYDUS VINCULA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 9 ¢,10 9.).

3. Upperside uniform dull brown, with a pale oval spot at the

base of the third median nervule of the fore wing, which just

surrounds the swollen portion of the vein. Underside much like

that of G. philippus but paler, and with a submarginal band of

confluent markings extending from the apex to the outer angle of

the fore wing and with the marginal spots very indistinct.

2. Form of G@. philippus : upperside uniform dull brown without

markings; underside as male.

Expanse, ¢ 1,°;, 2 1, inch.

Borneo.

This obscure species is, I believe, the only one of the genus

which has the ultra-median band on the underside of the fore

wing extending across the wing to the anal angle—it usually ends

somewhere about the third median nervule ; the sombre colouring

of the female is also unusual. The types are in Messrs. Godman

and Salvin’s collection, the male received from Dr. Staudinger and

the female formerly in Bates’s cabinet, neither being exactly

localized *.

Paragerynvs, Distant.

PARAGERYDUS HORSFIELDI.

Miletus horsfieldi, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus.

1 [ have carefully examined the type of Mr. Herbert ‘Druce’s Miletus irro-

ratus, which is in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and find that it is

quite impossible to separate it from G. boisduvali, Moore.

2 I have not included the Megalopalpus simplex, described by Herr Rober

(‘Iris,’ i. p. 51, pl. iv. f. 1. 1885) from Borneo, as I am of opinion that it is an

African species closely allied to, or identical with, the Pentila zymna, Doub.,

Hew. I have not seen M. simplex, and judge from the figure only, which is

from a photograph. F

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XXX VI. 36

562 MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDEZ. [June 18,

E. 1. C. vol. i. p. 19, pl. 1a. fig. 2 (1857); Druce, P. Z.8. 1873,

p- 347.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan ( Waterstr. and Low); Elopura

(Pryer) ; 8.E. Borneo ( Wahnes).

Mr. Pryer took the species in March.

PARAGERYDUS WATERSTRADTI, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 1 o,

29.)

&. Upperside allied to P. horsfieldi, Moore; same shade of

brown, but with the discal patch more elongated and less distinct.

Underside pale brown, with darker markings and spots and a

marginal row of black spots inwardly bordering white dots.

Q. Upperside uniform dull brown, not paler discally in the

fore wing; underside as male, but ground-colour rather paler.

Ab. ABSENS, noy.

2. Upperside as typical female; underside pale brownish

cream-colour, with the larger brown markings only present, the

wavy lines being entirely wanting.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4-12, 9 13-13 inch.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Mus. Staud. and Druce.

P. waterstradti differs from P. horsfieldi by the more elongate

discal band and by the underside being usually darker. It is also

a smaller insect, noticeable especially in the males. The variety

described above presents a very curious appearance.

PARAGERYDUS PYXUS.

Paragerydus pyxus, de Nicéy. J. A. 8. B. vol. xliii. pt. 2, no. 1,

p- 27, pl. v. fig. 2, ¢ (1894).

Borneo.

Described as rufous brown on the upperside.

PARAGERYDUS MOORE!, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs.5 ¢,6 9.)

Miletus mooret, Staud. MS.

gd. Upperside dull brown, colour of P. waterstradii, but with

the discal patch paler, more conspicuous, and about half as long

as in that species. Underside pure white, with spots and strie

much as in that species and P. horsfield?, but with the marginal

row of spots placed further from the margin in both wings.

9. Upperside uniform dull brown, with disc of fore wing slightly

paler. Underside as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 1,5, 2 13 inch. Mus. Staud.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

This species should be distinguished from its allies by the pure

white ground of its underside and by the short discal spot on

the male above. ’

The male appears to agree exactly with Mr. de Nicéville’s

figure of P. horsfieldi (Butt. Ind. iii. pl. xxvi. fig. 156), which I

believe is not the true P. horsfieldi, Moore, as the discal band is

considerably shorter. P. horsficldi occurs in Java, Suimatra,

Borneo, and Malacca.

1895. ] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 563

PARAGERYDUS TARAS.

Purayerydus taras, Doherty, J. A. 8. B. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 437,

t. xxiii. fig. 10 (1889).

S.E. Borneo (north of Banjarmasin) ( Wahnes).

I have received a specimen which agrees well with Mr. Doherty’s

description and figure, excepting that it has a faint indication of a

pale spot on the dise of the fore wing above.

PanaGEnypus caupatus. (Plate XXXI. figs. 7d, 8 2.)

Allotinus caudatus, Grose Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 34 (1893).

3g. Upperside dull brown; the discal streak on the fore wing

elongated and inconspicuous, much like P. waterstradti, which it

closely resembles on the upperside in coloration and shape of

both wings. Underside as female, but ground-colour tinged with

brown and rather more heavily marked.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 2 14 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

I have compared the female with Mr. Grose Smith’s type and

find them identical; it is remarkable for the shape of the hind

wing, the third median nervule being produced so as to form a

blunt tail, and in this respect differs from all others in the genus.

In neuration it appears to be a typical Paragerydus.

PARAGERYDUS FABIUS.

Paragerydus fabius, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 266, 2 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

This species is known to me only by the description ; quite

possibly it is the same as the preceding (P. caudatus), but Mr. Dis-

tant does not describe a projecting third median nervule in the

hind wing, which is such a distinctive character in that species.

PARAGERYDUS APHOCHA.

Allotinus aphocha, Kheil, Rhop. Ins. Nias, p. 28, pl. v. fig. 30

(1884).

Labuan (Wahnes).

One specimen, a male, which is identical with several males

from Nias Islands.

The outer margin of the hind wing is always strongly dentate.

It appears to differ from P. horsfieldi by its much smaller size and

by the pale ground-colour below, and by the comparatively small

discal spot above.

Attotinvs, Feld.

ALLOTINUS SUBVIOLACEUS.

Allotinus subviolaceus, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 286, t. 35.

figs. 27, 28 (1865).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

36*

564 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID#. [June 18,

The male agrees well with Felder’s figure. The differences

which separate A. alkamah, Distant, from this species, appear to

be exceedingly slight; indeed males before me from Malacca and

Kina Balu are identical, whilst one Bornean female has nearly the

whole of the hind wing dusted with bluish scales. Mr. de Nicé-

ville records A, alkamah from Borneo (Butt. Ind. iii. p. 30).

ALLOTINUS AUDAX, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 11 ¢, 12 9.)

Miletus audax, Staud. MS.

3. Upperside allied to A. subviolaceus, Feld., but with the blue

discal band replaced by a narrower creamy-white band ; hind wing

blackish brown, slightly paler on the disc. Underside much as in

A, subviolaceus, but the ground paler and the spots and strie

standing out more distinctly.

Q. Upperside as A. subviolaceus 2, but the blue areas re-

placed by clear creamy white ; underside as male, but spots and

strie rather paler.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staud. and Druce.

ALLOTINUS NIVALIS.

Miletus nivalis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Sandakan (Pryer); Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low) ; S.E

Borneo (Doherty).

The ZL. (= A.) substrigosa, Moore, may be a distinct species, as

the type and all other specimens I have examined from Borneo

have the black spot on the costa of the hind wing below replaced

by a pale brown one; this, however, is the only difference I can

detect between these specimens and three in our collection from

the Tenasserim Valley (Doherty), in all of which the black spot is

very distinct.

ALLOTINUS UNICOLOR.

Allotinus unicolor, Feld. Reise Noy., Lep. ii. p. 286 (1865);

Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 266

(1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

A, unicolor is included here on the authority of Messrs. Distant

and Pryer. I do not know the species.

Loeanta, Distant.

LoGANIA REGINA.

Miletus regina, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348, pl. xxxii. fig. 4.

Labuan (Low); Sandakan (Pryer).

This species, which together with Z. lahomius, Kheil, is a true

Logania, is closely allied to Z. sriwa, Distant, from which it prin-

cipally differs by the inner marginal area of the fore wing below

being white ; in Z. sriwa it is blackish brown. The type, a male,

is now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection.

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID ®. 565

LoGANIA OBSCURA.

Logania obscura, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 266 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

It is, I fear, impossible to make out the species from the descrip-

tion given.

LoGANIA STAUDINGERI, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 13 ¢,

14 9.)

3. Upperside: fore wing pale greyish blue, costal margin

rather broadly, apex and outer margin broadly black ; hind wing

black. Underside: fore wing blackish grey, the costal margin and

apex, as also a narrow outer-marginal line, rufous brown; a broad

brown fascia crossing the cell just beyond its middle, and another

much the same at the end of the cell: hind wing rufous brown,

with two sinuous median bands crossing the wing from about the

centre of the costal margin to the anal margin; these bands are

rather darker brown than the ground-colour, and edged on both

sides with black lines; the centre of the costal margin, as also

the outer margin from its middle towards the anal angle, clouded

with black.

2 . Upperside pale greyish white, apex broadly brown, narrowing

towards angle: hind wing greyish ; costal margin rather broadly,

outer margin very narrowly fuscous. General appearance much

like LZ. sriwa, Dist., ¢. Underside as male but paler.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 11 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staud.

The dise of the fore wing in the male is nearly as blue as in

A, subviolaceus, Feld.

CYAnrriopEs, de Nicéy.

v. de Nicéy. Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 33 (1890).

CYANIRIODES LIBNA, Hew.

Hypolyceena libna, Hew. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. Supp. p. 15, pl. v.

(Supp.) figs. 39, 40, 2 (1869).

gd. Upperside dark shining emerald-green: fore wing—costal

margin rather narrowly, outer margin broadly, black; a black

quadrate spot at the end of the cell confluent with the black

costal margin: hind wing—apex narrowly, outer margin and

anal fold broadly, black ; costal margin greyish ; an oval shining

patch below and adjoining the subcostal nervure just before

the middle, on which lies a short tuft of black hairs, which appears

to be attached to the membrane of the wing close to the subcostal

nervure ; there is also a small tuft of black hairs placed close to

the base, which are directed upwards, and are partially covered

by the fore wing. Underside as 2. There are no tails.

Sandakan, Borneo (Hew.).

Mr. H. J. Elwes has kindly sent me for examination a male of

566 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. [June 18,

this interesting and rare species, which I have described above.

I find it impossible to make out the neuration correctly without

clearing the wing of scales ; but the possession of the tufts of hair

seems to show that it is closely allied to Puritia, next to which I

have placed it.

The type in the Hewitson collection, which is in poor condition

and has lost its abdomen, is the only female I have seen. On the

underside the markings are somewhat like those of Poritia, but

the wings are less thickly covered.

Poritta, Moore.

When Mr. Herbert Druce wrote his list of Bornean butterflies,

one species only of this beautiful group was known from the

country, but shortly after Hewitson described two (1874). I am

able to include four new species, which, together with representa-

tives of species described principally from other localities, brings

the number up to about ten.

PoORITIA SUMATRE.

Pseudodipsas sumatre, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. vol. ii. p. 259,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 24-26 (1865); Druce, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low),

A single male in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is my

only authority for including this well-known species.

PoRITIA PHORMEDON, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 16 3,17 9.)

3. Upperside brilliant emerald-green, closely allied to P. hewit-

sont, Moore, from which it differs by the fore wing possessing a

broad, arched, green streak along the upper wall of the cell, ex-

tending from the base nearly to the end, sharply defined at its

extremity ; the black spot in the submedian interspace is large and

prominent. Underside greyer, with the bands broader and more

regular, and with their edges less distinctly prominent.

Q. Upperside: fore wing entirely without the ochreous which

is usually present in that sex of P. hewitsoni, and without the

brown streak which is usual in the submedian interspace of that

species; the blue streak in the cell as described in the male is

very prominent, and is entirely absent in P. hewitsoni: hind wing

with a small ochreous streak in the cell at its outer extremity.

Underside as male, but paler.

Expanse, ¢ 9,155 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staudinger.

P. phormedon is the Bornean representative of P. hewitsoni, and

presents sufficient differences to be considered distinct. It is also

a much larger insect. Dr. Staudinger writes me that he has only

received a pair.

PoRITIA PELLONIA.

Poritia pellonia, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p, 265 (1887).

1895.] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNID#. 567

Sandakan.

I have not seen this species; on the underside it is said to be

similar to P. pleurata, Hew., from Singapore.

PoORITIA PHALUKE, sp. nu. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15 ¢.)

6. Upperside: fore wing rich ultramarine-blue, with a large

oblong black patch about the middle of the costa, which is also

black, extending downwards to the median nervure; apex and

outer margin black, irregularly serrated on its inner edge: hind

wing black, with a rather broad central ultramarine-blue streak

extending from the base nearly to the outer margin, sharply

bordered on its upper edge by the median nervure. Underside

much like that of P. phraatica, Hew., but the ground-colour much

whiter and the markings somewhat narrower, and the bands more

broken and with their edges darker and more conspicuous.

Q. Upperside brown, with dark margins much as in P. phraatica.

Underside as male, but paler.

Expanse 1? inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staudinger.

The female appears to be identical with the type of Hewitson’s

P. phraatica; but the male is very different from the male of that

species which I have before me from Malacca (Zichorn), and which

has been described by Mr. Distant. By the single streak on the

hind wing it seems to be allied to P. pellonia, Dist. & Pryer.

PoRITIA PHILOTA,

Poritia philota, Hew. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 346; Ill. Diurn.

Lep., Lyc. p. 217, pl. 89. fig. 20 (1878).

Labuan ( Wahnes); N.E. Borneo (Mus. G. & S.).

I have received specimens which are identical with Hewitson’s

type from Sumatra; we also possess a male from Java. Messrs.

Godman and NSalvin’s collection also contains a pair from Borneo,

and a, single male from the Philippine Islands (Pryer)'. The female

is dull brown, slightly ochreous on the dise of the fore wing, and

towards the outer margin of the hind wing; on the underside it

is much paler than the male.

Ponrivria PLATENT.

Poritia plateni, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 104, pl. i. fig. 8 (1889).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.).

1 Dr. Staudinger has sent another form which I believe is distinct and

describe as below :—

PoritIA PHARE, sp.n, (Plate XXXIV. fig. 14 g.)

3. Upperside allied to P. philota, but larger, and with the blue streak in the

cell replaced by a small blue spot about its middle, close to the subcostal

nervure. Underside: ground-colour pale grey, with the bands and spots much

as in P. phi/ota and standing out prominently.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab, Mindanao, Davao (Platen). Type Mus. Staud.

This species should be at once distinguished from P. philota by the pale

ground of the underside, thus tl rowing up the markings prominently.

568 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

Through the kindness of Dr. Staudinger I have been able to

examine two specimens from Borneo, and the type of the species

which was obtained from the island of Palawan. I find that the

irregular dark blotches vary slightly in intensity and shape ; indeed,

in neither one of the specimens are they alike in the correspond-

ing wings. The species should be easily recognized, as it is quite

unlike any other in the genus. It is a true Poritia, as defined by

Mr. de Nicéville.

PorITIA PHAMA, sp.n. (Plate XXXL. fig. 18 ¢.)

é. Fore wing, upperside brilliant greenish blue, apex and outer

margin down to lower median nervule broadly black, then nar-

rowly black ; a quadrate black spot at the end of the cell adjoining

the black costa and evenly bordered by the end of the cell, the

third median nervule, and towards the apex by a short band of

blue which is intersected by black nervules. Hind wing greenish

blue, costal third and anal fold greyish ; a marginal row of small

black spots between the nervules, most distinct towards the anal

angle. Underside much like P. phormedon, but with the markings

of a more reddish hue.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

I. have a specimen before me belonging to Dr. Staudinger

labelled “ Vulean Gede, West Java,” which I take to be this

species; it agrees exactly with Bornean specimens on the upper-

side, but on the underside the bands are straighter and somewhat

more compressed together, thus leaving broader ground-spaces, and

are rather more reddish, but these are peculiarities which I have

noticed in P. hewitsoni, Moore.

PoriITIA PHALENA.

Poritia phalena, Hew. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 344; Ll. Diurn.

Lep., Lyc. p. 216, pl. Ixxxix. figs. 14, 15 (1878).

2. Simiskina solyma, de Nicéy, J. A. 8. B. vol. lxiii. pt. ii.

no. 1, p. 29, pl. iv. fig. 10 (1894).

Labuan ( Watersir.). 3 2.

The male received from Labuan agrees exactly with Hewitson’s

type in the British Museum, and the female with Mr. de Nicé-

ville’s description and figure of S. solyma, excepting that the discal

spot is not quite so clearly white in any light. So far as I can

tell the neuration agrees with that of Poritia, but the tuft of long

black hairs attached to the base of the submedian nervure in the

hind wing is wanting, and I notice that Mr. Doherty in describing

a near ally, viz. P. harterti, from Upper Assam, does not mention

this patch. Why Mr. de Nicéville should place his insect (a female)

in the genus Simiskina I do not know.

The sexes are remarkable for the disparity in size, the male

before me measuring 1} inch, the female 1% inch.

The species has not been recorded since Hewitson obtained the

type.

1895.] MR, H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID#, 569

PoORITIA PHERETIA,

Poritia pheretia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1874, p. 346 ; Ill. Diurn.

Lep., Lyc. p. 217, pl. Ixxxix, figs. 16, 17, 18 (1878).

Sandakan.

Mr. H. J. Elwes has sent me for examination a single female

specimen which is referable to this species.

PORITIA PHALIA.

Poritia phalia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 345; Ill. Diurn.

Lep., Lye. p. 216, pl. lxxxviii. figs. 10, 11 (1878),

Borneo (Low).

This species is known to me only by the type in the British

Museum.

PoRITIA PHILURA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1 ¢.)

¢. Upperside jet-black, with brilliant greenish-blue patches

and spots arranged much as in Simiskina pharyge, Hew., but

generally larger ; the central streak in the fore wing, which in

S. pharyge is comparatively straight, is bent upwards at the base

of the first median nervule and occupies the upper half of the

cell: costal margin of hind wing from base nearly to apex broadly

pale orange; tuft of hairs near base black. Underside uniform

yellowish buff: fore wing with a thin dark streak at the end of

the cell, a central irregular line composed of minute white spots

inwardly bordered with black, halfway between this and the margin

a faint parallel line composed of dull reddish lunules, a reddish

anteciliary line; cilia black: hind wing as described above, but

the first two spots of the central line which commences on the

costal margin large and distinct, a narrow black line inwardly

bordering the reddish anteciliary line, and within that towards the

anal angle a greyish sinuous line; cilia black at the tips of the

nervules, greyish in between. Head, thorax, and abdomen black

above, yellowish beneath ; legs black, spotted with yellow aboye,

yellow below.

Expanse 12 inch.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.

Dr, Staudinger has sent me this distinct species and writes that

it is unique. So far as I can see it agrees with Poritia in neura-

tion, but is without the tuft of long hairs at the base of the sub-

median nervure of the hind wing, which is present in typical

Poritia, nor has it the tuft of hairs below the cell which is said to

be a distinctive character of Simiskina. P. philurais distinguished

from S. pharyge on the upperside by the yellow costal margin of

the hind wing, and is very different below.

Stuiskina, Distant.

SIMISKINA PHARYGE.

Poritia pharyge, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 345; Ill. Diurn.

Lep. Lyc., p. 215, pl. lxxxviii. figs. 8,9, ¢.

570 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDH, [June 18,

Simiskina pharyge, de Nicéy. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

1891, p. 361, pl. F. fig. 11, 2.

Labuan ( Wahnes).

Specimens from Labuan, as also one from Java in our collection,

agree well with Hewitson’s type from Borneo. I have described

below a new genus and species of this group from the Philippine

Islands.*

Pirnecors, Horsf.

PITHECOPS HYLAX.

Papilio hylax, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 526 (1775).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.) ; Labuan near Banjarmasin, S.E. Borneo.

Mr. Doherty has also taken this species in Borneo (vide Butt.

Ind. iii. p. 50).

NezorrrHecors, Distant.

NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA.

Pithecops zalmora, Butl. Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M. p. 161 (1869).

Cupido talmora, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Labuan (Low) ; 8.E. Borneo (Doherty).

Spateis, Moore.

SPALGIS EPIUS.

Iucia epius, Westw. Gen. Diurn. Lep. vol. ii. p. 502, pl. Ixxvi.

fig. 5 (1852).

1 PoRISKINA, gen. Nov.

Allied to Poritia, but with two subcostal neryules only to the fore wing; the

first, which is emitted about the middle of the cell, is very short and runs into

the costal nervure, the second is emitted about halfway between the first and

the end of the cell. Two distinct tufts of hair in the cell of the hind wing; the

upper one, which is composed of much the longest hairs, is placed close to the

subcostal nervure, whilst the lower, which is smaller but very distinct, lies close

to the median nervure a short distance from the base.

PorIsKINA PHAKOS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 15 ¢.)

o. Upperside pale cerulean blue, non-iridescent ; fore wing—costal nar-

rowly, apex and outer margin rather broadly dull brown; hind wing—costal

and anal margins pale grey, outer margin rather narrowly dull brown: upper

tuft of hairs white, lower tuft brown. Underside greyish white: fore wing

glistening along inner margin up to lower median nervule; a pale orange spot

in the cell at base of first median nervule, a narrow streak at the end of the

cell and beyond, at about the middle a broken irregular band composed of

irregular pale orange spots with narrow brown edges, and beyond this two

exceedingly sinuous brown lines: hind wing as fore wing, but with an addi-

tional band of pale yellow spots placed about halfway between the base and the

median band. Head, thorax, and abdomen bluish above, white beneath. Legs

white, spotted with black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Mindanao, Davao (Platen). Mus. Staud.

Dr. Staudinger has sent me this very distinct insect, which is not closely

allied to any with which I am acquainted. It should be easily distinguished

from all others by the absence of the third subcostal nervule, and by the non-

iridescent blue.

2 I have carefully examined the type of S. dilama, Moore, which is in

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and find that it differs only from

Sikkim specimens in the ground-colour being shghtly paler. Itis in very poor

condition, and I quite fail to see how Mr. Moore can have considered it in any

way distinct,

1895. ] MR, H, H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, 571

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a male which differs from the typical

form only by the disc of the fore wing below the white spot

being slightly greyish.

SPALGIS NUBILUS.

Spalgis nubilus, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 522; Distant & Pryer,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 266 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer) ; Labuan ( Wahnes).

Taraka, de Nicéville.

TARAKA HAMADA.

Miletus hamada, Druce, Cist. Ent. vol. i. p. 361 (1875).

Kina Balu ( Watersir.).

The type of this species is now in Messrs. Godman and Salyin’s

collection.

Mecissa, Moore.

MerG@ISBA MALAYA,

Lycena malaya, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 70 (1828).

Sandakan (Pryer).

M. malaya is also recorded from Borneo by Mr. de Nicéville,

who states that it is the tailed form which occurs there (Butt.

Ind. iii. pp. 61, 62).

Cyantris, Dalman.

I have no less than eight species of this genus to deal with, and

after carefully examining all the described species, | am only able

to recognize one as identical with one of these forms, viz. C.lambi,

Distant, and am compelled with some reluctance to propose names

for the remainder, notwithstanding Dr. Holland’s remarks about

them in the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1890, p. 70.

CYANIRIS DILECTISSIMA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 2¢,39.)

Lycena dilectissima, Staud. MS.

3. Upperside allied to C. albocceruleus, Moore, but darker and

greyer blue; the fore wing with the outer margin and apex

narrowly black (about as in C. argiolus, Linn.), and with only a

few whitish scales on the costa and on the disc: hind wing pure

white, dusted with blue (thickly) at the base, along the outer

margin, inside the black anteciliary line, and along the nervules ;

cilia pure white. Underside with spots and markings as in

C. alboceruleus, but larger, blacker and more distinct, and with

distinct black linear marks closing the cells of both wings: fore

wing with a marginal row of black spots; hind wing with a similar

row larger and blacker.

Q. Upperside differs from that sex of C. alboceruleus by the

black outer marginal border of fore wing being broader and less

clearly defined, and by the costal margin of hind wing being

broadly (to the subcostal nervure) greyish black from base to apex.

572 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

Underside as male. The black marginal spots of the hind wing

are seen through to the upper surface in both sexes, but are more

noticeable in the female. The bases of both wings on upperside in

female are slightly dusted with bluish scales.

Expanse, ¢ 1,3,, 2 1,3,-14 inch.

Kina Balu (Zverett and Waterstr.). Mus. Staud. and Druce.

C. dilectissima should be distinguished by its narrow black apex,

by the absence of the white disc on the fore wing on its upper-

side, and by the distinct rows of black spots on the margins and

the generally larger markings below. It is also allied to the

recently described C. ceyx, de Nicéville, from Java".

CYANIRIS PUSPA.

Polyommatus puspa, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 67 (1828).

Cupido cagaya, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Cyaniris lambi, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 266 (1887).

Labuan (Low); Sandakan (Pryer).

I have seen one specimen only of this species from Borneo, a

male, which was identified by Mr. Herbert Druce as C. cagaya,

Feld., and is now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection.

This specimen is identical with one from Malacca, also in these

gentlemen’s possession, marked ‘ C. Jambi” by Mr. Distant. I do

not know how C. cagaya can be distinguished from C. puspa.

The broad-bordered and the narrow-bordered forms occur together

in the Philippine Islands, both with and without white discs.

What I take to be the typical C. cagaya is the broad-bordered

form of the ‘ Novara’ Voyage, and which now stands in the Felder

collection marked ‘“ dalage,” which appears to have been affixed to

it in error, as I could find no specimen marked “ cagaya.”

CYANIRIS PLACIDULA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 63,79.)

3. Closely allied to C. placida, de Nicév. Upperside darker

blue, with the outer margins more broadly black and less sharply

defined inwardly ; costal margin of hind wing much more broadly

black. Underside differs from C. placida by the discal band of

spots in the fore wing being more in line and, towards the outer

angle, reaching close to the submarginal line. The submarginal

lines in both wings are composed of less distinctly crescent-shaped

strie than in C. placida.

@. Upperside broadly black-bordered, bluish on the discs, both

wings with a black mark closing the cell; fore wing with a whitish

blotch beyond the end of the cell; hind wing with a marginal row

of lunules enclosing black marginal spots. Underside as male.

Expanse, ¢ 13-1,8,, 2 14 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud. and Druce.

Apparently plentiful where it occurs. There seems to be prac-

tically no variation, judging from the specimens I have examined.

1 C. ceyx, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vii. p. 329, figs. 6, 7

(1892).

1895. | MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHENID2. 573

CYANIRIS LUGRA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5g.)

d. Allied to C. placida, de Nicév., much smaller. Upperside

uniform dull greyish silvery blue, margins more narrowly black,

cilia greyish. Underside pale brownish grey, with the spots and

markings arranged as in C. placida, but with the exception of two

on the costa and the marginal row, also on the hind wing, which

are blackish, of a dull brownish grey, but slightly darker than the

ground-colour.

Expanse 1,1, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staud. and Druce.

This is a small, dull-coloured butterfly, which appears to be

distinct from any described. I have not seen the female. Below

will be found described another species which I believe to be

new’,

CYANIRIS SELMA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10 ¢.)

gd. Allied to C. celestina, Kollar. Upperside pale shining

silvery blue, brighter and more shining than in that species; black

apical border slightly wider. Underside: spots arranged as in

C. celestina, with the addition of faint marginal rows of spots which

are most conspicuous in the hind wing. The two black spots

close to the costal margin on the hind wing, which in C. celestina

are usually not more noticeable than the other spots on the wing,

are in this species larger and more conspicuous than any others.

The marginal row of spots on the hind wing shows through to the

upper surface. Cilia shorter.

Expanse 1,}) inch.

Kina Balu ( Wuterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.

C. selma should be easily distinguished from C. cclestina by its

brighter blue upperside. I have not seen the female.

CYANIRIS STROPHIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4 ¢.)

3. Upperside deep lavender-blue, colour of C. placida, which it

closely resembles, having, however, narrower and more even black

margins. The underside exactly as in C. dilectissima, mihi, but

the spots and markings not quite so deeply black.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

1 CYANIRIS PHUSTE, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 17 gd.)

Upperside dull violaceous blue, rather greyer than C. placida, which it re-

sembles on the upperside, with rather broader black borders. Underside

greyish white, with a linear dark streak closing the cell of each wing, a very

faint, scarcely perceptible zigzag line crossing the wings beyond the middle,

then a darker submarginal line composed of crescent-shaped marks enclosing a

marginal row of dark spots common to both wings and darkest towards anal

angle of hind wing ; a very fine anteciliary dark line to both wings. Cilia grey,

with dark spots at the termination of the nervules.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Dili (W. Doherty). Type Mus. Druce.

This is not the (. duponchellit, Godt., which we have also from Dili, obtained

by Mr. Doherty, and which is close to C. puspa on the upperside, and has the

lower ia of the discal series on the fore wing below enlarged into a consider-

able blotch.

574 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Stand.

Can this be a seasonal form of C. dilectissima? On the under-

side they are almost identical, but on the upperside the hind wings

are strikingly different.

CYANIRIS PLAUTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 8 5,9 9.)

Lycena plauta, Staud. MS.

3. Upperside deep lavender-blue, colour of C. placida, with

black costa, apex, and outer margin much as in Lycenopsis haraldus,

Fab. (to which it bears a general resemblance, without possessing

the beautiful opalescent shading of that species), but the blue area

more extensive: hind wing deepl avender-blue, outer margin

very narrowly black, with a marginal row of elongate black spots ;

costal margin broadly black to near its apex, where it becomes

white, a large white patch below this occupying nearly the whole

of the subcostal interspace except the black outer margin: anal

fold whitish. Underside: ground-colour white tinged with pale

yellow as in L. haraldus, with black spots arranged much as in

C. placida, large and distinct; the black spot on the middle of

the costa of hind wing is unusuaily large and conspicuous.

_Q. Upperside resembling C. albidisca, Moore, 2, but without

the black streak closing the cell of the fore wing, and with the

whole of the white area of the fore wing as well as the abdominal

half of the hind wing shot with beautiful opalescent blue; the

black marginal spots on hind wing become more separated and

distinct towards the anal angle. Underside as male.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 13-1,%, inch.

Kina Balu (Waterstr. and Zverett); Labuan (Low). Mus. Staud.

and Druce.

Some females from Kina Balu are not so strongly marked on

the underside as others, whilst a female from Labuan in Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s collection has the outer margin of hind wing

above broadly black-bordered. It seems a distinct species, and the

yellowish tinge of the underside may perhaps serve to link it with

the species which I have placed in the next genus.

CYANIRIS RIPTE, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11 ¢.)

3g. Upperside bright shining violaceous blue, with a pinkish

tinge and black margins about equal to those of C. placida. Under-

side pale brown, slightly paler only than the ground-colour of

Jamides bochas, Cr., 2, with sordid-white-edged spots and mark-

ings, which are rather darker brown than the ground-colour,

arranged as in C. puspa, with the addition of a double spot in the

centre of the cell of the fore wing. The black spot just beyond

the middle of the costal margin on the hind wing is large and

prominent.

Expanse 1-11 inch.

Labuan (Zow). Type Mus. G. & 8S.

C. ripte differs from all others in the shade of blue on the

upperside, and is, I believe, the only Cyanzris known which has a

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, 575

spot in the cell of the fore wing below; this spot, I find, is not

always double as described above, sometimes single, but always

distinctly present.

Lyczxnopstis, Feld.

This genus is very, perhaps too close to Cyaniris, under which

name it has been sunk by Mr. Distant. On bleaching the wings

of a male the only differences in venation which I can discover are

in the hind wing, in which the first median nervule and the sub-

costal nervule are both longer than in C. argiolus, Linn., being

emitted higher up the wing. This character, however, is probably

not of much importance.

LYCHNOPSIS HARALDUS.

Papilio haraldus, Fab. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 82 (1787).

Cupido cornuta, Druce, P. ZS. 1873, p. 349, pl. xxxii. fig. 5, 9.

Labuan (Low and’ Wahnes).

Apparently a scarce insect in Boraeo, as I have seen three

female specimens only—two, including the type of C. cornuta,

which does not differ in any way from females from Malacca and

Java, in Messrs. Godman and Salyvin’s collection, and one sent by

Dr. Staudinger.

Zizpra, Moore.

Zizera is a genus which appears to be very poorly represented

in Borneo, and I am able to include only one species here,

ZIZERA OTIS.

Papilio otis, Fab. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 73 (1787).

Zizera lysizone, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Labuan ( Wahnes and Waterstr.); Sandakan (Pryer).

Bornean specimens show the same amount of variation on both

surfaces as obtains in the species from other localities.

Lyczyusruns, Moore.

LYCHNESTHES EMOLUS.

Polyommatus emolus, Godt. Ene. Méth. vol. xix. p. 656 (1823),

Pseudodipsas bengalensis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low and Wahnes); S.E. Borneo ( Wahnes).

LYCXNESTHES LYCENINA.

Lyccenesthes lycenina, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,

vol. xviii. p. 281 (1868); Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

S.E. Borneo ( Wahnes); Sandakan (Pryer).

We also possess a specimen, labelled “ Borneo,” which was

formerly in the Rey. Mr. Murray’s collection, and Mr. de Nicéville

records it Butt. Ind. ete. p. 180 (1890).

576 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

NipHanpa, Moore.

NIPHANDA RETER, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12 ¢.)

3. Upperside shining dark violet as in NV. cymbia, de Nicév.,

which it closely resembles. Underside: ground pure white with

dark brown spots on the fore wing as in that species, but larger

and more distinct, especially that one which lies beyond the basal

streak, which is nearly twice as large as in NV. cymbia. Hind wing

with the spots arranged as in NV. cymbia, but much larger; and

without the brown mottling of that species.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Mus. Staud. and Druce.

At first sight the underside of this insect presents a very

different appearance from JV. cymbia, but on closer examination

the spots appear to be similarly placed. The absence of all

mottlings from the hind wing and the much larger spots, together

with the pure white ground, should distinguish it.

LUTHRODES, gen. nov.

Allied to Talicada, Moore, from which it differs by the costal

nervure of the fore wing being bent towards the first subcostal

nervule, but entirely free for its whole length—not anastomosed

as in that genus—and reaching the margin considerably before the

apex of the cell.

Type Polyommatus cleotas, Guér.

I find on bleaching the wings that the species referred by

myself (P. ZS. 1891, p. 358, & 1892, p. 486) and others to

Talicada are not strictly congeneric and present the differences

in neuration described above. All the species of Luthrodes are

tailless excepting LZ. mindora, Feld., which is tailed like J. nyseus,

Guer.

LUTHRODES MINDORA.

Lyceena mindora, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 277, t. 34. figs. 9, 10

1865).

\ Cupido arvana, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 349 (nec Feld.).

Talicada mindora, Distant & Pryer, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Labuan (Low); Sandakan (Pryer).

The two specimens which I have seen from Borneo are now in

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. They were incorrectly

referred to Z. arruana, Feld., which has larger spots below and is

without tails. They are identical with specimens from Mindoro

before me. Of course in the general arrangement of the nervules

Luthrodes scarcely differs from Lyceena, Cyaniris, and others, but

the peculiarity of coloration seems to suggest a distinctive feature,

being intermediate between those genera and Yalicada.

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID2, 577

Evenres, Hiibn.

EVERES ARGIADES.

Papilio argiades, Pallas, Reise, vol. i. App. p. 472 (1771).

Polyommatus lacturnus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 66 a (1823).

Cupido lacturnus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low).

I have no hesitation in placing P. lacturnus, Godt., as a synonym

of Z. argiades after examining specimens from Timor. The species

is also a very common one in New Guinea, where the females

are sometimes pale grey with darker borders, and where it varies

much in size, one male in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection

measuring only slightly more than 3 inch.

Nacapusa, Moore.

NACADUBA PAVANA.

Lycena pavana, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. p. 77 (1828).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Sandakan (Pryer) ; Labuan (Low).

Specimens from Kina Balu are darker on both surfaces than

those from the other localities.

NaAcaDUBA LUGINE, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15 ¢.)

Cupido pactolus, Druce, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 348 (nec Feld.).

3. Allied to NV. macrophthalma, Feld. ; rather larger. Upper-

side brighter and more violaceous blue, and with scarcely any

silvery gloss. Underside pale rufous brown, with the fascie

narrower, paler, and in the fore wing much more irregularly broken,

so that there is no distinct Y. The black spot between the lower

median nervules is larger and more broadly edged with rich dark

orange.

Expanse 13 inch.

Labuan (Low). Type Mus. G. & 8.

On comparing this species with the type of ZL. pactolus, Feld.,

to which it was referred by Mr. Herbert Druce in his paper on

Bornean Butterflies, I find that it is quite distinct, and, as I can

find nothing else like it, am compelled to describe it as new.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains another small

female specimen of a species belonging to this group, which on the

upperside resembles that sex of WV. atrata, Horsf., and on the

underside is much like WV. pavana, Horst., but until the male is

discovered I do not care to propose a name for it. It expands

1,4, inch and is from Sandakan.

NACADUBA ANGUSTA,

Cupido angusta, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 349, pl. xxxil. fig. 9.

Labuan (Low).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains the type of

this species. The figure given is quite useless and misleading and

hardly bears any resemblance to the insect. In it the wings

appear to be dark grey with yellow borders and black markings

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XXX VILE. 37

578 MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, [June 18,

and spots, whereas the ground-colour is very pale yellowish grey

with pale brown fasciz and a double row of black marginal spots

to each wing; the two spots nearest to the anal angle sprinkled

with blue scales, The upperside is dull violaceous silvery blue.

Possibly 1. kerriana, Distant, is conspecific with NV. angusta, but

unfortunately I have nota specimen for examination. The under-

side of the figure given in Rhop. Malay. appears to agree well

with that of WV. angusta, but the upperside has a broader black

outer margin.

NN. azureus, Rober, as figured by Herr Semper (Reise Philip.

Insel. p. 177, pl. xxxiii. figs. 1, 2), and which we possess from

S. Celebes (Doherty), is a closely allied species. Herr Rober’s

figure and this one, however, do not agree very well.

NACADUBA ATRATUS.

Lycena atratus, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. p. 78 (1828).

Cupido akaba, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 350.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan (Zow); 8S.E. Borneo, near Ban-

jarmasin ( Wahnes).

Kina Balu specimens are slightly darker on the upperside than

those from Labuan and S.E. Borneo. I have examined the type

of C. akaba, and can find no character to distinguish it.

NacaDUBA BERO#.

Lycena beroé, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 275, pl. xxxiv. fig. 36

(1865).

Nacaduba beroé, Distant & Pryer, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

IT include WV. beroé here on the authority of Messrs. Distant and

Pryer. Typically, I think it can be distinguished from J. atratus

by the paler ground-colour of the underside and by the fascia

being much wider.

NACADUBA BHUTEA.

Nacaduba bhutea, de Nicév. J. A. 8. B, vol. lii. pt. 2, p. 72, pl. i.

fig. 13 (1883).

oa Balu ( Waterstr. and Everett) ; Labuan (Low).

The ground-colour of the Bornean examples I have examined is

ochreous on the underside.

NacaDUBA ARDATES.

Lyccena ardates, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 574, pl. Ixvii. fig. 1.

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

The tailed form only.

NacapuBa atura. (Plate XXXII. figs.13 ¢,14 9.)

Cupido aluta, Druce, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 349, pl. xxxii. fig. 8.

Sandakan (Pryer) ; Labuan (Low g Wahnes).

The figure given in the P.Z.S. is a very bad one and bears but

slight resemblance to the insect. It is, in my opinion, although

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHENID#. 579

allied to V. ardates, quite distinct. On the upperside it is much

like NV. atratus (dry-season form) in colour and general appearance,

whilst VV. ardates is a totally different shade, being dark violaceous

brown. On the underside, although the markings are placed as in

N. ardates, they are always pure white. The female is dull

blackish brown on the upperside, with the disc of the fore wing

light shining blue and with an outer-marginal row of black spots

on the hind wing most conspicuous; the underside is paler in

colour than the male, and the double marginal row of black

lunules is more distinct. Mr. Distant has probably figured and

described specimens of N. ardates as N. aluta in his ‘ Rhopalocera

Malayana.’ I hope the above remarks will enable the species to

be distinguished when met with. It is not an uncommon insect

in Borneo, but I have seen no specimens from any other locality.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess the type and other specimens,

whilst Dr. Staudinger has also sent it. The type measures fully

1 inch, whilst the figure barely reaches # inch.

Messrs. Distant and Pryer record NV. aluta from Sandakan (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267), but as Mr. Distant has

not recognized the species, probably not having seen the type,

without which it was of course quite impossible to do so, they

are probably referring to NV. ardates'.

NACADUBA ANCYRA,

Lycena ancyra, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. p. 276, t. 34. fig. 5 (1865).

Cupido almora, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 349, pl. xxii. fig. 7.

Nacaduba pseustis, Doherty, J. A.S.B. vol. lx. pt. ii. p. 182

(1891).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr. § Everett); Labuan (Low); S8.E. Borneo

(Doherty).

The figure given of C. almora is misleading. I have examined

the type of LZ. ancyra in the Felder collection and find that

C. almora, Druce, the type of which (¢) is in Messrs. Godman

and Salvin’s collection, is identical with it. Mr. Doherty has also

described it as NV. pseustis *.

Uma, de Nicév.

Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 51 (1890).

UNA USTA.

Zizera? usta, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p. 531 (1886); Rhop. Malay. p. 454, pl. xliv. fig. 5 (1886).

1 Dr. Staudinger has kindly sent me for examination the type of his

LIycena ardeola from Palawan (Iris, ii. p. 97, 1889), which must be sunk as

a synonym of WV. dana, de Nicév., with which it is identical.

* N. amaura, H. H. Druce (P.Z. 8. 1891, p. 361, pl. xxxi. fig. 10), from the

Solomon Is., should be sunk as a synonym of JV. ancyra, as also probably

should NW. gawra, Doherty, from Sumba (J. A.S.B. vol. lx. p. 181. 1891),

which is stated (p. 182) to be something like Lycena palmyra, Feld. J

cannot, however, see any resemblance. An error has been made in numbering

the figures on plate ii. in this part of the J. A. S. B. ; fig. 9 (pl. ii.) should read

fig. 11, and vice versa, as is evident from the descriptions on pp. 182-184.

N. maniana, H. H. Druce (id. pl. xxxi. fig. 9), is also yery close and should

perhaps be considered a slight local race.

37*

580 MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a fine specimen (¢) of what I take

to be this interesting species; it differs slightly, however, from

Mr. Distant’s description of the underside as follows :—The fore

wing has only one small fuscous spot in the middle of the cell;

on the hind wing the fuscous spot beneath the outermost black

spot on the costal margin and the fuscous spot in the cell are

both wanting.

The genera Una, de Nicév., and Prosotas’, mihi, agree very

closely in venation, but have a very different general appearance,

whilst the palpi of Prosotas are shorter and the antenne less

spatulate.

JAMIDES, Hiibn.

JAMIDES BOCHUS.

Papilio bochus, Cr. Pap. Exot. vol. iv. p. 210, pl. ecexci. figs. C, D

(1782).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan (Low).

All the Bornean males I have examined have the blue area of

the fore wing much contracted.

Lamprpes, Hiibn.

After working carefully through the described species of this

genus, I find four Bornean species which I am unable to match

with any of them, and am, though with considerable reluctance,

obliged to describe them here. Although Mr. de Nicéville has

paid much attention to the genus, and, having seen some of

Felder’s types, has, in a paper (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

pp. 364-368, 1891) published after his ‘ Butterflies of India, ete,’

considerably altered some statements made in that work, much

yet remains to be done to put the genus into a satisfactory

condition ; and until some one has the opportunity to carefully

compare the types of the numerous species described by Herr

Rober in ‘Iris’ i., and those of Felder and others, I fear it will

still be so, After carefully studying Herr Réber’s figures I am of

opinion that they are by far the best yet published of this difficult

group and not, as has been stated, difficult to make out.

Group I.’

LAMPIDES ELPIS.

Polyommatus elpis, Godt. Enc. Méth. vol. xix. p. 654 (1823).

Lampides elpis, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Cupido alecto, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348,

Kudat ; Sandakan and Elopura (Pryer) ; Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ;

Labuan (Low); Lawas (Zverett).

* Prosotas, mihi, P.Z.8. 1891, p. 366. Type P. caliginosa, mihi, from the

Solomon Is.

* I have arranged the species here according to the groups given by M. de

Nicéville in J. B. Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 365, 366 (1891).

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 531

Tam unable to say how the true alecto, Feld., differs from this

species, not having seen the type, but the specimens now before

me from Labuan, referred to that species by Mr. Herbert Druce,

are undoubtedly Z. elpis.

Mr. de Nicéville (Butl. Ind. etc. vol. ii. p. 165) appears to

have wrongly identified LZ. pseudelpis, Butler, as on examination of

the type I find that the transverse striz are arranged as in true

L. elpis, but that the lower portion of No. 1 is slightly out of line

and nearer the base ; but there are no other differences, and I quite

agree with Mr. Distant that it is a form of ZL. elpis. On the

upperside the type of ZL. pseudelpis has a faint black linear border

only.

LAMPIDES LIMES, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 16 ¢.)

3. Upperside rich shining pale blue, much like Z. swidas, Feld.,

but with the white bands of the underside showing more distinctly

through than in that species; outer margins very narrowly black

as in ZL. suidas. Underside: ground-colour rather dark grey, with

white bands arranged much as in LZ. elpis—fore wing, the 1st

and 2nd with white spots over them close to the costal margin;

the 3rd and 4th much broken, both with their upper segments out

of line and placed about halfway between the 2nd and 3rd and

3rd and 4th bands respectively ; the 4th with two white spots

above it close to the costal margin, one each side. Marginal and

submarginal bands as in JZ. elpis. Hind wing with white bands

arranged as in LZ, elpis, but more broken into segments.

Expanse 1,/; inch. Type Mus. Staud.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

L. limes is a much richer colour on the upperside than ZL. elpis,

and is, I believe, the only species of this group in which the Ist

and 2nd bands of the fore wing are continued to the costal margin

by separated white spots.

LAMPIDES VIRGULATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 17 3.)

3. Upperside much like Z. philatus, Snell., having the dull

appearance of that species, but bluer. Underside rather darker

grey than in LZ. limes, with distinct, narrow, and comparatively

straight white bands: the Ist and 2nd are parallel, and have

two small spots between them close to the costal margin; the 3rd

is very short, and extends from the costal margin to the upper

discoidal ; the 4th extends to the 2nd median nervule, and has a

small spot each side of it close to the costa; the 4th is short and

extends from the upper discoidal to the 3rd median nervule.

The remaining bands are placed asin JZ. elpis. Hind wing as in

L. elpis, but the white bands are all straighter.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin (Wahnes). Type Mus. Staud.

Although this species is much like Z. philatus on the upperside,

it is totally different on the underside. It appears to be distinct,

and I hope can be recognized from the description given above.

582 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID®. [June 18,

LAMPIDES CzRULEA. (Plate XXXII. fig. 19 2.)

Cupido cerulea, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 349, pl. xxxii. fig. 6.

Lampides cerulea, H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 2, vol. v.

p- 9 (1894).

Lampides bochides, de Nicéy. J. B. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 367,

pl. F. fig. 15.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Elopura (Pryer); Labuan (Low); 8.E.

Borneo, near Banjarmasin ( Wahnes).

Two specimens before me, which I take to be females of this

species, are paler shining blue on the upperside and the outer

margins of both wings are evenly black bordered ; the apex of the

fore wing widest. On the underside the ground-colour is paler

than the male, and the bands, which are arranged exactly as in the

male, are wider and pure white.

LAMPIDES ABDUL.

Lampides abdul, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 456, pl. xliy. fig. 22

(1886) ; Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

p- 267 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

Mr. de Nicéville states that this species belongs to this group

(Butt. Ind. ete. ii, p. 166, 1890). I have not seen a specimen.

Group II.

LAMPIDES OSIAS.

Plebeius osias, Rober, Iris, i. p. 56, pl. v. fig. 17 (1886).

Lycena amphyssina, Staud. Lep. Palawan, p. 100, t. i. fig. 4, 2

(1889).

Kudat; Labuan (Low); Sibutu (Zverett).

Dr. Staudinger has kindly sent me the types of his Z. amphyssina,

which do not differ in the slightest from ZL. ostas, which, as has

been already pointed out by Herr Semper’, must be sunk as a

synonym *.

1 Schmett. Phil. Insel. p. 179 (1889). 7

2 We possess a good series of a species belonging to this group, which I can

find nowhere described, and propose to call it L. emetallicus, sp. n.

Allied to L. amphissa, Feld., § 2. Upperside as that species. Underside :

ground-colour darker, the lines narrower and more irregular; the ground-

colour between the two submarginal zigzag lines of the fore wing distinctly

darker than the rest of the wing. Hind wing: a very small orange spot close

to the margin, just above the submedian nervure ; the black spot between the

Ist and 2nd median nervules only, crowned with orange and without any

metallic-blue scales whatever. Expanse as L. amphissa. Buatchian (Doherty).

Type Mus. Druce, also in Mus. 8. & G.

Allied to LZ. amphissa, Feld., and L. amphissina, Grose Smith *, and also to

LL. lucianus, Rober, from which latter it differs in the arrangement of the white

lines in the fore wing; but differing, so far as I know, from all others in the

absence of all metallic scales near the anal angle of the hind wing below.

= L. amphissina, Grose Smith, Novitates Zoologicx, yol. i. p. 577, 1894.

Is not this name too near to “amphyssina” to stand ?

1895.] MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 583

Group II.

LAMPIDES CELENO.

Papilio celeno, Cr. Pap. Exot. vol. i. pl. xxxi. figs. C, D (1775).

Cupido celeno, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Lampides elianus, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887), et auctores,

Labuan (Low) ; Sarawak (Everett),

Mr. de Nicéville appears to consider L. celeno, Cr., distinct from

L. elianus (Journ. B. N. H. Soe. 1891, p. 366). The types of

Mr. Herbert Druce’s LZ. agnata' are before me, and are quite indis-

tinguishable from the common form of celeno. The forms alewis,

Stoll, and conferenda, Butl., seem to be quite unknown in

Borneo*. I think that both Messrs. Distant and de Nicéville are

wrong in placing P.(=L.) malaceanus, Réber, as a synonym of

L. elianus, as the arrangement of the white bands on the hind

wing is very different, the 4th band (from the base), which in

elianus extends upwards to the 2nd median nervule, is in Herr

Réber’s figure entirely absent.

LAMPIDES OPTIMUS,

Plebeius optimus, Rober, Iris, i. p. 56, pl. iv. fig. 16 (1886).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Elopura (Pryer); Lawas (Everett) ;

Labuan (Low); Taganac I.

L. optimus scarcely differs from L. cleodus, Feld., on the upper-

side, and on the fore wing below the white bands are arranged as

in that species, but on the hind wing the 4th band (counting from

the base) does not reach the costal margin, but stops short at the

subcostal nervure. The outer margin of the hind wing of the

female on the upperside appears to be not so strongly marked as

in that sex of L. cleodus.

LAMPIDES CLEODUS.

Lycena cleodus, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 272, pl. xxxiy.

figs. 20, 21, 22 (1865).

Sandakan (Pryer).

Both sexes of this species are contained in Messrs. Godman and

Salvin’s collection, agreeing well with typical specimens.

LAMPIDES ZEBRA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 18 ¢.)

g. Upperside very pale whitish blue, shining as in ZL. cleodus,

but bluer. The apex of fore wing very slightly dusky. Hind

wing sometimes unmarked, sometimes with a blackish streak near

the anal angle. Underside: ground-colour rather dark grey, with

pure white bands arranged as in ZL. celeno in both wings, but with

the orange patch darker and much more extensive.

? Cupido agnata, Druce, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 106, pl. xvi. figs. 2-4.

* There are specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection of the

allied L. evanescens, Butl., from New Hebrides Is., which closely resemble

the form conferenda, Butl.

584 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDEH. [June 18,

Q. Upperside much like that sex of Z. cleodus, but outer

margin of fore wing generally broader brown and always without

the white lunules towards the outer angle. On the hind wing the

marginal spot in the first median interspace is often distinctly

crowned with orange. Underside as male.

Expanse ¢ 13-1,%, inch, 9 12-1} inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan (Low); Sarawak (Everett).

This is a puzzling species, and may perhaps hereafter be found

to bea form of Z. celeno, but the shining surface of the male and the

unusual orange patch on the upperside which is often present in

the female, markedly so in specimens from Kina Balu, seem to

distinguish it. Several males from Labuan have the cilia only of

the fore wing black, on the upperside.

LAMPIDES LIVIDUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 20 g.)

6. Upperside uniform pale shining blue, with a decided

pinkish tinge; cilia pale brownish. Underside pale greyish brown,

with much broken, narrow white bands, arranged somewhat as in

L. osias. Fore wing: a white band closing the end of the cell and

another beyond it, commencing below the upper discoidal nervule

and reaching the submedian nervure, missing, however, the space

between the 2nd and 3rd median nervules; two parallel white

bands from the subcostal nervure to the 2nd median nervule

beyond the middle of the wing, and below these, commencing

between them and running to the submedian nervure, another

white band; two rows of indistinct parallel submarginal whitish

lunules, and an anticiliary whitish line. Hind wing: bands and

spots arranged much as in Z. osias, but the submarginal row of

sagittate markings (which in that species are black) scarcely

definable, and but slightly darker than the ground-colour of the

wing.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Labuan (Low).

In shape this species differs from all others described by the

much more elongate fore wing, the costa being longer, the apex

more produced, and the inner margin shorter.

The type specimen, which is in Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s

collection, is unique.

LAMPIDES ARATUS.

Papilio aratus, Cr. Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pl. ecclxv. figs. a, b (1782).

Kina Balu ( Watersir.); Sandakan (Pryer).

3. Quite typical. Female with brown outer marginal border

to fore wing broader than the usual form from Amboina.

LAMPIDES ADANA.

Cupido adana, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 349.

Labuan (Low).

This is a very doubtful species, the male being indistinguishable

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, 585

from that sex of Z. aratus. It may perhaps be distinguished from

that species by its female, which has the brown outer margin

much broader and the hind wing brown with bluish scales and

hairs at the base. The females were referred by Mr. Herbert

Druce (P. Z. S. 1873, p. 348) to L. aratus. The P. (=L.) snelleni,

var. batjanensis, Rober (‘ Iris,’ i. p. 55, pl. iv. fig. 109), is contained

in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and is identical on

both surfaces with the females of Z. adana’.

TuHysonotis, Hiibn.

THYSONOTIS SCHAEFFERA,

Lycena schaeffera, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 216, t. 5, fig. 25,

a, b (1821).

Cupido scheffera, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Labuan (Low).

The specimens obtained by Low are the only representatives 1

have seen from Borneo *.

Catocurysors, Boisd.

CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO.

Hesperia strabo, Fab. Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 287 (1793).

Catochrysops strabo, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer) ; Labuan (Low); 8.E. Borneo, near Banjar-

masin ( Wahnes).

CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS.

Hesperia cnejus, Fab. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 480 (1798).

Cupido enejus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low).

CATOCHRYSOPS PANDAVA.

Lycena pandava, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 84 (1829).

Kudat. Mus. Druce.

One female of the wet-season form.

Tarucus, Moore.

TARUCUS WATERSTRADTI, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 21 9.)

3. Upperside much like 7. theophrastus, Fab., 2, but with the

1 Mr. Grose Smith has lately referred a male from Humboldt Bay to LZ. bat-

janensis, Rober, with some doubt (‘ Novitates Zoologice,’ vol. i. p. 578, 1894).

It is doubtless, as he states, allied to L. amphissa, Feld., but has nothing to do

with L. batjanensis.

2 Unfortunately the figures of the neuration of this genus given by me on

plate xlvii. P. Z. S. 1893 are useless, having been incorrectly drawn from the

bleached wings by the artist ; the first subcostal nervule has been omitted and

the costal nervure drawn much too long, its extremity as shown being really

part of the first subcostal.

586°. MR. H, H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. [June 18,

blue area of the fore wing reaching to the outer marginal brown

border. Underside perhaps nearest to 7’. venosus, Moore. Fore

wing: basal streak shorter and much broader, and extending down

to the submedian nervure, the streak beyond broader and placed

at a greater angle, the spots beyond the middle more in line, the

submarginal row distinctly separated, and the marginal row

smaller. Hind wing: a broad basal streak from just below the

costal margin to the anal angle ; a broad streak beyond, also from

the costal to the anal margin ; then a series of spots as in 7’, venosus,

which are more inclined to run parallel with the streaks; then a

submarginal row of large distinct spots followed by a marginal row

of small spots, the three upper being simply dots, the three lower

gradually increasing towards the anal angle and dusted thickly

with metallic green scales. The ground-colour of both wings is

slightly tinged with yellowish and all the markings are black; the

cilia of both wings black.

Expanse 1,}, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.

T. waterstradti presents such differences on the underside from

the Indian species, that I feel sure it is distinct.

TARUCUS PLINIUS.

Hesperia plinius, Fab. Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 284 (1793).

Lawas (Everett).

We possess one male obtained by Mr. Everett, which differs

from Indian specimens by having broad and regular brown outer

margins to both wings on the upperside, but is identical below.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection also contains this form

from Minahassa.

Castatius, Hiibn.

CaSTALIUS ROSIMON.

Papilio rosimon, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 523 (1775).

Borneo ( Wahnes).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me this species, but the precise locality

is not noted. It probably came from the neighbourhood of

Labuan or from the S.E. of Borneo.

CaSTALIUS ETHION.

Lycena ethion, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. vol. ii. p. 490,

pl. Ixxvi. fig. 3 (1852).

Castalius ethion, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low, Wahnes, and Waterstr.) ;

Lawas ; Sarawak (LZverett).

CASTALIUS ELNA.

(1876).

Lycena elna, Hew. Exot. Butt. vol. vy. Lycena, pl. i. fig. 8

Ee i ed ee CM

1895.) MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDH, 587

Cupido roxus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348 (nec Godt.).

Lycena elerna, Staud. MS.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Elopura (Pryer); Labuan ( Wahnes and

Low).

The spots and bands vary in size and connections in the speci-

mens before me, as noted by Mr. de Nicéville in Andaman

examples.

CasSTALIUS ROXUS.

Polyommatus roxus, Godt. Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 659 (1823).

Lawas (Lverett).

We possess a single female obtained by Mr. Everett, which is my

only authority for including the species here. C. rovus is stated

by Felder and also by Mr. Doherty to have a short white band at

the base of the costa on the underside of the hind wing, and is so

figured by Mr. Distant in Rhop. Malay., but in all the specimens

of C. roxus that I have examined the white streak is present in the

fore wing only.

Potyommarts, Latr.

PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. vol. i. p. 789 (1767).

Polyommatus beeticus, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr., 1200-1500 m.); Sandakan (Pryer).

Amerypoptia, Horsf.

AMBLYPODIA NARADA.

Amblypodia narada, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 98, pl. i. fig. 8

(1829).

Sarawak.

A single male is contained in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s

collection.

AMBLYPODIA ANITA.

Amblypodia anita, Hew. Cat. Lycen. B. M. p. 14, pl. viii. figs. 90,

91 (1862).

Trusan (Everett); Labuan (Low).

Iraora, Moore.

TRaoOTA ROCHANA.

Amblypodia rochana, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 108 (1829).

Deudorix timoleon, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 352 (nec Stoll).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Zow and Mus. Staud.).

A female sent by Dr. Staudinger measures 2;), inches. I also

quite fail to see how Mr. Distant’s J. boswelliana differs from this

- species.

588 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDZ. [June 18,

Iraora nua. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 13.)

Traota nila, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 462, pl. xliv. fig. 24 9

(1886) ; de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete. ii. p. 217 (1890).

3. Upperside very dark uniform purplish black; inner margin

of fore wing pale brown. Both wings sparingly dusted between

the nervules on the discs with bright green scales which change

to blue in some lights. Thorax and abdomen black, covered with

greenish hairs. Two tails of about equal length, tipped with

white, one on the submedian nervure, the other on the first

median nervule. Underside as male.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

I have received several females from Kina Balu, which agree

well with Mr. Distant’s figure of the underside, but the outer

margins above are very narrowly black, and the male described

above which is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. The male agrees in

neuration with the male Jraota, and has four subcostal nervules

like it, whilst the female has but three. The lower discoidal

nervule in both sexes originates from the upper discoidal, and in

Mr. Distant’s figure is incorrectly drawn, as also are the antenne.

As has been pointed out by Mr. de Nicéville, the name nila has

already been used for a species of this genus by Kollar ; but as his

name is a synonym of J. timoleon, Stoll, it may be used for

Mr. Distant’s species.

ScurEnpDRA, Moore.

SURENDRA PALOWNA.

Amblypodia palowna, Staud. Iris, 11. p. 131 (1889).

Amblypodia anisena, Druce (nee Hew.), P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 354.

Kina Balu (Everett); Borneo (Low).

I have compared these specimens with the type of Dr. Stand-

inger’s A. palowna from the island of Palawan, and find that they

are identical. A. palowna can be distinguished from A. amisena,

Hew., by the hind wing being notched only, in both sexes—

A, amisena possessing one tail in the male and two in the female.

The underside of the hind wing in A. amisena is thickly sprinkled

with green scales towards the anal angle, whilst in A. palowna

these scales are generally entirely absent. I am inclined to think,

however, that when a larger series of these butterflies can be

examined, these characters will be found to be insufficient to distin-

guish the two species individually or from Horsfield’s A. vwarna

from Java.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess one female, obtained by

Mr. Low, on which the purple gloss is entirely absent.

ARHOPALA, Boisd.

All the species here included have, with the exception of the

well-known A. centaurus, Fab., and A. apidanus, Cr., been care-

fully compared with the actual type specimens, and besides these .

1895. ] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID®. 589

there are in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s and our own collection

about a dozen species which I am unable to determine; but as

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker is at present engaged on a monograph

of the whole genus, I have thought it better to include only those

species which I can identify with absolute certainty. Besides

these unidentified species, most of which are probably undescribed,

there are doubtless many new forms from Kina Balu. Mr. Herbert

Druce recorded four species in his paper in P. Z. S. 1873, pp. 353,

354, viz. A. adatha, Hew., A. amphimuta, Feld., A. hypomuta,

Hew., and A. lycenaria, Hew., which I do not include, as I find

that the specimens, which in some cases are not labelled with the

names, cannot be referred to these species.

ARHOPALA CENTAURUS,

Papilio centaurus, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 520 (1775).

Amblypodia nakula, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Narathura centaurus, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 269 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

ARHOPALA AGNIS.

Arhopala agnis, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 228 (1865).

Amblypodia anarte, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353,

Labuan (Low).

There are two males in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection

which are identical with Felder’s type; also a female which was re-

ferred to A. anarte by Mr. Herbert Druce.

ARHOPALA AMPHBA,

Arhopala amphea, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 234, pl. xxix.

fig. 19 (1865).

Amblypolia abseus, Druce, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 353.

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

Bornean specimens agree well with Philippine Island specimens,

and if A. amphea is considered distinct must stand under that

nae.

ARHOPALA ATOSIA ?

Amblypodia atosia, Hew. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 8,

9 (1863).

Amblypodia atosia, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Labuan (Low); Borneo (Mus. Druce, ex Rev. R. Murray’s collec-

tion).

All the Bornean specimens before me are identical with Hewit-

son’s type on both surfaces, but are without the tails, so that I

place them under this name with considerable doubt. Mr. de

Nicéville’s figure of A. atosia, Hew. (Butt. Ind. ete. iii. frontis-

piece, fig. 138, 1890), is very little like Hewitson’s type, as on the

. upperside it appears to be rich purple, while A. atosiu is lilac-blue,

590 MR, H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDZ. [June 18,

and on the underside is much less distinctly marked than his

figure shows.

ARHOPALA AROA,.

Amblypodia aroa, Hew. Ul. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 13

(1863).

Trusan (Everett).

A single male in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, which

differs only from Hewitson’s type from Sumatra by the bands on

the underside being slightly wider, and by the metallic patch near

the anal angle being composed of blue in place of green scales.

ARHOPALA PRYERI.

Narathura pryeri, Butl. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 121.

Sandakan (Pryer) ; Sarawak (Zverett).

Mr. Bethune-Baker will probably tell us to which species this

is most nearly allied if it should prove to be a distinct one. It is

certainly not closely allied to A. amphimuta, Feld., as stated by

Dr. Butler, as that species belongs to the tailless group and

NV. pryert to the tailed, as an examination of the type proves.

ARHOPALA ALLATA.

Amblypodia allata, Stgr. Iris, ii. p. 125, pl. ii. fig. 1, 9 (1889).

Labuan (Low).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess a male which differs only

from Dr. Staudinger’s type, ¢, by the dark brown borders on the

upperside being rather narrower.

ARHOPALA ACHELOUS.

Amblypodia achelous, Hew. Cat. Lyc. B. M. p. 7, pl. v. figs. 47,

48 (1862); Druce, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 354.

Labuan (Low).

ARHOPALA ANUNDA.

Amblypodia anunda, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 14a, pl. 11la,

fig. 32 (1869). ;

Amblypodia anuda, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 354.

Labuan (Low).

ARHOPALA ELOPURA.

Arhopala elopura, H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 2, vol. v.

p- 9 (1894).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Elopura (Pryer). Types Mus. Druce.

Taken by Mr. Pryer in March. Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s

collection also contains a male.

ARHOPALA APIDANUS.

Papilio apidanus, Cr. Pap. Ex. vol. ii. pl. exxxvii. figs. F,@ (1777).

Amblypodia aphidanus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873.

_ Labuan (Low); Lawas (Everett).

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDX. 591

ARHOPALA OLINDA.

Amblypodia olinda, Druce, P. Z.8. 1878, p. 354, pl. xxxiii. fig.5, 2.

Amblypodia buxtoni, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. Supp. p. 22,

pl. viii. figs. 68, 69, 2 (1878).

Narathura buxtoni, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 269 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

On comparing the type (a female) of A. olinda with that of

A. buwxtoni, I find that they cannot be separated, and as Hewit-

son’s species was described some five years later than Mr. Herbert

Druce’s, A. olinda is the name by which the insect should be

known. The figure given in the P. Z.S. is not a good one, as it

shows an equally broad brown marginal border to both wings;

this, however, is not so, as in the fore wing the apex is rather

broadly brown and in the hind wing the blue area extends nearly

to the outer margin. The type of A. olinda is now in Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s collection.

ARHOPALA CHCA,

Amblypodia ceca, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 14, pl. iv. fig. 28

(1863).

Sarawak (Hew.).

This species is known to me only by the type in the Hewitson

collection.

ARHOPALA AURBA.

Amblypodia aurea, Hew. Cat. Lyc. B. M. p. 8, pl. viii. figs. 87,

88 (1862); Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Sarawak (Hew.); Labuan (Low).

ARHOPALA FARQUHARI.

Narathura farquhari, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 264, pl. xxiii.

fig. 3, 5g (1885).

Arhopala farquhari, de Nicéy. Butt. Ind. ete. ii. p. 264 (1890).

S.E. Borneo.

I include this species here on the authority of Mr. Doherty,

not having seen a specimen from Borneo. Messrs. Godman

and Salvin possess examples from Malacca, Sumatra, and the

Philippine Is.

ARHOPALA HORSFIELDI.

Amblypodia horsfieldi, Pagenstr. Beit. Lep. Faun. Malay. Arch,

vi. p. 15 (1890).

Arhopala basiviridis, de Nicéy. J. B. N. H. Soc. 1891, p. 373,

pl. G. fig. 22, 3.

Borneo.

Mr. de Nicéville records this insect from Borneo, whence it was

also obtained by Mr. Doherty. Dr. Pagenstecher describes it from

Eastern Java.

592 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

ARHOPALA ANNIELLA.

Amplypodia anniella, Hew. Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 10, pl. viii.

figs. 83, 84 (1862); Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low).

Bornean specimens agree well with Hewitson’s type from

Singapore.

ARHOPALA AGESIAS.

Amblypodia agesias, Hew. Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 11, pl. vi. figs. 55,

56, 2 (1862).

Sandakan (Pryer).

Several specimens agreeing well with the type.

Var. KINABALA, nov.

Differs from the type by being generally larger and with the

spots on the underside larger and darker and with an additional

spot on the costa of the fore wing.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Labuan (Low).

This may prove to be a distinct species, but for the present I

do not think it advisable to treat it as such.

ARHOPALA SIMILIS, sp. n.

Amplypodia agesias, var. a, Hew.

3 Q. Allied to A. agesias, Hew. Upperside much the same.

Underside differs by the fore wing being entirely without the

discal band of spots which is placed beyond the end of the cell.

Sandakan (Pryer). Mus. G. & S. and Druce.

Mr. de Nicéville has recorded this species from Selangor in the

Malay Peninsula. It is probably quite distinct from A. agesias

and has been received in about equal numbers. Hewitson describes

A. agesias as possessing four spots in the discal band of the fore

wing, but counting from the commencement on the costa there

are seven or eight, the lowest sometimes being obsolete.

ARHOPALA MYRTALE,

Amblypodia myrtale, Staud. Iris, i. p. 126, pl. i. fig. 16, ¢ (1889).

Sandakan and Elopura (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

I have before me several specimens which agree well with

Dr. Staudinger’s type (and figure) from Palawan.

ARHOPALA AMPHIMUTA,

Amblypodia amphimuta, Feld. Wien. ent. Monat. vol. iv. p. 396

1860).

Narathura amphimuta, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol, xix. p. 269 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

Included here on the authority of Messrs. Distant and Pryer,

as I have not seen a Bornean specimen which agrees exactly with

Felder’s type.

1895.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNID®. 593

. ARHOPALA ANTIMUTA.

Arhopala antimuta, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. vol. ii. p. 233 (1865).

Arhopala davisoni, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p, 280, frontis-

piece, fig. 135, ¢ (1890).

Sandakan and Elopura (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

I have been able to examine the type of A. antimuta in the

Felder collection, and find that A. davisoni is identical with it. It

is entirely without the large round patch of scales described by

Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 277), but not by Felder, as

belonging to it. Mr. de Nicéville appears to have confounded

the species which I have doubtfully referred to A. atosia, Hew.,

with A. antimuta, but an examination of Felder’s type proves

that this is incorrect. The blue colour of the type and only

specimen in the Felder collection is quite dark, much as in A. aroa,

but darker, whilst the specimens he probably refers to are quite a

different colour. Mr. H. J. Elwes records it from Borneo (P. Z.S.

1892, p. 633) 4

ARHOPALA ALACONIA.

Amblypodia alaconia, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 14, pl. iiic.

figs. 52, 53 (1869); Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Labuan (Low).

Below will be found described what I believe to be a new species

of the genus Mahathala, Moore’.

ARHOPALA BPIMUTA.

Amblypodia epimuta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. p. 42 (1857).

Borneo (Low).

1 Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains a single specimen of

A, inornata, Feld., from the Philippine Is., which I have compared with Felder’s

type. The figure is a fairly good one, and anyone possessing the species should

have no difficulty in recognizing it on account of its unusual shape. ‘The bind

wing below is entirely without any metallic scales at the anal angle. It is

apparently a rare species, as the specimen here mentioned is recorded for

the first time since it was described.

? MAHATHALA GONE, sp. n.

Allied to M, ameria, Hew. Upperside dark purple-blue with much broader

black margins; cilia, tails, and anal fold of hind wing buff-colour. Underside—

fore wing dull greyish brown with pale bars and markings arranged as in

M. ameria, but with the ultra-median band wider, straighter, and not angled on

the costa as in that species: hind wing uniform dull yellowish stone-colour,

sprinkled with minute black dots, generally largest on the nervules; two dull

Back irregular spots in line near the base just below the median nervure, the

largest at the origin of first median nervule. A few patches of pale reddish

scales, thickest near the base. Head, thorax, and abdomen black above, yel-

lowish beneath. Antenne black.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Mongolia. Type Mus. G. & 8.

The type specimen, which was formerly in Mr. Druce’s collection, is unique.

and differs so much from all specimens I have seen of M. ameria that I feel

Sure it is another species. 1 cannot determine to which sex the specimen

described belongs.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XX XVIII. 38

594 MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. [June 18,

Mr. Moore’s type is now in the British. Museum Collection.

Mr. Bethune-Baker will doubtless decide whether the insects from

India afterwards described by Hewitson in the British Museum

Catalogue as A. epimuta are identical with the type.

Curetis, Hiibn.

Mr. de Nicéville has expressed the opinion that there are but

two species of this genus occurring within Indian limits (Butt.

Ind. ete. vol. iii. p. 285), and later (p. 291) that C. esopus is a

distinct connecting link between these two. In arranging the

Bornean species I have found the same difficulty in pairing the

females as he mentions with regard to those from India. So faras

I can ascertain, the ochreous-coloured female is the only form that

is found in Borneo, as I have not come across a single white one.

CURETIS TAGALICA.

Anops tagalica, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 221, pl. xxviii.

figs. 19, 20 (1865).

Curetis tagalica, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Labuan (Low). ;

C. tagalica is scarcely distinguishable from C. phedrus, Fab., on

the upperside, but on the underside Bornean specimens are

usually very strongly suffused with blackish brown.

CURETIS NESOPHILA.

Phedra nesophila, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 289 (1862).

Curetis barsine, Druce, P. Z.S, 1873, p. 353 (nec Feld.).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.) ; Sarawak (Platen) ; Labuan (Low,

Waterstr., and Wahines).

In C. nesophila the cupreous red does not extend above the

subcostal nervure in the fore wing except just at the base.

Mr. Herbert Druce referred these specimens to C. barsine, Feld.,

from Amboina, which has a female with white spots on the discs ;

but as there appears to be no evidence of any white females

occurring in Borneo, I think it better to place them under

P. nesophila.

CURETIS MINIMA.

Curetis minima, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 265 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryev).

I have not seen this species, which is described as being near to

C. insularis, Horsf., from Java.

CURETIS ZSOPUS,

Papilio esopus, Fab. Sp. Ins, vol. ii. p. 125 (1781).

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Labuan (Waterstr. and Wahnes); S.E.

Borneo, near Banjarmasin ( Wahnes).

1895. ] MR. H. H, DRUCB ON BORNEAN LYC-ENID2. a9

The specimens before me vary as to the extent of cupreous red

above the subcostal nervure in the hind wing. In some examples

the outer half only of the costal margin is narrowly brown, in

others the whole margin is broadly brown from the base. Between

these two forms are all intermediates.

CURETIS MALAYIOA.

Amops malayica, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 221, pl. xxvii.

fig. 18 (1865).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin ( Wahnes).

A female from Kina Balu has the costal margin of the hind

wing very pale, almost white.

Inerpa, Doubl.

IDERDA KIANA,

Sithon kiana, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6.

vol. ii. p. 317 (1889); Whitehead, Kina Balu, p,. #48, pl. xx.

figs. 7, 8 (1893).

Kina Balu (Everett, Whitehead, Waterstradt).

The apparent likeness of the underside of this Butterfly to species

of the genus J/erda led me to carefully examine its neuration, and

on bleaching specimens of both sexes I find that the neuration is

exactly the same as in J. epicles, Godt. It agrees also in the

form of the antenne and in the absence of any secondary sexual

characters ; the only difference that I can detect is that the terminal

joint of the palpus is slightly longer than in J. epicles. It has

been received in some numbers from Kina Balu, and is remarkably

different from any other species of the genus. Both sexes are

much alike, the female having a rather less extensive and greyer

blue anal patch with larger black spots. Mr. Grose Smith has

kindly shown me his type.

Dacatana, Moore.

DACALANA VIDURA.

Amblypodia vidura, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. p, 115 (1829)'.

Tolaus vidura, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Dacalana vidura, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol, xix. p. 268 (1887).

Sandakan ; Elopura (Pryer); Trusan (Hverett); Labuan (Zow) ;

S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin ( Wahnes).

The white band crossing the wings on the underside varies

somewhat in width in Bornean specimens as it does in Javan.

1 Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess a male Dacalana burmana, Moore,

collected in Burmah by Hume, which agrees in venation exactly with D. vidura,

Indeed it is very doubtful if D. burmana can claim specific rank from that

species; the upperside is certainly a darker blue colour, but the characters

given for the underside are valueless. Mr. H. J. Elwes gives it as a synonym

in his paper in the P. Z.S. 1892, on Butterflies collected by Mr. Doherty in

the Naga and Karen hills and Perak,

38*

596 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHENIDZ. ([Junel8,

ARRHENOTHRIX, de Nicév.

It is with much pleasure that I am able to add another species

to this interesting genus ; I have carefully examined the specimen

and find that it agrees exactly in venation with A. penicilligera,

de Nicéy.,—thus proving that Dacalana and Arrhenothri are found

flying together.

ARRHENOTHRIX LOWII, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2 ¢.)

3. Upperside much like A. penicilliyera, but of a much duller

and more purple shade of blue; the apex and outer margin of

fore wing considerably less broadly black. The outer margins of

both wings, especially that of the hind wing, much more convex

than in A, penicilligera.. The whitish tuft of hairs covering the

brown patch on the fore wing as in A. penicilligera. Underside

differs from that species in the more russet-brown colour and by

the complete absence of the conspicuous white band which crosses

both wings. The lobe also is smaller and the tails shorter and

more slender, especially that one on the submedian neryure, which

is scarcely half the length of the corresponding tail on A. peni-

cilligera.

Expanse 13 inch.

Labuan (Low).

The type of this species, and the only specimen known to me, is

in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. A glance at the under-

side will at once distinguish this from its congener.

Pravapa, Moore.

PRATAPA LUCIDUS, sp.u. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 3 ¢.)

Iolaus cippus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

3. Closely allied to P. cippus, Fab. Differs on the underside

by the entire absence of the linear band, excepting over the orange

patch at the anal angle of the hind wing, where it is present but

very narrow. The black spots are smaller, and the orange patch

is darker and not divided as in P. cippus.

Expanse as P. cippus.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.). Type Mus. G. & 8S.

The specimens before me show no variation. Messrs. Godman

and Salvin’s collection also contains this species from Sumatra.

PRATAPA SANNIO, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 15 ¢.)

go. Allied to P. anysis, Hew. Upperside much the same, but

with the shining surface on the hind wing extending further down

towards the apex. Underside differs from P. anysis by the band

which crosses both wings being narrow and more sordid white, by

the shining surface along the inner margin of the fore wing being

blacker, and by the broken black line in the hind wing being more

curved outwardly towards the apex and more inclined to be semi-

1895. | MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID2. 597

circular oyer the orange patch, which is rather less extensive.

The spot on the lobe, which in P. anysis is completely black, is

faintly crowned with orange. The shape of the hind wing is

entirely different, it being less produced at the costal and anal

extremities and the outer margin much more rounded. Tuft of

hairs on inner margin of fore wing dark brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Sandakan (Pryer). Type Mus. G. & 8.

Allied to P, anysis, Hew., and P. cremera, de Nicéy., but has a

much narrower band below, besides other differences pointed out

in the description *.

PRATAPA DEVANA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII, fig. 4 ¢,5 9.)

Tolaus devana, Staud. MS.

Allied to P. deva, Moore.

g. Upperside very pale shining blue, palest on the dise of the

fore wing; apical half and outer margin of fore wing and costal

margin and apex of hind wing dark greyish brown; an outer-

marginal row of more or less distinct dark brown spots on the

hind wing, and a black anteciliary line; the shining patch is

large and prominent, spreading all over the cell, and centred by a

deep black patch of differently placed scales resting on the sub-

costal nervure ; an orange spot in the lobe; anal fold greyish

white. Underside differs from P. deva by being of a more pinkish

tinge, with the linear band which crosses both wings more distinct,

less broken, and placed closer to the outer margins; the orange

patch surrounding the upper black spot on the margin much more

extensive. The tuft of hairs on inner margin of fore wing jet-

black. Abdomen and thorax blue above, whitish below.

2. Upperside pale lavender-blue, paler on the discs of the

fore wing, more extensive than in the male; apex and outer

margin of fore wing and apex of hind wing greyish brown; a

distinct black streak almost closing the cell of the fore wing, and

an outer-marginal row of black spots on the hind wing. Under-

side as male, with a faint mark closing the cell of the fore wing,

caused by the black mark on the upperside.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 13 inch.

Kina Balu and Labuan ( Waterstr.). Types Mus. Staud.

P. devana is by far the palest coloured species in the genus,

being paler than the female P. cotys, Hew. It is a very distinct

species, and the black mark closing the cell of the fore wing in

the female is quite unusual.

1 Mr. H. J. Elwes has lately remarked (P. Z.S. 1892, p. 637) that the

tuft of hairs on the margin below is absent in C. cotys, whilst Mr. de Nicéville

(Butt. Ind. ete. vol. iii. p. 348) states that the tuft of hairs in C, anysis is

black instead of dark brown in C. cotys. Specimens of C. cotys that I have

examined from Darjeeling certainly have the usual tuft, while in a specimen

of C. anysis from the Philippines in Messrs, Godman and Salvin’s collection the

tuft is dark brown as in C. cotys.

598 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDE. [June 18,

PRATAPA CALCULIS, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 6 ¢,7 2-)

3. Upperside brilliant deep blue, colour of P. deva, Moore.

Fore wing—apex from beyond the cell black, gradually narrowing

towards outer angle; a short black line partially closing the cell

from the subcostal nervule. Hind wing—costal margin and apex

rather narrowly black; the brown shining patch more extensive

than in P. deva, reaching below the median nervure, with its outer

edge straight and clearly defined, and with the darker central

patch almost obsolete and placed above the subcostal nervure ;

anal fold greyish brown; a black anteciliary line from apex to

anal angle; cilia black, whitish near the tails, which are black

bordered and tipped with white ; lobe orange, with a few metallic

scales. Underside much like that of Tajuria iseus, Hew., but

the ground-colour darker and the common linear band placed

closer to the outer margins; a broad orange streak on the costa of

fore wing close to the base. The black spots and orange patch at

anal angle of hind wing are just as in 7’. iseus; tuft of hairs on

inner margin cream-colour.

Q@. Upperside pale lavender-blue with paler brown margins;

the nervules dusted with brownish. Underside as male, but

orange streak on costa of fore wing less conspicuous.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 12 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

This is a very distinct species, not closely allied to any with

which I am acquainted. The types are in Dr. Staudinger’s

collection.

Apunzus, Hiibn.

APHN EUS SYAMA,

Amblypodia syama, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 107 (1829).

The ground-colour of the underside of all the Bornean specimens

I have examined is darker than the typical Javan form. Specimens

having the bands red occur, as also those with the bands black.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Ab. FRIGIDUS.

Aphneus frigidus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 18738, p. 350, pl. xxxii.

fig. 10.

I feel certain that the species described as above cannot hold

good, but that it is simply an aberration of the well-known A. syama,

On the underside of the left fore wing the 3rd band (counting

from the base) is represented by a spot on the costa, whilst on

the right fore wing the 3rd and 4th bands are both represented in

a like manner. Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess a specimen

in which the 8rd and 4th bands have entirely disappeared; also

another, in which the 3rd band is well developed and has attached

to it the lower portion of the 4th band, the upper part of which

is wanting. The hind wing of typical A. fragidus also appears

quite different from A. syama, the 3rd hand being replaced by a

1895.] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 599

large spot. on the costa; but one of the specimens referred to

above has this spot much smaller, whilst the other has the spot

and below it the band which is bent inwards just under the spot

and becomes partially amalgamated with the 2nd band.

It is curious that A. syama should show such great variation in

Borneo. In Continental India it varies much in the ground-colour,

but I have seen no specimens at all approaching these, neither does

Mr. de Nicéville mention any. Mr. Herbert Druce did not give

A. syama in his list; probably they were received after it was

published.

APHNZUS LOHITA.

Amblypodia lohita, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 106 (1829).

Kina Balu and Labuan ( Waterstr.).

A, lohita does not appear to have been obtained by Low, but

Dr. Staudinger has received it in considerable numbers—one large

female from Kina Balu measuring 1,5, inch.

APHNZUS VIXINGA.

Aphneus vivinga, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 39 (1875).

Borneo (Low).

This is a large and distinct species known to me only by

the type. The ground-colour of the underside is very dark, and

the silver spots are quite different from the other two Bornean

representatives of the genus.

Tasuria, Moore.

All the species here included in this genus have three subcostal

nervules in the fore wing and are without any secondary sexual

characters.

TAJURIA JALINDRA.

Amblypodia jalindra, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 109 (1829).

Sithon jalindra, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 352.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

TAaJURIA MACULATUS.

Tolaus maculatus, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 47, pl. xxi.

figs. 29, 30 (1865).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

T. maculatus is, I believe, recorded here for the first time out of

India, where it occurs in Sikkim and Assam.

TAJURIA LONGINUS.

Hesperia longinus, Fab. Ent. Syst. Suppl. vol. v. p. 430 (1798).

Hab, Sarawak (Mus. Druce).

__ We possess a single male specimen, which is my only authority

for including this well-known species,

600 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

TAJURIA DOMINUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 12 ¢.)

do. Upperside brilliant shining cerulean blue, much like P.

cleobis, Godt., but more opalescent; fore wing with the apex

broadly black and with a quadrate black “ sexual mark ” occupying

rather more than the outer half of the cell; hind wing—costal

margin greyish, darker towards the apex, which is black. Under-

side differs from P. cleobis by the ground-colour being darker, the

linear band being placed closer in, the black spots at the anal angle

being much larger, and the yellow being much more extensive and

confluent. The patch between the spots is dusted with metallic

scales.

Expanse 12 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

T. dominus is allied to JT. melastigma', de Nicév., but in that

species the “ sexual mark” is placed beyond the cell. It is also

much like 7’. cleoboides*, Elwes, which is described as possessing

only two subcostal nervules to the fore wing, whilst 7. dominus

has three. Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess a specimen, which

I believe to be referable to 7. dominus, which differs only from

the type on the underside by the black spots being smaller and the

yellow less extensive ; it is labelled “ Burmah.”

TAJURIA MANTRA,

Myrina mantra, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. vol. ii. p. 238, pl. xxx.

fig. 14 (1865).

Tolaus mantra, Druce, P. Z. 8. 18738, p. 351.

Tolaus cyrinus, Staud. MS.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low).

T. mantra is a common insect in Borneo.

TASURIA CYRUS, sp. un. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 10 g,11 9.)

Tolaus cyrus, Staud. MS.

g. Allied to 7. mantra, Felder, but larger, and the outer

margin of fore wing convex. Upperside blue, slightly paler,

without the opalescence, and more extensive in both wings; a

black spot in the lobe crowned with orange. Underside differs

from that of 7. mantra g by the ground being much paler, by the

linear band of the fore wing being narrower and indistinct, by the

-inner margin of the fore wing being broadly white for nearly its

whole length, and by the orange patches at the anal angle of the

hind wing being of a deeper shade.

Q. Differs from the male by the blue being of a slightly paler

shade and considerably more extensive in the fore wing; the black

1 T. melastigma, de Nicév,. P. Z. 8. 1887, pl. xl. fig. 1.

2 T. cleoboides, Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 637, pl. xliv. figs. 4, 5.

T. melastigma is described as having the “sexual mark” shining black, but in

the figure it is shown as pale brown, much the colour of the underside. T. cleo-

boides is described as having “‘a large round velvet patch free from blue scales

in the cell of the fore wing”—presumably a black patch; but this does not

appear in the figure of the insect,

1895.] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 601

spot in the lobe and the orange crowning it are both larger.

Underside as male, but inner margin of fore wing not so distinctly

white and the linear band of fore wing more prominent.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 2 inches.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

This is a fine and, I believe, quite distinct species, which should

be easily recognized.

_ TasuRia TUSSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXITI. figs.8 g,9 9.)

3g. Pale blue, much the colour of 7. isews, Hew. Differing

from that species by the apical half of the fore wing being black,

the black apex extending from just beyond the cell to the outer

angle. The underside differs from 7’. iseus by the common linear

band being placed nearer to the margins, by having a pale orange

streak at the base of the costa on the fore wing, and by the orange

at the anal angle being darker.

Q. Upperside dull violaceous blue, more extensive in the fore

wing than in male ; hind wing with the nervules brown and with

a marginal row of ill-defined brown spots. Underside as male, but

the costal streak but slightly ochreous and barely discernible,

whilst the linear bands appear to be further in.

Expanse, ¢ 1,3, inch, 9 12 inch.

Labuan ( Waterstr.).

The types of this species are the only specimens I have seen

and belong to Dr. Staudinger. I do not feel quite certain that the

female here described belongs to the male, as the linear band is

placed somewhat further in—it is not, however, anything like so

far in as in T. iseus.

TAJURIA ISEUS.

Tolaus isceus, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 44, pl. xix. figs. 13, 14

(1865).

Sarawak (Hew.).

Hewitson is my only authority for including this species.

Mr. H. J. Elwes has lately pointed out* that 7. relata, Distant,

is conspecific with 7’. iseus, and after an examination of the type

3 kindly sent me by Dr. Staudinger, I am able to confirm this

statement—it is identical with Hewitson’s species.

TAJURIA CATO, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 13 ¢,14 9.)

é. Upperside bright blue, brighter and darker than in 7. mantra

and somewhat differently placed—in the fore wing there being

less in the cell and more in the first median interspace, and in the

hind wing more extensive ; apex and outer margin black, with a

large inconspicuous black patch of differently placed scales

occupying more than the upper half of the cell in the fore wing.

Anal fold dark greyish ; lobe with a black spot dusted with a few

metallic scales, but no orange. Tails black, tipped with white, the

lower with bluish cilia. Underside rich dark reddish brown, with

1 P. Z. 8, 1892, p. 637,

602 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

a common, straight, dark red linear band outwardly edged with

white, angled towards anal margin of hind wing; inner margin

of fore wing paler greyish brown. The cells of both wings are

closed by faint marks caused apparently by appressions. Hind

wing—a large black spot crowned by metallic-blue scales occupying

the whole of the lobe, above that from the submedian nervure to

the third median nervule a large greyish patch thickly dusted with

black scales, and resting on this between the first and second

median nervules a rather small black spot crowned with dark red.

Thorax and abdomen bluish above, dark buff below. Head brown ;

antenne black, ringed with white. All the legs black, spotted with

pale buff. Cilia on both surfaces cupreous brown, except at anal

angle, where it is greyish.

2. Upperside paler and more lavender-blue; the blue more

extensive in the fore wing and reaching beyond the end of the

cell, at which there is a white spot; the black spot in the lobe is

faintly crowned with orange scales. Underside as male but paler.

Expanse, ¢ 9,13 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

This is a beautiful species, not closely allied to any other. The

distinctly spotted legs are quite unusual in the mantra group. The

types belong to Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

TAJURIA TRAVANA,

Myrina travana, Hew. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 38, pl. xvii.

fig. 59, 60 (1865).

Sithon travana, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 352.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.) ; Sandakan (Pryer) ; Labuan (Low). ©

Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. India, iii. p. 38, 1890) is of opinion that

this species should be treated as a local race only of 7’. yangala,

Horsf.

Two females of 7. jangala, Horsf., in Messrs. Godman and

Salvin’s collection are entirely brown on the upperside.

TASJURIA DONATANA, de Nicéy.

Tajuria donatana, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lvii. p. 287, pl. xiv.

fig.5 (1888); Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 382, pl. xxv. fig. 154, $ (1890),

Labuan (Low).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains a single male

specimen of this species, which differs only from the figure (no. 154,

Butt. India, iii.) by the black spot in first median interspace on

the underside of hind wing being somewhat larger.

Purtisa, Distant.

PURLISA GIGANTEUS.

Tolaus (Purlisa) giganteus, Distant, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xvii.

p. 245 (1881).

Purlisa gigantea, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 250, pl. xxi. fig. 28

(1885). .

1895.] MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS. 603

Sarawak (Mus, Druce).

We possess a fine female specimen which agrees well with

Mr. Distant’s figure and expands no less than 23 inches, whilst

the tail on the submedian nervure measures 3 inch and is much

broader than in any of the species of Tajuxia, the nervure being

distinctly visible along it almost to the tip; so that it is more pro-

bably allied to Cheritra, Moore, where it was placed by Mr. Distant,

than to Tajuria as suggested by Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. India, 11.

pp. 385, 386, 1890).

It must be a rare insect wherever it occurs, as being so con-

spicuous it would have been more frequently captured.

The only other recorded lovality for it is Penang.

Suasa, de Nicév.

SvUAsA LIRIS.

Sithon liris, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 110, pl. i. fig. 10, ¢ (1889).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

The Bornean specimens have the apex and outer margin of the

fore wing below a much duller shade of yellow than the type from

Palawan, otherwise they agree well. The female, like that of

S. lisides, Hew., is without the black subbasal spot on the hind

wing.

THAMALA, Moore.

THAMALA MARCIANA.

Myrina marciana, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 34, pl. xvi.

fig. 44 g, pl. xii. figs. 12, 13 2 (1863).

Thamala marciana, de Nicéy. Butt. Ind. ete. vol. iii. p. 388

(1890).

Sarawak (Hew.); S.E. Borneo (Doherty, vide de Nicév.).

Hyprotycana, Feld.

HYPOLYCENA ERYLUS.

Polyommatus erylus, Godt. Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 633 (1823).

Hypolycena erylus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Trusan, N. Borneo (Zverett); Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Bornean specimens of this species usually have the apices and

outer margins of the wings below thickly dusted with russet-

brown.

HYPOLYCENA THECLOIDES.

_ Myrina thecloides, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 395

(1860).

Hypolycena thecloides, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Bornean specimens before me differ from Burmese by having

slightly more. yellow on the upperside of hind wing.

604 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDA, [June 18,

HYPOLYCENA SKAPANE, sp.n. (Plate XX XITI. figs. 16 g,17 9.)

3. Upperside dull brownish purple; apex of fore wing and

costal margin of hind wing rather broadly brown ; outer margin

of fore wing narrowly brown. Anal fold greyish brown; a black

spot on the lobe outwardly bordered with white. Cilia brown

except in anal region, where it is white. Tails black, bordered

with white. Underside pearly grey, coloured and marked much

like Z, etolus, Fab., but without the black spot on the costal

margin of the hind wing and with the band of the fore wing

straighter, narrower, and more distinctly outer-edged with whitish,

whilst on the hind wing the band, which in Z. etolus becomes

linear and black towards the anal margin, is in this species yellow,

of about equal width, and narrowly edged on both sides with

black. The large black spot on the outer margin of hind wing

between the first and second median nervules is bordered with

orange on its inner and lower edges.

Q. Upperside uniform blackish; anal angular area rather

broadly white, containing a series of four marginal black spots,

alternately large and small, the first, in the lobe, being large.

Underside as male, but brighter.

A tuft of the cilia in both sexes is considerably elongated at

the extreme anal angle, thus giving the insect the appearance of

having a third, but very short tail.

Expanse, ¢ 11, ? 1,4, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Types Mus. Stand.

I have compared this species to Z. etolus on the underside, but

it is perhaps more like H. thecloides on that surface, but very

different above. It is much smaller than the average H. erylus,

It is also not unlike the Chliaria merguiaas figured by Mr. Doherty’,

but on the upperside the blue is much darker and not distinctly

defined in the fore wing, and on the underside the band of the

fore wing is straighter and the black spot between the median

nervules is larger and also edged with orange ; this is not shown

in Mr, Doherty’s figure, although he describes it as being present.

HYPOLYOEZNA PHEMIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII, fig. 18 ¢.)

3. Upperside rather dull slaty blue, but in some lights rich

light purple-blue, much the colour of the darker blue on Chliaria

kina, Hew., darkest in the fore wing. Costal apex and outer

margin of fore wing and costal margin of hind wing blackish,

Anal fold greyish white. A black spot in the lobe and two

indistinctly defined marginal spots above it. Tails black with

white borders; cilia as usual. Underside differs from Z. etolus,

Fabr., only by the yellow apices being less extensive and much

browner, by the black spot on the costa of the hind wing being

replaced by a minute yellowish spot, by the double markings closing

the cells being very inconspicuous, and by the band on the hind

wing continuing wide where it is angled and broken towards the

1 Chliaria merguia, Doherty, J. A. 8. B, lyiii. p. 427, pl. xxiii, fig, 2 (1889).

1895. | MR. H. H. DEUCE ON BORNEAN LYCAINIDS, 605

anal margin, not becoming linear as in Z, etolus. There are no

metallic scales at the anal angle.

2. Upperside much like that sex of H. skapane, mihi, with

the white area larger. Underside as male. The male has a small

blackish, inconspicuous, ‘‘ sexual mark ” on the fore wing, placed on

the median nervules at their origin, whilst the hind wings of both

sexes appear to be more produced anally than either of the other

species of the genus.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 14 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Types Mus. Staud.

The thorax and abdomen in the male, when the insect is held at

an angle, appear even more brilliant than the wings. H. phemis

is not unlike the West-African H. hatita ', Hew., on the upperside,

but the tails are shorter.

Cuuraria, Moore.

CHLIARIA MIMIMA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1 ¢.)

3 Q. Allied to C. othona, Hew. Upperside differs from that

species by the blue being of a paler and greyer shade and reduced

to a patch below the median nervure in the fore wing. The

underside differs from that of C. othona by the costa, apex, and

outer margin of the fore wing being suffused with orange, by the

discal bands in both wings being straighter, less broken, and of

equal width their whole length. The black spot on costa of the

fore wing and also the two on the costa of the hind wing are

present but smaller.

Expanse, ¢ 1, 2 14 inch.

Kina Balu and Labuan ( Waterstr.).

Distinguished at once by the different underside. The types

are in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. We also possess this species

from N.E. Sumatra, but on the upperside the blue extends over

the cell in the fore wing.

Zeitus, de Nicév.

ZELTUS ETOLUS.

Papilio etolus, Fab. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 66 (1787).

Hypolycena etolus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan (Low).

In all the specimens I have seen the apices of the wings below

are much suffused with rich reddish brown. It is a common insect

at Labuan.

PSEUDOMYRINA, gen. nov.

Allied to Tajurta, Moore. Fore wing more arched ; the apex

more rounded, and the inner margin distinctly convex. Venation

much the same, but the cell of the fore wing distinctly shorter and

broader. Hind wing with a large oval glandular patch near the

| H. hatita, Hew. Il, Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 51, pl. xxiii. figs. 21-24 (1865).

606 MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. [June 18,

base, partly resting on the subcostal nervure and extending up-

wards to the costal nervure, and lying over that is a tuft of long

hairs, which are attached to the membrane of the wing below the

glandular patch and the subcostal nervure.

The female possesses the same number of subcostal nervules as

the male.

The tail on the submedian nervure is rather long and broad,

whilst that on the first median nervule is short and thread-like.

Type, Myrina martina, Hew.

This is I believe the first genus described amongst the Lycenide

in which the male possesses both the glandular patch and the tuft

of hairs on the hind wing, and these characters serve at once to

distinguish it from all others.

Hewitson in describing his Myrina martina noted its peculiari-

ties, but no writer has since referred to them. Ihave compared it

with Tajuria, but probably it is more nearly allied to Meocheritra,

Distant, which differs by possessing an additional subcostal nervule

the fore wing (in the male) and a tuft of hairs on fore wing

elow.

In pattern and coloration Neocheritra and Pseudomyrina are

much alike.

PSEUDOMYRINA MARTINA.

Myrina martina, Hew. Il. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. Suppl. p. 3, t. 2.

tigs. 70, 71 (1869).

Sithon martina, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

2. Upperside brown, with white markings at the anal angle.

Much like that sex of Neocheritra theodora (see p. 608), but with

the tails considerably shorter. Underside as male.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

On the underside this species closely resembles Meocheritra

amrita, Feld., and WV. theodora, mihi, but can be distinguished by

the brown bar over the spots at the anal angle becoming broader

and straighter as it reaches the inner margin, which is not so

in the species mentioned ’.

VIRGARINA, gen. nov.

Allied to Pseudomyrina. With three branches to the subcostal

nervure of the fore wing as in that genus, the third, however,

being emitted sooner and consequently longer. Upperside of

fore wing with a large elongate-oval glandular patch below the

median nervure, placed obliquely across the wing and divided

1 Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains male specimens of P. hypo-

leuca, Hew., from Malang and Lawang—both in Java—which on examination

prove to belong to Pseudomyrina. ‘They possess tails of about the same length

as P. martina, but rather slighter ; that on the submedian nervure being white,

that on the first median nervule black with white tip, and white fringe.

Dr. Staudinger has sent specimens of P. hypoleuca from Java under the name

“ mamerta,’ Staud., but I do not know where he has described it. He has

also sent me for examination the type female of his Sithon paluana, which I

find is identical with the female of C. martina, Hew. .

1895.] MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS.. 607

down the middle and having much the appearance of a grain of

wheat inverted ; at the upper (basal) end of this patch is, attached

to the membrane of the w ing, a tuft of long pale brown hairs

which can apparently stand erect, lie flat over the patch, or be so

enclosed by the two halves of the patch as to be visible only at

the base. The submedian nervure is much affected by the patch

and is bent towards the inner margin where it passes it.

Type, Stithon scopula, Druce.

This remarkable genus is, so far as I can ascertain, monotypic,

and with Thriv, Doherty’, presents the peculiarity of having the

glandular patch as well as the tuft of hairs on the fore wing on

the upperside. The scaly patch is very curious and causes a

considerable erection on the underside. It seems possible that

the insect has the power of sheathing the long tuft of hairs, at

any rate I have before me specimens which show it individually

in the three positions described above. I notice also that ail

around the patch the scales are rubbed away as if from the

continued friction caused by the whisking of these hairs. It is a

very interesting insect, and when some one is able to observe it in

nature we shall doubtless learn more of its peculiarities.

~~ VIRGARINA SCOPULA.

Sithon scopula, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353, pl. xxxiil. fig. 2.

3. Upperside—fore wing rich purplish brown, with all the

margins lighter, the outer margin being more broadly so. Hind

wing: upper half, including apex, dark brown; lower half light

cerulean blue, sprinkled with whitish towards the anal angle. A

series of three indistinct whitish spots in the interspaces, two

between the median nervules and one between the submedian ner-

vure and the 1st median nervule, and crowning these whitish spots

are three indistinct small patches of scattered “plack scales. Lobe

but slightly developed, white, with a marginal black spot on its

upperedge. Cilia of fore wing brown; of hind wing brown, down

to the edge of the blue, when it becomes pure white and is so con-

tinued to the anal angle; tails pure white. Underside yellowish

buff-colour, corresponding with the brown of the upperside on

both wings; lower half of hind wing white, with a somewhat

irregular brown band composed of confluent lunules placed about

halfway between the middle of the wing and the margin. A series

of four distinct black spots towards the anal angle, situated as

follows: the first, and smallest, close to the margin between the

median nervure and the second median ‘nervule; the second,

large, between the first and second median erpniene the third

intermediate in size between these two, placed much farther from

the margin and consequently out of line, and in that respect

corresponding with the portion of the brown band which is

immediately over it; the fourth spot, which is small, is placed on

the margin over the ‘lobe and is in line with the first two. There

1 Thrix, J. A.S8.B. vol. lx. pt. 2, p. 35 (1891), described as ri four

subcostal nervules to fore wing.

608 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCANIDA, [June 18,

are indications of brownish marks close to the margin between the

nervules beyond the spots. There is an anteciliary black line to

that part of the hind wing which is white, and beyond a white

cilium. The cilia of fore wing and remaining portion of hind wing

concolorous with wings.

Q. Upperside much like that sex of P. martina, Hew., but

the white anal area of hind wing more extensive, with the black

spots more inclined to be separated and the nervules crossing the

white area white, not brown as in that species. Underside as

male, but the yellow of a much brighter shade and the black

markings on hind wing inclined to be larger and more distinct.

Kina Balu( Waterstr.); Labuan (Low and Waterstr.); Sandakan

( Elwes).

In the figure given of this species (P. Z. 8. 1873) the tuft of

hairs appears to lie along the median nervure from the base.

This is incorrect, as it does not originate near the base but just

over the glandular patch. The female can be distinguished from

that sex of P. martina by the inner black band on hind wing being

(as in the male) placed farther from the margin than in that

species.

V. scopula varies much in size, one male measuring 1,3, inch,

whilst another expands 1,% inch.

The female has three subcostal nervules as in the male.

NEOCHERITRA, Distant.

NEOCHERITRA AMRITA.

Myrina amrita, Feld, Wien. ent. Monatsch. vol. iv. p. 395 (1860).

Labuan (Low and Wahmnes); S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin

( Wahnes).

Var. THEODORA.

Neocheritra theodora, H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxii.

p. 155 (1885).

Elopura (Pryer).

Differs from the typical form by the blue on the upperside being

rather more extensive and of a paler, greenish shade, but on the

underside cannot be separated.

I have examined the specimen from Singapore figured by

Mr. Distant* as the female of N. amrita and find that it is that

sex of Jacoona anasuja, Feld., the black streak at the base of the

costal nervure being distinctly present, although it has apparently

escaped the notice of both its describer and his artist.

NEOCHERITRA TEUNGA.

Sithon teunga, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 317 (1889).

Kina Balu ( Whitehead).

I have not seen this species, which appears to be very distinct.

1 Neocheritra amrita, Dist. Rhop. Malay. p. 252, pl. xx. fig. 15 (1885).

1895. | MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 609

Mr. de Nicéville supposes it to belong to this genus (J. A. 8. B.

vol. lxiu. pt. i. no. 1, p. 43, 1894).

Jacoona, Distant.

JACOONA JUSANA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3 ¢.)

3. Allied to J. anasuja, Feld. Upperside—fore wing: outer

margin convex, and with the blue fascia which is beyond the cell

large and semicircular, extending from the costal margin across

the wing down to the first median nervule and almost reaching

the outer margin; the inner marginal blue area is also much

more extensive, and reaches nearly to the anal angle. Hind wing

with the blue area also much more extensive; the black marginal

spot between the first and second median nervules much smaller ;

a distinct black line along the centre of the tail (not always

present), and with the apex considerably more produced. Under-

side ochraceous hoary, but without the rufescent brownish; the

outer margins as in J. anaswa, and with the third spot of the

inner series and the corresponding spot of the outer series small

aud straight; a prominent black streak at the base of the costal

nervure in the fore wing.

@ much like that sex of NV. amrita, Feld. Upperside white;

anal area more extensive, and the black spots more inclined to

separate. Underside as ¢, but yellowish ochraceous.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 21 inches.

Sandakan (Mus. Druce); Labuan ( Waterstr., Mus. Staud.).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin possess a male J. anasuja, Feld.,

from Sumatra (Sachs), also a female from Singapore.

The females in this genus have the same number of subcostal

nervules in the fore wing as the males, but the first branch is

entirely separate from the costal nervure. They closely resemble

those of NV. amrita, with which species they have doubtless often

been confounded, and like that species possess a tail on the lower

median nervule (which is, however, shorter); but they can be at

once distinguished from that species by the presence on the under-

side of the prominent black basal streak in the fore wing.

JACOONA METASUJA, sp. n, (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4 ¢.)

Lolaus metasuja, Staud. MS.

3. Allied to J. jgusana, paler and brighter blue with greenish

reflections; the band on the fore wing, beyond the cell, much

narrower and shorter, and the blue basal area shorter. Underside

as in J. jusana.

2. Upperside differs from 2 jusana by the white anal area

being more extensive and the black spots entirely separated.

Underside as ¢.

Expanse, ¢ 1,%,, 2 2 inches.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Types Mus. Staud.

The greenish reflections and the narrow blue apical band give

J. metasuja a very distinct appearance. The females of the three

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1895, No. XX XIX. 39

610 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

described species are much alike, but in the examples before me

do not show any variation. Dr. Staudinger has received a con-

siderable number of female metasuja from Kina Balu.

CHeERITRA, Moore.

CHERITRA FREJA, var. OCHRACEA, Nov.

Hesperia freja, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 263 (1793).

Sithon freja, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Cheritra freja, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 269 (1887).

Differs from the Continental Indian form by the whole of the

fore wing as well as the costal half of the hind wing below being

ochraceous, and by the inner black band towards the anal angle

being much broader and less broken.

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low and Waterstr.); Sarawak,

8.E. Borneo.

This apparently is the usual Bornean form of the species, as in

a large number of specimens before me there is no variation.

Mr. Distant’s figure’ of C. freja shows a form intermediate

between the Indian and Bornean representatives.

CHERITRA PALLIDA.

Sithon pallida, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 352, pl. xxxiii. fig. 3.

Sithon pallida, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 268 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer); Labuan (Low).

I have examined the type of this species and find that it is

nearly allied to C. freja var. ochracea, the tails on the first median

nervule being broken off. It agrees in neuration exactly with

that species. On the upperside it can be distinguished by its rich

purple colour in all lights, and by the distinct and even black

margins. On the underside it differs from C. freja var. ochracea

only by the black markings being more extensive and by the

inner black band being situated higher up the wing. The metallic

blue line is placed on the black, not above it as stated in the

original description, and the black spot in the submedian inter-

space, which in C. freja and in var. ochracea is nearly obsolete, is

in C. pallida large and distinct.

The type specimen, now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s col-

lection, is the only specimen I have seen.

It is, I believe, a perfectly good and distinct species.

Rirra, de Nicév.

Butt. India ete. ii. p. 411 (1890).

RITRA AURBA.

Sithon aurea, Druce, P.Z.S. 1873, p. 352, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1,

Ritra aurea, de Nicéy. Butt. India ete. ii. p. 411 (1890),

! Rhop. Malay. pl. xx. fig. 10 (1885).

1895. ] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS, 611

2. Upperside—fore wing dark brown, with the disc thickly

dusted with cupreous-orange scales: hind wing dark brown,

crossed below the middle by a band composed of white crescent-

shaped lunules divided by the brown veins; beyond this two large

brown spots which crown two rather large white spots; an ante-

ciliary brown line: tails more slender than in g, with brownish

central lines. Underside as in ¢, but paler.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Both sexes are contained in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s

collection, including the type. The extent of cupreous orange on

the upperside varies considerably in the female, as in one specimen

sent by Dr. Staudinger the apex and outer margin of the fore

wing only are brown.

Horaca, Moore.

HORAGA CORNICULUM, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 8 3.)

3. Closely allied to H. holothura, Swinhoe, from which it

differs on the upperside by the blue colour being of a paler and

duller shade and not extending beyond the discal spot except

below the first median nervule. The white discal spot is smaller

and sharply bordered by the lower median nervule, not continued

below it as in HW, holothura. Underside—ground-colour rather

paler than in H. holothura, but the white discal band, which

commences on the subcostal nervure, narrower and poiuted in the

fore wing and of about equal width in the hind wing. Thorax

and abdomen bluish above, whitish below. Legs white, with

black spots.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.

The black spots and metallic markings towards the anal angle

below are arranged as in H. holothura, Swinhoe, from Java, in

which, judging from four specimens before me, I can detect no

variation.

HoraGa AFFInis, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 9 g.)

Sithon affinis, Stgr. MS.

¢. Allied to H. corniculum, but the blue colour darker in shade

and less extensive in the fore wing. The white discal spot is very

small indeed, and is divided by the two brown median nervules

just at their origin. Underside much like that of H. corniculum,

but darker and the discal bands rather narrower. Thorax and

abdomen bluish above, yellowish beneath. Legs white, with black

spots.

Expanse 1? inch.

Kina Balu and Labuan ( Waterstr.).

The type specimen from Labuan is in Dr. Staudinger’s collec-

tion. The example from. Kina Balu has the lower half of the

white discal spot on the fore wing above rather larger than the

type, and the blue area is rather paler; on the underside it: is

the same.

39*

612 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDE. [June 18,

H. affinis and H. corniculum both possess the oval ochreous

patch on the underside of the fore wing near the middle of the

submedian nervure.

HoraGA MENALA.

Myrina menala, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. (Supp.) p. 7, pl. ii.

figs. 85, 86 (1869).

Borneo (Hew.).

This insect is known to me only by Hewitson’s type in the

British Museum. It is, I believe, the only species of the group

without a white discal spot on the fore wing above.

CaTAPCILMA, Butler.

CATAPHCILMA ELEGANS.

Hypochrysops elegans, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351, pl. xxxii.

fig. 12.

i ite bie elegans, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 267 (1887).

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.) ; Sandakan (Pryer).

The two Bornean specimens (females) before me differ from

Sikkim examples by the central band on the fore wing below being

straight, not Y-shaped, as appears to be invariably the case in

Indian specimens, also in those from Ceylon, and again from

Sumatra. On such slight material I do not propose to admit at

present that the Indian representatives belong to a distinct

species (they are certainly not typical), but in the event of their

requiring a name I would suggest major.

The type is in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s Collection, and is

in rather bad condition.

The figure given in the P. Z. 8. 1878, pl. xxxii. fig. 12, is a very

poor one, but suffices to show that the band on the fore wing is

straight. Since the above was written Dr. Staudinger has sent me

a male from Labuan which differs from Sikkim males by being

entirely without the black outer margins to both wings on the

upperside.

SpEMANGA, Distant.

(Keraunogramma, Rober.)

SEMANGA SUPERBA.

Tlerda? superba, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 350, pl. xxxii. fig. 11,9.

do. Upperside dark shining purple with brown borders; fore

wing with a large central patch of darker, differently-placed

scales; hind wing with an orange patch divided by the brown

nervules as in the 2. Underside as 9.

Hind wing with two tails only, viz.,a short one on the lower

median nervule and a rather long one on the submedian nervyure.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

1895.] MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, 613

The male described above is from Dr. Staudinger’s collection,

and has the same number of subcostal nervules in the fore wing as

the female, but has two tails only in place of three. The type (a

female) is now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, but is

somewhat mutilated, having lost its head and fore legs. The

figure given in the P. Z. S. is a fairly good one, excepting that the

median line on the fore wing is too distinct.

K. (=S8.) helena, Rober, Iris, 1. pt. 3, p. 198, pl. ix. fig. 6, is a

closely allied species (if, indeed, it is distinct), which appears to

have the purple colour rather less extensive on both wings.

Bipvuanpba, Distant.

Below will be found described two remarkably interesting new

species of this genus, viz. B. similis and B. imitata, both of which

agree exactly in venation with the type of the genus, B. thesmia,

Hew., and possess three subcostal nervules to the fore wing. They

are remarkable in both being identical in other respects with two

well-known species of the genus Marmessus', Hubn.,—B. similis

being like MW. mvorei, Distant, whilst B. imitata is again the fac-

simile of M. boisduvalit, Moore. Boisduval (Spec. Génér. i. pl. 22)

figures both MM, lisias, Fab. (= M. boisduvalit, Moore), and M. ra-

vindra, Horsf., with three subcostal nervules to the fore wing ; but

as these drawings are obviously incorrect—the costal nervure

appearing to be given off from the subcostal neryure—I do not

think any reliance can be placed upon them, at any rate IZ. ravindra

and WM. boisduvalit, as we now know them, have not this third

subcostal nervule.

BIDUANDA THESMIA.

Myrina thesmia, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 32, pl. xiv.

figs. 25-27 (1863).

Labuan (Low); Sarawak (Wallace, Wahnes).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains two female

specimens, which agree with Hewitson’s type and also with a

Sumatran female. Wahnes has also sent it to Dr. Siaudinger

from Labuan.

Var. UNICOLOR.

Sithon thesmia, var. unicolor, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 111 (1889).

Labuan (Low); Sandakan (Pryer); Hlopura (Pryer); Kudat

(Mus. Druce) ; Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

This appears to be the common form in Borneo and agrees

exactly with Dr. Staudinger’s type from Palawan. Some females

are entirely without the white scales at the anal angle of the hind

wings.

its is distinguished from the typical form by the underside being

dull reddish brown in place of rufous orange.

1 Mr. de Nicéville states that this name should be used in place of Drupadia

Moore.

614 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

It also occurs in N.E. Sumatra.

Some males have a large orange spot on the dise, others a small

one, and others again are without any.

BIDUANDA ESTELLA, var.

Sithon estella, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 31, pl. xvi. figs. 50,

51 (1863).

Kina Balu Mts. ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a pair (¢ @ ) which agree well with

Hewitson’s types from Sumatra, but are somewhat larger. It is

distinguished at once from B. thesmia by the broken band on the

fore wing below. The specimens referred to Sithon estella by

Mr. Herbert Druce (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 352) are B. unicolor described

above.

BIDUANDA THENIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2 9.)

2. Upperside dull brown ; fore wing crossed about the middle

with an oblique, whitish, indistinctly bordered band reaching from

the subcostal nervure, where it is narrowest, nearly to the sub-

median neryure. Hind wing narrowly whitish along the costal

margin ; three blackish spots at the anal angle between the tails.

Underside white, with spots and markings arranged as in Hewit-

son’s figure of B. theda; but the spots in the cell of the fore wing

are reduced to mere dots, and the markings on the hind wing are

linear excepting those near the base.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Sandakan (Pryer). Mus. G. & 8,

The type specimen is unique. When the male is found it will

probably be much like that sex of B. theda, Hew., and B. thesmia,

Hew. It can be distinguished from B. theda by the linear mark-

ings on the hind wings below, and the much less distinct whitish

band on the fore wing above.

BIDUANDA CINESIA.

Myrina cinesia,- Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 29, pl. xiii.

figs. 18, 19 (1863).

9. Upperside dull blackish brown; fore wing slightly tinged

with cupreous towards the centre; hind wing darker towards anal

angle, and with a broad, distinct, waving white band not crossed

by dark nervules, margin dusted with white between the tails.

Tails equal in length to those of male. Underside as in male.

Expanse 12 inch. (Hew. fig. ¢ 1,4 inch.)

Sarawak (Hew.); Elopura (Pryer); Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Hewitson’s figure of the female undoubtedly represents another

species, as, besides being smaller and having the central tail con-

siderably longer than in B. cinesia, it presents other differences

which I have described below.

Mr. Pryer took this species in March.

Dr. Staudinger has received both sexes from Kina Balu, the

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUOR ON BORNEAN LYOCENID®. 615

female having the white band slightly wider than the typical

form.

BIDUANDA CINEAS,

Sithon cineas, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 318 (1889).

Kina Balu ( Whitehead).

Mr. Grose Smith states that this species is nearest to S. cinesia,

Hew., and S. maneia, Hew. The type is in Mr. Whitehead’s col-

lection. Ihave not seen a specimen, but it would appear to be

quite distinct. S. cineas, Hew., and S. maneia, Hew., are, how-

ever, not allied to each other.

BipuaNnDA HEWITSONII, Sp. 0.

Myrina cinesia, 2, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 29, pl. xii.

fig. 20 (1863).

Q. Allied to B. cinesia but smaller; upperside with the white

band rather narrower and divided by brown nervules. Underside

ochreous yellow, darker and richer in colour, the inner black band

on the hind wing narrower and not so much waved; the outer

black band also is straighter and is without the distinct black

tooth which is so conspicuous in B, cinesia. Middle tail consider-

ably longer.

Expanse 1,}, inch.

Elopura (Pryer) (Mus. Druce); Labuan ( Waterstr.).

The specimen described above was taken by Mr. Pryer in March

and agrees exactly with Hewitson’s figure, no. 20, plate xii., which,

now that we have the correct female of his B. cinesia, requires a

name.

B. hewitsonu should be easily distinguished from B. cinesia on

the upperside by the white band on the hind wing being crossed

by brown nervules.

The male is unknown.

Dr. Staudinger has sent me two females, and Mr. H. Grose

Smith possesses one specimen, also a female.

BIDUANDA STAUDINGERI, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. figs.5¢,62.)

3g. Upperside—fore wing dark purplish blue, outer margin

narrowly and evenly black, costal margin very narrowly black;

cilia black. Hind wing dark purplish blue, costal and outer margin

down to third median nervule narrowly and evenly black ; anal

third, including tails, cream-white, with a black band beyond its

middle divided by the nervules, extending from the second median

nervule at the point at which the wing is dentated to the lobe,

the inner edge of the white area being sinuous; cilia along costal

margin and apex pale yellowish, rest of wing white. Costal fold

bluish grey. Underside pale brown, darker towards apex and

outer margin of fore wing, palest towards anal angle of hind wing;

a faint wavy dark line in fore wing beyond the middle, commencing

616 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

near the costa and becoming more distinct towards the sub-

median nervure, on which it broadens into an irregular spot.

Hind wing with a similar faint wavy line beyond the middie,

starting on the costa and running nearly straight to the second

median nervule, where it turns at right angles, and becoming

suddenly darker and thicker reaches almost to the anal margin

just before the extremity of the abdomen; a large black spot on

the lobe crowned with metallic green ; a black mark between the

submedian nervure and another joining it between the two lower

median nervules, both covered with metallic green scales ; a thin

black marginal line above the lobe, running into the dark band, also

dusted with metallic green; dark anteciliary lines towards the

anal angle. Cilia of fore wing dark brown, of hind wing pale

brown at apex, nearly white towards anal angle. Tails on both

surfaces unmarked. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs concolorous

with wings ; tarsi black-spotted.

Q. Differs from the male only by upperside being rich dark

brown in place of purplish blue, and the anal region pure white

in place of cream-white. Underside as male, but the pale brown

replaced by rich ochreous brown.

Expanse, ¢ 15, 2 13 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

1 have named this fine species after Dr. Staudinger, whose

kindness and generosity have enabled me to describe and figure it

here. The types are in his collection. It is not a little remark-

able in that both sexes are nearly alike on the upperside, the

female only differing from the male by being brown in place of

blue. The third (upper) tail is very slightly developed in the

male, but is well marked in the female. B. staudinyeri is not

closely allied to any other species.

BIDUANDA SIMILIS, sp. n.

g. Upperside—fore wing dark rich brown ; hind wing shining

cerulean blue, with brown apex and costal margin, two black spots

near anal angle; cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing white.

Underside—fore wing reddish orange with brown markings; hind

wing white, with dark brown markings and bands, reddish along

the costal margin and dusted with shining silvery green scales

towards the anal angle. Outer margin of fore wing more convex,

about equal to that of M. moorei 2.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Borneo. Type Mus. Druce.

This butterfly differs from the common Marmessus moorei,

Distant, with which it occurs, only by the presence of an additional

subcostal nervule, and by the outer margin being more convex.

The type. specimen, so far as I know, is unique, as after examining

a large series of IM. moorei I have failed to find another example.

This specimen, together with the type of B. imitata, mihi, next

described, was formerly in the Rev. R. P. Murray’s collection, but

‘unfortunately the precise locality in Borneo is not noted.

1895. | MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 617

BiIpvUANDA IMITATA, sp. 0.

2. Upperside much like WM. boisduvalii, Moore, 2, differing

only from that species by the greyish-blue scales towards the anal

angle of the hind wing being more extensive. Underside—ground-

colour of fore wing pale yellow, whitish at the base and with a

broad pale brown apex; a short dark brown streak near the base,

a circular dark brown spot ringed with white between the base

and a broad brown band which crosses the middle of the cell; a

short pale band closing the end of the cell, with a separated spot

over it close to the costal margin, beyond this a dusky, dark-

bordered, rather broad band from the second subcostal nervule to

the submedian nervure, broken on the third median nervule and

palest in median interspaces, and halfway between this and the

outer margin a dusky line divided by the nervules. Hind wing

with markings and spots arranged as in M. boisduvaliz, but all of

a dark brown colour and with the apex very faintly pale yellowish.

Expanse 13 inch.

Borneo. Type Mus. Druce.

B. imitata is remarkable for its close resemblance to WM, bois-

duvalii, but we have no knowledge of that species occurring in

Borneo.

Marmessvs, Hiibn.

(Drupadia, Moore.)

MARMESSUS MOOREIL.

Sithon moorei, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 246

(1882); Rhop. Malay. p. 236, pl. xx. figs. 21, 29, 30 (1886).

Sithon ravindra, Druce (nec Horsf.), P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Elopura (Pryer); Labuan (Low and

Waterstr.) ; Daat Island (Distant) ; Trusan and Lawas (Zverett).

This is a common insect at Labuan, and Mr. Low’s collections

contained a large number of specimens.

MARMESSUS SURINDRA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

3. Closely allied to M. ravindra, Horsf., from which it differs

on the upperside by the blue on the bind wing, which is of a deeper

shade, extending to the apex and close along the subcostal nervure

to the glandular patch ; and on the underside by the band beyond

the cell in the fore wing being linear its entire length, not widen-

ing out at the end of the cell as in that species.

Var. ALBULA, noy.

¢. Differs on the underside by the ground of the fore wing being

pure white, with the apex and outer margin fuscous ochreous, and

the black markings on both wings smaller,

Q. Upperside dark brown, bluish grey towards anal angle.

Underside as male.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.) ; Sandakan (Pryer); S.E. Borne

(Wahnes). Mus. G. & S., Staud., and Druce. ,

618 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

M. surindra may prove to be a seasonal form of M. moorei, but

at present we have no evidence in that respect. The var. albula

appears to be as common as the typical form at Sandakan, whence

all the specimens I have examined have come. Messrs. Godman

and Salvin possess a male and female from Palawan, which agree

with var. albula. Dr. Staudinger has sent me the types of his

S. ravindrina, $ 2 ; these agree with S. surindra, but on the

underside the fore wings are bright ochreous yellow.

Messrs. Distant and Pryer record D. (=M.) ravindra, Horsfield,

from Sandakan, but as the specimens represent M. surindra I

have not included the species in my list.

Eooxyiipss, de Nicév.

EooxYLIDES THARIS.

Oxylides tharis, Hiibn. Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 883, 884

(1837).

Sithon tharis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Hypolycena tharis, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 268 (1587).

Kina Balu (Averett and Waterstr.); Trusan (Everett); Labuan

(Low); Sarawak (Staud.); Sandakan.

Bornean specimens of this insect show scarcely any (and in some

exumples no) trace of the blue scales along the inner margin of

the fore wing above, in the male, which character seems best deve-

loped in specimens from Nias Island, which possess it in a marked

degree—in one example in our collection it extends from the

margin to the middle of the cell’.

FOOXYLIDES ETIAS.

Hypolycena etias, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 268 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

I haye not seen this species, and have placed it in this genus

judging from the description and the remark that it is allied to

H, (=E.) tharis. It appears to have a more extensive white area

on the hind wing above than that species.

Loxura, Horsf.

LOXxURA ATYMNUS.

Papilio atymnus, Cr. Pap. Exot. vol. iv. p. 82, pl. ccexxxi.

figs. D, E (1780).

Myrina alymnus, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Loxura cassiopea, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 269 (1887).

1 Myrina meduana, Hew., which has been referred to Eooxylides by Herr

Semper (Reise Phil. Ins.), has the glandular patch in the male oblong and

placed at the end of the cell. The neuration, however, appears to be much

the same.

1895. ] MR, H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 619

Labuan (Zow and Waterstr.); Sandakan (Pryer).

All Labuan specimens I have examined are dark in colour, even

darker than the 8. Indian form named ZL. surya by Mr. Moore.

Darina, de Nicév.

DRINA NINODA, sp. 0.

$. Allied to D. donina, Hew., but larger and with a distinct

white spot close to outer angle of fore wing in the submedian

interspace, and two dull brownish-green pale patches—one, an

elongate oval, between the first and second median nervules; the

other placed below it in the submedian interspace, square. Under-

side: bands broader and more distinct, notably that one which

crosses the fore wing beyond the cell, which is also straighter.

Expanse 2? inches.

Labuan (Low). Type Mus. G.&S. Sandakan (Zlwes).

Although closely allied to D. donina, the additional patches and

spot described above are sufficient to distinguish it. I have ex-

amined a number of D. donina from Burmah, but find no traces of

these patches in any of them.

DRINA MANEIA.

Myrina maneia, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Zye. p. 29, pl. xii. figs. 14,

15 (1863).

Sithon maneia, Druce, P. Z. S, 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains two males of

this species, one of which agrees with Hewitson’s figure, with the

addition of the brown lines and nervules as described by Mr. Do-

herty in a specimen from Perak (J. A. 8. B. vol. lx. pl. 2. no. 1,

p. 34, 1891); the other, which is somewhat larger, has a much

narrower brown outer margin to the fore wing, and is without the

brown lines and nervules. Dr. Staudinger has sent me the female,

Araorss, Doherty '.

ARAOTES LAPITHIS.

Myrina lapithis, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C.

vol. 1. p. 48 (1857).

Sithon lapithis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low and Wahnes); S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin

(Wahnes).

The width of the white band on the fore wing below varies

somewhat. It is a common species—the male apparently being

most seldom met with, as out of 15 specimens before me three only

are of that sex.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains a female from

Sumatra (Sachs).

1 Nec de Nicév., vide Zool. Record, 1889.

620 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDHZ. [June 18,

SitHon, Hiibn.

SITHON NEDYMOND.

Papilio nedymond, Cram. Pap. Exot. vol. iv. p. 19, pl. cexcix.

figs. E, F, ¢ (1780).

Thecla chitra, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 97, pl. i. fig. 5, 2 (1829).

S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin (Wahnes); 8. Borneo (coll.

Gg Bs).

I quite agree with Mr. de Nicéville that P. nedymond, Cr., and

Tf. chitra, Horsf., are respectively male and female of one species.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains a female from

Bankasoon, Burmah (Hume), which on the underside is exactly

intermediate in colour and markings between the usual forms of

the two sexes.

SILHON MICEA.

Myrina micea, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. Supp. p. 6, t.3. fig. 81, 3

(1869).

Sithon valida, Druce, P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 352, pl. xxxiii. fig. 4, 2.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low).

The male of S. micea is easily distincuished from that sex of

S. nedymond by the coloration of the underside, by the blue area

of the fore wing reaching close down to the outer angle, and by

the blue band on the outer margin of hind wing being much

broader. The tuft of hairs attached to the inner margin of fore

wing on the underside is a darker shade of buff than in S. nedy-

mond, and both wings are narrower and longer.

The female, however, is so close to that sex of S. nedymond

that I am unable to state how it can be distinguished. The inner

black band on the hind wing below is generally broader than in

S. nedymond, but this is a variable character in the 4 specimens I

have examined, including the type (a female), which are in Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s collection. There can be, I think, no doubt

that S. valida is the female of S. micea, as both have been sent

together from Labuan and Kina Balu, whilst true S. nedymond

appears only to occur in Southern Borneo.

The original description of S. valida is quite incorrect, the

insect being on both surfaces practically indistinguishable from

S. chitra, Horsf. The figure also is indifferent and does not show

the marks at the ends of the cells nor the median darker lines.

The expanse of the type specimen is 1,3, inch, not 1 inch as

stated, whilst other specimens measure 12 inch.

Devuvorix, Hew.

DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS.

Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.

vol i. p. 382 (1857).

Deudorix epyarbas, Druce, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 353.

Labuan (Low and Waterstradt).

Several specimens quite typical.

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHENID#, 621

DEUDORIX STAUDINGERI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 10 ¢.)

¢. Upperside dark brown; fore wing dusted with reddish

brown, of a darker shade than in D. epiyarbas and much less ex-

tensive. Hind wing: outer margin, from subcostal nervule where it

is broadest to lobe rather narrowly and evenly dark reddish brown,

crossed by black nervules; the three median nervules dusted with

reddish brown from their bases nearly to the brown outer margin.

Lobe yellow, with a large black spot and a few blue scales. In

some lights both wings are suffused with dark purple, that on the

hind wing being most conspicuous. Underside much as in

D. epijarbas, with a slightly reddish tinge and the white lines rather

more sordid. Abdomen reddish brown above, pale buff below.

Expanse 1,8, inch.

Labuan ( Waterstr.).

I have named this fine species after Dr. Staudinger, by whose

kindness I am able to describe it here and whose collection

contains the type and only specimen I have seen. It is a true

Deudoriw as defined by Mr. de Nicéville and should be easily

recognized.

Rapata, Moore.

RAPALA DELIOCHUS.

Deudoria deliochus, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 3852; id. Ill.

Diurn. Lep., Zyc. Supp. p. 31, pl. v.a. figs. 68, 69, ¢ (1878).

Labuan ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent a single female of this species which

agrees well on the underside with Hewitson’s type. Thecla(=R.)

kessuma, Horsf., which we possess from Java (¢ 2 ), and which I

have compared with Horsfield’s type ( 2 ) in the British Museum,

is a very closely allied species ; the male on the upperside is scarcly

distinguished from that sex of R. deliochus, but the female kessuma

has a larger and paler blue area. On the underside the ground-

colour of &. kessuma is paler and the white band at the end of

the cell, which in R. deliochus is continued straight almost to the

submedian nervure, is in R. kesswma broken at the third median

nervule, the lower portion being placed further out and closer to

the third band. From the available material these differences,

although slight, seem to hold good, but when more specimens can

be examined it may be found that the two species are synonymous.

Mr. de Nicéville has described the female deliochus from Rangoon

(Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 457). They are very curious species, and I

may mention that I found Horsfield’s type in the British Museum

collection placed under the genus Nacaduba, species of which on

the underside it much resembles.

RAPALA SPHINX.

Papilio sphinw, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 520 (1775).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

The apex of the fore wing is less broadly black in specimens

622 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDZ. [June 18,

before me than is usual in Javan specimens. The dark fascie on

the underside vary somewhat in width.

RAPALA SCHISTACEA.

Deudorix schistacea, Moore, P. Z.8. 1879, p. 140.

S.E. Borneo, near Banjarmasin ( Wahnes),

The underside has a purplish tinge, as is usual in Javan speci-

mens. It appears to be common there, as we have received a

number of specimens.

RAPALA SCINTILLA.

Rapala scintilla, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete. iii. p. 461 (1890).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Waterstradt’s specimens are identical with some in our own

collection from Sikkim. It is a very distinct species.

RAPALA VARUNA.

Thecla varuna, Horsf. Cat. Lep. EH. I. C. p. 91 (1829).

Deudorix orseis, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 23 (1863); Druce,

P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 353.

Deudorix kinabalina, Staud. MS.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

[ have examined Horsfield’s type in the British Museum and find

that it is the form in which the discal bands on the underside are

broad and amalgamated with the bands closing the ends of the

cells as described by Mr. de Nicéville ; both forms occur together

with intermediates in Borneo and in Java as they do Sikkim, so I

do not hesitate to sink Hewitson’s name. The ground-colour also

varies from stone-colour to dark chocolate-brown.

Below! will be found the description of a species obtained in

large numbers in 8. Celebes by Mr. Doherty, and for which I am

unable to finda name. Dr. Holland, in his “ List of the Diurnal

Lepid. taken by Mr. Doherty in Celebes” (P. Boston Soc. Nat.

Hist. vol. xxv. 1890), does not mention it.

1 RapaLa OLIvIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 16 ¢.)

3d. Upperside allied to R. orseis (= R. varuna), and like that species without

any purple gloss, but with the apex of the fore wing a blacker shade of brown

and with the green more extensive, especially in the hind wing, where it reaches

even closer up to the black anteciliary line. Cilia of hind wing pure white

from just below apex to base of wing. Lobe pale orange with a black spot;

extremity of cilia to lobe and between lobe and tail black. Fore wing without

the patch of differently placed scales at the base of the median nervules.

Underside dark greyish brown with a greenish tinge; both wings with the

usual mark at the end of the cell and fascia, beyond both of which are distinctly

bordered with sordid white, except towards the anal margin of hind wing,

where the borders become pure white. The black lobe is large and prominent,

as is also the black orange-crowned spot between the lower median nervules ;

a patch of blue scales in the submedian interspace close to the margin. Cilia

of fore wing brown, of hind wing white as above. Abdomen blackish above,

buff-colour below.

Expanse 14 inch. Type Mus. Druce,

S. Celebes (August and September).

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE, 623

Dr. Staudinger having kindly sent me the types of his Palawan

Lycenide for examination, I find that his D. anabasis is allied to

ft. suffusa, Moore, his D. varuna, Horsf. = R. sphinz, Fab., and

that his D. schistacea, Moore, is a species without any purple gloss

on either wing and = R, orseis = R. varuna.

RAPALA CHOZEBA.

Deudoria chozeba, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 24, pl. v. figs. 47,

48 (1863).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Several specimens agreeing well with Hewitson’s type. The

female is dull purplish brown on the upperside, darkest at the

margins and with darker veins; on the underside it is like the

male. The species appears to be quite a distinct one.

RAPALA PHERETIMA.

Deudoria pheretima, Hew. Ml. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 21, pl. ix.

figs. 27-29 (1863).

Deudorix metajarbas, Staud. MS.

Kina Balu and Labuan ( Waterstr.) ; Sarawak (Hew.).

R. pheretima apparently takes the place of R. petosiris, Hew., in

Borneo. The lower half of the club of the antennez is broadly ~

white-ringed, giving it quite an unusual appearance; this, how-

ever, is present only in the male.

Rapala XENOPHON.

Hesperia xenophon, Fab. Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 272 ( 1793).

Kina Balu, Labuan ( Waterstr.).

2 var. CERULESCENS.

Deudorixv intermedius, var. cerulescens, Staud. Lep. Palaw. p. 116

(1889).

Sandakan (Pryer).

Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains a female

specimen which agrees well with Dr. Staudinger’s type of D. inter-

medius, var. cerulescens ; his male is identical with typical avenophon,

Fab.

RaPaLa BARTHEMA. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11 ¢.)

Deudorix barthema, Dist. Rhop. Malay. p. 280 (1885).

g. Ditters from 2 on the upperside by being darker brown,

and by the hind wing being rich cupreous brown with the costal

margin broadly brown and crossed by brown nervules. Under-

side as 9. The tuft of hair at end of abdomen is buff-colour.

Kina Balu, Labuan ( Waterstr.).

The male described above has no purple shading, and if I am

correct in identifying the species it is not conspecific with R. suf-

Jusa, Moore, as suggested by Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. Ind. p- 467).

I have before me two females which agree with Mr. Distant’s

624 MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. [June 18,

description, and which on the underside are exactly like the male

here described.

RAPALA LAIMA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12 ¢.)

é@. Upperside dull greyish brown, inner margin of fore wing,

also disc of hind wing, in some lights slightly cupreous. Anal fold

and sexual patch pale buff-colour. Lobe pale orange with a black

spot. Underside much as in 2. barthema, but considerably paler,

and with the fascie less distinct, the lobe, which is black, smaller,

as is also the black spot between the lower median nervules.

Abdomen brown above, yellowish below, with a tuft of buff-

coloured hair at its extremity.

2. Upperside uniform dull brown without any cupreous gloss.

Underside as ¢.

Expanse, ¢ 1,3,, 2 1,); inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.); Sandakan (Pryer).

This dull-coloured species appears to be distinct from any [ can

find described. It has a less robust appearance than any others

of the genus. The male is in Dr, Staudinger’s collection, the

female in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s.

RAPALA DRASMOS, sp. un. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13 9.)

Q. Upperside rich dark brown, shining, with the dise of the

fore wing brownish orange (much the colour of R. jarbas, Fab., 2,

but paler), crossed by brown nervules. The nervules also of the

hind wing are a darker shade of colour than the rest of the wing.

Lobe pale orange with a black spot. Underside somewhat paler

than is usual in R. wxenophon, Fab., and with the fascie broader,

straighter, and more distinct.

Expanse 13, inch.

Labuan ( Waterstr.). Type Mus. Stand.

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a single female of this species. It

should be easily recognized by the coloured dise of the fore wing.

I have not seen the male.

RAPALA DOMITIA,.

Deudoriv domitia, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lyc. p. 19, pl. vi.

figs. 6, 7 (1863).

Deudorix domitia, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 353.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Dr, Staudinger possesses a male which has the dash in the cell

pale yellow dusted with brown ; the costal margin and anal fold of

hind wing also are broadly pale yellow, ard the apex of the fore

wing is dusted with white scales. The underside is very pale,

scarcely darker along the inner margin on the fore wing. The

sexual patch on the hind wing, which in all other species of

Rapala that I have examined is large and conspicuous, is in

R. domitia small, elongate, close to the subcostal nervure, and

difficult to see, thereby approaching the genus Deudoriv.

1895. ] MR. H. H. DRUOB ON BORNEAN LYCHNIDX. 625

BryDAHARA, Moore.

BINDAHARA PHOCAS.

Sithon phocides, Fab., var, phocas, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 114 (1889).

Sithon sugriva, Druce (nec Horsf.), P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 351.

Labuan (Low and Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me his type, male, for examination, and

I find that Bornean specimens are identical with it. B. phocas is

perhaps nearest to B. isabella, Feld., but the hind wing is less

produced apically, and the cyaneous patch extends down to the first

median nervule, and besides the black spot in the lobe there is

usually a rather large black spot in the first median interspace

close to the margin. The female on the upperside is rich cupreous,

and on the underside the bands and spots are pale reddish brown.

It is as much worthy of specific distinction as any other species in

the genus. Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains

B. phocas from Celebes and from the Philippine Islands.

SrintHusa, Moore.

SINTHUSA NASAKA,

Thecla nasaka, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 91 (1829).

“Hypolycena terna, Staud. MS.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent both sexes from Kina Balu, the male

being identical with Horsfield’s type in the British Museum. I

quite fail to see how S. amba, Kirby, can be distinguished from

S. nasaka, and in my opinion should be placed as a synonym of it.

Mr. Doherty (J. A. S. B. vol. lviii. 1889) has possibly mistaken

the next species (S. amata) for S. nasaka, as the whole of the hind

wing of that species, except the basal portion of the costal margin,

is cyaneous.

SINTHUSA AMBA,

Hypolycena amba, Kirby (Hew.), Ul. Diurn. Lep., Lye. Supp.

p- 32, pl. v. 0. figs. 44-46 (1878).

Sinthusa amba, Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 268 (1887).

Sandakan (Pryer).

‘Included here only on the authority of Messrs. Distant and

Pryer.

SINTHUSA AMATA,

Sinthusa amata, Dist. Rhop. Malay. p. 461, pl. xliv. fig. 20, 9.

g. Upperside differs from S. nasaka’3 by being less densely

black, by the purple area of the fore wing being duller and less

extensive, by the blue of the hind wing, which is sharply bordered

by the subcostal nervure, being paler and of a decided violaceous

shade, and not resplendent when held at an angle. The hairs which

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XL. 40

626 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 18,

are thickly strewn on the median interspaces are white, those in

S. nasaka being black. Underside as 2, but apex of fore wing

more greyish ochreous.

Kina Balu ( Waterst.).. Mus. Staud. and Druce.

The females before me appear to agree perfectly with Mr.

Distant’s description and figure ; and as the male is undoubtedly

distinct from S. nasaka, I have described it here, feeling sure

that I have correctly identified the species.

Lipuyra, Westw.

LiIPHYRA BRASSOLIS, Westw.

Inphyra brassolis, Westw. P. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 31

(1864).

Sarawak (Hew.).

The Hewitson collection contains a specimen of this species

labelled “ Sarawak.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXX.

Fig. 1. Paragerydus waterstradti, Fig. 10. Gerydus vineula, sp. n., 2,

sp. n., d, p. 562. p- 561.

2. —,, 9, p. 562. 11. Allotinus audar, sp. nu, 3;

3. oe. Sige sp. 2, oO, p. 564.

2: — , 9, p. 564.

4. eae Sp: WsiaG.; 13. Logania staudingeri, sp. n.,

p. 560. 3, p. 565.

5. Paragerydus moorei, sp. n., 3, 14. ——,, 9, p. 565.

p- 562. 15. Poritia phaluke, sp. n., CG,

6. , 2, p. 562. p. 567.

7. — caudatus, Grose Smith, 16. —— phormedon, sp. u., 3,

3, p. 563. p. 566.

8. — , 2, p. 563. 17. —— —, Q, p. 566.

9. Gerydus vincula, sp. u., 3d, 18, —— phama, sp. n. od;

p. 561. p- 568."

Puatse XXXTI.

Fig. 1. Poritia philura, sp.n., 3, Fig. 13. Nacaduba aluta, Druee, d;

p. 569. p- 578.

2. Cyaniris dilectissima, sp. n., 14, —— —, 9, p. 578.

3, p. 571. 15. lugine, sp. n., 3, p. 577.

3. — , 2, p. S71. 16. Lampides limes, sp. n., 3,

4. strophis, sp.n., 3, Ps Be: p. 581.

5. —— lugra, sp. n., 3 p. 5 17. —— virgulatus, sp. nu. 3,

6. —— placidula, sp. n., E p. 581.

p. 572. 18. —— zebra, sp. n., ¢, p. 583.

7. —-—., 9,p 19. —— cerulea, Druce, Q,

8. — plauta, art n., “ee p. 574. p- 582.

9. —— AR B74. 20. —— lividus, sp. n., ZS

10. selma, sp. 2., d, Pp. ae p. 584.

11 ripte, sp. n.. 3, p. O74 21. Tarucus waterstradti, sp. u.,

12, Niphanda reter, sp. n., ee ©, p. 585

p- 976. t

P Z.S, 1895. Pl. XXXV,

wareter ee ae

oe ee a ee

ese

F. W.Frohawk del. et ith, Mintern Bros. Chromo-

NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM NYASA-LAND.

1895.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM WEST OF LAKE NYASA. 627

Pruars XXXII.

Fig. 1. Lraota nila, Dist., 3, p. 588. Fig. 10. Tajuria cyrus, sp. u., 3,

2. Arrhenothrix lowit, sp. n., p. 600.

3, p. 596. 11. —— —, 9, p. 600.

3. Pratapa lucidus, sp. n, 3, 12. —— dominus, sp. n., <,

p. 596. p- 600.

4. —— devana, sp. n., SC, 13. cato, sp. u., d, p. 601.

p- 597. 14. , 2, p. 601.

5. — » 2, p. 597. 15. Pratapa sannio, sp. n., 3,

6, caleulis, sp. nu, , p. 596.

p. 598. 16. Hypolycena skapane, sp. n.,

fe —,, 9, p. 598. 3, p- 604.

8. Tajuria tussis, sp. n., C, 17, —— —, 9, p. 604.

p- 601. 18. —— phemis, sp. nu, 6,

9. —— —, 9, p. 601. p- 604.

Puats XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Chiiaria mimima, sp. n., 3b, | Fig. 10. Deudorix staudingeri, sp. n.,

p.605. 6, p. 621.

2. Biduanda thenia, sp. nu., Q, ll. Rapala barthema, Dist., 3,

p- 614. p. 623.

3. Jacoona jusana, sp. u., dy 12. laima, sp. n., 3, p. 624.

p- 609. 13. drasmos, sp. u., 2,

4. —— meiasyja, sp. n, 6, p. 624.

p- 609. 14, Poritia phare, sp. n., 6,

5. Biduanda staudingeri, sp. n., p. 567,

3, p. 615. 15. Poriskina phakos, sp. n.,

6. —, 2, p. 615. 3, p. 570.

7. Marmessus surindra, sp. n., 16. Rapala olivia, sp. nu, oy,

3, p- 617. p- 622.

8. Horaga corniculum, sp. n., 17. Cyaniris phuste, sp. 0., Se

p- 611. p: 575.

9. —— affinis, sp. u., 3, p. 611.

5. On a small Collection of Butterflies sent by Mr. Richard

Crawshay from the country west of Lake Nyasa.

By Artaur G. Butirer, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &c.,

Assistant-Keeper of the Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Received June 12, 1895.]

(Plate XX XV.)

The present consignment was forwarded to me by Mr. Sclater

early in the present year; although very small, it is decidedly

interesting, and the specimens, with only one or two exceptions,

are in the admirable condition characieristic of Mr. Crewshay’s

collections. Five new species are now described.

The following extract from a letter to our Secretary evidences

the careful and methodical manner in which Mr. Crawshay

‘collects :—

* The collection I send is a very small one, made in N yi chiefly,

628 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [June 18,

two days west from here (Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa). Some few of the

specimens I send should prove new on account of the high altitude

from which they come. Several are from an altitude of 7000 feet or

so, the highest plateau-land (Mlanji Mountain excepted) anywhere

in B. ©. Africa, I fancy. I have numbered each species in its

paper, and have given as well (in brackets) the number of the

individual specimens of each, locality, date of capture, and some

rough distinguishing name for my own guidance. A few notes

on what seem to me the most interesting insects may be of use.”

These notes I propose to quote under the species’ to which

they refer, as thereby no confusion can by any possibility arise.

The Danaine and Satyrine are unrepresented in the present

little series.

1. JUNONIA TUGELA.

Precis tugela, Trimen, 8S. Afr. Butt. p. 241, pl. iv. fig. 5.

Q. Foot of Nyika Plateau, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 6th, 1893,

“« Nortoiseshell” (A. C.).

When describing the allied J. aurorina, I compared it with

J. sinuata ; itis, however, more nearly related to J. kowari from the

Cameroons, differing in the narrower truncated (not faleated) apex

of the primaries, and longer, more tapering secondaries, in the

tawny markings in the cell of primaries, the much narrower discal

belt, which is distinctly paler, much less red, and less suffused with

pink, also in the deep incision in this band formed by the strong

and prominent angulation of the brown basal area of the anterior

wings. Comparing our four examples with the four specimens of

J. kowari in the Hewitson collection, I find all these characters

absolutely constant.

2. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).

3, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa,

Sept. 18th, 1893. “‘ Painted Lady ” (#. C.).

3. EUPHEDRA CRAWSHAYI, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3.)

3. Allied to E. zaddachii and E. elephantina, but differing

from both in the broader and more regular ochreous bands on the

primaries, with other characters to be described: primaries

greenish black, glossed with bright green at base; an oblique

broad ochreous trifid band just before the middle, from subcostal

vein to middle of interno-median areole, a second oblique quadrifid

band (pale pinky ochreous or flesh-coloured) limiting the apical

area, and of nearly uniform width throughout ; fringe flecked and

tipped with white: secondaries greenish black at base, costal

border purplish slate-colour ; subcostal area ochraceous ; discoidal

cell, almost to extremity, veins, and basal half of interno-median

area bright golden ochreous; abdominal border pale ochreous

brownish or testaceous, shading into smoky brown at anal angle ;

1895. ] THE COUNTRY WEST OF LAKE NYASA. 629

disc of wing rosy blood-red, with diffused ochreous external edge ;

external border jet-black, with white spots on the fringe at

extremity of internervular folds: body blackish; eyes coppery

bronze, varied with blue-black ; head deep brown, with two white

spots before and behind; pterygodes and front of thorax bronze-

green, sides of thorax clothed with copper-brown hair; base of

abdomen hairy, shot with blue and green. Below differing from

E. zaddachit in the regular creamy bands of the primaries, the

inner edge of the subapical band slightly concave, instead of

elbowed, the lower half of the first band not incised internally ; a

large yellow patch filling the end of the cell of secondaries, and a

still larger patch or abbreviated band beyond the cell, commencing

at subcostal vein in an elongated subpyriform patch, the inferior

portion of which is occupied by an acutely angled, almost ™1-shaped

streak ; from the first subcostal to the third median neryule the

band is of a clearer yellow and gradually widens, its inner edge

being unequally trisinuated and not accompanied by black spots ;

the submarginal spots are uniformly smaller than in FZ. zaddachii,

but the remaining characters are similar. Expanse of wings

80 millim,

¢, Lumpi River, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 19th, 1893.

** Cream, velvet, and crimson” (2. C.).

4, M®@TACRENIS ROSA,

Q. Crenis rosa, Hewitson, Ent Month. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).

3. Crenis pechuelii, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur, vol. xli,

pl. xxvi. fig. 1 (1879).

3 , Deep Bay, 1500 feet altitude, west of Lake Nyasa, March 4th,

1894, ‘“ Violet Fritillary” (2. C.).

Mr. Crawshay says of this species:—‘“TI have only seen three,

during a year’s residence here in 1893 and 1894, and long stays

in previous years. It is of swift flight, and very difficult to catch,

as it perches on trees, high up, out of one’s reach as a rule. I at

first took this insect for another which I got at Mweru, and

which Mr. Butler was kind enough to name after me—viz., Crenis

crawshayi; but, on closer examination, I see it is not the same

except in general tone of colour.”

5. ARGYNNIS SMARAGDIFERA, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 1, 2.)

do. Intermediate in character between A. lathonia and A,

euphrosyne ; size, form, and general pattern of the upper surface of

the latter, but the base of the wings with the basal area broadly

greyish green, the marginal spots of the primaries pale yellowish

towards apex, and the centre of the secondaries spotted almost as in

A. lathonia : wings below perfectly intermediate between these two

very distinct species, the ground-colour of the apex of the primaries

being characteristic of A. euphrosyne, clear yellow with similar

ferruginous patches ; the greater portion of the primaries, however,

is of a dull tawny hue ; the subbasal D-shaped black marking in the

630 DRE. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [June 18,

cell encloses a shining green spot; the silver markings on all ‘the

wings are arranged nearly as in A, lathonia, but are much more

uniform in size; the characteristic oblong spot beyond the cell of

secondaries is larger than that in A. ewphrosyne, but smaller than

that in A. lathonia. Expanse of wings 46 millim. -

Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. <‘ Silver-speckled Fritillary ” (R. C.).

Mr. Crawshay has the following note on this butterfly :—* No. 1

T took at the very summit of Kasungu Mountain, on open down-

land, covered with short, crisp, curly grass, only about ankle-high,

I don’t think I saw more than three, two of which I took (one I

have by me). It is an exceedingly restless insect, of erratic

flight, and, when on the wing, is a bad colour to follow with the

eye. I did not find it anywhere but on the very top of the

mountain; 100 feet or so lower down I did not see one.”

6. ACRZ#A EXCELSIOR.

Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.

fig. 3.

¢, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. « “Small Red-barred Fritillary ” (7. C.).

Of this insect Mr. Crawshay says :—“ A little Fritillary from

nearly the top of Kasungu may prove good. I saw only one,

which I took in the same place as the great Blue No. 2.”

Although the Acrawine somewhat remind one of Fritillaries, they

belong to a different subfamily.

7. PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

@, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa,

Sept. 5th, 1893. “Blue” (2. C.). ;

Tt is almost impossible to get a collection from any part of the

Old World which does not contain an example of this species and

Pyrameis cardur.

8. LycmneEstHEs (sp. near L. odes).

9, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. “Dull-marked Blue” (#. C.).

This species has almost exactly the same pattern as L. liodes,

but the secondaries are elongated and with ‘an abrupt elbow. close

to anal angle; although probably new, the single specimen is

unfortunately a good deal injured.

9, ZizBRA UNIGEMMATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 4, 5.)

3. Allied to Z. lysimon: above smoky grey-brown, with faint

lilacine gloss ; a slender blackish marginal line: secondaries with

a submarginal black spot with paler diffused edging; slightly

orange at the back near extremity of first median interspace ;

fringes smoky greyish, darker on the primaries than the secondaries,

1895.] THE COUNTRY WEST OF LAKE NYASA, 631

with blackish subbasal line followed by a whitish stripe: body

blackish. Under surface mouse-grey, with markings somewhat as

in Z, lysimon, but the primaries with pale-edged black reniform

discocellular spot; discal series consisting of five whitish-edged

conspicuous black spots, the interne-median area being crossed by

two white lunules, to represent the lower spots of Z. lysimon ;

submarginal and marginal markings normal : secondaries with only

three nearly equidistant subbasal pale-edged black spots, and only

the- first spot of the discal series black, but in the submarginal

series the sixth spot is centred with a black spot edged with

metallic blue. Expanse of wings 23 millim.

¢o, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. “Tiny Blue” (&. C.).

10. ScoLITANTIDES STELLATA ?

Lycena stellata, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 349.

Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893, “Tiny dull Blue” (&. C.).

11. ZERITIS HARPAX.

2. Papilio harpax, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. App. p. 829 (1775).

2, Deep Bay, 1500 feet altitude, west of Lake Nyasa,

March 11th, 1894. *‘ Large Copper 2, with emerald-green legs ”

(Rt. C.).

’ An unusually large example, and redder underneath than in the

majority of specimens.

URANOTHAUMA, gen. noy.

Allied to Spindasis and Hyreus: primaries with four subcostal

branches, the first emitted from halfway to end of discoidal cell,

anastomosing with costal vein, the second at one-third distance

from end of cell, the third from halfway between cell and apex,

the fourth running to just before the apex: secondaries with one

rather long tail near anal angle ; costal margin slightly sinuous ;

neuration quite normal: abdominal half of wings below clothed

with long’ hairs; abdominal margin densely hairy; eyes, pectus,

and legs to end of femora densely hairy. Male with a large

velyety black patch on the upper surface of the ‘primaries

immediately beyond the cell.

Typical species, with the anal angle lobed and the tail emitted

from a second more prominent lobe: U. crawshayi.

This genus will include Hyreus cordatus, E. M. Sharpe, from

Sotik, Kavirondo.

12, URANOTHAUMA CRAWSHAYI,sp.n. (Plate XXXV. figs. 6, 7.)

¢. Rufous brown, shot with bright violet, excepting on the

costal and abdominal borders of the secondaries; fringes white,

spotted with black at the extremity of the veins, most heavily on

the primaries ; a large velvety black patch beyond the cell of these

632 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [June 18,

wings, having on the left-hand wing somewhat the outline of the

letter P ; fringe of abdominal margin of secondaries sordid white ;

two black submarginal spots above the anal lobes, that above the

tailed lobe large and enclosing a conspicuous metallic ultramarine

transverse spot, that above the inner lobe partly enclosing a metallic

golden-green spot, tinted along its upper edge with blue; tail black,

tipped with white : body blackish, clothed in front with slaty-grey

hairs, behind, but especially at the sides, with silvery brownish hairs,

abdominal segments very slenderly edged with whitish; antenne

black, slenderly ringed with white to the base of the clavus ; palpi

long, black with a white lateral stripe, the broad fringes formed of

mixed white and black hairs; pectus and venter white; legs

white, barred with black. Wings below.chalky white: primaries

with an 8-shaped black basal patch (which in the female becomes a

3), three clay-reddish bands commencing in partly blackish annular

markings on the costa, uniting into a broad argillaceous patch

below the cell; all the other markings very nearly as in

U. cordatum, Sharpe, but much heavier in character, the fourth

band of the primaries being also continued across these wings by

the addition of two argillaceous spots almost touching the outer

edge of the patch of that colour; the black spot above the tail of

secondaries united on its outer edge to a metallic tricoloured

u-shaped patch, the projecting parts of which are blue, and the

enclosed portion fiery copper, shading at the edges into green;

anal spot edged on one side by an oblique blue and copper dash.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Q slightly larger, more rufous, almost argillaceous, the primaries

with the whole surface, excepting the costal and external areas,

brilliant Morpho-blue ; a transverse narrow 8-shaped bar across

the cell, a quadrate patch at the end of the cell; a series of six

subconfluent spots across the disc, interrupted at second median

nervule, and the outer border black: secondaries with an annular

series of blackish spots as follows—two closing the cell, three in a

curved series beyond the cell, and one near the base of the

subcostal areole; a few other spots vaguely showing through

from the under surface ; margin of wing blackish; fringes, metallic

spots, tails, and pattern of under surface as in the male. Expanse

of wings 45 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. “Giant Blue” (R. C.). ,

Mr. Crawshay has the following note on this lovely species :—

“No. 2 is a Blue, also from Kasungu, and from nearly the top of

the mountain. It seems fairly plentiful, at least I saw perhaps

ten or a dozen, of which I took four. It is of rapid, buzzing,

humming-bird, moth-like flight, and feeds restlessly, hovering

almost the whole time. The sunny side of flowering trees and

shrubs is its favourite haunt ; as long as the sun is bright itis very

restless and active. It is a Blue, and yet does not feed in the

deliberate way in which the majority of Blues feed; its wings are

never at rest,”

1895.] . THE COUNTRY WEST OF LAKE NYASA. 633

13. CoLIAS EDUSA, var. ELECTRA.

Papilio electra, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i, 2, p. 764 (1767).

3d gd and 2 (C. helice type), Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west

of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd, 1893.

2 2 (both forms), Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, Sept. 18th,

1893. “Clouded Yellow and Pale Clouded Yellow ” (R. C.).

Mr. Crawshay remarks :— The Clouded Yellows do not differ

in their habits from those I have taken in Great Britain. I got

them all, with the exception of one, on the top of Kasungu.

They are the first Clouded Yellows I have come across in B. C,

rica.

‘The Pale Clouded Yellow, or whatever it is, may prove some-

thing good. The Dark Clouded Yellows, as far as I can judge, are

merely small editions of the British Colias edusa.

“Of the Pale Clouded Yellows, I took two specimens (one I

have). I took four specimens of the Dark Clouded Yellow, and

could haye taken more.”

The “ Pale Clouded Yellow” is only the usual albino form of

the female; Mr. Crawshay sent us two specimens. One of the

males does not differ in any respect from typical C. edusa; the

other and the ordinary female are somewhat more yellow in tint,

especially on ‘the posterior wings, those of the female showing

scarcely a trace of the usual orange suffusion.

14, TeRIAs PUNCTINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. figs. 8, 9.)

2. Evidently a representative or geographical race of 7.

desjardinsii, from the female of which it differs in the total absence

of the dark brown border of the primaries—all the wings above

being uniformly primrose-yellow, paler towards the outer margins,

and with brown-stained black dots at the extremities of the veins ;

on the under surface the reddish border and apical oblique streak

of the primaries are wanting, and the subapical bilunate marking

is dark ferruginous brown; the ground-colour is also paler.

Expanse of wings 41-45 millim.

2 2, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept.

2nd, and Kantorongondo Mountain, Sept. 5th, 1893. “Brimstone

(small)” (2. C.).

Speaking of the reduction in the width of the border in females

of TL. desjardinsii, Mr. Trimen says :—“ Here the extreme of

reduction breaks up the hind-marginal portion of the border into

very nearly separated spots.” Between this extreme and 7’. punc-

tinotata there is a very considerable gap, but it may eventually be

bridged over when the fauna of Africa is thoroughly known.

15, PAPILIO PSEUDONIREUS, var. ?

Papilio pseudonireus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. i. p. 94.

Above this example is black, with all the markings of a satiny

Antwerp Blue, the fringes narrowly white between the veins: on

the upper surface the central band is evidently wider than in

634 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM WEST OF LAKE NYASA. [June 18,

Felder’s type; but the same submarginal dots in pairs occur on

the primaries : on the under surface there is one marked difference,

the primaries show a discal series of divided spots, the first four,

from inner margin to lower radial, white, the fifth whitish, but

indistinct, the remainder forming a blurred greyish band to costa;

in the silvery white band of the secondaries and all other respects

the specimen agrees with Felder’s description; and knowing how

much the allied P. nireus varies, I think it would be rash at present

to regard this as a distinct species.

3, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, West of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. “ Blue Swallow-tail” (R. C.).

Mr. Crawshay says :—‘ This is, I suppose, a Swallow-tail of

sorts, or what an expert would call a Papilio? It is not a difficult

insect to take, as it flops along lazily, and before perching hesitates

a good deal. Ifound it only on the top of Kasungu, and saw three

in all, of which I secured two.”

Later on, we may perhaps receive other examples of this form,

when it will be possible to decide whether the differences between

it and typical P. pseudonireus are constant.

16. PAPILIO HORRIBILIS.

Papilio horribilis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2

1872).

ea ee Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 25th, 1894.

“ Chocolate Swallow-tail ” (2. C.).

Of this species Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘Taken in Henga, at

about 3300 feet. I saw only one. It kept flying up and down a

small stream with high banks, and gaye me a lot of trouble to

catch. My caravan was delayed on its account for the better part

of half an hour.”

17. PaDRAONA WATSONI.

Padraona watsoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671.

3, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa,

Sept. 18th, 1893. ‘‘ Orange-and-Black Skipper ” (R. C.).

18, GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.

3, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, west of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 2nd,

1893. “Greenish Skipper” (2. C.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Figs. 1, 2. Argynnis smaragdifera, p. 629.

3. Euphedra crawshayi, p. 628.

4,5, Zizera unigemmata, p. 6380.

6, 7. Uranothauma crawshayi, $ 2, p. 631.

8, 9. Terias punctinotata, 2, p. 683.

Pl. XXXVI.

Ue Apresieyadscrcss'S\ 5

Mintern Bros. imp.

2.MABUIA TESSELLATA. Anadr.

TARBOPHIS GUENTHERL.JUndr.

H. Gronvold del. et lith.

1. HEMIDACTYLUS YERBURII. Ana:

P.Z.S.1895. Pl. XXX

—~

vi"

bls

H. Gronvold del. et lith. Mintern Bros. mmp-

LLATASTIA NEUMANNI,Matschie. 2.RANA CYANOPHLYCTIS. Schneider.

3.BUFO ANDERSON], Boulenge-

1895.] ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 635

6. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by

Colonel Yerbury at Aden and its Neighbourhood, By

Joun Anverson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received June 18, 1895.]

(Plates XXXVI. & XXXYVII.)

Colonel Yerbury has presented this collection to the British

Museum, and I have to express my indebtedness to Dr. Giinther

for having entrusted its description to me, and also to Mr. Bou-

lenger for his assistance and advice. It contains examples of

17 species of Lizards, 5 Snakes, and 3 Batrachians.

The specimens were collected at the following localities besides

Aden itself, viz.: Shaikh Othman, five or six miles inland; the

oasis of Lahej, 20 miles from Aden; and Haithalhim, 25 miles

distant from the rock.

Considering that Aden has been in the possession of this

country since 1839, it is rather remarkable that we are only now

beginning to know something about its fauna, and very slow

progress seems to attend the elucidation of its flora’. The litera-

ture bearing on its Reptiles and Batrachia can be summarized in a

few words.

In Mr. Boulenger’s Catalogue of the Lizards in the British

Museum, only Pristurus crucifer, Val., and Chameleon calcarifer,

Peters, are recorded with Aden as a locality, and in the first

volume of Snakes the only species mentioned from Aden is

Zamenis rhodorhachis, Jan.

Professor Boettger*, in 1892, recorded the occurrence of

Gymnodactylus scaber, Heyden, Hemidactylus coctei, Dum. &

Bibr. = H. flaviviridis, Riippell, Scincus hemprichii, Wiegm..,

Chaleides ocellatus, Forskil, Zamenis ladacensis, Andr. = R. rho-

‘dorhachis, Jan, and Echis carinata, Schneider; and in the

following year Herr Matschie*® added six other species, collected

by Mr. Oscar Neumann, to those already known, viz. :—Mabuia

pulchra, Matschie, = M. brevicollis, Wiegm., Acanthodactylus

boskianus, Daud., Philochortus newmanni, Matschie, = Latastia

“neumanni, Matschie, Lytorhynchus diadema, D. & B., Bufo arabicus,

Riipp. (?= Bufo pentoni, Andr.), and Rana ehrenbergi, Peters, =

Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneider.

In Colonel Yerbury’s collection there are specimens of 11 species

of Reptiles new to the fauna of Aden and its neighbourhood, and

one Toad. Of the former, three are new to science.

Tam indebted to Colonel Yerbury for some interesting notes

on the occurrence and habits of many of the species. I have

indicated his observations by inverted commas.

} My brother wrote his ‘ Florula Adenensis’ so long ago as 1856, and I am

informed, on the best authority, that only very trifling additions haye been

made to it since. ° :

2 Ber. Offenb, Ver. 1892, pp. 61-63, - ° SB. nat. Fr, 1893, pp. 27-31,

636

DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

The following is a list of the Reptiles and Batrachia now known

to occur in Aden and in the immediately surrounding country :—

“ID OVE LO

LACERTILIA.

GECKONID#.

. Ceramodactylus dorie, Blanford. Aden.

. Gymnodactylus scaber, Heyden. Aden (Boettger).

. Pristurus crucifer, Val. Kursi near Aden (Boulenger).

flavipunctatus, Riippell. Aden; Lahe}.

. Hemidactylus sinaitus, Boulenger. Shaikh Othman; Lehaj.

yerburii, n.sp. Aden; Lahej; Haithalhim.

flaviviridis, Riippell. Aden (Boettger) ; Shaikh Othman ;

Lahej.

AGAMIDA.

. Agama sinaita, Heyden. Haithalhim.

VARANIDE,

. Varanus griseus, Daud. Lahej; Haithalhim.

LACERTID,

10. Latastia newmanni, Matschie. Scadi near Lahej (Matschie) ;

11.

12.

13.

14,

15.

16.

18.

19.

20.

on road between Lahej and Shaikh Othman.

Acanthodactylus boskianus, Daud. Scadi near Lahej

(Matschie) ; Aden, outside isthmus ; Shaikh Othman ; Lahej ;

Haithalhim.

cantori, Giinther. Lahej.

Eremias guttulata, Licht. Lahej; Haithalhim.

Scrncrp &.

Mabuia brevicollis, Wiegm. Scadi near Lahej (Matschie) ;

Shaikh Othman; Lahej; Haithalhim.

Mabuia tessellata, n. sp.

Scincus hemprichi, Wiegm. Aden (Boetiger); Shaikh

Othman ; Lahej?

Chalcides (Gongylus) ocellatus, Forskil. Lahej (Matschie) ;

Aden (Boettger); Shaikh Othman.

CHAMZLEONTID &.

Chameleon calcarifer, Peters. Aden (Boulenger); Shaikh

Othman ; Lahej; Haithalhim and Huswah.

OPHIDIA.

CoLUBRIDE (Aglypha),

Zamenis rhodorhachis, Jan. Aden (Boetiger).

Lytorhynchus diadema, D. & B, Lahej (Matschie).

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 637

(Opisthoglypha.)

21. Psammophis lacrymans, Reuss. Shaikh Othman; Haithal-

him; Lahej.

22. Ceelopeltis moilensis, Reuss. Aden, sands outside isthmus.

23. Tarbophis quentheri, nu. sp. Muscat: The Hadramaut (Bent

Expedition) ; Lahe}.

VIPERID#.

24, Echis carinata, Schneider. Aden (Boettger); Lahej.

BATRACHIA,

RAnNIDz.

1, Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneider. Lahej (Matschie) ; Haithal-

im,

BUFONID£.

2. Bufo pentoni, Anderson. Lahej; Haithalhim.

3. anderson, Boulenger. Lahe}j.

? Bufo arabicus, Riipp. Aden (Matschie).

The foregoing list is doubtless very imperfect, and it will be ob-

served that it does not contain a single Chelonian, either from the

land or water, and no marine snakes. Every section of the fauna

of Aden is of extreme interest owing to the geographical position of

the locality and its proximity to the African coast. The question

whether any sea-snakes are found on the coast is one well worthy of

the attention of any resident at Aden interested in the geographical

distribution of animals. Sir Lambert Playfair informs me that he

has never heard of them at Aden or anywhere in the Red Sea, but

that he has seen them off the coast of Arabia, when going from

Zanzibar to Bombay. They are unknown at the former locality.

Colonel Yerbury says he has never met with a sea-snake at Aden,

and that he does not believe that they exist there, or he would

certainly have met with them when he was collecting marine shells

and seining. Sea-snakes are common at Muscat, indeed they occur

there rather in profusion. To what cause is their apparent absence

at Aden to be attributed? If not entirely absent from the Aden

sea they must be extremely rare, as many good observers have

visited both sides of the Gulf and not a single instance of their

occurrence has been recorded in zoological literature.

LACERTILIA,

1, CERAMODACTYLUS DORIA, Blanford.

Ceramodactylus dorie, Blanford, Ann. & Mag. N. H. - xiii.

1874, p. 454,

1é.

This is the first record of the occurrence of this species at or

638 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

near Aden, but in the British Museum there are examples from

Muscat‘, from the Sinaitic peninsula, and one from Arabia’

presented by the late Sir Richard Burton, and, therefore, probably

from Midian.

2, PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS, Riippell.

Pristurus flavipunctatus, Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. 1835, Rept.

p- 17, pl. vi. fig. 3.

13 9. Aden: “common on the rocks.”

44,5 9. Lahej: “common on the trunks of babool trees.”

Tn the British Museum there is a single example of this species

from Shaikh Othman, presented by Marquis Doria. These

specimens now prove the species to be distributed over the Aden

district, where it appears to be quite as common as it is on the

opposite African coast ; but Colonel Yerbury informs me that it

is extremely difficult to capture owing to the rapidity of its

movements.

The spots which occur on the sides of this little Gecko of rocks

and trees are rich blood-red in freshly preserved specimens. They

are very minute, generally not larger than two granules, and

are chiefly confined to the sides, from the axilla to the groin, and

to the sides of the belly. The brilliancy of these spots induced me

to examine them with a hand-lens, when I was surprised to find

that many of the supposed coloured spots of the lizard were due

not to skin-pigment but to the presence of a minute mite

simulating their colour. I submitted a portion of the skin

to the high authority of Mr. Albert D. Michael, who was

so good as to examine it, and he informs me that the minute

mite belongs to the genus Gekobia, and that it is either identical

with, or very similar to, G. loricata, Berlese. Mr. Michael is

disposed to think that it is identical, but says that there may be

some minute differences which can only be detected by actual

dissection, and, moreover, that it is difficult to compare spirit-

specimens, which shrink, with Berlese’s drawing made from life ;

he therefore leaves the question of the species in abeyance.

Berlese’s specimens were found, Mr. Michael informs me, “in a

precisely similar situation under the scales of Platydactylus

muralis” (Tarentola mauritanica, Linn.) “ in South Italy.”

In the males of these specimens the crest of the tail may be

traced on to the sacral region, but not beyond it.

All the specimens from Aden and its neighbourhood are much

paler in colour than those from the opposite African coast.

“ This species is plentiful everywhere on the rocks in Aden, from

the sea-level to the summit of Shum-Shum. I was at first under

the impression that they basked in the hottest sunshine, but found

afterwards that they almost entirely disappeared during the

greatest heat of the day. Nevertheless, when they were. moving

1 Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 407. _°

2 Oat. Liz. B. M. 2nd ed. i. 1855, p. 14.

’

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 639

about, the rocks were so hot as to be unpleasant to the touch. I

also found it in considerable numbers on the trunks of large babool

trees about 4 miles on the Aden side of Lahej.”

‘3. Hemipactyivs stnairus, Boulenger.

Hemidactylus sinaitus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. B. M. 2nd ed.

i. 1885, p. 126.

1 $,2 9,and2juv. Shaikh Othman.

1 9. Lahej.

This species was founded by Mr. Boulenger on a female from

Mount Sinai. In it the nostril is formed by the rostral and by

three nasals, the first labial being excluded from the nostril by

the junction of the lowest nasal and the rostral’. In five of the

specimens collected by Colonel Yerbury, the first labial enters the

nostril by a fine point, whereas in one it enters the nostril on one

side and is excluded on the other by the junction of the lowest

nasal and the rostral, so that the formation of the nostril is subject

to variation. In only 3 out of 24 specimens obtained by me on

the African coast of the Red Sea (Suakin) does the first labial

enter the nostril.

In the type of the species there are no transversely enlarged

subcaudal plates. The specimen from Shaikh Othman, a Q , agrees

with it in this detail, whereas in one from Aden the subcaudals are

slightly transversely enlarged, whilst, on the other hand, a male

from the latter locality has a mesial line of transversely enlarged

sub-caudals, a feature also present in two young specimens. It

would thus appear that the definition of the species, so far as its

subcaudals also are concerned, requires modification.

There are also in the type 9 upper and 8 lower labials, but in two

adults from Aden and in the Shaikh Othman specimen the labials

are as follows :—8, 2,11. The dorsal tubercles of the type are

considerably smaller than those of H. turcicus ; but in three Aden

specimens they are even smaller than in the former, but not more

so than might be expected to occur in specimens from localities so

widely apart as Aden and Mount Sinai.

In the type there is a large chin-shield on each side of the

mental, in contact with its fellow behind the latter, and in

relation externally with the first and second labials. Behind it is

a much smaller shield with some enlarged scales posterior to it.

The chin-shields of the Aden specimens follow a similar arrange-

ment, but with slight modifications.

The number of the lamelle under the digits and the extent of

their lateral development are important characters in the species

of this genus. In these details the Aden Geckoes agree broadly

with H. sinaitus, but, asin every other character, these features are

subject to variation. The following are the numbers of lamellz

1 Tn the original description the rostral, instead of the first labial, is said not

to enter the nostril, but the relation of these shields to the nostril in the type

specimen is as stated above.

640 DR. J, ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

on the fore and hind feet of this species as illustrated by four speci-

mens from Aden :—

Digits Digits Digits Digits

£9, 8,.4. 5. WORAS. “98 2 eee

Fore limb ...... 56666 56676 66675 56677

Hind limb...... 578107 57797 66797 57798

The narrower and shorter digits, the fewer lamelle, the smaller

dorsal tubercles, and the exclusion generally of the first labial

from the nostril are the features that distinguish H. sinaitus from

H, turcacus.

The coloration of these Aden specimens is much paler than that

of the type from Mount Sinai, and in this conforms to that

generally distinctive of Geckoes from arid and desert localities.

The general colour is pale olive-white, many of the tubercles

being dark brown and others white. There is a broad brown band

from the snout to the eye prolonged backwards along the side of

the neck in a paler tint. The tail is more or less spotted with

brown, the spots tending to form transverse bars. Underparts

white.

This is the first record of the presence of this species in Arabia

proper.

Measurements * of 4 specimens.

Snoutto mp; Widthof Length of Length of Length of

Sex. vent. head. head. fore limb. hind limb.

Oy sae 54 9 14°5 17°5 21

Q....42°2 44:5 7:2 12 13°5 17

Oe sx 40 44 12 10°6 12°9 14:2

Oe 34 88 45 eC IL 13°2 15

“Tt was very plentiful under some old matting that had been

thrown down in the so-called forest, or more properly garden, at

Shaikh Othman. It was generally to be found under old logs

and other objects lying on the ground.”

4, HEMIDACTYLUS YERBURII, n. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

1g. Lahej.

1g. Haithalhin.

Snout moderately long, exceeding the distance between the

posterior border of the eye and the ear, and somewhat spatulate

in form. Eye large, its long diameter equalling half the distance

between its anterior border and the snout. Lar crescentic, half

the diameter of the eye. Nostril formed by the rostral, labial, and

3 nasals*. Body covered with minute flat rounded granules with

numerous large strongly trihedral tubercles intermixed and

arranged in sixteen more or less longitudinal series, and the head

1 ATI measurements are in millimétres.

2 On one side the first labial and lowest nasal are confluent.

-1895.] " BATRACHTANS FROM ADEN. 641

more sparsely covered with enlarged convex granules. The

granules of the head are largest between the eye and the nostril.

A few enlarged tubercles on the radial portion of the fore limb,

and numerous trihedral tubercles on the hind limb, with generally °

a few smaller tubercles at the bases of the fourth and fifth toes.

On the tail the tubercles are larger than those on the body,

acutely pointed and arranged in transverse series of six, each

row separated from the one in front of and behind it by about 6

rows of granules. Scales on the under surface of the base of the

tail small and imbricate, but a short way beyond the base the

mesial scales are transversely enlarged, and further on become

transverse plates. A pair of large chin-shields in contact behind

the pentagonal mental and broadly in contact with the first and

second lower labials ; a small shield external to each chin-shield and

in contact with the second and third labials, and a line of enlarged

scales below the labials. Scales on the ventral surface about one

fourth the size of the dorsal tubercles, cycloid and imbricate.

Limbs well developed, the fore limb reaching the nostril or in

advance of the snout; the hind limb falls short of the axilla.

Digits well-developed, with broad lamell, seven to eight on the

pollex, eight to ten on the second to the fourth finger, and ten

or eleven on the fifth; seven or eight lamelle on the hallux. nine

to eleven on the second, third, and fourth toes, and eleven or

twelve on the fifth. Tail much depressed at the base and through-

out its entire length, longer than the body and head, and finely

pointed. Femoral pores 12 to 15.

General colour grey, with an obscure dusky band before the eye

and also behind it, with or without some feeble dusky markings on

the head, neck, and shoulders ; faint indications of dark bands on the

middle of the tail towards the tip. Underparts white, minutely

spotted with livid on the sides of the belly.

Snout to »p,;, Widthof Lengthof Length of Length of

Sex. vent. head: end. '0 foes linih? liad ave

Bo O69 — 19°3 14°5 26°5 33

ae OU 73°5 19 14 ies. 28:9

This species is distinguished from JH. turcicus, Linn., by the

greater development of its digits, but more especially of their

lamelle, which by their breadth recall those of a Yarentola. The

greater development of its dorsal tubercles, the flattened tail, its

heavier form, greater size, and uniform coloration are all features

in which it differs from that species. Its chin-shields, also, in their

relations to the upper labials differ from those of H. turcicus.

I have much pleasure in connecting Colonel Yerbury’s name

with this species. He informs me that he “‘ saw this species once in

Aden about halfway up Shum-Shum. The specimen was in a

crevice of the rock, but it ran rapidly up the perpendicular face

of the precipice when I tried to catch it. It is fairly common

inland on the trunks of trees.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. X LI. 41

642 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

5. HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS, Riippell.

Hemidactylus flaviviridis, Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. 1835, Rept.

p- 18, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Hemidactylus coctei, D. & B. Erpét. Gen. ii. 1836, p. 365.

1@. Aden.

Mr. Boulenger, in 1887, pointed out! that H. flaviviridis,

Riippell, is identical with H. coctei, D.& B. While in Frankfurt-

on-the-Main, two years ago, I examined the type of H. flawi-

viridis, Riippell, and arrived at the same conclusion, being unaware

at the time, however, of Mr. Boulenger’s identification of the

two.

As Duméril and Bibron quote Riippell’s ‘ Neue Wirbelthiere ’

in their third volume, it is evident that H. flaviwiridis must stand

for this widely distributed Gecko, which was first described from a

Massowah specimen.

Of late years, it has been found at Korseir’ and at Aden’.

Specimens exist in the British Museum from the latter locality and

also from Muscat *.

‘¢ This is the common house Gecko of Aden, Shaikh Othman, and

Lahe}j, and is plentiful in these localities.”

6. AGAMA srnarta, Heyden.

sae sinaita, Heyden, Riipp. Atlas N. Afr. Rept. 1827, p. 10,

pl. 3.

13,39. Haithalhim.

This is the first notice of the occurrence of this species at Aden,

but, so long ago as 1851, it was recorded by A. Duméril from the

rocks at Muscat’. These Aden specimens agree exactly with

examples in the British Museum from Mount Sinai, whence the

species was originally described.

** Plentiful in the bed of the stream at Haithalhim. The bed

was dry and consisted of pebbles of various sizes and sand, with

small bushes here and there, chiefly Dipterygium glaucum.”

7. VARANUS GRISEUS, Daud.

26. Lahej.

Mr. Boulenger ° has recorded this species from Muscat, but this

is the first notice of its occurrence at Aden.

“Tt seems to be rare, as I met with it only on three occasions.

The first example was brought to me by a man who had been

1 Cat. Liz. B. M. 2nd. ed. iii. p. 485.

2 Klunzinger, Zeitsch. Gesell. f. Erd. Berlin, 1878, p. 94.

3 Boettger, Bericht Offenb. Ver. Nat. 1892, p. 62; Matschie, SB. Gesell.

nat, Fr. 1893, p. 29.

+ Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5ser.) xxi. 1887, p. 407.

5 Cat. Méthod. Rept. 1851, p. 103.

® Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5 ser.) xxi. 1887, p. 407.

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN, 643

placed at my disposal, for the purpose of collecting, by the Sultan

of Lahej, but this solitary specimen was the beginning and endin

of his services. It was obtained in the neighbourhood of the

babool trees mentioned in connection with Pristurus flavipunctatus.

The second was received from a camel-driver who said he had killed

it, at the door of his house, in Al Hautah, Lahej; and the third was

seen among some thick bushes at Haithalhim.”

In this species, but more so in Varanus niloticus, two slight

eminences are occasionally present, in both sexes, immediately

before the cloacal opening, occupying the position of the preanal

pores of other lizards. The true nature of these structures in

V. griseus is best seen by studying Varanus niloticus.

The pores of the body-scales of that species are very minute

openings requiring the aid of a hand-lens to render them visible,

but in front of the cloacal opening they decidedly increase in size, and

one or more of them, always in the same spot, frequently becomes

enlarged and functionally active in a way perfectly distinct from

any of its fellows, as from it alone exudes a yellowish-red secretion.

In front of the anus a distinct swollen eminence occurs on either

side of the mesial line and in the centre of this swelling is placed

the enlarged pore. When the red crust of the dry secretion is

removed a distinct pit remains, and in one specimen there was clear

evidence of this pit being made up from secondary cup-shaped

depressions, their central walls of opposition having been absorbed,

so that the pit had a quadrilobate appearance. The presence of a

pair of eminences in this region suggests the probability that they

are glandular in nature, and that, during their functional activity,

one or more scale-pores become enlarged and perform the function

of excretory orifices.

I direct attention to these structures in the Varanide, as they

suggest that undue importance should not be attached to the

absence or presence of przanal pores in certain Lacertilian genera.

As a further illustration of this I may mention that in the genus

Stenodactylus two preanal pores, like those of Ceramodactylus, are

absent or present, irrespective of sex, in the species generally

known as S. guttatus, Cuv., but, as every herpetologist is aware,

this genus has hitherto been regarded as devoid of these struc-

tures.

8. LavastIa NEUMANNI (Matschie). (Plate XX XVII. fig. 1.)

Philochorius neumanni, Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin,

1893, p. 30.

1 @. Lahej.

1g. Lahej.

These two specimens so perfectly agree with Herr Matschie’s

description of the species, that there can be no question of their

correct identification. The only example obtained by Herr Oscar

Neumann measured 72 millim. from the snout to the vent; whereas

41*

644 DR, J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

the larger of Col. Yerbury’s specimens, which was caught in the

same locality, has the head and body 81 millim. long. In the former,

the tail is recorded as having been 127 millim., whereas in

the latter it is 201 millim. in length. In the smaller of the above

examples, with the head and body only 53 millim. long, the tail is

148 millim., i. ¢. nearly 2 centimétres longer than that of the type,

which had its body and head almost 20 millim. in excess of the

former. These differences in the proportion of the tail to the body

and head between the type and Col. Yerbury’s specimen are doubt-

less due, not to variation, but to the tail of the former having been

renewed. In Latastia the renewal of the tail is not marked by any

prominent line of demarcation, as occurs in many other genera of

Lizards.

There are in all thirteen longitudinal bands along the body of

this lizard, counting the dark band external to the ventrais. The

middle of the enlarged dorsals is olive-brown with a narrow yel-

lowish line external to it, followed by a broad blackish band, with

a narrow white band external to it, succeeded by a still broader

black band with a white band below it, and lastly the less well-defined

black band along the external ventrals. The upper surface of the

head is olive-brown, and the limbs and tail olive above, the former

being more or less black-spotted. The underparts are white, with

exception of the under surface of the tail which is yellowish. In

the young the lineation is even more pronounced than in the adult

and the black predominates, and the posterior three-fourths of the

tail are yellow, passing into orange-red at the tip.

3 Length yidth

Sex, gata Tau, of hea i bead,

Oe ee 81 201 17 10

Oreret einai Sys) 148 12°3 9

ue Length of Length of Femoral Seales round

; fore limb. hind limb. pores. body.

oad epi 28 49 16 42

Ore pie tater 20°5 36 14-15 47

The question arises whether Philochortus is distinct from Latastia,

leaving for the present in abeyance the broader question whether

Latastia is worthy of generic rank apart from Lacerta.

The first character of the new genus is the presence of a shield

separating the interparietal from the occipital. Mr. Boulenger,

however, has pointed out that a shield, in the same position, is not

unfrequently present in Latastia longicaudata, Reuss, and my speci-

mens from Suakin verify this and show, moreover, that the area

around the interparietals and the occipital is the subject of variation,

as portions become separated off from the former shields. In

estimating, therefore, what value is to be attached to the presence

of a small shield between the interparietal and occipital, such varia-

tions as the foregoing cannot be lost sight of, as they undoubtedly

1895.] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 645

minimize its importance and negative its value even as a specific

character. Moreover, it is not confined to Zatastia, as it is not

unfrequent in Lacerta, Eremias, &e.

The next character of Philochortus is the small size of the pre-

frontal suture, but this can hardly be accepted as of generic import,

in view of the great variability of this suture among individuals

of a species in almost every genus of the Lacertide.

The presence of a small partition separating the nostril from the

first labial is not peculiar to Philochortus, as a similar structure exists

in Latastia, but developed to a less extent, so that from a structural

point of view, in this respect, the two nostrils are generically

identical.

In the former, the nostril is between two shields, but in Lacerta

and Hremias the nostril is formed by two and three, and by

three and four shields respectively, and in Latastia, as defined

by Mr. Boulenger, by two and three nasals, so that Philochortus is

embraced by it.

In all its other details Philochortus resembles Latastia, so that

there are no reasons why this Aden lizard should have generic rank

conferred on it.

The Lacerta spinalis, Peters’, from Abyssinia is a form closely

allied to Latastia neumanni, Matschie, with enlarged scales down

the middle of its back, but nearly smooth instead of being strongly

keeled. The two have the nuchal scales granular.

“The only two specimens of this lizard in the collection were

taken on a camel-tract between Lahej and Shaikh Othman. It

occurs on the same kind of ground as Acanthodactylus boskianus,

and A, cantoris.” Herr Oscar Neumann’s specimen, however, was

obtained at Lahej in very long grass, a circumstance that suggested

the term Philochortus to Herr Matschie.

Since the foregoing remarks were written, Herr Neumann

has visited London, and, in order that there should be no mis-

understanding about the genus Philochortus, he wrote to Berlin for

the type, and on its arrival he placed it at my disposal for com-

parison with Colonel Yerbury’s specimens. This I have done, and

with the result that the opinion I have expressed above requires in

no way to be modified.

In Herr Neumann’s lizard the little shield between the inter-

parietal and the occipital is even less than in Colonel Yerbury’s

specimens.

The tail bears the mark of a cicatrix, which fully accounts for its

shortness compared with the other Lahej specimens.

9. ACANTHODACTYLUS Bosk1anus, Daud.

23,9 2,4 hgr., and 2 juv. Aden and Haithalhim.

These specimens belong to the coarse type of lepidosis, as is

proved by the number of scales around the middle of the body

* Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 369, pl. vii. fig. 2.

646 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

excluding the ventrals. The average number is 38, whereas in

the variety with fine lepidosis the number of scales generally rises

above 50.

Sex. |Smout to} mai, Gees Ventrals. iin irae rae

veut: | body. thighs. jinner margin,| R. L.

eT At 118 | 36 10 17 13°8 18 17

lige: 70 160 | 38 10 18 11:8 20 19

fetes | 70) ——" | 88 10 17 11:3 17 TUE

Peel 2168 138 | 38 10 17 11-0 24 22

“Tn holes in the sand among sparse vegetation.”

10. ACANTHODACTYLUS CANTORI, Giinther.

Acanthodactylus cantoris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. 1863, p. 73.

1 $,2 9,2 her., and 6 juv. Aden.

The four rows of scales encircling the fingers, the acutely

pointed snout, and the greater number of ventral shields are

characters by which this species can be at once distinguished

from the obtusely-snouted A. boskianus. In its lepidosis it is

intermediate between the extremes that occur in A. boskianus, the

scales round the body seldom falling below 45 or rising above 48.

In its coloration it resembles that species.

Col. Yerbury’s specimens are the first record of its occurrence

at Aden.

«« Among holes in the sand among sparse vegetation.”

11. Eremias eurrunata, Licht.

19. Isthmus of Aden and Shaikh Othman.

“Occurs on the same kind of ground as the two species of

Acanthodactylus, and is not unfrequently met with in dried-up jowari

fields.”

12, Maura BREVICOLLIS, Wiegm.

Euprepes pyrrhocephalus, Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. 1837, p. 183.

Euprepes brevicollis, Wiegm. 1. c. p. 138.

Euprepes perrotetii (non D. & B.), Blanford, Zool. Abyss. 1870,

p. 456.

Mabuia brevicollis, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. B. M. 2nd ed. iii. 1887,

p. 169.

Mabuia pulchra, Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1893, p. 29.

3 ¢6 &2 9. Shaikh Othman.

1jav. 6. Haithalhim.

2S. Lahej.

5 juy. removed from 2 from Shaikh Othman.

Tn the British Museum there is a large Skink obtained by Mr,

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 647

Jesse in Abyssinia, referred by Mr. Blantord' many years ago,

and again more recently *, to Huprepes perrotetii, and which he sus-

pected was the T%liqua burtoni, Blyth’, from Somali-land.

Blyth’s description of Tiliqua burtoni is very short. He com-

pares it to “ Tiliqua rufescens of India,” but says that it differed in

having a series of large scales along the upper surface of the tail.

Now the Somali-land lizard that best agrees with Blyth’s species,

in this respect, is MW. hildebrandti, and not theAbyssinian and Arabian

Mabuia brevicollis, Wiegmann. Mr. Boulenger* has identified Mr.

Blanford’s lizard as Euprepes brevicollis, Wiegmann ’, after having

studied the type in the Berlin Museum, and also that of £. pyrrho-

cephalus, Wiegm., preserved in the same Institution, and which he

considered to be identical with the former. Wiegmann states

regarding £. brevicollis, which was from Abyssinia, “ capitis totius-

que corporis pholidosis eadem que in pyrrhocephala”—a statement

which is of importance as he mentions that the latter had two

loreals, whereas in the specimen in the British Museum there is only

one loreal—a condition, however, which is in all probability due

to fusion of the shields. Apart from this abnormal feature, there

can be no doubt that the Abyssinian lizard is the &. brevicollis,

Wiegm., of which a much more detailed description exists under

E. pyrrhocephalus. The latter was obtained by Hemprich and

Ehrenberg on the island of Aschik in the Red Sea, and the former,

as already mentioned, was from Abyssinia. The fact that the

specimen in the British Museum was from Abyssinia and that it

agreed on the whole, with the exception of having a single loreal,

with the structural features and more especially the coloration of

E. brevicollis, probably led Mr. Boulenger to select the term brevi-

collis as the specific name in preference to EL. pyrrhocephalus. The

specimen that Mr. Boulenger dealt with was a female, and all the

individuals from Aden of the same sex agree with Wiegmann’s

description of E. brevicollis, whereas all the males from Aden

correspond to £. pyrrhocephalus. From a consideration of these

facts, it becomes evident that Wiegmann’s description of £. pyrrho-

cephalus was founded on the male and that of Z. brevicollis on the

female of the same species. The adult, of #. pyrrhocephalus

measured about 137 millim. from the snout to the vent, which is

only about 8 millim. shorter than the largest male collected by

Colonel Yerbury.

Herr Matschie ° has recently redescribed this species under the

name of M. pulchra, his two specimens having been obtained

also at Lahej, or close to it. The smallest of Colonel Yerbury’s

specimens is practically of the same size as Herr Matschie’s largest

example of his M. pulchra, as it is 64 millim. from snout to vent, while

the latter is 61 millim. It agrees exactly with his description.

1 Geol. & Zool. of Abyssinia, 1870, p. 456.

2 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 469.

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiv. pt. 2, 1856, p. 306,

* Cat, Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 169.

5 Arch. f. Natur. Berl. 1837, p- 133,

8 SB, Ges, Berl. 1893, pp. 29-30,

[June 18,

DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

648

Oe ee ee ee eS a

“uvuItO

TyLeYg wots

e[BUIEF OF. BT

moIy 898N}20,7

“ee TVW TT

i) “

ee “er

URT

“HO UALS

‘foyey

“ust

“HO WEIS

eruissAq y

‘foyery

WRU

“HO WHPAS

“Aq1[ ROOT

( eee eeene

seereeeee

snyyueo

TOTALOVU OF

qwoplnoys

‘eka jo

107

“MLO

NU Nf

see eenene

tear eeeee

ween enee

‘STPIQR]

04 [ysou Jo

WOIsOg

tee eeeeee

ZY [ tao

ZY | 1000

ZW | Aoao

ZY 1 wao

ZY [ tao

[ 4940

19AO

ZN [ aao

ZY T tao

“s[BIqry] 04

yesvu-qysod

JO WOTPSOg

“UURUTSOT \\ ‘8277092ANG DINGUTT

*SOST}OJ OAY YPM PIABAL) _

seen eeeee

eee eeeee

€@ 9G aoao

@ ® ZG t0A0

@ HZ toro

@ HZ 10s0

@ YZ tao

ZW] wao

@ YZ aoao

*S[BIqey

0} [R210]

WOTYLOY,

@ YZ tao!

LOLLO}UB JO)

aeeeee

“Apoq

punoa

go[BOg

Cay

pury Jo

yysuoT

9T 4

ot 9:8

91 6-8

1G OL

8-1E §1

66 LT

8& 1G

9-68 | &6T

Ge 8T

OF GG

oP 0G

LSP GG

‘qd Cury “proy

elof jo | jo

yyeueTy | TPL

1:06

*peey

yysuory

OIL

ap sang

ae a

ane

Ot OF % % % OF %

eee p

"JUOA

qnoug

*x0g

1895. } BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN, 649

The accompanying table (p. 648) gives the relations of some of the

more important head-shields and other details connected with the

external features of the species. The number of scales round the

body varies from 30 to 34. The smallest number is in the

Abyssinian specimen in the British Museum, but whether it is

distinctive of the Abyssinian individuals generally is not known, as

Wiegmann did not record the number of scales round the body.

Mr. Matschie’s highest number is 34, but Colonel Yerbury’s only

reach 32.

The females are olive-brown or olive-grey, with a varying number

(generally 6, occasionally 5) of dark brown longitudinal lines

marked at regular intervals with enlarged dark brown spots, each

generally having a white spot associated with it. Some of these

lines are prolonged on to the tail. The intervals between two lines

generally contain two scales, rarely three. The shields of the head

are margined with dark brown, and there are some obscure dusky

lines on the throat. The underparts are white. The males are

generally brown above, with obscure indications of darker brown

bands, sometimes entirely absent, and each scale is margined with

brown. The back is frequently white-spotted and also the sides

of the head and neck, but these spots are variable, and in some they

are all but absent. There is generally a dark black band behind the

eye passing over the ear and becoming dusky along the sides. In

some the top of the head is reddish brown, the sides of the head

from behind the ear forwards to the snout, and invading the lower

labial margin, bright brick-red spotted with white. In others these

parts are all inky black, including the chin and throat, but white-

spotted. In some black and white prevail on the sides of the head.

This lizard is viviparous. The female from Shaikh Othman was

gravid with five foetuses, the measurements of three of which are

given in the table.

“The greater number of these lizards were caught in the traps

set for rats and other small mammals in fields, gardens, and else-

where, but a few were dug out of the ground. They seem to be

vegetable feeders, the great attraction as a bait being an onion.”

With reference to the food of this species, I have opened the

stomachs of a number of them and have found the contents to be

chiefly the remains of insects. The little vegetable matter that

occurred in their stomachs was in all likelihood swallowed by the

lizard in seizing its insect prey, just as Chalcides sepoides swallows

quantities of sand.

13. MABUIA TESSELLATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

ladult 2.

Head moderately long, snout obtusely rounded. WNostril behind

the suture of the rostral and first labial, pierced in the hinder part

of a small nasal; a small postnasal resting wholly on the first labial.

Supranasals linear, in contact behind the rostral. Frontonasal

considerably broader than long. Prefrontals form a narrow suture

650 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

before the frontal. The frontal as long as the frontoparietals and

interparietals, in contact externally with the first to the third

supraoculars. Four supraoculars and five supraciliaries. Fronto-

parietals small, forming a broadish suture before the interparietal.

Interparietal narrowly separating the parietals. A pair of nuchal

plates. Two loreals, the anterior resting on the second labial, and

the second on the third labial and very partially on the second.

A small shield, behind the second loreal, resting on the 3rd and 4th

labials, and another on the 4th and 5th labials. Fifth labial below

the eye, not contracted below, entering widely into the labial margin.

A large transparent ocular disk, larger than the ear-opening. The

ear round, with two or three small lobules at the anterior border.

Thirty-four rows of scales round the middle of the body, nearly

smooth, but showing faint indications of a feeble tricarination

(fig. 2). Limbs well developed ; the fore limb when laid forwards

reaches to the anterior angle of the eye, and hind limb when stretched

forwards reaches along two-thirds of the distance between the axilla

and groin. The lamelle of the digits are provided with prominent

brown eminences, one to the centre of each lamella close to its

distal margin, and resembling a short obtuse keel. The palmar and

plantar surfaces with prominent tubercles more or less brown at the

apices. Tail considerably longer than the head and body.

Head brownish above, the shields margined with dark brown;

body olive, with a bluish tint on the sides, each scale margined

with dark brown and producing a tessellated appearance. A few

dark spots on the labials. Under surface white with a faint bluish

tinge.

Snout Length Width . Scales

Sex. to Tail. of of tor Huet roun

vent. head. _ head. Per Td body.

Orr 5. 60 80 13 8 1°9 22°5 34

This is a species allied to I. brevicollis, but does not reach to

half its dimensions, as the type is a gravid female. It differs from

it, moreover, in the arrangement of its upper labials, in the greater

size of the palpebral disk, in the structure of its toes, in the

number of scales round the body, and in its markedly different

coloration.

14, Scrnous HEMPRICHI, Wiegm.

Scincus hemprichii, Wiegm. Arch, f. Naturg. 1837, p. 128.

1 6,1 9,and1juv. Shaikh Othman.

29. Lahej?

These specimens differ from the type in the Berlin Museum,

which I have examined, in having 24, instead of 22 rows of scales

round the middle of the body. In one also there are only five

supraorbitals on one side of the head, whilst in the largest specimen

the frontoparietals have completely united with the frontals. In

other respects they perfectly agree with the type. The number

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN, 651

of scales varies at Aden, as Professor Boettger ', who was the first to

record it from there, mentions that his specimen or specimens had

only 22 rows of scales round the body.

The type of the species was obtained in Abyssinia by Hemprich

and Ehrenberg.

| Snout Length | Width ts yng | Scales

Sex to | Tail of 0 fare tend | | round

vent head. head Tate limb. body.

Q...| 1384 72 34 26 40 4) 24 | Lahej, Aden.

©...| 96 52 24 15:5 31 33 24 | Haithalhim.

Q...| 68 37 165 107 21-4 23°5 24 |Shaikh Othman.

3...| 535) 26 15 9 75 | 186 | 24 s iy

Juv.) 45 32 13°4 82 15 LalG 24 4 ;

« Almost all the specimens obtained were dug out of the sand.”

15. CrancrpEs (Goneynus) oceLLarus, Forskal.

2 adults and 2juv. Aden.

ladult. Shaikh Othman.

1 adult. Lahej.

This species attains to a considerable size at Aden and its neigh-

bourhood, but adheres to the typical form first described from Egypt

by Forsk&l, and the number of scales round the body varies from

28 to 30. Some Aden specimens differ somewhat in coloration

from Egyptian individuals, as the black and white spots are more

strongly developed, the white more so than the black, and the

arrangement in transverse lines is less apparent. In the intensity

of the markings these Aden lizards distinctly recall those on the

Berbera side of the Gulf of Aden.

Mr. Shopland, of Aden, presented a specimen of this Lizard to

the British Museum some years ago.

“Very common in Aden, Shaikh Othman, and Lahej. I was at

first inclined to think that a Skink seen in the stony water-courses,

high up on the Shum-Shum range, was of a different species, but,

although I did not get a specimen, I finally came to the conclusion

that it was the same.”

16. CHAMZLEON CALOARIFER, Peters.

Chameeleo calyptratus, Peters (non A. Duméril), Monat. Berl. Ac.

1854, p. 615.

Chameleon calyptratus, A. Dum. partim, Mocquard, C. R. Philom.

1893, no. 19, p. 5.

Chameleon calearatus, Peters (non Merrem), Monat. Berl. Ac,

1869, p. 445,

1 Bericht Offenb, Ver. 1892, p. 62,

652 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

Chameleon calcarifer, Peters, Monat. Berl. Ac. 1870, p. 110 (foot-

note); Reise n. Mossamb. iii. (1882) p. 22, pl. iv a.; Sclater, fide

Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 717 et p.833; Boulenger,

Cat. Lizards B. M. iii. 1887, p. 444; Mocquard, C. R. Soc, Philom.

1895.

3 ¢ andl @. Shaikh Othman.

13. Haithalhim.

Ten years ago Colonel Yerbury presented a large chameleon to

the British Museum. He captured it on a bush, on the east bank

of the Toban river, beyond Isfian near Aden. Mr. Boulenger

identified it as the Chameleon calcarifer, Peters, founded on a

chameleon which Peters had received, in November 1843, from

Lieut. Barnard of H.M.S. ‘Cleopatra’ while the vessel was

lying in the Bay of Bembatooka on the west coast of Madagascar.

Peters in his description of the species gives Madagascar as its |

habitat. More than half a century has elapsed since Peters obtained

the lizard, but although the island has been largely explored by

various naturalists, and many new species of chameleons have been

discovered, not atrace of this large and fine species has been forth-

coming, whereas, on the other hand, chameleons presenting all the

features of C. calcarifer, and agreeing well with Peters’s figure,

have been recorded from Aden. Mr. Boulenger has examined the

type of OC. calcarifer and, as has been just stated, has identified them

with it. On the other hand Mr. Matschie, who has also received

this large chameleon from Aden and who has free access to the

type of C. calcarifer preserved in the Berlin Museum, regards it

as aspecies distinct from C. calearifer and has named it C. arabicum.

But in arriving at this conclusion he seems to have been somewhat

influenced by Peters’s statement that its native country was

Madagascar.

In order if possible to throw some light on the origin of Peters’s

chameleon, I applied to the Lords of the Admiralty for permission

to examine the log of H.M.S. ‘Cleopatra,’ preserved in the Record

Office. This was granted to me. ‘This ship, under the command

of Captain C. Wyvill, sailed from England on the 15th July, 1842,

and Lieut. F. lL. Barnard, Professor Peters’s friend, is mentioned in

the log as accompanying the ship. The ‘ Cleopatra’ went to the

Cape and was engaged in cruising along the coast of Africa from

Natal to Zanzibar, the latter port being the furthest northern point

the vessel reached. The ship was frequently at Quillimane and at

Mozambique, and appears to have been engaged, among other duties,

in suppressing the Slave trade. On the 24th Sept., 1843, it was off

Zanzibar, and left it on the 10th October of the same year, returning

by Mohilla, Johanna, to Fort St. Sebastian, Mozambique, where

the vessel arrived on the 26th October. On the following day it

again sailed, and in the log the entry is “running for Bembatooka

Bay.” It anchored off Majunga on the 30th Oct., and on the 1st

November the boats were sent ashore for bullocks and vegetables.

The day following, its course was directed to Nossi Bé, at the north-

western end of Madagascar.

,1895.] -. BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. ° 653

‘As this chameleon belongs to a section of the genus not known

-to occur in Madagascar, it is possible that Lieut. Barnard may have

obtained it either at Mozambique or more probably at Zanzibar.

To the latter port it might have been carried in a native dhow,

either from Aden, or from Makulla, in the Hadramut, in which

latter Sultanate the species is quite as common as at Aden, judging

from the number of fine specimens brought back by my collector.

It does not seem, in view of Peters’s description and figure of

C. calearifer, that Herr Matschie has satisfactorily established the

specific distinctness of the Aden chameleon, and, until more

convincing evidence is adduced, I adhere to the view first expressed

‘by Mr. Boulenger.

In Colonel Yerbury’s specimens there is great variation in the

form of the casque, as it is anteriorly convex in some, while the

mesial ridge in others is perfectly flat and directed backwards.

There are various modifications of these two extremes: The scales

of the body are all more or less conical as described by Mr. Matschie,

but the degree to which this exists depends a good deal on the

strength of the spirit in which the specimens have been placed and

the time they have been in spirit, at least such is the case with

the Aden specimens I have examined; for the recent specimens

have more definitely conical scales than those that have been long

in alcohol. In the former the tubercles are crowded together

hiding the fine granules, while in the latter the tubercles are apart,

more or less flattened and exposing the granules. In well-preserved

specimens the scales above the shoulder and for a depth of five

rows below the dorsal ridge are larger than the body-scales

generally, and perfectly flat.

The occipital lobes, as in C. vulgaris, are the subject of con-

siderable variation in the form of their outline, being much more

roundly convex in some than in others. Their free margin is

covered with conical tubercles, but they vary considerably in size

and in their degree of convexity.

Snout to Angle of Snout| Vent to

Ss ak mouth to GE

ex. | endo ealit an tip fy

casque. | of casque. vent, tail.

Oa ele ade 53 215 215 | Huswah, near Aden,

3. 62 50 200 224 | Aden,

Pon. 72 51 198 193 | Aden.

a 65 47 196 200 | Toban River, Isfian, near

5 Ad

en.

Chee 62 46 174 190 | Haithalhim.

. * This chameleon is plentiful inland and may be found on any

iairly large bush. In 1884, 1 found at Huswah, in a small bush of

654

DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

[June 18,

Dipterygium glaucum, a small purple chameleon about four inches

long. Although I kept a sharp look out for a specimen during my

recent visit to Aden, I failed to obtain one, but I saw one in the

possession of two Frenchmen who visited Lahej when I was there.

It may be the young of C. calcartfer or possibly another species,

but I am disposed to think that it is the former.”

OPHIDIA.

17. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS, Jan’.

Zamenis rhodorhachis, Jan, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes B. M. i. 1894,

p. 398.

1 2 and3juv. Aden.

lSnout to : Upper aiicige: |

vent. labials, :

orbit.

| — —— ———

| 2 fs al Nees 221 ITE | tee. 19 9+9 | 5&6

Juv. | 385 | 155 | 226 | 4 |, 133 | 19.] 949 | 5&6

Juv. 310 120 222 1/1 128 19 9+9 5&6

palstion of

ce Sub- Pre- |preoculars | Post- Tem- ie Py

Sex. | oculars. | oculars. | and oculars. | porals We cemeas pboneals.

frontal. |

one’ en eee eee eeeerer ere a Weeemeeeeey, (errves 7 eae

ee 1 Risto 2.5 (24soioaeohihd

Juv. |; 1 1 B.C. 2 2+3.| 2 1

Juve |; 1 1 B.C. 2 R. 242 | 2 1

[ie 2+8

The variation in the number of the ventrals of this species is

very great, ranging from 213 to 262.

The highest number occurs

in Egypt and in Midian, and in the former country no specimen

has yet been found with a lower number of ventrals than 248. In

Eastern and South-eastern Arabia, Muscat to Aden, the ventrals

range from 220 to 239, while, on the other hand, from Bushire to

Baluchistan (Kalagan) these numbers fall very low, the range being

from 214 to 218. In the Bugti hills, on the right bank of the

Indus, to the north of Jacobabad, and in North-western India,

1 T am indebted to the Trustees of the Indian Museum for the opportunity of

re-examining the types of Z. ladacensis. They are unquestionally identical with

Jan’s Z. rhodorhachis. At the time I described the species, Jan’s work was not

in the Library of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

2 B.C. signifies “broadly in contact”; C. “contact”; and N.C. “not in

contact.”

1895.) BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 655

Gilgit, and Ladak the numbers vary from 225 to 246, and in Trans-

caspia the variation is about the same. These facts would seem

to indicate that certain geographical areas are characterized by

variation more or less restricted within numerical limits distinctive

of each area.

‘“‘This I believe to be the commonest snake found in Aden. I

had several specimens given me from various sources.”

18. PsAMMOPHIS LACRYMANS, Reuss.

? Coluber schokari, Forskil, Descr. An. &c. 1775, p. viii et p. 14.

Coluber lacrymans, Reuss, Mus. Senck. ii. 1834, p. 139.

Psammophis punctatus, D. & B. Erpét. Gen. vii. 1854, p. 896,

Atlas, pl. 77. fig. 2, skull.

Psammophis sibilans, var. hierosolimitana, Jan, Icon. Gen. livr. 34,

Mars 1870, pl. iii. fig. 2. .

Psammophis sibilans, var. quadrilineata, Jan, op. cit. livr. 34, fig. 1.

1 ¢. Haithalhim.

1 9. Shaikh Othman.

Snout to Upper Labials |

vent. | labials. | ortit

pres ek i end [eis rate okt s6 ee] sie al

Gi woe 255 178 1/1 care 17 9 5&6

19...) 7ov | 437] 168 | 1/1 | 149 | 17 9 | 5&6

\ } |

. |

Relation of;

Sub- Pre- Post- Tem- =

Sex. oculars. | oculars. Livinimaae oculars. | porals. Nasals. ml

ere eG 1 C. Speed Ween: 2 1 |

Oey ie 0 | by ceed agp 2 | 243 2 dots |

The tail of the male is imperfect, but the injured extremity has

become covered by a remarkably ungulate-like scale, forming a

sheath to the tip, and keeled on its upper surface.

On the right side of the male the first nasal is nearly wholly

confluent with the rostral, an abnormality I have never before

observed in any serpent, and Mr. Boulenger, in his wide experience,

has never met with it. This specimen belongs to the variety

which is uniformly coloured brownish olive, with generally a dark

spot on each scale, the under surface being finely pnnctulated with

blackish and reddish, most pronounced along the mesial area of the

ventrals, with a black spot generally on the angle of each.

The second specimen belongs to the lineated variety.

This is the first record of the occurrence of this species in the

Aden district.

** Appears to be fairly common inland.”

656 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

19. C@LOPELTIS MOILENSIS, Reuss.

Coluber moilensis, Reuss, Mus. Senck. i. 1834, p. 142, pl. vii.

fig. la & 5.

Celopeltis producta, Gervais, Ac. Se. et Lettres de Montpellier,

ill. 1857, p. 512, pl. v. fig. 3.

Rhagerhis producta, Peters, Monat. Berl. Ac. 1862, p. 275.

Snout Boner Labials

Sex. to Tail. Ventrals. Anals. Caudals. Scales. lablals entering

vent. * orbit.

9... 610. 189 176 1/1 53 Li 3 4&5

Relation of

‘ Sub- Pre- preocular_ - Post-

Sex: oculars. oculars and oculars. Pomporale: Horals; Dome

frontal.

a ae 1 B. Ex.' 34+3 243 1 1

Recorded for the first time. The coloration is of the usual type

met with on the African coast.

“This specimen was given me by Captain Nurse, 138th Bombay

Native Infantry. It was killed by one of the sepoys of the regiment

when returning from field-firing.”

20, TARBOPHIS GUENTHERI, n. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.)

Dipsas obtusa, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5 ser.) xx. 1887,

p- 407.

lg, 1 2... date]; :

Snout not so broad or rounded at the point as in Tarbophis

obtusus, aud less broad than in 7’. rhinopoma*, but truncated as in

the latter species. The rostral is much broader than in 7’. obtusus,

and more rounded in its upper outline, and in this latter respect it

more resembles 7’. rhinopoma than T’. obtusus. The nostril is a

single plate, with a cleft below it, as in the latter species; whereas

in the former the nostril is perforated in a single nasal and has no

cleft. The length of the frontal equals the distance between its

anterior border and the tip of the snout, while in 7. obtusus the

length of the frontal considerably exceeds that interval, whereas

in 7. rhinopoma it falls short of it. In the former the lateral

margins of the frontal are slightly concave, and in the latter

convex ; whereas in this form this shield has very slightly concave

lateral borders, and is altogether broader than in 7. obtusus. The

greatest breadth, anteriorly, of the frontal equals the length of its

supraorbital suture, while in 7’. obtusus it considerably exceeds the

length of that suture, whereas in 7. rhinopoma it equals the

length of both supraorbital and parietal sutures. The parietals in

their proportions exceed those of 7’. obtusus and of 7. rhinopoma,

as their extreme length nearly equals that of the frontal and

parietals combined, whereas, in these two species, the parietals equal

* Broadly excluded.

> Conf. Boettger, Radde’s Faun. Flor. Casp.-Geb. 1886, p. 72; Boulenger,

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoa, (2 ser.) vol. xv. (xxxv.) 30 Marzo, 1893, p. 7, et Journ,

Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., May 1895, p. 525.

deed

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 657

the length of the frontal and one halt of the prefrontal. In

T. obtusus and JT. rhinopoma the supraocular is excluded from

contact with the prefrontal by the preocular, while in 7. guen-

theri it touches the prefroutal and excludes the preocular from

contact with the frontal. There are nine upper labials, but

exceptionally, asymmetrically, ten ; but in the other two species the

number is unusually ten, and exceptionally eight, nine, or eleven.

The third, fourth, and fifth, or exceptionally the fourth and fifth

labials enter the orbit, whereas the fourth, fifth, and sixth in

T. obtusus, and the third, fourth, and fifth, fourth and fifth, or

the fourth, fifth, and sixth in 7. rhinopoma enter the eye. The

chin-shields are narrower and more elongated than in these two

species. There are 21 scales round the body, but 23 in 7. obtusus

and 7’. rhinopoma. The anal, in this species and in 7. rhinopoma,

is invariably single, but it is always divided in 7. obtusus. Ventrals

235-274; in T. rhinopoma 268-280 ; aud in 7’. obtusus 257-272.

The caudals in 7. guentheri are 66-72; in T. rhinopoma 76-82 ;

and in YZ’. obtusus 66-81.

The general colour is exactly as in 7’. obtusuvs in the majority of

the specimens, but in one specimen from Muscat the body-colour is

greyish with numerous narrow black markings, interrupted bands,

becoming indistinct posteriorly, and separated from each other by

narrow whitish interspaces or lines. The upper labials are slightly

orange-yellow with blackish margins; ventrals pure white.

This species was obtained some years ago at Muscat by Dr.

Jayakar, and my collector who accompanied Mr. Bent on his

expedition to the Hadramaut brought back two specimens.

The invariable presence of an updivided anal and of 21 rows of

scales round the body of these Eastern Arabian snakes seem to

entitle them to specific rank. At the same time, if a single speci-

men had shown any tendency to division in the anal, or had there

been any variation in the number of the body-scales, I should have

hesitated to follow the course I now adopt and would have regarded

them as varieties of 7’. obtusus.

To bring out the differences that exist between the three species,

I append the following tables (pp. 658, 659).

I have much pleasure in connecting Dr. Giinther’s name with

the species.

«« These two specimens were obtained in a sun-dried brick wall at

Lahej. They were found within a few inches of each other, and

each of them had breakfasted on a sparrow. In one the bird was

quite fresh, and had evidently been recently caught, while in the

other it was partially digested.”

21. Ecuis cartnata, Schneider.

1 @. Lahej.

Snout to vent 436; tail50. V.159; A.1; C. 30. Scales 28 ;

upper labials 10. Scales round eye 17 and 18. Nasals 2.

“ This, I believe, to be the only venomous snake found at Aden,

where, and also inland, it is not uncommon.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XLII. 42

[June 18,

ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

DR. J

658

4d AST

‘uenoss VY

“ce ity

“ “ce

‘BUIVULW [9 [OT

“

“YaZU9,

“BAYOY, [9 KT[RYSTAL

“Tuy [Ogf

Ets “I

T 6 5 Pre ae

I G Ste

I eel & Gere

| Brea

| ete "T

I G P+ ‘U

I z E+G

I G Ets

I z g+z

1 \°8 | > s+e

I ee ae a a

I cg | e+e

‘[BadorT |spese yy “sTeaod aia gy,

ae)

Ne Diss Oe SE

0'a

‘Teyuory pue

as fet Ss st =

*s.npndo | saepnoowad | *srepno0

-4s0q

UOTJeIOY

“Iq

Sutde}u9

syeIqery.

Or 86

OL &@

Or &@

or &@

OL &@

Or &¢

Or &G

OL &@

OL &G

Ol &@

OL &@

Ey a

OL'U| &

‘ssnoy ‘snsnggo srydoquny,

SSP

‘spepnep

VT 9FG

1/1 TG

1/1 £96

VI 8G

1/T FG

1/1 GLG

1/I G

VT BGG

1/1 996

1/1 29

1/1 092

1/1 £9

‘[eUyY |'speaqzuo A

OFT

OLT

£96 soeeee $

GOTL fo P

ch %

068 “ec

Ste | “AUP

0) i il Pees ro

COS :

cee “

966 | ‘Ang

coe AS

Ore. 4G

OFS senna ros |

*"qUOA |

04 *xOg

qnoug

BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN,

1895.]

“ “ lane oTGel | | | |

| 0a T | ake a z Oa 1 So" Striabe eee el ce T O86 [GL | Teh | “ang

| | | o) |

| “erste meteR SHE ek hs ea Met oo ‘O'a T )o9a% | Yor, cae 1 | 992 |loor! stor “72!

"yequody pu atten aGk

| TOTPROY, | alah Al TOS |

‘propurrg ‘owodowys seydoguny,

; | | 0 'I Maa | |

Hie oa | a+e G 0°" T ‘Gru 6 1G GL I 886 | TOL] 09 [Sd

USERID EE) ST aoe ce GG G XOE “4. Ts © [8947-28 56 = | Tea are I gee | FT| 996 |S

ea | | a

PSL ie Meera é XO“ Tuc) Sal BES eee I | ¥98 |ort) 969 |v"

eras vO S| ane G *H a Th S[28 36 48S eer es I PLE | LOT] 098 [Ss

: | Pa ‘Gy S16 T

ueMTO YAIVGg; T G e+e G “XH T /9¢ FH OLA] 12 TL T OF |EeT} Teg [Ss

eal — lee | +z G ec ited I SUP 20 a6 1G 99 T Géz_ |09T| 286 |" P

| ‘Tequoay pure i ‘

as ' qiqao |, qyueA

| WOHRTO yy eae ious)

“auayquanb srydog.nJ,

660 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18, °

BATRACHIA.

1, Rana cyanoputycris, Schneider. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.)

1 g,11 9, and 1 tadpole. Haithalhim.

Eleven years ago Mr. Boulenger’ pointed out the identity of

Rana ehrenbergi, Peters *, with the common Indian species, Rana

cyanophlyctis. I have compared Colonel Yerbury’s specimens with

some excellently preserved examples of Rana cyanophlyctis collected

quite recently by Lieut. Stanley Flower at Benares, and presented

by him to the British Museum, and I am fully convinced of the

correctness of Mr. Boulenger’s identification.

The Aden specimens are slightly larger than any examples of

the species preserved in the British Museum, but Colonel Yerbury

informs me that his largest specimens were specially selected on

account of their size.

As the tadpole of this species has never been described, I take

this opportunity to do so, as I am fortunately in the possession of

au number of well-preserved specimens obtained by my collector at

Hadramaut. I have followed the method of description adopted

by Mr. Boulenger in his paper* on the tadpoles of European

frogs and toads.

The length of the body is about three fifths the length of the

tail, and its breadth three fifths of its length. The distance

between the nostrils is about one half their distance from the

extremity of the snout, and they are placed nearer to the eyes than

to the snout, their distance from the eye about equalling the

interorbital breadth. The eyes are on the upper surface of the

head, and their anterior border is distant from the snout the length

of the interval between their lower border and the spiraculum.

The distance between them is slightly less than that between the

nostrils and the snout and is about twice as broad as the mouth.

The anterior border of the spiraculum is about equally distant

from the snout and from the insertion of the limbs, and the

opening is directed backwards and upwards, and is more visible

from below than from above. The anus is directed to the right.

The tail is about three times as long as it is deep and ends in an

obtusely pointed tip. The upper caudal crest is very deep and

convex, and twice as deep as the lower crest. It is prolonged on

to the back to the vertical of the spiraculum, and at its anterior

extremity a fold passes to each eye. The body portion of the

crest generally lies recumbent in the dorsal furrow. The depth of

the muscular portion of the base of the tail is about one half the

greatest length of the organ.

The beak is entirely black and is strongly hooked, the upper

portion broadly overlapping the much hooked lower segment. A

single marginal upper line of teeth, and two lower lines of teeth,

the most internal of the latter being slightly larger than the

* Cat. Batr. Grad. 1884, p. 110.

* Monat. Berl. Ac. 1863, p. 79; Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1893, p- 3l.

° Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891.

1895. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 661

external. On the mucous membrane inside the internal row of

lower teeth there is a horny black area parallel to it, but inter-

rupted in the mesial line. A more or less double papillary fold

begins immediately above the angle of the mouth and curves

downwards and forwards to near the mesial line of the lower lip,

where it becomes interrupted, the folds of the two sides being

separated from one another by a non-papillary interspace. The

papillz are arranged on the margins of the fold, and those near

the mesial line of the mouth are generally the longest.

The muciferous crypts cannot be traced, but the lachrymal

gland is well developed.

The upper surface of the body is pale yellowish olive and some-

what leaden coloured on the sides and is finely spotted with black.

The sides of the tail are pale greyish yellow, covered with large

black spots, sparse proximally, but numerous distally and invading

the crests. The upper surface of the limbs is yellowish olive

spotted with black. The under surface yellowish white, with

obscure small black spots on the sides of the belly and of the

throat.

Measurements of largest tadpole :—Total length 107; length

of body 40; width of body 27?; length of tail 67; depth

of tail 24.

Length of largest mature female :—Snout to vent 97.

These specimens agree exactly with tadpoles of 2. cyanophlyctis

from Ceylon. In the latter the horny-like line within the mouth

is not so markedly developed as in the Aden larvee.

In the European species of the genus Rana the upper teeth are

never less than in two lines and the lower teeth in three series, so

that this Asiatic form differs very materially in possessing only

one row above and two below. In the tadpoles of European frogs

of the genus Rana the buccal papillary fold is always continuous

round the lower lip, whereas, as has been shown, it is interrupted

in Rana cyanophlyctis.

The beak also is larger, stronger, and more hooked than in the

European species. The extent to which the dorsal caudal crest is

prolonged on to the body in the Asiatic frog more recalls the tadpole

of a Hyla than that of a Rana.

Many years ago Dr. Giinther’ stated that Rana tigrina “when

frightened jumps over the surface of the water, much the same

way as it does on land,” and Mr. Boulenger” also mentions that

‘it is said” to have this habit. Mr. Blanford,’ however, has pointed

out “ that the species so well known by this habit in India had

never been satisfactorily determined, but thought that it was Rana

cyanophlyctis, and that probably Rana hexadactyla had a similar

habit.” Iam indebted to Sir William Flower for permission to

quote the following passage from a letter from his son which seems

fully to establish that Mr. Blanford was right in his supposition,

1 Rept. of Brit. India, 1864, p. 407.

* Fauna of Bric. India, Rept. & Batr. 1890, p. 450.

3 Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. & Batr. 1890, p. 450 footnote,

662 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [June 18,

and that it is Rana cyanophlyctis, and not R. tigrina that has this

habit. Lieut. Flower says :—‘ With regard to the frog Rana cyano-

phlyctis which jumps over the surface of the water.... I never

saw Rana tigrina do so. When disturbed on the bank, it always

takes a plunge into the water head foremost, and goes straight to

the bottom, but 2. eyanophlyctis jumps, alighting on the surface on

all fours, and then goes on again, sometimes making a dozen leaps

before it finally goes under the surface. Also it will jump out of

the water in the middle of a pond, and leap along the surface in a

wonderful manner, finally jumping out on the land.”

Colonel Yerbury also observed the same habit in the Aden frogs,

but he seems to think that it is confined to the younger individuals,

as will be seen from the following note extracted from his field-

book :—* These frogs were in great abundance in the bed of the

stream at Haithalhim. The small ones were everywhere and were

frequently seen leaping along the surface of the water in the

manner so often seen in India and Ceylon. The big ones were

seen hiding in the deep pools or else lying with their noses out

of water among the giant reeds in six or eight inches of water.

In either case they required searching for, and, when found,

catching—a by no means easy matter. I never recollect seing a

big fellow bound along the surface of the water, and can quite

understand how such a method of progression is unsuited to their

size.”

2. Buro pentont, Andr.

3.6. Lahej.

5 g. Haithalhim.

These specimens agree in every respect with those from Suakin

on which I founded the species, except that the horny induration

on the swelling of the snout is absent, and in some specimens

recently collected by me at Suakin it is also wanting. It must,

therefore, not be regarded as a persistent character, until more

information is obtained as to its true nature.

Mr. Matschie has recorded the occurrence of Bufo arabicus, Riipp.,

at Aden, but it is just possible that it may prove to be B. pentoni,

3. BUFO ANDERSONI, Boulenger. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 3.)

2 jr. and one tadpole. Lahej.

This is the first notice of the occurrence of this Toad at Aden,

but Mr. Boulenger has recorded it from Muscat, and the B. viridis,

var. orientalis, Werner’, from the latter locality may possibly prove

to be the same species. The following is a description of the

tadpole of this Toad :—

The length of the body is about four sixths the length of the

tail, and its breadth almost three fifths of its own length. The

depth of the tail is about one fourth of its length. The nostrils

are situated about equally distant from the snout and the eyes ; and

the interval between them is about one half the distance between

1 Verh, zool,-bot. Ges. Wien, xlv. 1893, p. 20,

1895.) BATRACHIANS FROM ADEN. 663

the eye and the spiraculum, and one half the diameter of the eye

more than the distance between the nostril and the eye. Eyes

placed on the upper surface of the head rather widely apart, the

interval between them equalling their distance from the snout and

falling short of that between them and the spiraculum. The spira-

culum is placed slightly anterior to the middle line of the body,

and is directed straightly backwards, and is visible only from above.

The anus is median in position. The tail is about four times as

long as deep, and is pointed at its tip. The caudal crests are of

nearly equal breadth and parallel to one another. The depth of

the muscular part of the base of the tail is about one sixth the

length of the organ.

Beak with a narrow black margin along the edge of each section,

the lower section much smaller than the upper and almost wholly

hidden by it. Two upper rows of teeth, the innermost widely

interrupted in the middle, and the outer with a slight breach of

continuity, possibly due to an injury. Three unbroken rows of

lower teeth. A feeble ill-defined papillary fold at the side of the

mouth. Muciferous crypts not visible.

Blackish aboye and partly so below. Sides of tail pale greyish

yellow, finely marked with black pigment, darkest along the base of

the dorsal crest. In another and younger specimen the body and

tail are blackish brown, and the caudal crest is yellowish with fine

black-pigment spots here and there.

Measurements of tadpole :—Total length 14; tail 19; breadth

of body 19; depth of tail 4°5.

This tadpole is intermediate in character between the tadpoles

of B. viridis and B. vulgaris, but it more resembles the latter than

the former in the shape of its caudal crests, which are, however,

less developed than in B. vulgaris. The tail in its more pointed

character differs from both, but the specimen is not in a good state

of preservation.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Pirate XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Hemidactylus yerburii (nat. size), p. 640.

1a. Under surface of fingers, enlarged.

iA) 3 9), LOGS 59

1c. Chin-shields.

1d. View of upper surface of snout, enlarged.

1 e. Tubercles of back, enlarged.

Fig. 2. Mabuia tessellata (nat. size), p. 649.

2a. Enlarged view of dorsal scales.

Fig. 3. Tarbophis guentheri (nat. size), upper view of head, p. 656.

3a, Side view of head,

Puate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Latastia neumanni, Matschie (nat. size), p. 643.

la. Scales of upper surface of body, enlarged view.

Fig. 2. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneider ; tadpole (nat. size), p. 660.

2a. Mouth ; enlarged.

Fig. 3. Bufo andersoni, Boulenger ; tadpole, (nat. size), p. 662,

3a, Mouth, enlarged,

664 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

7. On some Points in the Anatomy of Nautilus pompilius.

By J. Granam Kerr, Christ’s College, Cambridge.

[Received June 17, 1895.]

(Plates XXXVIIL & XXXIX.)

I. Introduction, p. 664. VII. The Spermatophore-receiving

II. The Body-cavity of Nautilus, Apparatus, p. 677.

. 664. VIII. The Morphology of the “ Arms”

III. The Male Genital Ducts and of Cephalopods, p. 678.

Penis, p. 671. IX. The Phylogenetic Relationships

IV. The Buccal Nervous System, of the Cephalopoda, p. 683.

p. 673. X. Summary of Conclusions, -

V. The Innervation of the “Inner p- 685.

Inferior Lobe,” p. 675. Explanation of the Plates,

VI. The Post-anal Papille and p- 689.

Nerves, p. 676.

I.. Introduction.

During the year 1893 Mr. Adam Sedgwick very generously

placed at my disposal a number of specimens of Nautilus pompilius

with the suggestion that I should make an examination of their

structure. The specimens were twenty-five in number, of which,

however, the great majority were very young and immature.

Owing to the method of preservation and to several months’ sojourn

in sawdust moistened with spirit, the condition of the specimens

was usually such as to render them unfit for histological study.

Fortunately one of them was sufficiently good to allow the use of

the section-method to confirm the results of minute dissection. In

the following somewhat fragmentary paper it is my purpose to

touch upon what seem to me the more important points at which 1

have arrived, hoping at some future date, if able to obtain properly

preserved specimens, to extend my investigations and to fill up the

obvious lacune.

T can hardly adequately express the obligation under which I am

to Mr. Sedgwick for the generous gift by which he has made these

investigations possible and opened the way to what, however poor

its results are so far, has proved a study of absorbing interest, and

also for much kind advice and encouragement. To Mr. Wilson

also a word of thanks is due for the care with which he has attended

to the illustrations. ;

Il. The Body-cavity of Nautilus.

It is now generally recognized that the body-cavity in the

lugher Metazoa may be referred to either of two very distinct types.

The first of these, typically developed in Annelidaand Vertebrata,

is lined by a definite characteristic epithelium, from some of whose

cells arise the genital products, while others become the renal

excretory cells. It appears at an early stage in development as a

more or less continuous space, and it communicates with the

Edwin Wilson Cambridg c.

ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS

4 3

; Car aoe

nd aM rat ied iapat 1%

GE ee

gay) Pa

. Pea

P Z.S. 1895.Pl. XXxXIX.

Edwin Wilson Cambridgé

ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS

1895.] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 665

exterior by apertures in the body-wall. To a body-cavity of this

type it is advisable to restrict the term Calom.

The second type of body-cayity is to be found in the Mollusca

and Arthropoda generally. It is part of the vascular system,

through it is pumped a continuous stream of blood by the heart,

and it does not communicate with the exterior. It may be looked

on as being formed by the expansion of the terminal parts of the

blood-vessels into large sinuses whose walls have, to a greater or

less extent, disappeared, giving rise to a sponge-work more or less

sparse according to the extent to which this process has gore on.

This type of body-cavity was named by Sedgwick, Pseudocel; by

Lankester, Hemocel. The word ccelom has been used with such

looseness that Lankester’s term is perhaps to be preferred ; all the

more so as it specifies in itself one of the main characteristics of

this form of body-cavity.

Occurring well developed in Annelids, at least allied in all pro-

bability to the ancestral forms of Molluscs and Arthropods, the

ccelom is to be looked on as the more primitive of the two types of

body-cayity above-meutioned ; and it looks as though within each

of the two latter groups it had gradually dwindled and become

supplanted and replaced as the functional perivisceral cavity by the

ever increasing hemoceel.

In most Cephalopods the celom still takes a large part in the

formation of the perivisceral cavity, and in Nautilus, corresponding

with its more archaic character, this is so to a greater extent than

in any of the other Cephalopods.

The hemoceel of Nautilus is specially developed in the headward

section of the body. A sagittal incision through the body-wall just

behind the hood exposes to view a large chamber in which lies the

pharynx as well as the vena cava, several Jarge nerve-trunks, and a

single loop of the intestine. This cavity is the main division of the

hemoceel; ventrally it is bounded by the body-wall and the mus-

cular substance of the hood, etc., into which it extends in numerous

sinuses, while dorsally and towards the apex of the visceral hump

it is bounded by a thin and delicate but complete membranous

septum which forms the boundary between it and the celom. The

inner (“‘ ventral”) face of this septum has a rough and spongy

appearance, and little connective-tissue strands pass from it to the

surface of the pharynx. These delicate threads of connective

tissue traversing the cavity and slinging up its contained organs

at once suggest the hemoceelic nature of this part of the body-

cavity : and the conjecture is confirmed on raising up the pharynx,

for one then sees that the upper wall of the vena cava is perforated

by numerous foramina, some of considerable size, which put its

cavity into free communication with that part of the body-cavity

now under discussion. These foramina were described and

figured long ago by Owen, in his Monograph, but they appear to

have been unnoticed by subsequent observers’.

1 Since writing the above I see that Pelseneer i his recent ‘Etude des Mol-

lusques,’ p. 191, says. that “la cavité viscéral est un vaste sinus communiquant

avec la yeine cave par (les orifices percés dans la paroi de celle-ci,”

666 .. MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

The true ceelom (viscero-pericardial sac, Owen) has received

comparatively little attention from previous investigators, Grobben

and Lankester being the only authors who devote to it more than

a few passing words '.

It is convenient to treat together the ccelom itself, the excretory

and the genital organs as forming all parts of the same organic

complex. On reference to the diagrammatic longitudinal section

through the animal, it is seen that the ccelom is limited to the aboral

Fig. 1.

B CC

amg

haem

Sagittal section through Nautilus,

Diagrammatic sagittal section through the animal of a young female of Nautélus

pompilius, to show the general relations of the ceelom and hemocel.

(The section really passes very slightly to the right of the mesial plane,

so as to traverse one of the renal chambers.)

haem, hemoceel; g.c, genital division of the celom; p.c, pericardial

division of the coelom; a, aperture in septum dividing g.c from p.c;

k, right inner kidney-chamber; 7, pericardial gland corresponding to

this kidney-sac ; h, ventricle; ov, ovary; ph, crop; giz, position of its

opening into the gizzard, which lies to the left of the plane of section ;

ant, intestine; 2c, vena cava.

end of the body, where it forms a flattened space immediately

underlying the body-wall—between this latter and the thin mem-

branous bag which limits the cavity of the hemocel. The ccelomic

1 Pelseneer, op. cit. p. 192, says that the ccelom “s’étend dorsalement, autour

de lestomac, jusque vers la moitie del’cesophage. Il contient, outre la cceur,

la glande génitale, la veine cave et un partie des appendices glandulaires des

yaisseaux branchiaux afférents,’—a statement which is obviously at variance

with the account here given in two important respects,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS: POMPILIUS. 667

eavity is divided by an oblique septum into a large upper division

(g.c.), the genital division of the celom, and a smaller lower

pericardium (p.c.). The septum separating these is not quite

complete, being perforated by three apertures of considerable size.

One of these is indicated in the diagram at a.

The Genital division of the Colom (q.c.) is, as already mentioned,

the larger of the two ceelomic chambers. It occupies the extreme

aboral (dorsal) end of the body, and is lined throughout by a delicate

epithelium composed of flattened plate-like cells usually hexagonal

in outline, the cell-boundaries, however, being very indistinct. Each

cell contains a rounded nucleus with chromatin network and one

or two small nucleoli. Into this division of the ccelom project the

gizzard, the greater part of the length of the intestine, and the

genital gland. It must of course be remembered that all these

organs are invested by the celomic epithelium, so that it is only

in a certain sense that they can be said to be situated within the

cavity. The genital gland being merely a specialized part of the

wall of the ccelom, it may appropriately be shortly described at this

point.

The Ovary is a flattened ellipsoidal body attached by a mesovarium

to the lower (posterior) side of the intestine, and at its oral

(ventral) end having a considerable aperture which throws its cavity

Fig. 2.

ono i yf

B 7 I ¥

lige; be ov.3 ov.foll

Longitudinal section through ovary of a young Nautilus.

c.ep, celomic epithelium covering outer surface of the ovary ; cil.ep, ditto

reflected into aperture of ovary; ov.foll, ovarian follicles; ov.1, 2, 3,

ova in various stages of development; 4.s, blood-sinuses in the wall of

the organ.

into continuity with that of the surrounding celom. The general

characters of the ovary are shown in fig. 2, representing a sagittal

section through the organ of an immature female. The ovary

exists here in almost its simplest possible condition, in the form of

a specialized ovigerous area of the coelomic epithelium roofed over

and protected by a simple upgrowth from the celomic wall. The

outer surface of the organ is covered over by the general epithelium

668 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

of the ceelom, having the characters already mentioned, and at

the opening at the oral (ventral) end of the ovary this is inflected

into its interior so as to line this likewise. The cavity of the ovary

is thus merely an incompletely shut-off portion of the ccelom.

Traced into the interior of the ovary, the epithelium about its

opening assumes a columnar form and bears long cilia (cil.ep.).

Along its roof the cells become shorter and eventually cubical. About

two-thirds of the way from the mouth of the cavity the ovigerous

region is reached, and this occupies the remainder of the roof and

nearly the whole of the floor of the ovary. The ovigerous region of

the cavity is thickly beset with egg-follicles of various ages (ov. foll.).

In the recesses between the bases of these the lining epithelium—a

thin protoplasmic layer with scattered nuclei and indistinct division

into cells—thickens up into syncytial masses of protoplasm contain-

ing large round nuclei, each with a large deeply staining nucleolus,

around which the protoplasm tends to segregate off more or less

distinctly. The primitive ovum develops within such a heap, the

nucleus increasing in size and assuming more and more the cha-

racter of a ‘germinal vesicle,” and the protoplasm first becoming

more distinctly aggregated round the nucleus and marked off from

the surrounding protoplasm and then increasing rapidly in size. As

the ovum increases in size the substance of the ovarian wall grows

up round it to form the follicle, while the syncytium accompanying

the ovum apparently gives rise to the lining-cells of the follicle.

The latter are pear-shaped structures borne on stalks, which are

usually simple, but occasionally branch, thus showing a tendency

towards the condition in Argonauta, where they are much branched

and tree-like. Externally the follicle is covered by a very thin

epithelium, which distally becomes continuous with the lining

layer of “ follicle-cells”—a layer of thick columnar cells immediately

surrounding the egg. In the young follicle this layer runs con-

centrically with the outer surface of the epithelium, but as the egg

increases in bulk an increase in the surface of this apparently

nutritive organ becomes necessary and the follicle-epithelium grows

inwards as a series of anastomosing folds. On this account the older

eggs when removed from the follicle show on their surface a net-

work of deep fissures formed by the follicular epithelial ingrowths.

In the oldest female specimen accessible, unfortunately too

macerated to make out many details, the eggs had reached a large

size, over 10 mm. in length, and their substance was already enor-

mously yolk-laden, the protoplasm being practically restricted to a

small cap on the end of the egg next the follicular opening.

Imbedded in this was the large nucleus with densely staining

nucleolus. The presence of a definite opening in at least the older

follicles and the position of the egg-nucleus close to this, suggest

the possibility of fertilization in Nautilus being internal; and the

great size of the eggs and their yolk-laden character point to the

segmentation being meroblastic as in other Cephalopoda.

The wall of the ovary, as of other important organs, is loose and

spongy, traversed by extensive blood-sinuses (4.s.). Prolongations

1895.]. ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 669°

of these pass up the stalks of the follicles, and form a specially

developed layer immediately underlying the follicle-epithelium—a

condition to be correlated with the provision of an abundant blood-

supply to satisfy the needs of the glandular epithelium.

The Testis is, in its main morphological features, quite similar to

the ovary; in other words, it is an invaginated area of the lining

of the eelom. Only in the testis great increase in the area of the

germinal epithelium has been brought about by the involuted

portion of ccelomic epithelium, instead of remaining a simple sac.

becoming divided up into a system of delicate branched tubes.

In an apparently adult specimen, the testis was a large brownish

organ of roughly triangular shape, its rounded apex directed

upwards and towards the right side. Its apical portion was in

close contact with the body-wall, while its basal part was separated

from the body-wall by the pericardium.

The testis is slung up by a strong ligamentous band about 1 em.

broad to the tunic of the gizzard, by a similar but broader band

which is attached along a sagittal line to the body-wall (the root

of the siphuncle being about the middle of its line of attachment),

and finally along its anterior face by a thin peritoneal fold to the

loop of the intestine. Further, at its lower end the epithelium

covering the outer surface of the testis is continued into that

covering the pericardial septum and heart. Near the inferior

angle of the organ is its aperture—a slit about 2 mm. in length,

bounded by two flat, much projecting lips, which, lying closely

opposed to one another, project into a deep recess covered by a

crescentic flap, the internal opening of the vas deferens. Thus,

though the cavities of the testis and of the vas deferens open quite

independently into the cwlom, they are at least during sexual

maturity functionally continuous with one another.

In a section through the testis of a young individual, the aper-

ture of the organ is seen to lead into a vestibule into which open

several straight ducts. Each of these, traced inwards, divides up

into numerous tubules which end blindly and are aggregated into

distinct lobes and lobules. Vestibule and tubes are lined by epi-

thelium continuous with that of the general ceelom. The wall of

the organ is traversed by a sponge-work of blood-sinuses. Between

the lobules these are greatly developed, their separation walls

being reduced to fine connective tissue-threads serving to bind the

lobes together. Into the substance of the lobules also pass con-

tinuations of the sinuses. Regarding the character of the epithe-

lium in different parts of the tubes, the state of the specimens does

not allow me to say anything.

The Pericardium or inferior chamber of the ccelom is consider-’

ably smaller than that already described. It immediately underlies

the ‘ postero-dorsal” body-wall throughout its half next the

mantle-flap, and its cavity is conveniently exposed by reflection of

its external wall. It is then seen to be quadrangular in outline,

rather broader than long (68 mm.x54 mm. in one specimen). ’

From its inner (anterior) wall, in a curved row parallel to the

670 MR. J.GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

ventral (oral) border of the chamber, project the four clusters of

pericardial gland-follicles. The external pair are in such a view

(2. e., from posterior) partially hidden by a broad frenum, which

on each side connects the anterior wall of the chamber with the

posterior wall. Dorsal (aboral) to the two central pericardial

glands is seen the ventricle firmly bound down to the anterior

wall of the chamber—the epithelium lining which is reflected over

its surface. Just dorsal to the ventricle a large rounded aperture

leads into the genital division of the coelom, and ventral to it is a

still larger such opening. The four auricles attached to the

corners of the ventricle, unlike it, hang quite free in the pericar-

dium. In some specimens these were markedly asymmetrical, those

of the left side being much more dilated than those of the right.

Each of the divisions of the ceelom above described is in open

communication with the exterior. In the case of the pericardium,

one finds at its ventral end that the cavity is prolonged on either

side on the anterior face of the frenum mentioned. Each such

prolongation forms a small somewhat triangular chamber with its

greatest diameter transverse, and this at its mesiad end opens into

the mantle-cavity by the tumid lipped, so-called viscero-pericardial

aperture. The genital division of the coelom primitively possesses

at its ventral end also a communication upon each side with the

exterior. In the actual animal, however, one of these has become

closed internally, as Lankester has shown, while the other persists

in the female as the oviduct, in the male probably as the part of

the functional genital duct extending from its ccelomic opening to

the inner end of Needham’s sac.

On pulling the mantle dorsalwards, so as to afford a view of the

interior of the mantle-cavity, such as that shown in Lankester and

Bourne’s figure, one notices a little distance to the headward side

of the root of each gill one of the four kidney-openings. These

are arranged in two pairs. Just to the mesiad side of each of the

posterior openings, one sees the slit-like viscero-pericardial aper-

tures, leading, as above mentioned, into the pericardium.

This condition in Nautilus, where the viscero-pericardial sac

opens independently of the kidney, is homologized, and no doubt

rightly so, with the condition met with in Spirula and Agopsids,

where the viscero-pericardial canal opens into the kidney-sac near

its mouth, by supposing the opening of the latter to have migrated

on to the outer surface (Grobben, Lankester), an identical process

to that which has taken place in, ¢. g., the genito-urinary passage

and the rectum in Mammals.

Accompanying the anterior kidney openings no such pericardio-

visceral pores are seen, and in consequence of this it has been

concluded that the anterior and posterior kidney-sacs are not

serially homologous. All agree in regarding the posterior one as

primitive, but the anterior sac is looked on as a secondary forma-

tion—either as a secondarily arising repetition of the posterior

one, or as having been split off from it in correlation with the

development of a new gill and new afferent vessel (Grobben),

1895.] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 671

As a matter of fact, however, such a viscero-pericardial aperture

is present, corresponding to the anterior kidney-opening. It is

the primitive genital aperture. Such is seen either in the case of

the oviduct or of the rudimentary left genital duct of either sex’.

This opening leads into the genital division of the ccelom just as

does the viscero-pericardial pore into the pericardium, and, like it,

is situated mesiad to the kidney-opening. The only striking

difference is, that this pore is normally rather farther apart from

its corresponding kidney-opening than is the viscero-pericardial

pore. The latter is normally quite close to its kidney-opening,

but its distance from it is very variable and may reach 3 mm.

It appears to me that there can be no question as to the homo-

logy of the two sets of apertures. In the genital segment, how-

ever, the migration of the ccelomic aperture has gone a little

further beyond the bounds of the kidney-sac. ach ccelomic

duct, plus its kidney-sac, would on this view correspond to an

ordinary “ nephridium,” 7%. ¢., a tube leading from the ccelom to the

exterior, part of the wall of which has taken on an excretory

function. In the Dibranchs, in correlation with the disappear-

ance of the anterior gill, the corresponding kidney-sac has

disappeared, while its ceelomic duct persists as the genital duct.

The genital ducts of the Cephalopoda in general then are

nephridia *, minus their excretory sacs.

Ill. The Male Genital Ducts and Penis.

The general disposition of the genital apparatus in the male is

shown in fig. 3 (p. 672). As is well known, only the duct of the

right side is functional in Nautilus. On the left side there is the

“‘pyriform sac” of Owen, shown by Lankester and Bourne to

represent the left genital duct, although the question was left open

by them—whether it represented only the genital duct, or the

genital duct together with the genital gland of the same side ’*.

From the large ccelomic aperture the genital duct passes through

the quadrangular “accessory gland” composed of numerous cecal

tubular outgrowths from the duct itself. Beyond this point the

duct opens into the spermatophore sac—a large structure some-

what elliptical in outline when seen from the anterior (dorsal) or

posterior (ventral) aspect (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 1). The vas deferens

opens into this at its outer end. Internal to this opening there

begins a longitudinal septum which divides the cavity of the sac

through about half its length—terminating in a free concave edge.

1 Tn the case of the functional genital duct of the male, a shifting of the

external aperture has taken place through the, in all probability, secondary

development from the adjoining body-wall of the penis.

2 Pelseneer asserts that the genital ducts of Cephalopods are nephridia—

without, however, qualifying his statement or supporting it by evidence.

3 That it represents only the duct appears to me to be shown by the con-

dition in the very young animal, in which the inner part of the genital duct has

exactly the appearance of the pyriform sac in the adult—the rudiment of the

gonad being quite distinct and apparently median and unpaired.

672 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

In the sexually mature animal the much coiled-up spermatophore

mass occupies the cavity of the sac bending round the edge of the

septum. ‘I'he internal surface of the sac-wall is smooth to the

naked eye, while a low-power lens discloses the existence of minute

glandular-looking rug running on the whole parallel to the axis

of the spermatophore mass.

At its anterior inner corner the cavity of Needham’s sac passes

into the penis. This is a somewhat cylindroidal, flattened structure

about 10 mm. in length and 8 mm. greatest breadth, attached to

the body-wall within the mantle-cavity. Its walls are thick and

muscular, and its cavity is divided by a sagittal longitudinal

septum, which does not extend quite to the tip of the organ, into

Fig. 3.

Diagram of the testis, genital duct, and penis of the male Nautilus. The

rudimentary genital duct of the left side is dotted in.

T, testis: at its upper end is seen its aperture into the general cavity of the

ceelom. Ac.Gl, accessory gland with internal opening of the vas

deferens beneath the crescentic flap at its left-hand corner. Sp.Sac,

spermatophore sac.

The curved line traversing the diagram from side to side represents the

line along which the mantle-flap is reflected headwards,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 673

two moieties. Of these it is only the right with which the sac of

Needham communicates, the left being (as will appear later)

connected merely with a peculiar blind sac. The right penial

cavity is somewhat semi-pyriform, becoming narrower distally.

Its lining is thrown into large smooth glandular-looking ruga,

which anastomosing with one another form a kind of raised

network with elongated meshes. Outside this lining is the

muscular coat about 1:5 mm. thick and largely composed of radial

fibres. The muscular layer is traversed by an extensive system of

blood-spaces. This is most developed towards the “ posterior”

end of the penis. It forms a distinct layer near the outer surface

of the organ, but its spaces also, though less conspicuously, ramify

hither and thither in the general substance of the muscle.

The left penial cavity is cylindroidal in form, and its diameter

only about half that of the right cavity at its widest part. The

inner surface of its wall is also thrown into folds; but these are

mainly longitudinal, parallel, and do not anastomose to the same

extent as do those of the right cavity. The lining-tissue is of

a less deep colour and less glandular-looking; the muscular wall

is thinner, and the cavernous layer is also less developed.

At its “ posterior” end, about the level of the point at which

the right cavity becomes continuous with the sac of Needham, the

left cavity diverges towards the left side, much as the long axis of

the Needham’s sac does towards the right, and gradually expands

into a flask-shaped sac, in this specimen 6 mm. long by 3 mm.

broad. This is rounded off and ends blindly. The inner surface

of its wall exhibits faint longitudinal corrugations. It is difficult

to believe that this left moiety of the penial apparatus does not

represent the reduced fellow of the right moiety, i. ¢., of the

right penial cavity plus the sac of Needham. On the left side,

however, the rudimentary vas deferens does not communicate

with the penial sac, but opens, as is well known, directly into the

mantle-cavity. The position of this external aperture corresponds

very closely to that of the opening of the vas deferens into the

spermatophore sac on the opposite side. The whole arrangement

strongly suggests that of the functional male genital duct, only that

portion from the ccelomic aperture to its opening into the sac of

Needham represents the primitive duct, and that the Needham’s

sac and the penis are secondarily added structures developed from

the adjacent wall of the mantle-cavity. In the young animal, the

Needham’s sac being not yet expanded, the form and size of the

right portion of the apparatus are in almost exactly the same

condition as is the left in the adult.

IV. The Buccal Nervous System.

Lankester * says, in speaking of Nautilus :—“ No buccal nervous

system has been observed in Nautilus;” and again, “nor has an

enteric nervous system been described in this animal.” In regard

1 Zoological Articles, p. 142.

. Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XLIII. 43

674 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE © [June 18,

to both these statements, Professor Lankester seems to be in error,

as a complicated buccal system was described and figured by H. v.

Jhering ', while at least part of an enteric system was described by

Keferstein®. In regard to the buccal nervous system it seems

advisable to give a short account, however, as von Jhering’s remarks

are very brief, while in the construction of his diagram a curious

blunder seems to have been made, which has been perpetuated

by its being copied by leading text-books. In effect, what he

figures as the cerebro-pharyngeal connective is really the forward

prolongation of the pharyngeal ganglion, which, uniting with its

fellow in the middle line, forms the anterior infra-buccal com-

missure. On the other hand, the two nerves figured as emerging

from the pharyngeal ganglia laterally are the cerebro-pharyngeal

connectives, of which there are not one, but two, on each side.

In fact, by rotating the portion of his figure representing the

buccal nervous apparatus through 180° about an axis passing

through the pharyngeal ganglia and joining up the cut ends as

indicated above, one gets quite an accurate diagram. No doubt

v. Jhering’s slip arose through dissecting and figuring this part of

the nervous system after the buccal mass had been removed from

its connection with the animal.

The cerebro-pharyngeal connectives are two thick nerve-trunks

on each side, taking their origin from the adoral border of the

supra-cesophageal nervous mass. Enclosed in a dense sheath of

connective tissue, they pass to the sides of the buccal mass. For

the first part of their extent their course is highly sinuous, a

character probably to be connected with the protrusibility of the

buccal mass and the consequent very variable distance between it

and the fixed cireum-cesophageal parts of the nervous system.

Pursuing a slightly convergent course the two connectives reach

the lateral aspect of the buccal mass, and there unite in the

pharyngeal ganglion (fig. 4, ph.g.)—a triangular structure with

its apex directed towards the mouth—and another of its angles

external. It lies on the muscles of the buccal mass. immediately

beneath the skin.

The two pharyngeal ganglia are connected to one another by a

longer anterior and a shorter posterior commissure, on the course of

the latter being the slightly swollen “ buccal ganglia.” The anterior

commissure (fig. 4, ant.com.), figured by v. Jhering as cerebro-

pharyngeal connective, is a flattened band nearly 1 millimetre

in breadth, and pursuing a f\-shaped course immediately beneath

the skin, and just within and parallel to the margin of the lower

mandible. As the ganglion tapers off into the commissure, it gives

off numerous small and several larger filaments to the skin-fold

surrounding the mandibles. From the adoral part of the com-

missure also some very fine strands pass off to the same structures.

The internal angle of the pharyngeal ganglion is prolonged

towards the middle line into the posterior commissure, which soon

1 Vergl. Anat. des Nervensystems der Mollusken, p. 263.

2 Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich, Malacozoa, p. 1373.

1895.] — ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 675

swells out slightly, forming the buccal ganglion (duc.y.). From

this pass backwards two nerves into the sponge-work of the

pharyngeal wall (ph.n.). Whether they are continued back in this

along the sides of the crop to become connected with the gastric

ganglion, I was not able satisfactorily to determine. From the

aboral end of the buccal ganglion anteriorly a twig passes to a

Fig. 4.

ant.com

c.c+-.

buc. phar.con b.com ph.n

Buccal nervous system of Nautilus pompilius.

ph.g, pharyngeal ganglion; buc.g., buccal ganglion; ¢.c, cerebro-pharyn-

geal connective; buc.phar.con, bucco-pharyngeal connective; ph.n,

pharyngeal nerves; 0.com, buccal commissure; amt.com, anterior

pharyngeal commissure,

large elevation of the buccal lining, within which it divides up into

numerous branches. At its oral end the ganglion passes into the

short convex-forwards commissure which connects it with its

fellow. From this two nerves pass adorally on each side, the

smaller more mesially situated immediately underlying the radula.

V. The Innervation of the “ Inner Inferior Lobe.”

Posterior (ventral) to the buccal mass, well within the hood-

tentacle complex, is a flattened lobe, bearing on each side a

43*

676 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

series of tentacles, separated by a peculiar lamellated organ

which has been supposed to be sensory. This lobe is called

the “inner inferior lobe” by Lankester. For its innervation

there is figured by Owen, and copied by Gegenbaur and others, a

small distinct ganglion on each side. In the specimens which I

have dissected, however, the conditions are as follows :—Upon

each side, somewhat external to the root of the funnel-nerve, there

arises from the anterior sub-cesophageal nerve-cord a rather

thinner nerve-trunk, which passes into the basal part of the lobe

mentioned. This bends towards the middle line, pursues a curved

course in the substance of the lobe, and meets with its fellow

of the opposite side. The two together form in fact not two

separate ganglia, but a continuous cord. The median most

strongly curved part of this cord gives off about 24 slender nerve-

filaments, which radiate forwards to the lamelle of the lamellated

organ. The more lateral parts of the cord, on the other hand, give

off a stout unbranched nerve to each of the tentacles of the lobe.

These nerves, coursing as they do through the fibro-muscular

substance of the lobe, are very hard to trace out in their entirety.

VI. The Post-anal Papille and Nerves.

A short distance behind the anus is a peculiar flap-like structure,

arising from the body-wall and bearing four papille. It varies

Post-anal papilla with glands in the female.

a, anus ; p.a.p, post-anal papilla ; g, openings of glands ; 2.g, nidamental gland ;

pc.v, pevicardio-visceral aperture ; neph, ypening of kidney chamber.

1895.) ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 677

much in form—sometimes being divided into two distinct halyes—

sometimes continuous mesially—sometimes thin and membranous—

sometimes tumid and swollen. It is covered by columnar epithe-

lium, and filled with ordinary connective tissue, sometimes with

abundant jelly-like matrix.

In the female, examination of this region with a hand-lens shows

the existence of a large number of apertures in the outer skin.

These, to the number of about 150, form a band about 0:5 mm. in

width, curving gently forwards on either side of the post-anal papilla,

tapering off and terminating close to the advehent vessel of the

posterior gill. In section these openings are seen to be the apertures

of tubular ducts which pass inwards perpendicular to the surface for

some little distance and then break up into several blindly ending

branches. These are lined by involutions of the surface epithelium,

which in the neighbourhood of each aperture increases to about

twice its thickness elsewhere, its cilia at the same time becoming

extremely long and powerful (‘03 mm. in length). Once within

the narrow aperture the lumen of the tube expands to about

‘05 mm. in diameter, and the lining epithelium becomes shorter,

the remainder of the lumen being lined by comparatively short

columnar cells, each with a round ellipsoidal nucleus.

Arising from the posterior side of the posterior sub-cesophageal

nerve-cord, close to the middle line, are a pair of stout nerve-

trunks, which pass backwards on either side of the vena cava,

The greater part of these pass off to supply the gills, but a direct

prolongation of each is present, which passes backwards on either

side of the post-anal papilla. This nerve is largest in the female,

where it gives off nerves towards the middle line, supplying the

nidamental gland. In the region of the post-anal papilla branches

also pass off towards the middle line. There appears to be—

although the condition of the material did not allow me to quite

satisfy myself on this point—an anastomosis of these centrally

passing branches with those of the opposite side. If this be con-

firmed we have here a true post-anal commissure, such as exists in

Chiton : in which case we should be compelled to regard not merely

the “ posterior sub-cesophageal nerve-mass,” but rather the two

lateral portions of this, together with the nerve-trunks which have

been mentioned as passing backwards on either side of the vena

cava, as forming the homologue of the pleuro-visceral nerve-cord of

Chiton. The mesial part of the posterior sub-cesophageal nerve-

mass would then represent a secondary fusion between the nerve-

masses of the two opposite sides.

VII. The Spermatophore-receiving Apparatus.

Behind (ventral to) the buccal mass and immediately underlying

the inner inferior lobe, the kind of shelf which connects the

tentacular mass of one side with that of the other has its inner

surface raised into a series of curious lamelle.

The remarkable organ formed has been referred to by Valen-

678 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

ciennes', and by Lankester*, as a paired structure. Not always,

however, does it seem to be so, as in one of the two specimens in

which I observed it the lamine were quite continuous across the

middle line, the lamine appearing in fact to be mere exaggerations

of the fine transverse wrinkles into which the surface of the skin

is thrown behind the lamellar organ. Of the two authors referred

to, the first, after some hesitation, suggests that the lamellated

organ may be tactile in function, “analogous to the palpi round

the Crustacean mouth.” Lankester, on the other hand, for what

reasons is not stated, very definitely describes the organ as

“ probably olfactory.” °

During the examination of a mature female somewhat startling

evidence was obtained as to the true function of this organ. The

lamellae were here covered with a thick coagulated materi

apparently secreted by them, spreading over the edges of the

lamelle and passing in thin plates down between them. Partially

imbedded in the coagulum on the left side and only partially

visible, there appeared a peculiar brown structure which at once

suggested the appearance of a spermatophore. And upon care~

fully clearing away the surrounding material the surmise. so

suggested was corroborated. The long slender spermatophore lay

coiled backwards and forwards over the surface of the lamelle in

the manner indicated in Pl. XX XIX. fig. 2, held firmly in position

by the coagulated material.

We would seem to have here a peculiar cement-secreting

glandular apparatus, on whose sticky surface the spermatophore is

deposited by the male.

In other Cephalopods the position in which the spermatophore

is attached to the female varies: in (gopsids, Octopods, and

Sepiola, e.g., itis passed into the mantle-cavity ; in other Decapods

(e. g., Sepia, Loligo) it is attached to the skin on the outer surface

of the buccal mass. In Nautilus the position is thus a somewhat

intermediate one.

VIII. The Morphology of the “« Arms” of Cephalopods.

As Grobben has justly remarked, and as Pelseneer has adopted as

text to his paper on the subject, “‘ eine der schwierigsten Fragen in

der morphologischen Deutung des Cephalopodenkorpers bildet die

Morphologie der Kopfarmen ”; and in accordance with this, as well

as with its far-reaching interest, the question has attracted from

time to time a great amount of attention from morphologists.

Regarding the fundamental nature of these organs, two very

different views have been brought forward :—

(1) That the arms of Cephalopods are processes of the head

or circumoral region.

(2) That they are processes of the foot, part of which has

grown up on either side so as to finally surround and

almost completely hide from view the head itself.

1 Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. tom. ii, p. 277.

* Zoological Articles, p. 130, 5 Op. cit. fig, 88,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 679

To enter in detail into the differences as to minor points in the

tenets of the various upholders of these two views seems un-

necessary, as this has already been done by others’; and further,

because it is proposed to consider the problem here in its most

general aspect—as to whether the Cephalopod arms are cephalic

or pedal.

It may be advisable, in the first place, to inquire whether there

is anything in the general relations of the parts to support or even

to suggest the second of these views. In ordinary Cuttlefishes it

is pretty obvious that there is nothing of the kind—the arms form

a continuous circle round the buccal mass—one would naturally

suppose they belong to the head. It is therefore important

to glance at Nautilus, where, as Lankester has well accentuated,

any divergence from the condition obtaining in other forms has

possibly, and even probably, a special significance,” and “is not

readily to be dismissed as an ‘adaptation’ peculiar to that form.” *

In Nautilus the arrangement of the circumoral lobes and ten-

tacles has been described by Bourne and by Lankester, so that it

is unnecessary to go into details. Anteriorly (dorsally) is the

large fibrous mass of tissue which forms the hood. Laterally, on

each side, is an aggregation of tentacles. Anteriorly (dorsally)

the mass of tentacle-sheaths is directly continuous with the hood.

On slicing away the substance of the hood carefully, it is seen

that the bases of all the outer tentacles are embedded in it. The

appearance of tentacle-sheaths is due merely to the more or less

distinct marking off by superficial grooves of the parts of the mass

surrounding each tentacle. Hood and tentacle-sheaths together

form a perfectly continuous mass lying anterior (dorsal) to the

buccal mass and curving backwards (downwards) on either side of

it in saddle-like fashion. In the male this is very obvious, the two

limbs of the mass being connected together posteriorly merely by

a thin shelf. In the female, however, this bears on its inner side

the “inferior inner lobe,” which bears on each side a group of

tentacles and whose appearance suggests a bilateral origin. The

main impression given by the tentacle-hood complex is that of a

saddle-shaped structure, situated anterior (dorsal) to the buccal

mass—its limbs passing backwards on either side of the latter.

The anterior (dorsal) part of the complex here predominates : it is

developed less equally all round the buccal mass than in Decapods ;

its preponderating part is dorsal.

The next point of interest in the gross anatomical relations of

the parts lies in the funnel which, according to the upholders of

the “ pedal” view, is primitively continuous with the tentacle-hood

mass.

The Funnel.—This is a large tongue-shaped structure attached to

the posterior face of the body—to the roof of the mantle-cavity,

into which it imperceptibly passes aborally. At its oral end it

1 Gf. especially Pelseneer’s admirable summary, ‘Challenger’ Report

Pteropoda.

> Quart. Journ, Micr. Science, vol. xxiii. p. 348,

680 . MR, J.GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

projects parallel to the axis of the buccal mass—quite free and

separated by a deep groove from the hood and tentacle-mass.

Tongue-like in form, its margins are inrolled about a longitudinal

axis, so that one comes to overlap the other. Which does so

appears to be quite inconstant in different individuals, and in any

one individual the right and left margins present exactly the same

appearance ; there being nothing to point to one in particular

being kept habitually folded over the other. From this, and from

the general muscular character of the funnel, I have little doubt

that the living animal possesses the power of unrolling and

flattening it out, possibly even of using its broad lower face to

creep on or adhere to rocks. In spirit-specimens one can readily

so unroll the funnel, and when this is done the appearance of the

animal is very striking, as is shown in Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 1, where, by

the way, the mantle-flap has been partially removed so as to afford

a better view of the creature. One is here impressed, first of all,

by the sharp way in which the funnel is marked off from the hood-

tentacle-head mass. Everywhere a deep groove separates them’.

There is nothing here to suggest or even support the view that

part of the foot has grown up round and become fused with the

head. Again, the great size of the organ is very impressive—more

especially its width from side to side,—and its entire condition

is such as at once, to my mind irresistibly, to suggest that in this

organ one has the representative of the whole of the foot of the

ordinary Gasteropod.

The general relations of the parts in Nautilus impress upon one

that :—

(1) The hood-tentacle complex is preponderatingly anterior

(dorsal) to the buccal mass, its posterior (ventral) parts

being relatively insignificant.

(2) The hood-tentacle complex is most sharply marked off

from the funnel by a deep groove.

(8) The funnel is enough, in itself, to represent the whole of

the Gasteropod foot.

Considering merely them alone, there is no suggestion of doubt

that the hood-tentacle complex is cephalic ; that the funnel is the

Gasteropod foot.

It is because, at the present time, after many years of contro-

versy, the contrary view, which for shortness may be referred to

as the ‘ pedal’ view, has gained the ascendency and has come to be

the one enunciated by the most authoritative text-books *, that the

present discussion seems necessary.

When Lankester published his ‘Encyclopedia Britannica’

article on Mollusca, he pointed out that the view taught. by

Leuckart, Lovén, Huxley, and himself, that the Cephalopod arms

* In this connection the figure given by Lankester (Zoological Articles, fig. 91),

though very corroborative of the view there advocated, seems scarcely in accord

with the actual conditions,

* Tang’s Lehrbuch, pp. 587, and Korschelt and Heider, p. 1176,

1895. ] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 681

are pedal in their nature, was based upon three different sets of

evidence—to wit, those derived from

(1) Their ontogenetic development ;

(2) Their innervation ;

(3) Their homology with the sucker-bearing processes of the

larval Pneumoderma.

Of these (3) derived its force from the supposed pedal nature of

the sucker-bearing appendages. However, it has now been satis-

factorily shown‘ that they are purely cephalic, and therefore this

argument, if it be argument at all, tells precisely in the opposite

direction. At present, therefore, the view that the Cephalopod

arms are parts of the foot rests upon (1) and (2). In regard to

(1), however, although it must be admitted that the facts of embry-

ology do tend to bear up the view that the crown of arms is formed

by an upgrowth from each side of the foot, it must be borne in

mind how extremely unreliable any evidence, as to topographical

relations, must be which is based on the phenomena exhibited in

the development of enormously yolk-laden eggs. Therefore it

appears that the only one of the three classes of evidence adduced

above which can be considered of real weight, is that resting upon

the innervation of the parts under consideration, and that this

opinion is shared by other workers, is shown by its tendency

in more recent writings to supplant the evidence derived from

embryology. It appears, therefore, not inadvisable to submit

this portion of the evidence to a short critical examination, to

endeavour to ascertain whether it is equal to bearing the strain

of acting as main support to a view which we have seen to be

inherently improbable, on the evidence afforded by gross ana-

tomical relations. And as a preliminary it may be well to look

into the general ideas now held and taught by zoologists as to the

general character of the Cephalopod central nervous system.

Tn the latest text-book of Zoology (Lang, p. 722) one reads,

“Das symmetrische Nervensystem aller Cephalopoden zeichnet

sich durch die sehr starke Concentration der typischen Mollusken-

ganglien, auch derjenigen der Visceralconnective, aus ;”* and this I

think I may venture to say fairly represents the views held and

taught by zoologists generally: that the Cephalopod central

nervous system consists typically of three pairs of ganglia

ageregated round the cesophagus, which ganglia are homologous

with the three similar pairs of, say, a Gasteropod. That a certain

rough resemblance does exist between the arrangement of the

ganglia round the cesophagus of a Dibranchiate Cephalopod and

that met with in many Gasteropods may be at once admitted ; but

when it comes to be a question of precisely homologizing the

individual ganglia in the one case with those in the other, one has

to do with a very different matter. Supposing, for a moment, the

homology to hold, then one ought to find the resemblance most

marked in those Cephalopods which phylogenetically most nearly

1 «Challenger ’ Reports: Pteropoda, Anatomy, p. 39,

? The italics are mine,

682 MRE. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE {June 18,

approach the common ancestral forms of Gasteropods. But what

are the actual anatomical facts ?—that in the Nautilus, the most

primitive and oldest Cephalopod now existent, such division into

three pairs of ganglia is completely absent. And then one might

turn to that Gasteropod (I here use the term in its wide sense)

which other evidence points to as having similarly to the greatest

extent retained such common ancestral conditions—to wit, Chiton.

And here again one finds a complete absence of segregation of the

central nervous system into its three pairs of ganglia, and in its

stead a central nervous system showing in many respects a strong

and fundamental resemblance to that of Nautilus. The facts of

Anatomy, then, are strongly opposed to any rough-and-ready

homologizing of the various ganglia of the higher Cephalopod

with those of the higher Gasteropod. One might go so far as to

say that they demonstrate their non-homology. The common

ancestor of Gasteropods and Cephalopods, so far as we can see,

possessed, as did and do so many other primitive forms, a nervous

system consisting of thick strands ensheathed in a continuous layer

of nerve-cells; and any departure from this condition, in the

direction of collecting and centralizing these nerve-cells into

ganglia to fulfil local requirements, is a process which has taken

place independently within each of the two stems of descent.

It follows, from this independence in phylogenetic development

of these secondarily formed ganglia, that we are not. justified in

taking any one of the ganglia of the higher Cephalopods and saying

this is the “pedal” ganglion (implying in the term “ pedal”

accurate homology with the so-named ganglia of Gasteropoda)—

a fortiori, in asserting here is an organ innervated by the pedal

ganglion, therefore it is morphologically part of the foot. Yet

it is precisely this latter line of argument which modern exponents

of the “ pedal” hypothesis use as their mainstay.

The central nervous system of Cephalopoda may be said,

according to what we know of Nautilus, to consist primarily of—

(1) A supra-cesophageal mass, connected with

(2) An anterior sub-cesophageal, and

(3) A posterior sub-cesophageal mass.

To these is added in the Dibranchiata a separate nervous mass

lying in front of (2)—the brachial ganglion; and it is this which

innervates the arms.

To quote Pelseneer (Chall. Rept. p. 65) :—

“Regarding (1) there is no disagreement as to its nature,

all recognizing in it the fused cerebral ganglia.

(2) “‘Has been universally regarded as constituted by the

pedal ganglia.

(3) “ Corresponds to the combined visceral ganglia of other

Mollusca.

“All observers are agreed as to the interpretation of the

supra-cesophageal and the two posterior sub-cesophageal

masses (2. ¢. (2) and (3)). The disagreement relates only

to the brachial ganglia, which are regarded by one party as

pedal and by the other as cerebral.”

1895. | ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 683

Pelseneer then goes on to combat the view that the brachial

ganglion has been derived from the fusion of a downgrowth on

each side from the cerebral ganglion.

While protesting, in passing, against the statement that the

supra-cesophageal nerve-mass is formed of “the fused cerebral

ganglia,” when in reality it represents the primitive nerve-mass

out of which “ cerebral ganglia” have not yet become segregated,

it is (2) the statements as to the “ pedal” and brachial ganglia

which concern most closely the point under discussion. The one

fact of independence of evolution is enough to show that the

so-called pedal ganglion of Cephalopods—z. e. the anterior sub-

cesophageal nerve-mass of Nautilus, which in the higher Cepha-

‘ lopods has, in accordance with a very general law, become

condensed into a definite ganglion, supplying the various organs

originally in its neighbourhood—is not in the strict morphological

sense the “ pedal” ganglion at all. -One may then accept with

Pelseneer the development of the brachial ganglion by splitting off

from this anterior sub-cesophageal nerve-mass, and yet be as

completely without evidence as we were before that the structures

supplied by it have anything whatever to do with the foot.

In brief it appears to me that :—the general relations of the parts

point undoubtingly to the arms of Cephalopods being processes of

the head-region—that all the special evidence brought forward to

support the pedal view is either erroneous, of little weight, or is

permeated with fallacy—and that it therefore behoves us in the

meantime to unhesitatingly accept the first mentioned '.

IX. The Phylogenetic Relationships of the Cephalopoda.

From its archaic character Nautilus might be expected to give

valuable hints as to the phylogenetic relationships of the group to

which it belongs. Upon the whole it appears to me that its

structure affords strong evidence that the nearest living allies of

the Cephalopoda are to be found in the Amphineura. And it is

interesting to note that amongst these it is the Chitons in which

the points of resemblance are most striking, as they are apparently

the oldest and most primitive members of the group. The number

of really important morphological features in which the Chitons

resemble Nautilus is really remarkable, ¢. g.—

- (1) Its bilateral symmetry.

(2) The general characters of its nervous system.

(3) Its possession of paired metamerically arranged ctenidia,

of which in some species, believed to be phylogenetically

younger, there is a tendency for those at the anterior end

of the body to disappear—only those towards the posterior

end persisting (mero-branchiate forms).

1 The forerunner of the hood-tentacle complex of Nautilus (and consequently

of the arms of the Dibranchiata) we may probably see still persisting in the

similarly innervated and highly sensitive mass which surrounds the mouth in

Chiton,

684 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON THE [June 18,

(4) The traces of metamerism exhibited by the heart in some

forms, there existing several pairs (four in Chiton magni-

Jicus) of auriculo-ventricular openings.

(5) General relations of ceelom, nephridia, &e.

(6) Eggs developed within follicles.

yFig. 6.

Cc pe pn D fn

Diagram showing the relationships of the celom and nephridia in

Amphineura and Cephalopoda,

A, Chetoderma; B, Chiton; O, Nautilus; D, Sepia.

ge, genital division of the ccelom ; pe, pericardiac division of the celom;

gn, nephridia of genital segment ; pz, nephridia of pericardiac segment ;

ks, kidney-sacs in Nautilus; in Sepia the two posterior kidney-sacs are

seen still in communication with the rest of the nephridia,

In regard to (5), fig. 6 indicates diagrammatically the relation-

ships of the parts concerned. In the case of Chiton (B) two

ccelomic chambers are shown, one lying in front. of the other—the

genital coelom and the pericardium. The pericardium communicates

with the exterior by a pair of functional nephridia; the genital

ccelom by the pair of genital ducts which from their relations can

hardly be otherwise than morphologically a pair of nephridia too. In

Chetoderma (A), a less primitive animal, a less primitive arrange-

ment has been developed: the genital division of the ccelom has

developed a communication with the pericardium through which

the genital products pass—and it has lost its original genital ducts.

1895.] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 685

Fig. C shows the condition in Vautilus, where again the same two

celomic chambers are visible. Here also a communication has

become formed between the two, but the two pairs of ducts to the

exterior still persist—the anterior nephridium here still preserving

its excretory portion—a more primitive condition than in Chiton,

and probably to be correlated with the fact of its having become

shut off from the main lumen of the duct. A few irregular

apertures in the wall separating the two ccelomic chambers point

towards the still later condition to be met with in Sepia (D), where

the septum has disappeared—a faint rudiment remaining in the

fori of a transverse fold rising up from the floor of the common

chamber },

X. Summary of Conclusions. ©

1. The perivisceral cavity in Nautilus is remarkable for the

almost equal participation in its formation of both eclom and

hemoceel.

2. The ceelom consists of two distinct chambers—genital and

pericardial—separated by a perforated septum.

3. Each of these ceelomic chambers opens to the exterior by a

pair of nephridia.

4, The genital ducts of the Cephalopoda represent portions of

nephridia.

5. The ovary is remarkable for its extremely archaic character—

an ovigerous region of the cclomic epithelium, roofed in by a

simple upgrowth of the ccelomiec wall.

6. The ova arise from syncytial masses of protoplasm.

7. The testis is also archaic in character, and similar to the

‘ovary in its main features. Its cavity, however, has become sub-

divided into numerous delicate tubes for the provision of increased

area of the spermatogenic epithelium.

8. The penis is a paired structure, its left moiety, however,

remaining rudimentary.

9. An elaborate buccal nervous system is present.

10. The “inner inferior lobe” is innervated not by a pair of

distinct ganglia, but by a continuous nerve-cord.

11. Round the base of the postanal papilla is a curious system

of skin-glands.

12. A prolongation backwards of the nerve-trunk which supplies

the gills probably represents the postanal commissure of Amphi-

neura.

13, A laminated organ lying below the mouth has a function in

connection with copulation—the spermatophore of the male

becoming attached to it.

14. The evidence as to the “ pedal” nature of the Cephalopod

arms appears to rest on insecure foundations, and it seems desirable

’ The view advocated by Grobben (Morph. Stud. p. 39) that the condition

in Sepia is the more primitive, and that it represents a stage in the evolution of

the condition met with in the other Mollusca, seems to me untenable,

686 ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. [June 18.

to abandon it for the inherently much more probable view that

these structures are processes of the head region.

15. Nautilus shows many strong resemblances to the Amphi-

neura, and it is probably amongst these latter that we have to look

for the nearest allies of the Cephalopoda.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Side view of an animal of Nautilus pompilius, extracted from the shell.

The funnel has been opened out and the mantle-flap partly cut away

so as to give a better view of the various parts.

h, hood ; ¢, tentacles ; ¢, eye ; f, funnel separated by a deep groove

from the hood-tentacle mass; m, cut edge of mantle-flap ; 9; gill;

s, siphuncle,

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section through the animal of Nautilus very slightly to the

right of the middle line.

6, buccal cavity; r, radula ; cg, supra-cesophageal nerve-cord ; pi.g.,

posterior sub-cesophageal nerve-cord ; p.g., anterior ditto; f, funnel

with its valve; ph, crop with at giz. its opening into the gizzard ;

int., intestine ; an, anus; &, kidney-chamber with follicular append-

ages of advehent vein projecting into it; p.foll., pericardial gland-

follicles projecting into pericardium; v.c., vena cava.

Prats XXXIX.

Fig. 1. View of penis and sac of Needham from posterior (ventral) aspect.

The outer wall has been removed so as to show a and 6—the right

and left halves of the penis.

e, sac of Needham ; d, corresponding structure of left side ; ¢, bristle

passing through opening of vas deferens into sac of Needham.

Fig. 2. Spermatophore-receiving apparatus of an adult female with spermato-

phore (s) 7z situ. In this specimen the laminz of the organ were

continuous across the middle line.

Fig. 3. The same organ in its more usual (paired) form.

CoNTENTS (continued).

May 21, 1895 (continued).

Page

6. List and Distribution of the Land-Mollusea of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, with

Deseriptions of some. supposed new Species. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwry-Avsren,

Oar Ass CO athe a cis. Cae er dunctrs a ots s MMM TE Laeee chee Seas Cite alec ee hc cya 438

7. Ona Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his recent Expedition

in Western Somali-land. By R. Bowpier Suarer, LL.D., F.LS., &e. (Plates XXVII.

Beet MILES 55 fea pe clas sn Pa ee POs wo" aoe CTE Nalbens 4 eae ein cone ie eae a stay 457

June 18, 1895.

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1895

Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a Barbary Sheep from Egypt.. 521

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Humming-bird (Anthocephala

wexiepschs) trom OOlom PAS seks) a + nics es tia arces as Se eelaes Pe he a Wega vere og 621

Prof. G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of a Rabbit destitute of the

PACHONG PEAT OL UPPSP IfCIROLS bias peck = sets VER-CWiaie Ble iurn,cc tie oslo sv sini le ds i sinieiaes Je 521

Dr. A. A, W. Hubrecht, F.M.Z.S. Letter from, concerning a supposed new Mammal ( Tvicho-

mors hoeventt) trom: Sumatra. 55 hss Sd ees oe hw ptee wet Veal swe eee hs oe aver 522

Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin and skull of a Loder’s Gazelle

eenaeeiia tomers). (Rov, Wry pte 'oqAictaa’ ctu (ona) win Smo. aisle « dive ida Wb. fe Aee cys on Mase aes 522

_ Mr. W. Saville Kent, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured sketch af a

Nudibranchiate Mollusk from Western Australia

. Messrs. F..E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S, and A. C. Haddon, M.A.; M.R.1.A. Notice of a

: Memoir containing Descriptions of-anumber of new Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusks

collected in the neighbourhood of Torres Straits.......--+ 20s. ce eeee eee e eee ee eres 523

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.. Abstract of a Report on a large Collection of Fishes formed

by Dr. CO. Ternetz at various localities in Matto Grosso and Paraguay, with descriptions

Ole MGW SIICINOS: detete bre, hale be of dinw on» More's oaisteig Ove Paced Oo came S cafes testes mabe 5238

<1 An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in

_. Western Somali-land and the Galla Country. By G, A. Bouuuneur, F.R.S. (Plates

RENTING A ENO ao an) ale am OO aa aS a gi Peaabale,o.stda Vicon e slalese bes sacs © Sapaeios 530

2. On the Moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise, with brief Notes upon its Habits in

Captivity. “By Ram Bramua SanyAt, C.MLZS. 2.5.0. 0c cece cee re cease tase cntnie 541

3. On the Mammals of Aden. . By Col. J. W. Yersury and Oupryetp Thomas ...+.....+- 542

4, A Monograph of the Bornean Lycenide. By Hamitton H. Drucez, F.ZS., F.E.S.

GBlatos: XXX EXIM VG) Fels rersiloja gena's elyiras 6 hod oie Snje odes 0 vn pin Aaiwiesd.din a oRiadiap ere «+ 556

5. On a small Collection of Butterflies sent by Mr. R. Crawshay from the country West of

Lake Nyasa. By Artnur G. Buruzr, Ph.D., F.L:S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant-Keeper of

the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plate XXXV. y Maj attain oh ee bghees epaee 627

6. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachia made by Colonel Yerbury at Aden and its .

X See re By Jouy Anverson, M.D., LL.D., F-R.S., F.Z.S. (Plates XXXVI. &

KXXVIE) 25. Suis aie aia a ot eed gee eee mare jc hee SER EOS ALI rary Pe ORE SAAR Coe Se €35

7. On some Points in the Anatomy of Nautilus pompilius, as J. Granaw Kerr, Christ's

College, Cambridge. (Plates XXXVIIL & XXXIX.) .,........2...

LIST OF PLATES.

1895.

PART Hl. oes :

Plate e oe :

XXIII. “1. Cwcilia buckleyi; 2. Rhinatrema bicolor; 3. Scoleco=y

=. morphus kirkii. 055. eee pa rn 2 ase s

XAXTYV.._1. Geotrypetes _petersii ; 2. Cryptopsophis aes

3. Siphonops hardyi : =F Bdellophis hae iat eae an

XXV, Malformations of Fishes -..--+...++ 2. S.s0: Oe ee ype

_ XX VIO“ Oryptoprotta ferox :..¢.. eeeve eases leeees eke So ee ee .

XXVII. 1. Serinus maculicollis ; 2. Serinus donalaooee eee } 457 gee}

XXVIIT, ‘Puracus donaldsoni-:~..5.....25- Apiecece Sas 7p cases cee 2 yn ee

AXEX: 1. Hemidactylus isolepis ; 2. H. smithii; 3. Agama zonura ; CIS

eee =A Brataina smith. y<. ties ee os aes ee 1559 vor

XXX, 1. ‘Lyphlops somalieus ; 2. Zamenis smithii ; 3. Peete Pee

pulcher; 4- Arthroleptis minutus ; 5, Bufo dodsomii. . é Ses Z

ce cey \ Bonnie Lycaenidae SLRS Loa e ees Toth Se & 556 : ee se

XXXIV. }- PS Pe ap ee ;

XXXV. New Butterflies from Nyasa-land . eis 6 <

XXXVI. 1. Hemidactylus yerburii; 2. Mabnia cezellaa 3. Tarbo- ts

phis: guentheri ada isis Leis tals ete eee aR erate wee = bg

XXXVH. 1. Latastia neumanni; 2. Rana m cenblgete 35 Bato

andersoni ....... ees Rete

XXXVIIL

XXXIX. } Anatomy of Nautilus soni.

NOTICE.

~The *Proceedings’ areisied in’ four parts, as follows:- — = oe She

Part I. Sani g aaa read in J anuary and February, on eae Ist.

It. 3 =i » March and April, on August. 1st. ar,

TIL he ee ;, May and June, on October Ist.

IV. = +. =). November and December, on April Ist,

ae :

| ge

(* PROCEEDINGS |

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

Sh” SAEED UE ae SES EE Yo

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

£ - S58 VOLE EL EVER DS One enene nee Sores

EAI: HLA AE LR VEE TELE, ON e e

PAPEETE ET SAE HOE LEE IE SEY LOE

» Ae BRN |} a

Led "SR? SE ESR,

PART IV.

~ CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

a eben anp. DECEMBER.

alte

: i if avi: We ;

UTR CRU atE aie SOS Tap MBN seein fed EAL: Ste BAG EES TS een ee ee pL a ppead

a Tish Pe,

She ey APRIL Ast, 1896.

| Pee

| > a “ rs

bie| PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

| f SOLD AT ‘THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

i “LONDON:

| MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., :

: _ “PATERNOSTER- ROW.

7 Yy

Eo Pie? a

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

pee [Price Twelve Shillings.| eae = PS

[52

BEY

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in June, July, August, and

Mr.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART TV.—1895.

November 19, 1895.

- Page

Reptantben; [BOD 5 5.) cant Peele RON Llc ee toa ICS GY Ose ee ae 686

J. H. Gurney, F.Z.8. Letter from, concerning the Skin of a Kingfisher from Ceylon... 687

. Sclater.. Remarks on the principal Animals noticed in the Jardin d’Acclimatation and

Jardin des Plantes, Paris, during a repent-Visite< 2 siccseasirs eae To Re 688

_ Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Zebra from the Henga Country, British

Central Africa

SAO se Ne els FTPs Cpe ofS 0b 0 0 .0),0 57h CLUB gee al On oe twie Wee jets ee ele} ae so piel otuaels ere

+Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a pair of Horns of a male Liyingstone’s Eland

offered to the Society by Mr. H. H. Johnston, ©.B. .. .i...0e-.0cccsvscveceeaebees 690

.L. H. Irby, F.Z,S. . Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Specimens of the Greater

Bullfinch killed in Yorkshire ......0--..22. 0000. PONS Te Sop Red Weds UR SS Ee ee 691:

W. T. Blanford, F.R.S.. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Specimens of Capra sibirica

BEG OPUts MIRON sia OSI Sie awed pew Preiacigts. 1k, Bae ORE SAUTE BP we Senet 691

Swale Vincent, M.B. Lond. Notice of a Memoir on the Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes

and their Relation to the so-called Head-kidney ...., 691

1. On the Complete or Partial Suppression of the Right Limg in the Amphishbenide and of

the Left Lung in Snakes and Snake-like Lizards and Amphibians. By Grrarp W.

Baiiacne BA Hevea (Plite Sey, Jove a wy bien ose ls BR OSes SoS aE ee 691

2. Observations on the Frilled Lizard, Chlamydosawrus kingi. By W. Savin Kent, F Lh ae

EASY ee CEO MIbA.) sy cveisira's War Vote ena ok amaiate ay Saeed St ES Bie 712

3. On a small Collection of Butterflies made by Consul Alfred Sharpe at Zomba, British

Central Africa. By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8

ee a ee ee ad

4. On Lepidoptera recently collected in British Hast. Africa by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot. By

Axtuur G. Burter, Ph.D., F.L.S., B.Z.8., &e. (Plates XLII. & ABT) os. S

5. Report on the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of Grenada, comprising the Families

Cynipide, Ichneumonide, Braconide, and Proctotrypide. By Wiuiiam H. Asumnap .. 742

6. On the Buccal Glands and Teeth of certain Poisonous Snakes. By G. S. Wesr, A.R.C.S.,

Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (Plates XLIV.-XLV1L.)............0.000. 812

Dccom ber 3, 1895.

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October and November, 1895. 827

Notice of a Memoir on the Crustaceans of the Group Myodocopa obtained during the

_ ‘Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or imperfectly known Species.

By Dr. G. Srewarpson Brapy, F.R.8. ....-.--+-- +0 e eee Sr ee eee

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

1895. ] ANATOMY OF NAUTILUS POMPILIUS. 685

Fig. C shows the condition in Nautilus, where again the same two

coelomic chambers are visible. Here also a communication has

become formed between the two, but the two pairs of ducts to the

exterior still persist—the anterior nephridium here still preserving

its excretory portion—a more primitive condition than in Chiton,

and probably to be correlated with the fact of its having become

shut off from the main lumen of the duct. A few irregular

apertures in the wall separating the two cceelomic chambers point

towards the still later condition to be met with in Sepia (D), where

the septum has disappeared—a faint rudiment remaining in the

form of a transverse fold rising up from the floor of the common

chamber }.

X. Summary of Conclusions.

1. The perivisceral cavity in Nautilus is remarkable for the

almost equal participation in its formation of both eelom and

hemoceel.

2. The ccelom consists of two distinct chambers—genital and

pericardial—separated by a perforated septum.

3. Each of these ceelomic chambers opens to the exterior by a

pair of nephridia.

4, The genital ducts of the Cephalopoda represent portions of

nephridia.

3. The ovary is remarkable for its extremely archaic character—

an ovigerous region of the ccelomic epithelium, roofed in by a

simple upgrowth of the ccelomic wall.

6. The ova arise from syncytial masses of protoplasm.

7. The testis is also archaic in character, and similar to the

ovary in its main features. Its cavity, however, has become sub-

divided into numerous delicate tubes for the provision of increased

area of the spermatogenic epithelium.

8. The penis is a paired structure, its left moiety, however,

remaining rudimentary.

9. An elaborate buccal nervous system is present.

10. The “inner inferior lobe” is innervated not by a pair of

distinct ganglia, but by a continuous nerve-cord.

11. Round the base of the postanal papilla is a curious system

of skin-glands.

12. A prolongation backwards of the nerve-trunk which supplies

the gills probably represents the postanal commissure of Amphi-

neura.

13, A laminated organ lying below the mouth has a function in

connection with copulation—the spermatophore of the male

becoming attached to it.

14. The evidence as to the “ pedal” nature of the Cephalopod

arms appears to rest on insecure foundations, and it seems desirable

1 The view advocated by Grobben (Morph. Stud. p. 39) that the condition

in Sepia is the more primitive, and that it represents a stage in the evolution of

the condition met with in the other Mollusca, seems to me untenable.

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XLIV. 44

686 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov.19,

to abandon it for the inherently much more probable view that

these structures are processes of the head region.

15. Nautilus shows many strong resemblances to the Amphi-

neura, and it is probably amongst these latter that we have to look

for the nearest allies of the Cephalopoda.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXXVIII.

Fig. 1, Side view of an animal of Nautilus pompilius, extracted from the shell.

The funnel has been opened out and the mantle-flap partly cut away

so as to give a better view of the various parts.

h, hood ; ¢, tentacles ; e, eye; f, funnel separated by a deep groove

from the hood-tentacle mass; m, cut edge of mantle-flap; g, gill;

s, siphuncle.

Fig. 2, Longitudinal section through the animal of Nautilus very slightly to the

right of the middle line.

6, buccal cavity; 7, radula; cg, supra-cesophageal nerve-cord ; pi.q.,

posterior sub-cesophageal nerve-cord; .g., anterior ditto; f, funnel

with its valve; ph, crop with at giz. its opening into the gizzard ;

int., intestine ; an, anus; #, kidney-chamber with follicular append-

ages of advehent vein projecting into it; p.foll., pericardial gland-

follicles projecting into pericardium ; v.c., vena cava.

Prats XXXIX.

Fig. 1. View of penis and sac of Needham from posterior (ventral) aspect.

The outer wall has been removed so as to show a and 6—the right

and left halves of the penis.

c, sac of Needham ; d, corresponding structure of left side ; ¢, bristle

passing through opening of vas deferens into sac of Needham,

Fig. 2. Spermatophore-receiving apparatus of an adult female with spermato-

phore (s) zm situ. In this specimen the laminz of the organ were

continuous across the middle line.

Fig. 3. The same organ in its more usual (paired) form.

November 19, 1895.

Sir W. H. Fiow:r, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,

and September, 1895 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 212, of which 32 were by

birth, 61 by presentation, 20 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and

96 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 90.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 132 in number. Of these, 58 were acquired

by presentation, 3 by purchase, 19 by exchange, 28 by birth, and

24 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 94.

1895.] MR. J. H. GURNEY ON ALCEDO BHAVANI. 687

Among these, special attention may be called to the following :—

1. An Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alewandre), from the

Interior of Australia, deposited July 11th, being the first specimen

of this beautiful species brought to Europe alive.

2. An example of the very singular Frilled Lizard of Western

Australia (Chlamydosaurus kingt), obtained in Roebuck Bay,

Western Australia, and presented, July 22nd, by W. Saville

Kent, Esq., F.Z.S. (see p. 712).

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 229. Of these, 54 were acquired by presen-

tation, 17 by purchase, 21 by birth, 29 were received on deposit,

and 108 by exchange. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 101.

Amongst these special attention may be called to the following :—

1. A Basilisk Chameleon (Chameleon basiliscus) from Egypt,

presented by Mr. J. Buchanan, August 1st. Of this Chameleon,

which occurs in Egypt, as well as the Common Chameleon

(Chameleon vulgaris), we have not previously received living

specimens.

2. Two examples of the peculiar North African Rodent, the

Gundi (Ctenodactylus gundi), purchased August 12th of Mr. Paul

W. H. Spatz, by whom they were brought from Tunis.

3. A fine young specimen of the Martial Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus

bellicosus), captured near Mount Kenia, in British East Africa,

and presented to the Society by Dr. Kolb, through Capt.

Sclater, R.E.

The only previously received example of this species was a

specimen from Table Farm, Grahamstown, South Africa, pre-

sented by Mr. T. White on Oct. 24, 1892. This Hawk-Eagle

seems widely distributed in Africa, and has been recorded from

German East Africa by Dr. A. Reichenow (see his book ‘ Die Vogel

Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas,’ page 88: Berlin, 1894).

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 79. Of these, 35 were acquired by pre-

sentation, 6 by purchase, 27 were bred in the Gardens, and 11 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 109.

The Secretary read the following extract froma letter addressed

to him by Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.8., respecting the skin of a

Kingfisher which he had exhibited at a meeting of the Society

held on the 7th May, 1895 :—

““T received not long ago two skins of the beautiful Beavan’s

Kingfisher, Alcedo beavani, Wald., from Mr. A. L. Butler, obtained

by that gentleman at Lunugala, Ceylon, November 2nd, 1894,

and April 12th, 1895, one of which was exhibited to the Society

last May * under the impression that the species was new to the

avifauna of Ceylon. Such, however, turns out not to be the case,

for Mr. A. P. Green of Colombo has informed Mr. Butler that

L See P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 339.

44*

688 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON A SPECIES OF ZEBRA. ([Nov. 19,

he met with this species at Dambool in 1892, and has since

secured several examples of both sexes, and considers it to be a

permanent resident in some parts of the island.”

Mr. Sclater gave a short account of the principal animals he

had noticed in the Jardin d’Acclimatation and Jardin des Plantes

at Paris during a recent visit.

The Jardin d’Acclimatation contained a fine herd of Cervus

davidianus, males, females, and young, six in all. The larger

Antelopes represented there were the Sing-sing (Cobus unctuosus),

of which there were a male, two females, and a young one;

White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), also breeding ; and Bubals

(Bubalis buselaphus), of which a pair were accompanied by a

young one, born 15th June, 1894; besides Elands, Beisas, and

Leucoryxes. The single Giraffe was a fine large male, born in

the Gardens 13 years ago. An old female African Elephant

(22 years in the Gardens) was employed in carrying children,

besides which there were several young Indian Elephants. There

was a single Mountain Zebra (Equus zebra).

Specimens of the following birds were in the collection :—

Pteroglossus wmscriptus, Rallus rytirhynchus, Bucorax abyssinicus,

Trichoglossus ornatus, Tinamus tataupa, and Ortyx pectoralis.

The colony of Penguins (Spheniscus demersus)* consisted of six

or seven pairs, several of which were nesting.

In the Jardin des Plantes there was a male African Elephant,

now about 16 years in the Garden, a female Hippopotamus,

received as a present from Halim Pasha in 1875, a female

Equus zebra, and a temale Cervus maral, which had bred with a

Red Deer. Among the Antelopes were several examples of the

Bubal (Bubalis buselaphus) from Eastern Algeria, on the frontiers

of Marocco, and a fine young male Kob (Cobus kob) from the

Gambia, which was a rare species in captivity. The herd of

Pleasant Antelopes (Zragelaphus gratus)—cf. P. Z.8. 1883, p. 34,

pl. viii.—now consisted of two females and an adult and young

male.

Mr. Sclater read the following extracts from a letter addressed

to him by Mr. R. Crawshay, dated Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa, British

Central Africa, April 25, 1895 :—

“Shortly after writing to you in January last I made a journey

into the Henga country, three days S.W. of this, and procured the

specimen that I promised to get you of the Zebra of these parts.

“Tt is a male, very aged I should say, and a good specimen.

I have preserved it as carefully as circumstances would permit in

the rains, and in a wet country like Henga. It is complete—hide,

leg-bones, hoof, and skull. It appears to me to be neither of the

two Zebras, Hquus zebra nor E. burchelli, but a combination of the

two, most resembling the variety of Burchell’s known as Z. chap-

mani. In colour it does resemble H. zebra, the stripes are

1 &. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 326.

1895.] MR, P. L. SCLATER ON A SPECIES OF ZEBRA. 689

absolutely black and white throughout, except on the curly tuft of

yellowish-brown hair at the back of the fetlock, the few brown

markings dotted about the rest of the tail, the reddish-brown about

the lower part of the face, the yellowish-white ring round the

coronet reaching to the hoof. The legs are marked like those of

E. chapmani, that is, they are striped almost, if not quite, down

to the feet, though nearly black from the fetlock to the yellowish-

white ring round the coronet. The Henga animal comes near

Burchell’s Zebra in height: in other respects I see no resem-

plance between the two, except, perhaps, in the beginning of the

stripes on the back and flanks.

“In my specimen some of the broader black stripes—notably

the one down the centre of the belly—are divided into two by a

thin white streak.

“The following are some measurements of the specimen taken

immediately after death :— Height at withers 543 inches. Length

over all, upper lip to end of tail (not tail-hairs) 108} inches ; tail

152; tail-hairs 153.

“T don’t know that there is anything special to tell you about

the Zebra of Henga as compared with other Zebras. Their habits

are pretty much the same. They go about in troops of from

four or five to eight or ten, more usually five, which are closely

located to one another, but have each their own paths, feeding-

grounds, and drinking-places. These troops generally amal-

gamate in the dry season, probably for protection against

surprise by Lions. I remarked one troop in November, 1893,

which I think could not have numbered less than 60 or 70, though

this is nothing to what one has seen in the Mweru country,

where they go on the Mofwi plains in troops of some 200 or so.

Frequently the Zebras of Henga remain out in the sun on the

plains all day long, not retiring into covert at all. They are then

an intolerable nuisance to anyone in pursuit of other game—

indeed, this may be said of them at all times. If once they notice

you they draw in and mob you in their curiosity—only, however,

when one takes no interest in them, for when they fancy they are

the object of the intruder’s attention no animals are more

watchful and cunning in safe-guarding themselves. If only this

curiosity were manifested in silence, it would not so much matter,

but it vents itself in snorts and thundering stampedes, which puts

every beast within ear-shot on the qui wwe.

“ Henga is a portion of the Loangwa Valley, about 3300 feet, on

the mean, above sea-level. It is fairly healthy, and you can do

your shooting and collecting there in comparative comfort, in a

climate which is cool after the stifling heat of the Lake-shore and

the land below the plateau. My Zebra was shot here on 3lst

January, 1895, close to Neunga, a respectable stream flowing into

the Loangwa from the hills bordering Nkamanga to the westward.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin in question, which he propesed

to present in Mr. Crawshay’s name to the British Museum,

and remarked that he regretted that he could not agree with

Mr. Crawshay’s views as to the specimen being referable to a new

690 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON LIVINGSTONE’S ELAND, [Nov. 19,

species. Mr. Crawshay’s skin corresponded nearly to the mounted

specimen of Equus burchelli from Mashunaland (Selous) in the

gallery of the British Museum. It was well known that this

Zebra varied much in different localities. The original Equus

burchella of the Cape Colony (of which specimens were formerly

living in the Society’s Menagerie) was almost unspotted on the

legs. As it occurs further north, however, this animal appeared to

become more and more barred on the legs, until we arrived at the

condition exhibited by the present specimen. There was also

much variation in the body-markings in Z. burchelli, as would be

seen on inspection of the five examples of this Zebra living in the

Society’s Gardens.

Herr Matschie (“Die afrikanischen Wildpferde,” Zool. Gart.

xxxv. Hefte 2 & 3) had lately endeavoured to make 4 species out

of these different climatic forms—EZ. antiquorum, E. burchelli,

E. chapmanni, and HE. boéhmi—but Mr. Sclater doubted whether

they could be satisfactorily differentiated even as subspecies.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a remarkably fine pair of horns of a male

Livingstone’s Eland (Oreas canna livingstonii), which Mr. H. H.

Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., offered for the Society’s acceptance. The

animal had been shot by one of Mr. Johnston’s hunters in 1893

Skull and horns of Livingstone’s Eland, <i,

Rerevt

af Aorta

VertebrornterrostA

; aoe

=---<y+-~- i

Vertebro-intercostalVY 40,

Butler delt

MP Parker hth

Dorsal

Aorta

Ciisoph.-7

‘\

Portal V

West, Newman unp.

1895.] ON THE LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, ETO, 691

between Zomba and Lake Chilwa. The horns measured about 293

inches in length, and were 164 inches apart at their upper ends.

Col. L. H. Irby, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on two

specimens of the Greater Bullfinch (Pyrrhula major), killed on the

coast of Yorkshire about Ist Nov., 1893.

Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on

specimens of the Siberian Ibex (Capra sibirica) and the Ammon

Sheep (Ovis ammon), shot by Major Cumberland in the Altai

Mountains. oo

Mr. Swale Vincent, M.B. Lond., Demonstrator of Physiology

and Histology, Mason’s College, Birmingham, read a memoir en-

titled “ Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy and Histology

of the Suprarenal Capsules.” This portion of the memoir dealt

with the suprarenal bodies in Fishes and their relation to the

so-called head-kidney.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Complete or Partial Suppression of the Right

Lung in the Amphisbenide and of the Left Lung in

Snakes and Snake-like Lizards and Amphibians. By

Gerarp W. Butter, B.A., F.Z.S.

[Received June 14, 1895.]

(Plate XL.)

ConrEnTs.

Page

em UikPOUuctOny a castsersetetaseresnecasthscassesssse<sconcsccseseecean 691

II, A Review of previous Statements ...............seseeeeeeees 693

TII. On the Complete or Partial Suppression of the Left

TOTS TI STAG) Gagosece segocce a5 Reo ceed Doeoen eo Bosaane 696

(a) On a means of distinguishing the Right Lung

from the Left in Snakes.............sssssscssecceceesssenee 696

(6) Some Remarks on Prof. E. D. Cope’s Papers on

the ungs Of Snakes. ceceeeesees see -s---e8ees<ccese+ces 700

TV. On the Complete or Partial Suppression of the Right

Lung in Amphisbzenide ..............ccscsecseseeeeceeeees 702

V. On the Smaller Size of the Left Lung in (1) certain

Snake-like Lizards and Amphibians and (2) certain

Miserevreied | Naeem aeeeemecar es atc te foe ten cron senssscanapioceacs sss 703

VI. List of Species of Snakes and Snake-like Animals

TURE EIEL cece Shae ens eCHO DBE REE SRC ECE REE EOECO EEE DATOOAG 704

VII. On the Rationale of the Facts recorded in this Paper... 707

WDE MonclUevonsieercserctetssvess¢scorasttascccsesenese>cascessaencs 710

EXGRB inca pray eee ett sean sd- cess centecasccactapsspsrencnscas 711

X. Explanation of the Plate.............ccssccsssesssesecsensecees 712

I. Intvropuctory.

The absence of paired symmetry in the lungs of Snakes has

been recognized from early times. Thus Aristotle [8.c. 384-322]

692 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON ‘THE [Nov. 19,

describes Snakes (as known to him) as having but one lung’.

We find this view repeated without qualification so late as 1805

in a work for which Cuvier is responsible °.

It would seem that Nitzsch [1808] was the first to describe the

rudiment of the second lung (which, be it noted, he rightly speaks

of as the left lung) in the Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix),

and to suggest that this rudiment would probably be found in

many other Snakes (1) °*.

Since 1808, thanks to such workers as Meckel, Cuvier, Du-

vernoy, Stannius, and Cope, our information on the subject has

been largely augmented.

In a sense it may be said that, excluding details, there is little

in this paper which has not been stated or hinted by some one

previously. But it is equally true that there is little here which

has not been as categorically denied by some one else of equal

authority.

It has thus happened that an interesting generalization has so

far been missed.

This is doubtless in part due to the fact that no one person has

given special attention to the matter in all the groups of animals

concerned, but in part also to error of interpretation, or error or

looseness of description on the part of observers, and in part

perhaps to want of caution on the part of compilers when

summing up.

However this be, it seems well to have the facts placed clearly

on record now.

When studying the pleuroperitoneal spaces and membranes of

Lizards, Snakes, &c., in the years 1889-1892 *, I of course had to

note the relations of the lungs, and I was much struck by the fact

that whereas in the Amphisbenide it was always the right lung

that was reduced or absent, in Snakes and in other Snake-like

Lizards it was the left.

When I came to enquire what had previously been written on

the subject, I found that there was no satisfactory summing up of

the whole matter, and that so far as separate animals or groups of

animals were concerned, while some previous statements har-

monized with my observations, others of equal authority ran

counter to them, while, thirdly, many writers did not commit

themselves one way or the other. I have accordingly been over

my old observations, and supplemented them by others, with the

result of only confirming and widening the generalization at first

arrived at, which is—{I of course speak only of the animals

examined, see lists, § VI.|—that the Amphisbenide stand alone

1 Aristotle’s ‘History of Animals’ (R. Creswell’s translation in H. G. Bohn’s

“ Classical Library ”), Book ii. chap. ii. § 12, p. 44 (London, 1862).

* *Lecgons d’Anatomie comparée de Georges Cuvier, recueillies et publiées

sous ses yeux par G. L, Duvernoy,’ tom. iv. pp. 323 & 347 (Paris, 1805).

’ See Bibliography at the end of this paper. Throughout the paper the

large numbers in brackets inserted in the text refer to the corresponding work

in the list at the end.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, pp. 452-474, and 1892, pp. 477-498,

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, ETC. 693

among pulmonate vertebrates in having the right lung completely or

partially suppressed.

The observations recorded in this paper are of course not

exhaustive, but I. think the types examined make up a good

representative set; and though it is of course not safe from a

knowledge of the anatomy of nine animals to prophesy as to that

of a tenth though apparently nearly related, still I think the

probability is that if we open a specimen of any species of

Amphisbenid we shall find the left lung well developed and the

right lung smaller, rudimentary, or absent, and that in any other

animal, if one lung is markedly smaller, rudimentary, or absent, it

will be the left lung.

In itself the suppression of one lung rather than the other does

not perhaps appear to be a characteristic of great significance ;

and if, as has been stated, it were a fact that some Snakes had the

right lung rudimentary and some the left, the case would be

different. If, however, as my observations so far as they go

indicate, the suppression of the right lung is really confined to one

family of animals, which are peculiar and interesting in other

ways, it is surely a point worth noting, both for its own sake and

because it may probably be indicative of some less superficial

peculiarity in the plan of organization of these animals. 4

I may perhaps be able to follow up the matter some other time

when I more fully understand the significance of certain other

peculiarities of these animals. The main object of the present

paper is to state the facts observed.

If any exceptions to the generalization above stated should be

discovered 1, I should be much interested to hear of them. Such

exceptions, if they exist, would not improbably be suggestive in

one way or another. Let no one, however, after reading this

paper speak of a rudimentary left lung in an Amphisbenid or a

rudimentary right lung in a Snake or any animal other than an

Amphisbenid until he has first carefully re-examined his specimen

in the light of what follows.

For permission to examine a number of species of which I do

not myself possess specimens my best thanks are due to my former

teacher Prof. G. B. Howes, and secondly to Mr. G. A. Bou-

lenger, F.R.S. The latter has also very kindly named my

specimens in accordance with his latest edition of the British

Museum Catalogues of Snakes and Lizards.

Il. A REview OF PREVIOUS STATEMENTS.

At the end of this paper will be found a list of the works which,

so far as my knowledge goes, contain the most noteworthy

1 For a discussion of the description and figure of the lungs of Chirotes by

Cuvier and Flourens respectively, see below, pp. 694, 702.

I hope that anyone who has an opportunity of dissecting either Chérotes or

any snake-like Lizards not mentioned in my lists will make an outline sketch

of the heart, lungs, and liver, im situ, as seen from the yentral side, so as to

show the relative size of the two lungs.

694 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

contributions to the subject herein discussed. I will here briefly

allude to these and to a few other references of lesser importance,

partly to do justice to the authors named, and partly to show

cause for the publication of this present paper.

(i.) I have already referred to the work of Nitzsch [(1)]. His

treatment of the matter is excellent, so far as it goes’.

(i.) J. F. Meckel [(2) p. 84], using of course an earlier system

of classification in discussing the lungs of Snakes, noted correctly

that in the Amphisbeenide the rudimentary lung, if present, is on

the right side, but he spoilt this observation by adding that this

also was the case with all the ‘“ Colubers” he had examined *. He

was again, however, right in saying that the smaller lung was on

the left in all the Boas and Yortria scytale, as well as in Anguis

fragilis.

(ii.) In his later work [(3) pp. 259 & 260] he made another

mistake in adding Cweilia, as well as the Colubers, to the Amphis-

benide as having the rudimentary lung on the right side. He

was, however, right in placing Platurus and Typhlops, as well as

the lizards Ophisawrus, Pseudopus, Bipes, and Seps with the

Boas, Tortrix, and Anguis of his previous paper, as having the right

lung the largest. As to Chirotes, which Amphisbenid, he avers,

has the right lung much the largest, see below, pp. 702 & 708.

(iv.) The treatment of this subject in the second edition of

Cuvier’s ‘Legons d’Anatomie comparée’ [(4)] shows in some

respects a marked advance on the papers previously mentioned.

Nevertheless, although we have details with regard to some

1 Nitzsch, J. c. p. 13, after describing the lungs of Lizards, says that Anguis

fragilis has the right lung rather longer than the left. He then describes the

rudimentary left lung of Zropidonotus (Coluber) natrix :—

“In Colubro natrice autem sinistrum liberum, minimum, piso communi

arum majorem, tamen cellulosum, dextrum contra maximum, longissimum .. .

Eaemncihodatt vero in isto Colubro, ita in reliquis serpentibus, quibus

auctores unum modo pulmonarem follem tribuunt, hoe organon comparatum

[paired] esse autumaverim. Haud dubie sinister, quanquam minimus, vere

adest. Non omnibus saltem serpentibus unum duntaxat pulmonem esse

proposita exempla docent.”

The expectation expressed in the Jast sentence but one is of course not fully

borne out. There are a number of Snakes that have no trace of a second lung;

but there are very many in which, as in Tropidonotus natriz, the left may be

easily overlooked. I have thought it worth while to quote his words because

he was apparently the first to describe this rudimentary left lung, because

his description is so good, and because he at once grasped the fact that the

rudimentary lung of such a Colubrine Snake is the left lung—a thing which

has always seemed to me pretty obvious, but which has struck some other

people differently.

2 Meckel and Cope have used the terms “ Colubern” and “‘Colubroidea”

respectively [see (2) and (7)] in a wide sense almost co-extensive with the

Linnean genus Coluber, so that under these headings come a large majority of

known Snakes. This of course adds greatly to the importance of any general

statement they make as to Colubers or Colubroidea. Further, if Meckel and

Cope do not actually state that the rudimentary lung of these Snakes

corresponds to the right lung of other animals, their writings tend to spread

this view when, without further comment, they say that this rudimentary lung

is ‘on the right side,” or, as Cope, figure it as “ right lung.”

1895. ] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, ETC. 695

animals given with greater accuracy and preciseness*, and have in

different places hints that Duvernoy had noticed that it was the

rule for the left lung to be rudimentary in Snakes *, much is

from our present point of view left vague *,and there seems to be

at least one error *, which is sufficient to prevent him arriving at

a correct generalization.

(v.) Stannius [(5)] errs in saying that the Amphisbenide

agree with a number of other Snake-like Lizards which he

mentions in having the left lung reduced [J. c. p. 206 and note].

As to Snakes, he mentions a number of kinds, and states

whether they have more than one lung, but he does not say

whether it is the right or left lung that is reduced.

(vi.) Milne-Edwards [(6)] gives a réswmé with references to the

literature of the subject. While, however (1. c. p. 308, note), he

says that it is the left lung which is the smaller in Pythons, Boas,

and Slowworm, and that it is the right which is rudimentary in

Amphisbenide, at the top of the next page he says (speaking of

Snakes) “Vatrophie du poumon porte tantét 4 droite, tantot a

gauche.”

(vii.) The recognized text-books and encyclopedic sources of

1 Thus, on p. 37, Duvernoy rightly states that in Cmcilians the left lung

(not the right, as Meckel had stated) is rudimentary, and on p. 38 gives exact

measurements of the two lungs in different species of these Amphibians. On

p. 32 he rightly repeats that the left lung of Angwis fragilis is the smaller.

2 Thus, /. c. p. 33, after describing the lungs of Ery« twrcicus [this should be

a synonym of Hryx jaculus, L.], he adds, “ Nous verrons dans les détails de la

structure de ces deux sacs que le gauche répond au poumon rudimentaire des

autres Ophidiens.”

Again, on the same page, he describes the left lung as rudimentary in “1’Hé-

térodon tacheté” [Heterodon platyrhinus, Latr.], and, as will be noted below,

p. 701, this is a Snake in whose case, if in any, it would be most natural to fall

into the error of describing the rudimentary lung as the right.

Again on p. 86. After stating that there is no trace of a “second” lung in

certain species of Vipera and other Snakes, he adds, “ Mais il y a un rudiment

du poumon gauche dans /’ Acanthophis tortor .. .’—a passage which makes one

think that though in various places he used the vague expression ‘“‘ deuxiéme

poumon,” he meant ‘“‘ poumon gauche.”

5 Thus on p. 32 we are told which lung is the smaller in Pseudopus pallasii

[Ophisaurus apus, Pall.], Ophisaurus ventralis, and the Amphisbenidz. In this

1840 edition of the ‘ Legons,’ as in the 1829 edition of the ‘ Régne Animal,

these snake-like forms are classed with the Snakes, and if, in accordance with

the preceding note, we credit Duvernoy with recognizing that it is the left lung

which is reduced or absent in Snakes, we must on the other hand note that he

fails to remark that the Amphisbznide differ from Snakes and other snake-like

forms in haying the right, and not the left, lung reduced or rudimentary.

* On p. 28 we are told that “‘ Bipes lineatus” has ‘le poumon droit moitié

plus court que le gauche.” Comparing this note with the corresponding

passage of the ‘ Régne Animal’ of 1829 (from which Duvernoy, in a note on

p- 37, explains that he is quoting certain other statements), I gather (see

‘Régne Animal,’ 1829, tom. ii. p. 65) that he refers to Scelotes bipes, L,

[Brit. Mus. Cat. Lizards, vol. iii. p. 414]; and if so he is mistaken, for this

sizerd is no exception to the general rule, but has the right lung longer than

the left.

I do not censure Duvernoy for making the not uncommon error of confusing

right and left. But this error, to my mind, discounts the adjoining statement

about the lungs of Chirotes, as to which see below, pp. 702 & 703,

696 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

information of still more recent date, so far as I have seen, either

hardly touch upon the subject, or else do not convey a definite

and correct impression of the whole matter’.

(viii.) Lastly Cope [1894 (7) & (8)] has recently published two

papers which touch on this subject. These are storehouses of

facts, and except with reference to his treatment of this one point,

so far as I have been over the same ground, I have very little to

do beyond endorsing his statements. But just because his name

carries such weight, his treatment of this point is one of the

strongest justifications of the publication of this paper. It will,

however, be best to defer further reference to these papers, and

especially the accompanying figures, to the next section, where I

justify the contrary view of the matter.

Til. On tHe CoMPLETE OR PARTIAL SUPPRESSION OF THE

Lert Lune un SNAKES.

(a) On a means of distinguishing the Right Lung from the

Left in Snakes.

In deciding as to the homology of the lungs of Snakes, in which

animals in most cases one is quite rudimentary if not absent

altogether, Embryology is of course our surest and best guide

when we are able to resort to it. Thus I have serial sections of

a number of stages of ‘Tripodonotus natrixv which show the early

development of the lungs from the first commencement of the

shutting off (Lamprey fashion) from behind forwards of the

cesophagus from the anlage of the lungs and from the trachea to

a time when the lungs have attained a fair size. These show us

that it is the left lung, and not the right, which is from the first

smaller than the other, and which as the snake grows remains

quite rudimentary. I have also early stages of Zamenis gemo-

nensis which show in like manner that the functional lung of this

second Colubrine also is the right lung.

As to those Snakes which in the adult show no trace of a second

1 As examples of this later class, and in further justification of this paper,

not in any spirit of ungrateful criticism, I may refer to the fullest accounts

of the subject that I have come across in the works of this type most familiar

to English students.

a. Wiedersheim [‘Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere,’

2nd ed. p. 650, Jena, 1886] speaks of “die Lungen der Ophidier, wovon sich

haiifig, ganz wie bei Gymnophionen und Amphisbeenen, nur die eine, und

zwar die rechte entwickelt, wahrend die linke entweder ganz schwindet, oder

doch meist nur sehr rudimentar erscheint.”

The words, taken by themselves, do not necessarily mean that in the

Amphisbxnians it is the right lung that is well developed, but I think they

naturally tend to produce that impression, especially in the mind of the reader

who is sufficiently interested in the matter to look up the figures of Siphonops

(1. ¢. fig. 454, p. 585) and Amphisbena (I. c. fig. 459, p. 589), for the lung of

the latter is there drawn to the right of the trachea and otherwise in the

position of a right lung.

b. Hoffmann, in Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, Bd. vi.

Abth. iii. p. 1594 [in a part dated 1886], is responsible for almost precisely the

same words as those used by Wiedersheim.

1895. ] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENIDZ, BIC. 697

lung, the embryological evidence, judging by the forms I have been

able to study, is not so clear, because I have found no trace of

more than one lung from the first. Thus in Vipera aspis and

Typhlops lumbricalis I have stages which show the lung from an

early stage inclining to the right side, after the manner of the

right lung in the corresponding stages of such a form as Tropido-

notus natrix, but there is no trace of a left lung.

In the case of many morphological questions, it is considered

sufficient to study the development of a single typical species.

But in the present case this is not so; for my gainsayers represent

that in some Snakes one lung is developed, and in some the other.

Now embryological evidence is of course the most convincing, but

it is manifestly hopeless to think of studying the development of

the lungs of every species of Snake, and, in the absence of embryo-

logical evidence, that of comparative anatomy is quite cogent

enough I think for our present purpose. I therefore propose to

show how we may easily tell the right lung from the left in any

grown Snake by the light of comparative anatomy.

In most pulmonate vertebrates there can of course be no doubt

as to which is the right and which the left lung, for the two lungs

hang in separate lateral portions of the body-cavity, separated from

each other by one or, more usually, by two membranous septa.

There can be no question about the matter in the case of Amphis-

beenians and other Lizards, and any discordant statements about

the lungs of these animals must be simply the result of a mistake,

whether on the part of the observer, the compiler, or the printer.

With Snakes, however, it is otherwise. In Snakes as we know’

the body-cavity is in its anterior region obliterated except for the

pericardium and the two sacs which encase the right and lett

halves of the liver; and moreover the viscera show a displacement

of a more or less rotatory character. It thus happens that though,

in the great majority of cases, the rudimentary lung, if present,

will be found just where, after seeing the rudimentary lungs of

snake-like lizards and of Gymnophiona, and also on embryological

grounds, we should expect to find the rudiment of the left lung

of a Snake—[viz. on the left posterior border of the heart |—still

there are a few species, e. g. Heterodon platyrhinus [see (7) pl. xv.

or (8) pl. xxviii, and figs. 1-4 of this paper}, in which first

appearances are somewhat deceptive, so far as the rudimentary

lung is concerned. In like manner, though the larger, more

dorsally situated lung which Cope speaks of as the “left lung”

has in most cases, to myself personally, appeared pretty clearly to

be the right lung, still in many cases the position of this lung is

so far median, or partly inclining to the right and partly to the

left side of the animal, that an observer whose studies had not

led him to investigate closely the relations of the organs in these

animals might be in doubt. Yet once looked at the right way, the

lungs of Snakes present hardly more difficulty than the lungs of

Lizards and Amphibians.

1 Cf. Proc. Zool. Suc. 1892, pp. 477-498.

698 MR. GHRARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

As remarked above, and as is well known, the lungs of verte-

brates are separated by one or more longitudinal septa. One of

these contains the alimentary canal and is the median septum,

marking the median plane of the body. This is composed of the

dorsal ligament of the alimentary canal, the gastrohepatic and

hepato-cesophageal membrane, and the ventral, or so-called “ sus-

pensory,” ligament of the liver. The other membrane is that one

which is so conspicuous in tailed Amphibians and most Lizards,

passing from the dorsal surface of the right liver-lobe to the dorsal

body-wall. This membrane which, with its fellow on the left side

[which, however, except in Amphisbzenide remains almost or quite

rudimentary, owing apparently to the mechanical obstacle to its

development offered by the laterally displaced stomach], can be

traced either in the adults or the embryos of other pulmonate

vertebrates, has under one name or another received much atten-

tion from those who in the last seven years have written on the

membranes and septa of the vertebrate body-cavity’. We may,

following Hochstetter, call it the “ Hohlvenengekrése” (postcaval

ligament), to express the idea that its hinder portion serves as a

bridge for the posthepatic portion of the postcaval vein; or we

may call it the “right pulmohepatic ligament,” to express

the idea that it, like its fellow of the other side when present,

arises in the embryo [I speak of Amniota,—Lacerta and Gallus] in

connection with the development of the lung and serves to attach

it to the liver; or we may call it simply the right dorsal ligament

of the liver. As a matter of fact this membrane, with the excep-

tion of its posterior portion, does not occur in Snakes as a mem-

brane distinct from the median or gastrohepatic, for the body-

cavity does not extend between the right lung and the cesophagus

and stomach as in Amphibia and most Lizards. It is, however, well

seen in many snake-like Lizards.

I have referred to these membranous septa because, as is so

often the case with such membranes, they are the carriers of

certain definite blood-vessels, which are to serve us as landmarks.

The morphological position of these blood-vessels in relation to the

various organs, and particularly to the lungs, we first of all fix by

the fact of their running in these membranes, whose relations are

so well known and clear in Lizards, and we then can use these same

blood-vessels as landmarks in Snakes, where the membranous septa

would otherwise be hardly traceable.

Fortunately for our purpose, in Snakes, as in some elongated

snake-like Lizards and Amphibians, the blood-vessels referred to

tend to occur as series of simple vessels instead of as alesser number

1 B. Hochstetter, “ Ueber das Gekrése der hinteren Hohlvene,” Anat. Anz.

Bd. iii. pp. 965-974 (1888).

Rayn, Archiv fiir Anat, u. Phys., Anat. Abth. 1889, pp. 123-154 & 412.

G. W. Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, pp. 452-474.

H. Klaatsch, “ Zur Morphologie der Mesenterialbildungen am Da rmkanal der

Wirbelthiere. Theil I. Amphibien u. Reptilien,” Morph. Jahrb. 1892, pp. 385-

450.

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, BTC. 699

of larger branched vessels, and running as they do in a dorso-

ventral direction they, so to speak, constitute a double or treble

palisade between the two lungs [or to the left or right of the one

lung which may be present].

Thus, firstly, the aorta gives off dorsalwards a whole series of

vertebro-intercostal arteries to the vertebral column and adjoining

body-wall, and ventralwards arteries to the csophagus and

stomach, while from these a series of veins passes to the portal

system of the liver. With the exception of a few Amphisbenide,

in which all or part of the last-mentioned veins run in the right

dorsal hepatic ligament’, all the above-mentioned blood-vessels run

in the median septum ; and it will be seen that they form a well-

marked palisade of vessels across the space between the mid-dorsal

line of the liver and the vertebral column.

Secondly, starting from the aorta, we have arteries passing direct

to the liver.

Thirdly, in a number of elongated snake-like Lizards [as was, I

believe, first described for Lizards by Hochstetter’ in Anguis and

Pseudopus (Ophisaurus) | we find that the main part of the vertebro-

intercostal blood of the hepatic region of the trunk is returned by

a series of veins that run from the dorsal body-wall to the liver

via its right dorsal ligament *.

Now we find all of these above-mentioned series of blood-vessels

fully developed in Snakes throughout the entire liver-region, as

was admirably described by Schlemm ‘as early as 1826; and they

show us that the larger, or only functional, lung of Snakes is the

right lung.

| £.g. in Amphisbena and Lepidosternon most or all of the veins from the

cesophagus and anterior part of stomach run in the right ligament, which of

course in these cases joins the alimentary canal. In Blanus cinereus part of

the veins run in the right and part in the median ligament; while in the

“ Emphyodont” Pachycalamus and Trogonophis the veinsrun, as is, so far as I

am aware, the rule for all other vertebrates, in the median membrane.

» F. Hochstetter, “ Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Venensys-

tems der Amnioten. II. Reptilien,” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xix. Heft 3, pp. 428-

501, pls. xv.—xvii., Dec. 1892.

® I find these veins running in the right dorsal ligament of the liver in

Scelotes, Lygosoma, Lialis, and various Amphishbenide, e. g. Amphishena, Lepido-

sternon, Pachycalamus, and they doubtless occur in the other snake-like Lizards

examined, There may be as many as five, as in Amphishena, and perhaps

more, spaced throughout the whole length of the liver.

A well-marked series of corresponding vessels is seen in Amphiuma and also

in Ichthyophs, though in the last case they do not, spring so directly from the

vertebral column, but arise, as Hochstetter says has been described by Semon,

from the unpaired vein between the mesonephric excretory organs which comes

to take the place of the posterior cardinals of that region.

4 Fried. Schlemm, ‘‘Anatomische Beschreibung des Blutgefassystems

der Schlangen,” Zeitschrift fiir Physiologie (Ed. G. R. & L. Ch. Treviranus),

Bad. ii. pp. 101-124, pl. vii. (Darmstadt, 1826). See especially pp. 115, 121 &

122. On p. 121 he notices the series of vertebro-intercostal veins flowing into

the portal vein in the liver, which were so commonly omitted in the descriptions

published between 1826 and Hochstetter’s paper of 1892, while curiously the

comparatively insignificant, but, if I may so say, orthodox, vein that brings

back blood from the first few postcardiac segments was always duly noticed.

700 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

When, as iscommonly the case, the various longitudinally disposed

viscera (the alimentary canal, liver, lung, and the longitudinal

vascular trunks) between which they run are displaced from the

positions they occupy in other animals, the course of these vessels is

correspondingly circuitous. In fact, as the figures [Pl. XL. figs. 2-9],

show, in passing from the vertebral column to the mid-dorsal

line of the liver, they frequently have to describe a semicircle to

pass round the mesial or left side of the larger right lung, which

commonly encroaches considerably on the left half of the body.

Withcut very careful dissection the student may not in every

uninjected spirit-specimen that comes into his hands find all the

blood-vessels above referred to. I have not done so myself. In

some cases I have found them all; in others now some series of

vessels, now others; but in all the Snakes in my list I have

obtained sufficient evidence from the blood-vessels to make it clear

that the larger or only lung is the homologue of the right lung of

other vertebrates.

(b) Some Remarks on Prof. Cope’s Papers on the Lungs of Snakes.

Having thus presented what I believe to be without any shadow

of doubt the correct view of the matter, and pointed out a simple

means by which anyone may test the truth for himself, I think all

that remains for me to do further is to explain away the appa-

rently conflicting evidence of the figures in Prof. Cope’s papers

above mentioned [(7) and (8)]. I say the conflicting evidence of

his figures, because in more than one place [(7) pp. 218 and 219,

and (8) pp. 836 and 838] Prof. Cope expresses himself so as to

suggest that he did not wish to commit himself to a use of the

terms “right” and “ left” in a morphological sense, but that he

rather wished to designate those lungs which [in his opinion] are

situated more to the right or left side of the animal. But when

in his figures he labels the lungs R.L. and L.L. respectively, and

in his explanation of the plates states that these letters stand for

right lung and left lung, I think that the reader does carry away

the impression that by these he means the lungs which are the

homologues of the right and left lungs of other animals; and this

impression will be deepened by certain passages in the papers

fe.g.(7) p. 223 and (8) p. 838}.

Now if we except Typhlops [(7) pl. xi.], which is one of the

very few Snakes in which Cope will allow the “left” lung to be

absent or smaller than the “right,” we find that Cope in all his

plates calls the best developed lung the “ Left” lung and the

smaller or rudimentary one the “ Right ”; and thus his figures are,

as they stand, decidedly misleading.

While saying this I would, however, cordially acknowledge that

the figures appear to have been carefully and truthfully drawn

from the dissections, and such being the case, a comparatively brief

cross examination of the figures brings out the truth.

Those who have carefully dissected this part of Snakes, and

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, ETC. 701

doubtless Prof. Cope himself among the first, will admit that the

animals represented in (7) pls. xii., xiii., xiv., xv., and xvi., must

have been prepared for sketching by cutting through the mem-

branous tissue that connects the alimentary canal with the mid-

dorsal line of the liver (and carries veins from the alimentary

canal to the liver), and also the membranous tissue which passes

to the right of the alimentary canal and attaches the liver to the

dorsal body-wall and bears other blood-vessels to the liver; and

will see that after cutting of these dorsal attachments of the liver

that organ has either been merely pushed aside, as in pls. xiii. and

xiv., or on the other hand has been turned over bodily through

some 180 degrees, as in pls. xii., xv., and xvi. In either case the

position of the lung with regard to the liver is not the natural

one, and the impression is conveyed that the lung lies more to the

left of the median plane than it really does.

That the membranes have been cut through, and the liver dis-

placed as described, will, as remarked, be granted by those who

have carefully studied this region of the snake’s body, because of

the unnatural position of the liver; but the displacement with

inversion through some 180°, in the case of the snakes figured on

plates xv. and xvi., will be recognized by all who remember that

in Snakes, as in other animals, the postcaval vein enters the right

half of the liver and not the left. The figures, in fact, are drawn

in all good faith and tell their tale truthfully when carefully

questioned, but the lettering and their appearance on the face of

them are misleading.

The most striking figure is that of Charina botte [l.c. plate xii.]

fone of the more normal two-lunged forms], where, after cutting

through the dorsal attachments of the liver, the lungs and liver

have evidently been turned over together in one piece to the right,

so that the lungs lie ventral to the liver, with the larger right

lung on the left and described as the left, and the smaller left

lung on the right and described as the right.

We may now turn to consider the case of Heterodon platyrhinus

[the curious forward diverticulum of whose chief lung has long

been known*]. Cope figures this snake in both of his papers

(7) pl. xv. and (8) pl. xxviii., and on account of its special interest

in another respect I figure part of it here also [Pl. XL. fig. 1].

In this snake the position of the rudimentary lung with regard

to the other, which is just as represented in Cope’s figure, is at first

view very deceptive.

It will be seen that the smaller rudimentary lung lies ventral to

the other and to the right of the trachea. Not only, however,

does the position of the larger lung with regard to the other

organs, and notably to the blood-vessels above mentioned, prove

that larger lung to be the right lung, but sections [see figs. 2-4],

showing as they do a corresponding rotatory displacement of the

1 See Duvernoy, ‘Lecons d’Anat. comp. de G. Cuvier,’ 2nd ed. tom. vii.

p. 188 (1840).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XLV. 45

702 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

organs (cesophagus, and aortic roots, &c.), explain the deceptive

position of the rudimentary left lung.

Only one or two Snakes among those which I have examined

are so deceptive as Heterodon platyrhinus, in the matter of the

situation of the rudimentary lung, and none more so; and thus,

having explained this case, I need not, I think, discuss any others,

since all those that have come under my notice can be explained in

the same way.

I give, however, a few other figures [figs. 5-9] of sections through

different Snakes to show the kind of displacement of the viscera

one finds, and to show how what is morphologically the median

plane is indicated by the blood-vessels.

On referring to the figures we note that the characteristic dis-

placements are—(1) of the right lung from the right side into a

dorsal position underlying the vertebral column and extending more

or less into the left half of the body, and, corresponding to this,

displacements (2) of the esophagus along the left side ventral-

wards, (3) of the aorta to the left side, and (4) of the liver towards

the right side.

TV. On rHE ComMPLErE oR PARTIAL SUPPRESSION OF THE

Rigur Lune 1n AMPHISBENIDZ.

A reference to the list on p. 706 (which includes species of all

the genera of Amphisbenide@ in the British Museum Catalogue,

with the exception of the rare forms Chirotes, Rhineura, and

Agamedon) shows that with the exception of Trogonophis wiegmanni,

and to a lesser extent of Pachycalamus brevis, the right lung is

rudimentary or absent altogether in all the Amphisbenide ex-

amined, while in these two it is distinctly smaller than the left. So

far, then,as my observations go, this would seem to be a character-

istic peculiarity of the Amphisbzenidee.

As to Chirotes: two writers? have made themselves responsible

for the statement that the right lung is much larger than the left ;

while a third * has given a figure of the lungs apart from the other

organs, in which the larger lung is called the right. This evidence

would at first sight seem to settle the matter, and of course it is

quite possible that the published view is correct. As Chirotes

differs markedly from the other Amphisbenide in its possession

of fore limbs, why, it may be said, should it not differ in respect of

its lungs? Nevertheless, if, as seems indicated by its outward

appearance, and as appears to be agreed by those who have studied

its anatomy, Chirotes is an Amphisbenid, there is a certain pre-

1 For a preliminary notice of a division of these animals into three genera,

see Cope, “On the Genera and Species of Euchirotidz,’ American Naturalist,

May 1894, pp. 436-7 (figures in text).

2 Meckel (3) p. 260; and Duvernoy (4) p. 28. u

3 P. Flourens, ‘Mém. d’Anat. et de Phys. comp.—l. Etudes sur les lois de

la symétrie dans le Régne Animal et sur la théorie du dédoublement organique,’

Paris, 1884, pl. i. fig. 4.

1895. ] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENIDA, ETC. 703

sumption in favour of our finding the left lung the larger, so that

I should like to know that the statements to the contrary were

based on an inspection of the lungs in sitw before considering the

point decided’.

VY. On THE SmatiEeR Size or THE Lerr Lune In (1) CERTAIN

SNAKE-LIKE LizaRDS AND AMPHIBIANS AND (2) CERTAIN

Mammats,

Having noticed that the Amphisbenide differed from Snakes in

having their right lung, and not their left, reduced or absent, I

was led to examine various other snake-like Lizards and Amphibians

to see whether they in this respect agreed with the Amphisbenide

or with the Snakes. A reference to the list given (p. 706) shows

that I find that in all the lizards examined if one lung is smaller

it is the left, and the same is true of the Gymnophiona examined,

which is in accord with Wiedersheim’s account based on more

extensive acquaintance with this group.

Lastly, in many (according to some authorities in most”) mammals

the right lung is larger than the left, sometimes considerably

larger °.

With the exception of Snakes, certain snake-like Lizards, Gym-

nophiona, and some mammals, all vertebrates, I believe, have both

lungs well developed and either equal or differing but slightly in

size; and the Amphisbznide appear to be the only animals in

which the right lung is rudimentary.

1 Specimens of Chirotes being scarce, our knowledge of the soft anatomy is

probably derived chiefly from specimens which have been sacrificed to make

skeletons, such organs as the lungs being put up separately in spirit. Of course

descriptious based on such preparations would be unreliable as evidence on the

point in question. Flourens’s figure is ostensibly drawn from such a prepara-

tion ; while that Meckel (and apparently Duvernoy also in one instance) has

made incorrect statements as to the right and left lungs of other animalsI have

shown above (p. 694, and note 4 on p. 695).

There is, it seems, no dissected specimen of Chirotes in London. I have

tried by writing to what seemed a likely quarter to ascertain whether there

exists in Paris any preparation showing the visceral anatomy of Chirotes, but

so far without success. It is to be hoped that anyone who is able to dissect this

rare form will sketch the organs im situ.

? Thus G. L. Duvernoy, ‘ Legons d’Anatomie comparée de Georges Cuvier,’

2nd ed. tom. vii. pp. 20, 24, 25 (Paris, 184()).

H. Milne-Edwards, ‘Legons sur la Physiologie et Anatomie comparée de

VHomme et des Animaux,’ tom. ii. p. 334 (Paris, 1857).

3 Thus the preparations exhibited at the Royal College of Surgeons show

the right lung markedly the larger in Talpa europea, Mus decumanus, Noto-

ryctes typhlops, Hyrax capensis, Synetheres (Cercolabes) mexicanus, and less

markedly so in various other mammals.

45*

704 MR, GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

VI. Last oF SPECIES OF SNAKES AND SNAKE-LIKE

ANIMALS EXAMINED.’

1 2 3

32 | _ | Length of the

saa =P Smaller Lung,

og 43 that of the

a° ;, | larger being

5 op taken as

ae 3 unity.

OPHIDIA?

Fam, I. TypHiorip#.

Typhlops lumbricalis, Z. ........-...++ 2 & Em.| R. | ———

_ BPs jecreasrcencesescessisrerconene 1 R, | ———

He BP i! Sesecccotsenccrecasasmessasses 1 R. | ——

Fam. II. Guavconipa.

Glauconia albifrons, Wagl. ............ 1 R. | ———

Fam. III. Bows.

Subfam. 1. Pythonine.

Python molurus, L., GQ ....eseeeeeeees 1 R, | “71.

” Seah, Olas sere 1 R. | °57.

» Yreticulatus, Sch...........0.+6 1 R. | 50.

Subfam. 2. Boine.

Boa constrictor, DL. ........ssesseeeeeeee 2 R. | *50, & 58.

Enygrus carinatus, Schn., Q ......4.- 1 R. | 75.

> (young) .........0+ + R. | °60.

Epicrates cenchris, L. ..........06.00++- 1 R. | °62.

Eryx johnii, Russ. ..........ceeeceeeeenees 1 R. | soe

ay TOMI) Ji Sahocsossenonosocesonode 1 R. | °40.

Fam. IV. XENoPELTIDA,

Xenopeltis unicolor, Reinw. ............ I R. | *45.

Fam. V. Inysip2.

Tlysia scytale, DL. ....s.cssesssersereeeees 1 R. | sm. rud.

Oylindrophis rufus, Lawr, ..........+ 2 R. | rud.

Fam. VI. Urorrntip2.

Rhinophis blythii, Kel. ..............606. 1 R. | rud.

1 The names in the following lists represent the species so described in the latest

edition of the British Museum Catalogues of Snakes and Lizards, the specimens

having been kindly identified for me by Mr. G. A. Boulenger himself. Thus a

reference to those Catalogues will tell the reader what animal is meant, if he is

in doubt. In some cases, however, I have added, in brackets, commonly used

synonyms.

2 J only give the Snakes which I have myself examined. Some of these have

been previously examined for the lungs by Prof. Cope (these I have marked *),

and a nuinber of other species will be found in his paper (7).

3 In these elongated forms, with rare exceptions, such as Pygopus, the other

dimensions of the lungs vary roughly in proportion to the length.

In these lists “‘rud.” signifies that the smaller lung is so small, not more

than ;'5 the length of the larger, and usually much less, that it can be of no

appreciable use.

Sm. rud. (small rudiment) signifies that extra care will be needed to find the

rudiment, as by cutting open the trachea as advised by Cope, ('7) p. 224, so

as to find its internal orifice.

A line thus signifies that I have not found a rudiment.

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENIDH#, ETC.

Fam. VII. Conusripa.

Series A. AGLYPHA.

Subfam. 1. Acrochordine.

Chersydrus granulatus, Schn. ........-

Subfam. 2. Colubrine.

Tropidonotus natrix, LD, ......++-s00++

Zamenis gemonensis, Laur, ...++-++.++-

Coluber (Hlaphis) quatuorlineatus,

Tae

”?

Tatus, Di. ...cscecsccosecsoreaccorsocecs

Liophis pecilogyrus, Wied ....+...++

Oligodon sublineatus, D. J B.........-

Aspidura trachyprocta, Cope .........

Subfam. 3. Rachiodontine.

Dasypeltis scabra, LD. ..-...+eeeeereeees

Series B. OpisTHoGLyPHa.

Subfam. 4. Dipsadine.

Dipsas ceylonensis, Gthr, ....+.+0+++++-

Ccelopeltis lacertina, Wagl. .........++-

Dryophis prasinus, Bote ..........+++--

Leptodeira rufescens, Gi. ....--+++++-

Psammophis ecrucifer, Daud. .....+++.

Philodryas olfersii, Licht.......+.++-+++-

Subfam. 5. Homalopsine.

Homalopsis buccata, Y Perr reece

Fordonia leucobalia, Schleg. ....-..--

Subfam. 6. Seytaline.

Oxyrhopus tergeminus, D. § B. ......

Series C. ProTEROGLYPHA.

Subfam. 7. Hlapine.

Elaps fulvius, DL. ......+--sessecsereeeres

» hygeia, DL. ...+--.. eam amtevageeenan

Bungarus semifasciatus, Kwhl.........

Subfam. 8. Hydrophine.

Hydrophis fasciatus, Schn. .....0+.+++

Hydrus (Pelamis) platurus, Di nnactgiae

Platurus laticaudatus, DL. ...........0--

Fam. VIII. AmBLycEPHALIDE.

Amblycephalus boa, Boze ...........+.+.

Fam. IX. VirErip2.

Subfam. 1. Viperine.

Vipera berus, L........ssssseestorseeseeese

yo ASPIS, Le 0... seeeceseseceeeeeeeeeees

arietans, Merr. ......cecesseseee-

a Masicornis, SHAW .......+-s-+00-

Cerastes cornutus, Forsh. .....-+00+.-0+

Subfam. 2. Crotaline.

Crotalus durissus, L. ...+2.200+ PerrCory

5, horridus, L. ...sses-seeeeseees

Trimeresurus wagleri, Bove ...........-

Bothrops atrox, L. ....... canboaceoceoC

”

705

1 R. *

14& Em.) R. | sm. rud.

4 & Em.| R. | smallest

[trace.

& Em.| R. | sm. rud.

1 R. | rud.

1 R.

3 R. | sm. rud.

1 R.

4 R. | sm. rud *

2 R. *

1 R. | rud *

2 R. | ——-— *

1 R. | sm. rud *

+ R. | sm. rud

1 R. | rud.

2 R. | rud.

1 R. | sm. rud

Z R. | sm. rud

1 R.

2 R. | sm. rud

1 R. —

1 R. | sm. rud. *

1 R.

1 R. | sm. rud

i R. *

3 R. | rud

1 R. rud. *

1 R.

1 R. | ———

1 R. | —— %

fi R. | rud.

3 R. | ——

2& Em.| R. | ———

1 R. | ——

1 R.

1 R, | sm. rud

1 R.

1 R. | sm. rud *

1 R. | ru

1 R, | ———

706 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Noy. 19,

aa i Length of the

w @ 2 | Smaller Lung,

ite ,q | that of the larger

52 5, being taken

= 5 &p as unity.

5A eI

A 4

LACERTILIA.

Fam. Scrnerp# !.

Acontias meleagris, LZ. ..........ec00008- 2 R.| 6°18; 2 -25.

» lmonodactylus, Gray ......... 1 R. | -40.

Scelotes bipes, 7; ~..scocscee-seners wees 1 R. | +83.

Fam, Anauip#.

Anpuis fragilis, Wi. -2.c.cnnces»-awaeerse <« 4 R.| 5 62 & °66;

2 56 & 96.

Ophisaurus (Pseudopus) apus, Pal/..| 1 R. | *60.

- VOMLEGAIIS 77. sacs tetera 1 R. | °33.

Fam. Pygoriwws,

Pygopus (Bipes) lepidopodus, Lacép. 1 R. | ‘50 (but of equal

stoutness).

Lialis burtoni (punctatus), Gray 2 R. | °50.

Fam. Trip.

Ophiognomon abendrothii, Pirs. ...| 1 R. | *50.

Fam. AMPIHISBENIDE *,

A, PRosPpHYODONTES.

| Amphisbsena alba, DL. ............02.00 2 1 ||

* darwinti, D. f° B. ......... 1 L. | ——-

fe fuliginosa; I.) .....0002-2-s0- 2 1A =

i MIGIGY GRE LG. meas ce esas sees 1 L. | —-—

Blanus cinereus, Vand. ..........000000:- 2 L. | sm. rud

Pd ARITANICHIS COM, to o2 a. caries wastes 1 L. | rud.

Anops kingti, Bell ............seeseees. 1 L. | ——-

Monopeltis magnipartita, Pirs. ......) 1 L. | rud.

| Lepidosternon latifrontale, Blgr. ...| 1 ie vecnd.

| a scutigerum, Hempr....| 1 L. | rud.

B. Empnyoponrrs. |

Trogonophis wiegmanni, Kaup ...... 1 L. | °60.

Pachycalamus brevis, Gthr. ............ 4 L. | :25 to ‘33.

AMPHIBIA3

Order GYMNOPHIONA.

Fam. C#ciiap&.

| Dermophis (Siphonops) mexicanus...| 1 R, | rud.

Ichthyophis glutinosus .............. ... 1 R. | rud.

’ For footnotes, see opposite page.

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENIDE, ETC. 707

VII. On roe RATIONALE OF THE FAcTS RECORDED IN THIS PAPER.

Taking these Snakes and Snake-like forms together, the facts

noted in this paper are that while some agree with other air-

breathing vertebrates in having two lungs well developed, some

have one lung quite rudimentary or absent altogether, and that of

these latter some have the right lung rudimentary or absent and

some the left.

These facts suggest the questions —May we reasonably conclude

that in the ancestors of all the different groups of pulmonate

vertebrates the lungs were essentially similar in their first origin ?

If so, what was probably the most primitive condition? What

significance may we attach to a divergence from such common

condition of the kind above described ?

1 T have also examined two specimens of Lygosoma verreaucit. In the

first I was at first surprised to find the right lung apparently shorter than the left

(contrary to the rule), but on further inspection I found that this condition

was purely pathological, being due to the presence of a small tumour on the

anterior border of the right lobe of the liver which interfered with the expansion

of the lung. In asecond specimen the lungs were of precisely equal length.

This equality of the lungs in L. verreaurii and occasionally in Anguis fragilis

(see list) makes me expect that (while the elongated snake-like form and the

reduction or suppression of the limbs are commonly associated with the redue-

tion of one lung) the lungs may be found equal in a number of the other

elongated small-limbed lizards of which there are so many, especially in the

family Scincide.

2 J. von Bedriaga (Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, 1884, Bd. i. p. 63) finds no

trace of a second lung in Blanus (Amph.) cinereus and B. strauchii and Trogo-

nophis wiegmanni; and C. Smalian (Zeitschrift fiir wissensch. Zool., Bd. xlii.

pp- 188 & 189, 1885) finds no trace of a second in A. fuliginosa, B. cinereus, and

Anops kingii, while as to Trogonophis wiegmanni he curiously prefers to regard

it as having a bilobed single lung instead of a pair of lungs. Neither Bedriaga

nor Smalian, so far as I have discovered, say which lung is well developed, but

Bedriaga’s figures of B. cinerea (J. c. pl. iv. figs. 2, 3) rightly represent it as the

left.

3 T haye examined other Amphibia, especially the elongated forms with weak

limbs and reduction of digits or absence of one pair of limbs (Siren); but in

none of them can one lung be said to be atrophied as compared with the other.

In most of them the two lungs are of equal length [Stren lacertina, Menobran-

chus lateralis, Menopoma alleghanense, Salamandra maculosa, Triton cristatus,

Amblystoma tigrinwm (fair-sized specimens of Axolotl)]. Ina few cases there

is a difference in the length. Thus in Amphiwma the right lung is the longer,

while in Proteus anguinus, as is known from the published figures, the left is

somewhat the longer, and the same appeared to be the case in some small

specimens of Axolotl. These last two can hardly, however, be regarded as

exceptions to the general rule, for we cannot say that the right lung is atrophied

as compared with the left. Thus each lung of Proteus extends back to the

ovary or testis, and the fact that the right lung is the shorter depends on the

fact that in accordance with a common habit the right reproductive gland is

situated further forward than the left. Again, though recording it for form’s

sake, I hardly think any stress should be laid on the right lung appearing

shorter than the left in small (3 inches long) specimens of Axolotl. The lungs

are equal in later stages, and the apparent difference in the younger specimens

is probably due to the small intestine, which inclines to the right side, presenting

the complete expansion of the terminal portion of the right lung, which projects

backwards freely beyond the termination of the lung ligament.

708 MR, GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Nov. 19,

The first two questions are very interesting, and I hope shortly

to return to their discussion in another paper. For the present 1

may merely say that I incline to a view similar to that suggested

by Goette in 1875, namely that the lungs have arisen from paired

lateral branchial pouches °.

Anyone who adopts this view will recognize a certain tendency

to pairedness of the lungs as primitive. It seems, however, highly

probable that lungs have arisen [from some such common anlage | in-

dependently in the different groups of vertebrates, and that we ought

not to conclude that all pulmonate vertebrates are descended from

a common pulmonate ancestor. To find such common ancestor we

should perhaps have to go back to a time long before the first

appearance of pulmonary respiration. It is thus quite con-

ceivable, even accepting Goette’s view, that in the ancestors of

certain one-lunged types the branchial pouch of one side may have

from the first remained rudimentary, that of the other side alone

developing into a lung. Such a view is also quite in harmony

with embryology; for in the embryos of such forms as Vipera

aspis and T'yphlops lumbricalis there is no trace of a second lung

even in early stages. While, however, neither embryology nor the

theory of homology with paired branchial pouches runs counter

to the view that the ancestors of some pulmonates may from the

first have had but one lung, while others had two, it seems to me

that there are certain facts of comparative anatomy which are in

favour of the view that in their first beginning the lungs were not

only potentially but actually paired in the ancestors of many species

which now have no trace of more than one.

Thus, as is well known, we find cases of two species of Snake

which are so alike in other respects as to be classed in the same

genus, one of which has a rudiment of the left lung, while the other

has no trace of such?. Now the pesistence of the rudiment as such

a definite structure in the adult, combined with the fact that the

rudiment is of proportionally greater size in the embryo, suggest

that it is the reduced remains of an organ which was once a

functional lung. If, then, a functional lung can be reduced to

a mere functionless rudiment, it seems likely, when we find two

species of the same genus, one of which has such rudiment while

the second has not, that in this second the reduction has but been

1 The clue to my reason for taking this view is briefly this, that I find that

in the Lizard, Snake, and Bird the cscphagus becomes separated off, from

behind forwards, from the anlage of the lungs and from the trachea, just as it

would appear from Nestler’s observations the anlage of the cesophagus is sepa-

rated off from the branchial chamber in the metamorphosis of Ammocetes into

Petromyzon [Nestler, ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. lvi. Bd. i. pp. 100—

105]. From the best published accounts the same is true of the development

of the esophagus, lungs, and trachea of Amphibia and Mammalia.

2 Thus in my list above Crotalus horridus has a small rudiment, while

C. durissus has none; Elaps hygeia has arudiment, while £. /udviws has none.

Similarly, in Cope’s paper (7) p. 228, we have such a difference recorded in two

other genera besides Crotalus, viz. in Bothrops and Ancistrodon.

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID®, ETC. 709

carried a step farther and that the ancestors of this second, like

those of the first, had some trace of a second lung.

Secondly, what significance may we attach to the suppression of

one or other lung? Can we, I mean, correlate such suppression with

any other anatomical or physiological characters ?

Aswe know, there is, as a rule,on the whole a very distinct bilateral

symmetry in the bodies of pulmonate vertebrates, but there is also,

as is well known, one marked departure from such symmetry which

appears early, with which may, I think, be correlated certain

departures from symmetry in some of the other organs. I refer

to the marked leaning of the stomach to the left side. Whatever

be the cause of this, we have the fact, as also the fact that in the

case of these abnormal specimens in which the position of the

stomach is reversed there is wont to be a reversed position of the

great vascular trunks (the aortic root and the postcaval vein) and

other correlated changes. There is, then, evidently a correlation

between the asymmetry of the stomach and the asymmetry of

some of the other organs ; and while in some cases it may be better

to say that both are due to some common cause, in other cases

(and I think this difference in the size of the lungs one of them)

it would seem reasonable to speak of the asymmetry of the

stomach as a cause of the asymmetry in the other organ.

From the fact, however, that only some of the animals which

have the asymmetrical stomach have unequal lungs, it is obviously

not by itself a sufficient cause. The leftward inclination of the

stomach and adjoining part of the cesophagus only leads to inequality

of the lungs when some second cause, such as the snake-like

habit of the body [ which naturally renders the accommodation of the

viscera a work of greater difficulty], or in mammals some other

cause {which I will presently suggest], is superadded.

This view harmonizes with the fact that in the Amphisbenide

[in which the left lung is the larger] the leftward displacement of

the stomach is but small, while the esophagus is sometimes markedly

displaced to the right side. Of course this, as it stands, might

suggest that we had here merely a case of mechanical displacement

of the cesophagus and stomach by the left lung instead of an

obliteration of the right lung by the rightwardly inclined alimen-

tary canal. But in certain of the Amphisbenide [e.g. Amphisbena

alba and Anops kingii, two forms with a total absence of right

lung] it is clear that we have something more than this, for though we

have no case of “situs inversus ” of the postcaval vein, which runs as

usual on the right side, we find that the veins from the stomach to

the liver are not as usual confined to the median gastro-hepatic

ligament, but run in that right dorsal ligament of the liver (the

“ Hohlvenengekrése” mentioned above, p. 698) which usually

carries none but systemic veins, such as the postcaval and vertebro-

intercostals. It is at least interesting that this, so far as 1am aware

unique, feature of the vascular system, which, I take it, argues

that the stomach is morphologically more to the right side than

710 MR. GERARD W. BUTLER ON THE [Noy. 19,

usual, should be found in (some, not all of) the Amphisbenide,

which are also unique in having the right lung partially or com-

pletely suppressed *.

With regard to the lungs of mammals—it has been suggested by

some’ that this inequality is due to the unsymmetrical position of the

heart. There are, however, certain considerations which induce me

to incline to another view *. Firstly, the lungs may, as we have

seen, differ markedly in size in reptiles in which the heart is

symmetrically situated. Secondly, in the few mammals which I

have examined the smaller size of the left pleural space seems

to depend not so much on the position of the heart as on the want

of symmetry in the mediastinal membranes, whose line of attach-

ment to the diaphragm is a curve sweeping round the left border

of the central tendon. Thus perhaps the first cause of the inequality

of the lungs here, as in Snakes, may have been the leftward

displacement of the stomach,—which cause, however, may have only

come into action when, with the development of the diaphragm, the

mediastinum came to be jfived in its oblique left-sided position.

According to this view the unsymmetrical position of the heart

would be due to the same cause as the inequality of the lungs, and

not be itself the cause of this.

VIII. Conciusions.

1. In all the Amphisbenide examined the right lung is either

absent or smaller than the left.

2. In all the other vertebrates examined the right lung is fully

developed, and if one lung is rudimentary or absent, it is the left.

Thus

3. The left lung is the smaller in many mammals, and more

markedly so in the Gymnophiona and many snake-like Lizards [not

Amphisbenids|] and Snakes, in which last the left is usually

reduced to a mere rudiment or absent altogether.

4, In the more theoretical section VII. I incline to the view

that in their first beginnings the lungs were in the ancestors of all

air-breathing vertebrates potentially paired, haying their origin in

paired branchial pouches, and show reason to believe that they

were actually paired in the ancestors of at least some forms which

show no trace of a second.

5. It would seem that the primary cause of the inequality of

the lungs, where it occurs, is that one-sided displacement of the

stomach and adjoining portion of the cesophagus which is seen in

1 To avoid needless repetition, other remarks which naturally might follow

here are placed only in the next section (Conclusions 5 and 6)

2 G. L. Duvernoy, ‘Lecons d’Anat. comp. de G. Cuvier,’ 2nd ed. tom. vii.

pp. 20, 24, 25 (1840).

R. Owen, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 577 (speaking of Marsupials)

1868).

: 8 I refer only to the leftward displacement of the ventricle. I do not dispute the

fact that in most mammalian lungs we note that the left bronchus appears the

longer, owing apparently to the fact that the one-sided development of the aortic

root has entailed the suppression of part of the left lung in that region.

1895.] LUNGS OF SNAKES, AMPHISBENID#, ETC. 711

nearly all air-breathers, but that this only leads to inequality when

some secondary cause, such as the acquisition of a slender snake-

like habit of body (or in mammals some other cause, see § VII.),

is superadded. Moreover, it would appear that in some cases (as

in most Snakes), the inequality once started, the replacement of

paired lungs by one larger one has in its turn led to a further dis-

placement of the alimentary canal and other organs.

While thus suggesting an order of priority for correlated

modifications, the writer does not lose sight of the fact that these

modifications have all arisen under the supervision of Natural

Selection, and that the safest and most philosophical course is

simply to say that the aggregate of modifications are in some way

more or less advantageous.

6. The question occurred to me whether the complete or partial

suppression of the right lung peculiar to Amphisbenide might

serve to tell us anything as to the stage in their evolution at

which the Amphisbenide branched off from the stock common to

them and other Lizards—whether, for instance, it might indicate

that they branched off before their common ancestors had acquired

langs, at a time, therefore, when perhaps the respective ancestors of

existing Lacertilia and Amphibia had diverged comparatively little

However, on consideration it seems clear that the facts here

recorded do not by themselves prove any such thing, and that they

are not by themselves inconsistent with a considerably later

separation of the Amphisbenians.

7. This peculiarity of the Amphisbenian lungs is for the pre-

sent, then, but one added to the list of the peculiarities of these

very interesting animals; but the fact that (so far I have been able

to ascertain) no other vertebrate has the right lung suppressed,

suggests that this at first sight unimportant character may be

found to be correlated with some other character the significance

and importance of which may be more obvious.

IX. Brpii0GRaPHy ’.

(1) Cur. Lup. Nirzscu. De Respiratione Animalium, p. 13.

Vitebergee, 1808.

(2) J. F. Mecxen. “Ueber die Respiration der Reptilien.”

Deutsches Archiv fiir die Physiologie, Bd. iv. pp. 60-89

[especially p. 84] and plate 2 [of which the explanation is

given at the end of Heft 1, pp. 162-164]. Halle, 1818.

(3) J. F. Mucxnn. System der vergleichenden Anatomie, Bd. vi.

pp- 257-262 [especially pp. 257 and 260]. Halle, 1833.

(4) Lecons @’Anatomie comparée de Georges Cuvier, rédigées et

publiées par G. L. Duvernoy. 2nd ed., tom. vil. pp. 19-

163. Paris, 1840.

1 Milne-Edwards (6) refers to a separate paper by Lereboullet entitled

‘ Anatomie comparée de l’appareil respiratoire.’ None of the London Libraries

accessible to me possess a copy of this paper; so I have not been able to see it,

and consequently do not put it on the list, but it is possibly quite as worthy

of a place there as some of the others.

712 MR. W. SAVILLE KENT ON THE [Nov. 19

(5) H. Sranntus. ‘Handbuch der Anatomie der Wirbelthiere *

[2nd part of the ‘Handbuch der Zootomie’ by v. Siebold

and Stannius]. 2nd ed. 2nd part, pp. 206-208 [with their

footnotes]. Berlin, 1856.

(6) H. Mityz-Epwarps. Lecons sur la Physiologie et Y Anatomie

comparée de l’Homme et des Animaux. Tom. ii. pp. 307-

313 [and their footnotes]. Paris, 1857. .

(7) E. D. Cops. “On the Lungs of Ophidia.” Proc. Amer. Phil.

Soe. vol. xxxiii. pp. 217-224, pls. xi—xvi. 1894.

(8) E. D. Corn. “On the Classification of Snakes.” Amer. Natu-

ralist, Oct. 1894, pp. 831-844, pls. xxvii. & xxvii.

X. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XU.

A, Artery. Rt. § Lt. Right & Left.

Ao. Dorsal aorta. V. Vein.

(soph. CEsophagus and anterior V.c.p. Vena cava posterior.

part of stomach, V.P. Portal vein.

Fig. 1. Heart, lungs, esophagus, and anterior part of liver of Heterndon

platyrhinus, seen from ventral side. ;

Figs. 2, 3, and 4. Transverse sections of H. platyrhinus, seen from behind.—

Fig. 2 through heart; Fig. 3 through fork of trachea and left lung

Fig. 4 through liver-region.

Figs. 5-9. Transverse sections of different Snakes through liver-region, all seen

from behind :-—

Fig. 5. Platurus laticaudatus.

Fig. 6. Python reticulatus.

Fig. 7. Tropidonotus natriz.

Fig. 8. Vipera berus.

Fig. 9. Dryophis prasinus,

Fig. 10. Semidiagrammatic view of part of trunk of a two-lunged Snake. The

right-hand end, which is seen in section, is the posterior end. The

body-wall of the left side is supposed cut away so as to show the

various series of blood-vessels which run between the vertebral column

and the liver, separating the two lungs.

2. Observations on the Frilled Lizard, Chlamydosaurus kingi.

By W. Savitte Kent, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received October 23, 1895.]

(Plate XLI.)

The Frilled Lizard, Chlamydosaurus kingi, is a native of the

Northern or tropical districts of Australia, occurring in tolerable

abundance in both the Eastern, or Queensland, and the North-

western districts of that island-continent. The habits of the

species are essentially sylvan, its favourite haunts being the more

or less thickly wooded scrub-lands, and its chief resort the trunks

and lower limbs of the larger trees. The most remarkable struc-

tural feature of Chlamydosaurus, and from which it derives its

popular title, is, as recorded in its earliest description by Dr. J.

E. Gray in the Natural History Appendix to Captain King’s

‘Survey of the Coasts of Australia,’ vol. ii. 1826, the extraordinary

development of the cuticle in the neighbourhood of the neck,

hawk acl,

Saville Ke

mt pinx.

CHLAMYDOSAURUS KINGI.

1895. ] FRILLED LIZARD OF TROPICAL AUSTRALIA. 3

This takes the form of a voluminous denticulated frill, which the

creature possesses the power of erecting and depressing at will.

In adult individuals, the frill, when fully extended, may measure

as much as eight or nine inches in diameter, and diverges at

right angles to the long axis of the head. When depressed the

structure is relatively inconspicuous, being folded in symmetrical

pleats around the creature’s neck (see fig. 2, p. 717).

The possession of living examples of Chlamydosaurus, both in

Queensland and, more recently, in Western Australia, has yielded

me the opportunity of observing and placing on record certain

phenomena associated with its habits that are scarcely less

remarkable than its structural peculiarities. Having, moreover,

succeeded in bringing one of these singular Lizards alive to

England, I had much pleasure in presenting the specimen to

this Society’s Gardens, where others specially interested in this

animal group have been afforded opportunities of verifying the

observations embodied in this communication.

In the first place, with reference to the elevation and depression

of the membranous frill, Chlamydosaurus is not unfrequently

delineated in natural-history works with this structure more or

less fully extended, but with the mouth completely closed. I

have also observed mounted specimens in museums displaying a

corresponding relationship of the organ and structure indicated.

As a matter of fact, the opening of the mouth and the erection

of the frill are synchronous actions which cannot be exercised

independently of one another. An explanation of this circum-

stance is afforded by the presence of slender processes of the

hyoid bone which extend on either side through the walls of the

membranous frill. The relative elevation of the frill is consequently

in a direct proportion with the depression of the mandible, and it

is only under the condition of the mouth being opened to its widest

extent that the frill is so conspicuously displayed as to stand out

at a right angle from the animal’s neck, as illustrated in the

drawing now exhibited (Plate XLI.)

With regard to the significance and utility of the erectile frill in

Chlamydosaurus, the fact that this structure is of insignificant

proportions in young examples, and attains its full development

only in adult individuals, would appear to indicate that, as a

structure, it has been developed within comparatively recent

times and does not represent the residual heritage of a remote

ancestry. Respecting its function, there can, I think, be but little

doubt that it fulfils simply the réle of a “ scare-organ,” wherewith,

being suddenly erected, it terrifies, and diverts the projected attack

of, many ordinary enemies. The erection of the feathers of an

owl or the fur of a cat is associated with a like function, but the

inflation of the hood of the Cobra, and in a less degree the neck-

membranes of other snakes, furnishes, perhaps, a more appropriate

analogy. In one other Australian species, Amphibolurus barbatus,

commonly known as the Jew Lizard, the throat membrane is also

inflated under the influence of irritation in such a manner as to

714 MR, W. SAVILLE KENT ON THE [Nov. 19,

almost constitute a frill. It is on this account, in districts south

of the habitat of Chlamydosaurus, not unfrequently associated

with the corresponding popular name of the Frilled Lizard.

With respect to the natural food of Chlamydosaurus, I observed

of all the living specimens that came into my possession that the

excreta evacuated during the first few days after their capture

consisted exclusively of the elytra and other hard parts of Coleoptera,

such insects evidently constituting their customary food. One or

two of the specimens captured would occasionally take a living

cockroach, picking it up with the protrusion of its fleshy glutinous

tongue. It was not found possible to induce any of the captured

examples to take other than living food voluntarily, but on very

slight provocation they would open their mouths, and on pieces of

raw meat being then placed inside them they masticated and

swallowed it with apparent relish, and throve for many weeks on

this artificially substituted diet.

Individual specimens of Chlamydosaurus exhibited a considerable

diversity of temperament—some of them being exceedingly quiet,

and others, males more particularly, most distinctly aggressive.

One or two examples, when first captured, would, when approached,

spring up and seize any presented object. What was more

remarkable, however, was the general habit they manifested, if

much excited, of standing at bay with open mouths and erected

frills, uttering a hoarse, hissing noise, and lashing whip-wise at the

intruder with their long, rough tails. The blows thus delivered

were dealt with such vigour as to smartly sting the hand if

exposed to the impact. The flagellating method of attack mani-

fested by this Lizard no doubt proves very disconcerting to a

foe previously unfamiliar with the animal’s peculiar aggressive

tactics.

The habits of Chlamydosaurus were found to be essentially

diurnal—all the specimens kept in captivity retiring to rest on

the approach of sunset, usually choosing for this purpose a

vertical position, head uppermost, at the side of their cage or on

an introduced tree-stump. The living specimens exhibited some

amount of individual variation in colour, and more especially with

relation to the membranous frill. The lower moiety of this

structure was always more brightly coloured than the integument of

the general surface of the body, and, in the males more particularly,

was ornamented with a mosaic-like pattern in which orange,

vermilion, steel-blue, and shades of brown were variously inter-

blended. These tints, unfortunately, usually fade out of preserved

skins, but in some instances faint indications of their original

variegation may be retained. The coloured illustration that

accompanies this communication (see Plate X LI.) has been repro-

duced from a water-colour sketch from life made by me of a

Roebuck Bay example, amalgamated with an excellent lithograph of

the animal that appeared in the issue of the ‘ Field’ quoted below.

The most remarkable phenomenon concerning the habits of

Chlamydosaurus that I have to place on record in this communication

1895. ] FRILLED LIZARD OF TROPICAL AUSTRALIA. 715

relates to its method of perambulation. In this respect it would

appear to differ from all existing Reptilia known to science.

When in Queensland a few years ago it was reported to me that

the animal could run supported upon its hind legs only. By

others, however, this assertion was contradicted, and neither was

I successful in witnessing this most remarkable phenomenon of the

single living specimen I there had in my possession for a short

period. With examples obtained at Roebuck Bay, in the tropical

district of Western Australia, I was more fortunate, and was

enabled to fully satisfy myself that a bipedal mode of progression

represents its normal gait when the animal is traversing level

Fig. 1.

The Frilled Lizard running.

ground for any distance. In addition to having had the grati-

fication of securing other independent witnesses of the remarkable

method of locomotion exhibited by Chlamydosawrus, I have also

succeeded in obtaining several characteristic photographs, herewith

submitted, of this Lizard thus running. From one of the most

typical of these photographs the skilful taxidermist, Mr. Pickhardt,

has prepared the specimen likewise exhibited, and which will serve

to convey a yet more realistic impression of the aspect of the

running animal *.

’ By the kind courtesy of the proprietors of the ‘ Field’ the woodcut (Fig. 1)

executed in accord with one of these photographs, drawn from life at the

Zoological Gardens by Mr. Frohawk, and which appeared with a preliminary

notice of this lizard in that journal for August 3rd, is herewith reproduced. The

writer is likewise indebted to the same source for Fig. 2 (p. 717), representing

the animal in its ordinary resting attitude when on the ground.

716 MR, W. SAVILLE KENT ON THE [Noy. 19,

Concerning the erect bipedal method of perambulation of

Chlamydosaurus, it is worthy of remark that during such progress

the fore limbs hang lax and motionless, while the long, slender

tail is elevated quite clear of the ground, and, swaying slightly

from side to side, plays apparently an important part in preserving

the animal’s equilibrium ’.

By experimentally tethering examples of this Lizard to light

cords in such a manner that they possessed full freedom of

action, I ascertained that they will run for a distance of at least

thirty or forty feet at a stretch without touching the ground with

their fore feet, and then, after resting momentarily on all fours,

will make a new start in the erect position, and thus continue

running and resting alternatively for a period of some minutes’

duration. Although no other existing species of lizard is known

to possess a similar faculty of perambulating upon its two hinder

limbs, it is perhaps worthy of record that I have often observed

of Australian species of Grammitophora that when running they

carry their heads erect in the air, at the same time sitting up, as

it were, on their haunches, and with the whole anterior portion of

their bodies raised to the greatest possible height by the full

extension of their anterior limbs. A similar semi-erect or “ sitting-

up” position is also, I may observe, usually assumed by the

Frilled Lizard, Chlamydosaurus, when resting on the ground (see

Fig. 2, p. 717), and when running for so short a distance

only as two or three yards. The progress of Chlamydosaurus

in its most characteristic bipedal fashion is tolerably rapid,

insomuch so that it was found impossible to obtain a distinct

photographie picture of a specimen under such conditions at a

distance of four or five yards with a Kodak camera having its

shutter working at a speed of the ~},th part of a second, and it

was only by enlisting the aid of an Anschutz camera with a

shutter set at the speed of the =},th part of a second that the

results here reproduced were secured. Even under these more

favourable conditions I was unable to obtain as clearly defined a

protile representative of the running lizard as might be desired.

Among those secured, however, there is one (submitted) remarkable

for the resemblance that the contours of the semi-erect body and

1 Since the setting-up in type of this paper I am indebted to the Secretary for

a previous reference to the reported bipedal comportment of Chiamydosaurus.

This is made by Dr. Henry Woodward in vol. xxx. p. 13 of the Quarterly

Journal of the Geological Society, 1874. By a happy coincidence that accom-

plished geologist, in company with Dr. Gimther, overheard the comments of

an Australian visitor to the British Museum on a stuffed specimen in the

collections, and they were informed that this species habitually ran on its hind

legs. Dr. Woodward utilizes this and collateral evidence presented extensively

in his paper here quoted, which is an amplification of Prof. Huxley's essay

on ‘“ Animals intermediate between Birds and Reptiles” (‘Popular Science

Review,’ 1866), and bears practically the same title. Dr. Woodward’s con-

cluding paragraph, to the effect that “the bipedal habit of the Secondary

Reptiles is a peculiarity still maintained by the Australian Chlamydosaurus,”

is of special interest with reference to the latter portion of this paper.

1895.] FRILLED LIZARD OF TROPICAL AUSTRALIA. 717

ambulatory hind limbs bear to those of a running long-tailed

gallinaceous bird such as a pheasant.

In corroboration of this suggested simile, I may further mention

that in the course of a recent conversation with Mr. BR. C. Hare,

‘801 4B PILZ] pelt] ony,

for some time Government Resident at Wyndham in the northern

district of Western Australia, that gentleman informed me that

he had on several occasions, when these Lizards crossed his path,

Proo. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No, XLVI. 46

718 MR. W. SAVILLE-KENT ON THE [Nov. 19,

noted the remarkable resemblance their gait presented to that of

a running hen.

This recognized avian-like ambulatory deportment of Chlamydo-

saurus is of special interest with reference to the very generally

accepted anticipation that the birds are modified descendants of

a reptilian archetype. The temptation in this association is

naturally also very great to institute comparisons between, and

to suggest affinities with, the Mesozoic Dinosauria, among the

majority of which extinct reptilia a bipedal method of progression

constituted, there is every reason for believing, a characteristic

feature. The very circumstance, indeed, that the Australasian

region, inclusive of New Zealand, produces an existing Lizard with

such ancient affinities as Hatteria, and the Australian Continent a

living freshwater fish, Ceratodus, most abundantly represented

in the Triassic and Oolitic formations, as also a number of mammalia

and other organic types elsewhere extinct, it might certainly be

reasonably anticipated that a Lizard with Dinosaurian affinities, if

existing anywhere at the present day, might be sought for with

the greatest prospect of success upon Australian territory.

An examination of the skeleton of Chlamydosaurus does not,

certainly, as hopefully anticipated, yield indications of that modi-

fication of the pelvic elements which is so characteristic of the

most specialized Dinosauria; nor, indeed, any salient features that

serve to distinguish it amongst the Lacertilia from the skeletons

of the ordinary Agamide. It would seem imprudent under these

circumstances to institute other than comparisons of mere

accidental and independently arrived at analogies between the

coincident erect comportments and corresponding external re-

semblances exhibited by the types under discussion. These resem-

blances appear, however, with relation to certain types to be

sufficiently remarkable as to invite brief notice.

The order of the Dinosauria or Ornithoscelida, as at present recog-

nized, embraces very widely divergent forms of Reptilia. Some of

them possess distinctly Avian and others Lacertilian affinities,

while in a third group the modification is in the direction of

huge brute-like forms emulating or surpassing the Rhinoceros in

form and bulk. It is not proposed here to institute comparisons

between Chlamydosaurus and such Dinosaurian types as Iguanodon,

with its three-toed bird-like feet and ponderous trailing tail, or

with the colossal Rhinoceros-headed Triceratops of Marsh and its

allies. Within the Lacertilian section of the Dinosaurs there are,

however, several described types between which and the Australian

Chlamydosaurus there is by no means such a wide gulf fixed.

Notably among these, reference may be made to the Anchisaurus

colurus of Marsh, of which a figure and description are given in the

‘Geological Magazine,’ dec. iii. vol. x., April 1893. This form is

referred to by its describer as representing “one of the most

slender and delicate Dinosaurs yet discovered.” Its total length

did not exceed six feet, and the most remarkable feature possessed

by it, as attested by Marsh, and in which respect it “ apparently

1895.] FRILLED LIZARD OF TROPICAL AUSTRALIA. 719

differed from any other Dinosaur previously described,” was

associated with the circumstance that “its tail was quite slender

and flexible, and evidently usually carried free from the ground.”

It is further worthy of note that in Marsh’s figure above quoted

the pelvis of Anchisaurus is represented as corresponding more

nearly with that of existing Reptilia than with that of the more

typical Dinosauria. The prolongations of the ilia in front of the

acetabula are relatively short, while the pubes are directed distinctly

downwards and forwards like those of all ordinary Lacertilia.

The Dinosaurian type most worthy of attention in correlation

with Chlamydosaurus is the Compsognathus longipes of A. Wagner

yielded by the lithographic stones of Solenhofen. An admirable

cast from the type specimen, which is almost perfect, is also on

view in the Geological Department of the Natural History Museum.

In size, in the slender character of the entire skeleton, and in

the relative proportions of the fore and hind limbs, it is almost

a counterpart of Chlamydosaurus kingi.

In a notable essay, entitled “ Animals which are most nearly

intermediate between Birds and Reptiles,’ contributed to the

‘Popular Science Review’ in the year 1866, the late Professor

Huxley makes a special reference to Compsognathus. He says in

allusion to it, ‘ It is impossible to look at the conformation of this -

strange Reptile and to doubt that it hopped or walked in an erect

or semi-erect position after the manner of a bird, to which its long

neck, slight head, and small anterior limbs must have given it an

extraordinary resemblance.”

Referring to this same type in his ‘Anatomy of Vertebrated

Animals,’ ed. 1871, p. 262, Professor Huxley remarks :—‘ The

pubes of Compsognathus, unfortunately obscured by the femurs,

seem to have been very slender, and to have been directed forwards

and downwards like those of Lizards. Some Lizards in fact have

pubes which, if the animal were fossilized in the same position as

Compsognathus, would be very similar in form and structure.” And

again on page 263:—‘‘ It remains to be seen now how far the

Hypsilophodont (Avian) modification of the pelvis extended among

the Ornithoscelida (Dinosauria). The remains of Compsognathus

and Stenopelyx tend to show that it was by no means universal.”

All things considered, Chlamydosawrus would appear to present,

in virtue of its erect gait, as distinct a divergence from among the

Lacertilia in the direction of certain of the Dinosauria, as do some

members of the last-named group towards that of the ordinary

Lizards, leaving between the two a by no means immeasurable

hiatus. Whether or not the remarkable locomotive comportment

of Chlamydosaurus here recorded has been transmitted by heredity

from a lizard-like Dinosaurian ancestor, such as Compsognathus, or

has been redeveloped independently among the Agamidx, may be

commended to the consideration of the herpetological expert.

46*

720 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM zOMBA. [Nov.19,

3. On a small Collection of Butterflies made by Consul

Alfred Sharpe at Zomba, British Central Africa. By

Arruur G. Butier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received August 2, 1895.]

The present collection, brought home by Consul Alfred Sharpe

on his recent return from Nyasaland, was forwarded to me by our

Secretary, with permission to select such specimens as were

required for the Museum series. Among the specimens is an

example of a fine new species of Papilio, which I here describe.

The following is a list of the species of which examples were

obtained: it will be seen that, as usual from this locality, the

genus Charaves is well represented :—

1. Amauris whytei, Butler. 29. Crenis boisduvalii, Wadllengr.

2. » dominicanus, Trimen. 30. Neptis agatha, Cramer.

3. Limnas chrysippus, Linn. 31. Atella columbina, Cramer.

4, Eurytela dryope, Cramer. 32. Argynnis smaragdifera 9, Buti.

5. Charaxes brutus, Cramer. 33. Acrea cabira, var. apecida,

6. ee druceanus, Butler. Oberth.

7. » pollux 9, Cramer. 34. ,, oncea 9, Hopf.

8. saturnus, Butler. 35. ,, buxtoni, Butler.

9. + guderiana, Dewitz. 36. 4, sganzini, Boisd.

10. ethalion, Botsd. 37. ,, natalica, Boisd.

1h 5 whytei, Butler. 38. ,, acrita, Hewits.

12. t lasti, Grose-Smith. 39. ,, areca, Mabille.

15. - leoninus, Butler. 40. ,, guillemei, Oberth.

14. 3 citheron, Felder. 41. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.

15. a bohemani, Felder. 42. Terias regularis, Butler.

16. 3 eupale, Drury. 43. Catopsilia florella, Fadr.

17. Euralia wahlbergi. Wallengr. 44. Papilio policenes, Cramer.

18. 3 mima, Trimen. 45. ;, corinneus, Bertol.

19. Junonia tugela ¢, Trimen. 46. » demoleus, Linn.

20. ss cuama, Hewits. | 47. = bromius, var. brontes,

21. a clelia, Cramer. | Godman.

22. * boopis, Trimen. | 48, » erinus, Gray.

23. B sesamus, Zrimen. 49. Fa pelodurus, sp. n.

24. » artaxia, Hewits. 50. Tagiades flesus, Fabr.

25. Pyrameis cardui, Linn. 51. Proteides erinnys, Trimen.

26. Protogoniomorpha anacardii, 52. Nephele funebris, Faér.

Linn. 53. Pleretes thelwalli, Druce.

27. Euphedra neophron, Hopff. 54, Patula walkeri, Butler.

28. Pseudargynnis duodecimpunctata,

Snellen.

PaPrrio PELODURUS, Sp. 0.

gd. Allied to P. horribilis. Wings black, brownish at base,

with golden-brown tails; markings of primaries cream-coloured

traversed by black veins, similar in disposition to those of P. horri-

bilis, but the oblique bar beyond the cell and discal belt much

broader, more uniform in width, the discal belt also emitting a

triangular spur above the third median branch: secondaries with

1895. ] DR. A. @, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ZOMBA, 721

the transverse belt half as wide again, extending well beyond the

end of the cell; the discal spots also larger; a broad A-shaped

orange-ochreous marking above the anal angle and a paler ochreous

marginal lunule below it; other marginal lunules between the

veins lemon-yellow ; sides of body argillaceous: under surface of

wings nearly as in P. horribilis, but the pale areas more copper-

coloured ; the creamy bar and belt of primaries nearly as above,

the tapering band across the secondaries slightly different in out-

line and more prominent, two well-défined triangular whitish spots

at base of second median and upper radial interspaces: pectus and

legsas in P. horribilis. Expanse of wings 110 millim,

Papilio pelodurus.

One male specimen only was obtained, but Mr. Aurivillius,

whose wide experience in African Lepidoptera gives great weight

to his opinion, agrees with me that it is a representative of an

entirely new and very beautiful species. I should have liked to

dedicate this Papilio to its discoverer, but I am afraid that the

name has been already employed.

722 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Noyv. 19,

4, On Lepidoptera recently collected in British East Africa

by Mr. G. F. Scott Elhot. By Artuur G. Buruzr,

Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Received August 8, 1895.]

(Plates XLII. & XLIII.)

The present collection was received in two consignments, the

first and most important set having been already worked out, and

the bulk of the present article written, before the second series

was received ; it was, however, thought advisable to incorporate

the latter, which added only fifteen species to the collection,

rather than to put them in as an appendix.

The majority of the butterflies obtained by Mr. Scott Elliot

belong either to the Nymphalide or Papilionide. Six butterflies

and four moths are recognized as new, viz. :—

Amauris elliott (previously described), p. 723.

Mycalesis aurivilliz, p. 724.

Junonia pyriformis, p. 726.

» gregort (also obtained by Dr. Gregory), p. 726.

Argynnis excelsior, p. 729.

Mylothris croceus, p. 734.

Xanthospilopteryx hypercompoides, p. 739.

Callarctia ellioti, p. 739.

Malacosoma ? thoracica, p. 740.

Heterabraxas roseovittata, p. 741.

Among other species of interest obtained, two rare forms of

Papilio (P. mackinnoni and P. jacksoni) are specially worthy of

note.

Although many of the specimens in this collection are unfortu-

nately not in good condition, they are, in almost every instance,

sufficiently well preserved for satisfactory determination, and will

be of considerable value as an aid to our knowledge of the

geographical distribution of African Lepidoptera.

The following species were obtained :—

RHOPALOOBRA.,

1, AMAURIS DAMOCLES,

Papilio damocles, Beauy Ins. Afr. Am. p. 239, pl. 6. figs. 3 a, 6

(1805).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

2. AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA,

Amauris echaria, var. albimaculata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 394 (1875).

Ruwenzori: ¢, between Kivata and Wimi, in May or June, at

5.1895.Plate XLII.

West Newman chromo.

FW. Frohawk deLet lith «

New Lepidoptera from British HB, Africa.

PF WFrohawk del et lith West Nevanan chromo

New Lepidoptera from British H.Africa

1895. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 723

an elevation of 7000-8000 feet; 9, Kazamaza’s, between the

18th and 23rd April, at 5300 feet.

These examples are not quite typical, the spot in the cell

of the primaries being elongated into an oblique bar, and the dark

external area of the secondaries being distinctly wider; but,

without more material, it would be rash to assert that this was a

distinct local race; the form of the male is that of typical

A, echeria rather than of A, albimaculata.

3. AMAURIS ELLIOTT. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

Amauris ellioti, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi.

p- 122 (1895).

3 6, Salt Lake to Wawamba country and Ruwenzori, 5600

feet. A very well-defined distinct species, with hind-wing charac-

teristics of the genus Tirumala.

4, LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).

3 do, Salt Lake to Wawamba country; Berkeley Bay.

A female of the variety ZL. klugii was also obtained at Uganda,

and a male from Berkeley Bay, Victoria Nyanza, obtained

Jan. 12th, 1894.

5, MYcALESIS TECHNATIS.

Mycalesis technatis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v., Myc. pl. x. fig. 67

(1877).

3 6, Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, 13th to 23rd April.

The ocelli are smaller than in the type, but otherwise there

seems to be no difference; WM. campa, Karsch, seems to be the

same species.

6. MYOALESIS VULGARIS ?

Mycalesis vulgaris, Butler, Cat. Sat. Brit. Mus. p. 180, pl. 3.

fig. 2 (1868).

3 3, Kivata, 6000-8000 feet; (@, Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori,

5300 feet. Also worn examples from Uganda.

So far as it is possible to trace the pattern on these very worn

specimens, it corresponds exactly with that of M. vulgaris; there

can therefore be very little doubt as to the correctness of the

identification. A shattered and rubbed example of M. evenus,

Hopff., was obtained on the Victoria Nyanza, and a slightly better

example from Malamba, 7000 feet, on the 13th January.

7. MyYcaLEsIs MATUTA,

Mycalesis matuta, Karsch, Ent. Nachrichten, xx. p. 228, no. 10

(1894).

Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

I have to thank Prof. Aurivillius for referring me to the

description of this beautiful species.

724 DR. A, G@. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

8. MYCALESIS AURIVILLII, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Allied to M. saussurei, Dewitz. Above deep olive-brown, basal

three-fifths of primaries and basal four-sevenths of secondaries

decidedly darker than the rest of the surface ; partly bounding the

dark basal area of the primaries is a large oblique 8-shaped patch,

its upper portion pale brown, its lower portion pure white, with

brownish edging: secondaries having the upper half of the dark

basal area bounded externally by a large quadrifid pure white

wedge-shaped half-band ; fringes whitish between the nervures:

body blackish ; antenne black, ringed with white. Under surface

with dark basal area as above, bordered externally by a sharply

defined belt of cream-colour ; external area paler and greyer than

above, with a diffused blackish submarginal line and an ill-defined

wavy discal line immediately after the ocelli: primaries with six

ocelli—the first indistinct, second and fourth small, black, white-

pupilled, with dull yellowish iris, third similar, but larger; fifth

little more than a white spot, sixth well-defined and much the

largest: secondaries with seven ocelli—the first three small, black,

white-pupilled, the third with whitish iris, fourth a white spot

with sordid edging, fifth to seventh large and conspicuous, the

fifth being largest and the sixth and seventh connate ; these ocelli

are black, white-pupilled, with yellowish iris: body below dark

brown; palpi with a whitish line at the base of the fringes.

Expanse of wings 46-48 millim.

Ruwenzori, 5600 to 9000 feet.

I have named this very striking and distinct species in honour

of Prof. P. O. C. Aurivillius, of the Royal Museum in Stockholm,

as a slight acknowledgment of the kindness with which he has

frequently assisted me in the determination of African Lepidoptera.

9. ENornsta, sp.

Two much worn examples of the species allied to E. ankoma

which Dr. Gregory obtained on Mount Kenya; unfortunately

their condition is even less satisfactory than in the case of that

specimen.

Kivata and Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet.

10. NEroc@NYRA GREGORII?

Neocenyra gregorii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 560, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2.

Ruwenzori, 5600 feet; Kivata, 6000-8000 fect.

In these examples the submarginal lines on the under surface

are ill-defined and not edged with red ; the lines crossing the wings

are very indistinct, almost obliterated ; but the ocelli are so exactly

those of WV. gregorii that, without perfectly fresh examples, it

would be rash to consider these as more than variations.

11. Ypruima ITon1a.

Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. iii, vol. ii.

p- 287, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

1895. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 725

12. YpruiMa ALBIDA.

Ypthima albida, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 59.

Kazamaza’s, 5300 feet, 13th to 23rd April; Kivata, Ruwenzori,

6000-8000 feet; Uganda.

18. CHARAXES CANDIOPE.

Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 352 (1823).

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

14, HyPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

A single, much shattered example.

15. EURALIA ANTHEDON.

Diadema anthedon, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xvi.

p- 181 (1845) ; Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 37. fig. 2 (1854).

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

16. EURALIA DUBIUS.

Papilio dubius, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Am. p. 238, pl. 6. figs. 2a, 6

(1805).

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

A much rubbed example.

17. JUNONIA CALESCENS.

Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 652.

Precis octavia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 38. fig. 4; P. octavia,

var. natalensis (not Precis natalica, Feld.), 1. c. p. 101.

Salt Lake to Wawamba country, also one much shattered

example from Ruwenzori.

To avoid the confusion likely to arise from the adoption of

Staudinger’s varietal name, I have retained that applied to this

species by myself.

18. JUNONIA GALAMI.

Vanessa galami, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 46 (1833),

Salt Lake to Wawamba country.

19. JUNONIA KOWARA,

Junonia kowara, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 82 (1871);

Afr. Lep. p. 6, pl. 5. figs. 5, 6, (1873).

Q. Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet.

One, unfortunately somewhat broken, example; the female is

paler than the male; indeed, in the colouring of the discal belt it

nearly resembles the male of the allied J. aurorina, only there is

no lilacine suffusion on this belt, which is also broader and less

angulated internally on the primaries; as in the male, it has no

red markings across the discoidal cell.

726 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

20. JUNONIA PYRIFORMIS, sp.n. (Plate XLII. figs. 5, 6.)

3. Allied to J. kowara and J. sinuata; primaries somewhat

intermediate in form between the two, but the apical projecting

portion narrower than in either; the secondaries much more

elongated, with longer anal tail ; no subangulation at extremity of

radial nervure: in colouring it nearly resembles the most narrow-

banded varieties of J. sinuata; but the tawny belt is brilliantly

glossed, excepting at its margins, with soft rosy lilac; the under

surface has the pattern of J. aurorina, but is darker throughout,

with a purplish gloss, Expanse of wings 53-62 millim.

¢. Primaries with less arched costa, but more prominent sub-

apical falcation ; secondaries slightly broader and shorter ; the belt

very slightly paler than in the male. Expanse of wings 55 millim.

Ruwenzori, 5300, 5600, and 6000-8000 feet.

It is just possible that this may prove to be the early seasonal

form of J. sinuata, but the difference in the outline of the wings

is so considerable that, for the present, it is absolutely necessary to

regard it as distinct. It is much more likely that J. sinuata will

prove to be the late seasonal form of J. kowara.

21. JUNONIA INFRACTA.

Junonia infracta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 63.

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba country; 2, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet.

The female is only slightly paler than the male, not of the black-

and-white character of the typical example ; the later consignment,

however, included worn white specimens from Mumia and Malamba,

and the more tawny form from Malamba and Uganda.

22. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.

@ 2, Salt Lake to Wawamba Co., Berkeley Bay, Victoria

Nyanza, and Uganda. Worn examples.

23. JUNONIA CLELIA,

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi, E, F. (1779).

Uganda.

Only one much injured specimen was obtained.

In my paper on Dr. Gregory’s collection I record (P. Z.8. 1894,

p- 562) “ Junonia ethyra (or a nearly allied species).” The present

collection again contains a worn example of the same form, which

I am now satisfied is distinct ; I therefore describe it as new :—

24, JUNONIA GREGORII, sp. n. (Plate XLII. figs. 7, 8.)

Nearly resembling J. ethyra in pattern and colouring, excepting

that the external area of the primaries is much blacker, and that

the ocelli on all the wings are much nearer to the outer margin ;

the under surface is more olivaceous, yellower, with scarcely a

trace of the lilac scaling of J. ethyra; the transverse dark line of

the secondaries commences with a bifid tapering yellow spot, as in

lod

1895.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 127

some examples of that species; the form of the wings is very

different, the sinus of the outer margin being longer and more

shallow; the small sinuations between the nervures are almost

wholly absent, in both primaries and secondaries, and the latter

Wings are angulated, but not caudate, at extremity of radial vein ;

whilst the anal lobe is elongated. Expanse of wings 51 millim.

S$, Aln’garia (Gregory); 2, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet (Scott

Elliot).

25. HYPANARTIA SCH@NEIA.

Eurema scheneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879,

p- 329 ; South Afr. Butt. i. p. 207, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1887).

Hypanartia commixta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. v. p. 336 (1880).

Ruwenzori, 9000 feet.

As my short comparative description was based upon two

examples from Natal (there being no specimens from Madagascar

in our collection), the name H. commixta will fall to H. scheneia,

not to H. borbonica, as Mr. Trimen judged—unless the species

of Madagascar should prove (as I supposed) to be identical with

that of South Africa ; in which case, of course, it would take pre-

cedence of Mr. Trimen’s name. It is even not impossible that

H. scheneia may prove to be a seasonal form of H. hippomene ; the

range of the two is probably identical.

26. HYPANARTIA HIPPOMENE.

Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 25.

figs. 3, 4 (1806).

Ruwenzori, 6000-9000 feet ; Salt Lake to Wawamba.

We have this species from Madagascar ; it differs somewhat from

our other examples, the tawny band being slightly notched along

its outer edge (as in Boisduval’s figure of the long-tailed form, to

which the name of H. borbonica has been given); on the underside

also the angular postmedian band of the secondaries ismore sharply

edged and veined with pale yellow; such modifications may indi-

cate a slight local influence, and, supposing H. scheneia to be a

mere seasonal form of H. hippomene, would represent just such

characters as one would expect to find in the corresponding seasonal

form from Madagascar.

27. PYRAMEIS ABYSSINICA.

Pyrameis abyssinica, Felder, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Lep. ii. p. 397

(1867).

3, 2, Ruwenzori, 5600-8000 feet.

The examples obtained by Mr. Scott Elliot differ from that

taken by Dr. Gregory in the much greater width of the tawny

band across the primaries, which gives them a remarkable resem-

blance to Hypanartia hippomene ; the tawny subapical costal patch,

reddish cupreous basal suffusion, and absence of tail to the second-

aries, however, at once distinguish them.

728 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA | Nov. 19,

28. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

29, EURYPHENE COCALIA.

Papilio cocalia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 250 (1793).

3, Uganda.

30. HaMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).

Malamba, Nyanza, 7000 feet, January 13th.

Both forms, supposed to be seasonal, were obtained.

31. ATBRICA CUPAVIA.

Papilio cupavia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exciii. figs. E, F (1780).

3, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

32. DIESTOGYNA RIBENSIS.

Aterica ribensis, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 35 (1871)

Afr. Lep. p. 12, pl. 9. figs. 7, 8 (1874).

3, Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

Only one much worn specimen was obtained.

33. PsnuDARGYNNIS DUODECIMPUNCTATA.

Iaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor. Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,

pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

9, Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, between 13th and 23rd

April.

34, CATUNA CRITHEA.

Papilio crithea, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xvi. figs. 5, 6 (1773).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

35, NEPTIS NEMETES.

Neptis nemetes, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iv., Nept. pl. 1. figs. 1, 2

(1868).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

36. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. figs. A, B

(1782).

Ruwenzori, 5600 feet ; Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

Salt Lake to Wawamba; Mumia, 4400 feet, Jan. 1894; Uganda.

37. NEPTIS MELICERTA.

Papilio melicerta, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 19. figs. 3, 4 (1773).

Kampala and Uganda.

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 729

38. ERGOLIS ENOTRBA.

Papilio enotrea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvi. figs. A, B (1782).

3 2, Kivata, Ruwenzori, in May, 6000-8000 feet; 9, Ruwen-

zori, 5600 feet; also a much broken example between Salt Lake

and Wawamba and another from Uganda.

39. EURYTELA DRYOPR.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixxviil. figs. E, F (1779).

Kivata, 6000-8000 feet, and Salt Lake to Wawamba.

40. BYBLIA ACHELOIA, var. CASTANHA,

Hypanis castanea, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 759.

3 6, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 3rd ; Malamba, 7000 feet, Jan. 13th.

I agree with Prof. Aurivillius that the characters which dis-

tinguish this form from typical B. acheloia are seen to be variable

when sufficient specimens are obtained, and therefore its distinct-

ness as a species cannot be maintained; the extreme development

of this form seems to be reached in Somali-land.

41. CYRESTIS CAMILLUS.

Papilio camillus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 11 (1781).

Kampala and Uganda.

An extremely variable species, sometimes very heavily banded,

but often almost as lightly as in the closely allied Madagascar

form C. elegans ; indeed, I fully expect to see these two supposed

species completely linked by transitional varieties, just as, in the

New-World genus Helicopis, the palest and darkest types of

H. cupido grade one into the other.

42, ARGYNNIS EXCELSIOR, sp. n. (Plate XLIL. fig. 4.)

3. Nearly allied to A. hanningtonii* (Pl. XLII. fig. 3), from

which it differs as follows:—Outer margin of primaries convex;

colouring above deep tawny ; outer border slightly narrower, with

its inner edge undulated and separated from the submarginal

series of black spots, which are also smaller: under surface with

the primaries orange-tawny, excepting the apical area, which is dull

creamy yellowish clouded with green ; ground-colour of secondaries

dull creamy yellowish, clouded with green ; silver markings rather

larger and more prominent than in A. hanningtonii; otherwise

precisely similar, the disposition and character of the markings

being the same. Expanse of wings 40-42 millim.

Female slightly duller and paler, with the borders less black

and the marginal pale spots consequently longer than in the

males. Expanse of wings 39 millim. ;

Ruwenzori, 5600 to 9000 feet.

Twelve more or less worn examples were obtained: Mr. Scott

Elliot has a note that it “‘fertilizes the violet (Viola abyssinica).”

There can be no doubt that this mountain form and that of

1 Elwes, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 558.

730 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

Kilimanjaro had a common origin, but they are now too widely

separated geographically to be regarded as one species, seeing that

the differences of form and colouring between them are unques-

tionably constant.

43. ACR#HA SOTIKENSIS.

Acrea sotikensis, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 634, pl. xlviii.

fig. 1.

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, also 5600 feet.

44, ACREHA PLANESIUM.

Acrea planesium, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Entom. 17th livr. p- 24,

pl. 1. fig. 11 (1893).

Kazamaza’s, 5300 feet, between Kivata and Wimi camps, 7000-

8000 feet, and Salt Lake to Wawamba.

45. ACRHA ACERATA,

Acrea acerata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xiii. p. 381 (1874); Ex. Butt. v. Acrea, pl. 7. fig. 44 (1875).

Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);

Ex. Butt. 1. c. figs. 45, 46.

Uganda.

A, vinidia is the commoner form of the species, A. acerata being

based upon a female specimen in which the subapical patch of the

primaries is united to the large tawny area; every gradation from

one type to the other occurs in a long series: on the under surface

there is practically no difference, the number of spots varies, but

their position is constant.

46. ACREA EPONINA.

Papilio eponina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cclxviii. figs. A, B

(1782).

Kampala and Uganda. Worn examples labelled Victoria

Nyanza and Mumia were also obtained.

47. AORHA LYCIA.

Papilio lycia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464 (1775).

Var. Acrea sganzim, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 34, pl. 6.

figs. 6, 7 (1833).

a. Kampala and Uganda (like A. sganzini, excepting that

two-thirds of the hind wings are white).

b, c. Kazamaza’s, 5300 feet, and between Kivata and Wimi,

7000-8000 feet (typical A. sganzinz).

d. Salt Lake to Wawamba Co. (var. described P. Z. 8. 1888,

p- 66=A. daira, Godm.).

My observation respecting A. cecilia (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 566)

was a lapsus due to the crowded state of our collection of these

butterflies (owing to constant accessions); it really applies to

A. sganzint, not to A. cecilia, which is a distinct species. In the

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 731

later series specimens of typical A. sganzini and of my variety are

recorded as taken at Ngurugani and Uganda, and the latter and

A, lycia (typical) from Athi plains, 5000-6000 feet.

48, ACREA ITURINA?

Acrea iturina, Grose Smith, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 465.

3, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet ; “* Kivata,” in May.

I rather doubt the distinctness of our examples from A. orestia ;

but possibly the type of A. itwrina may be quite another species,

though nearly allied.

49. ACR#HA QUIRINA.

Papilio quirina, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 36 (1781).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

50. ACR#A PSEUDEGINA, aberr.

Acreea pseudegina, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 531 (1852).

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

A single somewhat worn male ; it differs from the typical form

above in the total absence of the pale subapical spots of the

primaries and of the dusky border and several of the central spots

of the secondaries ; on the under surface there is a trace of the

first loop of the submarginal black line at anal angle; the spot

above the upper discocellular vein is wanting, and one or two of

the spots on the inner area are very slightly displaced, but not

more than is often the case in varieties of a species.

51. ACR#HA PHARSALUS.

Acrea pharsalus, Ward, Ent. Monthl. Mag. vii. p. 81 (1871);

Afr. Lep. i. p. 8, pl. vi. figs. 7, 8 (1873).

3 6, Uganda.

These specimens agree perfectly with West African examples.

52. ACRZA ZETES.

Papilio zetes, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 766 (1767).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

53. ACR#A EGINA.

Papilio egina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxix. figs. F, G (1776).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

54, AcR#A LYCOA.

Acrea lycoa, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 239 (1819).

3g, Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, between the 13th and

23rd April; 2, Kivata, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet, in May.

2 var. ? Somewhat resembling Planema latifasciata, E. M. Sharpe,

the centre of primaries broadly ferruginous, the subapical spots

united and ochreous, the patch at base of first median interspace

732 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

almost obliterated, showing only above the spot at external angle

as a diffused ochreous nebula, the spot referred to also ochreous ;

belt across secondaries ochreous.

9, Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

Although Mr. Rothschild tells me he believes this may belong

to a distinct species, I feel tolerably sure that it will prove to be

only a form of Planema lycoa; the allied P. johnstoni varies in

much the same way ; the chief apparent difference really consists in

the union of the subapical spots into an oblique band, but one of our

female examples shows this character in the white spots. I am

fully prepared to find, when these African Acreine are better

understood, that the example set by Mr. Trimen in associating

P. esebria and P. protea as varieties will have to be followed through-

out this section of the genus.

55. PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

A mere fragment from Ruwenzori, 5600 feet.

56, CATOCHRYSOPS PARSIMON,

Papilio parsimon, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 526 (1775).

do, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

We have two females of this species from the typical locality—

Sierra Leone—in the British Museum collection. Speaking of the

distinction between his Lycena patricia and L. parsimon, my good

friend Trimen says :—“ the only constant distinction being in the

subbasal row of spots on the underside of the hind wing, which

in patricia has one spot less than in parsimon, as the third

(between median and submedian nervures) is wanting.” Now,

Mr. Trimen mentions one of our females from Sierra Leone as

belonging to C. parsimon and yet it and our second specimen

from that locality have only three spots in the subbasal row on

the underside of the hind wings. The male now received agrees

perfectly with the male described by Mr. Trimen on the upper

surface, but again has only three spots in the subbasal row on the

under surface’. I have not the least doubt myself, though it

requires to be proved by breeding, that C. patricia is a seasonal

form of C. parsimon and that the number of spots in the subbasal

row on the underside varies.

57. EVERES JOBATES.

Lycceena jobates, Hopfier, Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. pl. xxvi.

figs. 9, 10 (1862).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

1 There is, however, one peculiarity about this example which is significant :

on the left-hand side of the under surface the third spot is missing, as in

C. patricia ; but on the right-hand wing the first spot is absent and the third

is present; we also have an example from Natal in which the third spot is

almost gone.

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 733

58. LYCZNESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amarah, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. xi.

figs. 5, 6 (1847).

Berkeley Bay, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

Only one much worn example was obtained.

59. TARUCUS PULCHER.

Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.

figs. 7, 8.

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

60, CASTALIUS MARGARITACEUS.

Castalius margaritaceus, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 636,

pl. xlviii. fig. 3.

Ruwenzori, 5600-6000 feet, and Salt Lake to Wawamba.

61. ZizERA KNYSNA.

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.

p- 282 (1862).

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, in April.

62. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.

p- 403 (1862).

Kampala and Uganda.

Three very much broken and worn examples.

63. ALLOTINUS ZYMNA.

Pentila zymna, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 76. fig. 7

(1852).

Kampala and Uganda.

64. HyRBUS LINGEUS.

Papilio lingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccclxxix. figs. F, G

(1782).

Salt Lake to Wawamba; Kampala and Uganda.

65. HYREUS FALKENSTEINII.

Plebeius falkensteinti, Dewitz, Nova Acta Leop.-Carol. Akad.

Naturf. xli., ii. nr. 2, p. 204, pl. xxv. fig. 5 (1879).

Ruwenzori, 5600 feet; Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

The two examples obtained differ much in size and depth of

colour, as well as in the width of the markings below, but are

evidently only modifications of the same species.

66. Hyrbus PALEMON,

Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexe. figs. EH, F

(1782).

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, 13th to 23rd April.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. XLVII. 47

734 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

67. Hyrrvus ? ZQUATORIALIS.

~~ Lycena equatorialis, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 637,

pl. xlviii. fig. 5.

Ruwenzori, 6000-9000 feet.

The specimens of this species were so much damaged as to be

only just recognizable.

68. Mytoruris CrocEus, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)

3. Saffron-yellow; costal edge of primaries and a series of

seven decreasing marginal spots from second subcostal branch to

first median branch, also a scarcely perceptible dot at extremity

of submedian vein, black; secondaries with seven black spots at

the extremities of the veins; abdominal fold pale yellow, whitish

at base; body black, clothed with greenish-grey hairs: wings paler

on under surface, the secondaries and apex of primaries somewhat

creamy; black marginal spots smaller than above; body below

white; tibie and tarsi partly black. Expanse of wings 60-64

_ millim.

Salt Lake to Wawamba and Ruwenzori, 5000-8000 feet.

I know of no species nearly allied to this.

69. NYCHITONA SYLVICOLA.

Leucophasia sylvicola, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 20 (1833).

Ruwenzori, 5300-8000 feet; Salt Lake to Wawamba; Kampala

and Uganda.

The series of this species, although somewhat worn, is interesting

as forming a perfect transition from . sylvicola to NV. nupta; the

latter is thus proved to be a mere sport of the former.

70. TERIAS ZOn.

Terias zoe, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 460; Peters’

Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. pl. 23. figs. 10, 11 (1862).

9 , Kivata, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet, in May.

Only one much rubbed and broken example was taken ; in the

consignment subsequently received both sexes (also in bad con-

dition) were present from Berkeley Bay, and a male from Uganda.

71. TeRIAS REGULARIS.

Terias reguiaris,:-Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p- 486 (1876).

3g. Between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet,

May or June.

72. TERIAS DESJARDINSII.

Xanthidia desjardinsii, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 22,

pl. 2. fig. 6 (1833).

3 2, Kivata, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet, May.

Corresponds with the most narrowly bordered of the varieties

1895. ] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 735

found in Natal. Typical females were subsequently received,

obtained at Uganda.

73. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Eurema senegalensis, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 969, 970

(1837).

9 , Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

74, TRIAS BRENDA.

Terias brenda, Doubleday, Gen, Diurn. Lep. pl. 9. fig. 6. (1847).

3, Uganda.

75. CAToPSILIA PYRENE.

Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill, i. pl. 51 (1820).

3 2, Mumia; 2, Uganda.

The specimens were much rubbed and broken.

76. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 103 (1883).

3 do, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

Two much injured examples were obtained.

77. TERACOLUS MILES.

Teracolus miles, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 105 (1883).

é, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

78, TERACOLUS HILDEBRANDTII.

3. Callosune hildebrandtii, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44,

pl. 23 (1884-8),

Q ? white, otherwise similar above to that sex of 7. phanius

(P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 74); below with all the discal spots and veins

black, the spots on the secondaries forming a continuous band.

Expanse of wings 44 millim.

9 , Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

The male of this species is, at present, notin the Museum series ;

but I saw several, some time since, in a collection of Lepidoptera

from Uganda, purchased by Mr. Rothschild; the males at first

sight appeared to represent two species, large and small, the larger

form being typical 7’. hildebrandti, and the smaller, to which the

ee before me would belong, being probably a seasonal form of

the same.

79. THRACOLUS KEISKAMMA.

Anthocharis keiskamma, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 56, pl. i.

figs. 3, 4 (1862-6).

Q, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

A single quite typical, but somewhat rubbed and broken, example

was obtained.

47*

736 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

80. TERACOLUS LUCULLUS.

Teracolus lucullus, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 143, pl. 6. fig. 4.

3, Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894; o¢, 2 2, Victoria

Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

81. THRACOLUS BIFASCIATUS.

Teracolus bifasciatus, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

6th ser. vol. v. p. 336 (1890).

do, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

One much shattered example, and a second in better condition,

from Victoria Nyanza, taken on the 12th January.

82. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var. AURIGINDA.

Belenois auriginea, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1886, p. 375.

? , between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet, June.

This is the first African example of this form which I have seen;

I very much doubt its being seasonal ; it is always much rarer than

the typical form and occurs with it. One male of var. agrippina

was obtained at Berkeley Bay.

83. BELENOIS SEVERINA, var. INFIDA.

Belenois infida, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 78; 1894, pl. xxxvii.

figs. 1, 2.

36 36, 2, between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000

feet, May and June; 92 9, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

84, BELENOIS INSTABILIS.

Belenois instabilis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 76.

36 6,29, Berkeley Bay, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th; 6,

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

85. NEPHERONIA THALASSINA.

Pieris thalassina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 443 (1836).

3, Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

86. SYNCHLOE JOHNSTONI.

Synchloe johnstoni, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 35, pl. iil.

figs. 1-3.

3 9, Uganda.

87. ERONIA DILATATA.

Eronia dilatata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 96.

3, Berkeley Bay, Victoria Nyanza, Jan. 12th.

One much shattered example was obtained.

88. PApinio DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

One shattered example only was obtained.

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 737

89. PAPILIO MACKINNONI.

Papilio mackinnoni, EB. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 187, pl. xvi.

fig. 1.

Between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet, May

or June.

90. PAPILIO BROMIUS.

Papilio bromius, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 176

(1845).

Var. Papilio brontes, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 540.

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

The single example received is in fairly good condition and

is especially interesting. On the upper surface it agrees with

P. bromius excepting in its bluer bands; on the under surface, how-

ever, it agrees in almost every respect with the type of P. brontes ;

this being the case, it is no longer possible to consider the latter

a distinct species.

91, PAPpiInio ERINUS.

Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. i. p. 35 (1865).

@ , Salt Lake to Wawamba.

One damaged specimen was obtained.

92. PAPILIO JACKSONI.

Papilio jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 188, pl. xvii.

figs. 1, 2.

¢. Salt Lake to Wawamba; 2, Ruwenzori, 9000 feet.

P. preussius, Karsch, appears to me to be based solely upon the

wider white band across the primaries of the male, and is likely to

prove a mere variety ; the female of P. echeriotdes (see Oberthiir,

Etudes, xiii. pl. 2. fig. 6, 1890) nearly resembles the female of

P. jacksoni, but differs somewhat in the position of the submarginal

spots.

93. SARANGESA DJ ELELZ,

Pterygospidea djcelele, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Acad.

Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

94. PyRGuUs DROMUS.

Pyrgus dromus, Plétz, Mitth. naturw. Vereine Neu-Vorpomm.

und Riigen 1884, p. 6.

Kivata, Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet, May.

A fragment, apparently referable to this species.

95, CYCLOPIDES MIDAS.

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671; 1895, pl. xv.

He. GPh

738 DR..A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

Kazamaza’s, 5300 feet; Kivata, 6000-8000 feet, Ruwenzori ;

April and May.

Two somewhat aberrant examples wanting the subbasal orange

spots ; possibly representing a distinct local race.

96. HrrrRoprerUs LEPELETIERII.

Hesperia lepeletier, Latreille, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 777 (1828).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

97. PADRAONA ZENO.

Pamphila zeno, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.

p. 179 (1864); South Afr. Butt. iii. pl. xii. fig. 2, 2.

3, Ruwenzori, 5600 feet; 9, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

More nearly related to P. watsoni than to any other species,

but smaller and differing considerably in the definition of the

markings and the ground-colour of the under surface.

98. RHOPALOCAMPTA UNICOLOR.

Ismene unicolor, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, sér. 5, vol. vii.

p- xxxix (1877).

‘ Kazamaza’s, 5300 feet, and Kivata, 6000-8000 feet, Ruwenzori,

in April and May.

HETEROCERA.

99. MacroGLossa TROCHILUS.

Psithyros trochilus, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 158.

figs. 1-4 (1806).

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

Only one much worn example was obtained.

100. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX DEFICIENS.

Q. Eusemia deficiens, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1891;

Novit. Lepid. vii. p. 53 (1892).

Eusemia pallida, Mabille (not Walker), Novit. Lepid. vii. pl viii.

fig. 4 (1892).

3. Precisely like X. fatima, Kirby, excepting that the subbasal

trifid ochreous band of that species is here represented by three

small isolated spots: the black outer border of the secondaries

differs from that of the female as in X. incongruens.

3, Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, between the 13th and

23rd April.

101. XANTHOSPILOPTHRYX INCONGRUENS.

Eusemia incongruens, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 381.

2 9, Salt Lake to Wawamba.

. The specimens are not quite typical, but vary towards X.

thruppii.

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 739

102. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX HYPERCOMPOIDES, sp.n. (Plate XLIII.

fig. 5.)

Primaries above bronze-greenish black, with ochreous markings

arranged somewhat as in X. fatuma, but the lower spot of the two

crossing the centre of the wing much smaller; the subapical band

also quite different in form, narrow towards the costa and elongated

below into a sort of cuneiform (foot-shaped) patch, the point of

which rests on the outer margin: secondaries deep orange in the

type (probably rosy crimson when fresh), with broad apical patch,

but rather narrow marginal continuation to anal angle: body

black ; head, collar, and pterygodes spotted with pale ochreous ;

metathorax clothed at the sides with ochreous hairs ; an ochreous

anal tuft. Basal area of primaries below ochreous, with two large

black spots placed obliquely before the middle; apical half black,

with creamy brimstone-coloured markings as above, but broader,

the subapical band greatly resembling the lower half of a human

leg; secondaries nearly as above: body below black spotted with

white. Expanse of wings 63 millim.

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, 13th-23rd April.

103. CHARILINA AMABILIS.

Noctua amabilis, Drury, I). Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1773)..

Kampala and Uganda.

104. SYNTOMIS FANTASIA.

Syntomis fantasia, Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. xii.

p- 349 (1876).

Salt Lake to Wawamba. |

Rather smaller than the type, with which, however, the examples

obtained agree tolerably closely in pattern.

Uganda.

105. Eprroxis, sp.

Two much worn females of an apparently undescribed species ;

not in sufficiently good condition for description.

Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet.

106. CALLARCTIA ELLIoTI, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 6.)

Allied to C. geometrica from Abyssinia ; but the longitudinal band

of the primaries running obliquely from the costa, emitting two

parallel bands from the back, one to base, the other to inner

margin, the direction of the band at end of cell reversed, the band

itself thickened and abbreviated ; the two remaining bands forming

a simple cross and not continued below the longitudinal band:

secondaries rose-coloured ; the submarginal spots forming a series

of three patches, with a wide interval opposite the end of the cell ;

the abdomen rosy, with dorsal and lateral series of blackish spots.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.,

, Kampala and Uganda. ;

One fairly good example was obtained. .

740 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 19,

107. PLERETES TIGRIS.

Hypercompa tigris, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 106 (1883).

Ruwenzori, 6000 feet ; Kampala and Uganda.

108. CaNoPUS BUBO.

-Canopus bubo, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 747 (1855).

Between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet, May

or June.

109. ALPENUS ZQUALIS,

Alpenus equalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 686 (1855).

Uganda.

One much worn specimen,

110. ARGINA AMANDA,

Euchelia amanda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 597 (1847).

Salt Lake to Wawamba.

There is a fragment of a Lepista (perhaps L. pandula), too much

injured for identification, from Salt Lake.

111. Eniema DupLIcaTa.

Eligma duplicata, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xiii. p. 190 (1892).

Kampala and Uganda.

112. Matacosoma? THoRACICA sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)

Allied to M. rennei, Dewitz; much smaller; costal margin and

veins of primaries dusky ; inner stripe of primaries transverse, very

slightly arched, outer stripe oblique, incurved towards costa, both

stripes grey, broader than in WM, rennei; submarginal spots more

regular, nearer to outer margin, well defined also on the secondaries ;

thorax and base of primaries bright ochreous, anal tuft creamy

ochraceous above: wings below nearly as in M, rennet; body

below ochreous with a central ventral series of grey transverse

bars. Expanse of wings 65 millim.

Between Kivata and Wimi, Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 feet, May

or June.

It is probable that this species and M. rennei will prove to

belong to a genus distinct from Malacosoma. The genera of African

Bombyces badly need revision, and it is satisfactory to know that

Prof. Aurivillius hopes shortly to undertake this work, for which

his long and careful study of African Lepidoptera pre-eminently fits

him. ;

113. Nonacria? sp.

A much damaged example of a moth, probably allied, if not

belonging, to Nonagria, but quite unrecognizable.

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5800 feet.

1895.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 741

114, REMIGIA REPANDA,

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 49 (1793).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

115. Hypena VELATIPENNIS.

Hypena velatipennis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvi. p. 410 (1875).

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, between 13th and 23rd

April.

The single example obtained was so much worn and broken as

to be barely identifiable.

116. ZEBRONIA PODALIRIALIS.

Spilomela podalirialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 281.

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

117. Copropasis OVALIS.

Botys ovalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xviii. p. 636.

Kazamaza’s, Ruwenzori, 5300 feet, between 13th and 23rd

April.

One much shattered and worn example, apparently referable to

this species.

118. ACROPTERIS ERYCINARIA.

Micronia erycinaria, Guenée, Uran. et Phal. ii. p. 30 (1857).

Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

One shattered example.

119. HpreraBRaXaS ROSEOVITTATA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII.

figs. 2, 3.)

@. Primaries creamy whitish, with pale golden reflections ;

coarsely and sparsely striated with short black lines and traversed

longitudinally by two divergent rose-coloured streaks, the first

passing through the cell and the second through interno-median

interspace ; faint traces of rosy streaks also between the subcostal

veins: secondaries silvery white flecked with black: head and

prothorax ochreous ; antennz dull black; meso- and metathorax

rose-colour ; abdomen ochreous, barred with grey and speckled

with black. Wings below sericeous white, with yellowish tinted

costal borders: primaries suffused with pale pink and with fairly

well-defined rose-coloured longitudinal streaks as above ; transverse

striations mostly grey excepting on costal margin: secondaries

more strongly flecked with black than above: pectus and femora

rose-coloured, tibia and tarsi fuliginous ; venter ochreous, mottled

with black. Expanse of wings 48 millim.

2, Kampala and Uganda, Feb. 1894.

This very aberrant-looking Heterabrawxas differs from its Indian

and European allies in its relatively smaller secondaries and the

straighter costal margin of the primaries; the nervures, especially

742 MR. W.H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

towards the costa, are also less curved, but do not appear to differ

in disposition. The male has since been received.

120. STERRHANTHIA SACRARIA.

Phalena-Geometra sacraria, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 863.

Uganda.

121. Acrpriuus, sp.

Allied to A. pentadactylus, but too much injured for identi-

fication.

Ruwenzori, 6000-8000 feet.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piatz XLII.

. Amauris ellioti, p. 723.

Mycalesis aurivillii, p. 724.

Argynnis hanningtonii, p. 729.

excelsior, p. 729.

. Junonia pyriformis, p. 726.

gregorit, p. 726.

Puate XLIII.

1. Mylothris croceus, p. 734.

3. Heterabraxas roseovittata, § Q, p. 741.

4. Malacosoma? thoraciea, p. 740.

5. Xanthospilopteryx hypercompotdes, p. 739.

6. Callarctia elliott, p. 739.

5. Report on the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of

Grenada, comprising the Families Cynipide, Ichneu-

monide, Braconide, and Proctotrypide, By Witt1aM

H. Asumeap.!

[Received October 18, 1895.]

Through the kindness of Dr.C. V. Riley, I have been enabled to

furnish the report upon the specimens of parasitic Hymenoptera,

comprising the families Cynipidw, Ichnewmonide, Braconide, and

Proctotrypide, collected by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the Island of

Grenada. The collection was transmitted to Dr. Riley to be

worked up, by Dr. David Sharp on behalf of the Committee for

investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West-Indian Islands.

In the families Ichnewmonide and Braconide comparatively few

specimens were taken, and, although some few species were found

to be new to science, the majority were already known, many of

them having been described quite recently by the writer in his

report upon the St. Vincent Hymenoptera.

The family Ichneumonide was represented by only nine species,

2 Communicated by Dr. D. Snarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee

for investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West-Indian Islands.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 743

but of this number five proved to be new. The others occur in

St. Vincent and Cuba.

In the family Braconide some twenty-nine species were taken,

representing seven new and twenty-two described species. Of the

twenty-two described species, twenty have already been reported

from St. Vincent, while two, Macrocentrus delicatus, Cr., and Hor-

mius melleus, Ashm., occur in Florida and other parts of the United

States, and are now reported for the first time from the West

Indies. Macrocentrus delicatus, Cr., is also found in Mexico.

The two other families mentioned—the Cynipide and the Procto-

trypide—were exceedingly rich in species, the vast majority of them

being microscopic in size and difficult to study.

In the family Cynipide no less than seventy species were

recognized, all belonging to the parasitic subfamily Hucochne. It

is worthy of note that, up to the present time, not a single gall-

making species in this family is yet reported from the West Indies,—

the species reported and described by-Cresson from Cuba, and

supposed to be true gall-makers, being all parasitic forms.

Of the seventy species mentioned in this report, eight only were

described, and these are from St. Vincent’. All the others are

apparently new. These are distributed im eighteen genera, of

which five are new.

The family Proctotrypide is represented by seventy-five species

distributed in twenty-nine genera, only one genus being new. Of

the species twenty-one have been described. Two species, Aphe-

lopus albopictus, Ashm., and Ceraphron basalis, Ashm., occur in

the United States, while all the others were quite recently described

from St. Vincent.

The six new genera and one hundred and twenty-eight new

species of parasitic Hymenoptera described in this report admirably

jllustrate the wonderful richness of the West-Indian fauna, and

the amount of work yet to be done before sufficient data will have

been accumulated to afford a basis for a safe generalization upon

the distribution of these insects.

Family CYNIPID&,

Subfamily EvcorLinz.

GronoroMa, Forster.

GRONOTOMA INSULARIS, sp. n.

Q@. Length 1-1 mm. Robust, polished black ; first four or five

joints of antenne red ; legs reddish yellow, the middle and hind

coxe black. Wings hyaline, strongly iridescent, with short ciliz ;

the venation yellowish, the marginal cell closed, about 13 times as

long as wide, the second abscissa of radius being about 13 times as

long as the second.

Head transverse, as wide as the widest part of the thorax,

perfectly smooth, impunctate, the occiput not margined; palpi

1 See Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool, xxv. pp. 61-78.

744 -MR. W, H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

yellowish ; mandibles blackish. Antenne 13-jointed, subclavate,

submoniliform, as long as the body, the third joint the longest,

about 13 times as long as the fourth, subclavate, the following

joints very slightly increasing in width but very gradually de-

creasing in length, the three or four terminal joints being almost

moniliform and very little longer than thick, the last ovate, a little

longer and stouter than the penultimate; the seven terminal joints

are all longitudinally striated. Thorax about twice as long as

wide and perfectly smooth; the parapsidal furrows start rather

close together from the anterior margin of the mesonotum,

gradually converge and form a narrow wedge-shaped elevation

or carina on its surface; scutellum elevated, rugose, sparsely

pubescent, the cup large, oval, its entire disk excavated and with

a longitudinal grooved line at bottom, the margins piceous ; meta-

thorax roughened, with the pleura pubescent. Abdomen shorter

and much narrower than the thorax, subcompressed, viewed from

the side squarely truncate at apex, the apical segments being

retracted.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

DieiypHosEema, Forster.

DIGLYPHOSEMA FLAVIPES, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p- 61.

Mount Gay Estate. One female specimen.

Dicrrataspis, Ashm., gen. nov.

Resembles Hewaplasta, Forster, but is at once separated from it

and allied genera by having no pubescent or striated girdle at base

of abdomen, and by haying the rugose scutellum bidentate behind ;

7, e. each hind angle is produced into a prominent tooth or prong.

The cup is small, ovate, carinated anteriorly, with a fovea on the

disk ; the antenne are 13-jointed and terminate in an abrupt 6-

jointed club ; the marginal cell being open along the fore margin;

while the metanotum is smooth with a median carina.

Male unknown.

DICERATASPIS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:1 mm. Polished black; two basal joints of an-

tenn and the legs, including coxe, yellow, the rest of antennz

brownish piceous. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the

marginal cell open along the fore margin,the second abscissa of radius

almost twice as long as the first. The first joint of the funicle is

about twice as long as thick, the others a little shorter, subequal,

the last being hardly longer than thick; club-joints, except the

last, submoniliform, about 1 times as long as thick, the last ovate ;

all club-joints faintly striated.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

T have also examples of another undescribed species belonging to

this genus, collected by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in Brazil.

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 745

Cornonaspis, Hartig.

CoTHONASPIS ATRICORNIS, sp. 0.

@. Length 0°8 mm. Polished black; trochanters, knees, tips

of tibiw, and tarsi dark honey-yellow or reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, black, hardly as long as the thorax, the last

five joints forming an abrupt club; scape clavate, not quite 3

times as long as the pedicel; funicle 6-jointed, very slender, the

first joint a little longer than thick at apex, the following joints

moniliform ; club 5-jointed, the joints slightly increasing in size;

seutellum closely punctate, the cup small, oval, its disk with a

median channel, appearing as if composed of two fovez conjoined.

Wings hyaline, ciliated, the tegulz piceous black, the venation dark

brown, the marginal cell completely closed; the first abscissa of

radius a little shorter than the second, with an almost imperceptible

inward curve, the second abscissa straight. Abdomen compressed,

nearly as long as the head and thorax united, perfectly smooth and

bare at base.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

KuiErmoroma, Westwood.

Table of Species.

Females.

AIEEE) GU) <ndecancenraeosdoodoassnb asda snc oeoncmancee naesmacce

Wings excised at tip, or cordate ............:ecceeeeneeeeeeees

2. All coxx, except sometimes the anterior pair, black ;

scape about 3 times as long as the pedicel; an-

tenn, except sometimes the funicle, black; legs

dark red, the femora obfuscated or blackish.

First joint of funicle three times longer than thick,

the four following joints a little longer than

thick, the last three rounded ; cup with asmall

fovea and two punctures ............seeceeeeererees K, atrocoxalis, sp. n.

First joint of funicle twice as long as thick, the

following moniliform, subequal; cup with a

single fovea but without punctures............... K. insularis, Ashm.

Hind cox rufo-piceous, the anterior and middle cox

reddish yellow; scape scarcely three times as long

as the pedicel; antennz, except the funicle and

sometimes more or less of pedicel which are pice-

ous or rufous, black.

First joint of funicle about twice as long as thick, the

second a little longer than thick, the following

all small, moniliform ; legs reddish yellow, the

femora more or less obfuscated toward base ;

cup small, with a single fovea .............0++00 K. smithit, sp. n.

3. All cox and legs red, reddish yellow, or yellow.

Marginal vein three or more times longer than thick ;

scape very little longer than the pedicel.

Antenngx, except club, and the legs reddish yellow,

club black.

First joint of funicle 24 times as long as thick,

the following joints moniliform, the last two

or three a little wider than long ............... K, marginalis, sp. un.

goto

746 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

Antenne, except club, and legs yellow, rarely with

a rufous tinge.

First joint of funicle twice as long as thick, joints

2 to 5 truncate at apex, not moniliform, joints

6-8 moniliform, the last a little the widest... K. nana, sp. n.

Marginal vein not or very little longer than thick, scape

twice as long as pedicel or only slightly longer;

antenne rufo-piceous, the scape and club blackish.

‘First joint of funicle hardly 14 times as long as

thick, the following joints, except the second,

moniliform, very slightly and gradually in-

creasing in size; cup of scutellum very small,

reduced to & Mere CATINA .6...-...ceeeeseeeeec sence K. pygidialis, sp. n.

First joint of funiclé a little more than twice as

long as thick, joints 2-6 subequal, truncate

at apex, narrowed toward base, joints 7-8

moniliform, the last a little the larger; cup of

scutellum narrowed, elliptic, with 2 punctures, K. bipunctata, sp. n.

(1) KunrporoMaA ATROCOXALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne (except funicle,

which is more or less reddish or piceous) and legs (except tro-

chanters, tips of femora, and tibie and tarsi, which are reddish

yellow) black ; mandibles large, red.

Head viewed from in front oval. Antenne 13-jointed, extend-

ing to apex of metathorax; the scape long, clavate, 34 times as

long as the pedicel, the latter oval; funicle much slenderer than

the pedicel, 8-jointed, the first joint three or more times longer

than thick, joints 2-5 subequal, a little longer than thick, joints 6-8

rounded ; club abrupt, 3-jointed, stout, the first jot about 14 times

as long as thick, the second twice as long as thick, the third ovate,

23 times as long as thick. Thorax subovoid, about three times as

long as wide, the collar anteriorly visible from above as a sharp

transverse ridge, the mesonotum fully twice as long as wide at base ;

the scutellum striated along the sides, behind truncate and with

the truncature margined, the cup very small, oval, connected with

a carina at the bottom of the basal fovea, its disk with a small

fovea behind and two small punctures on the anterior part ; meta-

thorax closely punctate, with a median carina. Wings hyaline,

rounded at apex, the tegule piceous, the veins yellowish, the

marginal vein (or third branch of the submarginal) hardly longer

than thick, the marginal cell open along the fore margin and fully

twice as long as wide, the first abscissa of radius a little longer

than the second, the latter with a slight appendage extending along

the costal margin. Abdomen nearly as long as the head and

thorax united, viewed from the side obliquely truncate at apex,

above with a slight rim at base but without pubescence, and,

except some striz at base, perfectly smooth and polished.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from a single specimen. The

shape of the wings, colour of legs, and non-pubescent girdle at base

of abdomen readily distinguish the species.

1895. ] HYMENOPIERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. _ 747

(2) Kirroroma insunaRis, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

xxv. p. 69.

Balthazar. A single specimen. In not having the front wings

emarginate at apex, no pubescent girdle at base of abdomen, and in

having black cox, this species approaches nearest to K. atrocoxals,

but it is slightly smaller, the antenne are different, and the cup of

scutellum is without punctures on the fore part.

(3) KiemoroMa sMITHII, sp. n.

@. Length 0°9 to 1:1 mm. Polished black; antenne (except

the funicle and sometimes more or less of pedicel, which are more

or less piceous) black ; legs (except the hind coxe, which are rufo-

piceous) reddish yellow ; mandibles and palpi yellowish.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending to apex of thorax, the scape

hardly three times as long as the pedicel; funicle 8-jointed, the

first joint about twice as long as thick, the second very little longer

than thick, the following small, moniliform, the last a little the

widest; club 3-jointed, the first and second joints about equal in

size, 14 times as long as thick, the last ovate, about twice as long

as thick, all delicately fluted. Thorax subovoid, the mesonotum

hardly twice as long as wide; scutellum striated at sides, behind

punctate, the cup small, with a single fovea, but without punctures.

‘Wings hyaline, ciliated, the apex rounded, entire ; the veins yellow-

ish, the marginal vein quadrate, the marginal cell a little more than

twice as long as wide, open along the fore margin, the first abscissa

of radius a little longer than the second. Abdomen a little longer

than the thorax, with a raised non-pubescent ring at base.

3. Length 0°75 mm. Polished black; antenne 15-jointed,

filiform, about 13 times as long as the body, brownish yellow,

more or less dusky toward tips, the flagellar joints all fluted, the

scape not twice as long as the pedicel; the first joint of flagellum

slightly curved, about twice as long as the second, which is the

smallest joint, the joints after the second longer, subequal, about

twice as long as thick. Wings as in female. Legs brownish

yellow or reddish yellow.

Balthazar and Grand Etang. Described from 2 male and

4 female specimens.

(4) KLEMOTOMA MARGINALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 0°45 to 0°8 mm. Polished black; antenne (except

club and sometimes the two basal joints) and legs (including coxz)

reddish yellow; club black or piceous; mandibles red; palpi

yellowish.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending to base of abdomen, the scape

only a little longer than the pedicel ; funicle 8-jointed, the first joint

about 23 times as long as thick, the following joints moniliform,

the last two or three a little wider than long; club 3-jointed, the

first joint the smallest, about 13 times as long as thick, the second

about twice as long as thick, the third ovate, slightly longer.

748 MR. W. H. ASHMHAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

Thorax subovoid, the mesonotum only about 14 times as long as

wide at base; cup of scutellum oval, connected with a carina at

bottom of fovea, its disk posteriorly with a single fovea. Wings

hyaline, cordate; the veins dark brown or piceous, the marginal

vein fully thrice as long as thick or a little longer, the second

abscissa of radius stouter and longer than the first, the marginal

cell open along the fore border and scarcely 13 times as long as

wide. Abdomen about as long as the thorax or a little longer,

with a distinct woolly girdle at base.

Balthazar. Described trom 7 female specimens.

(5) KiEIDOTOMA NANA, sp. n.

Q. Length 0°6 to0°8 mm. Polished black; antenne, except

club, and legs yellow, rarely with a reddish tinge; mandibles

rufous. Antenne 13-jointed, reaching to base of abdomen, the

scape not or scarcely longer than the pedicel; funicle 8-jointed,

the first joint only twice as long as thick, joints 2-65 not longer than

thick, truncate at apex, not moniliform, joints 6-8 moniliform, the

last widest ; club 3-jointed, the first and second subequal, about 14

times as long as thick, the last ovate, a little longer. Thorax, wings,

and abdomen as in preceding species (K. marginalis).

3. Length 0°65 mm. Agrees with female, except the antenne

are 15-jointed, filiform, brown or brownish yellow, more or less

dusky toward apex, the first joint of the flagellum being not quite

twice as long as the second, the second only slightly shorter than

the third, the fourth and following are equal, about three times as

long as thick, while the wings are entire at apex; otherwise in

venation and colour of legs it agrees with the female.

Balthazar. Described from 9 female and 3 male specimens.

(6) KLEIDOTOMA PYGIDIALIS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 0°75 mm. Polished black; antennez, except club,

rufo-piceous ; legs reddish yellow, the cox paler or yellowish ;

mandibles red. Antenne 13-jointed, not longer than the head and

thorax united, the scape hardly twice as long as the pedicel, much

narrowed at base; funicle 8-jointed, the first joint obconical, about

14 times as long as thick, the second obconical, only a little longer

than wide; the following joints moniliform, very slightly and

gradually increasing in size; cup of scutellum very small, reduced

to a mere carina. Wings hyaline; the veins yellowish, the mar-

ginal vein quadrate, the first abscissa of radius a little longer than

the second, the marginal cell only a little longer than wide, open

along the front margin. Abdomen a little longer than the head

and thorax united, black, with a griseous woolly girdle at base

and with a prominent, ploughshare-shaped brown ventral valve.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(7) KiEIDOTOMA BIPUNCTATA, sp. 1.

Q. Length 1 to 11 mm. Polished black; antenne piceous

1895. | HYMENOPTHRA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 749

black, the funicle dark rufous; legs red or reddish yellow; man-

dibles red.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little longer than the head and thorax

united, the scape nearly twice as long as the rounded pedicel ;

funicle 8-jointed, the first joint a little more than twice as long as

thick, joints 2-6 subequal, truncate at apex and a little narrowed

toward base, joints 7-8 moniliform, the 8th a little the larger ;

club 3-jointed, the first and second equal, about twice as long

as thick, the last ovate, a little longer. Thorax subovoid, the

mesonotum about twice as long as wide at base, the scutellum

finely striated at sides; the cup small, elliptical, with two equal-

sized punctures on disk. Wings hyaline; veins testaceous, the

marginal vein scarcely longer than thick, the second abscissa of

radius thicker but not longer than the first. Abdomen about as

long as the head and thorax united, with a dense griseous woolly

girdle at base.

¢. Length 1 mm. Differs from female in having long, filiform,

15-jointed antennz, the two basal joints reddish yellow, the flagel-

lum blackish, with all the joints fluted. The first joint of flagellum

is about one-third longer than the second, but a little shorter

than the terminal joints, the second joint is the smallest, the joints

beyond very gradually although imperceptibly increasing in size,

the last four joints being a little longer than the first. Wings

slightly excised at apex ; scutellum as in female, with two punctures,

Balthazar. Described from one male and two female specimens.

Pentacrita, Forster.

Table of Species.

All coxze and femora brown, rest of legs honey-yellow .........+0

All coxee black,

Wings at apex entire ; antenne, except apex of pedicel, black ;

the scape clavate, a little more than three timesas long as

thick at apex, the first joint of funicle fully 33 times as

long as thick; cup of scutellum small, ovate, with its disk

SMOOLM MM PUN Chater: susaccnsucse=adeactewsneose-<dcensa<coeosess P. coxalis.

2. Wings with a slight sinus or emargination at apex; antennz

with the pedicel and funicle rufo-piceous, the scape clavate, the

first joint of funicle three times as long as thick; cup of

scutellum elliptic, with a small fovea posteriorly and a single

puncture on the anterior part .........s00..csessecneereeseesesees P. proxima.

(1) PENTACRITA COXALIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black ; antennz, except apex of

pedicel, black ; legs honey-yellow, the coxz black, the clavate por-

tions of femora dark brown or blackish; mandibles reddish.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little longer than the head and thorax

united ; the scape clavate, 34 times as long as thick at apex, the

pedicel a little longer than thick; funicle 6-jointed, the first joint 33

times as long as thick, the second only a little longer than thick,

joints 8-6 moniliform, the last two a little smaller than the fourth

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1895, No. XLVIII. 48

750 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PaRasITIc [Noyv. 19,

joint ; club 5-jointed, the first joint rounded, considerably smaller

than the other joints, 2-4 subequal, a little longer than thick, the last

ovate, a little longer than the preceding and slightly more than twice

as long as thick ; all club-joints fluted. Mesonotum fully twice as

long as wide at base ; collar striated at sides; scutellum indistinctly or

feebly striated at sides ; the cupsmall, ovate, with the disk smooth,

impunctate. Wings hyaline, entire and rounded at apex, ciliated ;

the veins (except the basal nerve, stigma, and marginal vein, which

are piceous) reddish yellow ; the marginal vein is open along the fore

margin, while the first and second abscissas of radius are about

equal in length, the marginal cell being a little more than twice as

long as wide. Abdomen not quite so long as the head and thorax

united, with a slight rim at base but without pubescence, and,

except some strie at base above, perfectly smooth and polished.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(2) PENTACRITA PROXIMA, sp. 0.

9. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antenne rufo-piceous, the

club black ; legs honey-yellow, the coxe and clavate parts of femora

brown or rufo-piceous ; mandibles reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, about as long as the head and thorax united ;

the scape clavate, 3 times as long as thick; funicle 6-jointed, the

first joint 3 times as long as thick, the second hardly longer than

thick, joints 3 to 6 moniliform, equal in size; club 5-jointed, the

first rounded and much smaller than the second, the second

smaller than the third but a little longer than thick, joints 3-4

subequal, oblong, the fifth ovate, hardly twice as long as thick.

Mesonotum not twice’as long as wide at base, the scutellum dis-

tinctly striated at sides; the cup small, elliptic, with a small fovea

posteriorly and a single puncture on the anterior part. Wings

hyaline, ciliate, the apex of front pair with a slight sinus; other-

wise the venation is similar to P. cowalis, except that the second

abscissa of radius is evidently slightly longer than the first.

Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united, without a

pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

Readily distinguished from the preceding species by the shorter

antennz and the relative length of same, shorter mesonotum, and

the shape of the anterior wings.

Hoaxacora, Forster.

HEXACOLA DUBIA, sp. 1.

@. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black ; antenne black ; mandibles

rufous ; legs reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed; funicle 5-jointed, the first joint nearly

twice as long as the second, joints 2-4 subequal, the last the

stoutest ; club 6-jointed, fluted, the joints except the last about

equal, a little longer than thick, the last ovate, longer than the others.

Scutellum striate at sides; the cup small, elliptic, with a fovea

lard

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 751

posteriorly which occupies about half the surface. Wings hyaline,

entire at apex, the veins light brown, the marginal vein open along

the fore margin, the second abscissa of radius a little longer than

the first. Abdomen with a sparse pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from one female specimen.

Herpramerts, Forster.

HEPTAMERIS FLAVIPES, sp. 0.

@. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antenne, except the

7-jointed club, and legs yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, not quite so long as the body, the scape

only a little longer than the pedicel; funicle 4-jointed, slender,

the first joint the longest, not quite twice so long as the second,

joints 2-4 subequal, longer than thick; club abrupt, 7-jointed, the

joints subequal, about 23 times as long as thick, fluted, the last

joint slightly the longest. Mesonotum as long as wide at base;

scutellum indistinctly striate, the cup oval, smooth on the disk,

with a small fovea posteriorly and some punctures anteriorly.

Wings hyaline; the veins yellowish, the anterior wings slightly

emarginate at apex, the marginal cell closed along the fore margin

for more than half its length, the second abscissa of radius

13 times as long as the first. Abdomen black, a little louger than

the thorax, with a slender pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

ParaMioma@a, Ashm., g. n.

¢. Antenne 12-jointed, with an abrupt 7-jointed club; the

scape obconical, only a little longer than the pedicel, which is

rounded; funicle 3-jointed, the first joint not quite so long as the

second and third united, which are moniliform; club 7-jointed, the

- joints about equal in size, strongly fluted. Scutellum rugose, the

cup rather large, oval, the carina separating it from the mesonotum

very short, the disk with a fovea posteriorly and a few punctures

anteriorly. Wings with a closed marginal cell, the first abscissa

of radius shorter than the second. Otherwise as in Eucoela.

This genus is distinguished from all other genera in the Hucoeline,

except Miomeaand Idiomorpha, Forster, by having only 12-jointed

antenne, and from these two genera by its scutellar and antennal

characteristics. In Miomea the cup of the scutellum is large,

rounded, with the whole disk impressed, while the antenne are

filiform, with the first flagellar joint the longest and curved. In

Idiomorpha the marginal cell is closed, while the antennz are also

different.

PARAMIOMGA HEPTATOMA, sp. 2.

Q. Length 1:25 mm. Polished black; basal five joints of

antenne and legs brownish yellow; club-joints black, strongly

fluted ; clypeus and mandibles rufous. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the

veins light brown, the marginal cell closed, not quite twice so long

é AQ*

752 MR. W. H. ASHMHAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

as wide, the first abscissa of radius less than two-thirds the length

of the second. Abdomen with a faintly pubescent girdle at base.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

AGiaotomMA, Forster.

Table of Species.

Females.

Species more or less pale...........-.ssseseesseseeceeeseeseeees 3.

Species black, except sometimes the pleura.

Coxe and legs reddish or brownish yellow.

Cup of scutellum small, narrow, ovate, or elliptic. 2.

Cup of scutellum large, oval, rimmed.

Antennz much longer than the body, the 7

terminal joints black, fluted, about four

times as long as thick ..............2:eeceeeeeee A, longicornis, Ashm.

2. Antenne longer than the body.

Seven terminal joints black; abdomen at base

piceous ; pleura black ...............----seseseereereee A, basalis, Ashm.

Six terminal joints black; abdomen black, except

beneath at base; pleura piceous................00++8 A. similis, sp. 0.

8. Head black; thorax dark brown or rufo-piceous.

Abdomen, legs, and first four joints of flagellum pale

rufous.

Antenne not longer than the body, the 7 terminal

joints slightly thicker than the preceding, the

last one-third longer than the preceding ...... A, variabilis, Ashm.

Reddish brown or pale ferruginous, the head with the

vertex and occiput only black.

Antenne longer than the body, joints 1-6 reddish

yellow, joints 7-11 brown-black, joints 12-13

toy Ei be teeter nage sete eens dace staeceata ae aconceean = A, tricolor, sp. 0.

Antenne longer than the body, the 8 terminal joints

a little thicker than the preceding, the last

one-half longer than the penultimate............... A, pallida, Ashm.

Species more or less pale ...........2+-.sseceeseereesensesseeees 2.

Species mostly black; cox and legs reddish or

brownish yellow.

Antennz brown-black, 1} times the length of body,

the first flagellar joint not quite twice as long

as the second, the third and following joints

subequal, a little longer than the second, and

slightly more than 3 times as long as thick,

longitudinally striate ; metathorax black ......... A. similis.

Antenne, except scape, brown, nearly twice as long

as the body, the first flagellar jot about twice

as long as the second, stout and slightly curved,

the second and last joints equal, the intermediate

joints 3 times as long as thick, all fluted ;

MELAUNOPAX Alon eeceecesssss<sseccscratecsvseeentsscses A. basalis, Ashm.

2. Thorax rufo-piceous ; head and abdomen black.

First flagellar joint slightly longer than the fourth,

the joints beyond about 4 times as long as thick, A, pallida, Ashm.

(1) AGLAOTOMA SIMILIS, sp. n.

9. Length 1-4 mm. Polished black, the pleura more or less

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 753

piceous ; antennz, except the six terminal joints, and legs brownish

yellow ; mandibles reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, longer than the body; the flagellar joints

long, cylindrical, the seven terminal joints stouter than the pre-

ceding and forming a more or less distinct club; scape only

14 times as long as the pedicel; flagellar joints 1, 2, and 5 sub-

equal, a little shorter than joints 3 and 4, joints 6 to 12 subequal,

stouter, from 33 to 3 times as long as thick, the 12th joint the

shortest, joint 13 ovate, one-third longer than the 12th, joints 8 to

13 fluted. Scutellum rugoso-punctate; the cup small, ovate, pro-

duced into a carina anteriorly, rimmed, the rim piceous or ferru-

ginous. Metanotum bicarinate, the carine widely separated,

clothed with a glittering white pubescence. Wings hyaline, the

tegule and veins brownish yellow, the marginal cell closed, nearly

twice as long as wide, the first abscissa of radius about two-thirds the

length of the second. Abdomen not quite so long as the head and

thorax united, piceous beneath toward base, and with a hairy girdle.

g. Length 1 mm. Polished black; mandibles and legs reddish

yellow. Antennz 15-jointed, brown-black, 12 times the length of

body, the scape not quite twice so long as the pedicel, the first

flagellar joint not quite twice so long as the second, a little curved,

the second and third subequal, a little shorter than the following

joints, which are a little more than three times as long as thick.

Balthazar and Grand Etang. Described from one male and one

female specimen.

(2) AGLAOTOMA TRICOLOR, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. Reddish brown, the head having the vertex

and occiput black ; legs and basal six joints of antenne brownish

yellow ; antennal joints 7-11 brown-black, 12 and 13 white.

Antenne 13-jointed, longer than the body, the 7 terminal joints

a little stouter than the preceding, and forming a cylindrical club ;

all joints cylindrical, the first joint of flagellum a little longer than

the second, the third and fourth longer than the first, the fifth a

little stouter and a little shorter than the fourth, the following joints

slightly longer, a little more than three times as long as thick.

Scutellum finely punctate ; the cup small, ovate, with a small fovea

posteriorly. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. Abdomen as long

as the thorax, with a slight woolly girdle at base.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

CHRESTOSEMA, Forster.

(1) CurEstosEMA PaLiIpipes, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zoole

vol. xxv. p. 68.

Balthazar. A single female agreeing perfectly with the type

from St. Vincent.

(2) CHRESTOSEMA FLAVIPES, sp. n.

@. Length 1mm. Polished black; antenne, except first two

joints, black or brown-black ; legs yellow.

754 MR. .W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noyv. 19,

Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, longer than the body; the scape

and pedicel subequal, united not longer than the first joint of

flagellum ; first joint of flagellum slender, a little longer than the

second, the second and following joints of equal thickness,

pubescent, very slightly and almost imperceptibly shortening, the

second being nearly three times as long as thick, the last about

twice as long as thick.

Mesonotum scarcely as long as wide, with a narrow wedge-

shaped elevation medially, anteriorly, and with a broad deep groove

at sides over the tegule. Scutellum coarsely rugose, the cup

large-oval, with a rather large fovea a little behind the middle, and

with several punctures surrounding the margin. Metathorax

abruptly declivous, bicarinate at the middle, and with a carina at

the sides which separate the metapleura from the metanotum ;

mesopleura separated from the metapleura by a grooved line.

Wings hyaline, the veins brownish yellow, the marginal cell

closed, the second abscissa of radius about 14 times as long as the

first, curved outwardly, the first branch straight. Abdomen not

longer than the thorax, black polished, with an elevated, slightly

pubescent girdle at base.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

This species is allied to C. robusta, Ashm., described from

St. Vincent, but it is at once separated from it by the differences

noticed in the antenne, by the colour of the legs, and by the

longer marginal cell.

RuorrromeEris, Forster.

RHOPTROMERIS ATRICLAVATA, sp. 0.

Q. Length 1:1 to 13 mm. Polished black ; antenne, except

the 7-jointed club, and legs brownish yellow or yellow ; club black.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little shorter than the body, the 7 terminal

joints thickened and forming a club, the joints being a little more

than twice as long as thick ; scape a little longer than the pedicel ;

funicle 4-jointed, the joints elongate, slender, the first slightly the

longest, the others subequal. Cup of scutellum ovate, with a

small fovea posteriorly and some punctures on the anterior part.

Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish, the first branch of the

radius fully as long as the second, the marginal cell closed, and

about twice as long as wide. Abdomen about as long as the head

and thorax united, with a griseous woolly girdle at base, interrupted

above ; the base above is also more or less piceous.

+ Mount Gay Estate. Described from two female specimens.

TRYBLIOGRAPHA, Forster.

Marginal cell completely closed.

Cup of scutellum rather large, oval, smooth, impunctate,

except a small fovea posteriorly.

Four or five basal joints of antennz and legs reddish or

brownish yellow ......,. Se adeataasts «ce cigasascnyst acter Gee ede LL. xanthopoda

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA,

(1) TRYBLIOGRAPHA XANTHOPODA, sp. n.

9. Length 11 to 15mm. Polished black; antennx, except

four or five basal joints, black or piceous black; basal joints of

antennz and legs reddish or brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, gradually incrassated, the scape a little

longer than the pedicel; first flagellar joint the longest and

slenderest, and fully one-half longer than the second, the joints

beyond gradually increasing in size from the third, second and

third joints subequal, fourth, fifth, and sixth about equal in

length, a little longer than the third, joints 7-10 a little shorter

and stouter than the sixth, the last joint ovate. Cup of scutellum

rather large, oval, smooth, polished, impunctate, with a small oval

fovea posteriorly, the anterior part smooth and convex. Wings

hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellow, the marginal cell completely

closed, the first abscissa of radius a little shorter than the second,

curved inwardly, the second almost straight, the cubitus distinct,

curved downwards at base; the marginal cell is only about 13

times as long as wide. Abdomen a little shorter than the head

and thorax together, with a narrow, sparsely pubescent girdle at

base.

The male agrees with the female, except in having long, 15-

jointed antenne, with only the three basal joints rufous, the

following all being piceous black, striated; the first joint of

flagellum is slightly longer and stouter than the second, the second

and following joints are equal, ellipsoidal, three times as long as

thick.

Balthazar. Described from one male and two female specimens

Evcorta, Westwood.

Table of Species.

Females.

Marginal cell more or less open along the fore

THAN PUN ae caiae ak an deaiodadee-acz. sen desasenense opacseeeesteas 4

Marginal cell completely closed.

Species reddish brown or ferruginous .............++++ 3.

Species with head and thorax black, abdomen

MOUS a acamcaneh onvscondosccersiesestcrs ccd cartaetacass 2.

Species black or mostly black.

a, Cup of scutellum rather large, oval, its base

almost touching the margin of mesonotum,

with a fovea posteriorly, and usuaily some

punctures on the smooth anterior part

Six terminal joints of antenne fuscous or

black; rest of antennz and legs reddish

yellow ; cup of scutellum with a transverse

fovea behind, and a few punctures along

the margin of anterior part .................5 E, ovalis, Ashm,

Hight terminal joints of antennz fuscous or

black ; rest of antennz and legs reddish

yellow ; cup of scutellum with a rounded

fovea posteriorly, the anterior part sub-

conyex, polished, impunctate ............ .- £, unifoveata, sp. n.

756 MR, W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

aa. Cup of scutellum ‘narrowed ovate, produced

into a long carina anteriorly, the body of cup

far away from the margin of mesonotum,

with a fovea posteriorly, and the anterior

part usually with some punctures along the

margins.

Metapleura black.

Antennz, except 3 or 4 apical joints which

are fuscous, rufous; legs brownish

yellow ; anterior part of cup with a

frenum formed by punctures............... E. perplexa, sp. 0.

Antenne, except 4 or 5 apical joints which

are fuscous, and legs brownish yellow ;

anterior part of cup closely pnnctate,

with no glabrous surface .............00008 E. obliterata, sp. n.

Metapleura reddish or rufo-piceous ; antenne,

except last four joints, and legs brownish

ellow.

Metanotum with a deep channel on each side

of the median carinz; joints 3, 4, and

5 of flagellum only about twice as long

as thick, obconical ...............0csececeseee E. canaliculata, Ashm.

=F. clartpennis, Ashm. (preoc.).

Metanotum without these channels; joints

3, 4, and 5 of flagellum fully thrice as

Lonplasithickp 00: s.£2.ccsescceateer, «coset ee E. aliena, sp. n.

2. Cup of scutellum broadly oval; the disk concave,

and separated into two subequal parts by a

transverse carina, and connected with the meso-

notum by a longitudinal carina anteriorly ; legs

PULOUB covccawne ewer esacestaccc re Cores tesescetete cere E. cressonii, D. T.

=F. basalis, Cr.

=E£, rufiventris, Cam.

3. Head and last five joints of antenne black;

scutellum rugose, the cup small, narrowed, pro-

duced into a carina anteriorly, punctate............ E, atriceps, sp. n.

4, Species black.

Cup of scutellum rather large, oval, with a small

round fovea posteriorly ; antennz, except last

two joints, and legs brownish yellow ............ E. inconstans, sp. n.

. Males.

Head and thorax black; abdomen mostly rufous.

Cup of scutellum broadly oval; the disk concave

and separated into two parts by a transverse

carina ; antenne long, black ...........6..... Se E. cressonii, D. T.

Head black ; thorax and abdomen ferruginous.

Cup of scutellum broadly oval ; the disk flat, smooth,

with a small transyerse fovea posteriorly, and

about 4 punctures on anterior part; antenne

long, ferruiginOUs ” ...2...2tec-.0ccrsecceseeereee we... E, nigriceps, sp. n.

Entirely ferruginous.

Cup of scutellum broadly oval, flat, smooth, with a

large transversely oval shallow fovea pos-

teriorly, and about 4 punctures on anterior

“part ; antennie long, dusky beyond the middle, E£. ferruginea, sp. n.

(1) Evconna ovatis, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxv.

1894, p. 76.

Mount Gay Estate; St. George’s. Two female specimens,

1895.)} HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 757

(2) EvcoELA UNIFOVEATA, sp. 0.

@. Length 1 to 1:2 mm. Polished black; antennz, except

the 8 terminal joints, and legs reddish yellow; 8 terminal joints

of antenne black or fuscous.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little shorter than the body, the scape a

little longer than the pedicel; the first flagellar joint the longest,

nearly as long as the second and third united, the fourth, fifth,

and sixth subequal, Jonger than the third, the following joints

slightly shorter, but stouter, about twice as long as thick, the last

ovate, very slightly longer than the penultimate ; cup of scutellum

oval, its disk subconvex, smooth, and polished, with a small rounded

fovea posteriorly, the anterior part impunctate. Wings hyaline,

ciliate, the veins yellowish, the marginal cell completely closed,

about 14 times as long as wide, the first branch of the radius a

little shorter than the second. Abdomen a little longer than the

thorax, with a slender pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar. Described from three female specimens.

(3) EvcoELA PERPLEXA, sp. n.

Q. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne, except 3 or 4

apical joints which are fuscous, rufous; legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending to middle of abdomen, the scape

about 14 times as long as the pedicel, the latter rounded; first

flagellar joint, except the large ovate terminal joint, the longest,

1} times as long as the second, joints 3—7 imperceptibly shortening,

but also thickening, joints 8-10 a little longer, oblong-oval, the

last joint large, ovate, about twice as long as the penultimate.

Cup of scutellum much narrowed, subovate, produced into a

long carina anteriorly, the body of cup far away from the margin

of mesonotum, with a small fovea posteriorly, the anterior part

with 4 or 5 punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish,

the marginal cell completely closed, twice as long as wide; the

apical branch of the submarginal vein nearly straight and forming

almost a right angle with the outer margin, the second abscissa of

radius about 13 times the length of the first. Abdomen a little

longer than the thorax, with a dense griseous woolly girdle at

base.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(4) EUCoELA OBLITERATA, sp. n.

@. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne, except 4 or 5

apical joints, and legs brownish yellow, apical joints black or

fuscous; abdomen along the venter more or less piceous or

rufous.

Antenne 13-jointed, about as long as the body, the scape not

quite twice as long as the pedicel ; joints of flagellum 1-5 slender,

subcylindrical, the first the longest, the following gradually

shortening, the fifth, although the shortest, is a little the thickest ;

joints 6-10 subequal, about 24 times as long as thick, the last

758 MR, W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

ovate, not longer than the preceding ; joints 6-11 strongly fluted.

Scutellum coarsely rugose, the cup much narrowed, ovate, produced

into a long carina anteriorly, and with the usual small fovea

posteriorly, but anteriorly the usually glabrous surface is destroyed

by small close punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins

yellowish, the marginal cell closed, about twice as long as wide,

the apical branch of the submarginal vein straight but short,

second branch of radius 14 times as long as the first. Abdomen

about as long as the head and thorax united, piceous or rufous

along the venter, and with a greyish girdle of wool at base.

Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate. Described from three female

specimens.

(5) Evucorna cananicunata, Ashm.

Eucoela claripennis, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxv.

1894, p. 76.

This early opportunity is taken to change the name of a species

described from St. Vincent, which I find is preoccupied by

Thomson.

(6) EUCoELA ALIENA, sp. n.

@. Length 1:2 mm. Allied to £. obhiterata, but differs in

having the collar at sides, the metapleura and metanotum, as well

as the venter and base of abdomen, rufous or piceous, but other-

wise, in structural characters, it is apparently identical.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

This species may be only a variety of E. obliterata,

(7) Evcorta cressoni, D. T.

Eucoila basalis, Cr. Proc. Ent Soe. Phil. iv. p. 5 (1862).

Eucoela eressonii, Dalla Torre, Wien. ent. Zeit. xi. p. 131 (1892);

D. T. Cat. Hym. ii. p. 17 (1893).

? Eucoila rufiventris, Cam. Mem. Proc. Manch. Lit. Phil. Soc. (4)

ii. p. 68 (1889).

? Eucoela insularis, D. T, Wien, ent. Zeit. xi. p. 132 (1892);

Cat. Hym. ii. p. 18 (1893).

Hab. Cuba, Trinidad, St. Vincent, and Grenada.

This species was previously recognized, in both sexes, from

St. Vincent, and now from three female specimens in the Grenada

material, from Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate.

I cannot separate the species from £. rufiventris, Cameron,

described from Trinidad, and it is believed the above synonymy

will be found correct.

(8) EvcoELA ATRICEPS, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. Head black; thorax and abdomen reddish

brown or dark ferruginous; 5 apical joints of antenne black, rest

of antenne and legs brownish yellow.

Antennz 13-jointed, as long as the body, the scape a little

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 759

longer than the pedicel, the first joint of flagellum only slightly

longer than the second, about three times as long as thick, the

third very little shorter than the second, the fourth and following

joints increasing in length to the seventh, joints 8, 9, and 10 sub-

equal, only a little shorter than the eighth, the last ovate, scarcely

longer than the penultimate. Cup of scutellum narrowed ovate,

produced into a carina anteriorly, its disk with a single small

fovea or puncture. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish,

the marginal cell closed, a little more than 13 times longer than

wide, the second branch of radius slightly the longest. Abdomen

a little longer than the thorax, with a distinct but narrow girdle

of greyish wool at base.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

(9) HEUcOELA NIGRICEPS, sp. n.

3. Length 1-6 mm. Coloured as in preceding species (EZ. atriceps),

but much larger; the antenne 15-jointed, long, filiform, nearly

twice the length of body, dusky only toward tips; the joints of

flagellum all long, cylindrical, but very imperceptibly shortening,

the last being the shortest and only about two-thirds the length

of the first, the first scarcely longer than second; the pedicel

rounded, not longer than thick; the scape subglobose, very little

longer than thick. Cup of scutellum large, oval, with a transverse

fovea posteriorly, the smooth anterior part with about four small

punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish, the

marginal cell closed, about twice as long as wide, the second

abscissa of radius being 13 times as long as the first.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

Although closely resembling £. atriceps in colour, it cannot possibly

be the opposite sex of that species, since it is larger, has a dif-

ferent shaped scutellar cup, and a much longer marginal cell.

(10) EvconLa FERRUGINEA, sp. n.

3g. Length 16mm. Uniformly reddish brown or ferruginous,

the flagellum dusky, while the legs are brownish yellow.

Except in the colour of the head it resembles H. nigriceps, but

the antenne are a little shorter, with the joints of the flagellum of

an equal length, the first being slightly curved or bent, when

viewed from the side, while the cup of the scutellum is broadly

oval, its fovea posteriorly transversely oval and very shallow.

Wings as in previous species.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

(11) EvcoELa INCONSTANS, sp. n.

@. Length 13mm. Polished black; antennz, except scape

and last two or three joints, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, subclavate, submoniliform, the first joint of

flagellum obconic, twice as long as the second, which is only a little

longer than thick, joint 3 a little longer than the second, joint 4

longer than third and thicker, the joints beyond submoniliform, a

760 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [ Nov. 19,

little longer than thick; cup of scutellum large, broadly oval,

smooth and polished, with a single round fovea on posterior part.

Wings hyaline, ciliate, the venation yellowish, the marginal cell

open along the fore margin, nearly twice as long as wide, the

second abscissa of radius about 13 times as long as the first

and slightly curved outwardly. Abdomen black, with a narrow

pubescent girdle at base.

The ¢ differs only in having 15-jointed, brown-black antenna,

with the two basal joints rufous. All the joints of the flagellum

are about equal in length, striated, about 33 times as long as

thick ; while the rounded fovea on the cup of scutellum is a little

larger.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male

and one female specimen.

Hepramurocersa, Ashmead, g. n.

(Type, H. robusta.)

Antenne in Q 13-jointed, shorter than the body, terminating

in an abrupt 7-jointed club. Scutellum closely punctate or rugose,

the cup oval or ovate, with a small fovea posteriorly. Front

wings with the marginal cell either open or closed, the first

abscissa of radius shorter than the second, the cubitus entirely

absent. Abdomen with the usual hair-fringe or girdle at base.

In having a 7-jointed antennal club, this genus approaches

nearest to Rhoptromeris, Forster, but it is readily separated from

it by the first abscissa of radius being shorter than the second and

by the first joint of the flagellum being longer than the second.

From Heptameris, Forster, which also has a 7-jointed club, it is

distinguished by the great difference noticeable in the shape of

the marginal cell, the sculpture of the scutellum, and by the shape

of the scutellar cup.

The species placed here may be tabulated as follows :—

Table of Species.

Females.

Marginal cell more or less open along the fore

AVIA PLM tec sens cestec suse ce caccer cerns: access aeet deca reas 2.

Marginal cell completely closed.

Abdomen rufous; head and thorax black.

Cup of scutellum large, oval; club-joints

dusky ; legs yellow ..........scccscescceses H. bicolor, sp. nu,

Abdomen black.

Metapleura black.

Cup of scutellum very minute, elliptic, with

the disk foveated ; mesonotum with a

large fovea just in front of the

scutellum.

First funiclar joint minute, obconic, not

much longer than thick, joints 24

moniliform ; club-joints oblong, fully

twice as long as thick ...,............. HH. singularis, sp, 0,

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 761

Cup of scutellum ovate, with a fovea pos-

teriorly; antennz, except club, rufous

or reddish yellow; legs brownish

yellow. ‘

First funiclar joint twice as long as the

second, joints 2-4 obconical, sub-

equal, at least twice as long as thick

at apex; club-joints oblong, 14 times

as long as thick ......:....0...ssscecsseeee H, robusta, sp. nu.

First funiclar joint only a little longer

than the second; joints 2-4 long,

cylindric, subequal, about 34 times as

long asithiokyss.cnsece ses stncaceneenansces A, gracilicornis, sp. n.

Metapleura and metanotum red.

Oup of scutellum ovate, with a fovea pos-

teriorly and about 6 punctures ante-

riorly.

First flagellar joint about 3 times as long

as thick, the following a little shorter,

subequal in length but becoming a

little stouter ; antennex, except last 4

joints, and legs yellow .................. HT, xanthognatha, sp. n.

2. Cup of scutellum ovate, with a fovea posteriorly

and about 4 punctures anteriorly.

Antenne, excepi club, rufous; legs brownish yel-

low; first joint of flagellum about twice as

long as the second, joints 3-4 very little longer

Ghai (hicks wesscnencsdencsssseacdenacopsccesemeeesnase H. aliena, sp. n.

Cup of scutellum oval, with a round fovea a little be-

hind the middle.

Antenne, except scape and 1 or 2 apical joints, and

legs brownish yellow; first joint of flagellum

longer than the second, 2-3 shortening, the

fourth as long as the first..............c.essccneeceenee H, flavicornis, sp. n.

(1) H=praMERocERA BICOLOR, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. MHead and thorax polished black ; abdomen

rufous ; antennx, except club, rufous ; legs brownish yellow.

Antennz 13-jointed, nearly as long as the body; funicle 4-

jointed, the first joint very little longer than the second, the others

subequal in lengch but slightly stouter; club-joints subequal, a

little more than three times as long as thick. Cup of scutellum

rather large, oval, the channel surrounding it striated; metanotum

punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the veins testaceous, the

marginal cell closed, the first abscissa of radius not much shorter

than second, and slightly bowed inwardly, the second abscissa

straight and slightly thickened. Abdomen not quite as long as

the head and thorax united, with a sparse hair-fringe at base.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from one female

specimen.

(2) HEPTAMEROCERA SINGULARIS, Sp. n.

2. Length 0°75 mm. Polished black; antenne, except club,

and legs brownish yellow; club brown.

Antenne 13-jointed, very nearly as long as the body; pedicel

oblong, larger than scape; funicle 4-jointed, the first joint only a

762 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov.19,

little longer than thick, the second, third, and fourth moniliform ;

club-joints subequal, 24 times as long as thick. Scutellum finely

closely punctate, the cup very small, elliptic, the disk foveated.

Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins brownish yellow, the marginal

cell closed, about 14 times as long as wide, the second abscissa of

radius a little longer than the first. Abdomen a little longer than

the thorax, ovate, subcompressed, with a sparse hair-fringe at

base.

St. George’s (leeward side). Described from one female

specimen.

(3) H&PTAMEROCERA ROBUSTA, sp. Ni.

2. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne, except club,

rufous ; legs brownish yellow; mandibles rufous.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending a little beyond the middle of

abdomen ; funicle 4-jointed, the first joint twice as long as the

second, joints 3-4 obconical, subequal, twice as long as thick; club-

joints, except the last which is ovate and a little the longest, sub-

equal, about twice as long as thick. Scutellum rugose, the cup

ovate, with a transverse fovea posteriorly and some punctures on

the anterior part, the rim piceous or reddish. Wings hyaline,

ciliate, the veins brownish yellow, the marginal cell closed, the

second abscissa of radius being nearly 14 times as long as the first.

Abdomen as long as the thorax, with a dense griseous woolly

girdle at base.

Vendome Estate (leeward side). Described from one female

specimen.

(4) HmPraMEROCERA GRACILICORNIS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 1:2mm. Polished black; antenne, except club,

and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, rather slender, nearly as long as the body ;

funicle 4-jointed, the joints slender, cylindrical, the first joint very

little longer than the second, the following subequal, about 32

times as long as thick; club-joints about 23 times as long as thick,

the last ovate, not longer than the penultimate. Scutellum closely

punctate, the cup ovate, with a small fovea posteriorly and several

punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins brownish

yellow, the marginal cell closed, the first abscissa of radius only a

little shorter than the second, slightly curved inwardly, the second

straight and stouter. Abdomen scarcely longer than the thorax,

with a sparse hair-fringe at base.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from four female

specimens.

(5) HEPpraMEROCERA XANTHOGNATHA, Sp. 0.

Q. Length 1-2mm. Polished black, the metapleura and meta-

notum red; antenne, except last four joints, the legs, and the

mandibles yellow.

Antenne 18-jointed, as long as the body ; funicle 4-jointed, the

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 763

first and fourth joints equal, the second and third shorter, about

two-thirds the length of the first; club-joints nearly equal, about

twice as long as thick, the last ovate and slightly longer than the

others. Scutellum rugose, piceous, the cup ovate, with a rounded

fovea posteriorly, and from 4 to 6 punctures on the smooth

anterior part. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish, the

marginal cell closed, about twice as long as wide, the second

abscissa of radius 14 times as long as the first. Abdomen a little

longer than the thorax, piceous at base, the hair-fringe not

dense.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from one female

specimen.

(6) H&praAMBROCERA ALIENA, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:2-1°3 mm. Polished black; antennz, except the

club, rufous ; legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, not longer than the thorax; funicle 4-

jointed, the first joint about twice as long as the second, the third

and fourth only a little longer than thick; club-joints, except the

last, oblong, about 13 times as long as thick, the last ovate, a little

longer than the penultimate; all club-joints strongly fluted.

Seutellum closely punctate, the cup ovate, with a large deep fovea

posteriorly and from 4-6 punctures anteriorly, margins pale.

Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins pale, the marginal cell, except at

base, one-third open along the fore margin and about twice as

long as wide ; the first abscissa of radius is slightly bent inwardly

and about two-thirds the length of the second. Abdomen a little

longer than the thorax, with a whitish pubescent girdle at base.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side) and Balthazar (windward

side). Described from four female specimens.

(7) HuPTAMEROCERA FLAVICORNIS, sp. Nn.

@. Length 1:2-1'4 mm. Polished black; antenne, except

basal joint and one or two apical joints which are more or less

dusky, and legs yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little shorter than the body; funicle 4-

jointed, the first and fourth joints equal, about 23 times as long as

thick at apex, the second and third also equal, but only 13 times

as long as thick ; club-joints, except the last which is ovate and

the largest joint, oblong, about 13 times as long as thick, the first

joint being the slenderest. Cup of scutellum rather large, oval,

with a small rounded but not deep fovea a little behind the middle,

the disk flat, impunctate, anteriorly sloping but convex (one speci-

men has the cup of scutellum highly convexly elevated posteriorly,

probably from an accident or defect in pupation, since otherwise

it agrees with the typical form). Wings hyaline, ciliate, the

venation as in previous species. Abdomen with a sparse griseous

pubescence at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from four female

specimens.

764 MR. W. H. ASHMBAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

Haxapiasta, Forster.

Table of Species.

Females.

Marginal cell entirely closed ............2--seseeeeereee 3.

Marginal cell more or less open along the fore

TMATBIN |....000.see-ssesccconsescccncessccorsereaocenese 2.

2. Cup of scutellum rather small, ovate, with a

small fovea posteriorly and from 2 to 4

punctures on anterior part.

Antenne black.

Legs brownish yellow; joints of funicle 2-5

obconic, subequal, 13 times as long as

thick at apex; club-joints oblong, not

twice as long as thick ............0+-ses00 H, melanocera, sp. n.

Legs red; joints of funicle 2-5 subequal,

fully twice as long as thick; club-joints

twice as long as thick ...........-sesseeee HT, consimilis, sp. n.

Antenne, except club and sometimes the scape

and pedicel, rufous, the club black or

piceous black; legs brownish yellow or

yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle not, or very little,

longer than thick ; club-joints rounded,

not, or very little, longer than thick,

except the last which is ovate, 13 times

as long\as tHICk.......0...cs.-ccsasscnseseeen H, modesta, Ashm.

Joints 2-5 of funicle about twice as long as

thick ; club-joints oblong...............+4 H.. sancti-vincenti, Ashm.

Antennz, except club, and legs brownish

ellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle 14 times as long as

thick ; club-joints oblong, the last ovate,

longer than the preceding ............+-- AL, affinis, sp. n.

Joints 2-5 of funicle cylindrical, subequal,

nearly 3 times as long as_ thick;

club-joints about 2} times as long as

TIES Garespaqccqob honoree conosadeeeeanaced: H. longicornis, sp. n.

Antenne, except last 5 joints of club which

are fuscous or dark brown, and legs

brownish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle obconic, twice as long

as thick at apex, or nearly so; club-

joints nearly twice as long as thick, the

last ovate and a little longer ............ H, crassinervis, sp. n.

Antenne, except last 4 joints of club which are

fuscous, and the legs brownish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle moniliform, not longer

than thick; club-joints very little

longer than thick, gradually increasing

iN BIZO <..22.-.---- Goch et Shay Rormoerace ae H, 4-punctata, sp. n.

Cup of scutellum exceedingly narrow, elliptic or

almost a carina, with a minute fovea pos-

teriorly, the channels at the sides striated.

Antenne, except the funicle which is rufo-

piceous, black ; legs reddish yellow.

Joints 2-5 about twice as long as thick ;

club-joints oblong, about 15 times as

NOnP IAs NICK te. .cccnsskecervecusccetsaseansse H. striatiscutellaris, sp. n.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 765

3. Oup of scutellum ovate or subelliptic, with a

small fovea posteriorly, and 2-4 or more

punctures on the anterior part..................

Cup of scutellum rounded or broadly oval ......

Cup of scutellum small, exceedingly narrowed,

merely a ridge with a single puncture, and

produced into a long carina anteriorly.

Antenne, except the 4 or 5 terminal joints

which are fuscous or black, and legs

brownish yellow.

Joints of funicle 2-5 long, about 34 times as

long as thick at apex; club-joints a

little more than twice as long as thick...

Antenne, except club which is fuscous or black,

and legs yellow or brownish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, about 14

times as long as thick or a little longer ;

club-joints not quite twice as long as

UI. yscecate : Baspe ot apnOTODeEBcoaeOSEDEOECNG

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, not, or only

a little, longer than thick ; club-joints

slightly longer than thick; metapleura

and metanotum rufous, the former

bounded by a sharp carina ...............

4, Thorax and abdomen yellowish brown; head

black.

Antenne, except club, brownish yellow; joints

8-5 of funicle moniliform; club-joints

fobs Ghee aceerccenec ster ceacenbebcodabeotedune

Thorax at sides rufous or dark piceous, the

metapleura always red.

Antenne, except last 5 joints, and legs brown-

ish yellow; joints 2-5 of funicle very

little longer than thick, obconic; club-

joints not, or only slightly, longer than

(HAE, pAcadoacortocéacdapdedes scBecuaocangacedse a

Antenne, except club which is fuscous, and

legs brownish yellow; joints 2-5 of

funicle cylindric, about 3 times as long as

thick; club-joints 24 times as long as

Picks ccs acecaseesesa eneadepons sctes onattene acts

Thorax at sides black.

Antenne black, the funicle rarely piceous ; legs

yellow or brownish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, a little longer

than thick ; club-joints, except the last

which is ovate and twice as long as

thick, oblong ; second abscissa of radius

1% times as long as the first...............

5. Cup of scutellum rounded, without a fovea pos-

teriorly, and connected with the mesonotum

by a carina ; basal fovezx crenated.

Antenne, except club, and legs reddish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, a little

longer than thick; club-joints, except

the last which is ovate and twice as

long as thick, only a little longer than

tHiGks | Piaers scene eaetaatmeh concert etoses:

Cup of seutellum oval, with a fovea posteriorly

and with from 2-4 puuctures on anterior

part.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1895, No. XLIX.

H., tenuicornis, sp. n.

H. wnifoveata, sp. n.

H, instabilis, sp. n.

H, atriceps, Ashm.

H. rufoloteralis, sp. n.

HI. brunneiclavata, sp. n.

H. hexomera, sp. n.

H. incongrua, sp. 2.

766 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

Antenne, except last 5 joints of club, and legs

brownish yellow.

Sides of thorax rufous or piceous; meta-

pleura always red.

Joints 2-5 of funicle three or more times

longer than thick; club-joints twice

as long as thick .............scsesceneeeeee H. pleuralis, sp. n.

Sides of thorax black.

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, twice as

long as thick or a little longer ; club-

joints, except the last which is ovate

and larger than the others, about 13

times as long as thick .............+..- H, proxima, sp. n.

Antenne black, the funicle sometimes piceous ;

legs brownish yellow.

Joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, scarcely 13

times as long as thick; club-joints,

except the last, a little longer than

(Heeel ee OSA Sehadboh aS seea eases oe soa eae H. dubiosa, sp. n.

Antenne always black ; legs yellowish.

Joints 2-5 of funicle very little longer than

thick ; club-joints oblong, the last ovate,

much longer than the preceding; second

branch of radius nearly twice as long as

the first, marginal cell 3 times as long

ASIWIGO) te snremadieesti ascent cores rcasaseseass H, incerta, sp. n.

Marginal cell entirely closed ..........ssscereeeeeeeeereseeeee

Marginal cell more or less open along the fore border.

Cup of scutellum small, ovate, with a small fovea

posteriorly and from 2-4 punctures on the an-

terior part ; antenne black or picecus black.

Legs honey-yellow, with the femora toward base

more or less obfuscated; first joint of flagel-

lum twice as long as the second, stout, curved,

the third a little longer than the second, the

fourth and following joints a little longer than

the third, subequal, a little more than twice as

Lonimtas thick (0s ie. deewanetee-. Seve setatosncten cette H. melanocera.

3 times as long as thick..:..........cseseeseenereees HI, consimilis.

following joints about twice as long as thick... H. modesta.

2, Cup of scutellum ovate or subelliptic, with a small

fovea posteriorly and 2-4 or more punctures on

the anterior Darth! we. -wec.ccseoesscuuranarccls ses ion ser 3.

Cup of scutellum rounded or broadly oval ............ 4,

Cup of scutellum minute, exceedingly narrowed,

merely a ridge with a single small fovea or

puncture.

Autenne, except slightly toward tips, and legs

brownish yellow.

First joint of flagellum one-half longer than the

second, the third and following joints

scarcely longer than the second and 3 times

as long as thick .........cssseceeee Segdoerciggeror .. A, tenuicornis,

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 767

First joint of flagellum about one-half longer

than the second, the third and following

joints hardly longer than the second and

about 24 times as long as thick ............... H. unifoveata,

Antenne uniformly dark brown or blackish.

Metapleura black, the scutellar channels striated.

First joint of flagellum long, nearly twice as

long as the second, the third and follow-

ing joints about equal, a little longer

than the second, 3 times as long as

HIGK: wise cseceusadecrepevessteen seceectanacens oes HT, dolichomera.

Metapleura reddish, the scutellar channels

closely punctate.

First joint of flagellum only one-half longer

than the second, the third and following

ahout 3 times as long as thick............... H., instabilis,

3. Thorax at sides rufous or brownish piceous, the

metapleura always red.

Antennz brown, the three or four basal joints and

the legs brownish yellow.

First joint of flagellum one-third longer than

the second, the third and following joints

not or scarcely longer than the second,

almost 3 times as long as thick ............... A. rufolateralis,

Thorax at sides black.

Antennz slender, brown, the three basal joints and

legs brownish yellow.

First joint of flagellum one-half longer than the

second, the following joints about equal,

fully 3 timesas long as thick ............220.45 H., brunneiclavata.

4, Antenne black; legs brownish yellow.

First joint of flagellum one-half longer than the

second, the third and following joints about

4 timesvas long ’asithick ¢.,....1.:...<+.cssces-ooee HI, proxima,

(1) HexaPLASTA MELANOCERA, sp. 0.

9. Length 1 to 12mm. Polished black; mandibles and legs

brownish yellow ; metanotum with a sparse griseous pubescence.

Antenne 13-jointed, black, extending to middle of abdomen;

the scape clavate, about 13 times as long as the pedicel, the latter

a little longer than thick; funicle 5-jointed, the first joint more

than twice as long as thick, joints 2-5 obconic, subequal, about 14

times as long as thick, or nearly so; club 6-jointed, the joints

oblong, not twice as long as thick, the first the thinnest, the last

the stoutest. Mesonotum very little longer than wide at base, the

collar with some sparse glittering hairs at the sides; scutellum

finely rugose, the cup ovate, with a fovea posteriorly and 4 punc-

tures on the anterior part. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins

brownish yellow, the marginal cell open along its fore margin

from the basal one-third, the second abscissa of radius only

slightly longer than the first and slightly stouter, the outer vein of

the areolet alone present. Abdomen a little longer than the thorax,

with a griseous pubescent girdle at base, not interrupted at middle

above. ;

3. Length 0°9 mm. Antenne 15-jointed, filiform, about 1?

times as long as the body, black ; the first joint of the flagellum is

49*

768 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—RBEPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

twice as long as the second, rather stout and a little curved ; the

third is a little longer than the second, while the fourth and

following joints are a little longer than the third, subequal, a little

more than twice as long as thick. The legs have the femora

toward base more or less obfuscated ; otherwise as in the female.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side) and Grand Etang (windward

side). Described from one male and three female specimens.

(2) HExsPLASTA CONSIMILIS, sp. n.

9. Length 1:25 mm. Differs from previous species as follows :—

The form is slightly more robust, the antenne are slightly longer,

extending nearly to the tip of the abdomen, joints 2-5 of funicle

as well as the club-joints fully twice as long as thick; the scu-

tellum is more finely rugose, with strie in the side channels at

base; the outer vein of the areolet is wanting or only slightly

developed ; while the legs are more reddish.

The ¢ is 1 mm. long, the first joint of the flagellum only 13

times as long as the second, the second and third joints equal or

nearly so, while the following joints are fully three times as long

as thick; otherwise, in colour of legs &c., it agrees with the

female. _

Grand Etang and Balthazar (windward side). Described from

one female and two male specimens.

(3) Hexapnasta MopEsta, Ashm.

Hexacola modesta, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. 1894,

p. #3;

On account of the open radial cellule (his species was originally

described under the genus Hexacola. It is well represented in

the Grenada material by 17 female specimens taken at Mount Gay

Estate (leeward side) and Balthazar (windward side).

(4) Hmxapbasta sancri-vincenti, Ashm.

Hexacola sancti-vincenti, Ashm. l. ¢. p. 74.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side) and Balthazar (windward

Eight female specimens.

(5) HmxapLasta AFFINIS, sp. 1.

9. Length 1 to 1:2 mm. Polished black; antenne, except

club which is usually fuscous, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little shorter than the body, the scape

obconic, 14 times as long as the pedicel ; funicle 5-jointed, the first

joint about twice as long as thick or a little longer, joints 2-5

about 13 times as long as thick ; club-joints oblong, the last ovate,

longer than the preceding. Scutellum rugose, the cup ovate, with

a small fovea posteriorly and 4 punctures on anterior part. Wings

hyaline, ciliate, the venation pale yellowish, the marginal cell open

along the fore margin from the basal one-third, the second abscissa

only a little longer than the first, slightly curved, the first straight;

1895. | HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 769

outer vein of areolet absent. Abdomen with a whitish girdle at

base.

Balthazar (windward side), Mount Gay Estate, and St. John’s

River (leeward side). Described from five female specimens.

(6) HEXAPLASDTA LONGICORNIS, sp. n.

@. Length 1:1 to 1:25 mm. Polished black; antenne, except

club which is black or dark fuscous, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little longer than the body, the joints of

funicle all long, the first joint four times as long as thick, the follow-

ing three times as long as thick ; club-joints 23 times as long as

thick. Scutellum with the channels on each side striated, the

posterior part finely rugose, the cup narrowed ovate, with four

punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins pale yellowish, the

marginal cell along the fore margin, except at basal one-third,

open ; the second abscissa of radius straight, a little longer than

the first, the first abscissa having a slight downward curve.

Abdomen piceous beneath toward base, with a sparse hairy girdle.

Balthazar (windward side) and Mount Gay Estate (leeward

side). Described from four female specimens.

(7) HEXAPLASTA CRASSINERVIS, Sp. N.

@. Length 0°9 mm. Polished black; antenne, except last 5

joints which are fuscous, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, a little shorter than the body; joints of

funicle 2-5 obconic, about twice as long as thick. Scutellum

finely rugulose, the cup small, ovate, with a small fovea posteriorly

and about four punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the

veins light brown, the marginal cell along the fore margin open

beyond the base, the second abscissa of radius very little longer than

the first but twice as stout. Abdomen with a sparse pubescent

girdle at base.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from two female

specimens.

(8) HexaPLasTa 4-PUNCTATA, sp. 0.

@. Length 0-8 mm. Polished black; antennz, except last 4

joints of club which are fuscous, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending to middle of abdomen or a little

beyond the middle ; first joint of funicle nearly 3 times as long as

thick, joints 2-5 moniliform, not longer than thick; club-joints

very little longer than thick, but gradually increasing in size, the

last much the largest joint. Cup of scutellum small, ovate, with

four minute punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins brown, the

marginal cell, except at basal one-third, open along the fore margin,

the second abscissa of radius only a little longer than the first.

Metapleura pubescent ; the abdomen with the usual woolly girdle

at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from one female specimen.

770 MR, W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy.19,

(9) HuxaPLasta STRIATISCUTELLARIS, Sp. 0.

Q. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black; antenne, except the

funicle which is rufo-piceous, black ; legs reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, two-thirds the length of body, the first

joint of funicle about 3 times as long as thick at apex, joints 2-5

twice as long as thick ; club-joints oblong, about 1} times as long

as thick. Cup of scutellum exceedingly narrowed, elliptic, almost

a carina, with a fovea posteriorly and one puncture on the anterior

part, the channels at sides striated, the posterior part rugose.

‘Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish, the marginal cell as in

the previous species. Abdomen as long as the thorax, witha

narrow pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from one female

specimen.

In the very narrow scutellar cup and the striated sides of the

scutellum this species bears a close resemblance to those species

of Kleidotoma belonging to the subgenus Heaacola, Forst.

(10) HEXAPLASTA TENUICORNIS, sp. n.

@. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne, except the

4 or 5 terminal joints which are fuscous or black, and legs

brownish yellow ; venter piceous.

Antenne 13-jointed, as long as the body, the first joint of

funicle 4 times as long as thick, the second and following joints

about 32 times as long as thick; club-joints a little more than

twice as long as thick. Scutellum rugose, the cup small, ex-

ceedingly narrowed, merely a carina with a single puncture and

produced into a long carina anteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate,

the veins, except the submarginal vein at base which is yellowish,

brown, the marginal cell completely closed, the second abscissa of

radius about 14 times as long as the first. Abdomen black above,

piceous or reddish beneath, with a sparse pubescent girdle at base.

The male, or rather what is taken to be the male of this species,

measures 1:25 mm. in length, is black, with the antennx, except

toward tips, and the legs brownish yellow. The first joint of the

flagellum is one-half longer than the second, the third and follow-

ing joints being scarcely longer than the second and nearly three

times as long as thick.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from one male and

one female specimen.

(11) HexaPLasTa UNIFOVEATA, Sp. 0.

@. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black; antennz, except club

which is fuscous or black, and legs yellow or brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending a little beyond the middle of

abdomen ; first joint of funicle about 23 times as long as thick, joints

2-5 about 12 times as long as thick or a little longer; club-joints

not quite twice as long as thick. Cup of scutellum small, narrowed,

with a small fovea posteriorly, the part before the fovea subconvex.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 771

Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins brown, the marginal cell closed,

the second abscissa of radius very slightly longer than the first,

the areolet indicated by a rounded stigma. Abdomen a little

longer than the thorax, with a narrow girdle of sparse pubescence

at base.

3g. Length 1 mm. Differs from female only in the antenne ;

these are 15-jointed, filiform, about 13 times as long as the body,

light brown, the three basal joints whitish ; the first Joint of flagel-

lum is about one-half longer than the second, the third and

following joints being scarcely longer than the second, or about

23 times as long as thick.

Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (leeward side), and Balthazar

(windward side). Described from two male and two female

specimens.

(12) HexapLasTa DOLICHOMERA, sp. Nn.

¢. Length 13mm. Differs from H. unifoveata in its larger

size, in having longer, dark brown antenne which are nearly twice

as long as the whole insect; the first joint of the flagellum being

long, nearly twice as long as the second, the third and following

joints being slightly longer than the second, three times, or a little

more than three times, as long as thick; the second abscissa of

radius is 12 times as long as the first ; while the scutellar channels

on each side of the cup are striated.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from one male

specimen.

(13) HEXAPLASTA INSTABILIS, sp. n.

Q@. Length 1:25 to 15 mm. Robust, polished black, the sides

of thorax and metathorax usually piceous or brownish, the meta-

pleura always red, the mesopleura sometimes black; antennz,

except club which is fuscous or black, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, the first joint of funicle a little more than

twice as long as thick, joints 2-5 only a little longer than thick ;

club-joints, except last which is ovate and larger and stouter than

the others, only slightly longer than thick. Scutellum closely

reticulately punctate; the cup small, narrowed, with a minute

fovea posteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins brown, the

marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of radius about one-third

longer than the first. Metapleura bounded by a distinct sharp

carina behind. Abdomen piceous at base, the pubescent girdle

at base nearly obliterated, only slightly indicated at sides or

broadly interrupted at middle above.

3. Length1l mm. Antenne 15-jointed, brown; the first joint

of the flagellum one-half longer than the second, the third and

following three times as long as thick; veins dark brown ; other-

wise as in the female.

Balthazar (windward side) and St. George’s (leeward side).

Described from one male and seven female specimens.

772 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIO [Noy.19,

(14) Huxapnasta arricers, Ashm.

Ganaspis atriceps, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxv.

p. 67.

This species, described from St. Vincent, belongs in reality to

this genus. It was placed in the genus Ganaspis on account of

having a closed marginal cell, since Forster described Heawaplasta

with an open marginal cell; but the open or closed marginal cell

in this group is of little generic importance and we must depend

upon other characters for generic subdivision. These characters

I hope to clearly define in a publication upon which I am at

present engaged, and merely take this opportunity to place the

above species in its proper genus.

(15) HexaPpLasTA RUFOLATERALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 1 to 1:1 mm. Polished black, the sides of thorax,

metanotum, and abdomen toward base beneath brown or brownish

piceous ; metapleura red ; antenne, except last 5 joints which are

fuscous or black, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed; joints 2-5 of funicle obconic, very little

longer than thick ; club-joints, except the last, not, or only a little,

longer than thick, the first the smallest, the following gradually

increasing in size, the last ovate and the largest joint. Scutellum

closely reticulately punctate; the cup large, ovate, with a small

fovea posteriorly and 4 punctures anteriorly. Metapleura red or

reddish, bounded by a carina behind. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the

veins brown, the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of radius

not quite one-half longer than the first, the latter slightly curved.

Abdomen with the woolly girdle at base entire, not interrupted

above.

é. Length 1 mm. Antenne 15-jointed, brown, the three or

four basal joints yellowish; the first joint of the flagellum is one-

third longer than the second, the third and following joints hardly

longer than the second and nearly three times as long as thick ;

otherwise as in female.

Chantilly, Balthazar (windward side), Mount Gay Estate, and

St. George’s (leeward side). Described from nine female and

five male specimens.

Comes nearest to H. instabilis and might easily be confused with

that species. The difference in the cup of the scutellum will,

however, readily distinguish it.

(16) HexaPLasta BRUNNEICLAVATA, Sp. 0.

9. Length 1:1 mm. Polished black; sides of thorax, meta-

thorax, and abdomen, except the dorsum, brownish piceous ;

antenne, except the club which is brown, and legs yellow or

brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, rather slender, nearly as long as the body ;

joints 2-5 of funicle cylindric, about 3 times as long as thick;

club-joints 23 times as long as thick. Scutellum finely rugose, the

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 773

cup rather small, ovate, with a minute fovea posteriorly and two

punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, strongly ciliate; the veins

brownish yellow, the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of

radius very little longer than the first. Abdomen with only a

sparse pubescent girdle at base.

g. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antennx 5-jointed, long,

filiform, light brown, the three basal joints and the legs yellowish ;

first joint of flagellum one-half longer than the second, the follow-

ing joints about equal, 3 times as long as thick; otherwise as in

female.

St. John’s (leeward side). Described from one male and one

female specimen.

(17) HexapLasta HEXOMERA, sp. n.

Q@. Length 14-16 mm. Polished black; antenne, except

sometimes the funicle, black, the funicle sometimes piceous; legs

brownish or reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, a little

longer than thick; club-joints, except the last which is ovate and

twice as long as thick, a little longer than thick, or oblong. Scu-

tellum rugose, the cup ovate, with a small fovea posteriorly and 4

small punctures anteriorly (2 on each side). Wings hyaline, ciliate,

the veins brownish yellow, the marginal cell closed, the second

abscissa of radius 1? times as long as the first. Abdomen nearly

as long as the head and thorax united and almost devoid of pubes-

cence at base.

Chantilly and St. John’s River. Described from two female

specimens,

(18) HexapLasTa INCONGRUA, sp. 0.

Q@. Length 155 mm. Polished black; antennz, except club

and legs, reddish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, not extending beyond the middle of

abdomen ; the first joint of funicle twice as long as thick, joints

2-5 a little longer than thick; club-joints, except the last which is

ovate and twice as long as thick, only a little longer than thick.

Scutellum finely rugose, the cup rounded, with no fovea posteriorly

and connected anteriorly with the mesonotum by a carina, the

basal fovea crenated. Wings hyaline, ciliate, the veins yellowish,

the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of radius 13 times as

long as the first. Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax

united, the pubescent girdle at base very faint.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

(19) HexaPLasta PLEURALIS, sp. n.

Q@. Length 1-25 to 1:5 mm. Polished black; sides of thorax

brownish piceous or rufous, the metapleura red; antenne, except

the last five joints, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, the funiclar joints 2-5 three or more times

longer than thick ; club-joints twice as long as thick. Cup large,

774 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

oval, with a fovea posteriorly and 4 punctures anteriorly. Wings

hyaline, ciliate; the veins brownish yellow, the marginal cell

closed, the second abscissa of radius about 13 times as long as the

first.

Chantilly (windward side).

Resembles H. instabilis, but with the scutellar cup larger and

the antennz longer.

(20) HexapLasTa PROXIMA, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:25 to 15 mm. Polished black; antenn», except

club, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending to middle of abdomen, joints

2-5 of funicle twice as long as thick ; club-joints, except the last

which is ovate and larger than the others, nearly 13 times as long

as thick. Cup of scutellum oval, with a transverse fovea posteriorly

and 4 punctures anteriorly. Metapleura always black. Wings

hyaline, ciliate ; the veins pale yellowish, the marginal cell closed,

the second abscissa of radius a little longer than the first. Abdomen

black, as long as the head and thorax united, with a whitish girdle

at base.

gd. Length 1:25 mm. Differs from female in having long,

15-jointed, black antenne, the first joint of flagellum one-half

longer than the second, the third and following joints being about

four times as long as thick.

St. John’s River, St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate (leeward side) ;

Balthazar, Grand Etang, and Chantilly (windward side). Described

from one male and ten female specimens.

(21) HExaPLasTa DUBIOSA, sp. n.

Q. Length 16mm. Polished black; antennez, except some-

times the funicle which is more or less piceous, black; legs,

brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending almost to the middle of the

abdomen ; joints 2-5 of funicle subequal, hardly 14 times as long

as thick ; club-joints, except the last which is ovate and twice as

long as thick, only a little longer than thick. Cup of scutellum

oval, with a small fovea posteriorly and 4 punctures anteriorly.

Metapleura bounded by a carina behind. Wings hyaline, ciliate ;

the veins light brown, the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa

of radius very little longer than the first, straight, the first slightly

curved. Abdomen nearly as long as the head and thorax united,

with a dense dusky girdle of wool at base. ;

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side) and Grand Etang. Described

from three female specimens.

PENTAMEROCERA, Ashm., g. n.

(Type, P. angularis.)

Antennz in female 13-jointed, shorter than the body and ending

in an abrupt 5-jointed club. Scutellum finely rugose or punctate ;

1895. } HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 775

the cup oval or ovate, rarely small, elliptic, and usually with a

fovea posteriorly and some punctures anteriorly. Front wings

either with an open or closed marginal cell, the first abscissa

shorter than the second, the cubitus wanting; apex of wings

usually entire, rarely emarginate or sinuate. Abdomen with the

usual hair-fringe at base.

In having a 5-jointed antennal club this genus agrees with

Pentacrita, Forster, a subgenus of Kleidotoma, but it is readily

distinguished from it by the finely rugose or punctate scutellum,

the cup being larger and the abdomen shorter, besides a difference

in venation.

From Cothanaspis, which also has a 5-jointed club, it is readily

separated by a raised pubescent or woolly girdle at base.

The genus is in reality a subgenus of Hucoela, Westwood.

he species described under the new genus may be tabulated as

follows :—

Table of Species.

Females.

Marginal cell more or less open along the fore margin. 4.

Marginal cell closed.

Apex of front wings more or less emarginate ...... 3.

Apex of front wings entire.

First abscissa of radius normal, not angulated... 2.

First abscissa of radius angulated within a little

beyond the middle................02csseceerseecees P ,angularis, sp. n.

2. Hind coxe and all femora more or less toward

base piceous, rest of legs brownish yellow.

Cup of scutellum ovate, with a small fovea poste-

riorly and 4 punctures anteriorly ............... P. distinguenda, sp. n.

All cox and legs reddish or brownish yellow.

Antenne black or brown-black.

Cup of scutellum moderately large, oval, a small

fovea posteriorly; mesopleura and meta-

thorax brownish or rufo-piceous —............ P. erythropleura, sp. n.

Antenne, except the club or some of the club-

joints, yellow or reddish yellow.

Cup of scutellum oval, with a small fovea poste-

riorly and 6 punctures on the anterior part ;

sides of thorax black; funiclar joints long,

GSTS bhescbeccrde aeare Seo ease dooantheddendsb ac P. 6-punctata, sp. n.

Oup of scutellum narrowed, ovate; sides of

thorax brownish; funiclar joints short, sub-

TNO NIMMOTIANs side sap Plateae dete seas one ooacee seco P. lateralis, sp. nu.

3, Legs, including coxe, brownish yellow.

Oup of scutellum oval, the disk subconvex, smooth,

impunctate; antenne brown-black, the joints

oftnnicle On ptsseseaseeys-cenetssedtaseenseasaancescas P. connectans, sp. n.

4. Legs entirely brownish yellow.

Cup of scutellum very small, elliptic; joints of

funicle after the first small, moniliform......... P. nanella, sp. n.

(1) PENTAMEROCERA ANGULARIS, sp. n.

@. Length 16 mm. Polished black; antenne dark rufous;

legs reddish. :

776 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Novy.19,

Antenne 13-jointed, the scape twice as long as the pedicel,

obconic ; funicle 6-jointed, joints 2-6 subequal, a little longer than

thick; club 5-jointed, the joints nearly equal, a little longer than

thick. Scutellum rugose; the cup ovate, with a shallow fovea

posteriorly and 4 small punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline,

ciliate ; the veins pale yellowish, the marginal cell closed, the first

branch of radius a little shorter than the second and angulated

within a little beyond its middle. Abdomen as long as the head

and thorax united, with a pubescent girdle at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from two female speci-

mens. Remarkable for, and readily recognized by, the angulated

first branch of the radius.

(2) PENTAMEROCERA DISTINGUENDA, sp. 0.

@. Length 15mm. Polished black; antenne dark rufous ;

legs brownish yellow, the hind coxe and all the femora toward

base more or less piceous or obfuscated.

Antenne 13-jointed ; funicle 6-jointed, joints 2-6 submoniliform,

very little longer than thick; club 5-jointed, rounded, the last

conic and a little the longest joint. Scutellum rugulose, opaque ;

the cup small, ovate, shining, with a minute fovea posteriorly and

4 punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate ; the veins yellowish,

the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of radius about one-

third longer than the first, the latter very slightly curved but not

angulated. Abdomen at base with a sparsely pubescent girdle.

Balthazar (windward side), and St. John’s River (leeward

side). Described from two female specimens.

(3) PENTAMEROCERA ERYTHROPLEURA, Sp. 0.

@. Length 1:25 mm. Polished black; the mesopleura and

metathorax rufous or brownish piceous; antennz black, as long as

the body ; legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, long; funicle 6-jointed, joints 2-6

subequal in length, but the last two slightly stouter than the

others, joint 1 is a little more than three times as long as thick

at apex, joints 2-4 are 3 times as long as thick, while joints 5 and

6 are from 2 to 23 times as long as thick; club 5-jointed, the

joints from 2 to 23 times as long as thick. Scutellum finely

rugose; the cup rather large, oval, with a small fovea posteriorly

and 4 punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, ciliate; the veins pale,

the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of radius about one-

third longer than the first, straight, the first a little curved.

Abdomen black, but brownish or piceous at base.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from two female speci-

mens.

(4) PENTAMEROCERA 6-PUNCTATA, sp. 1.

@. Length 1°25 mm. Polished black; antennz, except the

scape and the last four joints, and legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, two-thirds the length of body; funicle

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. TEE

6-jointed, joints 2-6 obconie, subequal, a little more than twice

as long as thick at apex; club 5-jointed, the joints oblong.

Scutellum finely rugose, the cup oval, with 6 punctures. Wings

hyaline, ciliate ; the marginal cell closed, the second branch of the

radius about one-half longer than the first, straight, the first

slightly curved.

Mount Gay Estate (leeward side). Described from one female

specimen.

(5) PeENTAMEROCERA LATERALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. Polished black, the sides of thorax, meta-

thorax, and abdomen at base brownish or testaceous ; antenne and

legs brownish yellow, the three or four apical jomts of club

dusky.

eabihas 13-jointed, two-thirds the length of body; funicle

6-jointed, joints 2-6 submoniliform, not or scarcely longer than

thick; club 5-jointed, the first joint the smallest, the second

rounded, the third and fourth a little longer than thick, the last

ovate. Cup of scutellum rather small, narrowed ovate, with a

small indentation posteriorly, the rim testaceous, the anterior

portion so small that the punctures are confluent. Wings hyaline,

ciliate, the veins testaceous ; otherwise as in previous species.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from one specimen.

(6) PENTAMEROCERA CONNECTANS, sp. n.

Q. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antenne brown-black ; legs

brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, nearly as long as the body; funicle 6-

jointed, joints 2-6 nearly three times as long as thick; club

5-jointed, twice as long as thick, the last ovate, a little longer than

the others. Cup of scutellum rather small, oval, with a delicate

frenum ; the disk subconvex, smooth, polished, impunctate. Wings

hyaline, ciliate, the apex of front wings slightly emarginate or

sinuate ; the veins testaceous, the marginal cell closed, the second

abscissa of radius straight, about one-third longer than the first, the

latter slightly curved.

Balthazar (windward side). Described from one female speci-

men.

(7) PENTAMEROCERA NANELLA, sp. 0.

@. Length 0°8 mm. Polished black; antennz, except the club,

rufous; legs brownish yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, extending a little beyond the base of

abdomen ; funicle 6-jointed, joints 2-6 small, moniliform; club

5-jointed, joints 2-3 moniliform, joint 4 a little longer than thick,

the last ovate. Cup of scutellum small, elliptic, with 3 small

punctures. Wings hyaline, ciliate; the veins brownish, the

marginal cell open along the fore border and about as wide as

long, the second abscissa of radius being scarcely longer than the

778 MR. W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov.19,

first, straight and stout. Metapleura covered with a griseous

pubescence.

Balthazar (windward side).

TrTRAMEROCERA, Ashm., g. n.

(Type, 7. variabilis.)

Antenne in female 13-jointed, nearly as long as the body and

terminating in an abrupt 4-jointed club; otherwise similar to

Pentamerocera: the marginal cell closed, the second abscissa of

radius longer than the first with a slight outward curve, the first

abscissa with a slight inward curve.

This genus is also only a subgenus of Eucoela and is quite

distinct from Tetrarhapta, Forster, with which it agrees only in

having a 4-jointed antennal club, the shape of the abdomen,

scutellum, and venation being quite distinct.

(1) TrrRAMEROCERA VARIABILIS, sp. n.

9. Length 0:9 to 14mm. Polished black, with sometimes the

pleura, metathorax, and base of abdomen reddish or. brownish ;

antenne, except the last 2 or 3 jcints, and legs brownish yellow ;

last 2 or 3 club-joints black.

Antenne 13-jointed, not quite so long as the body; scape and

pedicel subequal ; funicle 7-jointed, the first joint the longest,

32 times as long as thick at apex, joints 2-5 a little shorter, joints

6-7 still shorter and thicker, about twice as long as thick; club

4-jointed, the first joint a little smaller than the second, the last

the stoutest. Scutellum closely punctate, the cup ovate, with a

small fovea posteriorly and 4 punctures on the smooth anterior

part. Wings hyaline, the tegule piceous; the veins light brown

or yellowish, the marginal cell completely closed, the first abscissa

of radius very little shorter than the second, slightly curved

inwardly, the second abscissa slightly curved inwardly. Abdomen

as long as the head and thorax united, black, more or less piceous

or brownish toward base, and with a narrow pubescent girdle.

Balthazar (windward side) and Mount Gay Estate. Described

from four female specimens.

Family [cHNEUMONID4.

Subfamily OpHioninz&.

Cuarops, Holmgren.

CHAROPS BIMACULATA, sp. n.

9. Length 6 mm. Black, coarsely punctate, and more or less

distinctly clothed with a glittering pubescence, especially on face,

mesosternum, and metathorax; flagellum brown-black; scape,

pedicel, mandibles, palpi, tegule, fovee on second abdominal

segment, a band at base of third segment, and legs yellow; middle

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 79

and hind coxe and femora, except tips of the middle pair, tips of

middle tibie# and base and apex of hind tibie and their tarsi, except

narrowly at base of joints, black; tips of joints of anterior and

middle tarsi dusky. Wings fuscous, the costal vein at base yellow,

the stigma and all other veins black or blackish fuscous. Meta-

thorax rugose.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

EreHosoMa, Cresson.

EIPHOSOMA ANNULATUS, Cr.

This species is represented by 4 male and 6 female specimens

taken on Mount Gay Estate.

Awerti1a, Holmgren.

ANGITIA INSULARIS, Ashm.

Cremastus? insularis, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p- 140.

This species, doubtfully described under the genus Cremastus,

is represented by one male and one female specimen, labelled

St. John’s River.

THERSILOCHUS, Holmgren.

THERSILOCHUS OCULATUS, sp. n.

3. Length 3 mm. Head and thorax above black, shining,

sericeous, impunctate; metathorax areolated; thorax at sides and

beneath rufous ; clypeus, legs, including all coxe, and the abdomen

reddish yellow or dark honey-yellow.

Head transverse, the occiput subconvex, the frons impressed ; eyes

very large, occupying the whole side of the head, strongly facetted

and convergent above, the vertex therefore very narrow; ocelli

large, prominent, rather close together, the lateral being close to

the eye-margin; clypeus not separated, prominent, and somewhat

rounded anteriorly. Antenne 17-jointed, short, not longer than

the thorax, the scape and pedicel yellow; flagellum dark brown,

the first joint the longest, about three times as long as thick at

apex, the following joints very gradually shortening. Thorax

smooth, without parapsidal furrows, the mesonotum as wide as

long, the scutellum with a transverse furrow at base; metathorax

posteriorly obliquely truncate, the truncature impressed medially

and bounded by carine at the sides. Wings subhyaline, the stigma

very large, triangular, and, as well as the venation, brown.

Abdomen compressed, with the petiole very long and slender, about

as long as the hind femora, slightly dusky towards base; body of

abdomen about twice as long as the petiole, the first three segments

subequal.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

780 MRE. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Novy. 19,

Subfamily TryPHoyrn 2.

ORTHOCENTRUS, Gray.

ORTHOCENTRUS VARIABILIS, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p. 141.

Mount Gay Estate. One female specimen.

Subfamily Cryprinz.

MeEsostents, Grav.

MEsOsTENUS INSULARIS, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p- 188.

Balthazar. One female specimen.

Hemitetes, Gravenhorst.

HEMITELES MACULITHORAX, sp. n.

g. Length 2.2mm. Polished black, impunctate, except some

fine transverse lines on the middle lobe of mesonotum; meso-

notum piceous, with the parapsidal furrows distinct anteriorly, the

furrows anteriorly, the margins of the lateral lobes, and a large

spot on the middle lobe posteriorly before the scutellum reddish

yellow; tegule yellowish white; hind coxe and first and last

abdominal segments black, second abdominal segment yellow,

third, fourth, and fifth piceous.

Antenne 19-jointed, as long as the body, brownish yellow, but

with the three basal joints yellow; first joint of flagellum the

longest, the following to the last gradually becoming shorter, the

last conical, about twice as long as the penultimate. Metathorax

smooth, but distinctly areolated. Wings hyaline, with the venation

pale yellowish ; legs brownish yellow, the hind femora dusky at

the middle, the hind tibia with a small spot beyond the base and

its apex, dusky.

Mount-Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

Diaetypra, Forster.

DIAGLYPTA RADIATA, Sp. 0.

9. Length 7 mm.; ovipositor one-third the length of abdomen.

Head and thorax black, shining, sparsely covered with a glittering

white pubescence; tegule and palpi yellowish white; two basal

joints of antenna, legs, and abdomen rufous. Wings hyaline, the

anterior pair with a transverse brown band beyond the basal third

and another broader band across the disk, enclosing the stigma

and most of the radial cell, leaving only the apical fifth of the

wings clear ; hind wings with the apical one-fourth brown.

Head transverse, much wider than the thorax, with large pro-

minent eyes, which occupy the whole side of the head, slightly

convergent above and making the head appear convex before and

behind ; head before punctate, clothed with a glittering white

1895:]° «HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 781

pubescence, behind smooth, polished; antenne 28-jointed, serrated

at tips, the flagellar joints 3 and 4 longer than the first. Thorax

with distinct parapsidal furrows, the lobes with transverse raised

lines along the furrows ; the middle lobe anteriorly nearly smooth,

very finely punctate, but posteriorly just in front of the scutellum

there are nine radiating raised lines ; disks of lateral lobes smooth,

the lateral ridges of thorax extend as carine along the sides of the

scutellum clear to its tip, the disk of scutellum convex, smooth, at

the base is a deep transverse furrow, crenated at bottom; pleura

closely punctate; metathorax rugose, areolated, the large lateral

areas at base strongly, transversely striated, the superior median

area large, narrowed pentagonal in outline, but confluent with the

petiolar area. Abdomen smooth, impunctate, the petiole broadly

widened at apex, about one and two-third times the length of the

second segment, the third slightly shorter than the second, the

following much shorter ; venter with a longitudinal fold.

Caliveny Estate. Described from two female specimens.

Subfamily Purerin 2.

Laperna, Cresson.

LABENA TRILINEATA, sp. n.

é- Length 9 mm. Yellow, smooth, impunctate; a transverse

band on occiput, bases of hind ocelli, tips of mandibles, three lines

on mesonotum (the lateral abbreviated anteriorly), the depression

at base of scutellum, a band at base of metathorax and its extreme

apex, the sutures between the prothorax and the mesopleura and

between the latter and the metapleura, the coxal attachment of

hind legs, a streak on hind tibie towards apex and their tarsi, and

broad bands on the abdominal segments, all black. Wings hyaline,

with dusky at tips, the stigma and venation black.

St. George’s. Described from one male specimen.

This lovely species comes nearest to L. gloriosa, Cr., described

from Mexico.

Family BRACONID &,

Subfamily Braconryz.

TputavLax, Forster,

(1) Ippiavnax xanrHospitus, Ashm,

Bracon «xanthospilus, Ashm, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 110.

Balthazar and St. John’s River. One male and two female

specimens.

(2) [pHtauLax FLAVomacuLatUs, Ashm,

Bracon flavomaculatus, |. ec. p. 111.

Balthazar. Two female specimens.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. L. 50

782 MR. W. H. ASHMBAD—REPORT ON THU PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

Bracon, Fabr.

(1) Bracon remoratus, Ashm. 1. c. p. 112.

St. George’s. One male specimen.

(2) BRacon PLATYGASTER, sp. n.

©. Length 3 mm.; ovipositor short, black, one-fourth the

length of abdomen. Head and thorax polished black ; mandibles,

legs, except tarsi which are fuscous, and abdomen, except shield

of first segment and a triangular spot at base of second, rufous ;

shield and spot at base of second segment black. Head trans-

verse ; thorax trilobed, the metanotum punctulate, with a median

carina; wings subbyaline, the stigma and venation brown-black ;

abdomen very broad, much wider than the thorax, the first and

second segments, and a part of the third, shagreened, the rest

polished, impunctate.

g. Length 2mm. Differs from female only in having a longer,

much narrower abdomen, and in that the surface of the metathorax

is smoother although carinated.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. * Described from one male

and one female specimen.

(3) Bracon vunearis, Ashm. I. c. p. 112.

Grenada. Three male specimens.

(4) Bracon, sp.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Two specimens in poor

condition and unfit for describing.

(5) Bracon saNori-vincentt, Ashm. 1. c. p. 112.

Grenada. One male specimen without a head.

Subfamily RuyssaLin2.

Coxastss, Haliday.

CoLASTES GRENADENSIS, sp. 0. ;

@. Length 25 mm. Brownish yellow; vertex and dorsum of

abdomen with a slight brownish tinge ; legs paler ; wings hyaline,

the stigma and venation yellowish.

Head smooth, polished, the eyes large, slightly emarginated

within opposite the base of antenne ; mesonotum alutaceous ; the

metanotum smooth, not areolated, with a slight median carina.

Wings ample, the second abscissa of radius only a little longer

than the first, the second submarginal cell therefore small, nearly

twice as long along the cubitus as along the radius, the recurrent

nervure joining the first submarginal cell at about two-thirds its

length. Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax united,

shining, the surface of the dorsum a little wrinkled but not

sculptured, the first and second segments subequal and the longest

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 783

segments, the following gradually shortening; ovipositor not quite

so long as the abdomen.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

Subfamily Spararm 2,

Spatutus, Nees.

SPATHIUS FLAVOTESTACEUS, sp. n.

3. Length 25 mm. Uniformly pale brownish yellow, the eyes

violaceous.

Head quadrate, the vertex and occiput finely transversely striated ;

antennz 25-jointed, one and a half times as long as the body.

Thorax finely shagreened, the mesopleura with a crenate furrow,

the metathorax rugose, exareolated ; anterior and middle coxe and

trochanters whitish ; anterior wings subhyaline, with a whitish

transverse band between the stigma andthe basal nervure, the

stigma, except at base, and nervures brown; the second abscissa

of radius is one-half longer than the first. Abdomen clavate,

with a very long slender petiole which is as long as the body of

abdomen, with the spiracles placed at its basal third; body of

abdomen ovate, polished.

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

Subfamily Hucazorrn 2.

Hererospinus, Haliday.

(1) HerzrospPitus rascratus, Ashm. l. c. supra, p. 118.

Mount Maitland and Grand Etang. Two male specimens.

(2) HererosPILus HUMERALIS, Ashm. |. c. p. 121.

Chantilly Estate, Balthazar, St. George’s, and St. John’s River.

Four specimens, 1 9,3 ¢.

(3) Hersrospitus paniiprprs, Ashm. |. ¢, p. 119.

Balthazar. One female specimen, agreeing fairly well with the

type except that the ovipositor is a little shorter.

Subfamily Hormin#,

Hormtivs, Nees.

(1) HorMiIvs RUGOSICOLLIS, sp. n.

@. Length 25mm. Polished black; collar, metathorax, and

plate on first abdominal segment rugose; disk of abdomen,

flagellum, and legs rufous; hind femora toward apex, coxe, and

trochanters yellowish; palpi whitish.

Antenne 21-jointed, the scape black, the flagellum dusky

towards apex; mesonotum smooth, polished, trilobed; the scutel-

lum bifoveated at base, the fovee with some raised lines at

bottom ; mesopleura with a deep fovea below the middle. Wings

50*

784 MR. W.H, ASHMBAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIO [Nov. 19,

hyaline, pubescent, the stigma whitish, the nervures tinged with

brown, the second abscissa of radius about one-half longer than

the first, the recurrent nervure joining an angle in the second

submarginal cell. Abdomen long-oval, about as long as the head

and thorax united, the lateral margins of the first segment and

a large spot on dorsum of second and third segments rufous, rest

of abdomen black; the plate of the first segment is rugose, the

following segments smooth and shining but slightly wrinkled ;

ovipositor short, stout.

Mount Gay Estate. Two female specimens.

(2) Hormivs menievs, Ashm.

Grand Etang and Mount Gay Estate. Two female specimens.

Subfamily Ruocapin Zz.

Ruoeas, Nees.

RHOGAS BIFASCIATUS, sp. n.

@. Length 5 mm. Brownish yellow; eyes, stemmaticum, and

last joint of tarsi black; abdominal segments 1, 2, and 3 longi-

tudinally striated, the first with a median carina.

Antenne 40-jointed, the basal third of the flagellum black.

Wings hyaline, bifasciated ; the first fascia is situated at the base

of the basal nervure and encloses the transverse median nervure ;

the second extends across the wing from the middle of the stigma ;

all nervures, except the portions enclosed by the fasciw, are

brownish yellow, the portions enclosed by the fasciz being black ;

there is also a black spot at base of costal and anal nervures.

3d. Length 4mm. Agrees with the female, except the antennx

are 34-jointed, wholly brownish yellow, or then with only two or

three basal joints of flagellum black.

St. George’s and Mount Gay Estate. Described from eight male

and four female specimens.

Subfamily CHELONINZ.

PHANEROTOMA, Wesmael.

(1) PHanzrotoma rnsuLaRis, Ashm. I. c. p. 124.

St. George’s and Mount Gay Estate. Six specimens.

(2) PHANEROoTOMA HUMERALIS, Ashm. l,c. p. 125.

Mount Gay Estate. One specimen.

Subfamily AGaTHIDINz.

Agaruis, Latreille.

(1) Acaruis RuBRIcINoTUS, Ashm. 1. ¢. p. 128.

Balthazar, St. George’s, and St. John’s River. Three female

specimens. This species also occurs in Jamaica.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 785

(2) AGATHIS PecTORALIS, Ashm. 1. c. p. 129.

Balthazar, St. George’s. Three male specimens,

Micropvs, Nees.

(1) Micropvs stiematus, Cr.

Balthazar, St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate, and Vendéme

Estate. Four male and two female specimens.

(2) Micropus vanress, Cr.

Mount Gay Estate and St. George’s. Seven male and two

female specimens.

(3) Micropvs mnsvLaRis, Ashm. I. c. p. 130.

Mount Gay Estate. One female specimen.

(4) Micronvus vnicrncrvs, Ashm. 1. c. p, 129.

St. George’s. One female specimen.

Subfamily ToxonnuRINz.

ToxoNEURA, Say.

TOXONEURA ATRICORNIS, Ashm. |. c. p. 132.

Mount Gay Estate and St. Géorge’s. Seven male and four

female specimens.

Subfamily Macrocrntrin 2,

Macrocrntrvs, Curtis.

MACROCENTRUS DELICATUS, Cr.

St. John’s River. This species is represented by a single female

specimen, which agrees very well with some of the forms collected

in Texas, except that the lobes of mesonotum, ag well as the

dorsum of abdomen, are more distinctly black.

Subfamily Oprmnz.

Optus, Wesmael.

(1) Orrus unrrascratus, Ashm. 1. c. p. 135.

Grand Etang. Two male specimens.

(2) Oprus REJEcTUS, Ashm. l. c. p. 136.

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

(3) Oprus INTERSTITIALIS, Ashm.

Balthazar. Two male specimens.

(4) Optus satvint, Ashm.:

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

786 MR, W. H. ASHMHAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

Subfamily Aystinz.

Synonasis, Forster.

SYNCRASIS FLAVIFRONS, sp. 0.

g. Length 15 mm. Polished black; head, except vertex,

trophi, first three joints of antenne, tegule, legs, including coxe,

and the basal half of the abdomen brownish yellow.

Antennz 25-jointed, longer than the body, the fifth joint longer

than the fourth. Mesonotum trilobed, the middle lobe extending

only to half the length of the mesonotum, a fovea or grooved line

between its apex and the scutellum; metanotum with a transverse

carina before its apex. Wings hyaline, the stigma and venation

brown; the radius originates beyond the middle of the stigma,

its first branch short, only one-third the length of the radius ;

first submarginal and first discoidal cells confluent. Abdomen as

long as head and thorax united, with the first segment striated,

the following segments smooth, polished. ,

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

ApHABRETA, Forster.

APHAERETA APICALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 1:8 mm. Polished black; mandibles, palpi, first

four joints of antennex, tegule, legs, and basal abdominal segment

brownish yellow or pale yellow; last six joints of antenne white.

Wings hyaline, the venation light brown. Mesonotum without

furrows, while the metanotum has a median carina connected by

a carina bounding the posterior margin. Abdomen, except the

basal segment which is striate,smooth and polished ; the ovipositor

as long as the abdomen, black and hairy.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen, and

readily distinguished from all other species by the white apical

joints of antenne.

Family PRocroTRYPID 4.

Subfamily Bernyiiva.

DissomMPHALus, Ashm.

(1) DissompHaLus TUBERCULATUS, Ashm. Journ. Linn, Soc.,

Zool, xxv. p. 193.

Chantilly Estate. One male specimen.

(2) DissomPpHaLus BisuLcus, Ashm, ]. ¢. p. 194.

Mount Gay Estate. Four male specimens.

(3) DissompHatus conFusus, Ashm. l.c. p. 194,

Balthazar. Two male specimens.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 787

.. Epyris, Westw.

EPYRIS PYGMZUS, sp. 0.

_¢. Length 15 mm. Black, subopaque, finely coriaceous ; legs

piceous ; trochanters, tibiz, and tarsi brownish yellow; wings

subhyaline, pubescent, the venation brown; tegule brownish

yellow.

Antenne 13-jointed, as long as the body, black, pubescent;

pedicel and first flagellar joint equal in length, two-thirds the

length of the second, the joints beyond the second as far as to the

penultimate imperceptibly shortening, the last joint longer, as long

as the second. Pronotum long, trapezoidal; mesonotum short,

transverse, with two delicately grooved lines anteriorly ; mesopleura

convex, with a fovea above the middle; metanotum longer than

wide, quadrate. Abdomen oblong-oval, polished, depressed, the

petiole longer than thick, grooved above.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

Gontozus, Forster.

(1) Gontozus NiGRIFEMUR, Ashm. l.c. p. 195.

St. George’s. One female specimen, which is a little smaller

than the type.

(2) Goniozus IncomptErvs, Ashm. l.c. p. 196,

Mount Gay Estate. One female specimen.

Subfamily Dryinivz.

ApuEtorts, Dalman.

APHELOPUS ALBopicTus, Ashm. Monogr. N. A. Proct, p. 101.

Balthazar and St. John’s River. Three male specimens.

Subfamily CuraPHRONINZ,

Tribe CERAPHRONINI.

CERAPHRON, Jurine.

Table of Species.

Black; legs and antennz, except sometimes the flagellum,

brownish yellow.

Head and thorax smooth, shining...... erases tar nareccddennee 2.

Head and thorax opaque or subopaque, punctate.

Head and thorax opaque, closely minutely punctulate ;

flagellum brown-black, subclavate, the pedicel one-

third longer than the first flagellar joint, the fol-

lowing joints gradually increasing in size, quadrate,

the last/ovate; large..-<-cc.ccscccceccaecesssnevessiccesecs C. grenadensis.

Head and thorax subopaque, sparsely punctate ; fla-

gellum brown-black, subclavate, the pedicel as long

as the first and second flagellar joints united, joints

2 to 5 a little wider than long, 6-7 longer than

wide, the last Ovate ......66.ccssceseneenes SAP EEE « , subopacus,

788 MR, W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov.19,

2. Abdomen brownish yellow at base and beneath ............ 3.

Abdomen entirely black ; flagellum subclavate, the last

four or five joints only black ‘

Face transversely wrinkled; flagellar joints 2 to 4

transverse, a little wider than long, joints 5 to 7

quadrate, the last oblong, twice as long as the

PTECAMING J..6..sccccseowsennsccaneeesnar=-eurshs- Pern spe C. rugifrons.

Face smooth, polished; flagellar joint as long as the

pedicel, joints 2-3 about half as long as the first,

4 quadrate, 5 to 7 longer than wide, the last ovate,

half longer than the 7th ............0ccsesccssccsesceveee C. politifrons,

3. Legs and basal joints of antenne yellowish ............... C, basalis, Ashm,

(1) CrraAPHRON GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. Black, opaque, minutely, closely punctate ;

scape, pedicel, and legs brownish yellow ; flagellum brown-black ;

wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation dark brown.

Head transverse, the face concave, shining; frons, vertex, and

cheeks closely punctulate, opaque; flagellum subclavate, about

twice as long as the scape, the pedicel one-third longer than the

first flagellar joint, second and following flagellar joints to last

gradually increasing in size, quadrate, the last ovate, about twice as

long as the penultimate. Thorax above opaque, closely minutely

punctate, sericeous; pleura smooth, shining; tegule brownish

piceous ; metanotum armed with a small thorn. Abdomen sessile,

ovate, polished black, pointed at tip, as long as the head and

thorax united, and with some striz at base above.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(2) CERAPHRON SUBOPACUS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 1 mm. Black, subopaque, sparsely, punctate, the

punctures not so dense as in the preceding species‘and the surface

with a slight lustre, the scutellum shining ; scape and legs yellow,

the hind coxe dusky or black; wings hyaline, pubescent, the

venation light brown.

Head transverse, the face emarginate, shining ; flagellum dark

brown or blackish, not twice as long as the scape, the pedicel as

long as the first and second flagellar joints united ; flagellar joints

2 to 5 a little wider than long, 6 and 7 longer than wide, the

last ovate, not quite twice as long as the penultimate. Thorax

above subopaque, the scutellum shining ; pleura smooth, shining ;

metanotum with a small tubercle. Abdomen sessile, as long as

the head and thorax united, polished black.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(3) CERAPHRON RUGIFRONS, sp. 0.

@. Length 1 mm. Black, shining; head and thorax above

smooth, -impunctate ; face and frons with delicate, transverse

ruge ; antenne, except last four joints, and legs, including all

coxe, brownish yellow; wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation

brownish yellow. Flagellum, excluding the pedicel, 13 times as

long as the scape, joints 2-4 transverse, a little wider than long,

5-7 quadrate, the last oblong, twice as long as the preceding.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 789

Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united, polished black,

striated at base above.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(4) CERAPHRON POLITIFRONS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black, impunctate, the frons and

face perfectly smooth, shining; antennz, except the last four or

five joints, and legs brownish yellow or yellow, the hind coxe

dusky basally; wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation light

brown. Flagellum subclavate, the first joint as long as the pedicel,

joints 2 and 3 about half as long as the first, a little longer than thick,

joint 4 quadrate, joints 5-7 longer than wide, gradually increasing

in length, joint 8, or the last, ovate, one-half longer than the

penultimate.

Balthazar and St.George’s. Described from two female specimens.

(5) CurapHron Basatis, Ashm. Monogr. N. A. Proct. p. 127.

Mount Gay Estate. A single female specimen.

ApHanoemus, Thomson.

Table of Species.

Polished black ; scape and legs brownish yellow.

Flagellum clavate, brown, sometimes with the pedicel and

one or two flagellar joints yellowish; joints 1 to 4

small, moniliform, after the first transverse; joints 5

and 6 much larger, transverse, nearly as large as the

ih; Chey Shh voblon gs cs<tcseca. toccus< Macs sees qe tees ees ok wna A, grenadensis.

Flagellum brownish or dusky only at tips; first joint

minute, obconic, the second and following joints

adually increasing in width, transverse-moniliform,

the 7th and 8th much larger, the 7th transverse

quadrate, the last long, large ovate ............ce0ceeeeeeee A, insularis.

(1) APHANOGMUS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

@. Length 0°6 mm. Polished black; scape, with sometimes

the pedicel and one or two joints of funicle, and legs brownish

yellow ; wings hyaline, ciliated, the nervures light brown. Head

transverse, the face slightly impressed ; eyes large, bare; antenne

much incrassated towards tips; first joint of flagellum very

minute, joints 2 to 4 transverse, nearly as large as the 7th, joint 8

or the last oblong. Mesonotum with a single grooved line;

scutellum convex, polished, longer than wide at base. Abdomen

subsessile, ovate, a little piceous at base.

Balthazar. Described from two female specimens.

(2) APHANOGMUS INSULARIS, sp. n.

9. Length 0-6 mm. Agrees with the previous species, except

that only the tip of the flagellum is dusky or black and the joints

are relatively different. The flagellar joints 2 to 5 are transverse

moniliform ; the 6th is much enlarged ; the 8th quadrate ; the 9th

conic ; the 8th and 9th black or dusky. Wings hyaline, pubescent,

with an indistinct fascia below the parastigma. Abdomen black,

slightly paler at base...

Balthazar. Described from two female specimens.

790 MR. W,H,. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PaRASITIC [Noy. 19,

Subfamily Scrnionin Zz,

Tribe TELENOMINI,

TELENoMvs, Haliday.

Table of Species.

Females,

Pedicel distinctly longer and thicker than the first

funicular; |OUnte: tes seteeseaneasuesesniiebssadieieinaces aS 3.

Pedicel shorter, or at least never longer, than the first

funicular joint.

First funicular joint very little longer than the

poedicaliines: 2: -.2 iiseedetasequscksewacsccabeataacsdacvssr=s 2.

First funicular joint distinctly longer than the pedicel.

Head 3 times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ;

the head, scutellum, and abdomen polished,

impunctate.

Mesonotum opaque, strigoso-scabrous ; legs and

antenne, except the last 5 joints, yellow... 7. grenadensis.

Mesonotum opaque, finely rugose; legs and

antenne, except the last 9 joints, yellow... T, longiclavatus,

Mesonotum polished, at the most with sparse

microscopic punctures; legs and antenne,

except the last 5 joints, yellow .............+ T. connectans.

Head quadrate, not twice as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly; head, scutellum, and

abdomen polished, impunctate

Mesonotum closely, microscopically punctate,

shining; legs pale yellow; scape and

pedicel brownish yellow .........2..4+ seers T. luteipes.

2. Head very wide, about 4 times as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly.

Head and abdomen polished, impunctate; mesonotum

and scutellum minutely shagreened; scape,

pedicel, and legs brownish yellow ............... T, megacephalus.

8. Head quadrate, less than twice as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly .........sscccsessceeseneeceenees soees 5.

Head transverse-quadrate, but more than twice as

wide as thick antero-posteriorly, the occiput

Geeply CONCAVE .......2scescesserccsccccecsecsecesnees 4,

Head transverse, from 3 to 33 times as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly.

Mesonotum strigoso-rugose ; head and scutellum

smooth, polished ; legs and antennez, except

club, brownish yellow..........2:cessesecseeeeeeees T. scaber, Ashm.

Mesonotum minutely punctate.

Scape, pedicel, and legs yellow; second abdom-

inal segment black .....3...ccseccsesceeeeseerees T. latifrons.

Antenre, except last 5 joints, and legs yellow;

second abdominal segment more or less

PICEOUS OF FULOUS tae. c ..0s150.can.reegesceevoan T. nigriclavatus.

Mesonotum polished, impunctate.

Abdomen black.

Antenne dark brown, almost black; legs

browMinhy yellGwy ccs. cress csoee> scantiends sxnes T. fuscicornis.

Antenne brown-black ; legs fuscous or black,

the trochanters, knees, and tarsi whitish. T. albitarsis.

Abdomen brownish yellow; scape and legs

yellow, the flagellum light-brown ......... 7. flaviventris,

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 791

4, Species polished, impunctate.

Antennz, except club, and legs brownish yellow.

5. Legs, including coxe, yellow or brownish yellow.

Second abdominal segment twice as long as

wide at apex; mesonotum subopaque, closely

LN CLL EG) eavsen sac sae ae ceca dans sareeerse tas haan staae

Second abdominal segment not twice as long as

wide at apex, only about 13 times as long as

wide.

Mesonotum subopaque, minutely puuctulate ;

antennge, except seape beneath, brown-black.

Mesonotum smooth, polished; antennx, except

club, brownish yellow ............00.:ses-00s «:

Males,

First and third flagellar joints short, or scarcely longer

than thick, or one or the other not longer than

THICK, cos iakee dts tacttaee tic scust enorme rei caaei se

First and third flagellar joints long, more than twice

as long as thick, the second still longer.

Head transverse-quadrate, about 23 times as wide as

thick antero-posteriorly .............0..cescssscseeeee

Head widely transverse, 3 to 34 or more times longer

than thick antero-posteriorly.

Mesonotum smooth, shining, at the most with

sparse, microscopic punctures, first and third

flagellar joints about equal in length .........

2. Mesonotum polished.

First and third flagellar joints subequal, the third

the stouter, second joint one-half longer than

the first; flagellum black; scape, pedicel, and

LepelDrOWMISHVeMOW igccsscoscteseesesdacceaavenscesed

First and third flagellar joints equal, the third the

stouter, the second a little longer; flagellum

brown, scape and pedicel brownish yellow, the

Nope LuteOusiese<steaatsp sescocers reca--c ope acesesscces=>

Mesonotum polished, impunctate.

Head quadrate, scarcely twice as wide as thick ......

Head transverse, 3 or more times wider than long.

First and third flagellar joints not longer than

thick, the first much the stouter, the second a

little longer than thick, the joints after the

third moniliform, the last conical, twice as

long as the preceding ; legs brownish yellow,

the antennse fuscous ............ssececseeseereeees

First and second flagellar joints nearly equal in

length, the third and following joints

moniliform, the last conical, twice as long as

the preceding; legs, scape, and pedicel

Dbrownishjyellowits 25-22. -e-s50<c4-ascesaesseeccores

First flagellar joint a little longer than thick, the

second and following joints moniliform ; legs

and flagellum light brown, scape yellowish,

thoibarsitwhitieless.scesscecc-teeccecsen ss saoe ates

4. Second flagellar joint a little longer than thick, the

following joints moniliform; legs, scape, and

pedicel brownish yellow, flagellum light brown ...

(1) TELENOMUS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

T. convergens,

T. confusus, Ashm.

T. consimilis.

T. magniclavus, Ashm.

T. connectans.

T. convergens.

T. luteipes.

T. fuscicornis,

T. latifrons,

T. albitarsis,

i) magniclavus,

@. Length 1 to 12 mm, _ Black, shining; head, scutellum

792 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

and abdomen polished, impunctate; mesonotum opaque, strigoso-

scabrous, sericeous ; first abdominal segment above and the second

at the suture striated; antennz, except last 5 joints, and the

legs, including all coxe, brownish yellow or yellow; mandibles

ellow.

: Head broadly transverse, fully 3 times as wide as thick antero-

posteriorly, the face and frons convex, but with an impression

above the insertion of antenne and connected with the front

ocellus by a median grooved line; antenne 11-jointed, not quite

so long as the body, the flagellum with the pedicel scarcely

13 times as long as the scape; pedicel and first funicular joint

lengthened, the latter a little longer, 3 times as long as thick,

the second funicular joint a little shorter than the pedicel, the

third transverse, moniliform, the fourth transverse, a little wider

than the third and in all probability forming the first joint of the

club; the following joints, or the club, black, all the joints of which,

except the last which is conical, are transverse-quadrate ; tegule

rufo-piceous ; wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation yellowish, the

marginal vein about half the length of the stigmal; mesopleura

with a smooth channel extending from beneath tegula to the

middle coxe, the ridge separating them from the metapleura

bounded by a single row of punctures. Abdomen about as long

as the thorax, but narrower and narrowed towards base, depressed,

truncate at apex, the second segment scarcely longer than wide at

apex.

Chantilly Estate, Balthazar, and Mount Gay Estate. Described

from eight female specimens.

(2) TELENOMUS LONGICLAVATUS, sp. 1.

9. Length 1 mm. Black, shining; head, except some fine

reticulations on the vertex, the scutellum and the abdomen

polished, impunctate ;, mesonotum opaque, finely rugose, sericeous ;

first abdominal segment not striated ; scape, pedicel, mandibles,

and legs brownish yellow.

Head broadly transverse, a little more than 3 times as wide as

thick antero-posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the flagellum twice

as long as scape, the first funicular joint one-third longer than

pedicel, the second a little shorter but still longer than the pedicel, the

third nearly twice as long as thick, the fourth as long as thick ;

club 5-jointed, the first joint a little longer than thick, but not

quite so wide as the following, joints 2, 4 and 5 quadrate, the last

oblong. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale or yellowish,

the marginal vein about one-third the length of the stigmal.

Baltazar. Described from one female specimen.

Distinguished from 7’, grenadensis by the different sculpture of

the mesonotum, longer flagellum, and the relative length of the

joints. a>

(3) TELENOMUS CONNECTANS, sp. 0.

9. Length 0°8 to 1 mm. Polished black, the mesonotum

1895.) § HYMENOPTERA OF THE isLAND OF GRENADA. 793

faintly sericeous, at the most with only a few, sparse, microscopic

punctures ; antenne, except club, mandibles, and the legs brownish

yellow; first abdominal segment striated; wings hyaline, pubescent.

Head broadly transverse, 34 times as wide as thick antero-

posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the flagellum about 14 times as

long as the scape; first funicular joint much longer than the

pedicel, 3 times as long as thick, the second joint only a little

longer than thick, third and fourth about equal, moniliform ; club

black or brown-black, 5-jointed, the joints, except the last,

transverse-quadrate.

The male agrees with the female, except in the antennz, which

are filiform, with the last 5 joints dusky, the flagellum being about

3+ times as long as the scape; the pedicel is small, rounded, the

first three flagellar joints being lengthened, the first and second

about equal in length, while the second is still longer, the joints

after the third being elliptical and gradually growing shorter, the

last conical, twice as long as the preceding.

Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Grand Etang, and Mount Gay

Estate. Described from 25 specimens representing both sexes.

(4) TELENOMUS LUTEIPES, sp. n.

2. Length 0-9 tol mm. Black, shining ; head, scutellum, and

abdomen polished, impunctate; mesonotum closely, minutely

punctate, although still shining; scape and pedicel brownish

yellow ; legs luteous ; the coxe whitish ; wings hyaline, pubescent.

Head quadrate, scarcely more than twice as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the first funicular joint

very little longer than the pedicel, the second a little shorter, the

third and fourth about equal; club 5-jointed, the first joint the

narrowest, the following to last quadrate, the last conical.

The male measures only 0°8 mm. in length; the antenne

filiform, brown, as long as the body, the first and third joints of

flagellum equal, but the third slightly the stouter, the second a

little longer, the joints beyond third much shorter, but still all

longer than thick, the last still longer.

Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, and St. John’s River. Described

from one male and two female specimens.

(5) TeLENoMUs MEGACEPHALUS, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

IXY. p- 22,

Balthazar. One female specimen.

(6) Trnmnomus scaBEr, Ashm. 1. c. p. 208.

Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Mount Gay Estate, and St. George’s.

Six female specimens.

(7) TELENOMUS LATIFRONS, sp. 0.

@. Length 0°8 to 0°9 mm. Black, polished, the mesonotum

minutely punctate; scape, pedicel, or at least beneath, and legs

794 MR. W. H. ASHMBAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

brownish yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation pale, the

marginal vein about one-third the length of the stigmal.

Head broad, a little more than 3 times as wide as thick antero-

posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the flagellum, excluding pedicel,

about 11 times as long as the scape ; first funicular joint scarcely

longer than thick, shorter than the pedicel, second jomt not longer

than thick, third and fourth smaller, transverse; club 5-jointed,

the joints, except the last, transverse-quadrate. Abdomen truncate

at tip, the first segment and the second at the suture striated,

third segment a little longer than wide at apex.

In the male the flagellum is filiform, brown, the first and second

joints about equal in length, a little longer than thick, the third

and following, except the last, moniliform, the last conical.

Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s.

(8) TELENOMUS NIGRICLAVATUS, Sp. n.

9. Length 0°8 to 0-9 mm. Black, shining, the mesonotum sub-

opaque, minutely punctate, the second abdominal segment more or

less rufous or piceous above; antenne, except the club, and the

legs yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation pale yellowish,

the marginal vein about one-third the length of the stigmal.

Head transverse, about 3 times as wide as thick antero-

posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the flagellum, with the pedicel,

ouly about 14 times as long as the scape; first joint of funicle

about two-thirds the length of the pedicel, the second not longer

than thick, the third moniliform, the fourth subquadrate, much

broader than the third ; club.5-jointed, the joints, except the last,

transverse-quadrate, the first a little the longest, the last conical.

Abdomen subtruncate at apex, the first segment transverse,

striated, second segment about 13 times as long as wide at apex.

Balthazar, Grand Etang, and Mount Gay Estate. Described

from eight female specimens.

(9) TELENOMUS FUSCICORNIS, sp. n.

9. Length 0°8 mm. Polished black, impunctate; antenne

fuscous or brownish black ; legs brownish yellow ; wings hyaline,

ciliated, the venation light brown, the marginal vein very short.

Head transverse, a little more than 3 times as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly ; antenne 11-jointed, the flagellum about 13

times as long as the scape; first funicular joint about 13 times as

long as thick, or a little shorter than the pedicel, the second not

longer than thick, the third minute, transverse, not so wide as the

preceding, the fourth larger, transverse ; club 5-jointed, the joints,

except the last, transverse, the second and third the widest joints,

the last conical. Abdomen scarcely as long as the thorax, oval,

the second segment a little wider than long at apex.

3d. Length 0°7 mm. Differs from the female in having 12-

jointed, filiform antenne, which are about as long as the abdomen

and tapering slightly toward apex, the first and third flagellar joints

being no longer than wide, the first being the stouter, the second a

1895.] HYMBNOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 795

little longer than wide, all the other joints, except the last, which

is conical and about twice as long as the penultimate, being

moniliform. y

Balthazar, Grand Etang, Mount Gay Estate, and St. John’s

River. Described from one male and five female specimens.

(10) TELENOMUS ALBITARSIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 0°65 mm. Polished black, impunctate; antenne

black or brown-black ; legs fuscous or black, with the trochanters,

knees, and tarsi white or yellowish white ; wings hyaline, ciliated,

the venation light brown, the marginal vein about one-third the

length of the stigmal.

Head transverse, about 33 times as wide as thick antero-

posteriorly ; first funicular joint not longer than thick, the second

a little shorter, the third and fourth minute, transverse, narrower

than the preceding ; club 5-jointed, with the joints, except the last,

transverse, the last conic. Abdomen shorter than the thorax, with

the second segment wider than long.

The male measures about 0°55 mm. long; the flagellum is

filiform-moniliform, light brown, the first flagellar joint being the

stoutest joint, stouter but not longer than the pedicel, all the

other joints, except the last, being smaller, moniliform, while the

legs are brownish.

Mount Gay Estate and St. John’s River. Described from

one male and five female specimens.

[(11) TSLENOMUS FLAVIVENTRIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 0-6 mm. Head and thorax black, polished; scape

and legs yellow; flagellum light brown; abdomen brownish

yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation pale, the marginal

vein scarcely one-third the length of the stigmal.

Head very wide, 33 times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ;

flagellum about 13 times as long as the scape, the first joint

scarcely longer than thick and much smaller than the pedicel,

second and third joints moniliform, the third slightly the smaller

joint, the fourth minute, transverse, the fifth transverse, but wider

and larger than the fourth; club 4-jointed, the joints, except the

last, quadrate, nearly equal in size, the last conical. Abdomen

truncate at apex and not longer than wide at apex, viewed from

above more or less triangular, the second segment being wider

than long.

Hab. Kingston, Jamaica. Described from two female specimens

in National Museum, received from T. D. A. Cockerell. ]

(12) TELENOMUS CONVERGENS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 0°38 mm. Polished black, impunctate; antenna,

except club, and the legs brownish yellow, rarely with the funi-

cular joints above dusky; wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation

brownish, the marginal vein not quite half the length of the

stigmal. j

796 MR. W.H, ASHMHAD—REPORT ON THE Parasitic [Noy. 19,’

Head transverse-quadrate, about 23 times as wide as thick

antero-posteriorly, the occiput deeply concave ; first joint of funicle

not longer than thick, the second, third, and fourth wider than

long and gradually becoming shorter and narrower ; club 5-jointed,

the joints, except the last, transverse, the third the widest, the last

conical. Abdomen viewed from above ovate, the second joint much

longer than wide at apex.

The male agrees with the female quite closely, except the

flagellum is filiform, brown-black or brown, the first and third

joints almost equal, the latter the stouter, the second joint one-half

longer than the first, the following joints shorter than first,

elliptical, gradually shortening and becoming moniliform, the last

being conical and more than twice as long as the penultimate.

Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate, and St. George’s. Described

from one male and eight female specimens.

(13) TuLenomus conrusus, Ashm. 1. ¢. p. 204.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Five female specimens.

(14) TELENOMUS CONSIMILIS, sp. n.

- 2. Length 0°65 mm. Black, polished, the mesonotum sub-

opaque, minutely punctate; antenne, except scape beneath,

brown-black; legs brownish yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated, the

venation light brown, the marginal vein about half the length of

the stigmal.

Head quadrate, not twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ;

funiclar joints 1 and 2 about equal, not longer than thick, 3 and

4 small, moniliform; club 5-jointed, fusiform, the joints, except

the last, transverse, the last conical. Abdomen ovate, as long as

the thorax, the first segment and the second at extreme base

striated, the second segment being about 13 times as long as wide

at apex.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(15) TeLeNoMus MAGNiIcLAVUS, Ashm, l. c. p. 205.

Grenada. Six female specimens.

Tribe. TELBASINI,

Grron, Haliday,

GRYON BASICINOTUS, sp. n.

Q. Length 0‘9 mm. Polished black; petiole of abdomen and

legs brownish yellow ; antenne black; wings hyaline.

Head transverse, 3 times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ;

antenne 12-jointed, the first and second funicular joints subequal,

a little longer than the pedicel, the third and fourth very minute ;

club 6-jointed, the joints, except the last, transverse-quadrate, the

last conic; first joint of abdomen wider than long, yellow, and

finely striated ; body of abdomen oval, black.

Balthazar. Described from a single female specimen, -readily

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 797

distinguished from all others placed in this genus by the yellow

petiole and its highly polished impunctured surface.

Horrogryon, Ashmead.

HOoPLOGRYON PALLIPES, sp. n.

@. Length 0°83 mm. Black, shining; scape, pedicel, legs,

including coxe, mandibles, and first abdominal segment yellow;

flagellum brown-black.

Head transverse, smooth, polished, impunctate; mesonotum

posteriorly and the scutellum faintly, microscopically punctate ;

metathorax with a piceous tinge. Wings hyaline, extending

slightly beyond the apex of abdomen, the venation light brown.

Abdomen, except first segment, smooth, polished ; first segment

yellow, striated.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

Tribe SCELIONINI.

CaLoreLera, Westwood.

(1) CALOTELEIA DORSALIS, sp. n.

2. Length 22 mm. Opaque, black, the mesonotum, scape,

pedicel, legs, petiole of abdomen beneath, and the base of the third

ventral segment brownish yellow.

Head transverse, twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly,

closely punctate; eyes sparsely pubescent; antenne 12-jointed,

clavate, the scape about as long as the pedicel and funicle united ;

first funicular joint about as long as the pedicel; joints 2 to 4

moniliform, the fourth a little transverse and a little smaller than

the third; club large, fusiform, 6-jointed. Thorax without

furrows, closely punctate, the metathorax with acute lateral

tubercles ; wings hyaline, iridescent, not extending quite to the

tip of the abdomen, the venation light brown. Abdomen fusiform,

about one and a half times as long as the head and thorax united,

smooth and polished, except the petiole, which is striated ; the horn

at base is quite short.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(2) CALOTELEIA STRIATIFRONS, sp. 1.

@. Length 3mm. Black, shining; collar piceous; scape and

legs brownish yellow.

Head on vertex and the frons coarsely, longitudinally striated,

the occiput transversely striated ; flagellum twice as long as the

scape, the first joint 3 longer than the pedicel, the second joint

twice as long as thick, ‘fourth and fifth not longer than thick ; club

subfusifrom, 6-jointed, the joints, except the last, transverse-

guadrate. Thorax with distinct parapsidal furrows, the surface

anteriorly sparsely punctate and faintly shagreened posteriorly,

while the scutellum is smooth, impunctate. Wings hyaline,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LI. 51

798 MR. W.H. ASHMBAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov. 19,

iridescent, the venation brown. Abdomen long, fusiform, nearly

twice as long as the head and thorax united, except the first two

segments, which are striated, smooth, and polished; horn at base

very prominent, polished.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

_ (8) CALOTELEIA GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

@. Length 25 mm. Black and shining, except the head

which is opaque, closely punctate; the scape, pedicel, mandibles,

collar, legs, and apex of first abdominal segment, including the

base of the second, brownish yellow. The flagellum is about one

and a half times as long as the scape, the first joint very little

longer than the pedicel, second and third quadrate, fourth very

minute ; club fusiform, 6-jomted. Thorax sparsely punctate, with

distinct parapsidal furrows; wings hyaline, the venation brown.

Abdomen fusiform, 13 times as long as the head and thorax

together, polished, the first segment and the second at base striated ;

horn at base prominent, smooth.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

Cacus, Riley.

Cactus mnsvzaris, Ashm. l. c. p. 227.

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

Anturis, Forster.

(1) Awreris ruripgs, Ashm. 1. c. p. 227.

Mount Gay Estate. Two male specimens.

(2) ANTERIS STRIATIFRONS, sp. 0.

Q. Length2mm. Black, shining; antenne, except club, and

legs brownish yellow, the apex of scape and funicle more or less

obfuscated ; wings hyaline, the nervures yellowish.

Head transverse, the frons and face longitudinally striated ;

mandibles ferruginous ; antenne 12-jointed, the pedicel and first

joint of funicle about equal in length, the second funicular joint

a little longer than wide, the third quadrate, the fourth transverse ;

club fusiform, 6-jointed. Thorax with distinct parapsidal furrows,

smooth, shining, but under a high-power lens showing some sparse

microscopic punctures; mesopleura rather closely punctate;

scutellum polished, impunctate. Abdomen fusiform, longer than

the head and thorax united, polished, impunctate, except the first

and second segments above, which are striated.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

Cremastopzus, Ashmead.

CREMASTUS ANNULIPES, sp. Ne

3. Length 1:2 mm. Black, subopaque, minutely punctulate;

antenne light brown, the flagellum filiform, submoniliform, the

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THH ISLAND OF GRENADA. 799

joints, except the first and last, nearly equal, the first a little

longer than the pedicel, the last ovate. Thorax convex, without

parapsidal furrows ; wings hyaline, the nervures light brown ; legs

black, tibize with an annulus at base and the anterior tibiw at apex

yellowish, all tarsi brownish yellow. Abdomen as long as head

and thorax united, the segments constricted and striated at the

sutures.

Balthazar. Described from one male specimen.

Hapronotus, Forster.

(1) Hapronorus RUGOSITHORAX, sp. n.

@. Length 1:6 mm. Black, very coarsely, irregularly rugose,

the thorax showing several raised lines before the scutellum ;

antenne entirely black ; legs black, the trochanters, anterior tibie,

and base of middle and posterior tibie,-and all tarsi brownish

yellow ; wings hyaline, the nervures light brown, the marginal

vein scarcely half the length of the stigmal vein.

Head wider than the thorax, the facial impression bounded by a

raised margin, transversely striated; mandibles black; pedicel

much longer and stouter than the first funicular joint; funicular

joints to club gradually broadened ; club fusiform, the four middle

joints much broader than long, the last conic. Thorax very

coarsely, irregularly rugose ; scutellum coarsely rugose. Abdomen

oval, sessile, shagreened, the second segment a little the longest,

the third scarcely half as long as the second, the fourth half the

length of the third, the following very short; first segment and

the second at base above striated ; venter punctate.

St. John’s River. Described from one female specimen.

(2) HApRONOTUS AGILIS, sp. n.

2. Length 0-9 mm. Black, coarsely rugose ; scape at extreme

base, tibize, and tarsi honey-yellow.

Head wider than the thorax, the facial impression immargined ;

first funicular joint two-thirds the length of pedicel; second half

the length of first, third and fourth transverse ; club-joints, except

the last, transverse. Wings hyaline, the venation light brown,

the marginal vein about as long as the stigmal. Abdomen

shagreened, the second segment a little longer than the first, the

first striated.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

(8) HaDRONOTUS ATROCOXALIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:2 mm. Black, opaque, rugose; antennw, except

club, and legs, except coxe and trochanters, brownish yellow;

club, cox, and trochanters black. Wings hyaline, the venation

yellowish, the marginal vein not half the length of the stigmal ;

pleura striated. Abdomen rugose, clothed with a glittering white

pubescence, the first and second segments above striated.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female specimen.

al*

800 MR, W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Noy. 19,

(4) HaDRONOTUS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

d. Length 1:2 mm. Black, subopaque, coarsely irregularly

rugose; scape and legs, except coxe, brownish yellow; flagellum

filiform, brown-black. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the

marginal vein stout, half as long as the stigmal. Facial impression

transversely striated, margined; first flagellar joint as long as the

pedicel, or a little longer, second and third joints quadrate, those

beyond transverse-quadrate, the last ovate, twice as long as the

penultimate. Abdomen, except first segment, opaque, granulated,

the first segment shining, striated, half as long as the second;

third segment scarcely one-third the length of the second, the

following segments very short.

Mount Gay Estate. Described from one male specimen.

Scexi0, Latreille.

ScELIO INSULARIS, Riley.

Mount Gay Estate. One male specimen.

Subfamily VI. Puaty@asTERINZz.

IyostemMa, Haliday.

TNostpMMA sIMILLIMA, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxv., Zool.

p. 232

Mount Gay Estate. Three female specimens.

AMBLYASPIS, Forster.

a. Scutellum ending in a long acute spine.

(1) AMBLYASPIS XANTHOCHROA, sp. 1.

@. Length 1 to 1:2 mm. Brownish yellow; ocelli and eyes

black; flagellum, mesonotum posteriorly, body of abdomen, tips of

hind femora, and the tibize dusky or black; scutellar spine very

long, acute, extending far over the metathorax ; club 4-jointed, the

two middle joints a little longer than thick, the last joint ovate,

about twice as long as the penultimate.

Balthazar, Chantilly and Mount Gay Estates. Described from

three female specimens.

(2) AMBLYASPIS XANTHOPUS, Ashm. l. c. p. 236.

Balthazar, Grand Etang, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s, and

St. John’s River. Nineteen specimens.

(3) AMBLYASPIS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

¢g. Length 1 mm. Polished black; face and cheeks below

piceous; antenne, except club, and the legs, except posterior pair,

brownish yellow, hind tarsi yellowish ; joints of club about 3 times

as long as thick, bearded with white hair; scutellar spine long,

acute, yellowish.

Balthazar. Described from one male specimen.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 801

6. Scutellum triangular, pubescent at tip, but not

ending in a spine.

(4) AMBLYASPIS TRIANGULARIS, Ashm. l. ¢. p. 234.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Ten specimens.

(5) AMBLYASPIS RUFICORNIS, sp. 0.

2. Length 1-1 mm. Polished black ; antenne and legs, except

middle and hind coxe which are black, rufous. Wings subhyaline ;

scutellum triangular, pubescent; metapleura and petiole clothed

with a pale pubescence ; pedicel very long, 3 times as long as the

first funicular joint ; club dusky, the joints, except the last which is

ovate, very little longer than thick.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(6) AMBLYASPIS BRUNNEUS, sp. n.

Q. Length 0°65 to 0°7 mm. Head dusky, the thorax and abdomen

brown ; scape, pedicel, legs, and petiole yellow, the flagellum light

brown. Wings hyaline, ciliated. The pedicel is as long as the

first two funicular joints united ; funicular joints 2 to 4 moniliform ;

club 4-jointed, a little thicker than the funicle, joints 1 and 2 well

separated, scarcely longer than wide, joints 3 and 4 closely united,

the third transverse-quadrate, the last ovate.

Balthazar. Described from two female specimens. A small

species, readily distinguished by the colour of thorax and abdomen

and by the yellow scape and legs.

Laupracts, Forster.

Lepracis opscurrPEs, Ashm. |. ¢. p. 236.

Balthazar. One female specimen.

Potymects, Forster.

(1) PoLYMECUS MACRURUS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 25mm. Polished black; scape, except at tip, and

legs reddish yellow, the tips of middle and hind femora and tibie

dusky or black; wings hyaline.

Head transverse, the lateral ocelli twice as wide from the front

ocellus as to the eye-margin; funicle very slender; club stout,

4-jointed, joints 1 and 2 about equal, very slightly longer than

thick, joint 3 quadrate, the last joint subglobose. The scutellum

ends in a small tubercle; metapleura striated and clothed with

some sparse glittering white hairs. Abdomen sessile, highly

olished, the last three segments forming a very long, slender

stylus, the three united being just twice as long as the rest of the

abdomen, the thorax, and the head united.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

802 MR, W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIO [Noy.19,

(2) PoLYMECUS GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

9. Length 1mm. Polished black; scape and legs brownish

yellow, the tips of hind femora and tibise dusky ; metapleura and

base of abdomen with a silvery pubescence; scutellum armed with

a small tubercle ; last three segments of abdomen forming a stylus,

but united not longer than the rest of the abdomen and thorax

united, the penultimate segment being the longest, longer than

the other two united.

Grand Etang. Described from one female specimen.

The antennex were folded under the body in such a way as to

prevent them from being studied ; but the species may be readily

recognized by the characters inthe last three abdominal segments.

Sacrogastmr, Forster.

SAcCTOGASTER RUFIPES, Ashm. 1. c. p. 238.

Mount Gay Estate. Hight female specimens.

Synopras, Forster.

. SYNOPIAS FLAVIPES, sp. 0.

@. Length 0°65 mm. Polished black; antenne, except the

club, and legs, including the coxe, yellow; club brown-black ;

wings hyaline. The funicle is slender, the first joint scarcely

longer than thick, the second very slightly thicker, the third a

little longer, the fourth minute; club 4-jointed, the joints, except

the last, transverse-quadrate, the last ovate. Mesonotum entirely

without furrows ; tip of scutellum with a small tubercle; meta-

thorax clothed with a silvery-white pubescence, while the abdomen

is ovate.

¢. Differs from female only in the usual difference in the shape

of the abdomen and in having a 5-jointed, light brown, antennal

club, the joints being oblong and bearded, the second funicular joint

being stouter and much longer than the first, the third minute.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from the female

and two male specimens.

Subfamily X. Draprim2z.

Tribe i, SPILOMICRINI,

PaRamuEsiIus, Westwood.

PARAMESIUS THORACIOUS, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p. 245.

Balthazar, Grenada. One female specimen.

SPILoMIoRUS, Westwood.

SPILOMIORUS VULGARIS, Ashm. 1. c. p. 247.

Balthazar. One female specimen.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 803

Tribe ii, DIAPRIINI.

Loxotropa, Forster.

Table of Species.

Black,

Pleura rufous; antenne 12-jointed, extending to base of

abdomen ; pedicel twice as long as the first funicular

joint, the latterjtwice as long as the second ; funicular

joints’ fo DS moniliformycc.stscocesvaesonseasiesteeateeeasss LL, pleuralis,

Pleura black ; antennz 12-jointed, longer than the body ;

pedicel oval, thicker at apex than the first funiclar

joint is long; the funiclar joints 2 to 4 not longer

than thick, 5 and 6 wider than long, 7 twice as wide

BS LONG ie eee cesenaqateecaesseaceescierestsccardassnrsasssecsease LL. grenadensis,

(1) Loxorropa PLEURALIS, sp. n.

@. Length 155 mm. Polished black; antenne, except the

abrupt 3-jointed club, and the legs reddish yellow; club black ;

sides of thorax rufous; wings hyaline, ciliated, the stigma piceous ;

cost and basal nervures hyaline or yellowish white.

Head globose, the frons emarginated, the face piceous ; antennw

12-jointed, reaching to base of abdomen, the funicle a little longer

than the scape ; pedicel twice as large as the first funicular joint ;

funicle 7-jointed, the first joint twice as long as the second, joints

2 to 5 moniliform, about equal in size, not longer than thick, joints

6 and 7 transverse; club abrupt, large, 3-jointed, black, the first and

second joints transverse-quadrate, the third or last a little longer

than the penultimate; scutellum with a moderate-sized fovea at

base; metathorax clothed with a dense pubescence; abdomen

oblong-oval, as long as the thorax, the petiole a little longer than

thick, pubescent.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

(2) LoxorRoPA GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

Q. Length 0:9 mm. Polished black; antennew, except the

abrupt 3-jointed club, and legs reddish yellow ; club black; wings

hyaline, ciliated, the stigma yellowish.

Head globose, the frons truncate; antenne 12-jointed, longer

than the body, the funicle twice as long as the scape, which is

stout, obclavate; pedicel very stout, obconical, thicker at tip than

the first funicular joint is long; funicle 7-jointed, the first joint

only a little longer than thick, joints 2 to 4 not longer than thick,

joint 5 very slightly wider than long, joint 6 a little wider, while

joint 7 is still wider, or twice as wide as long; club abrupt

3-jointed, the first and second joints quadrate, the last obtusely

conical, a little longer than either of the others ; collar pubescent at

sides; scutellum with a large fovea at base; metathorax and

petiole clothed with a griseous pubescence, the latter wider than

long ; body of abdomen oblong-oval, truncate at tip.

Balthazar, Described from one female specimen.

804 MR..W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [ Novy. 19,

Acantuorria, Ashm., g. n.

(Type, A. erassicornis.)

Antenne in 2 12-jointed, subclavate, the flagellum gradually

incrassated towards tip and without a distinctly defined club; in

3 14-jointed, as in Diapria, pedicellate-verticellate ; scutellum

conic, ending in a spine and foveated at base; metathorax armed

with an acute curved thorn or spine; wings as in Diapria ; body

of abdomen short oval, truncate at apex, the petiole short, stout.

This genus is: separated-at once from Diapria and Tropidopria,

to which it is most closely allied, by the conic, spined scutellum,

by the acute spine on the metathorax, the short oval abdomen, and

by the antennal characteristics of the female.

‘ACANTHOPRIA CRASSICORNIS, Sp. 0.

Q. Length 1-4 mm. Polished black ; antennez, except the last

5 joints which are dusky or black, and legs red ; A ariota and

petiole of abdomen brown, pubescent ; wings hyaline, ciliated.

_ The head is globose; antenne nearly as long as the body,

subclavate or gradually incrassated toward tips; scape long, half

the length of flagellum, stout, extending far above the ocelli;

pedicel about half as long as the first flagellar joint; flagellum

stout, the first joint the longest, the following joints to the seventh

gradually shortening, but increasing in width, the joints from 8th

tapering toward apex. Mesonotum with two faint grooved lines

posteriorly ; scutellum conic, ending in a spine or thorn, with a

deep fovea at base; metanotum armed with an acute prominent

thorn or spine at base above, the metathorax and abdominal petiole

rugulose ; body of abdomen oval, much shorter than the thorax, its

base overlapping the apex of the petiole; petiole a little longer

than thick.

3. Length 14mm. Agrees structurally very closely with the

female, except'that the delicate grooved lines on the mesonotum

are wanting ; sometimes the thorax above anteriorly and at the

sides is piceous or rufo-piceous; the antenne® and legs are

reddish yellow, the former being about twice as long as the body,

pedicellate-verticellate, exactly as in Diapria.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from one female

and four male specimens.

Drapris, Latreille.

Table of Species.

Females.

Body uniformly rufo-piceous ...........cseeeeeeee Donen tener tack

Body mostly black.

_ Thorax entirely black.

Antenne gradually incrassated, red, the first flagellar

2 joint longer than the pedicel ............sseseeseeees D, smithi.

Thorax anteriorly and the abdomen beneath piceous or

dark rufous, not entirely black.

Olub of antennz 4-jointed, gradually incrassated, the

last joint not twice as long as the penultimate,

the last two joints black ..........00 Jeb Rockba aching D, grenadensis,

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, 805

Club of antenne abrupt, 3-jointed, the last joint twice

as long as the penultimate, the last two joints

Dplacksitesssccerssterececaracdoat ss setae dan-edaesienasteaen= D. peraffinis.

2. Antennz with a gradually inorassated 4-jointed club,

reddish yellow.

Legs reddish yellow .........sssscssesssssssccssscsscnsesecnseses D. wnieolor.

Males.

Body black.

Thorax entirely black; petiole of abdomen short.

Antenne about twice as long as the body, reddish-

yellow, the flagellar jomts with long slender

PGULUTICLOS vasascnenecins cant alerestscaesnersewaimtiansesenss's D. smithii.

Thorax anteriorly more or less piceous.

Antenne not 14 times as long as the body, reddish,

the flagellar joints with short peduncles ......... D. grenadensis.

Antenne about 12 times the length of the body,

reddish, the flagellar joints with long slender

PeEMUNClES <.6c..cr-csssodeeccascehqenstsasqnuressStnnsssn D. peraffinis.

Thorax rufous, the mesopleura black, abdominal petiole

' very long.

Antenne about twice the length of the body, reddish

yellow, the joints with long slender peduncles ... D. melanopleura.

(1) Drapria SMITHI, sp. 0.

@. Length 2:2 mm. Polished black; antenne and legs red ;

wings hyaline, pubescent, the stigma yellow.

Head globose, the cheeks sparsely pubescent ; antenne about as

long as the body, the flagellum gradually incrassated, the scape

long, about as long as the first four funicle joimts united ; pedicel .

shorter but alittle stouter than the first joint of funicle; funicular

joints 2 to 4 subequal, the fourth the stoutest, the six following

joints, which in reality constitute the club, are moniliform and

gradually incrassated; collar at sides and metathorax pubescent ;

scutellum with a large, deep fovea. at base; abdomen ovate, the

petiole rugose, pubescent, scarcely longer than thick.

6. Length 1:8 mm. Differs from female in the shorter, oval

abdomen, the petiole being nearly twice as long as thick, and by

the long, nodose-pedicellate antenne, which are red and about

twice the length of the body, with whorls of long hair, the

peduncle of each joint being as long as the nodose or swollen part,

except those of the last three joints.

Chantilly Estate. Described from one male and one female

specimen.

(2). DIAPRIA GRENADENSIS, sp. 0.

@. Length 15 to 2mm. Polished black, the thorax anteriorly

and the abdomen beneath with a distinct reddish or piceous tinge;

antennee, except last two joints, and the legs red or reddish yellow;

wings hyaline, the stigma yellowish.

Head globose, the cheeks pubescent behind ; antennw extending

to middle of abdomen, the club incrassated, the last two joints

black ; funicle 6-jointed, the first joint longer but slenderer than

806 MR. W. H, ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov.19,

the pedicel, the following gradually shortening, the fifth and sixth

stouter than the others, the sixth being twice as long as thick ;

club 4-jointed, the first joint oval, the second rounded, the third

quadrate, the last conic; collar at sides, metathorax, and petiole

densely pubescent; scutellum with a moderately large, but not

deep fovea at base; metathoracic carina triangular, acute ; body of

abdomen ovate, the petiole about 14 times as long as thick.

3. Agrees well with the female in colorational detail, but with

the antenne 14-jointed, nearly 13 times as long as the body, the

flagellum either reddish piceous or reddish yellow, the second

joint a little longer than the first, the following joints, except the

last, which is as long as the second, all shorter and with scarcely

any pedicel, the joints, however, with whorls of long hair.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from two male

and nine female specimens.

(3) DIAPRIA PERAFFINIS, sp, n.

2. Length 1mm. Agrees well with D. grenadensis, except in

its smaller size and in the decidedly different shaped antennez.

The antenne are shorter, reaching scarcely to the apex of the

metathorax, with the club abrupt, 3-jointed; the first funicular

joint is shorter than the pedicel, only a little longer than thick,

while the other joints are rounded or moniliform, not longer than

thick, the last two being a little transverse ; the first joint of the

club is transverse-quadrate, the second quadrate, the last oblong,

twice as long as the penultimate ; scutellum with a small, shallow

- fovea at base ; petiole of abdomen not longer than thick, pubescent.

The male, on the contrary, differs from that of D. grenadensis

in having the antenne much longer, nearly twice as long as the

body, with the flagellar joints longly pedunculated, the petiole a

little more than twice as long as thick.

Balthazar and St. George’s. Described from one female and

two male specimens,

(4) DIAPRIA MELANOPLEURA, sp. n.

3. Length 2 mm. Head and abomen black ; thorax, except

the mesopleura which are black, rufous ; antenne and legs reddish

yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated, the stigma yellowish.

Head globose ; antennew 14-jointed, nearly twice the length of

the body, verticillate, the flagellar joints longly pedicellated ;

scutellum with a deep fovea at base; metathorax and petiole

densely pubescent, the latter long, about 4 times as long as thick ;

body of abdomen black, but more or less reddish or pale at the

juncture with the petiole.

Balthazar. Described from one male specimen.

(5) DIAPRIA UNICOLOR, sp. n.

Q. Length 16 mm. Uniformly rufous; antenne and legs

reddish yellow ; wings hyaline, ciliated, the stigma yellowish.

Head globose; antenne 12-jointed, not quite so long as the

1895. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THH ISLAND OF GRENADA. 807

body, terminating in an incrassated 4-jointed club ; first funicular

joint shorter than the pedicel, about twice as long as thick, the

others gradually shortening, the last being only a little longer than

thick ; first joint of club oblong, the second larger, rounded, the

third still larger, quadrate, the last oblong; scutellum with a

transverse fovea at base; sides of collar, metathorax, and petiole

pubescent; petiole nearly 3 times as long as thick; body of

abdomen ovate, pointed as tip, and as long as the thorax.

Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

Crratopria, Ashmead.

(1) CERATOPRIA GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

9. Length 0‘°8 mm. Head and abdomen, except the petiole,

black ; thorax rufous; antennew, except club, and the legs yellow;

club abrupt, 3-jointed, black ; wings hyaline, ciliated.

Head large, globose; funicle as long as the scape, the first joint

a little longer than thick, the following transverse-moniliform, the

last two joints very slightly wider than the preceding; club

abrupt, 3-jointed, the first and second joints equal, transverse-

quadrate, the last oval, a little longer than the preceding ;

scutellum with a single, small, rounded fovea at base; metathorax

pubescent ; abdomen oblong-oval, the body as long as the thorax,

above black, beneath towards base piceous, the petiole yellow,

shagreened.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from two female

specimens.

(2) CERATOPRIA FLAVIPES, sp. n.

@. Length 1 mm. Black; angles of pronotum and the

antenne, except the club, brownish yellow ; club abrupt, 3-jointed,

black; legs yellow ; wings hyaline, ciliated.

Head subglobose, a little wider than long; scape scarcely as

long as the funicle; funicle with the joints moniliform, the first

not longer than thick, the last three a little transverse; club

large, abrupt, 3-jointed, the last joint oblong, twice as long as the

second ; scutellum with a transverse shallow fovea at base; ab-

domen ovate, more pointed than usual ; petiole and the metathorax

piceous, pubescent.

_ Balthazar. Described from one female specimen.

TricHopRria, Ashmead.

Table of Species.

Females.

Antenne with a gradually incrassated 4-jointed club

Antennz with a gradually incrassated 5-jointed club.

Antenne rufous, the club black ; scutellum with a single

fovea, with a grooved line at the sides; legs reddish

YellOW .....ereseereeee = aconbesoagnanaasoheonscapscaacacice geqo33000 T. grenadensis,

808 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE PARASITIC [Nov.19,

2, Antenne, except last joint, reddish yellow, last joint

black ; scutellum with two minute, widely separated

fovex, a grooved line at sides; legs reddish yellow...... T. bifoveata,

Antennz, except last three joints which are dusky,

yellow; scutellum with a single fovea at base; legs

CLOW teres cess ccetonescacscccceeces teeter ateenconesescee eTeeMee ae T, affinis.

(1) TRICHOPRIA GRENADENSIS, sp. n.

@. Length 15 mm. Polished black; antenne 12-jointed, ex-

tending to base of abdomen, rufous, the club black ; legs reddish

yellow ; wings hyaline, pubescent, the stigma yellow.

Head globose; flagellum three times as long as the scape, the

pedicel thicker and a little longer than the first joint of funicle,

the first funicular joint the longest, the following gradually short-

ening, all, however, longer than thick; club gradually incrassated,

the last joint ovate but not longer than the penultimate ; sides of

collar pubescent ; scutellum with a single fovea at base ; angles of

metathorax acute, pubescent at sides; abdomen oblong-oval, as

long as the thorax, with the petiole short, pubescent.

g. Agrees with the female, except in having long, 14-jointed

antennex, the flagellum being black or piceous, the joints elliptic-

oval, covered with sparse long hairs, the first joint being slightly

the longest. :

Balthazar and Grand Etang. Described from one female and two

male specimens. The male comes nearest to 7’. insularis, described

from St. Vincent, but the antenne are differently coloured, with

the joints differently shaped.

(2) TRICHOPRIA BIFOVEATA, sp. n.

9. Length 14 mm. Polished black; antenne 12-jointed,

extending to base of abdomen, reddish yellow, with the last joint

black; legs reddish yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated.

Head globose ; flagellum 23 times as long as the scape, the

pedicel twice as long as thick and longer and stouter than the

first flagellar joint ; first funicular joint a little longer than the

second, the joints after the second moniliform, not longer than

thick ; club gradually incrassated, 4-jointed, the last joint greatly

enlarged, oblong, nearly as long as the three preceding joints

united and much stouter; scutellum with two minute widely

separated fovez at base (in reality punctures); metapleura and

petiole pubescent or woolly ; body of abdomen ovate, acute at tip.

Balthazar. Described from two female specimens.

(3) TRICHOPRIA AFFINIS, sp. 0.

Q. Length 0-8 mm.. Polished black; antenne 12-jointed,

extending to the middle of abdomen, yellow, the last three joints

of club black or dusky ; legs yellow ; wings hyaline, ciliated.

Head globose; flagellum about 4 times as long as the scape, the

pedicel much thicker but scarcely longer than the first joint of

funicle ; funicular joints 1 to 4 gradually shortening, all longer

than thick, 5 and 6 moniliform and a little wider than the pre-

ceding ; club 4-jointed, loosely joined, gradually incrassated, the

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 809

first joint the smallest, the last much the largest, oblong, as long

as the two preceding united; scutellum with a single fovea at

base; collar at sides, metapleura, and petiole woolly, the latter

yellowish ; abdomen oval, not quite so long as the thorax.

Balthazar. Described from a single female specimen.

This species comes nearest to 7’. flavipes, but it is much smaller,

with the joints of the funicle quite differently shaped.

Pueznopria, Ashmead.

Table of Species,

Females.

Antennx with a 3-jointed club, the last joint of which

is enlarged, ovate Or ODlONG......cee.se-eeseeeeereeceeees

Antenne with a 4-jointed club, red or reddish yellow,

except more or less of the club.

Funicle 6-jointed, the first joint 24 times as long as

thick, second and third joints shortening, a little

longer than thick, joints 4 to 6 moniliform,

slightly widening ; last two joints of club, black.

Funicle 6-jointed, the first joint only a little longer

than thick; joints 2 to 6 moniliform, very

slightly widening ; club black .............2.:eesee0es

2, Club unusually large, as long as the funicle............

Club not unusually large, only about two-thirds the

length of the funicle.

Antenne, except the club or 1 or 2 joints of club,

med ormeddish, yellow) -s.c0-+-2-00s--sseaccesessces

Antennz, except sometimes the funicle, black or

fuscous.

Funicle 7-jointed, the first and second joints

subequal, longer than thick, joint 3 and

those beyond not longer than thick, the last

three slightly transverse; coxz and clavate

parts of the legs piceous or black ............

Funicle 7-jointed, the first joint scarcely longer

than thick, the second and following small,

moniliform, not longer than wide, the last

two or three a little wider than long; cox

sometimes and clavate parts of legs piceous.

8. Funicle 7-jointed, first joint 23 times as long as

thick, joints 2 to 6 gradually shortening, the 6th

being 13 times as long as thick, the 7th a little

thicker ; legs and petiole yellow ..............2:00.2000

Funicle 7-jointed, first joint twice as long as thick,

the second two-thirds the length of first, the third

and following scarcely as long as thick; legs

reddish yellow, with the clavate parts sometimes

PULCE OUR ecece eee nese tena erenenacnaseenseracnnas<nvermqcse sens

Funicle 7-joimted, the first joint scarcely longer than

thick, the following small, moniliform, the last

two or three a little wider than long; legs reddish

yellow, with sometimes the clavate parts piceous ...

4, Antenne, except club, and legs reddish yellow.

Funicular joints, except the first, not longer than

wide; club abnormally large, the first joint

transverse-quadrate, the second larger, quadrate,

the third oblong, one-half longer than the second ;

petiole broader than long or as broad

P. grenadensis,

P, nigriclavata.

P. subelavata, Ashm.

P. simillima, Ashm.

P., balthazari.

(BP. subclavata.)

(P. simillima.)

P, magniclavata,

810 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD—REPORT ON THE Parasitic [Nov.19,

Males.

Black; trochanters, slender parts of femora, and tibiz

and the tarsi, reddish yellow.

Antenne 14-jointed, black, much longer than the

body, the second flagellar joint longer than the

second, constricted at base but not angulated at

one side, the joints beyond elongate ellipsoidal,

With short PUDESCONCE ...........20ecsceserececescceces P. nigricornis.

Black ; legs rufous.

Antennz 14-jointed, black, not much longer than the

body, the second flagellar joint a little longer

than the first, angulated towards one side, the

joints beyond ellipsoidal ...............ss.ceseseeseeee P. angulifera,

(1) PH2ZNOPRIA NIGRICORNIS, sp. n.

¢é. Length 1°38 mm. Polished black; legs brownish yellow,

the coxe and clavate parts piceous or blackish; wings hyaline,

ciliated, the stigma piceous ; antennz black.

Head globose; antenne 14-jointed, 14 times as long as the

body, the scape brownish at base, as long as the first three flagellar

joints united; pedicel about half as long as the first joint of

flagellum ; second joint of flagellum a little longer than the first,

constricted toward base, the third about as long as the first, the

following to the last elongate ellipsoidal, the last longer than the

penultimate ; all the joints with sparse, short hairs. Metanotum

with a prominent triangular-shaped carina; sides of collar, the

metapleura, and the petiole clothed with a griseous pubescence.

Abdomen elongate-oval, obtuse at tip, the petiole short, stout.

St. John’s River. Described from one male specimen.

(2) PHZNOPRIA ANGULIFERA, Sp. n.

3. Length 155 mm. Polished black; legs rufous; antenne

14-jointed, brown-black; wings hyaline, ciliated, the stigma

yellowish.

The antennz are slightly longer than the body, the second joint

of flagellum a little longer than the first and distinctly angulated

below, the following joints to the last ellipsoidal, gradually

shortening, the last joint pointed and as long as the the second;

all joints covered with a short, sparse pubescence. Collar, meta-

pleura, and petiole clothed with a glittering white pubescence.

Metanotum with a triangular-shaped keel at base; body of

abdomen elongate-oval.

Balthazar. Described from one specimen.

Comes nearest to P. nigricornis, but is smaller, with shorter

antenne and different-coloured legs.

(3) PHENOPRIA ANGULIFERA, Sp. 0.

@. Length 1 to 13 mm. Polished black; antennz, except

last joint (or the last two joints), and legs reddish yellow ; wings

hyaline, ciliated, the stigma brown.

1895.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF GRENADA. 811

Head globose; antenne 12-jointed, with a 4-jointed club, as

long as the body; funicle 6-jointed, the first joint 2 times as long

as thick, the second and third shortening but longer than thick,

joints 4 to 6 moniliform, slightly widening; club 4-jointed, the

last joint or the last two joints black, the first joint moniliform,

the second and third larger, transverse, the fourth much larger,

oblong, as long as or a little longer than the two preceding united.

Collar, metathorax, and petiole pubescent. Abdomen pointed-

ovate, as long as the thorax, the petiole about as long as thick.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate. Described from six spe-

cimens.

This species is distinguished from the other species by the

relative length of the funicular joints.

(4) PHENOPRIA NIGRICLAVATA, sp. n.

Q. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antennew, except the 4-

jointed club, and legs reddish yellow ; wings hyaline, ciliated, the

stigma yellowish.

Head globose; antenne 12-jointed, extending scarcely to the

middle of the abdomen; funicle 6-jointed, the first joint only a

little longer than thick, the following moniliform, slightly in-

creasing in size but not longer than wide ; club 4-jointed, dusky

or black, the joints increasing in size, the last very little longer

than the penultimate ; metapleura pubescent. Abdomen as long

as the thorax, oblong, the petiole wider than long, brownish.

Chantilly Estate. Described from one female specimen.

Distinguished by the shorter antennz, the relative length of the

joints of funicle, and by the 4-jointed black club.

(5) PH#Nopria suBctavara, Ashm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

xxv. p. 254.

Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s and Vendéme.

This species, originally described from St. Vincent, is repre-

sented by 17 female specimens. .

It is exceedingly variable in the colour of the antennez and legs,

and the characters of the antenna, pointed out in the table, must

be depended upon for the specific distinction.

(6) PH2ZNOPRIA BALTHAZARI, sp. n.

Q. Length 1:2 mm. Polished black; antennz, except the

last two joints, and legs reddish yellow; wings hyaline, ciliated,

the stigma yellow.

Head globose ; antennz 12-jointed, about as long as the body,

ending in a 3-jointed incrassated club, the last two joints of which

are black; funicle 7-jointed, the first joint 24 times as long as

thick, joints 2 to 6 gradually shortening, the 6th being 14 times as

long as thick, the 7th stouter; club 3-jointed, the first joint

rounded, the second quadrate, while the third is oblong and a

little longer than the second. Metathorax pubescent. Abdomen

pointed-ovate, as long as the thorax without including the petiole,

812 MR. G. 8. WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [Nov. 19,

black, but beneath near base piceous; petiole about twice as long

as thick, yellowish.

Balthazar. Described from two female specimens.

Distinguished from other species by the longer funicular joints

and by the petiole.

(7) PHznopria sruittima, Ashm. l, ¢. p. 254.

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate.

Originally described from St. Vincent.

(8) PHHNOPRIA MAGNICLAVATA, Sp. 0.

@. Length 1 mm. Polished black; antenne, except club, and

legs reddish-yellow ; club abnormally large, 3-jointed, black (some-

times with the first joint pale) ; wings hyaline, ciliated, the stigma

piceous. ;

Head globose; antenne 12-jointed, shorter than the body ;

funicle 6-jointed, as long as the scape, all the joints, except the

first, moniliform, not longer than wide, the first a little longer

than wide; club very large, 3-jointed, the first joint transverse,

subquadrate, the second larger, wider, quadrate, while the third

is still larger, oblong, one-half longer than the second. Pronotum

at sides and the metapleura clothed with a glittering white pubes-

cence. Abdomen oblong-oval, the petiole’ short, a little wider

than long. ,

Grand Etang and Mount Gay Estate. Described from three

female specimens.

6. On the Buccal Glands and Teeth of certain Poisonous

Snakes. By G.S. Wust, A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s

College, Cambridge."

(Blates XLIV.—XLVI.)

[Received October 8, 1895.]

The structure, arrangement, and relationships of the buccal

glands and teeth of poisonous Snakes, although an extremely

interesting subject, is one upon which very little work has been

recently done. Conspicuous among recent papers is one by

Niemann’, dealing with the structure and relationships of the

glands of the upper lip in a few genera*. My own observations

differ considerably from his in many points. He describes and

figures the glands as consisting of long convoluted tubules, whereas

1 From the Biological Laboratory of the Royal College of Science.

2 FB, Niemann, “ Beitrige zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Oberlippen-

drusen einiger Ophidier.” Arch. f. Nat. 1892, Band i. Heft 3.

3 He deals only with three genera of Opisthoglyphous Snakes, one species of

each of the following :—TZragops (T. prasinus, which he figures, t. xiv. f. 5),

Dipsas (D. annulata), and Psammodynastes (P. pulverulentus).

Pin i.

fase Ps

—_— Ss Ge Oe ee, oe or

west, Newman imp.

GS.West ad ratde..

| MP Parker ith

Buccal glands & teeth of poisonous Snakes.

( Opisthoglypha.)

» a a ee ee

SS West, Nevanan imp.

ee Buccal 1 glands & teeth of poisonous enalces:

a = Mesh : ee sees)

P7 $1895. Plate XLVI

GS.West ad nat.del. West, Newman ump ;

MP Parker lth ;

kt Buccal glands & teeth of poisonous Snakes.

‘ ( Proteroglypha.)

it —

“i —-a

;

—

- '

¢ -

/ -

a5 aa y

7 "

: *

7: = ~

. .

, 3

, -s

‘ iy 5

} s g

gk * 4 rf

x bs x 4

‘ t Agh ' - ,

ne ove

ae ‘

—

* ie y

4 > tw

Fant

. _ ",’

1895.) TRUTH OF CHRTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 813

I always find them to conform to the tubulo-racemose type, and

to consist of small polygonal lobules arranged round the branches

of a duct. Moreover the nuclei are situated at the base of the

cells and not in the middle, this being most markedly the case in

the Proteroglypha, where the nuclei are more or less flattened

against the bases of the cells.

The Snakes treated of in this paper belong to the Colubride,

and all come under two of Boulenger’s groups, viz.—the

Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha. Of the latter only the Marine

Snakes (the Hydrophiine) are here dealt with. Unfortunately

many of the specimens were insufficiently preserved for histological

purposes. They formed part of the teaching collection at the

Royal College of Science, which Professor G. B. Howes kindly

placed at my disposal, together with specimens that he obtained

for me from the Natural History Museum and elsewhere. My

very best thanks are also due to him for suggesting this investigation,

and for many hints and much valuable intormation received during

its progress, and to Mr. G. A. Boulenger for kind assistance.

COLUBRID,

OPISTHOGLYPHA.

Whether Opisthoglyphous Snakes should be regarded as truly

poisonous or not is a matter over which there hangs considerable

doubt. The gland in these Snakes which communicates with

the posterior grooved teeth is functionally’ very similar to

that gland which is in communication with the fangs of the

Proteroglyphous Snakes *. In structure it is somewhat different,

but I refer to it throughout this paper as the “ poison-gland,” as it

is undoubtedly the homologue of that structure present in the

Viperine and Proteroglyphous forms. It is of a more or less oval

form, always situated posterior to the eye, and as a rule a little

below it, its anterior extremity never reaching beyond the middle

of that organ.

The superior labial gland is an elongated band of glandular

tissue extending along the whole of the upper jaw and skirting

the lower edge of the poison-gland, encircling its lower half in

such a manner that the two glands are often superficially

indistinguishable, apparently forming one continuous structure

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 11; Pl. XLV. fig. 10). Both glands exhibit a

superficial lobulation, the lobules being polygonal in form and

generally a little larger in the superior labial gland; there is often

also a marked difference in colour between the two glands, the

poison-gland being of a much lighter colour—generally a light

yellow (in spirit-specimens), whilst the superior labial gland inclines

1 The bite of Dryophis and other Opisthoglyphous Snakes has been proved by

several observers to be fatal to small animals.

? The former is more or less embedded in the superior labial gland, whereas

the latter is almost isolated from it, the superior labial gland here attaining its

greatest bulk at the anierior extremity of the jaw.

Proc, Zoot. Soo.—1895, No. LI. 52

814 MR. G. S. WHST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [ Noy. 19,

to brown. The latter decreases in bulk anteriorly and opens

into the mouth by a series of about twenty ducts, which are

arranged along the entire length of the gland, the orifices lying

just within the inturned edge of the lowest lateral series of scales

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 15, d.s.J.), and consequently only just within the

mouth. It really consists of a series of small closely adpressed

racemose glands, the ducts near their orifices having an average

external diameter of 65 » and an average internal diameter of 17 p.

The inferior labial gland extends along the outer face of the

mandible, and is very similar in form to the superior labial gland,

though as a rule it is not so elongated; it possesses the same

arrangement of its ducts, though the number is more variable.

Both these glands are disposed in such a manner as to hide to a

great extent the maxillary and mandibular teeth.

The structure of the labial glands is similar to that of a salivary

gland with rather large alveoli. The gland-cells are shortly

columnar (polygonal when seen from above) and the nuclei are

basal in position ; the lining epithelium of the ducts, even up to

their very orifices, consists of precisely similar cells. The cell-

contours, nuclei, and that portion of the cell-contents immediately

surrounding the nucleus stain very clearly.

The alveoli of the potson-glund are smaller than those of the

labial glands (Pl. XLIV. fig. 17), though their size, as also the

comparative size of their constituent cells, varies considerably in

the different genera of this group. The nuclei stain clearly, but

the cell-contours and the finely granular cell-contents often stain

very indistinctly ; this will depend on the condition of activity of

the gland. The Ehrlich-Biondi mixture was much used for

staining sections of this gland and answered very well, if, after

the sections had remained some time in that mixture, they were

placed for a brief period in a very weak solution of picric acid;

this had the effect of fixing the methyl green in the nuclei.

The duct of the poison-gland is very much larger than any of the

ducts of the labial glands ; it passes inwardly and downwardly and

takes a slightly forward (or rarely a backward) direction from the

gland. The duct, whilst still within the gland, has an epithelium

of narrow columnar cells with basal or central nuclei (Pl. XLIV.

fig. 18), but when nearing its point of exit the epithelial cells become

larger and of different lengths with their bases somewhat pointed.

Other polygonal cells are also present outside them, fitting into

the interstices resulting from the different lengths of these cells.

The nuclei are here situated at the extreme bases of the cells and

are embedded in a denser cup-shaped mass of protoplasm, the rest

of the cell being quite clear and resistant to the action of stains

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 19). These cells are typical mucus-secreting cells,

precisely similar to those of the mucous membrane of the mouth’.

The duct either opens into the cavity formed by the muscular folds

1 The mucous membrane of the mouth of this group of Snakes is thrown into

a series of longitudinal folds and the epithelium consists entirely of similar

secretory cells to those described above.

1895. ] TEETH OF ONRTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 815

surrounding the grooved tooth, or becoming enlarged it com-

municates with the cavity surrounding the tooth by an aperture

about equal in diameter to that of the duct. This opening is

always towards the outer side of the grooved tooth (the first

one when more than one is present), and may be situated either

at the base of the tooth or a little way from it (Pl. XLIV. fig. 15;

Pl. XLV. fig. 5). It will be seen from the above that the duct

is not itself in direct communication with the groove of the

tooth, but that the two communicate through the mediation of the

cavity enclosed by the muscular folds surrounding the tooth, which

are united in front. Consequently the loss of the tooth does not

cause any injury to the duct, and in a short time one of the reserve

teeth takes the place of the lost one. There are usually about

half a dozen reserve teeth in successive stages of development

behind the functional one, and they are in no way connected with

the duct until called upon to replace a tooth that has been damaged

or lost. The reserve teeth are posterior and internal to the

functional ones, and are developed under cover of the expanded

anterior extremity of the transpalatine bone ; their positions are

indicated in fig. 11, Pl. XLY.

The grooved teeth are situated at the posterior extremity of the

maxilla, and their number varies from one to three in different

genera and species. They are generally much larger than the

other maxillary teeth and also straighter, though, like them, they

are directed backwards at a considerable angle. Some of the teeth

are almost circular in section, others compressed, and all are more or

less irregular. A few have distinct cutting-edges on the posterior

face of the tooth, e. g. Leptodira rufescens (Pl. XLV. fig. 12), Tham-

nodynastes nattereri (Pl. XLY. fig. 16). The groove is situated

as a rule on the antero-external face of the tooth, though in three

observed cases it is directly external in position, viz—Dryophis

prasinus (Pl. XLIV. fig. 12), D. mycterizans (P]. XLIV. fig. 13), and

Oxybelis fulgida (Pl. XLIV. fig. 21). In some the groove is almost

closed, whereas in others it is widely open. It also varies in its

extent down the tooth, for whereas in a few it almost reaches the

extreme apex, in others, of which Dipsas irregularis is a notable

example, it does not extend more than two-thirds of the way

down.

The mandibular teeth are as a rule about the same size and often

more numerous than the maxillary, and they decrease in size in an

antero-posterior direction; the most anterior teeth are more

crowded and also placed in a more upright position than the

maxillary teeth. The curvature is generally confined to the

upper half of the tooth, and they are never recurved at the apex

as is so often the case with the maxillary teeth.

The Harderian gland in this group of Snakes is very variable in

form and size, and may or may not be visible on removing the skin.

In some it is a small elongated glandular mass, whereas in others

it possesses two or three lobes and is of considerable bulk, A

portion of it is always situated behind the eye, in the orbit.

52*

816 MR. G. 8. WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [Nov. 19,

The arteries supplying the Harderian and poison-glands arise

from the ophthalmic artery which crosses the lower half of the

orbit. The branch to the Harderian gland arises from one side,

and that to the poison-gland on the other, just before this artery

enters the orbit. The branch to the poison-gland enters that

about the middle and then bifurcates, one branchlet running

anteriorly and one posteriorly. Side by side with these arteries

there run corresponding veins. The labial glands are supplied by

branches of the maxillary and mandibular arteries.

These statements are based upon observations made upon the

undermentioned genera, each of which may now be dealt with in

greater detail.

Genus Dipsas.

Species examined :—D. irregularis, D. ceylonensis, D, fusca, and

D. dendrophila.

The poison-gland in all the species is clearly definable from the

superior labial gland; the latter extends anteriorly but a short

distance in D. fusca (Pl. XLIV. fig. 1) and D. ceylonexsis, whereas in

D. dendrophila and more especially in D. irregularis it extends to

the anterior extremity of the jaw. The inferior labial gland is also

more exteusive in the latter species. The lobules are much

smaller in D. fusca and D. trregularis than in D, ceylonensis and

D, dendrophila. The Harderian gland is two-lobed in D. fusca and

D. ceylonensis (Pl. XLIV. figs. 6 and 7), but three-lobed in the

other two species, two of the lobes being within the orbit

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 5). The maxilla of D. fusca (Pl. XLIV. fig. 2)

possesses much fewer teeth than those of the other three species.

There are 7 solid teeth and 3 posterior grooved teeth; of the

latter, two are large ones and the third is much smaller and more

curved. D.dendrophila and D. irreqularis each possess 3 posterior

grooved maxillary teeth, the terminal one in each case being the

smallest (Pl. XLIV. fig. 4). The maxilla of the former has

12 solid teeth and that of the latter 14. The maxilla of D. cey-

lonensis (Pl. XLIV. fig. 3) possesses 2 large grooved teeth of equal

size and 12 solid ones.

Genus DRYOPHIS.

Species examined :—D. prasinus and D. mycterizans.

The poison-gland in this genus is proportionately smaller than

in any other genus examined, and superficially is not readily dis-

tinguished from the cuperior labial gland (vide Pl. XLIV. fig. 11).

The Harderian gland is of very small bulk and consists of a mere

strip of glandular tissue under and posterior to the eye (Pl. XLIV.

fig. 14). The maxilla of D. mycterizans (Pl. XLIV. fig. 13) possesses

4 anterior small teeth, three median large ones, then 5 more small

ones, and finally two large grooved teeth. That of D. prasinus

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 12) possesses 5 anterior small teeth, a median very

large and stout tooth, then + more small ones, and finally one

large grooved tooth. The grooves of the posterior maxillary

1895.] TEETH OF CERTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 817

teeth of these Snakes are on the external face of the tooth, and

are slightly to one side of the axis (Pl. I. fig. 16) (this is also the

case in Owybelis). The blood-vessels supplying the maxillary

teeth form considerable blood-sinuses around the bases of the

large median teeth; this was more particularly noticed in

D. prasinus. These sinuses are in direct continuity with the

blood-vessels in the pulp-cavity of the tooth, and lie at the base of

the large longitudinal furrow between the pterygoid and the

maxilla. They just underlie the glandular epithelium of the

mouth, being separated from it only by a thin layer of connective

tissue.

The mandibular teeth increase in size from the first to the fifth

in D. mycterizans and then follows a series of much smaller teeth ;

in D. prasinus they increase in size from the first to the third, the

latter being the largest tooth in the head, and these are then

followed by 10 smaller teeth.

Genus OXxyYBELIs.

Species examined :—O. fulgida.

The poison-gland is very clearly defined and the superior labial

gland is exceedingly long and narrow ; it reeches to the anterior

extremity of the maxilla and consists of much smaller lobules than

the poison-gland. The inferior labial gland is also greatly elongated,

reaching from the anterior extremity of the mandible almost to

the articular condyle, and is more extensive than that of any other

of the Snakes examined. The Harderian gland (Pl. XLIV. fig. 20)

is precisely similar to that of Dryophis. The mexilla (Pl. XLIV.

fig. 21) possesses more teeth than th.t of any other of the Snakes

examined, there being 20 in one uninierrupted series. The first 17

are equal in size and much curved; the posterior three are a little

larger, compressed laterally, and the external face of each possesses

a very shallow groove. The muscular folds surroundirg these

three posterior teeth are not united in frout, and in consequence

of a thin muscular fold across the base of the anterior grooved

tooth the poison-duct in this Snake is placed in communication

with the interior of the mouth before it is with the groove of the

tooth (Pl. XLIV. fig. 22).

The mandibular teeth are 18 in number. The first 8 are of

equal size and slightly largey than the maxillary teeth ; these are

followed by 10 much smaller closely-set teeth.

The only difference be.ween this genus and the preceding one

(Dryophis) is in the abserce of the large median maxillary fangs

and in the circular pupil, the latter being elongated in a horizontal

direction in Dryophas,

Genus Errrropipsas.

Species examined :—Z. colubriens.

The poison-gland is clearly defined and the lobules are very

small ; the superior labial gland is rather more extensive than usual

818 MR. G.S. WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [Noy. 19,

(Pl. XLIV. fig. 23), and the Harderian gland is not visible on

removal of the skin, the posterior lobe being small and downwardly

directed behind the poison-gland. The maxilla (Pl. XLIV. fig. 24)

possesses 12 much attenuated teeth, which are followed by a solitary

larger grooved tooth. There are 17 mandibular teeth. The anterior

extremity of the mandible, with the first three teeth, is slightly

constricted off from the rest and bent downwards and inwards,

but no suture is present. This peculiar condition of the anterior

end of the mandible has not been observed in any other Snake.

Genus C@LOPELTIS.

Species examined :—C. lacertina.

' The poison-gland is clearly defined and triangular in form

(Pl. XLV. fig. 1). The Harderian gland (Pl. XLV. fig. 4) has but

a very small lobe outside the orbit and this is not visible externally.

The maxilla (Pl. XLV. fig. 2) possesses 9 teeth; the posterior tooth

is large, grooved, straighter and less attenuated than usual, the

attenuation being confined to the veryapex. The first 8 teeth are

all of equal size and about one-third as large as the grooved one.

There are also 9 mandibular teeth; the three anterior teeth are

very large, but the 6 posterior ones are quite small and separated

from them by a marked interspace.

Genus PHILoDRYAS.

Species examined :—P. schottii and P. olfersii.

In P. schottii the glands of both the upper and lower lips are

of comparatively large size, and the poison-gland is superficially

indistinguishable from the superior labial (Pl. XLV. fig. 8). The

Harderian gland has an anterior lobe lining the lower half of the

orbit, and a posterior elongated lobe just visible externally above

the superior labial gland. The maxilla (Pl. XLV. fig. 9) possesses

12 teeth. The two posterior of these are large, grooved, and

almost straight, they are not in a line with the others and are

separated from them by a wide diastema; the 10 preceding teeth

form a uniform closely-set series.

The mandibular teeth are 8 in number; there are 4 uniform

anterior teeth equal in size to the maxillary, and then a diastema

followed by 4 more very small teeth.

The folds surrounding the grooved teeth are only united in

front of the bases of the first tooth, their lower portions being

free.

In P. olfersii the glands are not by any means so extensive

(Pl. XLV. fig. 6), and the maxilla possesses but 7 teeth, there being

6 solid widely separated teeth, followed by a rather large grooved

fang (Pl. XLV. fig. 7).

Genus PSAMMODYNASTES.

Species examined :—P. pulverulentus.

The specimen of this Snake examined was in a damaged condition,

1895.] TEELH OF CERTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES, 819

There were two posterior, almost straight, grooved teeth (PI. I.

fig. 25), preceded by a few small teeth which were larger anteriorly.

The mandibular teeth were 10 in number, the 3 anterior ones

large and followed by 7 smaller teeth.

Genus PsAMMOPHIS.

Species examined :—P. sebelans.

The only available specimen of this Snake had been at some

period dried, and consequently the teeth only could be examined.

The maxilla (P]. XLV. fig. 19) possessed 10 teeth—three anterior

small ones followed by a diastema, then two large teeth and three

more small ones; the two posterior teeth were large grooved ones.

There were 13 mandibular teeth, 2 anterior large ones and 11

very small ones; the first 3 small ones were separated by wide

diastemata, and the 8 posterior ones grouped together.

Genus TRIMERORHINUS.

Species examined :—TZ’, rhombeatus.

The poison-gland is here superficially indistinguishable from the

superior labial gland, and extends a comparatively long distance

posterior to the eye (Pl. XLV. fig. 17). The maxilla possesses

10 teeth; the 2 posterior ones are very large and grooved, and the

8 anterior ones are much smaller and of uniform size.

Genus THAMNODYNASTES.

Species examined :—T’ natterert.

The poison-gland is very clearly differentiated from the superior

labial gland and exhibits a marked lobulation. The maxilla is

somewhat slender and possesses altogether 16 teeth; the 2

posterior ones are large, grooved teeth, and the other 14 are

smaller, much attenuated teeth (Pl. XLV. fig. 15). The grooved

teeth possess a small, though marked, posterior cutting-edge

(Pl. XLV. fig. 16).

The mandibular teeth are also 16 in number, but are not so

crowded as the maxillary ones and are more upright.

Genus LEproprRra.

Species examined :—L. rufescens and L. annulata.

The poison-gland of Leptodira rufescens is superficially indistin-

guishable from the superior labial gland, and is of a most extra-

ordinary form. Just posterior to the eye it has a sudden upward

flexure, and is then continued backwards for a much greater

distance than that observed in the gland of any other Opistho-

glyphous Snake (Pl. XLV. fig. 10). Looking at the head from the

side, the gland is seen to partially cover the lower portion of the

eye; but, to compensate for this, the head is very broad and the

eyes directed obliquely upwards and forwards. The maxilla

820 MR. G. 8, WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND -__[ Noy. 19,

(Pl. XLV. fig. 11) possesses 14 teeth. The 3 anterior ones are of

small size and separated by moderately large diastemata, then

follow 8 closely-set teeth of slightly larger size, and after a small

interspace the 3 posterior teeth. These latter do not form a

continuous series with the others, but are set along the edge of

the posterior expanded, end of the maxilla. The first two are

large and grooved, but the third is very small and solid. This is

the only case I have yet met with in Opisthoglyphous Snakes

where a solid tooth follows the grooved ones.

The poison-gland of Z. annulata is clearly defined from the

superior labial gland, and is of the more usual form. The

Harderian gland is not externally visible on removal of the skin

as in ZL. rufescens (Pl. XLV. fig. 13). The maxilla (Pl. XLV.

fig. 14) has 9 small, rather stovt teeth of uniform size, followed

by 2 posterior large and rather straight grooved fangs. There

are 9 mandibular teeth.

. Genus Homatopsis.

Species examined :—H. buccata.

The poison-gland in this Snake is very clearly defined and

somewhat sigmoid in form. The superior labial gland does not

extend so far back as usual, but is otherwise rather extensive.

The inferior labial gland is also of considerable bulk, and all three

glands exhibit a marked lobulation (Pl. XLV. fig. 20). The

Harderian gland is of a most unusual form, only a small anterior

lobe being within the orbit, whilst a large irregularly lobulated

posterior portion hes under cover of the poison-gland (Pl, XLY.

fig, 24). The maxilla has altogether 12 teeth (Pl. XLV. fig. 21).

The first 11 are solid and of equal size, set very close together, and

possess a character which is quite unique amongst the Snakes that

I have examined. In transverse section, the anterior face of the

tooth is seen to be quite plane, and there are two lateral cutting-

edges ; the posterior surface (which is in section about two-thirds

of the are of a circle) is longitudinally ridged (Pl. XLV. fig. 22).

There are eight or nine of these ridges near the base of the tooth,

but they run out towards the apex, near to which the tooth

becomes almost triangular. The posterior tooth is much larger

than the rest and is grooved; it is somewhat irregular in trans-

verse section and the groove is widely open (Pl. XLV. fig. 23).

Genus CERBERUS.

Species examined :—C. rhynchops.

The only specimen of this Snake examined had the head

considerably damaged, and one maxilla was all that could be

isolated in an uninjured condition (Pl. XLV. fig. 25). It possessed

17 teeth, which were in one continuous series, the posterior one

being a little larger than the rest and grooved.

This and the preceding genus belong to the Homalopsine or

Freshwater Snakes.

1895.] TRETH OF CERTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 821

PROTEROGLYPHA.

HyYpROPHIIN#.

The potson-gland in Marine Snakes is situated some distance

posterior to the eye. It varies somewhat in external form, and

consists of a large series of longitudinally disposed tubules which

converge anteriorly towards a central duct; this passes from the

anterior end of the gland as the poison-duct. These tubules are

larger towards the central axis of the gland and become smaller

and much branched towards the periphery. They have spacious

cavities, and their lining epithelium consists of short regular

columnar cells. The cell-contents are for the most part aggregated

at the base of the cell, at which point the nucleus is situated; the

rest of the cell presents a finely granular appearance.

The poison-duct is of rather large calibre, and small tubules open

into it along its whole course from the gland to the teeth, though

they become much fewer in number anteriorly. As the duct

nears the poison-fangs it becomes sinuous, bends suddenly inwards

at the anterior extremity of the maxilla, and on reaching a point

just anterior to the bases of the two grooved teeth it enlarges,

enclosing a more or less considerable transverse vertical cavity.

Into this cavity project two large cushions of muscular tissue, one

in front of each tooth (Pl. XLVI. fig. 13 and 14,m). The two

cushions are precisely similar and quite distinct from each other,

the vertical slit between them being the only communication

between this cavity, enclosed by the enlarged termination of the

poison-duct, and that enclosed by the folds which closely surround

the teeth (Pl. XLVI. fig. 14). The muscular tracts extend a short

distance parallel to the teeth down the inner edge of the fold.

The fibres are arranged in such a manner that contraction would

lessen the cavity at the termination of the duct, widen the passage

between the two muscular cushions, and also bring the folds into

closer approximation with the outer faces of the teeth. This

ensures a free passage for the poisonous secretion from the duct

to the bases of the grooved teeth. There is alsoa fold partitioning

off the two grooved teeth from each other, and the secretion passes

down one side to one tooth and down the other side to the other

(cf. Pl. XLVI. fig. 14),

As in the Opisthoglyphous Snakes, the reserve teeth are never

in communication with the poison-duct until they become

functional owing to loss of teeth previously in use.

The labial glands are very similar to those previously described

and have a series of ducts, which become very numerous at the

anterior extremity of the jaw.

Genus ENHYDRIS.

Species examined :—Z#. hardwickii.

The superior labial gland is of very small bulk posteriorly and

much elongated, being but a thin line of glandular tissue under

822 MR. G.S. WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [Noy. 19,

the poison-gland. Anteriorly, however, it is greatly developed,

and immediately below the nostril is of considerable bulk, sending

off an upward prolongation anterior to that opening.

The poison-gland is elliptical in form, is posterior to and some-

what remote from the eye, and sends off anteriorly a horizontal

duct (Pl. XLVI. fig. 2).

The Harderian gland (Pl. XLVI. fig. 19) is indistinctly divided

into two lobes; the anterior one is the larger and forms a socket

for the eye, the posterior one is entirely buried in the muscles and

is not visible externally. The eyes in this family of Snakes are

comparatively small, with small round pupils, and the orbit is

filled up to a great extent by the Harderian gland.

The inferior labial gland is elongated and lies along the mandible

external to the teeth.

The maxilla (Pl. XLVI. fig. 9) is short, reaching but a little way

in front of the eye. At the anterior end it is transversely enlarged

and bears two large grooved fangs placed almost side by side,

one—the slightly posterior one—being external to the other.

They are but slightly curved and are inserted so as to point almost

directly backwards. After a considerable interspace there are 5

more small solid teeth placed close together, the last one being at

the extreme posterior end of the maxilla. In transverse sections

of the grooved teeth they are seen to possess at the extreme end

an anterior cutting-edge (Pl. XLVI. fig. 22). This was present

only in this genus amongst those examined, the tooth at the apex

being compressed laterally or in a direction at right angles to

that in the case of Platurus.

There are 10 mandibular teeth of approximately equal size, the

anterior three being slightly further apart than the other seven.

Genus PLATURUS.

Species examined :—P. fasciatus.

The superior labial gland tapers behind as in Enhydris, but does

not reach quite so far back.

The poison-gland is narrower and more elongated than in the

former genus, and has a posterior downwardly curved portion not

present in any of the other genera examined (Pl. XLVI fig. 4).

The Harderian gland forms a socket for the eye here also, the

optic nerve passing through the postero-internal lobe of the gland

(PI. XLVI. fig. 18).

The inferior labial gland is shorter and more robust than in

Enhydris.

The maxilla is extremely short and comparable to that of an

Elapine Snake (Pl. XLVI. figs. land 12). It is of a very peculiar

form, and the two grooved fangs are situated side by side on its

ventro-anterior edge. These teeth are large, and at about half

their length are bent somewhat suddenly; they are very sharp

and of a somewhat peculiar form. When viewed from below they

are seen to suddenly taper to an acute point near to the apex, the

margins of the tooth being up to this almost parallel. When

1895.] TEETH OF CERTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 823

viewed from the side, the lower half of the tooth is seen to be very

narrow and much attenuated. The apical portion of the tooth

is thus compressed antero-posteriorly. The groove is relatively

much larger than in the other genera (vide Pl. XLVI. fig. 21), and

reaches to within a short distance of the apex, opening by a small

(anterior) aperture on the flattened surface of the tooth; the

opening at the base of the tooth is large. Besides the two grooved

teeth there is alsoa small and much bent tooth, with a very obtuse

apex, situated on the outer edge of the maxilla slightly nearer to

the posterior end.

Genus Distira.

Species examined :—D, cyanocincta.

The glands are very similar to those of Enhydris (Pl. XLVI.

fig. 1). The superior labial gland is greatly developed anteriorly,

and the poison-gland is much rounded posteriorly and slightly

constricted in the middle. The inferior labial gland is long and

narrow, and the Harderian gland (Pl. XLVI. fig. 17) possesses a

larger posterior lobe than either Enhydris or Platurus.

The maxilla (Pl. XLVI. fig. 8) has two anterior grooved fangs,

the outer one a little posterior to the inner, which are propor-

tionately smaller than those in the two previous genera. There

is a considerable interspace, and then 8 smaller teeth forming a

somewhat irregular series. The first two or three only of these

teeth showed any indications of a groove’. This was so in the

maxille of two specimens.

In transverse section the grooved fangs are almost circular.

Genus Hyprvs.

Species examined :—H. platurus and H. platurus var. alternans.

The superior labial gland is not so large as in the three

previous genera. The poison-gland is partially under cover of a

mass of muscular tissue; it is long and narrow, is partially con-

stricted in the middle, and extends inwardly a considerable distance

(Pl. XLVI. figs. 3,6, and 7). The Harderian gland is not dif-

ferentiated into two lobes, and is comparatively smaller than in

the other genera examined (Pl. XLVI. fig. 16).

The maxilla (Pl. XLVI. fig. 10) possesses two anterior grooved

fangs, the inner one being slightly anterior in position to the outer

one. Aftera short interspace there is a series of 7 or 8 smaller

teeth of equal size; these latter are more crowded posteriorly.

The grooved fangs are slightly compressed laterally, and the groove

extends very far down the tooth and is tightly closed even when

quite close to the apex (Pl. XLVI. fig 20).

1 Boulenger (‘The Fauna of British India: Reptilia and Batrachia,’ London,

1890) describes these posterior maxillary teeth as being grooved. Also in

P.Z.S. 1890, p. 618 (‘Remarks on a Skull of Distira cyanocincta from Ceylon”),

he mentions a large skull which possessed grooyes on the mandibular teeth.

There pare no grooves on any of the mandibular teeth in the specimens J

examined,

824 MR. G, 8, WEST ON THE BUCCAL GLANDS AND [Nov. 19,

There is a mass of much-convoluted blood-sinuses all round

both the mandibular and maxillary teeth. These attain a most

astounding development in this animal, and are the most con-

spicuous objects present in any section (whether longitudinal or

transverse) containing the teeth. They were present in the other

genera examined but to a smaller degree, whereas in the four

specimens of this Snake examined they were enormously developed

and to the same extent on both sides of the head. These sinuses

fill up the interstices between the teeth and also extend a con-

siderable distance on both sides of the jaw;. they completely

surround the whole of the reserve teeth. It is impossible to

consider that all this blood is required by the teeth, as many other

Snakes have comparatively much larger teeth than this, yet do not

possess any marked development of these sinuses. They are

supplied by very large blood-vessels, and their function appears

to be that of aquatic respiration: if so, we have to deal with

accessory organs of respiration, analogous to the villous processes

present in the mouths of soft-shelled Turtles (Amyda mutica and

Aspidonectes spirifer*), and it is worthy of remark that spongy

outgrowths of the mucous membrane serving a somewhat similar

function occur in the Electric Eel (Gymnotus), but that here they

may be utilized for aerial respiration by an animal whose respi-

ration is normally aquatic.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puats XLIV.

Fig. 1. Dipsas fusca: head from left side.

Note.—In all the figures*of the heads the skin has been removed, the

connective tissue, &c., cleared away to show the glands, and the

folds of the mucous membrane of the mouth about the maxilla and

mandible removed to expose the teeth; the glands, however, often

lie externally to the teeth in such a manner as to hide them.

Fig. 2. Dipsas fusca: left maxilla from below.

3. Dipsas ceylonensis : left maxilla from below.

4. Dipsas dendrophila: ,, 9 S

5. Dipsas irreqularis: Harderian gland (eye removed),

6. Dipsas fusca: eye removed, to show Harderian gland.

7. Dipsas ceylonensis: eye removed, to show Harderian gland.

8. 3 3 : transverse section of grooved tooth.

9. Dipsas fusca: x = = x

10. Dipsas dendrophila: ,, 5 ns +

11. Dryophis prasinus: head from left side.

1 ee : : left maxilla from below.

1 Simon H, Gage, ‘‘ Pharyngeal Respiration in the Soft-shelled Turtle,” Proc.

Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 1884, pp. 316-318,

Simon H. & Susanna Phelps Gage, ‘“‘ Aquatic Respiration in Soft-shelled

Turtles,” Amer. Nat. vol. xx., 1886, pp. 233-236,

This accessory respiration also takes place in Trionyx: vide Louis Agassiz,

Contrib. Nat. Hist. of the U.S.A. vol. i. (Boston, 1857), pp. 283, 284.

2 Cf. Cleland, Notes on the Viscera of Gymmnotus electricus,’ Memoirs and

Memoranda in Anatomy, vol. i. art, ix. pp. 90, 91, pl. x. figs. 2, 3.

1895.]

Fig.

13.

14.

15.

16.

ile

18.

THETH OF CERTAIN POISONOUS SNAKES. 825

Dryophis (or i he left maxilla from below.

: eye with Harderian gland.

Dryophis prasinus: portion of transverse section of head through

the base of the grooved tooth, showing the communication between

it and the duct of the poison-gland.

Dryophis prasinus: transverse section of grooved tooth.

», +: section of poison-gland showing three of the

alveoli consisting of more or less columuar cells with large granular

nuclei at their bases.

Dryophis prasinus: portion of the epithelium of the poison-duct

while it is inside the gland. (The duct is more or less convoluted

and the convex side of the drawing is towards the interior of the

duct.)

. Dryophis mycterizans: portion of the wall of the poison-duct at a

point where it leaves the gland.

Oxybelis fulgida: eye with Harderian gland.

Pe » : left maxilla from below.

: transverse section through the region of the base of

the first grooved tooth.

. Eteirodipsas colubriens: head from the right side.

: right maxilla from below.

- Psammodynastes pulverulentus: posterior portion of the right maxilla

from below.

Piats XLY.

1. Celopeltis lacertina: head from the left side.

2. Fe Ay : left maxilla from below.

3. bs “4 : transverse section of grooved tooth.

4, AS A : eye removed, to show the Harderian gland.

D : transverse section through the region of the

grooved tooth, showing its communication with the duct of the

oison-gland.

6. Philodryas olfersii: head from the left side.

7. : left maxilla from below.

8. Philodryas schottii: head from the left side.

9. : left maxilla from below.

10. Leptodira rufescens : head from the left side (mandible removed)

UG rs : left maxilla from below. The positions of the

reserve grooved teeth are indicated by dotted lines.

12. Lepiodira rufescens: transverse section of grooved tooth.

13. Leptodira annulata: head from left side.

14, 35 : left maxilla from below.

15. Thamnodynastes nattereri: left maxilla from below.

16. : transverse section of grooved tooth.

17. Trimerorhinus rhombeatus: head from the left side.

18. 3 . : left maxilla seen rather obliquely from

below.

19. Psammophis sebelans: right maxilla from below.

20. Homalopsis buccata: head from right side.

21. + » +: Tight maxilla from below.

22. 3 Bi ak ae ae section of one of the anterior maxillary

teet,

23. os »» + transverse section of grooved tooth.

24. : Harderian gland (eye removed).

. Cerberus rhynchops : right maxilla from below,

Puate XLVI.

Distira cyanocincta: head from the right side.

Enhydris hardwickii: ,,

Hydrus platurus :

removed.

3? ced

s », Inferior labial gland

826 ON THE GLANDS AND THETH OF POISONOUS SNAKES. [Noy. 19,

Fig. 4. Platurus fasciatus: head from the right side.

: Longitudinal section of the head taken through

the poison-gland and duct.

6. Hydrus platurus, var. alternans : left poison-gland and duct from side.

” ”

- ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” above.

8. Distira cyanocincta: right maxilla from below.

9. Enhydris hardwickii: ,, e ‘ e

10. Hydrus platurus: € * a x

11. Platurus fasciatus: iN os » below,

12. ” ” ” ” ” side.

13. ty » : longitudinal section through the base of the

external poison-fang, showing the enlargement of the duct (d.)

to form the vertical cavity (ed.); the muscular mass (m.) is

situated directly in front of the base of the tooth (vide fig. 14, m.),

and the communication between this cavity and the groove of the

tooth is not shown.

14. Enhydris hardwickii: transverse section through the bases of the

poison-fangs, showing the communication between the enlarged

extremity of the duct and the groove of the more internally

situated tooth.

15. Distira cyanocincta: transverse section of the poison-gland and the

superior labial gland taken at a point about through the middle of

the eye, the former is gradually passing into the duct and the latter

is increasing in size anteriorly. The artery (a.) and vein (v.) are

the afferent and efferent blood-vessels of the large blood-sinuses

surrounding the maxillary teeth.

16. Hydrus platurus, var. alternans: Harderian gland and eye.

17. Distira cyanocincta: Harderian gland and eye.

18. Platurus fasciatus : “ 3 5

19. Enhydris hardwickii: Harderian gland (eye removed).

20. Hydrus platurus: transverse section of poison-tooth.

21. Platurus fasciatus: transverse section of poison-tooth.

22. Enhydris hardwickii: ,, $ - i-

a, Artery.

av. Alveoli of gland.

c.t. Connective tissue (interstitial).

d, Duct of poison-gland.

d.s.J. One of the ducts of superior labial gland.

ed. Enlarged distal end of the duct of the poison-gland.

ep. Epithelial cells of duct.

ep.gl. Glandular (?) epithelial cells of duct.

gltl. Inferior labial gland.

gi.s.l. Superior labial gland.

gr. Groove of poison-fang.

H.gi. Harderian gland.

m. Muscular pad in front. of the base of poison-fang.

mx. Maxilla.

p. Poison-tooth (functional).

p.r. Poison-tooth (reserve).

p.c. Pulp-cavity.

p.gl. Poison-gland.

¢. Transpalatine.

v. Vein.

jam

pebt®

1895.] ON THE ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 827

December 3, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frowsr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of October and November

1895 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 112, of which 63 were by

presentation, 24 by purchase, 1 by exchange, 2 were born in the

Gardens, and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 146.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of November were 80in number. Of these 41 were acquired

by presentation, 30 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and

7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 83.

Amongst the additions, attention was called to the acquisition

of a male specimen of the supposed new Wild Goat of the island

of Giura, one of the Sporades, which had lately been described by

Dr. Reichenow of Berlin (Zool. Jahrb. vol. iii. p. 598, 1888) as

a distinct species, under the name Capra dorcas.

A communication was read from Dr. G. Stewardson Brady,

F.R.S., containing a Supplementary Report on the Crustaceans of

the group Myodocopa obtained during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition.

To this were added notes on other new or imperfectly known species

of the same group.

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac-

tions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana. By

Frank EH. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society, Examiner in Zoology to the University of

London.

[Received October 1, 1895.]

Through the kindness of Mr. Clarence Bartlett, I have been able

to dissect two specimens of the Surinam Toad (Pipa americana)

which had been forwarded to him in spirit from British Guiana.

‘They proved to be in an excellent condition for dissection. So far

as I am acquainted with the literature relating to this Amphibian,

828 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 3,

there has been but one general account of the anatomy of the soft

parts since the year 1825, when it was studied by Mayer!, who did

not, however, direct attention to the special matters upon which I

desire to report in the present communication. Mayer dissected

three individuals, and he remarked upon the fact that in all of them

the alimentary canal for the greater part of the intestinal region

was beset with numerous small spherical cysts, which were mis-

taken by his predecessor Fermin for glands appended to the

alimentary tract, but which were recognized by Rudolphi as

encysted Nematodes. There is no doubt about this identification,

and I found them present in large numbers in both my specimens.

It is remarkable to find a parasite so invariably and so numerously

present in its host, though there are other similar instances, such

as the Gregarines in the sperm-sacs of the common Earthworm.

Mayer’s paper deals not only with the abdominal viscera, but also

with the skeletal and muscular systems. There is, however, an

earlier paper * which is not without value; in the plates appended

to this are illustrations of several of the viscera isolated from their

surroundings. More recently Klinckowstrém and Grénberg * have

desc ‘ibed and figured the structure of the skin, the larynx, the

blood-vessels and the brain, besides some of the other viscera more

or less incidentally.

The two main lobes of the liver* are absolutely separated from

each other, the entire chamber enclosed by the suspensory ligaments

of the anterior abdominal veins intervening. Along one margin each

of the two lobes is firmly attached to the suspensory ligament of the

abdominal vein, to the “ diaphragm” and to the lung. The left

half of the liver is rather larger than the right, and is partly divided

into two lobes. The globular gall-bladder is associated with the

right half of the liver; it is partly covered over by it, and lies in

close contact with the membrane supporting the anterior abdo-

minal vein.

The anterior abdominal vein, instead of being firmly attached to

the ventral parietes, is borne at the. angle of a membrane which is

V-shaped in transverse section. This membrane, however, in the

hinder part of the body-cavity at any rate, seems to be merely the

slightly displaced peritoneum, which in that region of the body is

not closely adherent to the muscular parietes. On pulling the

vein the whole of the peritoneum lining the body-cavity posteriorly

readily came away. Anteriorly the state of affairs seems to be a

little different. ‘The abdominal vein is still supported by a V-shaped

membrane, but the two folds of membrane are firmly attached to

the parietes. So far my description applies to the female example

of the frog dissected by me. In the male the abdominal vein

appeared posteriorly to stand out freely from the body-wall. I

1 “Beitrage zu einer anatomische Monographie der Rana pipa,” Verh. k. Leop.-

Car. Akad. 1825, p. 527.

2 Breyer, ‘Observationes Anatomicee circa fabricam Rane pipe’ (Berl., 1811).

8 « Zur Anatomie der Pipa americana,” Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Anat. 1894.

4 There is a small separate third lobe. See Zool. Jahrb. Joc, cit. pl. 39, fig. 7.

1895.] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 829

could find no trace of any membrane until about halfway between

the end of the abdominal cavity and the edge of the sternum.

At this point where the membrane began the vein bifurcates. In

the female frog the bifurcation of the abdominal vein coincides

with the commencement of the fixed attachment of the mesenteries

already spoken of. In the anterior part of the abdominal region

there is thus a tent-like cavity which might be mistaken—particu- |

larly in the male, where it ends abruptly posteriorly—for a peri-

cardium. In this cavity lies the heart, with its closely adherent

pericardium. The abdominal vein lies inside the “tent,” being

here and there only loosely fastened to its walls. Where the

abdominal vein bifurcates, which it does quite half an inch behind

the edge of the liver, the cavity of the tent increases in depth

vertically and its roof becomes attached to the stomach and com-

mencing intestine, forming the ventral mesentery of the same.

This cavity is an exaggeration of a corresponding arrangement

in the frog.

§ The Diaphragm.

I have already made use of the word “ diaphragm ” in describing

the attachment of the liver. ‘The liver is attached anteriorly on

both sides of the body to a membranous wall which is continuous

with the suspensory ligament of the abdominal veins and appears

to limit the body-cavity anteriorly. To this is also attached the

lung, and on the left side of the body in both sexes a deep pocket

is formed behind the lung owing to the angle at which the two

membranes join. This is slightly marked on the right side. Where

the transverse vertical dissepiment is cut through it is seen not to

mark the anterior boundary of the body-cavity. In front of it lie

two cavities of considerable size, separated from each other by

another vertical septum and from their fellows by the cesophagus.

These cavities are suggestive of the water-tight compartments of a

man-of-war. Whether they are true celom or not I am unable to

say.

The septum to which the lung and the liver are attached is

continuous with what I presume to be the dorsal peritoneum, or at

least a portion of it. This membrane is tough and strong, and can

readily be raised from the parietes. Anteriorly it is perforated by

the two halves of the dorsal aorta, which lie perfectly freely in the

space between the membrane and the parietes,being quite unattached

to either. The anterior half of the cavity thus exposed by raising

the tough peritoneal membrane is not floored (or rather roofed)

by the muscles ; these are covered by! a delicate semitransparent

* It is possibly comparable to what Mr. G. W. Butler has described (P. Z. S.

1889, p. 445) in the Bird. Development appears to show that the oblique septum

in the Fowl is one structure with the aponeurosis covering the lungs, it having

been blown away from it, to use Mr. Butler’s phraseology, by the intermediate

air-sacs. But septa remain connecting the two layers and separating the air-

sacs. So, in Pipa, the peritoneum lying immediately behind the lung is sepa-

rated by an interval from the peritoneum covering the muscles of the parietes,

and anteriorly there is a vertical transverse septum joining them.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LILI. 53

830 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

membrane in which run blood-vessels &c. From about the region

where the two aorte join, at the anterior end of the kidneys, there

appeared to be no layer covering the muscles other than the first-

described membrane.

The accompanying drawing (fig. 1) illustrates the lungs and

the diaphragmatic membrane as seen from the interior of the

body. It will be observed that the lung is bifid and that it is

Fig. 1.

Pipa surinamensis.

General view of abdominal viscera.

H,, heart; L, lung; Gs., esophagus; St., stomach; m, musculus

pulmonum proprius.

firmly attached to the membrane except in two regions; the

smaller lobe is not so attached, and the main lobe is free for about

the last three quarters of an inch of its length. The drawing will

also partly explain why I have used the expression “ diaphragm ”

_in describing the strong sheet of peritoneum which is so readily

detacbable from the parietes. It will be noticed that narrow

1895.] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 831

muscle arises from the thigh close to the rectus femoris’. This

runs forward, increasing in breadth and undergoing a corresponding

diminution in thickness; ultimately it fans out over the back of

the lung and of the esophagus ; it begins to be attached to the lung

first at the origin of the smaller lobe of that viscus. I cannot but

think that the close attachment of the muscle to the lung must

have some relation to the function of respiration.

The main mass of the muscles, however, go past the lung, and are,

as already stated, inserted upon the cesophagus. At their insertion,

which is on the median ventral side, they not only fan out, but the

muscle becomes separated into a number of small separate bundles.

The corresponding muscle of the opposite side of the body has to

perforate the mesentery on its way to be inserted on to the ceso-

phagus. All the fibres of the muscle are not, however, inserted in

this way on to the esophagus; a good number of them fan out

Pipa surinamensis.

Dissection to display diaphragm.

o.d., oviduct ; a, branch of obliquus muscle; s¢.h., sternohyoid.

Other letters as in fig. 1.

dorsally and are inserted on to the aponeurosis already spoken of,

which shuts off the abdominal cavity in front. The arrangement

‘of these fibres is shown in the accompanying drawing (fig. 2).

1 See p. 839.

53*

832 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Dec. 3,

In that drawing will be observed another muscle descending, in

the position in which the animal is represented, from the ventral

body-wall. This muscle is a portion of the sternohyoid, which

leaves the anterior larger portion and is inserted just on to the

posterior edge of the expanded hyoid cartilage and on to the apo-

neurosis, with which the hyoid cartilage is also in contact. A

third muscular slip (fig. 2) from the obliquus also fans out over the

diaphragm.

Pipa surinamensis.

Dissection to illustrate internal aperture of oviduct (0) borne upon a special

membrane shown also in fig, 2.

I am not, however, directing attention for the first time to this

curious structural peculiarity of Pipa. Breyer, in his memoir upon

the anatomy of the frog, figures the lungs and the muscle attached

to them, which he describes in the following words :—

“Tunice nimirum externe [musculus] ab hepate oriundus

additur, et musculorum adjacentium fibre simul accedunt; sine

pulmonis saltem dilaceratione, lacerti musculosi eidem affixi separari

nequeunt.”*

Physiclogically, this fan-shaped muscle which spreads out over

the back of the lungs in Pipa seems to be comparable to the muscles

which arise from the ribs and spread out over the lungs in birds,

and which Huxley regarded? as being collectively, and possibly,

the homologue of the Mammalian diaphragm. Morphologically,

1 Mayer gives a different account of the origin of this muscle. ‘Am merk-

wiirdigsten von allen Muskeln ist aber der diesem Thiere eigenthiimliche Lungen-

muskel, musc. pulmonum proprius. Er entepringt, 14 Linien breit und 4 Linie

dick, von dem Darmbeinkamm unterhalb des musc. latissimus dorsi, geht nach

auf- und einwarts, heftet sich an die hintere Flache des untern Sackes der Lunge

seiner Seite an, und verbreitet sich mit dicken strahlenformig auseinander-

fahrenden Fasern an dieser hinteren Wandung der Lunge.” But on a previous

page he speaks of a separate muscle running to the pharynx. This musculus

abdominis posterior “ entspringt ebenfalls von dem Femur, aber an seinem

aussern Winkel ist schmal, jedoch dick, tritt unter den J/atiss¢mus dorsi in

die Bauchhéhle hinein und erstreckt sich .... nach aufwarts, indem seine

Muskelnfasern an der vordern und hintern Flache des Pharynx sich

* verbreiten.”

2 “On the Respiratory Organs of Apieryx,” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 560.

1895. ] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA, 833

comparisons are more difficult. Its insertion on to the stomach

reminds us of Prof. Huxley’s description’ of a muscle in the

Crocodile which “arises on each side from the anterior margin of

the pubis; and its fibres pass forward, diverging as they go, to be

inserted into the ventral face of the posterior part of the peri-

cardium and into the ventral and lateral parts of the fibrous capsule

of the stomach.”

More important is the comparisou with the frog, in which there

is a muscle embracing the cesophagus, the so-called diaphragm.

This is figured by Howes in the ‘ Atlas of Biology,’ and described

by Ecker as a part of the conjoined obliquus internus transversus ;

it arises, however, from the transverse process of the anterior

vertebre, but may still represent the anterior portion of the

muscle described and figured here in Pipa. It is, however,

perhaps more likely that the diaphragm of Rana is represented by

the termination of the obliquus internus lettered a in my diagram

(woodcut, fig. 2) of Pipa. If it be possible to compare the rudi-

mentary diaphragm of Rana with that of the Mammalia, it seems

even more possible in the case of Pipa. For in Pipa the diaphragm

is formed by a dorsal and ventral set of muscles; there is a com-

plete ring of muscles as in the Mammal.

The female frog which I dissected bore a number of young upon

her back. I examined one of these, a fully-formed frog of about

half an inch in length, in order to ascertain how far the various

structures described above were visible. The anterior end of the

young frog was cut into a series of longitudinal sections. I found

that the lungs hung freely in the body-cavity after their emergence

from the thoracic region; there was no trace whatsoever of any

muscular or other attachment to the parietes. On the other hand,

that section of the diaphragm which I have described above as

shutting off the heart and pericardium from the abdominal cavity

was present. So far, therefore, as one is at liberty to draw in-

ferences from the order of development of various structures,

the muscular fascia which spreads out over the lungs is a newer

structure and perhaps conditioned by the special needs of Pipa,

which is, as is well known, more purely aquatic in its habits than

are many other Anurous Amphibia.

§ Myology.

The muscular anatomy of this Amphibian has been to some

extent described by Mayer with an illustrative figure. I have

endeavoured to supplement his account with some additional

details. The animal was dissected side by side with an example

of the large Rana guppyi from the Solomon Islands, which agrees

in its myology with ana esculenta, excepting in some small par-

ticulars noted in the course of the following description. The

English translation by Haslam of Ecker’s ‘ Anatomy of the Frog’

has been my guide in comparing the muscles of the two animals,

1 Thid. p. 568,

834 MR. F. BE, BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

which show a number of divergences other than those indicated by

Mayer.

Muscles of the Head, Trunk, and Fore-limb.

The obliquus externus was, as Meckel has pointed out, overlooked

by Mayer, who, however, curiously enough, figures it. It is only

found in the posterior region of the abdomen, where it covers

the pectoral and arises from the symphysis pubis and also from

the rhomboidal area, mentioned in connection with the abdominal

portion of the pectoral.

The Rectus abdominis is in three portions; one arises from nearly

the entire length of the femur, and has been confounded by Mayer

with the abdominal portion of the pectoral. Asa matter of fact,

it ends in a transverse band of tendon (a tendinous inscription),

from which the pectoral arises. Another small portion runs from

the symphysis pubis to the rhomboidal tendon already mentioned.

The third portion is deep of the others, and passes forward on

each side to the edge of the sternum.

The obliquus internus is a well-developed muscle which has an

antero-posterior direction.

The depressor mandibule differs from that of Rana in that it

arises from the skull itself and not from any fascia.

The cucullaris is an oblong muscle (it is triangular in Rana

guppy?) ; at its insertion it overlaps the last muscle instead of being

overlapped by it as in Rana.

The latissimus dorst has a very remarkable arrangement, which

differs greatly from that of Rana guppyi; in the latter it is a long

triangular muscle which arises from the middle line of the back

and runs nearly parallel with and over the hinder half of the infra-

spinatus to be inserted in common with it on the humerus. In

Pipa the function of the latissimus dorsi is largely assumed by

what I take to be the homologue of a portion at least of the

obliquus externus. The latter is a fan-shaped muscle corre-

sponding in shape and extent to the abdominal portion of the

pectoral on the ventral side of the body. The muscle arises partly

from the fascia covering the lateral abdominal region and partly

from the great long transverse processes of the sacral vertebre.

It narrows to be inserted on to the humerus in common with the

infraspinatus and partly on to lower border of scapula. Where it

passes under the scapula it is joined by a delicate muscle con-

sisting of a few widely separated fibres lying in the fascia covering

the scapula. This I take to be the much-degenerated represen-

tative of the latissimus dorsi of Rana. It does not, however,

blend with the fibres of the external oblique, but ends at right

angles to them. It will be noticed, however, that the pull upon the

forearm, which is the resultant of these two muscles, would not be

widely different in direction from that exercised by the single latissi-

mum of Rana. This, at any rate, might well be the case were the

‘muscles equal in strength. I believe, however, that the decay of

the latissimus dorsi bears some relation to the different movements

1895.] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 835

of the forearm required by so purely swimming a creature as Pipa,

its place having been gradually taken by another muscle more

fitted by its place of origin to bring about those movements.

A remarkable resemblance between Pipa and Dactylethra is

afforded by the peculiar arrangement of the Jatissimus dorsi muscle

in the two genera. Dr. Maurer’ has described and figured in Dacty-

lethra an “abdominal” portion of the latissimus which is quite

as extensive asin Pipa. From the figure (fig. 10) which illustrates

this I infer that the transversely running part of the muscle is

also present. It is possible, of course, that the resemblance is one

due to a similar environment, for Dactylethra is quite as aquatic

in its habits as is Pipa. On the other hand, there is some evi-

dence that the likeness is one indicating a deeper-lying affinity ;

for Maurer points out that in Ceratophrys the abdominal portion

of the pectoral is feebly developed, while in Dactylethra it is large

as in Pipa; in both of these genera the fore-limbs are largely

used, and the fore-limb of Ceratophrys is much stouter than that of

Dactylethra; so that on a priori grounds it might be expected that

the pectoral of the former would be larger.

The same kind of argument might apply to the latissimus, which

is the antithetical muscle to the pectoral. There are therefore

some grounds for believing that the resemblance between Pipa

and Dactylethra in this matter are resemblances of genetic import-

ance. The great extent of this muscle in these two genera of

Anurous Amphibians is suggestive of the Mammal to which it has

been said that the myology of the Anura bears more resemblance

than the Urodela.

The rhomboideus (or retrahens scapule), which in Rana guppyt

arises almost entirely from the spines of the vertebrae—a small

portion only springing posteriorly from the tendinous inscription

of the extensor dorsi communis—and not from the transverse

processes as in Rana esculenta, is totally absent in Pipa. To the

under surface of the scapula are attached three muscles, which

Ecker terms the transversi scapulares ; they are all three present

in Pipa.

So, too, are the levator anguli scapule, the sternocleido-mastoid,

and the protrahens scapule, which attach the scapula to the

head.

The infraspinatus arises, as in the frog, from a large portion of

the dorsal surface of the scapula; a few fibres, however, take their

origin from the fascia which lies between the scapula and the

head. In the froga straight line ruled across the scapula would

indicate the sharply marked anterior boundary of the origin of the

muscle. In Pipa the corresponding line is V-shaped, the muscle

being really in two parts. The anterior half of the muscle, which

extends further beyond the edge of the scapula than in Rana,

crosses over the posterior portion near to the insertion and narrows

rapidly to a thin tendon which is inserted in a line with, but inde-

q s Die ventrale Rumpfmuskulatur der anuren Amphibien,” Morph, Jahrb,

1895, !

836 MR. F, BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 3,

pendently of and anterior to’ the insertion of the lateral half of the

muscle. The posterior half of the muscle is the larger ; it ends in

a flat, widish tendon, which is joined behind by the tendon of the

latissimus dorsi. Neither part of the muscle has any relation to

the deltoid, such as is the case with Rana guppyi; in that frog

the tendon becomes adherent to the tendinous sheath of the

deltoid before its own insertion.

There is a small submentalis.

The submawillaris (mylohyoid) is divided into two portions, as it

is in the Common Frog. The anterior, much the larger, portion

runs across the floor of the mouth in the usual way, while the

small posterior portion arises from the hyoid. The main part of

the muscle arises by six separate digitations from the mandibular

margin, as described by Mayer, who gave it on this account the

title of “ musculus hexagastricus.”

Pectoro-mandibule. Beneath the last-mentioned muscle is a

sheet of muscular fibres which is totally unrepresented in the

Common Frog and which has a very peculiar distribution. The

muscle appears to correspond to Mayer’s “ pectoralis superior,”

but is not fully described or figured by him. The muscle is

inserted along the entire length of the mandibles. It arises from

the fascia covering over the sternal region of the pectoral muscles,

and completely covers those muscles itself. At one corner it is

inserted on to the humerus in common with the pectorals. They

may possibly correspond to the cutaneus pectoris of the frog and

to the panniculus carnosus of mammals.

The sternoradialis is very much larger in proportion in Pipa

than it is in Rana. It is at least four times as large as either of

the sternal portions of the pectoral, and is indistinctly divisible

into three masses. Its tendon, passing to forearm, does not run

between the divisions of pectoralis as in Rana.

The pectoralis consists of three parts, or, if we include the

pectoro-mandibular described above, four separate portions. (1) The

abdominal portion is of considerable extent, and the two muscles

are separated anteriorly by a fascia continuous with them, which

ends anteriorly in a free edge lying on the sternum. Posteriorly

the fibres originate from a rhomboidal plate of tendon figured by

Mayer, which lies medianly and posteriorly from tendinous

intersection with rectus abdominis. (2) The anterior sternal

portion is superficial to the sternoradialis; it arises by a thin

flat tendon from the middle line of the sternum. (3) The

posterior sternal portion is in contact with the sternoradialis for its

whole length.

The coraco-humeralis is well developed.

The deltoid of Rana guppyi does not correspond with Ecker’s

description of that muscle in Rana esculenta. The scapular and

clavicular heads are the same, but there is, in addition, a third

head which ought perhaps to be regarded as a distinct muscle.

1 7, e, nearest to the hand,

1895.] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 837

Tt is triangular in form and arises from the clavicle up to about

halfway up, and from the base of the scapula anterior to the

attachment of the clavicle. The fibres converge to an insertion

upon the humerus nearer to the shoulder-blade than that of the

deltoid, In Pipa the smaller head of the deltoid only arises from

the clavicle and does not reach the omosternum ; it may there-

fore rather correspond to the muscle just described in R. guppyi

than to the clavicular head of the deltoid of that frog and of Rana

esculenta.

Pectoralis minor. This muscle, to which I provisionally give the

above name, is another muscle which is apparently absent from the

shoulder of Rana esculenta, as J can find no description of it in

Ecker. But it is present in Rana guppyi. It arises from the

coracoid, but from the lower part, not from the upper part where

the coraco-humeralis takes origin. It is, indeed, rather related to

the subscapularis running parallel with that muscle, and indeed

partly covered by it for nearly the whole of its course, but every-

where separable from it. It is a fleshy muscle with fleshy origin

and insertion. At the insertion it bifurcates and is attached to

the humerus on either side of the tendon of insertion of the

posterior sternal portion of the pectoral.

I find this muscle in Pipa, where, however, it is quite insig-

nificant compared with the large muscle of Rana guppy2; it arises

from the lower portion of the coracoid, and is hardly distinguishable

either at its origin or insertion from the coraco-humeralis, except

that it is entirely fleshy, while the coraco-humeralis is inserted by a

strong tendon.

Muscles of the Leg.

When the muscles of the thigh are exposed to view by removing

the skin, five muscles are visible on the ventral surface in Rana.

R. guppy? is precisely like R. temporaria. These muscles are,

commencing with the anterior border of the thigh, vastus internus,

sartorius, adductor magnus, rectus internus major, and 7. 7. minor.

In a similar preparation of the corresponding region of Pipa it is

necessary, in order fully to display the muscles, to cut away the

origin of the rectus abdominis; for this muscle in Pipa arises

from nearly the entire length of the femur, and naturally, therefore,

entirely hides the vastus internus. When this dissection is

effected no less than seven muscles are visible, six of them for

nearly the whole of their course, as shown in the accompanying

drawing (fig. 4).

But a very important muscle of the thigh of Rana is totally

wanting in Pipa—that is, the sartorius ; I could find no trace of

this muscle’, the absence of which is possibly to be accounted for

by the physical impossibilities introduced by the attachment to

the femur of the abdominal musculature.

The adductor magnus is more completely divisible into two

parts than it is in Rana. In Rana the muscle is, as it were, split,

1 Mayer calls “ sartorius-” what I term semitendinosus (anterior head), - --

838 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 3,

near to the origin, for the emergence of the anterior half of the

double-headed semitendinosus. In Pipa the adductor in question

arises by two distinctly separate heads of origin; the two bellies

do not unite even at their attachment, where, however, they are

naturally contiguous, though not in any way fused to form a common

insertion. The anterior part of the muscle arises by a flat tendon

Fig. 4.

——_—_—

=SoSR

MINEO 14

pun jr

Thigh-muscles of Pipa.

1, adductor magnus; 2, semimembranosus ; 3, 4, semitendinosus ;

5, 6, recti interni.

of considerable length ; the second part of the muscle lies below

and behind the first ; it has a completely fleshy origin ; it is chiefly

hidden on a superficial view by the anterior part of the semi-

tendinosus. The first part of the muscle is attached only to the

1895.] ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA. 839

inner and under surface of the extremity of the femur; the second

half has a more extensive insertion on to about the last half of

the femur.

The adductor longus is perfectly distinct from the foregoing,

Its attachment is to the proximal part of the femur, and ends not

long after the commencement of the attachment of the adductor

magnus.

The adductor brevis has an attachment to the femur, which is

not so long as that of the last-described muscle.

The semitendinosus has two distinct heads, which, however, lie

side by side, and are quite superficial in origin. They become

fused about two-thirds of the way between the origin and insertion ;

a little after this they dip under the recti interni, and are inserted

on to the fascia of the knee by a strong narrow tendon.

The two recti interni are subequal in size.

The rectus femoris group consisis, as in the frog, of three

muscles; but the middle muscle of the “triceps,” the rectus

anticus femorts, differs entirely from that of Rana. It is a thin and

broad sheet of muscle, which arises entirely from the wide plate

of bone which is formed by the transverse process of the sacral

vertebra, and passes straight downwards parallel with the gluteus

to be inserted directly on to the proximal portion of the femur; it

does not fuse with either of the vasti, which are both present and

normal. At its insertion (see fig. 5) it is in contact with the long

muscle already described as running to the lung.

t Fig. 5.

Some of the thigh-muscles of Pipa.

Ve., vastus externus; gi., gluteus; R.f., rectus femoris; quad., quadratus ;

Pso., psoas; ¢., biceps; Jwng mus., musculus pulmonum proprius; Pyr.,

pyriformis ; ob¢., obturator.

The biceps is a slender muscle arising just below the vastus

_ externus ; it ends by a long thin tendon upon the head of the tibia,

840 ON THE ANATOMY OF PIPA AMERICANA, [Dee. 3,

The quadratus femoris is a small slender muscle, covered by

the biceps, exactly beneath which it lies.

The accompanying drawing (fig. 5) of the muscles visible in a

dissection of the outer side of the thigh shows two which I identify

with the pyriformis and obdurator respectively.

The semimembranosus is a very stout muscle.

The psoas is also well developed.

I could not find a pectineus, unless what I have called the

adductor brevis be really that muscle? But I do not think, after

a comparison with Rana guppyi, that I have made this mistake.

The gastrocnemius is a very stout muscle, which arises by a

short strong tendon from the femur only. At the ankle it passes

into the strong sesamoid bone, well known in the Common Frog ;

perfectly continuous with the latter is a flat strap-shaped

tendon, which immediately divides into two divergent tendons,

which go to be inserted upon two cartilages which are attached

below the heads of the first and fifth metatarsals respectively.

The two tendons are united for their whole length by a thin tough

fascia. The two tendons and the uniting fascia apparently

correspond to the plantar fascia of the frog. But in Rana guppyi,

at any rate, the fascia is evenly stout throughout, and does not

strip off in the same way because muscles are attached to it.

The tibialis posticus does not differ in essentials from Ecker’s

account of that muscle in the Common Frog; but neither in Pipa

nor in Rana guppyi does the origin of the muscle extend along the

whole length of the tibia ; there is a considerable area at the upper

end free from it.

The tibialis anticus also needs no comment, save that the

division into two bellies is higher up the leg than in Rana guppyi.

The peroneus is well developed.

So also is the eawtensor cruris; both these muscles are much as

in Rana.

The flexor tarsi anterior consists in Pipa of a stoutish muscle,

which arises from about the middle of the tibia.

The flexor tarsi posterior has no extensor of the middle toe

attached to it as in Rana.

§ Summary of the principal Differences in the Musculature of

Pipa and Rana.

The following muscles, which are present in Pipa, are wanting

in Rana:—(1) Pectoro-mandibular. (2) Abdominal portion of

latissimus dorsi. (3) Pulmono-cesophageal.

The following muscles, which are present in Rana, are wanting

in Pipa :—(1) Rhomboideus. (2) Omohyoid. (8) Pectoro-cutaneus.

(4) Sartorius. (5) Pectineus. (6) Branch of posterior extensor

tarsi to third toe.

Other points of difference are :—

(1) Origin of depressor mandibular from skull-wall in Pipa

instead of from fascia covering neck. (2) Small size of clavicular

1895.} ON THE MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF XENOPUS. 841

portion of deltoid in Pipa. (3) Double nature of infraspinatus in

Pipa. (4) Separate attachment of middle portion of triceps

femoris to thigh in Pipa. (5) Origin of abdominal muscles from

thigh in Pipa, instead from pubis as in Rana.

In addition, a number of smaller differences will be apparent

from a consideration of the foregoing account of the myology of

Pipa surinamensis.

2. On the Diaphragm and on the Muscular Anatomy of

Xenopus, with Remarks on its Affinities. By Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,

Examiner in Zoology to the University of London.

[Received October 31, 1895.]

Having dissected and described '—I believe with greater detail

than had been done previously—the “‘ diaphragm,” as well as the

muscular anatomy generally, of the Surinam Toad (Pipa), I was

anxious to see how far there was a resemblance with the African

genus Xenopus (Dactylethra); for in spite of their wide separation

in space and divergent external characteristics, many naturalists

hold that these two genera are closely related, to which opinion

expression has been given by placing them in one division of the

Anura—the Aglossa. The opportunity of making the requisite

dissections has been afforded by the death of a female specimen,

presented to the Society a year or two since by Mr. F. Finn, F.Z.8.,

which was brought to me directly after death, and was therefore

in good condition.

§ The Diaphragm.

Before proceeding to record the presence of various bands of

muscle which I believe correspond to the complicated diaphragm

of Pipa, I shall direct attention to certain of the viscera in

the neighbourhood. The lung itself is in some respects inter-

mediate between that of Rana and that of Pipa, as regards its

fixation to the body-wall. In Rana the lungs lie entirely free in

the celom with the exception of their roots. In Pipa, on the

other hand, a considerable length of the lung is firmly attached

to the body-wall. Xenopus stands midway between these two

extremes ; a fold of peritoneum of about half an inch in length ties

the lung to the body-wall. There is also a pulmono-gastric

attachment. Beneath the lung is a deepish pocket whose right

and left walls are formed by these two mesenteries; within this

lies the terminal section and internal orifice of the oviduct. This

aperture, it will be noticed from the figure (fig. 2), lies to the inner

side of the lung; in Pzpa the aperture of the oviduct lies quite to

the side (inner) of the lung, and is borne upon a special fold of

peritoneum, which I have illustrated in my account of the anatomy

of that batrachian. In Rana, on the other hand, the oviduct crosses

1 “On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana,” above, p. 827.

842 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 3,

the base of lung behind it and then curves back on the anterior

face of the lung, where it opens. The various membranes which

in Xenopus connect together the lung with the oviduct, and the

lung with the stomach, and each of them with the parietes, form a

closed sac lying beneath the stomach. The proximal section of

the oviduct lies on the outer wall of this sac. As in Pipa, the

heart and pericardium are enclosed in a membranous sac.

We now come to the diaphragm, by which I understand the

muscles which are particularly related to the lung and cesophagus,

Interior of abdominal cavity of Xenopus.

L, lung ; m.p, musculus pulmonum proprius ; a, branch of obliquus internus ;

g!, gluteus.

The muscular fibres are, as in Pipa, derived from three sources :—

(1) There is first of all a special muscle whose main concern is

with the lungs and cesophagus. This is, I believe, not merely the

analogue, but the homologue of the “ musculus pulmonum proprius,”

as Mayer termed the muscle which I have illustrated in figs. 1 and

1895.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF XENOPUS. 843

2 of my paper upon Pipa’. But it has a different origin. The

accompanying drawing (fig. 1) illustrates the muscle in question

with various adjacent structures. gl. is a large muscle which I

describe later as the “gluteus,” though it may represent the

gluteus and a psoas magnus—the “psoas” of my subsequent

description (not visible in the present drawing) being in that case

a psoas minor. Not far from the anterior end of this gluteus there

arises between its two heads (dorsal and ventral) a stoutish flat

muscle (m.p.) of a coarse texture from the edge of the ilium. I was

at first disposed to suspect that this muscle dipping down between

the two, thus separating portions of the gluteus, might run parallel

with them, but hidden from sight, to be inserted on to the femur.

But a careful dissection showed that this was not the case. Some

of the fibres of this muscle are attached to the lung in front,

others passing round behind it; others again accompanying these,

pass round behind the lung and traversing the ligamentum

latum are inserted upon the cesophagus (woodcut fig. 2). The

main mass of the muscle, however, traverses the floor of the

chamber already spoken of as underlying the stomach, and is

inserted on to the cesophagus and on to a fibrous aponeurosis

lying behind the lung.

Lung, esophagus, and related musculature in Xenopus.

DL, lung; Gs., esophagus,

(2) The obliquus internus, as in Rana and in Pipa (see above,

p- 831, fig. 2), enters into the formation of the diaphragm; a

few muscular slips (fig. 1, a) are given off, which are attached to the

base of the lung, traversing the mesentery already spoken of which

connects the lung with the parietes. A large portion of the muscle,

1 Loe. cit.

844 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THB [Dec. 3,

moreover, ends on the fibrous aponeurosis already spoken of as

lying behind the lung.

(3) As in Rana and Pipa, the sterno-hyoid muscle bifurcates

below the sternum into an anterior and posterior section. In

Xenopus the posterior branch is a rather thin and narrow muscle

which passes down at the level of the anterior end of the heart

Wy)

qhiltss

A iil ge

e et S ¥ j

Ss SS

\\ S

¥ y

SE N

Thigh-muscles of Xenopus.

Sa., sartorius; S¢., semitendinosus ; F.z.mag., rectus internus major ;

R.imin., rectus internus minor.

at right angles to the sternum. The muscle is attached to the

outer side of the wall of the sac which encloses the heart and

"pericardium, and is therefore posterior to all the great vessels which

enter and leave the heart. Its fibres, which do not fan out to

1895. ] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF XENOPUS. 845

any marked degree, nearly meet those of the upwardly running

“musculus pulmonum proprius.”

It is evident, therefore, that the “diaphragm” of Xenopus is in

complexity markedly in advance of that of Rana and closely

resembles that of Pipa.

§ Myology.

I have not attempted even so complete an account of the myology

of Xenopus as I have of Pipa, incomplete though that was. I have

contented myself with a description of some of the more important

muscles which show variations in different types, and from which

therefore it may be possible to draw conclusions as to affinities

with the very few types of Anurous Amphibians whose myology

is known. I have principally made use of Dr. Haslam’s translation

of Ecker’s ‘ Anatomy of the Frog’* as the basis of my comparisons;

but I have dissected all the muscles referred to in a specimen of

the large Solomon Island Frog, Rana guppyi.

The Rectus abdominis is a broad muscle which arises not only

from the extremity of the pubis but also from the fascia of the

thigh, as shown in the accompanying illustration (woodcut fig. 3);

possibly, however, the muscle only arises from the cartilaginous

plate at the end of the pubis (the prepubis), as I cannot distin-

guish any distinct line of demarcation between it and the adjacent

obliquus internus. The fibres pass forward and diverge beneath

the end of the sternum into the two recti, which are inserted under-

neath the sternum.

Obliquus internus. As has been just mentioned, this muscle

appears to be quite continuous with the last; but as a portion of

the entire muscle underlies the obliquus externus and gives off a

branch to the lung, it must, I think, be regarded as obliquus internus.

It will perhaps be in accord with convenience to regard that

portion of the entire muscle which springs from the fascia covering

the thigh as referable to the obliquus internus.

In my account of the myology of Pipa americana, I have referred

to a remarkable muscle which I termed the ‘‘ pectoro-mandibular,”

as descriptive of its origin and insertion. I find in Xenopus under-

lying the mylohyoid a mass of muscle which seems to correspond

to this, though its insertions are different. It is, in fact, in Xenopus

to be regarded as a portion of the deltoid, for its fibres run alongside

of other fibres which arise from the clavicle and from the tip of

the sternum, and are inserted upon the humerus with the rest of

the deltoid ; it forms, in fact, the clavicular head of the deltoid.

The Depressor mandibule arises, as in Rana esculenta, from the

fascia covering the back, and is in actual contact with the anterior

of the latissimus dorsi. The dorsal sheet of muscle formed by these

two completely covers over the underlying infraspinatus.

The Latissimus dorsi consists not only of a portion corresponding

to the same muscle in the Common Frog, but of a larger posterior

1 Clarendon Press, 1889.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LIV. 54

846 _ MR. F.E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

portion extending as far back as the margin of the thigh; this

has been already described by Maurer’ and its resemblances to a

similar muscle in Pipa commented upon by myself*. I need not

therefore again refer to the matter.

The Cucullaris is a distinctly oblong muscle when seen before

raising the supra-scapula. Its fibres, however, converge beneath

the scapula into a long flat tendon, which is inserted into the

scapular edge near to its posterior boundary, and where it is also

widest. The left supra-scapula here deeply overlaps the right;

the muscle, therefore, of the left side is dorsal to the right supra-

scapula.

The Rhomboideus isasmall delicate muscle arising by an oblique

origin, which touches the middle line of the back anteriorly and

diverges posteriorly ; in its course it crosses the cucullaris on the

outer side (2.¢. that nearest the arm), and is inserted on to the

supra-scapula anteriorly. The muscles are of course completely

covered by the supra-scapula.

The infra-spinatus is entirely covered by the latissimus dorsi;

and when this is removed its posterior half is seen to be concealed

by the transversus. It is not a double muscle as in Pipa; but

its line of origin is shaped like the figure 3, being indented

in the middle; it does not anywhere reach the border of the

supra-scapula. It is inserted in common with the latissimus

dorsi.

The Mylohyoid appears to be entirely similar to the same muscle

in the Common Frog.

The Pectoralis consists of the three usual divisions. The portio

sternalis anterwor is much larger than the posterior; the origin of

these two divisions of the pectoralis is from the entire length of

the sternum ; they completely cover all underlying muscles. There

is no musculus cutaneus pectoris.

Of the two muscles which are brought into view by cutting

across and reflecting the sternal portion of the pectoralis, the

Sterno-radialis is much the larger; it takes origin from, at least,

two-thirds of the sternum, as well as from the epicoracoid; its

fibres converge rapidly to form a narrow flat tendon.

The Coraco-humeralis is a large muscle; it arises along the

whole of the coracoid and also from the end of the sternum.

The Triceps femoris consists of the usual three divisions. The

Rectus anticus arises from a very narrow tendon, but rapidly

swells out into a big muscle which ends in the fascia covering

the vastus internus. In Rana guppyi the connection of this muscle

is first with the vastus ewternus.

The Semimembranosus is a particularly stout muscle; but it

presents no noteworthy particular. Neither does the Biceps

femoris.

The Adducter longus is covered by the sartorius; it arises by a

isc. Die yentrale Rumpfmuskulatur der anuren Amphibien,” Morph. Jahrb.,

2 «On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana,” above, p. 827.

1895.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF XENOPUS. 847

narrow stout tendon from the symphysis pubis, and at its insertion

is wrapped round the insertion of the adductor magnus.

The latter (the Adductor magnus) arises behind the Adductor

longus.

The Adductor brevis and pectineus form an inseparable fleshy

mass.

The Sartorius (see fig. 4) is a very much larger muscle than it is in

the Common Frog; it is over half an inch in diameter at its widest

part. Itarises not only from the symphysis of the innominate bones,

Fig. 4.

A. Under surface of scapula of Pipa: 1, 2, 3, transversi scapulares; 4, 5, 6,

protrahens scapulz, levator anguli scapulz, and sternocleido-mastoid,

attaching scapula to head; 7, cucullaris; 8, interscapularis.

B. Under surface of scapula of Xenopus: 1-3, transversi scapulares; 4, rhom-

boideus ; 7, cucullaris; 5 and 6 appear to correspond to those muscles

so lettered in Pipa or perhaps to 4 and 5.

but from the cartilaginous pre-pubis, and from the septum between

itself and the abdominal muscles; it thus appears to arise from

the anterior margin of the thigh for about one-third of its extent.

The posterior boundary is overlapped and covered for some depth

by the semitendinosus and recti internt. The muscle may be said

to have two insertions: one is muscular upon the knee-joint in

contact with, but anterior to, the rectus internus; the other is

upon the tendon and tendinous sheath which covers the end of

the semitendinosus.

The Semitendinosus comes next to the sartorius; as already

stated, it overlaps it and is itself overlapped, but not wholly

concealed, by the rectus internus. It is a long thin flat muscle

with a single muscular origin ; there is no trace of a double origin

as in the Frog, nor is there any connection with the Adductor

54*

848 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

magnus, such as is figured by Ecker’ in Rana esculenta. The

muscle ends in a thin rounded tendon, whose relations with the

sartorius have been already referred to.

Rectus internus, major et minor. In Rana and in Pipa there are

two pertectly distinct recti interni ; in Xenopus there are also two.

The larger of the two, which I take to be the major, overlaps the

semitendinosus, and is overlapped by the minor. The latter lies

entirely superficial to the major and covers its posterior half.

On the ouier side of the thigh the only muscles visible without

a dissection are the Semimembranosus and the outer part of the

Triceps femoris. The Biceps is largely concealed by the vastus

externus ; the great backward prolongation of the Latissimus dorsi—

to which I have elsewhere’ directed attention as a point of resem-

blance between Xenopus and Pipa—completely covers the gluteus

and is attached to the thigh.

The Gluteus, after removal of the latissimus dorsi, is seen to

be a very extensive muscle, much larger than in Rana. It is

inserted by a flat tendon and also by muscle-fibre ; between its

insertion and the head of the femur is to be seen a portion of the

pyriformis, which is nearly but not completely covered by it.

The Psoas is a fleshy muscle with a long insertion.

In order to effectively display the pyriformis, the gluteus must

be removed or slit up the middle, and the two halves reflected.

The pyriformis is then seen to be a large bipinnate muscle ending

in a stout tendon, attached nearer to the head of the femur than

gluteus.

§ Affinities of Xenopus.

The noteworthy peculiarities in the musculature of Xenopus as

compared with Rana are :—

(1) The large size and attachment of the Sartorius.

(2) The single-headed Semitendinosus. ;

(3) The enormous extension backwards of the Latissimus dorsi.

(4) The absence of the Pectoro-cutaneus.

(5) The attachment of the muscles covering the abdomen to the

fascia covering the thigh.

(6) The presence of a sheet of muscle below the Mylohyoid

which joins the Deltoid.

(7) The great extent of the Pectoral, which completely covers the

Sternoradialis.

(8) The large size of the Glutcus.

(9) The existence of a special muscle running from the ilium

to the lung and cesophagus.

There are also, as will be gathered from the foregoing account

of the musculature of the animal, other differences from Rana of

less importance.

Of the differences enumerated above, (3), (4), (5), (6), and (9)

1 Loe. cit. p. 100, fig. 83, sz’.

2 “On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana,” above, p. 834.

1895.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF XENOPUS. 849

undoubtedly ally Xenopus more or less closely to Pipa. (1), (2),

(7), and (8) are peculiar to Xenopus, and distinguish it from Pipa

no less than from Rana.

Nevertheless I have been able to point out in this paper a few

new points of likeness between Xenopus and Pipa, of which the

most important is, in my opinion, the almost identical form of the

“ diaphragm” in the two genera, which has in both a musculature

derived from three sources, instead of from only one as in Rana.

The enormous latissimus dorsi, first described by Maurer, and the

extension backwards of the abdominal musculature generally

to overlap the thigh, is a strong approximation towards the actual

attachment of these muscles to the femur itself in Pipa. These

additional facts tend to justify the conclusion of Dr. Mivart * and

of Mr. Boulenger ’, not to mention others, that the two genera

should be closely united in any scheme of classification, and

perhaps to render this union even closer than has been suggested.

On the other hand, there is the question of convergence raised by

Cope to be dealt with. That naturalist suggested some thirty

years ago® that Pipa may be to the edentulous Anura what Xenopus

is to the toothed forms—that they are, in fact, the summits of their

respective series. Dr. Mivart has already discussed the value of

the characteristics known at the time when he wrote as evidence

of genetic affinity. I shall not attempt any recapitulation, but

shall deal here only with the new facts detailed in the present

paper. It must be always borne in mind that both Pipa and

Xenopus are among the most purely aquatic of Anurous Amphibia ;

Xenopus is ‘essentially aquatic, the animal never leaving the

water except in search of places where food or shelter are better

supplied ”*.

The attachment therefore of the abdominal musculature to the

thigh is perhaps more useful to a creature which is as a rule in a

horizontal position in the water and which rarely, if ever, adopts the

typical frog-like attitude upon the land. This particular resemblance,

therefore, between Xenopus and Pipa may perhaps be regarded as

of less importance than some others.

We next come to the lungs and their musculature, for the other

myological resemblances between Xenopus and Pipa are mainly,

if not entirely, related to the facts referred to in the foregoing

paragraph. One cannot help suspecting that the muscles attached

to the lungs render possible a more rapid and thorough filling and

emptying of the same with air—an advantage to aquatic though

air-breathing animals. The great strength of the respiratory

muscles in the whales’ is an analogy. The very differences

between the lung-muscle of Xenopus and Pipa tend to support the

1 « On the Classification of the Anurous Batrachia,” P. Z. 8. 1869.

2 B.M. Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia,

3 Nat. Hist. Rey. 1865.

4 Leslie, “‘ Notes on the Habits and Oviposition of Xenopus levis,” P, Z. 8S,

1890, p. 69.

5 Owen, Oomp. Anat. vol. iii. p. 578.

850 MR. W. BATESON ON THE [ Dee. 3,

view of their physiological identity, though perhaps morphological

non-correspondence.

On the other hand, the last mentioned suggestion is not certain,

especially in view of a statement of Mayer upon the lung-muscle

of Pipa, which I have quoted in my paper upon that Amphibian.

Mayer refers to the origin in Pipa of a lung-muscle from the

ilium which I have not found myself, but which corresponds with

what I have found in Xenopus. Apart, however, from the lungs,

there is so great a resemblance between the entire musculature

which goes to form what I have ventured to term the diaphragm,

that I cannot look upon it as a case of convergence due to similar

physiological needs. The only possible test for discriminating

between morphological resemblance and a likeness due to similar

needs would appear to be the complexity of the structures in

question. Judged by this test, I am inclined to regard the new

facts put forward in this paper as evidence of relationship between

Xenopus and Pipa.

3. On the Colour-variations of a Beetle of the Family

Chrysomelide, statistically examimed. By W. Barzson,

M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

[Received December 3, 1895.]

(Plate XLVIL.)

At a meeting of the Society on May 1, 1894, I exhibited living

specimens of Gonioctena variabilis in illustration of the remarkable

range of colour-variation in the species. Since then I have had

opportunities for a fuller investigation of the matter, and the

following paper is an account of the results obtained.

G. variabilis! is a small beetle, about } in. long, belonging to the

family Chrysomelide. It lives on Spartium retama, a plant allied

to the Common Broom, very generally distributed in hilly places in

the south of Spain, though absent, I believe, from the limestone

districts. This plant grows as a bush varying in height from one to

about seven feet according to the situation, humidity, and exposure.

The stunted form is dense and compact, having stout branches

spreading out more or less horizontally, giving off erect leaf-bearing

stems set closely together. The tall form is slender and graceful,

and its leaf-bearing stems are generally pendulous and wavy. In

their extreme forms these two conditions of the plant differ con-

siderably from each other, but all intermediate conditions are found.

In colour the stems of this Spartiwm are of a dull greenish grey.

The surface is marked with irregular longitudinal ribbings, which

give it an appearance of faint striping. It is upon the stems of

this plant that the beetles live, infesting both forms indifferently.

When at rest they are commonly seen sitting with their heads in

the. axils of the twigs, their bodies being closely pressed against

1 The genus Gonioctena is Phytodecta of the Munich Catalogue. The species

G. variabilis is the Phytodecta egrota of Fabr. and Suffr.

P25. 1895 PL ARV

—

26 27 28 29 30 31

== nO

“

VARIATIONS OF GONIOCTENA VARIARILIS.

Edwin Wilson. Camb ridge.

1895.] COLOUR-VARIATIONS OF A BEETLE. 851

the surface. Several other species of Spartiwm grow in the south

of Spain, but I did not find G. variabilis on any of them. Never-

theless, living specimens brought home to England ate the shoots

of S. juncifolium, with which they were provided from the

Cambridge Botanic Garden.

Tt was at Granada, on March 28, 1894, that I first saw G. varia-

bilis and was at once struck by the great variety of appearance

presented by different individuals. In a few minutes I came upon

most of the chief kinds, including what will be described as the red

form with black spots, the greenish-grey form with black stripes,

a totally black form, &c. As may be seen from the figures (Plate

XLVII.) these different varieties are strikingly unlike in general

appearance, and not having previously heard of this beetle I at first

doubted whether all were one species. Then, finding specimens of

dissimilar colours coupled together, I concluded that they did all

belong to the same species, and as all intermediate forms were

afterwards found, there can be no doubt on this point. Subse-

quently Dr. D. Sharp, to whom I am indebted for much help in

examining these specimens, gave me the name of the beetle and

told me that it was known to undergo great variation in colour’.

I may add further that no difference could be seen in examination

of the zdeagus of the several forms.

It appeared that the case was worth further investigation with

the object of determining with what frequency the various colours

occur, and to what extent specimens collected at random could be

grouped round special type-varieties to the exclusion of inter-

mediate forms, thus manifesting the phenomenon known as

organic stability in respect of those varieties. As so many

specimens were found zn cop. it seemed further that by recording

the colours of specimens so coupled it might be possible to get an

indication whether there existed any operative sexual selection as

to colour.

The next few days were spent in gathering a sufficient sample,

and I then returned to Gibraltar to follow other work. Ver

soon, however, I found that the colours had so faded that the

collection already made was useless for my purpose.’ In fact, in

dried specimens the red and the green both usually fade to an

indifferent brown. I therefore went back to Granada and

gathered a fresh sample of about 1500. These I put into a large

wooden box and brought alive to England. In the following year

(1895) I returned to Granada and collected, on March 24-28, about

2500 more, recording all the colours at the time.

It at once appeared that the colour is to a great extent

dependent upon sex, the males being generally of the red form

with spots like fig. 1, while the females are generally o ‘the

greenish form with stripes like fig. 23, though every colour is

sometimes found in each sex. For this reason, before sorting the

specimens for the purpose of determining the frequency of each

1 Several varicties have been briefly described by Weise (Deut. ent. Zeitschr,

1891, p. 160), but T infer that the colours were given from dried specimens,

852 MR. W. BATESON ON THE [Dec. 3,

colour, it is necessary first to sort them in respect of sex. This

can be done without much difficulty. Besides a slight difference

in shape and in sculpture (which gives to the elytra of the female

a duller lustre) there is a well-marked depression or pit in the last

uncovered abdominal plate of the male, while in the female there

-is no such depression.

In attempting to arrange or group the specimens according to

colour confusion is caused by the fact that variation occurs in

several distinct features. Of these the three most noticeable are:

(1) The ground-colour of the elytra.

(2) The distribution of black pigment on the elytra.

(3) The colour of the legs and underside of the body.

Since the variations of the first two points are largely inde-

pendent, it is not possible to exhibit the relationships and fre-

quencies of all the variations by arranging the specimens in one

series. The whole number, males and females, can, however, be

seen to consist of two chief kinds—the one distinguished by having

four black spots on the elytra (figs. 1-6, &c.) and a dark, generally

_black, underside to the body, while the other has an appearance

of black striping on the elytra (figs. 20-23) associated with a light

testaceous underside to the body. Those with undersides that

cannot at once be referred to either the dark or to the light

division are rare; in the Tables given they are included under

the heading “‘unconformable.” In those with light undersides the

legs are of a similar testaceous colour. If the underside is black,

the femora are generally black too; but frequently the coxe and

tarsi, and less often the tibiz, are of a lighter colour.

Examined closely the distinction between the distribution of the

spots and the stripes is seen to be as follows:—The striping

consists of pigment deposited in certain positions that can be

defined pretty accurately by reference to the punctulations. These

are somewhat more regularly disposed in the female than in the

male, but by standing back to the light and looking at the

specimen from behind it can be seen that the following arrange-

ment is fairly constant. Following a line across the middle of an

elytron there is next to the suture a double row of punctulations.

External to this is an interval. Then come the 2nd-8th double

rows of punctulations separated by intervals. Outside the eighth

interval is a 9th row of punctulations, which is irregularly treble.

It is in the four intervals between the 2nd and 3rd, 4th and 5th,

6th and 7th, 8th and 9th double rows that the four chief trachez

of the elytron run; but the four principal stripes of pigment

are placed in the other intervals, viz., between the 1st and 2nd,

8rd and 4th, 5th and 6th, 7th and 8th double rows of punctu-

lations. There are not rarely a few dots of pigment in the other

intervals, and, in the case of heavily striped specimens, these some-

times unite to form secondary stripes.

The definite “spots,” however, that are associated with the

1895.] COLOUR-VARIATIONS OF A BEETLE. 853

black undersides (as in fig. 1, &c.) consist of patches of pigment

usually placed so as to cross respectively the one the 2nd, 3rd,

and 4th, the other the 7th and 8th double rows of punctulations.

The extent of these spots varies greatly and in its condition of

least development the central of the two spots coincides very

nearly with the 3rd double row of punctulations, and the lateral

spot similarly is very nearly on the 7th double row.

All these arrangements are liable to irregularity, but in the

main they are as described, and essentially in the spotted form

pigment crosses certain of the double rows of punctulations, while

in the striped form it is almost entirely in the intervals between

them.

The association of the black spots on the elytra with a dark

underside is exceedingly close, and it scarcely ever happens that a

specimen which has black pigment in the position of the spots

(fig. 1) has a light underside. This principle is obeyed whatever

the ground-colour of the elytra may be. Figs. 25 and 26, 28-30

are given as illustrations of specimens in which the rule is not

followed, the undersides not being black though there is black

pigment on the elytra in the situation of the spots.

This division into spotted forms with dark undersides and

striped forms with light undersides is the most conspicuous feature

in the variation of the insect. In great measure the distinction is

sexual, most of the males belonging to the spotted division and

most of the females to the striped. Curiously the number of each

sex which belongs to the opposite group is about the same, for on

sorting it appears that

Of males about 80 per cent. are of the spotted class.

A yes os Zs striped ,,

Of females ,, 25 2 = spotted ,,

% ieee i = S striped ,,

This reckoning is made without reference to ground-colour, and

specimens that have striping as well as spots are of course included

in the spotted class, to which they belong also by reason of their

dark undersides.

Of the spotted form the great majority (73 per cent. of all

males and 19-6 per cent. of all females) have red as the ground-colour

of the elytra. Of the striped form, on the other hand, the majority

(19 per cent. of all males and 65:7 per cent. of all females) have

greenish grey as the ground-colour. In fact the great majority of

males agree pretty closely with fig. 1, while the great majority of

females resemble fig. 13; but of the males the newt commonest

-form is that shown in fig. 13, and of females the second commonest

is that of fig. 1. 1t thus appears that the form which may be

called normal for the female is the commonest variety in the male,

and the converse is true though to a less degree.

The thorax of the striped forms usually has black pigment as

854 MR. W. BATESON ON THE [Dec. 3,

two black spots (see figs. 19-24), while in the spotted forms the

thorax is generally black with some lighter colour at the periphery

and not rarely in the middle line.

Considering the grownd-colour of the elytra there are thus two

chief kinds, red and greenish grey. The majority can at once be

referred to one or other of these two. Nevertheless there are

intermediate colours forming an unbroken series or transition

from the one to the other. Such a series is represented in

figs. 1-6. Starting from the bright red kind (fig. 1) and passing

through a duller red (fig. 2) a neutral buff (fig. 3) is reached.

This buff is almost exactly intermediate between the red group

and the greenish grey. The next stages in the transition are

- yellow (fig. 4), yellowish green, and greenish grey (fig. 6).

Taking spotted males alone the bright reds are by far the

commonest, the duller reds are the next commonest, the buff are

very rare, while yellows and greenish together make up a fair

group. As to the relative frequency of these yellows and greens,

the data are unreliable. The total number belonging to these

classes was small, and it is not possible to sort them among

themselves with any strictness. I am satisfied that the yellows

are more common than the buffs, and the spotted greenish greys

are probably less common than the yellows; but of this I am not

sure. In the Table given at the end I have united them.

Of striped males almost all are greenish grey. Reds and

yellows occur, but are exceedingly rare. The whole number of

striped specimens with a ground-volour other than greenish grey

is so small that it is not possible to judge the frequency of the

respective colours. I attempted for some time to distinguish

different shades of the greens according to the degree of yellow.

But while certain of the striped kinds are obviously yellow and

others are obviously yellowish green, it was not found possible to

sort consistently the yellowish greens from the greens with less

yellow, so this attempt was abandoned.

With a view to determining the nature of the colouring-matters,

an examination of some specimens was very kindly made by

Dr. H. C. Sorby. The material sent to him consisted of a few of

the reds and a few of the greenish form separately killed and pre-

served in alcohol. Dr. Sorby informs me that the red pigment is

slowly dissolved out by alcohol and carbon bisulphide, and when

in solution in the latter is of exactly the same character as the

similar pigment of the common Lady-bird (C. bipunctata). After

long action to dissolve out all the pigment of the elytra, the red

form is left of a yellow colour, exactly like that which is assumed

also by the greenish kind. Dr. Sorby therefore conjectures that

the reds differ from the others mainly on account of the develop-

ment of the red pigment which is not found in the others. It is

therefore possible that the ground-colours intermediate between

the red and the greenish may be due in some measure to a differ-

ence in the amount of red pigment ; but it seems likely that in the

1895.] COLOUR-VARIATIONS OF A BEETLE. 855

case of the yellow, which is a distinct colour, there must be an

alteration in the nature of the pigment.

Specimens are occasionally found having the elytron of one side

red and that of the other side yellow (fig. 31). Not very rarely

also there are more or less distinct patches of yellowish colour on

the red ground, as in fig. 32, where they happen to be nearly

symmetrical. These specimens are included in the Tables under

the head of “ unconformable.”

In addition to the varieties already mentioned, there is also a

series of melanic forms. We have seen that the black pigment of

the elytra may either take the form of stripes or of spots. From

the latter group (fig. 1) a noticeable series of variations leads to a

form totally black above and below. Such a series is illustrated

by the figures 7-12 and 15-18. The first step in the progressive

pigmentation consists in the appearance of black in the positions

of the stripes, which is gradually extended. These specimens are

thus both spotted and striped. The parts last invaded are the

apices, the shoulders, and the borders of the elytra’. The spread of

the black is perhaps never quite symmetrical on the two sides and

is not rarely noticeably asymmetrical to the degree shown in the

figures.

The series of progressive pigmentation is closely parallel to that

seen in Coccinella bipunctata, the common Lady-bird.

Though the invasion of the black pigment proceeds along

tolerably regular Jines, darkening the parts of the elytra in a

fairly constant order, yet as regards quantity of pigment varia-

tion towards the black form proceeds continuously, the states

becoming successively rarer as the full black is approached. From

the fact that the progress is so even it is not easy to give

numerical expression to this ; but on sorting the specimens which

have more black than fig. 1, it is found that while there are many

which approximate to figs. 7 and 8, there are fewer which resemble

figs. 9 and 10; those with only a few specks of red, like fig. 11,

are still rarer, while the totally black state is rarer than any of the

others.

The darkening of the head and thorax proceeds more or less

evenly with those of the elytra, but the correlation is not strict.

These melanic forms are, as has been said, an offshoot of the

spotted kind and not of the striped. They have red as the ground-

colour almost without exception. Fig. 26 represents the darkest

specimen I have seen with greenish ground-colour.

A few specimens are found without any black markings on the

elytra at all. These have the undersides testaceous. In such

specimens the thorax has generally very little pigment and is

occasionally entirely without any.

? Curiously enough, the two specimens figured by Olivier, Hist. Nat. des

Insectes, pl. viii. fig. 127, c and d, are both of these very melanic forms, The

locality is not given, and perhaps the frequency of the varieties may differ

with locality.

856 MR. W, BATESON ON THE [Dec. 3,

There is some suggestion that the frequency of the different

variations may be in part dependent on locality. The great mass

of my specimens were collected on the hills that extend behind

the town of Granada, separating the two valleys of the Genil and

the Darro. In the first year I made a separate collection also

from the Spartium growing near the bottom of the Darro valley.

I noticed at once that the proportion of the striped forms with

greyish-green ground-colour was much larger than it had been in

the case of the hill-locality. Unfortunately I was not at that

time expert in sorting the sexes, and this Darro sample was

eventually mixed with the rest that I brought, living, to England.

The colours were recorded, but without reference to sex.

The second year, however, I made another attempt to get

statistics of the Darro population, and give the result in Table II.

The total numbers are unfortunately small, as the available area

on which the Spartium grows is not extensive; but the quantity is

sufficient to show that the proportions are markedly different

from those of the hill-sides, for while on the hill-sides 19 per cent,

of males are of the striped greenish grey, in the Darro valley about

37°7 per cent. are of that colour. I am disposed to think this

difference in proportion isa perfectly genuine phenomenon and not

merely an accident of collection, but I can suggest no cause for

it. The difference in altitude is very slight, averaging, perhaps,

300 feet. No doubt the Darro bushes are rather larger and better

watered, but many of the bushes on the hills are of the same

character and I did not find a high proportion of greens on them.

The Darro valley is no doubt less exposed and rather hotter than the

hill-sides, but it would not be easy to point to a specific difference.

A peasant employed as a ‘‘ Guardia Municipal,” with whom I

made acquaintance, collected for me a considerable sample of some

hundreds from Pinos, higher up the Genil valley. The pro-

portions agreed fairly with my Granada sample; but as I knew

nothing of the way in which they had been collected, the numbers

are not worth giving.

On the 20th of March, 1895, during an interval between trains

at Castillejo’, a place not far from Toledo, in a hasty sweeping I

got 75 specimens, only one being a female. Of these none are of

the striped greenish-grey form. The number is of course too small

to justify a conclusion; but the result is remarkable, for according

to the Granada experience there should have been about 14 such

specimens. It is possible that in this more northern locality the

proportions may be different. The scarcity of females is also to be

noted and may perhaps be due to comparative backwardness of

the season.

It seems that at Granada at all events the beetles are to be

found fora considerable part of the year, for Mr. Nicholson has

kindly sent me a small gathering made in the month of June.

1 As travellers from Toledo for the south generally have to wait some hours

at Oastillejo, it is not unlikely that some entomologist may find an opportunity

of looking into this matter. The Spartiwm grows in quantity near the station.

1895.] COLOUR-VARIATIONS OF A BEETLE. 857

In the Table the frequency with which specimens of each colour

were taken in cop. is recorded. In each case special care was

taken to see that the pair were actually coupled, and none were

counted for this purpose unless they remained attached when

removed from the bush. It will be seen that the numbers agree

very fairly well with those that they should be if the coupling

occurred by simple chance, for the number of each colour found

coupled bears about the same proportion to the whole number

found coupled that would be expected according to the frequency

of that colour.

It is clear that we have here an example of a species whose

members exhibit variation in several different respects, and that

the variations occur in such a way that the individuals must be

conceived as grouped round several subtypical forms. There is

thus not one normal for the species but several. Next, though all

are living in the same locality under the same conditions, and

though they breed freely together, these various forms are

commoner than the intermediates between them’. Upon the

significance of such a case I have sufficiently commented else-

where’.

One point may be of interest to students of the adaptation of the

colours of animals to their surroundings, namely the fact that while

the red-spotted forms are strikingly conspicuous objects. the

striped greenish-grey forms resemble so nearly the colour of the

twigs of the Spartiwm that it is impossible Not to remark the like-

ness. If they were the only form known, the case might well be

used as an illustration of a protective coloration. The red-spotted

forms present some superficial likeness to the common Lady-bird

(C. bipunctata), a creature which exudes an acrid juice, and whose

colour has naturally been classed among “ warning colours.”

The Gonioctena does not, so far as I know, possess any such

irritant properties, but I have no information as to its enemies.

As Coccinella bipunctata is not very common on the Spartium,

probably no one will suggest that we have here an example of

protective mimicry. J may mention, however, that Coccinella

septempunctata, the larger scarlet species, occurs in vast quantities

mixed with Gonioctena. Whether anyone would consider the

resemblance to this species sufficiently close to coustitute mimicry,

I cannot say.

Speaking of the excessive variability of the colour of C. decem-

punctata and of the no less striking constancy of C. septempunctata,

which lives with it, I remarked’ that to ask us to believe that the

colour of the one is constant because it matters to the animal, and

that the other is variable because it does not matter, is to ask us

to abrogate reason. Mr. A. R. Wallace, in a recent article *, takes

exception to this comment, saying that he, for his part, is of this

1 As was pointed out, this is not true of the black variety.

2 ‘Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 1894, pp. 48, 72, &ec.

3 Lc. p. 572.

+ «Fortnightly Review, March 1895, p. 436.

Wnconformable:, ese eestece ete cee eee

858 MR. W. BATESON ON THE [Dee. 3,

TaBiE I.—Granada, 1894 and 1895.

Collected on the hills between Darro and Genil.

& a

MALES. B/E }]s3i|8

5 3 iS S

Undersides dark. socal (ince siaal SUR 2 |

Spotted : ground-colour bright red ............... 1657 }

5 dullerired y:6222..7cs62=s 390 SS 73-7

potted and striped, tend-

ing towards black ground-colour red.| 177 9] 186

Spotted: ground-colour reddish buff ............ 39 39

” ” neutral buff ............ 25 oe ae

” , yellow to greenish grey.| 100 1 12

Blake onde fetasscceiosley Shale eu tak 7 1 8

Striped only : ground-colour greenish grey...... 3 3

No stripes or spots: ground-colour red ........ 1 PORES 1

Unconformable .............000000000 eeaeene ener dacee 35 3 38

2598 | 81

Undersides light.

Striped: ground-colour Sag PTOY ccceescnees 596 24] 620) 19

+ spec te PEMTOU Mec eeesees sans Seuets sdec, 5 5

sabia Spoons adsaacesesseer 1 1

Spotted and striped : ground-colour greenish i :

BTCV IE annepmeetncnseteanauaraceanceccsaccsdosseseccecs

No stripes or spots : ground-colour plain red .. 2 2

Unconformable ............000..-seeeeees Serecsasasees ails 2

632 | 19

=e ee

Total captured ...... 188 | 3230

FEMALES.

Undersides dark.

Spotted: ground-colour red ...............000eeeee 102 27} 129 ‘

Spotted and striped, tend- 9°6

ing towards black: \ ground-colour red.| 42 9 51

Spotted: ground-colour buff .............::....e000: 5 5

iy as yellow to greenish grey} 384 13 47

Black all over 9 3 12

Unconformable 5 3 8

252 | 27°5

Undersides light.

Striped: ground-colour greenish grey ............ 497 | 116} 613] 65°7

a F 7 WOU OW ree rece ceeee tes ose 26 14 40

No black: 35 plain red... 1 1 2

1895.] COLOUR-VARIATIONS OF A BEETLE. 859

TaBuLE I1.—Darro Valley, 1895.

MALES. o | 2

Ee o

mR oH

Undersides dark.

Spotted : ground-colour red............ssesesseesseeeeconneeees 341

5 is dullar redié.s.2ccss.cscccsencsecesens 41 58:3

Spotted and striped, tend-

Am a towards lack 2 \ ground-colour duller red ...! 37

Spotted: ground-colour buff ...........:ssseseccecesseeeeeees

a Ps yellow to greenish grey ......... 17

Black alliovers-ccrosesacs assscatsceareteceasercsetnesteteecon esse 3

Wneonformablewurc.dscccccecscteeetesetterccsemecte coe necsee 3

447 | 62:3

Undersides light.

Striped: ground-colour greenish grey ............eseeeeees 270

No black : 5 POW ee aces cesteietticcevezavwanwek ok 1

271) 37:7

Total captured ...... 718

FEMALES,

Undersides dark.

Spotted: ground-colour rod.......:,s:-ssescssessassdedeesennes 9

Spotted and striped: ground-colour red ..............2.6 7

Spotted: ground-colour buff ...............sescecseeseseeeses 5

+ D yellow to greenish grey ......... 6

TACK HLL GVEP-aseu,veqstccensaceasearsetsetanesstoste tect aecvatens 1

28 | 14:4

Undersides light.

Striped: ground-colour greenish grey ..............00000ee 164

5 on VOllOw:, s2.tesueswaceee rset sguetesc 3

very opinion. On the question how it is that the colour of

C. septempunctata is so important, and the colour of C. decem-

pvunctata unimportant to the animal, I do not find Mr. Wallace

offering evidence, and I am not aware that he has even hazarded a

guess. Meanwhile I wish to repeat, in regard to G. variabilis

what I said before in the case of C. decempunctata, that its several

varieties exhibit that kind of definiteness and constancy to their

respective types that we associate with the idea of species; but

for supposing that this constancy is in any way dependent on

adaptation to environment, we have no warrant.

860 MR, R, LYDEKKER ON THE EXTINCT [Dec. 3,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

These figures have been drawn by Mr. Edwin Wilson from the living specimens.

The colours were very carefully copied, but it was not thought necessary to

reproduce the sizes and shapes of the individuals, The figures are about twice

the natural size.

With the exception of figs. 18, 22, and 27, which represent females, all were

taken from males.

Figs. 1-6. Series illustrating the change of ground-colour from red to greenish

rey.

Figs. 1, 7-12 are a series illustrating the progressive invasion of black pigment.

Figs. 18-18. Various forms illustrating diminution and increase in amount of

1 black pigment.

Figs. 19-24, Forms with light undersides.

Figs. 25-30. Unconformable cases.

Figs. 25, 26, 28, 29, and 30 show specimens having light undersides, though

they have transverse black markings in the position of the spots.

Figs. 27 and 28 are peculiar in the fact that, though melanic forms, the

ground-colour is yellowish buff instead of red.

Fig. 80. Underside of intermediate colour, associated with a slight indication

of transverse black marking. .

Fig. 31. Specimen having right elytron red ard the left yellow.

Fig. 82. Specimen having patches of yellow on red elytra.

The undersides were black in the case of figs. 1-18, 27, 31, and 32; light in

the case of figs. 19-26; of intermediate colour in the case of figs. 25-30.

A leg is drawn in some cases, and the small square beside it represents the

colour of the underside without shading. ‘The elytra are all coloured as if they

had no high ligbt on them, in order to give the colour more correctly, but

actually they reflect a bright light.

4, On the Affinities of the so-called Extinct Giant

Dormouse of Malta. By R. LypEKKeEr.

[Received October 2, 1895.]

It has always been a matter of some surprise that while the

other extinct Dormice agree with the living members of the

family in their comparatively small size, the rodent from the

Pleistocene of Malta assigned to the genus Myowus is a much

larger animal, agreeing approximately in dimensions with the

Oriental Sciwrus bicolor. Recently Mr. Andrews, of the British

Museum, told me that he believed this so-calied ormouse was not

a member of the Myowide at all; and this induced me to under-

take a re-examination of the specimens in the Museum, with the

result that I am quite convinced of the correctness of his opinion.

Myoxus melitensis was first described by Leith Adams in the

Journ. R. Dublin Soe. vol. iv. p. 18 (1863), and more fully in the

Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. pp. 307 et seg.; while some of its remains

were also figured in plate iii. of his ‘Notes on the Nile Valley

and Malta’ (1870). The name Myowus cartei also occurs in the

same memoirs, although this appears to be a synonym of the

former. Among the remains figured from Malta there is, however,

a lower jaw‘ assigned to the young of M. melitensis, which appears

1 «Nile Valley and Malta,’ pl. iii. fig. 7.

1895. ] GIANT DORMOUSE OF MALTA. 861

to belong to a true Dormouse and, from the presence of a

perforation near the angle, may be assigned to the genus, or

subgenus, Eliomys.

Unfortunately, none of the skulls or lower jaws in the British

Museum are complete, although some of the latter are sufficiently

well preserved to show that the angle is constructed on the plan

obtaining in the Sciuromorpha and Myomorpha. One example of

1 2 3

Left upper cheek-teeth of (1) Leithia, (2) Xerus, and (38) Myoxus quercinus.

the cranium shows a very important difference from the Myoxide

in the region of the snout. In all the members of that family the

’ infraorbital foramina are large and open in the maxilla at the fore

root of the zygoma, in a manner somewhat similar to that

obtaining in the Muride. On the other hand, in the Sciwride the

same foramina are of very minute proportions, each forming

merely a small slit at the junction of the premaxilla with the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1895, No. LV. 55

862 ON THE EXTINCT GIANT DORMOUSE OF MALTA. [Dec. 3,

maxilla, situate considerably in advance of the anterior zygomatic

root. Now in this respect the fossil apparently differs from the

Dormice and resembles the Squirrels’.

As regards the cheek-teeth, these present a considerable superficial

resemblance to those of such Dormice as have complicated enamel-

foldson the crown. Closer examination shows, however, a marked

difference, well displayed in the accompanying figures (p. 861).

In the simpler type of upper molars in the Dormice (Eliomys) the

folds form ridges, of which two unite to form columns on the

outer side of the crown, so as to give a somewhat tritubercular form

to the whole tooth; and where the ridges are more complex

(Myoaus), and form more distinct plates, these curve together in

pairs on the outer side of the crown. On the other hand, in the

Maltese animal the four ov five blunt ridges diverge from the

inner or postero-internal portion of the crown in a comb-like

manner, without any tendency to approximate on the outer border,

one or two of these ridges being shorter than the rest and arising

by asplitting of the enamel-folds. Both Eliomys and Myoxus have

distinct outer columns to the upper molars, while Muscardinus

differs markedly from the fossil in that the upper premolar is very

small and the first molar much longer than the second. The

foldings, too, on the second molar are much finer and of a different

type.

Comparing this type of dentition with that of the Sciuride, the

nearest approximation is presented by Xerus and Pteromys. In

the former two main ridges and two talons proceed outwards from

an inner wall; and in the latter this inner wall becomes thinner,

and the two talons are so developed as to be counted as ridges.

Although these ridges and the three intervening enamel-folds, or

valleys, are much deeper than inthe Malta form, yet it seems not

impossible that both types of teeth might be derived from a

common stock.

Seeing, therefore, that the Maltese rodent does not belong to the

Myoaide, while it presents certain resemblances to the Sciuride, I

think it may be provisionally assigned to the Sciuromorpha, although

it is quite probable it may constitute a family (Leithiide) by itself.

As it requires a new generic title, the name Leithia, after its

describer, may be suggested; and the genus may be provisionally

detined as specialized Sciuromorpha with squared upper molars

bearing from four to five simple, low, parallel transverse ridges,

three of which rise from the postero-internal angle or inner side

of the crown, while the remainder are shorter and are formed by

a single or double splitting of the more anterior of the two hind-

1 As pointed out to me by Mr. de Winton, the palatine foramina differ from

those of existing Scinromorpha in extending backwards well into the maxillz,

as in the Myomorpha, instead of being confined to the premaxille. In Arctomys, ,

however, these foramina intrude somewhat into the maxillz, so that the feature

does not seem of much value. Neither am I inclined to attribute very much

importance to the distal union of the tibia and fibula which takes place in the

fossil form, although such union is unknown in the living Sciuromorpha, while

it is universal in the Myomorpha.

1895. ] ON LODER’S GAZELLE IN EGYPT. 863

most enamel-folds. There is no trace of the presence of more than

one pair of upper premolars. The palatine foramina are elongated,

and the tibia and fibula united. Whether the skull had the well-

developed postorbital processes characterizing existing Squirrels, I

am unable to determine; but it was evidently constricted in the

orbital region, like Sciwrus, and thus unlike that of Xerus. The

restoraiion of the lower jaw given by Leith Adams is probably

incorrect. It is certain that Letthia does not belong to the

Myomorpha, and I do not think the features in which it differs

from other Sciuromorpha are sufficient to justify its reference to a

suborder by itself.

5. On Loder’s Gazelle in Egypt, and the Mode of its Capture

by the Arabs. By W. E. Jennines BraMtey.’

[Received October 23,.1895.]

On the 27th of June I started from the Pyramids in order, if

possible, to catch some living specimens of Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella

lodert) *, known to the Arabs as Rasal Abiad (the White Gazelle),

which the shikaries whom I took with me reported to be found in

the desert at some thirty or forty miles distant from Cairo.

Leaving at 4 P.M. on the 27th, we started, taking a south-easterly

direction. We travelled till 12 that night, and at 4 next morning

resumed our march. Soon after the sun had risen, one of the

shikaries, pointing to the ground, showed what he made out to be

the spoor, evidently but lately made, of a fine male Loder’s Gazelle.

This, being larger than that of the Dorcas Gazelle, is very easily

recognizable; the bluntness of the hoof in the case of Loder’s

Gazelle shows a marked difference. About 12 o’clock one of the

camel-meu called out that a Gazelle could be seen ahead, but the

many heaps of white stones, scattered all over the desert, are so

deceiving at a little distance that both shikaries shook their heads.

The habit that all Gazelles have, when first viewing an approach-

ing danger, of standing motionless for some time, is carried to

such an excess in this particular species that it is often possible to

get within easy rifle-range by quietly walking up, without taking

any particular care to hide the approach. On the other hand, the

animal is often missed entirely, and passed by at some little distance

as a heap of bones or of white stones.

The camel-man, however, in this case proved to be correct, as we

soon noticed the Gazelle walking leisurely away. It disappeared

behind a mound of sand, where it must have remained, for, on

reaching the place about half an hour later, we were surprised to

come suddenly on the Gazelle, now only some 200 yards off. It

1 (Mr. Bramley has kindly drawn up these notes at my request. It willbe

recollected that the existence of Loder’s Gazelle in Egypt has only lately been

established upon a specimen procured by Mr. Bramley. Vide supra, pp. 400,

522.—P. L. 8.]

* Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 470, pl. xxxii.; Scl. supra, pp. 400, 522.

55*

- 864 ON LODER’S GAZELLE IN BGYPT. [ Dec. 3,

was a fine female, very white in colour. Not wisbing to disturb

any others that might be near, I did not fire. We found, however,

that it was alone. At 12 o’clock or thereabouts we came upon

the skirt of the plateau, from which the Fayoum can be seen, and

here the shikaries decided to turn back, as they said we had passed

the “ White Gazelle ground ;” so, after returning about two miles,

we set up the tents and waited for the evening, the sun being so

hot that it was impossible to continue our search. Two Arabian

greyhounds I had with me felt the heat especially. No sooner

were the camels on the ground than, going to the shady side, they

began to dig in the sand under the beasts in order to bury them-

selves away from the heat.

During the afternoon the two shikaries constructed traps, which

we set in the evening.

The Gazelle trap, except the small hemp-platted rope, is made

entirely from the date-palm. Taking the long leaves, the shikarie

first constructs by platting them together a deep ring, about 3 inches

in diameter and about 4 inches deep : it should, in fact, fit well into

a golf-hole and make its walls secure. He now takes an old stalk

from which the dates have been picked, and separating about

twenty of the fibres which compose it, and run its whole length, he

twists them into a rude bracelet about three inches in diameter.

Then taking three more fibres, in place of twine, he binds the ring

securely ; the ring or bracelet has then a form much resembling a

diminutive “Ringold” ring. The shikarie now breaks off the

points of the date-thorns until he has about twenty-five of them

2 inches in length; these he pushes through the fibrous sides of

the ring until all the points meet in the centre, so that when

finished this ring has much the appearance of a small sieve. All

the thorn-points overlap slightly in the centre of the ring. This

ring, holding all the thorns, the deep ring of platted leaves, and a

soft thick hemp rope, made by the Arab himself, by the ordinary

three-plat from raw hemp (this rope, being soft, not only binds

itself more securely to the Gazelle, but does not cut the skin when

drawn tight), attached to a date-stick about a yard in length, are

all the implements that an Arab requires to catch a Gazelle.

Starting in the evening for the lower ground, which is studded

with small bushes (for when pitching the tents we purposely kept

at a good distance from the feeding-ground), we soon found spoor,

but none very promising ; a buck and two does had been there two

nights before. A small desert plant, much resembling our English

Red Cranesbill (Geranium sanguineum), was pointed out to me by

the Arabs as a favourite food of the Gazelles. Finding a spot

where the spoor led to one of these plants, and the plant evidently

having been nibbled at, we decided to put a trap near it. The Arab

sat down and made a hole, using his deep ring to keep its sandy

walls intact, so that he now had a hole resembling exactly in size

and depth a golf-hole with basket-work sides, within four or five

inches of the plant. '

Taking now the thorny ring he places it on the hole, which it

should exactly cap. He now powders up some camel-dung and

‘ISWHOLS YNIMSONATNOG

‘art 3 soig Was Joa,

“UNL ISP Pyosuoay “yy

MIX Id GESl'S zd

1895. ] . ON AN BLAPOID SNAKE, 865

drops it carefully over the thorns in the ring, which being close to-

gether hold it up, so that soon nothing can be seen of the thorns,

The use of the dried dung is, to hold up the sand which hides the

trap. The hemp rope, now made into a slip-noose, is put round

the top ring, and the stick to which it is attached buried in the

sand. The whole is now carefully covered with sand. One of the

shikaries laid his traps so successfully that it was almost impossible

to find one again unless a Gazelle was caught in it. The marks like

those of a Gazelle made by the fingers over the trap add to the

deception. It is curious to remark that a Gazelle will rarely walk

over an impression left by either beast or man in the sand.

When the Gazelle comes in the evening to feed, its foot slips

through the top ring in the centre where the thorns meet, and so

to the bottom of the hole. The top ring is now fixed round the

Gazelle’s leg, at the height of the depth of the hole, the spiky thorns

entering the skin. This ring also holds up the hemp rope, which

the Gazelle, in endeavouring to kick off the thorny ring that pricks

it, draws tight, generally over the knee.

The Gazelle starts off, dragging after it the date-stick, attached to

the rope. The swinging stick makes it impossible for the animal

to get away at any pace, as, twisting round one leg or the other, it

throws the Gazelle to the ground continually.

The spoor of the trapped Gazelle with the marks of the

swinging stick are easily found, and the animal tracked down

until in sight, when a trained greyhound will soon catch and hold

it until his master comes up.

During November and December the Gazelles are caught when

fawns by trained hounds, and this is the simplest method ; but it

can only be practised during two months, as it takes a very good

dog to catch a Gazelle when more than this age.

During the eight days I was in the desert, though unsuccessful

in trapping any, I saw several very fine specimens of Loder’s Gazelle.

6. On the Type Specimen of Boulengerina stormsi, an

Elapoid Snake from Central Africa. By G. A. Bou-

LENGER, F.R.S.

[Received November 26, 1895.]

(Plate XLVIII.)

In the year 1886 M. L. Dollo established a new genus of

Elapoid Snakes which he did me the honour of naming after me

Boulengerina. The single specimen of Boulengerina stormsi

formed part of a small collection from Lake Tanganyika, pre-

sented to the Brussels Museum by Capt. Storms, an officer in the

service of the Congo State. The Snake was described very shortly,

and although the type specimen had passed through my hands

before, I felt desirous of re-examining it in order to fix its correct

position in the system. My friend M. Dollo having, with his

usual kindness, entrusted the specimen to me for description,

866 QN AN ELAPOID SNAKE. [ Dee. 3,

I have much pleasure in bringing it before the notice of the

Society.

There can be no doubt the genus is valid, and perhaps more nearly

allied to the Australian forms associated under Hoplocephalus and

Diemenia than to any of the African genera. Among the latter,

it comes nearest to Elapsoidea, which differs in having slightly

oblique scales and a very short tail. It differs from Naza in the

disposition of the scales, which are not oblique, and in the further

extension forwards of the palatine bones ; from Walterinnesia in

the latter character, and in the position of the nostril, which is

not bordered by the internasal shield.

The genus and species may be defined as follows :—

BovuLENGERINA.

Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv. 1886, p. 159.

Maxillary bone extending forwards as far as the palatine, with

a pair of large grooved fangs, followed by three or four small solid

teeth; mandibular teeth, anterior longest. Head not distinct

from neck; eye small, with round pupil; nostril between two

nasals; no loreal. Body cylindrical; scales smooth, without pits,

in 21 rows; ventrals rounded. ‘Tail moderate; subcaudals in.

two rows.

BoULENGERINA STORMSI. (Plate XLVIII.)

Dollo, 7. ¢.

Head scarcely depressed ; snout rounded, not prominent, with-

out canthus; eye scarcely longer than its distance from the

mouth. Rostral nearly as deep as broad, the portion visible from

above measuring half its distance from the frontal; internasals

shorter and a little broader than the prefrontals, extensively in

contact with the preocular; frontal small, slightly longer than

broad, as broad as the supraocular, as long as its distance from

the rostral, slightly more than halt the length of the parietals;

posterior nasal in contact with the single preocular; two post-

oculars ; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye, fourth, fifth, and sixth in contact with the lower

postocular, third and sixch deepesi ; four lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields, which are much longer than the

posterior. Scales not oblique, in 21 rows. Ventrals 193; anal

entire ; subcaudals 67. Brown above; four black cross-bars on the

nape and neck, the second and third forming complete rings,

followed by five irregular black spots; further back, the body

darker brown with the scales black-edged ; tail black ; belly white

anteriorly, brown further back, with the shields black-edged,

blackish brown towards the tail.

The specimen measures 240 millim., in which the tail enters for

85. It is young, as indicated by the umbilical fissure; the species

therefore reaches a size at least equal to that of the Indian Cobra.

Pes 18962 Pinebine

o.Green del. et lith. Mintern Bros. ump.

I IY PH LOPS WwiGRIGAR DAS 2. CHRO E> tessa Avaledsiee

1895.] ON A NEW SNAKE AND A NEW FROG, 867

7. Descriptions of a new Snake and a new Frog from North

Australia. By G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S.

[Received November 26, 1895.]

(Plate XLIX.)

The Snake and Frog which I propose to describe form part of

a collection made by Dr. Dahl in North Australia, and submitted

to me for identification by my friend Prof. Collett. The collection

is preserved in the Zoological Museum at Christiania, but I have

been allowed to retain duplicates for the British Museum.

TYPHLOPS NIGRICAUDA. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.)

Snout very prominent, rounded; nostrils inferior. Kostral

broad, more than half the width of the head, extending to the

level of the eyes ; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft proceeding

from the second labial; preocular present, a litile narrower than

the nasal or the ocular, in cortact with the second and third

labials ; eyes distinguishable ; prefrontal aud supraoculars con-

siderably enlarged; four upper labials. Diameter of body 70 to

80 times in total length ; tail a little longer than broad, ending in

aspine. 18 scales round the body. Brown above, yellowish

below ; end of snout yellow; tail black.

Total length 315 millim.

Two specimens from the Daly River, North Australia,

CHIROLEPTES DAHLII. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)

Physiognomy of Rana esculenta. Tongue circular, slightly

nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in transverse oval groups between

the choane. Head as long as broad; snout rounded, slightly

longer than the diameter of the orbit, with indistinct canthus and

very oblique, slightly concave lores; nostril equally distant from

the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital space narrower

than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, as large as the

eye or a little smaller. Fingers moderate, first longer than

second ; toes moderate, webbed to the tips; subarticular tubercles

very small ; a very smail oval inner metatarsal tubercle, measuring

about one-fourth the length of the inner toe; no outer metatarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border

of the eye. Skin smooth; a fold above the tympanum. Dark

olive above, with a paler vertebral streak; a blackish canthal

streak ; sides of body marbled with black and spotted with white ;

hinder side of thighs marbled black and white; lower parts white ;

sides of throat and lower surface of limbs with small blackish

spots. Male with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 70 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from the Daly River, North

Australia.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.

Fig. 1. Zyphiops nigricauda.

Manos, 4 Upper view of head, x6,

Ores a5 Side view of head, x6.

2. Chiroleptes dahlii, 3.

2a, $5 » G+ Open mouth,

868 MR. P. L, SOLATER ON THOMAS’S ANTELOPE. _— [Dec. 17,

December 17, 1895.

Sir W. H. Frowsr, K.C.B., LL.D., F-R.S., President,

in the Chair,

Dr. Donaldson Smith gave an account of some of the animals

observed by him during his recent expedition to Lakes Rudolph

and Stephanie, and alluded specially to the various species of

Zebras and Antelopes which he had encountered during his journey.

Mr. Donaldson Smith’s remarks were as follows :—

“Commencing 20 miles east of the Shebeli River, the range of the

Grévy’s Zebra (Hquus grevii) extends about 120 miles to the west ;

it is limited by the second and the eighth degrees of latitude. On

passing the Juba River you find Burchell’s Zebra (Hqwus burchelli)

in great herds among the mountains of the Boran country, but no

Grévy’s Zebras until Lake Stephanie is reached. Here you find

the ranges of the two species overlapping to a slight extent.

About Lake Rudolph I met with only Grévy’s Zebra. The greatest

altitude at which I found it was about 4700 feet.

“T did not see Swayne’s Hartebeest (Bubalis swaynet) outside

the plains of Central Somaliland.

“Coke’s Hartebeest (Bubalis cokii) occurs on the grassy

plateaus north of Lake Stephanie.

“ About Lake Rudolph the Topé (Damaliscus jimela) is found in

great numbers, but no other Hartebeest. I saw one lot of fine

Coke’s Hartebeest fifty miles north of Lake Rudolph.

“‘ About the river running into Lake Stephanie there is a very

light reddish-grey Waterbuck (Cobus), of which I have not yet

made out the name. I brought back one specimen of it, with

horns 293 in. long. It was 51 in. high at the shoulder.’ The hair

is not so coarse as in the case of other Waterbucks, and there was

no dark line behind. There was also a small reddish-grey Ante-

lope, or allied animal, about this same river; it was 42 in. high

and had straight horns, except near the point, where they appeared

to have a slight backward curve, the horns were about 13 in. long.

This was also seen in the hills near water.

“T saw Grant’s Gazelle (Gazella granti) first in the Boran

Country a little west of long. 39° W. They extended as far as

lat. 6° N., and were seen in great numbers all along my route to

the Tana River.

“ Scoemmerring’s Gazelle (Gazella seemmerring?) I did not see far

beyond the Juba River.”

Mr. Sclater called attention to a very fine head of the so-called

*Kob” Antelope of Kavirondo and Uganda, belonging to Mr.

Ernest Gedge, and lent by him for exhibition. Mr. Gedge had

shot the Antelope from which this specimen had been taken at

Berkely Bay, on Lake Victoria, when returning from Uganda in 1893.

In Mr. F. J. Jackson’s excellent account of the British East

1 [The specimen, which Dr. Donaldson Smith has kindly allowed me to

examine, is referable to Cobus defassa (Riipp.).—P. L, 8.]

1895.) MR. P. L. SOLATER ON THOMAS'S ANTELOPE. 869

African Antelopes in the first yolume of ‘ Big Game Shooting,’

in the Badminton Library (p. 296), this Antelope had been named

‘« Kobus kob,” probably from a mounted specimen of it in the

British Museum having been so labelled. In Herr Matschie’s

Head of Cobus thomasi, 6. (From Mr. Gedge’s specimen.)

recently published volume on German-East-African Mammals

(p. 126) it had been also referred to the West-African Kob. But

Mr. Thomas and Mr. Sclater had quite agreed that this deter-

mination was wrong, the West-African Kob being a much smaller

animal.

870 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW [Dec. 17,

When recently examining the specimens of this Antelope in the

British Museum, Herr Oscar Neumann had come to the same

conclusion, and had affixed to one of them the MS. name Cobus

thomasi, under which he proposed to describe it.

The future name of the so-called Kob of British East Africa

would be therefore Cobus thomasi, Neumann,

The following papers were read :—

1. On Cenolestes, a still Existing Survivor of the Epanorthide

of Ameghino, and the Representative of a new Family

of recent Marsupials. By Otprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received November 11, 1895.]

(Plate L.)

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 18601, Mr. R. F. Tomes,

in working out a collection of small mammals obtained by

Mr. Louis Fraser in Ecuador, published the first notice of the

genus which forms the subject of the present paper. He spoke

of his specimen as “a small animal about the size of a Water-

Shrew,” but “having a small and rudimentary pouch,” and three

years later* gave a technical description of it under the name of

Hyracodon fuliginosus,

This technical description was unfortunately unaccompanied by

any remarks on the relationships of the animal, a want which has

made itself felt by the entire failure of later authors to make out

from the description what animal Mr. Tomes had before him.

In fact I only know of two references to Hyracodon at all (those

mentioned in the footnote *), and in both the authors express their

inability to make anything of the description, although the first-

named acutely suggested that the animal “might represent a

distinct family,” a suggestion most fully borne out by an exami-

nation of the specimen I now have the honour of bringing before

the Society.

In vindication of Mr. Tomes’s paper I should like to say, firstly,

that his description, hitherto supposed (from our ignorance of any

such animal) to be imperfect or incorrect, proves to agree, so far

as it goes, very closely with the present specimen; and secondly, that

remarks on the affinities of the animal must have been at that

date more easily wanted than given, since even now, with infinitely

greater material and the best of advice *, I am unable to be at all

1 Pp. Z.S. 1860, p. 213.

2 Pp, Z. 8. 1863, p. 50, pl. viii. (animal).

3 Alston, Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 195 (footnote), 1880; Thomas, Cat.

Mars. B. M. p. 370 (1880).

4 I would specially mention my indebtedness to Mr. R, Lydekker, whose

own extreme interest in the present animal has expressed itself in abundant

and most serviceable help to me in working it out.

PZS.1895.Plate. L.

A/T. Hollick del.et hth. West,Newman imp.

Coenolestes obscurus.

1895.] SOUTH-AMERICAN MARSUPIAL, 871

positive about the exact position and relationships of the little

marsupial described by Mr. Tomes.

It unfortunately happened that the name given by Mr. Tomes,

Hyracodon*, was preoccupied by the Ungulate Hyracodon of Leidy’,

so that the genus has now had to be renamed, and I have proposed

for it® the name Cenolestes*, as it is a modern member of an

ancient group of fossil marsupials, among which the affix -Jestes has

been often employed.

The specimen on which the present account is based was

obtained near Bogota by an Indian in the employment of my kind

Colombian correspondent Mr. Geo. D. Child, and the latter is to

be congratulated on the capture of such a prize. In fact the

rediscovery of Tomes’s genus, both on account of its having so

long been a puzzle to zoologists, and still more on account of the

relationship it proves to possess to long extinct fossil forms, I

venture to consider one of the most interesting events that have

happened in mammalogy for many years.

Comparing it, as one may not unnaturally do, with Dr. Stirling’s

discovery of Notoryctes, also representing an additional family of

Marsupials, one sees that while the latter is of surpassing interest

to the general zoologist on account of the entire novelty of its

structure and its unique adaptation (among Marsupials) to a

talpine life, Canolestes, with its uninteresting exterior, appeals

mainly to the technical Mammalogist. To him, however, with its

intense paleontological and geographical interest, and the added

puzzle its structure gives rise to in the general classification of the

order, no animal will appear more important or more worthy of

close and detailed study.

That by the arrival of spirit-specimens any such admirable

account of its anatomy may be rendered possible as the one on

Notoryctes by Dr. Gadow is very much to be hoped. The present

specimen is a skin with a perfect skull. It is an old individual,

and the teeth are apparently rather worn, so that for a clear

detailed knowledge of their structure we must still wait for further

examples. With this exception the following is a description of

the genus, so far as the external characters and skull are

concerned. To keep the description together and to avoid

repetition, I have included both such characters as may possibly

prove to be only of specific value and those that are clearly of

family rank. A short analysis of them is, however, given

later.

It has been found necessary (J. c.) to consider the Bogotan

example as representing a new species, named Cenolestes obscurus,

but it is evidently so closely allied to C. fuliginosus that for the

1 T am informed by Mr. Sclater that this name had no reference to Hyrax as

zoologists know it, 7.e, Procavia, but to tpaz, a shrew, the word therefore most

appropriately meaning Shrew-tooth.

2 Proc. Ac. Philad. viii. p. 91 (1856).

3 Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 367 (1895).

* catvds, modern ; Ayor7s, a pirate or other predatory person.

872 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW [Dece. 17,

purposes of this paper, which deals mainly with generic characters,

the two have been treated as one. There are, it is true, certain

slight differences between Mr. Tomes’s description of the teeth of

C. fuliginosus and those of the type of C. obscurus, but whether

these differences are due to age or specific distinction cannot be

made out without direct comparison.

C2NOLESTES.

General appearance not unlike that of a Rat or small Opossum.

External characters very much as in the Dasyurid genus

Phascologale. Head elongate. Nose naked, both in front and on

the top of the muzzle. Lars short, squarish, their inner surfaces

provided with several (three in C. obscurus) tragoid projections.

Fore feet with five toes, of which the outer one, as well as the

pollex, has a distinct nail, while the middle three digits have each

a well-developed curved claw. The third digit is the longest, the

second and fourth subequal, about 1 mm. shorter; fifth reaching

to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth, first to the middle of

the same phalanx of the second. Palms naked, with one elongated

carpal pad, three ordinary digital, and one pollical pad. Hind

foot of normal shape, not syndactylous, and not modified into a

hand as in the Opossums. Hallux short, clawless, not properly

opposable *, its development very much as in Phascologale wallacei*.

Other digits subequal, the fourth slightly the longest ; all provided

with claws. Soles naked, with 6 pads, situated very much as is

shown in the figure of Phascologale wallace just referred to; but

all rather more elongated and not transversely striated. Tail

long, slender, rat-like ; so thinly haired as to appear naked, its

terminal inch below wholly naked; it is therefore presumably

prehensile. ‘A small and rudimentary pouch present ” (Tomes).

Skull in its general proportions something like that of a

Perameles, although thinner and more delicately built, with a

similarly elongated muzzle, smooth and rounded brain-case, and

obsolete supraorbital and cranial crest and ridges; the zygomata

are, however, so much more boldly expanded as somewhat to spoil

the resemblance, which in any case does not apply to details.

Nasals long, thin, anterior two-thirds narrow, almost parallel-

sided, but a little tapering forwards, their posterior third well

expanded, somewhat as in ordinary Didelphys, but not expanded

enough to meet the upper edge of the maxillary bone. As a

result, an anteorbital vacuity is left on each side in the position of,

and formed in exactly the same way as that of, so many Ruminants.

Apart from the latter group, this vacuity is perfectly unique

among Mammals, and therefore is well worthy of special note.

1 Mr. Tomes says “feet furnished with an opposable thumb,” but the

opposition, at least in C. obscurus, is by no means comparable with that of

Didelphys. In the plate neither pollex nor hallux is shown as opposable, and

both they and the fifth digit of the hand are ornamented with long claws, about

the presence of which I venture to be somewhat sceptical,

2 Figured ‘ Cat, Marsupials,’ pl. xxiii. fig. 3,

1895.] SOUTH-AMERICAN MARSUPIAL. 873

The vacuity, judging from the spicules of bone which project into

it from the nasals, and from its known development in the

Ruminants, probably tends to ossify over as life advances, but—

the specimen being old—evidently never entirely fills up.

Interorbital space broad, smooth and rounded, with scarcely a

trace of ridges, ledges, or postorbital processes ; lambdoid ridges,

however, fairly well developed. lLacrymal canal single, just on

the rounded edge of the orbit. Zygomata slender, boldly expanded ;

malar as usual running back to form part of the glenoid fossa.

Palate very imperfect, the anterior foramina reaching from between

the third pair of incisors to halfway between the anterior and

middle premolars; posterior vacuities extending from the large

posterior premolar to behind the last molar, the bridge between

their front limit and the back of the anterior foramina only

2-7 mm. across. Pterygoid processes slender and delicate, pointing

backwards and inwards, their needle-like ends 1°6 mm. long.

Bulle small, imperfect, transparent, formed as usual by the

alisphenoids. Tympanic annular, but imperfect, only forming

about three-fourths of a circle.

Dentition. I$; C. 5; P.3; M. }x2=46.

Viewed as a whole, the teeth present a considerable resemblance

to those of the Australian Dromicia (e.g. D. lepida, figured Cat.

Mars. B. M. pl. xvi. figs. 2-5), especially in their relative

proportions.

Upper Jaw.—Incisors four in number ; the first vertical, pointed,

touching its fellow of the opposite side, but separated from i’, in

fact very similar to its condition in Didelphys. TP and i’ flattened

laterally, not pointed, but with a straight cutting-edge ; 1° separated

from i*, smaller and rather more pointed’. Canines well-developed,

as in average carnivorous Marsupials. Anterior and middle pre-

molars small, narrow, two-rooted, sharply pointed, equal in size,

the distance between them about equal to that behind the canine.

Posterior premolar somewhat similar, but twice as large and rather

thicker transversely, with one long main cusp, which stands up

just higher than any cusp on the molars, and a small anterior

secondary cusp, placed slightly internally. Molars low-crowned,

with low rounded or scarcely pointed cusps, not unlike those of

Petaurus or Dromicia; the two anterior square, quadricuspidate,

although apparently * there are only three roots to each tooth, the

postero-internal cusp being placed on a sort of flange overhanging

the palate and not supported by a root; third molar similar, but

without the extra postero-internal cusp; last molar minute, tri-

angular, as small in cross-section as the last incisor.

Lower Jaw.—Anterior incisor elongated, exactly as in typical

1 On the left side (as shown in Plate L.) this tooth has been displaced and

pressed against the front of the canine, but on the right side, which appears to

be normal, there is a small diastema.

2 It is at present impossible to be quite certain as to the number of roots

each tooth possesses, as the teeth are so firmly wedged in that without damaging

the skull, as yet unique, they cannot be pulled out or their roots developed.

874 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS. ON A NEW (Dec. 17,

Diprotodonts, its length in front of the jaw-bone exceeding that of

the three anterior molars. Succeeding it, just as in the same Aus-

tralian group, are four minute unicuspid teeth, which it seems best

for the present tentatively to call two premolars, one canine and a

premolar. Any other determination would involve the presence of

four incisors or four premolars, each equally unlikely. Then come

two narrow, pointed, two-rooted teeth, obviously premolars, the

posterior slightly longer than the anterior, and, as in the upper jaw,

just overtopping the molars. Molars low-crowned, more or less oval

in section, and each with two roots. Their pattern is difficult to

make out accurately, owing to a doubt as to how far they are affected

by wear. The anterior ones each seem to have two curved or angular

crests, whose concavity is directed inwards, somewhat similar to

those of the Indian Rhinoceros, but they are far less distinct ; the

posterior is larger and more open as compared with the much smaller

and less open anterior one, and they are very probably produced

in a wholly different way ; the anterior crest is decidedly higher

than the posterior. The last molar is much smaller than the

other, and has two pointed cusps corresponding to the crests of

the other teeth: both rather inwards of the middle line.

The following are some dimensions of the specimen described,

the type of C. obscurus :—

Head and body 151 mm.; tail 144; hind foot without claws 23 ;

heel to end of hallux 14:2; hallux 3:2; ear 12x 11°5.

Skull—basal length 33°6; greatest length in middle line 36;

greatest breadth 18; nasals, length 17°8, greatest breadth, approxi-

mately, 5:4; intertemporal breadth 7; breadth of brain-case

12°8; height of brain-case above basilar suture 9; palate, length

from gnathion 20°6, breadth outside m* 8°3, inside m? 5; anterior

palatine foramina 6°2; length of palatal vacuities 7-2; combined

length of ms.'-° 5:1. Lower jaw, length from condyle, bone only,

23°8, including j! 28:5; height of coronoid above angle 10;

vertical thickness of ramus below m! 3; length of it beyond bone

above 6; length of lower molar series 6°9.

We may now pass from these necessary, but dry and unin-

teresting details to the important question as to what Marsupial

Cenolestes is most nearly allied to, for Marsupial it is in every

character. With regard to living members of the order, the

answer can only be that it is allied, at least closely, to none, but that,

so far as it has any existing relations, these are distinctly the

Australian rather than the American Marsupials. For it is clearly

a Diprotodont, as not only does it possess the characteristic

development of the lower incisors, but even the molars resemble

most closely in structure those of certain members of the family

Phalangeride, while being wholly unlike those of the typical

Poly protodonts.

From all of the existing Diprotodonts, however, apart from its

habitat and numerous detailed differences, Cenolestes is at once

distinguished by its not being syndactylous, a character which is

1895.] SOUTH-AMERICAN MARSUPIAL. 875

always considered as of family rank. It forms, therefore, among

existing Marsupials a peculiar Family, and one which in America

represents the Diprotodonts of Australia, just as the Didelphyide

do the Polyprotodonts.

But turning to extinct Marsupials, the allies of Cenolestes are

readily found. For among the large numbers of fossils from the

Santa Cruz beds of Patagonia described during the last few years

by Senor Florentino Ameghino, of La Plata, there are some which

so closely resemble Cenolestes that no one can have the slightest

doubt as to their being really related to it.

These are the Hpanorthide and Decastide of Ameghino, and,

rather farther removed, the Abderitide of the same author.. The

last-named have a hypertrophied trenchant last lower premolar,

and may for the present be put on one side. The other two,

however, which contain, according to their describer, some 13

genera in all, show a dentition which cannot be distinguished

from that of Ccenolestes in any character of family importance.

Indeed, I fail, no doubt from only having descriptions and figures

instead of actual specimens, to understand why Senor Ameghino

distinguishes them from each other. But as the earliest named

family, the Hpanorthide, contains some of the forms most closely

allied to Cenolestes, we may safely ignore for the present the

Decastide, and speak of the fossil allies cf Ccnolestes simply as

Epanorthide.

Further, after a careful examination of the characters of the

different fossil genera, I am prepared to say that Ccnolestes 1s not

only allied to, but actually falls into the Family, so that the

name Lpanorthide must be used for its recent as well as fossil

members.

The best account of the fossil Epanorthide is contained in a

paper by Ameghino '", published in 1893, and giving a full list of all

the genera and species described up to that date, with woodcuts of

many of their jaws and teeth. Of these woodcuts I have ventured to

copy two (see Pl. L. figs. 8 & 9), those of the lower jaws of Decastis

columnaris (p. 341) and Parepanorthus minutus (p. 350), which

will show the exceedingly close alliance of Cenolestes with those

long-extinct Patagonian Marsupials.

Again, in the figures of Epanorthide given on plate i. of the

same author’s fine work of 1889, several agree very closely with

Ceenolestes, notably the upper molar of Epanorthus lemoiner, drawn

fig. 14, which shows very well the quadricuspid three-rooted

character of the upper molars of Cenolestes.

The exact geological age of the beds in which Epanorthus and

its fossil allies have been found is still under discussion, and I do

not venture to express an opinion on the subject. Ameghino has

called them Middle Eocene, Lydekker Oligocene or early Miocene.

Further surveys will no doubt some day settle the point, but it is

1 « Fnumération synoptique des espéces de Mammiféres fossiles des formations

éocénes de Patagonie,” Bol. Ac. Cordoba, xiii. p. 259 (1893).

2 + Mamiferos fésiles de la Republica Argentina.’ Text and Atlas, fol.

876 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW [Dec. 17,

difficult to believe that the beds are quite so early as Senor

Ameghino supposes.

Any lingering doubt which may have existed among Naturalists

as to the correctness of Ameghino’s reference of the Epanorthide

to the Marsupials (and doubt has been thrown on it) is wholly

removed by the study of Cenolestes, which is typically Marsupial

in every character.

As to the general classification of the Marsupials, a subject

already sufficiently difficult in view of the puzzling possession by the

Peramelide of polyprotodonty combined with syndactyly, Cenolestes

apparently only adds to the difficulty, being non-syndactylous like

most Polyprotodonts, while it has by dentition nothing to do with

them. If anything, however, this fact tends to confirm the

tentative opinion expressed in the ‘Catalogue of Marsupials,’

p- 220, that the primary division of the order should be by dentition,

and that syndactyly is a secondary character. Were syndactyly

the primary character, the Epanorthide would be thrown with the

Dasyuride and Didelphyide, with which they clearly have nothing

whatever to do, and separated from what appear to be their

nearest allies, the Phalangeride.

If this view be correct, the Marsupials as a whole might be

divided as follows :—

Order MARSUPIALIA.

I. Suborder DrproroponTa.

A. Non-syndactylous.—American.

1. Epanorthide.

B. Syndactylous.—Australian.

2. Phalangeride.

3. Phascolomyide.

4. Macropodide.

Il. Suborder PoLyPpRoToDONTA.

A. Syndactylous.—Australian.

5. Peramelide.

B. Won-syndactylous.—American and Australian.

6. Didelphyide.

7. Dasyuride.

8. Notoryctide.

It is, however, possible that, in spite of the resemblance of the

teeth of Ccnolestes to those of certain Australian Diprotodonts,

the study of further material, including soft parts, skeleton, and

milk-teeth, will bring out differences of such importance as to

necessitate its subordinal separation from them. In this case the

name suggested by Ameghino, Paucituberculata, will be available

for the suborder containing Cenolestes and its fossil allies.

Even in that case, however, in view of their many resemblances,

it does not seem possible that anything will show that there is no

1895.] SOUTH-AMERICAN MARSUPIAL. 877

relationship at all (and only a parallelism) between the American

Epanorthide and the Australian Phalangeride. The fact, therefore,

that no forms at all similar have been found in any part of the

Northern Hemisphere, while, with their headquarters in Australia,

Diprotodonts have existed in South America at least since early

Miocene times, is undeniably very much in favour of the views of

those who advocate a former southern connection between Australia

and S. America. So long as the Didelphyide were the only South-

American Marsupials known, there was no evidence from the

Mammals in favour of, or against, the Southern Continent theory, for

Opossums occur fossil half round the Northern Hemisphere, and are,

perhaps, merely recent immigrants into 8S. America. But of late

years the strictly Dasyurine relationship of some of the Santa Cruz

Polyprotodonts (e. g. Prothylacinus) has been recognized, and now

to add to this comes the proof that the Patagonian Diprotodonts are

really related to the Australian ones ; and as both of these groups are

in South America of undeniably ancient date, and wholly unknown

in any part of the Northern Hemisphere, the case assumes quite a

different aspect, and opponents of the theory will probably find

it a very difficult matter to explain away the presence of such

typically Australian animals in South America.

The systematic information derived from the specimen under

examination may be tabulated as follows :—

Order MARSUPIALIA.

Suborder DrPRoTODONTA,

Family EpanortHip2.

Non-syndactylous. Hallux present; not widely opposable.

Incisors 4 (in the recent genus). Lower posterior premolar not

hypertrophied.

Genus CZNOLESTES.

Form as in Phascologale. Fifth fore-finger with a nail instead

of a claw. Tail long, more or less prehensile. Rudimentary

pouch present.

Ante-orbital vacuities present. Palate very imperfect. Pre-

molars 2, the two posterior below large and functional.

1. CHZNOLESTES FULIGINOSUS (Tomes).

Size of a Water-Shrew.

Hab. Ecuador (L. Fraser).

2. CmNoLEsSTES oBsCURUS, Thos.

Size of a small Rat.

Hab. Bogota (G. D. Child).

P.S., Dec. 31, 1895.—The following remarks on Ccnolestes

obs urus have just been received from Mr. Child :—

“The little animal you speak of is called ‘ Raton Runcho, which

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LVI. 56

878 MR. WALTER B. COLLINGE ON THE SENSORY [Dec. 17,

means ‘ Opossum-Rat.’ It lives in the high brush-wood, and is

supposed to feed on birds’ eggs and small birds. It is very rare

indeed, and is obtained with much difficulty.”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Fig. 1. Cenolestes obscurus. Outline of skull; natural size.

2,3,4. 45 i Side, upper, and lower views of skull, twice

natural size.

5. 5 5s Cheek-teeth, side view; magnified 5 times.

6. a5 ts Upper teeth and half palate. do.

To 45 3 Lower do, do.

8. Decastis columnaris. Left ramus, lower jaw (after Ameghino).

9, Parepanorthus minutus. do. do.

2. On the Sensory and Ampullary Canals of Chimera. By

Watter E. Cotuines, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason College, Birmingham.

[Received November 14, 1895.]

(Plates LI.-LIIL.)

ConTENTs.

Page

He MENTRODUCHORY mate os cashes careers acon onsite vcbecsvasedvectsseteve 878

DA, Tam Sansory OAwAn-SyaTHat ~ 5...........ccceccovsecscesescoevcenee 879

il sGeneral sD pacriplion) \tecsssececdsveene: cece se<seeevucuseeuee 879

2. Course of the Canals and Branches ...............ececeeee: 880

3. Structure and Histology of the Canals ..................008 881

Acs Neryahlonvn.scecd. sec tseteeee bot vccsiece cose votes s ses eee neee 882

ED Dre AMPLY AR YAO AN ATS) 5.03/a0 coaaneve.)deas de ssicc coduseleane ecate &84

LS General ODesertption..-c.sn.sacse->22-see~sc-+ceeseceteomaans 884

PAS UPIChULe MOC) VANIOLIES i.5.c0chen.0<tecousesseccee centre ebe ets 886

cbs SETNCLVALIOM, fore eee eat eee eee ot es vceeeceeeceee ae 887

TV SUMMARY, AND CONCLUSION ecworcuetevse cee vacecetasecesanaceneeootee 887

V. Comparison wITH :—

ht Wlasmobranehiss,.. feesecsceshechesetesccee

Da) ATIGIOB)- passes saath oohea ade aeacceeacee nae | Table facing 888

Ca OlGOStel ci vatcoczachane: Loaaweek Soreaeed sock

WAL BIBRIOGRAPAY tare aan dono no cateenere Soe ens x neene eter eons 888

EXPLANATION OF THE PULATHS. ..........c0.ccccccscncseseccececceces 889

I. IntTRopuctToRY.

Previous references to either the sensory and ampullary canals

or cranial nerves of Chimera are few. There are a number of

papers—all more or less imperfect—dealing with the central

nervous system, dating from Valentin’s studies of 1842. Stannius

(17) in 1849 described and figured in his classical work the cranial

nerves of Callorhynchus, a genus closely allied to Chimera. There

are also brief references in the text-books of Huxley, Gegenbaur,

Wiedersheim, and others. The earliest reference to the canal-

system is that given by Leydig (12) in 1851. MHubrecht (11),

PZ5.1895. Plate LI

OC. COFYL

MC. ieee.

im _--Oanp.e

—— TN et , cf

= aie o :

‘eleuItys Jo speuvo Arey[ndure » Arosuag

dure emis] say.

WECodel.adnat.

MPParker hth — West, Newman ump.

Sensory & ampullary canals of Chimera.

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA. 879

1876, mentions both the canals and cranial nerves in his paper on

the skull of the Holocephali. Solger (15) in 1881 published an

account of the development and minute structure of the canals ;

and later Garman (9) described and figured their distribution in

both Chimera and Callorhynchus.

It was originally my intention to describe at some length the

eranial nerves, but lack of better material has prevented me. In

the ordinary spirit-preserved material the nerves are not in a fit

condition for histological work, and it is only with difficulty that

the distribution of the smaller nerves can be traced. .

The material was purchased from the Zoological Station at

Naples out of funds granted by the Council of the Royal Society,

and I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks and acknow-

ledging the assistance they have given me.

My thanks are due to Professor T. W. Bridge, M.A., for his

very kind assistance throughout the work, and to Mr. G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S., for his kindness in permitting me to examine

the series of young Chimera and Callorhynchus in the British

Museum collections.

Il. Tun Sensory CaNAL-SYSTEM.

1. General Description.

In describing the canals and branches I have not adopted the

nomenclaiure of Garman (9), as they may be grouped into a similar

series as in other fishes, and further, such a nomenclature lends

itself better for purposes of comparison. I have given below, on

the left side the nomenclature used in this paper, and on the

right that used by Garman.

Lateral Canal= Lateral Canal.

Main Canal of the Head=The Cranial Canal (part).

The Occipital Commissare= Aural and Occipital Canals.

The Supra-orbital Branch=The Rostral Canal.

The Sub-orbital Branch =The Orbital and Sub-orbital Canals.

The Maxillo-mandibular Branch=The Angular, Nasal, and Oral

Canals.

The lateral canal commences at the end of the long whip-like

tail on the lower edge of the muscles, and passes forwards as an

open groove to the region of the head, where it is continued as the

main canal of the head. This passes forwards forming the supra-

orbital branch and in the anterior region joins with the sub-orbital

and maxillary branches. Dorsally an occipital commissure is

given off from the main canal, and ventrally the sub-orbital branch.

From the angle of the sub-orbital branch a short branch is given

oft—possibly homologous with the operculo-mandibular branch of

Ganoids and Teleosts and the hyomandibular branch of Elasmo-

branchs—which divides into maxillary and mandibular branches ;

previous to this division there is a short backwardly directed

branch, the ‘‘jugular canal” of Garman. The maxillo-mandibular

56*

880 MR. WALTER E. COLLINGH ON THE SENSORY [Dec.17,

branch divides into maxillary and mandibular divisions ; anteriorly

the former division meets with the sub-orbital branch, previous to

which, however, it gives off a ventral flexure. No short or

dendritic branches are given off from either the lateral or main

canals or the larger branches. There is also an absence of primi-

tive pores, and the cluster-pores are very few in number. In

certain parts of the canals of the head there are large diamond-

shaped openings. In these regions the canal is distinctly larger

and is supported and protected by a series of cartilages.

2. Course of the Canals and Branches.

1, Tus Larerat CanaL commences a few millimetres from the

end of the long whip-like prolongation of the tail. Its course lies

on the lower side of the muscles of the trunk. Rising slightly

dorsally, it passes on to the sides of the body and continues for-

wards as an open groove to the region of the head. There are no

branches of any description passing off from the lateral canal, a

feature so characteristic of many Elasmobranchs.

2. Ton Maryn Canan or THE Huan passes directly dorsally,

giving off an occipital commissure, and then passing forwards and

slightly inwards. Where the main and lateral canals meet with

the sub-orbital branch, in some of the specimens examined a small

forwardly directed branch was given off (Pl. LI. fig. 2, «.).

The Supra-orbital Branch commences where the main canal of

the head turns as a forward and slightly outward branch. It

passes above the orbit to the tip of the snout, and then makes a

sharp turn and meets withthe sub-orbital branch (Pl. LI. fig. 1, Sp.o.).

The Sub-orbital Branch leaves the main canal of the head at its

commencement and passes ventrally, giving off a short jugular

branch, and immediately in front of this the maxillo-mandibular

branch. The sub-orbital branch continues forwards making a

somewhat S-shaped curve and meets with the supra-orbital branch.

At the point where these two branches become connected there is a

Y-shaped commissure connecting the supra- and sub-orbital branches

of either side of the head with the maxillary division of the

maxillo-mandibular branch (Pl. LI. fig. 1, S.or.).

The Maxillo-mandibular Branch is given off from the sub-orbital

branch. The maxillary division passes above the upper jaw,

meeting with its fellow of the opposite side. It also gives off

dorsal to this, on either side, a short branch which meets with the

base of the Y-shaped commissure previously described (Pl. LI.

fig. 1, Mx. & Mn.).

The mandibular and jugular branches are evidently subject to

much variation. In most of the specimens I have examined the

former do not meet at the symphysis, but terminate at either side

of the mouth ; in others there is an interrupted canal, as figured

by Garman (9. pl. ii. fig. 5), The jugular branch this author

figures as passing backwards to the region of the pectoral fin,

where it makes a sharp inward curve and runs as an interrupted

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA. 881

canal across the throat, some distance behind the mandibular

branch. In all the specimens I have examined this branch runs

ventrally and backwards and then forwards, some distance from

the region of the fin, in fact quite close to the mandibular branch,

This condition was also common to the young examples.

3. Tan Occrerrat ComMissvRE passes from the upward portion

of the main canal of the head and has a slight backward flexure.

Where the two sides meet there is sometimes a short median

backwardly directed branch (Pl. LI. fig. 4, Oc.com.).

All previous authors are agreed as to the open-grooved nature

of the canals in Chimera, as distinct from the tubes found in

Callorhynchus, and yet the canals do not always persist as open

grooves in Chimera or as closed tubes in Callorhynchus. In young

examples of the former the canals are practically identical with

those found in the adult; but in two adult specimens which I

examined I noticed a portion of the lateral canal formed a perfect

tube, previous to its connection with the main canal of the head,

for a distance of about 27 millimetres. In the second specimen

the upper portion of the sub-orbital branch was closed for about

12 millimetres. In neither case were there any signs of fusion,

so that it is probable that the borders of the groove coalesced in a

very early stage, or possibly they arose as distinct isolated tubes

and became united with the open groove later, as the isolated por-

tions of the canal do in more specialized fishes. In each case a

fine wire was passed through the tube and then a larger one, in order

to stretch it before it was finally cut through. In young specimens

of Callorhynchus short portions of the lateral canal occasionally

appear as grooves, the borders of which coalesce at a later stage

and form distinct tubes.

3. Structure and Histology of the Canals.

The minute structure of the canals and sensory organs is very

similar to that described in other fishes—e. g. Lemargus and Raia,

Ewart(6 & 7); Amia, Allis (1) ; Polyodon (3),—as a reference to the

transverse section of the lateral canal will show (Pl. LI. fig. 5).

In certain portions of the canal-system, viz., the supra- and sub-

orbital branches and the maxillary division of the maxillo-man-

dibular branch, there are a series of diamond-shaped openings, and

where these are present the canals are deeper and considerably

wider. Encircling these portions are a series of small cartilages

having the form of a broken hoop, the two broken ends termi-

nating as bulbous enlargements. Leydig (12) mentions that these

cartilages often terminate in dendritic branches, but I have not

observed this condition in any of the specimens I have examined,

in fact little or no variation was noted in either their size

or appearance. They measure 6 millim. in circumference and

1 millim. in breadth (Pl. LIII. fig. 6).

Solger (15) has carefully described the histology and certain

i=)

modifications of the canals and sense-organs. :

882 MR, WALTER EH. COLLINGE ON THE SENSORY ([Dec.17,

4, Innervation.

In view of recent researches upon the innervation of the sensory

canal-system in fishes, the results obtained in Chimera are ex-

ceedingly interesting and quite unlike what I expected.

Until quite recently it was generally assumed that the inner-

vation of the sensory canal-system in fishes proceeded from the

trigeminal group of nerves. Ewart (6 & 7), who was the first to

carefully investigate this matter in the Elasmobranchii, has shown

that the whole system is innervated by the facial complex, ramus

oticus and vagus, “the fifth taking no part in innervating the

canals.” In the Ganoidei, Allis (1) and others have shown that

this innervation still obtains, supplemented in Polyodon (3) by the

trigeminal. In the Teleostei (5) the facial is almost entirely

replaced by the trigeminal group ; and, judging from comparative

smallness of the branches of the facial in Protopterus (13) and

Lepidosiren, we may safely assume that the fifth also innervates

the canals in the Dipnoi.

From the nature of the skeleton, the fact that the sensory canals

persisted as open grooves, and the presence of ampullary canals, in

all three features showing a close affinity with the Elasmobranchs,

I expected to find an innervation solely from the facial; but the

condition which actually exists is just the reverse, for we find an

enormous development of the branches of the trigeminal nerve,

particularly of the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis and profundus

and ramus buccalis.

Before describing the distribution of the nerves I would point

out that Stannius (17), as early as 1849, stated that in Callorhyn-

chus certain parts of the canals were innervated by the ramus

buccalis and ramus maxillaris superior of the fifth nerve.

The Trigeminal Group consists of the following main branches :—

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis.

2. The ramus ophthalmicus profundus.

3. The ramus buccalis.

4, The ramus maxillaris.

5. The ramus mandibularis.

1. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis is the most dorsal and

anterior branch. Previous to entering the orbit it joins with the

facial by a commissure (Pl. LII. fig. 7, V. com.), and some little

distance in front of this joins with the branch which on entering

the orbit divides into the ramus buccalis and ramus maxillaris.

The superficialis passes across the orbit and through a foramen at

the opposite side. In its course across the orbit it gives off six

dorsal branches.

2. The ramus ophthalmicus profundus passes beneath the two

commissures referred to above and below the superficialis. Ante-

rior to the orbit both superficialis and profundus anastomose and

then break up into a multitude of fine branches, which innervate

the supra-orbital branch of the main sensory canal of the head.

(Pl. LIU, fig. 7.)

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA. 883

3. The ramus buccalis passes over the ventral border of the orbit,

and, anterior and slightly ventral to it, anastomoses with the ramus

maxillaris superior. (PI. LII. fig. 7, V. 7.6.)

4, The ramus mawillaris passes slightly beneath the orbit as the

ramus maxillo-mandibularis. It divides into maxillary and mandi-

bular branches, and the former again into the ramus maxillaris

superior and ramus maxillaris inferior (Pl. LIL. fig. 7, V. 7.ma.s.

& V.rme.i.) The ramus maxillaris, as previously pointed out,

anastomoses with the buccalis, the combined branches innervating

the sub-orbital branch and Y-shaped commissure of the main

sensory canal of the head, while the ramus maxillaris inferior

innervates the maxillo-mandibular branch.

5. The ramus mandibularis branches from the ramus maxillo-

mandibularis previously mentioned, passing above and anterior to

the foramen through which the ramus palatinus of the facial passes.

It breaks up into a series of fine branches, which innervate the

mandibular division of the maxillo-mandibular branch of the main

sensory canal.

The Facial Growp.— With the exception of the ramus hyoideus,

which innervates the jugular canal of Garman, no branches of the

facial enter into the innervation of the sensory canal-system.

Before passing into the orbit the facial is joined by a commissure

from the trigeminal. (Pl. LII. fig. 7, V. com.)

The Glossopharyngeal nerve arises in front of the Vagus group

and passes behind the auditory capsule, ventral to which it divides

into three branches. The most anterior runs beneath the ramus

hyoideus of the facial and divides up into a series of fine branches,

the middle branch passes to the hyoidean gill-cleft, and the posterior

branch skirts the border of the pectoral fin. (Pl. LII. fig. 7, IX.)

Gegenbaur (10. p. 518) states that the glossopharyngeal nerve

“leaves the cranial cavity in company with the vagus.” I cannot

corroborate this statement, as it is very distinct from the vagus,

and as I have shown (Pl. LIII. fig. 8, [X.) leaves the cranial cavity

by a separate foramen. To be quite certain of this I have made

four independent dissections, all of which agree with the above

description. Since these were finished, I find that Hubrecht (11)

also comes to a similar conclusion. It seems hardly possible that

Gegenbaur could have confounded the branch of the vagus X. dr. 3

(Pl. LIT. fig. 7) with the ninth nerve, and yet this latter is so

distinct that it is difficult to see how he could have described it as

quoted above.

The Vagus arises by a series of branches (Pl. LIT. fig. 7), all of

which more or less merge into one in the vagus ganglion. The

only portion innervating the sensory canal-system is the vagi

lateralis.

The vagi lateralis is the largest branch passing from the vagus

ganglion, and is formed by the vagi lateralis proper and a commis-

sure from the facial (?). Superficially this commissure arises about

5 millim. posterior to the roots of the facial. I was unable in the

material at my disposal to cut sections so as to definitely settle its

884 MR, WALTER B, COLLINGE ON THE SENSORY ([Dec.17,

exact relations to the facial. A commissural connection between

the trigeminal and vagus is present in Ceratodus (ef. Sanders, 14),

in Lepidosiren (?)*, and between the facial and vagus in Proto-

pterus (cf. Pinkus, 13). The commissure does not join the ganglion

but the ramus vagi lateralis at its commencement slightly beyond

the ganglion, as in Ceratodus, after which it passes beneath the

muscles lying close to, and parallel with, the vertebral column (a

feature common to Lepidosiren also) at the side of the centra and

dorsal to the spinal nerves. It passes backwards to almost the end

of the whip-like prolongation of the tail, becoming smaller poste-

riorly. Fine branches pass off ventrally at intervals, the distance

varying from five to twelve millimetres—each branch making a

ventral curve and passing dorsally again to the lateral canal, there

breaking up into a series of fine fibres.

The remaining branches of the vagus are not concerned with

the sensory canal-system and call for no special mention.

IL. Tus AmpuLtary Canats.

1. General Description,

One of the most interesting features in Chimera is the presence

of groups of Ampullary Canals. They were first described in this

fish by Leydig (12).

There are in Chimera five main groups on either side of the head,

which from their position and for reference may be termed

respectively :—

1. The Occipital group, situated anterior to that portion of the

main canal which leads to the occipital commissure.

2. The Median group, a series lying on either side of the mid-

dorsal line of the head.

3. The posterior and anterior Supra-orbital group, situated

below the supra-orbital branch of the main sensory canal of

the head.

4. The posterior and anterior Sub-orbital group, situated below

and above, respectively, the sub-orbital branch of the main

canal of the head.

5. The posterior and anterior Mawillo-mandibular group,

situated above the maxillo-mandibular branch of the main

canal of the head.

The posterior and anterior groups of the supra- and sub-orbital

groups are often continuous and in some cases one or both were

absent, on either one or both sides of the head; in such cases there

were slight differences in the branching of the nerve (cf. 4) The

position of these canals is by no means so constant as in the

Elasmobranchs, and isolated lines or clusters are frequently found

in other positions than those noted above. They are always dis-

tinct from the sensory canal-system.

1 From the examination I have made of Lepidosiven I could not positively

say whether this commissure arises from the trigeminal or facial, but, from its

position outside the cranial cavity, I think the former.

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA. 885

In all the Elasmobranchs yet investigated the ampullary canals

are simple unbranched tubes opening into one or more dilated saccu-

lations ; indeed it has been generally acknowledged that this un-

branched condition was one of their chief characteristics *.

Leydig (12. p. 253) says :—“‘Die fragliche zweite Art der Schleim-

kanile erscheint unter der Form zahlreicher, hiutiger Rohren,

deren eines Ende blind geendigt und mit einem Nervenzweig versorgt

ist, und deren anderes Ende mit rundlicher Oeffnung auf der Haut

ausmiindet. Riicksichtlich des weiteren Baues und der Lage is

Folgendes anzugeben. Man kann an jedem solchen Schleimkanal

unterscheiden (1) die Ampulle oder das blinde Ende, und (2) die

Réhre bis zu ihrer Ausmiindung. Die Ampulle (Fig. 1a) stellt

im Allgemeinen eine blasentormige Erweiterung des blinden Endes

der Réhre dar. Sie ist breiter als die Réhre, hat bis zu zwei Linien

Umfang und lisst schon fiir das freie Auge ein gebiicktetes Aus-

sehen erkennen. Der Raum der Ampulle ist noch dadurch ver-

grdssert, dass sie sich in fiinf zipfelformige Aussackungen (Fig. 1 6)

forsetzt, welche nach unten und innen convergiren. Die Zipfel,

von beiliufig dreieckiger Gestalt mit gleichfalls blasig erweiterten

Ecken, kommen vom seitlichen Rande der Ampulle und iiberragen

den Boden derselben. Ihr Gewebe ist eine helle Bindesubstanz,

welche nach innen mebr homogen, nach aussen mehr faserig sich

zeigt. in helles, aus rundlichen Zellen zusammengesetztes Epitel

iiberzieht die innere Oberfliche. An die Ampulle herantritt ein

Nervenstammchen (Fig. 1 ¢), das ungefiihr zwoélf Primitivfasern

zihlt, sie durchsetzen die Ampulle an ihrem von den Zipfeln

iiberragten blinden Boden, weichen strahlig auseinander und lassen,

da der Boden der Ampulle breit und hell ist, Theilungen der Ner-

venfibrillen in zwei und drei Aeste hiiutig und schén sehen. Ueber

ihr weiteres Verhalten habe ich nur so viel ermitteln kénnen, dass

sie nach und nach feiner geworden, sich in die Zellenmasse der

Ampulle und ihrer Aussackungen verlieren.” Further histological

detail follows and then an account of the contents of the canals.

“Noch ist zu bemerken,” continues Leydig, “dass die Réhre

gewohnlich gegen ihre Ausmiindung hin ihren Durchmesser ver-

gréssert und bis zu zwei Linien weit wird.” This statement I

have been unable to verify, for I find all the canals become smaller

as they approach the pore.

The position and relations of the Ampullary canals to the

Sensory canals is noted, and the histology of the capsule enclosing

the groups of ampulle described as follows :—

“Die Ampullen aber sind zu ihrem Schutze in eine eigene

Kapsel eingeschlossen, welche in der Mitte der kegelférmig vor-

springenden Schnauze liegt und hauptsiichlich deren starke Her-

vorragung bedingt. Die Kapsel hat eine konische Gestalt, ist

gegen 13 Zoll hoch und 1 Zoll breit, ihre Wand ist gitterformig

durchbrochen und besteht aus Bindegewebe, dem nur vereinzelte

1 Ewart (6. p. 60) says, ‘‘ These radiating canals, however, though often run-

ning for a considerable distance side by side, never communicate with each

other, nor do they give off tubules or branches.”

886 MR. WALTER E. COLLINGE ON THE SENSORY ([Dec. 17,

elastische Fasern beigemischt sind. Mitten durch die Kapsel

geht noch ein weisser, aus Bindegewebe gefertigter, 13 Linien

dicker, fester Strang, der von einem knorpeligen Fortsatz des

Kopfknorpels kommt und zur Befestigung und Erhaltung der

Form der Kapsel wesentlich beitrigt. Die bezeichnete Kapsel ist

angefiillt mit einer hellen Gallertmasse, und in diese eingebettet

liegen die Ampullen der Schleimkaniile. In der Gallertmasse sieht

man ausser Kernen noch Bindegewebsmaschen und elastische, oft

in weiten Bogen isolirt verlaufende Fasern, welche alle sowohl mit

der Wand der Ampullenkapsel als auch mit den Ampullen selber

in Verbindung stehen, und die Befestigung derselben innerhalb der

Gallerte sichern.”

2. Structure and Varieties.

I have quoted Leydig at some length, for his account is the

first and only one that makes any pretence at detail. Judging

from Leydig’s description and figure, he only met with one

form of canal, whereas there are three distinct types.

In the occipital group the number of pores varies from seven to

eleven, each leads into a long tube or canal which widens out into

a sac-like base (Pl. LIII. fig. 9, a), the ampulla being ill-defined.

In some cases where the pores of the canals are in a row and the

canals or tubes run parallel to each other, some are longer than

others, the length from the pore to the base of the canal varying

as follows :—

Specimen ......... No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4.

millim, millim. millim, millim,

Porertie eye S7 35 34 30

Bet ane ys 25 22 20 18

AEE te ee 34 30 20 29

Bet ET Se 25 21 28 18

Si PMA 20 18 18 29

A beh Deca Sea ae: 30 29 28 20

FH EY eee 33 35 29 26

The measurements were made on four different specimens and

of the first seven pores (Pl. LIII. fig. 9, a).

In the supra- and sub-orbital groups the pores are more closely

grouped. Lach leads into a narrow tube which passes downwards

and with its fellows OPENS INTO A SINGLE WIDE TUBE; this con-

tinues for a short distance and then terminates in a spongy mass of

ampulle (Pl. LIT. fig. 9,6). The whole of the spongy mass is

enclosed in an ill-defined connective-tissue capsule. In the

maxillo-mandibular groups the canals approach more nearly to

those described and figured by Leydig, and it seems very probable

that he examined only those in this region and in the region of

the Y-shaped commissure.

Thus in Chimera it will be seen that there are three types

of ampullary canals, viz. :—(1) A simple unbranched tube which

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA, 887

gradually becomes wider as it leaves the surface and finally ex-

pands into an ill-defined ampulla (Pl. LIII. fig. 9, a); (2) a series

of tubes much smaller than number 1, all of which lead into a

common tube, considerably wider, from which numerous ampulle

are given off (Pl. LIII. fig. 9,6) ; and (3) a simple unbranched tube,

at the base of which are a series of well-defined ampulle (Pl. LIII.

fig. 9, ¢).

“Tt is possible that ampullary canals like numbers 1 and 2 may

yet be found in the Elasmobranchii: a careful investigation of the

system in the Batoidei is much to be desired.

The minute structure is almost identical with that of the Elas-

mobranchii, the chief difference being, that in the sensory organ at

the base of the ampulla, in Chimera, the epithelium-cells of the

“ Centralplatte” form a concavity, in which rests the ‘cupula

terminalis” of Solger (Pl. LIII. fig. 10) ; whereas in the Elasmo-

branchii these cells are arranged as a flat plate as shown in fig. 11.

Solger was the first to describe this difference.

3. Innervation.

The ampullary canals are all innervated by branches of the tri-

geminal’, the branches which innervate the sensory organs of the

sensory canal-system giving off branches to the ampullz, as shown

below :—

Median group. Suppli

E : 7 pplied by dorsal branches of the ramus

a LS ani Supra ophthalmicus superficialis (V.).

Posterior and anterior Sub- { Supplied by the ramus buccalis and maxillaris

orbital group. { superior (Y.).

The ramus maxillaris inferior supplies these.

Posterior and anterior Maxillo- | Where there are a few scattered ampullary

mandibular group. canals in the mandibular region, branches of the

ramus mandibularis (V.) innervate them.

IV. Summary anp CONCLUSION.

1. In Chimera the canals and branches persist as open grooves,

agreeing in this feature with the condition which obtains in the

Elasmobranchii ; variations, however, sometimes occur.

2. Unlike the condition found in many Elasmobranchii, in

Chimera there are no fine dendritic branches from either the

lateral or main canal, or from any of the branches of the latter.

3. Ampullary canals are present, three distinct types being

found in different regions of the head. Their number, position,

and even structure is subject to much variation. They are all

innervated by branches of the trigeminal nerve.

4, The innervation of the sensory canals &c. proceeds from

1 “Tt is worthy of note that all the groups of ampullze—superficial ophthalmic,

inner and outer buccal, hyoid and mandibular—are supplied by dorsal branches

of the facial” (Hwart, 6. p. 81),

888 MR. WALTER BE, COLLINGE ON THE SENSORY _[Dec. 17,

the trigeminal facial and vagus. It may conveniently be expressed

as follows :—

TRIGEMINAL.

Ramus ophthalmicus superficialis. { Innervate the main canal of the head

Ramus ophthalmicus profundus. and the supra-orbital branch,

Pinus buecilis. {ey the sub-orbital branch and

Ramus maxillaris superior. the Y-shaped commissure of ¢hemaim

canal of the head.

Ramus maxillaris inferior......... Innervates the maxillary division of

the maxillo-mandibular branch.

Ramus mandibularis.........00000. Innervates the mandibular division of

the maxillo-mandibular branch.

FACIAL.

Ramus hyotdeus .........coeseseecess Innervates the jugular canal of Garman.

VAGUS

Ramus vagi lateralis ............04. Innervates the lateral canal.

It will thus be seen that the facial nerve is almost entirely replaced

by the trigeminal, not unlike the condition I have previously

described in the Physostomous Teleostei (5).

5. The vagus arises distinct from the glossopharyngeal nerve,

and leaves the skull by a separate foramen. The branching is

not unlike that figured and described by Pinkus (13) in Proz-

pterus.

6. There is a commissural connection between the vagus and

facial (? trigeminal), probably homologous with that which obtains

in Ceratodus, Protopterus, and Lepidosiren.

7. The combined yagi lateralis and commissure run posteriorly

quite close to the vertebral column, as in Lepidosiren.

8. In the form of the canals and branches, and the possession

of ampullary canals, the system resembles that found in the

Elasmobranchii; on the other hand, in the innervation it more

nearly resembles the condition found in the Teleostei and Dipnoi.

9. Hitherto most zoologists have classed the Holocephali with

the Elasmobranchii; Huxley, Gegenbaur, and a few others, how-

ever, have preferred to regard them as a distinct class. The

results obtained by an examination of the innervation of the

sensory canal-system strengthen, I think, the grounds for this

separation.

VI. BrisriocRarxy,

1. Auzis, E. P—“The Anatomy and Development of the

Lateral Line System in Amia calva.” Journ. Morphology,

1889, vol. ii. pp. 463-569, pls. xxx.—xlii.

2. Bout, Franz.—‘ Die Lorenzinischen Ampullen der Sela-

chier.” Arch. f. mikr. Anat. 1868, vol. iv. pp. 375-391,

pl. xxii.

3. CoLLinen, WaLTER E.—“ The Sensory Canal-System of

Fishes. Pt. I. Ganoidei.” Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci.

1894, vol. xxxvi. pp. 499-537, pls. 39, 40.

4. Cottiner, Wattrer E.—*‘ On the Unsymmetrical Distri-

bution of the Cranial Nerves of Fishes.” Journ. Anat.

1895, vol. xxix. pp. 352-4.

Proc. Zoon. 8

EOSTEOIDE!L.

RES OF TUE CANALS AND

GeNveraL FEATURBp songs.

Heptabranchias

lachus, Heterodon

re present, also in frontals

Occipital commissufq jn ethmoid (Polypterus).

g profuse in Lepidosteus.

Branching general the Lateral canal.

fine dendritic

the Lateral can

canals and bra

, ventral surface, e

._.,.t1ve pores usually few.

Cluster and primit

- bry organs.

Accessory sensory

canal-system.

NERVATION.

Ixy

. Vagi lat is.

1. Lateral Cdnal. Ss gee ge

X. Branch from vagi

2. Main Canal. Glossopharyngeal, and V.

ganglion and

tssure. Branch from X.

8. Occipital Comng,

lion.

ae Sbular branch. VII. Ramus

4. Hyo-mandibula)aris,

byo-mandib

anch. VII. Ramus oph-

5. Supra-orbital terficiulis,

thalmicus su

ch. VII. Ramus buccalis,

6. Sub-orbital bra

The Glossophary:

does not enter

eanal-system.

[To face p. 888.

IV. TELEOSTEL

GeneRAL FEATURES oF THE CANALS AND

BRANCHEs,

Canals sometimes dermal (Amiurus) or pro-

tected by seales or drain-pipe-like canal-

bones, or represented only by sensory organs,

or both absent ( Ostracions, Centriscus). In

some cases (Coris) the canal passes through

modified scales only. In Exocetus the Late-

ral canal passes dorsal to the pelvic fin and ~

ventral to the pectoral, the canals of either

side converging ventrally. In Conger, Solea,

&ec., saccular dilatations pass off from the

canals. In the deep-sea Teleosts, ¢. 2.

Cottus bathybius, Liparis micropus, Lycodes

murend, &., the canals are in the form of

open grooves. In some Pleuronectide 2 or

3 lateral canals. In Mugil 9 are present

(M‘Donneil).

Occipital commissure nearly always present,

sometimes one in frontal region.

Dendritic branching occasionally present.

Cluster and primitive pores few, where

present.

Accessory sensory organs sometimes occur

(Amiurus, &e.).

INNERVATION.

1. Lateral Canal. X. Vagi lateralis. In

the Ostracions the vagi lateralis is more

or less rudimentary (Giinther),

2. Main Canal. YV. Ramus ophthalmicus

superficialis, the ramus oticus sometimes

(Amiurus); the glossopharyngeal may

either innervate a portion or the whole.

The vagus may or may not by anterior

branches supply the initial portion of the

main canal.

3. Occipital Commissure. Glossopharyngeal.

4. Operculo-mandibular branch. VII. Ramus

hyo-mandibularis, In <Amiurus, ramus

oticus and ramus mandibularis (V.).

5. Supra-orbital branch.

thalmicus superficialis,

6. Sub-orbital branch. V. Ramus buccalis

and ramus maxillaris.

Y. Ramus oph-

ae —

1 BLASMOBRANONIT

Alysetal Fearumes or tne Oayacy ano

Bnaxcites,

Ths canals usually bare the form of ao

‘open groore and are purely dermal.

‘they are partly or wholly tubular in

Heplabravehias maculatus, Chlaraydosee

Lachus, Heterodontus philippi, So,

Cocipital commissure usually prosont.

Branching generally profuse Namerous

fina dendAte braoehes given off” from

the Lateral canal. In somo css the

canals and brancbes are absent on the

ventral surface, eg. Torpedo, Nureine.

Glaser and primitiro pores numerous,

Accemory semiory organs distinct from the

ccanal-aystern

Isxnnyarion.

1. Lateral Cdual, X. Vagi lateralis.

Main Canal, Branches from the sngus

savg)ion and ramus olieus.

Occipital Commissure, Branch from vagus

ganglion.

Hyo-mandiular branch,

iyo-mandibularis.

VIL Ramus

Supra-orbital branck. VIL. Ramus ophi-

‘Gatrafeua wuperfcialin

Subvorbitat branch, VII. Kamue bucealis.

‘The Olowsopharyngeal according to Ewart

‘hoes not enter into the innervation of the.

raualayateme

Y, Comranisos

1, WOLOORP HALL

Gresrast Pearunrs of rue Ocwace an

Wianoines,

‘The canals persist cithor as open grooves

(Chimera) oF as tubes (CaVorhynchus); ia

certain regions they are protested by

cartilages,

Occipital commissure present, and one in tho

‘nasal region,

No fino slendritic branching.

from tho ateral exnal.

No branches

Cluster-pores few. No primitive pores.

No accessory sensory orguns.

Tywanyatios,

1, Lateral Conal.

Joined by

facial (VIL) oF trigemin

X Vagi lateralis, which

eoromissure from. the

(W.

2 Main Canal.

¥, Ramus ophthalaicus

suporticinlie,

3. Occipital Commianure. Not toed,

4. Mazillemendibular branch. Y. Ramus

naxillaris inferior and the raivs jwan-

dibularin

Supracorbital branch. V. Rarous ophtbal-

rojeus superGeialia nnd profundux

Suhrorbital braveh, V- Rainus buccalis

‘and ramus maxillaris superior.

‘The Glowopharyogeal doss not enter into

the innervation of the canalsysem. Tho

yoidevie VAI, inerrates the jugular

Witt THe Exsswounaxciat, GANorvet, anv Tenbosrer.

UL GANOIDEI,

a. Sevacnorpet.

Gexenit Fetruwes oF rie Oaxats Axo

Biasciies.

‘Tho canals in some cases are largely dermal

(Folyedon, Psepherus). Tn all cases drain

Pips-like canal-boues are present,

Occipital, comminure present. (Aripener),

sowetinies imperfect (Pudyedon).

Slight branching. Branches from the Lateral

anal.

Cluster and primitivo pores in abundance.

Accessory sensory Organs present.

Isnezration.

1. Lateral Canal. X. Yogi latera!

2 Mein Canal, V. Ramus oticus.

3. Occipital Cormissure.

‘Yagi lateralis

4. Hyo-mandivular branch.

‘opercularis superilcialis.

Brach from X

VIL. Ramus

5, Supracarbital beasch.) vit Pause buee

cali,

6. Sub-orbital branch,

‘The raujus mandibularis V_ innervates

Primitive pores in the region of the

maxilla,

6, Detnoseroiner

Gesinan Featoues ov rie Casas ax

MAKCTES.

Oanals protected by scales, and pase through

bones of the licad. Ere

Occipital commissaro present, alma in frontaly

(Lepidsiteus) 0a in etliwsoid (Polypterua)

Dead ria) branehlog profluaai in ‘Leptloncens,

Nu branches fro ths Lateral canal,

Cluster and primitive pores usually few.

No necewory senses organy.

Trousratios

1, Lategl Canal, X. Voy) lateralis.

2. Muie Canal. X. Branch frow yo

Taterlis, IX. Gloseophoryngeal, and V

Rawus oticue

X Oceigttad Comenissicre.

Vosj lotoralis

40 le-mandibular branch. VIL Ramus

\yemandibularis

Brave from X.

fh. Supreorbital braxch

aicus superdicalis.

VIL Hamus oph-

[fu face p. 888.

IV. DELEOSTEI,

Geseasi Fesroura oF Ti1k CAnALs AxD:

Braxcnes,

Canals sometimes dermal (iusres) or pro-

tested by soales or drain-pipe-like apal-

bones, oF represented only by sensory organs,

or boil: nbsent (Outruoions, Coulrinews). In

‘oine onses (Coria| the can pastes through

tnodified wees only: In Fucetua tho Tate:

ral canal passes dorsal to the pelvic flu nnd

yentral (o tho pectoral, the canal of either

side converging ventrally. Iu Conger, Solea,

‘ke, mcoular dilatations pass off from tha

canal Tn tho deep-son ‘eloosta, rx,

Cittus bathybins, Liparia micropus, Lycoden

ssurerag, &e., tho canals aro in the fori of

open groores. In some Pleuraocetidas 2 oF

3 lateral canals, In Mugil {) nro presont

(ADonnell,

Occipital commissure nearly always present,

soraetinies one in {ruptal region.

Dendritic branching occasionally present

Cluster

i primitive pores few, whero

present.

Accessory sensory organs soluetinies cece

(Anstirus, ke.)

TssznyAtion.

1, Lateral Canal, X. Vogi Inveralian Tn

tho Ostracions the yagi lateralis is more

‘or leas rudimentary ((tather).

2 Moin Cuval. VY. Ramus opbthalmicus

superiicialis, the ramus olicus sometiones

(Amiuras); the glossopharyngeal may

sitler: innervate’ portion of the whole,

‘The ragus may or tuay not by anterior

brauches supply the initial portion of the

main canal.

4 Occipital Commisnure. Glossopharyngeat,

4. Operevio-mandibaler branch VIL. Ramus

hyo-mandibalari. Tn diaiurug, ranius

oticus and ranius mandibularis (V.).

5. Supraorbital branch. Y. Ramus phe

Imious superficialie

6, Suborbital branch. V. Ramus buecalis

uod ratmus maxillarin.

1895.] AND AMPULLARY CANALS OF CHIMERA. 889

5. Corzine, Watrer E.—“ On the Sensory Canal-System of

Fishes. Teleostei—Suborder A. Physostomi.” Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1895, pp. 274-299, pls. xviii.—xxi.

6. Ewart, J. C.—‘The Lateral Sense-Organs of Elasmo-

branchs. I. The Sensory Canals of Lemargus.” Trans.

Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1893, vol. xxxvii. pp. 59-86, pls. i, ii.

7. Ewart, J. C., & Mrrenetn, J. C.—* IL. The Sensory Canals

of the Common Skate (Raia batis).” Ibid. pp. 87-106,

pl. iii.

Fritsou, G.—‘‘ Ueber Bau und Bedeutung der Kanal-

systeme unter der Haut der Selachier.” Sitzungsberichte

d. kénigl. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1884, pp. 273-

306, figs. 1-4.

9. Garman, Samurn.—‘ On the Lateral Canal-System of the

Selachia and MHolocephala.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.

Cambridge, U.S.A., 1888, vol. xvii. pp. 59-119, pls. i.—liii.

10. GuernBaur, Cart. Elements of Comparative Anatomy.’

London, 1878.

11. Huprucur, A. A. W.—“ Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Kopf- ‘

skeletes der Holocephalen.” Niederland. Archiv fiir Zool. ;

1876-7, Bd. ii. pp. 255-276, t. xvii.

12. Luypie, Franz.‘ Zur Anatomie und Histologie der

Chimera monstrosa.” Arch. f. Anat. und Phys. 1851,

pp. 241-271, t. x.

13. Pivxus, F.—“ Die Hirnnerven des Protopterus annectens.”

Schwalbe’s Morph. Arbeiten, 1895, Bd. iv. pp. 275-346,

t. xili.—xix. & figs.

14. Sayvurs, ALrrep.—< Contributions to the Anatomy of the

Central Nervous System in Ceratodus forsteri.”’ Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, pp. 157-188, pls. viii —xiii.

15. Sotemr, B.—“ Neue Untersuchungen zur Anatomie der

Seitenorgane der Fische. I. Der Seitenorgane yon

Chimera.” Arch, f. mikr. Anat. 1879, Bd. xvii. pp. 95-

118, pl. viii.

16. Sonemr, B.—‘ II. Die Seitenorgane der Selachier.” Ibid.

1880, Bd. xviii. p. 450.

17. Stannius, H.—‘ Das peripherische Nervensystem der

Fische.’ Rostock, 1849, pp. 1-156, t. i—yv.

= a ee ee, Oe ees eee

EXPLANATION OF PLATES LI.-LIII.

Reference Letters.

a. Ampulla. Mn. Mandibular division of the

Amp.C. Ampullary Canals. Maxillo-mandibular

Au, Auditory capsule. branch.

Co, Commissure from 5th or 7th Mz. Maxillary division of the

nerve to the ramus vagi Maxillo-mandibular

lateralis. branch.

Ju. Jugular Canal. Mzx.Mn. Maxillo-mandibular branch.

L.C. Lateral Canal. Oc.com. Occipital commissure.

M. Mouth. Sor. Sub-orbital branch of the

M.C. Main Canal. main sensory canal,

890 ON COLOUR-VARIATION IN FLAT=FISHES. [Dec. 17,

Sp.o. Supra-orbital branch of V. r.0.p. Ramus ophthalmicus pro-

the main sensory canal. fundus.—Trigeminal.

II. Optic foramen. V. 7.0.s. Ramus ophthalmicus su-

ITI. Oculo-motor nerve. perficialis.—Trigeminal.

IV. Pathetic nerve. VI. Abducent nerve.

V. 7.6. Ramus buccalis.—Trige- VII. Facial nerve.

minal, VII. 7+.hy. Ramus hyoideus.—Facial. —

V. com. Commissure between the | VII. 7.mn. Ramus mandibularis.—

facial and trigeminal Facial.

nerve. | VII.r.p. Ramus palatinus.—

V. com.! Commissure between the | Facial.

ramus ophthalmicus VIII. Auditory nerve.

superficialis and the IX. Glossopharyngeal nerve.

ramus buccalis, X. Vagus.

V.7r.mn, Ramus mandibularis.— X. r.br. 3. Branchial nerve.

Trigeminal. X. r.int. Ramus intestinalis,

V. rmx. Ramus maxillaris—Tri- | X.7.la¢s.. Ramus lateralis super-

geminal. ficialis inferior.

V. r.mzx.i. Ramus maxillaris inferior. X. 7.mot. Motor branches from

—Trigeminal. Vagus ganglion.

V. r.mex.s. Ramusmaxillarissuperior. X. r.v.lat. Ramus vagi lateralis.

—Trigeminal.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the head of Chimera, showing the distribution of the

sensory and ampullary canal-system.

2. Portion of the canal-system showing variation. The branch z arising

from the main canal of the head.

8. Anterior view of the head of Chimera, showing the connection of the

supra- and sub-orbital branches, and the Y-shaped commissure

connecting the same with the maxillo-mandibular branch.

4, Diagrammatic view of the dorsal surface of the head of Chimera,

showing the main canal and branches, and the occipital commissure.

5. Transverse section through the lateral canal. c. Cavity. ,f. Nerve-

fibre.

6. Cartilaginous hoops from the sub-orbital branch of the main sensory

canal.

7. Diagrammatic view of the distribution of the cranial nerves.

8. Lateral view of the posterior portion of the cranium of Chimera,

showing the foramina for the exit of the cranial nerves.

9, Ampullary canals from the head of Chimera:—a, from the occipital

group; 0, from the sub-orbital group; ¢, from the maxillary group.

amp. Ampulla. ¢. Canal. 2,f. Nerve-fibre. p. Pore.

10. Sensory organ from the base of an ampullary canal in Chimera.

11. The same from an ampullary canal in Scylliwm. cp. Cupola.

ep. Epithelium. x,f. Nerve-fibre.

3. Note in Correction of a Paper on Colour-variation in

Flat-fishes. By W. Bateson, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of

St. John’s College, Cambridge.

[Received December 11, 1895.]

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, 1894, p. 246, I published an

account of an abnormal Brill (Rhombus levis) having a series of

dark spots along the dorsal and ventral borders of the body on the

‘“‘blind” side. In commenting on this case, stress was laid on the

fact that the corresponding parts of the dorsal and ventral borders

had thus varied similarly and simultaneously. At the time I was

1895.] ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 891

under the impression that the variation observed was a sudden

appearance of a character not otherwise met with in Flat-fishes ;

but since the publication of the paper Professor W. C. McIntosh

has informed me that flat-fishes of some species in the ordinary

course of development, while swimming on edge, go through a stage

in which they are marked on both sides with a row of dorsal and

ventral spots placed just as in my specimen. He has referred me

to his paper in Proc. Roy. Inst. 1889, xii. p. 396, where examples

of such larval fishes are figured. I am further indebted to Prof.

McIntosh for a specimen showing this condition, and similar

specimens were also shown to me by Mr. E. W. L. Holt.

My case of variation is therefore an example of a persistence of

larval coloration, and not of the appearance of a new character. It

is consequently much less important than I imagined, though the

comment respecting the similarity and simultaneity of the variation

of the two borders still applies.

4, On the Orthoptera of the Sandwich Islands.

By Herr Brunner v. Watrenwy.’.

[Received November 19, 1895.]

The Orthopterological Fauna of the Sandwich Islands is little

known, so that all collections made in them ought to produce

novelties. Mr. Aug. de Bormans, in 1882, published descriptions

of 17 species. The collection made by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins with

much labour in 1894 contains examples of 23 species, which are

only in part identical with those of the first collection.

If we combine the results of these two explorations, we must

confirm the conclusion already arrived at by Mr. de Bormans

that this fauna is distinguished by its poverty, and notably by

the absence of the Mantodea and Phasmodea. The Acridiodea are

represented by only a single species.

With the exception of some cosmopolitan species, the fauna is

composed of species already known from the Australian Archi-

pelago and of autochthonous species that are allied to the others.

The genus Brachymetopa, represented by three or four species, is

peculiar to the Hawaiian Archipelago. It is a member of the

group Conocephalint.

In the family Giryllodea the two new species of Paratrigonidium

are remarkable. This genus, hitherto, has only been recorded from

Asia.

A new genus, Prognathogryllus, consists of two anomalous forms,

Finally we meet with two species which evidently are recent

importations. The first of these is Oxrya velox, Fab., the unique

representative of the <Acridiodea, which is very common in the

1 Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee for

investigating the Fauna of the Sandwich Islands.

892 HERR BRUNNER V. WATTENWYL ON THE [Dec. 17;

Malay Islands, and the second a Xiphidiuwm, which I cannot dis-

tinguish from a European species.

DERMAPTERA.,

1. ANISOLABIS LITTOREA, White.

Foremella littorea, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 287.

Oahu; Haleakala, Maui (Borm.).

2. ANISOLABIS MARITIMA, Bon.

Anisclabis maritima, Brunner, Prodr. p. 9.

Maui (Borm.).

3. ANISOLABIS PACIFICA, Erichs.

Koele, Lanai; Waimea, Kauai, 3000 ft. (Perkins).

4, ANISOLABIS ANNULIPES, Luc.

Molokai, 3000-4000 ft. (Perkins).

5. Laprta pyeiprava, Dubr.

Labia pygidiata, Dubrony, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy. xiv. p. 364.

Oahu (Borm.); Kona, Hawaii (Perkins).

6. CHELISOCHES MoORIO, Fab.

Lobophora morio, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 71.

Common in the whole archipelago (Borm.) ; Pelekunu, Molokai

(Perkins).

7. For¥IcULA HAWAIENSIS, Borm.

Forficula hawaiensis, de Bormans, Aun. Mus. Civ. Genov. xviil.

p. 341.

Several islands (Borm.). ;

BLATTODEA.

8. PHYLLODROMIA HIHROGLYPHIOA, Brun.

Phyllodromia hieroglyphica, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 105.

Oahu (Perkins, Borm.) ; Lanai, Kauai (Perkins).

9. PHYLLODROMIA OBTUSATA, sp. n.

Colore testaceo. Caput latum, testaceum unicolor, Antenne

fusce. Pronotum unicolor vel disco leviter fusco-delineato,

latum, antice et postice truncatum. Llytra abdomen haud super-

antia, unicoloria. Ale apice obtuse, leviter infumate, vena

ulnari simpliciter furcata. Femora antica subtus submutica,

apicem versus spinulis minimis alineatis armata. Abdomen

fuscum. Lamina supra-analis 2 triangularis, apice triangu-

lariter emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis Q late triangu-

laris. 9.

1895, ] ORTHOPTERA OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 893

Long. corporis .... 7 595 millim.

» pronoti .... 22-25

Lat. pronoti .... 35-37

Long. elytrorum .. 5°6-7

Kona &c., Hawaii (Perkins).

10. Srynopyea DECORATA, Brun.

Stylopyga decorata, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 224.

Honolulu, in the houses (Borm.).

11. Mernana Licata, Brun.

Methana ligata, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 234.

Honolulu, in the houses (Borm.).

12, PERIPLANETA AMBRICANA, L.

Honolulu (Borm.).

13. ELEUTHERODA DYTISCOIDES, Serv.

Eleutheroda dytiscoides, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 265.

Honolulu (Perkins); Honolulu, in the wall-trees (Borm.).

14. LevcoPH#A SURINAMENSIS, Fab.

Leucophea swrinamensis, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 278.

Environs of Honolulu, under stones (Borm.); Maui, Wailuku

(Perkins).

15, ONIscosoMA PALLIDA, Brun.

Oniscosoma pallida, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 301.

Haleakala, Maui, 650 m. (Borm.).

16. EurnyrraPHa PacrFica, Coqueb.

Euthyrrapha pacifica, Brun. Nouv. Syst. Blattaires, p. 343.

Honolulu (Borm.) ; Kaawaloa, Hawaii (Perkins).

ACRIDIODBA,

17. Oxya vetox, Fab.

Oxya velox, Brun. Rév. Syst. p. 152.

Waianae Mts., Oahu, 1600 ft., April (Perkins).

LOOUSTODEA.

18, ELIM#a APPENDIOULATA, Brun.

Elimea appendiculata, Brun. Monogr. Phaneropt. p. 101.

Honolulu (Borm., Perkins).

Proc. Zoom. Soo.—1895, No. LVILI. Bal

894 HERR BRUNNER V. WATTENWYL ON THE [Dec. 17,

19. BRAacHYMETOPA DISCOLOR, Redtenb.

Brachymetops discolor, Redtenb. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1891,

p. 431.

Honolulu (Redtenb.); Kaala Mts., Waianae Mts., Oahu (Perkins).

20. BRACHYMETOPA BLACKBURNI, Borm.

Brachymetopa blackburni, Redtenb. 1. c. p. 431.

In nearly all the Islands, on the forest trees (Borm.).

21, BRACHYMETOPA DEPLANATA, sp. n.

Viridis vel grisco-testacea. Fastigium verticis eque latum ac

longum, apice rotundatum, superne deplanatum. Antenne

wmeolores viridi-flave. Frons viridis. Labrum cum mandibulis

pallide ferrugineum. FElytra variabilia, abdominis longitudine

vel medium ejus haud superantia, tympano in elytro sinistro

subopaco. Pedes unicolores. § 2.

d- °

Long. corporis........ 19 3i millim.

» fastigii vert. .... 1:1-1°5 19

3 proneta ci.g6 os 5°5-5'6 5:9

» elytrorum...... 6-9°5 9

» femor. post. .... 10-11°5 12°5

»» Ovipositoris .... sz 11°5

Lanai, 2000 ft.; Kalae, 4000 ft.; Molokai; Makaweli, 3000 ft.,

Kauai (Perkins).

22. BRACHYMETOPA NITIDA, sp. n.

Viridis vel griseo-testacea. Fastigium verticis angustius quam

longius. Antenne unicolores virides. Frons viridis. Labrum

pallidum. Mandibule subtote nigre. LElytra in g abdomen

equantia, in Q medium ejus superantia, tympano in elytro

sinistro g nitido. Femora omnia in apice ipso nigro-bipunctata.

dg.

3. D.

Long. corporis...... 21 22:5 millim.

» fastigii vert... 1-2 iy

69.) PROUOUE jo ai6 «35.5 57 6°4

» elytrorum .. 12 13

»» femor. post... 13 14°5

»» OvVipositoris .. .. 115

Kona, Mauna Loa, 2000 ft., Hawaii (Perkins).

23. XIPHIDIUM FUSOUM, Fab.

Xiphidium fuseum, Redtenb. Verh. z.-b. Ges, Wien, 1891, p. 508.

Pauoa, Oahu, Dec. 1892 (Perkins).

1895. ] ORTHOPTERA OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 895

GRYLLODBEA,

24, GRYLLUS INNOTABILIS, Walk.

Gryllus innotabilis, Sauss. Mel. Orth., V. Gryllides, p. 336.

In nearly all the Islands of the Archipelago (Borm.); Kalae,

Molokai; Waianae, Oahu; Kona, 2000 ft., Hawaii (Perkins).

25. GRYLLODES POBYI, Sauss.

Gryllodes poeyt, Sauss. Mél. Orth., V. Gryllides, p. 387.

Waianae Mts., Oahu; Waimea Mts., 3000 ft., Kauai (Perkins).

26. PARATRIGONIDIUM PAOCIFICUM (Scudd.).

Trigonidium pacificum, Scudd. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xu. p. 139

(1868).

The description given by Scudder being very incomplete, I give

a new diagnosis of this species, which comes into my genus

Paratrigonidium (Révision du syst. des Orth. p. 208).

Colore castaneo. Frons pallide signata. Antenne fusce. Pro-

notum pilis fuscis raris obsitum. Elytra apicem abdominis

attingentia, in 3 plana, tympano venulis indistinctis toto rugosa.

Elytra in 2 fornicata, cornea, venis parallelis rectis necnon venis

spuriis intercalatis instructa. Pedes fusco et pallide variegatt.

Tibice antice in latere externo tympano minimo mstructe. 3 Q.

d- °

Long. corporis .... 6 7 millim.

sims pranowl. .a¢5 41:6 1:5

» elytrorum.. 44 4-5

',, femor. post.. 5 5°8

»» Ovipositoris.. .. 3

Environs of Honolulu (Borm.) ; Waianae, Oahu; Kauai ; Lanai;

Molokai ; Kona, Hawaii (Perkins).

27. PARATRIGONIDIUM ATROFERRUGINEUM, Sp. n.

Colore atro et ferrugineo. Caput cum pronoto atrum. Antenne,

excepto articulo basali, cum palpis ferruginee. Elytra in S

ferruginea, plana, medio atra, in 2 wnicoloria ferruginea.

Femora omnia atra, apice ferruginea. Tibie ferruginee.

Ovipositor ater. SQ.

Long. corporis .... 7°5 6°8 millim.

ao EPLOUOLIMe rey re 1:6

» elytrorum .. 4°6 4

»» femor.post.. 43 4.5

», Ovipositoris.. .. 3

Molokai, 4000 ft. (Perkins).

I am obliged to create a new genus for twv species peculiar to

the Hawaiian Archipelago. This genus belongs to the Podoscirtes

group, and is distinguished from all the other genera or = group

896 ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. [Dec. 17,

by the more porrect head, so that the front forms a very obtuse

angle with the vertex. This extraordinary form approaches most

nearly to the genus Stenogryllus of Saussure.

PROGNATHOGRYLLUS, gen. nov. ex tribu Podoscirtium.

Corpus gracile. Caput prognathum. Vertex valde depressus,

cum fronte angulum obtusissimum formans. Frons inter

antennas compressa. Antenne longissime, fortiores. Pronotum

elongatum, planum, latere via deflecum. Elytra valde abbreviata

vel nulla. Ale nulle. Femora postica a basi sensim gracili-

scentia. Tibia antice mutice, tympano nullo instructe. Tibi

postice superne utrinque serrulate vel in latere interno spinalis

longioribus instructe ; calcaribus tribus externis brevissimis,

duobus internis majoribus, superiore duplo longiore quam

inferius. Tarsi postict elongati, metatarso terete, mesotarso

bilobato, articulo ultimo metatarso eque longo. Ovipositor sub-

rectus, femore postico haud longior. Q

Dispositio specierum.

1. Elytra brevia adsunt. Tibie postice superne in

latere interno spinis distinctis armate ............... 1. alatus, sp. n.

1’. Elytra nulla. Tibie postice superne utrinque

Berrplabasyy. scat ce ceateras tohtans bacscoaksee ican see ceewsstese 2. forficularis, sp. 0.

28, PROGNATHOGRYLLUS ALATUS, sp. n. (Fig. 1.)

' Prognathogryllus alatus.

Ferrugineus. Frons infra insertionem antennarum cum margini-

bus scrobum antennarum infuscata. Occtput fascris fuscis

ornatum. Pronotum fusco-variegatum, margine postico late

1895.] ON THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 897

limbato. Elytra metanotum parum superantia, fusca, venis

pallidis. Tibice postice in margine interno spinulis 10 armate.

Cerct ovipositorem equantes. Q.

Long. corporis.... 21 millim.

» pronoti.... 4

» elytrorum.. 5:5

» femor. post. 12

»» Ovipositoris. 85

Waimea Mts., 4000 ft., Kauai (Perkins).

29, PROGNATHOGRYLLUS FORFICULARIS, sp, n. (Fig. 2.)

Fig. 2.

Prognathogryllus forficularis.

Statura minore. Corpore aptero, fusco-ferrugineo, latere utrinque

fascia fusca a capite usque ad apicem abdominis ornato. Frons

cum occipite tota pallida. Antenne graciles, infuscate. Prono-

tum margine postico truncato, acuto (non limbato), Tibice

omnes fusco-annulate, postice superne utringue serrate. Cerci

tertiam partem ovipositoris haud superantes. Q.

Long. corporis.... 12 millim.

a pEOnon mane a

»» femor. post. 7°5

» Ovipositoris. 4:5

Kona, 3000 ft., Hawaii (Perkins).

5. On the Classification of the Schenobiing and Crambine,

two Subfamilies of Moths, of the Family Pyralide. By

G. F. Hampson.

[Received October 7, 1895.]

The two subfamilies of Pyralide, the Schenobiine and Crambine,

of which a classification is here given, have much resemblance to

each other in both superficial appearance and structure, and are

also equally nearly related to the Hydrocampine, all three sub-

families being parallel developments from the primitive stock of

the Pyralide, of which the more generalized Pyraustine and the

Scopartine are probably the nearest living representatives,

898 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

The Schenobiine have become differentiated from the Pyraus-

tine in the loss of the proboscis, the Crambine in the pectination

of the median nervure of the hind wing, whilst the long porrect

palpi and triangularly scaled maxillary palpi are highly character-

istic of nearly the whole of the genera of both subfamilies.

The classification of the Schanobiine as a group is new; their

habitat being principally in the Oriental and Neotropical regions,

with but few genera and species in the Palearctic region.

The Crambine, however, are found in almost equal numbers in

all the Zoological regions, and their classification, as here given, is

an extension of the excellent system adopted by Mr. Meyrick

in his paper on the Pyralide of the European fauna.

The types of all the new species described are in the Collection

of the British Museum, and I have to thank Mr. W. Schaus for

the generous gift of examples of all the species, from the Neotropical

region, of which he had more than one specimen in his collection,

for purposes of description in this paper. I have also to thank

Mr. Meyrick for the loan of many Australian and New Zealand

species which were not in the collection of the British Museum,

and Mr. Bethune-Baker for the loan of many Palearctic species.

T have included the well-known European species without references

and synonymy, which can easily be found in Staudinger’s catalogue

and other works, but full references are given to extra-Palearctic

species. Species of which I have examined specimens, but which

are not represented in the British Museum collection, are marked

with an asterisk; species of which I have not been able to see

specimens and of which the classification is uncertain are placed at

the end of each genus; and described species of which the types are

in the Museum are marked thus (t); whilst at the end of the paper

will be found a list giving the families to which species wrongly

described as Crambine should be referred.

Subfamily SCH@NOBIIN-Z.

Proboscis absent or very minute; palpi usually porrect, the

maxillary palpi being usually well developed and dilated with

scales at extremity. Fore wing with vein 7 usually from cell.

Hind wing with the median nervure not pectinated on upperside ;

vein 7 usually anastomosing with 8.

The larve of the species of which. the early stages are known

feed in the interior of reeds or on aquatic plants.

The absence of the proboscis, combined with the non-pectination

of the median nervure of the hind wing, will distinguish the

genera of this subfamily from all other Pyralide, except Aglossa,

Crocalia, and a few other genera ot the Pyraline, from which

those forms that have vein 7 of the fore wing stalked with 8, 9

are easily distinguished by vein 7 of the hind wings anastomosing

with 8,

899

OF THE SOH@NOBIINZ AND CRAMBIN A,

1895.]

PHYLOGENY OF THE SCHGNOBIINZ.

Acropentias. Banepa. Macrotheca, Amestria. Cyclocausta,

Gonothyris. Midila. Drepanodia. Leucoides. Argyrostola,

Niphopyralis. Brihaspa. Huryeraspeda, als

Patissa. Compsophila. Donacaula.

Cacographis. Thyridophora. Styphlolepis. Scirpophaga. Schenobius.

Obtusipalpis. Cirrhochrista,

Acentropus.

900 MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dec. 17,

Key to the Genera.

A. Palpi upturned.

a, Maxillary palpi minute ; antennz of male pectinated ;

fore wing with veins 8, 9 stalked .............eseeeeee

6. Maxillary palpi well developed ; antennz of male

non-pectinate.

a'. Fore wing with veins 8, 9, 10 stalked ; the outer

Margin angled at vein 3 ...........csccoeseoesoeseeees 2. Gonothyris.

b'. Fore wing with veins 8, 9 stalked; the outer

Marpinievenly CUTVEO ..-<.c.<c4c-0ssrecscesetaqssecehs 3. Cacographis.

B. Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, the third upturned ;

fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.................. 6. Banepa.

C. Palpi porrect.

a. Fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

a'. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked; hind wing with

vein 4 absent.

a?, Fore wing with vein 7 from 8 before 9 ......... 7. Amestria,

6?. Fore wing with vein 7 from 8 after 9 ............ 8. Macrotheca.

b'. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell; hind

wing with vein 4 present.

a>, Palpi extending about four times length of head;

fore wing with vein 11] free ..............:eseeeeee 9. Drepanodia,

b?. Palpi extending about twice the length of head ;

fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident

(=4

. Niphopyralis.

With ' De e.cvsetee cance asec tencasestscoas seesecsevect 12. Cyclocausta,

6, Fore wing with vein 10 anastomosing with 7, 8, 9 to

PORTMAN ALEOIO enc: ceases sees cae egcsens -evericsbe-dereecene 13. Argyrostola.

ce. Fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 free.

a', Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked ..............000. 14. Leucoides.

b'. Both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell.

a, Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident

with 12; the apex produced and acute ......... 15. Ramila.

6?, Fore wing with vein 11 free.

a3, Fore wing with the apex rounded; both

wings with the outer margin evenly curved. 16. Compsophila.

28, Fore wing with the apex produced to a point ;

both wings with the outer margin produced

tO'R POMNt at VEUIA o oa. ccsesec.ceccessdeusvetaces 4, Midila.

d, Fore wing with vein 7 from cell.

a'. Fore wing with veins 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked ......... 5. Acropentias.

b'. Fore wing with veins 8, 9, 10 stalked.

a’, Palpi projecting about twice the length of head ;

hind wing with vein 7 anastomosing with 8 to

near apex.

a°, Frons smooth; abdomen with lateral tufts

towards extremity. ....-2.c.:s-<-<deasese-snnetesss 17. Eurycraspeda.

6%. Frons with a sharp tuft; abdomen without

aferal tits, . eres cesses se-urenasrecet acces stee 18. Brihaspa.

67, Palpi projecting about the length of head ; hind

wing with vein 7 anastomosing with 8 to about

three fourths of Wing ..............c-ecceesecueeees 19. Patissa.

c?, Palpi projecting about three times length of

head; hind wing with vein 7 slightly anas-

TOmORInEE With) eede.estashey.c-eesactsecs da ees aee 23. Donacaula,

c', Fore wing with veins 8, 9 stalked, 10 from cell.

a®, Fore wing with veins 6, 7 stalked.

a°, Palpi projecting about the length of head ;

fore wing of male with a hyaline vesicle

beyond tte tcoll ener envracetescctsecesaatsecccccds 10. Thyridophora.

6°. Palpi projecting about twice the length of

head and downcurved at extremity ......... 20. Styphlolepis,

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA. 901

b?, Fore wing with veins 6, 7 from cell.

a’, Palpi with the 3rd joint short and blunt...... 11. Obtusipalpis.

6°, Palpi with the 3rd joint long and down-

curved.

a‘, Frons flat and oblique; fore wing with the

SPOX NOUNACH secas ener sesaceacceswons cosenccccenn 24. Cirrhochrista.

#4, Frons with a rounded projection; palpi

once to twice the length of head............ 21. Scirpophaga,

c+, Frons with a slight tuft; palpi three to

four times length of head .................- 22. Schenobius.

ce’, Palpi dilated towards extremity; tibie with

the spurs minute ; fore wing with yein 1)

not reaching outer angle ..........+sessssseessee 25. Acentropus.

Genus NIPHOPYRALIS.

Niphopyralis, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 181 (1898).

Palpi upturned, smoothly scaled and hardly reaching vertex of

head ; maxillary palpi minute; frons rounded; antenne of male

bipectinated ; tibiz with the spurs nearly equal. Fore wing short

and rounded; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

7 well separated from 8,9; 10,11 free. Hind wing with veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 1.

Niphopyralis nivalis, S. 3.

(1)tNippopyraLis NivaLis, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 181, pl. 174.

f.6- Ceylon.

(2)fNipHopyraLis conTAMINATA, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 181,

pl. 174. f£. 14. Ceylon.

(3)fNIPHOPYRALIS ALBIDA, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 181, pl. 174.

£. 25, Bhutan ; Bombay; Ceylon; Borneo.

Niphopyralis suffidals, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 299.

Genus GONOTHYRIS, noy.

Palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd and 3rd joints fringed with

hair in front; maxillary palpi well developed and nearly filiform ;

frons oblique and thickly clothed with hair; antenne of male

somewhat annulated and strongly ciliated; spurs well developed

and equal. Fore wing with the costa strongly arched at base ; the

outer margin produced to a point at vein 7, then excised to vein

3, where it is strongly angled; vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 from angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9, 10, which are stalked.

Hind wing with the outer margin angled at vein 3; 6, 7 from

upper angle,

Type.

902 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

Fig. 2.

Gonothyris hyaloplaga, S. }.

+GONOTHYRIS HYALOPLAGA, 0D. sp.

¢g. Bright vinous red; palpi slightly marked with white;

vertex of head whitish ; abdomen with white band on 3rd segment ;

underside of thorax and abdomen and the legs pure white, the

fore tibia and tips of the spurs rufous. Fore wing with indistinct

curved subbasal line with grey speck on it at costa; an oblique

antemedial line arising from an outwardly oblique white costal

fascia ; a short medial white fascia on costa; a very large hyaline

lunule in end of cell, with white speck beyond lower angle ; a post-

medial line running out to a very acute angle on vein 7, the costal

area beyond it white, and the outer area grey down to vein 2;

a marginal series of red spots; the cilia pale with their bases red,

red also below apex and at the angle. Hind wing deeper vinous

red, with oblique dark medial line. Underside white ; the outer

area of fore wing brownish; both wings with minutely dentate

postmedial line arising from a dark spot on the costa.

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Hap. 30 mm.

Genus CacoGRAPHIS.

Cacographis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 360.

Zazanisa, Wik. xxxiii. 1106 (1865).

Palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in

front, the 8rd thick ; maxillary palpi somewhat dilated with scales ;

frons oblique and heavily scaled; antenne of male very much

thickened and flattened, with appressed serrations ; spurs long and

nearly equal. Fore wing broad, the outer margin nearly evenly

curved ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 well

separated from 8, 9, which are on a very long stalk; 10, 11 free.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from near angle of cell; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Cacographis osteolalis, . }.

CacoGRAPHIS OSTEOLALIS, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 360.

Bogoté ; Venezuela.

TtZazanisa specularis, Wk, xxxiii. 1107.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIIN# AND CRAMBINA., 903

Genus Mripima.

Midila, Wik. xvi. 8 (1858).

Ametres, H.-S. Aussereur. Schmett. p. 74 (1843), preoce.

Singamia, Moesch. Faun. Surinam, p. 433 (1881).

Tetraphana, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 471.

Proboscis aborted ; palpi thickly scaled and extending slightly

beyond the frons, which is slightly prominent; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled and as long as the labial; antenne of male

with short uniseriate branches; tibie fringed with long hair.

Fore wing with the costa arched at apex, which is much produced

and acute; the outer margin produced to a long point at vein 4;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 widely separate at origin ;

the discocellulars much curved ; vein 6 from below upper angle ;

7,8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with the outer margin

produced to a long point at vein 4; veins 2 and 3 arising close

together; 4, 5 widely separated; the discocellulars strongly

angled; veins 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 4.

Midila quadrifenestrata, 3. }.

Mipita QuapRiFenEsTRATA, H.-S. Auss. Schmett. p. 74, pl. 70.

f, 401. S. America.

t 4, attacalis, Wik. xvi. 8.

List of undetermined Species.

Tetraphana daphne, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Het. ii. p. 197,

pl. 60. ff. 5, 6. Mexico.

Tetraphana alipes, Pagenst. Isis, v. p. 3, pl. 1. f. 1.

Mexico; Amazons.

Genus ACROPENTIAS.

Acropentias, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 470.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the

2nd joint fringed with hair below and with a long pointed tuft at

extremity; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; trons rounded ;

antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate; hind tibie

fringed with hair on outer side. Fore wing with the outer margin

somewhat excised from apex to vein 3; vein 3 from well before

-angle of cell; 4,5 shortly stalked; 7 from upper angle; 8, 9,

Type.

904 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION ([Dec. 17,

10, 11 stalked. Hind wing with vein 3 from close to angle of

cell; 4, 5 shortly stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Acropentias aureus, 8. 4.

+ACROPENTIAS AUREUS, Butl. A. M. N. H. 1878, i. p. 402.

E. Siberia ; Japan.

+Marimatha straminea, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 79, pl. 58. f. 2.

Sparagmia obtusalis, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. 1881, p. 26.

Genus BANEPA.

Banepa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 204 (1887).

Palpi with the 2nd joint long, porrect, and clothed with hair,

the 8rd upturned and long; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ;

proboscis minute; antenne of male bipectinate; legs smoothly

scaled, the spurs long. Fore wing with the costa arched at base,

then straight ; the apex produced ; the outer margin excised from

apex to vein 5, where it is excurved, then oblique to outer angle ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7, 8, 9, 10

stalked. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

from angle; 6, 7 on a long stalk.

Fig. 6.

Banepa atkhinsoni, gd. +.

+BANEPA ATEINSONI, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 204. Sikhim.

Genus AMESTRIA.

Amestria, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 545.

Palpi porrect, thickly scaled, and reaching just beyond frons,

which is rounded; maxillary palpi thickly scaled; antenne of

male ciliated; tibiz smooth. Fore wing rather narrow; vein 3

from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from well below upper angle ;

7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 being given off before 9; 11 free. Hind

wing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell; 4 absent; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

*AMESTRIA OCULIFERALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 546,

pl. 5. f. 10, U.S.A.

1895.] OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 905

Genus MacrorHeca.

Macrotheca, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. 545.

Palpi porrect, thickly scaled, and extending about the length of

head; maxillary palpi well developed and tufted with hair; frons

with a slight tuft ; antenne of male ciliated ; tibiz smoothly scaled.

_ Fore wing rather long and narrow; vein 3 from angle of cell;

Type.

4, 5 stalked; 6 from well below upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked,

7 being given off after 9; 11 free. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5

from angle of cell, 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle.

*MAOROTHECA INTERALBICALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890,

p- 545, pl. 5. f£. 12. Mexico.

Genus DREPANODIA.

Drepanodia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 616.

Palpi porrect, extending about four times length of head, almost

straight and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ;

proboscis minute; frons produced to a conical point ; antenne ot

male almost simple. Fore wing with the costa arched at base,

then almost straight, the apex faleate; the outer margin excised

below apex and towards anal angle, excurved at middle; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from

below upper angle; 7, 8, 9,10 stalked; 11 free. Hind wing with

the anal angle truncate; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

*DREPANODIA XEROPHYLLALIS, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891,

p- 617. Brazil.

Genus THYRIDOPHORA.

Thyridophora, Warr. P.Z.S. 1888, p. 311.

Palpi porrect and smoothly scaled, extending about the length

of head, the 3rd joint downcurved; maxillary palpi long and

somewhat dilated at extremity ; frons flat and oblique; antenne

thickened and flattened; legs short, the tibie hairy, with the

spurs nearly equal. Fore wing with the apex produced and the

outer margin oblique; the cell very long; vein 3 from before

angle; 4, 5 well separated at origin; male with a hyaline vesicle

beyond upper angle below veins 6, 7, which are stalked. Hind

wing with the cell very long; vein 3 from near angle; 4, 5 from

angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

Fig. 7.

Thyridophora furia, 6. 4.

+THYRIDOPHORA FuRIA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 519, pl. 47. £. 13,

Punjab ; Sind.

t iA fenestrata, Warr. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 311.

Type.

906 ME. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION ([Dec. 17,

Genus OBTUSIPALPIS, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint

thickly scaled and rounded at extremity, the 3rd short and blunt ;

maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales; frons rounded ;

antenne of male ciliated ; hind tibie with the outer medial spur

minute. Fore wing with the apex rounded; veins 3, 4, 5 from

close to angle of cell; 10 approximated to 8,9; 11 free. Hind

wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short

distance; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Obtusipalpis pardalis, d. }.

TOBTUSIPALPIS PARDALIS, 0. sp.

36. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, marked with golden

brown; palpi with a black stripe above; fore legs banded with

black. Fore wing golden brown, with a white basal mark ; an ill-

defined antemedial white band; a large medial white spot on

costa, and smaller spot on inner margin; a postmedial series of

three large spots; the apical area white ; a spot above outer angle;

a dark marginal line expanding into a series of specks at the veins.

Hind wing white, with fine dark marginal line.

Hab. Delagoa Bay, Ausiralia. Hap. 20 mm.

Genus CycLocausta.

Cyclocausta, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 274.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, and

moderately fringed with hair; maxillary palpi long and dilated

with scales; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened by

appressed serrations. Fore wing with the apex acute and the

outer margin oblique; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 becoming coincident with 12.

Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

6, 7 stalked ; the outer margin somewhat angled at vein 2.

Fig. 9.

Cyclocausta trilineata, 5. }-

TCYCLOCAUSTA TRILINEATA, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 274.

Amazons.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA. 907

Genus ARGYROSTOLA, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 3rd joint

hairy ; maxillary palpi with a tuft of long hair at extremity, and

nearly as long as the labial; frons rounded; antenne minutely

serrate and fasciculate; spurs short. Fore wing with the apex rect-

angular; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7, 8,

9 stalked, and 10 anastomosing with them to form an areole; 11

becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin ; 6, 7 shortly stalked; the outer margin some-

what angled at vein 2.

Fig. 10.

Argyrostola ruficostalis, 3. }-

+ARGYROSTOLA RUFICOSTALIS, n. sp.

3. Silvery white; palpi, frons, fore tibie, and tarsi rufous ;

a rufous stripe on shoulders. Fore wing with the costa rufous ;

both wings with a more or less prominent submarginal curved

series of specks.

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil, Exp. 32-44 mm.

Genus LEUCOIDES.

Leucoides, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 167 (1893).

Palpi porrect, slightly scaled, and extending about twice the

length of head; maxillary palpi long and somewhat dilated with

scales at extremity ; frons produced and acute; antenne of male

minutely serrate and ciliated; legs long and slender, the outer

spurs about two thirds length of inner; abdomen long; wings

long and narrow. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute ;

the outer margin oblique; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ;

6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 becoming

coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 stalked.

Fig. 11.

Leucoides fuscicostalis, . }.

+Lxvcoris FuscicosTais, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 168, pl. 172.

£13, Ceylon.

Type.

908 MR, G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec.17,

Genus Ramana.

Ramila, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 667.

Crambostenia, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 292.

Palpi porrect and slightly scaled, the 3rd joint downcurved ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales and nearly as long as the labial ;

frons produced to a rounded projection nearly as long as palpi ;

antenne ciliated ; tibie slightly hairy, the spurs short. Fore wing

with the apex produced to a point; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from near upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked ;

11 becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked.

Fig. 12.

Ramila marginella, 8. }.

(1)tRamMita MARGINELLA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 667, pl. 33.

£16; Sikhim.

(2)tRaMILA RUFICOSTALIS, Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix. p. 166, pl. 178.

f. 22. Ceylon.

(3)TRAMILA ARCUSALIS, WIk. xviii. 534, Moreton Bay, Australia.

(4)fRAMILA ANGUSTIFIMBRIALIS, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p: 293. Burma.

en, Warr. A.M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 430.

(5)tRamina accrusatis, Wlk. xix. 977; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. in.

pl. 184. f. 5. Sikhim ; Ceylon; Borneo.

Genus CoMPSOPHILA.

Compsophila, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 256,

Niphadaza, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 422.

- Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, and

clothed with rough hair; maxillary palpi long, with tufts of hair

at extremity; frons rounded; antenne of male annulated and

ciliated ; the outer spurs two thirds length of inner. Fore wing

with the apex rounded; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 909

Fig. 13.

Compsophila tocosma, 3. 4.

ComPsoPHILA 10cosMA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 256. Fiji.

tNiphadaza bicolor, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 423.

Genus EURYCRASPEDA.

Eurycraspeda, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 284.

Palpi porrect, slightly scaled, and projecting about twice the

length of head; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at

extremity ; antenne ciliated ; abdomen long, with lateral tufts of

hair towards extremity ; wings long and narrow. Fore wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7

straight, and well separated from 8,9, 10; 11 becoming coincident

with 12. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

well separated at origin; 6, 7 stalked.

Fig. 14.

Eurycraspeda burmanalis, 3. +.

+EURYCRASPEDA BURMANALIS, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 285,

pli. fo oe Burma.

Genus BRIHASPA.

Brihaspa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 666.

Leptosteges, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 291.

Palpi porrect, clothed with rough hair and extending about

twice the length of head; maxillary palpi long and dilated with

scales at extremity ; frons with a sharp tuft; antenne of male

minutely serrate and ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs about

two thirds length of inner. Fore wing rather broad, the apex

rounded, vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at

origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10, which are

stalked. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

well separated at origin; 6, 7 on a long stalk, 7 anastomosing

with 8 almost to apex.

Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1895, No. LVIII. 58

910 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

eas atrostigmella, S. +.

Szor. I, (Brihaspa). Fore wing with vein 11 becoming

coincident with 12.

Type. (1)tBRIHASPA ATROSTIGMELLA, Moore, P. Z, S. 1867, p. 666, pl. 33.

f. 13. Siihim ; Burma.

(2)+BRIHASPA BISANGULATA, 0. sp.

White; fore wing with indistinct interrupted fulvous subbasal

band, an oblique fulvous band from costa to discocellulars, where

it is met by a V-shaped fulvous mark on outer part of costa, its

apex on vein 5, also by a band running from apex to vein 3, then

recurved to discocellulars ; a large fuscous patch between lower

angle of cell and inner margin. Hind wing with the discal area

from before middle to near outer margin occupied by a fuscous

patch, becoming fulvous on subapical area.

Hab. Sikhim, Bengal (Dudgeon). Exp. 18 mm.

(3)+BRInAsPa FRONTALIS, Wlk. xxxiv. 1361. Natal.

Sror. I]. (Leptosteges). Fore wing with vein 11

anastomosing with 12.

(4)TBRIHASPA PULVERULENTA, Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 291.

Amazons.

(5)tBRIHASPA NIGRICOSTELLA, 0. sp.

6. White; palpi and a stripe on shoulders black. Fore wing

with the costal area black to two thirds of wing; a black spot

below middle of cell; the disk irrorated with fuscous; an oblique

maculate submarginal line from below apex ending in a spot on

vein 1.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Exp. 26 mm.

Genus Parissa.

Patissa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 388 (1886).

Palpi porrect, clothed with rough hair and extending about the

length of head; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons with a

slight tuft ; antenne of male minutely serrate and ciliated ; legs

long and slender. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced

and the outer margin oblique; vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, 10, which are stalked ; 11 becoming coincident with 12.

Type.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIIN# AND CRAMBIN#, 911

Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well

separated at origin; 6, 7 stalked.

Fig. 16.

Patissa lactealis, G. 4.

(1)TPaTIssa LATIFUSCALIS, n. sp.

Q. White; the palpi and pectus fuscous black. Fore wing

with the costal area fuscous black; a basal black patch not

reaching inner margin; a medial black band very wide on costa

and extending nearly to apex, narrowing to inner margin ; a series

of black spots on the cilia. Hind wing with diffused fuscous

postmedial line, developed into a patch on middle of inner margin.

Hab. Sibsaghar, Assam. Zap. 26 mm.

(2) Parissa LAcTEALIS, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 137. f. 38.

S. India; Ceylon.

(3)tPATISsA FULVOSPARSA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881,

p- 591. Japan ;

+Metasia candidulalis, Swinh. P. Z.8. 1885, N.W. Himalayas;

p- 830, pl. 57. f. 6. W. & S. India;

Donacaula chlorosema, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Ceylon; Burma;

Soc. 1894, p. 11. Jaya.

Patissa tortualis, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxxvi.

p. 58, pl. iu. f. 3.

(4) Parissa XANTHOLEUCALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 25.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

» semicostalis, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvi. p. 60.

(5)TPaTISSA ERYTHROZONALIS, N. sp.

Pure white; palpi and fore legs slightly tinged with fulvous.

Fore wing with slightly oblique ferruginous band from upper

angle of cell to inner margin; three ferruginous specks below

costa towards apex and a marginal series of specks.

Hab. Punjab; Nilgiris; Ceylon. Hxp. 14 mm.

(6)+Patissa vircineEA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb.p.2. W.&S.

Crambus multivagellus, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1886, p.462. India;

Ceylon; 8S. Africa.

(7)?PaTISSA FUSCIPUNCTALIS, n. sp.

¢. Pure shining white; palpi, antenne at sides, and costa of

fore wing dusky fulvous, the last with a dusky spot at lower angle

of cell.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil. Exp. 24 mm. e

Types

912 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION ([Dec. 17,

(8)TPaTIssA CURVILINEALIS, n. sp.

Yellowish white ; palpi and antennz tinged with rufous. Fore

wing with the basal two thirds of costa reddish brown; a curved

brown line from costa near apex to near base of inner margin; a

marginal brown line. Hind wing white, with faint traces of an

oblique medial brown line and a fine marginal line.

Hab. Ceylon (Pole). Exp. § 12, 2 18 mm.

Genus STYPHLOLEPIS, nov.

Palpi rostriform, extending about twice the length of head,

downcurved at extremity, and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled; frons with a ridge of hair; antenne of female

thickened and flattened; tibie hairy. Fore wing with the costa

arched towards apex, which is acute; veins 3, 4, 5 from close to

angle of cell; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with

the outer margin produced to a point at vein 7; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from

upper angle.

Fig. 17.

+STYPHLOLEPIS SQUAMOSALIS, 0. sp.

2. White, the palpi bright ferruginous red; head and thorax

suffused with ferruginous. Fore wing thickly irrorated with

raised ferruginous scales; an ill-defined obliquely curved ferru-

ginous medial line; a postmedial line angled below costa, then

sinuous and inwardly oblique; a marginal line. Hind wing with

hardly any ferruginous tinge; traces of a dentate submarginal line,

which is well marked on underside towards costa; a slight

marginal line.

Hab. Queensland. Exp. 50 mm.

Genus ScrRPOPHAGA.

Scirpophaga, Treits. Schmett. Eur. ix. 1, p. 55 (1832).

Apurima, W1k. xxvii. 194 (1863).

Rupela, Wik. xxviii. 523.

Tipanea, W1k. xxviii. 522.

Palpi porrect, extending from once to twice the length of head,

slightly clothed with hair and with the 3rd jomt downcurved ;

maxillary palpi rather short and dilated with scales; a slight

Type.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE® AND CRAMBIN#. 913

rounded frontal projection ; antenne of male minutely serrate and

ciliated; patagia of male with spreading upturned hair; tibie

with the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen

long, in female expanding at extremity and with very large anal

tuft ; wings long and narrow. Fore wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9; 10 and 11 free, or 11 becoming coincident with 12. Hind

wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Scirpophaga excerptalis, $. +.

Szor. I. Hind wings with veins 4, 5 well separated at origin.

(1) SorrropHaGa PRELATA, Scop. Europe.

(2)+SorRPOPHAGA PATULELLA, WIK. xxviii. 522. Australia ;

Tasmania.

Ee exsanguis, Meyr. P.L. Soc. N.S. W. 1882, p. 161.

(3)TtScrRPOPHAGA EXCERPTALIS, W]k, xxvii. 142. China; Formosa ;

N.W. Himalayas.

.(4)tScrrPOPHAGA GILVIBERBIS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2.

Calcutta; 8. India; Ceylon; Burma.

| fuseiflua, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 167, pl. 172.

ff. 29, 30.

(5)tScIRPOPHAGA CHRYSORRHOA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 1.

China; Borneo; Java; Ceram.

+Tipancea innotata, Wk. xxviii. 523.

(6)tScIRPOPHAGA OCCIDENTELLA, WIk, xxviii. 524. Sierra Leone.

(7)TScrRPOPHAGA AUBIFLUA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2.

Congo and Oriental region.

tApurima xanthogastrella, Wik. xxvii. 194; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

iii, pl. 184. f. 14.

Scirpophaga intacta, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 343, pl. xviii.

f, 14 (var.).

(8) SorkPOPHAGA MONOsTIEMA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 3.

Punjab; Bhutan.

_(9)TScIRPOPHAGA XANTHOPERAS, N. Sp.

@. Pure white. Fore wing with black spot at upper angle of

“cell; the apex orange-yellow on upper and under sides,

Hab, Sumatra. Exp. 30 mm,

914 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION ([Dec.17,

(10)tScrrpoPHaGA INTACTELLA, WIk. xxviii. 523. Borneo.

(11) SctrPoPHAGA ALBINELLA, Cram. pl. 372. f. D. U.S.A. ;

tRupela nivea, W1k. xxviii. 524. S. America.

(12)tScrrpopHaGa LEUcATEA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2

8. ‘America.

(13)tScrrporHaGa TINCTELLA, WIk. xxviii. 526. Honduras.

(14)?ScrrPoPHAGa VESTALIELLA, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxii. p. 532.

U.S.A.

(15)fScrrporHaca BistenaTa, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 878.

Bombay ; Bengal.

(16) SctrPoPHAGA IMPARELLA, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1879,

p. 176. Australia.

- (17)tScrrPoPHaGA TERRELLA, n. sp.

. Dull yellowish brown; abdomen with the two basal segments

pale fulvous above; wings evenly irrorated with fuscous and

without trace of markings.

_ Hab. Castro Parafia, Brazil (Jones). Exp. 34 mm.

(18)tScrrPoPHAGA SUBCERVINELLA, WIk. xxvii. 140. Colombia.

(19)?ScrRPOPHAGA REPUGNATALIS, W]k. xxvii. 144.

Hab. Ignotus.

(20) ScrRPOPHAGA PERSTRIALIS, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ff. 457, 458.

U.S.A.; S. Domingo.

tCrambus semiradiellus, Wik. xxvii. 161.

Schanobius macrinellus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 12, i 1,

sigs

(21) ScrrropHaca Brvirra, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 437,

pl. 18. f. 45. Surinam ; Brazil.

Scr. II. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 closely approximated

for some distance or stalked.

(22)TScrRPOPHAGA CRAMBOIDES, W1k. xxxi. 230. N.W. Himalayas.

Last of undetermined Species.

Scirpophaga sericea, Snell. Midd. Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 79. Sumatra.

“3 zeller, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 435.

Surinam.

~ bchrolenca, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N. 8. W. iv. p. 162.

Australia.

8 fasciella, Fern. Ent. Am. iii. p. 38. Florida.

" flavicostella, Fern, Ent. Am. iii. p. 38. Florida.

» _. butyrota, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 520.

New Guinea.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 915

Scirpophaga longicornis, Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 321.

Porto Rico.

‘i cinerea, Treit. Europe.

ns mnesidora, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 475.

Sambawa.

Genus ScH@NOBIUS.

Scheenobius, Dup. Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 312 (1844).

Catagela, Wik. Cat. xxvii. p. 191 (1863).

Panalipa, Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 587 (1886).

Microschenis, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 270.

Palpi roughly scaled, the 2nd joint two to three times, the 3rd

about the length of head; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ;

frons with a slight tuft; antenne of male minutely serrate and

ciliated ; legs long, tibia with the outer spurs about two thirds

length of inner; abdomen long, in female dilated at extremity and

with a large anal tuft; wings long and narrow. Fore wing with

the apex rounded in male, more produced in female ; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well

separated trom 8, 9; 10, 11 free, or 11 becoming coincident with

12. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8, or

free.

Fig. 19.

Schenobius bipunctiferus, 9. +.

Scr. I. (Panalipa). Palpi with the 2nd joint about twice

the length of head.

(1)tScH@nosius IMMERITALIS, WIk. xix. 830. India; Ceylon;

+Araxes decursella, W1k. xxvii. 194. Siam.

Szor. II. (Schenodius). Palpi with the 2nd joint about three

times length of head.

(2) ScHaNoBIUS BIPUNCTIFERUS, WIk. xxvili. 523. Oriental

tOhilo gratiosellus, Wik. xxx. 967. region.

tSchenobius punctellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 4.

+Apurima gratiosella, Butl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 690,

(3)tScHa@yoBrus DODATELLUS, W1k. xxx. 966. Japan; India;

tChilo aditellus, W1k, xxx. 967, Ceylon and Burma,

Type.

916 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec.17,

(4) Scua@nozivs cieantTetivs, Schiff. _Europe ; Shanghai.

T Chilo spurcatellus, W\k. xxvii. 142.

(5) Sch@NoBIUS FORFICELLUS, Thunb. Europe.

(6)*Scu@nopius niLoricus, Zell. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1887, p. 397,

and Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, pl. 24. f. 2. Egypt.

(7)tScH@NOBIUS AURISTRIGELLUS, nN. sp.

6. White; palpi and shoulders golden yellow; abdomen

slightly ringed with fuscous and with a dorsal yellow patch on

Ist segment. Fore wing with golden-yellow fascie in the inter-

spaces; a black spot at lower angle of cell; an oblique yellow

line from apex to middle of inner margin. Hind wing pure

white.

Hab. Bhutan, Bengal (Dudgeon). Eap. 24 mm.

(8) SCH@NOBIUS ALPHERAKTI, Staud. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 97.

Armenia.

(9)+ScH@NOBIUS INCERTULAS, W1k. xxvii. 143.

tCatagela admotella, Wik. xxvii. 192. Oriental region.

TSchenobius minutellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 6.

(10)tScH@yosivs ADJURELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 191. Assam; Calcutta;

if brunnescens, Moore, Lep. Atk. Ceylon; Borneo;

p. 225. N. Australia.

‘3 celidias, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 475.

(11) ScHa@yosivs UNIPUNCTELLUS, Rob. Ann. Lyc. N. York, ix. 314.

U.S.A.

(12);ScH@yosius PORRECTELLUS, W1k. xxvii. 140. Amazons.

(13)}+ScHa@NOBIUS LANCEOLELLUS, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen whitish,

tinged in places with ochreous. Fore wing with the costal area

suffused with brown ; two black discocellular spots ; spots below

base and middle of ‘cell, an oblique series from apex to below

angle of cell, and a postmedial spot above vein 1; a marginal

series of specks. Hind wing almost pure white.

Another specimen has the spots of fore wing obsolescent.

Hab. Amazons (Trail). Exp. 40 mm.

(14) Scha@noszius MONTIVAGELLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 5.

Venezuela; Brazil.

(15) ScH@NOBIUS LONGIROSTRELLUS, Clem. Contrib. v. p. 205.

N. America.

(16) Scua@nosrus sorDIDELLUS, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 247.

» dispersellus, Rob. Grote’s Check List, p. 56.

; Florida.

pier die tra Manis, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 11, pl. i.

Pods Buenos Ayres.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 917

(18)+ScHe@NOBIUS MAJORALIS, 0. sp.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous brown; anal tuft

whitish. Fore wing pale rufous brown, with an obscure series of

dark specks from near apex to inner margin just beyond middle.

Hind wing pure white.

Another specimen has a diffused dark rufous fascia from base

through the cell to the oblique specks and apex.

Hab. Afghanistan. Exp, 42 mm.

(19)tScuenosivs Linzatvs, Butl. A. M. N. H. iv. p. 457. Japan.

(20)tScuanoxzius costaris, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 388, pl. 184.

f. 15. Ceylon.

List of undetermined Species.

Scheenobius celidias, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p.475. Borneo.

ad tripunctellus, Rob. Ann. Lyc. N. York, ix.314. Texas.

5 terreus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. 10. Madagascar.

¥ ochraceellus, Snell. Midd.-Sum. iy. (1)8, p. 79. Sumatra.

es vittatus, Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. 485. Surinam.

. opalescalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 167.

’ Arizona.

a chionotus, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1889, p.519. New Guinea.

43 maximellus, Fern, Can. Ent. xxiii. p.30. = Texas.

* acutellus, Ey. ; Europe.

% caminarius, Zell. Micr. Caffr. p. 68. S. Africa.

s chrysostomus, Zell. Micr. Caffr. p. 68. 8. Africa.

Genus DoNACAULA.

Donacaula, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 466.

Palpi projecting about three times length of head and thickly

scaled ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons hairy ; antenne

somewhat annulated and ciliated ; abdomen long and slender; legs

and spurs long. Fore wing with the apex rectangular in male,

produced and acute in female ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9,

10 stalked; 11 anastomosing with 12 or free. Hind wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Donacaula mucronella, 3. 3.

Type. DowAcavLa MUCRONELLA, Schiff. Europe.

Type.

918 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

Genus CIRRHOCHRISTA.

Cirrhochrista, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 440.

Palpi porrect, thickly clothed with hair, the 3rd joint hidden by

hair and downcurved ; maxillary palpi long and triangularly scaled

at extremity ; frons oblique; antenne ciliated ; tibia clothed on

outer side with rough hair, the outer spurs less than half the

length of inner. Fore wing with the apex produced, the outer

margin oblique; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and

_very closely approximated for a short distance to or well separated

from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with veins 8,

‘4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

Cirrhochrista puichellalis, 3. }.

Sxor. 1. Palpi projecting about the length of head and with a

tuft of porrect hair from 1st joint.

(1) CrrrHocHRiIsTaA #£THERIALIS, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863,

p. 441, pl. 17. f. 9. Amboina; Ternate,

(2) CrrRHOCHRISTA PULCHELLALIS, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 441, pl. 17. f. 10. Ceylon ; Java; Amboina,

(3)tCIRRHOCHRISTA SEMIBRUNNEA, N. sp.

9. Head brown, with the vertex white; thorax and abdomen

brown, the middle of collar, patagia, and basal segment of abdomen

white. Fore wing brown, with a large white patch on basal inner

area; a large crescentic white mark in cel], and much larger similar

mark beyond the cell; a quadrate apical white patch; a yellow

-discocellular line and series of yellow marginal marks below the

apical patch, Hind wing white ; a large, round, brown submarginal

spot between veins 2 and 5; some yellow on medial part of margin ;

a brown marginal line; cilia fulvous at base; inner area tinged

with fuscous.

Hab. Bhutén, India (Dudgeon). Exp. 36 mm.

Sect. II. Palpi projecting about twice the length of head and

with no tuft from Ist joint.

(4)+CIRRHOCHRISTA BRIZOALIS, WIk. xix. 976 ; Japan ; China;

Moore, Lep. Atk. pl. 7.f.10. Formosa; throughout India

Cirrhochrista figuratalis, W1k. and Ceylon; Borneo; Celebes;

xxxiv. 13869, Australia,

Type.

1895.) OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN A, 919

(5) CrrRHOcHRISTA FUMIPALPIS, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 31.

Sikhim ; Assam; Burma; Moluccas.

(6)+CiRRHOCHRISTA BRACTEOLALIS, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 135,

pl. 155. f. 3. Sikhim ; 8. India; Ceylon.

(7)TCIRRHOCHRISTA PUNCTULATA, N. sp.

2. White; the palpi and a stripe on shoulders fulvous ; tarsi

banded with fulvous. Fore wing with a fulvous stripe on costa;

a dark discocellular spot ; medial and postmedial indistinct series

of specks. Hind wing with indistinct postmedial series of specks ;

both wings with a dark marginal line expanding into specks at the

veins.

Hab. Rockhampton, Australia. Hap. 26 mm.

Genus AOENTROPUS.

Acentropus, Curt. Brit. Ent. iv. pl. 497 (1862).

Palpi projecting about twice the length of head and dilated with

scales at extremity ; maxillary palpi loosely scaled; frons rounded ;

antenne thickened and annulate; tibie with the spurs minute.

Fore wing long and narrow, the apex produced; vein 16 short

and not reaching outer angle; 2, 3, 4, 5 widely separated at

origin; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9 stalked ;

10, 11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at

origin ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to

apex. Wings in female often much abbreviated or aborted.

Fig. 22,

Acentropus niveus, 3. 2.

(1) AcEenrRorUS NivzUS, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. p. 536, t. vi.

W. Europe.

E hansoni, Steph. Nomencl. 2 ed. Col. 118.

5 garnonsiz, Curt. Brit. Ent. iv. pl. 497.

(2) AcrnTRoPUS NEW4, Kol. Wien. Monats. 1858, p. 382. Russia.

(3) ACENTROPUS LaTIPENNIs, Méschl. Wien. Monats. 1860, p. 55.

Armenia.

List of unrecognized Genera.

Idneodes tretopteralis, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 605.

Brazil.

Alpherakia obnubilalis, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 32 (1881).

Amur.

Aneglis demissalis, Led, Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 56, pl. 7. f. 1.

Brazil,

[Dec..17,

MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION

920

‘Daypoyy

rn ee te ee ee

pa0jdouaasy "whsazdouom gy

“DUONLOY *SUXT, “naagdiydney ‘vuyosayy

“muuojojphoup “DyrIDAny

‘spuadozn1oqy “OnnYD

“mynyasy “DruLojouhouy “auamodgy ‘sah “benuny “vpign ‘odaig ‘voung ‘opyoouarg

‘wiliBuvonaT “bjgo0049 ‘nioydoyohiadag ‘snquipip *0124 20490 Ay

“SNQuUIDII0L:) “DIPD)IN “DjOIsoYyo0Ig “vUwhbuvarT ‘s¥0MDINy

“WNIGNVUD CHL {oO ANGDOTAHG

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN#. 921

Aneglis argentalis, Christ. Rom. Mem. iii. p. 106, pl. 5. f. 6.

C. Asia.

Callasopia rosealis, Moschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 275. Porto Rico.

Parasopia dissimilalis, Moschl. Lep. Porto Rico, p. 275.

Porto Rico.

Subfamily CRAMBIN A.

Proboscis often absent or minute ; palpi porrect ; the maxillary

palpi well developed and triangularly dilated with scales. Fore

wing with vein 7 present*; vein 1a@ separate from 16. Hind

wing with the median nervure pectinated on upperside; vein 7

almost always anastomosing with 8.

The larve are usually grass or reed feeders.

Of the subfamilies of Pyralide that have the median nervure

pectinated, the Crambine may be distinguished from the Phycitine

and Anerastiine by the presence of vein 7 of the fore wings * ;

from the Galleriine by vein 1a being separate from 14 instead of

forming a fork with it, also by the labial palpi being well developed

in the male instead of almost obsolete, and the maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled; from the Owychirotine by having the outer

spurs of mid and hind tibiz well developed instead of absent, and

also by the very different shape of the wings. Whilst in the

few genera of Pyraustine and Scopariine that have the median

nervure pectinated, the very different form of the labial and

maxillary palpi will at once serve as a distinction.

Key to the Genera.

A. Hind wing with vein 6 from upper angle of cell.

ta, Fore wing with veins 7, 8 stalked, 10 from cell.

a, Hind wing with the upper margin of the cell

approximated to 8; fore wing with the apical

area not produced,

a, Both wings with vein 3 present.

a®, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 stalked ............ 1. Autarotis.

63. Fore wing with veins 2, 3 from cell.

a‘, Thorax below and coxe smooth.

a>, Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked...... 2. Neargyria,

°. Fore wing with veins 10, 11 from cell... 6. Crambus.

6*, Thorax below and coxz hairy .............+- 5. Orocrambus.

67. Both wings with vein 3 absent...........sssssce+e 8. Ptochostola.

b', Hind wing with the upper margin of the cell

remote from 8; fore wing with the apical area

produced to a rounded prominence...............++ 23,. Mesolia.

b. Fore wing with vein 7 absent ..............ssessecesesenee . 4. Culladia.

tc. Fore wing with veins 7 and 10 from cell.

a, a extending once to three times length of

ead.

a*, Fore wing with veins 6, 7 from cell.

a®, Frons rounded and not prominent.

a*, Proboscis well developed; palpi with the

3rd joint clothed with hair.

a>, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 froma point. 8. Platytes.

6°. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 well separated

AG OLIPIN cscs csasnereeetesasssneneaeescereee 7. Diptychophora.

* Except in Culladia and Mesolia apistrigella.

t In Mesolia apistrigella vein 7 of the fore wing is absent.

} Ina few specimens of Eschata 7 is shortly stalked with 8, 9.

922

b*. Proboscis absent or minute.

a’. Palpi with the 3rd joint clothed with

hair; antennz of male bipectinate

6°. Palpi with the 3rd joint naked ; antennz

of male not pectinated.

a®, Palpi extending about twice the length

of head, with a tuft of hair from

below Ist joint

6°, Palpi extending about the length of

head, with tufts of hair below 1st and

2nd joints

6°. Frons with a conical prominence.

a‘, Fore wing with vein 11 oblique.

a. Fore wing subtriangular; ¢ with a

shallow fovea in cell ..............ssseseeees

6°, Fore wing lanceiform, the costa arched

towards apex

6’. Fore wing with vein 11 curved and

approximated to 12, the apex produced

and acute

c*. Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coin-

cident with 12

6. Fore wing with veins 6, 7 stalked

6}. Palpi not or hardly extending beyond the frontal

projection.

a?, Fore wing broad; veins 8, 9 from angle of cell.

6?, Fore wing long and narrow; veins 6, 7 from

angle of cell, 8, 9 from before angle

d, Fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

a', Palpi extending about one and a half times length

of head

61. Palpi not extending beyond frontal projection ...

e. Fore wing with veins 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from cell;

palpi about three times length of head

Perec eter ner eeeeseereeeeeee

eet ee ene e ec teereeteneessertestes

ewe tees corer nesses serserees

rrr eee ee eee ee eee ree ee ee ee eee eee ey

eee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee Teer eer rer eee eee

B. Hind wing with vein 6 from well below angle of cell

aud rudimentary, or absent.

a, Fore wing with the apical area produced to a rounded

or hooked prominence........ Renacten tonto tweet sais

6. Fore wing with the apical area net produced.

a. Fore wing with veins 7 and 11 absent

6!. Fore wing with veins 7 and 11 present.

a?, Fore wing with vein 7 from the cell.

a’. Hind wing with vein 5 present.

a‘, Frons rounded or flat and not prominent.

a’, Hind wing with veins 4, 5 shortly

stalked, a tuft of raised scales at lower

angle of cell

6°. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from angle of

cell.

a8, Fore wing with vein 11 oblique ; par

with the 8rd joint naked; female

with aborted wings .........:.s.ceseeees

6°. Fore wing with vein 11 curved and

approximated to 12; palpi with the

8rd joint clothed with hair; female

with the wings fully developed

6*. Frons with a conical prominence

3. Hind wing with vein 5 absent

b*, Fore wing with vein 7 stalked with 8, 9

eee err rrr

MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION

18.

24.

22.

30.

29.

[Dee. 17,

Ubida.

Chalcoéla.

Dicymolomia.

. Hromene.

, Canuza,

. Chilo.

. Diatrea.

. Stenochilo.

. Eschata.

. Doratoperas.

. Macrochilo,

. Leucargyra.

. Krupa,

Prionopteryx.

Raphiptera.

Gadira.

Scenoploca.

I Charliona,

25:

Talis.

Surattha.

. Ancylolomia.

1895.4 OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN®. 923

Genus AUTAROTIS.

Autarotis, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 269.

Palpi extending about three times the length of head and thickly

clothed with hair ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; proboscis well

developed; frons with a conical prominence; antenn@ of male

somewhat thickened and flattened ; tibize smoothly scaled, the outer

spurs about twice the length of inner. Fore wing with the apex

somewhat acute; veins 2, 3 stalked; 4,5 from angle of cell; 6

from below upper angle; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10, 11 free: male with

the inner margin fringed with long rough hair towards outer angle.

Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ;

6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 23.

Autarotis euryala, d. }.

Type. AUTAROTIS EURYALA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 207. Fiji.

Genus NEARGYRIA, nov.

Palpi extending abont three times length of head and clothed

with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; proboscis well

developed; frons with a conical prominence; antenne of female

nearly simple; tibiz smoothly scaled, the spurs long. Fore wing

with the apex produced and acute; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11

stalked. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5

from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Neargyria argyraspis, 9. }.

Type. NBARGYRIA ARGYRASPIS, Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1879,

p- 216. Australia.

Genus ProcHosToLa.

Ptochostola, Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. p. 154 (1882).

Palpi porrect, clothed with hair, and extending about twice the '

length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; proboscis well

developed ; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened and flat-

924 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

tened; tibiz with the spurs long. Fore wing with vein 3 absent ;

4,5 usually from angle of cell; 6 from below upper meee ert 8,

9 stalked ; 10 free. Hind wing with vein 3 absent; 4,5 from

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Ptochostola microphivella, G- i.

Sucr. I. Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident with 12.

Type. (1)tProcHostoLaA MICROPH@ELLA, WIk. xxxv. 1758. Australia.

Crambus dimidiellus, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1878, p. 190.

Szcr. II. Fore wing with vein 11 free.

A. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

(2)TProcHosTOLA INCANELLA, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 50.

Colombia.

B. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

(3)tProcuostoLa premaus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 173,

pl. xi. f. 10. Colombia.

Genus CULLADIA.

Culladia, Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p. 383.

Palpi porrect, thickly scaled, and extending about twice the length

of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; frons rounded;

antennz of male somewhat thickened and flattened; spurs long

and equal. Fore wing long and narrow; vein 3 fromangle of cell ;

6 from below upper angle; 7 absent; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 free.

Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper

angle.

Culladia admigratella, S. 3.

Szcr. I. Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked.

Type. (1)tCunnapra ADMIGRATELLA, WIk. xxvii. 192; C. & S. no. 4686.

Gime Ceylon ; Borneo,

+Aracxes esella, Wik. xxvii. 193; C. & S. no. 4687.

Crambus troglodytellus, Snell. Tijds. Ent. (2) vii. p. 103, pl. 8. f. 6.

Type.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN®. 92

Szor. II. Both wings with veins 4, 5 coincident.

(2) CULLADIA SUFFUSELLA, 0. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish fuscous. Fore wing fus-

cous ; the costal area brownish ; the veins beyond lower angle of

cell streaked with fuscous ; traces of a submarginal series of dark

specks; a marginal series of dark specks, Hind wing pale, the

costal and apical areas tinged with fuscous.

Hab. Madagascar ; Nilgiris (Hampson). Exp. 20-26 mm.

Genus OROCRAMBUS.

Orocrambus, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 67 (1885).

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head and fringed

with long hair below; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons

rounded ; antenne of female almost simple; thorax below and

coxze hairy; build stout; wings broad. Fore wing with the apex

rounded ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5, from angle;

6 from upper angle; 7,8,9 stalked, or 9 free; 10,11 free. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8 or free.

Orocrambus melampetrus, Q. 4.

(1) O. metamrsnrrvs, Purdie, N. Z. Journ. Sci. ii. p. 168.

New Zealand.

(2) O. cavacaustrus, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 134.

New Zealand.

(3) O. rrrronnLivs, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 134.

New Zealand.

Undetermined Species.

Orocrambus mylites, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 67. New Zealand.

Genus CRAMBUS.

Crambus, Faby. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 464 (1798).

Chrysoteuchia, Hiibn. Verz. p. 366 (? 1818).

Thisanotia, Hiibn. Verz. p. 367.

Exoria, Hiibn. Verz. p. 367.

Carvanca, W1k. ix. p. 119 (1856).

Calamotropha, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 8 (1863).

Myeza, Wik. xxvii. 190 (1863).

Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1895, No. LIX. 59

926 MR. @. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dec. 17,

Arequipa, Wk. xxvii. 195.

Propexus, Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 79 (1880).

Palpi porrect, extending about three times the length of head, and

clothed with long hair; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with

hair; frons rounded; antenne of male usually thickened and

flattened, with appressed serrations ; tibize with the outer spurs

about half the length of inner. Fore wing with the apex acute ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 usually from angle; 7, 8, 9

stalked; 10 free; 11 curved and approximated to or becoming

coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle of cell or stalked.

Crambus nivellus, 8. 1.

Sxor. I. (Propeaus). Antenne of male bipectinate, with long branches.

(1)tCrameBus EponIs, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p. 19. U.S.A.

(2)tCRramBus PExELLus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 48. U.S.A.

(3)tCramBus PEctINirER, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 53, pl. i.

f, 20 a, b. U.S.A.

Sor. II. Antenne of male strongly serrate.

4)?CRAMBUS REPANDUS, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p. 79. Colorado.

Secor. III. (Crambus). Antenne of male slightly thickened and

flattened.

A. Fore wing with vein 7 given off further from the apex

than 9.

a. Fore wing with vein 11 curved and approximated to 12.

a‘. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

a’. Palpi extending about twice the length of head.

(5)+CRAMBUS TONSALIS, Wlk. xxvii. 190. Borneo.

(6) Crameus pretora, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 268.

Ceram; Australia; Fiji.

(7)tCRaMBus ANTICELLUS, Wk. xxxv. 1751. Natal; Travancore;

Ceylon; Pt. Darwin, Australia.

(8)tCraMBUS INFIXELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 167, Japan; China.

(9) CRaAMBUS PALUDELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(10)tCramBus HIBROCHUNTICUS, Zell. Palestine.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINEH AND CRAMBIN#. 927

(11) Crameus LeprocgRaMMELLUs, Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.

iv. p. 207. Australia.

(12)7CrameEus DELATALIS, WIk. xxvii. 176. Ceylon ; Australia.

(13)?CrameBus arKkrnsont, Zell. Mon. Chil. & India; Ceylon ;

Cramb. p. 9. Burma; Borneo.

(14)?CRAMBUS ALBISTRIGELLUS, n. sp.

¢. Head whitish, slightly suffused with brown; thorax pale

reddish brown; abdomen whitish, slightly suffused with brown.

Fore wing grey, irorated with brown; the costal area reddish

brown ; the cell, the veins beyond it, and the inner area promi-

nently grey ; a black discocellular speck ; a brown spot at origin of

vein 2; a marginal series of specks. Hind wing whitish, slightly

suffused with brown.

Hab. Bonin Island, Perry’s group. Zwp. 24 mm.

(15) CramsBus DIVIDELLUS, Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 645.

Sikhim.

(16) Cramevs unicoLtoretius, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 7.

T r abbreviatellus, Wk. xxxv. 1756. Punjab; Nilgiris.

(17)TCRAMBUS VIOLESCENTELLUS, 2. sp.

Head and thorax pale ochreous; patagia purplish; abdomen

whitish. Fore wing with the basal half of costa ochreous; the

inner area ochreous white, with diffused black scales above it; the

veins pale fulvous; an orange postmedial slightly sinuous line bent

inwards to costa; a slightly sinuous submarginal orange line; a

marginal series of black specks, sometimes complete, sometimes

reduced to the medial four which are placed on an ochreous patch ;

cilia silvery. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Sao Paulo; Castro Paraita, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 24-28 mm.

(18)7CRAMBUS AURANTILINEELLUS, n. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing purplish

grey ; a white streak from base along median nervure to outer

margin; a diffused orange-yellow band below median nervure;

orange postmedial and submarginal bands from the white streak

to inner margin; a marginal series of black specks, the three below

middle on an orange patch.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). vp. 30 mm.

(19)?CRAMBUS HEMIXANTHELLUS, n. sp.

Head and thorax orange; abdomen whitish. Fore wing with

the costal area dark rufous, merging into grey on outer area; the

inner area orange, with two dark medial and two postmedial patches;

a minutely dentate submarginal dark line outwardly edged with

white towards inner margin; a marginal series of black specks ; the

cilia grey. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). Hxp. 26 mm.

59*

928 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec.17,

(20)*CRAMBUS ALEXANDRIENSIS, Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894,

p. 48, pl. i. f. 19. Egypt.

(21)tCrameus renvistRicatus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 168,

plea 1k. Ss Trinidad ; Colombia.

(22)?CRAMBUS INORNATELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 157. Nova Scotia.

(23)?CRAMBUS MINUELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 164. Colombia.

(24)?CRAMBUS LIGONELLUS, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 170,

pl. i t9. Jamaica.

(25) CramBus TETERELLUS, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 252. U.S.A.

camurellus, Clem. P. A. N.S. Phil. 1860, p. 2038.

terrellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 27.

(26)tCRAMBUS CUNEIFERELLUS, W1k. xxvii.175. Australia; New

Hebrides ; Norfolk Island.

”

(27) CRAMBUS COMBINELLUS, Schiff. Europe.

(28) CRAMBUS COULONELLUS, Dup. Europe.

(29) CRAMBUS SPURIELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(30)tCRAMBUS DIPLOGRAMMUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 25.

Siberia ; Japan.

teatellus, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 48.

argentistrigellus, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 107, pl. v.

tb)

”

epi

(31)*CRAMBUS STRIATELLUS, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 107, pl. v. f. 3.

Japan.

(32) CRAMBUS PUDIBUNDELLUS, H.-S. Europe.

(33) CRAMBUS FASCELINELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

m ramosellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 35.

oF epineurus, Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 141.

(34) CramBus pDiciTELius, H.-S. Europe.

(35)7CRaMBUS TRIsECTUS, WIk. ix. 119. U.S.A.

ieee exsiccalis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 37.

Tecse interminellus, W1k. xxvii. 156.

(386)?CramMBus unDatus, Grote, Can. Ent. xvi. p. 35. U.S.A.

‘(37)}CRAMBUS LACINIELLUS, Grote, Can. Ent. xi.p.18. U.S.A,

(38) CRAMBUS CALIGINOSELLUS, Clem. P. A. N.S. Phil. 1860, p. 203.

U.S.A.

(39)tCramBus anceps, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p. 18. U.S.A.

(40)?CrampBvus pupLicatus, Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 79. U.S.A.

(41) Crampus murapiuis, Clem. Proc. A. N. 8. Phil. 1860, p. 204.

U.S.A.

Teles fuscicostellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 44.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 929

(42)fCRaMBUS PROFANELLUS, WIk. xxxv. 1753. Jamaica.

(43)?CraMBUS FISSIRADIELLUS, W1k. xxvii. 160. W. Indies.

eee curtellus, Wik. xxvii. 160, Colombia ; Argentina.

jaeetee quadrinotellus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 55, pl. i.

fai,

oe CRAMBUS LUTEOLELLUS, Clem. Proc. A.N.S. Phil. 1860, p. 203.

» hemiochrellus, Zell. Ex. Micr. p. 49. US.A

», ule, Cockerell, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxiv. p. 272.

(45)?CRAMBUS BIZONELLUS, 0. sp.

¢. Yellowish brown. Fore wing with the inner area suffused

with dark brown; a narrow obliquely curved medial red-brown

band; a similar minutely dentate postmedial band; a marginal

series of black specks ; cilia fuscous. Hind wing fuscous.

Hab. Valparaiso (J. J. Walker). Hap. 24 mm.

(46)TCRAMBUS DECOLORELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 164. Cape.

ie tae Jiguratellus, WIk. xxxy. 1754.

(47)tCRAMBUS FULVITINCTELLUS, 0. sp.

3. Head and thorax ochreous ; palpi fulvous at sides ; abdomen

fuscous. Fore wing ochreous, with a fulvous tinge and irrorated

with fuscous ; the costal and outer areas fuscous ; very ill-defined

oblique medial and postmedial bands from costal area to inner

margin; an indistinct curved submarginal line. Hind wing pale

fuscous ; the cilia whitish.

Hab. "Amshaw, S. Africa. Hap. 24 mm.

(48) Crameus acuraneutus, H.-S. Europe.

(49)TCRAMBUS PALEATELLUS, Zell. Europe.

(50) CramBus TRABBATELLUS, H.-S. Sicily.

(51) Crameus InquinaTeLtvs, Schiff. Europe.

(52)*CRAMBUS SUBFLAVELLUS, Dup. Europe.

(53)*CRAMBUS OSELLUS, Staud. Europe.

(54) Crampus atLanricus, Wollaston, A.M. N. H. (8) i. p. 119.

Madeira.

f. var. canariensis, Rebel. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vil.

p. 254, pl. xvii. ff. 11, 12. Canaries.

(55) CRAMBUS TERSELLUS, Led. Europe.

(56) CramBus DESERTELLUS, Led. Europe.

(57)*CRAMBUS GRAMMICULELLUS, Lucas, Explor. Algérie, iii. p. 407,

pl. 4. f. 8. Algiers.

(58) CRAMBUS GENICULEUS, Haw. Europe; Japan.

(59) CRAMBUS ConTAMINELLUS, Hiibn. Europe,

cantiellus, Tutt, Ent. xix. p. 52,

bh]

930 MR, G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

(60) CRAMBUS SALINELLUS, Tutt. Ent. xix. p. 52. England.

(61) CRAMBUS MATRICELLUS, Treit. Europe.

(62) CRAMBUS POLIELLUS, Treit. Europe.

(63) CRAMBUS DELIELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(64) CRAMBUS LITHARGYRELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(65) CRAMBUS TRISTELLUS, Fabr. Europe.

(66) CRAMBUS SELASELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(67) CRAMBUS LUTEELLUS, Schiff. Europe.

(68)?CRAMBUS ZERMATTENSIS, Frey. Europe.

(69) CrameBus Lzvicatus, Led. Europe.

(70) CraMBUS PERLELLUS, Scop. Europe.

~ languidellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 49.

(71) CRAMBUS AURELIELLUS, F. R. Europe.

(72) CRAMBUS SAXONELLUS, Zinck. Europe.

(73) CRAMBUS FULGIDELLUS, Hibn. Europe.

(74) CraMBUs LATISTRIUS, Haw. Europe.

(75) CRAMBUS UNISTRIATELLUS, Pack. Proc. B.S.N.H.ii.32. U.S.A.

i ~ exesus, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. 16.

(76){CRAMBUS XIPHIELLUS, Zell. S. e. Z. 1872, p. 467, pl. 2. f. 1.

Bogota.

(77)tCRAMBUS FALKLANDICELLUS, 0. sp.

Pale golden brown; palpi white below. Fore wing with a white

streak along basal half of costa, and a somewhat broad fascia from

base through the cell to outer margin below apex. Hind wing

somewhat paler.

Hab. Falkland Islands. Exp. 28 mm.

(78)TCRAMBUS FatcaRIvs, Zell. S. e. Z. 1872, p. 469, pl. 2. f. 2.

Bogota.

(79) CRAMBUS EURYPTELLUS, Berg, Ann. Soc. Argent. iv. p. 208.

Argentina ; Patagonia.

(80)TCRAMBUS STRAMINELLUS, n. sp.

¢. Brownish ochreous; palpi fuscous, white below. Fore wing

with two medial brown lines from vein 1 to inner margin; a few

brown scales on the outer part of inner area; an indistinct

submarginal brown line highly angled at vein 6; a short oblique

line from apex which is produced to a point; three or four

marginal black specks. Hind wing ochreous white:

Hab. Valparaiso (J. J. Walker). Exp. 26 mm.

(81)+CRaMBUS CHILLANIOUS, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 61.

Chili.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 931

(82)TCRAMBUS RADICELLUS, n. sp.

3. Golden brown. Fore wing with a somewhat broad white

fascia below costa forking towards apex ; a similar fascia through

the cell with a longer fork before outer margin, and a streak

between it and the subcostal fascia ; a dark line on apical part of

“margin and three specks on medial part; the inner area greyish.

Hind wing pale brown.

Hab. Patagonia (J. J. Walker). Exp. 30 mm.

(83)tCRAMBUS FERNANDESELLUS, 0. Sp.

o. Pale ochreous; thorax suffused with brown; abdomen

whitish. Fore wing with brown streaks on base of costa; brown

«streaks below end of subcostal nervure and below the veins beyond

the cell; a white streak on median nervyure and a brown fascia

below it; some brown suffusion on inner area. Hind wing

whitish, with slight fuscous suffusion.

Hab. Juan Fernandez (J. J. Walker). Exp. 30 mm.

(84)+CramBus sprcuLELuus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 35, pl. 1.

f. 14. Argentina.

(85)TCRAMBUS DIATREELLUS, n. sp.

Brownish ochreous. Fore wing with black specks on discocel-

lulars and on vein 2 near origin; the veins and interspaces of

outer area streaked with brown; two fine brown lines just inside

the margin and a fine marginal black line; the apex produced and

acute. Hind wing pale fuscous.

Hab. Cayenne; Goya, Argentina. Exp, ¢ 28, 9 36 mm.

(86)+CraMmBus varipus, Butl. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 399.

New Zealand.

(87) CRAMBUS DECRENELLUS, Meyr. N.Z. Journ. Sci. i. p. 186.

New Zealand.

(88) CramBus cRENa@US, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvi. p. 135.

New Zealand.

(89) CramBus HAPLOTOMUS, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci.i. p. 187.

New Zealand,

(90) Crameus pep1as, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 137.

New Zealand.

(91) CramBus ENcopHORUS, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 136.

New Zealand.

(92)+CRAMBUS VITELLUS, Doubl. Dieff. New Zeal. ii. p. 289.

: New Zealand.

7 ms transcissalis, Wlk. xxvii. 178.

Wt 4 sublicellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb, p. 31.

.(93)fCRAMBUS RAMOSELLUS, Doubl. Dieff. New Zeal. ii. p. 288.

New Zealand.

* rangona, Feld, Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 25,

932 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dec. ly,

(94)(CRAMBUS aANGUSTIPENNIS, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 15.

New Zealand

ap » leucanialis, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 401.

(95)tCRAMBUS BISECTELLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 32.

New Zealand.

i K incrassatellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 32.

T 2s nexalis, Wlk. xxvii. 178.

(96)+CRAMBUS FLEXUOSELLUS, Doubl. Dieff. New Zeal. ii. p. 289.

New Zealand.

(97) CRAMBUS TUHUALIS, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 18.

New Zealand.

pate *, vulgaris, Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 400, pl. 43. £. 7.

(98) CraMBUS XANTHOGRAMMUS, Meyr.N. Z. Journ. Sci. i. p. 187.

New Zealand.

99)*CRAMBUS HARPOPHORUS, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. i. p. 187.

New Zealand.

((100)}CramBus corruptvs, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 399.

New Zealand.

(101) Crameus HeLtoris, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 68.

New Zealand.

(102) CramBus cyctopicus, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. i. p. 187.

New Zealand.

(103) CramsBus RADInLLUS, Hibn. Europe.

(104) CramBus FURCATELLUS, Zett. Europe.

(105) CRaAMBUS MARGARITELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(106) CraMBUS PYRAMIDELLUS, Treit. Europe.

(107) CRaAMBUS PAUPERELLUS, Treit. Europe.

(108) CrameBus concHELLUs, Schiff. Europe.

(109) Cramsus PINELLUS, Linn. Europe.

(110) Crameus Myrinenius, Hiibn. Europe.

(111) Crameus myztius, Hiibn. Europe.

(112)?CRaMBUS LATIRADIELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 157. U.S.A.

yee interruptus, Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 101.

(113) Crameus sprcuLatis, Hibn. Europe.

(114) CramBus LUCTIFERELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(115)*CzaMBUS DIMORPHELLUS, Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 21.

Europe.

(116\*CRAMBUS CORSICELLUS, Dup. Europe,

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 933

(117)*CramBus KOBELTI, Saalm. 8. e. Z. xlvi. p. 335. f. 12.

Algeria.

(118) CramsBus INcERTELLUS, H.-S. Europe.

e confusellus, Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 82.

(119) CraMBUs VERELLUS, Zinck. Europe.

(120) Cramets FaLseLius, Schiff. Europe.

(121) CramsBus tRIcHOstomus, Christ. Europe; Labrador ;

Canada.

(122) CramBts LABRADORIENSIS, Christ. Ent. Zeit. xix. p. 314.

Labrador ; Canada.

a nti meestellus, Wik. xxvii. 155.

(123) CRAMBUS TRUNCATELLUS, Zett. Europe; Canada.

e abirusellus, Wk. xxvii. 158.

tHypena rufinalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1133.

tCrambus lienigiellus, Zell.

(124)+CramBus Mixrais, WIk. xxvii. 166. China.

(125)tCrameBus MACULALIS, Zett. Europe.

43 cacuminellus, Zell.

(126) CraMBus BIARMICUS, Tgstn. Europe.

(127) Cramevs niuGans, Clem. Proc. A. N.S. Phil. 1860, P ce

t 4, terminellus, Zell, Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 27.

(128)?CRAMBUS GRISETINCTELLUS, n. sp.

g. Greyish white; thorax and abdomen suffused with

brown. Fore wing sparsely irrorated with brown scales; the

costa brown; brown specks on discocellulars and below origin of

vein 2; an ill-defined diffused brown submarginal line becoming

obsolescent towards inner margin; a marginal series of dark

specks. Hind wing white, with a slight fuscous tinge. Underside

of fore wing suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Hwp. 16 mm.

(129)?CRraMBUs EXPANSELLUS, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, pl. i.

f. 18. Colombia.

(130)tCraMBUS IMMUNELLUS, Zell. S. e. Z. 1872, p. 472, pl. 2. f. 6.

Colombia ; Brazil.

(131)fCRamBus PUSIONELLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 16.

Colombia; Venezuela.

(132)CRAMBUS SPARSELLUS, W1k. xxxv. 1755. 8S. Africa.

-(133)?CRAMBUS GNESCENTELLUS, 0. sp.

¢- Head white; base of palpi and antenne brown; thorax

‘934 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

brown, the patagia white; abdomen white. Fore wing white;

an seneous fascia along basal two-thirds of costa, and broader

fascie below median nervure and on inner margin; a fascia in

end of cell, then bent upwards to apex; a series of marks in the

interspaces beyond lower angle of cell: a marginal line. Hind

wing white, the costal area with.a slight «neous tinge.

@ with the fore wing more wholly suffused with bronze.

Hab. N’gatana, Brit. E, Africa( Gregory). Exp. 16 mm.

(184)?CRaMBUS FAMULELLUS, WIk. xxxv. 1765. Ceylon ;

Burma; Tonkin.

(135)+CRAMBUS DILEUCELLUS, n. sp.

9. Golden brown. . Fore wing with a diffused white fascia in

the cell connected with a diffused triangular patch on the disk ;

‘a white mark on the disk and white mark on middle of inner area;

a dentate white submarginal line bent inwards at costa; an

irregular white band just inside the margin ; a dark marginal line ;

the cilia pale and brown. Hind wing fuscous; the cilia white.

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo, Hap. 20 mm.

_(136)?CRAMBUS OBLITERANS, W1]k. xxvii. 169. Borneo.

as candifer, W1k. xxvii. 170.

(137)TCRAMBUS PUNCTIVENELLUS, n. sp.

3. White; palpi fulvous at sides ; thorax and abdomen irrorated

with brown. Fore wing with the interspaces suffused with brown

scales, leaving the base of cell and costal area whitish; a black

spot at origin of vein 2; an oblique medial brown striga from

costa; an indistinct submarginal brown line, double and very

highly angled below the costa; a marginal black line somewhat

maculate at the veins. Hind wing white.

Hab. Ceylon (Green); Tonkin (Buckland), Exp. 20 mm.

(138)TCRAMBUS DUPLICELLUS, n. sp.

Silvery white; palpi at sides, antennx, and legs fuscous. Fore

wing with the costa dark brown; a brown medial line very much

excurved below costa, then inwardly oblique, interrupted and

emitting a streak below vein 2 to the double postmedial line,

.which is bent outwards from the costa to vein 6 and then becomes

.submarginal, and with some brown suffusion inside it on inner

area; a dark marginal line. Underside of fore wing and costa of

hind wing suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Haiphong, Tonkin (Buckland). Eap. 14 mm.

(189) CRAMBUS CHRYSONUCHELLUS, Scop. Europe.

(140) CraMBUS CRATERELLUS, Scop. Europe.

(141) Cramsus LuceLtus, H.-S. Europe; Japan.

(142) CRAMBUS HORTUELLUS, Hiibn. Europe; Japan.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBIN®. 935

(143) CRAMBUS MORRISONELLUS, Zell. USA.

(144) Crameus pecorrttus, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 256.

U.S.A.

% polyactinellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 25.

T.. ,, . goodellianus, Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 17.

2 bonusculalis, Hulst. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 167.

(145)+CramBus TOPARIUS, Zell. Stett. e. Z. 1866, p. 155. U.S.A.

(146)+CramBus RURICOLELLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. LS 40.

S.A.

(147) CraMBus VULGIVAGELLUS, Clem. Proc. A. N.S. Phil. 1860,

p. 203. U.S.A.; Vancouver.

Tihs chalybirostris, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 40.

Lee aurifimbrialis, Wik. xxvii. 157.

-(148)+ CRamBus arrEenvatts, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p.18. W.States;

Vancouver.

(149) CramBus CULMELLUS, Linn. Europe.

(150) CramBus DUMETELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(151) CramBus PALUSTRELLUS, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vi.

p. 78. Europe.

(152) CramBus PRATELLUS, Linn. Europe.

(153)TCramBus oREGONICUS, Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p.17. U.S.A.

(154) CraMBvus ALIENELLUS, Zinck. Europe.

(155)+CRaMBUs DissEcrus, Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 16. U.S.A.

(156) CramMBUS HEMIGIELLUS, H.-S. Europe.

(157) CRAMBUS SILVELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(158) CRAMBUS ERICELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

(159) CramBus PascuELivs, Linn. Europe.

(160)fCRaMBUS ULIGINOSELLUS, Zell. _ Europe.

(161) CramMBus HAMELLUS, Thnb. Europe.

(162) CramBus NOLKENIELLUS, Zell. S. e. Z. 1872, p. 470, pl. 2.

f. 4,

Colombia ; Bogota.

(163) CramBus CANDIELLtS, H.-S. Armenia.

(164) CramMBUS MALACELLUS, Dup. Palearctic, A‘thiopian,

» hapaliscus, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p.7. Oriental, and

tT » concinellus, Wk. xxvii. 165. Australian regions.

(165)TCRramBus QUINQUEAREALIS, Zell. Ex. Micr. 38, pl. i. f. 16.

U.S.A.

936 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

(166)?Cramsus LEvconotus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 167,

jc a U.S.A.

(167) CramBus PRHFECTELLUS, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 249.

U.S.A.

involutellus, Clem. Proc. A. N. S. Phil. 1860,

p. 203.

(168) CraMBUs LEACHELLUS, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p.114. U.S.A.

+ 4, pulchellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 18.

qe 008 hastiferellus, Wik. xxvii. 155.

(169)tCramBus suBzQUALIS, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 37.

Brazil; Argentina.

(170)fCramBus ARGyRoPHoRvS, Butl. Ill. Het. it. p. 61, pl. 40.

f. 5. Japan; Sikhim.

(171)*CRaMBUS ORNATELLUS, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 108, pl. v.

£2: Japan.

(172)*CRAMBUS ARGENTARIUS, Staud. Siberia.

(173) CraMBus NIVELLUS, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 495.

Himalayas ; Nilgiris.

et todarius, Butl. P. Z. S. 1883, p. 173.

aurivittatus, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 226.

(174)tCramsBus FLoRIDUS, Zell. Beitr. i. 91. U.S.A.

(175) CRAMBUS CARPENTERELLUS, Pack. Hayden’s U.S. Survey,

1873, p. 548, Western States.

Tea bse pectlentatn: Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 16.

(176) CRAMBUS SATRAPELLUS, Zinck. Germ. Mg. iv. p. 247. U.S.A.

i Oe aculiellus, W1k. xxvii. 158.

Se elegantellus, W1k. xxvii. 179.

a7 )fCRAMBUS BIDENS, Zell. Beitr. i. 89. U.S.A.

(178) CramBus aciTaTeLtus, Clem. Proc. A. N. 8. Phil. 1860,

p- 203. U.S.A.

3 alboclavellus, Zell. Mon, Chil. & Cramb. p. 19.

(179)+CRAMBUS SALTUELLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 22.

U.S.A.

(180) CRAMBUS LAQUEATELLUS, Clem. Proc. A. N. S. Phil. 1860,

p- 203. U.S.A.

TH vss semifusellus, W1k. xxvii. 159.

(181)tCramBus YOKOHAMA, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 456.

Amur; Jpan.

» splendidellus, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 48.

(182) CraMBUS ALBELLUS, Clem. P. A. N. 8. Phil. 1860, p. 204.

1895.] OF THH SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBINS. 937

(183)tOramsus Brpuncretius, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb, p. 23.

U.S.A.

+Arequipa turbatella, Wik. xxvii. 196.

(184) CramBus rorcELLANELLUS, Motsch. Ht. Ent. ix. p. 38.

Japan.

ings vigens, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 456.

» fucatellus, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 45.

(185)*CramBus ManDscHuRtcvs, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 44.

Amur.

(186)*Crameus pisrincretius, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 107, pl. v.

el Japan.

(187)*Crameus PuRELLUS, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 107, pl. v.

(ag 2 Japan.

(188) CramsBus LaTELLus, Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 644.

Japan; Himalayas; Assam.

(189)+CRAMBUS MELANOSTICTA, n. sp.

Differs from Jatellus in the palpi being white at tips. Fore

wing with two oblique medial costal brown strige continued as a

single medial line angled below costa, and with a black spot on it

at vein2; the submarginal line brown, further from the margin,

double from the costa to its angle at vein 6 and incurved at

vein 2; no orange on marginal area; a slight brown marginal

line ; the cilia silvery.

Hab. Nigas (Doherty); Ceylon (Green). Exp. 16-20 mm.

(190)*CramBus NicRipuNcTELLUS, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 107,

pl. v. f. 10. Corea.

(191)tCrameus cHRYSoPERELLUS, Hmpsn. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 349. Grenada ; St. Vincent.

(192) Cramsus ocuLaxis, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxxvi. p. 64, pl. 3. f. 6.

Ceylon, Java.

(193)+CRAMBUS ARGENTICILIA, n. sp.

3. Pure silvery white; palpi tinged with fulvous at base.

Fore wing with five pale fuscous, slightly sinuous, erect, medial

lines ; a similar submarginal line slightly excurved between veins

6 and 3; a black marginal line; cilia silvery.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon); Ceylon (Green). Hap. 16 mm.

(194)tCrameus avricrnoratis, WIk. xxvii. 183. W. Africa.

(195)tCzaMBuS FLAVIPEDELLUS, Zell. Lep. Cafir. p.73. 8. Africa.

(196)+CRaMBUS AURIFIMBRIELLUS, 0. Sp.

dg. Silvery white; palpi fulvous at sides; legs pale fulvous.

Fore wing with a blackish postmedial speck in interno-median

interspace, with a slight ridge of white scales from it becoming

938 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

golden near the margin; a series of black strie on the margin;

the cilia pale fuscous. Underside of fore wing slightly suffused

with fuscous.

Hab. Haiphong, Tonkin (Buckland), Exp. 18 mm.

(197) CramBus GrRaRDELLUS, Clem. P. A. N. S. Phil. 1860,

p. 204. U.S.A.

th e nivethumellus, Wk. xxvii. 159.

(198) CraMBus NieROCILIELLUS, Zell. Mon. Bombay ; Siberia;

Chil. & Cramb. p. 62. China ; Japan ;

tT » — melaralis, Wik. xxvii. 166. N.W. Himalayas.

t 4, brachypterellus, Wik. xxxv. 1757.

_ immaturellus, Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 48.

(199) CramsBus NigRicosta, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vii. p. 143, pl. 156.

f. 22. Nilgiris.

(200) CRAMBUS INORNATELLUS, Clem. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. 418.

US.A.

aK » sertcinellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 49.

tT 4, imnotatellus, W1k. xxvii. 156.

(201)+CRaMBUS IMPURELLUS, Nn. sp.

3. White, with a slight yellowish tinge and fuscous suffusion ;

underside of fore wing and the costal area of hind wing suffused

with fuscous.

Hab. Gulmurg, Afghanistan (Fortescue), Exp. 24 mm.

b*. Palpi hardly reaching beyond the frons, which is

produced and conical.

(202)tCRAMBUS SERICINA, Zell. Exot. Micr. p. 70. Colombia.

6’. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 on a long stalk.

(203)tCRAMBUS DISTICTELLUS, n. sp.

Pale brown. Fore wing with the veins slightly delineated by

fuscous lines ; a black discocellular spot, with another spot below it

on vein 2; a black speck at outer angle ; two fine brown lines just

inside the margin, and a blackish marginal line. Hind wing

yellowish white, the apical area slightly suffused with brown,

especially in male.

Hab. Brazil (Schaus). Exp. ¢ 24, 2 32 mm.

6. Fore wing with vein 11 anastomosing with 12; hind

wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

(204)tCramBus sIMPLEX, Butl. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 400, pl. 43. £. 12.

New Zealand.

(205)tCRAMBUS OCHRISTRIGELLUS, Nn. sp.

Ochreous. Fore wing with the interspaces irrorated with

fuscous scales, forming obscure streaks from base to beyond

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN. 939

middle, and obscure postmedial and submarginal series of short

streaks ; two dark specks on the margin below middle; veins 4, 5

often stalked. Hind wing ochreous white.

Hab, Lahore (Harford) ; Ceylon (Pole). Eup. 14-22 mm.

(206)TCRAMBUS DELINEATELLUS, N. sp.

3. Ochreous white ; palpi at sides and patagia brown. Fore

wing ochreous white; the veins pure white, with fine brown lines

on each side of them; fine brown streaks in cell and interspaces

below it ; a black discocellular spot, a spot below origin of vein 2,

and a spot at outer angle; two fine brown lines just inside the

margin, and a series of black specks on the margin. Hind wing

white.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Exp. 22 mm.

B. Fore wing with vein 7 given off nearer the apex than 9.

(207)tCRAMBUS MULTIRADIELLUS, n. sp.

Head and thorax black-brown ; palpi below, the sides of frons,

antennez, and metathorax white; abdomen greyish. Fore wing

black-brown; a white fascia from base bifurcating at middle of

cell, again dividing into three branches towards costa and three

beyond lower angle of cell; a broad white fascia on inner area

irrorated with black; a double fulvous line from costa beyond

middle, oblique to below apex, then submarginal; a marginal

series of black spots ; the cilia silvery. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Sao Paulo; Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 26 mm.

(208)+CRAMBUS ARGENTILINEELLUS, n. sp.

Head and thorax pale rufous; the patagia tinged with purple ;

abdomen pale, in some specimens with paired dark lateral patches.

Fore wing pale ochreous brown, with broad whitish costal fascia

with purple-brown stripe below it ; a purple-brown streak below

median nervure; pale streaks on the veins beyond the cell; the

marginal area orange, with curved silvery submarginal line;

a marginal series of black specks; the cilia silvery. Hind wing

white with pale fuscous suffusion, chiefly on apical area.

Hab. Sio Paulo; Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Eup. 28-

32 mm.

Last of undetermined Species.

Crambus argillaceus, Pack. Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. xi. 54. Labrador.

» colchicellus, Led. Armenia.

a levigatellus, Led. Armenia.

» meonsprcuellus, Snell. Tijds. Ent. (2) vii. p. 102, pl. 8.f. 5.

uinea.

Calamotropha robustella, Snell. Tijds. Ent. (2) vii. p. 100, pl. 8.

AD 3: Guinea.

r abjectella, Snell. Tijds. Ent. (2) vii. p. 101, pl. 8. £. 4.

Guinea.

940

MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec.17,

Crambus heliocaustus, Wallengr. fv. Ak. Forh. xxii. 1, p. 126.

S. Africa.

recaluus, Wallengr. Gify. Ak. Forh. xxii. 1, p. 126.

S. Africa.

stilatus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 38, pl. i. £. 15.

Argentina.

humidellus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 42. Japan.

atrosignatus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 43, pl. i. f. 17.

Japan.

caucasicus, Alph. Troudy. Ent. Ross. x. p.27. Caucasus.

leuconotus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 167, pl. xi. f. 7.

Colombia.

ethonellus, Meyr. N. Z. Jn. Sci. i. p. 187. New Zealand.

callirhous, Meyr. N. Z. Jn. Sci. i. p. 187. New Zealand.

siriellus, Meyr. N. Z. Jn. Sci. i. p. 187. New Zealand.

dimidiatellus, Grote, Tr. Kansas Ac. viii. p.57. U.S.A.

graphellus, Cons. Ann. Soc. Fr. (6) iv. p. 207, pl. ix. £. 5.

Gulf of Juan.

ephorus, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 135.

New Zealand.

diplorrhous, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 136.

New Zealand.

paraxenus, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 137.

New Zealand.

sophronellus, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 188.

New Zealand.

oncolobus, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvii. p. 138.

New Zealand.

zeellus, Fernald, Can. Ent. xvii. p. 55=refotalis, Hulst.

Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 166. U.S.A.

hulstellus, Fernald, Can. Ent. xvii. p. 56. U.S.A.

biradiellus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) ix. p. 70.

Magellan.

concolorellus, Christ. Rom. Mem. ii. p. 149, pl. viii. f. 15.

Transcaucasia.

terrestellus, Christ. Rom. Mem. ii. p. 151, pl. viii. f. 2.

Transcaucasia.

extorralis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p.165. U.S.A.

trichusalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 165. U.S.A

cypridalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p.165. U.S.A

delectalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 165. U.S.A.

offectalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 166. U.S.A.

cuneolalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii.p.166. U.S.A

brothanatalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 166. U.S.A.

gausapalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 167. U.S.A.

comptulatalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 167. U.S.A.

cyrenaicellus, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. 138. Tunis.

profluxellus, Rom. Mem. iii. p. 45, pl. ii. f, 13.

Transcaucasus.

bolterellus, Fern. Ent. Am. iii. p. 37. Texas.

1895. | OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBINA. 941

Crambus multilinellus, Fern. Ent. Am. iii. p. 37. Florida.

» behrensellus, Fern. Ent. Am. iii. p. 37. California.

», divisellus, Johannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) viii. p. 273,

pl. vi. f. 4. Beyrout.

» vallicolellus, Casto, Atti Ac. Napoli, (2) i. no. 9, p. 60.

Sardinia.

» argentistrigellus, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) viii. p. 279,

pl. vis.£.9: Algeria.

isochytus, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 68. New Zealand.

» detomatellus, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 322.

Porte Rico.

descludellus, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 323.

Porto Rico.

gestatellus, Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 323.

Porto Rico.

psychellus, Maassen in Stiibel’s Reise, p. 171, pl. ix. £. 24.

Equador.

» angustatellus, Maassen in Stiibel’s Reise, p. 171, pl. ix.

f. 28. Bolivia.

Propexus magnificus, Kern. Can. Ent. xxiii. p. 30. Texas.

Crambus biformellus, Rebel. Stett. e. Z. liv. p. 37. Transcaucasia.

» eiliciellus, Rebel. Stett. e. Z. liv. p. 39. Armenia.

», albilinellus, Fern. Can. Ent. xxv. p. 94. California.

» coloradellus, Fern. Can. Ent. xxv. p. 95. Colorado.

Calamotropha argenteocihella, Pag. Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. x. p. 286.

E. Africa.

53 Fuscicostella, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxiii. p. 247. Celebes.

Crambus orientellus, H.-S. Europe.

» kindermanni, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 37. Siberia.

» ttalellus, Cast. Europe.

» siculellus, Dup. Europe.

» @nrocilellus, Ey. Europe.

> monotceniellus, H.-S. ; Europe.

» vectifer, Zell. Europe.

., delicatellus, Zell. Europe.

5, staudingeri, Zell. Europe.

» permutatellus, H.-S. Europe.

5, nemorellus, Hiibn. Europe.

Genus DiprycHoPHORA.

Diptychophora, Zell. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1866, p. 153.

Ditomoptera, Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix. p. 179 (1893).

Palpi porrect, clothed with long hair and extending about the

length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; proboscis

well-developed ; frons rounded; antenne of male somewhat

thickened and flattened; tibiz with the spurs long and equal.

Fore wing with the outer margin deeply excised below apex and

slightly at vein 5; vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9; 10 free; 11 free or

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1895, No. LX. 60

942 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from

angle of cell, rarely absent ; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

oe?

Diptychophora lepidella, . #.

Sect I. Hind wing with vein 3 present in both sexes.

(1)tDierycHopHora LEPIDELLA, WIk. xxxv. 1761. New Zealand.

Crambus gracilis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 127. f. 26.

(2)*DrerycHorHora IntERRUPTA, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 15.

s atrosema, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. 1. 186.

New Zealand.

(3)*DierycHorHora HOLANTHOS, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvii. 131.

New Zealand.

(4)rD1pTYCHUPHORA AURISCRIPTELLA, WIk. xxx. 976.

New Zealand.

(5)tDiPTycHOPHORA METALLIFERA, Butl. P. ZS. 1877, p. 401,

pl..4a: f. 11. New Zealand.

(6)tDrerycHoPHorRa BIPUNCTELLA, Wlk. xxxv. 1761. New Zealand.

(7) DiprycHoPHoRA PYRSOPHANES, Meyr. N. Zeal. Journ. Sci. i.

p- 186. New Zealand.

(8)*DivtycHorHora curysoctyra, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1882,

p- 12. New Zealand.

(9) DiprycHopHora sELEN@A, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvii. 181,

New Zealand.

(10) DrerycHopHora ELAINA, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. i. 187.

New Zealand.

11)*DiprycHoPHORA EPIPH HA, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xvii. 132.

New Zealand.

(12) DiprycHoPpHorA ADSPERSELLA, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvi.

p: 61, pl. 3. £. 4. N.W. Himalayas ; Ceylon,

(13) Drerycnornora TRIPUNCTATA, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 226.

Sikhim.

(14)tDirtycHOPHORA MINUTELLA, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 179,

pl. 174. f. 31. Sikhim ; Ceylon.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBIN#, 943

(15)7DiprycHOPHORA GRISEOLALIS, N. sp.

@. Whitish, thickly irrorated with brown. Fore wing with the

costa pale fulvous at middle; an antemedial white line with dark

line on its outer edge and angled below costa; a slight yellowish

discocellular spot ; a postmedial line highly excurved below costa,

then oblique, crenulate, and with white spots on its outer edge to

inner margin; the apical area yellow with a white fascia ; a dark

line through the cilia.

Hab. Jubbulpore, Bengal. Exp. 14 mm.

(16)+DrervcoHorHora PARVALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1316. Brazil.

(17)*DrerycHoPHora AzANALIS, W1k. xix. 967. Brazil.

(18)*DierycHopHors KUHLWEINI, Zell. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1866,

p. 154, pl. i. f.. 15} Brazil.

Sect. II. Hind wing with veia 3 present in ¢, absent in Q.

(19)+DrerycHorHora ocHRACEALIS, Wlk. xxxv. 1338. Australia.

prematurella, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N. S. W.

1878, p. 198.

Scr. III. Hind wing with vein 3 absent in both sexes.

(20) DiprycHopHora pinaTeria, Meyr.P. L. Soc. N. 8. W. 1878,

p. 199. Australia.

List of undetermined Species.

Diptychophora straminiella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xi. 32, pl. 1.

122 New Friburg.

a octavianella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. 33, pl. i. f. 13.

Chiriqui.

leucovantha, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. 1. p. 186.

New Zealand.

helioctypa, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci.i. p. 187.

New Zealand.

harmonica, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 71.

New Zealand.

ewsectella, Christ, Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 41. Amur.

Genus PLATYTES.

Platytes, Guen. Ind. Meth. p. 86 (1845).

Argyria, Hibn. Verz. p. 372 (? 1818), non descr.

Catharylla, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 50 (1863).

Urola, Wik. xxvii. 181 (1863).

Ptychopseustis, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1889, p. 521.

Palpi porrect, downcurved at extremity, reaching well beyond

the frons and clothed with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly

scaled; proboscis well developed; frons rounded; antenne of

male thickened and flattened. Fore wing with vein 3 from before

60*

944 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from well below upper angle; 7

from angle; 8,9 stalked; 10 and 11 free andoblique. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from

upper angle.

Platytes niveifascialis, $. }.

Secr. I. (Argyria). Palpi extending about 13 times

length of head.

(1) Puaryres nivatts, Drury, ii. pl. xiv. f.4. U.S.A.; Honduras.

Geometra argentata, Emmons, Nat. Hist. New York, v. pl. 40.

f. 2.

+Catharylla nummulalis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 51.

Tt Urola microchrysella, Wk. xxvii. 181.

(2) Puaryres NuMMuLALIS, Hiibn. Exot. ff. 185, 186. U.S.A.

TCatharylla fuscipes, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb., p. 51.

tUrola subcenescens, Wik. xxvii. 182.

(3)TPLaTYTES TENELLA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p.50. Brazil.

(4)7TPLatyrEs LucIDELA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 52. Brazil.

(5)TPLATYTES RUFISIGNELLA, Zell. Grote’s Check List, p. 56.

U.S.A.

(6)tPuatyres oprosira, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 64.

Centr. & S. America.

Argyria insons, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 187. f. 21.

(7) PuATYTES PUSILLALIS, Htibn. Zutr. 167, 168. U.S.A.; W.

Zebronia abronalis, Wk. xix. 967. Indies; Centr. &

t Catharylla lusella, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. S. America.

p- 51.

TArgyria vestalis, Butl. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 494.

(8)TPLATYTES PUSTULELLA, WIk. xxxv. 1764. Venezuela,

(9)TPLATYTES DIVISELLA, Wl]k. xxxv. 1765. Centr. & S. America.

TtArgyria pontiella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 61, pl. i. f. 24.

(10)+PLATYTES CROCEIVITELLA, Wlk. xxvii. 182. Brazil.

(11)rPratyres srmpLEx, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 70.

Centr. America.

(12) Puaryrss rurvicornis, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 68.

Brazil.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 945

Secr. I. (Platytes). Palpi extending more than twice

the length of head.

A. Fore wing with the apex slightly produced.

a. Fore wing with the outer margin not indented.

(13)TPLatyres crocEIcrncrEtta, W1k. xxvii. 182. Venezuela.

(14) Puaryres avraTeLna, Clem. Proc. A. N. S. Phil. 1860,

p. 204.

TUrola pulchellu, Wik. xxvii. 183. Wiseav.

(15)TPLATYTES INTERRUPTELLA, WIk. xxxv. 1763.

Japan; China; Penang.

tArgyria inficitella, Wik. xxxv. 1764.

a obliquella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 68, pl. i. f. 22

Hint ae candida, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 590.

(16)7PLATYTES MARGINEPUNCTALIS, n. sp.

Pure white; palpi rufous at sides ; collar with two rufous lines.

Fore wing with slight rufous streaks from base along costa, median

nervure, and vein 1 ; a medial rufous line very highly angled below

costa, and with a black discocellular spot on it; a double sub-

marginal rufous line highly angled on vein 6, its outer portion

indistinct and minutely crenulate near the angle ; a marginal series

of black specks; the cilia silvery at base, the tips fuscous. Hind

wing pure white. Underside of fore wing suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Dharmsala, Punjab (Hocking). Hap. 18 mm.

(17)TPLAaTYTES PARALELLUS, Zell. Stett. e. Z. 1867, p. 389, pl. 2.

fel. Sikhim ; Khdsis.

(18)TPLATYTES NIVEIFASCIALIS, n. sp.

3g. Head white; palpi brown at sides; thorax white and

brown; abdemen ochreous white. Fore wing pale ochreous

brown, with silvery-white fascia from base through the cell, ter-

minating in a point beyond the cell and edged by brown lines ;

some dark brown scales on inner area; a brown line from costa

beyond middle, double to vein 6, where it is highly angled near

the margin, then inwardly oblique, sinuous and obsolescent; a

fuscous triangular shade on outer area meeting the apex of the

silvery fascia; a fine dark crenulate marginal line. Hind wing

ochreous white, slightly tinged with fuscous on marginal area.

Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India (Hampson). Exp, 22 mm.

(19)?PLATYTES INTERSTRIATELLUS, Nn. sp.

$. White; palpi rufous at sides; the thorax marked with

rufous; abdomen brownish. Fore wing with the ‘nterspaces suf-

fused with rufous ; the veins white ; a blackish patch below base of

cell and a streak on base of inner margin ; an ill-defined very oblique

white band from lower angle of cell to inner margin, with blackish

946 MR. G, F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dec. 17,

patches beyond discocellulars and below cell; an oblique submar-

ginal white line from vein 3 to inner margin; a series of blackish

submarginal marks. Hind wing whitish.

Hab. Dharmsila, Punjab (Hocking). Hap, 24 mm.

(20)TPLATYTES STRIGULALIS, N. sp.

3. White; palpi fuscous at sides; abdomen with the two

basal segments yellow above. Fore wing with oblique yellow-

brown strigz from costa; slight brown streaks below costa and in

cell; the inner area irrorated with a few brown scales and with

traces of a medial oblique line; a dark discocellular speck; the

outer area prominently streaked with yellow-brown; an indistinct

waved submarginal line bent inwards to costa and inner margin ;

a marginal series of black specks. Hind wing white.

Hab. Murree; Mean Meer, Punjab (Harford); Nagas, Assam

(Doherty) ; Ceylon (Green). Eap. 20 mm.

(21)TPLATYTES ALBIPENNELLA, N. sp.

é. Cretaceous white; palpi brownish at sides; abdomen with

the two basal segments ochreous above. Fore wing with traces of

pale fulvous streaks in the interspaces and of a pale fulvous spot

at lower angle of cell; a marginal series of dark specks ; cilia with

three brown lines through them. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Murree, Punjab (Harford). Exp. 18 mm.

(22) PiaryrEs sQUAMULELLA, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1881, p. 158,

pl xi, &.3. U.S.A.

(23) Puatyres DENSELLA, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1881, p. 158,

pl.xigt2, U.S.A.

(24) PLaTyrEs INTERLINEATA, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1881, p. 156,

0 U1 Colombia.

(25) PLaryTEs PULVERULENTELLA, Zell. S.e. Z. 1870, p. 473, f. 7.

Bogota.

(26) Praryrns PALLIDELLA, Dup. Europe.

(27)TPLATYTES POLYACTINELLA, 0. sp.

Pure white; palpi brown at sides ; fore legs brown. Fore wing

with very broad brown fascia from base through the cell to

outer margin below apex, streaks along medial nervure, the veins

beyond the cell, in interno-median interspace and on vein 1; a

series of black marginal specks; cilia with brown bases and tips.

Hind wing white.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 26 mm.

(28)TPLATYTES SAGITELLA, N. sp.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen golden bronze ; the patagia and

abdomen marked with white. Fore wing golden bronze; a white

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN 2. 947

fascia on costal area not reaching the apex; a white fascia from

base below cell to middle of wing, with black on its upper edge,

continued as a white streak on vein 1, and emitting an angled

white mark te middle of inner margin; a black-edged oblique

white band from below apex, sending a sagittate white mark to

lower angle of cell, then angled outwards to outer angle; a white

marginal band and black marginal line; the cilia white, olive at

base. Hind wing pure white, with fine black marginal line.

Hab. Sao Paulo; Castro Parafia, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 26 mm. '

(29)TPLATYTES ENDOCHALYBELLA, n. sp.

¢. Head and collar brown; thorax and abdomen golden bronze.

Fore wing dark vinous brown; the inner area golden bronze, with

two small brown and white lunules at middle; a pale white-edged

somewhat triangular mark beyond lower angle of cell; a white

marginal band with dentate inner edge not reaching inner margin.

Hind wing pale; the apical area tinged with fuscous; traces of a

waved fuscous submarginal line.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Exp. 26 mm.

(30)+PLatyres PENTADACTYLUS, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 38.

New Zealand; Tasmania.

tAgquita claviferella, Wik. xxxv. 1765.

tAphomia strigosa, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 398, pl. 43. £.10.

(31)rPLatyTEs IcreRicaLis, Swinh. P. Z.8. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57.

ig se Poona.

(82)TPLATYTES FUSCIVENALIS, n. sp.

Ochreous. Fore wings with the veins streaked with brown; an

obsolescent, bisinuate, very oblique leaden-coloured antemedial

line; two leaden-coloured discocellular specks; a postmedial

leaden-coloured line, very oblique, from costa to vein 6, then

waved and obsolescent ; a marginal series of dark specks. Hind

wing pale ochreous, with dark marginal specks from apex to

vein 3.

Hab. Ceylon (Pole). Exp. 18 mm.

(33)TPLATYTES PLUMBEOLINEALIS, 0. sp.

Differs from fuscivenalis in being uniform ochreous irrorated

with fuscous. Fore wing with the ante- and postmedial lines

prominently silvery, oblique from costa to above middle, then

waved and nearly erect to inner margin. Hind wing with traces

of submarginal line.

Some specimens have the fore wing strongly suffused with

leaden grey before the antemedial and beyond the postmedial

lines.

Hab. Punjab; Ceylon (Pole). Hap. 18 mm.

Type. (384) PLATYTES CERUSELLA, Schiff. Europe.

948 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

b. Fore wing with the outer margin slightly indented at vein 6.

(35)TPLATYTES ARGHNTISPARSALIS, 0. sp.

@. Differs from plumbeolinealis in being more fuscous and

prominently irrorated with black scales. Fore wing with brilliant

silver line from base of costa to median nervure, near angle of cell,

then erect to inner margin, with a black spot inside it below the

cell ; a curved silver fascia on subcostal nervure at end of cell, and

a spot at lower angle; the silvery submarginal line more excurved

below costa and nearer the margin; the marginal specks more

prominent and on a grey band.

Hab. Ceylon (Pole), Hap. 18 mm.

(36)tPLATYTES KADENII, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 16.

Venezuela.

B. Fore wing with the apex produced to a long point.

(37)TPLATYTES CARACTELLA, Zell. Europe.

(38) PLaryres ALPINELLA, Hiibn. Europe.

Last of undetermined Species.

Catharyla interrupta, Zell. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1866, p. 156, pl.i.f. 15.

Venezuela,

a contiguella, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 540. Texas.

2 rufisignella, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxii. p.540. ‘Texas.

Argyria subtilis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 22. Bogoti.

mesodonta, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 62. Chanchamayo,

sordipes, Zell. Hor, Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 67. Buenos Ayres.

» pentaspila, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p.70. New Friburg.

» bifasciella, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvi. p. 68, pl. 3. f. 5.

”

Celebes.

Tortrix norwichiana, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. Tort. f. 252. ? America.

Platytes lugdunella, Snell. Europe.

Genus EROMENE.

Eromene, Hiibn. Verz. p. 366 (? 1818).

Euchromius, Guen. Ind. Meth. p. 86 (1845), preocc.

Proboscis well developed; palpi porrect, extending about twice

the length of head, and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi triangularly

scaled ; frons produced to a conical process; anteune of male

thickened and flattened; tibiz with the outer spurs about two

thirds length of inner. Fore wing with the apex usually rounded ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7

well separated from 8,9; 10 free; 11 oblique and not approxi-

mated to 12; male with a shallow fovea in cell. Hind wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from

upper angle.

Type.

1895. | OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN 2. 949

Eromene ocellea, $. 3.

(1)tERomeEns ExPaAnsA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p.590. Japan.

(2) EroMene Beta, Hiibn. Europe.

(3)fEROMENE ANAPIELLA, Zell. Sicily.

(4)7rEROMENE WOCHEELLA, Zell. Europe.

(5) EROMENE RAMBURIELLA, Dup. Sicily ; Syria.

a5 vinculella, Zell.

(6)TEROMENE SUPERBELLA, Zell. Europe; Syria; Punjab.

(7)*EROMENE CAMBRIDGEI, Zell. Trans. Ent. Soe. (3) v. p. 463.

Egypt.

(8) ERoMENE OcELLEA, Haw. Europe; Algeria; Aden ;

Persia ; Punjab ; Bombay.

(9) Eromeye Catirornicatis, Pack, Ann. Lye. N. York, x. p. 264.

California ; Sandwich Isls.

(10) EROMENE TEXANA, Rob. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 155, pl.i-

f.5 U.S.A-

lienacnars CHIRIQUITENSIS, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 70,

pl. i. f. 25.

List of undetermined Species.

Eromene lata, Staud. Greece.

» jawartella, Ersch, Lep. Turk. p. 82. Turkestan.

5 pulverosa, Rom. Mém. iii. p. 47, pl. ii. f. 14.

Transcaucasia.

Genus CANUZA.

Canuza, W1k. xxxv. 1771 (1866).

Erotomanes, Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. p. 152 (1882).

Proboscis well developed; palpi extending about twice the

length of head and thickly clothed with long hair; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled; frons with a conical prominence; antenne

somewhat annulate; tibie with the spurs long; abdomen with

the claspers large. Fore wing with the costa arched towards

apex, which is somewhat rounded; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 from upper angle; 10, 11

free and oblique. Hind wing with the median nervure slightly

950 MR. G, F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

pectinated ; veins 1 6 and ¢c more strongly pectinate ; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 from a point; 6, 7 stalked.

Canuza euspilella, 3. %.

Type. (1)tCanvza EUSPILELLA, WIk. xxxy. 1771. Australia.

Anerastia mirabilella, Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1878,

p. 213.

Genus STENOCHILO, noy.

Palpi porrect, extending about one and a half times length of

head, and smoothly scaled; maxillary palpi dilated with scales at

extremity ; proboscis absent; frons with a conical prominence ;

antenne of female somewhat annulate ; tibie with the outer spurs

about two thirds length of inner. Fore wing long and very

narrow ; the apex rectangular; the inner margin lobed towards

base; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at

origin ; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 10,11 free. Hind wing with vein

3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from a point; 6,7 shortly stalked.

Fig. 33.

Stenochilo canicostalis, Gg. 1.

Type. TSTENOCHILO CANICOSTALIS, n. sp.

Q. Reddish brown, irrorated with grey; the head, collar, and

costal area of fore wing. very thickly irrorated; the last with

white spot below middle of cell; traces of a submarginal line and

marginal series of specks. Hind wing hyaline white.

Hab. Hillaya, Sind. wp. 30 mm.

Genus Macrocui1o, noy.

Palpi porrect, clothed with rough hair, and extending about one

and a half times length of head ; maxillary palpi dilated with hair ;

frons with .a conical process; antenne of male thickened by

appressed serrations; patagia fringed with long hair in male;

tibiz with the spurs long, the outer spurs about two thirds length

Type.

1895. ] OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBIN 2. 951

of inner. Fore wing with the apex acute and produced; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 shortly stalked, with

8, 9,10; 11 oblique. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked. i

Fig. 34.

Macrochilo ambiquellus, $. }.

MacrocHILO AMBIGUELLUS, Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 642,

pl. xx. f. 4. Sikhim; Khasis.

Pydna notata, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 479, pl. xix. f. 16.

Genus ERUPA.

Erupa, Wik. xxx. 980 (1864).

Gabaleca, W\k. xxxv. 1743 (1866).

Zolea, Wik. xxxv. 1769.

Palpi porrect, extending about three times length of head, and

thickly clothed with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated

with hair; proboscis absent; frons with a conical projection ;

antenne of male thickened and flattened, with appressed serrations.

Fore wing with the costa arched at base; the apex somewhat

produced; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 well separated at

origin; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked ;

11 oblique. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

4, 5 well separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 35.

Erwpa chiloides, §. 1.

Sxcr. I. Both wings with the outer margin evenly curved.

(1)tERura conaRuELLA, WIk. xxxv. 1769. Brazil.

Chilo virgatus, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 3.

Type.

952 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dee. 17,

(2)TERUPA ARGENTESCENS, n. sp.

3g. Head and thorax red-brown, suffused with purplish grey ;

abdomen ochreous white, reddish at base. ore wing rufous,

suffused with silvery purple, except the costal area, and irrorated

with a few dark scales ; a rufous spot in middle of cell; an oblique

rufous line from lower angle of cell to inner margin, with diffused

rufous beyond it; a minutely crenulate submarginal line slightly

excurved from costa to vein 2. Hind wing whitish, with slightly

curved brown submarginal line; the outer area slightly tinged

with brown.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). wp. 38 mm.

(3)TERUPA NIGRESCENTELLA, n. sp.

Dark fuscous brown ; palpi white below at base; abdomen pale

brown, the base tinged with fulvous. Wings glossy ; fore wing

with indistinct discocellular spot ; both wings with traces of curved

postmedial line.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Ewp. 28-30 mm.

(4)tERupa CHILOIDES, Wk. xxx. 980. Brazil.

(5)TERUPA BILINEATELLA, W1k. xxxv. 1743. Brazil.

(6)TERUPA LACTEALIS, n. sp.

2. Creamy white ; palpi pale rufous at sides. Fore wing with

the costal area tinged with rufous; a very oblique sinuous brown

line from lower angle of cell to inner margin before middle; an

oblique dentate brown submarginal line; the outer area and cilia

tinged with rufous; some dark specks on the margin. Hind wing

with short oblique brown line from lower angle of cell to below

vein 2; a dentate brown submarginal line not reaching the costa

or inner margin; some marginal dark specks and the cilia rufous

towards apex.

Hab. Rio Janeiro. Exp. 36 mm.

(7)TErupa prnosa ', Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1881, p. 165, pl. xi. f. 6.

Colombia.

(8)fERUPA ROSEICEPS, Nn. sp.

Head and collar bright pink; thorax, abdomen, and fore wing

ochreous, the last irrorated with pinkish brown; traces of a pink

fascia below the cell, and of a curved series of spots from its

termination to costa; a dark discocellular speck; traces of a

curved submarginal series of pinkish-brown spots; a marginal

series of black specks. Hind wing yellowish white.

Hab, Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Exp. 32 mm.

Sxor. II. Both wings with the outer margin excurved

between veins 4 and 2.

(9)TERUPA RUPTILINEELLA, 0. sp.

Head and thorax dark rufous; abdomen ochreous. Fore wing

1 Zeller’s females are all males of his Chilo validus.

Type.

1895. ] OF THE SCH@NOBLINZ AND CRAMBINE. 953

dark rufous with a silvery gloss; a short rufous line with white

inner edge from costa to subcostal nervures before middle of

similar slightly oblique line from middle of cell to inner margin ;

a rufous discocellular line ; a white mark at lower angle of cell ;

a white-edged, rufous, slightly sinuous, oblique postmedial line.

Hind wing ochreous; a discocellular fuscous spot; an oblique

fuscous postmedial line, the area beyond it slightly tinged with

fuscous.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus). Exp. 40 mm.

Undetermined Spectes.

Erupa titanialis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 4. Brazil.

Genus DIATR@A.

Diatrea, Lands. Guild. Trans. Soc. Encour. Arts, xlvi. 143 (1832).

Palpi extending about three times length of head and thickly

clothed with hair ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with hair ;

proboscis absent; frons with a tuft of hair; antenne of male

minutely serrate and fasciculate ; tibiz somewhat hairy, the spurs

well developed. Fore wing with the apex somewhat acute ; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from near upper

angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10 free; 11 anastomosing with 12. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7

from upper angle.

Diatrea saccharalis, 3. }.

(1) Dratr#a saccHARALis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 2,238. S. States ;

+ Chilo obliteratellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Crainb. W. Indies ;

DoS Centr. &

+Crambus leucaniellus, Wik. xxvii. 161. S. America.

apateas lineosellus, W1k. xxvii. 162.

Chilo companellus, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 5.

+ ,, crambidoides, Grote, Can. Ent. xu. p. 15.

(2)7DiatR@ LINEOLATA, WIk. ix. p.100. Centr. & S. America.

+ Chilo culmicolellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 7.

+ 4, neuricellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 8.

+Crambus impersonatellus, Wik. xxvii. 163.

(3)7DiIATBHA MAURICIELLA, W1k, xxvii. 141. Mauritius.

954 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

(4)7DraTR#A venosata, Wlk. xxvi. 144. Borneo ; Java.

. striatalis, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 349, pl. xix.

ff. 1-4.

(5)fD1aTR#A CANELLA, Hmpsn. A. M.N.H. (6) xvi. W. Indies;

p-. 349. Brazil.

Undetermined Species.

Diatrea differentialis, Fern. Ent. Am. iv. p. 120, US.A.

Genus Usrpa.

Ubida, WIk. xxvii. 185 (1863).

Crunophila, Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. p. 152 (1882).

Proboscis absent; palpi porrect, extending about twice the

length of head and thickly clothed with hair; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled; frons rounded ; antenne of male bipectinate

with short branches, of female serrate ; tibiz with the spurs long.

Fore wing with the apex rounded; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 from upper angle; 10, 11

free and oblique. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4,5 from a point ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Fig. 37.

Ubida ramostriella, 3. }.

Type. +UBIDA RAMOSTRIELLA, WIk. xxvii. 172. Australia.

T 4, receptalis, Wik. xxvii. 186.

Chalo schistellus, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N. 8. W. iv. p. 207.

Genus CHILO.

Chilo, Zinck. Germ. Mag. ii. 36 (1817).

Erpina, Wik. xxxv. 1707 (1866).

Donacoscaptes, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 16.

Diphriz, Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 273 (1881).

Palpi porrect, clothed with rough hair, and extending from two

and a half to three times length of head ; maxillary palpi dilated

with scales at extremity ; frons witha conical projection ; antenne

minutely serrate and ciliated; tibia with the outer spurs about

two thirds length of inner. Fore wing with the apex slightly

produced in male, more produced in female; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9; 10 free; 11 curved and approximated to 12.

Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

6, 7 from upper angle.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 95

Chilo simplex, $. 1.

Scr. I, Hind wing of male with no fold below subcostal nervure

containing a tuft of hair.

A. Fore wing of female with the apex slightly produced.

a. (Donacoscaptes). Frons produced to a long sharp point.

(1) Catto vanipus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 16, pl. i.

f. 4 a, b. Colombia; Amazons.

b. Frons with a much shorter conical prominence.

(2) CuILo picHRometuus, W1IK. xxxvy. 1707. Hab. unknown.

(3)?CHILO VINOSELLUS, n. sp.

3. Dark red-brown with a purplish tinge. Fore wing with

purplish suffusion in cell and on outer area; a whitish mark at

lower angle of cell; a series of whitish submarginal specks; a

marginal series of black specks and white specks at base of cilia.

Hind wing paler except the outer area.

Hab, British Honduras. Lvp. 30 mm.

(4)TCHILO INCANELLUS, n. sp.

gd. Grey-brown ; vertex of head whitish ; palpi and frontal

tuft blackish at sides; shoulders blackish; abdomen blackish, with

pale rings and dark anal tuft. Fore wing irrorated with a few

black scales and with faint traces of oblique postmedial and sub-

marginal lines. Hind wing fuscous; the inner area clothed with

blackish hair; both wings with marginal series of black specks.

Underside whitish ; both wings with indistinct curved submarginal

line.

Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Hvp. 46 mm.

(5)7CHILO NIGRISTIGMELLUS, n. sp.

Q. Pale ochreous; the base of abdomen fulvous; fore wing

thickly irrorated with black ; a prominent black discocellular spot ;

an oblique line from beyond upper angle of cell to inner margin

before middle ; traces of a submarginal line. Hind wing whitish,

with blackish hair on inner area; a diffused postmedial line; both

wings with the marginal specks prominent ; underside with black

discocellular spot.

Hab, Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Exp. g 44, 9 60 mm.

956 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

(6)TCHILO FUSCIDENTALIS, n. sp.

2. Reddish brown suffused with fuscous. Fore wing with the

costal half fuscous to beyond cell; a reddish-brown spot in end of

cell; a dentate dark antemedial line oblique from costa to vein 1;

a curved highly dentate dark submarginal line. Hind wing with

obscure curved diffused postmedial line terminating at vein 2.

Hab. Sikhim, Bengal (Dudgeon). Exp. 46 mm.

(7)TCHILO XYLINALIS, n. sp.

3. Very dark cupreous brown. Fore wing with a black streak

irrorated with grey scales in and below end of cell and a similar

streak below median nervure. Hind wing dark red-brown.

2. Pale yellowish brown; abdomen tinged with fuscous, the

3rd segment with a yellowish band. Fore wing slightly irrorated

with black scales, forming an obscure streak below median nervure ;

afew dark scales in end of cell; a spot on discocellulars and

another beyond them; two obscure series of submarginal specks ;

a marginal series of black specks. Hind wing whitish, suffused

with pale fuscous brown. Underside whitish.

Hab. Goya, Argentina (Perrins). Exp. 3 30, 2 40-50 mm.

(8)TCHILO IGNITALIS, n. sp.

3d. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen pale. Fore wing

red-brown, pale in parts, in others suffused with purple; an

indistinct dark subbasal spot below median nervure ; an obscure

dark antemedial line angled below median nervure; an oblique

somewhat maculate medial line and a similar postmedial line

angled on vein 5. Hind wing pale yellowish; the apical part of

margin tinged with fuscous.

Q with the head, thorax, and fore wing fiery chestnut.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Exp. 3 32, 2 40 mm.

(9)?CHILO INFUSELLUS, W1lk. xxvii. 140. Surinam ; Santarem ;

Amazons.

(10)?CHILo PURPUREALIS, n. sp.

d. Yellowish brown suffused with purple; abdomen pale. Fore

wing with the inner area in some specimens mostly ochreous;

somewhat ill-defined oblique antemedial and medial minutely

dentate dark lines from cell to inner margin ; a black discocellular

spot; a minutely dentate dark submarginal line curved below

costa. Hind wing pale yellowish with slight fuscous tinge.

Q. Fiery orange-red; abdomen and hind wing yellowish white ;

fore wing with the lines indistinct ; the cilia dark.

Hab. Goya, Argentina (Perrins). Exp. g 30, 2 42 mm.

(11)tCHIno DEMorELLUS, WIk. xxxv. 1749. Japan.

(12) Catto turetius, Motsch. Bull. Mose. xxxix. i.198. Egypt;

», dubia, Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 48, Japan.

pat. 1s

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 957

(13)TCHILO OBLIQUILINEELLUS, Nn. sp.

Dull ochreous ; abdomen with a fulvous basal band. Fore wing

slightly suffused and irrorated with pale reddish brown; an

indistinct brown hue from outer margin at vein 5 running to near

origin of vein 2 and minutely dentate on the veins, then strongly

dentate below vein 2 and terminating at middle of inner margin ;

a discocellular spot ; traces of a waved submarginal line excurved

to near margin at middle; a marginal series of black specks.

Hind wing yellowish white.

One specimen has the thorax and base of fore wing much brighter

yellow, the area beyond the irregular line almost white.

Hab. Rio Janeiro (Schaus). Exp. § 44-48, 2 54 mm.

(14)TCHILO LUNIFERALIS, n. sp.

Q. Ochreous white. Fore wing with traces of a streak of

black scales below cell; a black discocellular lunule with a diffused

streak of black scales from it to outer margin ; a prominent series

of marginal black spots. Hind wing pure white, with a few

fuscous specks on the margin.

Hab. Abyssinia. Hap. 34 mm.

(15)?Cuix0 stupLEx, Butl. P.Z.S. 1880, p. 690. Japan; China;

Formosa; Punjab; Sind.

tCrambus zonellus, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1884, p. 528 pl. 48. f. 16.

» partellus, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 879.

(16)* Catto censanetius, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 108, pl. v. f. 9.

; Corea; Japan.

(17)tCaito piesapeLius, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 251.

TtCrambus sabuliferus, W1k. xxvii. 185. U.S.A.

tDiphrix prolatella, Grote, U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 273.

Chilo orizeellus, Riley, Rep. Ins. 1882, p. 135, pl. vii. f. 1.

(18)TCHILO CEYLONICA, n. sp.

Ochreous brown irrorated with fuscous. Fore wing with the

fuscous irroration forming streaks in the interspaces except on

inner margin; an indistinct fulyous medial line curved below

costa and with silvery streaks on its edges; a submarginal silver

line bent inwards below costa; a marginal series of black spots

with white centres; cilia silvery. Hind wing whitish, tinged

with fuscous on apical area in male; an indistinct marginal series

of black specks.

Hab. Ceylon (Pole). Eup. $ 22, 2 26 mm.

(19)tCuino supPpRESALIS, Wk. xxvil. 166. 8. Africa ; China;

India ; Ceylon.

(20)tCHILo PULVERULENTUS, Warr. A.M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 393.

Punjab; Khdsis.

(21) Cutto atrent, Fern. Ent. Am. iv. p. 120. U.S.A.

Proc. Zoom. Soo.—1895, No, LX1I. 61

Type.

958 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

(22)*Cu1to TorRENTELLus, Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iii.

p- 183. Sikhim ; Burma; Australia.

(23) Cuito scissettus, McVind. Brazil; Argentina.

(24) Curio cicatreLLus, Hiibn. Europe.

(25) CuiLo RusPERsaLis, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ff. 125, 126.

Argentina; Chili.

+ ,, ceres, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 61.

B. Fore wing of female with the apex extremely produced

and acute.

(26) CuILo PHRAGMITELLUS, Hiibn. Europe.

Sor. II. Hind wing of male with a fold below the subcostal

nervure containing a tuft of long hair.

(27)tCuiLo Lativirranis, WIk. xxvii. 171.

+ 4, Aalterellus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 33. Australia.

List of undetermined Species.

Chilo cinnamomellus, Berg, Bull. Mose. xlix. pt. 2, p. 227.

Patagonia.

» prodigealis, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross, xiii. 18, pl.i. f. 5.

New Friburg.

», heracleus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. 20, pl. i. f.6. Brazil.

5» paramattellus, Meyr. J. L. Soc, N.S. W. iii. p. 178.

Australia.

» spatiosellus, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxi. p. 436.

Surinam.

5 surinamellus, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxi. p. 436.

: Surinam.

,» wrrectellus, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxi. p. 437,

pl. xviii. ff. 41-44, Surinam.

» centrellus, Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxii. 360, pl. xviii.

f. 45. Surinam.

» imfuscatellus, Snell. Tijds. Ent. xxxiv. 347. Java.

Genus CHALCOELA.

Chalcoéla, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, p. 528.

Proboscis absent; palpi porrect, extending about twice the length

of head, the 1st joint fringed with long hair below, the 2nd and 3rd

nearly naked; maxillary palpi dilated with scales at extremity ;

frons rounded; untenne thickened and flattened; tibia with the

spurs long. Fore wing broad; the apex rounded; vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 from upper angle; 10, 11

free. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from

angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE, 959

Chalcoéla iphitalis, 8. ¥.

Type. CHALco#ia rpHiTaLis, W1k. xvii. 444°, U.S.A.

tT is aurifera, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,

p- 529, pl. 2. f. 2.

Genus DicyMoLomiaA,

Dicymolomia, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, p. 530.

Differs from Chalcoéla in the palpi extending about the length

of head and with tufts of long hair from below both 1st and 2nd

joints.

Dicymolomia pegasalis, $. }.

Type. (1)tDicyMotomia suLianatis, Wk. xvii. 438. US.A.

& decora, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,

p- 531, pl. 2. f. 13.

(2) DicyMoLoMIA METALLIFHRALIS, Pack. Ann. Lye. N. Y. x.

p- 265. California.

. tDicymolomia sauberi, Von Hedemann, Verh. Ver. Hamb. v.

Anhang.

(3)*DicyMotoMia PEGASALIS, Wlk. xvii. 438. U.S.A.; Jamaica.

tCataclysta principalis, W\k. xxxiv. 1333.

Tol cas egressalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1335.

> robinsonit, Grote, Can. Ent. iii. p. 181.

(4)tDicyMotomza DIMINUTALIS, Warr. A. M. N. H. 1891, ii. p. 65.

Callao.

Genus LEUCARGYRA, nov.

Palpi porrect and not reaching nearly to the end of the frons,

which is greatly produced to a corneous point ; maxillary palpi

minute ; proboscis rudimentary ; antennz of male minutely serrate ;

tibie with the spurs short. Fore wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10

1 The locality of Walker’s type is given as 8. Africa, but the specimen was

purchased from a dealer and the locality is almost certainly wrong.

61*

Type.

960 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

stalked ; 11 becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein

3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6, 7

stalked.

Fig. 41.

Leucargyra puralis, g. }.

TLEUCARGYRA PURALIS, n. sp.

3. Silvery white; palpi black at sides ; fore legs black above.

The larva feeds in the interior of grasses.

Hab, Theresopolis, Brazil. xp. 60 mm.

Genus EscHaTa.

Eschata, W1k. ix. p. 183 (1856).

Cherecla, Wik. xxxii. p. 633 (1865).

Proboscis rudimentary. Palpi porrect, reaching slightly beyond

the frons and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi dilated with scales

and nearly as long as the labial; frons produced to an acute cor-

neous point ; antenne of male thickened and flattened ; tibice and

tarsal joints fringed with long hair. Fore wing with vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 7 from cell, anastomosing, or rarely shortly

stalked with 8, 9; 10 free; 11 curved and running along 12. Hind

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Eschata xanthorhyncha, g. }-

Sor. I. Fore wing with the apex somewhat acute and produced.

(1)fHscHaTA XANTHORHYNCHA, 0. sp.

¢. Differs from gelida in the head and thorax being white ;

palpi orange banded with white; fore legs orange fringed with white ;

tarsi banded with orange. Fore wing with the area between the

postmedial and submarginal lines evenly irrorated with black scales.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBIN®. 961

Hind wing fuscous black ; the cilia white. Underside with the

basal two thirds of wings suffused with fuscous black.

Hab. Ceylon (Butt). Exp. 32 mm.

Type. (2)7EscHata GELipa, WIk. ix. p. 133. Sikhim ; Khasis.

(3)TESCHATA CHRYSARGYRIA, W1k. xxxii. 634. N. China; Sikhim;

Assam ; Nilgiris ;

3 argentata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 227. Burma; Ceram.

(4)tEscHATA XANTHOCERA, 0. sp.

3. Differs from chrysargyria in the antenne being orange; the

legs orange fringed with white hair. Fore wing with the post-

medial and submarginal lines almost obsolete ; the cilia white with

golden tips throughout.

Hab. Ceylon (Green). Exp. 38 mm.

Sor. II. Fore wing with the apex rectangular and not produced.

(5)TEscHata conspuRcata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 227. Sikhim.

(6)tEscuata PERCANDIDA, Swinh. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1890, p. 293.

Rangoon.

(7)tEsouara ocHRIPES, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 143, pl. 156. £. 23.

Nilgiris.

Genus DoRATOPERAS, nov.

Proboscis absent; palpi clothed with hair and hardly extending

beyond the maxillary palpi and the long pointed frontal process ;

antenne of male serrate and fasciculate, of female minutely serrate

and ciliated; tibz with the spurs short. Fore wing long and narrow;

the apex produced and acute in female; vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from a point; 8,9 from well before

upper angle; 10,11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle.

: Fig. 43.

Doratoperas atrosparsellus, 3. }.

Type, TDORATOPERAS ATROSPARSELLUS, WI1k. xxvii. 163. Columbia ;

Brazil.

tNystaha zeuzeroides, W1k. xxxiii. 761.

TDonacoscaptes lanceolatus, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1881, p. 159,

pl. xi. f. 4.

Chilo spectabilis, Feld. Reis, Nov. pl. 137. f, 2,

962 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION ([Dec. 17,

Genus RAPHIPTERA, nov.

Palpi extending about three times length of head and thickly

clothed with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; proboscis

well developed; frons flat; antennz of female nearly simple.

Fore wing with the apex extremely produced and acute; vein 4

absent; 7 absent; 8,9 stalked; 11 absent. Hind wing with veins

4 and 6 absent; the cell completely open.

Fig. 44.

Raphiptera minimella, 2. 4$.

Type. RAPHIPTBRA MINIMELLA, Rob. Ann. N. Y. Lye. ii. 315. U.S.A.

Genus Mzsorta.

Mesolia, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 282.

Palpi porrect, thickly clothed with hair and extending about

twice the length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled;

frons with a conical projection; tibize with the outer spurs about

half the length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex

rounded; the outer margin produced from apex to vein 5; vein 7

when present stalked with 8, 9; 10, 11 when present free.

Hind wing with vein 4 usually absent; 6 from upper angle; the

upper margin of cell widely separated from 8, 7 curving upwards

to anastomose with 8.

Mesolia pandavella, . 3.

Szor. I. Fore wing with veins 7 and 11 present.

A. Both wings with vein 4 absent.

a. Antenne of male thickened and flattened.

Type. (1) Mzsorra Panpavetta, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 282.

N.W. Himalayas; Punjab; 8. India; Ceylon.

6. Antenne of male serrate.

(2)tMEsonia PLURIMELLA, WIk. xxvii. 162. Jamaica ;

San Domingo,

1895. ] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA, 963

B. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked ; hind wing with veins 4, 5

stalked, or 4 absent ; antennew of male thickened and flattened.

(3) Musonta INcERTELLA, Zinck. Germ. Mag. iv. 253. U.S.A.

tPrionopteryx olivella, Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. 274.

c. Both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell.

(4)tMzsou1a wHirEHnant, FE. Wollaston, A. M. N. H. (5)iii. p. 340.

St. Helena.

(5)tMEsoLIa TENEBRELLA, 0. Sp.

9. Fuscous brown irrorated with grey. Fore wing with a

black discocellular spot ; two indistinct pale lines across apex, with

some chestnut between them, the inner continued as an obscure

dentate submarginal line with a grey patch beyond it at middle

on which are two black streaks. Hind wing paler fuscous.

Hab. Ichang, China. Exp. 20 mm.

Szor. II. Fore wing with veins 4,7 and 11 absent; hind

wing with vein 4 absent; antenne of male ciliated.

(6) MzsoLIa APICISTRIGELLA, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S.W. 1879,

p- 209. Australia.

Genus PRIONOPTERYX.

Prionopteryx, Steph. Dl. Brit. Ent., Haust. iv. p. 317 (1834).

Nuavrace, Wk. xxvii. 188 (1863).

Palpi thickly clothed with hair and extending about twice the

length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; proboscis well

developed; frons with a conical prominence; antenne of male

bipectinated ; tibia with the spurs long. Fore wing with the

outer margin produced from apex to vein 5; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4, 5 separated at origin ; 7 when present from cell ;

10 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 6 from

below upper angle.

Fig. 46.

Prionopteryx nebulifera, 3. }.

Szcr. I. Fore wing with vein 7 present.

A. Fore wing with yein 11 becoming coincident with 12 ;

hind wing with vein 4 absent.

a. Fore wing with the projection of outer margin blunt.

(1)tPrionopreryx EUGRAPHIS, W1k, xxvii, 188, San Domingo,

Type.

964 MR. G, F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [ Dec. 17,

b. Fore wing, the projection of outer margin acute and

hooked ; antennz of male with short branches.

(2)*Prionorrpryx ELONGATA, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 27,

Plog. to. C. America.

(3)fPRIONOPTERYX NEBULIFERA, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iv.

p- 317. Florida.

Diathrausta octomaculalis, Fern. Ent. Am. iii. p. 127.

B. Fore wing with vein 11 free; the projection of outer margin

blunt; hind wing with vein 4 stalked with 5; antenne of

male with long branches.

(4)TPRIONOPTERYX AFRICALIS, n. sp.

3. Reddish brown suffused with grey ; palpi fuscous at sides ;

antenne ringed black and white. Fore wing with diffused grey

below median nervure; an antemedial patch of dark scales above

inner margin; the postmedial line very indistinct, highly angled

on vein 5, then inwardly oblique and with streaks of dark scales

beyond it; a submarginal brown line with white mner edge angled

outwards to the marginal projection, then with three black specks

with triangular white marks between them beyond it. Hind wing

paler grey-brown; the cilia whitish.

Q. Rather paler and without the dark marks beyond the post-

medial line of fore wing.

Hab. Accra, W. Africa; Congo. Exp. g 16, 9 24 mm.

Srot. II. Fore wing with vein 7 absent; 11 becoming coincident

with 12; hind wing with vein 4 absent; antenne of male

with the branches of moderate length.

A. Antenne of female simple; fore wing with the projection

of outer margin acute and hooked.

(5)tPRionopreryx acHaTINnA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 13.

USAC

B. Antenne of female serrate ; fore wing with the projection

of outer margin rounded.

(6)tPRIONOPTERYX GRISEOSPARSA, N. sp.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown, thickly irrorated

with grey. Fore wing brown, thickly irrorated with white; an

obscure discocellular brown spot ; a white mark at apex and some

white on cilia. Hind wing whitish.

Hab. Colorado (Cockerell), Exp. 30 mm.

List of undetermined Species.

Prionopteryx texturella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. 28, pl. i. f. 10.

Zanzibar.

Ps bergtt, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. 30, pl. i. f. 11.

Buenos Ayres.

Type.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINA. 965

Genus SURATTHA.

Surattha, W1k. xxvii. 75 (1863).

Calarina, W1k. xxxyv. 1770 (1866).

Palpi porrect and thickly scaled, extending about one and a half

times length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons

-with a conical process ; antenne of male bipectinated, usually with

long branches ; tibize with the spurs long, the outer spurs about

two thirds length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow; the

apex rounded ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 usually on a

long stalk; 6, 7 and 10,11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 5 absent; 6 obsolescent from above middle of

discocellulars ; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 47.

Sxcr. I. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

(1)tSurarrHa INVEcTALIS, WIk. xxvii. 76. India ; Ceylon ;

tPindicitora thysbesalis, Wk. xxvil. 135. Burma ; Java,

TScopula nigrifascialis, Wik. xxxiv. 1472.

+Calarina albirenella, Wik. xxxv. 1770.

(2)tSuRATTHA NEOTROPICALIS, n. sp.

. Ochreous brown irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen with the

base tinged with fulvous. Fore wing thickly irrorated ; a fuscous

spot at base of median nervure ; a medial dark line, slightly sinuous,

acutely angled on vein 2, with pale inner edge, and a large fuscous

triangular patch beyond it with its base on costa and apex at the

‘angle of the line; a dark discocellular lunule; a minutely dentate

submarginal white line, with fuscous on its inner edge and indistinct

lunulate brown line beyond it ; a marginal series of black specks.

Hind wing white ; the outer area tinged with fuscous from apex to

vein 2. . ,

Hab, Goya, Argentina. wp. 30 mm.

(3)TSURATTHA ALBIPENNIS, Butl. P. Z.8. 1886, p. 383. | Punjab;

Sind; E. Africa.

(4)tSuRarrHa scITuLELLA, Wlk. xxxv. 1755. 8S. India; Ceylon.

Sxcr. II. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

A. Antenne of male with long branches.

(5)*SuratTHa TERMIA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 452.

Australia,

966 MR. G, F, HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

B. Antenne of male bipectinated, with short branches

dilated at extremity.

(6)tSURATTHA FUSCILELLA, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 301.

W. India.

(7 SuRarrHa PenTEvcHA, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 453.

Australia,

Genus ANCYLOLOMIA.

Ancylolomia, Hiibn. Verz. p. 363 (? 1818).

Jartheza, Wik. xxvii. 183 (1863).

Palpi porrect, thickly clothed with hair, and extending about

three times the length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly

scaled; frons oblique ; abdomen long; tibize with the outer spurs

about two thirds length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow, the

apex produced; the outer margin excised below apex, then

excurved ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7, 8,9 stalked; 10 free;

11 becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 3 from

close to angle of cell; 4,5 from angle or stalked; 6 from above

middle of discocellulars and obsolescent ; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 48.

Ancylolomia chrysographella, §. 1.

Sxcr, I. Antenne of male with short uniseriate laminate branches,

of female simple.

Type. (1) ANCYLOLOMIA TENTACULELLA, Hiibn. Europe.

(2) ANCYLOLOMIA CONTRITELLA, H.-S, Europe.

(3) ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA, Koll, Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494.

capensis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & E. & S. Africa ;

”

Cramb. p. 11. Aden; Japan ;

4 westwoodt, Zell. Mon. Cramb. China; Formosa;

p. 11. throughout India,

=p - taprobanensis, Zell. Hor, Ent. Ceylon, and

Ross. 1877, p. 2, pl.i.f.8. Burma; Penang.

a sansibarica, Zell. Hor. Ent. Australia.

Ross. xiii. 23, pl. i. £.'7.

* indica, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 187. f. 9.

t - argentata, Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p.382, pl.184.f.3.

(4) ANCYLOLOMIA LOCUPLETELLA, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 394.

N.W. Himalayas ; Ceylon.

Szor. IJ. Antennz of male with long uniseriate branches,

of female simple.

(5)TANCYLOLOMIA PECTINATELLA, Zell. Europe.

1895.] OF THE SCHENOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 967

(6) ANCYLOLOMIA PALPELLA, Schiff. Europe.

(7)tANCYLOLOMIA SAUNDERSIELLA, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb.

p. 10. W. India.

Jartheza biplagella, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 582, pl. 34. f. 9.

+ 4, obstitella, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1883, p. 880, pl. 57. f. 3.

(8)fTANCYLOLOMIA RESPONSELLA, WIk. xxvii. 184. Himalayas ;

tJartheza xylinella, W1k. xxvii. 184. W. India.

Tete. cassimella, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 461, pl. 41. ff. 4, 6.

(9)tANcYLoLomiIa BasisTRIGA, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 382,

pl. 184. f. 1. Ceylon.

Szcr. III. Antenne of female serrate.

(10)fANCYLOLOMIA UNIFORMELLA, 0. sp.

. Pale ochreous. Fore wing thickly irrorated with fuscous ;

the irroration rather thicker in the cell, where it forms an obscure

fascia. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Hydrabad, Sind (Swinhoe), Exp. 38 mm.

List of undetermined Species. +

Ancylolomia hipponella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) viii. p. 279,

pl. vi. ff. 11, 12. Algeria.

a inornatella, Staud. Europe.

Genus Tatis.

Talis, Guen. Ind. Micr. p. 86 (1845).

Hednota, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 270.

Arawates, Rag. Ann. Ent. Soe. Fr. (6) viii. p. 281.

Palpi extending about twice the length of head and thickly

clothed with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; proboscis

well developed; frons with a conical prominence; antenne of

male usually ciliated. Fore wing with vein 6 from below upper

angle of cell; 7 from the angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 free.

Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 6 from well below upper

angle.

Talis bivitellus, 8. 1

Sxor. I. (Hednota). Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 5 from above angle; the apex acute.

A. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell.

a. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute.

(1) Tats MinveLivs, Meyr. J. L, Soc. N.S. W. iii. p. 181.

Australia.

968 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

b. Fore wing with the apex rectangular.

(2)TTaLIs BIFRACTELLUS, W1k. xxvii. 174. New Guinea ;

Australia.

(3) Tats anerroitis, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N. 8S. W. 1882, p. 163.

Australia.

(4)fTALIS SUBFUMALIS, n. Sp.

3. Chestnut-brown; palpi blackish ; antennse white on outer

side; patagia silvery white. Fore wing with a fuscous-outlined

silvery-white fascia from base, somewhat interrupted at middle of

cell and double from cell to outer margin, where it joins the

marginal series of silvery spots; a fuscous-edged silvery-white

fascia below the cell more or less completely interrupted in four

places. Hind wing fuscous.

Hab. Port Darwin, Australia. Exp. 18 mm.

(5) Taxis avrantracus, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N. 8S. W. 1878, p. 184.

Australia.

(6)TTALIs RECURVELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 171. W. Ausiralia.

(7) Tatis BrvirreLius, Don. Ins. New Holland. . Australia.

tCrambus trivittalis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 34.

(8)TTALIs IMPLETELLUS, W1k. xxvii. 175. Australia; Tasmania.

(9) Tatas astertas, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 250. Swan River,

? tCrambus demissalis', Wik. xxvii. 176. Australia.

(10)tTazis HypRoPHILA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 36.

Hawaii.

(11)rTaxis rioricotuns, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 36.

Hawaii.

(12)*Tatis PeDIoNoMA, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 453.

Australia.

(13)*TaLiIs LEUCOPHTHALMA, Meyr. N. Z. Journ. Sci. i. p. 186.

New Zealand.

B. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

a. Antenne of male ciliated.

(14) Taxis arcEnTosvs, Snell. Tijd. Ent. xxxvi. p. 657, pl. 3. f. 2.

Centr. America; Bolivia; Argentina.

(15)tTaLis PLENIFERELLUS, WIk. xxvii. 173. Australia.

Crambus aurosus, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 187. f. 31.

(16)rTatis PeRLATALIS, Wk. xxvii. 174. Australia; Tasmania.

(17) Tatis crammettvs, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 46.

Australia ; Tasmania,

Crambus enneagrammos, Meyr.P. L.Soc. N.S. W. 1878, p. 194.

? Walker's description does not agree with his supposed type,

Type.

1895. | OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBIN ZA. 969

(18) Taxis aconrorHorus, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1882, p. 167.

Australia; Tasmania.

(19) Tans LONGIPALPELLUS, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1878,

p. 196. Australia.

6. Antenne of male serrate.

(20)tT ants oputuntvs, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 46. Australia.

(21)tTaxis ReLATALIs, Wik. xxvii. 172.

+Crambus argyronewrus, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 47.

Australia ; Tasmania.

(22) Taxis PANSELENELLUS, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1882, p. 167.

Australia ; Tasmania.

c. Antenne of male bipectinated.

(23) Taxis HopLirenius, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. 1878, p. 188.

Australia.

Suor. II. (Talis). Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked,

the apex rounded.

A, Antenne of male ciliated.

(24) Taxis qunrcELLus, Schiff. Europe.

(25) Tanis PULCHERRIMUS, Staud. Europe.

B. Antenne of male pectinated.

(26)*Taris aAFRA, Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 49. Egypt.

List of undetermined Species.

Talis invalidellus, Meyr. J. L. Soc. N.S. W. iii. p.193. Tasmania.

Thisanotia pedalarcha, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 454.

Australia.

Hednota aylophea, Meyr. P. L. Soc. N.S. W. (2) i. p. 1038.

Australia.

,» toxotes, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 249. Australia.

», gelastis, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 250. Tasmania.

oxyptera, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 248.

Australia.

Thisanotia cenochrois, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 520.

New Guinea.

Talis dilatatalis, Christ. Europe.

» arenella, Rag. Europe.

”

Genus CHARLTONA.

Charltona, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 879.

- Palpi porrect, clothed with rough hair and projecting about one

and a half times length of head; maxillary palpi triangularly

Type.

970 MR. G. F, HAMPSON ON THH CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 17,

dilated with hair; frons rounded; tibie with the outer spurs

about two thirds length of inner ; wings long and narrow. Fore

wing with the apex rectangular ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9;

10 free; 11 curved and approximated to 12. Hind wing with

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle and approximated

for a short distance; 6 absent; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 50.

Charliona cervinella, 3. 3.

Sror. I. Antenne of male bipectinate, with short branches

dilated at extremity.

(1)TCuarttona KALA, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 879, pl. 57. £. 4.

W. &S. India.

Sror. IT. Antennz of male with short uniseriate laminated

branches.

(2)TCHARLTONA LAMINATA, n. sp.

6. Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform black-brown, the last

with diffused long black scales with pale bases in interspaces of

inner and outer areas ; abdomen and hind wing fuscous brown.

Hab. Burma. Exp. 34 mm.

(3)TCHARLTONA AURANTIFASCIA, Ni. sp.

Head and thorax fuscous grey, the vertex of head and patches

on pro- and metathorax orange; abdomen orange. Fore wing

dark silvery grey, with a broad orange fascia from base in and

below cell and along vein 2 to beyond middle; a medial black

line slightly excurved below costa, where there is an orange spot

beyond it ; a discocellular black lunule with an orange fascia from

it to outer margin. Hind wing pale orange, with the apical area

fuscous.

Hab. Accra; Gambia. Exp. $ 26, 2 40 mm.

(4)tCaaRLtona BIVITHLLA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 581, pl. 34.

£8: Bombay.

(5)tCHARLTONA CERVINELLA, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 581, pl. 34.

Ete W. &S. India.

tChilo interruptellus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 581, pl. 34. £.5.

1895.)} OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBINE. 971

(6)fCHARLTONA INCONSPICUBLLA, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 582,

pl. 34. f. 6. Bombay.

(7)tCHaRLTONA DESISTALIS, Wk. xxvii. 165; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

iti. pl. 184. f. 10. Ceylon.

(8)fCHARLTONA CONSOCIELLA, WIk. xxvii. 159. Bengal.

(9)tCHaRLTonA DIscELLA, WIk. xxvii. 141. S. Africa ;

Madagascar.

Snot. III. Antenne of male with long uniseriate branches.

(10)tCuartrona orTeLia, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 461, pl. 41.

f. 3. India.

Genus ScENOPLOCA.

Scenoploca, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1882, p. 9.

Palpi with a projecting tuft of hair below 2nd joint, the 3rd

naked; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; proboscis present ;

antennz somewhat annulated and ciliated. Fore wing with veins

3, 4, 5 from near angle of cell ; 7 from upper angle; 8, 9 stalked ;

10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 from angle; 6 from well below upper angle. Female with

the wings aborted and incapable of flight.

Fig. 51.

: ——

Scenoploca petraula, 3.

Type. *SOBNOPLOCA PETRAULA, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1882, p. 9.

New Zealand.

Genus GADIBA.

Gadira, Wik. xxxv. 1742 (1866).

Cryptomima, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1882, p. 8.

Palpi projecting about twice the length of head, and thickly

clothed with hair; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; proboscis

well developed; frons flat; antenne somewhat annulate; tibie

with the spurs long. Fore wing with the apex produced and

acute ; a tuft of raised scales at lower angle of cell; veins 3, 4, 5

from near angle; 6 from well below upper angle; 7 from angle ;

8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of

cell; 4, 5 shortly stalked; 6 from well below upper angle.

Type.

972 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON THE cLASsIFicaTion ([Dec. 17,

Gadira acerella, g. i.

+GADIRA ACERELLA, Wl1k. xxxv. 1742. New Zealand.

Botys mehanga, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. £. 27.

7 List of unrecognized Genera.

Seriocrambus stylatus, Wallengr. Eugenies Reise, Lep. p. 383, pl. 7.

Lie Argentina.

Elethyia (Prionopteryw) subscissa, Christ. Hor, Ent. Ross. xii.

p. 277, pl. vii. f. 18. _ _ Siberia.

Cephis galleriellus, Rag. Deutsch. e. Z., Lep. v. p. 295, pl. ii. f, 12.

Tunis.

Pachymorphis subductellus, Méschl, Abh, Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 324.

Porto Rico.

Epichilo parvellus, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 278. 8. India.

Tauroscopis gorgopis, Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 69. New Zealand.

Species described as CRAMBINE which are omitted.

Chilo carnifex, Cyl., from Madagascar, reference unknown.

Crambus patulellus, Wik. xxvii. 163. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

es sinensellus, Wik. xxvii. 167, belongs to the Pyraustine.

Ps concinalis, Fthl. Mag. de Zoologie, 1839, pl. 26. f. 2,

belongs to the Tineide.

. leucocinctus, W1k. xxvii. 169, belongs to the Phycitine. \

Rs vuptellus, Wlk. xxv. 178, belongs to the Deltoidine.

. vetustellus, Wlk. xxvii. 176=cygnosellus, Wlk. xxxv.

1758, belongs to the Phycitine.

3 ochraceellus, Wk. xxvii. 177, belongs to the Tortricine.

Ciampa defixella, W1k. xxvii. 180, belongs to the Geometride.

Themma divisa, Wlk. xxvii. 186=Tunza promptella, Wik. 196=

Doryodes acutaria, H.-S., belongs to the Deltoidine.

Juncaria nonagrioides, Wk. xxvil. 187, belongs to the Noctuide.

Begunna wanthoides, Wik. xxvii. 190, belongs to the Tortricine.

Safra metapheella, Wik. xxvii. 195, belongs to the Tineide.

Samana falcatella, Wik. xxvii. 197, belongs to the Geometridae.

Adena xanthialis, Wik. xxvii. 198, belongs to the Pyraustine.

Acara morosella, Wk. xxvii. 199, belongs to the Galleriine.

Zekelita equalisata, Wik. xxvii. 199, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Aquita horridella, W\k. xxvii. 200, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Pharga fasciculella, Wik. xxvii. 201. Type lost, description net

recognizable.

1895. ] OF THE SCH@NOBIINE AND CRAMBIN &. 973

Arucha indicatalis, Wik. xxvii. 202= Etiella zinckenella, belongs to

the Phycitine.

Affa bipunctella, W1k. xxvii. 202, belongs to the Tortricine.

Phachthia lignigeralis, Wik. xxx. 979, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Tomissa concisella, Wlk. xxx. 978. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

Ancylolomia siccella, Wik. xxxv. 1750, belongs to the Tineide.

Crambus indotatellus, Wik. xxxv. 1752=commixtaiis, W1k., belongs

to the Pyraustine.

= acutellus, Wik. xxxv. 1753=venalis, Grote, belongs to

the Pyraustine.

sy bogotanellus, Wik. xxxv. 1754=helviusalis, W1k., belongs

to the Pyraustine.

a aurifusellus, Wik. xxxv. 1756, belongs to the Anerastiine.

* melanospilellus, Wlk. xxxv. 1759. Type lost, description

not recognizable.

+ dirutellus, Wik. xxxv. 1760. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

Eromene apertella, Wik. xxxv. 1762, belongs to the Tortricide.

Tauba venosella, Wik. xxxv. 1767, belongs to the Pyralidine.

Ertzica maximella, Wik. xxxv. 1768, belongs to the Gallertine.

Batiana remotella, Wik. xxxv. 1771. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

Rupela degenerella, Wik. xxviii. 524, belongs to the Lithosiine.

Crambus fedellus, Wik. xxxv. 1757, belongs to the Gallerune.

2 tincticostellus, W\k. xxvii. 167, belongs to the Pyraustine.

Catagela leucania, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 137. f. 18, belongs to the

Anerastiine.

Crambus sabulosellus, Wik. xxvii. 178, is a Scoparia.

b trivirgatus, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 29, is a Scoparia.

c rotuellus, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 137. f£. 30, is a Scoparia.

Eromene transcissella, Wik. xxxv. 1762, belongs to the Tortricine.

Crambus humerellus, Wk. xxxv. 1758, belongs to the Tortricine.

3 submarginellus, Wk. xxxy. 1760, belongs to the Tortricide.

Mixophila renatusalis, Wik. xvii. 484=Crambus ermineus, Moore,

Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 580, pl. 184. f. 7=Angoma crambidals,

Snell. Tijd. v. Ent, 1893, p. 56, pl. 3. f. 1, belongs to

the Hydrocampine.

Crambus whiteleyi, Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 78, pl. 60. f. 2, is a Hypena.

sabulinus, Butl. A. M. N. H. 1879, iv. p. 455, belongs

to the Phycitine.

occultilinea, W1k. xxvii. 168. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

Bulina solitella (Iibuna, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 379), W1k.

xxxy. 1767. Type lost, description not recognizable.

Diptycophora inornata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 440, belongs

to the Noctuide.

Surattha eremialis, Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1889, p. 422, belongs to the

Pyraline.

Ugra parallela, Wik. xxvii. 189, belongs to the Chrysaugine.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LXII. 62

Type.

974 MR, F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [ Dec. 17,

Cirrochrista diaphana, Umpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 185, pl. 155.

f. 11, belongs to the Pyraustine.

Pelena wnicolor, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 386, pl. 184. f. 16,

belongs to the Hydrocampine.

Taseopteryx sericea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 63, belongs to

the Deltoidine.

Metothemma angulipennis, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 62,

belongs to the Deltoidine.

acuminata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 62, belongs

to the Deltoidine.

striata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 63, belongs to

the Delioidine.

Eromene vetustella, Wik. xxxv. 1763, is a Nola.

Crambus perspicuus, Wik. Ent. v. 155. Type lost, description not

recognizable.

AppENDvUM (Feb. 18, 1896).

SmpEnra, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 249 (1854), before Hromene, from

which it is distinguished by the abortion of the proboscis.

SEDENIA CERVALIS, Guen. p. 250, pl. 3. f. 3=Titonusalis, WIk.

xviii. 794, and fpictoalis, xix. 1016. Australia.

SEDENIA RUPALIS, Guen. p. 250. Australia,

6. On Uintacrinus: a Morphological Study.

By F. A. Barner, M.A.’

[Received December 3, 1895.]

(Plates L1V., LY., & LVL)

ConrTENTS.

1. Introduction and History of 4, Summary, p. 1002.

Discovery, p. 974. 5. The Literature of Uintacrinus,

2. Morphological Description of p- 1003.

Uintacrinus socialis, p. 978. 6. Explanation of the Plates,

3. The Relations of Uintacrinus, p. 1004,

p. 995.

1. Iyrropuction anp Hisrory or Discovery.

Among those extinct forms that have evoked the curiosity of

naturalists, the peculiar unstalked crinoid Uintacrinus holds a

foremost place. Not merely its rarity and its beauty have caused

it to receive unusual attention, but also the circumstances that,

though found in the Cretaceous rocks, it reminds one strongly of

forms extinct since the Carboniferous period, and yet cannot be

joined to them, so far as we are aware, by any chain of ancestors.

* Like the other unstalked and free-swimming crinoid of the Chalk,

Marsupites testudinarius, it is a forlorn foundling, with not even a

birth-mark to reveal its parentage. The riddle with which

Uintacrinus perpetually challenges the naturalist may perhaps be

? Communicated by Sir W. H. Fiowze, K.O.B., P.Z.S.

hs a

P.ZSo1895; Pre Li.

gid 2)

Ate od

= Wetlagana

UINTACRINUS SOCIALIS.

F. 0. Pickard, Cambridge, del. Restoration of |

> ae as

P.Z.S., 1895, Pl. LV.

Foe

er q 4 “+ ps,

ae ET tan: cog eS eas i

7c pale be SOA eS Sal eee

ACRI NUS SOCIALIS, Bemrose, Phototyp.

Bp. A”s 8S, 1895. 2E GNI:

UINTACRINUS SOCIALIS.

1895. ] Ml. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 975

solved, not by renewed speculation, but with the aid of fresh facts

and more detailed description. To bring such aid is the object of

this paper.

It was in 1870 that, through one of the exploring expeditions

of Prof. O. C. Marsh (1), an imperfect specimen was found in the

eastern Uintah mountains, lying “‘in a stratum of yellow caleareous

shale ” aud immediately over ‘‘a thin layer full of Ostrea congesta,

Conrad, a typical Cretaceous fossil,” and associated with the scales

of a Beryw. This specimen was not sutticient fur description, but

in 1875 further specimens, somewhat exposed and weathered,

were discovered by Prof. Mudge and his party in the middle of

Oty,

DD in UU rata

Vintacrinus socialis, one of the co-types, from Niobrara Chalk, W. Kansas, now

in Yale College Museum. Reproduction of Grinnell’s illustration, Amer.

Journ. Sci. vol. xii. pl. iv. fig. 2. The lower portion of a weathered speci-

men is seen surrounded by a mass of arms belonging to other individuals.

Natural size.

62*

976 MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS, [Dec. 17,

the Niobrara Chalk of Trigo Co., W. Kansas, associated with the

Odontornithes, Pterodactyls, and Mosasauroid reptiles of that

formation. One of these crinoids, which was sent to the Yale

College Museum, served Grinnell as the type of genus and species,

Uintacrinus socialis, which he described in 1876 (2). The speci-

mens studied by him showed neither base nor arms clearly (fig. 1,

p. 975). Some specimens sent at the same time from Prof. Mudge

to F. B. Meek were well described by the latter (3), who added a few

details concerning the interradial and interdistichal areas (fig. 2).

Still there remained to be determined “the nature of the base

(whether composed of five pieces surrounding a central piece, and

whether or not it was connected with a column), the presence or

absence of subradial pieces, and whether there is an anal series of

pieces differing from each of [the other] interradial series.”

Vintacrinus socialis, Reproduction of Meek’s fig. B, in Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog.

Survey, ii. p. 875. “A flattened specimen, [in which] all the body-plates

of one side are seen. The plates of one interradial area (middle of figure)

[interbrachials, mh] and parts of two others, one on each side, as well as

those of two of the interaxillary areas [interdistichals, mihi], are shaded

to distinguish’ them from the plates of the radial system [fixed brachials,

mihi}, which latter are marked with dotted lines.” Natural size. This

specimen is in the U.S, National Museum, and has been re-figured by

W. B. Clark (8). See page 982 and Pl. LVI. fig. 1a.

Almost contemporaneously a specimen of this genus, but repre-

sentative of another species, was discovered in Europe at a slightly

higher horizon, namely in the lowest division of the Lower

Senonian, in the Marsupites zone, near Recklinghausen in

Westphalia. This was exhaustively described and discussed by

Schlueter in 1878 (4), under the name U. westfalicus (fig. 3). In

this specimen the arms were not well preserved ; the base, which

was clearly seen, confirmed the impression of previous writers

that the genus was unstalked, and showed that there was but one

1895. ] MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 977

circlet of basals; the interradial and interdistichal areas were

fairly visible all round the specimen, and though ‘the contour

and disposition of the plates differed in the different interradii,”

there was no such variation as to point to the existence of a

special anal series. It is chiefly in the arrangement of the inter-

radial plates that this species differs from U. socialis.

Fig. 3.

Uiniacrinus westfalicus, type-specimen from the Lower Senonian of Reckling-

hausen, now in the Museum of Bonn University. @, from the side; 4, from

below. The illustration, reproduced from Zittel (5) p. 374 & (11) p. 139,

by kind permission of Prof. Karl von Zittel, is a reversed copy of Schlueter

(4) pl. iv. figs. 1 & 2, reduced to # natural size, 20¢ natural size as invariably

stated.

The American species was more fully described by W. B. Clark

in 1893 (8), but his specimens did not throw much more decided

light on its structure (Pl. LVI.). In the following year, however,

S. W. Williston and B. H. Hill (9) published some notes on speci-

mens discovered in 1891 by Prof. E. E. Slosson. These specimens

were the first among those found in America to show the base with

the desired clearness, and were in other respects far superior to

any specimens of U. socialis previously collected. They were found

near Elkader, on the Smoky Hill River, W. Kansas, and their

mode of occurrence is thus described by Prof. Williston :—* ‘While

all the colonies hitherto discovered have been exposed and more

or less weathered, the present one was found in position, covered

by the soft blue shale. The animals had lived so closely together

that their very long arms had become inextricably entangled, and,

by consolidation, had formed a dense calcareous plate, about one-

third of an inch in thickness in the middle of the plate, but

thinning out at the margin. About one-half of the thin slab as

thus formed had been washed away; the remainder, as now

restored in the University Museum, measures about six feet by

three or four, and has upon its underside nearly one hundred of

the crinoids, the greater part of which are perfectly preserved.

The calyces all lie flattened out, showing, in some cases, the basal

plates, but, as might be expected, never the upper or ventral

portions. ‘The interlacing of the arms prevents the tracing of any

to the extremity.”

978 MR. F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [ Dee. 17,

Iwo slabs from the same locality, collected by Mr. H. T. Martin,

have recently been purchased by the Trustees of the British

Museum. Since they are the only specimens of the genus in

England, and probably the only specimens of JU. socialis as yet

received in Europe’, the description of them that Dr. Henry

Woodward has kindly permitted me to draw up may interest

English naturalists. At the same time, the more careful investi-

gation that these exceedingly beautiful specimens have rendered

possible has enabled a few details to be more accurately filled in.

The larger of the two slabs has an irregular area of about

2400 sq. cm., and contains 23 cups, one of which shows the base

very clearly ; the arms are also well shown. This slab represents

the unweathered condition of the fossil; the matrix is a soft,

calcareous yellow shale, in general aspect reminding one of the

Solenhofen Lithographic Stone, but much softer and more friable.

According to Prof. 8. Calvin*, it is composed of microscopic

organisms identical with those of true chalk. Where the crinoids

are massed together, their calcareous remains form, as described

by Prof. Williston, a dense plate. As a rule, however, the

separate plates and ossicles of the crinoid are far too easily

detached from the matrix. The calyces are flattened out, and

the arm-ossicles also are much compressed, so that their exami-

nation is not easy. This slab, registered E 6527, is now exhibited

in Gallery No. 8 of the Geological Department of the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.). For convenience of reference the cups

contained on it have been lettered a, 6, c, &e.

The smaller of the two slabs, with an area of 420 sq. cm.,

contains the remains of 7 cups, of which three show the basal

circlet. This slab represents the weathered condition of the

fossil, which fact, however, rather facilitates than hinders study.

The shale is a pale bluish grey, and the pale yellow plates stand

out clearly, both in colour and relief. This slab is registered

E 6328, and the cups are lettered a, 3, y, &e.

Both these slabs show a feature of fossilization hitherto un-

noticed in Uintacrinus; in fact, so far as I am aware, unknown

among crinoids. That is, the preservation of a thin layer of

carbonaceous material, which lines the interior of the calyx.

Unfortunately, the traces of microscopic structure exhibited by

this are of the most meagre description.

2. Morpnonocican DuscriIPprion oF UINTACRINUS SOCIALIS.

The crinoid consists of a crown only. There is no trace of a

stem, unless, indeed, the central apical plate be the diminished

representative of the proximal columnal, for which view there is

no evidence.

» Geh, Professor Karl von Zittel informs me, in a letter dated January 18,

that the Munich Museum has also acquired similar specimens.

2 «<The Niobrara Chalk.” Presidential Address, Proc. Amer. Assoc. xliii,

pp. 197-217 (1894) ; and in a private letter to the author, January 1896.

1895. ] MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 979

The crown consists of a relatively large, globose calyx and 10

long arm-branches (P1. LY.).

The calyx was flexible, as shown by the thinness of the com-

ponent plates, the absence of fractures, and the regularity of the

preserved specimens. The dorsal cup alone is known to us.

The tegmen was pliable, and probably but slightly, if at all,

plated; at any rate, none of the ventral plates are exposed,

“ nor,” as says Mr. Hill (9), “has it been possible to expose them

by dissecting away the plates.” Neither does a transverse section

of a calyx, at about the level of the 6th fixed distichal, show more

than a confused calcareous mass.

The dorsal cup (see figs. 4 and 5) consists of three categories

of elements: (@) the apical system; (4) the brachial elements,

which are radial and primary; (c) the secondary, supplemental

plates, viz. (i.) interbrachials, (ii.) interdistichals, (ii.) interpin-

nulars.

The apical system (Pl. LIV. fig. 1) consists of (i.) the centrale

or central apical plate; (ii.) 5 interradially situate basals sur-

rounding it ; (iii.) 5 radials succeeding the basals.

The centrale is pentagonal, but in specimens examined not

quite regular. In specimen e its greatest diameter is 1°5 mm.

It is perfectly smooth, showing no signs either of a stem-attach-

ment or of partition into more than one original element. Its

homologies are therefore doubtful, as its structure and position

permit it to represent either a relic of a stem, or a fused intrabasal

circlet, or even, as some would have it, an additional element

altogether to which the name “ dorsocentral” might be strictly

applicable. I have recently’ given reasons for rejecting the term

and the idea “dorsocentral.” Which of the other alternatives

be correct is to be decided, if at all, by reference to the affinities

and origin of the genus, as to which we are, at this stage of the

inquiry, quite in the dark.

The basals (Pl. LIV. fig. 1) are 5, equal. regular, and pentagonal.

They surround the apical plate and meet each other by adjacent

sides. The sides enclosing the upper angle of each basal are

slightly curved convexly, thus giving the basals a petaloid aspect.

The measurements of the basals in specimen ¢ are: height 3-4 mm. ;

width below, 1:0 mm.; width above, 3-5 mm.

The radials (fig. 5 and Pl. LIV. fig. 1) are 5, equal, heptagonal

or hexagonal according as the upper sides of the two basals on

which each radial rests make a reéntrant angle or a straight line.

They meet each other by adjacent sides, support the first primi-

brachs above, and abut on the proximal interbrachials on either

side. Their measurements in specimen ¢ are: in one radius,

height 5-0 mm. ; width below, 4-9 mm. ; width in middle, 8°7 mm. ;

width above, 5°75 mm.: in another radius, height 6-0 mm. ; width

below, 45 mm.; width in middle, 8-0 mm.; width above, 4°5 mm.

The fixed brachial elements that enter into the composition of

1 «The Text-book Writer among the Echinoderms,” Natural Science, vol. vi.

pp. 415-423 (1895). |

980 MR. F. A, BATHER ON ULNTACRINUS. [Dee. 17,

the dorsal cup consist of (i.) primibrachs, [Br ; (ii.) secundibrachs

or distichals, ILBr ; (iii.) fixed pinnules. By “ fixed ” one means

that the ossicles in each longitudinal series are attached not merely

to one another by their upper and lower margins, but also to the

ossicles of adjacent series by their lateral margins, thus forming

the cup. The precise limits of fixation are not very easy to

determine in the fossil state: for instance, the distal extremities

of the earlier pinnules were undoubtedly free, although their

proximal portions were firmly united laterally to the distichals or

to other pinnules; but the exact point at which lateral union

ceased cannot be determined, since, even above the limits of strict

lateral sutures, the pinnules may have been laterally united by a

membrane. The same uncertainty prevents us trom saying at

what level the arms became free; but we may say somewhere about

the 8th and 9th distichal, I1Br,.

The primibrachs (“radials of the first order” in part, or

* costals,” of some writers) are two in number (see figs. 4 and 5).

IBr, is hexagonal, resting by its lower edge on the feebly concave

upper margin of the radial, supporting IBr, on its upper margin,

and abutting laterally on two interbrachials on either side. It is

slightly less wide than the radial, but about the same height.

IBr, is axillary (IAx) and pentagonal, having on rare occasions an

irregularity in the lateral margin, owing to the abutment thereon

of more than one interbrachial.

The fixed secundibrachs (or fixed distichals) may, as aforesaid,

be reckoned at about 8. They are fixed by means of interbrachials,

fixed pinnules, and interdistichals. Owing to the origin from

some of them of the fixed pinnules, they have a slightly irregular,

zigzag arrangement, and those that bear pinnules have somewhat

the aspect of axillaries. The law of their pinnulation, in both

right and left branches of each arm, may be stated thus: ILBr,,

none; I1Br,, outer; IIBr,, none; I1Br,, inner; ILBr,, outer ;

IIBr,, none; I1Br,, inner; I{Br,, outer; ILBr,, none. This, at

least, is the arrangement I have found in eight specimens out of

ten, ¢.g. specimens y, d, e, f, g, J (figs. 4,5, 10). One of the ten

specimens, viz. 6 (fig. 6), varies thus: IIBr,, inner; IIBr,, none;

IIBr,, outer; I1Br,, inner. The remaining one, viz. p (fig. 7),

varies thus: I1Br,,none ; I1Br,, outer; I1Br,, inner ; I1Br,, none ;

IIBr,, outer. In both these cases the regular alternation of pin-

nules remains., It appears that all the rays of any individual vary,

if they vary, according to the same plan.

The above results were gained from an examination of actual

specimens in the British Museum: it is instructive to compare

them with the published figures. Grinnell’s (2) figures 1 and 2

(my fig. 1) agree with the law so far as the portions in question

are preserved. Both of Meek’s (3) figures (my fig. 2) agree with

it in every particular. Prof. Clark’s (8) ‘‘ Diagram showing the

structural arrangement of the plates in the test” agrees with it.

Clark’s pl. i. fig. la (Pl. LVI.) shows the following arrangement

in two branches :—I1Br,, outer; I1Br,, none; IIBr,, outer. Not

1895.] MR. F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 981

- —

ie tae ES _!

ATT]

\\\

Los

S KS

WOE

Pd oe

4 J Ps a

ERB = oct

lina

Wea

User

Ai RH ys Nas S

f YY 0 *

Wy er ee

ti) I 4 < Dame

Uintacrinus socialis, Brit. Mus. E 6328, y. In this, as in figs. 5-12, the plates

of the apical and radial systems are left white, the fixed distichals being

numbered, and the supplementary plates are shaded as follows: —inter-

brachials, from right to left; interdistichals, from left to right; interpim-

nulars, vertically. An arm-fragment of another individual lies athwart

the upper part of the portion drawn. Natural size.

C7 | ii”

Uintacrinus socials, Brit. Mus. E 6827, e. A cup seen from below, 3

shaded as in fig. 4. Natural size.

982 MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [ Dec. 17,

only do the two other branches agree with the law, but this arrange-

ment violates the fundamental law of alternation of pinnules, so

that I have little doubt the figure is incorrect. Clark’s pl.i. fig. le

(Pl. LVI.) agrees with the law except for the fact that ITBr, in

the right-hand branch bears an inner pinnule, while in the left-hand

branch it bears none. I have little doubt that this pinnule is

incorrect. It is not merely because they are inconsistent with my

own observations that I cast doubt on Prof. Clark’s figures ; but

because they are inconsistent, each in itself, each with his other

figures, and each with his own statements on p. 23. There is also

internal evidence to show that Clark’s fig. la of pl. i. is drawn

from the same specimen as Meek’s fig. B. If Meek is, as there is

reason to believe, correct, then Clark is wrong. It is only fair to

Prof. Clark to remember that the drawings here criticized were

Fig. 6. Fig. 7.

Fig. 6.—Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus, E 6527, 6, showing fixed

distichais and pinnules. Natural size.

Fig. 7.—Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6527, p, showing fixed

distichals and pinnules, interbrachials, and interdistichals. Natural

size.

made by Mr. C. R. Keyes, whose work is usually trustworthy,

and whose acquaintance with fossil crinoids is considerable.

Mr. B. H. Hill’s (9) diagram shows the following arrangement, so

far as I can decipher his rather peculiar mode of representation :—

IBr,, none; I1Br,, outer; I1Br,, inner; ILBr,, outer; I1Br,,

inner; IIBr,, outer; ILBr,, inner; IfBr,, outer; I1Br,, inner.

Now this is so absolutely inconsistent with the law, with the

type-specimens, with known variations, and with the general

structure of U. socialis, that it can only be supposed either that

Mr. Hill’s diagram is hopelessly incorrect, which I should be sorry

to think, or that he has unwittingly figured a new species, which

I find it hard to believe, especially as Prof. Williston (9) shows

himself fully alive to the possibility of there being more than one

American species, and would have noted the fact quickly enough.

1895.] MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 983

Here, moreover, it is to be noticed that the law stated above

applies equally to U. westfalicus (fig. 3), and therefore probably is

the law for the whole genus.

It is unnecessary to describe the fixed secundibrachs in detail.

They are flat, thin plates, with no trace of any axial canal, either

in section, or superficially in the form of an axial ridge. They are

about the same width as the immediately succeeding free brachials,

but are much higher. In the latter respect, however, no line of

demarcation can be drawn between fixed and free, since the change,

though rapid, is not sudden.

The fixed pinnules arising from the fixed secundibrachs unite

with one another and with the interdistichals (or interaxillary)

and interbrachial plates to form the interdistichal and interbrachial

(or interradial) areas of the dorsal cup. Hach interbrachial area

of an adult contains 3 pinnules on either side; and each inter-

distichal area contains 2 pinnules on either side (fig. 8). But only

Fig. 9.

;

Fig. 8.— Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6627, J, showing fixed

distichals and pinnules, interdistichals, and interpinnulars.

Fig. 9.—Fixed pinnules of ditto from Brit. Mus. E 6527, g. Both figures

natural size.

the proximal portions of the pinnules are fixed; the distal portions

must have been freely movable and quite independent. The

amount of fixation, and the number of pinnules involved, increase

with age. A young individual, viz. ¢ (fig. 9), shows only two pairs

of pinnules in an interbrachial area; and the proximal of these

appears to have only 5 ossicles fixed or modified by fixation,

whereas an older individual, viz. d (fig. 10), clearly shows 9 in that

state. In old individuals, even a fourth pair of pinnules may have

been involved in the interbrachial area. The proximal fixed ossicles

of these pinnules are large flat plates, both wider and higher than

the succeeding free ossicles. They show no trace of any axial canal

in the proximal region. The flattened plates of the fixed portions

of the pinnules do not form horizontal rows across the areas, but

alternate with one another, assuming a hexagonal outline.

984 MR. F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [ Dec. 17,

Schlueter (4) says (p. 58), with reference to the corresponding

structures in U. westfalicus—“If one were possibly inclined to

regard as side-arms, or indeed as pinnules, those rows of plates

that ... lie between the arms and the arm-branches, this would

be forbidden by the constitution of the plates, since they possess

neither a central canal nor a ventral groove, and are united to one

another by simple sutures.” This argument, though adopted by

Neumayr (6), is one Tam unable to accept. The absence of a

central or axial canal is nothing, since there is none in the arms of

many Paleozoic crinoids: it is, however, a statement that I have

been unable to verify in U. socialis so far as the free distal ends of

the fixed pinnules are concerned. It is abundantly clear that the

free ossicles in the pinnules are of the same character, and are

united in the same way, as the ossicles of the subsequent free

pinnules. It has also been shown that the fixation of the pinnules

is a gradual process. There is therefore no reason to suppose that

the fixed pinnules are anything else than pinnules whose bases

have become partially fixed, an occurrence by no means rare in

other genera,

The supplementary plates are of three kinds: interbrachials,

interdistichals, and interpinnulars. They are all thin flat plates,

and vary considerably in shape and even in number.

The interbrachials vary in number from 7 (fide B. H. Hill, 9)

or 8 (fide Clark, 8) to 12, e.g. p (fig. 7). In the specimens

examined by me, 10 appears to be the most usual number, e.g.

y, €, e (figs. 4, 5), and J have never seen fewer than 9. In each

interradius these plates all lie above the two adjacent radials,

between the fixed primibrachs and opposing fixed secundibrachs

1 and 2, and below the 1st and 2nd ossicles of the proximal, outer

or interradiad, fixed pinnules. Clark says: “The arrangement of

the plates does not vary; seven in an oval band enclose the 8th,

or 8th and 9th, according to the number of interradials.” This

may be accepted as the simplest type of arrangement ; but there is

considerably more variation than admitted by Clark. The only

stable plate is the proximal one, which rests on the upper lateral

margin of two adjacent radials, and abuts laterally on the two

IBr,. Its upper margin supports the two succeeding inter-

brachials, but may also support the central interbrachial between

them. To describe the shapes and positions of all the other inter-

brachials would, considering their variation, be waste of time. It

is only necessary to point out that, in the large majority of the

specimens before me, e.g. y, ¢, d, p (figs. 4,5, 10, 7), there is a

single plate lying between the two proximal pinnules and the two

subjacent interbrachials, and separated by those two interbrachials

from the central interbrachial. This distal plate is not shown by

Meek (8), or Clark, or Hill; but it can be seen in Grinneil’s (2)

tig. 1, although there it rests on a single interbrachial, and not on

two as is usual. The particular arrangement of interbrachials

figured by Meek and by Clark is unrepresented among the speci-

mens in the British Museum ; but there is no reason to doubt the

1895. ] MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS, 985

accuracy of the figures. Were it not for the fact that Mr. Hill’s

diagram has already woefully failed us, one would not doubt it any

more than Clark’s ; but till Mr. Hill has explained how the various

plates of his analysis can be fitted together, his drawing must

inevitably be neglected.

Despite the considerable variation among the interbrachials,

there is no evidence to show that in a single individual any one of

the interradii was so different from the others as to suggest its

being an anal interradius.

The interdistichals have been described by all previous writers

as two in number. Certainly this number prependerates ; but 20

specimens in the British Museum, of which 28 interdistichal areas

can be examined, show 2 interdistichals in 10 areas, e.g. b, f

(figs. 6, 8), 3 in 6 areas, e. g. p (fig. 7), 4 in 6 areas, e. g. y, /(fig. 4),

4 or 5 in 1 area, 5 in 4 areas, e.g. d, k, g (figs. 10, 11), and 8 in

LPS

Uintacrinus socialis, part of Brit. Mus. E 6627, d, showing fixed distichals and

pinuules, interbrachials, interdistichals, and interpinnulars. Natural size.

Uintacrinus socialis, interdistichal areas of Brit. Mus. E 6527, & (fig. 11),

and E 6528, « (fig. 12). Natural size.

1 area, viz. in a (fig. 12). The interdistichals are surrounded by

IIBr;,2,3,4 and by one or two ossicles of the proximal radiad

pinnules. The proximal interdistichal is usually heptagonal, and

abuts on IIBri,23 and on the succeeding interdistichal. It

may, however, not reach so high as ILBr,, and it may not sink

986 MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [Dec. 17,

so low as IIBr,. The succeeding interdistichal usually stretches

across the interdistichal area, but it may be split longitudinally in

two. Also it may be succeeded by more interdistichals, from 1

to 5. The number of interdistichals is not necessarily constant in

the interdistichal areas of one individual. Considering this exten-

sive variation, it is a little odd that it should not have been noticed

by any of the American writers. Similar variation is not known in

the unique specimen of U. westfalicus, which in this portion of its

anatomy agrees with the normal U. socialis.

The interpinnulars are small plates that are often intercalated

in the spaces between the proximal portions of the fixed pinnules

and the intervening I1Br. ‘There is usually only one interpinnular

between two adjacent pinnules, but sometimes there are two.

An interpinnular on one side of an area has usually a corre-

sponding interpinnular on the other side. The interpinnulars are

quite common: I have seen them in about half of the specimens

under examination, e. g. y, e, d, f, g, k,l (figs. 4, 5, 8, 10, 11), and

it is a little curious that they are neither figured nor mentioned by

any previous writers.

We have seen that the fixed pinnules probably arose from free

pinnules becoming involved in the construction of the cup. We

may inquire now as to the origin of the interbrachials and inter-

distichals. Are they derived in whole or part from pinnules, or

from the tegmen ; or are they mere supplementary plates? The

variation in number might show that they are degenerate pinnular

elements; but it is equally consorant with the theory of their

supplemental origin. There is the very slightest trace of any

linear arrangement, and in such rare cases as might plausibly be

imagined to represent a degenerate pimnule, such an assumption

would upset the regular sequence of pinnulation; so that one

cannot adopt this view without further proof. I can distinguish

no difference in this respect between young and old individuals.

The constancy of the proximal interbrachial might lead one to

regard it as a primitive tegminal element, since an interradially

situate plate of the tegmen is often conspicuous in just such a

position. But the proximal interdistichal, which can scarcely be a

primitive tegminal element, is nearly as constant. The presence of

interpinnulars, which are undoubtedly intercalated, supplementary

plates, show how all these plates may have arisen. Considered as

supplementary plates, the interbrachials may primitively belong to

either the cup or the tegmen; one can regard all interbrachial

plates as portions of the tegmen that have become included in the

dorsal cup.

The general relations of all the component elements and areas

of the dorsal cup to one another are as follows :—The fixed primi-

brachs and secundibrachs form slightly raised ridges, more pro-

minent distalwards. The interbrachial areas, including inter-

brachials, fixed pinnules, and interpinnulars, are slightly depressed

at the sides, but form a slightly elevated shield-like area. The

interdistichal areas are depressed. These points are more obvious

1895. ] MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 987

to touch than to sight. Each plate is slightly convex, and shows

no traces of ornament or of radiate structure. Clark (8) describes

the sutures between the cup-plates as “ generally slightly chan-

nelled ” ; there are in the British Museum specimens a few obscure

indications of irregular vertical groovings in the sides of the plates,

which are no doubt the channellings to which Clark alludes. The

number and thinness of the plates in the cup would be enough to

give it the flexibility which it clearly possessed: hence elaborate

sutures, as in Marsupites or in some Platycri ui, were unnecessary.

The arm-branches are the free continuations of the fixed secundi-

brachs or distichal series, and are therefore 10 in number. ‘They

are composed of brachials and pinnules.

As to the length of the arm-branches, Grinnell (2) said “it

seems probable that in life the spread of the outstretched arms

may have been two feet or more.” In the words of Meek (8),

«“ Mr. Grinnell thinks they may have attained a length of not less

than one foot.” Both Clark(8): and Hill (9) quote Grinnell as saying

that the arms reached 2 feet in length, which he did not say. The

longest arm-fragment yet measured is that which Hill “traced for

seventeen inches,” but it is not stated whether this was traced up

to the dorsal cup or no. The following measurements are from

specimens in the British Museum :—

Description of portion measured Length of Lea Height of Bra-

I I : * | fraginent. Je a, chials in mm.

Large specimen, beginning at ITBr,} 19°0cem. |7:0 to40 | 1-4, 1:45, 1:2

Smaller individual, ditto ............ 23'5em. |6:75to2°5 | 1:36, 1:2, 95

Isolated fragment ...........-se+e.0008 22:0 em. | 3:2 to2°5 | 1:4, 1:2

3 SD A LE 18:0 em. |2°5 to2-0 | 1:0, 95

‘, Pus tew lap Bich acanctenionties 23'5 em, | 2°5 to2-0 | 1:25, 11

r Fe tearctneten esc sere 13:8.em, |'2:0' to 1-5 |) “9; 85

Hin al a hispcticeses eaed ostees anaes sae etie's 35em./10 to 8 | 65

Making allowances for some of these examples belonging to

youthful individuals, we note that the rate of tapering is very

gradual, that it is rapid in the immediately proximal portion of the

arm-branch, but becomes much less distalwards. Similarly the de-

crease in height of the brachials is very gradual; it actually seems to

increase at first in some cases, and then to lessen slowly. Let us

allow 10 em. in each arm-branch for the proximal irregularities ;

then, taking it that the width has to decrease from 4mm. to 8 mm.,

and that the rate of decrease is °} mm. in 15 em. (which is rather

988 MR. F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINTS. [ Dec. 17,

more tk: . che average), we conclude that the total length must be

10cm.4 96 cm.=106 cm. Similarly, taking it that the height of

a brachial has to decrease from 1-4 mm. to ‘65 mm. and that the

rate of decrease is, at the utmost, -2 mm. in 20 em., then we

conclude that the total length was not less than 10 em.+80 cm.=

90cm. This latter method is not quite so reliable as the former,

since measurements are more difficult to make, and since syzygies

interfere with the striking of a correct average. But we are

certainly justified in concluding that in an adult the length of a

free arm-branch, counting from the suture between the eighth and

ninth secundibrach, was certainly not less than 100 em., or about

3 feet 32 inches, and that it contained fully 1000 brachials. Con-

sequently, to adapt the words of the first describer of this crinoid,

‘it seems probable that in life the spread of the outstretched arms

may have been” 6 feet 9 inches “ or more.” The longest arms in

other crinoids are about 26 cm., or 101 inches, in Evtracrinus from

Boll, and about 22 em., or a little under 9 inches, in Scaphiocrinus

swallow from the Carboniferous of North America. Enormous

though the length is, as compared with that attained by other

crinoids, the drawing of a reconstructed individual shows that it is

by no means excessive when compared with the size of the dorsal

cup (Plate LY.).

The arm-branches are found stretched along ventralwards, or

opened at right angles to the cup, or bent back aborally, sometimes

straight, sometimes curved, sometimes coiled round in a loop of

half an inch or less in diameter. It is clear that they had great

power of motion in all directions; and this is borne out by

the structure of the brachials.

The brachiais are usually compressed along different axes,

according as they lie on the slab, so that it is hard to estimate

their exact shape. It appears that the more proximal brachials

were wider than deep (Pl. LIV. figs. 6, 8), while the more distal

ones were deeper than wide (Pl. LIV. figs. 2, 5), also that the

more distal brachials were higher in proportion than the more

proximal ones. Owing to the pinnulation, the sutures between

the brachials are not parallel, but slope alternately right and left.

This feature, which was marked in the fixed brachials, is barely

perceptible in the more proximal free brachials, but increases distal-

wards. The more proximal brachials are smoothly and regularly

rounded ; but the more distal ones become excavate and develop a

clearly marked ridge, or cornice, on their distal margins, which

ridge is more intense on the side towards the pinnule (PI. LIV.

fig. 11).

The ventral groove is V-shaped. In the more proximal brachials

it is wide and enclosed by convexly curved sides (Pl. LIV. fig. 6);

in the more distal brachials it becomes gradually deeper and is

enclosed by straight sides (Pl. LIV. figs. 2,5). Covering plates to

the ventral groove have not. been observed ; probably they were

small and lay, separate from one another, in a membrane, and so

would not readily be preserved in situ.

1895.] MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 989

The joints between the brachials are of two kinds: perforate

articulation, and syzygial suture.

The perforate articulation is represented in figs. 2, 3, 6, 7, 8,

9,10 of Pl. LIV. The axial canal perforates the brachial at a

very short distance from the bottom of the ventral groove. Two

parallel ridges run across the under or proximal surface of the

brachial, coalescing around the axial canal. These ridges fit into

a corresponding groove on the upper surface of the subjacent

brachial, which groove itself appears to be bounded by slight

ridges. No specimen shows a single fuleral ridge, with median

perforation, such as is shown in Clark’s (8) pl. ii. fig. le. Owing

to the state of preservation, and to the difficulty of seeing more

than one side of any brachial, one cannot certainly distinguish

between the proximal and distal surfaces, except when there is

other evidence available. The direction of the ridges is not

straight across the width of the brachial, but is diagonal; and I

think that on the distal surface the end towards the pinnule-

bearing side is moved dorsalwards, as is the case in Pentacrinus.

Since the pinnules alternate from right to left, it follows that the

direction of the diagonals must also alternate; so that, as is

actually the case, the successive diagonals must lie almost, or

quite, at right angles to one another (compare figs. 2 & 10 of

Pl. LIV.). This skewing of the ridges is quite obvious and well-

marked over the greater part of the arm; but in the more proximal

region, where the brachials are still wide, and have rounded sides

to the ventral groove, this skewing is not so marked (Pl. LIV.

fig. 8). A most careful search has, however, failed to disclose a

single brachial with a symmetry like that of Clark’s (8) pl. ii.

fig. le, although one can find in the proximal region brachials

more like Schlueter’s (4) pl. iv. fig. 5, a, 6, which is still

asymmetrical (see Pl. LIV. fig. 6). Sometimes half the ridge

appears to be more skewed than the other half, as in Pl. LIV. fig. 8.

The position of the muscles and ligaments is not easy to determine.

There was, no doubt, a bundle of ligament-fibres on the outer or

dorsal side of the ridge; and according as the ridge was twisted

to left or right, the area of attachment for these fibres must have

moved alternately right and left. There isa faint depression over

this part of the joint-surface. One would naturally assume a

bundle of muscle-fibres in the area on either side of the ventral

groove, and ventrad of the ridge; but when the ridge is skewed

this area becomes large on one side, and almost non-existent on

the other. In the larger area one can easily make out a depression

for the attachment of the fibres; while in the smaller area one

can often distinguish a strong elongate groove, parallel with the

fuleral ridge, and this groove must represent the concentrated area

_of attachment of the fibres of this side.

It is clear that this skewing cf the fulcral ridges must have

given the arms great power of motion, not merely up and down

as in Antedon, but from side to side. In this respect the arrange-

ment is analogous to that in the stem of the Bourgueticrinide, and,

Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1895, No. LXIII. f

990 MR. F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [Dee, 17,

in a less degree, to the twisted stem of the Platycrinide. The

advantage which such an arrangement of arm-joints confers on a

free-swimming crinoid is obvious, since the animal is thereby

enabled to progress more rapidly in any desired direction.

The origin of this skewing may be connected with the pinnulation

of the arm. Each pinnule-bearing brachial is essentially an

axillary. An axillary normally has two joint-surfaces and two

fulcral ridges at its distal end; and these ridges are not parallel

to the transverse axis of the ossicle, but converge dorsalwards.

As one branch diminishes and becomes a pinnule, the joint-

surface on that side also diminishes, while the other joint-surface

comes to occupy the greater width of the ossicle, and its ridge

becomes parallel with the transverse axis of the ossicle. We may

suppose that in Uintacrinus the slanting of the ridge was main-

tained, though the ossicle underwent the usual changes. It is of

course the case that in the pinnulate arms of other crinoids, e. g.

Pentacrinus and Metacrinus, there is an asymmetry of the joint-

surface, due to pinnulation, as was long ago well described by

Johannes Miiller’; but I can find no instance of a skewing so

marked as in Uintacrinus.

The syzygies are of the type common in the Antedonide

(Pl. LIV. figs. 4, 5). From the periphery of the brachial clearly

defined ridges converge to the axial canal. All the ridges do not

reach the axial canal, but only alternate ones, or sometimes one

in three. The ridges near the medio-dorsal line are the more

marked. The space between the ridges seems to be wider than

the ridges themselves; nevertheless I have been unable to dis-

tinguish between the upper and lower surfaces of the joint.

Sometimes the ridges are slightly channelled. The figure given

by Clark (8) seems incorrect in being so symmetrical, and in

the meeting of all the ridges around the axial canal. Schlueter’s

(4) figures of syzygial surfaces in U. westfalicus present a very

different appearance, in that they show narrow grooves rather than

ridges, which grooves have the same arrangement as the ridges in

U. socialis. Both Schlueter’s figures represent the upper surfaces

of hypozygals, and it might be supposed that the under surfaces of

the epizygals were ridged. But, in any case, it is odd that there

should be no such grooved appearance in any hypozygals of

U. socialis.

In describing the distribution of syzygies in an arm, it is the

custom to reckon as one ossicle the two ossicles that are united

by such a joint, and to transfer the term syzygy from the union

to the pair of united ossicles. But “to my mind... it is a

custom more honoured in the breach than the observance,” and in

another place? I have given reasons for adopting a method more

consistent with both correct terminology and morphological ideas.

1 “Deber den Bau des Pentacrinus caput meduse,” Phys. Abh. Akad. ‘Wiss.

Berlin, Jahrg. 1841. See p. 218 and pl. ii. figs. 4 & 13 (1848).

. #2 “The Term ‘ Syzygy’ in the Description of Orinoids,” Zool. Anzeig. vol. xix.

pp. 57-61 (Feb, 3, 1896.)

1895. ] MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTAORINUS. 991

In the present paper, at any rate, each brachial is treated as a

unit, and the term syzygy is confined to its original meaning, viz.,

an immovable sutural union between two ossicles.

In the fixed region of the arm we may assume that the distri-

bution of the syzygies is governed by the law of pinnulation above

stated, that is to say, the non-pinnulate secundibrachs are taken

to be hypozygals. For U. westfalicus this assumption is definitely

confirmed by the observations of Schlueter (4), which show that

the ossicles in question have a radiate upper joint-surface. In

U. socialis this has not been seen, but in external appearance the

supposed syzygial sutures are closer and finer than the rest.

For I1Br, .,, the distribution of the syzygies has been worked out in

16 arms belonging to 5 individuals, and the results are given in the

accompanying diagrams (pages 992 & 993). It appears from these

that the syzygial sutures occur at successive average intervals of

3, 4, 4, 5, 7,5, 7,and 8sutures. The persistent syzygial nature of

the 26th suture is remarkable, and is one of those facts that would

be obscured by the usual method of counting. The regularity of

the syzygies seems to decrease in the more distal regions; that is

to say, although in a single arm the intervals are fairly constant,

yet there is considerable difference between individuals, possibly

between the several arms of one individual. There is some reason

to suppose that the interval between the syzygies is usually less in

the proximal portion of the arm than it is in the median portion,

but the evidence is insufficient. A long arm-fragment of medium

width has syzygies at intervals of 10-15 sutures; but another

much narrower arm-fragment of over 130 brachials has syzygies

at intervals of 5-8 sutures, the usual intervals being 6 and 7.

The large number of the syzygies and their regular distribution

throughout the whole length of the arms, doubtless bear some

relation to the animal’s mode of life. It is natural to suppose

that syzygies have been developed to afford points of easy fracture,

such as could never be presented by the muscular and ligamentary

articulations. Thus, when an arm is entangled or is caught by

some enemy, the crinoid merely breaks it off and swims or crawls —

away, happy in the knowledge that a new arm will soon grow

from the stump. This explanation has been confirmed by the

experiments of J. Walther on Antedon rosacea’. A Uintacrinus,

with its sociable disposition, must often have found its long

flexible arms inextricably interlaced with those of its fellows. Only

by the syzygies can it have escaped from the too close embrace.

In the fixed portion of the arm the hypozygals and epizygals do

not materially differ in height or appearance from the other fixed

brachials. It would be preposterous to count I/Br, , ,, 11Br, , Ps

or even IIBr, , |, a8 single morphological units, as would be done

on the usual system of counting. After this, the hypozygals and

1 « Untersuchungen ueber den Bau der Orinoiden,” Palxontographica, xxxii.

p- 180. (Oct. 1886.)

63*

[Dec. 17,

MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS.

992

‘aed persdzks & UOT 4Vyy esoyy

SOJIUN OUT] HORT B f peroqumnu ore syOVAqIpUNdes YG [euMIxord oY} YOryA Jo ‘youvarq-mae ue squoseidor OUT]

[eyUozt10y Yorn

"SYMLIOS SNULAMIDIU JO S[VNPLAIPUI G Jo seyouvAq-WAe QT UT sarsAzXg Jo UOTpISOd oy} SUIMOYS ATAV],

ee ee

Seas eee Se a)

(es ees

flee

N3NIDadg Sb

MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 993

1895.]

(9I-T) stoquinu [eorqqeA 943

‘soppUvIq-WIe [eNprATpul yueseider

‘ sa[otsso oy} Uo gou ‘squtol oY} Wo ore (GF-T) SdoquINU [e}MOZIIOY ey, *827722908

snuwoDpM JO WAL TeTDYstp oy} Jo syurol Ye 4say oy ut sais{zkg ayy Jo GAANO [VMONQIIAsIpP 94} SUIMOYS TUVHO

PNEEGEREEE EERE NEE ENE Eee Hees

iMG BeE

BENGE PS NSEI7R7 NLS At tN ; | ie

HEN CAEN He y SHH HEE HANES EMBERS ee:

SS Sa'a fe || i NCH A ia UT le

eee | PEC EEE Be re mani CPEB YAK A LT ITT T te

Pas Beaaes R'E FCA CEEE BSBEMGR Ae Seles

SSSA SSS Be AVA SSS SS SRR RE RES ee

=| ees Ee AIEEE EE EEE EEE EEE 8

a SIE) 4 HH PSESS2 SR R0RRRCEREL see

SEES Se 38 SESS SSSR ESRSPRERR Eerie

ie aa al =e | | So HHH SE SRA e

ct a eee cH) aha ashes SE] eat ea UT any

me cEee erases se eee ee

ce PEELE EF EEPPEE

a eed a Bee GceReeee ee a SIzialor

994 MR, F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [ Dee. 17,

epizygals gradually diminish slightly in height, till they become

about two-thirds the height of an ordinary brachial, rarely less

(Pl. LIV. fig. 11). It is often very hard to decide whether two

adjacent ossicles are united by syzygy or no, so little do they

differ in outward appearance from the neighbouring brachials.

Occasionally the syzygial joint is a little less curved, as though

there were some attempt at dovetailing, a suggestion of the

structure in Pentacrinus naresianus and P. blakei.

The pinnules.—The law of pinnuiation for the fixed pinnules

has been discussed fully. That for the free brachials is the same

as obtains in most modern crinoids: each ossicle, except the

hypozygals, bears a pinnule, and the pinnules are on the right

and left sides alternately. Viewed from the side of the arm, as

in fig. 11 of Pl. LIV., the proximal ossicle of each pinnule appears

sub-crescentic in outline, and lies in a corresponding semicircular

notch, excavated in the upper corner of its brachial. The lower

corner of the succeeding brachial is also slightly excavated, and

the pinnulars fit closely up against it. In the case of a syzygy,

the notch for the proximal pinnular may extend a little below the

epizygal and include a small portion of the hypozygal. When

seen from the back of the pinnule, each pinnular, with the

exception of the proximal one, has its upper and lower margin

parallel to each other; but seen from the side each ossicle has a

sub-triangular outline, the base of the triangle being dorsal.

This is seen to a slight extent in fig. 13 of Pl. LIV. In other

words, each pinnular decreases in thickness towards the ventral

side of the pinnule ; and this enables the pinnule to curl upwards

over the ventral groove of the arm. This feature is more marked

in the proximal region of the pinnule than in the distal. As is

usually the case with both arms and pinnules in the Crinoidea, the

proximal ossicles of each pinnule are wider than high, while the

distal ones are higher than wide. There are at least 30 ossicles

in each pinnule ; in some, 40 can be counted. In some cases the

pinnulars show a concavity of the sides like that in the brachials

(Pl. LIV. fig. 13).

On the ventral side each pinnule has a shallow groove (Pl. LIV.

fig. 14). This was probably roofed by covering-plates, though

none are preserved in the fossil. On either side of the groove,

and at right angles to it, is a slight depression or channel in each

pinnular. These may have been for the passage of the tentacles,

or they may represent articular depressions for the covering-plates

such as | have figured for Cyathocrinus acinotubus and C. ramosus'.

The objection to the latter interpretation is that the covering-

plates must in that case have been rather too large and solid to

have so entirely disappeared.

The articular surfaces of the pinnulars (Pl. LIV. fig. 12) appear

to show an axial canal separate from the ventral groove, and on

either side thereof a depression for attachment of ligament, 7. ¢. a

1“ Orinoidea of Gotland,” i. figs. 208 & 255, in Svensk. Vet,-Akad, Hand,

xxv. 2 (1893).

1895. ] MR, F. A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. ~ 995

bifascial articulation ; but there is no defined ridge, and of course

no such skewing from right to left as in the brachials. The

pinnules gradually decrease in size towards the distal end of the

arm, and eventually become of exceeding tenuity. Since they are

rarely preserved or traceable for their whole length, measurements

are difficult to make. A brachial 3-0 mm. wide bears a pinnule

of which the proximal ossicle is 1:0 mm. wide. A brachial

2:5 mm. wide bears a pinnule of which the proximal ossicle is

‘8mm. wide, and the total length more than 11°5 mm. A brachial

2:0 mm. wide bears a pinnule of which the proximal ossicle is

about °5 mm. wide, and the total length fully 16-5 mm.

3. Tun Renarions oF UINTACRINUS.

As already stated, there are no forms with which direct com-

parison is obvious. The discovery of the ancestry of Uintacrinus

must therefore be a long process of induction. In prosecuting

such an inquiry, the first step is to clear away secondary and

accidental characters, so as, in any comparison, to utilize only

those that are essential. It is, for instance, futile to lay any

stress on the fact that Uintacrinus is an unstalked crinoid, and

for that reason to compare it with its contemporary Marsupites.

Worse still to follow H. A. Nicholson and P. H. Carpenter (7),

and to place the two genera in a single family, though their

organization differs in almost every other respect. As well place

it with Saccocoma, or with Agassizocrinus, or any other stalkless

crinoid. Surely the argument is absolutely the reverse. Features

in which unstalked and free-swimming crinoids agree with one

another are, it is probable, features due to similarity of environ-

ment rather than similarity of descent. The resemblance is

physiological, not morphological. In short, one infers that such

teatures are secondary, and not essential. They are the ones to

be cleared away.

Let us consider the general and common characters of un-

stalked crinoids. All agree in the absence of a stem in the adult;

but, when further compared, they are soon seen to fall into three

distinct groups. First, the group in which a portion of the stem

remains, becoming modified into a cirrus-bearing centrodorsal, as

in Antedon, Eudiocrinus, and Thaumatocrinus. These forms anchor

themselves by their cirri, and though capable of crawling, climbing,

and swimming, do not often exercise their faculty of locomotion.

Secondly, the group in which either a portion of remaining stem,

or the lower part of the cup (i. e. basals or infrabasals), becomes

solidified, usually by additional deposition of stereom, into a knob,

which, one may suppose, serves as ballast or as a sea-anchor ; such

forms are Agassizocrinus, Edriocrinus, and Millericrinus pratti.

Both of these groups have a small calycal cavity with thick walls,

and there can be little doubt but that all are attached by a stem

in the earlier stages of ontogeny. The third group, comprising

Marsupites, Saccocoma, and Uintacrinus, has no trace of a stem or

996 MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. [Dee. 17,

of any anchoring structure, but is in all respects adapted for free

locomotion; the calycal cavity is large in proportion to the

thickness of the arms, and is enclosed by thin flexible walls. Of

these three genera, Saccocoma is the most specialized; as Otto

Jaekel concludes in his detailed and interesting account, ‘‘ The

totality of organization and the mode of occurrence of the Sac-

cocomide indicate that they were pelagic animals, and that, as

such, they not merely lived in swarms, but inhabited every

peaceful basin of the Solenhofen sea in enormous numbers”

(Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. xliv. p. 689, 1893). Marsupites also

was perhaps pelagic; the plates of its skeleton are, as I intend to

show in another paper, of very light construction and with

flexible unions; the specific gravity of the whole animal must have

been light and perhaps still further lightened, as Jaekel suggests

for Saccocoma, by “a slight development of gas within the body.”

Uintacrinus, with its large calyx, its thin flexible test, its extra-

ordinarily long and movable arms, appears likewise to possess the

characters of a pelagic organism ; and so far as the argument from

mode of occurrence is of any value in the case of Saccocoma, it is

just as applicable in the case of Utntacrinus, or at all events

U. socialis, which lived in similar swarms and is buried in a similar

deposit. As for U. westfalicus, its gregariousness may be open to

dispute, but it is to be noted that the one specimen known occurs

in association with Marsupites. At any rate, Uintacrinus, Mar-

supites, and Saccocoma appear to have had much the same mode of

life, and to have been subject to similar environment.

Let me repeat that the word group, as used in the preceding

paragraph, is of physiological and not morphological significance.

It implies identity of condition but not of ancestry. Take any one

of these groups, and what could be more divergent than the forms

therein included? Thaumatocrinus is essentially so unlike Antedon

that, had the two genera not chanced to be both furnished with a

centrodorsal, not a soul could have been led to place them in a

single family, or even, one would imagine, in a single order. In

the second group, Agassizocrinus is a dicyclic Inadunate, apparently

allied to Cromyocrinus ; Edriocrinus is a monocyclic Inadunate of

obscure, but undoubtedly very different, affinities; Mllericrinus

pratti is but a single species of a well-known genus of Penta-

crinide, and is pseudo-monocyclic. So is it with our third group:

Saccocoma has a cup of nothing but radials; Marsupites has

radials, basals, and infrabasals; Uintacrinus has no infrabasals,

but, in addition to its basals and radials, has brachials, inter-

brachials, interdistichals, pinnulars, and interpinnulars, all helping

to compose its dorsal cup.

Admitting the essential dissimilarity of the three forms in our

third, or pelagic, group, we see the sooner what are the secondary

features due to environment, the necessary consequences of their

line of evolution. They are the features in which these three

dissimilar forms have come to resemble one another. The thinness

of the test, the large size of the calycal ‘cavity, the flexibility of

1895.] MR. F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 997

both test and arms, are obvious points that have already

been alluded to. It is also noteworthy that each of these

very differently constituted cups resembles the others in one

curious feature, namely, the presence of a central, pentagonal,

apical plate. One may say, if one chooses, that in Saccocoma this

represents the fused basals, and in Uintacrinus the fused infra-

basals ; but in Marsupites it must be something else. Or one may

say that in each case it is the same element, be it the proximal

stem-ossicle (which some erroneously call “ centrodorsal”), or the

distal stem-ossicle (which some, seeking an homology, have called

*‘ dorso-central”), or perhaps a new plate altogether, a simple

supplementary plate developed to fill up the gap left by the

disappearance of the stem. One might argue for ever: there is

no evidence. The one obvious fact is that such a central plate is

found in three very different forms, all of which were free-

swimming, and unlike all other crinoids in showing absolutely

no trace of a stem. It is therefore not safe to ascribe to the

central plate any morphological significance, or to give it any name

other than “ centrale.”

The large size of the body-is produced in Marsupites, and still

more in Saccocoma, by the largeness of the plates; in Utintacrinus

it is produced by the incorporation of many brachials, inter-

brachials, &c. into the dorsal cup. The large size being probably

a secondary character, it is not fair to argue that the ancestors of

Uintacrinus had so many plates in the dorsal cup; although we

must infer that they were furms that had a tendency to this mode

of enlargement of the cup.

The essentials of structure in Uintacrinus appear thus to be:

5 basals; 5 radials; 5 arms, branching once ; the two primibrachs,

at least, united by interbrachial; pinnules borne by secundibrachs,

beginning with IIBr,; a tendency for proximal pinnules to

coalesce ; an axia] canal separated from the ventral groove of the

brachials.

As claimants to provide an ancestor for Uintacrinus the

Camerata, notwithstanding the superficial resemblance in the cup

of many of them to this genus, must at once be put out of court

as having no separate axial canalin the arms. The flexible tegmen

of Uintacrinus is also removed from the Camerate type. Indeed,

so far as I am aware, Jaekel (10) is the only writer of repute that

has endeavoured to find the ancestor of Uintacrinus in this order.

The Rhodocrinide, however, which are the forms he fixes on, are

far removed from Uintacrinus, in the possession of branched,

biserial arms, and interradials resting on the basals.

This leaves, among Paleozoic crinoids, from which one pre-

sumes that Mesozoic crinoids are descended, the Inadunata and

the Ichthyocrinacea (= Articulata, W. & Sp., Flexibilia, Zittel).

Most if not all of those paleontologists that have attempted an -

answer have decided in favour of the Ichthyocrinacea, usually

pitching on Forbesiocrinus as their example of a similar form. Held,

as it has been, by Zittel (5 and 11), Neumayr (6), Carpenter (7),

998 MR, F, A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS, [Dee. 17,

and apparently by Schlueter (4), who, however, cleverly shirked

giving a definite reply, this opinion demands respectful considera-

tion. The opinion will be more acceptable if Onychocrinus be

substituted for Forbesiocrinus. For in Onychocrinus one finds what

does not occur in Forbesiocrinus, namely a differentiation of the

arms into two main branches, with a tendency for the armlets

to be reduced to the size and regularity of pinnules. This

tendency is most obvious in the species for which R. R. Rowley *

proposed two generic names in a single paper, viz., Aristocrinus, or

Callawaycrinus, concavus. Considering the extreme difficulty that

the most acute paleontologists have met with in distinguishing

the genera Ichthyocrinus, Taxocrinus, Forbesiocrinus, Onychocrinus,

and their allies, considering the impossibility of deciding such a

question with the assistance of the comparatively few specimens

or species in the British Museum, and considering the confused

nature of the large and scattered literature, I would not, on the

slight evidence offered by Mr. Rowley, venture to pass any

criticism on his action other than that the name Aristocrinus, or

. “the best crinoid,” is singularly inappropriate. Names and minor

differences apart, we find in this group of forms many species

with small and disappearing infrabasals, with interbrachials forming

‘a flexible union between the rays, with occasional interdistichals,

with the proximal primibrachs and secundibrachs broad-backed

thin plates very like those of Uintacrinus, with an axial canal

differentiated in at least the more distal brachials, with a flexible

tegmen, and with flexible arms and cup; and some species with a

distichal and sub-pinnulate arm-structure, and with two primi-

brachs in each ray. In all these features, then, there is a note-

worthy resemblance; but a closer inspection will reveal many

important points of difference. The species to which reference

has been made have an anal area distinct in the cup, such as there

is no trace of in Uintacrinus. This, however, might well disappear

in course of evolution, especially in a free-swimming form, just as

it has disappeared in Hnerinus and in Antedon, although un-

doubtedly present in the ancestors of those two genera. It is

more important to notice that the interradially situate plates of

the Ichthyocrinide are all of them true interbrachial plates of the

secondary system; they are none of them modified pinnules.

Indeed the pinnules are in no case advanced to such a stage that

they could coalesce as in Uintacrinus. The most one can say is,

that in some species of Jchthyocrinus the brachials seem to have

been united laterally. Again, there are no traces of syzygial union

in the arms of the Ichthyocrinide. Indeed the arms are so much

less differentiated, even in Onychocrinus, than they are in Uinta-

crinus, that if one supposes any links between the two forms, one

must suppose a very long chain of them. But of this chain, not

one link is known. Therefore, though I admit the force of the

1 «Description of a new Genus and five new Species of Fossils from the

Devonian and Sub-Carboniferous Rocks of Missouri,” Amer. Geol. xvi. pp. 217-

223 (Oct. 1895),

1895.] MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 999

arguments of those eminent authorities who, with Neumayr (6),

“regard it as most probable that Uintacrinus is a last straggler of

the Ichthyocrinide,” yet I cannot but consider the counter-

arguments, here first definitely stated, as of even greater weight.

One may also add the fact that none of the known Flexibilia show

that predilection for a free mode of life that is so common in the

order next to be considered.

Turning to the Inadunata, we have to choose between mono-

eyclic and pseudo-monocyclic forms; since, had the immediate

progenitors of Uintacrinus well developed infrabasals, one must

suppose that these would have been retained and utilized to expand

the walls of the cup, as in Marsupites.

Among Inadunata monocyclica choice is at the outset limited

to those genera whose symmetry is not disturbed either by the

transverse bisection of certain radials or by the greater develop-

ment of certain other radials. From these more symmetrical

forms, again, must be removed those that have simple unbranched

arms, such as Hoplocrinus, Hybocrinus, Symbathocrinus, and Cupresso-

crinus. Jocrinus, with its dichotomus, non-pinnulate arms, is also

out of the question; while one need hardly mention such undeve-

loped genera as Gasterocoma, Lageniocrinus, and Allagecrinus.

Thus Belemnocrinus, if correctly placed here, is the only genus

remaining; in its bifurcate, sub-pinnulate arms, richly provided

with syzygies, and in the structure of its cup, it certainly presents

more resemblance to Uintacrinus than do any of the other genera ;

but in its large anal tube, and in the entire absence of any plates

binding together the brachials, it is still far removed from our

genus.

” The field of choice is now narrowed down to the Inadunata

dicyclica and their descendants in the Mesozoic era, the Canali-

culata. The earlier fistulate forms, with their asymmetrical anal

areas, may be at once set aside; so may all genera with many-

branched arms, whether pinnulate or non-pinnulate. Thus we are

restricted to such genera as Erisocrinus, Stemmatocrinus, Enerinus,

Dadocrinus, and some species of Pentacrinide. At first sight

there appears mighty little resemblance between these and Uinta-

cerinus ; so little that no one has ever dreamed of mentioning them

in this connection. Yet it is here, and here only, that we find

those essentials of structure that have been proved requisite in

the ancestors of Uintacrinus. A large number of these genera

agree in the possession of 5 basals, 5 radials, two primibrachs in

each radius, arms bifurcating once, bearing pinnules, and with a

separate axial canal. The earlier genera have distinct infrabasals ;

but the later genera are pseudo-monocyclic, the infrabasals being

either absorbed or hidden in the adult, and occasionally fused with

one another. It has already been suggested that Uintacrinus was

more likely to be descended from a pseudo-monocyclic than from a

dicyclic ancestor. Some species of these pseudo-monocyclic genera

have the primibrachs united by interbrachial plates. Schlueter

(4) has referred to Guettardicrinus, in which the primibrachs are

1000 MR, F. A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS, [Dec. 17,

separated by small but well-defined interbrachials, while a few

interdistichals are also present; interbrachials also occur in Apzo-

crinus roissyanus and A. elegans. In both these forms, however,

the plates of the cup are too thick, and the arms too much

branched, for us to infer any direct affinity with Uintacrinus. I

refer to these facts merely to show the possibility of a development

of interbrachials and interdistichals among the genera of the group.

Similarly the Pentacrinide, notably Hwtracrinus, may develop

interbrachials; and in £. lepidotus, at any rate, the proximal

pinnules seem to have been laterally united, forming thin scaly

plates. Moreover the whole arm-structure of Uintacrinus is

singularly like that of the Pentacrinide. But we must look for a

form not so highly modified, and one in which the arrangement of

syzygies and pinnules does not conflict with the law of their

arrangement in Uintacrinus. Thus, by a gradual process of elimi-

nation, we are forced back upon Dadocrinus, and here indeed

appears to be the object of our search.

The genus Dadocrinus, based by H. von Meyer on Encrinus

gracilis, von Buch, which has been investigated by Beyrich,

Kunisch, Giirich, Wachsmuth and Springer, and above all by A,

von Koenen *, is admitted to be an ally of Erisocrinus, Stemmato-

crinus, and Encrinus, and to be intermediate between them and the

Pentacrinide and Apiocrinide. Whether or no it be the actual

ancestor of the latter families, it at least comes as near as possible

to what that ancestor must have been. It is pseudo-monocyclic,

has 2 primibrachs, pinnulate arms bifurcating once, with a separate

axial canal; its primibrachs are united by a number of small

interbrachials which pass up into a thin-plated flexible tegmen.

The arrangement of pinnules and syzygies in the proximal region

of the arms is governed by the same law, and subject to the same

regular exceptions, as in Uintacrinus (fig. 13)*. The proximal

pinnules are larger than the others, and have flat backs and square

sides, thus resembling the coadunate pinnules of Eatracrinus,

Now in all these essential points of structure, Dadocrinus gracilis

agrees precisely with Uintacrinus. All that we have to suppose is

a gradual exaggeration of these features and the loss of the stem.

The former is a natural supposition, since, as has just been shown,

1 “Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Crinoiden des Muschelkalks,” Abh. Ges.

Wiss. Gottingen, xxxiv. Phys. K1. i. pp. 1-44, pl. i. (1887), and “ Ueber die Ent-

wicklung von Dadocrinus gracilis, y. Buch, und Holocrinus wagneri, Ben., und

ihre Verwandtschaft mit anderen Crinoiden,” Nachrichten Ges. Wiss. Géttin-

gen, Math.-phys. Kl. Jabrg. 1895, pp. 283-293 (pages 292, 293 being wrongly

imposed), 14th Dee., 1895. In these papers references to the rest of the

literature will be found.

* ‘Von Koenen (op. cit. 1895) describes the pinnules as borne on the outer

side of I1Br,, on the inner side of I1Br,, and thence regularly on each secundi-

brach, on the outer and inner sides alternately. The syzygies that are to be

inferred from this arrangement agree with the plan of Uintacrinus. But Ihave

found yet other arrangements, which make the resemblance still more striking.

A slab in the British Museum (E 6070) enables one to trace the arrangement

in. several arms. The commonest type has syzygies between secundibrachs 1 & 2,

3 & 4,6 &7; pinnules are borne by the epizygals and by IIBr,, first on the

1895.] MR, F, A, BATHER ON UINTAORINUS. 1001

much the same thing occurs in the Pentacrinide and Apiocrinide.

If Dadocrinus, or an allied form, is the ancestor of Pentacrinus in

one direction, of Apiocrinus in another direction—then why not

of Uintacrinus in a third direction? As to the loss of the stem, it

may have been by a process of gradual diminution, or in conse-

quence of a habit of sudden separation. In favour of the former

view are the instances of many species of Pentacrinus, which are

known to move from place to place, and especially of Millericrinus

pratti, the stem of which gradually dwindles to nothing. In favour

of the latter view is the suggestive fact that in the slabs of fossil

Dadocrinus the crown is almost always broken off from the stem

either at, or immediately below, the junction of the stem with the

cup; and this must have taken place as a reflex response to some

stimulus rather than as the result of force, for the crowns are

otherwise undisturbed, and are still in natural juxtaposition with

outer, then on the inner side, and so on regularly. One variation shows syzy-

gies between secundibrachs 1 & 2,3 &4,5&6. Another shows syzygies between

secundibrachs 1 & 2,3 & 4,5&6,8&9. Professor von Koenen has obliged

Dadocrinus gracilis, portion of a specimen from Sacrau, near Gogolin in Silesia,

Brit. Mus. E 6070. The drawing shows basals, radials, primibrachs,

secundibrachs (or distichals), pinnules, and interbrachials, Magnified

5 diameters.

me by examining his numerous specimens with reference to this point, and

admits that such differences from his own accountdo occur. He is at variance

with me only in considering them ‘‘anomalous;” but there is nothing really

anomalous about them, for the law of alternate pinnulation is never abrogated.

The only question is, which type is the most usual. The one Von Koenen finds

most often, I find most seldom. Both, however, agree with Uintacrinus so far

as they go.

1002 MR, F. A. BATHER ON UINTAORINUS. [Dec 17,

the stems’. Which view be ultimately accepted must depend on

the evidence of intermediate stages actually found fossil, stages

that shall bear the same relation to Uintacrinus as Thiollericrinus

bears to Antedon. It is true that such links are still to seek ; but

the number of missing links is far fewer on this hypothesis than

on any other that has hitherto been advanced.

4, SuMMARY.

This paper attempts a complete morphological description of

Uintacrinus socialis, aud a comparison of it with U. westfalicus.

The deficiencies of previous accounts are made good, and the errors

of them corrected: this is specially the case with regard to the

interbrachials, interpinnulars, brachials, pinnules, and joints. The

more accurate knowledge thus obtained enables a comparison with

other crinoids to be based on something more than external

appearances. It is thus shown that Uintacrinus cannot be related

either to the Camerata, e. g. to Zhodocrinus as Jaekel has supposed,

or to the Ichthyocrinide as maintained by Von Zittel, Neumayr,

and others. It must therefore be related either to the Paleozoic

Inadunata or to their Mesozoic descendants, the Canaliculata

(=Articulata of Miller). Among these, a process of comparison

and elimination leaves behind only the ascending evolutionary line

that contains Encrinus, Dadocrinus, Pentacrinus, and Apiocrinus ;

and a simple inspection then enables us to fix on Dadocrinus as

the one among all known genera that is the most nearly related to

the ancestor of Uintacrinus.

Whether this conclusion be right or wrong, I should like to

point out that it was not present to my mind when this investiga-

tion was begun, and that it has been arrived at solely by observation

of a large number of facts and by simple induction from those facts.

The circumstance that this conclusion differs from those of more

eminent writers arises partly from the revision and increase of

the facts concerning Uintacrinus itself, partly from the broader

principles that a more accurate knowledge of the Crinoidea now

enables us to apply. Knowledge cannot be too accurate or too

detailed. It is not till the details have been accumulated that we

can understand their meaning.

1 Gf. D. C. Danielssen, ‘“‘ Crinoida,” Norske Nordhays-Exped. xxi., Zoologi,

pp. 11-14 (1893) ; also Editorial on “‘ Autotomy in Echinoderms,” Natural

Science, vol. v. p. 4 (July 1894).

1895.] MR. F, A, BATHER ON UINTACRINUS. 1003

5. THE LITERATURE OF UINTAORINUS.

1. 1871. Marsu, O. C.—“On the Geology of the Eastern

Uintah Mountains.” Amer. Journ. Sci. (3) i. pp. 191-198.

March. The reference to the new crinoid is on p. 195.

2. 1876. Grinnec1, G. B—“‘ On a new Crinoid from the Cre-

taceous Formation of the West.” Amer. Journ. Sci. (3)

xii. pp. 81-83, iv. July.

3. 1876. Munk, F. B.—“ Note on the new genus Uintacrinus,

Grinnell.” Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Survey, ii. pp. 375-

378. August.

4, 1878. Scutunrmr, C.—‘* Ueber einige astylide Crinoiden.”

Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. xxx. pp. 28-66, i-iv. “iii. Uinta-

crinus Westfalicus, ein ungestielter tesselater Crinoid aus

dem Senon Norddeutschlands,” pp. 55-63, Taf. iv. figs. 1-5.

5. 1879. Zirren, K.A.—Handbuch der Palaeontologie. Palaeo-

zoologie, I. Familie Uintacrinide, pp. 373-374.

6. 1889. Neumayrr, M.—Die Stiimme des Thierreiches. I. See

esp. pp. 484-486.

7. 1889. Nicnorson, H. A., & LypexKker, R.—A Manual of

Paleontology, etc. Vol. i. | Chapters on Echinoderma

revised by P. Herbert Carpenter; see esp. p. 442.

8. 1893. Crark, W. B.—‘* The Mesozoic Echinodermata of the

United States.” Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. 97. See esp.

pp. 21-24, pls. iii. re

9. 1894. Wiiuisron, 8. W., & Hitt, B. H.—“ Notes on Uinut-

erinus socials, Grinnell.” Kansas Univ. Quarterly, iii.

pp. 19-21. July.

10. 1894. Janxun, O.—‘ Die Morphogenie und Phylogenie der

Crinoiden.” Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin,

1894, pp. 101-121. See esp. p. 114.

11. 1895, Zrrren, K. A. von.—Grundziige der Palaeontologie

(Palaeozoologie). 8vo. See esp. p. 139.

1004 MR. F, A. BATHER ON UINTACRINUS, [Dee. 17:

6. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LIV.

Structure of Uintacrinus socialis.

Fig. 1. The apical system of specimen ¢, in E 6327. x 3.

Fig. 2. Articular or joint surface of a normal brachial, showing oblique fuleral

ridge. xX 10.

Fig. 3. Ditto. x 24.

Fig. 4. Joint-surface of a syzygial brachial. x 9.

Fig. 5. Ditto. x 10.

Fig. 6. Joint-surface of a normal brachial from the proximal region of the

arm... <b.

Fig. 7. Joint-surface of a normal brachial. x 4.

Fig. 8. Joint-surface of a normal brachial from the proximal region of the

arm; the two halves of the fuleral ridge appear to be at an angle

‘ toone another. x 13.

Fig. 9. Joint-surface of a normal brachial, showing at top right-hand corner

the facet for the pinnule. x 4.

Fig. 10. Joint-surface of a normal brachial; the fuleral ridge runs in a direction

at right-angles to that in figs. 2&3. x 4.

Fig. 11, Portion of an arm, showing origin of pinnules, the fourth joint from

the right is a syzygy. x 4.

Fig. 12. Joint-surface of a pinnular, showing axial canal with ligament-depres-

sion on either side. x 30.

Fig. 13, A single brachial, bearing on its right side a pinnule, of which ten

ossicles are preserved. x 6.

Fig. 14. Portion of a pinnule from the ventral side ; the pinnulars are slightly

tek so that portions of their proximal joint-surfaces are seen.

Seale

Figs. 1, 11, 12, 13, 14 are by F. O. Pickard Cambridge, the rest by the

author, and are all taken from E 6827.

Prats LY.

An attempt at an exact restoration of Uintacrinus socialis, represented as

swimming, five alternate arms raised, and five in the act of depression. The

various twists and coils of the arms are but slightly modified from actual speci-

mens. The length of the arms is based on calculations from the specimens

(see pages 987-8). The drawing was made of the natural size, by Mr. F. O.

Pickard Cambridge, under the direction of the author, and has been reduced

photographically to about one-sixth natural size.

Puate LVI.

Vintacrinus socialis.

This is a reproduction of Clark’s (7) plate i. from Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv.

no. 97. The electrotype of the original block was very kindly sent by Mr. O. D.

Walcott, Director of the U.S. Geological Survey, and my best thanks are due

to him for permission to use it. :

Fig. 1a. “Lateral view of the test, with interradial area central, natural size.”

This clearly is taken from one of the specimens figured by Meek (3).

Compare text-figure 2, page 976.

Fig. 10. ‘Test with arms.” This also is doubtless natural size.

Fig. le. “A radial [?. ¢. interdistichal] area, magnified two diameters.”

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

14.

16.

17.

DURING THE YEAR

1895.

. 2 Long-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus cataphractus). From the

Bonny River, W. Africa. Presented by Capt. F. W. Raisin.

. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

the Lord Auckland, F.Z.S.

1 Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter nisus). Presented by A. M. Lees-

ilne, Esq.

. 1 Pardine Genet (Genetta pardina). Presented by F. E. W.

Batt, Esq., Lt. lst W. I. Regt.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

F, E. W. Batt, Esq., Lt. Ist W. I. Regt.

2 Grey Parrots (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum), Presented by

G. R. Picton Thwaites, Esq.

1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 2. Presented by

Mr. Joseph Palmer. ;

1 Rose-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca), 3. Purchased.

1 Garden’s Night-Heron (Nycticorax gardent). Purchased.

3 Eroded Cinixys (Cinrys erosa). Presented by J. Banks

Elliott, Esq.

2 Home’s Cinixys (Cinizys homeana). Presented by J. Banks

Elliott, Esq.

1 Dusty Ichneumon (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by

J. HE. Matcham, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus),2. Presented by

H. Ralls, Esq.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by

Mr. Fred. Bissmire.

1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by E. Win-

gate, Esq.

1 White-throated Monitor (Varanus albigularis). Presented

by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

1 Lesueur’s Water-Lizard (Physignathus lesueuri). Deposited.

1 Yellow-headed Conure (Conurus jendaya). Presented by

Mrs. Hankey.

1 Brown-throated Conure (Conwrus eruginosus). Presented by

Mrs, Hankey.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1895, No. LXIV. 64

Feb.

26.

APPENDIX,

. 1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Little Auk (Mergulus alle). Presented by Hamon Le

Strange, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Mantell’s Apteryxes (Apteryx mantelli). Deposited.

2. 1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus), §. Presented by

F. Beresford Wright, Esq.

1 Little Auk (Mergulus alle). Presented by Col. Feilden.

1 Black Iguana (Metopoceros cornutus). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by

Miss Teresa M. L. Monteath.

1 Guillemot (Lomvia troile). Purchased.

2 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis), Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), $. Presented by

Capt. Webster.

. 1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

H. W. Manning, Esq.

. 1 Senegal Parrot (Paocephalus senegalus). Presented by Miss

Firmin.

. 1 Lion (Felis leo), g. Presented by H.R.H. The Duke of

Connaught, K.G., F.Z.S.

. 1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Snowy Owl (Nyctea seandiaca). From Norway. Presented

by Miss Wright.

. 1 Dunlin (Tringa alpina), Purchased.

. 1 Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta prymnolopha), Presented

by Miss W. B. Jackson.

1 Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris). Presented by Gervase F.

Mathew, Esq.

. 1 Eland (Oreas canna), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris), Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), g. Presented by

Miss H. M. Howes.

. 1 Lion (Felis leo), ¢. From Harar, Somaliland. Presented

by H.M. The Queen.

2 Lions (Felis leo), ¢ 9. From Harar, Somaliland. Deposited

by H.M. The Queen.

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by

A. Reynart, Esq.

4 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq.

2 Moorish Harriers (Circus maurus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Spotted Eagle-Owls (Budo maculosus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

25. 2 Sclater’s Penguins (Eudyptes sclateri). Deposited.

26, 1 Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa), 2. From the Sabri River,

S.E. Africa, Purchased. See P. Z. S. 1895, p. 161.

2 Brindled Gnus (Connochetes taurina), 69. Purchased.

See P. Z. S. 1895, p. 161.

2Sable Antelopes (Hippotragus niger), ¢ Q. Purchased.

See P.Z. S. 1895, p, 161.

Feb. 26.

28,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIB. 1007

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by

Mrs. Rees Davis.

. 1 Levaillant’s Cynictis {Cynictis levaillanti). Purchased.

4 Black Francolins (Francolinus vulgaris), 13,32. Deposited.

Mar. 1. 1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

1: Rober tolaned Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by

Dr. Arthur Bensusan.

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Deposited.

2. 2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Purchased.

4, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Mrs. Turner-Turner.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albogularis), 2. Purchased.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by Messrs. Edgar and

Harold Turner.

2 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula rufina), § 2. Purchased.

6. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 3. Born in the

Menagerie.

4 Amaduvade Finches (Zstrelda amandava). Presented by

Mrs. Faulknor.

1 Chukar Partridge (Caccabis chukar), 29. Deposited.

8. 8 Hunter’s Spiny Mice (Acomys hunteri). Born in the

Menagerie.

11. 4 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata), Purchased.

12. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by

Richmond Allen, Esq., F.R.C.S.

1 Long-necked Chelodine (Chelodina longicollis). Deposited.

13. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by

Miss K. Fleming.

1 — Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs.

ewis.

14. 15 Pacific Rats (Mus erulans). From Sunday Island, Kermadec

Group. Presented by the Countess of Glasgow.

1 Hooded Finch (Spermestes cucullata). Presented by C. H.

Hastings, Esq.

1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina castanotis). Presented by

C. H. Hastings, Esq.

1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). Presented by Chas. Smoothy,

Esq.

15. 1 veuvet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Presented by

Capt. Scarlett Vale.

18. 1 Sand-Badger (Meles ankuma). Presented by Fred. Ringer,

Esq.

1 Blaciebacked Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina tibicen). Presented

by Mrs. J. D. Haggard.

19, 2 Polar Bears (Ursus maritimus), 6 2. Presented by John 1.

Hughes, Esq.

1 Purple-breasted Lory (Eos riciniata). Purchased.

1 Blue-faced Honey-eater (Entomyza cyanotis). Purchased.

21. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Deposited.

1 Raven (Corvus coraxr). Presented by W. Hillary, Esq.

1 PuffAdder (Vipera arietans). Presented by Dr. A.

Donaldson Smith.

22. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

1 Spotted Hyzna (Hyena crocuta, jr.). From British East

Africa. Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1008

Mar. 22.

25.

27.

28.

30.

April 1.

Oo @MO nN

APPENDIX.

1 Vociferous Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus vocifer). From British

East Africa. Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Egyptian Kite (Milvus egyptius). From British East Africa.

Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Palm Squirrel (Sczwrus palmarum). Presented by Mrs. Henry

Jones.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpima), 9. Presented by

Master John Simonds,

1 Variegated Bittern (Ardetta involucris). Purchased.

1 White-spotted Rail (Rallus maculatus). Purchased.

1 Sooty Rail (Rallus rythyrhynchus), Purchased.

1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca), 2. Purchased.

4 Burrowing-Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased.

. 1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera), 3. Presented by

Lady Buchan-Hepburn.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by W. H.

Haynes, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Presented by

H. W. Weguelin, Esq.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by G. L.

Johnson, Esq., M.D., F.Z.S.

1 Oak Dormouse (Myoxus dryas). Presented by G. L. John-

son, Esq., M.D., F.Z.S.

1 Oak Dormouse (Myoxus dryas). Deposited.

1 Cape Viper (Cauwsus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Brazilian Three-banded Armadillo (Tolypeutes tricinctus), 3.

Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 273.

1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-

sented by Rowland Ward, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock), 3. Deposited.

1 Pardine Genet (Genetta pardina). Presented by Geo. Danes,

Hsq.

2 Gazelles (Gazella dorcas), $ 2. Deposited.

1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Halmaturus brachyurus),?. Presented

by Mr. L. Thompson.

7 Common Skinks (Scincus officinalis). From the Sahara

Desert. Presented by Major Sulivan.

. 1 Haast’s Apteryx (Apteryx haasti). Deposited.

1 Auckland-Island Duck (Nesonetta aucklandica). Deposited.

. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palgornis torquatus), ¢. Presented

by Lady Aitchison.

2 Hybrid Wigeon (between Mareca penelope § and Mareca

chiloensis 2), d 2. Presented by J. Charlton Parr, Esq.,

E.ZS.

. 1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Deposited.

1 Squirrel-Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Deposited.

. 9 Hamadryads (Ophiophagus elaps). Deposited.

. 1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E. Mat-

cham, Esq.

. 4 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.

10.

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Irish Stoat (Putorius hibernicus). Presented by the Viscount

Powerscourt, F.Z.8.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by A. A.

Dowty, Esq.

Apr. 10.

15.

16,

17.

18.

20.

22,

25.

27.

29.

May 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIB. 1009

2 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Irish Stoat (Putorius hibernicus). Presented by the Viscount

Powerscourt, F.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1895, p. 337.

1 Egyptian Gazelle (Gazella dorcas),$. Received in Exchange.

2 Griffon Vultures (Gyps fulvus). Purchased.

2 Scarlet Tanagers (Ramphoceelus brasilius),2 $. Presented by

Robert E. Graves, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Badger (Meles tavus). Presented by H.G. The

Duke of Wellington, F.Z.S.

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Deposited.

2 Polar Hares (Lepus glacialis). From Norway. Presented

by O. Gude, Esq. See P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 337.

1 Antipodes-Island Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus unicolor), Pre-

sented by Sir Walter L. Buller, K.C.M.G., C.M.Z.S.

1 Antipodes-Island Parrakeet (Cyunorhamphus unicolor). Pre-

sented by Wm. E, Collins, Esq. See P. Z. S. 1895, p. 337.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by R. J.

Davidson, Esq.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 9. Presented by

Miss Florence Griffin.

1] Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), ¢. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), 2. Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented by Mr.

Julius Scovell.

1 Antipodes-Island Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus unicolor).

Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E.

Meiohicn, Ksq.

. 8 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi), Presented by Miss Van

Buren.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus), Presented by Mrs, P. C,

Mitchell.

1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.),9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Crowned Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus). From the Cape

Colony. Presented by Dr. Schonnland.

3 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis), Presented by Masters J. S,

& A. H. Hills.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by

D’Orville B. Dawson, Esq.

1 Angora Goat (Capra hireus, var.). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Bred

in the Menagerie.

1 Common Squirrel (Sczwus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Her-

bert Morris.

4 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothriz luteus). Presented by

Albert Kettich, Esq.

2 Alpine Choughs (Pyrrhocorax alpinus). Purchased.

1 Pufi-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

1 Black-billed Sheathbill (Chionis minor), Captured at Sea,

52° S., 55° W. Presented by Mr. John Gunn. See

P, Z.S. 1895, p. 520,

10.

18.

14.

16.

APPENDIX.

1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by Mr. John

Gunn.

. 1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus, var.). Born in the Mena-

gerie. .

5 Hunter’s Spiny Mice (Acomys hunteri). Born in the Mena-

eerie.

1 Lear’s Macaw (Ara leari). Deposited.

1 Rock-hopper Penguin (Eudyptes chrysocome). Deposited.

1 adanaaled Conure (Conurus erythrogenys). Deposited.

1 Lineolated Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus lineolatus), Presented

by Mr. Edward Hawkins.

4 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Deposited.

. 1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas),3. From Somali-

land. Presented by Francis G. Gunnis, Esq.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas),2. From Somali-

land. Presented by Mrs. E. Lort Phillips.

1 Koodoo (Strepsiceros kudu),2. From Somaliland, Presented

by E. Lort Phillips, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Large Red Flying-Squirrel (Pteromys inornatus). Received

in Exchange.

2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Presented by Mr. G.

Stephen.

1 Dusty Bulbul (Peynonotus obscurus). Deposited.

. 1 Barbary Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 8. Born in the Mena-

erie.

it Japenese Deer (Cervus stka), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Black Tanager (Tachyphonus melaleucus), 9. Presented by

Mr. Edward Hawkins.

2 Pyrenean Newts (Molge aspera). From the Lac d’Oncet,

Pyrénees, Presented by Dr. Jacques de Bedriaga, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris), 3. Presented by H. G.

Devas, Esq.

1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by Walter

Chamberlain, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Tadorna casarca), § 2. Purchased.

1 Japanese Ape (Macacus speciosus), §. Presented by G. L.

Johnson, Esq., M.D., F.Z.S.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born inthe Menagerie.

1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Purchased.

1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata). Purchased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Messrs.

A. S. and E. Boatfield. -

2 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus), §Q. Presented by

Mrs. Whatman.

2 Great Wallaroos (Macropus robustus),$ 2. Deposited.

1 Blue-and- Yellow Macaw (Araararauna). Deposited.

1 Cambayan Turtle-Dove (Turtur senegalensis). Presented by

C. L. Sutherland, Esq., F.Z.S,

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), 8. Received in

Exchange.

1 Bennett's Wallaby (Halmaturus bennett), §. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), 2. Presented by

Alfred James, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. 1011

May 15, 1 Dorsal Squirrel (Seirus dorsalis). Presented by Mrs, Brett.

16.

18.

21.

23.

Common Jackal (Canis aureus). From Egypt. Presented

by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Bengal Foxes (Canis bengalensis). Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Jungle Cat (Felis chaus). Presented by Dr. John Anderson,

F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Short-tailed Capromys (Capromys brachyurus). From Jamaica,

Presented by Frank Cundall, Esq.

1 Sallé’s Amazon (Chrysotis salle). Presented by Wm.

Windsor Spriggs, Esq.

2 Canada Geese (Bernicla canadensis), 8 2. Purchased.

13 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

1 Svotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by

. Layton-Bennett, Esq.

2 Agile Wallabies (Halmaturus agilis). Deposited.

4 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus). Presented by the

t. Hon. Earl Cadogan, K.G.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps). Presented by

the Rt. Hon. Earl Cadogan, K.G,

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicoburica). Received in Exchange.

2 Yellow Weaver-birds (Sitagra luteola), Purchased.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis),9?. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),?. Born in the Menagerie.

6 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes).

2 Lesser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus

egyptius).

2 Libyan Zorillas (Ietonysx lybica).

2 Grey Monitors (Varanus griseus).

2 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spi- | From Egypt. Pre-

nupes). \ sented by Dr. John

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vul- Anderson, F.R.S.,

} F.Z.8,

garis).

3 Egyptian Geckos (Tarentola annu-

laris).

7 Common Skinks (Seincus officinalis).

2 Cerastes Vipers (Vipera cerastes),2°. |

2 Diademed Snakes (Zamenis diadema). }

. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli),d. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 2 Variable Hares (Lepus variabilis). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Grysbok (Neotragus melanotis), 2. Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq. See P. Z.S, 1895, p. 520.

. 1 Spiny Tree-Porcupine (Sphingurus spinosus). Deposited.

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodera rufescens). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 2 Guira Cuckoos (Guira piririgua). Purchased.

1 Wild Duck (Anas boschas),3. Purchased.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus),2. Deposited.

1 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi), $. From Southern China. Pre-

sented by Julius Neumann, Hsq. See P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 520.

. 1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi). Presented by the

Earl of Hopetoun, F.Z.S.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by

rs, Thompson,

APPENDIX.

1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephala). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Loftie.

. 1 Rosy-faced Love-bird (A gapornis roseicollis). Presented by

Cecil M. Bevan, Esq.

2 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata). Deposited.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),9. Born in the Menagerie.

4, 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),2. Presented by R. Ed-

10.

ji.

meades, Esq.

. 1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus),3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. J. T.

Gorvin.

. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli),g. Presented

by Miss L. Panther.

2 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Deposited.

3 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus), Eeccaoated by Dr.

John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

1 Audouin’s Skink (Chaleides sepoides), Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Defenceless Lizard (Agama inermis). Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Diademed Snakes (Zamenis diadema). Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Moila Snakes (Celopeltis moilensis). From Mount Sinai.

Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

4 Egyptian Eryx (Erya jaculus). Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Cerastes Vipers (Vipera cerastes). Presented by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Egyptian Cobras (Naia haje). Presented by Dr. John Ander-

son, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Sir Henry

W. Peek, Bt., J.P., F.Z.S.

1 Sharp-snouted Snake (Passerita mycterizans), Presented by

Mr. W. Moor,

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber),2. Presented by C. H.

Armitage, Esq.

1 White-crowned Monkey (Cercocebus ethiops). Presented by

C. H. Armitage, Esq.

1 White-necked Stork (Dissura episcopus). Presented by C. H.

Armitage, Esq.

1 Barraband’s Parrakeet (Polytelis barrabandi). Deposited.

50 Changeable Tree-Frogs (Hyla versicolor). Deposited.

3 Hamadryads (Ophiophagus elaps). Deposited.

1 Argus Pheasant (Argus giganteus). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

3 Ruddy-headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps). Bred in the

Menagerie,

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus),?. Presented b

Mr. Olsen Robes is at :

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris),g. Presented by M. P.

Clarke, Esq.

1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by

Henry J. Fulljames, Esq.

2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented b

Miss Wieldt. re a :

June 11.

13,

14,

15.

18,

19.

20,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1013

1 Black-spotted Teguexin (Tupinambis nigropunctatus). De-

osited.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica),2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). Born in the Menagerie.

3 Common Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Southern River-Hogs (Potomacherus africanus), 2. Pre-

sented by the late B. Ward, Esq.

1 Yellow-throated Sparrow (Gymnorhis flavicollis). Presented

by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Double-banded Pigeon (Treron bicincta). Presented by Frank

Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Chinese Quails (Coturnix chinensis). Presented by Frank

Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 White-breasted Gallinules (Gallinula phenicura). Presented

by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

5 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in ihe

Menagerie.

2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Received in Ex-

change.

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus), Presented by

Lady Blake.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys europea). Presented by

Miss Laura Bedford.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus),9. Presented by Edward Lang-

worthy, Esq.

1 Ring-tailed Phalanger (Pseudochirus peregrinus), 2. Pur-

chased.

2 Weka Rails (Ocydromus australis). Presented by Reginald

Moorhouse, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),Q. Presented by Mrs.

Stevens.

1 Korin Gazelle (Gazella rufifrons),2. Deposited.

1 Naked-necked Iguana (Iguana delicatissima). Deposited.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Bred in the Mena-

erie.

1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonica). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Banded Parrakeets (Paleornis fasciatus),2 3. Presented by

Lieut.-Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, Bart., K.C.S.I., F.Z.S.

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Vinaceous Doves (Turtur vinaceus), Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Bred

in the Menagerie.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.

1 White-crested Jay-Thrush (Garrulax leucolophus). Received

in Exchange.

1 Striated Jay-Thrush (Grammatoptila striata). Received in

Exchange.

3 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis faleinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

9 Red-beaked Weaver-birds (Quelea sanguirostris), 43, 59.

Purchased.

21, 1 Green-winged Trumpeter (Psophia viridis). Presented by

H. A. Astlett, Esq.

1014 APPENDIX.

June 21. 1 Tachiro Goshawk (Astur tachiro). Purchased.

34 Black Salamanders (Salamandra atra). Deposited.

22. 1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes), Presented by M. Mit-

chener, Esq.

1 Natal Python (Python natalensis). Presented by Wm.

Norman, Esq.

24, 1 Thar (Capra jemiaica), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Deposited.

25. 2 Wild Ducks (Anas boscas),2 9. Purchased.

26, 1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by Dr. Irvine K. Reid.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

H. P. Roberts, Esq.

2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.

27, 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), g. Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by John

Norbury, jr., Esq.

3 Blue Snow-Geese (Chen cerulescens). Purchased.

28. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Lady

Champion de Crespigny.

29. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Mr. H. ‘Wie Ball.

7 Black Salamanders (Salamandra atra). Presented by the

Rev. J. W. Horsley.

1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by the Rev. J. W.

Horsley.

July 1. 1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), ¢. Presented by W.

H. Adams, Esq.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by W. H. Adams, |

2 Two-spotted Paradoxures (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

W. H. Adams, Esq.

1 Sharpe’s Wood-Owl (Syrniwm nuchale), Presented by W. H.

Adams, Esq.

2, 2 Mantchurian Cranes (Grus viridirostris). Purchased.

2 Red-crested Cardinals (Paroarta cucullata). Presented by

Dr. G. Fielding Blandford, F.Z.S.

2 Mule Deer (Carzacus macrotis). Born in the Menagerie.

3. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 3. Deposited.

1 Spiny-tailed Monitor (Varanus acanthurus). From Roebuck

Bay, W. Australia. Presented by W. Saville Kent, Esq.,

F.Z8.

4, 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by W. E, Gibbs,

Esq., J.P.

1 Egyptian Uromastix (Uromastix spinipes). Deposited.

1 Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by Mr, A.

W. Arrowsmith.

5. 1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by W.

Norbury, Esq.

2 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera), Hatched in

the Gardens.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), §. Born in the Menagerie.

. 4Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). From Moses

Wells, Sinai Peninsula. Presented by J. C. Mitchell, Esq.

9. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba). Captured at Sea,

on mee off the Falkland Islands, Presented by Capt. C,

unkett. ‘

aon

July 11

12,

138,

15.

16.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1015

1 Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alerandre). Deposited. See

P.Z.S. 1895, p. 687.

6 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticerianus),63. Deposited.

2 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti), 9. From British East

Africa. Presented by C. H. E. Hall, Esq.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli). Presented by

Miss C, Thompson.

2 Sharp-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus acutus), Presented by

James G. Green, Esq.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Presented by H.E. Col.

Frederic Cardew, C.M.G.

1 Black Tortoise (T'estudo carbonaria). Deposited.

5 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo).

2 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus).

2 Libyan Zorillas (Ictonyx libyca). |

2 Egyptian Cats (Felis chaus). (From Egypt. Re-

3 Dorcas Gazelles (Gazella dorcas). { ceived in Exchange.

4 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocro-

talus).

1 Grey Monitor ( Varanus griseus).

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 West-African Python (Python sebe), Presented by Edward

Straw, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by Mr. A.

Kegele.

1 Irish Stoat (Putorius hibernicus). Presented by the Viscount

Powerscourt, F.Z.S.

1 Suricate (Surieata tetradactyla), 3. Presented by Miss

Dorothy Lowndes.

1 Red-sided Tit (Parus varius). Deposited.

1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Deposited.

. 2 Adorned Terrapins (Clemmys ornata), Deposited.

. 1 Bosch-bok (Tragelaphus sylvaticus), 3. Presented by W.

Champion, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythus), 2. Pre-

sented by Mrs. A. Canning Fysh.

. 1 Bullfinch (Pyrrhula europea), 3. Presented by Miss Munt.

6 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Pre-

sented by E. J. Scarborough, Esq.

. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.

Florence Cowlard.

1 Frilled Lizard (Chlamydosaurus king). From Roebuck Bay,

Western Australia. Presented by W. Saville Kent, Esq.,

F.LS., F.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1895, pp. 687, 712, pl. xli.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Deposited.

. 1 Serval (Fels serval). From Mozambique. Presented by W.

A. Churchill, Esq.

1 White-necked Stork (Disswra episcopus). From Mozambique.

Presented by W. A. Churchill, Esq.

1 Vociferous Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus vocifer). From Mozambique.

Presented by W. A. Churchill, Esq.

1 Antarctic Skua (Stercorarius antarcticus). From Mozam-

bique. Presented by W. A. Churchill, Esq.

3 Viperine Snakes (Zropidonotus viperinus). Presented by E,

A, Minchin, Esq.

1016

July 23

30,

31.

APPENDIX,

. 1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrir). Presented by E. A.

Minchin, Esq.

2 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Deposited.

5, 1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus), d. Presented by

Miss E. A. Krumbholz.

1 Lazuline Finch (Guiraca parellina), §. Presented by Miss

E. A. Krumbholz.

2 Long-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented

by A. G. Griffith, Esq.

6. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Capt.

Fitzgerald.

1 Orbicular Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Presented

by Miss Mabel Baker.

2 Noisy Frogs (Rana clamata). Deposited.

. 1 Orang-outang (Simia satyrus), 2. Deposited.

1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Deposited.

1 Black Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Deposited.

. 2 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera), Bred in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Red River-Hog (Potamocherus penicillata), 2. Purchased.

2 Crested Porcupines (Hystrix cristata). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Cape Zorillas (Ictonyx zoriila). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

1 Missa Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mrs.

Herman Schlesinger.

1 Ducorps’s Cockatoo (Cacatua ducorpsi). Presented by Mrs.

Dexter.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Miss Tol-

hurst.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Deposited.

2 Mandarin Ducks (42x galericulata), Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Gadwalls (Anas strepera). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the

Menagerie.

3 Chilian Pintail (Dafila spinicauda). Bred in the Menagerie.

7 Summer Ducks (42x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Presented by

Barry M*Millan, Esq.

Aug. 1, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by

Stanley S. Flower, Esq., 5th Fusiliers.

3 Slow Lorises (Nycticebus tardigradus), Presented by Stanley

8S. Flower, Esq., 5th Fusiliers.

1 Geoffroy’s Marmoset (Midas geoffroii). Presented by Miss

Mina Sangiorgi.

1 Sooty Phalanger (Phalangista fuliginosa), 9. Purchased.

1 Nightjar (Caprimulgus europeus). Presented by West

Carnie, Esq.

1 Basilisk Chameleon (Chameleon basiliscus). Presented by J.

Buchanan, Esq. From Egypt. See P.Z.S. 1895, p. 687.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Mdlle. Eugénie Grobel.

6 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasuarufa), 3, Q,and4juv. Deposited.

1 et lige Meadow-Starling (Sturnella defilippii), Pur-

chased,

“I

ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. 1017

el cay Ape (Macacus inuus), 2. Presented by Edwin

Fletcher, Esq.

. 1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Deposited.

1 Sooty Phalanger (Phalangista fuliginosa, white var.),3. De-

posited.

1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis eyanocephalus). Pur-

chased,

. 3 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis, jr.). Presented by

Ernest H. Shackleton, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),2. Presented by Mr. R.

Norton Stevens.

- 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

posited.

2 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Commander

Duncan Campbell.

1 Tuberculated Iguana (Iguana tuberculata). Purchased.

. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus),?2. Presented by Sydney

Matthews, Esq.

1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin),2. From Parropatti,

E, African Coast. Presented by J. V. Williams, Esq.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by A. Old, Esq.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie.

. 1 Lion (Felis leo), 9. Deposited.

10.

12.

13.

3 Pumas (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.

8 Black Salamanders (Salamandra atra). Born in the Mena-

erie,

1 Me cats Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.

8 South-American Rat-Snakes (Spilotes variabilis). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus). Deposited.

2 Gundis (Ctenodactylus gundi). From Tunis. Purchased.

See P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 687.

1 Ruffled Lemur (Lemur varius), 9. Presented by W. B.

Bingham, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii),?. Presented by Mrs.

C. J. Humphrey.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus),Q. Pre-

sented by Mrs. John Mahon.

1 Martial Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus bellicosus). From Mount

Kenia, British East Africa. Presented by Dr. Kolb. See

P. Z.S. 1895, p. 687.

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). From Somaliland, Presented

by J. L. Harrington, Esq., J.C.S.

1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). From Somaliland. Pre-

sented by J. L. Harrington, Esq., J.C.S.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

H. A. Davies, Esq.

2 Dorcas Gazelles (Gazella dorcas), 22.)

1 Scemmerring’s Gazelle (Gazella sem-

merringi), 3.

1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus).

3 Libyan Zorillas (Ictonyx lybica).

10 Varied Field-Rats (Isomys varie-

gatus).

35 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hir-

types).

\ From Egypt. Re-

ceived in Exchange.

16.

16,

17.

18.

19,

20.

28.

APPENDIX.

. 45 Lesser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbdillus

@gypticus).

8 Larger Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbilius | From Egypt. Re-

pyramidum). ceived in Exchange.

2 Egyptian Kites (Milvus egypticus).

1 Cerastes Viper ( Vipera cerastes).

2 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Presented

by Bernard Jackson, Esq.

2 Ravens (Corvus coraxv). Presented by the Hon. William

Edwards.

2 Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by the Hon. William

Edwards. :

2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus). Presented by

the Hon. William Edwards.

4 Spiny-tailed Mastigures (Uromastiv acanthinurus). De-

posited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Deposited.

1 Side-striped Jackal (Canis lateralis). Presented by Mr. J. J.

Bidnocs

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis),3. Presented by

J. Watkinson Brown, Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by George

Hawes, Esq.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

6 Grey Parrots (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Presented by

Wm. H. Cocker, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), g. Presented by Hugh

H. Collis, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Ei. Laundy, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), Q. Presented by

Mrs. Edward Webb.

2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus), Presented by W. S. D.

Liardet, ea

2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

Mrs. H. V. Friend.

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by Mr. J.

Lewis.

. 1 Purple-capped Lory (Lorius domicella). Presented by T.

Bailey, sq.

. 1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by C. A. Marriott,

Esq.

2 Tarantula Spiders (Mygale, sp. inc.), Presented by J. Hoad-

ley, E

y, tsq.

. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Ypecaha Rail (Avamides ypecaha), Bred in the Menagerie.

. 1 Capuchin (Cebus, sp. inc.), ¢. Purchased.

1 Porto-Rico Pigeon (Columba corensis), Purchased.

1 Vinaceous Pigeon (Columba vinacea). Purchased.

1 Barn-Owl (Striz flammea). Purchased.

7 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Purchased.

1 White-tailed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). Presented by

Robert Ashton, Esq.

2 Red-backed Shrikes (Lanius collurio). Presented by C. Ing-

ram, Esq.

Aug. 28.

29.

i=)

Sept. 2.

12.

14,

16.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1019

1 Natterjack Toad (Bufo calamita), Presented by Stanley S.

Flower, Esq.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), ¢. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), ¢. Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps), ¢. Born in

the Menagerie.

» 1 Melodious Jay-Thrush (Leucodioptron canorum). Deposited.

2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢ 2. Presented

by Hugh H. Collis, Esq.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by W. Weekes, Esq.

8 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie). Bred in the

Menagerie.

6 Ring-necked Pheasants (Phasianus torquatus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Certornis temmincki). Bred in the

Menagerie.

. 1 White-tailed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). Deposited.

. 1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandig). Presented by 0. W. Wil-

liams, Esq.

2 Olive-brown Snakes (Phrynonax fasciatus). From Trinidad.

Presented by R. R. Mole, Esq.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mrs. Ball.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Presented by C. H. Harley-

Moseley, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. C. Sampson.

. 2 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotes). Deposited.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Miss

E. 8S. Cooper.

1 Beautiful Grass-Finch (Poephila mirabilis), $. Presented by

Gerard O'Shea, Esq.

1 Brazilian Tortoise (Zestudo tabulata), 29. Deposited.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Half-collared Doves (Turtw semitorquatus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Vinaceous Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Microcebus smithi). Presented by

Miss Ruby Woolcott.

1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Presented

by W. Page, Esq.

3 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Miss

Larkin.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

W. Aldridge, Esq.

2 Egyptian Trionyx (Zrionyx niloticus), Presented by Mr. J.

5 . Pinnock,

1020 APPENDIX.

Sept.18. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by G. J. S.

Warner, Esq.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus), Presented by G. J.S. Warner,

Tisq.

19.1 usosided Sloth (Cholopus didactylus). Purchased.

1 Yellow-naped Amazon (Chrysotis auripalliata). Purchased.

2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), 6 2. Presented

by F. J. Horniman, Esq., M.P., F.Z.S. :

1 Magpie (Pica caudata). Presented by H. E. Blandford, Esq.,

M.A., MP.

20. 1 Monkey (Cercopithecus, sp. inc.), ¢. From British East

Africa. Presented by Miss Pigott.

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), Pre-

sented by Mrs. Griffith.

1 Orange-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Depo-

sited,

21, 1 Martinique Gallinule (Jonornis martinicus?). Presented by

Mr. H. W. Power.

1 Condor Vulture (Sarcorhamphus gryphus). Presented by

Mrs. Weigall.

23. 1 Piping Guan (Pipile cumanensis). Deposited.

4 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by C. W. Tythe-

ridge, Esq.

3 Wall Lanaial (Lacerta muralis). Presented by C. W. Tythe-

ridge, Esq.

24. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by Thos.

Mackenzie, Esq.

25. 2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited.

27. 1 Chimpanzee ( Anthropopithecus troglodytes), . Presented by

Capt. G. C. Denton, C.M.G.

1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Purchased.

28. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Messrs.

Davies & Sons.

30. 1 White-tailed Ichneumon (Herpestes albicauda). From Natal.

Presented by W. Champion, Esq.

2 Blotched Genets (Genetta tigrina). From Natal. Presented

by W. Champion, Esq.

1 Passerine Parrakeet (Psittacula passerina). Deposited.

Oct. 1. 2 Norwegian Lemmings (Myodes lemmus). Presented by Mrs.

Haig Thomas.

2. 1 Cape Hyrax (Hyrax capensis). Presented by J. E, Matcham,

2 Shiricaten (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

3. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented. by H.

Small, Esq.

1 Passerine Parrakeet (Psittacula passerina). Presented by R.

Norton, Esq.

1 Silky Cow-bird (Molothrus bonariensis). Presented by R.

Norton, Esq.

1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by R.

Norton, Esq.

4. 1 Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger). Presented by Sir Frank

Greswolde Williams.

1 Tuberculated Iguana (Iguana tuberculata). Deposited.

2 Common Teguexins (Tupinambis teguexin). Deposited.

Oct.

ADDITIONS To THE MENAGERIE. 1021

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mrs.

Lionel Smith.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Lionel Smith.

. 2 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by J. A.

Clark, Esq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by

the Rey. Sidney Vatcher.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Deposited.

4 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Psammophylax ) Beni

Port

rhombeatus). 2

3 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis cructfer). eee 2

2 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra). > ee b ue

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriz). “a M t y ;

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella pho- Wiis ape

Esq.

carum).

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.

3 Prevost’s Squirrels (Scezwrus prevostt). Purchased.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrx cristata). Received in Ex-

change.

. 2 Beautiful Grass-Finches (Poéphila mirabilis). Purchased.

. 3 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), § et 2juv. Presented by

Robert Giinther, Esq.

. 1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), 2. Deposited.

. 3 Blackcaps (Sylva atricapilla). Presented by Mr. Poynter.

1 Nightingale (Daulas luscinia). Presented by Mr. Poynter.

1 Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis). Presented by A.M. Amster,

sq.

. 1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilis). Presented by Mrs.

S. Jackson.

. 2 Masked Parrakeets (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Presented by

the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum). Presented by

the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Antarctic Skua (Stercorarius antarcticus). Presented by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Night-Heron (Nycticoraxr griseus). Presented by the Hon.

Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Spotted Eagle (Aguila clanga). Deposited.

3 Weka Rails (Ocydromus australis). Deposited.

4 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Deposited.

2 Senegal Touracous (Corythatx persa). Presented by Mr.I. J.

Roberts.

1 Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus), $. From Spitzbergen. Pre-

~ sented by Arnold Pike, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Western Boas (Boa occidentalis). From Paraguay. Pur-

chased.

4 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.

2 Bar-tailed Godwits (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.

2 Peewits ( Vanellus cristatus), Purchased.

1 Curlew (Nwmenius arquatus). Purchased.

1 Spotted Redshank (Totanus fuscus). Purchased.

2 Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Purchased.

18. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Vernon Biden.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1895, No. LXV 65

1022

Oct. 18.

Nov. 1.

ore bo

APPENDIX.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by E. Dyer, Esq.

1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Microcebus smithi). Presented by E.

Dyer, Esq.

2 Grisons (Galictis vittata). Purchased.

1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Purchased. :

1 Southern Fruit-Pigeon (Crocopus chlorogaster). Deposited.

. 2 Squirrel Monkeys (Chrysothrix sciurea). Deposited.

. 2 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

sq.

. 2 Hybrid Wigeon (between Mareca penelope and Anas boschas),

3 Q. Presented by Wellesley Taylor, Esq.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Sir Egbert

Sebright, Bt.

2 Hunter’s Spiny Mice (Acomys hunteri). Born in the Mena-

erie.

il ee Parrot (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Presented by George

Cawson, Esq.

1 Ortolan Bunting (EZmberiza hortulana). Presented by H. C.

Martin, Esq.

. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Deposited.

2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Sir Charles Payne,

Bt.

. 1 Red-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles paniscus). Deposited.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by F. J. Mitchell,

sq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Jackson.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

3 Red-backed Pelicans (Pelecanus rufescens). From the Tana

River, E. Africa. Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

. 2 Black-tailed Flower-birds (Anthornis melanura). Purchased.

2 Silver Pheasants (Euplocamus nycthemerus), 2 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. J. Adams, Jun.

2 Verticillated Geckos (Gecco verticillatus). Presented by C. H.

Champion, Esq.

. 1 Whimbrel (Wumenius pheopus), Presented by Messrs. F.C.

& E. B. Mason.

. 1 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat), 9. Deposited.

. 1 Crossed Snake (Psammophis crucifer). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq. .-

2 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Hoey Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Sq.

2 Pennant’s Parrakeets (Platycercus pennanti). Purchased.

. 1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). De-

posited.

. 1 Western Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis pastinator). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Halford Stephens.

8. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), g. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1023

Noy. 8. 1 Rufous Bat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), 2. Born

12.

29,

in the Menagerie.

1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Ateles ater). Purchased.

8 Great Tits (Parus major). Presented by-Mr. Brunsden.

1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tiyrina). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalsoma lutrix). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Many-spotted Snake (Coronella multimaculata). Presented

by J. E, Matcham, Esq.

1 Hygian Snake (Zlaps hygie). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

_ 2 Lions (Felis leo), $ 2. Deposited.

18.

1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica). Presented by Dr. J. B. Johnson.

3 Poé Honey-eaters (Prosthemadera nove-zealandie). Pre-

sented by Morton Campbell, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Poé Honey-eater (Prosthemadera nove-zealandia). Deposited.

. 1 Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Walter Bullers,

Jr., Esq.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quadrilineatus). Presented by Capt.

Allen Keys.

- 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Presented by V. Roger,

sq.

» 1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), 2. Presented

by Major F. A. White.

1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Presented by

Frederick Aflalo, Esq.

1 Diamond Snake (Moreiia spilotes). Presented by Frederick

Aflalo, Esq.

. 2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 2 3. Deposited.

1 Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis). Purchased.

1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by Percy A. Gore, Esq.

. 1 White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucocephalus). Presented

by Curzon Howe, Esq.

1 Bahama Duck (Dajila bahamensis). Purchased.

4 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Purchased.

12 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.

2 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas cruentata). Presented by

Capt. Hervey.

. 1 Chough (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Presented by Gerald Strick-

land, Esq.

4 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.

1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

2 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua yalerita). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Morgan.

1 Crimson-winged Parrakeet (Aprosmictus erythropterus). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Morgan.

1 Dorcas Goat (Capra doreas), 6. From the Island of Guira,

Greece. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1895, p. 827.

2 Bearded Vultures (Gypaétus barbatus). WHOS

APPENDIX.

. 2 Tufted Umbres (Scopus umbretta). From Bechuanaland,

South Africa. Deposited.

1 Chestnut-breasted Finch ( Donacola castaneothorax). Presented

by A. Rowney, Esq.

. 1 Black Swan (Cygnus atratus), 3. Deposited by H.R.H.

The Prince of Wales.

. 1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 9. Presented

by Mrs. Locke King.

1 Hardwicke’s Mastigure (Uromastix hardwicki). Presented

by W. Allen, Esq.

. 4 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Presented by Thomas

J. Mann, Esq.

1 Mangtnalontel Parrakeet (Psephotus multicolor). Presented

by Thomas J. Mann, Esq.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycerus eximius). Presented by

Thomas J. Mann, Esq.

1 Green-headed Tanager (Calliste tricolor). Purchased.

. 1 Black-necked Stilt Plover (Himantopus nigricollis, jr.). Pur-

chased.

2 Red-and-Blue Macaws (Ara macao). Presented by A. J.

Chalmers, Esq.

5 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola), 28,39. Presented by

A. J. Chalmers, Esq.

2 Pileated Song-Sparrows (Zonotrichia pileata). Presented by

A. J. Chalmers, Esq.

1 Guttural Finch (Spermophila gutturalis), 3. Presented by

A.J. Chalmers, Esq.

1 White-throated Finch (Spermophila albogularis). Presented

by A. J. Chalmers, Esq.

1 Plumbeous Finch (Spermophila plumbea). Presented by A. J.

Chalmers, Esq.

1 Black-banded Finch (Spermophila torqueola), gd. Presented

by A. J. Chalmers, Esq.

1 Brambling (Fringilla montifringilla), 3. Presented by A. J.

Chalmers, Esq.

1 Greenfinch (Ligurinus chloris), 3. Presented by A. J. Chal-

mers, Esq.

1 Black-throated Siskin (Chrysomitris magellanica), 6. Pre-

sented by A. J. Chalmers, Esq.

. 1 Black-necked Stilt Plover (Himantopus nigricollis, jy.). Pur-

chased.

1 Chinese Red-vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus atricapillus). Pre-

sented by the Hon. Miss E. Dillon.

. 2 Red-headed Pochards (Filigula ferina),23. Purchased.

1 Reeves’s Terrapin (Clemmys reevesi unicolor). Purchased.

- 1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana), Presented by J. E. Matcham,

10.

11.

Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Deposited.

9 Long-eared Sun-Fish (Lepomis auritus), Purchased.

5 Rock Bass (Ambloplites rupestris). Purchased.

1 Plageuected Stilt Plover (Himantopus nigricollis), Pur-

chased.

3 American Jabirus (Mycteria americana). From the Island

of Marajo, N. Brazil. Presented by H. A. Astlett, Esq.

12. 1 Moor Macaque (Macacus maurus), 2. Presented by Gran-

ville Bantock, Esq.

Dec. 12.

14,

19.

20.

31.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIB. 1025

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Charles Henderson, Esq.

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus, jr.). From East Pondo-

land, E. Africa. Presented by R. W. Murray, Esq.

1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). Presented by Charles

Smoothy, Esq.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississipiensis). Presented by Mr. J.

Palmer.

6 Catfish (Amiwrus catus). Purchased.

1 Coeves Badger (Medes tarus). Presented by Thos. B. Place,

sq.

1 Ornamental Lorikeet (T'richoglossus ornatus). Purchased.

1 Forsten’s Lorikeet (Trichoglossus forstent). Purchased.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), Q. Presented by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

1 Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). Deposited.

1 Anomalous Snake (Coronella anomala). Presented by Frank

Summers, Esq.

1 Forsten’s Lorikeet (Trichoglossus forsteni). Purchased.

1 Ornamental Lorikeet (Trichoglossus ornatus). Purchased.

2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

2 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

1 Roush Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by Capt. J. Ernst.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by

Mrs. Alec Tweedie.

1 Cactus Conure (Conurus cactorum). Received in Exehange.

. 2 Red-sided Tits (Parus varius). Purchased.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). Presented by Osgood H.

Mackenzie, Esq.

. 1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus africanus), $. From

the Zanzibar Coast. Presented by Henry F. C. Festing, Esq.,

Commander R.N.

1 White-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), 5. De-

posited.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 6. Deposited.

. 2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Sir F.

Greswolde Williams.

1 Roofed Terrapin (Hydromedusa tectifera). Purchased.

2 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. E, Matcham,

Esq.

Ht Taféraal Snake (Boodon infernalis). Presented by J. EK. Mat-

cham, Hsq.

1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by J. E.

Harting, Esq., F.Z.S.

bexada

. toy

wD liga

Ake Jim $ 2

ML a

lad

: Fou hie

Desa reel

>. pied,

Me Feat <n wich, 6:

sab

Ae. EAD aes

Ww ST

4h a |

oh fe a ) =

: Ci bi ibe

ee ee eae

Abantis

zambezina, 264.

Ablabophis

rufulus, 70d.

Acanonia

servillei, 73.

Acanthodactylus

boskianus, 635, 636,

645, 646.

cantori, 636, 646.

Acanthodrilus

albus, 212, 223.

aquarum-duleium, 212.

bicinctus, 212, 217, 218.

bovei, 212, 216, 233.

carneus, 212, 221.

chilensis, 212, 218.

cingulatus, 212, 219.

corralensis, 212, 222.

dalei, 212, 213.

decipiens, 212, 213.

falelandicus, 212.

georgianus, 212, 217.

hilgeri, 212.

littoralis, 212.

macleayt, 216.

magellanicus, 212, 215.

minutus, 212, 216, 220.

occidentalis, 212, 214.

paudosus, 213.

pictus, 212, 213, 214,

222, 232.

platyurus, 212, 216,

219, 220, 221.

purpureus, 212, 218.

putablensis, 212, 220.

schmarde, 213, 216,

220.

simulans, 212, 222.

smithit, 213.

spegazzinit, 212, 224.

Acanthopria, gen. nov.,

804.

crassicornis, 804.

INDEX.

Acara

morosella, 972.

Acentropus

garnonsti, 919.

hansoni, 919.

latipennis, 919.

newe, 919.

niveus, 919.

Aciptilus

sp., 742.

pentadactylus, 742.

Acmella

andamanica, 444, 453.

gibboidea, 444, 453.

hyalina, 453.

mellilla, 444, 453.

moreletiana, 444.

roepstorfiand, 444.

Acomys

dimidiatus, 553, 554.

Acontias

meleagris, 706.

monodactylus, 706.

Acrea

acerata, 730.

acrita, 261, 262, 720.

anacreon, 262.

areea, 262, 720.

buxtoni, 720.

cabira, 261.

eacilia, 730.

cheribula, 262.

cubira, var. apecida,

egina, 731.

eponina, 730.

excelsior, 261, 630.

guillemei, 720.

aturina, 731.

lycia, 730, 731.

lycoa, 731.

natalica, 262, 720.

oncea, 720.

orestia, 731.

Acreea

pharsalus, 731.

planesium, 730

pseudegina, 731.

pudorina, 262.

quirina, 731.

sganzini, 720, 730, 731.

sotikensis, 780.

ventura, 261.

vinidia, 730.

zetes, 731.

Acredula

caucasica, 312.

caudata, 312.

Aeropentias

aureus, 904.

Acropteris

erycinaria, 741.

Acryllium

vulturinum, 519.

Actias

luna, 137.

mimosé, 138.

Acutalis

apicalis, 58.

trifurcata, 58.

Adena

canthialis, 972.

/Edemosyne

cantans, +66.

Aédon

leucoptera, 483.

Bgialitis

tricollaris, 514.

Adgithalus

musculus, 476.

/Epyceros

melampus, 359.

bipunctella, 973.

Africarion

pallens, 244.

Agallia

albidula, 84.

1028

Agallia

capitata, 83.

fascigera, 82, 84.

nigricans, 82.

quadripunctata, 81.

ustulata, 81.

Agama

annectens, 538.

batillifera, 533.

eyanogaster, 533.

dorie, 533.

sinaita, 636, 642.

vaillanti, 5382.

zonura, 533, 540.

Agathis

pectoralis, 785.

rubricinctus, 784.

Aglastoma

basilis, 752.

longicornis, 752.

pallida, 752.

similis, 752.

tricolor, 752, '7538.

variabilis, 752.

Aidemosyne

cantans, 466.

Alena

amazoula, 262.

aurantiaca, 262, 270.

interposita, 262.

Alaudula

somalica, 472,

Alcedo

beavani, 839, 687.

picta, 497.

Alligator

lucius, 343.

Allomorphina

trigona, 26, 51.

Allotinus

alkamah, 664.

aphocha, 563.

audax, 557, 564, 626.

caudatus, 563.

nivalis, 557, 564.

substrigosa, 564.

subviolaceus, 557, 5638,

564. ,

unicolor, 557, 564.

zymna, 733.

Alpenus

e@qualis, 268, 269, 740.

maculosus, 269.

Alpherakia

abnubilalis, 919.

Alveolina

boscii, 12, 49.

melo, 12, 49.

Alyczus

andamania, 445,

broti, 116.

INDEX.

Alyczeus

busbyi, 445, 455.

dohrni, 116, 117.

everettz, 116.

Jultoni, 116, 117.

galbanus, 116.

globusus, 116.

—, var. kina-baluana,

116.

—, var.

116.

—, var. rabongensis,

116

muluana,

— pygmea, 116, 117.

hochstetteri, 116.

hosez, 116, 117, 118.

Jagori, 118.

nicobaricus, 445.

reinhardti, 445, 455.

—, var. minor, 445.

rimatus, 116.

specus, 116.

spiracellum, 116.

(Orthalycseus)congener,

117, 127.

(—) fultoni, 117, 127.

(—) sadongensis, 117,

127.

Amadina

fasciata, 466.

Amauris

albimaculata, 257, 722,

723.

damocles, 722.

dominicanus, 720.

ellioti, 722, 723, 742.

whytei, 251, 257, 720.

Amblyaspis

brunneus, 801.

grenadensis, 800.

ruficornis, 801.

triangularis, 801.

sxanthochroa, 800.

zanthopus, 800.

Amblycephalus

boa, 705.

Amblycratus, gen. nov.,

64.

pallidus, 65.

Amblypodia

abseus, 589.

achelous, 590,

agesias, 592.

alaconia, 593.

allata, 590.

amisena, 588.

amphimuta, 592.

anarte, 589.

anita, 558, 587.

anniella, 592.

anuda, 590.

Amblypodia

anunda, 590.

aphidanus, 590.

aroa, 590.

atosia, 589.

aurea, O91.

buctoni, 591.

ceca, 591.

epimuta, 593.

horsfieldi, 591.

Jjalindra, 599.

lohita, 599.

myrtale, 592.

nakula, 589.

narada, 558, 587.

olinda, 591.

palowna, 588.

rochana, 587.

syama, 598, 599.

vidura, 595.

vivarna, 588.

Amestria

oculiferalis, 904,

Amia

calva, 297.

Amiurus

catus, 274, 275, 278,

279, 280, 282, 291,

298.

niger, 281,

Ammodiscus

charoides, 18, 50.

incertus, 17, 50.

tenuis, 18, 50.

Ammomanes

deserti, 472.

Ammotragus

tragelaphus, 85.

ops

malayica, 595,

Amphibolurus

barbatus, 713.

Amphidromus

andamanicus, 443.

—, var. nicobarica, 448,

450.

entobaptus, 98, 99.

hosei, 115, 127.

perversus, 115, 127,

quadrasi, 99.

suspectus, 115.

Amphisbena

alba, 706, 709,

darwinii, 706.

Suliginosa, 706, 707.

ridleyi, 706.

Amphistegina

hauerina, 46, 55.

lessonii, 45, 46, 54.

radiata, 45, 46, 47, 54,

Amplorhinus

nototenia, 537.

Amyda

mutica, 824,

Amydona

varia, 269,

Amydrus

morio, 460.

rueppelli, 460.

Anacyrtus

prognathus, 529.

Anas

bimaculata, 3.

boschas, 3.

glocitans, 3.

wndata, 511.

zanthorhyncha, 511.

Ancylolomia

argentata, 966.

basistriga, 967.

capensis, 966.

chrysographella, 966.

contritella, 966.

hipponella, 967.

indica, 966.

inornatella, 967.

locupletella, 966.

palpella, 967.

pectinatella, 966.

responsella, 967.

sansibarica, 966.

saundersiella, 967.

siccella, 973.

taprobanensis, 966.

tentaculella, 966.

uniformella, 967.

west woodi, 966.

Anerastia

mirabilella, 950.

Angitia

insularis, 779.

Angonia

crambidalis, 973,

Angui

faa 694, 695, 706,

707

Anisolabis

annulipes, 892.

littorea, 892.

maritima, 892.

pacifica, 892.

Aneeglis

argentalis, 921.

demissalis, 919.

Anomzotes :

nigrivenosus, 266.

Anomalina

bengalensis, 41.

grosserugosa, 41, 53.

polymorpha, 41, "oA.

wuellerstorfi, 40,

INDEX.

Anops

kingii, 706, 707, 709.

tagalica, 594.

ser

(Chenalopex) egyptia-

cus, 510,

Antedon

rosacea, 991.

Anteris

rufipes, 798.

striatifrons, 798.

Antherza

belina, 270.

dione, 138, 139, 270.

emini, 270.

menippe, 138.

mylitta, 137.

zaddachii, 270.

Anthocephala

berlepschi, 521.

Anthocharis

keiskamma, 735.

Anthothreptes

longuemarit, 475.

orientalis, 475.

Anthreptes

longuemarii, 475.

orientalis, 475.

Anthus

arboreus, 473.

tenellus, 474.

trivialis, 473,

Apatura

tris, 138.

Aphereta

apicalis, 786.

Aphanogmus

ga 789.

insularis, 789.

Aphelopus

albagiaias 743, 787.

Aphnzeus

T ohetd, 558, 599.

syama, 558, 598.

vicinga, 5D8, 599.

Aphomia

strigosa, 947.

Apiocrinus

elegans, 1000.

roissyanus, 1000.

Apurima

gratiosella, 915.

zanthogastrella, 913.

Aquila

albicans, 507, 508.

Tapax,

Aquita

claviferella, 947,

horridella, 972.

Ara

ararauna, 162,

1029

Arastes

lapithis, 559, 619.

Araxes

esella, 924,

decursella, 915.

Archicorax

crassirostris, 458.

Arctonyx

collaris, 522.

qui

feorhatell: 937.

Argina

amanda, 266-740.

cribraria, 267.

leonina, 266.

acelin, 266.

Argy

leagns 488.

rubiginosa, 487, 488.

rufescens, 488.

rufula, 488.

saturata, 488.

Argynnis

euphrosyne, 629, 630.

excelsior, 722, '729, 742.

hanningtonit, 729.

lathonia, 629, 630.

smaragdifera, 629, 634,

720.

Argyria

bifasciella, 948.

candida, 945.

inficitella, 945.

insons, 944.

mesodonta, 948.

obliquella, 945.

pentaspila, 948.

pontiella, 944.

sordipes, 948.

subtilis, 948.

vestalis, 944.

907.

rujicostalis, 907.

Arhopala

achelous, 558, 590.

adatha, 589.

agesias, 558, 592.

—, var. kinabala, 558,

592,

agnis, 538, 589.

alaconia, 558, 593.

allata, 558, 590.

amphea, 558, 589.

amphimuta, 558, 589,

590, 592.

anniella, 558, 592.

antimuta, 558, 593.

anunda, 558, 590.

1030

Arhopala

apidanus, 558, 590.

aroa, 558, 590.

atosia, 558, 589, 595.

aurea, 5d8, 591.

basiviridis, 591.

ceca, 558, 591.

centaurus, 558, 589.

davisoni, 593.

elopura, 558, 590.

epimuta, 558, 593,

594

Sarquhari, 558, 591.

horsfieldi, 558, 591.

hypomuta, 589.

inornata, 593.

lycenaria, 589.

myrtale, 558, 592.

olinda, 558, 591.

pryert, 558, 590.

similis, 558, 592.

Arrhenothrix

lowti, 558, 596, 627.

penicilligera, 596.

Arthroleptis

minutus, 539, 540.

ucha

indicatalis, 973.

Arvicanthis

abyssinicus, 342.

variegatus, 545, 553.

Aspidonectes

spirifer, 824.

Aspidura

trachyprocta, 705.

Astur

polyzonoides, 506.

sphenurus, 505.

Atella

columbina, 261, 720.

Aterica

cupavia, 728.

ribensis, 728.

Athene

spilogaster, 504,

Atractaspis

mécrolepidota, 589.

Attacus

atlas, 137.

cynthia, 137.

lebeaui, 137, 138, 139,

pernyt, 137.

ricini, 137.

Auchenaspis

biscutatus, 275.

Auchenoglanis

biscutatus, 282.

Autarotis

euryala, 923.

Avahis

langier, 143.

INDEX.

Axiocerces

amanga, 263.

Bairdia

attenuata, 5.

Soveolata, 6.

hirsuta, 5.

minima, 6.

Balzenoptera

sp., 555.

edent, 555.

Banepa

atkinsont, 904.

Baoris

inconspicua, 265.

Bassaricyon

alleni, 521.

Bathysiphon

jiliformis, 12, 49.

Batiana

remotella, 973.

Batis

puella, 489.

Bdellophis

vittatus, 401, 412,

414,

Begunna

sxanthoides, 972.

Belenois

auriginea, 736.

infida, 736.

instabilis, '736.

mesentina, 263.

—, var. auriginea, 736.

severina, var. infida,

736.

Biduanda

cineas, 559, 615.

cinesia, 558, 614, 615.

estella, 558, 614.

hewitsonii, 559, 615.

imitata, 559, 613, 616,

617.

similis, 559, 618, 616.

staudingeri, 559, 615,

thenia, 558, 614, 627.

thedu, 614.

thesmia, 558, 618,

614.

—, var. wnicolor, 558,

613.

unicolor, 614,

Biloculina

comata, 8, 42.

depressa, 7, 48.

—, var, murrhyna, 7,

—, var, serrata, 7, 48.

murrhyna, 7.

ringens, 8, 48.

Biloculina

ringens, var. striolata,

tubulosa, 7, 48, 54,

Bindahara

tsabella, 625.

phocas, 559, 625,

Blanus

cinereus, 699, ‘706,

707.

strauchit, 706.

Boa

constrictor, 704.

Bolbonota

bispinifera, 58.

Bolivina

arenosa, 24, 51, 54.

beyrichi, 24, 51.

limbata, 28, 51.

nobilis, 24, 51.

obsoleta, 24, 51.

punctata, 23, 51.

robusta, 24, 51.

textilarioides, 23, 51.

Boodon

lineatus, 586.

Bothriocera

bicornis, 60.

signoreti, 60.

undata, 60.

Bothrops

atrox, 705.

Botys

mehanga, 972.

ovalis, 741.

Boulengerina

stormsi, 865, 866.

Brachymetopa

blackburni, 894.

deplanata, 894.

discolor, 894.

nitida, 894,

Bracon

sp., 782.

Semoratus, 782.

flavomaculatus, 781.

platygaster, 782.

sancti-vincenti, 782,

vulgaris, 782.

wvanthospilus, 781.

Bradyornis

murinus, 481,

pallidus, 481.

pumilus, 480.

Brihaspa

atrostigmella, 910.

bisangulata, 910.

JSrontalis, 910.

nigricostella, 910.

pulverulenta, 910.

Bubalis

buselaphus, 688.

caama, 348, 362.

cokii, 868.

Jjacksoni, 340.

swaynei, 868.

Bubo

lacteus, 503.

Bubulcus

bubuleus, 511.

dbis, 511.

lucidus, 511.

Buceros

flavirostris, 499.

hemprichit, 498.

Buchanga

assimilis, 462.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 499, 688.

cafer, 500.

Bucorvus

abyssinicus, 499.

Budytes

flavus, 473.

Bufo

agua, 87.

andersont,

663.

arabicus, 635, 637.

dodsont, 540.

marinus, 87.

pentoni, 635, 637, 662.

regularis, 540.

viridis, 540, 663.

vulgaris, 663.

Bulimina

aculeata, 22, 51.

affinis, 22, 51.

buchiana, 25. Bik

contraria, 22, 51.

declivis, 22, ae

elegans, 22,

alangiies F 31, 51.

inflata, 22, 51,

ovata, 21, 50.

pupoides, "92, 51,

pyrula, 21, 50.

rostrata, 23, 51.

subcylindrica, 22, 51.

subornata, 23, 51.

Bulimus

atricallosus, 115.

eques, 115.

Bulina

solitella, 973.

Bunza

nictitans, 270.

Bunea

caffraria, 1388.

Bungarus

semifasciatus, 705.

637, 662,

INDEX.

Bunocnemis

modesta, 532.

Buphaga

africana, 462.

erythrorhyncha, 461.

Buteo

augur, 507.

Byblia

acheloia, var. castanea,

729.

Cacographis

osteolalis, 902.

Cacosternum

nanwm, 540,

Cacus

insularis, 798.

Cecilia

albiventris, 406.

annulata, 412.

bivittata, 407, 408.

buckleyi, 406, 407, 414.

compressicauda, 411.

dorsalis, 411.

glutinosa, 403.

gracilis, 406, 407.

guentheri, 406.

hypocyanea, 403.

isthmica, 406.

lumbricoidea, 407.

malabarica, 409.

natans, 411.

ochrocephala, 409.

oxyura, 408.

pachynema, 406, 407.

polyzona, 406, 407.

rostrata, 406.

seraphini, 408.

squalostoma, 409.

tentaculata, 406, 407.

viscosa, 408.

Czenolestes

Suliginosus, 871, 872.

obscurus, 871, 872, 874,

877, 878.

Calamonastes

simplex, 482.

Calamotropha

abjectella, 939.

argenteociliella, 941.

Suscicostella, 941.

robustella, 939.

Calandrella

ruficeps, 471.

Calandritis

anderson, 471.

ruficeps, 471.

Calarina

albirenella, 965.

Calearina

defrancei, 44, 54,

1031

Calearina

hispida, 44, 54.

nicobarensis, 6, 44, 54.

Callarctia

ellioti, 722, 739, 742.

geometrica, 739.

Callasopia

rosealis, 921.

Callawaycrinus

concavus, 998.

Callichthys

pen 274, 275, 285,

lon, 525.

paleatus, 275, 2

pectoralis, Bb

thoracatus, 525.

Calliodes

glaucescens, 251.

Callosune

hildebrandtit, '735.

Caloteleia

dorsalis, '797.

grenadensis, 798.

striatifrons, 797.

Calotriton

punctulatus, 150.

Camena

anysis, 597.

cotys, 597.

Campothera

nubica, 492.

Candeina

nitida, 39, 53.

Canis

anthus, 548.

aureus, 548.

Canopus

bubo, 740.

Canuza

euspilella, 950.

Capido

Feb 578.

aluta, 578.

cerulea, 582.

cornuta, 575.

Capra

sibirica, 691.

sinaitica, 555.

Caprimulgus

U onabelea ine 503.

inornatus, 503.

Carine

glaux, 504,

spilogastra, 504.

Carphibis

spinicolls, 271.

Cassidulina

bradyi, 25, 51.

calabra, 25, 51.

levigata, 26, 51.

1032

Cassidulina

murrhina, 6, 25, 51.

parkeriana, 26, 51.

subglobosa, 25, 51.

Cassina

obscura, £4

Castalius

elna, 558, 586.

ethion, 558, 586.

margaritaceus, 733.

rostmon, 558, 586.

roxus, 558, 587.

Cataclysta

egressalis, 959.

principalis, 959,

robinsonit, 959.

Catagela

admotella, 916.

leucania, 973.

Catapecilma

elegans, 558, 612.

Catharylla

contiquella, 948.

Suscipes, 944.

interrupta, 948,

lusella, 944.

nummulalis, 944,

rufisignella, 948.

Catochrysops

enejus, 558, 585.

pandava, 558, 585,

parsimon, 732.

strabo, 558, 585.

Catonia, gen. noy., 61,

intricata, 61.

Catopsilia

florella, 720.

pyrene, 268, 735,

Catuna

crithea, 728.

Causus

rhombeatus, 539.

Cavolinia

uncinata, 5.

Cenchrea

dorsalis, 69.

exquisita, 69.

Centropus

superciliosus, 494.

Cephalophus

e@quatorialis, 341.

grimmi, 362.

monticola, 362.

natalensis, 341, 362.

Oephis

galleriellus, 972.

Ceramodactylus

dorie, 636, 637.

Ceraphron

basalis, 743, 788,

789.

INDEX.

Ceraphron

grenadensis, 787, 788.

politifrons, 788, 789.

pk Dime 788.

subopacus, 787, 788.

Cerastes

cornutus, T05.

Ceratodus

Sorsteri, 889.

Ceratomia

amyntor, 138.

Ceratopria

flavipes, 807.

grenadensis, 807.

Ceratrichia

stellata, 265.

Cerberus

rhynchops, 820, 825.

Cerchneis

tinnunculus, 510.

Oercocebus

albigena, 338, 339.

Cercopithecus

aterrimus, 338, 339.

pluto, 341.

stuhlmanni, 841.

Cervicapra

arundinum, 358.

lalandii, 359,

Cervus

davidianus, 688.

eldi, 520.

maral, 688.

Ceryle

rudis, 496.

Chzerocampa

elpenor, 138,

Ohztostomus

aculeatus, 526.

gigas, 526.

guairensis, 275.

Ohaleides

ocellatus, 535.

sepoides, 649.

(Gongylus) ocellatus,

635, 636, 651

Chaleoéla

aurifera, 959.

iphitalia, 959.

Chalcomitra

hunteri, 475.

Chalcopelia

afra, 518.

Chameleon

affinis, 585.

basiliscus, 687.

bifidus, 274.

calcaratus, 651. :

calcarifer, 635, 636,

651, 652, 653, 654.

calyptratus, 651.

Chamzleon

Sischeri, 274.

gracilis, 535.

nasutus, 274,

spinosus, 274.

vulgaris, 653, 687.

Charadrius

tricollaris, 514.

Charaxes

achemenes, 256.

alladinis, 255.

azota, 250, 258.

bohemani, 256, 720.

brutus, 253, 720.

calliclea, 253.

candiope, 254, 725.

castor, 251.

—, var. flavifasciatus,

251.

citheron, 256, 720.

cynthia, 252, 253.

druceanus, 252, 720.

ephyra, 255.

ethalion, 255, 720.

etheocles, 255.

eupale, 720,

guderiana, 254, 720.

hamatus, 254.

hansalii, 251.

hollandi, 255.

Jocaste, 256.

lasti, 252, 258, 720.

leoninus, 2538, 270,

720.

macclounti, 252, 270.

manica, 255,

nichetes, 253, 254.

nyasana, 250, 253.

ogovensis, 254,

pheus, 255.

pollux, 252, 720.

rose, 255.

saturnus, 251, 720.

selousi, 255.

varanes, 256.

viridicostatus, 254.

whytei, 250, 255, 270,

720

Charilina

amabilis, 739.

Charltona

aurantifascia, 970.

bivitella, 970.

cervinella, 970.

consociella, 971.

desistalis, 971.

discella, ths oa

tnconspicuella, 5

kala, 970.

- laminata, 970.

ortella, 971.

Charops

bimaculata, 778.

Chaulelasmus

streperus, 401.

Chauna

chavaria, 350, 351, 352,

358, 356, 357, 358.

derbiana, 850, 352, 358,

356, 357, 358.

Cheiloceps, gen. nov., 68.

musca, 68.

Cheirogaleus

coquereli, 142, 147.

Chelisoches

morto, 892.

Chenalopex

eqyptiaca, 510.

Cheritra

freja, 610.

—, var. ochracea, 558,

610.

pallida, 558, 610.

Chersydrus

granulatus, 705.

Chettusia

coronata, 514.

Chilo

aditellus, 915.

allent, 957.

carnifex, 972.

centrellus, 958.

ceres, 958.

ceylonica, 957.

cicatrellus, 958.

cinnamomellus, 958.

companellus, 953.

crambidoides, 953.

culmicolellus, 953.

demotellus, 956.

dichromellus, 955.

dubia, 956.

fuscidentalis, 956.

gensanellus, 957.

gratiosellus, 915.

halterellus, 958.

heracleus, 958.

ignitalis, 956.

ancanellus, 955.

infuscatellus, 958.

infusellus, 956.

irrectellus, 958.

lativittalis, 958.

luniferalis, 957.

lutellus, 956.

newricellus, 953.

nigristigmellus, 955.

obliquilinellus, 957.

obliteratellus, 958.

orizeaellus, 957.

paramattellus, 958.

phragmitellus, 958.

INDEX.

Chilo

plejadellus, 957.

prodigealis, 958.

pulverulentus, 957.

purpurealis, 956.

respersalis, 958.

schistellus, 954.

scissellus, 958.

simplex, 955, 957.

spatiosellus, 958.

spectabilis, 961.

spurcatellus, 916.

suppresalis, 957.

surinamellus, 958.

torrentellus, 958.

validus, 955.

vinosellus, 955.

virgatus, 951.

aylinalis, 956.

Chilonycteris

davyi, 546.

Chilostomella

ovoidea, 26, 51.

Chimera

monstrosa, 889.

Chionis

alba, 520.

minor, 520.

Chiroleptes

dahhiz, 867.

Chiromantis

petersii, 540.

Chiton

magnificus, 684,

Chlamydosaurus

kingi, 687, 712, 719.

Chliaria

merguia, 604.

mimima, 558,

27.

othona, 605.

Chrestosema

Jlavipes, 753.

pallidipes, 753.

robusta, 754.

Chrysalidina

dimorpha, 20, 50.

Chthonerpeton

indistinctum, 411.

petersti, 411.

Ciampa

defixella, 972.

Cichladusa

guttata, 484,

Cinnamopteryx

rubiginosa, 468.

Cinnyris

albiventris, 474.

habessinica, 474.

huntert, 475.

osiris, 474.

605,

1033

Cionoderus, gen. nov.,

66.

lineatus, 66.

Circus

macrurus, 508.

swainsont, 505,

Cirrhochrista

etherialis, 918.

bracteolalis, 919.

brizoalis, 918.

diaphana, 974.

figuratalis, 918.

umipalpis, 919.

pulchellalis, 918,

punctulata, 919.

semibrunnea, 918.

Cisticola

cinereola, 483.

dodsoni, 483.

hesitata, 483.

lugubris, 483.

marginalis, 483.

marginata, 483.

somalica, 483.

Cixius

(Catonia) cinetifrons,

Clarina

magur, 274, 275, 277,

278, 284.

miewhofii, 274, 275,

277

Clausilia

(Phedusa) corticina,

443.

(—) nevilliana, 443.

(—) wiillerstorffi, 443.

Clavulina

angularis, 21, 50.

communis, 21, 50.

parisiensis, 21, 50.

Clio

(Styliola) swbula, 5.

Cobus

defassa, 868.

kob, 341, 688.

thomasi, 869, 870.

unctuosus, 341, 688.

Coccinella

bipunctata, 854, 855,

857.

decempunctata, 857, ,

859.

septempunctata, 857,

859.

Cochlostyla

satyrus, 98, 100.

Ccelopeltis

lacertina, 705, 818, 825.

moilensis, 637, 656.

producta, 656.

1034

Colastes

grenadensis, 782.

Coleura

afra, 544, 546.

Colias

edusa, var. electra,

633.

pyrene, 263, 735.

olius

leucotis, 502.

macrurus, 502.

Colobus

angolensis, 341.

caudatus, 341.

guereza, 341.

Coluber

lacrymans, 655.

longissimus, 705.

schokari, 655.

(Compsosoma) mela-

nurus, TO5.

(Elaphis) gwatwor-

lineatus, 705.

(Pituophis) catenifer,

705.

Columba

albitorques, 516.

guinea, 517.

guineensis, 517.

Columbia

transmontana, 302.

Colymbus

fluviatilis, 515.

Compsognathus

longipes, 719.

Compsophila

iocosma, 909.

Conchlostyla

satyrus, 99.

Conger

conger, 274, 292,

Connochetes

gnu, 360, 688.

taurinus, 161, 360.

Coptobasis

ovalis, 741.

Coracias

lorti, 496.

nevius, 496.

pilosa, 496.

Coracopsis

vasa, 162.

Coraphites

melanauchen, 472.

Corasia

zamboange, 99.

Coregonus

williamsonii, 300.

Cornuspira

carinata, 11, 49.

INDEX.

Coronella

(Ophibolus) getula,

705.

Corvultur

albicollis, 459.

crassirostris, 458.

Corvus

frugilegus, 401.

Cosmopsarus

regius, 459.

Cossypha

donaldsoni, 484.

heuglini, 484.

subrufescens, 484.

Cothonaspis

atricornis, 745.

Cotyleceps, gen. nov., 63.

decorata, 64.

Crambus

abbreviatellus, 927.

abtrusellus, 933.

aculiellus, 936.

acutangulus, 929.

acutellus, 973.

eniociliellus, 941.

ethonellus, 940.

agitatellus, 936.

albellus, 936.

albilinellus, 941.

albistrigellus, 927.

alboclavellus, 936.

alexandriensis, 928.

alienellus, 935.

anceps, 928.

angustatellus, 941.

angustipennis, 932.

anticellus, 926.

argentarius, 936.

argenticilia, 937.

argentilineellus, 939.

argentistrigellus, 928,

941

argillaceus, 939.

argyrophorus, 936.

atkinsoni, 927.

atlanticus, 929.

—, var. canariensis,

929.

atrosignatus, 940.

attenuatus, 935. °

aurantilineellus, 927.

aureliellus, 930.

auricinctalis, 937.

aurifimbrialis, 935.

aurifimbriellus, 937.

aurifusellus, 973.

aurivittatus, 936.

aurosus, 968.

behrensellus, 941.

biarmicus, 938.

bidens, 936.

Crambus

biformellus, 941.

biothanatalis, 940.

bipunctellus, 937.

biradiellus, 940.

bisectellus, 932.

bizonellus, 929.

bogotanellus, 973.

bolterellus, 940.

bonusculalis, 935.

brachypterellus, 938.

cacuminellus, 933.

caliginosellus, 928.

callirhous, 940.

camurellus, 928.

candiellus, 935.

candifer, 934.

cantiellus, 929.

carpenterellus, 936.

caucasicus, 940.

chalybirostris, 935.

chillanicus, 930.

chrysonuchellus, 934.

chrysoperellus, 937.

ciliciellus, 941.

colchicellus, 941.

coloradellus, 941.

combinellus, 928.

commixtalis, 973.

comptulatalis, 940.

conchellus, 932.

concinalis, 272.

concinellus, 935.

concolorellus, 940.

confusellus, 933.

contaminellus, 929.

corruptus, 932.

corsicellus, 932.

coulonellus, 928.

craterellus, 934.

creneus, 931.

culmellus, 935.

cuneiferellus, 928.

cuneolalis, 940.

curtellus, 929.

cyclopicus, 932.

cypridalis, 940.

eee 940.

ecolorellus, 929.

decorellus, 935.

decrenellus, 931.

delatalis, 927.

delectalis, 940.

delicatellus, 941.

deliellus, 930.

delineatellus, 939.

demissalis, 968.

descludellus, 941.

desertellus, 929.

detomatellus, 941.

diatreellus, 931.

Crambus

dielota, 926.

digitellus, 928.

dileucellus, 934.

dimidiatellus, 940.

dimidiellus, 924.

dimorphellus, 932.

diplogrammus, 928.

diplorrhous, 940.

dirutellus, 978.

dissectus, 935.

distictellus, 938.

distinctellus, 937.

dividellus, 927.

divisellus, 941.

dumetellus, 935.

duplicatus, 928.

duplicellus, 934.

edonis, 926.

elegans, 933.

elegantellus, 936.

encophorus, 931.

enneagrammos, 968.

ephorus, 940.

epineurus, 928.

ericellus, 935.

ermineus, 973.

euryptellus, 930.

exesus, 930.

expansellus, 933.

exsiccalis, 928.

extorralis, 940.

falcarius, 930.

falklandicellus, 930.

falsellus, 933.

Famulellus, 934.

fascelinellus, 928.

Sernandesellus, 931.

Siguratellus, 929.

Jissiradiellus, 929.

flavipedellus, 937.

flecuosellus, 932.

floridus, 936.

fedellus, 973.

fucatellus, 937.

fulgidellus, 930.

fulvitinctellus, 929.

Surcatellus, 932.

Suscicostellus, 928.

gausapalis, 940.

geniculeus, 929.

gestatellus, 941.

girardellus, 928.

goodellianus, 935.

gracilis, 942.

grammiculellus, 929.

graphellus, 940,

grisetinctellus, 933.

hamellus, 935.

hapaliscus, 935.

haplotomus, 931.

INDEX.

Crambus

harpophorus, 932.

hastiforeliue, 936.

heliocaustus, 940.

heliotis, 932.

helviusalis, 973.

hemigiellus, 935.

hemiochrellus, 929.

hemixanthellus, 927.

hortuellus, 934.

hulstellus, 940.

humerellus, 973.

humidellus, 940.

immaturellus, 938.

immunellus, 933.

impersonatellus, 953.

impurellus, 938.

incertellus, 933.

inclaralis, 938.

inconspicuellus, 939,

inerassatellus, 932.

indotatellus, 973.

infixellus, 926.

innotatellus, 938.

inornatellus, 928, 938.

inguinatellus, 929.

interminellus, 928,

interruptus, 932.

involutellus, 936.

isochytus, 741.

italellus, 941.

kindermanni, 941.

kobelti, 933.

labradoriensis, 933.

laciniellus, 928.

levigatellus, 939.

levigatus, 930.

languidellus, 930.

laqueatellus, 936.

latellus, 937.

latiradiellus, 932.

latistrius, 930.

leachellus, 936.

leptogrammellus, 927.

leucenialis, 932.

leucaniellus, 953.

leucocinctus, 972.

leuconotus, 936, 940.

licnigiellus, 933.

ligonellus, 928.

lineosellus, 953.

lithargyrellus, 930.

lucellus, 984.

luctiferellus, 932.

luteellus, 930.

luteolellus, 929.

maculalis, 933.

malacellus, 935.

mandschuricus, 937.

margaritellus, 932.

matricellus, 930.

1035

Crambus ~

melanospilellus, 973.

melanosticta, 937.

minuellus, 928.

mixtalis, 933.

mestellus, 933.

monoteniellus, 941.

morrisonellus, 933.

multilinellus, 941.

multiradiellus, 939.

mutabilis, 928.

myellus, 932.

mytilellus, 932.

nemorellus, 941.

nexalis, 932.

nigricosta, 938.

nigripunctellus, 937.

nigrociliellus, 938.

niveihumellus, 938.

nivellus, 926, 936.

nolkeniellus, 935.

obliterans, 934.

occidentalis, 936.

occultilinea, 973.

ochracellus, 972.

ochristrigellus, 938.

oculalis, 937,

enescentellus, 933.

offectalis, 940.

oncolobus, 940.

oregonicus, 935.

orientellus, 941,

ornatellus, 936.

osellus, 929.

paleatellus, 929.

paludellus, 926.

palustrellus, 935.

paraxenus, 940.

partellus, 957.

pascuellus, 935.

patulellus, 972.

pauperellus, 932.

pectinifer, 926.

pedias, 931.

perlellus, 930.

permutatellus, 941.

perspicenus, 974,

pexellus, 926

pinellus, 932.

poliellus, 930.

polyactinellus, 935.

porcellanellus, 937.

prefectellus, 936.

pratellus, 939.

profanellus, 929.

proflucellus, 940.

psychellus, 941.

pudibundellus, 928.

pulchellus, 936.

punctivenellus, 934.

purellus, 937.

1036

Crambus

pusionellus, 933.

pyramidellus, 932.

quadrinotellus, 929.

quinquearealis, 935.

radicellus, 931.

radiellus, 932.

ramosellus, 928, 931.

rangona, 931

recalvus, 940.

repandus, 926.

rotuellus, 973.

ruptellus, 972.

ruricolellus, 935.

sabuliferus, 957.

sabulinus, 973.

sabulosellus, 978.

salinellus, 930.

saltuellus, 936.

satrapellus, 936.

saxonellus, 930.

selasellus, 930.

semifusellus, 936.

semiradiellus, 914.

sericina, 9

sericinellus, 938.

siculellus, 941.

silvellus, 935.

simplex, 938.

sinensellus, 972.

siriellus, 940.

sophronellus. 940.

sparsellus, 933.

speculalis, 932.

spiculellus, 931.

splendidellus, 936.

spuriellus, 928.

staudingeri, 941.

stilatus, 940.

straminellus, 930.

striatellus, 928.

subequalis, 936.

subflavellus, 929.

sublicellus, 931.

submarginellus, 973.

tenuistrigatus, 928.

terminellus, 933.

terrellus, 928.

terristellus, 940.

tersellus, 929.

teterellus, 928.

textellus, 928.

tincticostellus, 973.

todarius, 936.

tonsalis, 926.

toparius, 935.

trabeatellus, 929.

transcissalis, 931.

trichostomus, 933.

trichusalis, 940,

trisectus, 928.

INDEX.

| Orambus

tristellus, 930.

trivirgatus, 973.

trivittalis, 968.

troglodytellus, 924.

truncatellus, 933.

tuhualis, 932.

ule, 929.

uliginosellus, 935.

undatus, 928.

unicolorellus, 927.

unistriatellus, 980.

vallicolellus, 941.

vapidus, 931.

vectifer, 941.

venalis, 973.

verellus, 933.

vetustellus, 972.

vigens, 937.

violescentellus, 927.

vitellus, 931.

vulgaris, 932.

vulgivagellus, 935.

whateleyi, 973.

zanthogrammus, 932.

xiphiellus, 930.

yokohame, 936.

zeellus, 940.

zermattensis, 930.

zonellus, 957.

Crateropus

hartlaubi, 487.

smithi, 487.

Cremastus

annulipes, 798.

insularis, 779.

Crenis

boisduvalii, 720.

concordia, 251.

crawshayi, 251, 260,

629.

natalensis, 260.

pechuelii, 629.

rosa, 629.

Cristellaria

crepidula, 34, 52.

cultrata, 33, 52.

obtusata, var. subalata,

rotulata, 33, 52.

tenuis, 33, 52.

Crocidura

aranea, 5AT.

russula, 547.

(Pachyura) etrusca,

547.

Crotalus

durissus, 705, 708.

horridus, 705, 708.

Cryptodrilus

spatulifer, 226, 227.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 430, 431, 482,

434

Cryptopsophis

multiplicatus,

414,

Ctenodactylus

gundi, 687.

Cubana, gen. nov., 62.

irrorata, 63.

tortrix, 62.

Cuculus

canorus, 494.

Culladia

admigratella, 924.

suffusella, 925.

Cupido

adana, 584.

agnata, 583.

alecto, 580.

almora, 579.

angusta, 577.

aruana, 576.

cagaya, 572.

celeno, 583.

cnejus, 585.

lacturnus, 577.

pactolus, 577.

rorus, 587.

scheffera, 585.

talmora, 570.

Curetis

@sopus, 558, 594.

barsone, 594.

insularis, 594.

malayica, 558, 595.

minima, 558, 594.

nesophila, 558, 594.

phedrus, 594.

tagalica, 558, 594.

Cursorius

cinctus, 513.

Curvipes

Fuscatus, 193.

Cyaniriodes

libna, 557, 565.

Cyaniris

albidisca, 574.

alboceruleus, 571.

argiolus, 571, 575.

celestina, 578.

ceyx, 572.

dilectissima, 557, 571,

626

409,

duponchelliz, 573.

lambi, 572.

lugra, 557, 573, 626.

phuste, 557, 573, 627.

placida, 572, 573.

Cyaniris

placidula,

626.

plauta, 557, 574, 626.

puspa, 557, 572, 573.

ripte, 557, 574, 626.

selma, 557, 573, 626.

O07,

strophis, 557, 573, 626. |

Cyanorbhamphus

unicolor, 337.

Cyathocrinus

acinotubus, 994.

ramosus, 994,

Cyathopoma

everettt?, 115, 127.

natalicium, 444, 453,

454.

Cyclammina

cancellata, 18, 50.

pusilla, 18, 50.

Cyclocausta :

trilineata, 906.

Cycloclypeus

guembelianus, 48,54. |

Cyclophorus

acutimarginatus, 98.

borneensis, 119.

charpentieri, 452.

cochranei, 119, 127.

erocatus, 451.

JSoliaceus, 439.

kina-baluensis, 118,

127:

leai, 439.

moerchianus, 444, 452.

perdix, 452.

—, var. roepstorffiana, |

444, 452.

plateni, 98.

porphyreticus, 452.

quadrasi, 98, 99.

talboti, 119.

triliratus, 99.

| Cylindrophis

) Cypselus

turbo, 451.

woodianus, 98.

zollingeri, 452.

(Cyclohelix) berkeleya-

nus, 444.

(—) crocalus, 444,

(—) foliaceus, 444.

(—) leai, 444.

(—) nicobaricus, 444,

451.

Cyclopides

midas, 265, 270, 737.

mineni, =6d.

Cyclostoma

pusillum, 124.

Cyclotus

euzonus, 99.

linitus, 12d.

INDEX.

Cyclotus

palawanicus, 99, 124,

127.

—, var. parva, 124.

pusillus, 99, 124,

127.

sordidus, 99.

Cyligramma

latona, 270.

rufus, GOA.

Cymbalopora

poeyi, 39, 53.

(Tretomphalus) bu/-

loides, 39, 53.

parvus, 503.

Cyrestis

camillus, 729,

elegans, 729.

Cyrtogone

herilla, 138, 139. /

Cystignathus

ocellatus, 93.

Cythere

acanthoderma, 5.

dictyon, 5, 6.

radula, 6.

serratula, 6.

serrulata, 5.

Cytherella

polita, 5, 6.

Dacalana

burmana, 595.

vidura, 558, 595.

Dscelo

semicerulea, 497.

tschelicutensis, 497.

Dadocrinus

gracilis, 1000, 1001.

Dafila

acuta, 401.

Damaliscus

Jimela, 868.

Damayantia

beccarii, 244.

dilecta, 242, 248.

dorie, 244.

smithi, 242, 243, 244,

245, 248, 249.

Darapsa

myron, 138.

Dasypeltis

scabra, 705.

Dasyurus

maugel, 136.

Decastis

columnaris, 875, 878.

Deilephila

euphorbie, 138.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1895, No. LXVI.

1037

Deilephila

lineata, 138.

vespertilio, 138.

Deiopeia

albocincta, 267.

cingulifera, 266.

leonina, 266, 267.

ocellina, 266.

serrata, 267.

Deltocephalus

acuminatus, 80.

colonus, 80.

cuneatus, 79.

retrorsus, 78.

virgulatus, 78.

Dendrocopus

quadrifasciatus, 311.

Dendrolagus

bennetti, 1381, 133.

inustus, 131, 132, 134,

135.

Dendromys

mystacalis, 342.

Dendrophis

pictus, 705.

Dendropicus

hemprichii, 491.

Dentalina

acicula, 31.

adolphina, 32.

Dermophis

albiceps, 404.

brasiliensis, 412.

brevirostris, 405.

crassus, 40d.

gregorii, A05.

mexicanus, 404, 405.

proaimus, 410.

simus, 410.

syntremus, 405.

thomensis, 405.

(Siphonops) mewicanus,

706, .

Deudorix

anabasis, 623.

barthema, 623.

chozeba, 623.

deliochus, 621.

domitia, 624.

epijarbas, 559, 620.

intermedius, var. ceru-

lescens, 628.

kinabalina, 622.

metajarbas, 623.

orseis, 622.

pheretima, 623.

schistacea, 622.

staudingeri, 559, 621,

627.

timoleon, 587.

varunda, 623.

1038

Diadema

anthedon, 725.

mima, 257.

wahlbergi, 256.

Diaglypta

radiata, 780.

Diapria

grenadensis, 804, 805,

806.

melanopleura, 805,

806

peraffinis, 805, 806.

smithti, 804, 805.

unicolor, 805, 806.

Diastrea

canella, 954.

differentialis, 954.

lineolata, 958.

mauriciella, 958.

saccharalis, 953.

striatalis, 954.

venosata, 954.

Diathrausta

octomaculalis, 964.

Dicerataspis, gen. nov.,

744

‘ .

grenadensis, 744.

Dicrurus

afer, 462.

divaricatus, 462.

Dictyophora

cultellator, 59.

emarginata, 58.

Dicymolomia

decora, 959.

diminutalis, 959.

Julianalis, 959.

metalliferalis, 959.

pegasalis, 959.

sauberi, 959.

Didelphys

azare, 136.

cancrivora, 156.

dimidiata, 131.

Diedrocephala

flaviceps, 76.

Diestogyna

ribensis, 728.

Diglyphosema

flavipes, 744.

Dilophus

carunculatus, 459.

Dinemellia

dinemelli, 469.

Diphrix

prolatella, 957.

Diplommatina

balabacensis, 99, 122,

127.

baritensis, 100, 128,

127.

INDEX.

Diplommatina

battemalvensis, 444.

brunonis, 124.

carneola, 454.

concinna, 123.

concolor, 99, 123, 127.

nicobarica, 444, 454.

—, var. battemalvensis,

454.

recta, 99, 122.

rubicunda, 99, 122.

strubelli, 124.

Dipsas

annulata, 812.

ceylonensis, 705, 816,

$24.

dendrophila, 816, 824.

epijarbas, 620.

Jusca, 816, 824.

irregularis, 815, 816,

824

obtusa, 656.

| Diptychophora

adspersella, 942.

atrosema, 942.

auriscriptella, 942,

azanalis, 943.

bipunctella, 942.

cbryscohgnie 942.

dilatella, 943.

elaina, 942.

epiphea, 942.

exsectella, 948.

griseolalis, 943.

harmonica, 948.

helioctypa, 943.

holanthos, 942.

inornata, 978.

interrupta, 942.

kuhlweinti, 943.

lepidella, 942.

leucoxantha. 943.

metallifera, 942.

minutella, 942.

ochracealis, 943.

octavianella, 948.

parvalis, 943.

prematurella, 948.

pyrsophanes, 942.

selenea, 942.

straminiella, 943.

tripunctata, 942.

Discorbina

parisiensis, 39, 53.

rosacea, 39, 53.

rugosa, 39, 53.

ventricosa, 39, 53.

Discus

andamanica, 442,

448.

bicolor, 442.

Discus

billiana, 442.

iopharynx, 442.

pseudosanis, 442,

sanis, 442, 448, 449.

subnigritella, 442.

sulcipes, 442.

—, var. trilineata, 442.

Dissemurus

paradiseus, 542,

Dissomphalus

bisulcus, 786.

confusus, 786.

tuberculatus, 786.

Distira

cyanocincta, 823, 825,

826.

Donacaula

chlorosema, 911.

mucronella, 917.

Donacoscaptes

lanceolatus, 961.

Doratoperas, gen. noy.,

961

atrosparsellus, 961.

Dorcopsis

luctuosa, 131.

Doryodes

acutaria, 972.

Dreata

flavinata, 269.

Drepanodia

xerophylialis, 905.

Drina

donina, 619.

maneia, 559, 619.

ninoda, 559, 619.

Dromicia

lepida, 873.

Dryodromus

rufifrons, 482.

smithi, 482.

Dryophis

mycterizans, 815, 816,

817, 825.

prasinus, 705,712, 815,

816, 817, 824, 825.

Dryoscopus

ethiopicus, 478.

cruentus, 477.

funebris, 478.

gambensis, 478.

rufinuchalis, 479.

Durgella

andamanicus, 442, 449,

christiane, 442, 449.

Dyakia

busanensis, 103.

—, var. concolor, 1038.

lindstedti, 103, 126.

—, var. custanea, 108.

Dyakia

moluensis, 104.

regalis, 103.

subdebilis, 104, 126.

Eacles

imperialis, 138.

Echis

carinata, 635, 637,

657.

Ehrenbergina

serrata, 26,51.

Eiphosoma

annulatus, 779.

Elanus

ceruleus, 509.

melanopterus, 509.

Elaps

Sulvus, 705, 708.

hygeia, 705, 708.

Elephas

africanus, 339.

Elethyia

(Prionopteryx) swb-

cissa, 972.

Eleutheroda

dytiscoides, 893.

gma

duplicata, 740.

Elimza

appendiculata, 893.

Emberiza

affinis, 471.

poliopleura, 471.

Enchophyllum

rileyi, 57.

Encrinus

gracilis, 1000.

Enhydris

hardwickii, 821, 825, |

826.

Ennea

stenopylis, 450.

(Huttonella) bicolor,

443

(—) moerchiana, 443,

450.

Enotesia

sp., 724.

ankoma, 724.

Enygrus

carinatus, 704.

Eos

indica, 162, 170, 171.

reticulata, 162,

170, 171.

Eooxylides

etias, 559, 618.

tharis, 559; 618.

Epanorthus

lemoinei, 875.

169,

INDEX,

Epichilo

parvellus, 972.

Epicrates

cenchris, 704.

Epicrionops

bicolor, 407.

Epicrium

carnosum, 413.

alutinosum, 403.

hasseltit, 403.

monockroum, 404.

Epitoxis

sp., 739.

Epyris

pygmeus, 787.

Equus

antiquorum, 690.

boéhmi, 690.

burchelli, 688, 690,

868.

chapmani, 688, 689,

690.

grevit, 868.

zebra, 688, 689.

Eremias

brenneri, 534.

erythrosticta, 535.

guttulata, 636, 646.

mucronata, 534.

sexteniata, O34.

smithi, 534, 540.

| Eremomela

flavicrissalis, 481.

flaviventris, 481.

griseiflava, 481.

Ergolis

enotrea, 729.

| Erinaceus

sp. ine., 547.

adamsoni, 420.

egyptius, 421.

ethiopicus, 415, 416,

417, 419, 420.

albiventris, 414, 415,

417, 419, 420.

algirus, 415, 417, 418,

419, 420.

allulus, 415.

auritus, 415, 417, 419,

420, 421.

brachydactylus, 420,

421.

capensis, 419.

collaris, 419.

concolor, 415, 417.

deserti, 419, 420.

diadematus, 418, 419,

420.

europeus, 415, 416,

417

fallax, 419.

1039

Erinaceus

JSrontalis, 415, 417, 418,

419, 420.

grayt, 415, 417.

heterodactylus, 420.

hypomelas, 421.

krugi, 491.

libycus, 421,

macracanthus, 415,

417.

megalotis, 415, 417.

micropus, 415, 417.

pictus, 415, 417.

platyotis, 420, 421,

pruneri, 420.

sclater?, 415, 416, 417,

418, 419, 420.

senaarensis, 420.

Eromene :

anapiella, 949.

apertella, 978.

bella, 949.

californicalis, 949.

cambridgei, 949.

chiriquitensis, 949,

expansa, 949.

Jjacartella, 949.

lata, 949.

ocellea, 949.

pulverosa, 949.

ramburiella, 949.

superbella, 949.

texana, 949.

transcissella, 973.

vetustella, 974.

vineulella, 949.

wocheella, 949.

Eronia

dilatata, 736.

Ertzica

maximella, 978.

Erupa

argentescens, 952.

bilineatella, 952.

chiloides, 951, 952.

congruella, 951.

lactealis, 952.

nigrescentella, 952.

pinosa, 952.

roseiceps, 952.

ruptilineella, 952.

titanialis, 958.

Erythropygia

lencoptera, 483.

simplex, 482.

PEO 695, 704.

Johnii, 704.

turcicus, 695.

Eschata

argentata, 961.

66*

1040

Eschata

chrysargyria, 961.

conspurcata, 961.

gelida, 961.

ochripes, 961.

percandida, 961.

xanthocera, 961.

xanthorhyncha, 960.

Esox

lucius, 274, 287, 289.

Estrelda

nigrimentum, 467.

phenicotis, 467.

rhodopyga, 466.

Eteirodipsas

colubriens, 817, 825.

Etiella

zinekenella, 973.

Euanemus

nigripinnis, 524.

Euchelia

amanda, 268, 740.

Eucela

aliena, 756, 758.

atriceps, 756, 758.

basalis, 756, 758.

canaliculata, 756,

758.

claripennis, 756, 758.

cressonit, 756, 758.

ferruginea, 756, 759.

inconstans, 756, 759.

insularis, 759.

nigriceps, 756, 759.

obliterata, 756, 757,

758.

ovalis, 755.

perplexa, 756, 757.

rufiventris, 756, 758.

! unifoveata, 755, 757.

Eudemonia

argus, 138.

Euglyphia

hieroglyphica, 138.

Eulimacodes

scapha, 138.

Eupalia

trimaculata, 138.

Euphedra

crawshayi, 628, 634.

elephantina, 628.

neophron, 720.

caddachii, 629, 629.

Euplecta

boholensis, 98.

cebuensis, 98.

Huplectes

capensis, Var. minor,

464.

franciscanus, 464.

canthomelas, 464.

INDEX.

Euprepes

brevicollis, 646, 647,

650.

perrotetii, 645, 647.

pyrrhocephalus, 646,

647.

Euproctus

pyreneus, 150.

susconti, 150, 156, 159.

Euralia

anthedon, 725.

—, var. marginalis,

256.

dubius, 725.

mima, 257, 720.

wahlbergi, 256, 720.

Eurema

echeneia, 727.

senegalensis, 735.

Eurocephalus

rueppelli, 480.

Eurycraspeda

burmanailis, 909.

Euryphene

cocalia, 728.

Eurytela

dryope, 720, 729.

Eusemia

africana, 266.

dejiciens, 738.

meretrix, 266.

Euthyrrapha

pacifica, 893.

Eutolmaétus

spilogaster, 508.

Eyeres

argiades, 557, 577.

jobates, 732.

Eyverettia

aglaja, 108, 109.

bangueyensis, 100, 108,

127.

baramensis, 108, 127.

bocki, 106.

busanensis, 109.

consul, 107, 108.

cutlert, 109.

hyalina, 106.

Jucunda, 107.

planior, 107, 127.

subconsul, 100, 107.

subimperforata, 106,

127:

thalia, 109, 127.

Extracrinus

lepidotus, 1000,

Eylais

extendens, 205.

Falco

semitorquatus, 510.

Falco

tinnunculus, 510.

Felis

caracal, 548.

maniculata, 547.

Fissurina

capillosa, 28.

staphyllearia, 29, 52.

Flata

(Catonia) zava, 62.

Forcinella

littorea, 892.

Fordonia

leucobalia, 705.

Forficula

hawaiensis, 892.

Francolinus

castaneicollis, 520.

granti, 520.

Fringillaria

poliopleura, 471.

Fulica

cristata, 516.

Gadira

acerella, 972.

Galago

crassicaudatus, 142,

146.

monteiri, 142, 147.

Galeopsar

salvudorii, 460.

Galerita

cristata, 472.

senegalensis, 472.

Galictis ;

barbara, 140.

Ganaspis

atriceps, 772.

Gaudryina

baccata, 20, 50.

prelonga, 20.

pupoides, 20, 50.

rugosa, 20, 50.

siphonella, 21, 50.

subrotundata, 20, 50.

Gazeila

bennetti, 545, 555.

cuvieri, 400.

dorcas, 400, 522, 523.

granti, 868.

leptoceros, 400.

loderi, 522, 863.

semmerringi, 868.

thomsoni, 340.

Gecinus

flavirostris, 311.

gorii, 311.

Gegenes

carnosus, 413.

letterstedti, 634.

Gegenophis

carnosus, 412.

Gekobia

loricata, 638.

Genetta

pardina, 435.

Geocichla

simensis, 484.

Geometra

argentata, 944.

Geophagus

duodecimspinosus, 524.

Georissa

bangueyensis, 100, 125, |

127.

borneensis, 126, 127.

everetti, 125, 127.

Slavescens, 126, 127.

pyxis, var. roepstorffi,

445.

Georychus

ochraceo-cinereus, 342,

Geotrypetes

petersii, 408, 414,

seraphini, 408.

Gerbillus

botte, 550, 551.

campestris, 549, 551.

dasyurus, 550, 551,

Jamulus, 551, 553.

gerbillus, 550, 551.

nanus, 5AQ, 551.

persicus, 51.

pecilops, 550.

quadrimaculatus, 530,

551.

stmoni, 550.

(Dipodillus) /iva, 560.

(—) pecilops, 549.

(Hendecapleura) famu-

lus, 551.

(—) garamantis, 551.

Gerydus

ancon, 559.

biggsit, 557, 560.

boisduvali, 561.

gigantes, 559, 560.

gigas, 557, 559, 626.

gopara, 560.

imnocens, 557, 560, 626.

trroratus, 561.

petronius, 557, 559,

560.

philippus, 557, 561.

symethus,d57, 559, 560.

vincula, 557, 561, 626.

Girasia

sp., 449.

Glaucidium

perlatum, 504.

INDEX,

Glauconia

albifrons, 704.

Globigerina

@quilateralis, 37, 53.

bulloides, 36, 53.

—, var. triloba, 36,

He:

conglobatu, 37, 53.

cretacea, 37, 55.

digitata, 37, 53.

dubia, 37, 53.

rubra, 37, 53.

sacculifera, 37, 53.

seminulina, 38.

Globulina

Susiformis, 34.

Gnophria

Surcifasciata,

270.

268,

| Goliathus

druryt, 139.

Goniloba

tityrus, 138.

Gonioctena

variailis, 850, 851,

859.

Goniozus

incompletus, 787.

nigrifemur, 787.

Gonothyris, gen. noyv.,

901.

hyaloplaga, 902.

Granatina

ianthogastra, 467,

Gronotoma

insularis, 743.

Gryllodes

poeyi, 895,

Gryllus

innotabilis, 895.

Gryon

basicinctus, 796.

| Gymnodactylus

scaber, 635, 636.

Gymnopis

multiplicata, 410.

oligozona, £10,

proxima, 410,

sima, 410.

unicolor, 410,

Gymnorhis

pyrgita, 469.

Gynanisa

isis, 138.

Gypona

albosignata, 74.

angulata, 75.

angustata, T4.

érrorella, 74.

placida, 75,

1041

Gyps

rueppelli, 400.

Gypsina

globulus, 44, 54,

Habropyga

Srenata, 466.

Hadronotus

agilis, 799.

atrocoxalis, 799.

grenadensis. 800.

rugosithorax, 799.

Hagedashia

hagedash, 512.

Haleyon

chelicutensis, 497.

chelicuti, 498.

semiceruleus, 497.

tschelicutensis, 497.

Haliaétis

vocifer, 508.

Halicore

dugong, 555.

Halmaturus

bennetti,

136.

brachyurus, 135,

luctuosus, 131.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 261, 728.

Hapalemur

griseus, 142.

Haplophragmium

agglutinans, 16, 50.

canariense, 16, 50.

emaciatum, 16, 50.

globigeriniforme, 16,

i 0:

glomeratum, 15, 50.

latidorsatum, 15, 50.

rotulatum, 16, 50.

scitulum, 16, 50.

truncatuliniforme, 16,

17, 50, 54.

turbinatum, 16, 50.

Harma

concordia, 259.

Hastigerina

pelagica, 38, 53.

Hednota

gelastis, 969.

oxyptera, 969.

toxotes, 969.

zylophea, 959.

Helicina

andamanica, 445, 456.

—, subvar. areorosa,

445.

—, subvar. citrina,

445,

134, 185,

1042

Helicina

andamanica, subvar.

conico-elata, 445.

—, subvar. hypozona,

—. subvar. Jatezo-

nata, 445.

—, subvar. rubella,

445,

—, var. minor, 445.

behniana, 445.

—, var. pumilis, 445.

contermina, 125.

dunkert, 445.

—, var. trilineata, 445.

martensi, 99.

nicobarica, 445.

—, var. hypozona,

445

serupulum, 445, 456.

—, subvar. lutea, 445.

—, subvar. luteo-

zonata, 445.

—, subvar.

445.

—, subvar.

color, 445.

—, subvar. wnizonata,

445.

usukanensis,

125, 127.

zelebori, 445.

—, var. battemalvensis,

445.

Helicopis

cupido, 729.

Helictis

subaurantiaca, 142.

Heliocopus

colossus, 342.

hamadryas, 342.

Helix

aglaja, 108.

consul, 107.

fodiens, 114.

helferi, 449.

jucunda, 107.

lindstedti, 108.

massoni, 447.

tomentosa, 118, 114.

—, var. major, 113.

(Chloritis) “cuphrosyne,

98, 118, 127.

(—) kina- -baluensis,

113, 127.

(—) tomentosa, 100,

113.

rubella,

sub-con-

99, 100,

(Doressia) incauta,

114, 127.

(Eulotella) fodiens, 98.

(—) inguieta, 98.

INDEX.

Helix

(Fruticicola) everetti,

113.

(Geotrochus) rwfofilosa,

114.

(Hadra) monochroa,

(—) trailli, 98.

Cae rufofilosa,

114.

(Plectotropis) winter-

dana, 114.

(Rhysota) conferta,

442.

—) haughtoni, 442.

(Satsuma) rufofilosa,

114,

Helotarsus

ecaudatus, 508.

Hemidactylus

brookii, 532.

coct@i, 635, 642.

Alaviviridis, 635, 636,

642.

Frenatus, 532.

homeolepis, 581.

isolepis, 531, 540.

Jubensis, 532.

sinaitus, 532, 686, 639,

640.

smithi, 532, 540.

tropidolepis, 531.

turcicus, 532, 639, 640,

641

yerburti, 636, 640, 663.

Hemiechinus

pallidus, 420.

Hemiplecta

densa, 98, 103.

—, var. everetti, 101,

102, 126.

—, var. schwmacher-

tana, 101.

egeria, 98, 102, 108,

126.

obliquata, 100.

preculta, 101, 126.

rabongensis, 102, 126.

Hemirhagerrhis

kelleri, 587.

Hemiteles

maculithorax, 780.

Hemitrichia

platert, 98.

Hemitriton

asper, 150, 154.

Heptameris

Jlavipes, 751,

Heptamerocera, . gen.

nov., 760.

aliena, 760, 768.

Heptamerocera

bicolor, 760, 761.

flavicornis, 760, 763.

gracilicornis, 760, 762.

robusta, 760, 761,

762.

singularis, 760,

xcanthognatha,760, 762.

Herpele

ochrocephala, 409.

squalostoma, 409.

Herpestes

sp, ine., 548.

albicauda, 548.

pulverulentus, 435.

Hesperia

sp., 266.

cnejus, 585.

flesus, 264.

JSreja, 610.

inconspicua, 265.

letterstedti, 634.

longinus, 599.

plinius, 586.

strabo, 585.

Hesperina

xenophon, 628.

Heterabraxas

roseovittata, 722, 741,

742.

Heterhyphantes

emint, 468.

Heterodon

platyrhinus, 695, 697,

701, 702, 705, 712.

Heteropsar

albicapillus, 461.

Heteropterus

lepeletierii, 738.

Heterospilus

fasciatus, 783.

humeralis, 783.

pallidipes, 783.

Heterostegina

depressa, 48, 54.

Heterotis

ehrenbergii, 302.

Hexacola

dubia, '750.

modesta, 768.

sancti-vincenti, 768.

Hexaplasta

affinis, 764, 768.

atriceps, 765, 772.

brunneiclavata, 765,

772

consimilis, 764, '768.

crassinervis, 764, 769.

dolichomera, 767, 771.

dubiosa, 766, 774.

hexomera, 765, 773. ~™

Hexaplasta

incerta, 766.

incongrua, 765, 773.

instabilis, 765, 771,

774.

longicornis, 764, 769.

melanocera, 764, 767.

modesta, 764, 768.

pleuralis, 766, 773.

proxima, 766, 774.

quadripunctata, 764,

769.

rufolateralis, 765,

772.

sancti-vincenti, 64,

768.

striatiscutellaris, 764,

770.

tenuicornis, 76d, '770.

unifoveata, 765, 770,

GHAR

Hibrildes

noraa, 269.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 340.

Hipposiderus

tridens, 542, 544, 546.

Hippotragus

equinus, 362.

niger, 161, 362.

Hirundo

ethiopica, 491.

albigularis, 491.

Holocrinus

wagneri, L000.

Homalopsis

buceata, ‘705,

825.

Hoplogryon

pallipes, 797.

Hoplopterus

spinosus, 514.

Horaga

afinis, 558, 611, 612,

627.

corniculum, 558, 611,

612, 627.

holothura, 611.

menala, 558, 611.

Horminus

melleus, 743, 784.

rugosicollis, 783.

Hormosina

carpentert, 17, 50.

globulifera, 17, 50.

ovicula, 17, 50.

Hyena

hyena, 548.

Hyalimax

(Jarava) andamanica,

443.

820,

INDEX,

Hyalimax

(Jaravya) andamanica,

var. punctulatus,443.

(—) reinhardti, 443.

| Hyastenus

consobrinus, 239, 240.

spinosus, 239, 240.

Hydrophis

Jfasciatus, 705.

Hydrus

platurus, 823, 825,

826.

—, var. alternans, 823,

826.

(Pelamis) platurus,

700.

Hyla

faber, 89, 90, 91, 92,

93.

goeldii, 94, 95, 209,

210.

luteola, 95, 96.

maxima, 89.

nebulosa, 96, 97.

palmata, 89.

polytenia, 93, 94, 95.

rubicundula, 93.

Hylodes

martinicensis, 94, 95.

Hypanartia

borbonica, 727.

commixta, 727.

hippomene, 727.

scheneia, 727.

Hypanis

castanea, 729.

Hypena

rufinalis, 933.

velatipennis, T41.

Hyperammina

arborescens, 13, 49.

elongata, 13, 49.

ramosa, 13, 49.

Hypercompa

thelwalli, 269.

tiyris, 740.

Hyphantica

ethiopica, 465.

Hyphantornis

galbula, 468.

rubiginosa, 468.

vitellina, 468.

Hypochera

20, 137.

Hypochrysops

elegans, 612.

Hypogeophis

Pe a 405, 406.

guentheri, 405.

rostratus, 405, 406.

seraphini, 408.

1043

Hypolimnas

misippus, 725.

Hypolycsena

amba, 6295.

erylus, 558, 603.

etias, 618.

etolus, 605.

hatita, 605.

libna, 565.

phemis, 558, 604, 605,

627.

shapane, 558, 604, 605,

627.

terna, 625.

tharis, 618.

thecloides, 558, 603,

604.

Hypoptopoma

bilobatum, 526.

guentheri, 526, 527.

steindachneri, 526,

527.

thoracatum, 526,

527.

Hypsiprymnus

ogilbyi, 137.

Hyracodon

fuliginosus, 870,

Hyrax

capensis, 703.

Hyreus

equatorialis, '734.

falkensteinii, 733.

lingeus, 753.

palemon, 733.

Hystrix

africe-australis, 542,

554.

cristata, 554.

galeata, 554.

hirsutirostris, 554.

leucura, 548, 554.

Taera

duodecimpunctata,

261, 728.

Ibis

ethiopica, 512.

hagedash, 512.

Ichthyophis

beddomii, 404.

glutinosus, 403, 404,

408, 706.

hasseltii, 403.

monochrous, 404,

Ictonyx

zorilla, 140.

Idiurus

zenkert, 2.

Idneodes

tretopteralis, 919.

1044

Tlerda

epicles, 595.

kiana, 558, 595.

superba, 612.

Tlysia

scytale. 704.

Indicator

indicator, 492.

sparmannit, 492.

Inostemma

simillima, 800.

Tolanus

eyrinus, 600.

cyrus, 600.

mantra, 600.

Tolaus

cippus, 596.

devana, 597.

iseus, 601.

maculatus, 599.

metasija, 609.

vidura, 595.

(Purlisa)

602.

Iphiaulax

flavomaculatus, 781.

azanthospilus, 781.

Tpoctonus

hemprichii, 492.

Traota

boswelliana, 587.

nila, 558, 588, 627.

rochana, 558, 587.

timoleon, 588.

Irrisor

erythrorhynchus, 500.

minor, 500.

Ismene

unicolor, 738.

Ispidina

picta, 497.

Jacoona

anasuja, 608, 609.

jusana, 558, 609, 627.

metasuja,

627.

Jamides

bochus. 558, 574, 580. -

Jana

strigina, 138, 139.

Janira

codonodes, 443.

— albolabris, 443.

— edentula, 4438.

— efasciata, 443.

— minor, 443.

— subcarinata, 443.

— subcylindricamajor,

443.

giganteus,

558, 609,

INDEX.

| Jartheza

biplagella, 967.

cassimella, 967.

obstitella, 967.

cylinella, 967.

Juncaria

monagrioides, 972.

Junonia

actia, 258.

archesia, 258, 259.

artaxia, 251, 257, 258,

720.

aurorina,

726.

béopis, 259, 720.

calescens, 725.

cebrene, 726.

chapunga, 259.

clelia, 259, 720, 726.

cuama, 259, 720.

epiclelia, 259.

ethyra, 726.

galami, 725.

722, 26,

628, 725,

infracta, 726.

kowara, 725, 726.

kowari, 628.

nachtigalii, 257,

258.

natalica, 259.

pavonina, 251, 257,

270.

pelasgis, 259.

pyriformis, 722, 726,

742.

sesamus, 258, 720.

sinuata, 628, 726.

tugela, 628, 720.

Kerria

halophila, 224, 225.

macdonaldi, 225.

ros@, 224.

saltensis, 225.

zonalis, 225.

Kleidotoma

atrocoxalis, 745, 746.

bipunctata, 746, 748.

insularis, 745, '747.

marginalis, 745, 747,

748.

nana, 746, 748.

pygidialis, 746, 748.

smithii, 745, 747.

Kobus

koh, 869.

Krithe

hyalina, 6.

producta, 6.

Labena

gloriosa, 781.

trilineata, 781.

Labeo

dussumieri, 274, 286,

299)

Labia

pygidiata, 892.

Lacerta

spinalis, 645.

Lagania

lahomius, 564.

seriwa, 564.

Lagena

alveolata, var. sub-

striata, 29, 52.

apiculata, 27, 51.

aspera, var. spinifera,

27, 51, 54.

capillosa, 6, 28, 52.

castrensis, 29, 52.

desmophora, 27, 51.

distoma, 27, 51.

feildeniana, 27, 51,

Jimbriata, 28, 52.

formosa, 29, 52.

globosa, 27, 51.

gracilis, 27, 51.

hexagona, 28, 51.

hispida, 27, 51.

levigata, 29, 52.

levis, 26, 51.

lagenoides, 28, 52.

marginata, 28, 51.

—-, var. catenulosa, 28,

51, 55.

orbignyana, 29, 52.

quadralata, 30, 52.

quadricostulata, 29,

52.

seminiformis, 28, 52.

staphyllearia, 29, 52.

sulcata, 27, 51.

trigono-ornata, 29, 52.

Lagocheilus

guathee, 444.

—-, var. minor, 444.

polynema, 444, 453.

roepstorffi, 444, 452.

—, var. cocoensis, 444,

452.

tignarius, 444, 453.

tomotrema, 458.

warnefordianus, 444.

willerstorffianus, 444,

452.

Lagochilus

altus, 122.

balahbacensis, 99, 121

127.

Lagochilus

bangueyensis, 100, 120,

127.

baritensis, 122.

bellulus, 121.

conicus, 121, 127.

inornatus, 121.

kina-baluensis, 121,

127

mundyanus, 122.

quadricinctus,

127.

* rabongensis, 120, 127.

simile, 99.

triliratus, 121, 122. |

Lampides |

abdul, 558, 582.

adana, 558, 584.

elianus, 583.

agnata, 583.

alexis, 583.

amphissa, 582, 585.

aratus, 558, 584,

585.

batjanensis, 585.

bochides, 582.

122,

cerulea, 558, 582,

626.

celeno, 558, 588,

584.

cleodus, 558, 583.

conferenda, 583.

elpis, 558, 580, 581.

emetallicus, 558, 582.

evanescens, 583.

limes, 558, 581, 626.

lividus, 558, 584,

626.

lcianus, 582.

malaccanus, 583.

optimus, 558, 583.

osias, 558, 582, 584.

philatus, 581.

pseudelpis, 581.

snelleni, var. batjanen-

sis, 585.

virgulatus, 458, 581,

626.

zebra, 558, 581, 626.

Lamprocolius

chalybeus, 460.

sycobius, 461.

Lamprocystis

balabacensis, 99, 109,

127.

chlororhaphe, 109.

goniogyra, 98, 99.

myops, 98, 99, 109,

110.

st. johni, 98, 110.

succinea, 98, 99.

INDEX.

Lamprotornis

porphyropterus, 459,

purpuroptera, 459.

Laniarius

ethiopicus, 478.

cruentus, 477.

Sunebris, 478.

hypopyrrhus, 478.

poliocephalus, 477.

Lanius

antinorii, 477.

dorsalis, 477.

humeralis, 476.

isabellinus, 476.

minor, 311.

—, var. obsewrior, 311.

Lasiocampa

monteiri, 138.

Latastia

longicaudata, 534, 644.

neumanni, 635, 6836,

643, 645, 663.

Latax

lutris, 421, 422.

Lebeda

venosa, 269, 270.

Lechriolepis

varia, 269.

Lemmus

niloticus, 553.

Lemur

albifrons, 142, 143.

anjuanensis, 142, 143.

brunneus, 142, 143.

coronatus, 142, 143.

mongoz, 142, 143,

148.

nigrifrons, 143.

rufipes, 142, 143.

Lenticulites

complanata, 47.

Lepidosternon

latifrontale, 706.

scutigerum, 706.

Lepidosteus

osseus, 807, 310.

Lepista

pandula, 740.

Leptacis

obscuripes, 801.

Leptodeira

rufescens, 705.

Leptodira

annulata,

825.

rufescens, 815,

820, 825.

Leptopoma

acuminatum, 98.

atricapillum, 98.

distinguendum, 98.

820,

819,

1045

Leptopoma

fragilis, 444.

geotrochiforme,

120, 127.

tmmaculatum, 444.

—, var. latilabre,

452.

insigne, 99.

leve, 452.

lutcostoma, 99.

maculatum, 99.

niahense, 119, 120.

palawanensis, 99.

roepstorfianum,

452.

—, var. albida, 444,

452.

—, var. gigantea, 444,

452.

skertchlyi, 119, 127.

subperlucida, 444.

superbum, 99.

undatum, 119, 120.

vitrewm, 99, 452.

Leptoptilus

argala, 271.

crumeniferus, 271.

Lepus

arabicus, 555.

omanensis, 55D.

variabilis, 337.

Leucargyra, gen. nov.,

959

119,

444,

puralis, 960.

Leucoides

fuscicostalis, 907.

Leucophxa

surinamensis, 893.

Leucophasia

sylvicola, 734.

Lialis

burton, 706.

punctatus, 706.

Limenitis

disippus, 138.

populi, 138.

Limnas

chrysippus, 720, 723.

klugit, 728.

Linura

Jischeri, 463.

Liocystis

brunii, 441.

Liophis

pecilogyrus, 705.

Liphyra

brassolis, 559, 626.

Lobocheilus

falcifer, 286.

Lobuphora

morio, 892.

1046

Logania

obscura, 557, 565.

regina, 557, 504.

staudingeri, 557, 565,

626.

Lomaspilis

pantheraria, 267.

Lophoceros

damarensis, 498, 499.

erythrorhynchus, 498.

flavirostris, 499.

hemprichi, 498.

medianus, 498, 499.

sibbensis, 499.

somuliensis, 499.

Loricaria

apeltogaster, 528.

evansii, 528.

jfilamentosa, 527.

labialis, 527.

macrodon, 528.

nudirostris, 528.

parva, 527.

spixtt, 528.

Loris

gracilis, 142, 145, 147.

Lorius

domicella, 162, 165,

166, 169, 172, 396.

flavopalliatus, 162, 168,

169, 312, 315, 314,

315, 316, 317, 318,

319, 320, 322, 323,

324, 325, 329, 330,

, 338, 334,

335, 3386, 337, 363,

364, 365, 366, 367,

368, 369, 370, 371,

372, 373, 374, 374,

376, 377, 378, 379,

380, 381, 382, 384,

885, 386, 387, 388,

389, 390, 391, 392,

393, 397, 399.

Lota

vulgaris, 294.

Loxotropha

grenadensis, 803.

pleuralis, 803.

Loxura

atymnus, 559, 618.

surya, 619.

Lucia

epius, 570.

Luthrodes

arruanda, 576.

mindora, 557, 576.

Lycrena

equatorialis, 734.

amphyssina, 582.

ancyra, 579,

INDEX.

Lycena

ardates, 578.

ardeola, 579.

atratus, 578.

beroé, 578.

cleodus, 583.

dilectissima, 571.

elerna, 587.

elna, 586.

ethion, 586.

gaika, 733.

jobates, 732.

knysna, 738.

malaya, 571.

mindora, 576.

pandava, 585.

parsimon, 732.

patrici, 732.

pavana, 577.

plauta, 574.

pulchra, 733.

schaeffera, 585.

stellata, 631.

Lycznesthes

sp., 630.

amarah, 733.

emolus, 557, 575.

liodes, 630.

lycenina, 557, 575.

Lyceenopsis

haraldus,

575.

Lycophidium

abyssinicum, 536.

capense, 705.

Lygosoma

modestum, 535.

sundevalli, 535.

verreaurii, 707.

Lystrophis

(Heterodon) @orbignii,

705.

Lytorhynchus

diadema, 635, 636.

557, 574,

Mabuia

brevicollis, 635,

646, 647, 648.

hildebrandti, 647.

megalura, 535.

pulchra, 635,

647

636,

646,

striata, 535.

tessellata,

663.

varia, 535.

Macrocentrus

delicatus, 748, 785.

Macrochilo, gen. noy.,

636, 647,

ambiguellus, 951.

Macrochlamys

aulopsis, 441, 446.

bathycharax, 441.

choiniz, 441.

—, var. gigantea, 441,

446.

cutleri, 109.

euomphalus, 441.

exul, 441.

fordiana, 441, 446.

honesta, var. tenuior,

441, 446.

Jainiana, 447.

perineonspicua, 441.

pseudaulopsis, 441,

447.

pseustes, 98.

stephus, 441, 446.

subconsul, 107.

subconvallata, 441.

woodmasoniana,

446.

Maerocypris

decora, 6.

tenuicauda, 5.

Macroglossa

trochilus, 738.

Macronyx

tenellus, 474.

Macropus

melanops, 135.

rubens, 131.

rufus, 136.

Macrotheca

interalbicalis, 905.

Mahathala

ameria, 593.

gone, 558, 593.

Malacosoma

rennet, 740.

thoracica,

742.

Mareca

americana, 273.

penelope, 401.

Marginulina

glabra, 33, 52.

Mariella

dussumieri, 244.

Marimatha

straminea, 904,

Marmessus

boisduvalit, 613, 617.

lisias, 613.

moorei, 559, 618, 617,

618.

441,

722, 740,

ravindra, 613.

surindra, 559, 617,

627.

—, var. albula, 559,

617, 618.

Marsipella

elongata, 13, 49.

Megalopalpus

simplex, 561.

Megisba

malaya, 557, 571.

Melznornis

atra, 481.

schistacea, 481.

Melanitis

libya, 251.

solandva, 251.

Meles

taxus, 140, 142.

Melierax

gabar, 506, 507.

niger, 506, 507.

poliopterus, 506.

polyzonus, 506.

Melitza

cinzia, 138.

Melittophagus

cyanostictus, 501.

pusillus cyanostictus,

501

revoilii, 502.

Menobrancbhus

lateralis, 707.

Menopoma

alleghanense, 707.

Meriones

crassus, 552.

erythrurus, 552,

melanurus, 352.

rex, Dol, 552, 553,

554.

shawi, 552, 533.

Meristes

olivaceus, 477.

Merops

apiaster, 501.

eyanostictus, =

nubicus, 501

(Melittophagus) re-

voilii, 502.

Mesolia

apicistrigella, 963.

apistrigella, 921.

incertella, 963.

pandavella, 962.

plurimella, 962.

tenebrella, 963.

whiteheadi, 963.

Mesostenus

insularis, 780.

Metacrenis

concordia, 260.

crawshayi, 270.

rosa, 260, 261, 629.

Metasia

candidulalis, 911.

INDEX.

Methana

ligata, 893.

| Metothemma

acuminata, 974.

angulipennis, 974.

striata, 974.

Microcystina

eryptomphala, 439.

harrietensis, 441.

morchiana, 441,

rinki, 441.

warnefordi, 441, 447.

Microcystis

camortensis, 441, 447.

stewartiana, 448.

subpatuloidea, 441.

Microdus

insularis, 785.

stigmatus, 785.

unicinctus, 785.

varipes, 785.

Micronia

erycinaria, 741.

Micronisus

niger, 506.

Microparmarion

pollonerai, 244, 245,

246, 247, 248, 249,

250.

simrothi, 246, 247, 248,

250.

strubelli, 247, 248,

250.

Microscolex

corralensis, 227, 235.

diversicolor, 227, 228,

234, 236, 237, 238.

dubius, 227, 228, 236.

gracilis, 227, 298, 234,

238.

griseus, 227, 228, 236.

longiseta, 227, 229,

231.

michaelseni, 227, 228,

231, 32.

minutus, 227.

modestus, 227, 228.

“one-célandia: 227,

228

papillosus, 227, 228,

230,

robustus, 227, 236.

spatulifer, 222, 227,

228, 236.

(Rhododrilus) minutus,

232.

Midila

attacalis, 903.

quadrifenestrata, 903.

Miletus

audaz, 564.

1047

Miletus

gigas, 559.

hamada, 571.

horsfieldi, 561.

innocens, 560.

trroratus, 561.

moorei, 562.

nivalis, 564.

philippus, 561.

regina, S64.

zinkenii, 561.

Miliolina

amygdaloides, 10,

49.

auberiana, 9, 48.

bicornis, 10, 49.

circularis, 9, 48.

cuvieriana, 9, 48.

gracilis, 10, 49.

insignis, 9, 48.

linneana, 10, 49.

parkeri, 11, 49.

reticulata, 10, 49.

rupertiana, 11, 49.

schreibersiana, 10,

tricarinata, 9, 48.

trigonula, 9, 48.

undosa, 10, 49.

venusta, 10, 48.

Millericrinus

pratti, 996, 1001,

Milvus

egyptius, 509.

torskali, 509.

Mirafra

gilletti, 472.

Mixophida

renatusalis, 973.

Molge

aspera, 150, 154, 155,

156, 157, 158, 159,

160.

—, var. rugosa, 151,

152, 154.

cristata, 151.

—, var. platycephala,

150.

montana, 160.

rusconti, 160, 161.

walili, 160, 154, 155,

160.

Monobelus

fasciatus, 58.

Monopeltis

magnipartita, 706.

Monticola

sazatilis, 485.

Motacilla

flava, 473.

vidua, 473.

1048

Munia

cantans, 466.

Mus

bactrianus, 580, 554.

decumanus, 553, 703.

exulans, 338.

lateralis, 342.

maorium, 338.

musculus, 550, 554.

rattus alerandrinus,

553.

— rufescens, 553.

— typicus, 553.

variegutus, 553.

Muscicapa

atricapilla, 311, 312.

collaris, 311, 312.

grisola, 481, 490.

semitorquata, 311, 312.

Musicus

assimilis, 462.

Mustela

foina, 140.

Mycalesis

aurivillii, 722, 724,

742.

evenus, 723.

matuta, 723.

perspicua, 251.

saussuret, 724.

technatis, 723.

vulgaris, 723.

Mylothris

agathina, 268, 720.

croceus, 722, 734, 742.

Myoxus

cartei, 860.

melitensis, 860.

Myrina

amrita, 608.

cinesia, 614, 615.

lapithis, 619.

menala, 612.

maneia, 619.

mantra, 600.

marciana, 603.

martina, 606.

meduana, 618.

micea, 620.

thecloides, 608.

thesmia, 6138.

travana, 602.

Myrmecocichla

melanura, 426.

yerburyt, 487.

Nacaduba

aluta, 558, 578, 626.

aneyra, 558, 579.

angusta, 557, 577,

578.

INDEX.

Nacaduba

ardates, 558, 578,

579.

atratus, 557, 578, 579.

azureus, 578.

beroé, 558, 578.

bhutea, 558, 578.

dana, 579.

kerriana, 578.

lugine, 557, 577, 626.

macrophthalma, 577.

maniana, 579.

pavana, 557, 577.

pseustis, 579.

striatus, 557, 578.

Nanina

aulopsis, 446.

Janus, 103.

sarawakana, 104.

subconsul, 107.

(Macrochlamys) aglaja,

108.

(Rotularia) massoni,

447.

Narathura

amphimuta, 592.

buxtoni, 591.

centaurus, 589.

Sarquhari, 591.

pryeri, 590.

Nasua

rufa, 140.

Nautilus

pompilius,

675, 686.

radiatus, 45,

venosus, 47.

664, 666,

Neargyria, gen. noyv.,

923.

argyraspis, 923.

Nectarinia

albiventris, 474.

habessinica, 474.

kilimensis, 342.

osiris, 474.

Neocheritra

amrita, 558, 608.

—, var. theodora, 558,

608.

teunga, 558, 608.

theodora, 606, 608.

Neocenyra

gregorii, 724.

Neopithecops

zalmora, 557, 570.

Neotragus

campestris, 361.

melanotis, 361, 520.

scoparius, 361.

Nephela

unebris, 720.

Nepheronia

thalassina, 736.

Neptis

agatha, 261, 720, 728.

melicerta, 728.

nemetes, 728.

Nigrita

cabanisi, 465.

Nilaus

afer, 480.

brubru, 479.

capensis, 479, 480.

minor, 479.

nigritemporalis, 480.

Niphadaza

bicolor, 909.

Niphanda

cymbia. 576.

reter, 557, 576, 626.

Niphopyralis

albida, 901.

contaminata, 901.

nivalis, 901.

suffidalis, 901.

Nisaétus

spilogaster, 508.

Nisus

badius, 505.

gabar, 506.

niger, 506.

Noctua

amabilis, 739.

perlata, 504,

repanda, 741.

Nodosaria

adolphina, 32.

ovulata, 6, 31, 52.

pyrula, 30, 52.

radicula, 30, 52.

raphanus, 32, 52.

scalaris, 32, 52.

—, var. separans, 82,

52.

(Dentalina) acicula, 6,

Ol 522

(—) adolphina, 6, 32,

(—) " ealomorpha, 30,

(—) communis, 30, 52.

(—) consobrina, 31, 52.

(—) farcimen, 30, 52.

(—) filitormis, 30, 52.

(—) tnflexa, 31, 52.

(—) tntercellularis, 32,

(

roemeri, 30, 52.

soluta, 31, 52.

) —, var. subacu-

leata, 31, 52, 55.

) obligua, 82, 52,

)

Nodosaria

(Dentalina) subeanali-

culata, 32, 52.

Nonagria

sp., 740.

Nonionina

pompilioides, 45, 54,

wmbilicatula, 44, 54.

Notauges

albicapillus, 461.

superbus, 461.

Notoryctes

typhlops, 703.

Nubecularia

lucifuga, 7, 48.

Numida

vulturina, 519.

Nummulina

venosa, 47.

Nummulites

cumingii, 47.

targionit, 47.

Nychitona

nupta, T34.

sylvicola, 734.

Nycteris

thebaica, 542, 544, 546.

Nycticebus

Jjavanicus, 144.

tardigradus, 142, 144.

Nymphalis

candiope, 254, 725.

guderiana, 254.

Nystalia

ceuzeroides, 961.

Obtusipalpis, gen. nov.,

906.

pardalis, 906.

Octochzxtus

multiporus, 214.

Gidicnemus

affinis, 515.

Gia

capensis, 518.

Oligocercus

rufescens, 482.

Oligodon

sublineatus, 705.

Omphalotropis

andersoni, 445.

brevis, 445.

conoidea, 445.

decussata, 445.

distermina, 445.

pallida, 445.

sordida, 445.

(Realia) brevis, 455.

Onchidium

(Oneidiella) sp., 448.

(—) marmorata, 448.

INDEX.

Onchidium

(Oneidiella) mauri-

tiana, 344.

(—) steenstrupii, 443.

Oniscosoma

pallida, 893.

Opeas

achatinacea, 443.

apex, 443.

—, var. nicobarica, 443.

gracilis, 443.

walkeri, 443.

Operculina

arabica, 47.

complanata, 47, 54.

—, var. granulosa, 48,

54.

Ophiognomon

abendrothii, 706.

Ophisaurus

apus, 695, 706.

ventralis, 695, 706.

Ophthalmidium

inconstans, 11, 49.

Opisthoporus

quadrasi, 99.

Opisthostoma

austeni, 118, 127.

cookei, 118, 127.

depauperatum, 118,127.

otostoma, 118, 127.

pumilio, 118, 127.

Opius

interstitialis, 735.

rejectus, 78d.

salvini, 785.

uni fasciatus, 785.

Orbitolites

complauata, 12, 49.

marginalis, 12, 49.

Orbulina

univers, 38, 33.

Oveas

canna livingstonit,

690.

Oreotragus

saltator, 361.

Oriolus

larvatus, 462, 463.

monachus, 463.

rolleti, 462, 465.

Ormenis

contaminata, 71. +

mesochlorus, 72.

Ornithorhynchus

anatinus, 2.

Orocrambus

catacaustus, 925.

melampetrus, 925.

mylites, 925.

tritonellus, 9295.

1049

Orthocentrus

variabilis, 780.

Orthocera

acicula, 31.

Ortyx

pectoralis, 688.

Orynx

azanthomelas, 465.

Osteoglossum

bicirrhosum, 307.

formosum, 302,

310.

leichardti, 307.

Ostrea

congesta, 975.

Ovis

ammon, 691.

tragelaphus, 85, 86,

521.

Oxya

velox, 891, 893.

Oxybelis

fulgida, 815, 817, 825.

Oxydoras

eigenmanni, 524.

Oxyechus

tricollaris, 514.

Oxylides

tharis, 618.

Oxynetra

zambesiaca, 264.

Oxyrhopus

tergeminus, 709.

307,

Pachycalamus

brevis, 702, 706.

Pachymorphis

subductellus, 972.

Pachyprora

orientalis, 489.

puella, 489.

Padraona

watsoni, 634.

zeno, 738.

Pais

gordoni, 267, 268.

Palamedea

cornuta, 350, 358.

Pamphila

watsoni, 738.

zeno, 738.

Papilio

@sopus, 594.

agatha, 261, 728.

agathina, 263.

gaz, 138.

aratus, 584.

archesia, 258.

argiades, 577.

asterias, 138.

atymnus, 618.

1050

Papilio

bochus, 580.

beticus, 587, 630, 732. .

bromius, 737.

—, var. brontes, 720.

brontes, 737.

brutus, 253.

camillus, 729.

cardui, 259, 628, 728.

celeno, 583.

centaurus, 589.

chrysippus, 723.

clelia, 259, 726.

cocalia, 728.

columbina, 261.

corinneus, 138, 268,

720.

cresphontes, 138.

crithea, 728.

cupavia, 728.

dedalus, 261, 728.

damocles, 722.

demoleus, 720, 736.

dryope, 729.

dubius, 725.

echerioides, 787.

egina, 731.

electra, 633.

enotrea, 729.

epidanus, 590.

eponina, 730.

erinus, 720, 737.

etolus, 605.

haraldus, 575.

harpax, 631.

horribilis, 635, 720,

21.

hylax, 570.

ilioneus, 138.

jacksoni, 722, 737.

lingeus, 733.

lycia, '730.

machaon, 138.

mackinnoni, 722, 737.

melicerta, 728.

mesentina, 263,

mistippus, 725,

nedymond, 620.

nireus, 634.

nivinox, 268, 270.

ophidicephalus, 264.

otis, 578.

palemon, 738.

parsimon, 732.

pelodurus, 720, 721.

podalirius, 138.

policenes, 720.

pollux, 252.

porthaon, 138.

preussius, 737.

pseudonireus, 633, 634,

INDEX.

Papilio

quirina, 731.

rosimon, 586,

solandra, 251.

sphina, 621.

symethus, 559.

taboranus, 263.

turnus, 138.

varanes, 256.

zetes, 731,

Papio

sp. ine., d41.

hamadryas, 542, 545.

Paradisea

apoda, 541.

papuensis, 541.

Paragerydus

aphocha, 557, 563,

caudatus, 557,

326.

fabius, 557, 568.

horsfieldi, 557,

562

563,

561,

moorei, 557, 562, 626.

pysus, 557, 562.

taras, 557, 568.

waterstradti, 557, 562,

568, 626.

Paramesius

thoracicus, 802.

Paramiomea, gen. nov.,

751,

heptatoma, 751.

Parasa

chloris, 138.

Parasopia

dissimilalis, 921.

Paratrigonidium

atroferrugineum, 895.

pacificum, 895.

Parepanorthus

minutus, 875, 878.

Parisoma

boehmi, 490.

Parmarion

pupillaris, 247, 250.

Parus

thruppi, 476.

Passer

diffusus, 469.

swainsoni, 469,

Patara

_albida, 69.

guttata, 69.

Patissa

curvilinealis, 912.

erythrozonalis, 911.

fulvosparsa, 911.

fuscipunctalis, 911.

lactealis, 911.

latifuscalis, 911.

Patissa

tortualis, 911.

virginea, 911,

xantholeucalis, 911,

Patula

walkert, 720.

Pelea

capreolus, 360,

Pelena

unicolor, 974.

Pelomedusa

galeata, 531.

gehafie, 531.

Pentacrinus

blakei, 994.

naresianus, 994.

Pentacrita

coxalis, 749.

proxima, 746, 750.

Pentamerocera, gen. nov.,

74.

angularis, 774, 775.

connectans, 775, 777.

distinguenda, 775, 776.

erythropleura,775, 776.

lateralis, 775, 777.

nanella, 775, 777.

secpunctata, 775, 776,

Pentila

zymna, 561, 733.

Percopsis

guttatus, 302.

Pericheta

dicystis, 239.

elongata, 239.

sancti-jacobi, 239.

tricystis, 239.

Periplaneta

americana, 893.

Perodicticus

potto, 142, 145.

Peroechinus

albiventris, 420.

pruneri, 420.

Persis

lineata, 69.

Petalognathus

(Leptognathus) nebula-

tus, 705.

Petrogale

penicillata, 131, 133,

134, 135, 136.

Petronia

pyrgita, 469, 470.

Phachthia

lignigeralts, 973.

Phedra

nesophila, 594.

henopria

angulifera, 810.

balthazari, 809, 811.

Phenopria

grenadensis, 809.

magniclavata, 809,

812

nigriclavata, 809, 811.

nigricornis, 810.

simillima, 809, 812.

subclavata, 809, 811.

Phalena-Geometra

sacraria, 742.

(Noctua) /atona, 270.

Phalangista

vulpina, 136.

Phanerotoma

humeralis, 784.

insularis, 784.

Pharga

fasciculella, 972.

Phascologale

wallacet, 872.

Philampelus

achemon, 138.

Philetzerus

cabanisi, 465.

Philochortus

neumannt, 635, 643.

Philodryas

olfersii, 705, 818, 825.

schottii, 818, 825.

Philotherma

jacchus, 269.

Phyllobates

trinitatis, 210.

Phyllodromia

hieroglyphica, 892.

obtusata, 892.

Phyllomedusa

theringii, 90, 94, 96.

Phyllopseuste

trochilus, 481.

Phylloscopus

trochilus, 481.

Phyllostrophus

pauper, 489,

strepitans, 489.

Picus

hemprichi, 491.

minor, var. quadri-

fasciatus, 311.

nubicus, 492.

quadrifasciatus, 311.

schoensis, 491.

Pieris

thalassina, 736.

Pimelodus

maculatus, 274, 275,

282.

Pindicitora

thysbesalis, 965.

Pionias

rufiventris, 494.

INDEX,

| Pipa

americana, 827, 828,

830, 845, 846.

surinamensis, 86, 87,

831, 832, 840.

Pithecops

hylax, 557, 570.

zalmora, 570.

Placopsilina

cenomana, 17, 50.

Plagioscion

ternetzi, 528.

Planema

esebria, 732.

Johnstoni, 732.

latifasciata, 731.

Planispira

helferi, 442, 449.

hemiopta, 442.

— albina, 442.

— unifasciata, 442.

trochalia, 442.

— conico-elata, 442.

wimberleyi, 442, 449.

Planispirina

celata, 11.

sigmoidea, 11.

Planorbulina

acervalis, 39, 53.

larvata, 40, 53.

Platurus

fasciatus, 822, 826.

laticaudatus, 705, 712.

Platydactylus

murdlis, 638.

Platytes

albipennella, 946.

alpinella, 948.

argentisparsalis, 948.

auratella, 945.

caractella, 948.

cerusella, 947.

croceicinctella, 945.

croceivitella, 944.

densella, 946.

divisella, 944.

endochalybella, 947.

Survicornis, 944.

fuscivenalis, 947.

ictericalis, 947.

interlineata, 946.

interruptella, 945.

interstriatellus, 945.

kadenii, 948.

lucidella, 944.

lugdunella, 948.

marginepunctalis, 945.

nivalis, 944.

niveifascialis, 944, 945.

1051

| Platytes

nummulalis, 944.

opposita, 944.

pallidella, 946.

pardlellus, 945.

pentadactylus, 947.

plumbeolinealis, 947.

polyactinella, 946.

pulverulentelia, 946.

pusillalis, 944.

pustulella, 944.

rufisignella, 44.

sagitella, 946.

simplex, 944.

sguamulella, 946.

strigqulalis, 946.

tenella, 944.

Plebeius

Salkensteinii, 788.

optimus, 583.

ostas, A82.

Plecostomus

Srancisci, 526.

ternetzt, 525,

Pleretes -

tigris, 740.

thelwalli, 269, 720.

Pleurostomella

alternans, 25, 51.

subnodosa, 25, 51.

Ploceus

rubiginosus, 468.

sanguinirostris, Var.

ethiopicus, 465.

Podiceps

capensis, 515.

fluviatilis capensis,

515

minor, 515.

Pceocephalus

rufiventris, 494.

Pecilonetta

erythrorhyncha, 511.

Poliohierax

semitorquatus, 510.

Polyboroides

radiatus, 504.

typicus, 504.

Polymecus

grenadensis, 802.

macrurus, 801.

Polymorphina

angusta, 34, 52.

communis, 34, 52.

Susiformis, 6, 34, 52.

ovata, 34, 52.

sororia, 34, 52.

Polyommatus

beticus, 558, 587, 620,

732:

cleotas, 576.

1052

Polyommatus

elpis, 580.

emdlus, 575.

erylus, 603.

lacturnus, 577.

puspa, 572.

roxrus, 587.

Polystomella

cerispa, 45, 54.

Polytelis

alecandre, 687.

Polytrema

miniaceum, 44, 54.

Pontocypris

Saba, 6.

subreniformis, 5.

Poriskina

phakos, 557, 570, 627.

Poritia

hewitsoni, 566.

pellonia, 557, 566,

567.

phalena, 557, 568.

phalia, 557, 569.

phaluke, 557, 567,

626.

phama, 557, 568, 626.

phare, 557, 567,627.

pharyge, 569.

pheretia, 557, 569.

philota, 557, 567.

569,

philura, 5957,

626.

phormedon, 557, 566,

568, 626.

phraatica, 567.

plateni, 557, 567.

pleurata, 567.

solyma, 557, 568.

sumatre, 557, 566.

Pratapa

anysis, 596, 597.

calculis, 558, 598, 627.

cotys, 597.

cremera, 597.

deva, 598.

devana, 558, 597, 627.

lucidus. °58, 596.

sannio, 3, 596, £27.

Pratincol

albifasciata, 487.

semitorqatta, 487.

Precis

actia. 5&.

nachi Wii, 258.

natali ., 259, 725.

octavia, 725.

—, var. natalensis,

sesamus, 258.

staudingeri, 259.

INDEX.

Precis

tequla, 628.

Prionops

cristatus, 480.

poliocephalus, 480.

Prionopteryx

achatina, 964.

africanus, 964.

bergii, 964.

elongata, 964.

eugraphis, 963.

griscosparsa, 964.

nebulifera, 963, 964.

olivella, 963.

texturellu, 964.

Pristurus

crucifer, 531, 635, 636.

flavipunctatus, 581,

656, 638, 6438.

Proarna

albida, 56.

chariclo, 57.

hilaris, 55.

squamigera, 56.

Proconia

circumducta, 75.

Prognathogryllus,

noy., 896.

alatus, 896.

forficularis, 896, 897.

Propexus

magnificus, 941.

Prosotas

caliginosa, 580.

Prosotropis, gen.

gen.

nov.,

decorata, 70.

Proteides

erinnys, 720,

aychus, 266.

Proteus

anguinus, 707.

Protogoniomorpha

anacardit, 720.

Protopterus

annectens, 889.

Psammodynastes

pulverulentus, 812, 818,

825.

Psammophis

angolensis, 537, 539.

biseriatus, 587, 539.

bocagii, 538.

brevirostris, 539.

condanarus, 538.

crucifer, 539, 705.

elegans, 539.

Ffurcatus, 538,

lachrymans, 538, 687,

659.

leithii, 5388,

Psammophis

longifrons, 538.

notostictus, 538.

pulcher, 537, 589,

540.

punctatus, 655.

punetulatus, 537, 588.

sibilans, 537, 5388, 819,

825.

—,var. hicrosolimitana,

655.

—, var. guadrilineata,

655.

subteniatus, 538.

trigrammus, 538.

Psammosphera

fusca, 13, 49.

Pseudargynnis

duodecimpunctata, 261,

720, 728.

Pseudocythere

caudata, 6,

Pseudodipsas

bengalensis, 575.

sumatre, 566.

Pseudomyrina

hypoleuca, 606.

mamerta, 606.

martina, 558, 606.

Pseudopus

pallasti, 691.

Pseudospiris

paidiformis, 267, 270.

Pseudotantalus

ibis, 271.

Psithyros

trochilus, 738.

Psittacus

cristatus, 162.

erithacus, 162,

164, 165, 166,

169, 172, 174, 312,

313, 314, 315, 316,

318, 319, 321, 322,

23, 324, 325, 326,

327, 328, 329, 330,

331, 883, 334, 335,

336, 363, 364, 365,

366, 367, 368, 369,

370, 371, 372, 373,

374, 375, 376, 377,

378, 379, 380, 381,

382, 3883, 384, 385,

386, 387, 388, 389,

390, 391, 392, 3938,

396, 397, 399.

leucocephalus, 162.

menstruus, 162.

ochrocephalus, 162.

rujirostris, 162.

sinensis, 162.

Psophocichla

simensis, 484.

Pterocles

decoratus, 519.

exustus, 5i9.

Pteroclurus

exustus, 519.

Pterocyclos

latilabrum, 116, 127.

tenuilabiatus, 116.

Pteroglossus

inscriptus, 688.

Pterolestes

augur, 507.

Pterygospidea

delle, 737.

Ptochostola

incanella, 924.

micropheella, 924.

pugmeus, 924.

Pullenia

obliquiloculata, 38, 53.

quinqueloba, 38, 53.

spheroides, 38, 53.

Pulvinulina

auricula, 43, 54.

canariensis, 42, 54.

elegans, 42, 54.

exigua, 43, 54.

karsteni, 48, 54.

menardtt, 42, 54.

—, var. fimbriata, 42

54,

micheliniana, 42, 54.

oblonga, 43, 54.

partschiana, 42, 54.

pauperata, 42, 54.

punctulata, 43, 54,

repanda, var. concame-

rata, 41, 54.

tumida, +2, 54.

Pupa

(Pupisoma) constrictus,

443, 450, 451.

Pupina

evertata, 445.

hosei, 99, 124.

nicobarica, 445, 455,

—, var. albina, ma

rand, 445,

Pupisoma

lignicola, 451.

Purlisa

giganteus, 558, 602.

Putorius

africanus, 128, 129,

1380, 131.

boccamela, 128, 129,

130.

hibernicus, 837.

numidicus, 128.

INDEX.

Putorius

subpalmatus, 128, 129,

130.

Pyenonotus

dodsoni, 488.

layardi, 489.

minor, 489.

Pydna

notata, 951.

Pygopus

(Bipes) lepidopodus,

706.

Pyrameis

abyssinica, 727.

cardui, 239, 5

720, 728.

Pyrgus

dromus, 737.

Pyromelana

Franciscana, 464.

avanthomelena, 464.

Pyrrhula

major, 691,

Pyrrhulauda

melanauchen, 472.

Python

molurus, TOA.

reticulatus, 704, 712.

28, 630,

Quelea

ethiopica, 465.

intermedia, 465, 466.

Querquedula

erecea, 3, 401.

erythrorhyncha, 511.

Quingueloculina

asperula, 11.

Raia

batis, 889.

Rallus

rytirhynchus, 688.

Ramila

acciusalis, 908.

angustijimbrialis, 908.

arcusdlis, 908.

marginella, 908.

rujicostalis, 908.

Ramulina

globulifera, 36, 53.

Rana

eyanophlyctis, 635, 637,

660, 661, 662, 668.

delalandii, 539.

ehrenbergi, 635, 660.

esculenta, 338, 835,

856, 837, 845, 848.

guppyi, 833, 834, 835,

836, 837, 840, 848,

846.

hexadae “a, 661.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1895, No. LX VII.

1053

Rana

pipa, 828.

mascareniensis, 539.

temporaria, 837.

tigrina, 651, 662.

Rapala

barthema,5d9, 623, 627

chozeba, 559, 62:

deliochus, 559, 621

domitia, 559, 624.

drasmos, 559, 624, 627.

Jarbas, 624.

kessuma, 621.

laima, 559, 624, 627.

olivia, 559, 622, 627.

orseis, 559, 622, 623.

pheretima, 559, 623.

schistacea, 559, 622

seintilla, 559, 622.

sphinx, 559, 621, 623.

suffusa, 623.

varund, 559, 622, 628.

aenophon, 559, 623,

624.

Pal ee gen. noy.,

96. 2.

minimella, 962.

Remigia

repanda, 741.

Reophax

arctica, 14.

bacillaris, 15, 49.

dentaliniformis, 15, 49.

difflugiformis, 14, 49.

distans, 15, 49.

nodulosa, 14, 15, 49.

pilulifera, 15, 49.

scorpiurus, 14, 49.

spiculifera, 14, 49.

Rhabdammina

discreta, 14, 49,

Rhabdogonium

tricarinatum, 33, 52.

Rhagerhis

producta, 656.

Rhamphiophis

oxyrhynchus €39,

Rhinatrema

bicolor, 407 HE

bivittatum,= ..

unicolor, 410,

Rhinogeros y

bicornis, 340.5 +

Rhinophis Re \

blythii, 704.

Rhinopoma ‘

microphyllum, 542, 547.

| Rhinopomastus

cabanisi, 501.

cyanomelas, 500.

minor, 500.

1054

* Rhinoptilus

bisignatus, 515.

einctus, 513.

gracilis, 513.

‘hartingi, 513.

Rhizammina

indivisa, 14, 49.

Rhodophoneus

cruentus, 477.

Rhogas

bifasciatus, 784.

Rhombus

levis, 890.

Rhopaloecampta

unicolor, 738.

Rhoptromeris

atriclavata, 754.

Ritra

aurea, 5d8, 610.

Rohita

vittata, 286.

Rotalia

calcar, 43, 5A.

orbicularis, 43. 54.

rotalia, 44, 54.

soldanii, 48, 54.

Potula

battemalvensis, 441.

Frauenfeldi, 441.

massoni, 441, 447.

—, var. minor, 441.

reinhardti, 441.

roepstorffi, 441, 447.

Rupela

degenerel la, 973.

nivea, 914.

Saccammina

socialis, 13, 49.

spherica, 13, 49.

Sactogaster

rupipes, 802.

Safra

metaphaella, 972.

Sagdinella

didrichseni, 456.

Sagrina

columellaris, 36, 53.

Salamandra

maculosa, 707.

Salmo

salar, 274, 290.

Salvadoria

persica, 553.

Samana

falcatella, 972.

Samanta

perspicua, 251.

Saniia

cecropia, 137.

INDEX.

Sapzea

paradisea, 265.

trimeni, 264, 265, 270.

Sarangesa

djelele, 737.

Saturnia

carpini, 138.

pyri, 138.

zaddachii, 270.

Saxicola

isabellina, 485.

melanura, 486.

morio, 486.

enanthe, 486.

philiipsi, 486.

somalica, 486.

Seaphiocrinus

swallowi, 988.

Scaphoideus

scalaris, T7.

stigmosus, 77.

Searposa, gen. noy., 72.

tumida, 73.

Scelio

insularis, 800.

Scelospizias

sphenurus, 505.

Scelotes :

bipes, 695, 706.

Scenoploca

petraula, 971.

Schismatorliynchus

heterorhynchus, 286,

287.

Schizorhis

leucogaster, 495.

Schceenobius

acutellus, 917.

adjurellus, 916.

alpherakii, 916.

auristrigellus, 916.

bipunctiferus, 915.

brunnescens. 916.

caminarius. 917.

celidias, 916, 917.

chionotus, 917.

chrysostomus, 917.

costalis, 917.

dispersellus, 916.

dodatellus, 915.

Jorficellus, 916.

gigantellus, 916.

immanis, 916.

immaritalis. 915.

incertulas, 216.

lanceolellus, 916.

lineatus, 917.

longtrostrellus, 916.

macrinellus, 914.

majoralis, 917.

maximellus, 917.

Schcenobius

minutellus, 916.

montivagellus, 916.

niloticus, 916.

ochraceellus, 917.

opalescalis, 917.

porrectellus. 916.

punctellus, 915.

sordidellus, 916.

terreus, 917.

tripunctellus, 917.

unipunciellus, 916.

vitratus, 917.

Scizena

surinamensis, 523.

Scincus

hemprichit,

650.

Scirpophaga

albinella, 914.

auriflua, 913.

bisignata, 914.

bivitia, 914.

butyrota, 914.

chrysorrhoa, 913.

cinerea, 915.

cramboides, 914.

excerptalis, 913.

Jaseiella, 914.

Alavicostelia. 914.

Ffusciflua, 913.

gilviberbis, 913.

imparella, 914.

intacta, 913.

intactella, 914.

leucatea, 914.

longicornis, 915.

mnesidora, 915.

monostigma, 913.

occidentella, 913.

ochroleuca, 914.

patulella, 913.

perstrialis, 914.

pralata, 913.

repugnatalis, 014.

sericea, 914.

subcervinella, 914.

terrella, 914.

tinctella, 914.

vestaliella, 914.

wanthoy-eras, 913.

zelleri, 914.

Scinrus

bicolor, 860.

rufo-brachiatus, 341.

Seolecomorphus

kirkii, 413, 414.

Scolitantides

stellata, 631.

Seopula

nigrifaseialis, 965.

635, 656,

Scopus

wmbretta, 511.

Scotophilus

schlieffent, 542, 546.

Sedenia

cervalis, 974.

itonusalis, 974.

pictoalis, 974.

rupalis, 974.

Semanga

helena, 613.

superba, 558, 612.

Serinus

canarius, 470.

capistratus, 470.

donaldsoni, 470.

flaviventris, 470.

imberhis, 470.

maculicollis, 470.

sulphuratus, 470.

Seriocrambus

stylatus, 972.

Sigmoilina

celata, 11, 49.

sigmoidea, 11, 49.

Simiskina

pharyge, 557, 569,

570.

solyma, 568.

Sinthusa

amata, 5d9, 625.

amba, 559, 625.

nasaka, 559, 625.

Siphonops

annulatus, 412.

brasiliensis, 412.

brevirostris, 405.

hardyi, 412, 414.

indistinctus, 411.

interrupta, 412.

kaupii, 411.

mexicanus, 404.

oligozonus, 410,

paulensis, 412.

proximus, 410.

simus, 410.

syntremus, 405.

thomensis, 405.

Siren

lacertina, 707.

Sitala

aceepta, 98, 111, 127.

amussitata, 112, 127.

angulata, 110, 111.

attegia, 442.

baritensis, 98, 112.

busauensis, 111, 127.

cara, 111, 127.

demissa, 110, 127.

dulcis, 111, 127.

haroldi, 442, 448.

}

Sithon

INDEX.

Sitala

homfrayi, 442, 448.

tnequisculpta, 112, 127.

infantilis, 98, 112, 1

kjellerupi, 442.

orchis, 111.

rumbangensis, 110, 127.

subbilirata, 442, 448.

tricarinata, 448.

affinis, 611.

aurea, 610.

cineas, 615,

estella, 614.

Sreja, 610.

Jatindra, 599.

kiana, 595.

lapithis, 619.

liris, 603.

maneia, 615, 619,

martina. 606.

micea, 559, 620,

nedymond, 559, 620.

pallida, 610.

paluana, 606.

phocides, 625.

ravindrina, 618.

scopula, 607.

sugriva, 625,

surindra, 618.

teunga, 608.

tharis, 618.

travana, 602.

valida, 620.

Sivella

castra, 442, 449.

Smerinthus

populi, 138.

tilie, 138.

Spalyis

dilama, 570.

epius, B57, ATO.

nubilus, 557, 571.

Sparagmia

Pe el 904.

Spathius

flavotestaceus, 783.

Spheroidina

bulloides, 38, 53.

dehiscens, 38, 53.

murrhyna, 25.

Spheniscus

demersus, 688.

Sphinx

carolina, 138.

ligustri, 128.

pinastri, 138.

Spilomela

podalirialis, 741.

Spilomicrus

vulgaris, 802.

1055

Spiroloculina

antillarum, 8, 48.

arenaria, 9, 43.

asperula, 9, 48.

celata, 11.

grata, 8, 9, 48.

limbata, 8, 48.

robusta, 8, 48.

Spizaétus

bellicosus, 687.

Spizocorys

curvirostris, 471.

personata, 471.

Spongopborus

albofasciatus, 58.

verilliferus, 58.

Sporothlastes

fasciatus, 466.

Spreo

shelleyi, 461.

superbus, 461.

Steganura

paradisea, 464.

| Stenochilo, gen. nov.,

950.

canicostalis, 950.

Stenodactylus

guttatus, 643.

Stenodus

leucichthys, 300.

mackenzti, 300, 301.

Stenogyra

(Prosopeas), sp., 443.

(—) achates, 443.

(—) haughtoni, 443.

(—) roepstorffi, 443.

Stephanibyx

coronata, 514.

Sterrhanthia

sacrarta, 742.

Stictopicus

nubicus, 492.

Streptaxis

andamanicus,

450.

blanfordi, 443, 450.

pfeifferi, 443.

Stringops

habroptilus, 162, 172,

173.

Struthio

cumelus, 401.

molybdophanes, 401.

Stylopyga

decorata, 893.

Styphlolepis, gen. noy.,

912.

443,

squamosaiis, 912.

Suasa

liris, 558, 603.

lisides, 603.

1056

Succinea

ceylonica, 445.

Surattha

albipennis, 955.

eremialis, 973.

Juscilella, 966.

invectalis, 965.

neotropicalis, 965.

penteucha, 966.

scitulella, 965.

termia, 965.

Surendra

palowna, 5d8, 588.

Sycobrotus

emint, 468.

Sylviella

micrura, 482.

Sylvietta

micrura, 482.

Synchloe

johnstom, 736.

Syncrasis

fluvifrons, 786.

Synetheres

(Cercolabes) mexicanus,

703.

Synopias

Jlavipes, 802.

Syntomis

Jantasia, 739.

Tachornis

parva, 503.

Tachybaptes

capensis, 515.

Tagiades

jlesus, 264, 720.

Tajuria

cato, 558, 601, 627.

celeoboides. 600.

cyrus, 58. 6°O, 627.

dominus, 558, 600, 627.

donatana, 558, 602.

ése@us, 558, 598, 601.

jalindra, 558, 599.

Jangala, 602.

longinus, 558, 599.

maculatus, 558, 599,

mantra, 558, 600, 601.

melastigma, 600.

relata, 601.

travana, 558, 602.

tussis, 558, 601, 627.

Talicada

mindora, 576.

Talis

acontophorus, 969.

afra, 969.

arenella, 969.

argentosus, 968.

argyroélis, 968.

INDEX.

Talis

asterias, 968.

aurantiacus, 968.

bifractellus, 968.

bivitellus. 967.

dilatatalis, 969.

floricolens, 968.

grammellus, 968.

hoplitellus, 969.

hydrophila, 968.

impletellus, 968.

invalidellus, 949.

leucophthalina, 968.

longipalpellus, 969.

mitvellus, 967.

opulentus, 969.

panselenellus, 969.

pedionoma, 968.

perlatalis, 968.

pleniferellus, 968.

pulcherrimus, 969.

quercellus, 969.

recurvellus, 968.

relatalis, 969.

subfumalis, 968.

Talpa

europea, 703.

Tangia

angustata, 59.

Tangidia, gen. nov., 59.

alternata, 60.

Tanoropsis

lavinata, 269.

Taphozous

perforatus, 547.

Tapirus

americanus, 1.

dowi, 1.

Taraka

hamada, 557, 571.

Tarbophis

guentheri, 637, 656,

657, 659, 663.

obtusa, 656, 657, 658.

rhinopoma, 656, 657.

Tarentola

mauritanica, 638.

Tarucus

plinius, 558, 586.

pulcher, 733.

theophrastus, 585.

waterstradti, 558, 585,

626.

Taseopteryx

sericea, 974.

Tauba

venosella, 973.

Tauroscopis

gorgopis, 972.

Technitella

melo, 12, 49,

Technitella

raphanus, 12, 49.

Telea

polythemus, 137.

promethea, 137.

Telenomus

albitarsis, 790, 795.

confusus, 791, 796.

connectans, 790, 792.

consimilis, 791, 796.

convergens, 791, 795.

Alaviventris, 790, 795.

Suscicornis, 790, 794.

grenadensis, 790, 791,

792.

latifrons, 790, 793.

longiclavatus, 790, 792.

luteipes, 790, 793.

magniclavus, 791, 796.

megacephalus, 790, 793.

nigriclavatus, 790, 794.

scaber, 790, 793.

Telephonus

blanfordi, 479.

erythropterus, 479.

jamesi, 479.

Tennentia

philippinensis, 244.

thwaitesi, 244.

Tephrocorys

ruficeps, 471.

Teracolus

aurigineus, 735.

bifasciatus, 736.

epigone, 263.

hildebrandtii, 735.

keiskamma, 735.

lucullus, 786.

miles, 735.

Terias

brenda, 735.

chalcomieta, 263.

desjardinsii, 638, 734.

punctinotata, 633, 634.

regularis, 720, 734.

senegalensis, 735.

zoe, 734.

Terpsiphone

cristata, 490.

emini, 491.

melanogastra, 490.

perspicillata, 491.

Tetragonopterus

ternetzi, 528.

ulreyt, 529.

Tetramerocera, gen. nov.,

778.

variabilis, 778.

Tetraphana

alipes, 903.

daphne, 903.

Tettigonia

herbida, 77.

(Diedrocephala) sagit-

tifera, 76.

(Proconia) fastigiata,

75.

(—) rubricosa, 75.

Textilaria

quadrilatera, 24,

Textor

dinemelli, 469.

Textularia

agglutinans, 19, 50.

conica, 19, 50.

gramen, 19, 50.

lythostrotum, 6, 19, 50.

sagittula, 18, 50.

—, var. fistulosa, 19, 50.

Thais

cerisyi, 138.

Thamala

marciana, 558, 603.

Thamnobia

simplex, 482.

Thamnodynastes

nattereri, 815, 819,

825.

Thecla

chitra, 620.

kessuma, 621.

nasaka, 625.

varuna, 622,

Themma

divisa, 972.

Theristicus

leucocephalus, 513.

Thersilochus

oculatus, 779.

Thisanotia

enochrois, 969.

pedalarcha, 969.

Thliboscelus

camellifolia, 139.

. Thripias

namaquus, 491.

schoensis, 491.

Thurammina

papillata, 17, 50.

Thyas

petrophilus, 175, 180,

182, 183, 184, 185,

189, 192, 194, 196,

200, 201, 204.

Thyridophora

fenestrata, 905.

Suria, 905.

Thysonotis

schaeffera, 558, 585.

Tiliqua

burtoni, 647.

rufescens, 647.

INDEX.

Tinamus

tataupa, 688.

Tinnuneulus

neglectus, 510.

tinnunculus, 510.

Tipanzea

innotata, 913.

Titanus

forguesi, 211.

Tmetoceros

habessinicus, 499.

Tmetothylacus

tenellus, 474.

Tockus

jlavirostris, 499.

hemprichii, 498.

Tolypeutes

tricinctus, 273.

Tomaspis

pictipennis, 58.

Tomissa

concisella, 973.

Tortrix

norwichiana, 948.

scytale, 694.

Totanus

hypoleucus, 515.

Taxoneura

atricornis, 785.

Trachyphonus

arnaudi, 493.

boehmi, 493.

erythrocephalus, 493.

shelleyi, 493.

uropygialis, 493.

Tragelaphus

angasi, 399.

gratus, 688.

sylvaticus, 359.

Tragops

prasinus, 312.

Treron

waalia, 516.

Trisenops

persicus, 544, 545, 546.

Trichoglossus

ornatus, 162, 171, 688.

Tricholema

stigmatothorax, 493.

Trichomanis

hoevenii, 522.

Trichomycterus

tenuis, 275, 286.

Trichopria

affinis, 808.

bifoveata, 808.

grenadensis, 807.

Trigonidium

pacificum, 895.

Trimeresurus

wagleri, T05.

1057

Trimerorhinus

rhombeatus, 825.

Tringoides

hypoleucus, 515.

Triton

bibront, 154.

cinereus, 154.

cristatus, TOT.

glacialis, 157.

platycephalus, 150.

puncticulatus, 154.

pyreneus, 154.

repandus, 154.

rugosus, 154,

Trochammina

trulissata, 18, 50.

Trochomorpha

loocensis, 98.

metcalfei, 98.

splendens, 98.

Trochomorphoides

conulus, 442, 450.

Trochonanina

alexis, 100, 105, 106,

126.

bongaoensis, 104, 105.

conicoides, 98, 104.

heraclea, 105, 126.

kina-baluensis, 105,

126,

—, var. pallida, 106.

labuanensis, 99.

paraguensis, 98, 99,

104, 105, 106.

whiteheadi, 106, 126.

Trogonophis

wiegmanni, 702, 706,

707

Trombidium

fuliginosum, 199, 200,

205.

Tropidonotus

natrix, 692, 694, 696,

697, 705, 712.

Truncatella

valida, 445,

—, var.

445,

—-, var. minor, 445.

—, var. parcicostata,

445,

candida,

Truncatulina

akneriana, 41, 53.

culter, 41, 53.

dutemplei, 40, 53.

haidingerit, 40, 53.

lobatula, 40, 53.

precineta, 41, 43.

pygmed, 40, 53.

robertsoniana, 40, 53.

tenera, 41, 53.

1058 INDEX.

Truncatulina | Ureotyphlus Vidua

ungeriana, 40, 53. oxyurus, 408. (Linura) fischeri, 463.

wuellerstorfi, 40, 53. seraphini, 408. Vinago

Trybliographa Uranothauma, gen. nov., waalia, 516.

axanthopoda, 754, 755. : Vincentia, gen. nov., 67.

Tunza cordatum, 682. enterrupta, 67.

promptella, 972. crawshayi, 631, 634. Vipera

Turacus Urola arietans, 705.

donaldsoni, 495, 496. microchrysella, 944. aspis, 697, 705, 708.

Jischeri, 496. pulchella, 945. berus, 705, 712.

leucotis, 495. subenescens, 944. nasicornis, 705.

meriani, 496. Uroloncha Virgarina

Turdus cantans, 466. scopula, 558, 607, 608.

abyssinicus, 485. Uromastix Virgulina

batilliferus, 534.

princeps, 534.

Uvigerina

auleata, 35, 53.

angulosa, 35, 53.

—, var. spinipes, 365,

schreibersiana, 23, 51.

suhdepressa, 23, 51.

subsquamosa, 23, 51.

Vulpes

leucopus, 548.

nilotica, 5A8.

olivacinus, 485.

simensis, 484.

Turtur

capicola, 518.

damarensis, 518.

lugens, 517.

senegalensis, 517.

53.

Typhlonectes asperula, 35, 53. Webbina

compressicauda, 410, —, var. ampullacea, 35, clavata, 18, 50.

411 53.

Xantharpyia

eguyptiaca, 545, 547.

amplexicaudata, 545.

collaris, 545.

straminea, 542, 545.

brunnensis, 36, 53.

canariensis, 36, 53.

interrupta, 34, 52.

pygmed, 35, 52.

schwageri, 35, 53.

dorsalis, 411.

kaupii, 410, 411.

natans, 410, 411.

syntremus, 409.

Typhlops

crossi, 536. tenuistriata, 35, 52. | Xanthidia

lumbricalis, 697, 704, | desjardinsii, 734.

708. Vaginulus | Xanthodina

nigricauda, 867.

somalicus, 536, 540.

giganteus, 443, 451.

voigtit, 451.

pyrgita, 469.

Xanthospilopteryx

Valvulina africana, 266,

Ubida conica, 21, 50. deficiens, 738.

ramostriella, 954. Vanellus fatima, 738, 739.

receptalis, 954. coronatus, 514, hypercompoides, 722,

spinosus, 514. 739, 742.

gra

parallela, 974.

Uintacrinus

incongruens, 738.

thruppii, 738.

| Vanessa

antiopa, 138.

socialis, 974, 975, 976, galami, 725. Xenopeltis

977, 978, 981, 982, polychlorus, 138. unicolor, TOA.

983, 984, 985, 986, | Varanus Xenopus

992, 993, 1002, 1008, griseus, 636, 642. levis, 849.

1004. niloticus, 643. muelleri, 540.

westfalicus, 976, 977, . ocellatus, 534. Xerophlea

983, 984, 986, 990,

991, 996, 1002.

grisea, 73.

viridis, 73.

Verneuilina

propingua, 19, 50.

Una pygmea, 19, 50. Xesta

usta, 558, 579. Vespertilio decrespignii, 101.

Upupa dogalensis, 542, 543. padasensis, 100, 126.

themis, 100, 126.

epops senegalensis,

thisbe, 101, 126.

(Leuconoé) dogalensis,

546.

somalensis, 500. Vidua Xestoleberis

Ureginthus erythrorhyncha, 468. expansa, 6.

tanthinogaster, 467. paradisea, 464, Xiphidium

phenicotis, 467. — orientalis, 464. Juscum, 894.

Ureotyphlus principalis, 463.

africanus, 408. serena, 463. Ypthima

malabaricus, 408, 409. verreauxi, 464, albida, 725.

Ypthima

itonia, "724.

Zamenis

brevis, 537.

florulentus, 537.

gemonensis, 696,

705.

ladacensis, 635, 654.

rhodorhachis, 635, 636,

654.

smithi, 536, 540.

INDEX.

Zazanisa

specularis, 902.

Zebronia

abronalis, 944.

podalirialis, 741.

Zekelita

equalisata, 972.

Zeltus

Zeritis

amanga, 263.

harpax, 631.

THE END.

etolus, 558, 604, 605,

Zizera

gaika, 733.

knysna, 733.

lysimon, 630, 631.

lysizone, 575.

otis, 557, 575.

unigemmata, 630,

634

usta, 579.

Zosterops

jlavilateralis, 475,

tenella, 476.

Printed by Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.

AUSTRALASIA,

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF)

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical] Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Athenzeum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

™

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Iastitution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam,

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence,

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.

The Science College and Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Canton de Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

PPP LLL III III

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent durect by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers -and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.,

April, 1896.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—07g500—_—_

[BE object of the Zootoercat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full —

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the

first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any

single year (exclusive of the last four volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

P. L. SCLATER,

Seeretary.

Jan. 15th, 1896.

Zoouoeican Society or Lonpon,

3 Hayover Squarz, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or rae ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.

London, 1865, Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.

Edited by Arsrrr C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &c.

London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.

Edited by Arzert C. L. G. Giwrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.

Edited by Atzert C, L. G. Gunrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.

Edited by Arzert C. L. G. Gintaer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.S., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrenp Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.8., V.P.Z.8., &e. London,1874. Price 10s,

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Cazpwett

Rye, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,

1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwert

Ryr, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Rye,

F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-

graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEL.

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877 ; being Volume Fourteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwet.

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwrtt

Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweL

Ryr, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwrLn

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwetr

Ryr, F Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwern

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Enwarp CaLpwrrL

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-

first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jrrrrey

Brent, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the T'wenty-

second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey

Brett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-

third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887: being Volume the Twenty-

fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1888. . Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-

fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-

sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-

seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

KE. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.

Edited by Davin Sarr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1892.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.

Edited by Davin Saarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1898.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth. Being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. Edited

by Davm Suarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1894.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.

Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1895. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricz

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurney ann Jackson (Pater-

noster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

“CONTENTS (continued).

December 3, 1895 (continued).

RN! Page

1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Pipa americana. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.B.S.,

- -.Prosector to the Society, Examiner in Zoology to the University of London .......... 827

2. On the Diaphragm and on the Muscular Anatomy of Xenopus, with Remarks on its

_ Affinities. By Franx BE. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, Examiner in

ry aogier tothe Umiversiby of London 20 ores sues + aj cc bes ce acetic kar weeilne ne doses. 841

3. On the Colour-variations of a Beetle of the Family Chrysomelide, statistically examined.

_ By W. Bareson, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (Plate XLVII.) 850

. On the Affinities of the so-called Extinct Giant Dormouse of Malta. By R. Lypexcer .. 860

7 On Loder’s Gazelle in Egypt, and the Mode of its Capture by the Arabs. By W. E.

_. JENNINGS PTE FE pep ae eR ie Rl a ae ANAS Were mi ei WEA bin URLS oars Sees PaaNr A PS 863

. On the Type Specimen of Boulengerina stormsi, an Hlapoid Snake from Central Africa.

ie yitg. A. BOULENGER,.B. HS. (Plate MUVIL. pec. o0i. ca ave oe trie Oa vaiaetae svietes 865

2 Descriptions of a new Snake and a new Frog from North Australia. By G. A. Bovnencrr,

Rt Cee ATR) 503. Aarne wig e wate n tiginole peg a diclule'y <0 3iny/F aN man de ae 86

: December 17, 1895.

Jr. Donaldson Smith. An Aceount of some of the Animals observed during his recent Expe-

‘dition to Lakes Rudolph and Stephanie ........ 0.2... cc cece secs ce ctieeebencuwcee 868

INE Sere nh ay > ig Pu Ba ae as, Sy calne oho uals 4» vslaly bom btn Baten Repent eee os 863

¢ On Cenolestes, a still Existing Survivor of the Hpanorthide of Ameghino, and the

-. Representative of a new Family of recent Marsupials. By Oxtprizip Tuomas, F.Z.S.

PEP MRARAES ) Uairie oo since N+ oie k Anedi'g gh ony Ss pinnt ce dde wads bead ve bows Seitay gence 870

2, On the Sensory and Ampullary Canals of Chimera. By Wautrr E. Coutryer, F.ZS.,

_ . Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason

me wwoleee, Birmingham.) (Plates DI-LETL.)* oo. se 52s se Fe vice on soviet ties pods vce 878

3. Note in Correction of a Paper on Colour-variation in Flat-fishes. By W. Bareson, M.A.,

>. E.BS., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge << 0... so see eee cee neces evens 890

4 On the Orthoptera of the Sandwich Islands, By Herr Brunner y. Warrenwys........ 891

5. On the Classification of the Schenobiine and Crambine, two Subfamilies of Moths, of the

). Family Pyralide,. By G. F. Hampson... +... 000. ee cece eee ce eese het eticres areas’. 897

6. On Uintacrinus : a Morphological Study. By F. A. Barnzr, M.A. (Plates LIV.-LVI.) 974 ;

peg

Lppendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie dusiie the Year 1895 ........-- 1005

MM Re 2 Matas eace Haw eee cf eakiaes Den pee ae Pores el Sige ep one 1027-5

of Woodcuts ..... Se She ere Cen ig ee IP Ee Pilate iy aise = dpaiset nimi xvii

Pert Now betivwio Verma 352315 bi.ce sas Od ee ed OES ck as ee gh

‘<

LIST OF. PLATES. =

2 :

1895. a

Bea Te

Plate oe op Page

XL. Eitiays of Rephiliane ces ove pees pe hi on oe bo eee “bsg? ODE

XLI. _Chlamydosaurus kingi ...... 5 iaihain igi eas Paes

ate } New is idoptera from British Hast Afri és 722

XLII. pidoptera from British Hast Africa <<... 41+. +55 3 S

XLIV, | .

XLY. + Buccal Glands and Teeth of Poisonous Snakes....-........ 812

XLVI. : kaye

XBVII. Variations of Gonioctena variabilis SPU GT 5, chek Rep a PR GONN oreeie

XLVIII. .Boulengerina stormsi 0... 6s. sees eee eee cee eee warsaneaeh ae: eee

XLIX. Fig. 1. Typhlops nigricauda ; Fig..2. Chiroleptes dahlit.. .. BET”

Tp. Wen Glestes ObSOURUS aie eis a wig easton WP sie be lageaa cats 870 a

i ) eee

LI. ; Sensory and Ampullary Canals of Chimera 9... 22... vie 88

Paid bal es pene 2%

IV Unitacrimite socials. +502 aeutiaw a Sapte nike Ss Ro egarae™ Pee

LY. Restoration of Uintaerinus socialis.....+ +++. EE Sl

_ LVL. Uintacrintie-socialisss <3 fsky cece th a's eee wigs Mae ae

€ % "ME uss. os

ee ae fe = UR - Beate :

@ BESO aaa

ee bea a? i

4 t, cae ecaetaig iter O i

Te PLY ps as HOTELS: :

Sha Be

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in fowr BET as eee _—

Part Tr ‘containing papers readin Januaty and Vebrakey! on June c let.

ED: o sacha » March and April, on August. stay ee

BAS ee » 3; May and June, on October Ist.

BY, Sana) PIS py an ih ONE: “iS _ Sber, on eae Ist